Skip to main content

Full text of "University of Rhode Island Course Catalog 2003-2004"

See other formats 


i 


Sn åg E = 
ATALOG 2003-2004. 


University 


id f Rhode Island 


2003-2004 ACADEMIC YEAR 
UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE CATALOG 
401-874-1000 WWW.URI.EDU 


CONTENTS 


4 The University 
6 Undergraduate and Graduate Degrees 
12 Student Life and Services 
19 Enrollment Services 
29 Undergraduate Admission 
34 Undergraduate Program Requirements 
47 Undergraduate Programs 
University College and Special Academic Programs 
College of Arts and Sciences 
College of Business Administration 
Alan Shawn Feinstein 
College of Continuing Education 
College of Engineering 
College of the Environment and Life Sciences 
College of Human Science and Services 
College of Nursing 
College of Pharmacy 
114 Graduate Admission and Registration 
118 Graduate Program Requirements 
121 Graduate Programs 
156 Courses of Instruction 
294 Directories 
328 Appendix 
Loan Funds, Scholarships, and Special Awards 
Summary of Enrollment 


URI Timeline 
331 Campus Map 
332 Index 


This catalog and other relevant information may 
also be accessed online at www.uri.edu/catalog/. 


If you have questions about admissions proce- 
dures, please contact Undergraduate Admissions 
at 401-874-7100 or Graduate Admissions at 
401-874-2872. 


8/03/22M Produced by the URI Publications Office, 
Division of University Advancement. Cover photo by 
Nora Lewis; inside photos by Peter Finger, Nora Lewis, 
Mike Salerno, and David Silverman. 


This catalog is printed on recycled paper. The 
cover is printed on 10 pt. coated recycled stock. 


3 


2003-2004 UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 


This calendar applies to undergraduate and graduate students enrolled at URI’s Kingston and Providence Campuses. 


Fall Semester 2003 


Labor Day, no classes, 
offices closed 
Sept. 1 


Advising Day 
Sept. 2 


Classes begin 
Sept. 3 


Last day to drop 
“early drop” courses 
Sept. 12 


Last day to add courses 
and pass/fail option 
Sept. 16 


Columbus Day, 
no classes, offices closed 
Oct. 13 


Midsemester and last day 
for students to change 
from pass/fail option 
Oct. 17 


Midterm grades for 
freshmen due in Office of 
Enrollment Services 

Oct. 18 


Last day for students to 
drop courses 
Oct. 27 


Veteran's Day, 
no classes, offices closed 
Nov. 11 


Thanksgiving recess, 
no classes 
Nov. 27-30 


Classes end 
Dec. 8 


Reading days 
Dec. 9-10 


Final examinations 
Dec. 11-12, 15-19 


Final grades due in 
Enrollment Services 
Dec. 22, by 1 p.m. 


Spring Semester 2004 


Classes begin 
Jan. 13 


Martin Luther King Jr. Day, 
no classes 
Jan. 19 


Last day to drop 
“early drop” courses 
Jan. 22 


Last day to add courses 
and pass/fail option 
Jan. 26 


Washington’s Birthday, 
classes in session, offices open 
Feb. 16 


Spring break, 
no classes, offices open 
March 8-14 


Midsemester and last day 
for students to change 
from pass/fail option 
March 5 


For dates specific to candidates for graduate degrees, see pages 116-117. 


Midterm grades for freshmen 
due in Enrollment Services 
March 15 


Last day for students to 
drop courses 
March 22 


Classes end 

May 4 

Reading days 

May 5-6 

Final examinations 
May 7-8, 10-14 


Final grades due in 
Enrollment Services 
May 18, by 1 p.m. 


Commencement 
May 23 


Summer Session 2004 


Term | 
May 24-June 25 


Term Il 
June 28-July 30 


In case of major storms or other circum- 


stances, changes may be made in the 
academic calendar when it is in the 
best interests of the institution, without 
prior notice to students. 


4 


THE UNIVERSITY 


he University of Rhode Island is a medium-sized state university 

with its primary campus in the southern part of Rhode Island in 
the village of Kingston. In part because of its unique location near 
the ocean and six miles from Narragansett Bay, the University has 
developed strong marine programs and has been designated a 


national Sea Grant institution. 


The University enrolls about 11,000 undergraduate and 3,200 
graduate students, and has a full-time tenure-track teaching faculty 


of approximately 600. 


Mission. The University of Rhode Island is 
the principal public research and graduate 
institution in the state of Rhode Island with 
responsibilities for expanding knowledge, 
for transmitting it, and for fostering its 
application. Its status as a land-grant, sea- 
grant, and urban-grant institution high- 
lights its traditions of research, teaching, 
and service in the areas of natural re- 
sources, marine sciences, and the urban 
environment. The University is committed 
to providing strong undergraduate pro- 
grams to promote students’ ethical devel- 
opment and capabilities as critical and in- 
dependent thinkers. To meet student and 
societal needs, we offer undergraduate 
professional education programs in a wide 
range of disciplines. Graduate programs 
provide rigorous advanced study and re- 
search opportunities for personal and pro- 
fessional development. With undergradu- 
ate and graduate programs in the liberal 
arts and sciences and focus programs in 
the areas of marine and environmental 
studies; health; children, families, and 
communities; and enterprise and advanced 
technology, the University strives to meet 
the rapidly changing needs of the state, 
the country, and the world. 

To help achieve the teaching, research, 
and service objectives and to extend intel- 
lectual, cultural, and social horizons, the 
University offers a variety of special pro- 


grams, including opportunities for learning 
outside the classroom and for community 
service. Committed to effective learning, 
the University encourages close student- 
faculty interaction. Distinctive programs 
such as interdisciplinary research partner- 
ships involving faculty, students, and prac- 
titioners from within and outside the Uni- 
versity are supported. We collaborate with 
governmental and other agencies, with 
other educational institutions, and with in- 
dustry. We maintain extensive outreach 
and continuing education programs. The 
University sponsors an extensive array of 


concerts, performances, and exhibitions in 
music, theater, and other fine arts, and 
maintains significant recreational facilities 
and notable programs in intramural and 
intercollegiate athletics. 

The University seeks talented under- 
graduate and graduate students, faculty, 
and staff from a wide array of cultural, 
economic, and ethnic backgrounds to 
collaborate in an intellectual and social 
community of mutual respect, to learn, to 
be enriched, and to produce significant 
research and scholarly and creative works. 
URI’s students in all their diversity—from 
Rhode Island, across the country, and 
around the globe—are expected to be 
active participants both in and beyond the 
classroom. Their performance, potential, 
and commitment mark them as capable of 
advanced study and as future leaders. 

To fulfill its special obligations to the 
state of Rhode Island, the University coop- 
erates in offering programs with other 
Rhode Island institutions of higher educa- 
tion, public and private. We are commit- 
ted, through cooperative governance, to 
an on-going evaluation of programs, pri- 
orities, and processes in order to improve 
existing programs and to anticipate chang- 
ing needs and new challenges. Aspiring to 
have a quality and extent of influence 
beyond the state, with breadth of vision 
and boldness of approach, the University 
of Rhode Island strives for excellence for 
Rhode Island and for the country. 


Campuses. The University has a spacious 
rural campus 30 miles south of Providence 
in the northeastern metropolitan corridor 
between New York and Boston. The center 
of campus is a quadrangle of handsome, 
old granite buildings surrounded by newer 
academic buildings, student residence 
halls, and fraternity and sorority houses. 
On the plain below Kingston Hill are 
gymnasiums, athletic fields, tennis 

courts, a freshwater pond, agricultural 
fields, and the University’s new Thomas 
M. Ryan Center. 


In addition to the Kingston Campus, 
the University has three other campuses. 
The Alan Shawn Feinstein College of Con- 
tinuing Education is located in Rhode 
Island’s capitol city of Providence, where it 
serves more than 4,000 students with con- 
venient programs ranging from the Bach- 
elor of General Studies, an undergraduate 
program with various majors for adults re- 
turning to school, to master’s degrees and 
certificate programs for those looking to 
expand their professional options. The 
Narragansett Bay Campus, six miles to the 
east of the Kingston campus, overlooks the 
West Passage of Rhode Island’s prized Bay 
and is the site of the URI’s Graduate School 
of Oceanography. In the western part of 
Rhode Island, just 20 miles from Kingston, 
is URI’s W. Alton Jones Campus; its 2,300 
acres of woods, fields, streams, and ponds 
are the site of environmental education, 
research, and conference facilities. 


History. The University was chartered as 
the state’s agricultural school in 1888. 

The Oliver Watson farm was purchased as 
a site for the school, and the old farm- 
house, now restored, still stands on the 
campus. The school became the Rhode Is- 
land College of Agriculture and Mechanic 
Arts in 1892, and the first class of 17 mem- 
bers was graduated two years later. 

The Morrill Act of 1862 provided for 
the sale of public lands. Income from these 
sales was to be used to create at least one 
college in each state with the principal 
purpose of teaching agriculture and 
mechanic arts. From this grant of land 
comes the term “land grant,” which 
applied to the national system of state 
colleges. In a later adaptation of the con- 
cept, federal funds given to colleges for 
marine research and extension are called 
“sea grants.” 

In 1909 the name of the college was 
changed to Rhode Island State College, 
and the program of study was revised and 
expanded. In 1951 the college became the 
University of Rhode Island by an act of the 
General Assembly. The Board of Governors 
for Higher Education appointed by the 


governor became the governing body of 
the University in 1981. A historical timeline 
can be found at the end of this catalog. 


Programs of Study 


Undergraduate Study. All programs aim 
at a balance of studies of the natural and 
social sciences, the humanities, and profes- 
sional subjects. The courses and programs 
of study have been approved by national 
accrediting agencies and are accepted for 
credit by other approved institutions of 
higher education (see page 9). 

Undergraduate students can earn the 
following degrees at URI: 


Bachelor of Arts 

Bachelor of Science 

Bachelor of Fine Arts 

Bachelor of Landscape Architecture 

Bachelor of Music 

Bachelor of General Studies (Feinstein 
College of Continuing Education only) 


URI’s College of Pharmacy also offers a 
six-year entry-level program, leading to the 
Pharm.D. degree. 

All Kingston freshmen who enter the 
University to earn a bachelor’s degree are 
first enrolled in University College. All un- 
dergraduates at the University, whether at 
our Kingston or Providence campuses, 
have a wide choice of programs from 
which to choose a major, and our advising 
programs provide help in making this im- 
portant decision and in choosing appropri- 
ate courses. 


Graduate Study. Graduate study at the 
University was inaugurated in 1907 with 
Master of Science degrees in chemistry and 
engineering. The Master of Arts degree 
was first awarded in 1951, and in 1960 
the University awarded its first Doctor of 
Philosophy degree. Graduate work for 
professional degrees was initiated in 1962, 
when the degree of Master of Public 
Administration was first awarded. Today, 
the master’s degree is offered in 54 areas 
of study and the doctorate in 38 areas. 

To date, over 18,000 master’s degrees 


THE UNIVERSITY 5 


and 2,200 doctoral degrees have been 
conferred. Students may earn the follow- 
ing degrees: 


Master of Arts 

Master of Science 

Master of Business Administration 

Master of Community Planning 

Master of Environmental Science and 
Management 

Master of Library and Information Studies 

Master of Marine Affairs 

Master of Music 

Master of Oceanography 

Master of Public Administration 

Doctor of Philosophy 


The University also offers two joint pro- 
grams with Roger Williams University, the 
M.S./J.D. in labor relations and human 
resources, and the M.M.A./J.D. in marine 
affairs. Additionally, the University cooper- 
ates with Rhode Island College in offering 
a joint Ph.D. degree in education. 

The Graduate School has primary 
responsibility for administering policies 
and procedures relating to advanced study 
at URI. Graduate School policy is formu- 
lated by graduate faculty members, acting 
through their delegate body, the Graduate 
Council, which includes student members. 
Only the Graduate School or the Graduate 
Council can grant exceptions to the regu- 
lations for graduate study, which are 
explained in detail in the “Graduate 
Programs” section. 

The University’s graduate programs of 
study are listed on the following page. 
Study and research in a combination of 
special areas is often possible, and some 
graduate programs actively encourage col- 
laborative multidisciplinary work. Specific 
mention of these opportunities is included 
in individual program descriptions. 
Graduate-level course work applicable to a 
number of programs is offered in several 
locations throughout the state by the Alan 
Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing 
Education. In most cases, however, a por- 
tion of the courses must be taken on the 
Kingston Campus. 


6 THE UNIVERSITY 


Undergraduate Degrees 


College of Arts and Sciences 

African and African-American Studies 
(joint URI-RIC): B.A. 

Anthropology: B.A. 

Applied Sociology: B.S. 

Art: B.F.A. 

Art History: B.A. 

Art Studio: B.A. 

Biological Sciences: B.S. 

Biology: B.A. 

Chemistry: B.A., B.S. 

Chemistry and Chemical 
Oceanography: B.S. 

Classical Studies: B.A. 

Communication Studies: B.A. 

Comparative Literature Studies: B.A. 

Computer Science: B.A., B.S. 

Economics: B.A., B.S. 

English: B.A. 

Environmental Plant Biology: B.S. 

French: B.A. 

German: B.A. 

History: B.A. 

Italian: B.A. 

Journalism: B.A. 

Latin American Studies: B.A. 

Marine Biology: B.S. 

Mathematics: B.A., B.S. 


Master of Arts 
Communication Studies 
Education 

English 

History 

Marine Affairs 

Political Science 
Spanish 


Master of Science 
Accounting 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences 
Audiology 
Biological Sciences 
Cell and Molecular Biology 
Chemical Engineering 
Chemistry 
Civil and Environmental Engineering 
Clinical Laboratory Science 
Computer Science 
Electrical Engineering 
Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics 
Environmental Sciences 
*Entomology 
*Geosciences 
Natural Resources Science 
Plant Sciences 
Fisheries, Animal, and Veterinary 
Science 


Music: B.A. 

Music Composition: B.M. 
Music Education: B.M. 
Music Performance: B.M. 
Philosophy: B.A. 

Physics: B.A., B.S. 
Physics and Physical Oceanography: B.S. 
Political Science: B.A. 
Psychology: B.A. 

Public Relations: B.A. 
Sociology: B.A. 

Spanish: B.A. 

Theatre: B.F.A. 

Women’s Studies: B.A. 


College of Business Administration 
Accounting: B.S. 

Finance: B.S. 

Financial Services: B.S. 

General Business Administration: B.S. 
International Business: B.S. 
Management: B.S. 

Management Information Systems: B.S. 
Marketing: B.S. 


Alan Shawn Feinstein College of 
Continuing Education 
Bachelor of General Studies: B.G.S. 


* This degree is no longer open to incoming students. 


College of Engineering 

Biomedical Engineering: B.S. 
Chemical Engineering: B.S. 

Chemical and Ocean Engineering: B.S. 
Civil Engineering: B.S. 

Computer Engineering: B.S. 

Electrical Engineering: B.S. 

Industrial Engineering: B.S. 
Mechanical Engineering: B.S. 

Ocean Engineering: B.S. 


College of the Environment and 
Life Sciences 
Animal Science and Technology: B.S. 


Aquaculture and Fishery Technology: B.S. 


Clinical Laboratory Science: B.S. 

Coastal and Marine Policy and 
Management: B.S. 

Coastal and Marine Policy Studies: B.A. 

Environmental Economics and 
Management: B.S. 

Environmental Plant Biology: B.S. 

Environmental Science and 
Management: B.S. 

Geology and Geological 
Oceanography: B.S. 

Geosciences: B.S. 

Landscape Architecture: B.L.A. 

Marine Resource Development: B.S.* 


Microbiology: B.S. 

Nutrition and Dietetics: B.S. 

Resource Economics and Commerce: 
B.S. 

Urban Horticulture and Turfgrass 
Management: B.S. 

Water and Soil Science: B.S. 

Wildlife and Conservation Biology: B.S. 


College of Human Science 
and Services 

Communicative Disorders: B.S. 

Dental Hygiene (joint URI-CCRI or post- 
clinical): B.S.* 

Education: Elementary B.A. 
Secondary B.A., B.S. 

Human Development and Family 
Studies: B.S. 

Human Science and Services: B.S.* 

Physical Education and Exercise 
Science: B.S. 

Textile Marketing: B.S. 

Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and 
Design: B.S. 


College of Nursing 
Nursing: B.S. 


College of Pharmacy 
Pharm.D. (six-year entry level) 


Graduate Degrees 


Human Development and Family Studies 


*College Student Personnel 
eHuman Development and Family 
Studies 
Marriage and Family Therapy 
Labor Relations and Human Resources 
(M.S. or joint M.S./J.D.-RWU) 
Manufacturing Engineering 
Mathematics 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics 
Medicinal Chemistry 
Nursing 
Nutrition and Food Sciences 
Ocean Engineering 
Oceanography 
Pharmacognosy 
Pharmacology and Toxicology 
Physical Education and Exercise Science 
Physical Therapy 
Physics 
Psychology: School 
Speech-Language Pathology 
Statistics 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, 
and Design 


Doctor of Philosophy 

Applied Mathematical Sciences 
eApplied Mathematics 
Computer Science 


*Operations Research 
*Statistics 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences 
Biological Sciences 
Business Administration 
eFinance and Insurance 
Management 
Management Science 
eMarketing 
Cell and Molecular Biology 
Chemical Engineering 
Chemistry 
Civil and Environmental Engineering 
Education (joint URI-RIC) 
Electrical Engineering 
English 
Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics 
Environmental Sciences 
eEntomology 
eFisheries, Animal, and 
Veterinary Science 
Geosciences 
eNatural Resources Science 
ePlant Sciences 
Industrial and Manufacturing 
Engineering 
Marine Affairs 
Mathematics 
Mechanical Engineering and 
Applied Mechanics 


Medicinal Chemistry 
Nursing 
Nutrition and Food Sciences 
Ocean Engineering 
Oceanography 
Pharmacognosy 
Pharmacology and Toxicology 
Physics 
Psychology 

*Clinical 

Experimental 

*School 


Professional Degrees 
Master of Business Administration 


(M.B.A.) 
Master of Community Planning (M.C.P.) 
(also joint M.C.P./J.D.-RWU) 


Master of Environmental Science and 
Management (M.E.S.M.) 
Master of Library and Information 
Studies (M.L.I.S.) 
Master of Marine Affairs (M.M.A.) 
(also joint M.M.A./J.D.-RWU) 
Master of Music (M.M.) 
Master of Oceanography (M.O.) 
Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) 
(joint URI-RIC) 
Teacher Certification 


Students with a bachelor’s degree from 
URI or another university with equivalent 
requirements and accreditation may be 
admitted for graduate study, providing 
their credentials meet the standards set by 
the Graduate School and the department 
in which they wish to study, and that facili- 
ties for study are available in their field of 
interest. Among the standards required for 
admission are an approximate undergradu- 
ate average of B or better and, where re- 
quired, satisfactory scores on a nationally 
administered examination. 


Information Services and 
Research Resources 


University Libraries. Integrated library and 
computational services are provided by 
URI’s Office of Information Services (OIS). 
URI has a library collection of over 1.1 
million volumes, 750,000 government 
publications, and over 1.5 million micro- 
forms housed in the University Library in 
Kingston, at the Alan Shawn Feinstein Col- 
lege of Continuing Education in Provi- 
dence, and in the Pell Marine Science 
Library on the Narragansett Bay Campus. 
The latter was designated the National Sea 
Grant Depository in 1971. 

The University Library, which holds 
the bulk of the collection, has open stacks 
that provide direct access to books, peri- 
odicals, documents, maps, microforms, 
and audiovisual materials. The library also 
provides online access to a substantial 
and growing amount of electronic 
resources. The Special Collections Depart- 
ment collects and maintains rare books, 
manuscripts, the University archives, and a 
variety of special interest materials. Service 
hours at the other libraries vary, but the 
University Library provides full reference, 
bibliographic, and circulation services 
during most of the 100 hours a week it 
is open. 

The University is a member of the 
Higher Education Library Information Net- 
work (HELIN), which extends borrowing 
privileges to the faculty, staff, and students 
of the Community College of Rhode 


Island, Rhode Island College, Johnson & 
Wales University, Providence College, 
Roger Williams University, Bryant College, 
as well as the University of Rhode Island. 
Holdings of all these libraries are included 
in the on-line public access catalog. 


Information Services. The Office of Infor- 
mation Services (OIS) provides computa- 
tional resources to the University commu- 
nity for instruction and research. OIS 
maintains central server support, general 
purpose computing facilities, student per- 
sonal computing resources, and a high- 
speed network. All enrolled students are 
provided with a network ID which enables 
them to use OIS facilities including access 
to electronic mail services and the Internet. 
Our staff provide a variety of services to 
support these facilities and assist the Uni- 
versity community. 

Centralized general purpose computing 
at URI is supported on an IBM RISC system 
running AIX. A full complement of pro- 
gramming languages and packages is 
available. Facilities for computer graphics 
are also offered, including a color plotter. 
Several hundred personal computers and 
workstations are located in public work ar- 
eas, and most private offices are equipped 
with computing resources. These devices 
are connected to the campus Ethernet 
which provides access to the Office of In- 
formation Services, as well as independent 
college and departmental facilities. 

URI’s Office of Information Services 
manages numerous personal computer 
laboratories on campus, featuring both 
IBM and Macintosh workstations. A wide 
variety of software application packages 
are available. These labs are available for 
faculty research, teaching, and general stu- 
dent use. In addition, a number of labora- 
tories are specifically designed for use as 
computer classrooms. 


Other Research Facilities. As the principal 
public research institution in the state of 
Rhode Island, a number of innovative re- 
search facilities can be found at URI. These 
include the facilities found at URI’s 


THE UNIVERSITY 7 


Narragansett Bay Campus, the College of 
Engineering’s Kirk Computer Center, 
chemistry laboratories, and marine re- 
search laboratories, including a 12,000- 
square-foot research aquarium. The 
Endeavor is the University’s “offshore” 
research vessel, a 184-foot ship operated 
by the Graduate School of Oceanography. 
Endeavor is capable of working in all parts 
of the world’s oceans. The Bay Campus 
also is home to the Rhode Island Nuclear 
Science Center, where scientists have 
access to a research reactor for chemical 
analysis by neutron activation and mass 
spectrometry. Other significant Bay Cam- 
pus research facilities include the Marine 
Ecosystems Research Laboratory where 
large-scale marine ecosystem experiments 
are conducted; the Marine Geological 
Samples Laboratory, a virtual reality simu- 
lator used to study ocean and atmospheric 
circulation; and acoustic calibration and 
model tow tanks. 

URI’s research facilities are as varied as 
our programs of study. Our College of 
Nursing possesses practice laboratories for 
students with a variety of equipment, and 
the Department of Plant Sciences operates 
50 acres of research and education farm 
centers, including the C. Richard Skogley 
Turfgrass Center, the oldest research and 
teaching program in the U.S. URI’s ento- 
mology program also has a biological 
quarantine laboratory, the only such 
university-affiliated facility in the North- 
east. Our physical therapy program has a 
clinical service and research unit that in- 
cludes specialized exercise training equip- 
ment, computerized muscle dynamometry 
and clinical electrophysiology laboratories, 
aquatic therapy facilities, and work harden- 
ing stations. The Department of Physical 
Education and Exercise Science possesses a 
weight management clinic, exercise testing 
laboratory, and more. URI’s Speech and 
Hearing Clinic is a state-of-the-art service 
provider for individuals with speech, lan- 
guage, and hearing problems. While serv- 
ing the community, it provides training 
and research opportunities for students. 


8 THE UNIVERSITY 


The Department of Chemistry houses labo- 
ratories specializing in NMR, analyses of 
energetic materials, forensic, biological, 
and separations science, and spectroscopy. 

Another important research facility at 
URI is the University’s Electron Microscopy 
and Imaging Facility, located in the Morrill 
Science Building. The EMIF, as it’s called, 
provides teaching and research services in 
electron microscopy, light microscopy, and 
digital imaging for a wide variety of scien- 
tific disciplines at URI. It has a high resolu- 
tion JEOL-1200EX scanning/transmission 
electron microscope equipped for digital 
image acquisition, a Zeiss EM-900 trans- 
mission electron microscope and research- 
quality light microscopes including a Zeiss 
LSM5 laser scanning confocal microscope. 
The EMIF offers services in transmission, 
scanning, and cryo-transmission electron 
microscopy, energy dispersive X-ray 
microanalysis, and light microscopy with 
digital image acquisition and processing. 
Services also include sample preparation 
and technical support in scientific photog- 
raphy. This facility is available to students, 
staff and faculty for research projects and 
instruction. The Genomics and Sequencing 
Center (GSC), in the Department of Cell 
and Molecular Biology in the Morrill Sci- 
ence Building, provides technical and ana- 
lytical services for the molecular biology 
and genomics research focus of the Univer- 
sity. The GSC offers basic services of DNA 
sequencing, fragment analysis, and real- 
time PCR in a university-based laboratory 
environment to campus researchers and 
external clients. The equipment in the GSC 
includes a Beckman Coulter CEQ 8000 Ge- 
netic Analysis System and a Stratagene 
Mx4000 Multiplex Quantitative PCR Sys- 
tem. Investigators are encouraged to incor- 
porate these services into their research 
and teaching needs. The GSC is available 
for students, staff, and faculty at URI, as 
well as non-URI researchers on a fee for 
service basis. 

For more information on URI’s research 
facilities, please turn to the section on 
the college or department you are inter- 
ested in. 


Research 


Since 1907, the University has held the 
major responsibility within the state for 
graduate education, which is closely 
associated with a strong program of re- 
search. Research leads to the discovery of 
knowledge and its dissemination through 
teaching. Responsibilities for graduate edu- 
cation, embodied in the Graduate School, 
and the overseeing of research funding in 
the Research Office are assigned to the 
Office of Graduate Studies, Research, 
and Outreach. Research and public service 
projects are conducted in all departments 
and programs offering graduate degrees. 

URI undergraduates are provided with 
a unique learning experience by participa- 
tion in the research activities of Presidential 
Partnerships, which involve various disci- 
plines and faculty from several depart- 
ments and colleges. Current partnerships 
are in the areas of infectious disease con- 
trol, health promotion, the coastal environ- 
ment, surface and sensors technology, and 
family resources. 

Research throughout URI is supported 
by an average of $64 million per year. Sup- 
port comes from foundations, commercial 
firms, federal and state agencies, and the 
University. The University ranks among the 
top five percent of the country’s colleges 
and universities in the amount of research 
funding received. 

Applications for research grants are 
approved by the Vice Provost for Graduate 
Studies, Research, and Outreach. The 
Research Office provides assistance to 
the University research community in all 
aspects of research and the preparation 
of proposals. 

In addition to department research, 
the University has established a number 
of research, extension, and technology 
transfer programs in the following areas: 


Children, Families, and Communities 
e child development 
e family therapy 
e family violence 
e historic costumes and textiles 


e innovative programs in response to 
the needs of state government 

e policy evaluation and analysis for 
public officials 

research and support activities for the 
public and human services area 

e textile conservation 

e urban field research and technical 
assistance 

Enterprise and Advanced Technology 

e advanced sensor-based systems, 
including robotics 

e basic and applied research in filtration 
and separation processes 

e business and economics 

e consumer product safety 

e distributed computing 

e early design analysis for improving 
product design for ease of 
manufacturing 

e fault-tolerant digital circuits and 
systems 

e high-performance computer processor, 
memory, and input/output design 

e international aspects of business 

e labor and industrial relations 

e market research 

e nanotechnology 

e nuclear magnetic resonance 
spectroscopy 

e Pacific basin capital markets 
information 

e pollution prevention and technical 
assistance for New England industries 

e process engineering 

e product design 

e rapid prototyping for manufacturing 

e scientific criminal investigations 

e sensors 

e signal processing 

e telecommunications and information 
marketing 

e textile performance testing 

e thin film materials 

e water resource research and training 

Health 

e anti-infective pharmacology 

e biology, ecology, and control of vector- 
borne diseases 

e cancer prevention through behavioral 
change 


e drug delivery and development 

e evaluation services and assistance to 
exercise and athletic programs 

e nutrition and food science 

e gerontology 

e medicinal chemistry 

e physical therapy 

e speech and hearing testing and 
diagnosis 

e thanatology (end-of-life care and 
bereavement) 

e weight management through behavior 
modification 

Marine and the Environment 

e agriculture experimentation and 
research 

e autonomous underwater vehicles 
(AUVs) 

e aquaculture 

e atmospheric chemistry studies 

e biotechnology 

e economic effect of marine policy 

e environmental horticulture 

e estuarine and coastal pond dynamics 

e golf and sports turf management 

e management of coastal resources 

e marine ecosystems 

e marine environmental modeling and 
monitoring systems 

e marine geological sampling and testing 

e marine geomechanics 

e marine pathology 

e nonlinear wave dynamics 

e ocean drilling 

e ocean instrumentation (forward 
looking sonar) 

e satellite remote sensing for terrestrial, 
coastal, and near-shore applications 

e seabed characterization 

e sea floor mapping 

e Sea Grant research, education, and 
marine advisory services 

e structural acoustics 

e underwater tracking 

e use of geographic databases to solve 
environmental problems 

e waves generated by tsunamis 


Additional information on these areas 
of research and expertise at URI can be 
obtained from the Research Office, 

70 Lower College Road. 


Accreditation 


The University of Rhode Island is 
accredited by the New England Association 
of Schools and Colleges. In addition, 
certain courses and programs of study 
have been approved by national accredit- 
ing agencies. 

The New England Association of 
Schools and Colleges is a nongovernmen- 
tal, nationally recognized organization 
whose affiliated institutions include ele- 
mentary schools through collegiate institu- 
tions offering postgraduate instruction. 

Accreditation of an institution by the 
New England Association indicates that it 
meets or exceeds criteria for the assess- 
ment of institutional quality periodically 
applied through a peer group review pro- 
cess. An accredited school or college is one 
that has the necessary resources available 
to achieve its stated purposes through 
appropriate educational programs, is 
substantially doing so, and gives reason- 
able evidence that it will continue to do 
so in the foreseeable future. Institutional 
integrity is also addressed through 
accreditation. 

Accreditation by the New England 
Association is not partial, but applies to 
the University as a whole. As such, it is not 
a guarantee of the quality of every course 
or program offered, or of the competence 
of individual graduates. Rather, it provides 
reasonable assurance about the quality of 
opportunities available to students who 
attend the University. 

Inquiries regarding the status of an 
institution’s accreditation by the New 
England Association should be directed to 
the school’s administrative staff or the 
association at 209 Burlington Road, 
Bedford, MA 01730; 781-271-0022. 

The national accrediting agencies 
that have approved the quality of certain 
course offerings and programs of study in- 
clude the American Assembly of Collegiate 
Schools of Business (AACSB), American 
Association of Marriage and Family 
Therapy, American Chemical Society, 
American College of Nurse-Midwives, 


THE UNIVERSITY 9 


American Council on Pharmaceutical 
Education, American Institute of Certified 
Planners and Association of Collegiate 
Schools of Planning, American Dietetic 
Association, American Library Association, 
American Physical Therapy Association, 
American Psychological Association, 
American Society for Landscape Architects, 
American Speech-Language-Hearing 
Association, Engineering Accreditation 
Commission of the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology, National 
Association of Schools of Music, National 
Association of State Directors of Teacher 
Education and Certification, National 
Council for Accreditation for Teacher 
Education, and the Commission on 
Collegiate Nursing Education. 

The University is also an approved 
member institution of the American 
Association of University Women, the 
American Council on Education, the 
Council of Graduate Schools, the North 
American Association of Summer Sessions, 
the National Association of State Universi- 
ties and Land-Grant Colleges, the North- 
eastern Association of Graduate Schools, 
and the National University Extension 
Association. 


The University Community 


In addition to the student body, the 
University community is made up of 
faculty, administration, staff, and alumni. 
The Faculty Senate represents the faculty 
and is authorized by the general faculty to 
conduct the business assigned to the fac- 
ulty by law or by the Board of Governors 
for Higher Education. The Graduate Council 
is the representative body for the graduate 
faculty and determines the academic poli- 
cies for graduate study. The office of Uni- 
versity Ombud investigates complaints from 
students, faculty members, and administra- 
tive personnel that they have been unfairly 
dealt with in the normal channels of the 
administrative process. The ombud is a 
tenured or emeritus member of the faculty 
appointed by the Faculty Senate and is 
assisted by a student appointed by the 
President. 


10 THE UNIVERSITY 


The Instructional Development Program 
(IDP) exists to help faculty members in 
their teaching responsibilities. Faculty 
members who want to increase their 
teaching effectiveness by improving their 
skills or developing new ones may work 
individually with IDP staff and participate 
in various workshops, colloquiums, and 
seminars on teaching. 

The voices of alumni are heard through 
the Alumni Association. The Alumni Rela- 
tions Office recognizes all those who have 
attended the University for two semesters 
or more and whose class has graduated. 
URI has more than 80,000 alumni through- 
out the world. The Alumni Relations Office 
promotes the interests of the University 
and helps keep alumni in touch with their 
alma mater. Through its office in Davis Hall 
and its network of chapters and affinity 
groups throughout the country, the 
Alumni Relations Office maintains ties with 
URI alumni through services, programs, 
special events, and the magazine QUAD 
ANGLES. An annual membership drive 
program provides funds for reunions, 
Homecoming, special events, Alumni 
Achievement Awards, Student Alumni 
Association, alumni publications, and 
other University projects. The annual 
Winter Gala, Alumni Golf Tournament, 
and Annual Fund Drive provide scholarship 
and other University aid. 

The University receives less than 25 
percent of its support from the state. The 
balance comes from student fees and 
tuition, federal grants, and auxiliary enter- 
prises and other miscellaneous sources. 
The University of Rhode Island Foundation 
encourages and administers gifts from pri- 
vate sources to build a substantial endow- 
ment for continuing support of the Univer- 
sity. It is concerned with the support of 
University activities for which adequate 
provision is not ordinarily made by appro- 
priations from public funds. 


Academic and Social Codes. Each student 
is a member of the University community, 
with all the rights, privileges, and responsi- 
bilities that go with such membership. The 
rights and privileges include full use of the 
educational opportunities and facilities 
offered on campus. The responsibilities 
include those of making proper use of 
these facilities in order to progress educa- 
tionally, respecting the rights of others, 
and knowing and obeying the rules and 
regulations developed by the University 
community for the good of the total 
membership. 

The University expects that all course 
papers, theses, and dissertations will be 
prepared, and all examinations taken, in 
conformance with accepted standards of 
academic integrity. This includes the 
proper citation and attribution of all mate- 
rial that is not the original product of the 
writer. It is the student’s responsibility to 
determine the appropriate style used in his 
or her discipline for presentation of mate- 
rial derived from other sources and to ad- 
here to it scrupulously in all written pre- 
sentations. (See “Cornerstones,” at right.) 

In addition, each student's University 
ID Card must be carried at all times on 
campus and presented upon request. Use 
of the card constitutes acceptance of all 
applicable terms and conditions. This card 
will remain the property of URI. Lost, 
stolen, or damaged cards must be re- 
ported immediately to the Campus Access 
Office (Room 216, Memorial Union). 


Affirmative Action and Nondiscrimina- 
tion. The University of Rhode Island pro- 
hibits discrimination on the basis of race, 
sex, religion, age, color, creed, national 
origin, disability, or sexual orientation, and 
discrimination against disabled and Viet- 
nam era veterans in the recruitment, ad- 
mission, or treatment of students, the re- 
cruitment, hiring, or treatment of faculty 
and staff, and the operation of its activities 
and programs. This is in compliance with 
state and federal laws, including Titles VI 


and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as 
amended, Title IX of the 1972 Education 
Amendments to the Higher Education Act, 
Executive Order 11246, as amended, Sec- 
tions 503/504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 
1973, as amended, Section 402 of the 
Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Assis- 
tance Act of 1974, the Americans with 
Disabilities Act of 1990, the Civil Rights 
Act of 1991, the Persian Gulf Benefits Act 
of 1991, Rhode Island General Law 28-5.1, 
as amended, Executive Order 95-11, and 
Executive Order 92-2. 

The administrators of Admissions, 
Student Financial Aid, Graduate School, 
Career Services, Counseling Center, and 
Special Programs for Talent Development 
cooperate to provide information and 
guidance for economically and socially dis- 
advantaged individuals seeking opportuni- 
ties for study at the University. Inquiries 
may be directed to any of these offices. 

With regard to scholarships and com- 
missioning into the armed forces, the 
ROTC program, in accordance with 
Department of Defense policy, does not 
comply with the University’s policy on 
nondiscrimination based on sexual 
orientation. 

Most buildings on campus are architec- 
turally available to the disabled, and provi- 
sion is made to ensure that no student is 
prevented from pursuing a course of study 
because of restricted access to buildings. 

AIDS is one of the most tragic, life- 
threatening epidemics of modern times. 
Students, faculty, and staff at the Univer- 
sity of Rhode Island must provide the com- 
passion, understanding, and support nec- 
essary to help individuals with AIDS and 
HIV infection. As part of this responsibility, 
the University will vigorously enforce indi- 
vidual rights of confidentiality and freedom 
from discrimination. The rights of individu- 
als with AIDS are covered under three Uni- 
versity policies based on Section 504 of the 
Rehabilitation Act of 1973: “Reasonable 
Accommodation for Handicapped Employ- 


ees,” “Life-Threatening Illness,” and 
“Handicapped Policy.” Copies of these 
policies are available at the Office of Hu- 
man Resource Administration, Health Ser- 
vices, and the Disability Services office in 
the Memorial Union. 

Inquiries concerning compliance with 
antidiscrimination laws should be ad- 
dressed to Robert Gillis, Director of Affir- 
mative Action, Equal Opportunity and Di- 
versity, Suite 201, Carlotti Administration 
Building, 401-874-2442. Questions regard- 
ing provisions for students with disabilities 
should be directed to the director of Dis- 
ability Services in the Office of Student 
Life, 330 Memorial Union, 401-874-2098 
(TT via R.I. Relay, 1-800-745-5555). 


Notice of Change 


Rules, regulations, dates, tuition, fees, 
the availability and titles of programs and 
areas of specialization, their administrative 
location, and courses set forth in this cata- 
log are subject to change without notice. 
Where a change in program requirements 
is made while a student is enrolled, the 
student may elect to complete the pro- 
gram under the requirements in effect at 
the time of matriculation or to shift entirely 
to the new requirements, but may not 
choose parts of each set. As a result of the 
ongoing reviews of all programs, certain 
offerings and specializations may be de- 
leted or restructured between editions of 
this Catalog. 


THE UNIVERSITY 11 


URI CORNERSTONES 


The University of Rhode Island is a principled 
community guided by values. As members of 
this community, we subscribe to the following 
principles which form the foundation of our 
endeavors. 


e we pursue knowledge with honesty, 
integrity, and courage. 
we promote independent choice, 
intellectual curiosity, open-mindedness, and 
free expression. 
we respect the rights and dignity of each 
individual and group. 
we reject prejudice and intolerance, and we 
work to understand differences. 
we accept personal responsibility for our 
actions and their consequences. 
we actively cooperate to improve the 
University, the state of Rhode Island, and 
the global community beyond our borders. 
we strive to be a community where the 
environment and property are treated 
respectfully. 
we seek to create and maintain an 
environment conducive to personal health 
and wellness. 
we work to develop skills which promote 
lifelong learning, leadership, 
and service. 

Developed by the Quality of Student Life Committee 

and endorsed by the URI Student Senate. 


12 


STUDENT LIFE AND SERVICES 


A enriching college life includes a well-balanced mix of 
academic and extracurricular activities. The University offers 
a unique blend of student organizations and activities with an 
emphasis on student-run services and businesses. 


While much of the information provided here 
applies primarily to students at the Kingston 
Campus, you can find more information on 
offerings at URI’s Providence Campus on 
pages 18 and 76 of this catalog, by visiting 
www.uri.edu/prov/, or by visiting Room 125 
at the Providence Campus. 


Undergraduate Orientation 


Orientation programs that facilitate 
students’ entry into the campus commu- 
nity are administered by University 
College. New students are charged a fee 
to cover expenses associated with their 
orientation program such as room, meals, 
and materials. 


Summer Orientation Workshops. All 
undergraduate students who are begin- 
ning University careers are encouraged to 
attend a two-day workshop to plan their 


academic programs, register for fall classes, 
learn about URI, and begin to acquire the 
skills essential for successful transition from 
high school and home to the University 
community. These programs are planned 
to personalize the student's first experi- 
ence with the University as each one par- 
ticipates, with a group of approximately 15 
classmates, in workshop projects. Admitted 
students begin receiving registration mate- 
rials in April. 

Special programs are planned for fami- 
lies of new students to coincide with the 
workshop dates. 


Transfer Orientation Programs. Transfer 
orientation is optional, but undergraduate 
students transferring to the University from 
another institution with 24 credits or less 
are encouraged to attend the full summer 
orientation program. Those with 24 credits 
or more who are admitted into University 


College, rather than any of the academic 
colleges, are invited to attend Transfer 
Orientation. This full-day program is pre- 
sented during summer orientation. The 
workshop is designed to acquaint transfer 
students with some of the unique features 
and procedures of the University. 


Orientation for International Students. 
ISS has implemented an orientation pro- 
gram and on-going workshops to provide 
assistance in personal, academic, and fi- 
nancial matters to our international com- 
munity and their dependents. Through this 
venue the Office of International Students 
and Scholars contributes to University of 
Rhode Island’s commitment to a global 
perspective. Staff members are available to 
help students adjust to life at the University 
and in the United States. 


Lifestyles 


Undergraduate Housing. Residence halls 
and boarding facilities are available to URI 
students during the regular academic year 
and during summer sessions. Some stu- 
dents prefer the option of living in a frater- 
nity or sorority or off campus. Because of 
the ongoing residence hall renovation 
project, on-campus housing for incoming 
transfer students is extremely limited. 


Residence Halls and Dining Centers. There 
are 20 residence halls on campus offering a 
variety of living accommodations. Notices 
are forwarded to all residence hall students 
during the spring semester to inform them 
of the housing application procedure for 
the following year. After returning students 
have been assigned, first-year students 
who have paid their housing application 
fee by May 1 will be given priority consid- 
eration for the remaining spaces. All other 
students will be assigned on a space- 
available basis. Assignments of incoming 
students are made in the order in which 
their housing deposits are received. 

Every effort is made to honor roommate 
requests. For rates and contracts, see 

page 22. 


Applications for residence hall living 
can be obtained from the Department of 
Housing and Residential Life, Roger Will- 
iams Building. Phone: 401-874-4151. 

More information about residence hall 
living at URI can be obtained by visiting 
www.housing.uri.edu. 

For students’ convenience, URI offers 
three dining centers, two cash restaurants, 
a cyber café, library coffee cart, conve- 
nience store, bakery, and a warehouse 
shopping center with a wide variety of 
food items. These facilities were con- 
structed with bond funds. In order to 
guarantee repayment of these bonds, the 
University requires that all students living 
in residence halls choose from a selection 
of available meal plans. 

Each URI student also has the opportu- 
nity to obtain a Ram Card account, which 
is an optional debit card account accessed 
through their student ID card. Students 
who participate in the program have the 
ability to purchase food and supplies from 
various on- and off-campus merchants. 
Unused dollars in the Ram Account 
transfer from semester to semester until 
graduation. 


Fraternities and Sororities. About 1,000 stu- 
dents participate in URI’s fraternity-sorority 
system, which sponsors 13 houses de- 
signed for congenial small-group living. 
The Office of Campus Life advises these 
groups. The Greek houses promote schol- 
arship, citizenship, and small-group living. 
Purchasing and business management for 
these houses is provided by a private cor- 
poration controlled by the fraternity and 
sorority members. 


Graduate Housing. Interested students 
should contact URI’s Department of Hous- 
ing and Residential Life for information, at 
401-874-5390. 


Commuting. URI typically has two kinds of 
commuters: those who live “down the 
line” and those who live “at home.” There 
are usually about 6,000 undergraduate stu- 
dents commuting daily to classes here. 
There are a variety of services available on 
campus for them. Dining Services offers 
special meal plans for commuters, and the 


Commuter Housing Office provides re- 
sources and information. Commuters have 
access to campus computer labs, to Health 
Services, and to other campus resources. 

To get a parking pass, all car-commut- 
ers must bring their student ID and car 
registration to the Police and Security De- 
partment on Upper College Road. Begin- 
ning fall 2002, all students will be charged 
a fee for parking passes. 

If you need bus and train schedules or 
carpool information, visit the Memorial 
Union Information Desk or Commuter 
Housing Office. 

The Commuter Lounge and Commuter 
Housing Office are located on the third 
floor of the Memorial Union. The office 
provides rental and roommate listings for 
URI students, faculty and staff, as well as 
assistance with landlord/tenant legal ques- 
tions, general campus information, and an 
online listings of properties. The Campus 
Housing Office also coordinates a spring 
Off-Campus Housing Fair, and other publi- 
cations and information. 

For more information, contact URI 
Commuter Housing, 302C Memorial 
Union, call 401-874-2828, e-mail 
CHO@etal.uri.edu, or visit www.uri.edu/ 
commuter_housing/. 


Commuting from “Down-the-Line.” 

A number of students live in houses or 
apartments in the southern Rhode Island 
area known as “down-the-line.” Juniors 
and seniors as well as graduate students 
often choose to live off campus within a 
10- to 15-mile radius of the University 
where summer homes are rented to 
students for the school year. Typically, 

a student will pay $300-600 a month, plus 
utilities, for each bedroom in a furnished 
house. Supermarkets, laundries, restau- 
rants, shopping centers, and recreational 
facilities are nearby. 

Since most of these rentals are five 
miles or more from campus, students with- 
out cars should investigate the availability 
of public transportation. A local bus service 
connects the shopping and service areas in 
Wakefield with the University. Some of the 
outlying resort areas, including Narragan- 
sett Pier, Galilee, and Scarborough, are 


STUDENT LIFE AND SERVICES 13 


also included in the bus routes. Bus service 
is also available to the Amtrak railroad sta- 
tion and Green Airport, and to Newport 
and Providence. 

The Commuter Housing Office provides 
a computerized listing of nearby rooms, 
apartments, and houses available to stu- 
dents. They also offer a roommate match- 
ing service and assist students with infor- 
mation on landlord-tenant issues. 


Independent Students. Independent or 
nontraditional students make up over 10% 
of URI’s undergraduate population. Any 
students over the age of 23 that is either 
returning to the University for a second de- 
gree, or students that are starting anew are 
eligible to benefit from the services that 
the Independent Student Services office 
provides. Independent Student Services 

is housed at the Women’s Center on 22 
Upper College Road. The office is always 
on hand to lend individual support and 
ease an Independent Student’s transition 
to college life. For more information on 
Independent Student Services, call 401- 
874-2097 or visit www.uri.edu/ 
women_center/. 


Women Students. Women students make 
up more than half of URI’s total student 
population. A Women’s Center, adminis- 
tered by the Office of Student Life, pro- 
vides the necessary resources to help cre- 
ate an environment rich in role models and 
free of sexual inequities. In addition, it co- 
ordinates lectures, programs, and activities 
of special interest to women, including 
Women’s History Month, brown bag 
lunches, internships, and workshops. The 
Women’s Center has moved to a new loca- 
tion at 22 Upper College Road and in- 
cludes a residential component for Women 
in Science and Technology as well as a Vio- 
lence Against Women Prevention Program. 
Phone: 401-874-2097. 


Multicultural Students. Approximately 
800 students use a variety of services for 
multicultural students at URI. African- 
American, Native American, Asian, Latin- 
American, Cape Verdean, Haitian, Muslim, 
and gay students have formed special- 
interest groups to further meet their needs. 


14 = STUDENT LIFE AND SERVICES 


The Multicultural Student Center, located 
near the Memorial Union, serves as a gath- 
ering place for leisure, meetings, work- 
shops, and various activities. Counseling, 
programming, and other services are pro- 
vided by the staff of Multicultural Student 
Services (401-874-2851). 

Bi- and multilingual students can 
further develop academic English skills 
through programs offered by the English 
Language Studies program (401-874- 
4686). 


Talent Development. URI also offers Special 
Programs for Talent Development, a pro- 
gram of special interest to many minority 
and disadvantaged students. Talent Devel- 
opment was started in 1968 to help young 
people who otherwise could not attend 
the University. “TD” provides a special 
opportunity for minorities and disadvan- 
taged persons. 

Talent Development at URI includes a 
spring Saturday PREP Program and an 
intense six-week academic summer experi- 
ence on the Kingston campus, which many 
TD students mark as a turning point in 
their lives. If completed successfully, stu- 
dents arrive in Kingston in September as a 
URI student and a member of Talent De- 
velopment. URI provides TD students with 
special academic advising, unlimited indi- 
vidual tutoring, financial aid based on 
need, and a strong support community. 

Any Rhode Island resident who meets 
URI’s core requirements may apply for Tal- 
ent Development. Specifically, the pro- 
gram looks for minority and/or disadvan- 
taged students who, without TD and its 
support services, could not expect to 
be admitted to URI. Even those who 
finished high school a while ago, or have 
a GED, may still be eligible for Talent 
Development. 

To find out more about Talent Devel- 
opment at URI or to get an application, 
ask your guidance counselor, call 401- 
874-2901, e-mail tdinfo@etal.uri.edu, or 
visit www.uri.edu/talent_development/. 
Page 33 also has more information on 
the program. 


International Students. The Office of In- 
ternational Students and Scholars (ISS) 
provides services for all internationals hold- 
ing F or J nonimmigrant visa designations. 
We also provide limited services to those in 
other visa categories such as H and B. We 
serve approximately 500 visiting scholars, 
graduate, undergraduate students, and 
their dependents from as many as 59 dif- 
ferent nations. We are responsible for com- 
municating and interpreting statutes, rules, 
and regulations that derive from the De- 
partment of Homeland Security's Bureau of 
Citizenship and Immigration Services (for- 
merly known as the Immigration and 
Naturalization Services), the Department of 
State, and the United States Information 
Agency. We also disseminate information 
pertinent to internationals from the 
Division of Motor Vehicle, the Internal 
Revenue Service, and the Social Security 
Administration. 

The staff at ISS is committed to provid- 
ing valuable and comprehensive services to 
our international community. ISS also pro- 
vides workshops and cross-cultural pro- 
gramming events for students, their de- 
pendents, and scholars. Our center serves 
as an excellent cross-cultural meeting 
place, hosting meaningful social events 
and recreational trips. Our comfortable 
lounge is equipped with many amenities 
and is open to any URI student or URI stu- 
dent organization. We co-sponsor events 
with Civic Clubs, such as Rotary Interna- 
tional Club, the Rhode Island Association 
of International Advisors, and New En- 
gland Land Grant Colleges International 
Advisors. 

For questions or inquiries contact our 
staff at 37 Lower College Road, Kingston, 
RI 02881. Phone: 401-874-2395. Fax: 401- 
874-2402. E-mail: issoff@etal.uri.edu. Web 
site: www.uri.edu/iss/. 


International Teaching Assistants. The Inter- 
national Teaching Assistant (ITA) Program 
offers resources and support for interna- 
tional graduate students who serve as 
teaching assistants. Oral proficiency test- 
ing, using the SPEAK test, is offered each 
semester to allow them to demonstrate 
their competence in spoken English. ITAs 


can also enroll in ELS 512 and 612, courses 
specially designed to prepare them for 
their teaching roles. If interested, contact 
the ITA coordinator in the English Lan- 
guage Studies Program, Independence 
Hall, 401-874-4686. 


Disability Services for Students. The URI 
community encourages contributions to 
the learning environment from members 
of all its cultures, including students with 
disabilities. The office of Disability Services 
for Students recognizes disability as cul- 
tural diversity and fosters an inclusive envi- 
ronment for all in the University commu- 
nity through education, awareness, and 
accessibility. 


We accomplish this mission by: 

e recommending and coordinating reason- 
able accommodations in a variety of do- 
mains (exam, course, program, housing, 
transportation), 

e encouraging development through self- 
advocacy and personal decision making, 

e supporting a commitment to academic 
SUCCESS, 

e providing training and information to 
faculty and administration that uphold 
the inclusion of persons with disabilities. 


Individuals who wish to discuss 
program and course accommodations 
and/or adaptive technology may contact 
the director of Disability Services in the 
Office of Student Life, 330 Memorial 
Union. Phone: 401-874-2098 (for TT 
access call R.I. Relay at 1-800-745-5555). 

For more information on disability 
services at URI, visit www.uri.edu/ 
disability_services. 


Student Government 


Undergraduate. The Student Senate is a 
legislative body that represents the under- 
graduate students to the administration 
and faculty. It oversees student organiza- 
tions, and provides funding for them by 
distributing a portion of the Student Ser- 
vices fee. The Senate Office is located in 
the Memorial Union, phone: 401-874- 
2261. URI's Interfraternity Council super- 
vises fraternity affairs and the Panhellenic 
Association governs sorority life. 


Graduate. The Graduate Student Associa- 
tion (GSA) is a government body main- 
tained by and for the graduate students of 
the University with the purpose of enhanc- 
ing the academic, intellectual, and social 
opportunities of its members. Officers and 
members of the GSA Senate, which are 
elected annually from the entire graduate 
student body, distribute GSA funds and 
represent the graduate students to the 
University. The association has members 
on the Graduate Council. GSA offices are 
located in the Memorial Union, phone: 
401-874-2339, e-mail: gsa@etal.uri.edu. 


Student Discipline 


Administered by the Office of Student 
Life, the University Student Discipline 
System is designed to promote student 
growth and to preserve the atmosphere of 
learning necessary to the well-being of all 
students. Community standards of behav- 
ior and University policies for students are 
published in the Student Handbook. The 
Student Discipline System receives com- 
plaints or allegations from aggrieved par- 
ties, the available facts are gathered and 
evaluated, and the case may be referred 
for formal administrative action or a hear- 
ing. Sanctions range from “no further 
action” to suspension or dismissal from 
the University and may include education, 
counseling, fines, or other conditions 
relating to the nature of the violation. 


Student Services 


Career Services. Offering both “high 
tech” and “high touch” approaches, 
Career Services assists URI undergraduates, 
seniors, grad students, and alumni in as- 
sessing their career goals, developing job 
search and decision making skills, and 
implementing career objectives. Career 
Services works with over 2,000 active em- 
ployers from all geographic locations seek- 
ing interns, summer employees, part-time 
workers, and full-time job candidates. Pro- 
fessional staff collaborates closely with fac- 
ulty in all academic disciplines to prepare 
students for employment. 


BEACON (“Become Employed at Career 
Online Network”) is a “24/7” state-of-the- 
art recruiting program powered by 
MonsterTRAK.com, the college-specific site 
of Monster.com. Accessed at http:// 
career.uri.edu, the Career Services website, 
this secure system allows students and reg- 
istered alumni to search and apply for part- 
time jobs, on-campus jobs, full-time jobs, 
and internships, apply for on-campus inter- 
views, have their resumes forwarded to 
employers, and access mentors through 
the BEACON Career Contact and Alumni 
Mentor program. 

A full range of career development, 
planning and placement services is pro- 
vided to students from their first year at 
URI. A staff of professionally trained career 
counselors with advanced degrees in the 
field provides one-to-one confidential 
career assessment, testing, and advising. 
During the academic year, students may 
use walk-in quick question hours for 
resumé critiques and other immediate 
concerns. 

Job fairs are held in both fall and spring 
and are open to all. Specialty job fairs at- 
tract specific students and alumni. These 
include summer, internship, engineering 
and technology, human services, environ- 
mental, physical and life sciences, nursing, 
pharmacy, teacher, and general (spring) 
job fairs. In addition, a graduate school 
expo is held in the fall. 

URI Career Services also assists students 
whose goal is graduate or professional 
school. Career professionals review gradu- 
ate school essays, assist in graduate school 
research, and advise concerning job search 
and interview techniques. In addition, job 
listings include fellowships, graduate in- 
ternships, and research opportunities. 

The Career Resource Center houses 
print and multimedia materials, including 
self-assessment tools, company informa- 
tion, and an internship corner offering 
both print and web-based access to oppor- 
tunities. Workshops, including how to 
choose an internship, choose a major, 
write a resume, and interview, are held in 
the CRC. 


STUDENT LIFE AND SERVICES 15 


Open year-round. For more informa- 
tion and hours, visit the Career Web site at 
http://career.uri.edu, call 401-874-2311, 
or e-mail career@etal.uri.edu. 


Counseling. The Counseling Center, 
located in Room 217, Roosevelt Hall, 

is staffed by professional counselors, 
psychologists, and social workers. It offers 
short-term individual counseling and a 
variety of skill-building and support groups 
to help undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents cope successfully with demands. The 
Counseling Center provides assistance to 
students in areas such as adjusting to col- 
lege life, coping with stress, building satis- 
fying relationships, and developing more 
self-esteem. Information shared in counsel- 
ing is confidential. 

The Counseling Center also administers 
professional examinations such as the 
Miller Analogies Test, the Graduate Record 
Examinations, the Law School Admissions 
Test, the Medical College Admission Test, 
the National Teacher Examinations, and 
others. The Center offers preparation 
courses for many of these tests. Phone: 
401-874-2288. 


University Chaplains. The University chap- 
lains are active in providing religious ser- 
vices and in counseling, advising campus 
groups, teaching, and programming. The 
chaplains are available to all students, staff, 
and faculty on a 24-hour basis. The chap- 
lains represent the Roman Catholic, Jewish, 
and Protestant communities; referrals are 
available to representatives of other faiths. 


Memorial Union. The center for campus 
activities, the Memorial Union houses a 
wide variety of educational, social, cultural, 
and recreational services and facilities for 
both undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents. These include meeting and confer- 
ence rooms, lounges, study rooms, radio 
station, campus newspaper offices, games 
room, offices for student organizations, 
scheduling and information office, ball- 
room, optical shop, flower shop, conve- 
nience store, cafeteria, restaurant, pizza 
shop, and a coffee and pastry shop. 


16 STUDENT LIFE AND SERVICES 


Among the services provided are a 
travel agency, unisex hair salon, credit 
union, copy center, bookstore, computer 
store, computer lab, 193° Coffeehouse, 
and the Memorial Union Technical Produc- 
tions (which offers technical services in 
sound and lighting). 

An undergraduate student board of 
directors works with the director and staff 
of the Memorial Union/Student Involve- 
ment Office to determine policy for the 
Union and plan a full program of social, 
cultural, intellectual, and recreational 
activities. 


Health Services. Located in the Potter 
Building, adjacent to the residence halls, 
Dr. Pauline B. Wood Health Services pro- 
vides primary ambulatory care to students. 
Nurse practitioners and physicians see stu- 
dents by appointment Monday through 
Friday from 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. in the general 
medicine and women’s clinics with labora- 
tory, radiology, and pharmacy services 
available. Limited nursing, physician, 

and pharmacy services are available on 
Saturdays, Sundays, and most holidays 
from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. 

Specialists in orthopedics, surgery, in- 
ternal medicine, dermatology, gynecology, 
and psychiatry hold regular clinics at the 
Potter Building. Allergy injections are 
given, provided the vaccines are supplied 
by the student. A travel/immunization 
clinic administers vaccines available from 
the pharmacy. The cost of care given in 
the Potter Building is paid through the 
mandatory health services fee, supple- 
mented by insurance reimbursement or di- 
rect billing for laboratory and radiology 
and a partial co-payment for pharmacy. 

Hospital care is available in the local 
community, as is referral to specialists. All 
medical expenses incurred outside the 
University’s Health Services are the respon- 
sibility of the student. Therefore, students 
are required to have adequate accident/ 
sickness or health insurance. Students who 
choose a private physician assume respon- 
sibility for expenses incurred. See “Acci- 


dent/Sickness Insurance” on page 21 for 
additional details or consult the Health Ser- 
vices brochure, “To Your Health.” 

Health educators provide a variety of 
services to promote and enhance personal 
health and well-being. Information on how 
to achieve a healthy lifestyle is provided 
through wellness clinics, outreach activi- 
ties, awareness days, and dynamic peer 
education program workshops. A regis- 
tered dietitian is available for nutrition 
education and counseling. 

An emergency medical service staffed 
by student volunteer EMTs responds to 
campus emergency medical calls 24 hours 
a day and transports patients to Health 
Services or the South County Hospital 
emergency room. 


Learning Assistance Center. The Learning 
Assistance Center, located in the basement 
of Roosevelt Hall, helps students improve 
their study techniques. Services are offered 
to students on an individual basis, in group 
workshops, and through peer tutoring. In- 
dividual sessions and workshops cover a 
range of topics including time management, 
strategies for improving reading and 
memory, test anxiety, and systems for 
taking notes. Peer tutoring in high-risk 
courses is offered at regularly scheduled 
times throughout the semester. The ser- 
vices of the center are offered primarily to 
undergraduates, but graduate students 
often rely on the center to renew former 
skills and for other forms of assistance. 
Phone: 401-874-2367. 


Writing Center. The Writing Center pro- 
vides free tutorial assistance to anyone in 
the University community wanting feed- 
back on any kind of college or extracur- 
ricular writing. The Writing Center staff 
works with writers from all disciplines in 
the University, with all levels of expertise, 
through all stages of their writing pro- 
cesses. Tutors (mostly English department 
faculty and graduate students) work with 
students, either one-to-one or in group 
sessions, on the particular writing projects 
students bring to the table. Sessions may 
focus on any of the following: brainstorm- 


ing for ideas, paragraphing, sharpening 
thesis statements, documenting sources, 
organizing, enhancing clarity, using appro- 
priate evidence, or practicing and internal- 
izing specific grammatical concepts. 

The Writing Center helps students 
become better writers by working indi- 
vidually to develop strategies which can 
later be applied to other writing situations. 
Tutorials are limited to 30 minutes per 
session, but students are encouraged to 
return for more visits at several points for 
each project. In addition to the tutorials, 
the Writing Center also houses computers 
for composing and web research, multi- 
disciplinary reference books, syllabi for 
writing-intensive courses from many 
departments, and group work areas. 

Although appointments are encour- 
aged, walk-in sessions may be available. 
The center is open about 40 hours a week, 
with both day and evening hours. For 
more information, call the Writing Center 
at 401-874-4690, stop by Room 313, Inde- 
pendence Hall (look for the green door), or 
check the Web (www.uri.edu/artsci/eng/ 
wrtcnt). 


Student Involvement 


Student Programs and Organizations. 
Social, recreational, cultural arts, and co- 
educational programs are sponsored by 
many different offices and student organi- 
zations at the University. These events are 
funded by student fees, and opportunities 
abound for students to become involved 
in selecting and coordinating them. The 
Student Entertainment Committee spon- 
sors an extensive series of social programs 
featuring concerts, local and regional musi- 
cians, other live entertainment, lectures, 
and films. 

Over 90 student organizations exist in 
which students can get involved. Covering 
a wide range, these organizations may be 
social, political, academic, or media- 
related; several represent special-interest 
groups. Thousands of students participate 
in the activities coordinated by these 


organizations. For information, students 
are directed to Room 210 in the Memorial 
Union. 


Office of Student Involvement and 
Experiential Learning. Staff members in 
the Office of Student Involvement and Ex- 
periential Learning create special programs 
and workshops that foster student involve- 
ment and offer academic opportunities 
outside the classroom. They advise student 
organizations in all areas of group dynam- 
ics, leadership, personal growth and devel- 
opment, and program planning. In addi- 
tion, they coordinate Ram Tour weekend 
bus trips, and the annual A. Robert 
Rainville Student Leadership banquet. 


Center for Student Leadership Develop- 
ment. The Center for Student Leadership 
Development offers for-credit classes, in- 
ternships/teaching assistant positions, 
workshops, conferences, and programs 
designed to enhance students’ leadership 
skills. The credit classes count toward the 
academic minor in leadership. Other aca- 
demic opportunities include individually 
designed internships and the Peer Leaders 
for FLITE and Modern Leadership Issues 
classes. Popular programs and conferences 
include the First-Year Leadership Institute, 
the Outdoor Adventure Series, the Activism 
Training Series, and the Real World Leader- 
ship Conference. In addition, leadership 
and group development consulting ser- 
vices are available to student organiza- 
tions. For more information, visit the 
Memorial Union, Room 210. 


Student-Run Businesses. The Memorial 
Union offers students a number of oppor- 
tunities to run businesses under full-time 
supervision but with a large amount of in- 
dependence. Enterprises such as the flower 
shop, Memorial Union Technical Pro- 
ductions (sound and lighting), and the 
193° Coffee House allow for management 
training and excellent work experience. 


Athletics and Recreation. The Depart- 
ment of Athletics is committed to provid- 
ing athletics and recreational opportunities 
to students, staff, and alumni. The depart- 


ment seeks to complement the University’s 
academic goals by enhancing physical, 
emotional, and social well-being through 
leisure activities and lifetime involvement 
in sports. 

The emphasis of the program is to pro- 
vide opportunities that encourage the pur- 
suit of lifetime activities, a sense of com- 
mitment and teamwork, and the 
development of personal character while 
maintaining an environment that values 
cultural diversity and gender equity among 
its student athletes and department staff. 
Men’s intercollegiate teams participate in 
Division I-AA football and Division | base- 
ball, basketball, cross-country, golf, soccer, 
swimming and diving, tennis, and indoor 
and outdoor track and field. Women’s in- 
tercollegiate teams participate in Division | 
basketball, cross-country, field hockey, 
gymnastics, rowing, soccer, softball, vol- 
leyball, indoor and outdoor track and field, 
swimming and diving, and tennis. 

Competitive club sport teams include 
equestrian, ice hockey, lacrosse, roller 
hockey, men’s rowing, rugby, sailing, ski- 
ing, synchronized swimming, ultimate 
Frisbee, men’s volleyball, water polo, and 
wrestling. The Intramural Sports Program 
also offers badminton, basketball, beach 
volleyball, billiards, bowling, flag football, 
floor hockey, golf, indoor soccer, outdoor 
soccer, softball, tennis, and volleyball 
throughout the year for all-male, all-fe- 
male, and coed teams. In addition to 
membership in the Atlantic 10 Conference, 
the University holds membership in the At- 
lantic 10 Football Conference, NCAA, 
ECAC, and the New England Intercolle- 
giate Athletic Association. 

The 8,000-seat Ryan Center is the cor- 
nerstone of URI’s athletic complex and 
serves as the home of Rhode Island men’s 
and women’s basketball teams. Located 
adjacent to Meade Stadium, the $54 mil- 
lion facility gives Rhode Island one of the 
finest facilities in the nation. The 200,000- 
square foot arena combines the heart and 
spirit of venerable Keaney Gym with the 
amenities, services, and conveniences of a 


STUDENT LIFE AND SERVICES 17 


modern arena. The new $12 million Brad 
Boss Arena is one of only two ice facilities 
in the state that operates for the entire 
year and is open for public skating. 

The University has a number of other 
facilities for athletics and recreation. 
Mackal Field House contains two fitness 
rooms complete with weight training 
equipment, Lifecycles, stair climbers and 
rowing machines, a 200-meter track, four 
basketball courts, and a gymnastics train- 
ing center. Mackal also houses the athletic 
department's administrative offices. 

The 5,810-seat Meade Stadium opened 
in 1928 and underwent major renovations 
in 1980. Opened in 1953, 3,385-seat 
Keaney Gym is the site of Ram volleyball 
matches. Keaney was the home of the 
men’s and women’s basketball teams for 
49 seasons. Tootell Physical Education 
Complex offers an aquatic center with 
competitive, instructional classes; two var- 
sity team weight rooms; a dance studio; 
and East and West Gyms, available for bas- 
ketball, volleyball, and badminton. 

Complete with a new scoreboard and 
dugouts, Bill Beck Field is the home of the 
URI baseball team. The playing surface has 
been upgraded and is one of the top base- 
ball facilities in the Atlantic 10 Conference. 
Other athletic facilities at URI include a 
lighted soccer field, field hockey field, 12 
tennis courts, softball field, two beach vol- 
leyball courts, and practice fields. 


Honor Societies. The University has chap- 
ters of a number of national honor societ- 
ies, invitation to which is recognition of 
scholarly accomplishment. Several societies 
recognize scholarship over a wide range of 
disciplines including: Sigma Xi, the scien- 
tific honor society; Phi Beta Kappa, a 
national liberal arts honor society; Phi Eta 
Sigma, a national honor society for fresh- 
men; and Phi Kappa Phi and the Golden 
Key, national honor societies for general 
scholarship. More specialized honor societ- 
ies include: Alpha Sigma Lambda (continu- 
ing education), Alpha Kappa Delta (sociol- 
ogy), Beta Alpha Psi (accounting), Beta 
Gamma Sigma (business), Beta Phi Mu 


18 = STUDENT LIFE AND SERVICES 


(Beta lota chapter, library science), Chi Ep- 
silon (civil engineering national honor soci- 
ety), Delta Pi Epsilon (business education), 
Dobro Slovo (Slavic), Epsilon Rho (continu- 
ing higher education), Eta Kappa Nu (elec- 
trical engineering), Financial Management 
Association (URI chapter, finance), Gamma 
Kappa Alpha (Italian), Kappa Delta Pi (edu- 
cation), Kappa Omicron Nu (O Alpha Mu 
chapter, family and consumer studies), 
Kappa Psi (pharmacy), Lambda Kappa 
Sigma (women’s pharmacy), Lambda Pi 
Eta (Beta Gamma chapter, communication 
studies), Lambda Tau (medical technol- 
ogy), Omicron Delta Epsilon (economics), 
Order of Omega (fraternity/sorority), Phi 
Alpha Theta (history), Pi Kappa Lambda 
(Zeta Epsilon chapter, music), Phi Sigma 
lota (foreign languages, literature, and lin- 
guistics), Pi Delta Phi (French), Pi Mu 
Epsilon (mathematics), Pi Sigma Alpha 
(Gamma Epsilon, political science), Pi Tau 
Sigma (mechanical engineering), Psi Chi 
(psychology), Rho Chi (pharmacy), Sigma 
Delta Pi (Spanish), Sigma lota Epsilon 
(management), Sigma Phi Alpha (dental 
hygiene), Sigma Pi Sigma (physics), Sigma 
Theta Tau (nursing), and Tau Beta Pi 
(engineering). 


Other Organizations. In addition to inter- 
collegiate athletic teams, a number of 
organizations represent the University in 
competition, exhibitions, and public 
performances. The University Band, 
Chorus, and Orchestra are under music de- 
partment direction, and students may re- 
ceive credit for participation in any one of 
these. The University Theatre, under the 
direction of the Theatre Department, pre- 
sents several plays each year. The URI De- 
bate Council is directed by members of the 
Department of Communication Studies 
and participates in intercollegiate debates. 
Cheerleaders are active at varsity football 
and basketball games and other special 
events and rallies. 

There are about 30 professional organi- 
zations on campus related to academic 
areas, and a number of groups serving 
social, recreational, cultural, religious, and 
political interests. 


Students publish a newspaper four 
times a week, a monthly literary magazine, 
a monthly publication of political and so- 
cial commentary, and a yearbook. Radio 
station WRIU, with local AM and FM recep- 
tion that reaches all of Rhode Island and 
parts of Connecticut and Massachusetts, is 
student-run and operates 365 days a year. 
There is also a 24-hour student-run ambu- 
lance service. 


Parent Involvement 


The Parents Council helps parents establish 
a relationship with the University and 
offers opportunities to support URI admis- 
sions, fund-raising, career services, Orien- 
tation, and Family Weekend. In addition, 
the URI Parents Fund provides unrestricted 
funding for academic, social, and cultural 
programs for URI students and their fami- 
lies. For more information, please call 
Sarah Signorelli at 401-874-4852, e-mail 
ssignorelli@advance.uri.edu, or visit 
www.advance.uri.edu/fundraising/ 
parentscouncil/. 


Feinstein Providence Campus 


While the University’s ASFCCE students can 
avail themselves of all that’s available in 
Kingston, they also find a range of unique 
services and offerings at the campus in 
Providence, from a bookstore and library 
to peer counseling and a student lounge. 
The Alan Shawn Feinstein College of Con- 
tinuing Education is dedicated to fulfilling 
the unique needs of adult students. Stu- 
dents at the Feinstein Providence Campus 
enjoy a Child Development Center, and 
evening and Saturday services. There is 
also has an Academic Skills Center, Testing 
Services and a LEAP program (Learning En- 
hancement for Adults Program), which 
helps students build confidence and skills 
in math, reading and writing. Students 
may also qualify for scholarships offered 
exclusively to ASFCCE enrollees. For more 
information on the range of activities and 
services at the University’s Feinstein Provi- 
dence Campus, turn to page 76 or visit 
ASFCCE Student Services (Room 125 of the 
Shepard Building). 


Confidentiality of Records 


Procedures for the release and disclo- 
sure of student records maintained by the 
University of Rhode Island are in large mea- 
sure governed by state and federal laws. 
Where the law is silent, the University is 
guided by the principle that the privacy of 
an individual is of great importance and 
that as much information in a student's file 
as possible should be disclosed to the stu- 
dent on request. A current or former stu- 
dent has the right to inspect and review of- 
ficial records, files, and data directly related 
to that student. This right does not extend 
to applicants, those denied admission to 
the University, or those who were admitted 
but did not enroll. Some records are not 
available to students. 

Third parties do not have access to 
personally identifiable records or informa- 
tion pertaining to a student without the 
written consent of the student who speci- 
fies that the records be released. Parents 
and spouses are considered third parties. 
However, changes in the law permit release 
of information in two cases. The University 
may notify parents or guardians of a stu- 
dent under 21 years of age about an alco- 
hol or other drug violation; and the Univer- 
sity may release information about 
violations involving violence or issues of 
safety and well-being. 

Detailed guidelines for the release 
and disclosure of information from the 
student records are available from the 
Office of Student Life. These guidelines 
comply with the legal requirements of the 
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
of 1974, as amended. 


19 


ENROLLMENT SERVICES 


his section discusses the 

University’s fees, expenses, 
financial aid, and registration for 
students. 

Tuition fees, and policies set 
forth in this catalog are subject 
to change without notice. All 
charges are billed by the semes- 
ter and are due and payable 
upon receipt of the bill or by the 
due date indicated on the bill. 


The amount of tuition and fees varies 
depending on whether the student is 
matriculated or nonmatriculated, whether 
the student is enrolled in full- or part-time 
study, whether the student is a legal resi- 
dent of the state of Rhode Island, and by 
course sponsorship. 


Matriculated and Nonmatriculated 
Students. All students who are seeking an 
undergraduate degree at the University 
must be admitted to matriculated status 
by Undergraduate Admissions. Students 
who have received their baccalaureate and 
who wish to earn a graduate degree at the 
University must be admitted by the Gradu- 
ate School as matriculated students. Per- 
sons who wish to enroll for courses at the 
University but are not interested in pursu- 
ing a degree must register as nonmatricu- 
lated students. See the Undergraduate and 
Graduate admissions sections for applica- 
tion procedures. 


Full-Time and Part-Time Students. 
Matriculated undergraduate students en- 
rolled in 12 or more credits per semester 
are considered full-time students. Matricu- 
lated graduate students enrolled in nine or 
more credits per semester and teaching 
and research assistants are also considered 
full-time students. 

Matriculated undergraduate students 
enrolled in 1 to 11 credits are considered 
part-time students. Matriculated graduate 
students enrolled in 1 to 8 credits who are 
not teaching/research assistants are also 
considered part-time students. 


Resident, Nonresident, and Regional 
Students. A student who is a resident of 
the state of Rhode Island pays the in-state 
fee, but a student from another state or a 
foreign country who is in Rhode Island pri- 
marily for educational purposes, even 
though he or she remains in the state dur- 
ing vacation periods, is considered a non- 
resident and pays the out-of-state fee. 

A minor student’s parents or legal 
guardians must have been residents of the 
state for one year immediately preceding 
the first class day of the first term of a stu- 
dent's registration, in order for that stu- 
dent to claim resident student status. A 
nonresident student who reaches 18 years 
of age while a student does not, by virtue 
of that fact alone, become a resident 
student. 


An “emancipated student” must estab- 
lish the same bona fide residency for in- 
state tuition exemption. An emancipated 
student is one who has attained the age of 
18, and whose parents have entirely sur- 
rendered the right to the care, custody, 
and earnings of the student and have not 
claimed the student as a dependent for tax 
purposes for two years. If any of these con- 
ditions is not met, he or she is presumed 
to be an unemancipated student. 

A member of the armed forces (on 
active duty) or his or her spouse stationed 
in the state on military orders shall be en- 
titled to classification as a resident student 
during any semester, the first class day of 
which is encompassed by the orders. 

Undergraduate students are classified 
as resident or nonresident by the dean of 
admissions, graduate students by the dean 
of the Graduate School. A student may ap- 
peal the decision to the Board of Residency 
Review. The preceding information is a 
summary of the regulations governing stu- 
dent classifications for tuition purposes. 
The complete text of the regulations 
adopted by the Board of Governors for 
Higher Education can be obtained from 
the Office of Admissions and the Graduate 
School Office. 

A Certificate of Residence is included 
in the graduate self-managed application 
package. 

Regional status is granted to students 
enrolled in the New England Regional 
Student Program, whereby students from 
other New England states may enroll in 
designated programs at URI that are not 
offered in their own states (see page 32). 


Course Sponsorship. Courses offered 
through the University’s Kingston campus 
are considered Kingston-sponsored (except 
those offered at night). ASFCCE-sponsored 
courses are those courses offered through 
the Alan Shawn Feinstein College of Con- 
tinuing Education at Kingston, Providence, 
and satellite locations. 


20 ENROLLMENT SERVICES 


Matriculated Full-Time Students 


Tuition Per Year 


Undergraduate (ASFCCE and Kingston) 


Rhode Island residents $4,136 

Out-of-state residents 14,268 

Regional students 6,202 
Graduate (ASFCCE and Kingston) 

Rhode Island residents $4,338 

Out-of-state residents 12,438 

Regional students 6,508 


Mandatory Fees Per Year 


(1) Full-time undergraduate students en- 
rolled in seven or more Kingston-sponsored 
credits, graduate students enrolled in five or 
more Kingston-sponsored credits, and gradu- 
ate teaching and research assistants: 


Undergraduate 
Registration Fee $50 
Student Health Services Fee 458 
Student Services Fee 1,558 
Accident/Sickness Insurance 1,080 
(may be waived) 
TOTAL $3,146 
Graduate 
Registration Fee $50 
Student Health Services Fee 458 
Student Services Fee 1,332 
Accident/Sickness Insurance 1,080 
(may be waived) 
TOTAL $2,920 


(2) Full-time undergraduate students en- 
rolled in less than seven Kingston-sponsored 
credits and graduate students enrolled in 
less than five Kingston-sponsored credits, 
who are not teaching or research 
assistants: 


Undergraduates and Graduates 


Registration Fee $50 
ASFCCE Activity Fee 40 
Arts & Culture Fee 74 
Library/Computing Fee 152 
TOTAL $316 


Matriculated Part-Time Students 
Tuition Per Credit 
Undergraduate (ASFCCE and Kingston) 


Rhode Island residents $172 

Out-of-state residents 595 

Regional students 258 
Graduate (ASFCCE and Kingston) 

Rhode Island residents $241 

Out-of-state residents 691 

Regional students 362 


Mandatory Fees Per Semester 


(1) Part-time undergraduate and graduate 
students enrolled in only Kingston-sponsored 
courses: 


Registration Fee $25 

Activity Fee 23 
(undergraduate students only) 

Graduate Tax 5 


(graduate students only) 


Student Services Fee $61 per credit 


(2) Part-time undergraduate and graduate 
students enrolled in only ASFCCE-sponsored 
courses: 


ASFCCE Activity Fee $20 
Registration Fee 25 
Student Services Fee $10 per credit 


(3) Part-time undergraduate and graduate 
students enrolled in ASFCCE and Kingston- 
sponsored courses: 


ASFCCE Activity Fee $20 

Registration Fee 25 

Activity Fee 23 
(undergraduate students only) 

Graduate Tax 5 


(graduate students only) 
Student Services Fee $61 per credit 
(Kingston-sponsored courses only) 
Student Services Fee $10 per credit 
(ASFCCE-sponsored courses only) 


Nonmatriculated Students 


Tuition Per Credit Non- 
Resident Resident 
$172 $595 


241 691 


001-499 Level Courses 
500 Level and Above Courses 


Mandatory Fees Per Semester 
Registration Fee $25 
Activity Tax 15 
Student Services Fee $61 per credit 

(Kingston-sponsored courses only) 
Student Services Fee $10 per credit 
(ASFCCE-sponsored courses only) 


Mandatory Fees 


Student Services Fee. This fee is manda- 
tory for all full-time students enrolled at 
the Kingston campus, both undergraduate 
and graduate. The student services fee 
covers the cost of the Memorial Union, 
libraries and computing, transportation, 
and building (including for such projects 
as for the new Convocation Center). The 
undergraduate fee supports funds that are 
distributed to the Student Senate for a 
wide variety of student programs and ac- 
tivities. It also supports athletics, recre- 
ation, and arts and cultural programming, 
and the budgets for Career Services, 
Multicultural Student Services, and the 
offices of the Vice President for Student 
Affairs, the Assistant Vice President for 
Campus Life, and the Dean of Students. 
The fee paid by full-time graduate students 
supports the above and, instead of the un- 
dergraduate Student Senate, the Graduate 
Student Association. 


Health Services Fee. The health fee is 
mandatory for all full-time Kingston under- 
graduate and graduate students, and 
optional for students at the Alan Shawn 
Feinstein College of Continuing Education. 
All international students are assessed this 
fee regardless of enrollment location. Part- 
time students who choose to receive their 
health care at URI Health Services can be 


assessed this fee upon request. The health 
fee covers the cost of the following: 

e routine office visits with URI staff pro- 
viders (the full cost of visits if insurance 
doesn’t cover the cost and/or co-pay 
expenses in situations where insurance 
covers a portion), 

e ambulance/emergency transport ser- 
vices (by URI EMS), 

e pharmacy (all over-the-counter medi- 
cines, small co-pay for prescriptions for 
acute care, medications for chronic 
conditions at 50 percent of cost), 

e administrative and clinical services pro- 
vided at Health Services not covered by 
third party insurance, and 

e health education. 


A portion of the Health Services fee also 
supports the URI Counseling Center. 


Accident/Sickness Insurance. It is URI 
policy that all full-time students as well as 
international students and their depen- 
dents have current health insurance to pro- 
vide coverage for unexpected, extended, 
and expensive care resulting from acci- 
dents and illnesses that are not covered by 
the Student Health Services fee. All full- 
time students and all international students 
and their dependents are required to pur- 
chase school health insurance unless evi- 
dence of comparable coverage in another 
plan is provided to the University through 
a completed waiver form. Waivers are 
done on line at www.uri.edu/health/insur- 
ance. Questions should be referred to the 
Health Services Insurance Office at 401- 
874-4755. 

To waive the Accident/Sickness 
Insurance, a student must complete and 
electronically submit the waiver to Health 
Services each year, prior to the end of the 
add period (the first two weeks of classes). 
Unless the waiver is received, the student will 
be billed. The Accident/Sickness Insurance 
is optional for non-international part-time 
students. Students who elect insurance 
coverage through the University are also 
required to pay the Health Services fee 
each semester that they are registered stu- 
dents, regardless of the number of credits 
they are carrying. 


Additional Fees 


Books and Supplies. All students—both 
undergraduate and graduate—should 
expect extra expenses each academic year 
for books and supplies and should allow 
for additional expenditures for travel and 
personal needs. 


Credit Overload. A credit overload fee will 
be charged to all matriculated undergradu- 
ate students who register and/or enroll in 
excess of 19 credits. This fee is equivalent 
to the per-credit rate given for part-time 
undergraduate students. Matriculated 
graduate students who register and/or en- 
roll in excess of 15 credits will be billed at 
the per-credit rate given for graduate stu- 
dents. Students with combined enrollment 
at both the Kingston and ASFCCE cam- 
puses will also be assessed the credit over- 
load fee if enrollment exceeds the credit 
limits stated above. 


Enrollment Deposit. An enrollment de- 
posit is required from every undergraduate 
student accepted and is applied to the 
first-term bill. In-state students pay a $150 
deposit; out-of-state and regional students 
pay a $300 deposit. The fall term enroll- 
ment deposit is 100 percent refundable 
prior to May 1, 50 percent refundable 
prior to June 1, or 20 percent refundable 
prior to August 1, provided that the Ad- 
missions Office is notified in writing of the 
student's intention not to enroll. The 
spring term enrollment deposit is not re- 
fundable. 


Returning Student Deposit. Undergradu- 
ate students returning after an absence 

of one or more semesters are required to 
remit a nonrefundable returning student 
deposit of $50. 


Off-Campus Study. Undergraduate stu- 
dents taking courses at another institution 
for credit at URI pay a fee of $197 per 
semester. (See page 28.) 


Graduate Continuous Registration. 
Graduate students maintaining continuous 
enrollment and registered for no credit 
(CRG 999) are required to pay a fee of 
$266 per semester. 


ENROLLMENT SERVICES 21 


Transcripts. A transcript service fee of 
$30 is assessed to all students in their first 
semester of enrollment at the University. 


Courses. A laboratory/clinical fee of $40 
will be charged for each undergraduate 
and graduate laboratory or clinical course. 
Undergraduate engineering students pay a 
program fee commencing in their third 
year: $280 per semester for full-time 
students, $26 per credit for part-time 
students. Pharm.D. students pay a pro- 
gram fee of $560 commencing in their 
third year. 

Expenses connected with class trips 
and practice teaching are charged to the 
students concerned. 

Students taking applied music courses, 
except for composition, are charged an ad- 
ditional fee of $100 for a one-credit course 
(half hour of a private lesson per week) 
and $195 for courses offering two, three, 
four, or six credits (one hour of a private 
lesson per week). Applied music courses 
for which students are charged an addi- 
tional fee are MUS 110, 210, 310, 410, 
and 510. 

Beginning in the sophomore year, 
student nurses must purchase authorized 
uniforms and nursing equipment. The 
approximate cost is $300. 


Graduation. When near completion of 
studies, but prior to submitting a petition 
to graduate, each undergraduate student 
must pay a $40 graduation fee. Graduate 
students must pay a $40 graduation fee 
during their second semester of study. 
Master’s degree candidates must pay a 
thesis-binding fee of $18, and doctoral 
candidates must pay dissertation-binding 
and microfilming fees of $88. These fees 
are due before candidates submit their 
theses or dissertations for approval by the 
Graduate School. 


Late and Special Fees 


Late Registration. A late registration fee of 
$65 is charged to students whose registra- 
tion is not completed before the first Mon- 
day following the first day of classes. 


22 ENROLLMENT SERVICES 


Late Payment. Unpaid balances following 
the term bill due date are subject to late 
payment/billing penalties which are based 
upon the outstanding amount due. The 
penalty is also applied to students who 
register late effective as of the end of the 
add period (first two weeks of classes) until 
date of registration and payment. The late 
payment fee is not cancelled nor reduced 
without presentation of written evidence 
of University error signed by an official of 
the University. Late payment fees are: $10 
per month if the balance is over $50 and 
under $400; $15 per month if the balance 
is between $400 and $999.99; $25 per 
month if the balance is $1,000 or more. 


Returned Check. A $20 returned 
check fee is assessed with each check 
not accepted for deposit and returned 
by the bank. 


University Monthly Payment Plan. The 
University offers a monthly payment plan 
to assist students and parents in meeting 
term bill obligations. A nonrefundable ap- 
plication fee is assessed upon enrollment. 
The application fee is $30 per semester, or 
$50 per academic year. 


Partial Payment. A $30 fee is assessed 
when partial payments are received follow- 
ing the term bill due date. 


Collection Agencies. Term bills which are 
not fully paid by the end of the semester 
are subject to collection activity by outside 
agencies. 


Reassessment of Fees Policy. Fees are 
reassessed and adjusted according to 
credit enrollment, student status, resi- 
dency, course level, and course sponsor- 
ship. This results from drop/add transac- 
tions and status changes processed by the 
registrar during the add period. The drop- 
ping of credits after the add period will not 
reduce term bills. Students anticipating fee 
adjustments must complete all drop/add 
transactions by the reassessment deadline. 
This policy pertains but is not limited to 
downward billing adjustments, including 
credit overload courses dropped; change 
in student status from full-time to part- 


time; part-time student dropping courses; 
and the assessment of program fees and 
lab/clinical fees, if charged. 


Tuition Waivers 


The University of Rhode Island accepts 
tuition waivers from senior citizens and 
unemployed individuals; prerequisites are 
described below. Students who qualify for 
waivers must apply for financial aid and 
any aid received must be applied toward 
the amount waived. Admission into 
particular courses is granted on a space- 
available basis and at the discretion of the 
institution. All other costs of attendance 
are to be paid by the individual student. 


For Senior Citizens. Any Rhode Island resi- 
dent senior citizen who submits evidence 
of being 60 years of age or over and of 
having a household income of less than 
three times the federal poverty level is al- 
lowed to take courses at any public institu- 
tion of higher education in the state with 
the tuition waived. 


For the Unemployed. Any individual who 
submits evidence of currently receiving un- 
employment benefits from the state of 
Rhode Island, of having a household in- 
come of less than three times the federal 
poverty level, and of not being claimed as 
a dependent by a parent (or someone else) 
will be allowed to pursue course work at 
any public institution of higher education 
in Rhode Island with the tuition and regis- 
tration fee waived; this waiver also applies 
to any Rhode Island resident who submits 
evidence of residency and of currently re- 
ceiving unemployment benefits in another 
state. To be eligible for the waiver, the stu- 
dent must have been collecting benefits 
within 60 days before the first day of 
classes. 


Housing and Dining Fees 


Following are the rates for University 
residence housing for undergraduates 
for the year 2003-2004. For complete in- 
formation, write to the Director of Housing 
and Residential Life, Roger Williams Build- 
ing. All rates are for double rooms. For 


single rooms, when available, a yearly 
charge is added to the double-room rate 
(Group A $230; Group B $232). Students 
living in residence halls are required to 
purchase either a board or points plan. 
For complete information, contact 401- 
874-5383. 


Room Rent per year: 
$4,256 Adams, Aldrich, Burnside, 
Coddington, Dorr, Ellery, Hopkins, 
Hutchinson, Merrow, Peck, Tucker 
($3,588 for a triple room in these halls) 


$4,666 Barlow, Bressler, Browning, 
Butterfield, Fayerweather, Gorham, 
Heathman, Weldin 
($3,938 for a triple room in these halls) 


Meal Plans (offered per year): 


Resident Board Plans (per year) 


Any 19 meals (Mon.-Sun.) $3,262 
Any 15 meals (Mon.-Sun.) $3,014 
Any 10 meals (Mon.-Fri.) $2,738 
Resident Point Plans (per year) 

Level A (61,000 points) $2,818 
Level B (78,600 points) $2,994 
Level C (97,200 points) $3,180 
Level D (115,800 points) $3,366 


Commuter Plans (all Mon.-Sun.) 
Semester Plan (offered per semester) 
Any 5 meals per week, 

Plus 7,500 Points 


Non-Semester Plans 
(offered with no term limit) 
Any 16 meals, 

Plus 5,000 Points 
Any 32 meals, 

Plus 10,000 Points 


$650 


$180 


$342 


Residence Hall and Dining Contract. 
University housing is contracted for the 
entire academic year. A nonrefundable fee 
is required at the time of application for a 
room; this is $100 for new students and 
$250 for continuing students . This appli- 
cation fee will be applied to the first- 
semester housing bill. 


All residence hall rates are quoted for 
the period specified in the contract. Pay- 
ments are due in full by the published 
term bill due date each semester or upon 
receipt of the bill from Housing and Resi- 
dential Life. Checks are payable to the 
University of Rhode Island and should be 
remitted to Student Billing and Collection 
Services. 

A student vacating his or her assigned 
quarters before the end of the period un- 
der contract will be held responsible for 
the total charges for the entire period, 
unless the move results from a withdrawal 
or leave of absence from the University. 
No refund will be given when a student 
moves from University quarters to a private 
home or decides to commute. Students 
who withdraw or take a leave of absence 
from the University mid-year may obtain 
Housing and Residential Life refunds based 
on the University refund policy. 

URI is a nonsectarian institution, and 
resources are not available to construct 
special diet kitchens for religious, health, 
or personal reasons. Extreme medical 
problems are reviewed by a nutritionist. 
Some medical problems may be accom- 
modated. Students requesting a medical 
variance from the meal plan must submit 
for approval a medical variance report 
from a physician to Dining Services prior to 
the first day of classes. Application forms 
may be obtained by contacting the Cam- 
pus Access Office in the Memorial Union at 
401-874-2055. 

The University dining system operates 
on a computerized entry system using stu- 
dent ID cards. This card must be brought 
to all meals. 

Students who withdraw from the resi- 
dence halls may obtain Dining Services 
refunds based on the University refund 
policy posted in the Campus Access Office. 


Communications Fees 


There is a $600 communications fee as- 
sessed to each student in all dormitories/ 
apartments except North Village apart- 
ments. 


University Refund Policies 


Refunds of payments made or reduc- 
tions in amounts due to the University shall 
be made to students who officially with- 
draw or take a leave of absence according 
to the following scale: during the first two 
weeks, 80 percent; during the third week, 
60 percent; during the fourth week, 40 
percent; during the fifth week, 20 percent; 
after five weeks, none. 

Students receiving Federal Title IV 
funds, i.e., Federal Pell grants, Direct 
Stafford Loans, Perkins loans, Federal PLUS 
loans, Federal Supplemental Educational 
Opportunity grants, or other Title IV assis- 
tance programs are subject to the federal 
return of funds regulation. The regulation 
states that Federal Title IV funds must be 
returned according to a pro-rata formula 
based upon the amount of time spent in 
school up to the 60th percentile of atten- 
dance. Thereafter, federal disbursements 
are not adjusted. For example: 

Assume that a student withdraws dur- 
ing the third week of school after attend- 
ing 20 days and the term bill has been 
paid entirely by a Direct Stafford loan. If 
the semester consist of 100 days, 80 per- 
cent of the loan must be returned to the 
loan fund since the student only attended 
20 percent of the semester. However, the 
student's bill is reduced by only 60 percent 
per the University’s refund policy as stated 
above. The student will be responsible for 
the difference. 

Personal payments and outside scholar- 
ships are not considered for refund until 
the term bill balance is fully paid. 

Students who take a leave of absence 
are subject to the same federal return of 
Title IV funds policy as are students with- 
drawing from the University. 


Attendance Period. For refund purposes 
under both policies, the attendance period 
begins on the first day of classes and ends 
on the official date of withdrawal or leave 
of absence. If an official date is not known, 
the last known date of attendance is used. 
Students who withdraw or take a leave of 
absence during the add period (the first 
two weeks of classes) are assessed tuition 


ENROLLMENT SERVICES 23 


and fees based upon the highest number 
of credits for which they are registered 
during this period. 

The Accident/Sickness Insurance fee is 
not refundable unless the fee is waived, 
regardless of the date of withdrawal, since 
the student is covered for the entire aca- 
demic year. The fee is cancelled, however, 
if the student withdraws prior to the first 
day of classes. 


Indebtedness to the University. Failure to 
make full payment of all required fees or to 
resolve other debts to the University may 
result in denial of registration for the fol- 
lowing semester and/or disenrollment (for 
example, unreturned athletic equipment, 
overdue short-term or emergency loans, 
lost library books, debts to the Department 
of Housing and Residential Life for dam- 
ages, and obligations required by the 
University Student Discipline System). 
Appropriate departments will provide the 
student with notice of the debt, reason for 
it, and a review, if requested. Students 
must fulfill all financial obligations to the 
University before receiving transcripts or a 
diploma. 


Financial Aid 


Financial aid is money made available 
from federal, state, local, or private sources 
which helps students attend the post- 
secondary institutions of their choice. At 
the University of Rhode Island, these varied 
sources are administered by Enrollment 
Services in Roosevelt Hall. URI’s financial 
aid programs are designed to serve stu- 
dents from the widest possible range of 
society, and all students are encouraged 
to apply. 

In most cases, financial aid will be 
awarded in a “package” of grants (which 
do not have to be repaid), loans (which 
have to be repaid), and student employ- 
ment opportunities (part-time jobs while 
attending school). The purpose is to assist 
the students in meeting the costs of at- 
tending the University. To continue receiv- 
ing financial aid, it is necessary to reapply 
and demonstrate sufficient financial need 


24 ENROLLMENT SERVICES 


each year as well as to maintain satisfac- 
tory academic progress. 

Financial aid to students is awarded 
without regard to race, sex, religion, age, 
color, creed, national origin, disability, or 
sexual orientation, and without discrimina- 
tion against disabled and Vietnam-era 
veterans. 


Financial Need. A student does not have 
to be from a low-income family to qualify 
for financial aid, but does have to have 
“financial need.” “Need” is the difference 
between what it costs to attend the Uni- 
versity and what the student and family 
can contribute from financial resources. 
Parents, insofar as they are able, are ex- 
pected to bear primary responsibility for 
financing a child’s college education, and 
the student is also expected to earn a por- 
tion of the resources for college expenses, 
usually through summer employment. 


Eligibility. Only citizens, nationals, or per- 
manent residents of the United States are 
eligible to apply for financial aid. Foreign 

students desiring information about finan- 


cial assistance should contact URI’s Office 
of International Students and Scholars. 

To be considered for financial aid, a 
person must have been accepted and en- 
rolled at least half time (six credits for un- 
dergraduates, five for graduate students) 
as a matriculated student at the University. 
Enrolled students must be making satisfac- 
tory progress toward their degree accord- 
ing to the University’s policy on satisfac- 
tory progress (see page 26). 

In general, a student who already has 
received a baccalaureate degree is consid- 
ered eligible for only those aid programs 
listed as available to graduate students. 
This applies even if the student is pursuing 
a second undergraduate degree. For more 
information, please check with an enroll- 
ment services counselor. 


Application Procedure. To apply for finan- 
cial aid, students must complete a Free Ap- 
plication for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), 
available online at www.fafsa.ed.gov. This 
form is also used to apply for state scholar- 
ships, including those for Rhode Island and 


Massachusetts. Residents of other states 
should check with their state scholarship or 
grant authority to inquire if another form is 
needed to apply for state scholarship funds. 

The awarding of financial aid for the 
current academic year may require valida- 
tion and documentation of all information 
submitted to Student Financial Assistance. 
Therefore, students must be prepared to 
submit the following information if asked: 
signed copies of their own and their par- 
ents’ last U.S. income tax returns 1040/ 
1040A/1040EZ. When and if requested by 
Student Financial Assistance and Employ- 
ment Services, all tax schedules must also 
be included. 


Application Priority Dates. The Free 
Application for Federal Student Aid should 
be mailed to Federal Student Aid Programs 
after January 1, and no later than March 1. 
Applications completed on or before 
March 1 will receive first consideration for 
financial aid awards; however, applications 
will be processed as long as funds remain 
available. 


Federal Aid Available 


Federal Pell Grants. The Pell Grant, available 
to undergraduates, is designed to form the 
foundation of all financial aid received. 
Each applicant is mailed a set of Student 
Aid Reports, a copy of which is electroni- 
cally sent to Enrollment Services if URI 
003414 was put on the FAFSA. The 
amount of the Pell Grant is calculated 
according to the cost of attendance, the 
number of credits for which the student 
enrolls, and the Pell Grant Index printed 
on the Student Aid Report. 


Federal Supplemental Educational Opportu- 
nity Grant. This program is intended to 
assist undergraduate students with the 
greatest financial need. First priority is 
given to students receiving Pell Grants. 
These awards are available in amounts 
ranging from $100 to $4,000 per year. 


Federal Perkins Loan. Eligibility is based on 
exceptional financial need. Undergradu- 
ates may be eligible to borrow up to 
$4,000 for each year of undergraduate 
study. Graduate students may be eligible 
to borrow up to $5,000 for each year of 
graduate and professional study. These 
loans have a simple interest rate of five 
percent annually. Interest does not accrue 
until nine months after graduation, termi- 
nation of studies, or enrollment for less 
than half time. Minimum payments of $90 
per quarter are required, and the repay- 
ment period may extend up to ten years. 
Deferments and cancellations of principal 
are allowed in certain circumstances. 


Nursing Student Loan Program. This pro- 
gram is available to undergraduate stu- 
dents enrolled in the College of Nursing. 
Long-term, low-interest loans become due 
and payable nine months after graduation 
or termination of nursing studies. The 
loans are designed to help financially 
needy students attain careers in nursing. 


Health Professions Student Loan Program. 
This loan program is restricted to under- 
graduate students with financial need 
majoring in pharmacy. 


Federal Work-Study Program. This federally 
supported program provides undergradu- 
ates with part-time employment during 
the school term and full-time employment 
during vacation periods. The jobs may be 
either with University departments, or with 
off-campus, nonprofit, nonsectarian, and 
nonpolitical agencies. Other institutionally 
funded employment is also available. A 
listing of these jobs is maintained by 
Student Financial Assistance and Employ- 
ment Services. 


Federal William D. Ford Direct Loan. All stu- 
dents who complete the FAFSA can partici- 
pate in the William D. Ford Direct Loan 
program. Those students who meet the fi- 
nancial need criteria may receive in whole 
or in part a subsidized loan where the fed- 
eral government pays all interest until six 
months after graduation, withdrawal, or a 
drop in enrollment status to less than half 
time. Unsubsidized loans are available for 
those students who do not qualify for the 
need-based subsidized William D. Ford 
loan. Those eligible to borrow under the 
unsubsidized William D. Ford Direct Loan 
program include independent undergradu- 
ate students, graduate and professional 
students, and certain dependent under- 
graduate students. The same terms and 
conditions as for subsidized William D. 
Ford loans apply, except that the borrower 
is responsible for the interest that accrues 
while the student is still in school. If you're 
a dependent undergraduate student, you 
can borrow up to $2,625-5,500 each year, 
depending on where you are in your pro- 
gram of study. If you are an independent 
undergraduate student or a dependent 
student whose parents were not able to 
get a PLUS Loan, you can borrow up to 
$6,625-10,500 a year, depending on 
where you are in your program of study; a 
defined portion of this loan must be in 
subsidized loans. Contact URI Enrollment 
Services for more information. 

The aggregate loan limits (for full-time 
students) are $23,000 for a dependent un- 
dergraduate student, $46,000 for an inde- 
pendent undergraduate student (only 
$23,000 of this amount may be in subsi- 
dized loans), and $138,500 for a graduate 


ENROLLMENT SERVICES 25 


or professional student (only $65,500 of 
this amount may be in subsidized loans); 
the graduate debt limit includes any 
Stafford Loans received for undergraduate 
study. 


Federal William D. Ford Direct Loan for Par- 
ents. Parents who have good credit may 
borrow up to the cost of education minus 
estimated and actual financial aid by sub- 
mitting an application to Enrollment Ser- 
vices. If the loan is approved, it will be dis- 
bursed in multiple installments, usually at 
the beginning of each semester. The inter- 
est rate is variable; the current rate is 4.86 
percent and can go no higher than 9 per- 
cent. A four percent origination fee is de- 
ducted from loan proceeds at the time of 
disbursement. 


Rhode Island Family Education Loan (RIFEL). 
This is a low, fixed-rate loan program for 
students and their families. Parents are 
usually the primary borrower on this loan 
with the student as a co-borrower. Borrow- 
ers must be credit-worthy and meet a spe- 
cific debt-to-income ratio. Borrowers can 
request up to $15,000 per year. The inter- 
est rate for the 2003-2004 academic year 
is fixed at 6.5 percent, with up to 15 years 
to repay. There is no prepayment penalty. 
Origination fees of 4 percent are added to 
the loan amount. Eligible borrowers may 
also take advantage of the home equity 
option when approved for this loan (see 
tax advisor for more information). 


CollegeBound Loan. This is a variable inter- 
est rate loan based on “prime + 0.” There 
is no payment while the undergraduate 
student is in school and during a six- 
month grace period. Students may bor- 
row on their own if they are credit worthy. 
If a student is not approved on his or her 
own, a co-signer may be required. Once a 
student enters repayment and has made 
24 consecutive on-time payments, he or 
she may request that the co-signer be 
released from the loan obligation. Students 
can borrow a minimum of $1,000 up to 
the cost of their education. Borrowers can 
take up to 15 years to repay this loan. 
There is no prepayment penalty. There is 
no application or up-front fees, but there is 


26 ENROLLMENT SERVICES 


a low 4 percent fee assessed upon entering 
repayment. Students can apply online at 
www.collegeboundloan.com for instant 
approval. 


University Aid Available 


University Grant. The University provides 
grants to over 1,000 undergraduate stu- 
dents. To be awarded a University Grant, 
the student must demonstrate financial 

need and a satisfactory academic record. 


Arthur L. Hardge Memorial Grant. This grant 
is awarded to economically and socially 
disadvantaged undergraduate residents of 
Rhode Island who participate in Special 
Programs for Talent Development. 


University Scholarships. Scholarship awards 
require not only financial need but evi- 
dence of high academic potential. Some 
scholarships have specific restrictions, such 
as place of residence, major, and class 
year. A list of available scholarships can be 
found at www.uri.edu/catalog (see the 
html version). 


Athletic Grants. These grants are made on 
the recommendation of the Athletics De- 
partment to athletes who meet established 
qualifications. These awards are based on 
athletic ability rather than on need. Stu- 
dents interested in such assistance should 
contact the department. 


Regular Student Employment. Positions 
funded by the University are available to 
more than 1,500 undergraduate and 
graduate students. Job postings are avail- 
able in Student Financial Assistance and 
Employment Services. 


University Loans. Emergency loans ranging 
from $10-200 are available to full-time 
undergraduate and graduate students. 
These loans are short-term in nature (14- 
90 days), and can be made only when 
there is a means of repayment. Application 
forms are available in Enrollment Services. 


State and Other Sources of Aid 


Undergraduate residents of Rhode Island 
are encouraged to apply for state scholar- 
ships or grants. While both are based on 


need, the scholarships also require a strong 
academic record in high school. The 
Rhode Island State Scholarship and Grant 
Program is administered by the Rhode Is- 
land Higher Education Assistance Author- 
ity, 560 Jefferson Boulevard, Warwick, RI 
02886. Other states offer similar programs; 
for more information, contact your state’s 
scholarship agency. 

There are many additional sources 
of financial aid available to students 
who qualify: scholarships from private 
organizations, clubs, labor unions, fraterni- 
ties, sororities, and businesses. Students 
should apply directly to the source if they 
believe they qualify. Also see the URI html 
catalog site (www.uri.edu/catalog/) for a 
list of loans, scholarships, and special 
awards available to undergraduate and 
graduate students. 


Policy on Satisfactory Academic Pro- 
gress. The Education Amendments of 
1980, P.L. 96-374, October 3, 1980, state 
that “a student is eligible to receive funds 
from federal student financial aid programs 
at an institution of higher education if the 
student is maintaining satisfactory progress 
in the course of study he or she is pursuing 
according to the standards and practices 
of that institution.” 


For Undergraduate Students. To maintain 
satisfactory progress as an undergraduate 
student at URI for federal financial aid 
purposes, the student must be enrolled in 
a degree-granting program on at least a 
half-time basis (six credits) for each semes- 
ter during which aid is received. Students 
enrolled full-time may receive aid for ten 
semesters in completing what is normally a 
four-year program. Students completing 
what is normally a five-year program are 
permitted to receive aid for the equivalent 
of 12 full-time semesters. Part-time stu- 
dents may receive equivalent aid, with an 
accumulation of 12 credits corresponding 
to a full-time semester. Two full-time (six 
credits) summer sessions are considered 
the equivalent of one semester. The deter- 
mination of a transfer student's eligibility 
includes the semesters of federal financial 
aid received prior to attendance at URI. 


Satisfactory progress standards will 
conform to the University’s academic stan- 
dards, as delineated in the University 
Manual. Students who are placed on aca- 
demic probation will be notified of the 
possibility of their loss of federal financial 
aid eligibility. Students on academic pro- 
bation for two consecutive semesters and 
students who are academically dismissed 
will be ineligible to receive federal financial 
aid. Criteria for probation and dismissal 
appear in the University Manual. A student 
who is declared ineligible to receive aid for 
not maintaining satisfactory academic 
progress may appeal the decision to the 
Satisfactory Progress Appeals Committee. 
Readmission to a program or removal from 
probation does not automatically consti- 
tute eligibility for federal financial aid. 

Failure to maintain satisfactory progress 
for two consecutive semesters will result in 
the loss of eligibility for federal financial aid 
until the student is determined by Student 
Financial Assistance and Employment Ser- 
vices to once again be making satisfactory 
academic progress. 

If there are unusual circumstances that 
result in the student's inability to make sat- 
isfactory progress, the student should write 
a letter of appeal documenting the 
circumstance(s) and submit the letter to 
the Satisfactory Progress Appeals Commit- 
tee, c/o the assistant dean of student 
financial aid. 


For Graduate Students. To maintain satisfac- 
tory progress as a graduate student at 

URI for federal financial aid purposes, the 
student must be enrolled in a degree- 
granting program on at least a half-time 
basis (i.e., five credits) for each semester 
during which aid is received. The courses 
must be at the graduate level and appli- 
cable to the student’s approved program 
of study. Master’s degree candidates have 
ten semesters to complete degree require- 
ments on a full- or part-time basis. Stu- 
dents who are not in residence during the 
academic-year terms and who have re- 
ceived special permission from the dean of 
the Graduate School have 14 summer ses- 
sions in which to complete requirements. 


Two summer sessions totaling at least five 
credits will be considered one part-time se- 
mester; two summer sessions totaling nine 
credits will be considered one full-time 
semester. Doctoral degree candidates 
have 14 semesters in which to complete 
their degrees, regardless of whether 

they matriculate with an earned 

master’s degree. 

Master’s and doctoral students who 
have completed all course requirements 
including thesis research shall be consid- 
ered to be making satisfactory progress at 
least at the half-time rate if they are regis- 
tered for at least one thesis credit, or con- 
tinuous registration for those in the non- 
thesis option. All students must be enrolled 
for consecutive semesters until graduation 
unless an official leave of absence has been 
approved. If students do not exercise the 
leave of absence option and fail to register, 
they are considered to have voluntarily 
withdrawn. 

For further information, see the Gradu- 
ate Student M anual or consult Student 
Financial Assistance and Employment. 


Graduate Fellowships, 
Assistantships, and Scholarships 


Detailed information (stipends, allow- 
ances, tenure, etc.) on graduate fellow- 
ships, assistantships, and scholarships is 
available from the Graduate School Office. 
Fellowships and scholarships are awarded 
by the Graduate School to students se- 
lected from nominations submitted by de- 
partment chairpersons. Students are ad- 
vised to request nomination for these 
awards by the chairperson of the depart- 
ment in which they plan to study or in 
which they are currently enrolled. 

Graduate students on URI fellowships, 
assistantships, and scholarships are ex- 
pected to be full-time students (12 credits 
per semester) in good academic standing, 
and are not eligible for additional employ- 
ment unless written permission is received 
from the Graduate School. 


Graduate students have access to a 
national computerized database of fellow- 
ships and other financial assistance oppor- 
tunities available to students pursuing 
advanced degrees, completing dissertation 
research, or seeking postdoctoral positions. 


Fellowships. Fellowships are awarded to 
graduate students in recognition of their 
achievement and promise as scholars. They 
are intended to enable students to pursue 
graduate studies and research without 
rendering any service to the University. 

URI Diversity Graduate Fellowships are 
awarded by the Graduate School to stu- 
dents from minority and underrepresented 
groups. URI Foundation Minority Fellowships 
are also available to students from minority 
and underrepresented groups, with nomi- 
nations usually made by departments to 
the Graduate School. 

Special Fellowships are supported by 
various industrial firms, private founda- 
tions, and individuals, and are usually 
restricted to students in particular areas 
of study and research. The stipends and 
supplemental allowances of these fellow- 
ships are not uniform. 

URI Fellows receive a stipend of at least 
$10,614 for the academic year and have 
tuition and the registration fee paid from 
University funds. URI Fellows are respon- 
sible for the remaining fees. Those wishing 
to be considered for fellowships must have 
their application file completed no later 
than February 1. 


Graduate Teaching Assistantships and 
Research Assistantships. Assistantships 
are awarded to full-time graduate students 
to provide them with teaching and re- 
search training. Assistants may be required 
to provide service for up to 20 hours per 
week. Appointments are initiated by de- 
partment chairpersons. To be eligible for 
such an appointment, students must first 
be admitted as degree candidates. Applica- 
tions for assistantships should be com- 
pleted by February 1. Appointments are 
announced in early April. 

Departmental Graduate Assistants assist, 
under supervision, with department in- 
structional and/or research activities. No 


ENROLLMENT SERVICES 27 


more than ten hours per week will be in 
classroom contact. Graduate assistant sti- 
pends for the 2002-2003 academic year 
ranged from $10,614-$11,525, depending 
upon qualifications. In addition, tuition (12 
credits maximum) and the registration fee 
are paid from University funds for each se- 
mester of the academic year of the ap- 
pointment. The student is responsible for 
the remaining fees. Additional remunera- 
tion is given for appointments during the 
summer, although this cannot be guaran- 
teed. Stipends and tuition remissions for 
students appointed to partial assistantships 
will be prorated for the period of the ap- 
pointment. The student will be responsible 
for the remainder of the full-time tuition 
and fees. The same policy applies to 
assistantships terminated during the 
academic year. 

Graduate Research Assistants are 
assigned to individual research projects 
sponsored either by the University or an 
outside agency. On supported research 
contracts and grants, the graduate re- 
search assistants are expected to devote 
20 hours per week to research activities. 
For this they normally receive a stipend 
ranging from $10,614-$11,525 for nine 
months. In addition, tuition (12 credits 
maximum) and the registration fee are 
paid in each semester of the academic year 
of the appointment. The student is respon- 
sible for the remaining fees. Additional 
remuneration is given for appointments 
during the summer months. Stipends and 
tuition remissions for students appointed 
to partial assistantships will be prorated for 
the period of the appointment. The stu- 
dent will be responsible for the remainder 
of the full-time tuition and fees. The same 
policy applies to assistantships terminated 
during the academic year. 


Tuition Scholarships. These scholarships 
cover tuition and registration fee and are 
awarded by the Graduate School from 
University funds. These scholarships are 
awarded to qualified students demonstrat- 
ing financial need. Nominations for these 
scholarships are made by individual de- 
partments. 


28 ENROLLMENT SERVICES 


Registration 


All students must register for courses 
through Enrollment Services in order to be 
properly enrolled. 

Matriculated (official degree-seeking) 
students who meet the eligibility require- 
ments as defined in the Schedule of Courses 
generally register in April and October for 
the following semester. However, fresh- 
men entering in the fall semester may reg- 
ister at specified dates during the summer 
as part of summer orientation. 

Students are expected to register for 
courses before classes begin. Those who 
are unable to do so may enroll as late reg- 
istrants at Enrollment Services during the 
first two weeks of classes. A late registra- 
tion fee shall be charged to students 
whose registration is not completed before 
the first Monday following the first day of 
classes (see page 21). Additional informa- 
tion is available from Enrollment Services. 


Nonmatriculating Students. Such 
students must contact Enrollment Services 
for permission to enroll and for registration 
instructions. Registration for nonmatricu- 
lating students begins after matriculated 
students have registered. 


Schedule of Courses. The Schedule of 
Courses is published in April and October 
for the fall and spring semesters. It is avail- 
able in Enrollment Services, the bookstore, 
and also via the Web at www.uri.edu. The 
University reserves the right to cancel 
courses offered in the Schedule. 


Payment of Fees. Arrangements must be 
made with Enrollment Services for com- 
plete and timely payment of tuition and/or 
fees. If during the semester it becomes ap- 
parent that a student has not met their fi- 
nancial responsibilities to the University, 
sanctions will be imposed. Sanctioned stu- 
dents may not be allowed to receive tran- 
scripts or register for future semesters. 


Drop and Add. Students are permitted to 
continue to add courses through the first 
two weeks of classes only. Courses offered 
by the Alan Shawn Feinstein College of 
Continuing Education may be added, with 


approval of the instructor, by the pre- 
scribed deadline. 

Students may drop courses by the drop 
deadline according to official procedures. 
However, courses dropped after the end 
of the second week of classes will not 
affect the fees that have been assessed 
(see page 21). 

A student may drop a course after the 
end of the drop period only in exceptional 
circumstances and with authorization of 
the dean of their college. 


Auditing. When you audit, you have per- 
mission to attend a course without taking 
it for credit. (Auditing is not permitted in 
noncredit courses.) You may be admitted 
to a class on a space-available basis with 
the instructor's consent as indicated by 
their signature on an audit authorization 
form, which must be filed in Enrollment 
Services before the end of the add period. 
The instructor will determine the extent to 
which you may participate in class activi- 
ties. Your name will not appear on official 
class rosters, and the course will not be 
noted on your grade report or permanent 
academic record. Note: You must be en- 
rolled in at least one other course to be 
permitted to audit a course without addi- 
tional fees. 


Off-Campus Study. A full-time student 
who wishes to study at another college 
and use that course work to satisfy gradua- 
tion requirements at URI may register for 
off-campus study. The student must obtain 
signed approval for the off-campus courses 
from the dean of their college. Off-campus 
study includes summer sessions, one or 
two semesters at another American univer- 
sity, or study abroad. A student may not 
ordinarily study off campus during senior 
year. Students who wish to maintain regis- 
tration eligibility while studying off campus 
must register for off-campus study for each 
semester of absence from URI, or take an 
official leave of absence for that period. 


Veterans Benefits. Full information de- 
scribing these can be obtained from your 
base education officer or the VA Regional 


Office, 380 Westminster Street, Provi- 
dence, RI 02903; in the U.S., call 1-800- 
827-1000. 

Veterans enrolled in Kingston who are 
eligible to receive VA educational benefits 
must notify Enrollment Services in person. 
In order to satisfy VA regulations, students 
who receive VA educational benefits must 
report all changes in academic status to 
the veterans registration clerk in Enroll- 
ment Services. Veterans enrolled in courses 
through the Alan Shawn Feinstein College 
of Continuing Education must be certified 
by that college. 

Recipients of VA educational benefits 
are governed by the same University poli- 
cies as are all other students. 


Transcripts. Students can obtain a copy of 
their transcripts by submitting a written 
request to Enrollment Services. Transcripts 
will not be issued to students who have 
unpaid financial obligations to the 
University. 


Change of Address. It is the responsibility 
of the student to report changes of local 
or home address to Enrollment Services. 
Students may do so by dialing 401-874- 
9500 and following the prompts. 


Required Identification. In order to 
obtain a University ID card and be certified 
for employment, students must possess 

a photo identification card, such as a 
driver's license, and a certified copy of 
their birth certificate. A valid passport 
serves both purposes. 


Readmission. Students formerly enrolled 
at the University and seeking re-entry may 
obtain applications for readmission at the 
Office of Enrollment Services. Readmitted 
students must make a $50 advance de- 
posit. All applications for readmission must 
be submitted to Enrollment Services no 
later than August 15 for the fall semester, 
and December 31 for the spring semester. 


29 


UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION 


deally, admission to the University is a process of mutual 

selection. It is hoped that those students who seek admission 
will also be the kind of students sought by URI: those who will ben- 
efit from the opportunities afforded here; those who will be stimu- 
lated and challenged by doing undergraduate work in an environ- 
ment that includes scholarly research and graduate study; who are 
committed to becoming contributing members of the University. 


Students are selected for enrollment 
primarily on the basis of their academic 
competence and without regard to race, 
sex, religion, age, color, creed, national 
origin, disability, or sexual orientation, and 
without discrimination against disabled 
and Vietnam-era veterans. The University 
has been authorized under federal law to 
enroll nonimmigrant foreign students. 

Much of the information provided in 
this section applies primarily to students at 
the Kingston Campus. 

At the University’s Providence Campus, 
“performance based admission” (PBA) is 
the policy. For University applicants with- 
out recent evidence of academic success, 
but with the potential to successfully com- 
plete college-level work, this represents an 
opportunity to pursue a college degree. 
PBA is available to applicants whose last 
educational experience occurred at least 
three years ago, and who have graduated 
from high school or earned an equivalency 
diploma. Performance based admission is 
limited to students applying to the Alan 
Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing 
Education for undergraduate degree pro- 
grams. For more information, contact an 
academic advisor at the University’s Provi- 
dence Campus, Room 245, 401-277-5160. 
You can find more information on offer- 
ings at the Providence Campus on page 76 
of this catalog. Students intending to 
transfer from Providence to programs at 
the Kingston campus should be aware of 
all requirements and discuss them with 
their advisors. 


All freshmen pursuing four- or six-year 
degree programs at the Kingston Campus 
are admitted to University College, a col- 
lege of advising and academic student ser- 
vices. Many who are undecided about 
their choice of major use their year or two 
in University College to explore their inter- 
ests before declaring a major. Students 
who have identified their prospective 
majors are assigned faculty advisors in that 
area and follow their chosen course of 
study while in University College. URI 
evaluates applicants’ credentials in terms 
of their stated prospective majors and the 
space available in professional programs 
with limited enrollments. 


Admission Requirements 


Admission to URI is competitive, and 
primary emphasis in the review process is 
placed on a student's high school record, 
quality of courses taken, grades earned, 
and performance on standardized tests 
(SAT or ACT). Extracurricular activities, 
alumni tradition, and letters of recommen- 
dation are also considered. The students 
offered admission for fall 2002 presented 
an average class rank in the top 30 percent 
of their high school class, with SAT scores 
of approximately 1,150 combined. 

SAT or ACT tests are required for fresh- 
man candidates; transfer students from 
other colleges are assessed mainly on their 
earlier college records. Each candidate is 
given individual consideration; however, a 


minimum of 18 units of college prepara- 
tory work is expected: four units in English, 
three in algebra and plane geometry, two 
in a physical or natural science, two in his- 
tory or a social science, two in the same 
foreign language, and additional units that 
meet the requirements of the college in 
which the candidate expects to major. All 
students are encouraged to select their ad- 
ditional units from the arts, humanities and 
foreign languages, mathematics, social sci- 
ences, or laboratory sciences. Candidates 
for the College of Engineering, the College 
of Business Administration, and majors in 
chemistry, computer science, and physics, 
must complete four units of mathematics 
(trigonometry); candidates for the College 
of Engineering should also select chemistry 
and physics. To be considered for admis- 
sion to the College of Business Administra- 
tion, freshman candidates must have a 
fourth unit of math, either pre-calculus or 
trigonometry. Applicants to the Bachelor 
of Music degree program must audition 
and must contact the Department of Music 
for specific requirements. Candidates with 
more than 23 transferable college credits 
are classified as transfer students. 


Cc 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


30 UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION 


Students presenting official GED results 
in lieu of a high school diploma must pre- 
sent secondary school or college records 
that show successful completion of all the 
admissions requirements listed here. 

International candidates must submit 
original or certified copies of original docu- 
ments (in the original language) and nota- 
rized translations in English. Candidates 
must meet the University’s academic re- 
quirements. They must show that they 
possess funds for their first year and that 
funds for subsequent years will be avail- 
able. If government or reserve bank per- 
mission is required to transfer funds from 
the student’s country to the United States, 
a notarized copy of the permission is re- 
quired. No financial aid is available to in- 
ternational students. 


Application Procedures 


Students should discuss their plans for 
study at the University with their academic 
counselors as early as possible to establish 
realistic goals and program selections. URI 
admissions counselors will be glad to cor- 
respond with students about individual 
problems. Requests for application forms 
and information should be sent to Under- 
graduate Admissions, 14 Upper College 
Road, Kingston, RI 02881-1391. You 
may also call 401-874-7100, or visit the 
Admissions Web page at www.uri.edu/ 
admissions/. 

Inquiries from international students 
concerning nonimmigrant visas, transfers, 
funding, etc., should be sent to URI’s 
Office of International Students and 
Scholars, 37 Lower College Road, Kings- 
ton, RI 02881; e-mail issoff@etal.uri.edu. 
Inquiries concerning housing should be 
sent to the Department of Housing and 
Residential Life (for on-campus residence) 
or Off-Campus Housing. 

Students are enrolled at the beginning 
of the fall semester in September and at 
the beginning of the spring semester in 
January. Not all programs enroll new stu- 
dents in January. High school seniors are 
urged to submit applications early in their 


final year of preparatory study, since URI 
reviews applications on a continuing basis 
as soon as complete credentials are sub- 
mitted. Applicants are notified as soon as 
decisions are made. The closing date for 
fall term freshman applications is February 
1; transfer applications are due by May 1. 
Most decisions are reported in February- 
April. The closing date for spring term ap- 
plications is November 1. 


Early Action and Centennial Scholar- 
ships. To qualify for Early Action and Cen- 
tennial Scholarship consideration, a com- 
pleted application for admission with the 
candidate’s signature, official high school 
transcript, standardized test scores, and 
application fee must be received in Admis- 
sions by December 15, 2003. Decisions will 
be made on complete applications by 
January 15, and offers of admission are 
nonbinding. Students offered admission 
under the Early Action plan may apply to 
other colleges and are not required to 


make a commitment to URI prior to May 1. 


If a Centennial Scholar’s residency clas- 
sification changes from out-of-state re- 
gional status or in-state status or from re- 
gional to in-state status the amount of the 
award will be reduced because of the 
change in the amount of tuition charged. 

Transfer applicants are not eligible for 
Centennial Scholarships; this includes stu- 
dents who earn more than 23 college-level 
credits while in high school and high 
school graduates who have attended other 
post-secondary institutions. 


Admissions Inquiry Line. Candidates may 
check the status of their applications from 
a touch-tone phone from November-May, 
Monday-Friday, 8:30 a.m.—4:30 p.m. East- 
ern time. Instructions are forwarded to 

candidates when applications are received. 


Entrance Tests. All freshman candidates 
for admission must take the Scholastic Ap- 
titude Test (SAT 1) or the American College 
Testing Program Test (ACT). Applicants 
who have been away from formal studies 
for at least three years should contact Ad- 
missions about entrance requirements. 


Applicants are encouraged to take the 
SAT 1 as early as possible in their senior 
year; delay beyond January reduces a 
candidate’s prospects for a timely decision. 
Full information concerning this test may 
be obtained from local high schools or by 
writing to CEEB at P.O. Box 592, Prince- 
ton, NJ 08540. Further information regard- 
ing the ACTs is available from ACT, P.O. 
Box 168, lowa City, IA 52243. 

Students whose first language is not 
English are encouraged to submit their of- 
ficial Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL) or English Language Placement 
Test (ELPT, an SAT Il examination) results 
to supplement their SAT verbal scores. In- 
ternational candidates for whom English 
has not been the language of instruction 
must submit official TOEFL examination re- 
sults of 213 on computer version or better, 
or ELPT examination results of 965 or bet- 
ter. The TOEFL examination is adminis- 
tered by the Educational Testing Service, 
Princeton, NJ 08540. For information 
about the ELPT, write to CEEB at P.O. Box 
592, Princeton, NJ 08540. 


Interviews. A limited number of personal 
interviews are available, but are not re- 
quired of all applicants. It would be impos- 
sible for the admissions staff to interview 
all candidates, but individual conferences 
can be arranged with professional staff and 
student interviewers on a space-available 
basis. 


Question and Answer Sessions. These 

are scheduled each week while school is in 
session and during the summer. Students 
and their families are invited to these 
meetings to get acquainted with URI. Call 
ahead to confirm available dates: 401-874- 
7100, or check the Web site. 


Campus Tours. A virtual campus tour is 
available at www.uri.edu/home/tour/. Stu- 
dents conduct live tours of the campus for 
visitors, Monday-Saturday, while classes 
are in session. Group tours for high schools 
and other organizations may also be ar- 
ranged. For more information, call 401- 
874-7100 or refer to www.uri.edu/admis- 


sions/. Tours of the Narragansett Bay Cam- 
pus and the Graduate School of Oceanog- 
raphy may also be arranged. 

Call 401-874-6211 for details. 


Early Enrollment/Admission. Students 
who have completed their junior year of 
high school with superior records are eli- 
gible for early admission. A part-time study 
program may be arranged for students 
wishing to begin college study in their se- 
nior year while continuing their high 
school work. A full-time program may be 
arranged for those recommended for col- 
lege admission without completion of the 
standard preparatory program. 

Early admission students will normally 
have completed three years of English, 
three of mathematics, two of foreign lan- 
guage, two to three of social studies or his- 
tory, and two of natural or physical sci- 
ence. Students should be academically 
competitive within their high school class, 
have corresponding scores on the College 
Board SAT, ACT, or equivalent tests, and 
the endorsement of their school. Those in- 
terested should plan with their high school 
counselor early in their junior year and di- 
rect further inquiries to Admissions. 


Advanced Standing. Advanced placement 
for freshmen is granted to students who 
have completed college-level courses in a 
high school participating in the Advanced 
Placement Program and have passed with 
a grade of 3.00 or better the CEEB Ad- 
vanced Placement Examination in the fol- 
lowing subject areas: art history, art studio 
(drawing and general), biology, chemistry, 
computer science (AB), English (language 
and composition; literature and composi- 
tion), French (language and literature), 
German (language), history (European and 
United States), Latin (Vergil and Catullus- 
Horace), mathematics (calculus AB and 
BC), music theory, physics (B; C, mechan- 
ics; and C, electricity and magnetism), 
Spanish (language and literature). For a list 
of University courses considered equivalent 
to advanced placement classes, please con- 
tact Admissions. 


In addition, students can take profi- 
ciency examinations administered by Uni- 
versity departments to be granted ad- 
vanced placement. Entrance with 
advanced standing can accelerate the 
completion of degree requirements, or en- 
rich the undergraduate program with 
greater scope for elective or advanced 
courses. 


Transfer Students. Transfer students from 
another college or university must have of- 
ficial transcripts sent directly from the insti- 
tution, whether or not they expect or de- 
sire credit for such work; their high school 
record must also be submitted. Transfer 
candidates must be in good standing and 
eligible to return to the institutions they 
attended previously. Credit is not awarded 
for course work taken prior to admission to 
URI which is disclosed after acceptance. 
Only grades of C or better will transfer. 

Credit transferred from other schools is 
limited by the following restrictions. No 
more than half of the credits URI requires 
for graduation can be transferred from 
two-year institutions. Students must earn 
at URI at least one-half of the credits re- 
quired for a major, at least one-half the 
credits required for a minor, and at least 
one-fourth the credits required for gradua- 
tion. Only grades earned for course work 
at URI are included in the calculation of a 
student's quality point average. 

A minimum cumulative QPA of 2.50 is 
required, but most successful applicants 
have much higher quality point averages. 
Certain programs may require a higher 
QPA or specific prerequisite courses. Can- 
didates accepted with transfer credit are 
classified as freshmen, sophomores, jun- 
iors, or seniors according to the number of 
credits accepted for transfer. The transfer 
of general education credits is described 
on page 34. Priority consideration is given 
to applicants with 24 or more transferable 
credits. Students may apply to the teacher 
education programs only after acceptance 
by an academic department. Some col- 
leges do not enroll new transfer students 
every semester. 


UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION 31 


Transfer candidates for the College 
of Pharmacy are admitted for the third 
year only. They must present credentials 
for the successful completion of the 
following courses: General Chemistry | 
and Il (including labs), Calculus |, General 
Zoology (or Biology | and II), Anatomy, 
Physiology, Organic Chemistry | and Il, 
Microbiology, Biochemistry, and Biostatis- 
tics (or Statistics). 

The College of Business Administration 
requires transfer students to have 60 
college credits, including: Accounting | 
and Il; Business Communications; Calculus; 
Economics | and Il; Statistics | and Il; and 
one computer course. Students not meet- 
ing these requirements may be admitted 
to University College and later transfer to 
CBA provided they complete the above- 
named courses and meet the college’s GPA 
requirement. The University grants direct 
transfer credit for equivalent upper-level 
business courses taken at institutions that 
are accredited by AACSB-The International 
Association for Management Education. 
Upper-level courses taken at an institution 
not accredited by AACSB must be vali- 
dated by examination. Courses not vali- 
dated will be awarded free elective credit. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Performance Based Admission. This is 
available at URI’s Providence Campus. See 
page 79 for more information. 


International Baccalaureate Degree 
Program. URI awards credit for most 
higher level examinations taken in high 
school and passed with a score of 5, 6, or 
7. Course credit is awarded at the discre- 
tion of individual departments. No credit is 
awarded for standard level examinations. 


Proficiency Examinations. Students show- 
ing evidence of advanced knowledge or 
who have taken “enriched” programs in 
high school may be exempt from certain 
courses and requirements if they take de- 
partmental proficiency exams. A student 
who successfully passes such an exam 
earns credits as well as exemption from the 
course. However, students who, by suc- 
cessfully passing proficiency examinations, 


32 UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION 


have the general education requirements 
waived in writing, mathematics, and/or 
foreign languages or culture must still 
complete the specified number of credits 
for their degree programs. 

Upperclass students interested in taking 
these exams should contact their academic 
dean. New students may obtain further in- 
formation during orientation or from their 
University College advisor. 


College Level Examination Program. 
Students who have not been pursuing for- 
mal studies for at least three years may 
take CLEP General Examinations to demon- 
strate academically measurable learning 
acquired in nontraditional ways. URI stu- 
dents must secure prior approval from 
their academic dean to take the exams for 
credit, and the exams must be taken dur- 
ing the first semester of enrollment. Trans- 
fer students may receive credit from CLEP 
General Examinations taken prior to enroll- 
ment at URI, provided that their scores 
meet URI standards and their academic 
dean judges that the CLEP credit does not 
duplicate other transfer credit. CLEP Gen- 
eral Examinations may be taken in the fol- 
lowing areas. URI credits are in 
parentheses. 


Minimum score 
English Composition 420 
(English Composition 
elective, 3 credits) 


English Composition with essay 420 
(WRT 101 and Communication 


elective, 6 credits) 


Humanities 420 
(Fine Arts and Literature 


elective, 6 credits) 


Natural Science 420 


(Natural Science elective, 6 credits) 


Social Science and History 420 
(Social Science elective, 


letters elective, 6 credits) 
Mathematics (no credit) 


Academic departments may use CLEP Sub- 
ject Examinations as proficiency exams to 
test students’ mastery of the subjects 
taught by the department. A department 
that judges a CLEP Subject Examination to 
be a satisfactory proficiency exam decides 
what credit should be awarded within the 
department to students passing the exam, 
establishes the minimum score for credit, 
decides whether students must answer the 
optional essay questions supplied by CLEP, 
and decides whether students must pass a 
supplementary department test, such as a 
lab exam. The following CLEP Subject Ex- 
ams are accepted by departments as profi- 
ciency examinations. 


The minimum score required to earn URI 
credit is 50 for each exam. 


URI credits 

Accounting Principles (ACC 201, 202) 6 
Algebra/College N/A 
Algebra/Trigonometry (MTH 111) 3 
American Government (PSC 113) 3 
American Literature (ENG 241, 242) 6 
6 


Analyzing and Interpreting Literature 
(ENG 110 and 3 credit elective) 


Biology General (BIO 112, 113) 
Business Law Introductory (BSL 333) 3 


Calculus Elementary Function 6 
(MTH 141 and 2 credit elective 

or MTH 131 and 3 credit elective 

or BAC 120 and 3 credit elective) 


Chemistry General 8 
(CHM 101, 102/112, 114) 


Economics Macro Principles (ECN 202) 


oo 


3 
Economics Micro Principles (ECN 201) 3 
Ed. Psychology Intro. (EDC 312) 3 
English Literature (ENG 251, 252) 6 


French Language (Level | & Level Il) N/A 
German Language (Level | & Level Il) N/A 
History, US | (HIS 141) 3 
History, US Il (HIS 142) 3 
Human Growth Development 3 


(HDF 200 or PSY 232) 


Inf. Systems & Computer App. 3 
(CSC 101 or BAC 110) 

Management Principles (MGT 301) 3 
Marketing Principles (MKT 301) 3 
Psychology Intro. (PSY 113) 3 
Sociology (SOC 100) 3 
Spanish Language (Level | & Level Il) N/A 
Trigonometry N/A 
Western Civilization | (HIS 112) 3 
Western Civilization Il (HIS 114) 3 
Western Civilizations | & Il N/A 


Health Questionnaire. Every newly enter- 
ing student is provided a health question- 
naire from Health Services, which must be 
completed and returned promptly. It pro- 
vides Health Services with basic health in- 
formation prior to the student's arrival on 
campus. Questionnaires are distributed 
after admission to URI and play no part in 
the acceptance process. 

Each entering student must also pro- 
vide a certificate signed by a licensed 
health care provider giving the dates of 
immunizations to protect against rubella 
(German measles), rubeola (measles), and 
mumps, in addition to a tetanus, diptheria 
(Td) booster within ten years (per Section 
23-1-18(9) of the general laws of Rhode 
Island). This certificate is included with the 
questionnaire mailed to students. Students 
failing to comply with this requirement 
may face sanctions on registration. 


New England Regional Student 
Program. Through a cooperative plan 
sponsored by the New England Board of 
Higher Education, students from other 
New England states may enroll in a small 
number of selected programs at URI which 
are not offered in their own states. Certain 
programs at other New England state uni- 
versities are open to Rhode Islanders on a 
reciprocal basis. Regional students at URI 
will be charged 60% of the in-state fee 
plus 40 percent of the out-of-state fee. If at 
any time a student transfers out of the 
New England Regional Student Program, 
out-of-state fees will apply. 


Details are available from the New En- 
gland Board of Higher Education, 45 
Temple Place, Boston, MA 02111 
(www.nebhe.org), or high school guidance 
offices. All new undergraduate or graduate 
students apply for regional student status 
through Undergraduate or Graduate Ad- 
missions as part of the application process. 
The Office of Registration and Records pro- 
vides information pertaining to this pro- 
gram for students already enrolled at URI. 

Continuing or returning students claim 
eligibility by submitting a formal request to 
Registration and Records prior to the end 
of the add period of the semester in which 
regional status is to be effective. 


Talent Development. URI encourages the 
application of minority and disadvantaged 
individuals from Rhode Island. In 1968, the 
Talent Development program was estab- 
lished here to recruit and retain minority 
and disadvantaged applicants. “TD” pro- 
vides an opportunity for URI admission, an 
academic pre-matriculation program in 
residence at Kingston, and consistent aca- 
demic support throughout a student's un- 
dergraduate program. Financial aid is avail- 
able for students accepted to Talent 
Development; need is determined by the 
filing of a Free Application for Federal Stu- 
dent Aid (FAFSA) form. For more informa- 
tion on this program, please see page 14 
or visit www.uri.edu/talent_development/. 


UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION 33 


Interested students should apply to Tal- 
ent Development during their senior year 
in high school. Those possessing an 
equivalency diploma or who have been 
out of high school for some time are also 
encouraged to apply. Applications and all 
credentials should be sent to URI Under- 
graduate Admissions, 14 Upper College 
Road, Kingston, RI 02881-1391, from 
October 1 through March 1. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


34 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


his section deals with academic requirements, regulations, 
and opportunities for undergraduates which are University- 
wide rather than college-related. 


Consistent with its policy of allowing 
the greatest latitude possible in course se- 
lection, the University offers a wide choice 
to fill its general education requirements 
and encourages students to select free 
electives that cross departmental and col- 
lege lines. 

NOTE: The University administration 
may alter, abridge, or eliminate courses 
and programs of study. While every effort 
is made to keep this catalog current, not 
all courses and programs of study listed 
may be available at the time of student 
matriculation. Similarly, course and pro- 
gram requirements may be changed from 
time to time. In all cases, every effort will 
be made to accommodate individual stu- 
dents whose exceptional circumstances 
may make it difficult or impossible to meet 
the changed requirements. Changes in the 
academic calendar may also be made 
when deemed in the best interests of the 
University. 


General Education Requirements 


The University believes that all under- 
graduate students, regardless of their 
degree programs, need experience in the 
study of fundamentals which builds on the 
student's previous education and contin- 
ues through the undergraduate years and 
beyond. All bachelor’s degree students 
follow the same University-wide General 
Education requirements. In their first 
semester, all entering freshmen and new 
transfer students with less than 24 credits 
are required to take URI 101 Traditions and 
Transformations: A Freshman Seminar, in- 
cluding community service provided by 
the Feinstein Enriching America Program 
(see “Courses of Instruction,” page 292). 

General Education is that part of the 
undergraduate curriculum in which stu- 
dents explore a broad spectrum of intellec- 
tual subjects, approaches, and perspec- 
tives. The General Education component 
of the curriculum aims to help accomplish 
three goals: 1) develop further the 
essential English communication abilities 
on which advanced studies depend; 

2) offer experience in five broad subject 
areas: fine arts and literature, letters, 
mathematics, natural sciences, and social 
sciences; and 3) expose the student to 

a foreign language or culture. 

Corresponding with these goals, the 
general education program is divided into 
the following components: 


English Communication. Six credits in 
English communication, at least three 

of which must be in a course designed 
specifically to improve written communica- 
tion skills. 


Fine Arts and Literature. Six credits in 
courses related to historical and critical 
study of the arts and literature as well as 
creative activity. 


Foreign Language or Culture. Six credits 
or the equivalent in a foreign language or 
foreign culture. 


Letters. Six credits in courses that address 
fundamental questions about the human 
condition, human values, and ways of 
communicating these values. 


Mathematics. Three credits in a course 
specifically designed to provide training in 
college-level quantitative skills and their 
application. 


Natural Sciences. Six credits in courses in 
physical, chemical, or biological sciences. 


Social Sciences. Six credits in courses re- 
lated to the study of the individual (devel- 
opment and behavior) and society. 


Specific courses that may be used to meet 
these requirements are listed in the following 
groups: 


English Communication: Writing (Cw)— 
BGS 100; ELS 112, 122; HPR 112; WRT 
101, 201, 227, 235, 301, and 333. General 
(C)—COM 101 and 103; HPR 111; LIB 
120; PHL 101. 


Fine Arts and Literature (A): AAF 247, 
248; ARH 120, 184, 251, 252, 284, 285, 
359, 364, 374; ART 101, 103, 203, 207, 
215, 231, 233; CLA 391, 395, 396, 397; 
CLS 160, 250, 335; COM 231; ENG 110, 
160, 241, 242, 243, 247, 248, 251, 252, 
260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 280, 338, 355, 
356, 357, 358, 366, 367, 368, 373, 381, 
382; FLM 101, 201, 203; FRN 391, 392, 
393; GER 392; HPR 101, 105; ITL 325, 
326, 391, 392, 395; LAR 201; MUS 101, 
106, 111; PLS 233; RUS 325, 326, 391, 
392; SPA 305, 306, 307, 308, 325, 391, 
392, 393; THE 100, 181, 351, 352, 381, 
382, 383. 


Foreign Language or Culture (F): This 
requirement shall be fulfilled in one of the 
following ways: 1) demonstration of com- 
petence through the intermediate level by 
a proficiency examination or by success- 
fully completing the 104 level in a living 
language or the 302 level in a classical lan- 
guage (students who fulfill this require- 
ment through an examination cannot earn 
course credit for graduation; students who 
earn less than six credits in fulfilling the re- 
quirement should apply credits to the elec- 
tive or major areas); 2) a two-course se- 
quence in a language previously studied 
for two or more years in high school 
through at least the 103 level in a living 
language or 301 in a classical language ap- 
propriate to a student's level of compe- 
tence (e.g., 102 and 103, 102 and 301; 
131 and 103; 103 and 104; 301 and 302); 
3) course work in a language not previ- 
ously studied (or studied for less than two 
years in high school) through the begin- 
ning level; 4) study abroad in an approved 
academic program for one semester; 

5) majoring in a foreign language; or 

6) course work selected from one foreign 
culture cluster taken, if possible, in the 
same or successive semesters from the fol- 
lowing list: Africa, APG 313, HIS 388, PSC 
408; American Indian, APG 303, 311, ENG 
338, HIS 344; Ancient Greece and Rome, 
ARH 354, CLA 391, 395, 396, 397, ENG 
366, GRK 110, HIS 111, 303, PHL 321; 
Asia, HIS 171, 172, 374, 375, PHL 331, RLS 
131; France, ARH 265, FRN 392, 393; Ger- 
many, GER 392, HIS 327; Ireland, APG 325, 
WMS 333; Israel, HIS 378, PSC 321; Latin 
America, APG 315, HIS 180, 381, 382, 384, 
385, SPA 393; Medieval Europe, ARH 356, 
HIS 112, 304, ITL 395, PHL 322; Middle 
East, HIS 177, 376, 377, PSC 321; Modern 
British Civilization, ENG 252, HIS 123; Mod- 
ern Europe (Early), ARH 359, HIS 113, 306, 
307, 314, PHL 323; Modern Europe, ARH 
363, HIS 114, 310, 311, PSC 401; Renais- 
sance in Europe, ARH 365, ENG 373, HIS 
305, ITL 391, SPA 391; Russia and the So- 
viet Union, HIS 132, 332, 333, RUS 391, 
392, PSC 407; URI in England, ENG 397, 
HIS 397. In addition, HPR 106 may be 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


used by students in the Honors Program to 
fulfill this requirement. Six credits of a full- 
semester approved Intercultural Internship 
in a foreign country through the Office of 
Internships and Experiential Education may 
be substituted for the culture cluster. For- 
mally registered international students and 
students with recognized immigrant status 
are exempt from the foreign language or cul- 
ture requirement. 


Letters (L): AAF 150; APG 327; BGS 392; 
CLS 235; COM 200, 205, 210; EGR 316; 
HIS 111, 112, 113, 114, 116, 117, 118, 
123, 130, 132, 141, 142, 145, 146, 150, 
160, 171, 172, 177, 180, 304, 305, 306, 
307, 309, 310, 311, 314, 323, 327, 328, 
332, 333, 340, 341, 346, 353, 354, 360, 
376, 377, 381, 382, 384, 398; HPR 104, 
107, 202, 203; JOR 110; LAR 202; LET 151, 
351; NUR 360; PHL 103, 204, 210, 212, 
215, 217, 235, 314, 316, 318, 321, 322, 
323, 324, 325, 328, 331, 346, 355; PSC 
240, 341, 342; PSY 310; RLS 111, 125, 
126, 131; WMS 220, 333. 


Mathematics (M): BAC 120; CSC 201; 
HPR 108; MTH 107, 108, 111, 131, 132, 
141, 142; STA 220. 


Natural Sciences (N): APG 201; AST 108; 
AVS 101; BCH 342; BGS 391; BIO 101, 
102, 105, 106, 286; CHM 100, 101, 102, 
103, 105, 112, 114, 124, 191, 192; GEO 
100, 102, 103, 110, 120; HPR 103, 109; 
MIC 102; NFS 207; NRS 212; OCG 110, 
123, 131, 401; PHY 109, 110, 111, 112, 
140, 185, 186, 203, 204, 205, 213, 214, 
273, 274, 275, 285, 286; PLS 150; 

TMD 113. 


Social Sciences ($): APG 200, 202, 203, 
220, 319; BGS 390; COM 220; ECN 100, 
201, 202, 381; EDC 102, 312; ENG 232, 
330, 332; GEG 100, 101, 104, 200; HDF 
225; HPR 102, 110; HSS 350; LIN 200, 
202, 220; MGT 110; NRS 100; NUR 150; 
PSC 113, 116, 201, 221, 288; PEX 123; 
PSY 103, 113, 232, 235, 254; REN 105; 
SOC 100, 102, 204, 206, 212, 214, 216, 
224, 230, 238, 240, 242, 306, 316, 330, 
336; TMD 224: WMS 150. 


35 


Students in the Honors Program can 
receive general education credit for 
honors sections of courses that have been 
approved for general education credit. 

Transfer students can receive general 
education credit for courses taken at other 
institutions as long as such credits are in 
courses equivalent to courses given general 
education credit at URI. 

Students must meet the curricular 
requirements of the colleges in which they 
plan to earn their degrees. Some colleges re- 
quire that students select specific courses 
from the lists given for the various general 
education components. Therefore, students 
must refer to the requirements specified for 
their programs (see “Undergraduate Pro- 
grams,” page 47). 

In the colleges of Arts and Sciences and 
Human Science and Services and for the 
Bachelor of General Studies, credits within 
a student's own major may not be counted 
toward general education requirements in 
fine arts and literature, letters, natural sci- 
ences, or social sciences. In other colleges, 
credits within a student's professional col- 
lege may not be counted toward any gen- 
eral education requirements. However, 
courses that serve as prerequisites for a 
major can be used to fulfill the general 
education requirements. 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Other Academic Requirements 


Certain basic courses are required in 
many curriculums for transfer from Univer- 
sity College into a degree-granting college 
in the junior year. These are listed in the 
curriculums of the individual colleges. 

The responsibility for meeting all course 
and credit requirements for the degree 
rests with each individual student. 

Students who desire to accelerate their 
programs and receive credit for courses 
taken at other institutions, during summer 
session, or in the Alan Shawn Feinstein Col- 
lege of Continuing Education must have 
prior approval from their academic deans. 


36 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


Capstone Experiences 


A capstone experience integrates 
course work throughout the undergradu- 
ate major program. Capstone experiences 
include courses, internships, portfolios, 
senior theses, research/design projects, 
etc. They are scheduled for the senior year. 
Capstone experiences may either be re- 
quired or simply recommended. See your 
program of study for more information. 


Minor Fields of Study 


Undergraduate students may declare 
a “minor” field of study. Requirements for 
a minor may be satisfied by completing 
18 or more credits in: 1) any one of the 
University-approved minors; 2) a curricu- 
lum other than the student's major; or 
3) related studies from more than one 
department under the sponsorship of a 
qualified faculty member. Descriptions of 
approved interdepartmental minors follow. 
Descriptions of requirements for approved 
departmental minors may be found in the 
departmental sections. 

To declare a minor, a student must 
have the approval of the department chair- 
person of the minor field of study and the 
dean. Faculty sponsorship is required for 
the third option listed above. Students in 
the College of Business Administration 
need the approval of the Scholastic Stand- 
ing Committee for the third option. Non- 
business students wishing to obtain a de- 
partmental minor in the College of 
Business Administration should expect to 
take the six courses over a period of two 
years. Admission is on a space-available 
basis only, and therefore not guaranteed. 

A minimum quality point average of 
2.00 must be earned in the minor courses, 
and at least 12 of the 18 credits must be at 
the 200 level or above. At least half of the 
credits required for the minor must be 
earned at the University of Rhode Island. 
general education requirements may be 
used for the minor, but no course may be 
used for both the major and minor field of 
study. Minor courses may not be taken on 
a pass-fail basis. 


Application for the minor must be filed 
in the academic dean’s office no later than 
the beginning of the student's final semes- 
ter or term. 


Interdepartmental Study 


Students are encouraged to develop in- 
terests across departmental lines. A num- 
ber of such programs are available both as 
areas of interest or minors, and as degree 
programs. The interdepartmental minors 
are given in the following list. For interde- 
partmental majors in African and African- 
American studies, comparative literature 
studies, environmental plant biology, hu- 
man science and services, public relations, 
textile marketing, and women’s studies, 
refer to the Index at the back of this cata- 
log. For degree progams in marine and en- 
vironmental studies, see page 39. 


African and African-American Studies. 
Students who declare African and African- 
American studies as a minor are required 
to take two core courses: AAF 201 and 202 
(six credits). In addition, students select 
four electives (12 credits) from the follow- 
ing: AAF 250, 360, 390, 410; APG 313; 
COM 333; ECN 386; ENG 247, 248, 362, 
363, 364, 474; HIS 150, 384, 388; and 
PSC 408. Students who want to use other 
courses that have as their central focus 
some aspect of the black experience may 
do so with permission from the program 
director. 


Asian Studies. Students who declare a mi- 
nor in Asian studies are required to com- 
plete 18 credits including at least two 
courses (6 credits) from the following: HIS 
171, 172, 374, 375; PHL 331; PSC 377; 
RLS 131; THE 382. The remaining 12 cred- 
its may be selected from the preceding 
group or from the following: BUS 353; 
354; CHN 101, 102, 103, 104; COM 337, 
437, 491, 492; HIS 481, 495; JPN 101, 
102, 103, 104; LAN 191, 192, 193, 194; 
PSC 303, 456, 457. At least 12 of the 18 
credits must be taken at the 200 level or 
above. Students interested in the minor 
should contact Timothy George in the His- 
tory Department; a member of the Asian 


Studies Advisory Committee will then be 
assigned as the advisor for the minor and 
will assist the student to fulfill its require- 
ments. 


Biology. Students who declare biology as a 
minor must take BIO 101; BIO 102; and 
MIC 211 or MIC 201. The remaining 
courses may be selected from BCH 311 
and any BIO or MIC course. At least 18-20 
credits are required, and at least 12 of the 
20 credits must be taken at the 200 level 
or above. 


Community Planning. The Department of 
Community Planning and Landscape Ar- 
chitecture offers a minor in community 
planning. Students who declare this minor 
must complete 18 credits including CPL 
210, 410, and 498 (for 9 credits). In addi- 
tion, students select three elective courses 
for 9 additional credits from the following: 
AAF/PSC 410, 466; CPL 391, 392, 397; 
CPM/MAF 434; CVE 446; ECN 402, 404; 
GEG 103; HDF 418, 424, 434, 440; MAF 
484; PHL 318; PSC 221, 402; and SOC 
214, 240. These elective courses cannot be 
simultaneously counted toward a major. 


Comparative Literature Studies. Students 
who declare comparative literature studies 
as a minor must earn 18 credits distributed 
as follows: six credits in comparative litera- 
ture studies at the 200 level or above; 12 
credits from literature courses in compara- 
tive literature, English, or languages, of 
which six credits must be in one national 
literature either in the original language or 
in translation. Students majoring in English 
or languages may not count courses in 
their major toward this minor. For a de- 
scription of the degree program in com- 
parative literature studies, see page 56. 


Film Studies. Students who declare a minor 
in film studies must complete 18 credit 
hours of courses in which film or video is 
the primary text of study. FLM 101 is re- 
quired in the minor, plus a minimum of 
three credits in each of the three following 
approaches to film study: Aesthetic (ARH 
374, 376, 377; ART 215, 316); Cultural 
(AAF 352, FRN 320; HIS 358, ITL 315); and 
Literary (ENG 300A, 300B, 303, 304). One 


of the following may be used to satisfy the 
requirement in any one of the three ap- 
proaches above: FLM 201, 203; COM 341, 
342; ENG 302; or WMS 350F. Experimen- 
tal and special topics courses in film may 
be used to fulfill requirements for this 
minor through the program’s petition 
process. Also, HPR 105F may be substi- 
tuted for FLM 101. 


Financial Counseling and Planning. Students 
outside the Department of Human Devel- 
opment and Family Studies may declare a 
minor in financial counseling and planning 
by completing 18 credits as follows: HDF 
205, 418, 424, and 426; one course from 
HDF 210, 225, or 428; and one course 
from HDF 450, 451, or 477. 


Forensic Science. Students who declare a 
minor in forensic science must complete 
18 credits including two credits of CHM 
391 (2 credits) and three credits of re- 
search or a practicum related to forensic 
science. The practicum can be in the form 
of participating in a Forensic Science Part- 
nership research project or internship on or 
off campus. The remaining 13 credits may 
be selected from the following: APG 300*, 
317, 350*; APG/PSY 405*; BCH/BIO/ASP/ 
PLS 352*; BCH/MIC 403; BCH/BIO 437%, 
451*; BCH 481*, 482*, 484*; BIO 242*, 
244*; BIO 381/ENT 385*, BIO 382/ENT 
386*; BMS 225*, 313, 322, 325, 326, 416, 
525, 530*, 535*, 544, 546; CHE 332*, 
333, 438*, 491, 539*, 576; CHM 226%, 
228*, 412*, 414*, 425*; COM 215; DHY/ 
CMD/PHT 440*; ENT 411 or 511*; GEO 
103, 320*, 321*, 554*; PHP 316, 318, 324; 
PLS/ASP 355*; PLS 361*; PSC 472*; PSY 
254*, 335*, 460, 466, 479; SOC 216, 230, 
370, 420*; SOC/PSC 274*; TMD 303%, 
313* (asterisked courses have prerequisites 
not included in this program; students are 
responsible for completing these prior to 
enrolling in the course). It is suggested 
that no more than two courses in the mi- 
nor be from any one department and that 
all students take at least one chemistry 
course in addition to CHM 391. Students 
interested in this minor should contact Dr. 
Jimmie Oxley, Department of Chemistry. 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


General Business. Students who wish to 
gain some business career skills may 
declare general business as a minor. This 
minor requires 21 credits hours including 
ACC 201, BAC 110, ECN 201, and MGT 
110. The remaining nine credits may be 
selected from any offerings in the College 
of Business Administration; however, six of 
the nine credits must be at the 300 or 400 
level. Students are required to meet all 
prerequisites. 


Gerontology. The program in gerontology 
is a University-wide program that pro- 
motes study, teaching, and research in 
aging. It also maintains relationships with 
state and local agencies serving Rhode 
Island’s older population. This affords op- 
portunities for research, internships, and 
field experiences to students interested in 
the problems of aging. 

The Bachelor of Science program in 
human development and family studies is 
the recommended major for gerontology. 
There is also the opportunity for students 
taking their major studies in a number of 
areas to do a less specialized study in aging 
by declaring a minor in gerontology. This 
must be done no later than the first 
semester of the senior year. It requires 18 
or more credits in aging-related studies ap- 
proved by the program in gerontology and 
the college in which the student is 
registered. 

HDF 314 (Introduction to Gerontology) 
is required for either specialization. Under- 
graduate gerontology courses include: 
DHY 462; NFS 395; HDF 315, 431, 440; 
and SOC 438. Also relevant are HDF 421, 
450, 480; NUR 349, 360; BIO 242; and the 
Office of Internships and Experiential 
Education. 

It is important to take courses that fulfill 
degree requirements from the beginning. 
Students who wish to specialize in aging 
are advised to contact the program in ger- 
ontology early in their University studies. 


Hunger Studies. This minor intends to pre- 
pare students for leadership roles in 
understanding and eradicating hunger. 
Requirements include 18 credits (at least 
12 at the 200-level or above), nine of 


37 


which will be core courses, including the 
introductory course HSS 130; up to three 
1-3-credit internships; and a 3-credit 
capstone course which will include one 
credit for portfolio development. No 
course may be used for both the major 
and minor. Courses in general education 
may be used for the minor. 

All courses must be taken for a grade, 
except for the internship and portfolio 
credits, and a grade of 2.00 or better must 
be earned in each graded course. To de- 
clare this minor, a student must have the 
approval of a program advisor and an 
academic advisor. For more information, 
contact Dr. Kathleen Gorman, Director, 
Feinstein Center for a Hunger Free 
America, URI Providence Campus, or Dr. 
Lynn McKinney, Human Science and 
Services, Quinn Hall, Kingston. 


Core courses: 9 credits; HSS 130 (3 cred- 
its), Internship (total of 3 credits), HDF 434 
(3-credit capstone, 1 credit for portfolio 
development). Optional: URI 101 with a 
focus on hunger/social justice (1 credit). 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


Electives: 9 credits; may be focused on a 
particular theme. Approved electives in- 
clude CPL 210; NFS 276, 394, 395; HDF 
357, 489G; HSS 120; PHL 217; PLS 305; 
PSC 485. 


International Development. The interna- 
tional development minor is available to 
undergraduates interested in employment 
overseas or in domestic enterprises with 
international operations. 

Students choosing this minor must 
complete 18 credits, with a maximum of 
six credits at the 100 or 200 level. Students 
must complete the following: 1) CPL 300 
(three credits); 2) language or culture (six 
to nine credits), to be met by the comple- 
tion of at least six language credits 
through the intermediate level (103 or 
104) or placement in the conversation and 
composition level (205 or 206) and 
completion of at least six credits in the 
same language or culture cluster (place- 
ment for course work is determined by the 
Educational Testing Service exam as ad- 
ministered by the University’s Department 
of Modern and Classical Languages and 


38 


Literatures in the following languages: 
French, Spanish, German, and Russian; the 
University also offers Portuguese and se- 
lected other languages that, with permis- 
sion, could satisfy the requirement; six 
credits are allowed in the general educa- 
tion requirements for language and cul- 
ture); 3) an approved internship (three to 
six credits) providing international devel- 
opment experience during the junior or se- 
nior year (CPL 487); and CPL 495 (three 
credits) of an advanced-level seminar. See 
“Courses of Instruction” for descriptions of 
CPL 300, 487, and 495. 

The College of the Environment and 
Life Sciences administers this program; 
interested students should contact Profes- 
sor David Abedon in Community Planning 
and Landscape Architecture, Rodman Hall, 
401-874-4655. 


Justice, Law, and Society. Students declaring 
a minor in justice, law, and society must 
complete a minimum of 18 credits from 
among the courses listed below. At least 
three credits must be completed in each of 
the three groups. Several of the courses 
have prerequisites not included in this pro- 
gram; students are responsible for com- 
pleting these prerequisites prior to enroll- 
ing in the course. Other courses, such as 
topics courses, may be approved for credit 
by the program coordinator. Interested 
students should contact Professor Leo 
Carroll in the Department of Sociology and 
Anthropology. Criminal Justice: HDF/SOC 
437; PSC/SOC 274; PSY 254, 261, 335, 
460, 465, 466; SOC 230, 370, 331, 420; 
SOC/PSC 426 and 476. Law: ECN 337, 
415; ENG 356; PHL 430; PSC 288, 369, 
471, 472. Social Justice: AAF 201; APG 311, 
322; ECN 305, 381; HIS/AAF 150; HIS 328, 
344, 346, 349, 352; PHL 210, 217, 314, 
318; PSY 480; SOC 240, 242, 413, 428, 
438; WMS 150, 310. 


Labor Studies. The labor studies minor is 
available to students interested in employ- 
ment issues and the problems faced by 
working people in the United States and 
abroad. Students declaring this minor are 
required to complete 18 credits including 
LRS 480, Seminar in Labor Studies. The re- 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


maining 15 credits can be selected from 
HIS 349, MGT 300, 321, 422 and 423; 
SOC 241, 336, 320, 350, and 432; PSC 
369, 471, 472, and 498; ECN 338, 368, 
381, and 386; and COM 460 or other 
courses approved in consultation with 
LRS faculty. The labor studies minor is 
administered by the Schmidt Labor 
Research Center. Information can be 
obtained from Professor Scott Molloy in 
the center, Hart House, 36 Upper College 
Road, 401-874-2239. 


Leadership Studies. The minor in leadership 
studies is based on a broad cross- 
disciplinary philosophy of leadership. The 
goal is to prepare students for leadership 
roles and responsibilities. The minor will 
provide students with opportunities to de- 
velop and enhance a personal philosophy 
of leadership that includes understanding 
of self, others, and community as well as 
the acceptance of responsibility inherent in 
community membership. The curriculum is 
focused on expanding students’ knowl- 
edge, skills, and understanding of specific 
leadership theories, concepts, and models 
in applied settings. 

The minor includes the following three 
areas: education which consists of expo- 
sure to leadership theories, concepts, and 
models; leadership training which is di- 
rected at skill areas in leadership; and de- 
velopmental aspects which require aca- 
demic and co-academic experiences and 
reflection intended to empower students 
to mature and develop greater levels of 
leadership complexity, integration, and 
proficiency. 

To declare a minor in leadership 
studies, a student must first visit the Center 
for Student Leadership Development 
(CSLD) in the Memorial Union to begin the 
enrollment process, and then inform their 
major academic advisor. A member of the 
program’s advisory committee will then be 
assigned to work with the student and aca- 
demic advisor as a “program advisor.” This 
program advisor will facilitate the student's 
process through the minor, and help 
assure that class, internship, and portfolio 
requirements are completed. 


Sponsored by a program advisor from 
the Leadership Advisory Committee, a 
student must complete 18 or more credits 
related to leadership offered by more than 
one department. Requirements include: a 
core of nine credits as follows: 1) a choice 
of an introductory course (HDF 298A or 
HDF 298W); 2) a choice of a capstone 
course (MGT 402 or HDF 498C; 3) a two- 
credit internship with specific requirements 
including conceptual understanding; skill 
development through experience and 
feedback; and personal awareness, assess- 
ment, and growth; each internship re- 
quires 80 hours of fieldwork; the specific 
internship course will depend on the 
student's particular major or depend on 
the specific supervisor and/or advisor for 
the internship site; 4) a one-credit portfolio 
course, which will be directed by the 
instructor(s) of the capstone course. The 
portfolios are multidimensional collections 
of work that reflect the students’ experi- 
ences in and out of the classroom as they 
relate to leadership knowledge, training, 
and experiences. The goals of the portfo- 
lios will be discussed when a student 
decides to choose the leadership studies 
minor and will be assessed as part of the 
capstone experience. Each student's pro- 
gram advisor will work with the student on 
the development of the portfolio as an on- 
going project. All entries should be directly 
related to the student's goals regarding in- 
dividually desired knowledge, skill develop- 
ment, and experiences. Reflection is an im- 
portant part of the portfolio as well. 
Therefore students will consider the 
strengths and weaknesses of their particu- 
lar accumulation of skills and knowledge in 
each area and their assessment of how to 
improve their overall learning. 

Students will also choose nine elective 
credits from the following approved 
courses. Other courses may be appropriate 
and may be added to this list with the 
approval of the Leadership Advisory 
Committee: AAF 300L; COM 101, 103, 
210, 220, 302, 400, 415, 450, 460; HDF 
498A, 498W; MGT 300, 301/302, 303, 
306, 401, 407, 408; PHL 212; PSC 304, 


369, 504; THE 221, 341; WMS 150, 310, 
350T, 350Y, 350U/SOC 300P. 

For more information on this minor, 
contact Christine Wilson in the Center for 
Student Leadership Development, Memo- 
rial Union, room 210, 401-874-5282. 


New England Studies. Students who declare 
New England studies as a minor must take 
either NES 200 or 300 and elect at least 
one course from each of the following four 
categories. Aesthetic Dimensions: ENG 347. 
Cultural Patterns: APG 317; ENG 337; PSC 
221. Historical Dimensions: HIS 335, 346, 
362. Physical Dimensions: BIO 323, BIO 
418; GEO 101; NRS 301, 302. Permission 
can be obtained from the Committee for 
New England Studies to use any rotating 
topics course, seminar, etc., whose focus is 
on some aspect of New England as a sub- 
stitute for any of the above courses. 


Public Relations. Students can minor in 
public relations by completing one statis- 
tics course and 18 course credits from 
communication studies, journalism, and 
marketing, as specified. Applicable statis- 
tics courses are STA 220, 308, 409 and 
BAC 201. Communication studies majors 
take JOR 220, 345, JOR/PRS 340, MKT 
301, and two additional MKT courses. 
Journalism majors take COM 210, 302, 
320, MKT 301, and two additional MKT 
courses. Marketing majors take JOR 220, 
345 and COM 210, 302, 320. Other ma- 
jors take two applicable courses in commu- 
nication studies, journalism, and market- 
ing. The minor in public relations is 
coordinated by the Department of Journal- 
ism. Interested students should contact 
Professor Levin (401-874-4287) or Profes- 
sor Wood (874-4030). 


Special Populations. This interdepartmental 
minor gives students the opportunity to 
explore theory and gain practical experi- 
ence through working with people who 
have special needs. This includes people 
who are handicapped (physically, emotion- 
ally, mentally, or educationally) or different 
(socioeconomically, behaviorally, cultur- 
ally). A minimum of 18 credits may be 
earned by taking the required courses 
(HDF 200 or PSY 232; PSY 442), a mini- 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


mum of three credits in supervised field 
experience, and a minimum of nine credits 
of selected electives. 

Courses are chosen in consultation with 
an advisor from one of the participating 
departments: Communication Studies; 
Education; Nutrition and Food Sciences; 
Human Development and Family Studies; 
Nursing; Physical Education and Exercise 
Science; Psychology; Sociology and 
Anthropology; Textiles, Fashion Merchan- 
dising, and Design; or Theatre. The 
College of Human Science and Services 
administers the program. 

Interested students should contact 
HSS Associate Dean Susan Roush for 
information. 


Thanatology. The interdisciplinary minor in 
thanatology provides a basic understand- 
ing of loss, death, and grief. 

Core courses are from thanatology; 
communications or counseling; and ethics, 
philosophy, or religion. While 12 of the 18 
credits must be from the core areas, efforts 
have been made to keep the requirements 
as flexible as possible. 

Students are required to take two 
courses in thanatology (6 credits); one 
course in communications or counseling (3 
credits); and one course in ethics, philoso- 
phy, or religion (3 credits). The remaining 
courses (6 credits) may be selected from 
these and other related areas. Courses may 
be selected from the following list. Other 
courses may be approved by Professor Jean 
Miller in the College of Nursing. Contact 
her for additional information. 


Thanatology: HDF 421; 471; HPR 119, 
319; NUR 360, 523, 524, 525, 526, 527, 
529; PHP 460; PSC 440; PSY 554Q. 


Communications or Counseling: COM 
103, 337; HDF 450. 


Ethics, Philosophy, or Religion: PHL 103, 
212, 314, 328, 346, 401; RLS 111, 131. 


Other Related Courses: Independent study 
when related to death and/or grief; i.e., 
NUR 390, HDF 498 (check with faculty ad- 
visor). Previously approved courses taken 
before fall 2001 that are not listed above 


(CSV 302; NUR 103, 479X, 488X, 489X, 
497X; HDF 221; and PHL 110X) may be 
used for the minor. 


Women’s Studies. Students who declare a 
minor in Women’s Studies are required to 
complete 18 credits including WMS 150 
and WMS 210, and three credits from the 
following: WMS 300, 310, 330, 333, 350, 
351, 450, 490. The remaining nine credits 
may be selected from the preceding group 
or from the following: AAF 290, 300C; ARH 
285; COM 3105S, ECN 386; ENG 260, 385; 
HDF 230, 430, 432, 433, 437, 505, 559; 
HIS 118, 146, 308, 352; MGT 401; NUR 
150; PEX 375; PHL 210; PSY 430, 466, 
480; SOC 212, 242, 413, 420, 430. There 
may be additional courses offered by vari- 
ous departments each year that may be se- 
lected with prior approval of the Women’s 
Studies Advisory Committee. 


Writing. Students who declare a minor in 
writing must complete 18 credits from 
among two clusters of courses: three 
courses from WRT 201, 235; ENG 205A, 
205B, 205C (students who major in Busi- 
ness may include WRT 227 among this first 
cluster of courses), and three courses from 
WRT 302, 303, 304, 305, 333, 353; ENG 
305, 330. 


Marine and Environment- 
Related Programs 


Interest in marine science and ocean- 
ography at the University dates back to the 
mid-1930s. Over the past three decades, 
this strong emphasis on marine studies has 
extended to environmental topics, devel- 
oping into an array of undergraduate pro- 
grams in the natural, physical, and social 
sciences. 

There are more than two dozen majors 
with a marine or environmental focus of- 
fered by three of URI’s colleges. In the Col- 
lege of Arts and Sciences, the majors are 
biological sciences, biology, chemistry and 
chemical oceanography, environmental 
plant biology (offered jointly with the Col- 
lege of the Environment and Life Sciences), 
marine biology, and physics and physical 
oceanography. In the College of Engineer- 


39 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


40 


ing, URI offers chemical engineering, 
chemical and ocean engineering, ocean 
engineering, civil engineering, and me- 
chanical engineering. In the College of the 
Environment and Life Sciences, the majors 
are aquaculture and fishery technology, 
environmental economics and manage- 
ment, environmental plant biology, envi- 
ronmental science and management, nu- 
trition and dietetics, geosciences, geology 
and geological oceanography, landscape 
architecture, coastal and marine policy, 
marine resource development, microbiol- 
ogy, resource economics and commerce, 
urban horticulture and turfgrass manage- 
ment, water and soil science, and wildlife 
conservation and biology. Several of the 
majors are offered jointly with the Gradu- 
ate School of Oceanography. 

Working with academic advisors, stu- 
dents can identify their majors and select 
the courses best suited to their individual 
academic objectives and career goals. A 
list of relevant courses appears under 
“Marine and Environmental Topics” in 
the course section. 


Preprofessional Preparation 


Competition for seats in graduate pro- 
fessional schools is keen, and a superior 
academic record throughout college is 
necessary for admission to these schools. 
Since requirements for the professional 
schools vary in their “essential” and 
“recommended” subjects, students should 
consult the catalog of the professional 
school and then plan their undergraduate 
programs accordingly. 

Those seeking careers as social workers 
can enroll as majors in sociology, including 
in their curriculum the social welfare 
courses. A basic foundation for graduate 
study, whether directed toward college 
teaching or research careers, can be pro- 
vided through any of the liberal arts or sci- 
ence majors. The Bachelor of Arts curricu- 
lum provides specific majors for those 
planning to become journalists or public 
school teachers. 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


Prelaw Studies. For students who plan 
professional study of law, guidance and 
program advice are provided by depart- 
mental advisors assigned in University 
College and by major advisors within 
various departments and colleges. 

Students interested in law school 
should consult the Prelaw Handbook, pre- 
pared by the Association of American Law 
Schools and the Law School Admissions 
Council. The association finds it inappro- 
priate, given the wide range of a lawyer's 
tasks, to prescribe either a set of prerequi- 
site courses for prelaw students or pre- 
ferred major departments. Rather, it 
recommends that students choose their 
majors according to their own individual 
intellectual interests and “the quality of 
undergraduate education” provided by 
various departments and colleges. “Shortly 
stated, what the law schools seek in their 
entering students is ... accomplishment in 
understanding, the capacity to think for 
themselves, and the ability to express their 
thoughts with clarity and force.” The asso- 
ciation emphasizes that “the development 
of these fundamental capacities is not the 
monopoly of any one subject-matter area, 
department, or division.” 


Plan for Early Contingent Admission to 
the Master of Science (M.S.) Degree 
Program in Physical Therapy. This plan 
incorporates the prerequisites for the 
master’s degree in physical therapy 

in anatomy, chemistry, mathematics, 
physics, physiology, and psychology with 
bachelor’s degree requirements in a re- 
lated discipline during the first three years 
of study. With proper use of electives, stu- 
dents can complete all physical therapy 
prerequisites and first-year physical therapy 
courses as part of a participating B.A. or 
B.S. degree program. 

According to this plan, application to 
the master’s program in physical therapy 
may occur in the third undergraduate year. 
Successful applicants are selected for con- 
tingent admission to the physical therapy 
program at the beginning of the fourth 
undergraduate year, with course work 


taken in the fourth year applied to the B.A. 
or B.S. degree. A bachelor’s degree and a 
3.00 quality point average in physical 
therapy courses are required to attain full 
graduate status and continue in the physi- 
cal therapy program. Admission to the 
physical therapy program is highly com- 
petitive, and students are advised to main- 
tain close contact with a pre-physical 
therapy advisor. Students interested in 
graduate programs in physical therapy at 
other institutions should consult with those 
institutions regarding admission require- 
ments. Additional information concerning 
all admissions requirements for the pro- 
gram in physical therapy is available in the 
“Graduate Programs” section. 


Communicative Disorders. Students who 
are interested in applying to the graduate 
program in communicative disorders, and 
who have not taken the undergraduate re- 
quirements, may wish to enroll as post- 
baccalaureate (non-matriculating) students 
to fulfill or begin to fulfill these require- 
ments. The undergraduate requirements— 
courses needed prior to taking graduate 
courses—include CMD 372, 373, 374, 
375, 376, 377, and 465. Completion of 
these courses does not, however, assure 
admission into the graduate program, nor 
is completion of all the requirements es- 
sential for application to the program. Any 
required undergraduate courses not com- 
pleted prior to graduate admission will be 
added to the 54-credit graduate program. 


Teacher Education Programs. The Univer- 
sity of Rhode Island offers a variety of aca- 
demic programs leading to teacher certifi- 
cation at both the undergraduate and the 
graduate levels. Undergraduate teacher 
education programs are offered by depart- 
ments in the College of Arts and Sciences 
and the College of Human Science and 
Services. The School of Education and 
Office of Teacher Education provide the 
coordination, planning, evaluation, and 
promotion of all teacher education pro- 
grams at the University. The following pro- 
grams are offered at the undergraduate 
level: early childhood education, elemen- 


tary education, physical education, music 
education, and secondary education. To 
find specific program descriptions and in- 
formation, refer to the index at the back of 
this catalog. 


Admission. Students interested in under- 
graduate teacher education programs are 
required to apply for admission to the Of- 
fice of Teacher Education. Applications for 
admission to teacher education programs 
are normally submitted during the sopho- 
more year. For early childhood, elemen- 
tary, secondary, music and physical educa- 
tion, students develop an application 
portfolio. Applications will be reviewed by 
a departmental screening committee 
based on the following criteria: 1) recom- 
mendations from faculty and others who 
have knowledge of the candidate's experi- 
ence or interest in working in education; 2) 
a writing sample expressing career goals, 
experience in working with children, and 
expectations as a teacher; 3) scores on a 
standardized test(s) of basic skills; 4) the 
student's academic record, including a cu- 
mulative quality point average of 2.50 or 
better and grades in the academic major 
or specialization averaging 2.50 or better. 
Individual departments or programs may 
also require an interview. 

Transfer students should be advised 
that academic work completed at URI is a 
primary factor in the admission decision. 
Therefore, students must complete one 
semester of work at the University before 
they can be considered for admission to 
the teacher education programs. This may 
extend the time required for degree 
completion. 

Admission to all programs is competi- 
tive, and applicants meeting the minimum 
criteria described above may not be admit- 
ted because of limited space. For addi- 
tional information, students should consult 
as early as possible with the specific de- 
partment in which they wish to enroll or 
their University College advisor. 

Students denied admission can petition 
for a review of the decision. In such cases, 
the departmental screening committee 
meets to consider the appeal. Only excep- 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


tional circumstances will lead the appeal 
committee to override the academic 
record criteria (2.50 cumulative quality 
point average and 2.50 in the academic 
major or specialization). 

Applicants who fail to gain admission 
should seek counsel from an appropriate 
advisor. Students may reapply for admis- 
sion to a teacher education program but 
should understand that this may delay 
their anticipated graduation date. 

Admissions to teacher education pro- 
grams at the graduate level are governed 
by the Graduate School in consultation 
with academic departments. Students with 
a bachelor’s degree should consult this 
catalog’s “Graduate Programs” section and 
departments regarding individual program 
requirements. 


Certification. A teaching certificate is, for all 
practical purposes, a license to teach in a 
given state, at a specific level, and in a cer- 
tain type of job. Rhode Island, like other 
states, requires its public elementary and 
secondary teachers to hold certificates to 
ensure that students are taught only by 
persons who meet specified standards of 
preparation, health, citizenship, and moral 
character. 

Graduates of a state-approved teacher 
education program at the University are 
eligible to receive an initial teaching certifi- 
cate in Rhode Island and in over 40 other 
states through the Interstate Certification 
Compact (ICC). However, states will grant 
certification through the ICC only for certi- 
fications offered by the state. For example, 
a state that does not have a certification 
program in early childhood education 
(nursery school through Grade 2) will not 
grant a certificate in that area to a gradu- 
ate of the University’s program in early 
childhood education without reviewing the 
student's transcript to see if it meets that 
state’s guidelines for elementary educa- 
tion. Therefore, students interested in 
applying for certification in states other 
than Rhode Island should always contact 
the department of education in that state 
and ask: 1) if the state has the area of 


41 


certification the student is interested in 
pursuing at URI; and 2) if the state grants 
initial teacher certification under the ICC 
to students who have graduated from a 
Rhode Island state-approved teacher edu- 
cation program. Also, the student should 
ask the department to mail the state's 
application materials for certification. If the 
state is a member of the ICC, graduates of 
URI are generally entitled to initial certifica- 
tion for a period of five years following 
their date of graduation. After receiving 
another state’s certification application, 
the applicant should read the directions 
for certification carefully and submit all 
required documentation. 

If the state in which you are requesting 
certification is not a member of the ICC 
or does not have certification for your area 
of study, you should ask that state’s office 
of teacher certification to evaluate your 
transcript and indicate any courses or ex- 
periences you would need for certification 
in that state. 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Health Professions—Premedical, 
Predental, and Preveterinary Programs. 
The URI Health Professions Advisory Com- 
mittee (HPAC) helps students preparing for 
medical school, dental school, veterinary 
school, or physician assistant programs. 
URI’s Health Professions Advisory Commit- 
tee offers students academic counseling 
and information on the admissions 
process. 

Students should select their under- 
graduate major based on their own inter- 
ests and abilities, choosing one carefully 
with appropriate advice from the HPAC. 
They should also make sure that their ma- 
jor provides a foundation of knowledge 
necessary for the pursuit of several career 
alternatives. It is not advisable for students 
to select their undergraduate majors solely 
or primarily to enhance their chances of 
being accepted by a professional school. 

Students interested in any of the fol- 
lowing programs must register with the 
HPAC secretary in the Biological Sciences 
Building, Room A-129; 401-874-2670. 


42 


General Requirements. For students prepar- 
ing to apply to postgraduate colleges of 
medicine, dentistry, physician assistant, or 
veterinary medicine, the program of study 
includes courses in humanities, English and 
literature, basic sciences, mathematics, so- 
cial sciences, and communication. These 
courses will fulfill basic admissions require- 
ments. It is strongly recommended that 
students complete the required course 
work at the same time they meet under- 
graduate degree requirements. Any major 
or concentration is acceptable, provided 
that the minimum requirements for admis- 
sion into a professional school are fulfilled. 
Ideally, these requirements should be sub- 
stantially completed before a student takes 
the national admission test (MCAT, DAT, 
VAT, or GRE) in the spring semester of jun- 
ior year. Recommended courses for fulfill- 
ing the basic admissions requirements fol- 
low, with the minimum required number 
of credits shown: Biology, 12 credits from 
the following (or their equivalents)—BIO 
101, 201, 204, 302, 327, 329, 341, 352, 
437, 453; MIC 211; Chemistry, 16 credits, 
including general inorganic chemistry 
(CHM 101, 102, and lab, CHM 112, 114) 
and organic chemistry (CHM 227, 228, 
226 [lab]); Physics, 8 credits, including 
PHY 111, 185, 112, 186, or PHY 213, 285, 
214, 286, or their equivalents; and Math- 
ematics, 6 credits through calculus, MTH 
131 and 132, or MTH 141 and 142. 


Applying to Professional Schools. Prior to 
submitting an application to a professional 
school, each candidate’s credentials are 
evaluated by the Health Professions Advi- 
sory Committee. By the second semester 
of junior year, each applicant must provide 
the HPAC with the following items in writ- 
ing: a request from the applicant to the 
HPAC for a letter of evaluation in support 
of their application to a medical, dental, 
physician assistant program, or veterinary 
school; an official report of their SAT scores 
from the testing agency, high school or 
secondary school; official, recent academic 
transcripts of all college courses taken at 
URI and elsewhere; official reports of scores 
on the appropriate admission test (MCAT, 
DAT, VAT, or GRE) sent directly to the 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


HPAC from the testing agency; an autobi- 
ography with a commentary on the way 
the applicant’s career goals have devel- 
oped; a description of all extracurricular 
activities; a description of all honors be- 
stowed on the student; a description of 
volunteer hospital, dental, veterinary, or 
other health-related work; and a minimum 
of five letters of evaluation written by per- 
sons who can evaluate candidly the 
applicant’s experience and ability to en- 
gage in professional and scientific study. A 
series of personal interviews with HPAC 
members are also held in the spring semes- 
ter of junior year and included in the 
candidate’s final evaluation. As a result of 
this evaluation, the HPAC determines the 
level at which the candidate will be recom- 
mended for admission to professional 
school. 


Premedical Studies. Candidates should be- 
come familiar with their prospective medi- 
cal schools’ admission requirements. These 
are listed in “Medical School Admission Re- 
quirements,” published annually by the As- 
sociation of American Medical Colleges. 
Copies of this reference and the require- 
ments of certain medical schools are avail- 
able from the HPAC secretary. Medical 
schools generally require at least a 3.50 
quality point average and high scores on 
the required Medical College Admission 
Test (MCAT), taken preferably in the spring 
semester of the third undergraduate year. 
The URI-Brown Early Identification Pro- 
gram for Sophomores: This plan early iden- 
tifies and accepts URI students into Brown 
University’s School of Medicine. To be eli- 
gible, you must be a Rhode Island resident 
who is highly motivated, exceptionally 
qualified, and a sophomore with a cumula- 
tive quality point average of at least 3.50 
after completing at least three semesters of 
academic work at URI. In December of 
each year, eligible students must apply in 
writing to the URI Health Professions Advi- 
sory Committee for nomination to this 
program. In early February, the HPAC con- 
ducts a careful evaluation of each 
applicant's academic and personal qualifi- 
cations. A completed application and the 


committee’s letter of evaluation for each 
nominated student are forwarded to 
Brown’s dean of medicine. Final decisions 
to accept applications are made by the ad- 
missions committee at Brown. Two URI 
students per year are usually accepted into 
the program. When these candidates are 
accepted, they assume the same status as 
their Brown counterparts, and continue 
their studies at URI. They can major in any 
field of study, so long as they continue to 
show academic excellence while complet- 
ing the required premedical courses. They 
are also invited to take one or two of their 
premed courses at Brown with their future 
classmates, and are included in various 
events sponsored by the Brown Medical 
Student Society. 


URI Postbaccalaureate Preprofessional Pro- 
grams. Potential premedical, predental, or 
preveterinary candidates who already have 
degrees from URI or other colleges must 
first consult with the URI health professions 
advisor. The HPAC secretary will arrange 
for an appointment and candidates must 
register in writing at the secretary’s office. 
They will be advised on completing the ba- 
sic admission requirements prior to sub- 
mitting an application. These students 
must be evaluated by the HPAC in the 
spring semester in order to be recom- 
mended to professional schools. 


Special Academic Opportunities 


English as a Second or Foreign Language. 
English as a Second or Foreign Language is 
not remedial at URI. Nonnative-speaking 
students who want to continue to perfect 
their English so as to enhance their 
chances of success in their studies may do 
so by taking English Language Studies 112 
and 122, two regularly offered courses that 
count toward the written communication 
requirement in the general education pro- 
gram. Students who need these courses 
are strongly urged to take them in their 
freshman year. Call 401-874-4686 for 
more information. 


Feinstein Center for Service Learning. 
The Feinstein Center for Service Learning 
focuses on helping students to develop, 
academically and personally, by providing 
meaningful service learning opportunities 
in which work within the disciplines may 
be put into practice. Students who partici- 
pate in service learning experiences gain 
leadership skills, knowledge of the world in 
which we live, and understanding of their 
role in helping to shape their communities 
for the future. URI’s Feinstein Center for 
Service Learning has an impact in our com- 
munity through: URI 101 Traditions and 
Transformations, Clearinghouse for Volun- 
teers, R.I. Reads, Feinstein Faculty Fellows, 
Curriculum-Based Service Learning, and 
the Feinstein Enriching America Program. 
Funded by a grant from Alan Shawn 
Feinstein, this provides credit and non- 
credit service learning opportunities for 
students. 


Office of Internships and Experiential Educa- 
tion (OIEE). The OIEE Internship Program is 
an academic program that provides under- 
graduate students with opportunities for 
professional development and field study 
during the academic year as well as the 
summer. The Internship Program is spe- 
cially designed for motivated students who 
wish to apply classroom learning to field 
experiences in career-related settings. Stu- 
dents from any undergraduate curriculum 
may apply for full or part-time internships 
and earn 9-15 free or professional elective 
credits. 

Student interns work under the super- 
vision of qualified professionals in carefully 
selected settings. The program offers stu- 
dents a choice of more than 600 place- 
ments that include the categories of law, 
counseling, government, administration, 
public relations, communications, alterna- 
tive education, health, nutrition, market- 
ing, management, marine affairs, environ- 
mental science, and medical research. A 
weekly seminar brings interns together to 
discuss issues that emerge during the 
internship. 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


Internships also are available for se- 
lected students in Washington, D.C. and 
Dublin, Ireland. 

To apply for all internship programs, 
students must have a minimum quality 
point average of 2.50 and junior or senior 
standing. For more information, call the 
office at 401-874-2160. 


URI Clearinghouse for Volunteers. This is a 
service that matches prospective volun- 
teers with positions in Rhode Island’s 
human service agencies. It gives students 
opportunities to explore career options 
and provide needed services. 


Honors Program. The University Honors 
Program offers motivated students oppor- 
tunities to broaden their intellectual devel- 
opment and strengthen their preparation 
in major fields of study. The program con- 
sists of courses in analytical thinking skills 
which prepare academically talented stu- 
dents to get the most from classes 
throughout their undergraduate years, 

a colloquium that brings distinguished 
authorities to campus from across the 
nation, special tutorials in major concen- 
trations of study, and independent re- 
search projects under the guidance of a 
faculty sponsor. Honors courses at the 100 
and 200 levels treat general topics and 
usually count for general education credit 
in particular divisions. Those at the 300 
and 400 levels are more specialized and 
often are used to fulfill the requirements 
of a major. 

Students may take honors work if they 
meet the following standards: freshmen 
must have graduated in the upper 10 per- 
cent of their high school class or must sub- 
mit a letter of recommendation from their 
high school principal or guidance coun- 
selor; sophomores, juniors, and seniors 
must have earned at least a 3.20 cumula- 
tive quality point average. (Under special 
circumstances, these eligibility require- 
ments may be modified with the permis- 
sion of the Honors Program director.) 

Eligible students may participate in the 
Honors Program in one of two ways: they 
may take honors courses on an occasional 


43 


basis, registering for any number or pat- 
tern of courses that interest them; or they 
may do honors work on a regular basis, 
meeting the specific requirements to re- 
ceive the transcript notation “Completed 
the University Honors Program.” In the lat- 
ter case, a student must begin honors work 
no later than the beginning of the sopho- 
more year and must complete a minimum 
of 15 honors course credits that meet the 
following requirements: 1) three credits at 
the 100 level; 2) three Honors Colloquium 
credits (HPR 201 or 202); 3) three credits 
at the 300 level (tutorial); 4) six credits at 
the 400 level, which may be either six 
credits of the Senior Honors Project (HPR 
401, 402) or three credits of the Senior 
Honors Project (HPR 401) and three credits 
of the Senior Honors Seminar (HPR 411); 
and 5) a 3.20 quality point average for 
honors courses and a 3.20 cumulative 
quality point average. 

See “Courses of Instruction” for a list of 
HPR courses. 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


National Student Exchange Program. 
The National Student Exchange (NSE) pro- 
gram offers URI students the opportunity 
to study at more than 170 participating 
colleges and universities in 55 states, U.S. 
territories, and Canadian provinces, paying 
in-state rates or URI tuition while maintain- 
ing their status as URI students. NSE offers 
the opportunity to explore new geographi- 
cal areas, experience academic diversity, 
and study under different educational and 
social circumstances in various parts of 
North America. Financial aid is available 

to participants. For further information, 
contact the Office of International Educa- 
tion and National Student Exchange in 
Taft Hall. 


New England Land-Grant Student 
Exchange Program. Students with special 
academic interests can take advantage of 
the talent and resources available at the 
region’s state universities without having 
to become a degree candidate at another 
institution. Under a cooperative agree- 
ment, URI students can study for one or 
two semesters at the other New England 


44 


land-grant institutions if they wish to take 
a course, a sequence of courses, or part of 
a program not available at URI. Students 
participating in this program pay their 
normal URI tuition and fees and maintain 
their status as URI students. Advisors and 
members of the University College staff 
have more information about this program 
and its requirements. 


Ocean Studies. Undergraduates are en- 
couraged to explore opportunities at the 
Narragansett Bay Campus for active par- 
ticipation in the oceanographic sciences. 
Juniors and seniors may spend an entire 
semester at the University’s Bay Campus 
pursuing their individual marine interests, 
for which they receive full academic credit. 
They work as part of a research team in the 
laboratory and in the field under the direct 
guidance of the Graduate School of 
Oceanography faculty. 


Rhode Island Interinstitutional Exchange. 
Full-time students matriculated at one of 
the public institutions of higher education 
in Rhode Island may enroll for a maximum 
of seven credits of their full-time schedule 
per semester for study at one of the other 
public institutions at no additional ex- 
pense. Each institution will determine and 
maintain the integrity of the degree to be 
awarded. Students will be subject to the 
course selection process applicable at the 
receiving institution. Summer Session and 
Continuing Education registrants are not 
covered under this program. Students 
interested in this arrangement should 
contact Enrollment Services. 


Study Abroad. The Office of International 
Education and National Student Exchange 
sponsors University programs abroad, 
helps students make arrangements for 
foreign study, and maintains information 
about overseas study programs. The office 
also assists in the evaluation of credits from 
study abroad. The University sponsors 
exchange programs with universities in 
England, France, Japan, Korea, Mexico, 
and Germany, and URI is a member of sev- 
eral consortiums that enable URI students 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


to participate in programs throughout the 
world. URI also participates in the New 
England-Quebec and New England-Nova 
Scotia exchange programs, making study 
available on an exchange basis at any of 
21 English- and French-speaking universi- 
ties in these Canadian provinces. 

Many of these exchange programs 
make study abroad available to URI stu- 
dents at a modest cost. The study abroad 
director and advisors help students who 
wish to participate in these or other 
approved academic programs in choosing 
the appropriate programs, obtaining prior 
approval for courses to be taken abroad, 
and retaining matriculated status at URI 
during their absence from campus. Most 
forms of financial aid are applicable to 
study abroad. For further information, con- 
tact the Office of International Education 
and National Student Exchange, Taft Hall. 


Army Reserve Officers 
Training Corps (ROTC) 


Army Reserve Officers Training Corps 
(ROTC) is offered by the University and is 
available to all students. Physically quali- 
fied U.S. citizens who complete the entire 
four-year program are eligible to be com- 
missioned as second lieutenants in the U.S. 
Army. Delayed entry into active service for 
the purpose of graduate study is available. 
Military science is designed to complement 
other instruction offered at the University. 
Emphasis throughout is on the develop- 
ment of individual leadership abilities and 
preparation of the student for future im- 
portant leadership roles in the Army. Pro- 
fessional military education skills in written 
communication, human behavior, military 
history, mathematical reasoning, and com- 
puter literacy are fulfilled through required 
University general education courses and 
the military science curriculum. Three 
variations of ROTC are available. 

During the four-year program, students 
participate in required military science 
courses and activities. Attendance at a five- 
week advanced training camp is required 
between the third and fourth year. 


The two-year ROTC program begins 
with a five-week paid summer leadership 
internship called Leaders Training Course 
(six credits). After successful completion of 
LTC, the student enters the third year of 
ROTC and attends advanced camp during 
the next summer. As an alternative, an en- 
listed member of the Army National Guard 
or Army Reserve who has completed basic 
training can qualify for the two-year ROTC 
Simultaneous Membership Program. 

The third variation consists of a three- 
year program for students who wish to enter 
ROTC in their sophomore year or who in- 
tend to complete their academic studies in 
their three remaining years. This program 
compresses the Basic Course requirements 
into one year. 

All Basic Course (freshman and sopho- 
more) military science courses are an ex- 
cellent medium for personal enrichment. 
Significant scholarship opportunities are 
available for freshmen and sophomores. 

Completion of the four-year military 
science program qualifies students to peti- 
tion their college for a minor in military 
science. 

Enrollment in any military science 
course allows a student to compete for 
off-campus training at the following 
U.S. Army schools: Airborne, Air Assault, 
Northern Warfare School, and Nurse 
Summer Training. 


Grades 


Grades and Points. Student grades are re- 
ported as A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, 
and F. The unqualified letter grades repre- 
sent the following standing: A, superior; B, 
good; C, fair; D, low grade, passing; F, fail- 
ure; S, satisfactory; U, unsatisfactory; NW, 
enrolled—no work submitted. 

Grades are given quality point values 
as follows: A, 4.00 points; A-, 3.70 points; 
B+, 3.30 points; B, 3.00 points; B-, 2.70 
points; C+, 2.30 points; C, 2.00 points; 

C-, 1.70 points; D+, 1.30 points; D, 1.00 
points; F and U, 0 points. P, S, and NW 
are not calculated in the quality point 
average. 


Grade reports are mailed to all students 
at their home addresses at the end of each 
semester. Midsemester grade reports are 
mailed to all freshmen at their local ad- 
dresses at the midpoint of each semester. 
These midterm reports are intended to 
alert freshmen to their academic status and 
to aid in advising. Midterm grades are not 
recorded on permanent academic records 
nor are they figured into quality point 
averages. 

A grade may be reported as “incom- 
plete” only when course work has been 
passing but not completed due to illness or 
another reason that in the opinion of the 
instructor justifies the report of incom- 
plete. Undergraduate students must make 
arrangements with the instructor to re- 
move the incomplete by the following 
midsemester. Incomplete grades not re- 
moved from an undergraduate student's 
record by the end of two years will remain 
on the student’s permanent record. 

Students are required to make up fail- 
ures in required courses. The course should 
be repeated when next offered. No limit is 
placed on the number of times a course 
may be repeated, but the credit require- 
ment for graduation is increased by the 
number of credits repeated. Students are 
not required to make up failures in elective 
courses. 

Certain courses do not lend themselves 
to precise grading, and for these courses 
only S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) 
will be given to all students enrolled. S/U 
courses are labeled as such in the course 
descriptions in this catalog. S/U courses are 
not counted as courses taken under the 
Pass-Fail option. 


Pass-Fail Grading Option. This plan en- 
courages undergraduate matriculated stu- 
dents to increase their intellectual breadth 
and discover aptitudes in new areas of 
knowledge. A student above the freshman 
level who is not on probation may register 
under this plan for courses considered to 
be free, unattached electives by the col- 
lege in which he or she is enrolled. Courses 
designated in the student's curriculum as 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


degree requirements, general education 
requirements, and military science courses 
may not be included. 

A student choosing to take a course 
under this plan must notify his or her 
advisor, academic dean, and the Office of 
Registration and Records, in writing, prior 
to the end of the add period of each se- 
mester. The instructor is not informed. 

Grades will be P (pass) or F (fail). The 
P grade is credited toward degree require- 
ments but not included in the quality point 
average. The F grade is calculated in the 
same manner as any other failure. A stu- 
dent may change from the P-F option to 
grade by notifying Registration and 
Records in writing before mid-semester. 

A student may elect no more than 
three P-F courses a semester and no more 
than two P-F courses during a summer. 


Second Grade Option. Students may ex- 
ercise a second grade option by repeating 
a course in which the student earned a C- 
or lower. Only courses that fall within the 
student's first 30 attempted credits taken 
at the University may be selected for this 
option. Students must exercise this option 
no later than the next two semesters for 
which the student registers after complet- 
ing 30 credits. Transfer students may exer- 
cise the second grade option for courses 
taken during their initial semester at the 
University. This option must be exercised 
during the next two semesters for which 
they register after their initial semester. 
Only the grade earned when the course 
was repeated will be used in the calcula- 
tion of a student's quality point average 
and only the credits earned for the re- 
peated course will apply toward the gradu- 
ation requirements. All grades earned for a 
given course shall remain on a student's 
permanent academic record. To take 
advantage of this option, students must 
obtain approval from their academic deans 
and submit the appropriate form to Enroll- 
ment Services prior to midterm of the se- 
mester in which the course is being re- 
peated. The second grade option may be 
used only once per course. 


45 


Dean’s List 


Undergraduate matriculated students 
who have achieved certain levels of aca- 
demic excellence are honored at the end 
of each semester by inclusion on the 
Dean’s List. The Office of Registration and 
Records will publish lists of students who 
have attained the required quality point 
average. 

A full-time student may qualify for 
the Dean’s List if he or she has completed 
12 or more credits for letter grades and 
achieved a 3.30 quality point average. 

A part-time student may qualify for 
Dean’s List if he or she has accumulated 
12 or more credits for letter grades and 
achieved a 3.30 quality point average. 


Probation and Dismissal 


A student will be placed on scholastic 
probation if their overall cumulative quality 
point average falls below 2.00. For pur- 
poses of determining dismissal of part-time 
students, scholastic standing committees 
will consider an accumulation of 12 credits 
as the minimum standard for one 
semester's work. 

A student will be dismissed for scholas- 
tic reasons when he or she has a deficiency 
of eight or more quality points below a 
2.00 average after being on probation for 
the previous semester. A student on proba- 
tion for the second successive semester 
who has a deficiency of eight or fewer 
quality points below a 2.00 average will 
continue on probation. At the end of the 
third semester of probation, a student will 
be dismissed. Students who obtain less 
than a 1.00 average in their first semester 
will be dismissed automatically. 

A student subject to dismissal will be so 
notified by the dean, after which he or she 
will have five days to file a written appeal 
with the dean. 

Students are expected to be honest in 
all academic work. Instructors have the ex- 
plicit duty to take action in known cases of 
cheating or plagiarism. For details, consult 
the University Manual. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


46 


Leave of Absence 


Occasionally, students are forced to 
take a semester or two off because of cir- 
cumstances beyond their control. Others 
find they simply need a break from study- 
ing. For these students, taking a leave of 
absence might be wise. Students who have 
an approved leave of absence for a semes- 
ter or a year may register for the semester 
in which they plan to return without 
applying for readmission. Undergraduate 
students can apply for a leave of absence 
through Enrollment Services. 


Withdrawal from the University 


A student who wishes to withdraw 
from the University prior to the end of the 
semester or summer session shall do so 
according to procedures established by 
Enrollment Services. If the withdrawal pro- 
cess is completed satisfactorily and the stu- 
dent has cleared all financial obligations to 
the University, the date of withdrawal will 
be noted on the student's permanent aca- 
demic record. No grades for the current 
semester will be recorded. 

Students who withdraw from the Uni- 
versity after the last day of classes but be- 
fore a semester ends will be graded in all 
courses for which they are officially regis- 
tered. If a student withdraws from the Uni- 
versity after midsemester, grades will be 
recorded for any course that has an offi- 
cially specified completion date prior to 
the date of withdrawal. 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


A student who withdraws from the Uni- 
versity after midsemester and who seeks 
readmission for the next semester will be 
readmitted only with approval of the Scho- 
lastic Standing Committee for the college 
or school in which registration is desired. 


Graduation Requirements 


To graduate, a student must have 
completed the work for, and must have 
achieved the minimum quality point aver- 
age established by, the curriculum in 
which he or she is enrolled and earned at 
least a 2.00 quality point average. In addi- 
tion, students must abide by community 
standards as defined in the University 
Manual and Student Handbook. 

The work of the senior year has to be 
completed at the University of Rhode 
Island. Exceptions must be approved by 
the faculty of the college in which the 
student is enrolled. 

Any student who has met the require- 
ments for a second bachelor’s degree may 
be granted two bachelor’s degrees and 
issued two diplomas. 

Any student who has met the require- 
ments for two separate majors within any 
single bachelor’s curriculum has earned a 
double major and may have both fields 
listed on his or her permanent record. 

Each undergraduate college has specific 
procedures for student requests for excep- 
tions to courses of study or to other degree 
requirements or academic rules. Under- 


graduate students who seek exceptions to 
any University rule pertaining to their aca- 
demic circumstances, including degree re- 
quirements and courses of study, may con- 
tact the offices of their respective college 
deans. 

Students who complete at least 60 
credits of their work at the University are 
eligible to graduate with distinction. 
Grades in all courses attempted at the Uni- 
versity will be included in the calculation of 
the quality point average. Those who at- 
tain a cumulative quality point average at 
the time of graduation of at least 3.30 are 
recognized as graduating cum laude. 
Those who achieve a cumulative quality 
point average of at least 3.50 graduate 
magna cum laude, and those who attain a 
cumulative quality point average of at least 
3.70 graduate summa cum laude. 


University Manual 


University regulations governing mat- 
ters such as conduct, grading, probation 
and dismissal, academic integrity, with- 
drawal from the University, and graduation 
requirements are fully explained in the 
University Manual. Copies of the University 
Manual are available for reference in the 
library and in the deans’ offices. The Uni- 
versity Manual is also available on the web 
at www.uri.edu/facsen/MANUAL. 

Such rights and responsibilities are also 
described in the Student Handbook, which 
is available from the Office of Student Life. 


47 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


i Ti 


"a > js : 
ï Fii 4 à 


Fa 
T F 
n 
ie 


. ‘A j i i f ha ‘are ie 7 ee 
r oy s P Pe ee. aa 


A 


; 


he University attempts to 

provide students with a 
range of knowledge and skills 
which can, with appropriate 
motivation and initiative, be 
used in a variety of ways after 
graduation. 

The following undergradu- 
ate programs offered at the 
University of Rhode Island are 
presented by college. 

Study options vary from 
the traditional liberal education 
to programs that are heavily 
vocationally oriented. Successful 
completion of any course of 
study at the University, however, 
does not guarantee that the 
student will find either a specific 
kind or level of employment. 

Students interested in the 
career opportunities related to 
particular programs of study are 
encouraged to consult University 
College advisors, the appropri- 
ate department chairperson, or 
Career Services. For students 
who are uncertain about their 
career choices, the Counseling 
Center also offers help. 


aLvNaAYY9YJANN 


48 


UNIVERSITY COLLEGE AND SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 


UNIVERSITY COLLEGE AND 
SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 


Jayne Richmond, Dean 

Kandice Salomone, Associate Dean 

Dania Brandford-Calvo, Director, 
International Education 

Moira Keating, Coordinator, Internships 
and Experiential Learning 

Winifred P. Kelley, Coordinator, Advising 
for Athletes 

Dean Libutti, Director, New Student 
Programs 

Linda Lyons, Academic Counselor 

Sandra L. Pearlman, Coordinator, Learning 
Assistance Center 


University College offers incoming stu- 
dents a broad range of advising services 
and the opportunity to explore the variety 
of courses and programs available at the 
University before they commit themselves 
to a major in a degree-granting college. All 
first-year students are enrolled in University 
College except registered nurses. Through 


its strong program of academic advising 
by faculty, University College’s purpose is 
to assist new students in making a smooth 
transition to the University and to provide 
special assistance, programs, and events 
for freshmen and sophomores. 

Advisors, who have regular office hours 
at University College in Roosevelt Hall, are 
faculty members who represent each of 
the majors in the degree-granting colleges. 
Each student is assigned an academic advi- 
sor who is a specialist in the area in which 
the student intends to major or who has a 
particular interest in working with students 
who are undecided about their choice of 
major. Advisors help students select and 
schedule the right courses, become 
familiar with University procedures and 
programs, and obtain whatever assistance 
they need. They also help student-athletes. 

If more students seek access to a pro- 
gram than can be accommodated due to 
limited facilities or faculty, those students 
who have shown the highest promise for 
academic success in the program will be 


admitted first. Where such limitations exist, 
the student must apply for acceptance in 
the program under conditions established 
by the specific department or college. This 
applies specifically to programs that have 
been declared “oversubscribed” by the 
vice president for academic affairs. Stu- 
dents who cannot be admitted to the pro- 
gram of their first choice can request entry 
into another program for which they have 
satisfied the entrance requirements, or 
they can spend one or two additional 
semesters in University College preparing 
to qualify for another program. 

In addition to academic advising, 
special academic programs include the 
Feinstein Center for Service Learning, the 
Office of Internships and Experiential Edu- 
cation, the National Student Exchange 
Program, the Clearinghouse for Volunteers, 
Office of International Education, and the 
Learning Assistance Network. For informa- 
tion on these and other special academic 
opportunities at URI, turn to page 42. 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND 
SCIENCES 


Winifred E. Brownell, Dean 

Wilfred P. Dvorak, Associate Dean 

Robert C. Bullock, Associate Dean 

Joyce Allen Cain, Assistant Dean for 
Instruction 

Jonathan L. Blaney, Business Manager 


The College of Arts and Sciences has 
two main objectives: to enable all students 
to understand our intellectual heritage, the 
physical and biological world in which we 
live, and our social, economic, and political 
development; and to provide programs of 
professional education in selected fields as 
well as a strong foundation for graduate 
study. The college has programs of study 
leading to the following degrees: Bachelor 
of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of 
Fine Arts, and Bachelor of Music. 

For information on prelaw, pre-physical 
therapy, premedical, predental, pre- 
veterinary, and teacher education pro- 
grams, see pages 40-42. 


Curriculum Requirements 


In order to earn a degree in the College 
of Arts and Sciences, the student must 
meet requirements in three main areas: 
the major, Basic Liberal Studies, and elec- 
tives. A description of these areas follows. 


1. The Major. Every student is required to 
specialize in a particular area or discipline 
called the major. The requirements for 
each major vary from field to field, and are 
described in this section. Any student who 
has met the requirements for two separate 
majors within the Bachelor of Arts, Bach- 
elor of Science, Bachelor of Fine Arts, or 
Bachelor of Music degree programs in the 
College of Arts and Sciences has earned a 
double major and may have both fields 
listed on the transcript. 

A student must maintain a 2.00 quality 
point average in his or her major to meet 
graduation requirements. One-half of the 
total number of credits needed in a given 
major must be earned at the University of 
Rhode Island. 


Curricular Modifications. In consultation 
with the advisor, and with the approval of 
the department chairperson, a student will 
be permitted to modify the normal re- 
quirements of the major. The decision of 
the department chair is final. Requirements 
outside the major may be modified only 
with approval of the Scholastic Standing 
and Petitions Committee of the College of 
Arts and Sciences. Petition forms are avail- 
able in the Office of the Dean. Minimum 
quality point average and total credit re- 
quirements are not petitionable. 


2. Basic Liberal Studies. In the College of 
Arts and Sciences, general education re- 
quirements are called Basic Liberal Studies 
and are required of all students. This series 
of courses is intended to ensure that stu- 
dents have educational experiences that 
will help them to become informed and 
responsible participants in society and con- 
tribute to the full development of their in- 
dividual capabilities. The Basic Liberal 
Studies program embodies the philosophy 
and fundamental knowledge that charac- 
terizes an arts and sciences education. 

The following courses are approved by 
the College of Arts and Sciences to fulfill 
Basic Liberal Studies requirements. 


Fine Arts and Literature 


Fine Arts: ARH 120, 184, 251, 252, 284, 
285, 359, 364, 374; ART 101, 103, 203, 
207, 215, 231, 233; COM 231; FLM 101, 
201, 203; LAR 201; MUS 101, 106, 111; 
THE 100, 181, 351, 352, 381, 382, 383. 


Literature: AAF 247, 248; CLA 391, 395, 
396, 397; CLS 160, 250, 335; ENG 110, 
160, 241, 242, 243, 247, 248, 251, 252, 
260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 280, 335, 338, 
355, 356, 357, 358, 366, 367, 368, 373, 
381, 382; FRN 391, 392, 393; GER 392; 
ITL 325, 326, 391, 392, 395; RUS 325, 
326, 391, 392; SPA 305, 306, 307, 308, 
325, 391, 392, 393. 


Letters 


AAF 150; APG 327; CLS 235; COM 200, 
205, 210; EGR 316; HIS 111, 112, 113, 

114, 116, 117, 118, 123, 130, 132, 141, 
142, 145, 146, 150, 160, 171, 172, 177, 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 49 


180, 304, 305, 306, 307, 309, 310, 311, 
314, 323, 327, 328, 332, 333, 340, 341, 
346, 353, 354, 360, 376, 377, 381, 382, 
384, 398; HPR 104, 107, 203; JOR 110; 
LAR 202; LET 151, 351; PHL 103, 204, 
210, 212, 215, 217, 235, 314, 316, 318, 
321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 328, 331, 346, 
355; PSC 240, 341, 342; PSY 310; RLS 
111, 125, 126, 131; WMS 220, 333. 


Natural Sciences 


APG 201; AST 108; AVS 101; BCH 342; 
BIO 101, 102, 103, 104A, 104B, 105, 286; 
CHM 100, 101, 102, 103, 105, 112, 114, 
124, 191, 192; GEO 100, 102, 103, 110, 
120; HPR 103, 109; MIC 102; NFS 207; 
OCG 110, 123, 131; PHY 109, 110, 111, 
112, 140, 185, 186, 203, 204, 205, 213, 
214, 273, 274, 275, 285, 286; PLS 150; 
TMD 113. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Social Sciences 


APG 200, 202, 203, 220, 319; COM 220; 
ECN 100, 201, 202, 381; EDC 102, 312; 
ENG 330, 332; GEG 101, 104, 200; HDF 
225; HPR 102, 110; LIN 200, 202, 220; 
MGT 110; NRS 100; NUR 150; PSC 113, 
116, 201, 221, 288; PSY 103, 113, 232, 
235, 254; REN 105; SOC 100, 204, 212, 
214, 216, 224, 230, 238, 240, 242, 306, 
336; WMS 150. 


Mathematics 


BAC 120; CSC 201; HPR 108; MTH 107, 
108, 111, 131, 132, 141, 142; STA 220. 


English Communication 


Writing (Cw): ELS 112, 122; HPR 112; WRT 
101, 201, 227, 235, 301, 333. 


General (C): COM 101, 103; HPR 111; LIB 
120; PHL 101. 


Foreign Language and Culture 
See next page. 


3. Electives. Electives are courses not in- 
cluded in the Basic Liberal Studies or major 
requirements which students may freely 
select to earn the total number of credits 
required for graduation. Many students 
use their elective credits to develop a sec- 
ond major or a minor field of study (see 
page 36). 


50 


UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Basic Liberal Studies Requirements 


Courses used to fulfill these requirements must be selected from the list approved by the College of Arts and Sciences. 
Basic Liberal Studies requirements are designed only for students in the College of Arts and Sciences, but they also fulfill the 
University’s General Education requirements. 

Courses in a student’s major may not be used to fulfill requirements in Fine Arts and Literature, Letters, Natural Sciences, 
and Social Sciences. Students completing a double major, however, may use courses from one major of their choice to fulfill 


these requirements. 


Basic Liberal Studies 
Requirements 


Fine Arts and 
Literature 


Letters 

Natural Sciences 
Social Sciences 
Mathematics 


English Communication 


Foreign Language 
and Culture 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


6 credits (3 in Fine Arts; 3 in 
Literature) 


6 credits* 
6 credits* 
6 credits* 
3 credits 


6 credits (3 must be in a writing 
course; the other 3 may be in 
another writing course or may 
be selected from the general 
communication courses) 


Choose one of the following options: 

e Two-course sequence in a language 
studied for two or more years in high 
school through at least the 103 level 
in a modern language or 301 ina 
classical language 

e Demonstration of competence 
through the intermediate level by 
examination or by successful comple- 
tion of 104 in a modern language or 
302 in a classical language 

e Two-course sequence in a language 
not previously studied (or studied 

for less than two years in high 

school) through the beginning level 
(101, 102) 

e Study abroad in an approved 
academic program in a non-English 
speaking country. Summer programs, 
including the URI in England program, 
will not satisfy this requirement. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS 
BACHELOR OF MUSIC 


6 credits (3 in Fine Arts; 3 in Literature) 


6 credits 
6 credits 
6 credits 
3 credits 


6 credits (3 must be in a writing course; 

the other 3 may be in another writing course 
or may be selected from the general 
communication courses) 


Choose one of the following options: 

e Two-course sequence in a language studied for 
two or more years in high school through at least 
the 103 level in a modern language or 301 ina 
classical language 

e Demonstration of competence through the inter- 
mediate level by examination or by successful com- 
pletion of 104 in a modern language or 302 in a 
classical language 

e Two-course sequence in a language not previously 
studied (or studied for less than two years in high 
school) through the beginning level (101, 102) 

e Study abroad in an approved academic program 
in a non-English speaking country. Summer pro- 
grams will not satisfy this requirement. 

e Two courses selected from within a single culture 
cluster taken, if possible, in the same or consecutive 
semesters. See page 35 for a list of approved culture 
clusters. Six credits of a full-semester approved 
intercultural internship in a foreign country through 
the Office of Internships and Experiential Education 
may be substituted for a culture cluster. 


* Students may use only one course per discipline (as identified by the course code) to fulfill requirements in Letters, Natural 


Sciences, and Social Sciences. 


Course Load. No student may take more 
than 19 credits per semester without per- 
mission from the dean. Students on aca- 

demic probation are limited to 15 credits. 


Repeating Courses for Credit. Unless 
otherwise stated in the course description, 
a course may not be repeated for credit. 
Credit can be counted only once toward 
the total credits required for graduation. 


Study Abroad. Students eligible for the 
Study Abroad option to fulfill the Basic 
Liberal Studies Foreign Language and Cul- 
ture requirement must enroll for full-time 
study in an approved academic program 
for one semester in a non-English speaking 
country. Summer programs are not 
approved for this option. Students must 
successfully complete a minimum of six 
credits to have their requirement satisfied. 


Graduation. It is the responsibility of the 
student to be familiar with University and 
College requirements and to file for gradu- 
ation with the Office of the Dean. Dead- 
lines for filing are as follows: 


May Graduation—November 1 
August Graduation—April 1 
December Graduation—August 1 


Seniors completing their final course 
work off campus must file a Senior Off- 
Campus Study Form with the Office of the 
Dean and should file for graduation before 
leaving campus. 


Bachelor of Arts 


The Bachelor of Arts curriculums pro- 
vide a general cultural background and 
an opportunity to major in any one of 
28 fields of study. 

Each candidate for a B.A. degree must 
meet certain minimum curricular require- 
ments in quantity and quality. These re- 
quirements include: at least 120 passed 
credits, with at least 42 credits in courses 
numbered 300 or above, and an overall 
quality point average of at least 2.00. In 
addition to meeting the requirements of 
the Basic Liberal Studies program, each 
candidate must complete a major and a 
number of elective courses. The major 
totals 27-36 credits. 


The B.A. major is the discipline or sub- 
ject area in which the degree is granted. It 
may include not only required courses 
within the major department but also 
courses in related subjects. Students 
should declare this major before the end of 
their fourth semester. 

The major comprises no fewer than 27 
nor more than 36 credits. These, however, 
are exclusive of any credits that are outside 
the major department but may be required 
by that department as prerequisites. In- 
cluding such prerequisites, the major may 
not exceed 39 credits. 

The student may earn up to 15 credits 
in their major department in addition to 
those required for the major as identified 
by course code, counting as electives those 
credits earned in excess of the major re- 
quirements. Any credits in excess of this 
number in the major will not count toward 
the 120 credits required for graduation. 

At least half of the credits in the major 
must be earned at URI. 


Majors include: African and African- 
American studies, anthropology, art 
(history and studio), biology, chemistry, 
classical studies, communication studies, 
comparative literature studies, computer 
science, economics, English, French, Ger- 
man, history, Italian, journalism, Latin 
American studies, mathematics, music, 
philosophy, physics, political science, psy- 
chology, public relations, sociology, Span- 
ish, and women’s studies. (At press time, 
the University’s College of Arts and Sci- 
ences is also pursuing approval for a B.A. 
degree in film and screen studies; contact 
the dean’s office for information on its 
status and requirements.) 


Bachelor of Science 


The Bachelor of Science curriculums 
are professionally oriented and, in general, 
meet the accreditation standards of 
national professional associations. 

All candidates for the B.S.degree must 
fulfill the requirements of the Basic Liberal 
Studies program and complete a major of 
30-45! credits within a department or pro- 
gram. In addition, a department may re- 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 51 


quire for its major certain courses in other 
departments with the stipulation that this 
will not preclude their application to the 
Basic Liberal Studies program require- 
ments. Students must earn an overall 
quality point average of at least 2.00. No 
more than 130 credits can be required in 
a program. At least half the credits in the 
major must be earned at URI. Each major 
within the B.S. curriculum has certain more 
specific requirements, as listed on the fol- 
lowing pages. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Majors include: applied sociology, biologi- 
cal sciences, chemistry, chemistry and 
chemical oceanography, computer sci- 
ence, economics, environmental plant 
biology, marine biology, mathematics, 
physics, and physics and physical 
oceanography. 


Bachelor of Fine Arts 


URI’s Bachelor of Fine Arts curriculums 
provide the opportunity to discover and 
develop creative capacities in the fine arts. 
The emphasis is on richness of program 
and quality of experience rather than the 
development of isolated skills. Applicants 
registering for work toward the Bachelor of 
Fine Arts degree must receive permission 
of their major department by arranging for 
an interview with a departmental represen- 
tative. Further details and appointments 
may be obtained through Admissions. 

All candidates for the B.F.A. degree are 
required to meet the requirements of the 
Basic Liberal Studies program and to earn 
an overall quality point average of at least 
2.00. At least half the credits in the major 
must be earned at URI. 


Majors include: art and theatre. 


Bachelor of Music 


The Bachelor of Music curriculum is 
designed to prepare qualified students for 
careers in the field of music. Students may 
select one of three majors depending on 
their aims and abilities. Admission re- 
quirements for teacher education pro- 
grams are described on page 40. 


52 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


All candidates for the B.M. degree are 
required to meet the Basic Liberal Studies 
requirements and to earn an overall quality 
point average of at least 2.00. At least half 
the credits in the major must be earned 
at URI. Students are expected to attend 
department-sponsored events each 
semester. 


Majors include: music composition, music 
education, and music performance (see 
page 60). 

All areas provide for a good back- 
ground in academic subjects, and each 
curriculum contains courses for the 
development of sound musicianship and 
excellence in performance. An audition 
conducted by members of the Music 
Department is required for permission to 
register for work toward the B.M. degree. 
The music education curriculum includes 
courses in educational psychology, con- 
ducting, methods, and a teaching intern- 
ship that leads to state certification for 
teachers. 

The total number of credits required for 
graduation is 128 for music composition, 
131 for music education, and 128 for 
music performance. 


African and African-American 
Studies 


Faculty: Professor Hamilton, director. Profes- 
sors Dilworth, Gititi, Okeke-Ezigbo, and 
Weisbord; Associate Professors Harris, 
Quainoo, and Schwartz; Assistant Profes- 
sors Ferguson and Joseph; Adjunct Faculty 
Barber, Lafayette, and McCray. 


The African and African-American stud- 
ies program is an interdisciplinary program 
offered jointly by URI and Rhode Island 
College. Students in this program may take 
courses at either institution to fulfill major 
requirements. The program’s objective is 
to broaden students’ intellectual and glo- 
bal experiences through the study of Africa 
and African diaspora. 

Students selecting this major must 
complete a minimum of 30 credits includ- 
ing AAF 201 and 202. Six credits must be 
selected from each of the following areas: 


history and politics (AAF 290, 300M, 300U; 
AAF/HIS 150, 359, 388; AAF/PSC 380, 408, 
410, 415, 466; PSC 372; WMS 351A); arts 
and humanities (AAF/ARH 330, 331; AAF/ 
ENG 247, 248, 360, 362, 363, 364, 474); 
and social and behavioral science (AAF 
300P; AAF/COM 333; COM 310A, 465). 
The remaining 6 credits must be chosen 
from courses approved for the above 
groups. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 

A minor is also available (see page 36). 


Anthropology 


The Department of Sociology and 
Anthropology offers the degree of Bachelor 
of Arts (B.A.) in anthropology. 


Faculty: Professor Mederer, chairperson. 
Professors LaVelle, Loy, Poggie, Pollnac, 
and Turnbaugh. 


Students desiring to major in anthro- 
pology must complete a total of 30-31 
credits (maximum 45 credits) in anthropol- 
ogy including introductory courses: APG 
200, 201, 202, and 203 (12 credits); meth- 
ods courses: APG 300, 302, 317, or 412 (3 
to 4 credits); theory courses: APG 401 (3) 
and APG 317 or 327 (3), for a total of six 
credits. Note: APG 317 may be taken to ful- 
fill either the methods or theory requirement, 
but not both. The remaining eight to nine 
credits may be any APG course. APG 427 is 
the program’s capstone course. No more 
than six credits in independent study and/ 
or field experience courses may be used 
toward the 30-31 credits required for the 
major. 

It is strongly recommended that 
anthropology majors take at least one 
course in inferential statistics (e.g., STA 
308 or 409), complete a foreign language 
through the intermediate level, and gain 
computer proficiency. Early in the junior 
year, students who plan to go on to gradu- 
ate school should meet with their advisor 
for curricular counseling. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


Art 


The Department of Art offers a Bachelor 
of Arts (B.A.) degree with a major in either 
art history or art studio, and a Bachelor of 
Fine Arts (B.F.A.) degree in studio. 


Faculty: Professor Roworth, chairperson. 
Professors Calabro, Dilworth, Holmes, 
Klenk, Onorato, Pagh, and Richman; 
Associate Professor Hollinshead and Wills; 
Assistant Professors Hutt and Matthew; 
Professors Emeriti Fraenkel, Leete, Parker, 
and Rohm. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


Art History. It is recommended that stu- 
dents intending to major in art history plan 
to complete a minimum of six credits in 
the history of art by the end of the soph- 
omore year. For graduation, students must 
complete a minimum of 30 credits (maxi- 
mum 45 credits) in art history, including 
ARH 251 and 252 (6). At least 12 credits 
must be taken from ARH 354, 356, 359, 
363, 365. An additional six credits must be 
taken from the preceding group or one or 
more of the following: ARH 284, 285, 364, 
374, 375. An additional six credits must be 
taken at the 400 level. At least three of 
these credits must be taken from ARH 461, 
462, 480. It is recommended that students 
who expect to pursue graduate studies in 
art history take ARH 469 or 470. 

It is recommended that students major- 
ing in art history achieve intermediate-level 
proficiency in at least one foreign lan- 
guage. Students anticipating graduate 
study in art history may need proficiency 
in a second foreign language. Students 
are also encouraged to enroll in courses in 
art studio, history, literature, music, and 
philosophy. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. Students must fulfill the 
requirements of the Basic Liberal Studies 
program and take 30-45 credits in art 
history. Students may use an approved 
course in art studio to satisfy Basic Liberal 
Studies requirements. Of the 120 credits 
required for graduation, 42 credits must be 
in courses numbered 300 or above. 


Art Studio. It is recommended that stu- 
dents intending to major in art studio plan 
to complete foundation courses in the 
freshman year (ART 101, 103, 207, and 
ARH 120, section 02). For graduation, a 
minimum of 33 credits in the major (maxi- 
mum 48 in ART classes) must be com- 
pleted, including: studio courses ART 101, 
103, and 207; art history courses ARH 120, 
251, 252; and one art history elective at 
the 200 level or above. 

During the first semester of the sopho- 
more year, all B.A. studio majors and B.F.A. 
candidates must participate in ART 002 
Sophomore Review. To participate, stu- 
dents must have a 2.30 grade point aver- 
age in the foundation courses (ART 101, 
103, 207 and ARH 120) and submit a one- 
page statement of purpose. 

An additional six credits must be 
selected from one of the following 
sequences of studio courses: ART 204, 
304; 213, 314; 215, 316; 221, 322; 231, 
332; 233, 334; 243, 344. This sequence 
must be completed by the end of the 
junior year. 

In the senior year, an additional six 
credits must be selected from 300- or 400- 
level studio courses (except 301, 309 and 
310). 

It is recommended that art majors elect 
at least three credits in the allied fields of 
music or theatre. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. Students must fulfill the re- 
quirements of the Basic Liberal Studies pro- 
gram and take 21-36 credits in art studio 
and 12 credits in art history. Students may 
use an approved course in art history not 
used as part of the major requirements to 
satisfy Basic Liberal Studies requirements. 
Of the 120 credits required for graduation, 
42 credits must be in courses numbered 
300 or above. 


BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS 


It is recommended that students in- 
tending to enter the B.F.A. program in art 
plan to complete ARH 120 in the freshman 
year and complete an additional three 
credits in art history and a minimum of 24 


credits in studio by the end of the sopho- 
more year. 

Students in the B.F.A. program must 
complete a minimum of 72 credits in art. 
Studio courses required of all majors in- 
clude: ART 101 (3), 103 (3), 207 (3), 208 
(3), either 213 or 215 (3), 405, 406 (with 
departmental permission) or six credits of 
ART at the 400 level (6). An additional 12 
credits must be selected from 200-level 
studio courses, and an additional 21 cred- 
its must be selected from 300- or 400-level 
studio courses. 

During the first semester of the sopho- 
more year, all B.A. studio majors and B.F.A. 
candidates must participate in ART 002 
Sophomore Review. To participate, stu- 
dents must have a 2.30 grade point aver- 
age in the foundation courses (ART 101, 
103, 207, and ARH 120) and submit a one- 
page statement of purpose. 

ARH 120 is required of all students. An 
additional 9 credits must be selected in art 
history, 3 credits of which must be num- 
bered 300 or above. 

An additional 6 credits of art electives 
must be selected at the 300 level or above 
in either studio or art history. 

Note: Only 3 credits from ARH 330 
or 331 may be used toward the 72 credits 
required for the major. 

A minimum of 120 credits is required 
for graduation, including the following: 
major requirements in studio (54), art 
history (12), and studio and/or art history 
electives (6). Students must meet the re- 
quirements of the Basic Liberal Studies 
program and may not use an ARH or ART 
course to fulfill the Fine Arts category of 
this requirement. 


Biological Sciences 


These programs are administered by 
the Department of Biological Sciences. A 
student may earn either the Bachelor of 
Arts (B.A.) degree in biology or the Bach- 
elor of Science (B.S.) degree in biological 
sciences, environmental plant biology, or 
marine biology. The department also offers 
the Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of 
Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in biological 
sciences. 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 53 


Faculty: Professor Heppner, chairperson. 
Professors Bibb, Bullock,Cobb, Goldsmith, 
Hargraves, Kass-Simon, Killingbeck, Koske, 
and Twombly; Associate Professors Norris 
and A. Roberts; Assistant Professors 
Carrington, Irvine, Seibel, and Wilga; Ad- 
junct Professors Blake, Carleton, Deacutis, 
Hobbs, Jackson, Sebens, Shirley, and 
Smith; Adjunct Associate Professors 
Gemma, Hammen-Winn, and Thursby; 
Adjunct Assistant Professors Cromarty, 
Filardo, E. Roberts, and D. Smith; Profes- 
sors Emeriti Albert, Beckman, Caroselli, 
Costantino, Goertemiller, Goos, Hammen, 
Harlin, Harrison, Hauke, Hyland, Lepper, 
and Shoop; Research Professor Hill. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


Students selecting a major in biology 
must complete a minimum of 28 credits 
(maximum 45 credits) in biological sci- 
ences including the following courses: BIO 
101 and 102 (8), and MIC 211 (4). They 
must also complete a minimum of three 
credits from each of the three lists (A, B, 
and C) below. The remaining nine credits 
may be selected from courses in biology 
and/or microbiology. Students in this 
major must elect a year of chemistry with 
laboratories. Those wishing to prepare for 
a professional career in the life sciences 
should enroll in the B.S. program de- 
scribed next. 

A total of 120 credits is required in the 
B.A. program. At least 42 credits must be 
in courses numbered 300 or above. 


List A (Botanical): BIO 311, 321, 323, 346, 
348, 418, 432, 465. List B (Zoological): BIO 
121, 201, 205, 242, 244, 302, 304, 327, 
329, 331, 354, 355, 382, 385, 441, 442, 
445, 446, 466, 467. List C (Combination of 
Botanical and Zoological): BIO 203, 206, 
262, 341, 350, 352, 360, 437, 451, 453, 
454, 455, 457, 458. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 


This curriculum provides a foundation 
in the fundamental principles of biology 
and marine biology, and is concerned with 
the application of biological science to 
problems of modern life. It also provides 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


54 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


preparation for graduate work in biological 
fields including aquatic, environmental, 
and marine studies, molecular, cellular, 
and developmental biology, biological 
oceanography, genetics, limnology, and 
physiology, and preparation for admission 
to professional schools of medicine, den- 
tistry, and veterinary medicine. 

Students who know their professional 
goals are encouraged to declare a major 
as soon as possible to take advantage of 
help from department advisors. Students 
must declare their major when leaving Uni- 
versity College. 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 15-16 credits 


Introductory biology requirement (BIO 
101), CHM 101, 102 (4), math require- 
ment (3-4), URI 101 or BIO 130 (1), and 
Basic Liberal Studies requirement or free 
elective (3). 


Second semester: 17-18 credits 


Introductory biology requirement (BIO 
102), CHM 112, 114 (4), math require- 
ment (3-4), modern language or elective 
(3), and Basic Liberal Studies requirement 
or free elective (3). 


Sophomore Year 
First semester: 16-17 credits 


MIC 211 (4), CHM 227? (3) or CHM 124, 
126 (4), and nine credits of biology, Basic 
Liberal Studies, modern language, or 
electives’. 


Second semester: 17-18 credits 


Biology, Basic Liberal Studies, or electives 
(12-13), and the remaining chemistry 
requirements CHM 22674, 228? (5) or BCH 
311 (3). 


Biological Sciences. A minimum of 35 
credits in biology is required and must in- 
clude BIO 101 and 102 (8). The remaining 
27 credits must include at least one course 
from List A (Botanical) and one course 
from List B (Zoological). At least three 
laboratory courses beyond BIO 102 and 


101 must be taken. The 27 credits must in- 


clude one course from at least four of the 
following six areas: Cell and Development 
(BIO 302, 311, 341, 453); Ecology and 


Evolution (BIO 262, 350); Genetics (BIO 
352); Molecular Biology (BIO 437); 
Organismal Diversity (BIO 304, 321, 323, 
354, 432, 465, 466); Physiology (BIO 201, 
242/244, 346). 

In addition, students must take CHM 
101, 102, 112, 114, 22674, 2272, 228? or 
124, 126, and BCH 311; MIC 211; two se- 
mesters of introductory calculus or one se- 
mester of calculus and STA 308; PHY 111, 
112, 185, and 186 or PHY 213, 214, 285, 
286; and either six credits of a modern 
foreign language, or study of a modern 
foreign language through the intermediate 
(104) level. The requirement for a modern 
foreign language is not met by study 
abroad or a culture cluster. 

Students are encouraged to become 
involved in the department's research ac- 
tivities by arranging to register for assigned 
work as Special Problems (491, 492). Only 
three credits of 491, 492 may be used to- 
ward the B.S. degree. 


List A (Botanical): BIO 311, 321, 323, 346, 
348, 418, 432, 465. List B (Zoological): BIO 
121, 201, 205, 242, 244, 302, 304, 327, 
329, 331, 354, 355, 382, 385, 441, 442, 
445, 446, 466, 467. List C (Combination of 
Botanical and Zoological): BIO 203, 206, 
262, 341, 350, 352, 360, 437, 451, 453, 
454, 455, 457, 458. 


Students are strongly urged to consult 
the biological sciences advisors to obtain 
detailed programs of the various sub- 
disciplinary paths through the department 
most suited to their particular career goals. 

A total of 130 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Environmental Plant Biology. The envi- 
ronmental plant biology program is jointly 
offered by the Department of Biological 
Sciences in the College of Arts and Sci- 
ences and the Department of Plant Sci- 
ences in the College of the Environment 
and Life Sciences. A minimum of 31 credits 
is required including BIO 102 (4); BIO/PLS 
107 (1); PLS 205 (4); BIO 262 (3); BIO 323 
(4) or BIO 311 (3) or BIO 321 (3); BIO/PLS 
332 (4) or BIO 432 (4) or BIO 465 (3); PLS 
250 (4) or BIO 352 (3) or PLS 352 (3); BIO 
346 (3)or PLS 476 (3). 


In addition, students are required to 
take a minimum of 9-11 credits of 300- 
and 400-level courses in the major. Stu- 
dents will be encouraged to specialize in 
one of three concentration areas that have 
been identified as strengths in both de- 
partments: biology of plant communities, 
symbiology, or plant molecular biology. 
Lists of suggested courses for each concen- 
tration area are listed below. Students with 
more general or more specific interests in 
other areas of plant biology may develop 
their own concentration program (at least 
9-11 credits) with an advisor. The Arts and 
Sciences Dean’s Office must be notified of 
such individual program requirements. 


Specialization in Biology of Plant 
Communities: 9-11 credits selected from 
BIO 321 (3), BIO 418 (3), BIO 524 (3), 
NRS 212 (3), NRS 301 (3), PLS/NRS 475 
(4), PLS 476 (3). 


Specialization in Symbiology: 9-11 credits 
selected from BIO 432 (4); BIO/MIC 453 
(4); ENT 385, 386/BIO 382 (4); PLS 463 
(3); PLS 472 (3); PLS 511 (3). 


Specialization in Plant Molecular Biology: 
9-11 credits selected from BCH 312 (2), 
BIO 437 (3); BIO 453 (4); PLS 471 (3), PLS 
472 (3), PLS 511 (3). 


Students majoring in environmental 
plant biology must also complete CHM 
101, 102, 112, 114, 124, and 126; BCH 
311; MIC 211; BIO 101; MTH 131 (a sec- 
ond course in mathematical sciences is rec- 
ommended); PHY 109, 110 or PHY 111, 
185; PHY 112, 186. Students will satisfy 
the general education requirements of 
their chosen college, either Arts and Sci- 
ences or Environment and Life Sciences. A 
modern language is recommended. 

A total of 130 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Marine Biology. A minimum of 35 credits 
in biological sciences is required and must 
include BIO 101, 102, 130, and 360. Of 
the remaining 22 credits, 12 credits must 
be earned by selecting one course from at 
least four of the following six areas: Cell 
and Developmental Biology (BIO 302, 311, 
341, 453); Ecology and Evolution (BIO 


262, 350); Genetics (BIO 352); Molecular 
Biology (BIO 437); Organismal Diversity 
(BIO 304, 321, 323, 354, 432, 465, 466); 
Physiology (BIO 201, 346). The remaining 
ten credits must be selected from the fol- 
lowing, with no more than three credits of 
Special Problems to be applied to this re- 
quirement: BIO 345, 355, 418, 441, 455, 
457, 458, 465, 469, 475, 491, 492, 495; 
OCG 420, 576. Students must take at least 
three laboratory courses in biological sci- 
ences (BIO) in addition to BIO 101 and 
102 and excluding BIO 491 and 492. 

In addition, the student must take 
CHM 101, 102, 112, 114, and either CHM 
226‘, 227, and 228 or CHM 124, 126, and 
BCH 311; two semesters of introductory 
calculus or one semester of calculus and 
STA 308; MIC 211; OCG 401 or 451; PHY 
111, 112, 185, 186; and either six credits 
of a modern foreign language, or study of 
a modern foreign language through the 
intermediate (104) level. The requirement 
for a modern foreign language is not met 
by study abroad or by a culture cluster. 

A total of 130 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Chemistry 


The Department of Chemistry offers a 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree and a Bach- 
elor of Science (B.S.) degree. The depart- 
ment also offers the Master of Science 
(M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 
degrees in chemistry. 


Faculty: Professor Euler, chairperson. 
Professors C. Brown, Dain, Fasching, Free- 
man, Kirschenbaum, Nelson, Oxley, Rosen, 
Smith, Vittimberga, and S. Yang; Associate 
Professor Lucht; Assistant Professor Major; 
Professors Emeriti Abell, P. Brown, Cheer, 
Cruickshank, Fisher, Goodman, MacKenzie, 
Rosie, and Traficante. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


Students in this program must com- 
plete a minimum of 31 credits (maximum 
45) in chemistry by taking either 10 credits 
as CHM 191, 192 or 8 credits as CHM 101, 
102, 112, 114; and 20 credits as CHM 


212, 291, 292, 335, 431, and 432. One 
additional course must be chosen from 
CHM 401, 412, 427, or 441. CHM 226, 
227, 228 may be substituted for the 291, 
292 sequence. CHM 191 can be substi- 
tuted for CHM 101 and 102. CHM 229 
and 230 may be substituted for CHM 226. 

MTH 141 and 142 and one year of 
physics (PHY 111, 112, 185, and 186, or 
PHY 203, 204, 273, and 274) are required. 
(The PHY 111, 112, 185, and 186 se- 
quence is preferred in the B.A. program.) 

A total of 120 credits is required for the 
B.A. At least 42 of these must be in courses 
numbered 300 or above. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 


Designed to prepare the student for a 
career in chemistry, this curriculum pro- 
vides a thorough training in both theory 
and practice in the fields of analytical, 
physical, organic, biochemistry, and inor- 
ganic chemistry. Those who complete this 
curriculum are prepared to practice as a 
chemist, pursue graduate studies in chem- 
istry, or enroll in a professional school in a 
related area such as medicine, dentistry, or 
pharmacy. Preprofessional studies can be 
focused through the use of electives. 

Students wishing to complete a degree 
program accredited by the American 
Chemical Society Committee on Profes- 
sional Training of Chemists must take CHM 
441 in addition to the courses listed below. 
Graduates who take CHM 441 receive a 
certification card issued by the society and 
are eligible for senior membership after 
two years of experience in the field of 
chemistry. It is strongly recommended that 
WRT 101 or 201 be taken in the freshman 
year. CHM 425, 427 should be taken in 
the junior year by students planning re- 
search or advanced course work in organic 
chemistry. Six credits of “curriculum re- 
quirements” shall include either CHM 353, 
354, or any 500-level courses with depart- 
ment approval. 

B.S. students desiring the American 
Chemical Society option in chemistry/bio- 
chemistry must take BCH 481, 482 or BCH 
581, 582. Six additional credits in under- 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 55 


graduate research (either CHM 353 and/or 
354) are also required to satisfy require- 
ments for advanced laboratory. CHM 353, 
354 will be supervised by faculty with ex- 
pertise in biochemistry. Students electing 
the chemistry/biochemistry option may 
wish to take additional courses in molecu- 
lar biology as electives. 

A total of 130 credits is required for the 
B.S. degree. 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


CHM 191 (5) (or CHM 101, 102), MTH 
141 (4), language or free elective (3), Basic 
Liberal Studies requirements (5-6). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


CHM 192 (5) (or CHM 112, 114), MTH 
142 (4), language or free elective (3), Basic 
Liberal Studies requirements (5-6). 


Sophomore Year 
First semester: 18 credits 


CHM 291 (4) (or CHM 227), CHM 212 (4), 
MTH 243 (3), PHY 203, 273 (4), language 
or Basic Liberal Studies requirements (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 

CHM 292 (4) (or CHM 228, 226*), MTH 
244 (3), PHY 204, 274 (4), language or 
Basic Liberal Studies requirements (6). 
Junior Year 

First semester: 14 credits 

CHM 431 (3), 335 (2), physics elective (3) 
(PHY 205, 275 [4] recommended), Basic 
Liberal Studies requirement (3), free 
elective (3). 

Second semester: 17 credits 


CHM 432 (3), 412 (3), 414 (2), Basic 
Liberal Studies requirements (6), free 
elective (3). 


Senior Year 

First semester: 16 credits 

CHM 401 (3), 425 (2), 427 (3), curriculum 
requirements (3-6), free electives (3-5). 
Second semester: 15 credits 


CHM 492 [capstone] (1), 402 (2), 441 (3), 
free electives (9). 


56 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Chemistry and 
Chemical Oceanography 


The Department of Chemistry and the 
Graduate School of Oceanography offer 
a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree in 
chemistry and chemical oceanography. 
The faculty consists of the members of the 
department and the GSO’s chemical 
oceanography faculty. 


Coordinator: Professor Euler (Chemistry). 


The program is designed to prepare 
students for careers in chemistry or chemi- 
cal oceanography. This curriculum pro- 
vides a thorough training in both theory 
and practice in the fields of analytical, 
physical, organic, inorganic, and oceano- 
graphic chemistry. Those who complete 
this curriculum are prepared to continue 
with graduate study leading to an ad- 
vanced degree in chemistry or in chemical 
oceanography, to teach, or to enter spe- 
cialized fields in development, control, 
technical sales, and research in the chemi- 
cal or oceanographic industries. It is 
strongly recommended that WRT 101 or 
WRT 201 be taken in the freshman year. 

A total of 130 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Freshman and Sophomore Years follow 
the same program as B.S. in chemistry 
(see previous page). 


Junior Year 
First semester: 14 credits 


CHM 431 (3), 335 (2), OCG 451 (3), 
Basic Liberal Studies requirement (3), 
free elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 

CHM 432 (3), OCG 494 (3), Basic Liberal 
Studies requirements (6), free elective (3). 
Senior Year 

First semester: 16 credits 

CHM 401 (3), 425 (2), 427 (3), OCG 493 
(3), free electives (5). 

Second semester: 17 credits 


CHM 412 (3), 414 (2), OCG 521 (3), free 
electives (9). 


Classical Studies 


The Department of Modern and 
Classical Languages and Literatures offers 
the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree with a 
major in classical studies. 


Faculty: Associate Professor Suter, section 
head. 


Students selecting classical studies as a 
major must complete a minimum of 30 
credits. Twenty-four of the 30 credits must 
be in Latin and Greek (only six credits of 
either LAT 101, 102, or GRK 101,102 may 
count toward the required 24 credits) as 
follows: a) a minimum of six credits in 
each language (12); b) the balance of 12 
credits in either or both language(s) (12). 
The remaining six credits must be from the 
following: ARH 354; CLA 391, 395, 396, 
397; HIS 300, 303; PHL 321 (6). 

Certification in secondary education in 
Latin is available through the Department 
of Education. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


Communication Studies 


The Department of Communication 
Studies offers the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) 
degree in communication studies. 


Faculty: Professor S. Wood, chairperson. 
Professors Brownell, Chen, Devlin, 
Grubman-Black, Ketrow, Mundorf, Silvia, 
and Swift; Associate Professors Leatham, 
McClure, Quainoo, and Salazar; Assistant 
Professors Derbyshire and Reed; Director of 
Debate J. Devine; Instructors S. Brown, 
Conlon, Maar, L. McClure, August, Nelson, 
and Wales; Professor Emerita Doody. 


URI’s program in communication stud- 
ies provides maximum flexibility in plan- 
ning for a variety of academic and occupa- 
tional goals. The curriculum is personalized 
for each student. Although the student will 
play an important role in curriculum plan- 
ning, his or her program is closely super- 
vised by the advisor. Specific curricular, 
extracurricular, and internship programs 
are planned as integral parts of each 


student's program. Departmentally 
approved courses provide diversity or a 
more focused approach, depending on the 
student's needs and goals. Courses outside 
the department that relate to the student's 
needs and goals are also encouraged. 

Courses in communication studies can 
count toward a minor in public relations 
when taken in conjunction with specific 
journalism and marketing courses. 

Students selecting this major may pur- 
sue studies in business and professional 
communication, communication theory, 
oral interpretation, rhetoric and public 
address, public relations, radio and TV ad- 
vertising, and similar career goals. 

The program requires a minimum of 36 
credits (maximum 51) in the major, includ- 
ing public speaking, interpersonal commu- 
nication, and required research and meth- 
ods courses.The remaining credits will be 
distributed as follows: at least two courses 
at the 200 level (excluding 216); three 
courses at the 300 level; and three courses 
at the 400 level (excluding COM 471, 472 
and 491, 492). The student and an advisor 
will design an appropriate selection of 
courses. 

Communication studies majors inter- 
ested in a communication/music-related 
career may complete a second major in 
music. Contact Professor Wood for more 
information. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


Comparative Literature Studies 


The Department of English and the 
Department of Modern and Classical Lan- 
guages and Literatures offer jointly the 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree with a major 
in comparative literature studies. 


Coordinator: Professor Manteiga (Modern 
and Classical Languages and Literatures). 


The choice of courses in a student's 
major and in the area of special interest 
must have both sufficient range (genre, 
period, and at least two literatures) and a 
specific focus. It must be approved by an 
advisor and filed with the dean’s office. 


Students in the comparative literature 
studies program fulfill the Basic Liberal 
Studies Fine Arts and Literature require- 
ment by taking three credits in Fine Arts 
and three credits in Literature over and 
above their major literature requirements. 

Students must complete a minimum of 
30 credits in one of the following options. 


English and One Foreign Literature in 
the Original Language. Nine credits in 
English and/or American literature, 300 
level or above; nine credits in one foreign 
literature; three credits in literary theory or 
criticism (CLS 350). The remaining credits 
are to be taken from the comparative 
literature core courses or the literature 
courses in English or Modern and Classical 
Languages and Literatures departments. 


Two Foreign Literatures in the Original 
Language. Nine credits in each of two 
foreign literatures; three credits in literary 
theory or criticism (CLS 350). The remain- 
ing courses are to be taken from the com- 
parative literature core courses or the 
literature courses in the English or Modern 
and Classical Languages and Literatures 
departments. 


World Literature in English Translation. 
Three credits in the nature of language 
from APG/LIN 200 or APG/LIN 220; three 
credits in literary theory or criticism (CLS 
350); at least one foreign literature in 
translation course. In addition, the student 
must take 12 credits in a language beyond 
the 102 level. The remaining credits are to 
be taken from the comparative literature 
core and/or literature courses offered by 
the English and Modern and Classical Lan- 
guages and Literatures departments. 


A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


Computer Science 


The Department of Computer Science 
and Statistics offers the Bachelor of Arts 
(B.A.) and the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) 
degree in computer science. The 
department also co-sponsors the B.S. in 
computer engineering (described in the 


College of Engineering section). In addi- 
tion, the department offers the Master of 
Science (M.S.) degree in computer science 
and the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in 
applied mathematical sciences with a 
specialization in computer science. 

URI also offers a 24-credit minor in 
computer science (see next page). 


Faculty: Associate Professor Kowalski, chair- 
person. Professors Carrano, Fay Wolfe, 
Lamagna, and Peckham; Associate Profes- 
sor Baudet; Assistant Professors DiPippo 
and Hervé; Adjunct Associate Professor 
Strauss; Adjunct Assistant Professors 
Durfee, Encarnação, Hamel, and 
Stephenson; Professor Emeritus Carney. 


Students majoring in computer science 
who leave URI and are subsequently read- 
mitted must follow the computer science 
curriculum requirements in effect at the 
time of their readmission, unless an excep- 
tion is granted by the department chair- 
person and approved by the dean. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


Students in the B.A. curriculum must 
complete a minimum of 36 credits (maxi- 
mum 51) as follows: CSC 110 (4), 211 (4), 
212 (4), 301 (4), 305 (4), 320 (4); one of 
411 or 412 (4); two of 402, 411, 412, 436, 
or 481 (8). Also required are MTH 141 (4) 
and 215 (3); one COM course (3); and two 
WRT courses from among WRT 101, 201, 
301, or 333 (6). 

A total of 121 credits is required for 
graduation; at least 42 of these credits 
must be at the 300 level or above. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 


The B.S. curriculum is designed to pro- 
vide a broad introduction to the funda- 
mentals of computer science including 
software and systems, programming lan- 
guages, machine architecture, and theo- 
retical foundations of computing. The re- 
quired mathematics preparation provides a 
basis for advanced work. Students will be 
well prepared for careers or graduate study 
in computer science. 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 57 


Students in the B.S. curriculum must 
complete a minimum of 56 credits as fol- 
lows: CSC 110 (4), 211 (4), 212 (4), 301 
(4), 305 (4), 340 (4), 411 (4), 412 (4), 440 
(4), 499 (8); 12 additional credits chosen 
from CSC 320 (4), 350 (4), 402 (4), 406 
(4), 415 (4), 436 (4), 445 (4), 481 (4), in- 
cluding either CSC 350 or 445. 

Students also complete MTH 141 (4), 
142 (4), 215 (3), 243 (3); PHY 203, 273 
(4), 204, 274 (4) or PHY 213, 285 (4), 214, 
286 (4); one COM course (3); and two 
WRT courses from among WRT 101, 201, 
301, or 333 (6). 

A total of 129 credits is required for 
graduation. A possible course of studies 
follows. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


CSC 110 (4), MTH 141 (4), URI 101 (1), 
WRT 101 (3), Basic Liberal Studies require- 
ments or electives (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


COM 101 (3), CSC 211 (4), MTH 142 (4), 
Basic Liberal Studies requirements (3), 
electives (3). 

Sophomore Year 

First semester: 17 credits 

CSC 212 (4), MTH 243 (3), PHY 203, 273, 
(4), Basic Liberal Studies requirements or 
electives (6). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


CSC 301 (4), MTH 215 (3), PHY 204, 274, 
(4), WRT 333 (3), Basic Liberal Studies 
requirements or electives (3). 


Junior Year 

First semester: 15 credits 

CSC 305 (4), 411 (4), CSC elective (4), 
Basic Liberal Studies requirement (3). 
Second semester: 15 credits 


CSC 340 (4), 412 (4), CSC elective (4), 
Basic Liberal Studies requirement (3). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


CSC 440 (4), 499 (4), Basic Liberal Studies 
requirement (3), electives (6). 


58 | UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Second semester: 16 credits 


CSC 499 [capstone] (4), CSC elective (4), 
electives (8). 


MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 


Students declaring a minor in com- 
puter science must earn 24 credits includ- 
ing CSC 211 (4), 212 (4), 301 (4), and two 
other CSC courses at the 300-level or 
above (8). In addition, students are ex- 
pected to complete MTH 141 (4). 


Economics 


The Department of Economics offers a 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and a Bachelor of 
Science (B.S.) degree in economics. 


Faculty: Professor Ramstad, chairperson. 
Professors Burkett, Lardaro, Mcintyre, 
Mead, C. Miller, Ramsay, Sharif, Starkey, 
and Suzawa. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


Students selecting this field must com- 
plete a minimum of 33 credits (maximum 
48) in economics, including ECN 201 and 
202 (6), 305 and 306 (6), 327, and 328 
(6), and 445 (3). 

In addition, at least 12 credits must be 
completed from economics courses num- 
bered 300 or above. Students may substi- 
tute up to six credits from other depart- 
ments: three credits from statistics—BAC 
201 (3), 202 (3), STA 308 (3), 409 (3), or 
412 (3)—and three credits from another 
related course approved by the depart- 
ment chairperson. These substitutions 
must be filed with the Office of the Dean. 
Students planning to do graduate work in 
economics are encouraged to take ECN 
375, 376 and at least one semester of 
statistics. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 


Students in this curriculum may elect 
one of two options, applied economics or 
economic theory and methods, and must 


inform the dean’s office of the option. 


Applied Economics. A minimum of 31 
credits in economics including ECN 201, 
202, 305, 327, 328, 375, 376, and 445. In 
addition, students must complete COM 
101; BAC 202 or MTH 451 or STA 308. 


Economic Theory and Methods. A mini- 
mum of 31 credits in economics including 
ECN 201, 202, 305, 327, 328, and 376. In 
addition, students must complete MTH 
141, 142, 215, 243, 307, and 244 or 442 
or 435. This option is recommended for 
students preparing for graduate study in 
economics. 


A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. 


English 


The Department of English offers a 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree. The depart- 
ment also offers the Master of Arts (M.A.) 
and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in 
English. The Department of English offers 


(with the Department of Modern and Clas- 


sical Languages and Literatures) the B.A. 
degree with a major in comparative litera- 
ture studies (see page 56). 


Faculty: Professor Donnelly, chairperson. 
Professors Arakelian, Campbell, Cappello, 
Dvorak, Gititi, Kunz, Leo, Neuse, Okeke- 
Ezigbo, Pearlman, Stein, and Walton; Asso- 
ciate Professors Barber, Cook, Reaves, 


Scheil, Swan, and Vaughn; Assistant Profes- 


sors Frankel, Karno, Mandel, Mensel, and 
Trimm. 


Students selecting this field must com- 
plete a minimum of 36 credits (maximum 
51), 18 of which must be at the 300 level 
or above. All students must complete ENG 
201 and 202 (6). The remaining 30 credits 
must include one course from each of the 
following five periods (15): pre-1500 (ENG 
251, 366, 367, 368, 381, 382); 1500- 
1660 (ENG 241, 251, 280, 373, 382, 472); 
1660-1800 (ENG 241, 251, 374, 480, 
482); 19th century (ENG 241, 242, 252, 
347, 348, 375, 448); 20th century (ENG 
242; ENG/AAF 248; ENG 252, 348; ENG/ 


AAF 362, 363, 364; ENG 378, 383, 446, 
447, 448, 469). 

In addition, students must select a 12- 
credit focus area by completing a capstone 
course (marked below) and 9 additional 
credits in one of the following focus areas: 
identity studies (ENG/AAF 247, 248; ENG 
260, 337, 338; ENG/AAF 363, 364; ENG 
385, 387, 495 [capstone]); genre studies 
(ENG 243, 262, 263, 264, 265, 300, 304, 
336, 339; ENG/AAF 362; ENG 446, 447, 
448, 469, 496 [capstone]); creative writing 
and publishing studies (ENG 205A, 205B, 
205C, 305, 330; WRT 201, 235, 301, 333; 
ENG 497 [capstone)]); cultural studies with 
period emphasis (ENG 302, 332, 347, 348; 
ENG/CLS 350; ENG 351, 374, 375, 474, 
498 [capstone]), or any one 300- or 400- 
level course approved for one of the five 
periods. The remaining 3 credits may be 
selected from any ENG course. No course 
may be used to fulfill more than one 
requirement. 

Note: Freshmen are not admitted to 
300- or 400-level courses without permis- 
sion of the instructor. Sophomores are dis- 
couraged from taking 100-level courses. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


Film and Screen Studies 


The URI Film Studies Committee is in 
the process of securing approval by the 
Rhode Island Board of Governors to offer 
this Bachelor of Arts degree at URI’s 
Kingston Campus. This interdepartmental 
program would draw on faculty expertise 
from a number of academic departments 
to offer students a broad interdisciplinary 
approach to the technological, artistic, and 
cultural study of film. For information on 
the degree and its requirements, contact 
Program Director Dr. Gerald DeSchepper 
or the dean’s office in the College of Arts 
& Sciences (if off-campus, call the Univer- 
sity to be directed at 401-874-1000). 

The University also offers an 18-credit 
minor in film studies; see page 34 for 
more information. 


French 


The Department of Modern and Classi- 
cal Languages and Literatures offers the 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree with a major 
in French. 


Faculty: Professor Morello, section head. 
Professors Hammadou and Rogers; Assis- 
tant Professors Durand and Erickson. 


Students selecting this field are required 
to complete at least 30 credits (maximum 
45) in French, not including FRN 101, 102, 
391, 392, 393. They must take three cred- 
its from FRN 412, 473, or 474. Students 
must also complete a minimum of three 
additional FRN credits at the 400 level. 

Additionally, students with proven 
competence in French language and 
literature, with permission of the advisor, 
section head, department chairperson, 
and dean of the college, may take courses 
toward their concentration in related fields 
such as history, linguistics, art, or philoso- 
phy. Approval must be filed with the Office 
of the Dean. 

Students completing the French Inter- 
national Engineering Program and the B.A. 
with a major in French simultaneously may 
use three credits of French literature to- 
ward the Fine Arts and Literature Basic Lib- 
eral Studies requirement. In addition, stu- 
dents in this program are exempt from the 
one-course-per-discipline rule in Letters, 
Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


German 


The Department of Modern and Classi- 
cal Languages and Literatures offers the 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree with a major 
in German. 


Faculty: Associate Professor Hedderich, sec- 
tion head. Professor Grandin; Associate Pro- 
fessors Kirchner and von Reinhart; Visiting 
Assistant Professor Rarick. 


Students selecting this major complete 
at least 30 credits (maximum 45) in 
German, not including GER 101, 102, or 


392. Students must complete six credits in 
literature, at least three of which must be 
taken at the 400 level, and must complete 
one additional 400-level German course. 
Students in the International Engineering 
Program must complete GER 411. 

Students completing the German Inter- 
national Engineering Program and the B.A. 
with a major in German simultaneously 
may use three credits of German literature 
toward the Fine Arts and Literature Basic 
Liberal Studies requirement. In addition, 
students in this program are exempt from 
the one-course-per-discipline rule in Let- 
ters, Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


History 


The Department of History offers a 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree. The depart- 
ment also offers the Master of Arts (M.A.) 
degree in history. 


Faculty: Associate Professor Honhart, chair- 
person. Professors J.A. Cohen, Klein, Strom, 
Thurston, and Weisbord; Associate Profes- 
sors George, Mather, Pegueros, Rollo- 
Koster, and Sterne; Assistant Professors 
Ferguson, Joseph, Rusnock, and Schwartz; 
Adjunct Associate Professor Klyberg; Pro- 
fessor Emeriti Briggs, Findlay, Gutchen, 
and Kim. 


Students selecting this field must com- 
plete a minimum of 30 credits (maximum 
45) in history, including a minimum of six 
and a maximum of 12 credits in courses 
numbered 100 to 299. The balance of re- 
quired credits is in courses numbered 300 
or above, including (1) HIS 401 or 441 or 
481 and (2) HIS 495. When possible, the 
two 400-level courses should be taken in 
consecutive semesters with the same in- 
structor. Under unusual circumstances, 
with permission of the department chair- 
person, a student may substitute, in place 
of the seminar, HIS 391 leading to a sub- 
stantial research paper. Capstone courses 
in this major are HIS 401, 441, 481, and 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 59 


Undergraduates wishing to take courses 
on the 500 level must secure the permis- 
sion of the chairperson. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Italian 


The Department of Modern and Classi- 
cal Languages and Literatures offers the 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree with a major 
in Italian. 


Faculty: Professor Trivelli, section head. 
Assistant Professor Sama. 


Students selecting this major must 
complete at least 30 credits (maximum 
45), including ITL 325, 326. ITL 101, 102, 
391, 392, or 395 may not be used toward 
the 30 credits required for the major. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


Journalism 


The Department of Journalism offers 
the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree. 


Faculty: Professor Levin, chairperson. Profes- 
sor Luebke; Lecturer Pantalone; Instructors 
Gray, Hempe, Lord, and Walsh; Adjunct 
Assistant Professor Ward. 


The study and practice of journalism 
require the acquisition and application of a 
broad base of knowledge. Therefore jour- 
nalism majors at URI pursue a professional 
course of study that is strongly grounded 
in the liberal arts. Along with Basic Liberal 
Studies and elective courses from other 
disciplines, the major requires students to 
explore the concepts and practices of con- 
temporary American journalism. Within a 
social, historical, legal, and ethical context, 
students acquire skills in gathering and 
synthesizing factual information and com- 
municating it clearly to a variety of audi- 
ences. Journalism course work, through 
individual and collaborative assignments, 
focuses on reporting, writing, editing, 
and producing news for publication or 
broadcast. 


60 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Students who choose journalism as a 
minor can focus on public relations or 
media issues, print or broadcasting. For 
students majoring in other fields, the 
department offers courses that provide a 


forum on the role of mass media in society. 


Students majoring in journalism must 
complete a minimum of 30 credits (maxi- 
mum 45) in journalism. All journalism 
majors must complete JOR 115, 220, 310, 
and 410. In addition, students must select 
nine credits from skills courses: JOR 230, 
320, 321, 330, 331, 340, 341, 342, 420, 
430, 441; and three credits from concep- 
tual courses: JOR 210, 211, 311, 313, 415. 
Any journalism courses may be chosen for 
the remaining six credits. Students are en- 
couraged to consult with their advisors 
about the mix of journalism courses that 
best meets their goals. 

Journalism majors must fulfill some of 
their Basic Liberal Studies requirements 
by choosing from the following list of 
courses. The department has identified 
these courses as important preparation 
for students to both study and practice 
journalism. 


Fine Arts and Literature: ARH 120 or MUS 
101 or THE 100 and ENG 160 or 241 or 
242 or 251 or 252 or 280. Letters: HIS 142 
or 341 or 354 and PSC 240 or 341 or 342 
or PHL 103 or 204 or 217. Natural Sci- 
ences*: BIO 101 or 102, 104A or 104B or 
CHM 101 and 102 or GEO 103 or PHY 111 
and 185 or PHY 112 and 186. Social 
Sciences: PSC 113 or 116 or 201 and 

SOC 240 or 242 or 336 or WMS 150. 
Communication Skills*: PHL 101. 

The only journalism courses open to 
freshmen are JOR 110 (for nonmajors), 115 
(for majors), and 220. Journalism majors 
are urged to concentrate on their Basic 
Liberal Studies requirements during their 
freshman and sophomore years. In addi- 
tion to the aforementioned required 
courses, other BLS courses are recom- 
mended as useful for journalism majors. 
Students should consult with their advisors 
about complete Basic Liberal Studies re- 
quirements and about other courses that 
meet their individual goals. 


Students must earn a grade of C or bet- 
ter in a “skills” course (including JOR 220) 
to enroll in the next-level course. Only 
three credits of JOR 220 may be used to 
satisfy graduation requirements. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 

Students majoring in journalism are 
also encouraged to pursue a minor. The 
Department of Journalism, in conjunction 
with the departments of Communication 
Studies and Marketing, has developed a 
minor in public relations. 


Latin American Studies 


The Departments of Sociology and 
Anthropology, History, and Modern and 
Classical Languages and Literatures offer a 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree in Latin 
American Studies (LAS). 


Faculty: Associate Professor Morin, LAS 
committee chairperson. Committee members: 
Professors Gititi, McNab, and Poggie; Asso- 
ciate Professors Pequeros and C. White. 
(Some Arts and Sciences faculty members 
not listed here offer courses that can fulfill 
the requirement for this B.A.) 


Students selecting this field must com- 
plete a minimum of 36 credits as follows: 
APG 315, HIS 381, 382, and one additional 
history course dealing with the major; six 
credits in Spanish or Portuguese from the 
approved list; LAS 397; PSC 201; ECN 363; 
and nine credits of electives from the ap- 
proved list of courses. 

Students must file their program of 
study with the dean’s office. 

Credits leading to this B.A. may also be 
taken at foreign universities or other uni- 
versities in the U.S. that offer programs in 
Latin American studies with the approval 
of the LAS Committee, as long as 15 cred- 
its in the major are taken at URI. Students 
are highly encouraged to participate in 
study abroad programs in Latin America. 

A list of courses acceptable for this 
program can be found in “Courses of 


Instruction.” Courses not listed are not 
necessarily excluded from this program, 
provided that the subject matter deals in 
some way with Latin America. The Latin 
American Studies Committee must 
approve the student’s program including 
any course substitutions. 

The LAS Committee will assist students 
in the formulation and approval of their 
programs. The current coordinator is 
Thomas Morin, associate professor of 
Hispanic studies in the Department of 
Modern and Classical Languages and 
Literatures. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


Linguistics 


Admission to the B.A. program in 
linguistics is currently suspended. 

The Department of Modern and 
Classical Languages and Literatures offers 
a number of undergraduate courses in 
linguistics. The minor in linguistics is still 
available. 


Faculty: Professor K. Rogers, section head. 


Mathematics 


The Department of Mathematics offers 
a Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree and a 
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree. The de- 
partment also offers the Master of Science 
(M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 
degrees. 

For information on URI’s minor in 
mathematics, see the end of this section. 


Faculty: Professor Pakula, chairperson. Pro- 
fessors Beauregard, Clark, Datta, Finizio, 
Grove, Kaskosz, Ladas, Lewis, and Mont- 
gomery; Associate Professors Eaton, 
Kulenovic, and Merino; Assistant Professors 
Kook, Thoma, and Wu; Professors Emeriti 
Driver, Fraleigh, Roxin, Schwartzman, 
Suryanarayan, and Verma; Assistant Profes- 
sor Emeritus Barron. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


Students in the B.A. curriculum may 
tailor a program to suit their individual 
needs and interests. They should meet 
with their advisor no later than the end of 
the first semester of the sophomore year to 
plan a complete program. This program, 
and any subsequent changes in it, must be 
approved by the advisor and the depart- 
ment chairperson. It must contain 
at least 32 credits (maximum 45) in math- 
ematics, and include MTH 141, 142, 215, 
243, and 316, plus 15 or more additional 
credits in mathematics, at least three cred- 
its of which must be at the 400 level. 

MTH 107, 108, 111, 208, 362, 363, 
and 464 may not be taken by students 
majoring in mathematics. 

A total of 120 credits is required in the 
B.A. curriculum. At least 42 of these must 
be in courses numbered 300 or above. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 


Students in the B.S. curriculum may 
elect either the general program or the 
applied mathematics option. The Office 
of the Dean must be informed of any 
substitutions. 


General Program. This program stresses 
basic theories and techniques, and in- 
cludes an introduction to the principal 
areas of mathematics. It is recommended 
for students considering graduate study in 
mathematics. Students in this program 
must complete MTH 141, 142, 215, and 
243. These courses should normally be 
taken in the freshman and sophomore 
years. Students must complete an addi- 
tional 30 credits in mathematics, including 
MTH 316, 425, 435, 436, and 462. MTH 
107, 108, 111, 208, 362, 363, and 364 
may not be taken by students majoring in 
mathematics. 


Applied Mathematics Option. This pro- 
gram is intended for the student who an- 
ticipates a career as an applied mathemati- 
cian or mathematical consultant with an 
organization such as an industrial or engi- 


neering firm or with a research laboratory. 
The student learns the mathematical ideas 
and techniques most often encountered in 
such work. Although a theoretical founda- 
tion is developed, the applications are 
emphasized. The student must take MTH 
141, 142, 215, and 243, preferably by the 
end of the sophomore year. The student 
must complete an additional 18 credits in 
mathematics including one of the se- 
quences MTH 435, 436 or 437, 438, and 
nine credits from Group | (Mathematics). 
Also, the student must complete an addi- 
tional four courses, one of which must be 
chosen from CSC 200, 201, 211, 212, PHY 
410, or CHE 272, and three other courses 
chosen from Group II (Applications). At 
least nine math credits must be at the 400 
level or above. 


Group |: MTH 244, 316, 322, 418, 441, 
442, 444, 447, 451, 452, 461, 462, 471, 
and 472. Other courses may be used for 
this group with prior permission of the 
chairperson. Group Il: BIO 460; CHE 272, 
313, 314; CHM 431, 432: CSC 340, 350, 
440, 445; ECN 323, 324; ELE 313, 314, 
322, 457; IME 412, 432, 433; MCE 341, 
354, 366, 372, 466; PHY 306, 322, 331, 
341, 410, 420, 451; STA 409, 412. Other 
courses may be used for this group with 
prior permission of the chairperson. 


Both B.S. programs require 130 credits 
for graduation. 


MINOR IN MATHEMATICS 


Students declaring a math minor must 
earn credit for MTH 141, 142, 243, or 
MTH 131, 132, 244; MTH 215; and two 
three-credit math courses chosen from 
MTH 307, 316, 322, or any 400-level 
course. At least one of these two courses 
must be at the 400 level. Substitutions 
may be made with permission of the chair- 
person. 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 61 


Military Science (Army ROTC) 


The Department of Military Science 
conducts the Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTC) program for students desir- 
ing to earn commissions as officers in the 
U.S. Army. Students typically complete the 
equivalent of eight semesters of military 
science subjects (exceptions can apply). 
Completion of the eight semesters of mili- 
tary science program qualifies students to 
petition their academic college for a minor 
in military science. Participation in the pro- 
gram during the first two years (freshman 
and sophomore) or enrolling in any 100- 
or 200-level courses is without obligation 
to the military unless a student is on a 
scholarship contract. Students may enter 
the commissioning program during their 
freshmen, sophomore, or junior year, and 
in some cases as graduate students. Jun- 
iors/graduate students (with two years re- 
maining) entering the commissioning pro- 
gram (300-400 level course) will incur an 
obligation to the Army upon graduation. 
After completing University degree require- 
ments, students are eligible to be commis- 
sioned as second Lieutenants in either the 
Active Army, Army reserves, or National 
Guard. 


Faculty: Professor Krajeski (Lt. Col., U.S. 
Army), chairperson. Assistant Professors 
Brooks, Glasow, Kuhlenschmidt, Romano, 
and Stauffer. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


Modern and Classical Languages 
and Literatures 


The Department of Modern and Classi- 
cal Languages and Literatures offers the 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree in classical 
studies, French, German, Italian, and 
Spanish (described in alphabetical order), 
as well as minors in linguistics and 
Portuguese, and courses in Hebrew and 
Japanese. 

The department offers jointly with the 
Department of English the Bachelor of Arts 
(B.A.) degree in comparative literature 
studies (see page 56). 


Faculty: Professor Morello, chairperson. 


62 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Music 


The Department of Music offers a Bach- 
elor of Arts (B.A.) degree with options in 
music, music history and literature, and 
jazz studies, and Bachelor of Music (B.M.) 
degrees in composition, music education, 
and performance. Programs are also 
available leading to double majors be- 
tween music and communication studies, 
elementary education, or psychology; and 
double degrees between music and com- 
puter science or business administration. 
The department also offers the Master of 
Music (M.M.) degrees in music education 
or performance. 


Faculty: Professor R. Lee, chairperson. 
Professors Dempsey, Kent, Ladewig, 
Livingston, and Pollart; Associate Professors 
Danis and Parillo; Assistant Professors 
Conley and Takasawa; Visiting Assistant 
Professor Aberdam; Lecturers de la Garza 
and Frazier; Director of Athletic Bands and 
Lecturer Cardany; Guest Artists/Teachers 
Buttery, Ceo, Gates, Kaiser, Murray, 
Noreen, Salazar, Schroeder, Sparks, 
Stabile, Thomas, Towne, Vinson, and 
Zinno; Guest Artist Kim; Music Resources 
and Facilities Coordinator Heroux; Prepara- 
tory Division Coordinator Murray; Coordi- 
nator of Music Education Boudreau; Ac- 
companists Chester and O'Dell; Piano 
Technician Flanders. 


For information on the music minors, 
see the end of this listing. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


Students selecting music as a major 
have two options: music or music history 
and literature. 

Transfer credits in music theory, music 
history, and performance must be vali- 
dated by placement examination. 

Music majors interested in a career in 
communication studies and music may 
complete a second major in communica- 
tion studies. Bachelor of Arts degree candi- 
dates in music can also complete a double 
major with psychology or elementary edu- 
cation. The Music Department offers a 
double degree combining music (B.A. de- 


gree) with computer science or business 
administration (B.S.). Contact Professor 
Lee for more information. 

Music majors interested in a career in 
business and the arts can complete the 
business minor for nonbusiness students 
described on page 72. 


Jazz Studies. Students selecting this op- 
tion must complete 43 credits in musician- 
ship and music performance as follows: 
Musicianship: MUS 119 (1) (fulfills URI 101 
requirement), 120 (2), 121 (2), 122 (2), 
225 (2), 226 (2), 424 (3), 106 (3), 221 
(World Music Unit) (1), 222 (3), 322 (Jazz 
and Popular Music Units) (2), 280 (0), 480 
(1). Music Performance: (A) Six semesters 
of applied music study in the student's 
principal area of jazz instrumental perfor- 
mance, at 2 credits per semester (12). A 
successful audition is required prior to 
study in the principal applied area of jazz 
instrumental performance. Students must 
pass an end-of-the-semester jury of classi- 
cal repertoire at the end of their program 
of applied study at the MUS 110 level. Ad- 
ditionally, students must pass a jury of jazz 
repertoire throughout their program of 
study at the MUS 110W, 210W, and 310W 
levels. Applied study in MUS 110W, 210W, 
and 310W for the B.A. in music with a jazz 
option is limited to the following instru- 
ments: saxophone, trumpet, trombone, pi- 
ano, bass, guitar, and drum set. (B) Two 
semesters of major ensembles (2). Major 
ensembles include MUS 291, 292, 293, 
394, 395, 396, 397, 398G, and 398), 
pending audition. (C) Three semesters of 
MUS 391 (3) and two semesters of MUS 
396 or 398] (2). A successful audition is re- 
quired prior to participation in jazz en- 
sembles. MUS 391 would be acceptable if 
the student does not achieve the audition 
standards required for MUS 396 or 398}. 
(D) MUS 350 with emphasis on jazz styles 
(0). Electives: The department suggests 
that 12 credit hours of electives be taken 
with a minimum of six in upper division 
music courses. Students who are deficient 
in keyboard skills must take MUS 171 (1) 
and 172 (1). MUS 171 and 172 may count 
as two of the twelve recommended music 
electives. 


A total of 127 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these credits 
must be in courses at the 300 level or 
above. 


Music. Students selecting this option must 
complete 36 credits (maximum 51) in 
musicianship, performance, and music 
electives, as follows: Musicianship: MUS 
119 (1); 120, 121, 122, 225, 226, 227, 
228 (14); 221, 222 (6); 322 or upper-divi- 
sion music history course (3); 280 (0) and 
480 [capstone] (1). Students who are 
deficient in keyboard skills must take MUS 
171 (1). Performance: four semesters of the 
principal applied music area, at least two 
credits per semester (8); three semesters of 
ensembles appropriate to the principal 
applied music area (3); seven semesters 

of MUS 250 (0). A successful audition is 
required prior to study in the principal 
applied music area. Electives: the depart- 
ment strongly recommends that 12 credit 
hours of electives be taken in music. At 
least six of these credits should be in up- 
per-division music courses. 


A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be at 
the 300 level or above. 


Music History and Literature. Students 
choosing this option must complete 43 
credits (maximum 55) in musicianship, 
performance, and music electives, as 
follows: Musicianship: MUS 119 (1); 120, 
121, 122, 225, 226, 227, 228 (14); 221, 
222, 322 (9); three upper-division music 
history courses (9); 280 (0) and 480 
[capstone] (1). Students who are deficient 
in keyboard skills must take MUS 171 (1). 
Performance: four semesters of the princi- 
pal applied music area, at one credit for 
two semesters and two credits for two se- 
mesters (6); three semesters of ensembles 
appropriate to the principal applied music 
area (3); seven semesters of MUS 250 (0). 
A successful audition is required prior to 
study in the principal applied music area. 
Electives: the department strongly recom- 
mends that 12 credit hours of electives be 
taken in music. At least six of these credits 
should be in upper-division music courses. 


Other: nine credits of foreign language and 
proficiency through 103 in either French 
or German. 


A total of 126 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


BACHELOR OF MUSIC 


Students can be admitted to the 
B.M. degree program only after a success- 
ful audition in the principal applied music 
area and should contact the Department 
of Music for specific requirements. Transfer 
credits in music theory, music history, and 
performance must be validated by place- 
ment examination. 

All Bachelor of Music students must 
successfully complete Option | or Option II 
of the piano proficiency examination of the 
piano proficiency requirement. In Option |, 
students must pass all seven piano profi- 
ciencies by the end of their junior year. 
Piano proficiency examinations before the 
faculty examination committee are sched- 
uled on a regular basis during the fall and 
spring semesters. In Option II students take 
MUS 171, 172, 271, and 272 and success- 
fully pass each course with a grade no 
lower than a C. Failure to pass either op- 
tion will require re-examination in succeed- 
ing semesters. The B.M. degree will not be 
granted until this requirement is fulfilled. 

Students selecting Option | will need to 
demonstrate the following seven piano 
proficiencies: 1) nomenclature, answering 
questions which deal with nomenclature 
concerning the piano as well as nomencla- 
ture which may concern tempo, dynamics, 
and/or other musical elements; 2) scales, 
performing all major scales two octaves, 
hands together, by memory at a tempo of 
M.M=144 per note; 3) harmonizing at sight, 
by reading two melodies taken from any 
major or minor key chosen by the exami- 
nation committee, improvising suitable 
accompaniments for the melodies by 
using diatonic triads and secondary domi- 
nants, and reading from chord symbols; 

4) transposition, by transposing at sight 
two melodies selected by the examination 


committee; students will be asked to trans- 


pose the melodies either a half step or 
whole step up or a half step or whole step 
down; 5) patriotic songs, by playing 
America and The Star-Spangled Banner in 

a manner suitable for accompanying com- 
munity or school singing; these accompa- 
niments are to be prepared in advance; 

6) sight-read accompaniments, by playing 
at sight a four-part song and an accompa- 
niment for a vocal or instrumental soloist; 
and 7) repertoire, by playing two prepared 
piano pieces by contrasting composers; 
each piece must be approved in advance 
by a member of the piano faculty or an 
instructor of class piano. 

No student should participate in more 
than three major ensembles in a single 
semester. 

In addition, students select one of the 
following majors. 


Music Composition. Students selecting 
music composition must complete seven 
semesters of applied composition (110V, 
210V, 310V, 410V), one or two credits per 


semester (10); seven semesters of the prin- 


cipal applied music area, two credits per 
semester (14); seven semesters of MUS 
250 (0); and four semesters of secondary 
applied music areas, one credit per semes- 
ter (4); MUS 171 and 172 are required as 
secondary applied music areas. Students 
may meet the requirement of MUS 172 by 
passing the piano proficiency exam before 
accumulating 60 credits. Also required are 


six semesters of major ensembles appropri- 


ate to the principal applied music area (6); 
MUS 119 (1), 120, 121,122, 225, 226, 
227, 228, 416 (17); 221, 222, 322 (9); 
235 (3) and 311 (2); 417, 420, and 421 
(9) (for students wishing to specialize in 
studio composition, three credits of MUS 
434 may be substituted for MUS 420); an 
upper-division music history course (3); 
MUS 450 Senior Composition Recital 
[capstone] (0); MUS 280 (0) and 480 
[capstone] (2); and nine credits of free 
electives, at least three of which are in up- 
per-division music courses. 

A total of 128 credits is required for 
graduation. 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 63 


Music Education. See page 104 for admis- 
sion requirements for teacher education 
programs. Students majoring in music 
education must complete 89 credit hours 
in Studies in Music and Professional Educa- 
tion, as follows: 


Studies in Music (65 credits): seven semes- 
ters of the principal applied music area, 
two credits per semester (14). Seven 
semesters of MUS 250 (0); senior recital 
MUS 450 [capstone] (0). Four semesters 
of secondary applied music areas, one 
credit per semester (4); MUS 171 and 172 
are required as secondary applied music 
areas. Students may meet the requirement 
of MUS 172 by passing the piano profi- 
ciency exam before accumulating 60 cred- 
its. Seven semesters of major ensembles 
appropriate to the principal applied music 
area, at 0-1 credit per semester (6). MUS 
119 (1); 120, 121, 122, 225, 226, 227, 
228 (14); 416 or 417 (3); 221, 222, 322 
(9). MUS 169, 170, 173, 175, 177, 179 at 
a minimum of one credit each (6); 235 (3); 
311, 312 (5). 


Professional Education (24 credits): MUS 
280 (0), 480 [capstone] (2); MUS 238, 
339, 340 (9); EDC 250 (1), 484 (12). PSY 
113 and EDC 312 (6) are required as Pro- 
fessional Education courses but also count 
toward the Social Science requirement in 
the Basic Liberal Studies program. The 
piano proficiency examination Options | 
or Il and all courses required in the degree 
program, with the exception of MUS 480 
[capstone], must be completed before 
supervised student teaching (EDC 484). 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Free electives: three credits. 


A total of 131 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Music Performance. All students in this 
degree program must take the following 
music courses: eight semesters of MUS 
250 (0); MUS 350 and 450 [capstone] 
(0); MUS 119 (1); 120, 121, 122, 225, 
226, 227, 228, 416 (17); 221, 222, 322 
(9). MUS 235 (3) and 442 (2); 311 (2); 
280 (0); 480 [capstone] (2). 


64 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


A total of 128 credits is required for 
graduation. In addition, students must se- 
lect one of the following four options. 


Classical Guitar: eight semesters of the 
principal applied music area. Two semes- 
ters of MUS 110 at two credits in the first 
semester and three credits in the second 
(5); two semesters of MUS 210 at three 
credits each (6); two semesters of 310 and 
410 at four credits each (16). MUS 171 
and 172 (2). Students may meet the 
requirement of MUS 172 by passing the 
piano proficiency examination before 
accumulating 60 credits. Four semesters 

of major ensembles (4). Four semesters of 
guitar ensemble (MUS 398G) and three 
semesters of playing guitar in chamber 
music ensembles (MUS 398) (7). An upper- 
division music history course (3); an upper- 
division music theory course (3). Seven 
credits of free electives, at least three of 
which should be in upper-division music 
courses. 


Orchestral Instrument: eight semesters of 
the principal applied music area. Two se- 
mesters of MUS 110 at two credits in the 
first semester and three credits in the sec- 
ond (5); two semesters of MUS 210 at 
three credits each (6); two semesters of 
310 and 410 at four credits each (16). 
MUS 171 and 172 (2). Students may meet 
the requirement of MUS 172 by passing 
the piano proficiency examination before 
accumulating 60 credits. Eight semesters 
of major ensembles appropriate to the 
principal applied music area (8). Three se- 
mesters of secondary or chamber music 
ensembles (3). An upper-division music 
history course (3); an upper-division music 
theory course (3). Seven credits of free 
electives, at least three of which should be 
in upper-division music courses. 


Piano or Organ: eight semesters of the prin- 
cipal applied music area. Two semesters of 
MUS 110 and 210 at three credits each 
(12); two semesters of 310 and 410 at four 
credits each (16). Four semesters of major 
ensembles (4). Six semesters of piano 
accompanying (MUS 371) or playing piano 
in chamber music ensembles (MUS 398) 


(6). MUS 420 (3). An upper-division music 
history course (3). Nine credits of free elec- 
tives, at least six of which should be in 
upper-division music courses. 


Voice: eight semesters of the principal 
applied music area. Two semesters of MUS 
110 at two credits in the first semester and 
three credits in the second (5); two semes- 
ters of MUS 210 at three credits each (6); 
two semesters of 310 and 410 at four cred- 
its each (16). MUS 171, 172, 271, and 
272(4). Eight semesters of major en- 
sembles appropriate to the principal ap- 
plied music area at zero or one credit per 
semester (7). Two semesters of chamber or 
other music ensembles (2). MUS 283 (3). 
Seven credits of free electives, at least 
three of which should be in upper-division 
music courses. 

Students selecting voice must also take 
nine credits of foreign language in any two 
or more languages. This requirement may 
be modified or satisfied by advanced 
placement. 


MINORS IN MUSIC 


Jazz Studies. Students who wish to declare 
a minor in music using the jazz studies op- 
tion must complete 20 credits in musician- 
ship, performance, and electives as follows: 
Musicianship: MUS 106 (3), 119 (1) (fulfills 
URI 101 requirement), MUS 120 (2), 121 
(2), 122 (2), 171 (1), 221 (World Music 
Unit) (1), 322 (Jazz and Popular Music 
Units) (2). Music Performance: Four semes- 
ters of principal applied music in jazz (MUS 
110W, 210W) at 1 credit per semester (4); 
two semesters of MUS 391 (2) or two se- 
mesters of MUS 396 or 398} (2). Applied 
study in MUS 110W, 210W, and 310W for 
the minor in jazz option is limited to the 
following instruments: saxophone, trum- 
pet, trombone, piano, bass, guitar, and 
drum set. MUS 391 would be acceptable if 
the student does not achieve the audition 
standards for MUS 396 or 398}. Electives: 
The department strongly suggests that 3 
credits be taken in MUS 101. Participation 
in other major ensembles is also encour- 
aged. Major ensembles include MUS 291, 


292, 293, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398G, and 

398], pending audition. A successful audi- 

tion is required prior to study in the princi- 
pal applied music area and prior to partici- 
pation in ensembles. 


Music. This option gives students a broad- 
based background in music. Course work 
in this option is similar to that taken by 
students starting work toward a B.A. or 
B.M. degree in music. Students who wish 
to declare a minor in music using the mu- 
sic minor option must earn credit for MUS 
111 (3) or 119 and 120 (3); 171 (1), 121 
and 122 (4), 250 for a minimum of two se- 
mesters (0), and two 3-credit music history 
and literature courses selected from MUS 
221, 322, 408, 430, 431, 433, 434 (or 
222, if the student has the additional pre- 
requisites) (6). Additionally, students must 
earn a minimum of four credits in their 
principal applied music area (MUS 110- 
410, at one or two credits per semester) 
and four credits in major ensembles* ap- 
propriate to the principal applied music 
area (8). The total number of credits re- 
quired for this option is 22. Students must 
pass an audition in their principal applied 
music area prior to registration for applied 
study in voice or on an instrument. 


Music Performance. This option gives stu- 
dents the opportunity for a more concen- 
trated study in voice or on an instrument. 
Students who wish to declare a minor in 
music using the music performance minor 
option must earn credit for MUS 111 (3) or 
119 and 120 (3); MUS 121 and 122 ora 
music history course selected from MUS 
101, 106, 221, 322, 408, 430, 431, 433, 
434 (3-4); MUS 250 for a minimum of two 
semesters (0). Additionally, students must 
earn a minimum of six credits in their prin- 
cipal applied music area (MUS 110-410 at 
one or two credits per semester) and six 
credits in major ensembles* appropriate to 
the principal applied music area (12). The 
total number of credits required for this 
option is 18-19. Students must pass an au- 
dition in their principal applied music area 
prior to registration for applied study in 
voice or on an instrument. 


Individual Music. This option gives stu- 
dents more flexibility. These students de- 
sign and develop their music minor pro- 
gram under the advisement and 
sponsorship of a full-time music faculty 
member. Petitions outlining and justifying 
the desired music minor program must be 
presented by the faculty sponsor to the 
music faculty for approval. A minimum of 
18 credits is required. Petitions should be 
submitted as early as possible in a 
student's undergraduate program. 


*M usic ensembles include MUS 292, 293, 
394, 395, 396, and 397. Up to one semester 
of MUS 291 can count toward the major 
ensemble requirement in the music minor 
option; up to two semesters of MUS 291 can 
count toward the major ensemble require- 
ment in music performance option. Those 
with a major applied area in guitar can 
count MUS 398 for guitar ensemble as a 
major ensemble. Those with a major applied 
area in piano can count additional applied 
music credits (MUS 110-410) and/or accom- 
panying (MUS 371) in lieu of the major 
ensemble requirements. 


Philosophy 


The Department of Philosophy offers a 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree. 


Faculty: Professor Zeyl, chairperson. 
Professors Foster, Johnson, Y. Kim, 
Pasquerella, J. Peterson, Schwarz, and 
Wenisch; Assistant Professor Ariew. 


Students selecting this major must 
complete no less than 33 credits (maxi- 
mum 48) in philosophy. Students are re- 
quired to take: PHL 205; at least one from 
PHL 101, 451 (logic); at least one from 
PHL 212, 314 (ethics); at least one from 
PHL 341, 342, 452; both PHL 321 and 
323; at least one from PHL 204, 318, 324, 
346; and PHL 490 [capstone]. The remain- 
ing nine credits may be chosen freely from 
the list of PHL courses offered by the de- 
partment. At least 18 credits in course 
work must be at the 300 level or above. 
Note: PHL 499 is also a capstone course in 
this major. 


A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


Physics 


The Department of Physics offers a 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree and a Bach- 
elor of Science (B.S.) degree. The depart- 
ment also offers the Master of Science 
(M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 
degrees. 


Faculty: Professor Muller, chairperson. Pro- 
fessors Heskett, Kahn, Kaufman, Letcher, 
Malik, Meyerovich, Nightingale, Northby, 
Nunes, and Steyerl; Assistant Professor 
Yoon, Adjunct Professors Hemenway, 
Kemp, and McCorkle; Adjunct Associate 
Professors Bozyan, Karbach, and Ruffa; Ad- 
junct Assistant Professor Briere; Professors 
Emeriti Cuomo, Desjardins, Hartt, 
Penhallow, Pickart, Stone, and J. Willis. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


Students selecting this program must 
complete a minimum of 41-42 credits 
(maximum 45) in physics, mathematics, 
and computer science, including: PHY 203, 
204, 205, 273, 274, 275 (12), 306 (3), 
322 (3), 331 (3), 381, 382 (6), 401 or 402 
(1), 451 (3), 491 or 492 (3), MTH 244 (3), 
CSC 211 (4) and one course from PHY 410 
or CSC 212 (3-4). It is strongly recom- 
mended that students take MTH 141 and 
142 in the freshman year. 

Students in this program are encour- 
aged to broaden their opportunities by 
using the block of electives to minor in 
business, education, engineering, medicine 
and molecular biology, language, or other 
physics-related interdisciplinary areas as 
listed under the B.S. program. 

A total of 120 credits is required for the 
B.A. At least 42 of these must be in courses 
numbered 300 or above. 

For students completing both the B.A. 
in physics and the B.S. in electrical engi- 
neering at the same time, the require- 
ments of CSC 211, PHY 331, and PHY 410 
for the physics majors are waived. 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 65 


For students completing both the B.A. 
in physics and the B.S. in mechanical engi- 
neering at the same time, the require- 
ments of CSC 211 and PHY 410 for the 
physics majors are waived. 

Students in both of the above groups 
(B.A. physics/B.S. electrical engineering 
and B.A. physics/B.S. mechanical engineer- 
ing completing both degrees at the same 
time) may use one course in physics to- 
ward fulfilling the Natural Sciences Basic 
Liberal Studies requirement. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 


This curriculum provides a general 
background in both theoretical and experi- 
mental physics. It forms a foundation for 
further study at the graduate level toward 
an advanced degree, and also prepares the 
student for a career as a professional physi- 
cist in industry or government. Initiative, 
independent solution of laboratory prob- 
lems, and research are encouraged in the 
advanced laboratory courses. 

In addition to the major, students are 
encouraged to use the large block of elec- 
tive credits to develop a program of study 
as a minor (described on page 36) in 
applied or interdisciplinary fields, such 
as acoustics, geophysics, optics, energy, 
astronomy/astrophysics, atmospheric sci- 
ence, computational physics, mathematical 
physics, physics education, chemical phys- 
ics, ocean physics, engineering physics, 
business, education, medicine and molecu- 
lar biology, and languages. As with any 
minor, it will be recorded on the student's 
final transcript. 

The following courses are required for 
the B.S., but exceptions and/or substitu- 
tions are possible, and can be arranged by 
consulting the department chairperson. 

A total of 129 credits is required for 
graduation. PHY 483 and 484 are the 
capstone courses in this program. 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


MTH 141 (4), PHY 203, 273 (4), Basic 
Liberal Studies requirements, and electives 


(9). 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


66 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Second semester: 16 credits 


MTH 142 (4), PHY 204, 274 (4), Basic Lib- 
eral Studies requirements and electives (8). 


Sophomore Year 

First semester: 17 credits 

CSC 211 (4), MTH 243 (3), PHY 205, 275 
(4), Basic Liberal Studies requirements and 
electives (6). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


MTH 244 (3), PHY 306 (3), 410 (3), 
Basic Liberal Studies requirements and 
electives (8). 


Junior Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


PHY 322 (3), 381 (3), MTH 215 (3), 
Basic Liberal Studies requirements and 
electives (8). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


Mathematics elective at the 300 or 400 
level (3), PHY 331 (3), 382 (3), Basic 
Liberal Studies requirements and free 
electives (8). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 13 credits 


PHY 401 (1), 420 (3), 451 (3), 483 
[capstone] (3), Basic Liberal Studies re- 
quirements and free electives (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


PHY 452 (3), 455 (3), 484 [capstone] (3), 
510 (3), Basic Liberal Studies requirements 
and electives (3). 


Physics and 
Physical Oceanography 


The Department of Physics and the 
Graduate School of Oceanography offer a 
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree in phys- 
ics and physical oceanography. 


Coordinators: Professors Heskett and Muller 
(Physics). The faculty consists of the mem- 
bers of the Department of Physics and the 
GSO’s physical oceanography faculty. 


This program includes a comprehensive 
background in physics and a solid intro- 
duction to physical oceanography. The 


curriculum includes a full set of physics 
and mathematics courses required for a 
B.S. in physics, with extra emphasis on 
classical physics, plus additional upper- 
division or graduate-level courses in fluid 
dynamics and physical oceanography. 

The senior physics research project 
(PHY 483 and 484) will be undertaken in 
the Graduate School of Oceanography 
under the supervision of a GSO faculty 
member. In addition, students may find 
summer employment or participate in 
oceanographic research cruises after their 
junior year. 

Students graduating in this course of 
study are well prepared to pursue careers 
in conventional physics or physical ocean- 
ography. Technical positions in private or 
government oceanographic research labo- 
ratories are available for physical oceanog- 
raphers at the B.S. level. Students who 
continue on to graduate studies should 
expect to find high demand for physical 
oceanographers with advanced degrees. It 
is recommended that students planning to 
attend an oceanography graduate school 
take PHY 520 (Classical Dynamics); stu- 
dents wishing to keep open the option of 
physics at the graduate level should take 
PHY 452 (Quantum Mechanics). Students 
entering the URI Graduate School of 
Oceanography from this program will have 
a significant head start compared to those 
entering from most other undergraduate 
institutions. 

A total of 129 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


MTH 141 (4), OCG 110 (3), PHY 203, 273 
(4), Basic Liberal Studies requirements, and 
electives (6). 


Second semester: 16 credits 

CHM 101, 102 (4), MTH 142 (4), OCG 
123 (4), PHY 204, 274 (4). 

Sophomore Year 

First semester: 17 credits 


CSC 211 (4), MTH 243 (3), PHY 205, 275 
(4), Basic Liberal Studies requirements, and 
electives (6). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


MTH 244 (3), PHY 306 (3), 410 (3), 
Basic Liberal Studies requirements, and 
electives (8). 


Junior Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


PHY 322 (3), 381 (3), MTH 215 (3), Basic 
Liberal Studies requirements, and electives 
(8). 

Second semester: 17 credits 


MCE 354 (3), PHY 331 (3), 382 (3), Basic 
Liberal Studies requirements, and electives 


(8). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 16 credits 


OCG 501 (3), PHY 401 (1), 420 (3), 451 
(3), 483 (3), Basic Liberal Studies require- 
ments, and electives (3). 


Second semester: 12 credits 


OCG 510 (3), PHY 425 (3), 484 (3), and 
510 (3). 


Political Science 


The Department of Political Science 
offers the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree. 
The department also offers the Master of 
Arts (M.A.) in political science and the 
Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.). 


Faculty: Professor Moakley, chairperson. 
Professors Hamilton, Hennessey, Killilea, 
Petro, L.E. Rothstein, A. Stein, Tyler, and 
Zucker; Associate Professor Genest; Assis- 
tant Professor Krueger; Professors Emeriti 
Leduc, Milburn, Warren, and S.B. Wood. 


Students selecting this field must com- 
plete a minimum of 30 credits (maximum 
45) in political science, including PSC 113 
(3) and 116 (3). The remaining 24 credits 
will reflect the student’s emphasis, though 
at least one course must be selected in 
each of the following: American politics, 
world politics, and political theory. 

Students completing both the B.A. 
degree in political science and the B.S. 
degree in engineering at the same time 
may use courses in the political science 


major to satisfy Basic Liberal Studies re- 
quirements for the Bachelor of Arts. The 
College of Engineering and the Depart- 
ment of Political Science have established a 
curriculum that allows for the completion 
of the two degrees and a public-sector in- 
ternship in five years. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


John Hazen White Sr. Center for Ethics 
and Public Service. An important part of 
URI's Political Science Department, this 
center was established in 1994 through a 
grant from John Hazen White Sr., a local 
businessman and philanthropist. The cen- 
ter offers ethics and public service pro- 
grams for undergraduate and graduate 
students, elected and appointed officials, 
public managers, and citizen groups. In 
addition to research opportunities, work- 
shops, and special programs, the center 
also offers URI students internships, for 
credit, in local public schools to encourage 
and mentor students at risk of dropping 
out. See Professor Alfred Killilea for more 
information. 


Portuguese 


The Department of Modern and Classi- 
cal Languages and Literatures offers a 
number of undergraduate courses in 
Portuguese. 


Psychology 


The Department of Psychology offers 
the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree. The de- 
partment also offers the Master of Science 
(M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 
degrees. 


Faculty: Professor Valentino, acting chair- 


person. Professors Berman, Biller, Brady, J.L. 


Cohen, Collyer, Faust, Florin, Grebstein, 
Harlow, Kulberg, LaForge, Morokoff, 
Prochaska, Quina, Rossi, Ruggiero, 
Silverstein, N. Smith, Stevenson, Velicer, 
and Willis; Associate Professors de 
Mesquita, Gorman, S. Harris, Rogers, and 


Wood; Assistant Professors Boatright- 
Horowitz, Bowleg, Koonce, and Park; PCC 
Interim Director Varna Garis; Professors 
Emeriti Gross, A. Lott, B. Lott, Merenda, 
Vosburgh, and Willoughby. 


In order to transfer from University 
College to Arts and Sciences as a psychol- 
ogy major (or to be coded as such in the 
College of Arts and Sciences), a student 
must have a C or better in each of the fol- 
lowing three courses: PSY 113; PSY 300; 
and PSY 232, 235 or 254. 

Psychology majors are required to com- 
plete a minimum of 31 (maximum 46) 
credits in psychology courses to be distrib- 
uted as follows: PSY 113 (with a grade of C 
or better); a minimum of two courses from 
PSY 232, 235, and 254 (with a C or better 
in each); both PSY 300 and PSY 301 (with 
a grade of C or better in each); a minimum 
of three topics courses from PSY 310, 335, 
361, 381, 384, 385, 388, 432, 434, 436, 
442, 460, 464, 470, 479 (selected topics), 
and 480 (the average in the three courses 
must be C or better); a minimum of one 
course in the applied knowledge area to be 
selected from PSY 103, 261, 275, 334, 
465, 466, 471, and 479 (selected topics) 
(with a C or better); a minimum of one 
course (three credits) from the experiential 
practice and/or internships area selected 
from PSY 305, 371, 382, 473, 489, and 
499 (with a C or better); and additional 
courses from the enrichment group for a 
minimum total of 31 credits (PSY 499 does 
not count toward the first 31 credits in the 
psychology major). Majors may take up to 
46 credits in psychology. 

Students who must repeat a course to 
meet the minimum grade requirement 
may use only three credits of that particu- 
lar course toward the 120 credits required 
for graduation. 

Students majoring in psychology typi- 
cally go on to pursue either a career at the 
B.A. level or study for an advanced degree. 
In both cases, students should consult the 
department's online “Undergraduate Pro- 
gram Web site” and their academic advisor 
to select appropriate courses for their inter- 
ests and goals. 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 67 


A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these credits 
must be in courses numbered 300 or 
above. 


Public Relations 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


The Departments of Communication 
Studies and Journalism offer the Bachelor 
of Arts (B.A.) degree in public relations. 


Coordinators: Antone Silvia, Com- 
munication Studies, and Linda Levin, 
Journalism. 


This interdepartmental major combines 
a liberal arts education with the skills im- 
portant to a career in public relations. 
Working with an advisor from Communi- 
cations Studies or Journalism, students will 
develop a specific program of studies. 

Students must complete the following 
courses before being accepted into the 
major: COM 101, 210; JOR 220 (with a C 
or better); MTH 107 or STA 220. Note: 
COM 101, 210, and MTH 107 or STA 220 
may be used toward fulfilling requirements 
in the Basic Liberal Studies Program in En- 
glish Communication, Letters, and Math- 
ematics, respectively. Based on quality 
point average, only the top 25 applicants 
will be admitted annually. 

The major requires 33 credits including 
PRS 340, 441, 491; COM 306; JOR 341 
(15). Students must complete six courses 
(18 credits) from the following including 
at least one course from each category— 
Category A: JOR 321, WRT 301, 333; Cat- 
egory B: MKT 301, 331, 405; Category C: 
COM 302, 320, 415, 450; Category D: 
COM 415; JOR 342, 410, PSY 335. 

A total of 121 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be at 
the 300 level or above. 

A minor is also available (see page 39). 


Russian 


Admission to the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) 
program in Russian is currently suspended. 


Faculty: Professor Aronian, section head. 


68 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Sociology 


The Department of Sociology and 
Anthropology offers the Bachelor of Arts 
(B.A.) degree in sociology and the Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.) degree in applied 
sociology. 


Faculty: Professor Mederer, chairperson. 
Professors Albert, Carroll, Peters, Reilly, and 
Travisano; Associate Professor Cunnigen; 
Assistant Professors Costello and Van Wyk. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


Students selecting this curriculum must 
complete a minimum of 30 credits (maxi- 
mum 45) in sociology, including: SOC 
100, 301, 401, 495 [capstone], and two 
courses selected from SOC 240, 242, 336, 
413, 428, and 452. At least 18 of the 30 
credits must be at the 300 level or above. 
No more than six credits in independent 
study and/or field experience courses may 
be used toward the 30 credits required for 
the major. SOC 495 is to be taken during 
the senior year. Students interested in 
anthropology are referred to the anthro- 
pology major previously described in this 
catalog. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 
IN APPLIED SOCIOLOGY 


Students in this curriculum elect either 
the public policy or organizational analysis 
option and must notify the dean’s office of 
the chosen option. 

SOC 495 is the capstone course for 
both options. 


Public Policy Option. A minimum of 30 
credits in sociology is required including 
SOC 100, 301, 401, 495, 497, and 505 
(18); and six credits in sociology at the 
300 level or above. No more than six cred- 
its in independent study and/or field expe- 
rience courses may be used toward the 30 
credits required for the major. In addition, 
students selecting this option must com- 


plete ECN 201 and 202 (6); MTH 111 (3); 
STA 308 and 412° (6); CSC 201° (4); WRT 
333 (3); HSS 350 (3); PSC 113 (3); PSC 
221 and 422 or PSC 304 and 466 (6); PSC 
369 and 483 (6). 

A total of 126 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Organizational Analysis Option. A mini- 
mum of 30 credits in sociology is required 
including SOC 100, 301, 320, 401, 495 
(12); and six credits in sociology at the 
300 level or above. No more than six cred- 
its in independent study and/or field expe- 
rience courses may be used toward the 30 
credits required for the major. In addition, 
students selecting this option must com- 
plete ECN 201 and 202 (6); MTH 111 (3); 
STA 308 and 412° (6); CSC 201° (4); WRT 
333 (3); MGT 301, 302, 306, 380, 407, 
and either BSL 333 or MGT 408 or MGT 
453 (18). 

Admission to this option is open to only 
15 students per graduating class. Applica- 
tions for admission will be reviewed only 
once each year, usually on or about March 
1. Students must apply by the end of Feb- 
ruary by submitting their names to the 
University College advisor for sociology or 
to the chairperson of the Department of 
Sociology and Anthropology. To be con- 
sidered for the organizational analysis op- 
tion, students must have earned a mini- 
mum of 45 credits by the application 
deadline and must have at least a 2.00 
quality point average. Preference for ad- 
mission will be given to those individuals 
with the highest quality point averages. 

A total of 126 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Spanish 


The Department of Modern and Classi- 
cal Languages and Literatures offers the 
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree with a major 
in Spanish. The department also offers the 
Master of Arts (M.A.) program in Spanish. 


Faculty: Professor Gitlitz, section head. 
Professors Manteiga and Trubiano; 
Associate Professors de los Heros, Morin, 
and White. 


For the Spanish major, students will 
complete a minimum of 30 credits (maxi- 
mum 45), including SPA 325 and three 
400-level courses (excluding SPA 421). SPA 
421 may be used as part of the remaining 
18 required credits. Note: SPA 101, 102, 
316, 317, 321, 391, 392, and 393 cannot 
be counted toward the Spanish major. Stu- 
dents may also include LIN 202 and 220, 
and—with permission of the advisor, sec- 
tion head, department chairperson, and 
dean—up to two courses in allied fields 
such as history, art, and anthropology. 
These requirements are the same for the 
secondary education major. 

A summer field workshop (SPA 310) in 
Spain or Spanish America is occasionally 
offered for three to six credits. For informa- 
tion, see the section head. 

Students in the International Engineer- 
ing Program must take SPA 312, 316, 317, 
321, 325, and a 400-level engineering 
course taught in Spanish. IEP students be- 
ginning their study of Spanish at the 200 
level or higher may opt to take up to six 
credits of Portuguese toward the comple- 
tion of the major in Spanish. IEP students 
do not have to take three 400-level courses 
in Spanish, but must take at least one 400- 
level literature course in Spanish. Note: 
SPA 101, 102, 391, 392, and 393 cannot 
be counted toward the major for IEP stu- 
dents. The 6-credit Portuguese option is 
available to IEP students only. Students 
completing the Spanish International Engi- 
neering Program and the B.A. with a major 
in Spanish simultaneously may also use 
three credits of Spanish literature toward 
the Fine Arts and Literature Basic Liberal 
Studies requirement. In addition, students 
in this program are exempt from the one- 
course-per-discipline rule in Letters, Social 
Sciences, and Natural Sciences. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


Statistical Science 


Admission to the B.S. program in statis- 
tical science is currently suspended. 


Minor in Statistics. Students who wish to 
declare a minor in statistics must earn 
credit for STA 409 (3), 412 (3), MTH 451 
(3), and three three-credit statistics courses 
chosen with prior approval of the chair- 
person of the Department of Computer 
Science and Statistics. 


Theatre 


The Department of Theatre offers a 
Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) degree. 
Permission to register for work toward the 
B.F.A. area of specialization in theatre must 
be obtained through a departmental 
review. 


Faculty: Associate Professor McGlasson, 
chairperson. Professor J. Swift; Associate 
Professor Wittwer; Assistant Professors 
Howard and Wortman; Lecturer 
Hawkridge. 


Productions at URI cover the range of 
theatre forms, ancient to modern, with 
an emphasis on contemporary and 
experimental work. All members of the 
University community may participate in 
productions. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS 


Enrollment in this program is currently 
suspended with the exception of students 
enrolled in the elementary education pro- 
gram. Elementary education students who 
do not complete the elementary education 
program must switch to the B.F.A. pro- 
gram in order to earn a degree in theatre. 

Students must fulfill the elementary 
education requirements as well as a total 
of 33 credits (maximum 48) as follows: 
THE 111 (3), 112 (3), 161 (3), 181 (3), 
221 (3), 250 (3), 261 (3), 321 (3), 381 and 
382 (6), 383 or 384 or 481 (3). Potential 
B.A. candidates are urged to complete THE 
111, 112, 161, and 181 by the end of their 


freshman year. B.A. candidates may elect 
up to 15 more credits in theatre with the 
approval of their department advisor. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS 


The B.F.A. program is intended for 
highly motivated students who wish their 
education to emphasize a major theatrical 
field of interest. The program offers con- 
centrated study in acting, design and the- 
atre technology, directing, and stage man- 
agement. Admission into one of the B.F.A. 
concentrations is contingent upon depart- 
mental approval and is based on comple- 
tion of 15 hours in the B.F.A. core curricu- 
lum, and selection of a B.F.A. area of 
specialization in consultation with the 
student's departmental academic advisor. 
Specific requirements of these areas are 
flexible to suit students’ individual needs. 

All B.F.A. students are required to com- 
plete 37 hours in core courses distributed 
as follows: THE 111 (3), 161 (3), 181 (3), 
221 (3), 250 (3), 261 (3), 291 (2), 321 (3), 
351 or 352 (3); three courses from 381 
(3), 382 (3), 383 or 384 or 481 (3) to total 
nine credits; and 391 (2). All B.F.A. candi- 
dates are urged to select a course from 
ENG 362, 366, 446, or 472, and to com- 
plete THE 111, 161, and 181 by the end of 
their freshman year. Entrance into the 
B.F.A. program requires approval from the 
department chairperson. 

In addition to the core requirements, 
each student selects one of the following 
specializations. Students must notify the 
Office of the Dean of the area of specializa- 
tion they have selected. B.F.A. students se- 
lected for an internship program may sub- 
stitute up to 12 credits for theatre courses 
in their area of specialization, subject to 
departmental approval. Transfer students, 
late entries into the theatre major, and 
others wishing to modify this schedule of 
B.F.A. requirements may do so in consulta- 
tion with their faculty advisor and with 
permission of the department chairperson. 


COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 69 


Acting. These students must complete an 
additional 40 credits: THE 112 (3), 211 
and 212 (6), 213 and 214 (2), 300 or 301 
(3), 311 and 312 (6), 313 and 314 (2), 
350 (1), 400 or 401 (3), 411 and 412 (6), 
417 and 418 (2). Select six credits from 
THE 217, 227, and 413. Recommended 
electives include courses in related fields 
such as anthropology, art, communication 
studies, history, literature, music, psychol- 
ogy, and sociology. 

A total of 136 credits is required for this 
specialization. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Design and Theatre Technology. 
Students selecting design and theatre 
technology must complete an additional 
31 credits: THE 300 (3), 301 (3), 351 or 
352 (3) to complete the sequence begun 
in the core curriculum; 350 (1), 355 (3), 
365 (3), 371 (3); and 12 credits selected 
from 362 (3), 400 (3), 401 (3), 415 (12), 
451 (3), 455 (3), 463 (3), 465 (3), 475 (3). 
Recommended electives include ARH 251, 
252, ART 207, and courses in related fields. 

A total of 133 credits is required for this 
specialization. 


Directing. Students selecting directing 
must complete an additional 32 credits: 
THE 300 or 301 (3), 322 (3), 331 (3), 341 
(3), 355 or 365 or 371 (3), 400 or 401 (3), 
413 (3), and 420 (3). They must also com- 
plete a one-year sequence in acting: 211 
(3), 213 (1), 212 (3), and 214 (1), to total 
(8). 

Recommended electives include 
courses in anthropology, art history, 
history, literature, music, psychology, 
and sociology. 

A total of 130 credits is required for this 
specialization. 


Stage Management. Students selecting 
stage management must complete an 
additional 30 credits: COM 320 (3); MGT 
300 (3); THE 300 (3), 301 (3), 341 (3), 
355 or 365 (3), 371 (3), 400 (3), 401 (3), 
441 (3). 

A total of 133 credits is required for this 
specialization. 


70 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Women’s Studies 


This interdepartmental program leads 
to a Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree in 
women’s studies. The aim of the program 
is to provide an option for students who 
are interested in the interdisciplinary study 
of the culture and experiences of women. 


Faculty: Professor S. Grubman-Black, 
director. Professors Hughes and Reilly. 


The women’s studies program requires 
30 credits for a major. Five required 
courses are: WMS 210, 300, 310, 330, 400 
[capstone]. Five courses needed to com- 
plete the concentration may be selected 
from: ARH 285; ECN 386; ENG 260, 385; 


1 Chemistry majors, for ACS accreditation 
purposes, will be allowed 48 credits. 


? Biological sciences majors may take CHM 124, 
126 and BCH 311 instead of CHM 226, 227, and 
228. Students should consult an advisor. 


HDF 230, 430, 432, 433, 437, 505, 559; 
HIS 118, 145, 146, 308, 351, 352, 376; 
MGT 401; NUR 150; PEX 375; PHL 210; 
PSY 430, 466, 480; SOC 212, 242, 413, 
420, 430; WMS 150, 220, 333, 350, 351, 
450, and 490. In addition to this list, there 
are special courses offered by various de- 
partments each year that may be selected 
with prior approval of the Women’s Stud- 
ies Advisory Committee and some addi- 
tional preapproved topics courses not of- 
fered on a regular basis. Students must file 
a program of study with the dean’s office. 
The Women’s Studies Advisory Committee 
also strongly recommends that majors take 
an additional 18 credits in a specialized 
area as a minor. 


3 Biological sciences majors are strongly advised to 
begin taking required major courses at this time. 

4 CHM 229 and 230 may be substituted for CHM 
226. 


5 Students must complete all additional Basic 
Liberal Studies requirements with courses 


A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 


Writing 

The College Writing Program offers a 
writing minor (see page 39) and offers a 
specialization in rhetoric and composition 
in the M.A. and Ph.D. programs in English 
(see page 133). 


Faculty: Associate Professor Reynolds, direc- 
tor. Professors Schwegler and Shamoon; 
Associate Professors C. Martin and Vaughn; 
Assistant Professor Miles. 


approved by the College of Arts and Sciences 
(see page 47). 

é BAC 201 and 202 may be substituted for STA 
308 and 412, and BAC 110 may be substituted 
for CSC 201 if these courses are already 
completed when the student transfers into the 
B.S. program. 


COLLEGE OF 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


Edward M. Mazze, Dean 
Shaw K. Chen, Associate Dean 
Clay V. Sink, Associate Dean 
Jane M. Stich, Assistant Dean 


Faculty: Professors C. Armstrong, Beauvais, 
Budnick, S. Chen, Comerford, Cooper, 
Della Bitta, deLodzia, N. Dholakia, 

R. Dholakia, Ebrahimpour, Hickox, Higgins, 
Jarrett, E. Johnson, C. Kim, Koza, Laviano, 
Mangiameli, S. Martin, Matoney, Mazze, 
Mojena, Narasimhan, Overton, Scholl, 
Schwarzbach, Sink, Vangermeersch, 
Venkatesan, and Westin; Associate Pro- 
fessors Ageloff, Beckman, Boyle, Creed, 
Dash, Dugal, Dunn, Hazera, Y. Lee, 
Oppenheimer, Randall, D. Rosen, and 
Surprenant; Assistant Professors Graham, 
Hamilton, Lehrer, Lin, Lloyd, Sabherwal, 
Stuerke, Varki, and Wang. 


The eight majors in the College of 
Business Administration allow students 
to develop competence in special fields 
of interest and prepare them to meet 
the changing complexities of life and 
leadership in the business community. 
Majors are offered in accounting, finance, 
financial services, general business admin- 
istration, international business, manage- 
ment, management information systems, 
and marketing. 

Basic courses required of all under- 
graduates at the University introduce the 
student to the humanities, social sciences, 
physical and biological sciences, letters, 
foreign language and culture, and the arts. 
The business curriculums develop the 
student's professional capabilities through 
a broad group of business courses with 
specialization in one area of study. Busi- 
ness programs provide a strong foundation 
in accounting, information systems, 
finance, marketing, organization and 
management theory, operations manage- 
ment, and statistics. The college empha- 
sizes behavioral studies and computer 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


technology to meet the needs of the busi- 
ness community and society as a whole. 
Emphasis is placed on the total business 
environment as a part of the national and 
world economic structure. Theory, analy- 
sis, and decision making are stressed in all 
areas of learning. 

The College of Business Administration 
is a professional school with courses in 
lower and upper divisions. The lower- 
division courses constitute those taught in 
the freshman and sophomore years; the 
upper-division courses constitute those 
taught in the junior and senior years. 
Courses taken by transfer students at the 
lower-division level may be applied to 
satisfying upper-division requirements only 
after successful completion of a validating 
examination. All 500- and 600-level 
courses in the college are open to 
matriculated graduate students only. 

A student enrolled in this college must 
complete the curriculum in one of the 
majors and must obtain a cumulative qual- 
ity point average of 2.00 or better for all 
required courses in the major. Students 
wishing permission to substitute required 
courses or waive other requirements may 
petition the college’s Scholastic Standing 
Committee. Petition forms are available in 
the Office of the Dean. 


Admissions Requirements 


All students are initially enrolled in Uni- 
versity College, where they complete gen- 
eral education and business core courses. 
Core requirements include accounting, 
economics, management information sys- 
tems, mathematics, and statistics. Fresh- 
men who complete a minimum of 27 cred- 
its with an overall grade point average of 
3.00 or higher, and who complete BAC 
110 and 120 with Bs or better, will be ad- 
mitted to the College of Business Adminis- 
tration at the end of the freshman year. 
First-semester sophomores who complete a 
minimum of 42 credits with an overall 
grade point average of 2.40 or higher and 
who have a 2.40 or higher average in ACC 
201; BAC 110, 120, 201; and ECN 201 will 


71 


be admitted. Students not qualifying after 
the first semester of their sophomore year 
must still meet the requirements of an 
overall grade point average of 2.40 and a 
2.40 or higher average in all lower division 
business core courses. 

Students who have not satisfied en- 
trance requirements may petition the 
Scholastic Standing Committee of the col- 
lege for a waiver of those requirements 
during their fourth or succeeding semes- 
ters. Students in the University College 
business programs who have not met 
entrance requirements to the College of 
Business Administration are permitted to 
enroll only in 100- and 200-level business 
courses and in nonbusiness courses. 

To ensure that business majors have 
access to required courses, a strict registra- 
tion policy will be followed with regard to 
business courses. Highest priority will be 
given to students for whom a course is a 
program requirement, as stated in this 
catalog, followed by any student in the 
College of Business Administration. 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


Curriculum Requirements 


The first two years are common to all 
majors in the college. 


Freshman Year: 16 credits in the first se- 
mester and 15 credits in the second semes- 
ter. All students must complete a behav- 
ioral science course from the following list: 
APG 203; PHY 103, 113; SOC 100, 204. 
BAC 110 and 120 are taken in alternate se- 
mesters, with the balance of credits in gen- 
eral education. Students majoring in inter- 
national business are required to complete 
LET 151J and PSC 116. 


Sophomore Year: 15 credits in each 
semester. The ACC 201, 202, ECN 201, 
202, and BAC 201, 202 sequences are 
begun in the first semester and completed 
in the second. WRT 227 may be taken in 
either semester. The balance of credits is 
made up of general education require- 
ments and free electives. 


72 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


General Education. Students are required 
to select and pass 39 credits of course 
work from the general education require- 
ments as listed on pages 34-35. Specific 
requirements of the College of Business 
Administration in each group follow. 


Group A. A minimum of three credits in 
literature. 


Groups F, L, and N. Any course for which 
prerequisites have been met. 


Group M. BAC 120 in the freshman year. 


Group S. ECN 201, 202 in the sophomore 
year. 


Group C. COM 101; WRT 101, 201, or 333 
in the freshman year; WRT 227 (Group 
Cw) in the sophomore year. 


Electives. Free electives may be either pro- 
fessional or liberal electives. Professional 
electives are upper-level courses offered 
by departments in the College of Business 
Administration and by the Department of 
Economics. Liberal electives are courses of- 
fered by departments outside the College 
of Business Administration. 


Business Honors Program. In cooperation 
with the University Honors Program, 
academically talented business students 
are able to enhance their intellectual 
development and strengthen their prepa- 
ration by participating in the Business 
Honors Program. 


Minors. College of Business Administration 
majors are encouraged to develop a non- 
business minor. Special permission may be 
given for business majors to pursue a busi- 
ness minor as long as the number of cred- 
its for the business minor falls within the 
50 percent rule of the AACSB, the Interna- 
tional Association for Management Educa- 
tion. This rule requires that 50 percent of a 
student's curriculum is chosen from gen- 
eral education requirements or courses in 
colleges other than the College of Business 
Administration. 


International Business Studies M inor. In 
cooperation with URI’s Department of 
Modern and Classical Languages and Lit- 
eratures, the College of Business Adminis- 
tration offers an opportunity for students 
to include an international emphasis within 
their undergraduate business major. The 
business requirements include a major in 
finance, general business administration, 
management, or marketing with profes- 
sional electives in multinational finance, 
international dimensions of business, and 
international marketing. The student also 
develops a language component, choosing 
from French, German, Italian, or Spanish. 
In addition, studies in international politics, 
European history, and courses in history 
and literature of the target country are 
included. Following the junior or senior 
year, students have the opportunity to 
compete for professional internship posi- 
tions with international firms. 


Business Minor for Nonbusiness Students. 
The College of Business Administration of- 
fers a minor for nonbusiness students. The 
minor includes basic foundation courses 
that must be completed by all students, 
and upper-level courses selected from the 
various functional areas. Foundation 
courses include ACC 201, BAC 110, ECN 
201, and MGT 110. Three other three- 
credit courses from the College of Business 
Administration are required; two of these 
must be at the 300 or 400 level. Students 
must meet all prerequisites. 


Accounting 


The College of Business Administration 
offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.) degree with a major in 
accounting. The college also offers the 
Master of Science (M.S.) degree, which 
provides the education recommended by 
the American Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants for the practice of public 
accounting. 

The increased scope of governmental 
and business activities has greatly extend- 
ed the field of accounting and has created 


an unprecedented demand for accoun- 
tants in both government and industry. 
This curriculum has been designed to meet 
that demand. 

In addition to providing a general cul- 
tural and business background, the cur- 
riculum offers specialized training in the 
fields of general accounting, cost account- 
ing, and public accounting. It offers spe- 
cific, basic training to students who wish 
to become industrial accountants, cost 
analysts, auditors, credit analysts, control- 
lers, income tax consultants, teachers of 
specialized business subjects, certified 
public accountants, government cost 
inspectors, or government auditors. 

The broad scope of the courses offers 
fundamental training in the accounting 
field of the student's choice, whether this 
training is to be used as an aid to living or 
as a basis for graduate study. 


Junior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


ACC 311 (3) and 321 (3), FIN 301 (3), 
MGT 301 (3), and one free elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


ACC 312 (3), 443 (3), MKT 301 (3), MSI 
309 (3), and one professional elective (3). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


ACC 431 (3) and 461 (3), BSL 333 (3), one 
professional elective (3), and one free 
elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


ACC 415 (3), MGT 410 [capstone] (3), 
one professional elective (3), and two free 
electives (6). 


Note: All accounting majors are required to 
complete a minimum of three credit hours 
in each of the following areas. Ethical Foun- 
dations: fulfilled by taking PHL 212 as a 
Letters general education requirement 

or as a free elective; or MGT 380 as either 
a professional elective or a free elective. 
Political Foundations: fulfilled by taking PSC 
113, 116, or GEG 104 as a free elective. 


Finance 


The College of Business Administration 
offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.) degree with a major in 
finance. The college also offers the Master 
of Business Administration (M.B.A.) degree 
with an opportunity for specialization in fi- 
nance and the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 
degree. 


A major in finance prepares the student 
for managerial positions in the private, 
public, and nonprofit sectors. The curricu- 
lum emphasizes both financial decision 
making and implementation. 

Careers in finance are found in com- 
mercial banking and other financial 
institutions; security analysis, portfolio, 
and related investment management; 
corporate financial management leading 
to positions as treasurer, controller, and 
other financial administrative positions; 
and financial administration tasks in federal 
and state agencies as well as in the non- 
profit sector in hospitals, nursing homes, 
and educational institutions. 


Junior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


FIN 301 (3) and 331 (3), MGT 301 (3), 
MSI 309 (3), and one liberal elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


BSL 333 (3), FIN 322 (3), MKT 301 (3), 
one professional elective (3), and one 
liberal elective (3). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


Two finance electives (6),* FIN 452 (3), 
one professional elective (3), and one 
liberal elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


One finance elective (3),* MGT 410 
[capstone] (3), two professional electives 
(6), and one free elective (3). 


*Finance electives must be drawn from FIN 
401, 420, 425, 433, 441, 455, and 460. 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 73 


Financial Services 


The College of Business Administration 
offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.) degree with a major in fi- 
nancial services. This curriculum provides 
highly skilled graduates for the financial 
services field, an industry important in the 
state of Rhode Island and the region. 

In consultation with their advisors, stu- 
dents pursuing this program choose their 
professional electives from four concentra- 
tions: banking, financial planning, risk 
management and insurance, and mutual 
funds. Courses being offered as part of this 
degree are also of interest to other stu- 
dents in the College of Business Adminis- 
tration, as elective courses or for their own 
educational goals. 


Junior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


FIN 301 (3) and 331 (3), MGT 301 (3), 
MKT 301 (3), and one liberal elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


BSL 333 (3), FIN 322 (3), MKT 341 (3), 
MIS 310 (3), and one liberal elective (3). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


MSI 309 (3), three professional electives 
(9), and one liberal elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


MGT 410 (3), seminar in financial services 
(FIN 491/492/493) (3), two professional 
electives (6), and one free elective (3). 


General Business Administration 


The College of Business Administration 
offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.) degree with a major in 
general business administration. This cur- 
riculum offers the student an opportunity 
to study all phases of business operation. It 
is particularly suitable for: 1) those stu- 
dents who are planning to operate their 
own businesses and are seeking a broad 
business background; 2) those who are 
preparing for positions in large organiza- 


tions with training programs in which spe- 
cialization is taught after employment; and 
3) those who desire a general business 
background at the undergraduate level 
prior to taking more specialized graduate 
work. 

Students who major in general business 
administration will be limited to a maxi- 
mum of nine credits of professional elec- 
tives in a specific business or economics 
major. A general business administration 
student should take a broad spectrum of 
courses and not concentrate in one 
special field of study. For students inter- 
ested in courses offered outside the Col- 
lege of Business Administration, four pro- 
fessional electives may be taken from the 
300- and 400-level courses offered in other 
colleges. 

All general business administration 
majors are strongly encouraged to include 
in their program of study one of the fol- 
lowing: three to six credits of internship, 

a three-credit course in community service 
or another course outside the manage- 
ment area that offers collaborative 
experience, a study abroad experience, 

or a minor. 

Note: MGT 410 is the capstone 
experience in this program. 


Junior Year 

First semester: 15 credits 

FIN 301 (3), MGT 301 (3), MKT 301 (3), 
MSI 309 (3), and one free elective (3). 
Second semester: 15 credits 

BSL 333 (3), FIN elective (3), INS 301 (3), 
MKT elective (3), and one free elective (3). 
Senior Year 

First semester: 15 credits 

MGT 380 (3), two professional electives 
(6), and two free electives (6). 

Second semester: 15 credits 

MGT 410 [capstone] (3), three professional 
electives (9), and one free elective (3). 


Note: One professional elective must be 
chosen from ECN 338, 344, FIN 452, 
MGT 453, or MKT 451. 


aLVNGVYSYSGNN 


74 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


International Business 


The College of Business Adminstration 
offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.) degree with a major in 
international business. The curriculum is 
designed to prepare students to meet the 
challenges of an international career by 
achieving a high degree of proficiency in 
the language of another country as well as 
a background in its history, economy, poli- 
tics, culture, and arts. In addition to the 
common body of knowledge required of 
all business students, international business 
majors will study business principles taught 
from a global perspective. A required in- 
ternship abroad and/or study abroad expe- 
rience is an essential part of the program. 

Students are strongly encouraged to use 
professional and free electives to develop 
a specialization in one of the functional 
business areas such as accounting, finance, 
management, marketing, or management 
information systems. 


Junior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


FIN 301 (3), MKT 301 (3), MGT 301 (3), 
MSI 309 (3), and one foreign language or 
culture course (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


Two professional electives (6), and three 
electives (9). (Study Abroad.) 


Senior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


BSL 333 (3), FIN 452 (3), MKT 451 (3), 
one international business elective (3), and 
one course that is part of both the Letters 
and Foreign Culture general education 
divisions (3). 

Second semester: 15 credits 

MGT 410 [capstone] (3), one international 


business elective (3), two professional 
electives (6), and one free elective (3). 


Note: International business electives must 
be chosen from BUS 354; COM 337; ECN 
338, 344; FIN 455; MGT 453. 


Management 


The College of Business Administration 
offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.) degree with a major in 
management. The college also offers the 
Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) 
degree with an opportunity for specializa- 
tion in management and the Doctor of Phi- 
losophy (Ph.D.) degree. 

This curriculum is intended to provide 
the student with a background in the 
conceptual, analytical, and applied aspects 
of the management of organizations. The 
areas of study focus on decision making 


from the perspective of the policy sciences. 


Courses tend to cluster in the areas of 
behavioral science, including organi- 
zational theory, business law, general 
business administration and policy, and 
industrial and labor relations. Courses are 
carefully integrated to include an overall 
introduction to business administration, 
with a number of complementary areas of 
study in organizational theory and behav- 
ior, the management of human resources, 
industrial and labor relations, personnel 
administration, general business adminis- 
tration, and business law. 

Careers in business, government, hos- 
pitals, and other organizations are open to 
students who have successfully completed 
the curriculum. These studies also provide 
a good background for graduate programs 
in management. 

All management majors are strongly 
encouraged to include in their program of 
study one of the following: three to six 
credits of internship, a three-credit course 
in community service or another course 
outside management that offers collabora- 
tive experience, a study abroad experi- 
ence, or a minor. 


Junior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


MGT 301 (3), MKT 301 (3), MSI 309 (3), 
one liberal elective (3), and one free 
elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


FIN 301 (3), MGT 302 (3), 303 (3), one 
liberal elective (3), and one professional 
elective (3). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


BSL 333 (3), MGT 380 (3), two MGT 
electives (6), and one free elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 

MGT 410 [capstone] (3), two MGT 
electives (6), one professional elective (3), 
and one liberal elective (3). 


Note: If MGT 453 is not selected as a MGT 
elective, then one professional elective 
must be selected from ECN 338, FIN 452, 
MGT 453, or MKT 451. 


Management Information 
Systems 


The College of Business Administration 
offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.) degree with a major in 
management information systems. The 
college also offers the Master of Business 
Administration (M.B.A.) degree with an 
opportunity for specialization in manage- 
ment information systems and the Doctor 
of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree. 

URI’s management information systems 
major reflects the advanced technologies 
used in business and industry today. 
Graduates earn a B.S. in business adminis- 
tration with an emphasis on computer ap- 
plications, system analysis and design, and 
database management. Graduates will pos- 
sess skills in the application of microcom- 
puter software and related tools. They will 
understand the value of “information” and 
the various technologies used to help orga- 
nizations use information. 

MIS majors must receive a C or better 
in each prerequisite course for all manage- 
ment information systems courses count- 
ing toward the major. They must also re- 
ceive a C or better in each MIS course 
required for completion of the major. 


Junior Year 

First semester: 15 credits 

MIS 320 (3), BSL 333 (3), FIN 301 (3), MSI 
309 (3), and one liberal elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 

MIS 440 (3), one major elective (3)*, MGT 
301 (3), MKT 301 (3), and one profes- 
sional elective (3). 


Senior Year 

First semester: 15 credits 

MIS 430 (3), one major elective (3), two 
professional electives (6), and one liberal 
elective (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


MIS 445 (3), MGT 410 (3), one pro- 
fessional elective (3), and two free 
electives (6). 


*M ajor electives: BUS 493; MIS 310, 410, 
420, 425, 435, 493, 495; MSI 350. 


Marketing 


The College of Business Administration 
offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.) degree with a major in 
marketing. Elective courses in the depart- 


ment expose students to career opportuni- 


ties in advertising, product management, 
sales management, marketing research, 
and other facets of marketing manage- 


COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 75 


ment. The college also offers the Master of 
Business Administration (M.B.A.) degree 
with an opportunity for specialization in 
marketing and the Doctor of Philosophy 
(Ph.D.) degree. 

A major focus of marketing is deter- 
mining product and service needs of con- 
sumers and industries. Marketing research, 
information systems, and analysis are used 
in the development and management of 
products and services, as well as the design 
and execution of communications, pricing, 
and distribution channels. Three unspeci- 
fied but required marketing electives allow 
students to plan, in consultation with their 
advisors, an arrangement of courses to 
meet individual career objectives. With 
prior permission of the advisor and chair- 
person, one marketing elective may be re- 
placed by a course outside the department 
to enhance career objectives. 


Junior Year 

First semester: 15 credits 

MGT 301 (3), MKT 301 (3), MSI 309 (3), 
one free elective (3), and one liberal 
elective (3). 

Second semester: 15 credits 


BSL 333 (3), FIN 301 (3), MKT 311 (3), 
315 (3), and one free elective (3). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


One liberal elective (3); two marketing 
electives selected from MKT 405, 406, 
442, 451, 461, 491, and 492 (6); one pro- 
fessional elective (3); and another profes- 
sional elective (3) selected from ECN 338, 
344, FIN 452, MGT 453, and MKT 451 
(unless MKT 451 was taken as a marketing 
elective). 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
+ 
m 


Second semester: 12 credits 


MGT 410 [capstone] (3), MKT 409 (3), 
one professional elective (3), and one lib- 
eral elective (3). 


Note: One liberal elective is to be selected 
from the following: APG 203; COM 103, 
200, 210, 220; PHL 212; PSY 113; SOC 
100, 102, 204; WRT 300 and 333. 


76 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


ALAN SHAWN FEINSTEIN 
COLLEGE OF CONTINUING 
EDUCATION 


John H. McCray Jr., Vice Provost for 
Urban Programs 
Edmund J. Ferszt, Associate Dean 


The Alan Shawn Feinstein College of 
Continuing Education offers courses and 
degree programs designed for adults 
whose family or work responsibilities may 
have caused an interruption in their formal 
post-high-school education. Others find 
the campus’ downtown location and offer- 
ings provide the convenience they need. 
The Providence Campus offers the follow- 
ing academic programs: 


Bachelor of Arts Degree 
English 

History 

Psychology 


Bachelor of Science Degree 

General business administration 

Human development and family studies 
Industrial and manufacturing engineering 


Bachelor of General Studies Degree 
Applied communications 
Business institutions 

Health services administration 
Human studies 


Graduate-Level Programs 

Adult education (M.A.) 

Business administration (M.B.A.) 

Clinical laboratory science (M.S.) 
Communication studies (M.A.) 

Labor and industrial relations (M.S.) 
Library and information studies (M.L.I.S.) 
Marine affairs (M.M.A.) 

Public administration (M.P.A.) 


In addition, the campus offers 
advanced and graduate-level courses in 
computer science, electrical engineering, 
mechanical engineering and applied 
mechanics. 

Information on the college’s B.G.S. 
degree follows. For curriculum require- 
ments on any of the other programs listed 
above, see the index to find the appropri- 
ate section of this catalog. 


omen, 


AP DEN -R 


(DENCE C AMPU 


= EPARTMENT 
MENTARY A 


H 


DARY EDU” 


XIN C 


ASFCCE also offers for-credit certificate 
programs in applied behavioral psychol- 
ogy, psychology, alcohol and drug coun- 
seling, and thanatology, as well as non- 
credit certificate programs. Individual 
credit and noncredit Continuing Education 
Unit (CEU) courses are offered in addition 
to institutes and special courses planned 
for business, industry, labor, and govern- 
ment agencies. 

Courses are offered on weekday morn- 
ings, afternoons, evenings, and Saturdays. 
The college also offers distance learning 
courses through interactive video, the 
Internet, and by e-mail. Students enrolling 
in a degree program may attend at times 
most convenient for them. 


Summer Sessions. ASFCCE develops, 
schedules, and coordinates all of the 
University’s summer offerings. Day and 
evening courses are offered in two five- 
week sessions at Kingston and in Provi- 
dence. In addition, a number of special 
programs, including study in foreign coun- 
tries, are offered at varying dates in the al- 
ternate session. Students may attend either 
or both campuses and enroll in day or 
evening courses offered in any summer 
session. Students expecting to apply sum- 
mer credit to an academic degree program 
are advised to obtain prior approval from 


their academic dean before registering. 
Maximum course load is seven credits per 
summer session including simultaneous 
courses in the alternate session. Exceptions 
are allowed with permission of the stu- 
dent’s academic dean. 


Bachelor of General Studies 


The Bachelor of General Studies 
(B.G.S.) program is designed for adults 
who have been out of school for five or 
more years. It is a good choice both for 
people who have never been to college 
and for students who attended college in 
the past but did not complete a degree. 
For the latter, the B.G.S. program makes it 
possible to apply their previous educa- 
tional experience toward a degree pro- 
gram. The admissions process should 
begin with an interview with a B.G.S. advi- 
sor in the Providence campus’ Admissions 
and Advising Office. 

Qualified applicants interested in other 
programs at ASFCCE may also be inter- 
ested in the college’s performance based 
admission policy; see page 79 for details. 

The B.G.S. program consists of the fol- 
lowing required sections: 1) Pro-Seminar 
(BGS 100), 2) Traditions and Transforma- 
tions (URI 101B), 3) general education, 


4) major curriculum, 5) electives, and 
6) Senior Project (BGS 399). 

A total of 118 credits is required for the 
Bachelor of General Studies degree. 


Pro-Seminar for Returning Students (3 
credits). This is the required entry course 
that introduces returning students to the 
college’s academic environment. The BGS 
100 course helps students identify their 
scholastic strengths and interests, and as- 
sists adults in building the self-confidence 
to pursue a degree plan. The Pro-Seminar 
is limited to 16 students and opens the 
door to the University by helping returning 
students adjust to academic life. The in- 
structors are carefully chosen and all have 
prior experience in teaching adults. 

While enrolled in the Pro-Seminar, 
B.G.S. students are encouraged to take 
one or more College Level Examinations 
Program (CLEP) tests to measure academic 
knowledge acquired through prior experi- 
ence. Credits gained through these tests 
are applied to the general education 
requirements. (See page 32 for informa- 
tion on the CLEP tests.) 


Traditions and Transformations 

(1 credit). URI 101B is a University-wide 
seminar to introduce new students to the 
academic culture of higher education and 
to significant issues that bear on the devel- 
opment of each student's goals for the un- 
dergraduate years. Students enroll concur- 
rently in URI 101B and the Pro-Seminar 
(BGS 100). 


General Education Requirements 

(39 credits). Students in the B.G.S. pro- 
gram must meet the University’s general 
education requirements as explained on 
page 34, including the URI 101 require- 
ment. (Note: Health services administra- 
tion majors must take MTH 107 or STA 
220 as the math requirement.) B.G.S. stu- 
dents use Senior Seminars BGS 390, 391, 
392 to fulfill general education require- 
ments. Students should consult frequently 
with their B.G.S. advisor to be sure all gen- 
eral education requirements are met. 


ALAN SHAWN FEINSTEIN COLLEGE OF CONTINUING EDUCATION 


Senior Seminars (18 credits). The Senior 
Seminars are a distinctive feature of the 
B.G.S. program. These three six-credit 
seminars are interdisciplinary in nature and 
enable students to integrate and synthesize 
their educational experiences. These semi- 
nars are normally begun when students 
have completed their other general educa- 
tion courses and most of the courses re- 
quired for their major. 


BGS 390 Social Science Seminar 
(6 credits) 

BGS 391 Natural Science Seminar 
(6 credits) 

BGS 392 Humanities Seminar 
(6 credits) 


Major Curriculum (45 credits). B.G.S. 
students can choose from the following 
majors: applied communications, business 
institutions, health services administration, 
and human studies. These majors allow 
students to take courses in several disci- 
plines to meet their educational goals in a 
nontraditional way. A major may be made 
up of a carefully prescribed set of courses 
or it may be flexible in its requirements, al- 
lowing students to work creatively with an 
advisor to design an individualized pro- 
gram that meets both the student’s needs 
and the general goals of the B.G.S. 
program. 


Electives (27 credits). Electives permit stu- 
dents to complete the B.G.S. degree in a 
number of creative ways, through course 
work, carefully designed work experience 
internships, or previous but relevant edu- 
cational experience. Up to 15 credits may 
be taken in URI’s Internships and Experien- 
tial Education program, or students may 
choose to take courses to fulfill this re- 
quirement. BGS 390, 391, and 392 may be 
counted as electives if they are not used to 
fulfill general education requirements. 


Senior Project (3 credits). All B.G.S. stu- 
dents must complete the BGS 399 Senior 
Project or a department-directed study. 
This capstone experience for B.G.S. stu- 
dents provides a structure that enables the 


77 


student to integrate knowledge and skills 
from coursework and related experiences 
with a research project or field experience. 
The project must be designed so that it al- 
lows the student to demonstrate the rela- 
tionship of subject matter, theory and 
practice. Students are required to meet 
with the B.G.S. coordinator to plan a 
project proposal. This written proposal 
must meet with the approval of both the 
coordinator and an appropriate faculty ad- 
visor before the student can register for 
BGS 399. 


APPLIED COMMUNICATIONS MAJOR 


Students interested in the broad field of 
applied communications will be interested 
in this major. It allows a student, working 
with an advisor, to design an individual 
program that must then be approved by 
the program coordinator. 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


Communications Core (24 credits). These 
courses, all at or above the 200 level, must 
be chosen from communication studies, 
journalism, and writing (or ENG 205 or 
305), with 12 credits from one department 
and six credits from each of the other two. 
Prerequisite communications courses are 
COM 101 and WRT 101. 


Methodology Course (3 credits). Students 
may select COM 206, HSS 320, PSY 300, 
or STA 308. 


Major Seminar (BGS 398 [capstone]) (3 
credits). Students take this course near the 
end of their degree program, as it gives 
them an opportunity to review and evalu- 
ate the skills and knowledge they have ac- 
quired through their major. 


Area of Emphasis (15 credits). With the help 
of an advisor, students select 15 credits 
that will comprise an area of emphasis, 
which may be used either to further de- 
velop skills in communications or for study 
in related areas. This area of emphasis 
must be approved by an advisor and the 
program coordinator by the beginning of 
the student's junior year. 


78 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


BUSINESS INSTITUTIONS MAJOR 


Students interested in the broad field of 
business will be interested in this major. 
This is a fully prescribed program with a 
specific list of required courses: 


ACC 201 Elementary Accounting | 

ACC 202 Elementary Accounting II 

BAC 110 Business Computing Applica- 
tions (or CSC 101 Computing 
Concepts) 

BAC 120 Introduction to Business 
Analysis and Applications 
(or MTH 131 Applied 
Calculus 1) 

BAC 201 Managerial Statistics | 
(or STA 308 Introductory 
Satistics) 

BSL 333 Legal and Ethical Environment 
of Business | 

ECN 201 Principles of Economics: 
Microeconomics 

ECN 202 Principles of Economics: 
Macroeconomics 

FIN 301 Financial Management 

MGT 301 Organization and Manage- 
ment Theory | 

MKT 301 Marketing Principles 

MSI 309 Operations Management 

WRT 227 Business Communications 


Business Elective (3 credits) 


In addition to the courses above, stu- 
dents must elect one liberal elective course 
offered by a department outside their ma- 
jor. Most courses that fulfill these major re- 
quirements are available in Providence in 
the evening. 


HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION MAJOR 


Students interested in the broad field of 
health services will be interested in this 
major. Its prescribed courses fall into three 
parts: 


Core (13 credits) 


CSC 101 Computing Concepts 

HDF 357 Family and Community Health 

HSS 320 Introduction to Research in 
Human Science and Services 

NUR 103 Professional Practice in Health 


and Illness 


Administration (15 credits) 


ACC 201 Elementary Accounting | 

ACC 202 Elementary Accounting II 

ECN 201 Principles of Economics: 
Microeconomics 

ECN 202 Principles of Economics: 
Macroeconomics 

PHL 314 Ethical Problems in Society 


and Medicine 


Experiential Seminars (12 credits) 


HSA 360 Health Services Administration 

HSA 380 Introductory Practicum in 
Health Services Administration 

HSA 480 Advanced Practicum in Health 


Services Administration 
[capstone] 


Professional Elective (3 credits) 


HUMAN STUDIES MAJOR 

Students interested in the wide range 
of human studies or human services will be 
attracted to this major. It permits the stu- 
dent, working with an advisor, to design a 
major that will meet both personal and 
career goals. All human studies majors 
must have their program design approved 
in advance by an academic advisor and the 
program coordinator. It must include the 
following four parts: 


Social Science Core (24 credits). Students 
are required to select 24 credits from three 
of the following departments in the Col- 
lege of Arts and Sciences: economics, his- 
tory, political science, psychology, and so- 
ciology and anthropology; or coastal and 
marine policy in the College of the Envi- 
ronment and Life Sciences. These depart- 
ments determine which of their courses are 
suitable for the B.G.S. major. 

The 24 credits must be distributed as 
follows: four courses from one department, 
two courses from a second department, 
and two courses from a third. Only two 
prerequisite or introductory-level courses 
are allowed in the major. Students should 
meet with an advisor for more information 
regarding these courses. 


Methodology Course (3 credits). Students 
are strongly advised to fulfill this require- 
ment by taking HSS 320. In exceptional 
cases, students may be allowed to meet 
the methods requirement by taking HIS 
495, PSY 300, SOC 301, or STA 220. 


M ajor Seminar (BGS 397 [capstone], 

3 credits). Students take this course near 
the end of their degree program. It will 
give them an opportunity to review and 
evaluate the skills and knowledge they 
have acquired through their major. 


Area of Emphasis (15 credits). The area of 
emphasis provides the student with an op- 
portunity to select a group of courses that 
focus on a particular problem or popula- 
tion of interest. Once a particular focus is 
identified, students select 15 credits from 
the following list. All 15 credits must be at 
or above the 300 level. 


African and African-American studies 
Business law* 

Coastal and marine policy 
Communication studies 

Community planning 

Computer science 

Consumer affairs 

Economics 

Education* 

Food science and nutrition* 

Health* 

History 

Human development and family studies 
Human science and services 
Journalism 

Languages (French, Portuguese, Spanish) 
Management* 

Marketing* 

Nursing* 

Political science 

Psychology 

Sociology and anthropology 
Women’s studies 


*In these departments, only certain courses 
are appropriate for the human studies major. 
See an advisor for details. 


Registration and Admission 


Enrollment in the college's courses is 
accomplished though telephone registra- 
tion prior to the beginning of each semes- 
ter. Being enrolled in a course is not the 
same as being admitted to the University. 
To apply for admission to an undergradu- 
ate degree program, a student must follow 
the application procedure stated below. 
However, credits earned through success- 
ful completion of courses may eventually 
be applied toward a degree program after 
a student is accepted as a degree 
candidate. 

Beginning students who have been 
away from school for some time with little 
or no course work beyond high school are 
encouraged to register in the special entry 
course: BGS 100, the Pro-Seminar. 

Any adult may enroll as a nonmatricu- 
lated student in ASFCCE. All courses at the 
University are open to nonmatriculated 
students; however, day courses at the 
Kingston Campus are open only on a 
space-available basis. 

All information and forms necessary for 
registration are included in the semester 
course schedule printed before each term 
begins. The schedule contains up-to-date 
course offerings and fees, and is available 
during the registration periods; you may 
also contact ASFCCE for one at 80 Wash- 
ington Street, Providence, RI 02903; 401- 
277-5000; or www.uri.edu/prov/. 


Application Procedures. A student wish- 
ing to enroll in an undergraduate degree 
program at ASFCCE does so through 

the Advising and Admissions Office. An 
initial interview is recommended so that 
program options may be explored as well 
as the student's capabilities. A student 
then files an application for an under- 
graduate degree and provides this office 
with official transcripts. 

Students admitted to undergraduate 
degree programs should consult with the 
appropriate faculty coordinator concerning 
their major. A worksheet of courses is 
prepared and maintained as a checklist 


ALAN SHAWN FEINSTEIN COLLEGE OF CONTINUING EDUCATION 


toward graduation requirements. It is the 
strict responsibility of the student to file an 
Intent to Graduate form with the Advising 
and Admissions Office three semesters in 
advance of the contemplated date. 


Performance Based Admission. Perfor- 
mance Based Admissions (PBA) represents 
an opportunity to pursue a college degree 
for applicants who do not possess recent 
evidence of academic success, but whose 
potential suggests the ability to success- 
fully complete college-level work. PBA is 
available to applicants possessing a high 
school (or equivalency) diploma whose last 
educational experience occurred at least 
three years ago. It is limited to students 
applying to an undergraduate degree pro- 
gram at ASFCCE. 

Students must complete 15 credits be- 
fore moving to fully matriculated status, 
and must meet with an advisor each se- 
mester prior to course registration until the 
15 credits have been successfully com- 
pleted. For more information, contact an 
ASFCCE academic advisor in room 245, 
401-277-5160. 


Services for Students 


The ASFCCE provides a number of 
services for students, including free aca- 
demic advising, peer counseling, health 
education, and, at minimal cost, a testing 
service. Advisors are available to answer 
questions about registration, admissions, 
degree programs, the College Level 
Examination Program, and prior learning 
assessment. The peer counseling service 
provides students with the opportunity to 
meet with other adult students who have 
been trained to help in problem solving, 
including issues of minority groups and 
those with disabilities. In testing services, a 
staff of certified psychologists administers a 
number of psychological tests and evalua- 
tions to individuals and groups to help 
them make personal or career decisions. 

The Providence Campus also has a 
bookstore and library, plus a comfortable 
student center where students and faculty 
can meet, talk, and relax. 


Fees and Finances 


Tuition and fees for Continuing Educa- 
tion students are given on page 20 of this 
catalog. They may also be found in the 
course schedules for the current term. The 
registration fee is not refundable except 
when URI cancels or closes a course. The 
Student Services Fee supports a student 
government, career services, and various 
lectures and cultural events determined by 
an activities board of elected continuing 
education students. Fees for Special Pro- 
grams courses vary (consult the course 
schedule or contact the Special Programs 
Office). For information on refunds, refer 
to page 23 of this catalog. 


Financial Aid. Only matriculated students 
enrolled on at least a half-time basis (six 
credits) may be considered for an award. 
Student Financial Assistance determines eli- 
gibility for all grants, loans, and employ- 
ment, which are awarded on an academic- 
year basis. Financial aid will be awarded 
only after a student has applied for a Pell 
Grant and has submitted a Pell Student 
Eligibility Report to this office. 

A limited number of scholarships are 
available to students matriculating at 
ASFCCE. Students are required to com- 
plete a FAFSA application to be considered. 
For a brochure, call 401-277-5000. 


79 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


80 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


COLLEGE OF 
ENGINEERING 


Bahram Nassersharif, Dean 
Harold N. Knickle, Associate Dean 
Richard M. Vandeputte, Assistant Dean 


The College of Engineering offers un- 
dergraduate majors in biomedical, chemi- 
cal, chemical and ocean, civil, computer, 
electrical, industrial, mechanical, and 
ocean engineering. In addition, an ocean 
option is available in mechanical engineer- 
ing. Because the same fundamental con- 
cepts underlie all branches of engineering, 
the freshman-year courses are quite similar 
for all curriculums, and the choice of a spe- 
cific branch of engineering may be delayed 
until the beginning of either the second 
term or the second year of study. Students 
electing one of the programs that include 
ocean options follow the curriculum for 
chemical or mechanical engineering for 
two or three years and enroll in many 
ocean engineering courses in the junior 
and senior year. 

All of the engineering curriculums are 
based on an intense study of mathematics, 
the basic sciences, and the engineering sci- 
ences common to all branches of the pro- 
fession. On this base is built the in-depth 
study of the important principles and con- 
cepts of each separate discipline. These 
principles are applied to the understanding 
and solution of problems of current inter- 
est and importance in the field. Each cur- 
riculum is designed to provide the knowl- 
edge and ability necessary for practice as a 
professional engineer, or for successful 
graduate study, which may include law, 
business administration, or medicine, as 
well as the normal engineering and science 
disciplines. 

The college’s goal is to stimulate our 
students to become creative, responsible 
engineers, aware of the social implications 
of their work, and flexible enough to ad- 
just to the rapid changes taking place in all 
branches of engineering. Engineers from 
all fields are heavily involved in the solu- 
tion of technological and sociotech- 


nological problems. The needs of industry 
are for balanced teams of both men and 
women from the different engineering 
areas. 

Entering students who have chosen a 
specific major should follow the particular 
program listed in this section. Those who 
have decided to major in engineering but 
have not selected a specific program 
should select the following courses: 

CHM 101 and 102, EGR 105, MTH 141, 
PHY 203 and 273, and a general education 
requirement. 

Students who are undecided about en- 
gineering but wish to keep it open as an 
option should take note that MTH 141, 
142; PHY 203, 204 and 273, 274; anda 
course in chemistry are required for gradu- 
ation from the College of Engineering, and 
are prerequisites for many engineering 
courses. They must be taken before trans- 
ferring from University College to the Col- 
lege of Engineering. 

To transfer from University College to 
the College of Engineering, students must 
not only complete 24 credits with a quality 
point average of 2.00 or better, they must 
also complete all of the required math- 
ematics, science, and engineering courses 
of the freshman year with a quality point 
average of 2.00 or better. 

To meet graduation requirements, stu- 
dents enrolled in the College of Engineer- 
ing must satisfactorily complete all courses 
of the curriculum in which they are regis- 
tered and obtain a quality point average 
of 2.00 or better in all required science, 
mathematics, and engineering courses 
(including professional electives). 

URI’s curriculums in chemical, civil, 
computer, electrical, industrial, mechani- 
cal, and ocean engineering are accredited 
by the Engineering Accreditation Commis- 
sion of the Accreditation Board for Engi- 
neering and Technology (ABET). 


College Mission Statement. The mission 
of URI’s College of Engineering is to pro- 
vide high quality, undergraduate and 
graduate engineering programs that pre- 
pare students to work in a diverse, global 
marketplace; to establish and maintain na- 
tionally and internationally recognized pro- 


grams of excellence in research; to provide 
professional services and outreach that 
support the college’s constituencies; and 
to provide an atmosphere of mutual re- 
spect for all students, faculty, and staff that 
allows them to realize their full potential. 


Freshman Year. All engineering curricu- 
lums have similar programs during the 
freshman year. This provides some degree 
of flexibility to those students who are un- 
certain about their choice of curriculum. 
All engineering students take the following 
16 credits in the first semester. 


3 CHM 101 General Chemistry Lecture | 

1 CHM 102 Laboratory for Chemistry 101 

4 MTH 141 Introductory Calculus with 
Analytic Geometry 

3 PHY 203 Elementary Physics | 

1 PHY 273 Elementary Physics 
Laboratory | 

1 EGR 105 Foundations of Engineering | 

3 General Education requirement 


Students who are still undecided about 
their choice of major after completing the 
first semester should review their choice of 
courses for the second semester with their 
advisor to be certain that they meet the 
prerequisites for the sophomore year. 


General Education Requirements. Engi- 
neering students must meet URI’s general 
education requirements listed on pages 
34-35, except that only three credits are 
required in the foreign language or culture 
component. In these courses, students are 
exposed to and challenged by concepts 
from the humanities and social sciences to 
ensure that the social relevance of their en- 
gineering activities will never be forgotten. 
In selecting courses to satisfy these require- 
ments, students should consult with their 
advisors to be certain that they have cho- 
sen courses which are on the College of 
Engineering list of approved courses. The 
requirements in mathematics and natural 
sciences are satisfied by required courses in 
the engineering curriculums. Three credits 
must be taken in the Foreign Language or 
Culture group, and six credits each in En- 
glish Communication, Fine Arts and Litera- 
ture, Letters, and Social Sciences. 


Computers. The College of Engineering’s 
Computer Center (located in the Kirk 
Building) has a dual processor SUN Enter- 
prise 450 with 45GB disk storage, support- 
ing 20 SUN Ultra 10 workstations and a 
Windows 2000 server supporting 60 
Pentium-based PCs. These and all other 
departmental computers are linked to- 
gether by a 100Mb switched Ethernet net- 
work. The Department of Electrical and 
Computer Engineering has three main 
servers, including a six-processor SUN Ultra 
Enterprise 3000 with 1.5GB RAM, a dual- 
processor SUN Ultra Enterprise 450, and a 
quad-processor SUN SPARCserver 450 with 
combined high-speed disk storage of over 
125 GBtyes. These use a fully-switched 
fast-Ethernet network to serve a dual- 
processor SGI Origin 200, two SGI Indy 
workstations, over 25 SUN Ultra SPARC 
and SPARC 5 workstations, 20 Xterminals, 
and a variety of PCs and Macintoshes. The 
department also has the ACES Laboratory 
(Advanced Champlin Foundation-funded 
Computer Engineering and Science Labo- 
ratory) consisting of 25 high-end Dell PCs 
running Windows NT with high-end data/ 
video projection capabilities. ACES is a 
joint project with the Department of Com- 
puter Science and Statistics. The Depart- 
ment of Chemical Engineering has a senior 
computing room with PC’s and a junior 
computing room also with PC’s. Several 
specialized software packages such as AS- 
PEN and FEMLAB are available on these 
computers for undergraduate teaching and 
research. Printers are located in all the 
computer rooms and a dedicated large 
scale plotter is available in the department. 
The Department of Mechanical Engineer- 
ing has a CAE computer classroom with 25 
PC workstations, two high speed printers, 
and a direct projection system. Several ad- 
ditional PC and SUN workstations are 
housed in specific laboratories within the 
department. The Department of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering has the CADD 
Laboratory, 22 state-of-the-art computers, 
two large format plotters and several print- 
ers. Newly released civil engineering soft- 
ware including AutoCAD is used in this 
laboratory. The Senior Design Studio has 


six computers used for the capstone 
project. The Department of Ocean Engi- 
neering has an undergraduate PC lab and 
a graduate lab with two SUN Sparc 5 
workstations. Industrial and Manufacturing 
Engineering has two small PC labs, the 
Design for Manufacturing and Assembly 
Lab and the Manufacturing Computation 
Lab. 


International Engineering Program. The 
College of Engineering also offers a five- 
year International Engineering Program 
(IEP) in which students earn two degrees: a 
Bachelor of Science in engineering and a 
Bachelor of Arts in a foreign language. The 
foreign languages currently available as 
part of the IEP are German, French, and 
Spanish. In addition to their engineering 
courses, students study the foreign lan- 
guage, business, and culture. They spend 
six months abroad in a professional intern- 
ship in a European, Latin American, or Car- 
ibbean country. Upon graduation, students 
are well prepared to compete in the global 
marketplace. To enroll, a student simply 
registers for the appropriate language 
course for engineering students, and fol- 
lows the recommended outline of courses. 
In 1992, the IEP was selected as the recipi- 
ent of the Award for Educational Innova- 
tion by ABET, the national Accreditation 
Board for Engineering and Technology. 


Cooperative Education Program. 
Optional for juniors and seniors in all 
engineering departments, the Cooperative 
Education Program offers placements for 
part-time or full-time work directly related 
to a student's field of study. Enrollment 
information may be obtained from the 
Dean’s Office, 102 Bliss Hall. 


Engineering and M.B.A. Program. This 
five-year program offers students the 
opportunity to earn a Bachelor of Science 
in engineering and a Master of Business 
Administration. Students who have a 3.00 
or better grade point average may enroll 
during their senior year with successful 
completion of the Graduate Management 
Admissions Test. 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 81 


Biomedical Engineering 


The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree 
in biomedical engineering is offered by the 
Department of Electrical and Computer 
Engineering. Specialization in biomedical 
engineering is also available within the 
Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of 
Philosophy (Ph.D.) programs in electrical 
engineering. 


Cc 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


Coordinator: Professor Sun (Electrical 

and Computer Engineering). Professors 
Boudreaux-Bartels, Jackson, Kumaresan, 
Mardix, Ohley, and Tufts; Assistant Profes- 
sor Vetter; Adjunct Professors Aaron, 
Chiaramida, Gerwitz, and Lucariello. 


Biomedical engineering is an interdisci- 
plinary area in which engineering tech- 
niques are applied to problem solving in 
the life sciences and medicine. Biomedical 
engineers design medical instruments for 
diagnosis and the treatment of various 
diseases as well as for research in biology. 
Examples of instruments for diagnosis in- 
clude electrocardiographs, electroencepha- 
lographs, automatic blood analyzers, and 
medical imaging systems such as X-ray 
imaging, radio-nuclide imaging, ultra- 
sound imaging, computer-assisted tomog- 
raphy, and magnetic resonance imaging. 
Examples of instruments for treatment 
include radiotherapy machines, pacemak- 
ers, cardiac-assist devices, intelligent drug 
delivery systems, and lasers for surgery. 
Biomedical engineers develop artificial 
organs for prosthesis and various computer 
software and hardware systems to help 
provide high-quality, cost-effective health 
care. 

Biomedical engineers are employed in 
the medical instrument industry, where 
they invent, design, manufacture, sell, and 
service medical equipment; hospitals, 
where they evaluate, select, maintain, and 
provide training for the use of complex 
medical equipment; and medical and bio- 
logical research institutes, where they use 
unique analytical ability and instrumenta- 
tion skills to conduct advanced research. 

URI’s biomedical engineering program 
combines study in the biological sciences 


82 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


with the areas of engineering that are par- 
ticularly important for the application of 
modern technology to medicine. This cur- 
riculum is designed to provide students 
with not only a general background in bio- 
medical engineering but also a special fo- 
cus on the skills in electrical engineering 
necessary for developing medical devices. 
With a few minor elective changes, the 
program also satisfies the entrance require- 
ments of most medical schools, but stu- 
dents who plan to go on to medical school 
should consult the premedical advisor and 
the coordinator of the biomedical engi- 
neering program. 

For transfer from University College to 
the College of Engineering in the biomedi- 
cal engineering program, students must 
have completed all science, mathematics, 
and engineering courses required during the 
first two semesters with a quality point aver- 
age of 2.00 or better. 

The major requires 135-136 credits. 


Minimum Requirements 


Humanities and Social Sciences (27 credits): 
see the general education requirements for 
the College of Engineering on page 77. 
Students should consult with their advisors 
regarding distribution of credits and ap- 
proved courses. 


Mathematics (17 credits): MTH 141, 142, 
243, 362, three credits of an MTH elective 
(215 or any 300- to 500-level mathematics 
course except MTH 381). 


Basic Sciences (23 credits): CHM 101, 102, 
124; PHY 203, 273, 204, 274; BIO 121, 
442, 444. 


Computer Science (4 credits): CSC 200. 


Engineering Sciences and Design (61-62 
credits): EGR 105, 106; ELE 201, 202, 205, 
212, 215, 282, 305, 313, 314, 322, 342, 
343, 382, 400, 482, 488, 489; two engi- 
neering electives (chosen from CHE 333, 
347, 541, 574; CVE 220, 374; ELE 325, 
331; IME 404, 411, 412; MCE 302, 341, or 
354 or any electrical engineering design 
elective). 


Free Elective: 3 credits. 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 16 credits 


CHM 101 (3), 102 (1), EGR 105 (1), MTH 
141 (4), PHY 203 (3), 273 (1), and general 
education requirement (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


ECN 201 (3), EGR 106 (2), MTH 142 (4), 
PHY 204 (3), 274 (1), and BIO 121 (4). 


Sophomore Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


CHM 124 (3), CSC 200 (4), ELE 201 (3), 
202 (1), MTH 362 (3), and general educa- 
tion requirement (3). 


Second semester: 18 credits 


ELE 205 (3), 212 (3), 215 (2), 282 (1), 
MTH 243 (3), and general education 
requirements (6). 


Junior Year 
First semester: 18 credits 


ELE 313 (3), 342 (4), 305 (3), 382 (1), BIO 
442 (3), 444 (1), and general education 
requirement (3). 


Second semester: 18 credits 


ELE 314 (3), 322 (3), 343 (5), 482 (1), 
engineering elective’ (3), and general 
education requirement (3). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 16-17 credits 


ELE 488 (4), electrical engineering design 
elective? (3-4), engineering elective’ (3), 
mathematics elective? (3), and general 
education requirement (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


ELE 400 (1), 489 (4), electrical engineering 
design elective? (4), free elective (3), and 
general education requirement (3). 


Chemical Engineering 


The Department of Chemical Engineer- 
ing offers a curriculum leading to the 
Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree in chemi- 
cal engineering that is accredited by 
ABET.‘ In cooperation with the Depart- 
ment of Ocean Engineering, the depart- 
ment offers a curriculum leading to the 
Bachelor of Science degree in chemical 


and ocean engineering (unaccredited). The 
department also offers the Master of Sci- 
ence (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy 
(Ph.D.) degrees. 


Faculty: Professor R. Brown, chairman. Pro- 
fessors S. Barnett, Bose, Gregory, Knickle, 
Lucia, and Rose; Associate Professors Gray, 
Greenfield, and Rivero-Hudec; Associate 
Research Professor Park; Adjunct Assistant 
Professors Cohen, Crisman, Gow, 
Serdakowski, and Trevino; Professors 
Emeritus Rockett and Shilling. 


Department Mission Statement and Pro- 
gram Objectives. Consistent with missions 
of the University and the College of Engi- 
neering, URI’s Department of Chemical En- 
gineering seeks to prepare students to 
practice professionally in the fields of 
chemical engineering through the provi- 
sion of high quality undergraduate and 
graduate educational programs, to provide 
an environment for satisfying faculty career 
development, and to maintain a world-re- 
nowned scholarly research program. 

URI’s Chemical Engineering program is 
more than just a collection of courses and 
credit hours whose content reflects the re- 
quired criteria. The program has also been 
carefully designed to prepare students for 
the profession of chemical engineering 
through study, experience and practice. 
Through eight specific program goals, the 
Department of Chemical Engineering at 
URI seeks to: 

1) provide the necessary background 
in science, particularly in chemistry and 
in physics and advanced mathematics 
through the study of differential equations 
so that students will be able to continue 
their education in the engineering 
sciences, with depth of understanding, 
and learn to apply these subjects to the 
formulation and solution of engineering 
problems; 

2) provide a broad cross section of fun- 
damental engineering science courses, in- 
cluding some from other engineering disci- 
plines so that our students will acquire an 
understanding of the way in which chemis- 
try, physics and mathematics have been 
and continue to be used to solve impor- 


tant engineering problems relevant to the 
general chemical engineering and engi- 
neering design; 

3) provide students experience in con- 
ducting and planning experiments in the 
modern engineering laboratory including 
interfacing experiments with computers as 
well as interpreting the significance of re- 
sulting data and properly reporting results 
in well-written technical reports; 

4) provide experience in the process of 
original chemical engineering design in the 
areas of equipment design, process design, 
and plant design through the process of 
formulating a design solution to a per- 
ceived need and then executing the design 
and evaluating its performance, including 
economic considerations and societal im- 
pacts if any, along with other related con- 
straints, culminating in both written and 
oral presentations of results; 

5) provide students experience with the 
multifaceted aspects of using computers to 
solve problems and present results with 
word processing, spreadsheet, presenta- 
tion and professional-level applications 
software used for design and analysis and 
to provide for obtaining and the use of in- 
formation on the World Wide Web; 

6) provide students a familiarity with 
professional issues in chemical engineering 
including: ethics, issues related to the glo- 
bal economy and to emerging technolo- 
gies, and fostering of important job-related 
skills such as improved oral and written 
communications and experience in work- 
ing in teams at a number of levels; 

7) encourage students to become ac- 
tively engaged in the student chapter of 
the American Institute of Chemical Engi- 
neers and other student organizations, and 
to continue these associations after gradu- 
ation with an emphasis on the importance 
of lifelong professional development in- 
cluding the desirability of attending gradu- 
ate school or otherwise obtaining continu- 
ing or advanced education; and 

8) make available continuous individual 
advising throughout the entire under- 
graduate educational experience to insure 
that each student makes the most of the 
educational opportunities provided by URI, 


particularly those related to general educa- 
tion electives that might enhance an engi- 
neering education, and special programs 
such as internships, cooperative experience 
and especially the International Engineer- 
ing Programs in German, French and 
Spanish which are a unique opportunity 
available to globally motivated URI engi- 
neering students. 


The chemical engineer is concerned 
with the application and control of pro- 
cesses leading to changes in composition. 
These processes are most frequently associ- 
ated with the production of useful prod- 
ucts (chemicals, fuels, metals, foods, phar- 
maceuticals, paper, plastics, and the like), 
but also include such seemingly unrelated 
matters as removal of toxic components 
from the blood by an artificial kidney, envi- 
ronmental cleanup, and semiconductor 
processing. The chemical engineer's 
domain includes more efficient production 
and use of energy, processing of wastes, 
and protection of the environment. 

Chemical engineers have a strong foun- 
dation in chemistry, physics, mathematics, 
and basic engineering. Chemical engineer- 
ing courses include the use of digital 
computers, thermodynamics, transport 
phenomena, mass transfer operations, 
metallurgy, materials engineering, process 
dynamics and control, kinetics, and plant 
design. The student has the opportunity to 
operate small-scale equipment to deter- 
mine efficiencies and operating character- 
istics, and to visit local industry. Intensive 
work in the solution of complex problems 
is given in which economics and optimiza- 
tion of engineering design are emphasized. 

A chemical engineer with a background 
in both chemistry and engineering can 
apply knowledge of research and develop- 
ment, design, production, and manufac- 
turing not only to the areas listed above, 
but to many others such as textiles, dyes, 
petroleum, ceramics, paint, and rubber, as 
well as biomedical, biochemical, ocean, 
space, nuclear energy, and environmental 
problems and processes. About 25 percent 
of graduates work in each of the following 
areas: chemical/energy, environment/ 
ocean, biotechnology/pharmaceutics, and 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 83 


materials. While pursuing their under- 
graduate degrees, many are employed by 
the department's Pollution Prevention, 
Thin Film and Interfacial Research, and 
Process Engineering Centers on projects 
with industry. 

The major requires 131-133 credits. 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
È 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


Freshman Year 

First semester: 16 credits 

CHM 1015 (3), 102° (1), EGR 105 (1), MTH 
141 (4), PHY 203 (3), PHY 273 (1), and 
general education requirement’ (3) (WRT 
101 strongly recommended). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


CHM 1125 (3), 1145 (1), EGR 106 (2), MTH 
142 (4), PHY 204 (3), 274 (1), and ECN 
201 (3). 

Sophomore Year 

First semester: 15-16 credits 

CHE 212 (3), CHM 291 (4) or CHM 227 
(3), MTH 243 (3), and general education 
requirements‘ (6). 

Second semester: 15-16 credits 


CHE 272 (3), 313 (3), 332 (3), CHM 292 
(4) or an approved advanced chemistry 
course (3), and MTH 244 or 362 (3). 


Junior Year 

First semester: 17 credits 

CHE 314 (3), 347 (3), CHM 431 (3), 335 
(2), approved mathematics elective (3), 

and general education requirement? (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


CHE 322 (2), 348 (3), 464 (3), CHM 432 
or approved department elective’ (3), and 
general education requirements‘ (6). 


Senior Year 

First semester: 17 credits 

CHE 328 (1), 345 [capstone] (2), 349 (2), 
351 [capstone] (3), 425 (3), ELE 220 (3), 
and approved professional elective (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


CHE 346 [capstone] (2), 352 [capstone] 
(3), one 3-credit approved professional 
elective, CVE 220 or an approved profes- 
sional elective (3), and general education 
requirements’ (6). 


84 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Chemical and Ocean Engineering. 
Students enrolled in this curriculum follow 
the program of study for chemical engi- 
neering during their freshman, sopho- 
more, and junior years. The senior year 
curriculum follows. 

The major requires 134-136 credits. 


Senior Year 
First semester: 18 credits 


CHE 328 (1), 349 (2), 351 [capstone] (3), 
403 [capstone] (3), 464 (3), ELE 220 (3), 
and approved professional elective (3). 


Second semester: 19 credits 


CHE 352 [capstone] (3), 404 [capstone] 
(3), 534 (3), OCE 311 (4), and general 
education requirements’ (6). 


Chemical and Ocean Engineering 


See Chemical Engineering above. 


Civil Engineering 


The Department of Civil and Environ- 
mental Engineering offers a curriculum 
leading to the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) 
degree in civil engineering. The depart- 
ment also offers the Master of Science 
(M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 
degrees in civil and environmental engi- 
neering. The Bachelor of Science program 
in civil engineering is accredited by the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology (ABET). 


Faculty: Professor Veyera, chairperson. Pro- 
fessors Kovacs, Lee, Tsiatas, Urish, and R. 
Wright; Associate Professors Karamanlidis, 
Marcus, and Thiem; Assistant Professors 
Baxter, Hunter, and Thomas; Adjunct Pro- 
fessors Harr, O'Neill, and T. Wright; Ad- 
junct Associate Professor Huston; Adjunct 
Assistant Professors Badorek, Franco, 
George, Mogawer and Osborn; Professors 
Emeriti McEwen, Moultrop and Poon. 


Program Mission Statement and Educa- 
tional Objectives. URI’s Bachelor of Sci- 
ence program in Civil Engineering will pre- 
pare graduates for successful careers and 
advanced graduate studies based upon a 
solid foundation of technical ability, high 


standards of professional ethics, and strong 
communications skills. The program has a 
number of objectives. Graduates with the 
B.S. degree in civil engineering will have: 

1) An appropriate fundamental under- 
standing of mathematics, physics, chemis- 
try, geology, and other basic sciences; 

2) Basic computer skills consistent with 
applications to civil engineering problem 
solving; 

3) Basic engineering knowledge across 
a range of subjects including mechanics, 
mechanics of materials, engineering con- 
struction materials, statics, dynamics, fluid 
mechanics, and CADD; 

4) An understanding of basic econom- 
ics, together with approaches to econom- 
ics based decision-making; 

5) A working knowledge of probability 
and statistics as applied to civil engineering 
problems; 

6) Basic technical proficiency in at least 
four of the recognized civil engineering 
focus areas; 

7) An understanding of the intra-disci- 
plinary approach in civil engineering prob- 
lem-solving and design at the design 
project level through an integrated 
capstone design project experience; 

8) Experience with individual and team 
based approaches to civil engineering 
problem solving in the classroom, labora- 
tory, and through an integrated capstone 
design project experience; 

9) Practical and hands-on laboratory 
experience solving civil engineering prob- 
lems involving measuring physical phe- 
nomena and interpreting results; 

10) An understanding of ethics of engi- 
neering activities, professional standards 
and responsibilities, the relationships be- 
tween engineering and society in general, 
and the necessity for lifelong learning; 

11) Well-developed written communi- 
cation skills, and experience with oral com- 
munications both individually and on 
teams; 

12) A broad understanding and global 
perspective of society in general by expo- 
sure to fine arts, literature, letters, foreign 
language or culture, social science, and En- 
glish communication; and 


13) An opportunity to obtain member- 
ship in and become active in the student 
chapter of the American Society of Civil 
Engineers, develop teamwork and leader- 
ship skills, and participate in service activi- 
ties related to the local community and the 
civil engineering professional society. 


Civil engineers are responsible for re- 
searching, developing, planning, design- 
ing, constructing, and managing many of 
the complex systems and facilities essential 
to modern civilization. These include: envi- 
ronmental engineering systems; water sup- 
ply and pollution control systems; all types 
of transportation systems, from pipelines 
to city streets; structural systems from resi- 
dential buildings to city skyscrapers, power 
plants, and offshore platforms; and all 
types of geotechnical systems from foun- 
dations to dams. Civil engineers play im- 
portant roles in planning and administra- 
tion with government agencies at all levels, 
especially those dealing with public works, 
transportation, environmental control, wa- 
ter supply, and energy. 

The curriculum provides students with 
an excellent background to pursue gradu- 
ate study or to enter directly into profes- 
sional practice in industry or government 
after graduation. The first year is devoted 
largely to courses in mathematics, chemis- 
try, physics, and engineering science com- 
mon to all engineering curriculums. During 
the sophomore year, students take five 
courses in civil engineering including 
CADD, Surveying, Mechanics of Materials 
and two laboratories. In their last two 
years, students develop a proficiency in en- 
vironmental engineering, geotechnical en- 
gineering, structural engineering, and 
transportation engineering. They can also 
meet their own professional goals through 
the selection of professional electives in 
these areas as well as construction. Profes- 
sional electives are selected in consultation 
with the student's advisor to satisfy ABET 
accreditation requirements. 

The major requires 129 credits. 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 16 credits 


CHM 101 (3), 102 (1), EGR 105 (1), MTH 

141 (4), PHY 203 (3), 273 (1), and general 
education requirement (COM 101 or WRT 
101) (3). 


Second semester: 16 credits 


EGR 106 (2), MTH 142 (4), PHY 204 (3), 
274 (1), ECN 201 (3) (S), and general edu- 
cation requirement (3). 


Sophomore Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


MTH 243 (3), MCE 262 (3), CVE 240 (2), 
241 (1), 250 (3), and general education 
requirement (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


MTH 244 (3), CVE 220 (3), 221 (1), MCE 
263 (3), GEO 103 (4), and general educa- 
tion requirement (3). 


Junior Year 
First semester: 18 credits 


CVE 346 (3), 354 (4), 374 (3), 375 (1), 
381 (3), 382 (1), and MCE 354 (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


CVE 370 (3), 371 (1), 347 (3), 348 (1), 
STA 409 (3), general education require- 
ment (3), and one 3-credit professional 
elective (see below). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


CVE 465 (3), 466 (1), 497 [capstone] (2), 
general education requirements (6), and 
one 3-credit professional elective (see be- 
low). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


CVE 483 (3), 498 [capstone] (3), free elec- 
tive (3), general education requirement 
(3), and one 3-credit professional elective 
(see below). 


Professional Electives. Three of the nine 
credits of required professional electives 
must be selected from the following 
courses: CVE 470, 471, 475, 478. The re- 
maining six credits are to be selected from 
the list in the Civil Engineering Under- 
graduate Student Handbook. It is recom- 


mended that students consider selecting 
from the Civil Engineering professional 
elective courses to satisfy the free elective 
requirement. 


General Education Courses. Civil engineer- 
ing students, in conjunction with their ad- 
visor, select their general education 
courses in accordance with University and 
College of Engineering approved courses. 


Computer Engineering 


The Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree 
in computer engineering is offered by the 
Department of Electrical and Computer 
Engineering and is accredited by the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology. Specialization in computer 
engineering is also available within the 
Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of 
Philosophy (Ph.D.) programs in electrical 
engineering. 


Coordinator: Professor Lo (Electrical and 
Computer Engineering). Professors 

Ohley, Sun, Tufts, and Yang; Research Pro- 
fessor Uht; Professor Emeritus Sadasiv. 


Computers and other digital systems 
have transformed society. They are used in 
almost every device manufactured, from 
teraflop multicomputers to cell phones to 
greeting cards. Other examples are signal- 
processing functions in numerically con- 
trolled machine tooling, computer-aided 
machine design, tomography (CAT scans) 
and medical imaging (ultrasound), speech 
analysis and synthesis, and picture and 
data communication. The Internet and the 
World Wide Web are possible due to the 
rapid advances in computing and commu- 
nication made in the last two to three 
decades. 

Computer engineering is concerned 
with the design, efficient use, and research 
of all sizes and manner of computers and 
digital systems. The computer engineer 
must understand the fundamentals of 
computer logic and programming, as well 
as the fundamentals of electronics and 
general engineering—mathematics, 
mechanics, electricity and magnetism, 
and heat transfer. Engineers use all of this 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 85 


knowledge to create new devices and 
systems that satisfy human needs. 

The URI computer engineering pro- 
gram offers a unique experience for stu- 
dents desiring hardware and software 
computer engineering design skills, as well 
as the underlying theoretical knowledge to 
create richly complex and competitive 
digital systems. 

The objectives of the computer engi- 
neering program at URI are to produce 
graduates who can practice computer 
engineering in state and regional indus- 
tries, government agencies, and national 
and international industries; give them the 
necessary background and technical skills 
to work professionally in hardware and 
software design, computer-based systems, 
network design, system integration, and/or 
electronic design automation; prepare stu- 
dents to succeed in advanced degree pro- 
grams in fields such as engineering, sci- 
ence, and business; and finally prepare all 
our graduates for personal and professional 
success with awareness and commitment 
to their ethical and social responsibilities, 
as individuals and in team environments. 

A key ingredient to successful digital 
system design is making appropriate de- 
sign tradeoffs among the hardware and 
software components of the system to 
achieve a suitably-performing cost-effective 
design. The exact nature of the latter varies 
from problem to problem. 

Design is a major component of URI’s 
Integrated Computer Engineering Design 
curriculum (ICED). ICED provides a unified 
thrust for the computer engineering stu- 
dent, tying together what is traditionally 
unrelated content from different courses. 
Over the duration of studies, a student 
will design and build an actual complete, 
working computer including both the pro- 
cessor and the compiler. Thus, the com- 
puter will be able to execute high-level 
language programs. Several students’ com- 
puters are connected together in a net- 
work as part of the final system design. 

The design tasks to achieve these aims 
are distributed among the following 
required core courses: ELE 201/202, 305, 
405, 408, 437, and CSC 402. Students 


(= 
2 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


86 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


may also incorporate work from CSC 412 
and ELE 447 in the overall project. By ar- 
rangement with major design companies, 
industrial computer-aided design tools are 
used throughout the student’s computer 
design process. State-of-the-art computers 
and laboratory equipment, including logic 
analyzers, are also used. 

ICED is partially funded by the National 
Science Foundation and is offered with the 
support of the Department of Computer 
Science and Statistics and the Instructional 
Development program. More information 
is available via the department's Web site 
at ele.uri.edu/iced. 

Students without computer program- 
ming experience are advised to take a gen- 
eral education elective and CSC 201 in the 
freshman year and postpone CSC 211 and 
CSC 212 until the sophomore year. 

To transfer from University College to 
the College of Engineering’s computer en- 
gineering program, students must have 
completed all science, mathematics, and en- 
gineering courses required during the first 
two semesters with a quality point average 
of 2.00 or better. 


Minimum Requirements 


Humanities and Social Sciences (27 credits): 
see the general education requirements for 
the College of Engineering, listed on page 
77. Students should consult their advisors 
regarding distribution of credits and 
approved courses. (ECN 201 is included in 
the 27-credit total.) 


Mathematics (17 credits): MTH 141, 142, 
243, 362, 447. 


Basic Sciences (16 credits): CHM 101, 102; 
PHY 203, 273, 204, 274, 205, 275. 


Computer Science (20 credits): CSC 211, 
212, 301, 402, 412. 


Engineering Sciences and Design (42 cred- 
its): ELE 201, 202, 205, 212, 215, 305, 
306, 342, 405, 408, 437; IME 411 or 

MTH 451; engineering elective,? computer 
engineering electives.’ 


The major requires 131-133 credits. 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 16 credits 


MTH 141 (4), CHM 101 (3), 102 (1), PHY 
203 (3), 273 (1), EGR 105 (1), and general 
education requirement (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


CSC 211 (4), MTH 142 (4), PHY 204 (3), 
274 (1), ECN 201 (3), and EGR 106 (2). 


Sophomore Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


ELE 201 (3), 202 (1), MTH 362 (3), PHY 
205 (3), 275 (1), and CSC 212 (4). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


ELE 205 (3), 212 (3), 215 (2), MTH 243 (3), 
and general education requirements (6). 


Junior Year 
First semester: 18 credits 


ELE 305 (3), 306 (2), 342 (4), IME 411 or 
MTH 451 (3), and general education re- 
quirement (6). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


ELE 405 (4), 437 (3), MTH/CSC 447 (3), 
CSC 301 (4), and general education re- 
quirement (3). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 16-17 credits 


CSC 402 (4), computer engineering elec- 
tive (3-4), engineering elective (3), free 
elective (3), and general education require- 
ment (3). 


Second semester: 15-16 credits 


CSC 412 (4), ELE 400 (1), ELE 408 (4), 
computer engineering elective (3-4), and 
general education requirement (3). 


Electrical Engineering 


The Department of Electrical and 
Computer Engineering offers a curriculum 
leading to the Bachelor of Science (B.S.) 
degree. The department also offers the 
Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of 
Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees. 


Faculty: Professor Vaccaro, chairperson. Pro- 
fessors Boudreaux-Bartels, Daly, Fischer, 

L. Jackson, Kay, Kumaresan, Lo, Mardix, 
Mitra, Ohley, Sun, Sunak, Swaszek, Tufts, 


and Q. Yang; Assistant Professor Vetter; 
Adjunct Professors Aaron, Banerjee, 
Cooley, Gerwitz, Middleton, Most, and 
Turtle; Adjunct Assistant Professors Davis 
and Sepe; Professors Emeriti Lengyel, 
Lindgren, and Sadasiv. 


The objectives of URI’s electrical engi- 
neering program are to produce graduates 
who can practice electrical engineering in 
service to state and regional industries, 
government agencies, and national and 
international industries; give our students 
the necessary background and technical 
skills to work professionally in analog elec- 
tronics, digital electronics, communication 
systems, computer-based systems, and/or 
control systems; prepare them for personal 
and professional success with awareness 
and commitment to their ethical and social 
responsibilities, as individuals and in team 
environments; and to prepare graduates 
for success in advanced degree programs 
such as engineering, science, or business. 

Since electrical instrumentation is at 
the heart of modern science and technol- 
ogy, electrical engineers are not only 
employed in the computer, electronics, 
communications, and power industries, 
but may also be found in diverse enter- 
prises such as transportation, the chemical 
industry, large hospitals, and government 
laboratories. 

The curriculum emphasizes the scien- 
tific basis of electrical engineering and the 
application of mathematical analysis to 
engineering problems. Work is required in 
network and systems theory, atomic phys- 
ics and solid state, electromagnetic theory, 
and electronics. Creative use of scientific 
principles in problems of engineering 
design is stressed, particularly in the senior 
year. The development of computer hard- 
ware and software is a part of many electri- 
cal engineering courses. 

Extensive laboratory work serves to 
bridge the gap between mathematical 
analysis and the real world of “hardware.” 
Separate undergraduate laboratories are 
available for electrical measurements, elec- 
tronics, pulse and digital circuits, micro- 
processors, control systems, optics, and 
electronic materials. 


Electrical engineering students should 
note that the four-year electrical engineer- 
ing curriculum allows for three credits of 
completely free electives that do not have 
to satisfy any of the general education re- 
quirements. Although the natural science 
requirement will be satisfied automatically 
by courses specified in the electrical engi- 
neering curriculum, it is recommended 
that students take some additional courses 
in mathematics or physics for which the 
prerequisites have been satisfied. 

To transfer from University College to 
the College of Engineering’s electrical en- 
gineering program, students must have 
completed all science, mathematics, and en- 
gineering courses required during the first 
two semesters with a quality point average 
of 2.00 or better. 


Minimum Requirements 


Humanities and Social Sciences (27 credits): 
see the general education requirements 
listed on page 77. Students should consult 
with their advisors regarding distribution 
of credits and approved courses. (ECN 201 
is included in the 27-credit total.) 


Mathematics (17 credits): MTH 141, 142, 
243, 362; three credits of an MTH elective 
(215 or any 300- to 500-level mathematics 
course except MTH 381). 


Basic Sciences (19 credits): CHM 101, 102; 
PHY 203, 273, 204, 274, 205, 275, 306. 


Computer Science (4 credits): CSC 200. 


Engineering Sciences and Design (61-63 
credits): EGR 105, 106; ELE 201, 202, 205, 
212, 215, 305, 313, 314, 322, 331, 342, 
343, 400; one engineering elective (cho- 
sen from CHE 332, 437; CSC 305; CVE 
220; ELE 325; IME 404, 411, 412; MCE 
302, 341, 354; OCE 310, 471); or an addi- 
tional engineering design elective; five 
electrical engineering design electives 
(chosen from ELE 401, 405, 408, 423, 427, 
432, 436, 437, 444, 447, 457, 458, 488, 
489; two of these courses must be chosen 
from ELE 408, 427, 444, 447, 458, or 489). 


Free Elective: 3 credits. 


The major requires 131-133 credits. 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 16 credits 


EGR 105 (1), CHM 101 (3), 102 (1), MTH 
141 (4), PHY 203 (3), 273 (1), and general 
education requirement (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


EGR 106 (2), ECN 201 (3), MTH 142 (4), 
PHY 204 (3), 274 (1), and CSC 200 (4). 


Sophomore Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


MTH 362 (3), PHY 205 (3), 275 (1), ELE 
201 (3), 202 (1), and general education 
requirements (6). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


ELE 205 (3), 212 (3), 215 (2), MTH 243 
(3), PHY 306 (3), and general education 
requirement (3). 


Junior Year 
First semester: 16 credits 


ELE 305 (3), 313 (3), 331 (3), 342 (4), and 
general education requirement (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


ELE 314 (3), 322 (3), 343 (5), general edu- 
cation requirement (3), and mathematics 
elective? (3). 


Senior Year!’ 
Total credits for two semesters: 31-33 


ELE 400 (1), engineering elective" (3), 
general education requirements (6), free 
elective (3), and electrical engineering de- 
sign electives'? (18-20). 


Industrial Engineering 


The Department of Industrial and 
Manufacturing Engineering offers an ABET- 
accredited curriculum leading to the Bach- 
elor of Science (B.S.) degree in industrial 
engineering. The department also offers 
the Master of Science (M.S.) degree in 
manufacturing engineering, which is ABET- 
accredited, and the Doctor of Philosphy 
(Ph.D.) in industrial and manufacturing 
engineering. 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 87 


Faculty: Professor Sodhi, chairperson. 
Professors Dewhurst and Knight; Associate 
Professors Shao and J. Wang; Adjunct 
Associate Professor Olson. 


Program Mission Statement and Educa- 
tional Objectives. Consistent with the 
mission of the Department of Industrial 
and Manufacturing Engineering, URI’s B.S. 
program in industrial engineering will pre- 
pare graduates for a successful career in 
the field based on a foundation of techni- 
cal ability, high ethical standards and good 
communications skills. Students are amply 
prepared to pursue careers in industrial or 
manufacturing engineering, areas that are 
becoming increasingly important in efforts 
to improve industrial productivity in the 
United States. The curriculum also provides 
an excellent background for further formal 
study at an advanced level. Graduates 
from the B.S. program will have: 

1) Appropriate fundamental under- 
standing of mathematics, physics, chemis- 
try and other basic sciences; 

2) Basic computer skills consistent with 
application to industrial engineering prob- 
lem solving; 

3) Basic engineering knowledge across 
a range of subjects including mechanics, 
materials, thermodynamics and electrical 
circuits; 

4) Understanding of basic economics 
and accounting, together with approaches 
to economics based decision-making; 

5) Thorough grounding in probability 
and statistics as applied to industrial engi- 
neering problems; 

6) Practice in designing, developing 
and analyzing integrated systems that in- 
volve people, materials, equipment and 
energy; 

7) Knowledge of basic manufacturing 
processes and the relationship between 
product design and manufacturing effi- 
ciency; 

8) Advanced knowledge in student- 
selected topics in industrial engineering, 
manufacturing engineering and other 
related disciplines; 

9) Experience with individual and 
team-based engineering problem solving; 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


88 © UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


10) Practical and hands-on experience 
solving engineering problems involving 
measuring physical phenomena and inter- 
preting results; 

11) Understanding of ethics of engi- 
neering activities; 

12) Understanding of the relationships 
between engineering and society in 
general; 

13) Understanding of the necessity for 
lifelong learning; 

14) Well-developed written communi- 
cation skills and experiences of oral com- 
munications both individually and in 
groups; and 

15) Broad understanding of society in 
general by exposure to fine arts, literature, 
history, philosophy, social science and for- 
eign cultures. 


Program Curriculum. The industrial and 
manufacturing engineering curriculum is 
designed to provide significant strength in 
mathematics, basic science, and engineer- 
ing science, together with a carefully coor- 
dinated set of courses of particular impor- 
tance to the professional industrial or 
manufacturing engineer. Mathematical 
modeling of production systems and fun- 
damental treatments of important manu- 
facturing processes and assembly are 
included. Robotics, computer-aided 
manufacturing, and product design for 
manufacturability and assembly are areas 
that receive considerable attention. 

The major requires 128 credits. 


Freshman Year 

First semester: 16 credits 

CHM 101 (3), 102 (1), PHY 203 (3), 273 
(1), EGR 105 (1), MTH 141 (4), and gen- 
eral education requirement (3). 


Second semester: 16 credits 


ECN 201 (3), EGR 106 (2), MTH 142 (4), 
PHY 204 (3), 274 (1), and general educa- 
tion requirement (3). 


Sophomore Year 

First semester: 18 credits 

ECN 202 (3), IME 220 (3), 325 (3), MCE 
262 (3), MTH 243 (3), and free elective 
(3). 


Second semester: 18 credits 


CVE 220 (3), ELE 220 (3), IME 240 (3), 
MCE 263 (3), MTH 362 (3), and basic sci- 
ence elective” (3). 


Junior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


CHE 333 (3), IME 404 (3), 411 (3), 432 
(3), and MCE 341 (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


ACC 201 or 321 (3), IME 412 (3), 433 (3), 
392 (3), and EGR 316 (3). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


IME 451 (3), 449 (3), professional elective 
(3), and general education requirements 


(6). 
Second semester: 15 credits 


IME 452 (3), professional electives (6), and 
general education requirements (6). 


General education (indicated in several 
places above) refers to the electives in the 
University’s general education program, 
required in all curriculums leading to a 
bachelor’s degree. 


Mechanical Engineering 


The Department of Mechanical Engi- 
neering and Applied Mechanics offers a 
curriculum leading to the Bachelor of 
Science (B.S.) degree in mechanical engi- 
neering and, in cooperation with the 
Department of Ocean Engineering, 

a curriculum leading to the Bachelor of 
Science (B.S.) degree in mechanical engi- 
neering with an ocean engineering option. 
The B.S. degree in mechanical engineering 
is accredited by the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology. The depart- 
ment also offers the Master of Science 
(M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 
degrees in mechanical engineering and 
applied mechanics. 


Faculty: Professor Shukla, chairperson. Pro- 
fessors Datseris, Faghri, Ghonem, T. Kim, 
Lessmann, W. Palm, Sadd, and Z. Zhang; 
Associate Professors Jouaneh and Taggart; 


Assistant Professors Chelidze, D. Meyer, 
and C. Rousseau; Adjunct Assistant Profes- 
sors Tucker and Vallee. 


Department Mission and Program 
Objectives. URI’s Mechanical Engineering 
department fully follows the college’s 
mission statement (see page 80). The 
University’s mechanical engineering pro- 
gram is more than just a collection of 
courses and credit hours; it has been care- 
fully designed to prepare students for the 
profession of mechanical engineering 
through study, experience and practice. 
Although strong educational objectives ex- 
isted in the program for many years, the 
department recently carefully reviewed 
and redeveloped its objectives. URI’s 
mechanical engineering program is struc- 
tured to: 

1) Provide the necessary background in 
science, particularly in physics and chemis- 
try, and in advanced mathematics so that 
students will be able to successfully pursue 
and complete their education with a depth 
of understanding to allow for proper for- 
mulation and solution of engineering 
problems; 

2) Provide a broad cross section of fun- 
damental engineering science education 
from several other engineering disciplines, 
so that students will acquire an under- 
standing of the way in which science and 
math are used to solve engineering prob- 
lems relevant to not only mechanical but 
other engineering fields; 

3) Develop competency in conducting 
and in planning experiments in the engi- 
neering laboratory including interfacing 
experiments with computers as well as in- 
terpreting the significance of resulting data 
and properly reporting results in well writ- 
ten technical reports; 

4) Provide design experience in the two 
core areas of mechanical systems and ther- 
mal systems by formulating a design solu- 
tion to a perceived need, executing the 
design and evaluating its performance, 
possibly including manufacturing, eco- 
nomic and societal impact considerations, 
and culminating in effective communica- 
tion of results; 


5) Develop competency in the use of 
computers to solve design and analysis 
problems, and to effectively present results 
using word processing, spreadsheet and 
presentation software. 

6) Provide a broad educational experi- 
ence which will allow students to under- 
stand the impact and interaction of engi- 
neering activities within the local and 
global society, including business, eco- 
nomic, ethical and societal issues. 

7) Initiate and encourage professional 
development and other job-related skills 
through activities including the American 
Society of Mechanical Engineers and other 
student organizations, University Career 
Services programs, and working in teams; 
and emphasize the importance of continu- 
ous lifelong professional development in- 
cluding graduate school and/or other post- 
baccalaureate education; 

8) Furnish individual advising to insure 
that each student makes the most of the 
University’s educational opportunities, par- 
ticularly those related to general education 
electives, special internship/cooperative 
work experience programs, and especially 
our unique International Engineering 
Programs; and 

9) Provide an understanding and ap- 
preciation of diversity, and maintain an 
educational environment of mutual respect 
that will allow students of varying back- 
ground, gender, race and culture to per- 
form to the best of their abilities, prepared 
to work in a diverse and global market- 
place. 


The curriculum provides a thorough 
and well-rounded foundation in basic sci- 
ence, mathematics, engineering science, 
and general education to prepare the 
graduate for a professional engineering 
career. The curriculum is also excellent 
preparation for graduate school. The pro- 
gram is strong in providing a background 
in design, solid and fluid mechanics, 
systems engineering, and the thermal 
sciences, including energy and energy 
transfer. Computer applications are 
stressed throughout the curriculum. All 
undergraduates are invited and encour- 
aged to join the student section of the 


American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 
which sponsors industrial plant visits, 
special lectures, and other activities. Stu- 
dents may also join chapters of the Society 
of Automotive Engineers, the American 
Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air 
Conditioning Engineers, and the Society 
for Experimental Mechanics. 

The work in the first two years consists 
of basic courses in science (math, physics, 
chemistry), applied science (mechanics, 
electricity and magnetism, basic computer 
literacy and computer-aided problem solv- 
ing), and general education requirements 
(humanities, social sciences, English com- 
munication). A pair of introductory engi- 
neering courses are included in the fresh- 
man year. 

The junior year concentrates on funda- 
mental courses in mechanical engineering 
(thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, systems 
engineering, engineering analysis), materials 
sciences, and design of machines. Further 
general education studies are also covered. 

The senior year in mechanical engineer- 
ing includes heat transfer, manufacturing 
processes, mechanical systems design, 
thermal systems design, and a wide variety 
of professional electives such as mechani- 
cal control systems, advanced fluid me- 
chanics, advanced mechanics of materials, 
microprocessor applications, internal com- 
bustion engines, alternate energy systems 
including solar and wind energy, power 
plants, air conditioning, heating and venti- 
lation, vibrations, finite element method, 
and experimental stress analysis. The pro- 
gram also includes three laboratory courses 
in the junior and senior years, which intro- 
duce experimental techniques and provide 
practical experience with the engineering 
phenomena covered in the classroom. 

Computer techniques are integrated 
throughout the curriculum. Computational 
facilities including personal computers and 
workstations are available in the College of 
Engineering’s Computer Center and the 
University’s Office of Information Services. 
The department’s computer classroom 
provides state-of-the-art hardware and 
software for simulation, design, and prod- 
uct development. 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 89 


To receive the Bachelor of Science 
degree in mechanical engineering, the stu- 
dent must satisfactorily complete all the 
courses in the following curriculum, which 
requires 129 credits. 


Freshman Year 

First semester: 16 credits 

CHM 101 (3), 102 (1), EGR 105 (1), MTH 
141 (4), PHY 203 (3), 273 (1), and WRT 
101 (3). 

Second semester: 16 credits 

COM 101 (3), ECN 201 (3), EGR 106 (2), 
MTH 142 (4), PHY 204 (3), and 274 (1). 
Sophomore Year 

First semester: 16 credits 


MCE 201 (3), 262 (3), MTH 243 (3), PHY 
205 (3), 275 (1), and general education 
requirement (3). 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


Second semester: 15 credits 


CVE 220 (3), ELE 220 (3), MCE 263 (3), 
MTH 244 (3), and general education re- 
quirement (3). 


Junior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


EGR 316 (3), CHE 333 (3), MCE 301 (3), 
341 (3), and 372 (3). 


Second semester: 18 credits 


MCE 302 (3), 313 (3), 354 (3), 366 (3), 
and general education requirements (6). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 18 credits 


IME 340 (3), MCE 401 [capstone] (3), 414 
(3), 448 (3), and professional electives" 


(6). 
Second semester: 15 credits 


MCE 402 [capstone] (3), professional elec- 
tives" (6), free elective (3), and general 
education requirement (3). 


Mechanical Engineering with an Ocean 
Engineering Option. Students enrolled 

in this curriculum follow the mechanical 
engineering program above for their fresh- 
man and sophomore years, and then the 
following curriculum. This major requires 
130 credits. 


90 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Junior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


CHE 333 (3), MCE 301 (3), 341 (3), 354 
(3), and 372 (3). 


Second semester: 16 credits 


MCE 302 (3), 366 (3), OCE 307 (3), 311 
(4), and OCG 451 (3). 


Senior Year 
First semester: 18 credits 


IME 340 (3), MCE 401 [capstone] (3), 448 
(3), ocean engineering elective!’ (3), and 
general education requirements (6). 


Second semester: 18 credits 


MCE 402 [capstone] (3), OCE 471 (3), 
professional elective'® (3), free elective (3), 
and general education requirements (6). 


Ocean Engineering 


The Department of Ocean Engineering 
offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor 
of Science (B.S.) degree in ocean engineer- 
ing; this program is accredited by the Ac- 
creditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology and is open to qualified stu- 
dents under the New England Regional 
Student Program. URI’s Department of 
Ocean Engineering is nationally and inter- 
nationally recognized as one of the leaders 
in ocean engineering, and also offers Mas- 
ter of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Phi- 
losophy (Ph.D.) degrees. 


Faculty: Professor Grilli, chairperson. Profes- 
sors Hu, Miller, Spaulding, Stepanishen, 
and Tyce; Associate Professor Moran; Assis- 
tant Professor Baxter; Research Professor 
Silva; Adjunct Professors Shonting and 
Sullivan; Adjunct Associate Professor 
Uhlman; Adjunct Assistant Professor 
Vincent; Professors Emeriti Kowalski, 
Middleton, and Sheets. 


Department Mission Statement and 
Educational Objectives. The Department 
of Ocean Engineering’s missions are to 
provide high-quality undergraduate and 
graduate degree programs that prepare 
our students for professional careers in 
ocean engineering in industry, academia, 
and government; to develop and maintain 


internationally recognized research pro- 
grams in selected areas of ocean engineer- 
ing; to actively serve the profession and 
community in our areas of expertise; and 
to provide a challenging work and learning 
environment where diversity, community, 
scholarship, professional development, and 
excellence are valued and rewarded. 

The program is designed to provide 
students with a strong base in fundamental 
sciences, mathematics, and engineering; a 
broad base in ocean engineering; opportu- 
nities for the integration of theory, experi- 
mentation, and design; appreciation of 
ethical, social and environmental issues in 
the practice of the profession; and strong 
oral and written communication skills. The 
educational goals for the B.S. program— 
developed in consultation with the 
department's advisory board, alumni, 
graduate employers, and students—are to 
provide: 

1) Appropriate fundamental under- 
standing of mathematics, physics, chemis- 
try, and other basic sciences; 

2) Computer skills appropriate to ocean 
engineering problem solving, design, and 
data collection and analysis systems; 

3) Basic engineering knowledge across 
a range of subjects including mechanics, 
dynamics, materials, and electrical circuits; 

4) Understanding of fundamental prob- 
ability and statistics as applied to ocean 
engineering problems; 

5) Understanding and use of ocean 
instrumentation; 

6) Practice in the design, execution 
and analysis of laboratory and field 
experiments; 

7) Knowledge of advanced applied 
mathematics; 

8) Knowledge of wave dynamics and 
forces; 

9) Understanding of marine geome- 
chanics, hydrostatics, hydrodynamics, 
oceanography and underwater acoustics; 

10) Understanding of ocean engineer- 
ing design including sonars, marine struc- 
tures, and ocean data collection systems; 

11) Experience in design of an inte- 
grated ocean engineering system with ex- 
posure to economic considerations; 


12) Advanced knowledge in selected 
topics in ocean engineering through pro- 
fessional electives; 

13) Experience with individual and 
team-based engineering problem solving; 
14) Understanding of ethics in the 

practice of engineering and the relation- 
ship between engineering and society, as 
well as knowledge of contemporary issues; 

15) Understanding of the necessity of 
lifelong learning; 

16) Well-developed written and oral 
communication skills; and 

17) Understanding of the need for di- 
versity in the national and international en- 
gineering workplace. 


URI’s curriculum provides a basic ocean 
engineering program that gives students a 
firm base in engineering fundamentals and 
prepares them for direct entry into a pro- 
fessional career or continued study toward 
a graduate degree. The required ocean en- 
gineering courses begin at the freshman 
level and include laboratory, analysis, and 
design courses. The total design compo- 
nent must include at least 17 credits. There 
is a strong emphasis on the application of 
scientific principles in the ocean environ- 
ment gained through laboratory courses. 
Experiments covering several basic areas 
are employed and provide an integrated 
approach to investigations into ocean phe- 
nomena and processes. Students are in- 
volved in the planning and execution of 
experiments, including collection and 
analysis of data and the reporting of re- 
sults. This hands-on experience provides 
graduates with an understanding of ocean 
engineering activities in scientific and in- 
dustrial fields. Two ocean engineering pro- 
fessional elective courses are also required. 

The broad-based program exposes stu- 
dents to the following topics: ocean instru- 
mentation and data analysis, underwater 
and sub-bottom acoustics, marine hydro- 
dynamics, coastal and near shore pro- 
cesses, marine geomechanics, coastal and 
offshore structures, and corrosion. 

To ensure that each student gains an 
in-depth knowledge of one of the ocean 
engineering disciplines, the curriculum 
allows sequences of courses in hydro- 


dynamics, structures, geomechanics, 
acoustics, instrumentation, and data analy- 
sis. An Ocean Systems Design Project 
course in the senior year integrates previ- 
ously obtained knowledge in a compre- 
hensive design project. This experience 
may be obtained through an on-campus 
course, by participating in an ongoing re- 
search project, or through an off-campus 
internship in an ocean-oriented private 
company or government laboratory; this 
internship allows interested students to 
take advantage of the many opportunities 
available in the region. 

The Department of Ocean Engineering 
is located at the University’s Narragansett 
Bay Campus. Computational facilities in- 
clude personal computer and workstation 
rooms networked and connected to the 
Engineering Computer Laboratory and 
Office of Information Services. Extensive 
laboratory facilities are also available. The 
department operates an 80-foot research 
vessel equipped with a fully integrated 
side-scan sonar mapping system. This ves- 
sel is used for both lab courses and re- 


1 May be chosen from any two of the following: 
CHE 333, 347, 541, 574; CVE 220, 374; ELE 
325, 331; IME 404, 411, 412; MCE 302, 341, or 
354, or any electrical engineering design 
elective. 


? May be chosen from any two of the following: 
ELE 401, 405, 408, 427, 432, 436, 437, 444, 
447, 457, or 458. 


3A math elective is MTH 215 or any 300- to 500- 
level mathematics course except MTH 381. MTH 
451 is recommended as a mathematics elective. 


4 Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology through its Engineering 
Accreditation Commission in cooperation with 
the Committee on Education and Accreditation 
of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers. 


5CHM 191, 192 (10 credits) may be substituted 
for CHM 101, 102, 112, and 114 (8 credits). 


In order to meet accreditation requirements, 
these courses, together with at least 18 credits 
of the general education requirements, must be 
chosen from a group approved by the 
chairperson, with the approval of an advisor 
designated by the chairperson. 


7 The elective must meet accreditation 
requirements. OCG 451 is required for chemical 
and ocean engineering majors. 


search. A 100-foot tow and wave tank and 
a large acoustics tank are located on the 
Bay Campus, as well as an electronics 
shop, machine shop, and the Marine Geo- 
mechanics Laboratory. 

This major requires 128 credits. 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 16 credits 


CHM 101 (3), 102 (1), EGR 105 (1), MTH 
141 (4), PHY 203 (3), 273 (1), and general 
education elective (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


ECN 201 (3), EGR 106 (2), MCE 262 (3), 
MTH 142 (4), OCE 101 (1), PHY 204 (3), 
and 274 (1). 


Sophomore Year 
First semester: 16 credits 


MCE 263 (3), MTH 243 (3), OCE 215 (1), 
PHY 205 (3), and general education elec- 
tives (6). 


Second semester: 16 credits 


CVE 220 (3), ELE 220 (3), MTH 244 (3), 
OCE 216 (1), OCG 451 (3), and general 


8 One of the following: CHE 332, 437; CVE 220; 
ELE 325; IME 404, 412; MCE 302, 341, 354; and 
OCE 310 or an additional computer engineering 
elective. 


°? Computer engineering electives—six or more 
credits from the following courses: any ELE 300- 
or 400-level course not otherwise required by 
the major, and CSC 305, 406, 411, 415, 436, 
481. 


' See your advisor for help in preparing a suitable 
senior-year program. 


™ One of the following courses: CHE 332, 437; 
CSC 305; CVE 220; ELE 325; IME 404, 411, 412; 
MCE 302, 341, 354; and OCE 310, 471; or an 
additional electrical engineering design elective. 


12 Electrical engineering design electives may be 
chosen from any five of the following: ELE 401, 
405, 408, 423, 427, 432, 436, 437, 444, 447, 
457, 458, 488, 489. However, two of the 
courses must be chosen from ELE 408, 427, 444, 
447, 458, or 489, and of these two, one must be 
chosen from ELE 408, 427, or 447. 


13 Any course for which the prerequisite is met by 
CHM 101, including PHY 205, 223, and 275; 
any physics course at or above the 300 level; or 
any course in astronomy, biochemistry, biology, 
botany, geology, microbiology, or zoology. Any 
other course must be approved by an advisor. 


COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 91 


education elective (3). 

Junior Year 

First semester: 15 credits 

CHE 333 (3), IME 411 (3), MCE 354 (3), 
OCE 301 (3), and 310 (3). 

Second semester: 16 credits 


EGR 316 (3), OCE 307 (3), 311 (4), 471 
(3), and general education elective (3). 


Cc 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


Senior Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


OCE 416 (2), 421 (3), 4957 (3), general 
education elective (3), and professional 
electives'® (6). 


Senior Year 
Second semester: 15 credits 


OCE 496” (3), free elective (3), profes- 
sional electives’? (6), and general education 
elective (3). 


14 Professional electives must be satisfied by a 
minimum of three three-credit elective courses 
in mechanical engineering. The fourth course 
may be a 300-, 400-, or 500-level course offered 
by: the College of Engineering (except OCE 346 
and 347); or the Departments of Chemistry, 
Computer Science and Statistics, or Physics; or 
the Department of Mathematics (one 400- or 
500-level course). 


15 One course must be selected from OCE 421, 
495, 510, 522, 534, or 561. 


16 May be satisfied by any 400-level mechanical 
engineering course. 


17 An approved off-campus experience, usually 
between the junior and senior years, can be 
substituted for OCE 495 and 496. 


18 The requirement for professional electives must 
be satisfied by a minimum of two approved 
three-credit elective courses at the 300, 400, or 
500 level in engineering and two approved 
three-credit courses in ocean engineering. 


92 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


COLLEGE OF 
THE ENVIRONMENT 
AND LIFE SCIENCES 


Jeffrey R. Seemann, Dean 
Dennis W. Nixon, Associate Dean 
Cathy Roheim, Associate Dean 


The College of the Environment and 
Life Sciences (CELS) offers undergraduate 
majors leading to three degrees: the Bach- 
elor of Science (B.S.), the Bachelor of Arts 
(B.A.), and the Bachelor of Landscape 
Architecture (B.L.A.). The following majors 


are offered within the B.S. degree program: 


animal science and technology, aquacul- 
ture and fisheries technology, clinical labo- 
ratory science, coastal and marine policy 
and management, environmental econom- 
ics and management, environmental plant 
biology, environmental science and man- 
agement, geology and geological ocean- 
ography, geosciences, microbiology, 
nutrition and dietetics, resource economics 
and commerce, urban horticulture and 
turfgrass management, water and soil sci- 
ence, and wildlife and conservation biol- 
ogy. Students may obtain a B.A. or B.S. in 
coastal and marine policy. 

Options have been developed within 
certain majors to help students prepare for 
graduate study, professional training, or 
specialized careers. Entering freshman and 
transfer students with fewer than 24 cred- 
its are admitted to University College, and 
may choose a major in the College of the 
Environment and Life Sciences at that 
time. 

Undergraduate students from any 
college may develop a minor from one of 
the majors offered by the College of the 
Environment and Life Sciences. Details can 
be worked out with an appropriate faculty 
advisor. In addition, most departments 
have an internship program for combining 
hands-on professional experience with 
academic credit. 

CELS encourages students in all majors 
to pursue opportunities such as under- 
graduate research fellowships, internships, 
apprenticeships, and field studies that will 


complement their formal classroom 
learning. 

The Department of Community Plan- 
ning and Landscape Architecture offers a 
minor in community planning which is de- 
scribed on page 36. 


Faculty 


Many faculty members hold a joint 
appointment with the Rhode Island Agri- 
cultural Experiment Service and the Rhode 
Island Cooperative Extension. These units 
represent the formal research and public 
service functions of the college and are 
funded with federal and state monies. 


Cell and Molecular Biology: Professor Sperry, 
chairperson. Professors Bradley, P. Cohen, 
Goldsmith, Hufnagel, Laux, D. Nelson, and 
Seemann; Associate Professors Chandlee, 
L. Martin, Mottinger, and J.H. Norris; Assis- 
tant Professor G.Sun; Adjunct Professor 
Mehta; Adjunct Assistant Professors Bauer, 
Kaplan, and Kausch; Professors Emeriti 
Cabelli, Carpenter, Hartman, Traxler, 
Tremblay, and Wood. 


Clinical Laboratory Science: Adjunct 
Associate Professor Paquette, director. 
Adjunct Clinical Professors Allegra and 
Kenney; Adjunct Clinical Associate Profes- 
sors Kessimian and Schwartz; Adjunct 
Clinical Assistant Professors Campbell, 
Gmuer, Goddu, Heelan, Ingersoll, 
Lewandowski, and Mello. 


Community Planning: Professor Atash, chair- 
person and program director. Professor Feld; 
Associate Professors Feldman, H. Foster, 
Gorden, and Jensen; Assistant Professor R. 
Thompson; Adjunct Professor Thomas; Ad- 
junct Associate Professors Abedon, Flynn, 
Kumekawa, Ruggerio, R.B. Shaw, and 
Westcott; Adjunct Assistant Professors 
Motte, Parella, Schatz, and Winsor. 


Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics: Professor J.L. Anderson, chair- 
person. Professors Gates, Grigalunas, 
Opaluch, Roheim, Sutinen, Swallow, and 
T. Tyrrell; Assistant Professor C. Anderson; 
Adjunct Professors Edwards, Holland, 
Johnston, Mazzota, and Shogren. 


Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science: 
Professor Rice, chairperson. Professors 
Bengtson, Bradley, DeAlteris, Mallilo, 
Nippo, Rhodes, and Wing; Assistant Profes- 
sors Gomez-Chiarri and Whitworth; Ad- 
junct Associate Professors Bodammer, 
Klein-McPhee, Kocik, Musick, and 
Smolowitz; Adjunct Assistant Professors 
Balmforth, Berlinsky, Blott, Ganz, Gleason, 
Kaiser, Rheault, and Weatherbee; Adjunct 
Clinical Professor Serra; Professors Emeriti 
Chang, McCreight, and Wolke. 


Nutrition and Food Sciences: Professor 
Caldwell, chairperson. Professors Greene, 
C. Lee, and Patnoad; Associate Professors 
English, Fey-Yensan, and Gerber; Assistant 
Professor Melanson; Adjunct Associate Pro- 
fessor Sebelia; Adjunct Assistant Professor 
Pivarnik; Professors Emeriti Constantinides 
and Rand; Instructor Handley. 


Geosciences: Professor Murray, chairperson. 
Professors Boothroyd, Cain, Fastovsky, and 
Hermes; Associate Professor Veeger; Assis- 
tant Professor Boving; Adjunct Professors 

Burks, Fischer, Pockalny, and Spiegelman. 


Geology and Geological Oceanography: 
Associate Professor Veeger, undergraduate 
advisor. The faculty consists of the mem- 
bers of the Department of Geosciences 
and the marine geology and geophysics 
faculty of the Graduate School of Ocean- 
ography. 

Landscape Architecture: Professor Simeoni, 
director. Professor Hanson; Associate Pro- 
fessor Green; Adjunct Assistant Professors 
Bourbonnais, Sheridan, and Weygand. 


Marine Affairs: Professor Juda, chairperson. 
Professors Burroughs, Marti, and D. Nixon; 
Assistant Professors Macinko and Morin; 
Professors Emeriti Alexander, Knauss, and 
West; Associate Professor Emeritus Krausse. 


Natural Resources Science: Professor 
Husband, chairperson. Professors Amador, 
August, Gold, and Golet; Associate Profes- 
sors Forrester, McWilliams, Paton, Stolt, 
and Yegiao Wang; Adjunct Professor Perez; 
Adjunct Associate Professor Groffman; Ad- 
junct Assistant Professors Compton, Dabek, 
and Lashomb; Professor Emeritus Wright. 


Plant Sciences: Professor Casagrande, chair- 
person. Professors Alm, N. Jackson, LeBrun, 
Logan, Mather, and Sullivan; Associate 
Professors Chandlee, Englander, and 
Ruemmele; Assistant Professor Mitkowski; 
Adjunct Professor Taylorson; Professor-in- 
Residence Ginsberg; Adjunct Assistant Pro- 
fessors Dellaporta, Gettman, and Gordon; 
Professors Emeriti Hull and Mueller; Associ- 
ate Professor Emeritus Krul. 


Curriculum Requirements 


Bachelor of Arts. Students who pursue the 
B.A. in coastal and marine policy must ful- 
fill the Basic Liberal Studies requirements 
of the College of Arts and Sciences (see 
page 49). Also see the listing under coastal 
and marine policy in this section. 


Bachelor of Science. Most of the 
college’s B.S. programs require a minimum 
of 130 credits for graduation, except when 
specified otherwise under the program de- 
scription. Required courses come from 
three categories: general education re- 
quirements (36 credits); program require- 
ments (77-85 credits); and free electives 
(9-12 credits). 

The following outline gives the basic 
general education requirements for all stu- 
dents in the B.S. curriculum. Individual 
programs may require that specific courses 
be selected. 


English Communication (6 credits): 

three credits in written communication 
from courses in Group Cw, and three 
credits in oral communication from com- 
munication studies. 


Mathematics (3 credits) 
Natural Sciences (6 credits) 
Social Sciences (6 credits) 


In addition, 15 credits must be chosen from: 
Letters (3-6 credits) 

Fine Arts and Literature (3-6 credits) 
Foreign Language and Culture (3-6 credits) 
Total: 36 credits. 


COLLEGE OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND LIFE SCIENCES 


Bachelor of Landscape Architecture. 
For information on the curriculum require- 
ments for URI’s B.L.A. degree, see page 98. 


Animal Science and Technology 


This major, offered by the Department 
of Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
is designed for students interested in 
applied animal science careers. Options 
are available to students interested in vet- 
erinary medicine, animal sciences, and 
laboratory animal science. Those students 
who intend to use their study in animal sci- 
ence as credentials for secondary-school 
teaching should also enroll in this major. 

The major requires a minimum of seven 
credits in introductory animal science and 
genetics, three in biology, eight in inor- 
ganic chemistry, and three in mathematics. 
Also required are nine to 12 credits in 
basic science, 24 credits of concentration 
courses, and 26-29 credits of supporting 
electives approved for the major. 


Animal Science Option. This option 
includes animal nutrition, physiology, be- 
havior, and disease. Students will normally 
emphasize one or more of these areas. A 
strong preparatory background in the 
basic sciences is needed. Students in this 
option seek employment in technical areas 
and/or continue their studies in specialized 
graduate programs. 

In addition to the requirements of the 
major, students choosing this option must 
complete the following basic science re- 
quirements: four to eight credits in organic 
chemistry, three in introductory calculus, 
and four in microbiology. A course in ani- 
mal anatomy and physiology is required in 
the concentration. The remaining credit 
requirements will be selected from the 
concentration courses and supporting 
electives approved for this option. 


Laboratory Animal Option. Research 
techniques and procedures for animal care 
are emphasized along with a strong back- 
ground in the sciences. Students with this 
training and animal experience would be 
employed in research and teaching facili- 
ties as animal technicians, animal tech- 


93 


nologists, supervisors of animal techni- 
cians, and assistant research project 
leaders. 

In addition to the requirements of the 
major, students must complete the follow- 
ing basic science requirements: four to 
eight credits in organic chemistry, three in 
introductory calculus, four in microbiology, 
and three in statistical methods. Six credits 
in animal management, three credits in 
animal anatomy and physiology, and three 
credits of general nutrition are required in 
the concentration. The remaining credits 
will be selected from the concentration 
courses and supporting electives approved 
for this option. 


Preveterinary Option. This option 
requires a demonstrated capability in the 
basic sciences and prepares students for 
admission to veterinary schools offering 
the D.V.M. degree. Because admission re- 
quirements among schools are not totally 
uniform and are subject to change, stu- 
dents should determine specific require- 
ments of the schools in which they are in- 
terested. Those who are not accepted for 
veterinary training will be well prepared to 
pursue graduate programs in animal physi- 
ology and health. 

In addition to the requirements of the 
major, students must complete the follow- 
ing basic science requirements: eight- 
credit, two-semester sequence in organic 
chemistry, three credits in biochemistry, 
four in microbiology, eight in general 
physics, three in introductory calculus, and 
three in intermediate calculus or statistical 
methods in research. Three credits in ani- 
mal anatomy and physiology are required 
in the concentration. The remaining cred- 
its will be selected from the concentration 
courses and supporting electives approved 
for this option. 


Aquaculture and 
Fishery Technology 


This major, offered by the Department 
of Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
prepares students for professional or tech- 
nical careers in aquaculture or fisheries- 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


94 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


oriented occupations. It is sufficiently 
broad to allow for specialization in either 
fisheries or aquaculture science and tech- 
nology. Students who demonstrate 
superior ability in the basic sciences and 
wish to continue their professional training 
can select a course curriculum that will 
both prepare them for graduate school 
and provide a broad overview in fisheries 
and aquaculture science and technology. 
The major requires a minimum of nine 
credits in introductory professional courses 
including natural resource conservation, 
fisheries or aquaculture, and resource eco- 
nomics; six to eight credits in animal and 
plant biology; four credits in general 
chemistry; four additional credits in gen- 
eral or organic chemistry; and nine to 
twelve additional credits in basic science 
selected from an approved course list in 
the departments of Biological Sciences, 
Chemistry, Computer Science and Statis- 
tics, Mathematics, and Physics. In addition, 
the major requires 24 credits in concentra- 
tion courses at the 300 level or above, and 
18 credits of the concentration courses 
must be selected from courses offered by 
the departments of Biological Sciences 
(zoology); Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary 
Science; Nutrition and Food Sciences; 
Marine Affairs; Environmental and Natural 
Resource Economics; and by the Graduate 
School of Oceanography. Finally, the pro- 
gram requires 30-36 credits of supporting 
electives selected from an approved list of 
courses in the departments of Biological 
Sciences (botany and zoology); Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science; Marine Af- 
fairs; Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics; Natural Resources Science; and 
the Graduate School of Oceanography. 


Clinical Laboratory Science 


This major, offered by the Department 
of Cell and Molecular Biology, is con- 
cerned with the diagnosis, treatment, and 
prevention of disease using analytical 
methods in the clinical laboratory. The de- 
partment also offers the Master of Science 
(M.S.) degree. 


During the first three years, emphasis is 
on general education requirements and on 
the basic courses in biology, chemistry, 
mathematics, and physics needed for back- 
ground in the applied health sciences. The 
courses of the senior year are taught off 
campus by the staff members of affiliated 
hospital schools of clinical laboratory sci- 
ence. These schools are accredited by the 
National Accreditation Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Sciences. The senior year is an 
11-month program of study and starts in 
late July, soon after the completion of the 
third year of the curriculum. It is taken at 
one of the following locations, which are 
about 30 miles from the Kingston campus: 
Rhode Island and Miriam hospitals in Provi- 
dence, Our Lady of Fatima Hospital in 
North Providence, and the Rhode Island 
Blood Center in Providence. The clinical 
program includes lecture and laboratory 
instruction in clinical chemistry, clinical mi- 
crobiology, hematology, immunology, im- 
munohematology, and molecular pathol- 
ogy, and prepares the student for the 
national certification examinations and 
state licensure. 

The curriculum is designed to enhance 
student's professional opportunities in the 
medical laboratory, biotechnology, and 
pharmaceutical industries, as well as to 
prepare the student for graduate or profes- 
sional school. 

Applicants to this curriculum should 
have completed 60 credits by July of the 
sophomore year and should have taken 
most of the courses listed below during the 
first two years. Students are selected by 
the University Committee on Clinical Labo- 
ratory Science and by program officials of 
the hospital schools. Since the number of 
students admitted to this professional 
curriculum is limited, interested students 
should consult early in their college career 
with the coordinator so that they will be 
familiar with the requirements and applica- 
tion procedures. Flexibility in the curricu- 
lum permits the student who is not 
accepted to fulfill requirements for the 
Bachelor of Science degree in another con- 
centration such as microbiology or certain 
related health sciences. 


Students with a degree in health or a 
science discipline may also apply to the 
clinical internship as a fifth year of study. 

A total of 130 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Freshman Year 

First semester: 14-15 credits 

CHM 101, 102 or 103, 105 (4); BIO 101 
or 102 (4); MTH 111 or 131 (3) or 141 
(4); and one general education require- 
ment (3). 

Second semester: 16 credits 

CHM 112, 114 (4); BIO 112 or 113 (4); 
CSC 101 or 201 (4); MTC 102 (1); and 
one general education requirement (3). 


Sophomore Year 

First semester: 17 credits 

CHM 227 (3); PHY 111, 185 (4); 

MIC 211 or 201 (4); and general education 
requirements (6). 


Second semester: 17 credits 
BIO 242 (3); CHM 226, 228 (5); general 


education requirements (6); and free 
elective (3). 


Junior Year 

First semester: 18 credits 

MIC 333 (3); MTC 483 (3); EDC 102 
or 312 (3); and general education 
requirements (9). 


Second semester: 15 credits 


MIC 432 (3); BCH 311 (3); STA 307 or 308 
(3); MGT 300 or 301 (3); and electives (3). 


Senior Year 

First semester: 17 credits 

MTC 405 (2), 407 (2), 409 (4), 411 (4), 413 
(2), and 415 (3). 


Second semester: 15 credits 
MTC 406 (2), 410 (4), 412 (4), 414 (2), 
and 416 (3). 


Coastal and Marine Policy 


These interdisciplinary majors, offered 
by the Department of Marine Affairs, focus 
on coastal and ocean areas and examine 
environments, resources, and uses from a 
variety of perspectives. Topics include 
coastal and fisheries management, ports 
and maritime transportation, ocean policy 
and ocean law. 

A coastal and marine policy major es- 
tablishes a background for careers in the 
public or private sectors in a wide variety 
of marine-related fields. Typical areas of 
employment include positions in govern- 
ment concerned with coastal zone, envi- 
ronmental, or fishery management, and 
marine transportation. In the private sec- 
tors, students have secured positions in en- 
vironmental consulting firms, marine insur- 
ance, public interest nongovernmental 
organizations, marinas, ports, and compa- 
nies involved in shipping. The major serves 
well as an educational background for con- 
tinued study in law, especially environmen- 
tal, fishery, coastal zone, admiralty, and 
ocean law. Students have also entered 
graduate and professional programs in en- 
vironmental management, public adminis- 
tration, community planning, marine 
affairs, and related fields. 

URIs Department of Marine Affairs 
offers the following degrees: B.A., B.S., 
M.A., M.M.A. (Master of Marine Affairs), 
and Ph.D. 

Students in the Department of Marine 
Affairs must maintain a 2.8 G.P.A. and take 
at least one MAF course per year to retain 
their New England regional tuition status. 
Failure to meet these objectives will result 
in suspension of the reduced tuition privi- 
lege. Reinstatement may occur if the stu- 
dent meets these requirements for one 
year after the time of the suspension. 


Bachelor of Arts in Coastal and Marine 
Policy Studies. Students who obtain the 
B.A. in coastal and marine policy studies 
must fulfill the Basic Liberal Studies re- 
quirements of the College of Arts and 
Sciences (page 49). 


COLLEGE OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND LIFE SCIENCES 


Students selecting this field are re- 
quired to complete at least 30 credits 
(maximum 45) in coastal and marine 
policy studies as follows. 

All of the following courses (12 credits): 
MAF 100, 120, 220, and 410 [capstone]. 
Five of the following courses (15 credits): 
MAF 312, 415, 320, 330, 413, 434, 461, 
465, 471, 472, 475, 484, and 499. One 
additional MAF course (three credits) must 
be taken to complete the required 30 cred- 
its in the degree. 

In addition, students must also take 
STA 308 and OCG 123 or 401 (if OCG 123 
is taken, it may also be used toward fulfill- 
ing the Basic Liberal Studies Natural Sci- 
ences requirement). 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. At least 42 of these credits 
must be in courses numbered 300 or 
above. 


Bachelor of Science in Coastal and 
Marine Policy and Management. Stu- 
dents selecting this field must complete at 
least 30 hours in coastal and marine policy 
and management with the following re- 
quired MAF courses: MAF 100, 120, 220, 
410 [capstone], 482; and five of the fol- 
lowing courses: MAF 312, 320, 330, 413, 
415, 434, 461, 465, 471, 472, 475, 484, 
and 499. 

In addition to the above requirements, 
students must take BIO 101; OCG 123 or 
401; MTH 111 or 131; and WRT 333 (3). 

Students must also select a total of six 
courses from the following, of which three 
must be at the 300 level or above: ASP 
281, 381, 483; BIO 141, 262, 355, 418, 
455/457; CHM 103, 112, 124, 226, 227; 
CSC 205, 212, 301,320, 331, 406, 412, 
436; FST 315, 321, 415; GEO 100, 103, 
210, 240, 277, 370, 450, 483; NRS 406, 
410, 423, 424, 461; OCE 101, 215, 307, 
310, 311, 416; PHY 111/185, 112/186, 
130, 213/285, 214/286, 306; REN 105, 
341, 410, 432, 435, 440, 456, 460; STA 
412, 413, 415, 416. 

A total of 126 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Environmental Economics 
and Management 


This major prepares students for pro- 
fessional careers in the public and private 
sector which address environmental and 
natural resource management, business, or 
public policy. This interdisciplinary major is 
offered jointly by the Department of Envi- 
ronmental and Natural Resource Econom- 
ics and the Department of Natural Re- 
sources Science. Students develop a 
foundation in both natural and social sci- 
ences to understand the interactions be- 
tween human society and our natural or 
environmental resources. Environmental 
economics and management majors seek 
careers which address the interface be- 
tween the economic system and the eco- 
logical or environmental systems. For ex- 
ample, economic incentives and values can 
drive individual decisions to use forest, 
land, water, or air resources, which can in 
turn cause ecosystem management prob- 
lems. Public officials, nonprofit organiza- 
tions, and private businesses need profes- 
sionals to integrate the ecological and 
natural science with the economic science 
aspects of their organizations. Such profes- 
sionals play an important role in coordinat- 
ing an interdisciplinary team to address 
such complex problems. Graduates gain 
an understanding of both natural sciences 
and the economy. 

The degree requires a minimum of 120 
credit hours, including a minimum of 24 
credit hours in the concentration credits 
for this interdisciplinary major. The pro- 
gram is designed as a blend of the existing 
majors of environmental science and man- 
agement and resource economics and 
commerce. In addition to satisfying the 
general education requirements, students 
need nine credits in introductory profes- 
sional courses, including natural resource 
conservation, introductory resource eco- 
nomics, and introductory soils. As part of 
the basic science requirements, majors 
must complete eight credits in biological 
sciences (four in general botany, four in 
general zoology); three credits in introduc- 
tory ecology; four credits in introductory 


95 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


96 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


physics; four credits in physical geology; 
four credits each in organic and inorganic 
chemistry, three credits in introductory cal- 
culus; and three credits in introductory sta- 
tistics. Within the 24-credit concentration, 
students are required to take two courses 
in forestry and wildlife and two courses in 
water and soil for a minimum of 12 credits 
in these natural sciences. A minimum of 12 
concentration credits are required in envi- 
ronmental and resource economics (listed 
under Resource Economics, REN), includ- 
ing economics for environmental resource 
management and policy and economics of 
land and water resources, as well as two 
other courses selected according to the 
student's particular interests. The major 
also requires a minimum of nine credits in 
communication skills beyond the general 
education requirements. Finally, students 
may choose a minimum of 12 credits in 
supporting electives and six credits in free 
electives. 


Environmental Plant Biology 


Environmental plant biology is a joint 
major offered by the College of the Envi- 
ronment and Life Sciences and the College 
of Arts and Sciences. The major involves 
the study of plants from the molecular ba- 
sis (or underlying gene action) to complex 
community dynamics. The role of plants 
throughout the world and their impact on 
the environment are emphasized. Genetics 
and molecular biology are studied as a 
means to improve plants for human use 
and environmental enhancement. Both 
harmful and beneficial associations among 
and between plants and other organisms 
are featured. A fundamental goal of the 
study of plants is to achieve stability in 
landscapes managed for environmental or 
agricultural purposes. Students with this 
major can pursue careers in plant biotech- 
nology, plant production and culture, 
landscape management, and plant 
protection. 

The major requires 130 credits: 36 gen- 
eral education requirement credits, 82-84 
program requirement credits, and 9-12 
free elective credits. With significant help 


from an advisor, students formulate a pro- 
gram of study designed to meet their own 
educational and professional goals. 


Environmental Science 
and Management 


The major in environmental science 
and management, offered by the Depart- 
ment of Natural Resources Science, pre- 
pares undergraduate students for profes- 
sional careers in the public and private 
sectors of natural resources management. 
Flexible course requirements allow stu- 
dents to develop individual areas of con- 
centration and prepare for a variety of 
positions in environmental management 
after graduation. This major is also suitable 
for students who wish to become certified 
as teachers of environmental science and 
natural resources at the secondary level. 

In addition, the program provides a solid 
background for graduate study in several 
more specialized environmental science 
disciplines. Environmental science majors 
may meet the educational requirements 
for state and federal employment as 
biologists, natural resource specialists, 
environmental scientists, and other 
classifications. 

The major requires 13 credits of 
professional courses, which include natural 
resource conservation, seminar in natural 
resources, resource economics, introduc- 
tory soil science, and conservation of 
populations and ecosystems. As part of the 
basic science requirements, environmental 
science and management majors must 
complete six to eight credits in biological 
sciences (three to four in general botany, 
three to four in general zoology); three 
credits in introductory ecology; four credits 
in introductory physics; four credits in 
physical geology; four credits in introduc- 
tory chemistry; four credits in organic 
chemistry, three credits in introductory cal- 
culus; and three credits in introductory sta- 
tistics. Required concentration courses (26 
credits) must be taken at the 300 level or 
above; at least 21 credits must be selected 
from courses offered by the Department of 
Natural Resources Science. 


In addition, one course must be 
selected from each of the following 
groups: biological and ecological science; 
watershed and environmental quality; 
methods in environmental science; natural 
resources management; and economics, 
planning, policy, and law. These and the 
remaining concentration credits should be 
selected from courses offered by the De- 
partment of Natural Resources Science or 
from an approved list of courses. Support- 
ing electives (20-23 credits) must be se- 
lected from an approved list of courses, 
mostly at the 300 and 400 levels. Up to 24 
credits of experiential learning courses may 
be taken toward satisfying concentration 
(letter grade courses only) and supporting 
elective requirements. NRS 402, 403, 423, 
425, 450, 452, 522, 524, and 538 are the 
capstone experiences in this major. 


Geology and Geological 
Oceanography 


This major, offered by the Department 
of Geosciences and the Graduate School of 
Oceanography, includes a comprehensive 
background in geology and a solid intro- 
duction to geological oceanography. The 
curriculum includes the full set of chemis- 
try, physics, biology, and mathematics 
courses required for a B.S. in geosciences. 
Students in the program will be advised 
jointly by geosciences and oceanography 
faculty members. 

A senior research project will be taken 
in the Graduate School of Oceanography 
as OCG 493 or 494 [capstones], under the 
direction of a GSO faculty member. Three 
core courses in oceanography—OCG 401 
or 451, 540, and one additional OCG 
course at the 400 level or above selected 
by the student in conjunction with the 
advisor—will provide the student with a 
good overview of his or her intended field, 
and also relieve the student of two re- 
quired courses if he or she continues on to 
study oceanography at the graduate level 
at the University of Rhode Island. In addi- 
tion to this, the student may find opportu- 
nities for summer employment or partici- 


pation in oceanographic research cruises 
after his or her junior year. 

Students completing this program of 
study will be well prepared to pursue 
careers in either conventional geology or 
geological oceanography. Technical posi- 
tions in private or government oceano- 
graphic laboratories are available for geo- 
logical oceanographers with bachelor’s 
degrees. Students who pursue graduate 
studies can expect to find a high demand 
for geological oceanographers with ad- 
vanced degrees. Students entering the URI 
Graduate School of Oceanography from 
this program will have a significant head 
start compared with those entering from 
most other undergraduate institutions. 

The following core courses are 
required: GEO 103 (4), 210 (4), 240 (4), 
320 (4), 321 (4), 370 (4), 421 (3), 450 (4), 
465 (3), 480 (4), 488 (4); OCG 401 or 
OCG 451, 540 (3); OCG 493 or 494 
[capstones] (3); and one additional OCG 
course at the 400 level or above. Students 
must also complete the following support- 
ing course work: BIO 104A or 112; BIO 
104B or 113 (4); MTH 131 (3) or 141 (4) 
and 132 (3) or 142 (4); CSC 201 (4) or 
STA 308 (3); BIO 112 (4); BIO 113 (4); 
CHM 101, 102 (4) and 112, 114 (4); PHY 
111, 185 (4) or 213, 285 (4); PHY 112, 
186 (4) or 214, 286 (4). 

A total of 126 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Geosciences 


The major in geosciences, offered by 
the Department of Geosciences, is de- 
signed as a foundation for careers in the 
earth sciences. The federal government 
identifies GEO 210, 240, 320, 321, 370, 
450, and supporting sciences as a mini- 
mum background for geologists. Students 
in the curriculum may elect one of the 
following options: general geology, envi- 
ronmental geology, geophysics, hydro- 
geology, petrology, or sedimentary geol- 
ogy. These options offer preparation for 
further work in areas such as environmen- 


COLLEGE OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND LIFE SCIENCES 97 


tal geology, mineral and energy resources, 
hydrology, sedimentology, coastal geol- 
ogy, paleontology, paleoecology, igneous 
and metamorphic petrology, geochemis- 
try, structural geology, and tectonics. 

Students interested in teaching earth 
science should contact the University’s 
Department of Geosciences for details 
about a cooperative program with the 
Department of Education. 

All B.S. majors are required to complete 
the following geosciences courses: 103 (4), 
203 (3), 320 (4), 321 (4), 370 (4), 450 (4), 
488 [capstone] (4), and an approved sum- 
mer field camp (GEO 480 [capstone]) for 
a minimum of four credits. The field camp 
is normally undertaken following the junior 
year. Students must also complete the fol- 
lowing supporting course work: MTH 131 
(3) or 141 (4); MTH 132 (3) or 142 (4); 
BIO 104A or 112 (4); BIO 104B or 113; 
CHM 101, 102 (4), and 112, 114 (4); CSC 
201 (4) or STA 308 (3); PHY 111, 185 (4) 
or 213, 285 (4); and PHY 112, 186 (4) or 
214, 286 (4). 

Note: Students electing the petrology, 
hydrogeology, or geophysics options may, 
with the chairperson’s approval, take GEO 
240 or an additional semester of math- 
ematics, chemistry, or physics in lieu of a 
second semester of biological sciences. 
Completion of these courses fulfills the 
Natural Sciences and Mathematics require- 
ments of the general education program. 

GEO 499 is also a capstone experience 
for this major. 

A total of 126 credits is required for 
graduation. 


General Geology Option. Emphasizes a 


broad approach to earth science and incor- 


porates introductory courses in each of the 
major earth science disciplines. This option 
includes all of the geosciences and sup- 
porting science courses recognized by the 
federal government as a minimum back- 
ground for geologists. Students selecting 
this option are required to complete the 
following geosciences courses: GEO 210 
(4), 240 (4), 421 (3), and 465 (3). 


Environmental Geology Option. Empha- 
sizes the study of geology as it pertains to 
the environment, including the recognition 
and reduction of effects of geologic haz- 
ards (coastal erosion, volcanic eruptions, 
earthquakes). Students selecting this op- 
tion are required to complete the following 
geosciences courses: GEO 100 (3), 210 (4), 
and 301 (3). Students must also take two 
of the following: GEO 277 (3), 468 (4), 
483 (4), 485 (3), 515 (3), 550 (3), 577 (3); 
NRS 410 (3), 423 (4), 424 (4), 461 (4); 
CPL 434 (3); and GEO 530. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


Geophysics Option. Emphasizes applied 
geophysics, particularly the use of near- 
surface geophysical methods such as 
geoelectrics, gravity, and seismic refrac- 
tion. Students selecting this option are 
required to complete the following geo- 
sciences courses: GEO 465 (3) and 485 (3). 
Students must also take two of the follow- 
ing: GEO 421 (3), 468 (4), 483 (4), 565 
(3), and 570 (3). 


Hydrogeology Option. Emphasizes the 
study of groundwater and its interaction 
with earth materials. This option includes 
all of the hydrology and supporting sci- 
ence courses recognized by the federal 
government as a minimum background for 
hydrologists. Students selecting this option 
are required to complete the following 
geosciences courses: GEO 210 (4), 468 (4), 
and 483 (4). Students must also take two 
of the following: GEO 421 (3), 485 (3), 
515 (3), 550 (3), 568 (3), 583 (3); 

NRS 412 (3), 461 (4) or CVE 475 (3); 

NRS 510 (3); and CPL 434 (3). 


Petrology Option. Emphasizes the study 
of igneous and metamorphic processes 
through geochemistry, petrography, and 
structural analysis, leading to interpreta- 
tions of rock petrogenesis and earth 
history. Students selecting this option are 
required to complete the following geo- 
sciences courses: GEO 421 (3), 530 or 531 
(3). Students must also take two of the fol- 
lowing: GEO 465 (3), 468 (4), 530 or 531 
(3), 554 (3), 565 (3), 570 (3), 580 (3), and 
CHM 431 (3). 


98 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Sedimentary Geology Option. Empha- 
sizes the study and interpretation of depo- 
sitional environments, both in the present 
and in the geologic record, including the 
study of sedimentary processes, paleontol- 
ogy, the reconstruction of paleoenviron- 
ments, and stratigraphy. Students selecting 
this option are required to complete the 
following geosciences courses: GEO 210 
(4), 240 (4), and 468 (4). Students must 
also take two of the following: GEO 277 
(3), 421 (3), 465 (3), 515 (3), 550 (3), 554 
(3); NRS 423 (4) and 424 (4). 


Landscape Architecture 


Landscape architecture is a curriculum 
leading to the Bachelor of Landscape 
Architecture (B.L.A.) degree. Accredited 
by the American Society of Landscape 
Architects, the curriculum is designed to 
prepare undergraduates for professional 
careers in the public and private sectors of 
landscape architecture that involve the 
design, planning, preservation, and resto- 
ration of the landscape by applying both 
art and science to achieve the best use of 
our land resources. 

Landscape architects design and plan 
parks, recreation areas, new communities 
and residential developments, urban 
spaces, pedestrian areas, commercial cen- 
ters, resort developments, transportation 
facilities, corporate and institutional cen- 
ters, industrial parks, and waterfront devel- 
opments. Their professional skills may also 
be used to design natural, historic, and 
coastal landscape preservation projects. 

The requirements of this curriculum 
include preparation in the basic arts and 
sciences. The major includes 57 credits of 
program courses; 22-24 credits of support- 
ing requirements; and 13-15 credits of 
approved supporting electives through 
which a student may obtain additional 
preparation in art, community planning, 
natural resources, or plant sciences. Gradu- 
ation requirements include a minimum of 
130 credits maintaining a quality point av- 
erage of at least 2.00 and no landscape ar- 
chitecture grades below a grade of C. 


URI’s landscape architecture program is 
oversubscribed. Accreditation standards re- 
garding staff and facilities limit the present 
student acceptance into the major to 20 
per year and require a competitive admis- 
sions policy. Students will be reviewed 
twice during the course of their studies: 
first for admission into the lower-division 
design sequence and again for acceptance 
into the upper-division B.L.A. major. A cu- 
mulative quality point average requirement 
is determined each year for both of these 
reviews. Recently, the cutoff has ranged 
from 2.40 to 2.60 for those accepted to 
the lower and upper divisions. 

Admission into the lower-division 
design sequence courses (LAR 243 and 
244) requires departmental approval. 
Approximately 50 percent of the openings 
are filled by students entering as incoming 
freshmen and/or transfer students through 
Undergraduate Admissions (subject to 
maintaining a minimum 2.00 quality point 
average with no grades in LAR courses be- 
low a C). These students begin the design 
sequence in the fall semester of their sec- 
ond year at URI. The remaining openings 
are filled by matriculated students through 
an application accompanied by a transcript 
of grades. Applications and transcripts are 
evaluated in February each year for accep- 
tance into the lower-division courses in the 
coming fall. In order to encourage minor- 
ity applicants, one available space is set 
aside each year for a minority applicant 
who meets the minimal program 
qualifications. 

Acceptance into the upper-division 
(junior-senior) landscape architecture 
major is based on submission and review 
of a portfolio of lower-division work, aca- 
demic transcript, and a written essay. A 
maximum of 20 students per year are 
accepted into the upper-division B.L.A. cur- 
riculum. Eligible applicants for the upper 
division are students enrolled in LAR 244, 
repeat applicants, and students wishing to 
transfer directly into the upper division 
from other landscape architecture pro- 
grams. Only students who have completed 
comparable lower-division courses in pro- 
grams that have been accredited by the 


American Society of Landscape Architects 
will be allowed to compete for these 
upper-division positions. Such transfer 
applicants must first be accepted into the 
University by the Office of Undergraduate 
Admissions and have their portfolio, tran- 
scripts, and essays submitted to the direc- 
tor of the landscape architecture program 
before February 15 preceding the fall 
semester in which they wish to enroll. Stu- 
dents will be notified of their acceptance 
into the upper-division program before 
preregistration for fall classes. 

Interested students should discuss 
entrance probabilities with the program 
advisor. 

For information on the University’s ac- 
celerated master’s degree in community 
planning, available to undergraduate land- 
scape architecture students at URI, see 
page 129. The University also offers a 
minor in community planning, described 
on page 36. 


Marine Resource Development 


Admission to the B.S. degree program 
in marine resource development is cur- 
rently suspended. Contact the dean’s 
office or the Department of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science for more 
information. 


Microbiology 


This major, offered by the Department 
of Cell and Molecular Biology, meets the 
guidelines of the American Society for Mi- 
crobiology. It will prepare the student for 
working in a wide variety of scientific areas 
including molecular genetics, biotechnol- 
ogy, and the pharmaceutical industry, as 
well as many other aspects of the biologi- 
cal sciences. A strong background in 
chemistry is achieved, giving an excellent 
preparation for graduate school and the 
professional schools. An option in biotech- 
nology is also available. 

Students who develop a strong interest 
in the clinical aspect of microbiology can 
easily move to the URI's Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences program. This department also 


offers a Master of Science degree in cell 
and molecular biology, and a Ph.D. in 
biological sciences. 

A minimum of 30 credits in microbiol- 
ogy is required, including MIC 333; the 
capstone experiences 413, 414, 415, and 
416; and 495, and one course selected 
from MIC 412, 422, 432, or 576. The stu- 
dent majoring in microbiology may in- 
clude any course in microbiology; BIO 327, 
331, 341, 432, 437, 465, and 534. A stu- 
dent who plans to attend graduate school 
is advised to take MTH 131 and 132 or 
141 and 142, and BCH 435. In addition, 
the student must take BIO 101, 102, and 
352; CHM 101, 102, or 103, 105; 112, 
114, 212, 226, 227, and 228; BCH 311; 
PHY 213, 214, 285, and 286 or 111, 112, 
185, and 186; and MTH 131 or 141 and 
one semester from the following: MTH 
111, 132, 142; CSC 201 or STA 308. 

Note: CHM 229, 230, which are of- 
fered in summer only, may be substituted 
for CHM 226. 

A total of 130 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Biotechnology Option. Students in the 
microbiology major may elect the biotech- 
nology option, which would offer them 
preparation for further work in research 
and development, biotechnology opera- 
tions, quality assurance, and regulatory 
affairs. This option emphasizes a broad 
and interdisciplinary overview of the bio- 
technology industry, and provides students 
with an academic background in microbi- 
ology, biochemistry, cell biology, molecu- 
lar biology, and molecular genetics to 
prepare them for careers at several levels 
of industry. 

In addition to the courses specified for 
the major, the following biochemistry and 
microbiology courses are required: BIO 
437, MIC 190, 211, 333, 341, 413, 415, 
499 and six additional credits of MIC or 
BCH course work. MIC 414, 416 and 495 
are not required for students pursuing this 
option. 

The required internship in this option 
(MIC 499) is conducted with the coopera- 
tion of local members of the biotechnol- 
ogy industry and may be pursued on a full- 


COLLEGE OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND LIFE SCIENCES 99 


or part-time basis. Students should be 
aware that internships may be limited in 
number and are awarded on a competitive 
basis, therefore those interested in the bio- 
technology option should consult with 
their advisors early in their college career. 


Nutrition and Dietetics 


This major prepares undergraduates for 
careers in nutrition-related fields. Two op- 
tions, dietetics and nutrition, are available. 

The major requires 11 credits in intro- 
ductory professional courses including NFS 
110, 207, 227, 236, and 276; 21-22 cred- 
its in sciences (four in general chemistry, 
four in organic chemistry, seven-eight in 
biology, four in microbiology, and three in 
biochemistry), three credits in statistics, 
and 25-29 credits in the concentration in- 
cluding the following courses: NFS 394, 
395, 410, 441, 443, and 458 [capstone]. 
WRT 101 and COM 101 are required and 
may be used to fulfill general education re- 
quirements. There are 19-24 credits of 
supporting electives and 12 credits of free 
electives. A total of 123 credits is required 
for graduation. 


Dietetics Option. This option is required 
of all students planning to become regis- 
tered dietitians. URI’s dietetics program is 
accredited by the Commission on Accredi- 
tation for Dietetics Education of the Ameri- 
can Dietetic Association (ADA), 216 W. 
Jackson Blvd., Chicago, IL 60606, 312-899- 
5400. This option provides students with 
the academic background in clinical, com- 
munity, and administrative dietetics. In ad- 
dition to the core courses specified for the 
major, the following courses are required: 
NFS 337, 375, 376, 444 and MGT 300. 
SOC 100 and PSY 113 are also required 
and may be used to fulfill general educa- 
tion requirements. Students are encour- 
aged to use supporting elective and free 
elective courses to study disciplines related 
to the field. 

After completing their B.S. require- 
ments, students can qualify for the profes- 
sional title of Registered Dietitian by com- 
pleting supervised practice requirements 
and passing a national exam. The super- 


vised practice requirement is met by com- 
pleting an ADA-accredited dietetic intern- 
ship program available to students on a 
competitive basis nationwide. Internships 
may be combined with graduate programs 
in universities leading to an advanced de- 
gree. Students completing academic and 
supervised practice requirements become 
eligible to take the national registration ex- 
amination. 


Nutrition Option. This option is for stu- 
dents who want to study nutrition but do 
not plan to become registered dietitians. 
Using this option, students have the op- 
portunity to design their own programs by 
combining training in nutrition with other 
areas which interest them. In addition to 
the courses specified for the major, stu- 
dents must complete a minimum of 3 
credits in NFS 491/2 or NFS 451, and 9 
credits selected from advanced-level NFS 
courses. Students must also select a “mi- 
nor” field of study. To satisfy this require- 
ment, students can complete any one of 
the University-approved minors, or com- 
plete 18 credits in a curriculum other than 
NFS. Examples of possible minors are 
health promotion, exercise science, psy- 
chology, international development, jour- 
nalism, biology and general business. 
Alternatively, with approval from the de- 
partment, students may complete 18 cred- 
its related to their interests or career goals 
selected from several disciplines. Students 
may, for example, select courses to pre- 
pare for graduate school or meet basic ad- 
mission requirements for medical school. 


Resource Economics 
and Commerce 


This major, offered by the Department 
of Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics (with courses listed under 
Resource Economics), provides students 
with a broad education focused on re- 
source economics, economics, and natural 
resources sciences. In the private sector, 
careers can focus on the production, mar- 
keting, and distribution of natural resource 
commodities such as fisheries and agricul- 
tural products, timber, and petroleum, or 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


100 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


on recreation and tourism. The major can 
also prepare the student for working with 
the conservation and management of 
natural resources at the state and national 
levels, for advanced professional programs 
in community or urban planning or law, or 
for graduate study in resource and agricul- 
tural economics. 

REN 105 and NRS 100 are prerequisites 
for this major, which requires a total of 
125 credits. Ten credits in basic sciences 
are required, including four in general 
chemistry and six in general biology. 
Fifteen credits are required in supporting 
sciences including three in computer 
science and six in mathematics, physics, 
genetics, plant physiology, population 
biology, introductory ecology, microbiol- 
ogy, general and organic chemistry, or 
physical geology. The remaining six credits 
in supporting sciences can be selected 
from courses in applied biology, oceanog- 
raphy, mathematics, chemistry, computer 
science, or statistics. Introductory calculus 
is strongly suggested. Twenty-four credits 
in concentration courses are required at 
the 300 level or above, including 15 cred- 
its in resource economics and three credits 
in microeconomic theory. 

Thirty-one credits are required in sup- 
porting electives, which must include six 
credits in communication skills. The stu- 
dent normally selects six credits in commu- 
nication in addition to the general educa- 
tion requirements. The remaining credits 
in concentration courses and supporting 
electives should be selected in consultation 
with a faculty advisor. 

Students have considerable flexibility 
in choosing courses in the College of 
the Environment and Life Sciences and 
other colleges at the University. All stu- 
dents are required to take sufficient course 
work in the physical and biological sci- 
ences to gain familiarity with the resource 
area in which they are interested. 

Students interested in water resources, 
for example, would select appropriate 
courses from natural resources science and 
chemistry. Students interested in fisheries 
marketing and trade should select course 
work in business, fisheries science and 


technology, and nutrition and food sci- 
ences. Students intending to pursue 
graduate studies in resource economics 
or economics should select course work 
in economic theory, mathematics, and 
statistics. 


Urban Horticulture 
and Turfgrass Management 


The major in urban horticulture and 
turfgrass management, offered by the 
Department of Plant Sciences, is intended 
to educate students in the sciences, both 
natural and social, in preparation for pro- 
fessional careers in the many fields of envi- 
ronmental horticulture. Graduates of this 
program may pursue careers as landscape 
contractors, golf course superintendents, 
directors of park systems and arboreta, 
proprietors of garden centers and floral 
shops, plant propagators, nursery person- 
nel, vegetable and fruit growers, managers 
of lawn service firms, horticultural thera- 
pists, and technical representatives for 
seed, equipment, and chemical compa- 
nies, to name some of the opportunities 
available. Others may enter graduate 
school and pursue careers in research and 
education in both public and private insti- 
tutions. This program has as its unifying 
theme the culture and use of plants that 
enhance the human environment. 

URI’s Department of Plant Sciences op- 
erates 50 acres of turfgrass, horticulture 
and plant science research and education 
farm centers. The C. Richard Skogley 
Turfgrass Center is the oldest research and 
teaching program in the U.S. Also included 
in the department's facilities are five re- 
search laboratories, controlled environ- 
ment facilities, a greenhouse complex, and 
a biotechnology initiative for hands-on op- 
portunities. The University is currently 
completing plans for a research and teach- 
ing 18-hole championship golf course and 
teaching center on campus. 

Depending on the area of specializa- 
tion, graduates can meet the standards of 
several certification organizations. Gradu- 
ates specializing in turfgrass management 
qualify for certification as turfgrass manag- 


ers or turfgrass specialists with the Ameri- 
can Registry of Certified Professionals 
in Agronomy, Crops, and Soils, Ltd. of the 
American Society of Agronomy. These 
same graduates also meet the require- 
ments for registration with the Golf Course 
Superintendents Association of America. 
The major requires 24-25 credits of 
preprofessional courses, including six in 
general education; 21-24 credits in con- 
centration courses; 12 credits of free elec- 
tives; and 39-43 credits in supporting elec- 
tives selected from approved course lists in 
the student's area of interest with permis- 
sion of the advisor. Most supporting elec- 
tives are at the 300 or 400 level, but cer- 
tain lower-level courses may be acceptable 
if approved by an advisor. Included among 
these electives are business and manage- 
ment courses in the Department of Envi- 
ronmental and Natural Resource Econom- 
ics, as well as advanced offerings in plant 
science, botany, and soil science. 


Water and Soil Science 


The major in water and soil science, 
offered by the Department of Natural 
Resources Science, is designed to train stu- 
dents in the science and management of 
land and water resources. This major pre- 
pares undergraduate students for careers 
in positions with environmental and natu- 
ral resource regulatory agencies, environ- 
mental consulting firms, and land conser- 
vation organizations. Course tracks in soil 
science and water resources provide in- 
depth training in specific, career-related 
disciplines such as environmental-soil 
science, hydrology, watershed science, 
and soil conservation and land use. With 
proper course selection, students are eli- 
gible for certification from the American 
Registry of Certified Professional Soil 
Scientists. The water and soil science major 
also provides excellent preparation for 
graduate study. 

This major requires 13 credits of pro- 
fessional courses, which include natural 
resource conservation, seminar in natural 
resources, resource economics, introduc- 
tory soil science, and conservation of 


populations and ecosystems. As part of the 
basic science requirements, water and soil 
science students must complete six to 
eight credits in biological sciences (three 
to four in general botany, three to four in 
general zoology); three credits in introduc- 
tory ecology; four credits in introductory 
physics; four credits in physical geology; 
four credits in introductory chemistry; four 
credits in organic chemistry; three credits 
in introductory calculus; and three credits 
in introductory statistics. Required concen- 
tration courses (29-33) must include at 
least 12 credits selected from methods of 
soils and water analysis, a soil morphology 
practicum, soil-water chemistry, soil con- 
servation and land use, plant nutrition and 
soil fertility, soil-water relations, microbial 
ecology of soils and sediments, soil mor- 
phology and mapping, and soil genesis 
and classification; 17 credits selected from 
concepts in GIS, fundamentals of GIS wet- 
land ecology, wetlands and land use, 
watershed hydrology and management, 
advanced GIS, water quality sampling and 
analysis, and introduction to sedimentation 
and stratigraphy. Supporting electives 
(13-17 credits) must be selected from 
approved lists or from remaining concen- 
tration electives. Up to 24 credits of experi- 
ential learning courses may be taken to- 
ward satisfying concentration (letter grade 
courses only) and supporting elective 
requirements. 

NRS 423, 425, 450, 452, 522, and 524 
are the capstone experiences in this major. 


COLLEGE OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND LIFE SCIENCES 101 


Wildlife and 
Conservation Biology 


The major in wildlife and conservation 
biology, offered through the Department 
of Natural Resources Science, prepares stu- 
dents for professional careers in the public 
and private sectors of wildlife biology. In 
addition, the major provides a solid back- 
ground for graduate study. Wildlife biolo- 
gists are professionals concerned with the 
scientific management of the earth’s wild- 
life species and their habitats. They work in 
the areas of preservation, conservation, 
and management of wildlife species. 
Graduates can become Certified Wildlife 
Biologists (CWBs) who are recognized by 
the Wildlife Society, an international pro- 
fessional organization. In addition, wildlife 
majors meet the educational requirements 
for state and federal employment in the 
wildlife profession. 

The major requires 13 credits of pro- 
fessional courses, which include natural 
resource conservation, seminar in natural 
resources, resource economics, introduc- 
tory soil science, and conservation of 
populations and ecosystems. As part of the 
basic science requirements, wildlife majors 
must complete six to eight credits in bio- 
logical sciences (three to four in general 
botany, three to four in general zoology); 
three credits in introductory ecology; four 
credits in introductory physics; four credits 
in physical geology; four credits in intro- 
ductory chemistry; four credits in organic 
chemistry; three credits in introductory 


calculus; and three credits in introductory 
statistics. Required concentration courses 
(22-23 credits) include three credits in the 
principles of wildlife management; three 
credits in wildlife field techniques; four 
credits in field botany and taxonomy; 
three credits in wetland wildlife or non- 
game and endangered species manage- 
ment; and nine to ten credits from an ap- 
proved list of concentration courses 
including field ornithology, biology of 
mammals, vertebrate biology, animal 
behavior, introduction to forest science, 
wetland wildlife management, wetland 
ecology, and wildlife biometrics. Support- 
ing electives (31-32 credits) must be se- 
lected from approved lists and include the 
following upper-division course work: 
three credits in botany; six credits in zool- 
ogy; six credits in resources policy or ad- 
ministration, environmental law, or land 
use planning; and six credits in communi- 
cations. An additional 10-11 credits of 
supporting electives must be selected from 
concentration electives, or from other 300- 
or 400-level natural resources science 
courses. Up to 24 credits of experiential 
learning courses may be taken toward sat- 
isfying concentration (letter grade courses 
only) and supporting elective require- 
ments. 

NRS 402, 403, 423, 425, 522, 524, and 
538 are the capstone experiences in this 
major. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


102 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


COLLEGE OF HUMAN 
SCIENCE AND SERVICES 


William Lynn McKinney, Dean 

Diane Horm, Co-Associate Dean 
Susan Roush, Co-Associate Dean 
John Humphrey, Assistant Dean 


The College of Human Science and Ser- 
vices is a people-oriented college designed 
to focus on the human and material re- 
sources needed to help individuals and 
groups solve human problems encoun- 
tered in contemporary society. Our pro- 
grams prepare students for a variety of 
professions in teacher education, health- 
related fields, and fields that have evolved 
from URI’s historic land-grant mission in 
home economics. These programs include 
both formal and informal experiences with 
people in a wide variety of public service 
settings which enable students to develop 
the competencies needed in the field of 
human services. The teacher education 
programs offered through the college are 
outlined in the following departmental 
descriptions. For more information on 
teacher education programs, see page 40. 

Degrees offered include a Bachelor of 
Science degree with majors in communica- 
tive disorders; dental hygiene; human 
development and family studies; human 
science and services; physical education; 
secondary education; textile marketing; 
and textiles, fashion merchandising, and 
design; and Bachelor of Arts degrees in el- 
ementary or secondary education. Effective 
fall 2002, admission to the URI Dental 
Hygiene and Human Science and Services 
degree programs has been suspended. 

The college sponsors a number of 
organizations and activities that provide 
special opportunities for students, includ- 
ing two child development centers, family 
therapy clinic, historic textile and costume 
collection, computer laboratory, physical 
therapy clinic, and a speech and hearing 
clinic. 


Minors: Interdisciplinary Nondegree 
Programs. Students can declare a minor, 
which will appear on their transcripts as a 
category separate from their major. Credits 


may be drawn from any cohesive combina- 
tion of courses. A minor may be defined 
as: 1) the completion of 18 or more credits 
in any of the minors that have been pro- 
posed by one or more departments and 
approved by the Curriculum Affairs Com- 
mittee, Faculty Senate, and president; 

2) the completion of 18 or more credits 
within a curriculum other than the 
student’s major; or 3) the completion 

of 18 or more credits of related studies 
offered by more than one department and 
approved by a member of the faculty com- 
petent in the area and the dean of the col- 
lege. At least 12 of the 18 credits must be 
at the 200 level or above. Elective courses 
and courses in general education may be 
used for the minor. No course may be 
used to apply to both the major and a 
minor field of study. A minimum average 
of 2.00 must be earned in the courses in 
the minor. Courses in the minor may not 
be taken under the pass-fail option. It is 
the responsibility of the student to declare 
and obtain approval for a minor no later 
than the end of the add period at the start 
of the senior year. The college participates 
in the following minors: financial counsel- 
ing and planning, gerontology, hunger 
studies, leadership studies, and special 
populations (see pages 37-39). 


Minor in Family Financial Counseling 
and Planning. This minor provides an op- 
tion for students who are not majoring in 
human development and family studies, 
but who are interested in the area of family 
financial counseling and planning. The 
HDF department currently offers a Family 
Financial Counseling and Planning Certifi- 
cation (FFCP) program as an option for 
HDF majors, and several of the offered 
courses may be appealing to students in 
other majors, for recognition or additional 
job opportunities. Students in this minor 
take courses in financial issues over the life 
span, personal finance and its applications, 
and retirement planning, with options to 
pursue their interests in consumer issues 
and financial counseling. The minor re- 
quires six courses total: HDF 205, 418, 
424, and 426; HDF 210, 225, or 428; and 
HDF 450, 451, or 477. 


Faculty 


Communicative Disorders: Professor J. Singer, 
chairperson. Associate Professor Preece; 
Assistant Professors Karow, M. Kim, and 
Kovarsky; Clinical Assistant Professor 
Connors; Adjunct Assistant Professor R. 
Singer. 


Dental Hygiene: Assistant Professor S. 
Saunders, director. 


School of Education: Professor J. Boulmetis, 
interim director. Professors Brittingham, 
Byrd, Croasdale, Eichinger, Favazza, 
Heifetz, McKinney, Purnell, Trostle Brand, 
G. Willis, and Young; Associate Professor 
Hicks; Assistant Professors Adamy, Deeney, 
Guglielmi, Roy, Seitsinger, and Shim; Ad- 
junct Assistant Professor Tierney; Research 
Assistant Professor Brand. 


Human Development and Family Studies: 
Professor Newman, chairperson. Professors 
J. Adams, J. Gray Anderson, Clark, Cohen, 
Horm, Maynard, Schaffran, and Xiao; Asso- 
ciate Professors Kalymun, Knott, and 
Richmond; Assistant Professors Branch, 
McCurdy, and Saunders; Adjunct Professor 
P. Newman; Adjunct Instructors Blumen, 
Kerbel, J. Prochaska, and Warford. 


Physical Education and Exercise Science: 
Associate Professor Blanpied, chairperson. 
Professors Manfredi and Rowinski; Associ- 
ate Professors Agostinucci, Ballinger, 
Ciccomascolo, Ellis, Kusz, Lamont, 
O'Donnell, Riebe, and Roush; Assistant 
Professor Blissmer; Clinical Assistant Profes- 
sors Hulme, Katzanek, McLinden, and 
Niehaus. 


Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design: 
Professor Bide, chairperson. Professor 
Welters; Associate Professors Harps-Logan 
and Ordonez; Assistant Professors Hannel 
and Lillethun; Adjunct Professor Emery. 


Interdisciplinary Programs: Gerontology— 
Professor Clark, director; Human Science 
and Services—Dean McKinney, program 
head; Leadership Studies—Associate Pro- 
fessor Richmond, acting program head; 
Special Populations—Associate Professor 
Roush, acting program head. 


Curriculum Requirements 


General Education Requirements. All stu- 
dents pursuing a bachelor’s degree in the 
college are required to develop a 39-credit 
program in general education within the 
framework listed below. For a complete 
description of these requirements, see 
pages 34-35. Individual programs may re- 
quire specific courses. 


English Communication (6 credits): a mini- 
mum of three credits in written commu- 
nication from courses in Group Cw; a 
minimum of three credits in oral commu- 
nication from COM 101, 103. 


Fine Arts and Literature (6 credits) 
Foreign Language and Culture (6 credits) 
Letters (6 credits) 

Mathematics (3 credits) 

Natural Sciences (6 credits) 


Social Sciences (6 credits): a minimum of 
three credits from anthropology, psychol- 
ogy, or sociology courses approved for 
general education. 


Students in the elementary and second- 
ary education program must follow the 
basic liberal studies requirements of the 
College of Arts and Sciences. 


Field Work. Many of the college’s aca- 
demic programs require a supervised field 
work experience as part of the degree 
requirements. This experience is designed 
to provide students with the opportunity 
to apply classroom knowledge in a career- 
related setting. Placements are made in a 
wide variety of agencies such as public 
schools, health care facilities, child care 
centers, and other human service settings. 
Satisfactory completion of a required field 
experience depends on achievement of 
basic competencies established by the 
academic department in cooperation with 
the agency. The University supervisor is 
responsible for determining whether or not 
the student has attained the required com- 
petencies and, in some cases, may extend 
the time required for the experience until 
the student's performance is satisfactory. If 
in the opinion of the University supervisor 
the performance of the student is unsatis- 


COLLEGE OF HUMAN SCIENCE AND SERVICES 103 


factory, and particularly if client/patient 
safety is at risk, the student may be 
removed from the field experience prior 
to the end of the semester or term. 


Course Load. Approval of the advisor and 
the dean is needed for a schedule of more 
than 19 credits per semester. 


Repeating Courses for Credit. Unless 
otherwise stated in the course description, 
a course cannot be repeated for credit. 
Credit can be counted only once toward 
the total credits required for graduation. 
Repeating courses in which a grade of 

C or better was earned requires approval 
of the student’s academic dean; students 
may need to take such courses on a pass- 
fail basis. 


Transfer Students. Transfer students 
should be advised that admission to some 
programs in the college requires meeting 
certain prerequisites or separate admission 
criteria. Teacher education programs in the 
School of Education, Department of 
Human Development and Family Studies, 
and the Department of Physical Education 
and Exercise Science have specific admis- 
sion criteria and generally require that a 
matriculated student complete at least one 
semester of work at URI before applying 
for admission. Transfer students may be 
admitted to the University, but are not ad- 
mitted directly into these programs. 

The Plan for Early Contingent Admis- 
sion to the M.S. Program in Physical 
Therapy requires careful and timely course 
planning typically beginning with the 
freshman year at URI. It is unlikely that 
transfer students would have the appropri- 
ate sequence of courses, including the pre- 
requisites, that would allow them to take 
advantage of this option. 

Students interested in any of the above 
programs should refer to the specific pro- 
gram descriptions on the following pages 
and consult the department for additional 
information. 


Graduation. It is the responsibility of each 
student to file an Intent to Graduate form 
and curriculum work sheet approved by 
their advisor in the Dean’s Office. The 


deadline is September 15 for May gradua- 
tion, April 5 for August graduation, and 
May 5 for December graduation. 


Communicative Disorders 


This curriculum leads to a Bachelor of 
Science (B.S.) degree. In addition to gen- 
eral education requirements and appropri- 
ate free electives, a major of 43 semester 
hours in communicative disorders includes 
34 semester hours of required courses 
and nine semester hours of professional 
electives. 

The required courses are CMD 260, 
261, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 454, 
465, and 493. The remaining nine credits 
(three courses) must be selected from the 
four areas listed below with a limit of one 
course in a given area: 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


Area A (0-3 credits). Normal Human Devel- 
opment and Adjustment: HDF 200, 201, 
450; PSY 232, 235. 


Area B (0-3 credits). Special Populations: 
CMD 475 (2 credits); HDF 314; PSY 254, 
442. 


Area C (0-3 credits). Supportive Disciplines: 
COM 220; EDC 312, 424; HSS 320; LIN 
201; PSY 300, 384, 386; STA 220. 


Area D (0-3 credits). Honors Work, Indi- 
vidual Research, or Special Problems within 
the department: CMD 391, 392, 491, 492. 


With careful early planning, students 
can use free electives to achieve a double 
major or explore special-interest areas 
in depth. Students should anticipate the 
necessity for graduate study in speech- 
language pathology or audiology. The 
typical minimum entry requirement for 
graduate study is a quality point average 
of 3.00. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Accelerated Bachelor’s-Master’s Degree 
Program in Speech-Language Pathology 
or Audiology. URI sixth-semester students 
pursuing a B.S. degree in communicative 
disorders with 25 credits of electives re- 
maining may apply for acceptance into an 
accelerated master’s degree program in 


104 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


either speech-language pathology or audi- 
ology. This accelerated program is not 
available to non-URI undergraduates or 
part-time graduate students. Students ac- 
cepted into this program follow a specified 
sequence of graduate-level course work 
and clinical practicum during their senior 
year, and complete the master’s degree 
with one additional year and one summer 
of full-time graduate study. A cumulative 
quality point average of 3.00 overall and 
3.20 in the major is required, with satisfac- 
tory MAT or GRE scores. Three letters of 
recommendation (two from URI communi- 
cative disorders faculty) are also needed. 
Students should indicate their intent to ap- 
ply to the accelerated program in the 
graduate application materials. 

Students in this program are required 
to take a minimum of 25 credits in speci- 
fied course work and practicums (16 cred- 
its at the 400-500) in the senior year, and 
30 credits at the 400-500 level in the fifth 
year. Requirements for the M.S. degree in 
speech-language pathology or audiology 
are outlined in “Graduate Programs” (see 
page 153 for more information). 


Dental Hygiene 


Effective fall 2002, admission to the 
URI Dental Hygiene programs has been 
suspended. 


Education 


Curriculums in secondary education 
lead to the Bachelor of Science or Bachelor 
of Arts degrees, the curriculum in elemen- 
tary education to the Bachelor of Arts 
(B.A.) degree. Students wishing to enroll in 
the early childhood education program 
must major in human development and 
family studies and seek admission to the 
teacher education component of this pro- 
gram, as outlined below. The Master of 
Arts (M.A.) degree programs in education 
are described in “Graduate Programs.” 

The curriculums offer a balanced pro- 
gram of academic preparation and profes- 
sional training. The required professional 
courses contribute directly to understand- 


ing the teacher's role in society and to the 
development of teaching skills. 

Successful completion of the early 
childhood education program leads to an 
initial teaching certificate for the pre- 
school and primary grades (N-2), while 
completion of the elementary education 
program leads to an initial teaching certifi- 
cate for grades 1-6. The secondary educa- 
tion program leads to an initial teaching 
certificate for a specific subject area in 
grades 7-12. 

If you are a transfer student, see page 
103 for information on transferring into 
these programs. 


Admission Requirements. Students 
interested in undergraduate teacher educa- 
tion programs must apply for admission to 
the Office of Teacher Education. Students 
interested in URI’s early childhood, el- 
ementary, and secondary education pro- 
grams must submit a portfolio and sit for 
an interview as part of the admission 
process. Please visit www.soe.uri.edu for 
additional information. 

Applications for admission to teacher 
education programs are normally submit- 
ted during the sophomore year. Applica- 
tions will be reviewed by a departmental 
screening committee based on the follow- 
ing criteria: 1) recommendations from fac- 
ulty and others who have knowledge of 
the candidate’s experience or interest in 
working in education; 2) a writing sample 
expressing career goals, experience in 
working with children, and expectations as 
a teacher; 3) scores on standardized test(s) 
of basic skills; 4) the student’s academic 
record, including a cumulative quality 
point average of 2.50 or better and grades 
in the academic major or specialization av- 
eraging 2.50 or better. Students applying 
to the early childhood education program 
must attain a C or better in HDF 203 or 
equivalent for acceptance into the 
program. 

Students should consult with the el- 
ementary or HDF advisor at University Col- 
lege, the Office of Teacher Education, or 
the HSS advisor at the Providence Campus. 


Due to limited staff and facilities, 
admission to the programs in early child- 
hood and elementary education is limited. 
Some applicants meeting the minimum re- 
quirements may not be admitted due to 
limited space. Students should check with 
the School of Education, the Department 
of Human Development and Family Stud- 
ies, or their University College advisor as 
early as possible for additional information. 

Students denied admission can petition 
the department for a review of the deci- 
sion. In such cases, the school’s screening 
committee meets to consider the appeal. 

Applicants who fail to gain admission 
should seek counsel from an appropriate 
advisor. Students can reapply for admis- 
sion but should understand that this may 
delay their anticipated graduation date. 


Program Requirements. For courses re- 
quired for early childhood education, see 
“Human Development and Family Studies” 
on the next page. For more information on 
teacher education programs, see pages 
40-42. For graduate teacher education 
programs, see the “Graduate Programs” 
section. 

Students who are admitted to the ele- 
mentary education program are required 
to complete a B.A. degree. Students must 
select a major in the College of Arts and 
Sciences in addition to the major in el- 
ementary education and must fulfill the 
basic liberal studies requirements of the 
College of Arts and Sciences. See program 
requirements in the College of Arts and 
Sciences section. 

The professional sequence courses 
required for elementary education are: 
EDC 250, 312, 102 or 360, 402, 424, 425 
or HDF 302, 452, 453, 454, 455, 456, 
457, 458, 459 and EDC 460. These courses 
are taken prior to student teaching. EDC 
484 and 485 make up the student teach- 
ing experience. The following are also re- 
quired and can be taken as part of the ba- 
sic liberal studies requirements: COM 101, 
HIS 142, PSY 113, 232, WRT 101, and a 
one-credit health education course or 
equivalent. Students should contact the 
School of Education for more details. 


Students seeking to teach in a middle 
school (grades 5-8, 6-8, 7-8) must obtain 
a middle level endorsement and be eligible 
for elementary or secondary certification. 
The professional sequence courses required 
for middle level endorsement are EDC 400 
and a course in adolescent education psy- 
chology. These courses should be taken 
prior to student teaching. EDC 484 and 
485 make up the student teaching semes- 
ter. Students seeking a middle level en- 
dorsement are required to teach in a 
middle school in addition to their elemen- 
tary or secondary placement. Admission to 
the middle level endorsement program is 
contingent upon acceptance to the el- 
ementary or secondary education pro- 
gram. The middle level endorsement also 
requires a concentration of 21 semester 
hours in one of the following areas: 
English/language arts, mathematics, sci- 
ence, social studies, and foreign languages. 
Students should see an education advisor 
for specific course requirements. 

The professional sequence courses 
required for secondary education are: EDC 
250, 312, 102 or 360, 371, 430, 431, and 
448. These courses are taken prior to stu- 
dent teaching. EDC 484 and 485 make up 
the student teaching semester. PSY 113 
and HDF 310 or EDC 415 are also 
required. 

Students pursuing a program in 
secondary education normally obtain a 
B.A. degree, double majoring in education 
and their subject matter specialization, 
although a B.S. degree in secondary edu- 
cation is available in some specialization 
areas. Secondary education programs are 
offered in biology, chemistry, English, gen- 
eral science, history, mathematics, modern 
language, physics, and social studies. 

Students in all programs must maintain 
minimum quality point averages of 2.50 
overall, 2.50 in their education major, and 
2.50 in their academic major area. To be 
eligible for student teaching, students 
must earn a grade of at least a C in EDC 
430 and 448 (secondary); EDC 424, 425, 
452, 453, 455, 456, 457, and 458 (el- 
ementary); HDF 203, 301, 303, EDC 424, 


COLLEGE OF HUMAN SCIENCE AND SERVICES 105 


426, and 429 (early childhood). Failure to 
maintain these grades and/or averages will 
result in “program probation,” a one-se- 
mester period during which students have 
the opportunity to earn acceptable grades 
but may not student teach. Failure to re- 
turn grade averages to acceptable stand- 
ing after one semester leads to dismissal 
from the program. 

The major in elementary education 
requires 128 credits; secondary education 
requires 120 credits. 

The School of Education has designated 
EDC 485 as its capstone course. 


Human Development 
and Family Studies 


The curriculum in human development 
and family studies leads to a Bachelor of 
Science degree. The department also offers 
a certification program in family financial 
counseling and planning, as well as the 
Master of Science degree (see “Graduate 
Programs”). 

The undergraduate B.S. curriculum pro- 
vides a general background for work with 
children, families, and adults. Most profes- 
sions in human development and family 
studies require academic work beyond the 
bachelor’s degree for continuing profes- 
sional work and advancement. Individuals 
with a baccalaureate degree are employed, 
however, as professionals in nursery 
schools, child care centers, institutions and 
hospitals, and in recreational, child guid- 
ance, casework, and other community 
agencies. Students completing the pro- 
gram in family financial counseling and 
planning are employed in agencies provid- 
ing family financial and credit counseling 
services. 

Students seeking admission to this 
bachelor’s degree program must complete 
the following courses with an overall qual- 
ity point average of 2.00 or better prior to 
acceptance for admission: HDF 200 or 
201, PSY 113, any 100- or 200-level sociol- 
ogy course, and three general education 
credits in mathematics. 


Students are required to complete the 
following core curriculum: 1) a 1-credit 
personal and career development course, 
HDF 180; 2) 15 credits of core courses 
including: HDF 200, 201, 202, 205, and 
230; 3) any two development courses— 
courses include HDF 203; 306; 310 and 
311; 312; 314; 6 to 12 credits of senior- 
level field experience chosen from the fol- 
lowing options—HDF 480/481; HDF 477/ 
478; EDC 484/485 (early childhood educa- 
tion students only); HDF 497; and the OIEE 
Internship Program (see page 43). 

Additionally, students are required to 
complete a 12-credit concentration in one 
of the following two areas: 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


Professional Content for Child Settings: any 
12 credits—HDF 357, 400, 430, 432, 434, 
455 and 456, HDF 302 or EDC 425. 


Professional Content for Adolescent, Adult, 
Aging and Family Settings: any 12 credits— 
HDF 357, 418, 421, 428, 430, 431, 432, 
433, 434, 437, 440. 


To enhance their concentrations, stu- 
dents must also complete 12 credits of 
professional electives including HDF 450. 
Professional electives must be approved in 
consultation with an advisor, and 9 of the 
12 credits must be at the 300 level or 
above. Field experience does not meet 
this requirement. 

Students must have from 21 to 30 
credits of free electives to reach the 120- 
credit B.S. degree requirements. 

For information on transferring into this 
program, see page 103. 


Certification Program in Family Financial 
Counseling and Planning. HDF 200, 201, 
and 205 must be completed prior to ad- 
mission into this program. Students will 
then select two courses from HDF 210, 
225, and 428; take HDF 418, 424, 426, 
450, and 451; and HDF 477, 478 for their 
senior fieldwork experience. 


Early Childhood Education. A portion of 
the courses in the HDF curriculum, plus 

certain others in education, meet the re- 
quirements for the initial Early Childhood 


106 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Education Certificate (nursery through 
grade 2) in Rhode Island. Students who 
wish to meet the requirements for this cer- 
tificate in Rhode Island must apply to Early 
Childhood Education through the Office of 
Teacher Education. See pages 40-42 for 
admission requirements, certification in 
other states, and other information regard- 
ing teacher education. 

Students complete an application and 
develop an admission portfolio during the 
sophomore year. The portfolio includes 
materials in the following areas: interper- 
sonal and communication skills, academ- 
ics, experience with children in community 
settings, and diversity experiences. Stu- 
dents must sit for an interview and take 
several examinations. Because there are 
only nine credits of free electives in the 
program, early consultation with an HDF 
advisor is important if students are to finish 
their degree in a timely manner. 

URI’s curriculum, shown below, meets 
the mandates for beginning teachers set 
by Rhode Island’s Department of Educa- 
tion. Curriculum requirements for the Early 
Childhood Education (ECE) Certificate are 
as follows (in this order). 

Prior to acceptance into early child- 
hood education: 1) 39 credits of general 
education courses (to be taken prior to for- 
mal application, including EDC 102, 250, 
and 312, and NFS 207); after acceptance 
into ECE program: 2) 16 credits of core 
courses including HDF 180, 200, 201, 202, 
205, and 230; 3) professional content 
courses totaling 13 credits; these are spe- 
cific courses that are already required plus 
one 400-level course (HDF 203, HDF 302 
or EDC 425, HDF 357, HDF 400 or 432); 
4) certificate program (total 27 credits)— 
EDC 102, 250, 312, 402, 426 and 350, 
429, 424; HDF 301, 303; and 5) final 15- 
credit senior-level field experience, EDC 
484/485 Student Teaching and Seminar. 

To be eligible for student teaching, 
students must maintain a quality point 
average of 2.50 overall and 2.50 in the 
major, and attain a grade of at least C in 
HDF 203, 301, 303, EDC 402, 424, 426, 
and 429. Failure to maintain these aver- 


ages will result in “program probation,” a 
one-semester period during which stu- 
dents have the opportunity to earn accept- 
able grades but may not continue on the 
early childhood course sequence or stu- 
dent teach. Failure to return grade aver- 
ages to acceptable standing after one se- 
mester will lead to dismissal from the 
program. Students who perform inad- 
equately on the standardized tests are re- 
quired to take additional preapproved 
courses prior to student teaching. 

URI’s early childhood education pro- 
gram totals 111 credits plus 9 credits of 
free electives; 120 credits are required for 
graduation. 


Human Science and Services 


Effective fall 2002, admission to the URI 
Human Science and Services degree pro- 
gram has been suspended. 


Physical Education and 
Exercise Science 


This curriculum leads to a Bachelor of 
Science degree with a major in physical 
education. The Master of Science program 
is described in “Graduate Programs.” 

The major is designed for students who 
plan to pursue careers in the broad field of 
health, physical education and exercise sci- 
ence. Students can prepare for certification 
as public school teachers (physical educa- 
tion K-12) with additional study opportu- 
nities in athletic coaching, endorsement in 
adapted physical education, and health 
certification. For those interested in non- 
teaching careers in health and fitness 
(fitness instruction, strength training, 
cardiac rehabilitation, nutrition counseling) 
or in preparation for graduate study in 
health care, options are offered in health 
fitness, exercise science, and general. 

URI’s Department of Physical Education 
and Exercise Science offers up-to-date re- 
search facilities, including a biochemistry 
laboratory, electron microscopy lab, and 
an exercise testing laboratory with tread- 
mill, ECG monitoring, and metabolic test- 


ing equipment. A weight management 
clinic is also located at Independence 
Square, and a fitness and wellness labora- 
tory is located in the Tootell Complex. 

Students seeking admission to this 
program must have completed 24 credits, 
possess a minimum GPA of 2.00, and 
have completed BIO 104B and BIO 121, 
each with a grade of C (2.00) or better, 
to transfer. 


Physical Education Options. The general 
option is designed for students who desire 
a broad scope to their education, and for 
students transferring into the department. 
Students are strongly advised to seek guid- 
ance from their advisor in planning their 
course of study and choosing a focus area. 
The following options offer more focused 
studies for students. 

The teacher certification option is de- 
signed for students seeking teacher certifi- 
cation in physical education at the elemen- 
tary and secondary levels. The curriculum 
is also flexible enough to provide addi- 
tional areas of study in teaching, coaching, 
athletic training, health certification, and 
endorsement in adapted physical educa- 
tion. Completion of the NCATE-approved 
certification program fulfills the require- 
ment for teacher certification in Rhode Is- 
land and 34 other states. Students inter- 
ested in undergraduate teacher education 
programs must apply for admission to 
URI's Office of Teacher Education. Applica- 
tions for admission to teacher education 
programs are normally submitted during 
the sophomore year. A departmental 
screening committee reviews applications. 
The committee’s decision is based on rec- 
ommendations from URI faculty, writing 
sample, interview with presentation of ad- 
mission portfolio, scores on standardized 
test(s) of basic skills, and academic record, 
including at least 30 credits of coursework 
including PEX 270, and an overall and pro- 
gram-specific cumulative QPA of 2.50 or 
better. Students must have received a 
grade of C or better in COM 101 or 103 
and WRT 101. If denied admission, stu- 
dents can petition the department for a 
decision review. Applicants who fail to gain 


admission should seek counsel from an ap- 
propriate advisor. Students may reapply for 
admission to a teacher education program 
but should understand that this may delay 
their anticipated graduation date. Students 
in the physical education teacher educa- 
tion program are required to have a cumu- 
lative quality point average from courses in 
the department of 2.70 or higher before 
student teaching (EDC 486/7). 


Health Fitness and Exercise Science Options. 
This option (formerly known as fitness and 
wellness) is designed for students inter- 
ested in becoming health/fitness practitio- 
ners. This includes careers in corporate 
fitness, commercial fitness centers, com- 
munity fitness and wellness centers, and 
clinical or hospital-based fitness and 
wellness centers. This option also prepares 
students for graduate programs in exercise 
science or fitness management. The exer- 
cise science option is for students consider- 
ing careers or graduate degrees in health 
care professions, including exercise physi- 
ology, physical therapy, physician's assis- 
tant, and occupational therapy. During 
their sophomore or junior year, students 
intending to pursue a graduate degree are 
encouraged to contact prospective schools 
for specific requirements. 

Students in these programs must have 
a cumulative quality point average from 
courses in the department of 2.70 or 
higher before internships (PEX 484). 


Degree Requirements. The following 
courses are required of all students in 
physical education and exercise science: 
URI 101 (1 credit), 39 credits of general 
education including WRT 101, COM 101 
or 103, BIO 104B, CHM 103, PSY 113, and 
PSY 232. Core curriculum requirements 
(22 credits) include BIO 121, 242, PEX 
334, 335, 123, 272, 369 and 370. A total 
of 128 credits are required for graduation. 
Specific requirements for the different de- 
gree options are listed below. 

Teacher certification requirements in- 
clude: PEX 270, 304, 305, 310, 314, 315, 
322, 324, 380, 382, 410, 415, EDC 312, 
485, 486/487, 7 credits of practicum activ- 


COLLEGE OF HUMAN SCIENCE AND SERVICES 107 


ity including PEX 120, 222, 322, swim- 
ming, 1-1/2 credits of PEX 115, and 1-1/2 
credits of PEX 215. Students in this option 
have seven credits of professional electives 
and eight credits of free electives. They are 
encouraged to use these credits toward 
health certification and the endorsement in 
adapted physical education (see advising 
sheets). 

Requirements in the health fitness 
option include PEX 105L, 120, 243, 275, 
325, 420, 425, 484, 486, NFS 207, plus 3 
credits of an approved 400-level course in 
health promotion. Additionally, to reach 
the required 128 credits, students take 11 
credits of free electives and select 18 cred- 
its from the following specialized electives: 
ACC 201, 202, BCH 311, BSL 333, CHM 
124, COM 200, 314, NFS 441, 444, HDF 
150, 220, 450, MGT 110, 300, 301, MKT 
301, PEX 391, PHY 111, 185, 112, 186, 
PSY 103, 479H, WRT 227, 235. 

The exercise science option requires 
CHM 105, 124, 126, BIO 244, BCM 311 
and 312, NFS 207, PEX 243, 275, 325, 
420, 484, and 486. Additionally there are 
15 credits selected from specialized elec- 
tives and 11 credits of free electives. Stu- 
dents may need to use free electives to 
complete requirements for many graduate 
programs. Specialization electives that stu- 
dents may choose from are BCH 464, MIC 
211, SOC 100, PEX 391, PHY 111, 185, 
112, 186, PSY 300, STA 307, 308, 409, 
412. In addition, students applying for 
URI’s physical therapy program must take 
the following classes as specialization or 
free electives: PHY 111, 185, 112, 186, 
MTH 111, and a basic statistics course. 

Requirements specific to the general 
option include PEX 120, 130, 280, 243, 
270, 275, 322, 375, NFS 207, CSC 101, 
and HDF 357. Additionally, students must 
complete 18-21 credits in a department- 
approved focus area, or complete a Univer- 
sity-approved minor. Students also com- 
plete courses to fulfill the general 
education requirements, and the physical 
education and exercise science core 
courses that are common to all options in 
the department. 


Textile Marketing 


This interdepartmental curriculum leads 
to a Bachelor of Science degree. It com- 
bines the professional requirements of a 
major in textiles with the requirements of 
the College of Business Administration and 
is designed to prepare students for whole- 
sale and retail marketing positions in the 
textile industry. 

Textile marketing managers are respon- 
sible for planning and directing the flow of 
textile products from manufacturers to 
consumers. The major, which provides a 
strong background in both textiles and 
marketing, is designed to give students the 
opportunity to explore the areas of styling 
and design, manufacturing, market 
research, consumer behavior, advertising, 
promotion, fashion, and sales. Students 
with Spanish language skills have an op- 
portunity to specialize in a Latin American 
option. Today, many international oppor- 
tunities exist to buy and sell to Latin 
America. 

Freshmen who complete a minimum of 
27 credits with an overall grade point aver- 
age of 3.00 or higher and who complete 
CSC 101 and MTH 131 (or their equiva- 
lents BAC 110 and 120) with a B or higher 
will be admitted to the College of Human 
Science and Services at the end of the 
freshman year. Student who have a 
minumum of 42 credits, a grade point av- 
erage of 2.40 or higher, and who have 
successfully (with an average of 2.40 or 
higher) completed CSC 101, MTH 131, 
STA 308 (or their equivalents BAC 110, 
120, 201), ACC 201 and ECN 201 after the 
first semester of the sophomore year will 
be admitted to the College of Human Sci- 
ence and Services. Students not meeting 
these requirements may be eligible to 
transfer to the textiles, fashion merchandis- 
ing, and design program. 

Before admission to the degree- 
granting college, students must complete 
the general education mathematics 
requirement. 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


108 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Students in this curriculum must take 
the following courses: TMD 103, 224, 303, 
313, 240, or 340 or 440, 402, 403, 433, 
and three credits of a TMD elective; CHM 
105, 126; MTH 131; STA 308, 412; CSC 
101; ACC 201 and 202; MGT 300 or 301; 
BSL 333; MKT 301, 311, 415, and nine 
credits of MKT electives. Students must 
also take the following courses to complete 
general education requirements: CHM 
103, 105, 124, 126; and ECN 201, 202. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Textiles, Fashion 
Merchandising, and Design 


This curriculum leads to a Bachelor of 
Science degree. The Master of Science 
(M.S.) program is described in the “Gradu- 
ate Programs” section. 

The major is open to men and women 
with ability and professional interest in the 
artistic and technical aspects of the sub- 
ject. Specialized programs of study prepare 
students for positions in the merchandising 
of apparel and interior furnishings, textile 
and apparel manufacturing, consumer ser- 
vices, or museum work. Qualified students 
can prepare for graduate studies. 

The following core courses are re- 
quired: ART 101,103, or 207; TMD 103; 
224; 232; 226 and 326 or 426, or 222 or 
325 and 327; 303;' 313; 240, 340, or 440; 
402, 433;? HDF 225; ECN 201 and 202; 
CHM 103, 105, 124, and 126. Twelve 
credits of TMD electives (six credits must 
be upper-level courses and no more than 
three credits from TMD 361, 362, or 461, 
462) and 18 credits of professional elec- 
tives (nine credits from any one area) are 
required. Students should elect TMD elec- 
tives and professional electives in consulta- 
tion with an academic advisor. Students 
must complete 24 credits with an overall 


2.00 GPA and complete CHM 103, 105, 
and TMD 103 and the general education 
mathematics requirement with a 2.00 av- 
erage to transfer to the College of Human 
Science and Services. (The same require- 
ments apply to students wishing to trans- 
fer into TMD from other majors.) TMD 402 
is the capstone experience in this major. 

A total of 125 credits is required for 
graduation. 


Apparel Studies. Students choosing this 
area of emphasis should select 12 credits 
of electives from TMD 222, 325, 327, 335, 
and an additional 18 credits of professional 
electives? from art, management, market- 
ing, or theatre. 


Fashion Merchandising. Students choos- 
ing this area of emphasis should select 

12 credits of electives from TMD 222, 232, 
327, 332, 422, 432, 442, 452, and an ad- 
ditional 18 credits of professional electives? 
from accounting, business law, manage- 
ment, management science, marketing, 
and/or art. 


Interior Furnishings and Design. Stu- 
dents choosing this area of emphasis 
should select 12 credits of electives from 
TMD 226, 326, 426, 440, and an addi- 
tional 18 credits of professional electives? 
from art and/or business. 


Textile Science. Students selecting this 
area of concentration should take TMD 
403 and 413 as well as additional chemis- 
try, chemical engineering, and/or statistics 
courses. An internship in textile manufac- 
turing is recommended. By the end of the 
sophomore year, students should file a 
program of study with their advisor. The 
18 credits of professional electives? should 
be selected from: MTH 111, 131; PHY 111 
and 112 or 213 and 214; STA 308 or 412 
or CSC 201; CHM 112, 114, 212, 226, 
227, or 228. 


Students in this option are encouraged 
to broaden and deepen knowledge of tex- 
tile science by enrolling for one or two 
semesters at another university through 
an exchange program. Through a special 
arrangement, URI students may study for 
a semester or year at the textile sciences 
department at the University of Massachu- 
setts-Dartmouth which has extensive 
textile manufacturing equipment and 
analytical instrumentation. Possible course 
work includes fiber science, yarn spinning, 
warp and weft knitting, jacquard or dobby 
weaving, composites, nonwovens, and 
manufacturing facilities design. 


General TMD Program. Students may 
structure their own programs by concen- 
trating course work in areas such as con- 
sumer studies, museum work, journalism, 
or gerontology. By the end of the sopho- 
more year, students should file a program 
of study with their advisor. Selection of the 
12 required TMD elective credits and the 
18 professional elective credits? should 
strengthen career goals and interests. 


Art Minor. Students with an interest in ap- 
parel design or interior design should con- 
sider a minor in art. The requirements for 
this minor are determined by the Art De- 
partment, and consist of 18 credits of any 
art or art history courses, 12 credits of 
which must be at the 200 level or above. 
The overall URI requirements for a minor 
apply (see page 36). Courses particularly 
appropriate to TMD can be determined by 
consultation with TMD and Art faculty. 


1 Organic chemistry is a prerequisite for TMD 
303. 


2 Economics is a prerequisite for TMD 433 and 
possibly HDF 225. 

3 Courses related to the student’s career goals, 
subject to approval by an advisor. 


COLLEGE OF NURSING 


Dayle H. Joseph, Dean 
Ruth C. Waldman, Associate Dean 


The College of Nursing offers a curricu- 
lum leading to the Bachelor of Science 
(B.S.) degree. The college also offers the 
Master of Science (M.S.) and the Doctor of 
Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees. 


Faculty 


Professors Burbank, Dufault, S. Kim, 
McGrath, J. Miller, Schmieding, and 
Schwartz-Barcott; Associate Professors 
Feather, G. Ferszt, Joseph, Padula, M. 
Sullivan, and Yeaw; Assistant Professors 
Godfrey-Brown, Hames, Kwak, Viau, and 
Waldman; Clinical Associate Professor Mer- 
cer; Clinical Assistant Professors Coppa, 
Erickson-Owens, Evans, Gerzevitz, 
Haggerty, Martins, and M. Palm. 


URI's baccalaureate program is de- 
signed to prepare students with academic 
and personal potential to become profes- 
sional nurses. It aims to develop mature, 
well-informed graduates who will meet the 
challenges of health care delivery and 
continued learning. 

Nursing is a creative activity that pro- 
vides human services for the promotion of 
health, prevention of illness, and care of 
the ill. It is interdependent with all other 
disciplines concerned with health. Nursing 
knowledge is viewed as a unique synthesis 
drawn from the humanities and the natu- 
ral, biomedical, and social sciences. Stu- 
dents use a systems perspective as a con- 
ceptual base to nursing. This conceptual 
approach to nursing incorporates the 
whole person and his or her environment 
with the nursing process. Our nursing cur- 
riculum enhances students’ ability to func- 
tion professionally in community and 
home care settings, in keeping with the 
changes in the health care system. 

Clinical practicums include experience 
in numerous community agencies, schools, 
nursing homes, clinics, physicians’ offices, 


and hospitals throughout Rhode Island. 
There are three routes to admission 
to the college’s baccalaureate program: 


1) Students with no previous college study 
begin their preparation in University Col- 
lege with a major in nursing. After comple- 
tion of 30-40 credits (which must include 
required foundation courses) with a mini- 
mum 2.20 overall quality point average 
and a 2.20 quality point average in the 
foundation courses, they may apply for 
transfer to the College of Nursing. Priority 
is given to students with strong academic 
records. 


2) Students with college study in another 
major or some nursing study in another 
baccalaureate program and a minimum of 
45 completed credits, if accepted by the 
University, may be admitted directly into 
the College of Nursing. Students who 
transfer from another college or university 
are admitted into clinical nursing courses 
on a space-available basis. To enroll in 
clinical nursing courses, transfer students 
must meet the requirement of a minimum 
2.20 quality point average overall and in 
the foundation courses. Grades from 
courses taken at the other institution are 
not included in the student’s quality point 
average. 

Because the number of students 
accepted into clinical courses is limited, 
transfer students are advised to contact the 
associate dean before applying for admis- 
sion to be sure of placement in a specific 
course. 


3) Registered nurse students who have 
completed diploma or associate degree 
programs are not required to submit scho- 
lastic aptitude scores when seeking admis- 
sion. As adult students who have devel- 
oped competence in basic subject areas, 
they may demonstrate their mastery by 
completing the College Level Examination 
Program (CLEP) sponsored by the College 
Entrance Examination Board. Advanced 
credit allowances are based on a review of 
the candidate’s test scores and preparatory 
experience. 


COLLEGE OF NURSING 109 


R.N. students are required to take 18 
credits of nursing courses as follows: NUR 
246, 273, 346, 443, 444, 446 (or 503). 
They are also required to meet the remain- 
ing program specifications. R.N. students 
must have an active Rhode Island nursing 
license and malpractice insurance. 

A total of 120 credits is required for 
R.N.s to earn the B.S. degree. The college 
also has an R.N. to M.S. program. Informa- 
tion can be obtained from the associate 
dean. 


(== 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
=| 
m 


The usual time for completion of all re- 
quirements for students with no previous 
college or nursing study is eight semesters 
and one summer session. All students in 
the College of Nursing meet all the general 
education requirements of the University, 
as listed in “Undergraduate Program Re- 
quirements,” pages 34-35. Entry into clini- 
cal courses is competitive and based on 
grade point average and the number of se- 
mesters students have been enrolled in 
nursing. Because of space limitations, stu- 
dents may have to wait one or more semes- 
ters before being accepted into NUR 203. 

A minimum grade of C must be 
achieved in all required nursing courses 
and in each foundation course. Students 
will not be allowed to repeat a required 
nursing course more than once. The fac- 
ulty reserves the right to require with- 
drawal from the college of a student who 
gives evidence academically and/or per- 
sonally of inability to carry out professional 
responsibility in nursing. The student is 
limited to 18 credits per semester except 
by permission of the dean for special pro- 
gram adjustments or when participating in 
the Honors Program. 

General expenses are approximately 
the same as for other University students. 
Special items include uniforms, nursing 
equipment, transportation, one summer 
session, and lab fees for each clinical 
course. The use of an automobile or funds 
to meet public transportation costs is 
required for the clinical experiences. 
Students must maintain car insurance as 
required by state law. 


110 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


The program is approved by the 
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Educa- 
tion and the Rhode Island Board of Nurse 
Registration and Nursing Education. The 
graduate is eligible for examination for 
professional licensure as a registered 
nurse (R.N.). 

The law requires criminal background 
checks for persons providing care in com- 
munity agencies. 


Curriculum Requirements 


Foundation Courses. The following are 
required before transfer from University 
College: CHM 103 (3), 124 (3); NUR 103 
(3); PSY 113 (3); BIO 121 (4), 242 (3), 244 
(1); one writing (Cw) course (3), URI 101 
(1). 

The following are prerequisites for 
some nursing courses, and therefore are 
recommended during the first three 
semesters: NFS 207 (3); MIC 201 (4); 
PSY 232 (3); SOC 100 (3); STA 220 (3) or 
MTH 107 (3). 

An example of the curriculum plan 
follows. (Individual programs may vary.) 


Freshman Year 
First semester: 14 credits 


4 BIO 121 Human Anatomy 

3 SOC 100 General Sociology 

3 CHM 103 Introductory Chemistry 
Lecture 

1 URI 101 Freshman Seminar 

3 General Education requirement (Cw) 


Second semester: 16 credits 


3 BIO 242 Human Physiology 

1 BIO 244 Human Physiology Laboratory 

3 CHM 124 Introduction to Organic 
Chemistry 

3 PSY 113 General Psychology 

3 NUR 103 Professional Practice in Health 
and Illness 

3 General Education requirement (C) 


Summer Session 


3-6 General Education or free elective 
requirements (to reduce junior year 
requirements) 


Sophomore Year 
First semester: 16 credits 


4 MIC 201 Introductory Medical 
Microbiology 

3 PSY 232 Developmental Psychology 

3 NFS 207 General Nutrition 

3 NUR 203 Comprehensive Health 
Assessment 

3 General Education course 


Second semester: 18 credits 


3 NUR 213 Pathophysiology 

3 NUR 233 Foundations of Nursing Prac- 
tice with Older Adults 

3 NUR 234 Practicum in Foundations of 
Nursing with Older Adults 

3 STA 220 Statistics in Modern Society 
(or MTH 107 Introduction to Finite 
Mathematics) 

3 General Education course 

3 Free Elective 


Junior Year 
First semester: 18 credits 


6 NUR 323 Medical-Surgical Nursing 

6 NUR 324 Practicum in Medical-Surgical 
Nursing 

3 BMS 333 Nursing Pharmacology 

3 Free Elective 


Second semester: 15 credits 


3 NUR 333 Psychiatric-Mental Health 
Nursing 

3 NUR 334 Practicum in Psychiatric- 
Mental Health Nursing 

3 NUR 343 Nursing in Childbearing and 
Reproductive Health 

3 NUR 344 Practicum in Childbearing 
and Reproductive Health Nursing 

3 General Education course 


Senior Year 
First semester: 15 credits 


3 NUR 433 Nursing of Children 

3 NUR 434 Practicum in Nursing of 
Children 

3 NUR 443 Community Health Nursing 
[capstone] 

3 NUR 444 Practicum in Community 
Health Nursing [capstone] 

3 NUR 453 Nursing Research 


Second semester: 15 credits 


3 NUR 463 Advanced Medical-Surgical 
Nursing [capstone] 

3 NUR 464 Practicum in Advanced 
Medical-Surgical Nursing 

3 NUR 474 Leadership in Professional 
Nursing [capstone] 

6 General Education course 


Required Nursing Courses. The following 
63 credits are required: NUR 103, 203, 
213, 223, 224, 273, 323 (6 credits), 324 
(6 credits), 333, 334, 343, 344, 423, 424, 
434, 443, 444, and 454. Students must 
maintain an overall minimum GPA of 2.2 
in order to progress in the NUR courses. 


General Education Requirements and 
Electives. The general education require- 
ments must be completed with the excep- 
tion that one of the following divisions 
may be reduced by three credits: fine arts 
and literature (A), letters (L), or foreign 
language and culture (F). 

Six credits of free electives are required. 
A total of 127 credits is required for gradu- 
ation. 


Minor in Thanatology. For information 
on this interdisciplinary minor dealing 
with loss, death, and grief, please turn to 
page 39. 


COLLEGE OF PHARMACY 


Donald E. Letendre, Dean 
Joan M. Lausier, Associate Dean 


Entering freshmen are admitted to 
URI's six-year entry-level Doctor of Phar- 
macy (Pharm.D.) degree, described on the 
next page. The college also awards two 
graduate degrees: the Master of Science 
(M.S.) and the Doctor of Philosophy 
(Ph.D.) in pharmaceutical sciences, both 
offered by all departments except Phar- 
macy Practice. 

The six-year Doctor of Pharmacy cur- 
riculum is patterned on accepted programs 
of study recommended by the American 
Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, the 
American Council on Pharmaceutical Edu- 
cation, and other interested organizations. 
The Doctor of Pharmacy is accredited by 
the American Council on Pharmaceutical 
Education (20 North Clark Street, 

Suite 2500, Chicago, Illinois, 60602; 
www.acpe-accredit.org). 

Pharmaceutical care is the responsible 
provision of drug therapy to achieve spe- 
cific outcomes that improve a patient's 
quality of life. A pharmacist, in cooperation 
with a patient and other healthcare profes- 
sionals, designs, implements, and monitors 
a plan of care that will produce desired pa- 
tient outcomes. A key element in pharma- 
ceutical care is that the pharmacist accepts 
personal responsibility in achieving the de- 
sired outcomes. In learning to provide 
pharmaceutical care, pharmacy students 
must exhibit the highest level of ethical be- 
havior and moral values in all of their deci- 
sion-making, as well as in their actions 
both in and outside of the College. Fur- 
thermore, students must acknowledge that 
the profession and pharmaceutical care are 
based foremost on caring, trust, and com- 
munication for the benefit of patients and 
society in general. All students must be 
committed to maintaining these standards, 
to fostering the professional development 
of other pharmacy students, and to re- 
sponding appropriately when the ethical 
and moral standards of the profession have 
been breached. 


Graduates of our program have a 
strong record of passing the national li- 
censing examination (NABPLEX). Average 
scores over the past five years are in the 
high 90 percentages, with scores for 2002 
at 99% for first-time candidates. The pro- 
gram in pharmacy provides preparation for 
community and institutional pharmacy 
practice. In addition, students have oppor- 
tunities through the selection of profes- 
sional electives to commence a specializa- 
tion in one of several areas of pharmacy, 
including hospital, clinical, manufacturing, 
medical supply servicing, drug analysis, ad- 
ministration, and research. 

A recent survey of alumni indicates that 
54% work in a community practice setting, 
while 14% work in hospitals. Others work 
in the pharmaceutical industry (7%), long- 
term facilities (4%), HMO’s (2%), federal 
agencies (2%), specialty areas (5%), and 
4% work in academia. Job responsibilities 
vary from staff pharmacists, manager, clini- 
cal specialist, consultant, executive, to pro- 
fessor. Seventy-one percent agree that 
their educational experience at URI con- 
tributed to their leadership abilities in the 
profession. 

Of prepharmacy students requesting 
transfer from University College to the 
College of Pharmacy at the end of three 
semesters, priority will be given to those 
applicants having a 2.50 quality point 
average or better in required prepro- 
fessional courses (CHM 101, 102, 112, 
114, and 227; BIO 101, 121, 242, and 
244; MTH 131; and MIC 201) with no 
grade less than C- in any of these courses, 
and an overall quality point average of 
2.00. Applicants with an average between 
2.00 and 2.50 in these courses will be 
considered for admission on a competitive 
basis along with other URI undergraduate 
students and transfer students from other 
institutions. Successful candidates must 
raise their quality point average to 2.50 in 
prerequisite courses before beginning the 
third year of study. Applicants with a qual- 
ity point average of less than 2.00 for the 
designated prepharmacy courses will not 
be considered for admission to the college. 
At the end of four semesters, the foregoing 
courses plus CHM 226, 228, STA 307, and 


COLLEGE OF PHARMACY 111 


BCH 311 (or equivalent courses where per- 
mitted), will be included in the calculation 
of the preprofessional quality point 
average. 

Beginning in the third year of the pro- 
gram, students should have their own 
laptop computer for use in the classroom. 
There are lease and purchase options 
which the college can assist the student in 
procuring. 

Unless otherwise indicated, courses 
offered by the college are restricted to 
pharmacy majors. 

Students must earn a minimum quality 
point average of 2.00 overall and 2.20 in 
all professional courses in order to qualify 
for graduation in the Pharm.D. program. 
Students can repeat up to ten credits of 
pharmacy courses in which they received a 
C or less in order to achieve the 2.20 QPA 
graduation requirement. 

The student whose cumulative QPA in 
professional courses falls below a 2.00 at the 
end of any semester will be dismissed from 
the program. Students will not be allowed to 
proceed into their sixth-year rotations with- 
out at least a 2.00 QPA in required profes- 
sional pharmacy courses. 

Professional and/or legal exigencies 
arise from time to time which may necessi- 
tate changes in a pharmacy course, pro- 
gression, and/or graduation requirements. 
Students should review their status with 
academic advisors on a timely basis and 
refer to current publications for updated 
information. 

Students in certain other New England 
states may enroll in pharmacy under the 
New England Regional Student Program. 
(See page 32.) 

Transfer into the College of Pharmacy 
from another institution or other programs 
at the University is highly competitive. 
Preference is given to students who have 
already completed the science courses 
equivalent to those required in the 
prepharmacy curriculum, as previously 
described. Students may transfer credits 
for courses in which they have earned a C 
or better. Questions concerning the trans- 
ferability of specific courses and of the 
evaluation process should be directed to 
the associate dean of pharmacy. 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


112 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Faculty 


Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences: Professor 
Needham, chairperson. Professors 
Kislalioglu, Larrat, Lausier, Luzzi, C. 
Rhodes, Rosenbaum, Willey Tempkin, and 
Zia; Assistant Professors Akhalghi and 
Kogut; Adjunct Professors Breuer, Davis, 
Dudley, Ette, Gerraughty, Hoffmann, 
Malick, Monkhouse, Ruggerio, Ryan, 
Sado, Shuurman, Tyle, and Westrick; Ad- 
junct Associate Professors Birmingham, 
Danish, Dedhiya, Himmel, Joshi, 
Mojaverian, A. Shah, N. Shah, and 
Szymanski; Adjunct Assistant Professors 
Beckert, Benoit, Brehany, Corvese, Gann, 
Grant, Holm, Lapane, Marcoux, Moffit, 
Mollan, Molzon, Perfetto, Romeo, Rudnic, 
Sienkiewicz, Solis, Squillante, Urbani, and 
Vogenburg; Adjunct Instructor Ortiz. 


Biomedical Sciences: Professor Shaikh, 
chairperson. Professors Chichester, 
Rodgers, Shimizu, and Swonger; Associate 
Professors Babson, Cho, Yan, and Zawia; 
Assistant Professors King, Parang, and 
Rowley; Adjunct Professors Boekelheide 
and Kodavanti; Adjunct Associate Profes- 
sors Black, Ku, Munns, and Nagata; Ad- 
junct Assistant Professors Fisher, Hilliard, 
Jay, Omar, Schuler, and Wang; Professors 
Emeriti Bond, Smith, and Worthen. 


Pharmacy Practice: Professor Hume, chair- 
person. Professors Barbour and Owens; 
Associate Professors Dufresne and Geletko; 
Assistant Professors Bratberg, Caron, Feret, 
Lin, Matson, Pawasauskas, Rogowski, and 
Taveira; Adjunct Professors Mahoney, 
Sesin, and Soja; Adjunct Associate Profes- 
sors Charpentier, Cohen, Feeney, and 
Melbourne; Adjunct Assistant Professors 
Bowen, MacDonnell, and MacGrath. 


Six-year Entry Level Pharm.D. 
Curriculum Requirements 


A total of 195 credits is required for 
graduation. Proficiency in the American 
Red Cross standard first aid and commu- 
nity CPR is also expected of each student 
prior to graduation. 


First Year 

First semester: 15 credits 

CHM 101 (3), CHM 102 (1), a 3-credit 
University-approved English communica- 
tion course (except BGS 100)', BIO 101 
(4), one 3-credit elective, and URI 101 (1). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


CHM 112 (3), CHM 114 (1), MTH 131 (3), 
a 3-credit University-approved English 
communication course (except BGS 100)', 
BIO 121 (4), and one 3-credit elective. 


Second Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


CHM 227 (3), ECN 201 (3), MIC 201 (4), 


BIO 242 (3), BIO 244 (1), and one 3-credit 
elective. 


Second semester: 17 credits 


BCH 311 (3), CHM 228 (3), CHM 226 (2), 
STA 307 (3), and 6 credits of electives. 


Third Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


PHP/BMS 311 (2), BMS 321 (2), BMS 313 
(2), APS 314 (3), APS 315 (2), APS 324 (3), 
APS 318 (1), PHC 317 (1), and PHP 350 
(1). 

Second semester: 17 credits 


PHP/BMS 312 (2), BMS 322 (2), PHP 324 
(2), APS 316 (3), BMS 325 (2), BMS 326 
(1), PHC 327 (1)2, PHP 351 (1), and one 
3-credit elective. 


Fourth Year 

First semester: 15 credits 

PHP/BMS 409 (2), BMS 421 (2), PHP 413 
(2), APS/PHP/STA 411 (3), BMS 416 (1), 

NFS 444 (3), PHC 417 (1)2, and PHP 450 
(1). 

Second semester: 16 credits 


PHP/BMS 410 (4), BMS 422 (2), PHP 414 
(2), APS 403 (3), Professional Tracking (3), 
PHC 427 (1)?, and PHP 451 (1). 


Fifth Year 
First semester: 17 credits 


APS/PHP 404 (3), BMS 521 (2), PHP 513 
(2), APS 503 (2), BMS/PHP 518 (3), PHP/ 
APS 515 (1), PHC 517 (1), and Professional 
Tracking (3). 


Second semester: 17 credits 


PHP/BMS 510 (2), BMS 522 (2), PHP 514 
(2), APS 504 (3), PHP/APS 516 (1), PHC 
527 (1)’, and Professional Tracking (6). 


Sixth Year 


First semester: 15 credits 
Second semester: 15 credits 


To complete the curriculum, students must 
complete PHP 591, 592, and 593 (Clinical 
Clerkships, 5 credits each) plus PHC 594 
(Tracking Practicum, 5 credits) during the 
sixth year in any sequence. These are all 
capstone experiences in the program. 


Doctor of Pharmacy Degree Tracks. 

As part of URI’s six-year degree program, 
students elect professional coursework in 
areas of individual interest. This gives them 
an opportunity to focus their training on 

a particular area of practice, through 

12 credits of coursework and a focused 
rotation (PHC 594). 


Community Practice. URI’s community 
pharmacy track enhances students’ knowl- 
edge of pharmaceutical care in the com- 
munity pharmacy setting, which continues 
to be a strong job market for graduates. 
Community pharmacists require business 
acumen, knowledge of self-care practices 
(nonprescription medications, herbal and 
complimentary medicine, medical devices) 
and must serve specific customers, such as 
pediatric and geriatric patients. PHP 440 
and PHP/BMS 519 are required, plus two 
electives from PHP 542, BMS/PSY 436, 
BMS 533, PSY 460, COM 320, 337, NFS 
551, 552, EXS 563, 564, 565, HSS 530, 
and WRT 333 (others may be substituted 
with approval). The practicum rotation 
PHC 594A can accommodate interest in 
popular areas of disease management such 
as diabetes, hypertension, and HIV. 


Basic Research. The focus areas of this track 
in URI’s Department of Biomedical Sci- 
ences are specialized training in theory and 
practice of laboratory research techniques; 
evaluation and quantification of results; 
understanding and critical interpretation of 
scientific literature; oral and written com- 
munication of hypotheses, methods, and 


interpretation; personal experience in car- 
rying out basic scientific research; and 
awareness of career options for which 
basic research is an important component. 
BMS 520, 525, and 535 are required. Stu- 
dents elect four credits from BMS 519, 
530, 533, 544, 546, 550, 572, 633, 635, 
636, 641, 642, 644, and 691. Students 
also take PHC 594(H) on-site directed by 
a BMS faculty member, or off-site at a 
private firm. 


Cosmetics and Personal Care Products 
Technology. This track provides in-depth 
understanding of cosmetics, self-care 
products, and dermatologicals, from con- 
ception to marketing to consumer use. 
Students will take an array of courses to 
understand their utility and marketing. APS 
498, 530, and 532 are required courses. 
Students elect two courses (six credits) 
from APG 405, APS 453, 461, 498, 530, 
531, 621, 622, CSC 201, IME 533, PSY 
384, MGT 402, BMS 445, 533, BSL 450, 
MKT 311, and 331. The experiential 
rotation, PHC 594G, will take place in 
hospital-based dermatology practices, 
over-the-counter industry, government 
regulatory agencies, the department of 
public health, and/or advertising/market- 
ing organizations. 


Drug Development and Regulation. Students 
in this track explore areas of interest in 
pharmacokinetics, biopharmaceutics, and 
scientific aspects of the regulations affect- 
ing the design, production, evaluation, 
and distribution of drug products. Their re- 
quired courses are APS 621 and 670. Stu- 
dents select three courses (8 credits) from 
the following: APS 540, 550, 497 or 498, 
CSC 201, IME 533, and one 400-level sta- 
tistics course in clinical trials methods. For 
their experiential rotation (PHC 594F), stu- 
dents undertake a research practicum, 
working in close collaboration with a fac- 
ulty member and other graduate students. 


Drug Information and Technology. This track 
provides basic training for candidates inter- 
ested in developing their drug information 
and/or computer skills. It is of special inter- 
est to students interested in careers in 


pharmaceutical-related information ser- 
vices. The track will strengthen computer 
skills, expand knowledge of computer and 
network systems, provide experience in the 
development and analysis of pharmaceuti- 
cal-related databases, and give students 
practical experience in providing drug in- 
formation to health professionals and the 
public. Courses are taught by URI’s College 
of Pharmacy and College of Business 
Administration. PHC 305 and MSI 310 are 
required. Students also elect two courses 
from BAC 110 (or equivalent), COM 320, 
337, MSI 301, 410, 420, 430, 440, APS/ 
BMS/PHP 448, BMS 535, BMS/PHP 519, 
PHP 501, 542, LSC 504, 549, and take one 
rotation: PHC 594C, 594D, 594E, or 594K. 


Formulation. The formulation track gives 
students the opportunity to explore the 
formulation, manufacture, and compound- 
ing of various pharmaceutical products 
and the concepts of industrial pharmacy. 

It provides a basic understanding of the 
physicochemical concepts that are essen- 
tial in understanding the processes of 
pharmaceutical technology. APS 622 and 
631 are the required courses. For electives, 
students pick two courses (six credits) from 
APS 621, APS 660, BMS 525, and IME 533 
(or equivalent). Finally, PHC 5941 focuses 
on the development, formulation, stability 
studies, and manufacture of a drug 
product. 


Pharmacoeconomics and Pharmacoepi- 
demiology. This track trains students to 
analyze and interpret data related to the 
quality, cost, and delivery of healthcare. 
One important determinant of the health 
of populations is the accessibility and the 
use of health services and medication. This 
concentration provides specialized training 
in the study of health care variables, to- 
gether with biological, social, behavioral, 
and environmental factors that influence 
the health states of populations. We pro- 
vide a specialized focus on the use and 
costs of medication within the healthcare 
system, and subsequent effects on the 
health of populations. Public policy, formu- 
lary management, and clinical decision 
making are informed by this area of in- 


COLLEGE OF PHARMACY 113 


quiry. APS 540 or 580 are required. Stu- 
dents select three courses (nine credits) 
from the following: APS 540, 550, 555X, 
580, 640, 697, 698. Relevant courses of- 
fered outside of the APS department may 
be substituted with approval of the track 
coordinator. The practicum rotation 

(PHC 594J) focuses on the application of 
pharmacoeconomics and pharmacoepide- 
miologic principles in community phar- 
macy, institutional healthcare, chain phar- 
macy, pharmacy benefit management, 
consultation, and government agency 
environments. 


Pharmacotherapy Practice. This track pro- 
vides students with the knowledge and 
skills necessary to deliver pharmaceutical 
care in inpatient and ambulatory practice 
sites. It is designed to expand students’ 
clinical knowledge base and application of 
pharmacotherapy to diverse patient popu- 
lations. Therapeutic issues related to spe- 
cial populations of pediatrics and geriatrics 
will be discussed. This track allows students 
to pursue advanced post-graduate clinical 
and research training in a variety of clinical 
areas, as well as careers as clinical practitio- 
ners providing general or focused care in 
acute care and primary care sites, man- 
aged care organizations, academia, indus- 
try, and government. Students in this track 
select two courses (6 credits) from PHP 
430, 460, 520, 535, and 560; and two 
elective courses (6 credits) from PHP 430, 
440, 498-499, 519, 520, 542, 555, and 
560 or WRT 333; other courses may be 
chosen with the approval of the track advi- 
sor. Finally, they take PHC 594B in a set- 
ting that reflects the pharmacotherapy 
content studied. 


CMS 101 (six credits) may be substituted for 
the writing requirement. 


2 Interactive learning courses will be shared by 
PHP, BMS, and APS under the code of PHC. 


(= 
zZ 
g 
D 
2 
g 
5 
4 
m 


114 


GRADUATE ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION 


Pes: holding the baccalaureate degree and wishing to take 
graduate-level courses at the University may do so through 


admission to the Graduate School. 


GRADUATE SCHOOL 


Janett Trubatch, Vice Provost for Graduate 
Studies, Research and Outreach 

Harold D. Bibb, Associate Dean, 
Graduate School 

Janet M. Kulberg, Associate Dean, 
Graduate School 


Admission 


Students may be admitted to URI’s 
Graduate School as degree candidates or 
they may pursue postbaccalaureate work 
in nonmatriculating status (see next page). 
Admission to the Graduate School is based 
on academic qualifications and potential 
without regard to race, sex, religion, age, 
color, creed, national origin, disability, or 
sexual orientation, and without discrimina- 
tion against disabled and Vietnam era 
veterans. 

Application forms can be downloaded 
at www.uri.edu/gsadmis/, or prospective 
students may apply directly on-line via a 
link from the same location. If the on-line 
application is used, all supporting materials 
(application fee, transcripts, letters of refer- 
ence, etc.) must be sent as a complete 
package to the department or program to 
which admission is sought. Inquiries con- 
cerning particular degree programs or 
courses of instruction should be addressed 
to the appropriate department chairperson 
or the graduate program director, as listed 
in the “Graduate Programs” section of this 
catalog. 

The completed application package 
must be sent directly to the department or 
program to which admission is sought. Final 
decision rests with the Graduate School, 
which, after considering the recommenda- 
tion of the department concerned, will 
notify the applicant of the decision. 


Where admission to a doctoral program 
is possible for those holding the bachelor’s 
degree and meeting other requirements, 
the Graduate School reserves the right 
to offer admission only to the master’s 
program while postponing a decision on 
admission to the doctoral program until at 
least a substantial portion of the master’s 
work has been completed. 

Applications must be accompanied by 
a nonrefundable application fee: $30 for 
in-state and $45 for out-of-state residents 
(for residency requirements, see page 19). 
Simultaneous application to more than 
one department requires duplicate 
applications and credentials and separate 
application fees. 

The completed application package 
and all supporting documents must be re- 
ceived by April 15 for summer admission, 
July 15 for fall admission, and November 
15 for spring admission (dates for interna- 
tional applicants are below). The applica- 
tion package must be received by February 
1 for consideration for financial aid for the 
following year. As indicated in the “Gradu- 
ate Programs” section in this catalog, cer- 
tain programs admit students only for the 
fall semester or have earlier deadlines. 
There is no assurance that applications 
completed after specified deadlines will 
be processed in time for enrollment in the 
desired semester. Admission is valid only 
for the term offered and must be reconsid- 
ered if a postponement is subsequently 
requested. 


International Applicants. Applicants from 
foreign countries must complete the Test 
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) 
with a minimum score of 550 (or 213 on 
the computer-based TOEFL exam) unless a 
higher minimum is listed under the admis- 
sion requirements for the specific program. 


Application forms can be downloaded at 
www.uri.edu/gsadmis/ (the completed ap- 
plication package must be sent directly to 
the department or program to which ad- 
mission is sought), or prospective students 
may apply directly on-line via a link from 
the same location. If the on-line applica- 
tion is used, please note that all supporting 
materials (application fee, transcripts, let- 
ters of reference, etc.) must be sent as a 
complete package to the department or 
program to which admission is sought. Ap- 
plications not received by February 1 for 
fall admission and July 15 for spring admis- 
sion will be considered for the next admis- 
sion period. Inquiries from international stu- 
dents concerning nonimmigrant visas, 
transfers, funding, etc., should be sent to the 
Office of International Students and Scholars. 
Inquiries concerning housing should be sent 
to the Department of Housing and Residen- 
tial Life (for apartments on campus) or to 
Off-Campus Housing (for rooms, apart- 
ments, and houses in the nearby commu- 
nity). 


Transfer Credit. Transfer credit can be re- 
quested for graduate work taken at other 
accredited institutions of higher learning. 
Under usual circumstances, such credits 


may not exceed 20 percent of the total 
credits required in the program. Doctoral 
candidates holding a master’s degree in 
the same or a closely related area can re- 
quest up to 30 credits from their master’s 
degree. The transfer work must have been 
taken at the graduate level (equivalent to 
the 500 level or higher in URI’s course 
numbering system) and a passing grade 
earned at that institution. It must have 
been completed not more than five years 
prior to the date of admission into a 
master’s program (ten years for the doc- 
toral program) and must have a clear and 
unquestioned relevance to the student's 
program of study. The request for transfer 
credit should be accompanied by a pro- 
posed program of study and must have 
the approval of the student's major profes- 
sor and the Graduate School. If transfer 
credit is desired for work taken elsewhere 
after a graduate student is enrolled at the 
University, prior approval must be obtained 
from the Graduate School. 


Degree Candidates. Applicants must 
forward the completed self-managed 
application package, containing all of the 
requested materials, directly to the depart- 
ment to which admission is being sought. 
Where required, test scores in the appro- 
priate nationally administered tests should 
be sent directly to the department by the 
testing service. Tests required for specific 
programs can be found in the “Graduate 
Programs” section. Scores (GRE, MAT, 

or GMAT) earned more than five years 
prior to the term of application will not be 
accepted. If test results exceed the five- 
year limit, applicants must retake the 
examination. 

To be accepted as graduate degree 
candidates, applicants must have main- 
tained an average of approximately B 
(3.00 on a 4.00 scale) or better in their 
undergraduate work. For programs that 
require standardized tests, students must 
also have satisfactory scores on the appro- 
priate nationally administered test. Appli- 
cants with undergraduate averages below 
the B level may possibly be admitted with 
submission of other evidence of academic 
potential; i.e., satisfactory performance in 


GRADUATE ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION 115 


postbaccalaureate work, professional expe- 
rience as evidenced by publications or let- 
ters of recommendation, and/or high 
scores in the standardized tests referred to 
above. All students are expected to main- 
tain a cumulative average of B (3.00) or 
better. Students who do not maintain a 
cumulative B average will have their status 
reviewed and may be placed on provi- 
sional status or be dismissed. A student 
placed on provisional status must achieve a 
cumulative B average within one semester 
(or nine credits, if part-time) or be subject 
to dismissal. 


Advanced Standing. Advanced standing 
refers to credits taken at URI by a nonma- 
triculating student, by a matriculating stu- 
dent while on nondegree status, or by a 
student in one degree program before 
acceptance to any other degree program. 
Credits earned at the University of Rhode 
Island by a nonmatriculating student may 
be applied as advanced standing toward 
degree requirements only upon the recom- 
mendation of the student’s major professor 
and the graduate program director and 
with the approval of the Graduate School. 
For the credits to be applied to advanced 
standing, they must have been earned 
within a five-year period before the stu- 
dent matriculated into the degree pro- 
gram. For a master’s degree program, ad- 
vanced standing and transfer credit may 
not total more than 40 percent of the 
credits required for the degree. For Ph.D. 
candidates admitted without a master’s 
degree, advanced standing may not total 
more than 20 percent of the credits re- 
quired for the degree. In special cases, 
Ph.D. candidates admitted with a master’s 
degree in the same or a closely related area 
may request up to nine credits of ad- 
vanced standing. The request should be 
accompanied by a proposed program of 
study and satisfy the time constraints listed 
for transfer credit. 

In certain cases, applicants who have 
been denied admission may be advised to 
take several courses in nonmatriculating 
status (see following) to provide a basis for 
later reconsideration of their applications. 
In such cases, these courses are usually re- 


garded as if they were entrance deficien- 
cies and are not accepted for advanced 
standing in minimum-credit programs 
of study. 


Nonmatriculating Status. Individuals 
holding a bachelor’s degree who are not 
candidates for an advanced degree may 
take courses during the academic year or 
in the summer in nonmatriculating status. 
Normally, to take courses for personal sat- 
isfaction or professional advancement, 
postbaccalaureate students enroll in the 
Alan Shawn Feinstein College of Continu- 
ing Education. Any nonmatriculated stu- 
dent wishing to take courses on the Kings- 
ton Campus must file an application with 
Registration and Records. If nonma- 
triculated students later wish to be admit- 
ted to a degree program, they must com- 
plete the regular admission procedure. 
Nonmatriculated students do not have 
the privileges regularly enjoyed by degree 
candidates. For example, on the Kingston 
Campus they may not register until one 
week before classes begin and must make 
payment before accessing the telephone 
registration system. Their enrollment is 
subject to the accommodation of degree 
candidates wishing to take these courses. 
In addition, there is a limit to the number 
of courses taken in this status that may 
be used as advanced standing to satisfy 
degree requirements. Nonmatriculated 
students are not eligible for financial aid. 


Registration 


The responsibility for being properly 
registered rests with the student. Students 
must complete their registration within the 
time period announced by the University 
in the Schedule of Courses. The chairperson 
of the student’s major department will 
assign an advisor to assist the new gradu- 
ate student in planning a program. All 
students must register for courses through 
Registration and Records in order to be 
properly enrolled. 

For information on late registration, 
schedule of courses, payment of fees, drop 
and add, auditing, Veterans Administration 
educational benefits, transcripts, change 


aLvnavud 


116 GRADUATE ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION 


2003-2004 Calendar for Graduate Degree Candidates 


Fall Semester 2003 


September 2, Tuesday. New Graduate 
Student Orientation 

September 3, Wednesday. Classes begin, 
Kingston campus 

September 26, Friday. Deadline for Decem- 
ber master’s degree candidates and May doc- 
toral degree candidates to submit thesis pro- 
posals * 

October 3, Friday. Final date for nominations 
for December graduation 

November 14, Friday. Final date for 
December candidates to submit completed 
defense copies of master’s and doctoral theses 
in a form acceptable for examination pur- 
poses along with the request for oral defense 
of thesis. NO EXTENSIONS OF TIME WILL BE 
GRANTED. Theses must be submitted at least 
20 calendar days prior to the date requested 
for oral defense. Selection of date should allow 
sufficient time for necessary revisions and re- 
typing before submission in final form. See 
December 19 deadline and note at the end of 
the calendar on the next page regarding 
scheduling examinations during the winter 
intersession. 

November 17, Monday. Deadline for appli- 
cations for Spring 2004, except for programs 
with earlier deadlines 

December 8, Monday. Classes end. Programs 
of study due for students admitted for Fall 
2003 


of address, and required identification, 
please see the section on undergraduate 
registration, page 28. 


Early Registration. Matriculated (official 
degree-seeking) students who meet the 
eligibility requirements as defined in 

the Schedule of Courses generally register 
in April and October for the following 
semester. The Schedule of Courses is avail- 
able at www.uri.edu. 


Summer Session. Although some gradu- 
ate-level courses are offered during the 
summer sessions, the University does not 
guarantee that any particular course will 
be offered. The availability of individual 
faculty members to supervise research or 
to participate in comprehensive examina- 
tions and in examinations in defense of 


December 19, Friday. Final date for December 
degree candidates to submit, in final form, 
master’s and doctoral theses which have been 
successfully defended. NO EXTENSIONS OF 
TIME WILL BE GRANTED. 


Final date for changes of grade, changes to 
programs of study, results of comprehensive 
exams, etc. for December degree candidates to 
be received in the Graduate School for certifica- 
tion for December graduation. NO EXTEN- 
SIONS OF TIME WILL BE GRANTED. 


Spring Semester 2004 
January 13, Tuesday. Classes begin, Kingston 


February 2, Monday. Final date for admissions 
applications from individuals seeking financial 
aid for 2004. Applications for financial aid re- 
ceived subsequent to this date cannot be as- 
sured of full consideration. 


February 6, Friday. Deadline for May master’s 
degree candidates and August doctoral degree 
candidates to submit thesis proposals * 


February 13, Friday. Final date for nominations 
for May and August graduation 


March 1, Monday. Final date for nominations 
from departments for fellowships and scholar- 
ships 

April 2, Friday. Final date for May degree can- 
didates to submit completed defense copies of 
master’s and doctoral theses in a form accept- 
able for examination purposes, along with the 
request for oral defense of thesis. NO EXTEN- 
SIONS OF TIME WILL BE GRANTED. Theses 


theses or dissertations during the summer 
sessions varies from year to year. During 
the summer sessions, special arrangements 
must be made with both the Graduate 
School and the department for scheduling 
comprehensive examinations and thesis or 
dissertation defenses. Students must be 
registered to be eligible to schedule these 
exams. Graduate students must make prior 
individual arrangements for taking directed 
studies or special problems courses. 


Time Limit and Continuous Registration. 
Graduate students are expected to com- 
plete their course work and research within 
the five-year time limit prescribed for the 
master’s degree and the seven-year time 
limit for the doctorate. 

The time limit for a degree program 


must be submitted at least 20 calendar days 
prior to the date requested for oral defense. Se- 
lection of date should allow sufficient time for 
necessary revisions and retyping before submis- 
sion in final form. See the M ay 7 deadline. 


April 15, Thursday. Application deadline for 
summer 2004 admissions, except for pro- 
grams with earlier deadlines 


April 23, Friday. Deadline for August 
master’s degree candidates and December 
doctoral degree candidates to submit thesis 
proposals * 


May 4, Tuesday. Classes end. Programs of 
study due for students admitted for Spring 
2004 


May 7, Friday. Final date for May degree 
candidates to submit, in final form, master’s 
and doctoral theses which have been suc- 
cessfully defended. NO EXTENSIONS OF 
TIME WILL BE GRANTED. 


Final date for changes of grade, changes to 
programs of study, results of comprehensive 
exams, etc. for May degree candidates to be 
received in the Graduate School for certifica- 
tion for May graduation. 


May 22, Saturday. Commencement 
Also see the University Calendar on page 3 


and Summer Session Calendar on the 
next page. 


* Thesis proposals “should be submitted before 
or during the first semester in which the stu- 
dent registers for research credits.” 


may be extended by applying to the 
Graduate School for legitimate reasons 
such as military service or serious illness. 
This request requires the endorsement of 
the student's graduate program director or 
department chairperson. 

Graduate students must remain con- 
tinuously enrolled—except for summer 
sessions, which are optional—until they 
have completed all requirements and have 
received their degree. Students who wish 
to maintain graduate status but do not 
require use of any University resources, 
are not registered for course work or re- 
search, and are not on a leave of absence 
approved by the department and the 
Graduate School must pay the continuous 
registration fee each semester until the 


GRADUATE ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION 117 


2004 Summer Sessions for Graduate Degree Candidates 


NOTE: All courses taken by graduate students during summer sessions are subject to the same regulations regarding inclusion in programs of study and 
calculation of overall academic average, etc., as courses taken during the regular academic year. Students wishing to take directed studies or special 
problems courses during summer sessions must obtain individual approval for these courses from the Continuing Education office unless the specific 
offering is listed in the summer schedule of courses for that year. Students wishing to enroll for thesis or dissertation research during summer sessions 
must first determine that their major professors and/or members of their thesis or dissertation committees will be available and are willing to provide 
the necessary supervision. See also the important note at the end of this calendar regarding scheduling of examinations, including defense of theses, 
during summer sessions. See the schedule of summer courses available on-line at www.uri.edu or at the office of the College of Continuing Education. 


Session I: May 24-June 25 
May 24, Monday. Classes begin 


Week of June 21. Classes end. Exams 


Session Il: June 28-July 30 
June 28, Monday. Classes begin 


July 9, Friday. Final date for all August de- 
gree candidates to submit completed de- 
fense copies of master’s and doctoral theses 
in a form acceptable for examination pur- 
poses, along with the request for oral de- 
fense of the thesis. NO EXTENSIONS OF 
TIME WILL BE GRANTED. Theses must be 
submitted at least 20 calendar days prior to 
the date requested for the oral defense. Selec- 
tion of date should allow sufficient time for 
necessary revisions and retyping before sub- 
mission in final form. See August 6 deadline. 


July 15, Thursday. Deadline for Fall 2004 
applications, except for programs with 
earlier deadlines 


degree has been awarded. 

Students who are on a leave of absence 
or are on continuous registration do not 
have the privileges of consulting regularly 
with faculty on research or thesis prepara- 
tion, nor of using laboratory, computer, or 
other educational facilities at URI. Students 
on continuous registration are not eligible 
for continuation of educational loan defer- 
ments based on student status. 

A student who does not register for a 
semester, or obtain approval for a leave of 
absence, will be considered as having vol- 
untarily withdrawn from the University. 
Students who are later permitted to re- 
enroll must pay the continuous registration 
fee for each semester in which they did not 
maintain graduate status. 


Full-Time and Part-Time Students. Mini- 
mum full-time registration is nine credit 
hours during a regular semester and six 
credit hours during a summer session. 
Maximum registration of 15 credit hours 


Week of July 26. Classes end. Exams 


August 6, Friday. Final date for all August 
degree candidates to submit, in final form, 
master’s and doctoral theses which have been 
successfully defended. NO EXTENSIONS OF 
TIME WILL BE GRANTED. 


Final date for change of grades, changes to 
programs of study, results of comprehensive 
exams, etc. for August degree candidates to be 
received in the Graduate School for certification 
for August graduation. NO EXTENSIONS OF 
TIME WILL BE GRANTED. 


IMPORTANT: Requests for scheduling examina- 
tions must be submitted to the Graduate School at 
least 20 calendar days prior to the date(s) re- 
quested. Theses and dissertations must be distrib- 
uted to members of the examining committee at 
least 15 days prior to the date of the defense. Oral 
and written examinations, including qualifying 
and comprehensive exams and defense of theses, 
will be scheduled only at the convenience of the 


during a regular semester and eight credits 
during each summer term may not be ex- 
ceeded without prior written permission of 
the Graduate School, based on extraordi- 
nary circumstances. (Students on graduate 
teaching and research assistantships are 
limited to a maximum of 12 credits.) 
Credits in excess of 15 will be billed at 

the per-credit rate. Full-time registration is 
required of all international students and 
of all students holding fellowships, assis- 
tantships, full scholarships, and traineeships 
administered by the University. 


Credits Earned Off Campus. Students 
wishing to register for credits to be 
counted toward a degree, who will be 
earning these credits through off-campus 
activities (such as research or independent 
study at a national laboratory), must 
obtain prior approval from the Graduate 
School and to have these activities listed as 
part of their programs of study. 


faculty members involved and depending on the 
availability of the candidate’s program commit- 
tee and additional qualified examiners. Such ex- 
aminations will not be scheduled during periods 
when the University is in recess. Students wish- 
ing to take any exams should first check as to 
the availability and convenience of the faculty 
members. Each faculty member must initial the 
request for scheduling the exam to indicate will- 
ingness to serve. The faculty should be con- 
sulted well in advance for exams being sched- 
uled during the winter intersession and summer 
sessions. If they are not registered for course 
work or research during the summer sessions, 
students must register for one credit of research 
to defend theses or for continuous registration 
to take the other exams. Please note that per- 
sons on continuous registration do not have the 
privilege of consulting regularly with professors 
on research or thesis preparation, nor of using 
URI’s laboratory, computer, or other educational 
facilities (except for libraries). 


Intellectual Opportunity Plan (Pass-Fail 
Option). To allow graduate students to 
venture into new areas of knowledge with- 
out fear that their scholastic average will 
suffer, the Graduate Council has approved 
the Intellectual Opportunity Plan. (Please 
note that courses below the 400 level are 
automatically excluded from the scholastic 
average.) To be eligible for this option, the 
student's major professor or advisor must 
certify that the course or courses are out- 
side the student’s major field of study, are 
not entrance deficiencies, and are not spe- 
cific requirements of, but are relevant to, 
the student’s program. A maximum of four 
credits may be taken by the master’s de- 
gree candidate and a maximum of eight 
credits, including any taken as a master’s 
candidate, by the doctoral candidate. 
Deadlines to participate in this plan are 
published in the Schedule of Courses 


aLvnavud 


118 


GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


FE advanced degree awarded by the University requires as a 
minimum the successful completion of a specified number of 
approved credits of graduate study at the University and the pass- 
ing of prescribed examinations. Credit hours for a master’s or doc- 
toral degree may include formal course work, independent study, 
research, preparation of a thesis or dissertation, and such other 
scholarly activities as are approved by the candidate’s program 
committee and the Graduate School. 


It is the student’s responsibility to know 
the calendar, regulations, and pertinent pro- 
cedures of the Graduate School and to meet 
its standards and requirements. These are 
set forth in this catalog, the Graduate 
Student Manual, the Statement on Thesis 
Preparation, and other publications, all 
of which are available to graduate students 
at the Graduate School Office and at 
www.uri.edu/gsadmis. These documents 
are also available in some department of- 
fices. The student manual is available at the 
library and, for a fee, at commercial centers 
in Kingston. 


These documents govern both master’s 
and doctoral degree programs. The stu- 
dent manual gives detailed information on 
responsibilities of major professors and 
program committees, examination proce- 
dures, preparation of theses and disserta- 
tions, academic standards, and the Gradu- 
ate Student Academic Appeals System. 

The requirements immediately follow- 
ing are general requirements for all gradu- 
ate students. Specific requirements for 
individual programs are itemized in the 
following section. 


Program of Study 


The purpose of the program of study is 
to ensure that students, at an early stage in 
their graduate study, organize coherent, 
individualized plans for their course work 
and research activities. It is expected that 
the successful completion of students’ pro- 
grams of study along with collateral read- 
ings, research, etc., will enable them to 
demonstrate that they have achieved the 
high level of competence required of 
graduate students in their respective fields. 

All degree candidates are required to 
prepare a program of study with the guid- 
ance of their major professors (for master’s 
degree programs) or of their program com- 
mittees (for doctoral programs) in accor- 
dance with the guidelines in the Graduate 
Student Manual. After the program has 
been approved by the major professor or 
by the program committee, the program 
of study is submitted for approval to the 
Graduate School. 


Course Numbering System 


All regular graduate courses are num- 
bered at the 500 and 600 levels. All 900- 
level courses are special graduate courses 
for which no graduate program credit is 
given. Courses numbered at the 400 level 
are for advanced undergraduates, but 
may, with approval and to a limited ex- 
tent, be accepted toward meeting degree 
requirements at the master’s level. For doc- 
toral candidates who have completed the 
master’s degree in the same field or one 
closely related, all program work must be 
at the 500 or 600 level. 


Scholastic Standing 


Graduate work is evaluated by letter 
grades. All grades earned will remain on 
the student's record, and unless the 
courses were approved for no program 
credit prior to registration, all unaccept- 


able grades will be included in calculating 
the student's scholastic average. 

A grade of C+ (2.33) or lower in 
courses numbered at the 400 level is con- 
sidered a failing grade. In such cases of 
failure the course must either be repeated, 
if it is a required course, or else replaced 
by another course approved by the 
candidate’s program committee and the 
Graduate School. When students receive 
more than one grade of C+ (2.33) or lower 
in courses at the 400 level, their graduate 
status is subject to review by the Graduate 
School. 

Grades of C- or lower are failing grades 
in courses at the 500 and 600 levels and 
require immediate review of the student's 
status. Students failing these courses must 
repeat them, if they are required courses, 
or else they must replace them with 
courses approved by the candidate's 
program committee and the Graduate 
School. 

The grades S (satisfactory) and U (un- 
satisfactory) are used for courses of study 
involving research undertaken for the the- 
sis or dissertation and for certain courses 
and seminars so designated. The letter | 
(incomplete) is used for excused unfin- 
ished work. Graduate students have one 
year to make arrangements with the in- 
structor to remove the incomplete. If the 
grade of | (incomplete) is not removed 
within three calendar years, it will remain 
on the transcript. Incomplete grades may 
not be used for program credit. Grades of 
S, U, |, and all grades in courses below the 
400 level are not included in the academic 
average. 

To qualify for continuation of degree 
candidate status and for graduation, a 
cumulative average of B (3.00 on a 4.00 
scale) in all work is required, except for 
courses meeting entrance deficiencies or 
approved for no program credit prior to 
registration in the course. At any time 
when the academic record indicates unsat- 
isfactory performance, the student’s status 
is subject to review. A student who fails to 
maintain a satisfactory quality point aver- 


GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 119 


age or to make acceptable progress to- 
ward the degree may be dismissed as a 
graduate student. 


Degree Requirements 


Master’s Degree. There are no major or 
minor area requirements for the master’s 
degree. However, no degree can be 
awarded for the accumulation of credits 
without a planned and approved program 
of study. Courses for the degree are ex- 
pected to be concentrated in the candi- 
date’s field of interest and related areas to 
produce a well-developed and coherent 
program. 

The requirements listed here must be 
met within five years after the date the 
candidate is first enrolled as a graduate 
student at the University. With the submis- 
sion of a written request for an extension 
and a schedule for completion, endorsed 
by the major professor and the graduate 
program director, a specific, time-limited 
extension may be approved by the Gradu- 
ate School. The master’s degree may be 
earned through full- or part-time study, or 
a combination of the two. 

Some departments offer both a thesis 
and a nonthesis option, while others offer 
only one plan. Please refer to the “Gradu- 
ate Programs” section for specific informa- 
tion on each program. General require- 
ments for these options are as follows. 


Thesis Option. The minimum requirements 
for a master’s degree are: 1) the successful 
completion of 30 credits, including six to 
nine thesis research credits; 2) at the dis- 
cretion of the department, the passing of 
written comprehensive examinations to- 
ward the end of the course work; 3) the 
submission of an acceptable thesis and the 
passing of an oral examination in defense 
of the thesis. Four copies of the thesis pre- 
pared in accordance with Graduate School 
requirements must be submitted to the 
Graduate School Office. A statement on 
the preparation of theses is available from 
that office. 


Nonthesis Option. Depending on depart- 
mental requirements, some master’s de- 
grees may be earned without a thesis. The 
minimum requirements for a nonthesis 
master’s degree program are: 1) the suc- 
cessful completion of a minimum of 30 
credits; 2) completion of practicums, 
internships, or other experiences useful to 
the student's future professional career; 
3) registration in one course that requires 
a substantial paper involving significant 
independent study; 4) the passing of a 
written comprehensive examination to- 
ward the end of the course work. Some 
departments may also require a final oral 
examination. 


Research Competency. Although not nor- 
mally required for the master’s degree, a 
student's major professor or thesis commit- 
tee may require proficiency in a foreign 
language, statistics, or computer science 
where appropriate for the subject chosen. 


Professional Degrees. Students should re- 
fer to the specific program requirements 
for professional degrees and consult with 
the appropriate dean or director. 


Doctor of Philosophy Degree. The Doctor 
of Philosophy degree must be completed 
within seven years of the date when the 
student first enrolled as a candidate. 

The requirements for the doctoral 
degree are: 1) the completion of a mini- 
mum of 72 credits of graduate study 
beyond the baccalaureate degree, of 
which a minimum of 42 credits must be 
taken at the University of Rhode Island; 

2) the passing of a qualifying examination; 
3) if required by the department, profi- 
ciency in one or more foreign languages 
and/or in an approved research tool; 

4) the passing of a comprehensive exami- 
nation; 5) the completion of a satisfactory 
dissertation; 6) the passing of a final oral 
examination in defense of the dissertation; 
and 7) fulfillment of the residence require- 
ment by taking a minimum of six credits 
per semester (specific graduate programs 
may require more) for at least two con- 
secutive semesters after satisfying qualify- 
ing examination requirements. Residence 


aLvnavud 


120 GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 


is interpreted as attendance on campus 

or in the Alan Shawn Feinstein College of 
Continuing Education during a regularly 
scheduled semester. Full-time registration 
for both terms of a summer session counts 
as one semester of residence. 

The department in which the student 
studies for the doctoral degree may or may 
not require a master’s degree preliminary 
to, or as part of, the regular course of 
study. 


Qualifying Examination. This examination is 
intended to assess a student's potential to 
perform satisfactorily at the doctoral level. 
A student without a master’s degree who 
is accepted as a doctoral candidate is ex- 
pected to take a qualifying examination, 
usually after 24-30 credits have been com- 
pleted. A student who holds a master’s de- 
gree in the same or a closely related field is 
normally not required to take the examina- 
tion. If an examination is required, it will 
be stipulated at the time of admission. 


Research Competency. Each department, in 
cooperation with the Graduate School, is 
authorized to formulate and to amend its 
own requirements and methods of testing 
for competency in research tools such as 
foreign language(s), computer science, or 
statistics. The department may, in turn, 
delegate this responsibility to the program 
committee for each individual doctoral 
candidate. 


Comprehensive Examination. Each doctoral 
candidate will take comprehensive exami- 
nations at or near but not later than 12 
months after completion of the formal 
courses stipulated in the program of study. 
The examination is designed to assess the 
student's intellectual capacity and ad- 
equacy of training for scholarly research. 


The comprehensive examination con- 
sists of two parts: written and oral. The 
student, with the approval of his or her 
program committee, applies to the Gradu- 
ate School to take the examination. The 
oral examination committee includes the 
student’s committee and two additional 
members of the graduate faculty ap- 
pointed by the Graduate School. One of 
the additional members represents a field 
of study allied to that of the student's 
major. The candidate’s major professor 
arranges for and chairs the examination. 
Unanimous approval by the examining 
committee is required for the passing of 
the comprehensive examination. 

A candidate whose performance fails to 
receive unanimous approval may, with the 
committee’s recommendation and the 
approval of the Graduate School, be per- 
mitted one re-examination in the part or 
parts failed, to be taken no sooner than 
ten weeks and no later than one year after 
the initial examinations. 


Final Oral Examination. This examination is 
a defense of the dissertation and is open to 
all members of the faculty and, generally, 
to all students. The examination, usually a 
maximum of two hours, is conducted by 
an examining committee made up of the 
candidate’s program committee and two 
additional graduate faculty members ap- 
pointed by the Graduate School. One of 
the appointed members will be designated 
by the dean to chair the examination. 

Unanimous approval of the examining 
committee is required for passing. If the 
candidate does not perform satisfactorily, 
the committee may recommend to the 
Graduate School that the candidate take 
one re-examination under stated 
conditions. 


Theses and Dissertations 


For the oral defense, a sufficient num- 
ber of completed copies of the thesis or 
dissertation, acceptable in form and sub- 
stance to each member of the examining 
committee and the Graduate School, is 
required. At least 20 calendar days prior to 
the proposed defense, the copies must be 
submitted to the Graduate School for 
scheduling of the examination. 

Following a successful defense, and af- 
ter all changes and corrections have been 
made, four copies prepared in accordance 
with requirements of the Graduate School 
and the library must be submitted to the 
Graduate School Office. Doctoral candi- 
dates must submit an additional abstract, 
not exceeding 350 words. 

Students are advised to consult the 
Statement on Thesis Preparation and 
Instructions for Thesis Defense, both avail- 
able in the Graduate School Office (and at 
www.uri.edu/gsadmis), and the most re- 
cent edition of Kate L. Turabian’s A Manual 
for Writers of Term Papers, Theses, and Dis- 
sertations, published by the University of 
Chicago Press. 


121 


GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


his section describes the admission and degree requirements 
for the University’s graduate programs, which are included 
within the general requirements set forth previously, and do not 


reduce those requirements. 


The specific program requirements 
which follow are also minimum require- 
ments; additional course credits may be re- 
quired for candidates whose academic 
background is considered insufficient. 

For example, in nonthesis master’s de- 
gree programs, all students must take at 
least one course requiring a substantial 
paper involving significant independent 
study, and all Ph.D. candidates who do not 
hold an earned master’s degree in a closely 
related field are required to take the Ph.D. 
qualifying examination even if it is not listed 
in the individual program requirements. 

The standardized test scores admission 
requirement is also specific to each particu- 
lar program. For programs requiring a 
standardized test, applications will not be 
reviewed until scores have been received. 
In all other cases, scores may be submitted 
if applicants believe the test results will en- 
hance their application. However, the test 
results should be submitted as early as pos- 
sible. If an application package is received 
before test results, the admission decision 
may be made without the scores. 

Successful completion of any course of 
study at URI does not guarantee that the 
student will find either a specific kind or 
level of employment. Graduate students 
interested in the career opportunities re- 
lated to their program of study are encour- 
aged to discuss their interests with the ap- 
propriate department chair or director of 
graduate studies, the Graduate School’s 
dean, or Career Services staff. Students un- 
certain about career choices are also in- 
vited to use the services offered by the 
Counseling Center. 

The availability of these programs of 
study and areas of specialization, adminis- 
trative locations, requirements, and titles, 
are subject to change without notice. 


For information on the background of your 
program's faculty, turn to the directory in the 
back or visit www.uri.edu. 


Accounting 


M.S. 
401-874-2073 


Faculty: Professor Higgins, director of 
graduate studies. Professors Hickox, 
Martin, Matoney, Schwarzbach, and 
Vangermeersch; Associate Professors 
Beckman, Boyle, and Hazera; Assistant 
Professor Graham. 


Master of Science 


The Master of Science in accounting 
program is appropriate for students with a 
variety of educational backgrounds and 
professional interests. The program's ob- 
jective is to provide an accounting and 
business foundation for the student with 
an undergraduate degree in an area other 
than accounting. These students graduate 
with a strong theoretical understanding 
of accounting along with the necessary 
technical background. They are equipped 
to perform exceedingly well in entry-level 
positions in accounting. An objective for 
students with undergraduate degrees in 
accounting is to provide a fifth year of con- 
ceptual, theoretical, and technical educa- 
tion in accounting, finance, management 
science, and other areas where the student 
and program director feel the student can 
gain the most toward achieving his or her 
educational objectives. 

Applicants with a bachelor’s degree in 
accounting from an accredited institution 
can complete the program of study in one 
year. Applicants with no prior education in 


business will need to spend two years in 
full-time study or longer if studying part- 
time. The course of study is divided into 
two parts. Part one is a common body of 
knowledge in business and accounting 
that is required for all students without a 
bachelor’s degree in business. The stu- 
dent’s undergraduate record is evaluated, 
and common body of knowledge courses 
are waived when a student has under- 
graduate equivalents. The second phase 
of the program allows the students to 
build on their accounting foundation and 
develop a high level of theoretical knowl- 
edge and a sound understanding of ac- 
counting principles and techniques. Dur- 
ing the second part of the program the 
student selects an area in which to special- 
ize. Two areas are available: 1) financial re- 
porting and auditing, and 2) taxation. 
Admission requirements: undergraduate 
quality point average of approximately B 
or above and a score at the 50th percen- 
tile or above on the GMAT examination 
are expected. The GMAT score and the 
undergraduate quality point average are 
not the sole criteria for admission. How- 
ever, those with undergraduate quality 
point averages of less than B or with 


aLvnavud 


122 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


lower than 50th percentile scores on the 
GMAT have a reduced probability of ad- 
mission. Applicants for whom English is 
not the native language will be expected 
to demonstrate proficiency in written and 
oral communications (TOEFL score of 575 
or above), or they may be required to cor- 
rect deficiencies by taking selected courses 
for no program credit. 

Program requirements: from 30 to 69 
credits, depending on undergraduate pro- 
gram. A written comprehensive examina- 
tion and a course requiring a major paper 
involving independent study are required 
in the nonthesis option. 

All 600-level courses offered by the 
departments in the College of Business 
Administration are open to matriculated 
graduate students only. 


Applied Mathematical Sciences 
(Interdepartmental) 


Ph.D. 
401-874-2701 


This interdepartmental program is 
sponsored by the departments of Com- 
puter Science and Statistics, Industrial and 
Manufacturing Engineering, Management 
Information Systems, and Mathematics. It 
is administered by a coordinating commit- 
tee selected from the graduate faculty. 


Coordinating Committee: R.C. Hanumara 
(chairperson), David Freeman, Leonard 
Kahn, James Kowalski, John Montgomery, 
Seetharama Narasimhan, and Manbir 
Sodhi. 


Faculty: Professors Fay Wolfe, Finizio, 
Grove, Hanumara, Jarrett, Kaskosz, 

Ladas, Lamagna, Lewis, Montgomery, 
Narasimhan, Pakula, Peckham, Sodhi, and 
Tufts; Associate Professors Baudet, Eaton, 
Kowalski, Kulenovic, Merino, and Shao; As- 
sistant Professors DiPippo, Gonzalez, 
Hervé, Kook, Thoma, and Wu; Adjunct Pro- 
fessor Ting; Adjunct Associate Professor 
Liu; Professors Emeriti Carney, Driver, 
Roxin, Suryanarayan, and Verma. 


Specializations 


Applied mathematics, computer sci- 
ence, operations research, and statistics. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: GRE with 
advanced test in undergraduate field; 
bachelor’s degree in computer science, 
engineering, mathematics, management 
science, physical sciences, statistics, or 
equivalent. With permission, GMAT may 
be substituted for GRE by applicants with 
business background. Applicants with 
entrance deficiencies may be accepted 
subject to taking certain undergraduate 
courses in addition to the graduate pro- 
gram requirements. Although a person 
with a bachelor’s degree may be admitted, 
this program is designed principally for 
people who have a master’s degree. 

Program requirements: dissertation; 54 
credits beyond the bachelor’s degree in- 
cluding MTH 435, 436; two courses se- 
lected from MTH 462, 513, 515, 535, 545, 
547, 548, 561, 641, CSC 542 and 544 
(one of these courses must be either MTH 
513 or 515); and three core courses in 
each of two of the following areas: applied 
mathematics, basic analysis, computational 
mathematics, computer science fundamen- 
tals and theory, applied computer science, 
operations research, and statistics. (A maxi- 
mum of 30 credits may be granted for a 
master’s degree in a closely related area. In 
this case, 400-level courses cannot be 
counted for program credit.) Comprehen- 
sive examination in core areas and reading 
proficiency in one foreign language. The 
oral comprehensive examination should 
include a faculty member from the Math- 
ematics Department. The Ph.D. qualifying 
examination is required of students admit- 
ted without the master’s degree. All Ph.D. 
candidates must register full-time for two 
consecutive semesters prior to the Ph.D. 
comprehensive examination. 

Also see Mathematics, in this section. 


Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences 


M.S., Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) 
401-874-2754 


Faculty: Professor Needham, chairperson. 
Professors Kislalioglu, Larrat, Lausier, 
Rhodes, Rosenbaum, Temkin, and Zia; 
Assistant Professors Akhalaghi and Kogut. 


Specializations 


Applied pharmaceutical sciences with 
emphasis on physical pharmacy, biophar- 
maceutics, pharmacokinetics, formulation 
and manufacturing of conventional and 
novel drug delivery systems, and cosmetic 
products, drug standards, regulatory 
affairs, pharmacoepidemiology and 
pharmacoeconomics. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and B.S. 
(pharmacy) or Pharm.D. or equivalent. 

Program requirements: For the pharma- 
ceutics track—thesis; written comprehen- 
sive examination; STA 409, 411, or equiva- 
lent; CHM 431 or CHM 432 or BCH 435; 
APS 693, 694; nine credits of 500- or 600- 
level pharmaceutics courses. 

For the cosmetic science and technol- 
ogy track—thesis; written comprehensive 
examination; STA 409, 411, or equivalent; 
CHM 431 or CHM 432 or BCH 435 or 
CHE 542; APS 530, 531, 532, 693, 694; 
and ten credits of electives with one course 
selected from 500- or 600-level pharma- 
ceutics courses. 

For the pharmacoepidemiology and 
pharmacoeconomics track—thesis; written 
comprehensive examination; STA 409 or 
411 or equivalent; APS 599, 651, 652, 
693, 694. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Pharmaceutical Sciences) 


Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s degree. Written and oral qualify- 
ing examinations are required of all 
candidates. 

Program requirements: for pharmaceuti- 
cal formulations and regulatory affairs— 
dissertation; M.S. core requirements plus 


APS 693, 694, IME 533; and written and 
oral comprehensive examinations. In addi- 
tion, for the pharmaceutical formulation 
track—CHE 530; six credits from CHM 
512, MIC 533 and 552, NFS 502, APS 680, 
and CHM 511; and ten additional credits 
of 500- or 600-level pharmaceutics 
courses. For the regulatory affairs track— 
STA 409, 411, APS 621, 670, 660, 680, 
540, STA 535, and either APS 622 or 631. 
Additional credits from the following to 
make a total of 48 course credits: APS 535, 
550, 622, 623, 631, 633, 640X, 651, 652, 
PEX 564, MIC 533, MIC 552, MGT 630, 
MKT 601, CHM 512, PHP 540. Twenty- 
four doctoral dissertation credits are 
required. 

For the pharmacoepidemiology and 
pharmacoeconomics track—27 credits of 
core courses (APS 540, 550X, 580, 640X, 
651, 652, 680, 693, 694, STA 412, 

PSY 533 or STA 541); nine credits of con- 
centration courses; 12 credits of electives; 
24 credits of APS 699, qualifying examina- 
tion, oral and written comprehensive ex- 
aminations, and dissertation. Suggested 
concentrations include the improvement 
in quality of pharmaceutical delivery, 
pharmacoepidemiology, epidemiology, 
statistical analysis, nursing research, medi- 
cal effectiveness, health care quality man- 
agement, pharmacoeconomics, managed 
care pharmacy, and health care adminis- 
tration. Tutorials may be arranged in areas 
of special interest to the student; students 
are expected to attend and participate in 
the departmental seminar (APS 693, 694) 
during their entire tenure in the Ph.D. 
program, for a maximum of three credits 
assigned to the core credit requirement. 


Audiology 


See Speech-Language Pathology and 
Audiology. 


Biochemistry 
See Cell and Molecular Biology. 


ACCOUNTING/BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 123 


Biological Sciences 


M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-874-2372 


Faculty: Professor Heppner, chairperson; 
Professor Kass-Simon, director of graduate 
studies. Professors Bibb, Bullock, Cobb, 
Goldsmith, Killingbeck, Koske, and 
Twombly; Associate Professors Carrington, 
Norris, and A. Roberts; Assistant Professors 
Irvine, Seibel, and Wilga; Adjunct Profes- 
sors Carleton, Deacutis, Hobbs, Jackson, 
Sebens, Shirley, and P. Smith; Adjunct As- 
sociate Professors Gemma, Hammen-Winn, 
Katz, and Thursby; Adjunct Assistant Pro- 
fessors Cromarty, Filardo, E. Roberts, and 
D. Smith; Professors Emeriti Beckman, 
Costantino, Goos, Harlin, Hyland, and 
Shoop; Associate Professor Emeritus 
Krueger; Research Professor Hill. 


Specializations 


Behavior, ecology, and systematics: 
population and community ecology, bio- 
mechanics of aquatic plants and animals, 
functional morphology of marine verte- 
brates and invertebrates, systematics of 
marine invertebrates, ecology and physiol- 
ogy of plant nutrient resorption, role of 
mycorrhizal fungi in structuring plant com- 
munities and plant growth, invertebrate 
behavior and neuroethology, avian 
behavior. 

Molecular, cell and developmental biol- 
ogy: developmental gene regulation in ani- 
mals, role of endogenous and environmen- 
tal signals in the regulation of plant cell 
expansion and differentiation, construction 
of molecular linkage maps, genetic analysis 
of quantitative traits, plant-microbe inter- 
actions, signal transduction in plants. 

Physiology: comparative physiology; 
behavioral physiology; neurobiology of 
marine invertebrates; physiology of nutri- 
ent resorption in plants; plant stress physi- 
ology; physiology of mycorrhizal fungi; 
and environmental physiology. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
bachelor’s degree with major in the sci- 
ences. Candidates lacking undergraduate 


courses in organic chemistry, physics, 
mathematics through introductory calcu- 
lus, and fundamental courses in biological 
sciences may be required to make up defi- 
ciencies without graduate credit. Appli- 
cants are normally admitted for the fall 
semester but may be considered for spring 
admission. The completed application 
package must be received by April 15 for 
fall admission and November 15 for 
spring. For consideration for financial aid, 
the application package should be received 
by February 1. 

Program requirements: thesis or 
nonthesis options. 

The thesis option requires a minimum 
of 30 credits, six to nine of which may be 
earned through thesis research (BIO 599). 
BIO 581, 582 must be taken each year; 
thesis defense also required. 

The nonthesis option is designed for 
students in the health sciences planning to 
enter a professional school upon comple- 
tion of the M.S. degree. A minimum of 30 
credits of course work, a written compre- 
hensive examination, and a substantial 
project (including a written paper) are re- 
quired. Twelve credits in biology are cho- 
sen from the following: BIO 437, 442, 444, 
453, 541, 545, 546, 549, 550, 572, 573, 
668, or other approved upper-level 
courses, three credits in advanced bio- 
chemistry (BCH 435, 481, or 581) or 
physical chemistry (CHM 431), three cred- 
its in statistics, at or above the 400 level. 
Seven elective credits may be chosen from 
recommended upper-level biology courses 
including MIC 431, 414, 415, 416, 503, 
505, 521, 533, and AVS 472. A maximum 
of three credits is to be chosen from the 
following courses or their equivalent: BIO 
691, 692 (Biological Problems), BIO 581, 
582 must be taken each year. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 

Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s degree; master’s degree not re- 
quired. Applicants are expected, but not 
required, to have a reading knowledge of 
two languages in addition to their native 
language. Applicants are normally admit- 
ted for the fall but may be considered for 


aLvnavud 


124 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


spring admission. The completed applica- 
tion package must be received by April 15 
for fall admission and November 15 for 
spring. For consideration for financial aid, 
the application package should be received 
by February 1. 

Program requirements: comprehensive 
examination and dissertation defense; 
qualifying examination required for all 
candidates except those having an M.S. 
degree; a minimum of 72 credits, 18-28 of 
which can be earned through dissertation 
research (BIO 699). Thirty transfer credits 
will be accepted for students who have 
received a M.S. degree. Registration in BIO 
581, 582 required each year. 


Business Administration 


M.B.A., Ph.D. 
401-874-5000 


Faculty: Professor Chen, associate dean. 


Accounting: Professors Higgins, Martin, 
Matoney, Schwarzbach, and Vanger- 
meersch; Associate Professors Beckman, 
Boyle, and Hazera; Assistant Professor 
Graham. 


Business Law: Professors Hickox and 
Laviano; Associate Professor Dunn. 


Finance and Insurance: Associate Professors 
Dash, Lee, and Oppenheimer; Assistant 
Professors Lin, Michayluk, Wang, 
Sabherwal, and Yu. 


Management: Professors Beauvais, 
Comerford, Cooper, deLodzia, Overton, 
Scholl, and Sink; Associate Professor Dugal; 
Assistant Professors Hamilton and Lehrer. 


Management Information Systems: 
Professors Armstrong, Budnick, Chen, 
Jarrett, Kim, Koza, Mangiameli, Mojena, 
Narasimhan, and Westin; Associate Profes- 
sors Ageloff; Assistant Professors Lloyd and 
Shin. 


Marketing: Professors Della Bitta, N. 
Dholakia, R. Dholakia, Johnson, Mazze 
(Dean and the Alfred J. Verrecchia-Hasbro 
Inc. Leadership Chair in Business), and 


Venkatesan; Associate Professors Rosen, 
Surprenant, and Varki; Assistant Professor 
Sheinin. 


Specializations 


For the M.B.A.: finance, general 
management, international management, 
management science and information 
systems, and marketing. 

For the Ph.D.: finance and insurance, 
management, management science, and 
marketing. 


General Information 


In addition to the University’s Office of 
Information Services, business students 
have access to four other computer facili- 
ties: the Dennis W. Callaghan Microcom- 
puter Laboratory, the Computer-Integrated 
Manufacturing Laboratory, the college's 
general computer facility, and a smaller 
computer laboratory at the Alan Shawn 
Feinstein College of Continuing Education 
(in Providence). These facilities are avail- 
able to both daytime and evening students 
six days a week. 


Master of Business Administration 


The Master of Business Administration 
(M.B.A.) program prepares students for 
leadership positions in business, govern- 
ment, and nonprofit organizations. The 
faculty seeks to develop a global perspec- 
tive while stressing the ethical and environ- 
mental responsibilities inherent in all man- 
agement activities. The program is offered 
on the Kingston Campus for full-time 
students, and in the evening through the 
Alan Shawn Feinstein College of Continu- 
ing Education (located in Providence) for 
part-time students. Full-time candidates 
may begin the program in the fall semester 
only and will complete the program in one 
calendar year. Part-time candidates may 
begin the program in the fall or spring se- 
mester. 

In addition, an M.B.A. for Executives 
may be completed in 18 months, begin- 
ning in August, by participating in a pro- 
gram that meets every other Friday and 
Saturday at the Kingston Campus starting 


in August 2004. A group of 20-25 experi- 
enced managers (7-10 years of manage- 
ment experience) follows a curriculum that 
emphasizes human relations, organiza- 
tional behavior, financial analysis, and 
other areas useful to the effective manager. 
Applicants should specify the M.B.A. pro- 
gram (full-time, part-time, executive) they 
wish to enroll in on the application. 

Admission requirements: Graduate Man- 
agement Admissions Test (GMAT), a state- 
ment of purpose, a resumé, two letters 
of recommendation, and transcripts of all 
previous undergraduate or postbaccalau- 
reate work are required. Work experience 
is valued. Applicants for whom English is 
not the native language are required to 
score 233 or above on the TOEFL. The 
GMAT score and undergraduate quality 
point average are not the sole criteria for 
admission. However, those with under- 
graduate quality point averages of less 
than B or those with less than 50th percen- 
tile scores on the GMAT have a low prob- 
ability of admission. Applications from 
well-qualified individuals who can contrib- 
ute to the cultural and ethnic diversity of 
the College of Business Administration and 
the University are welcome. 

Program requirements: The MBA pro- 
gram curriculum has been updated to 
maintain a program that is current and rel- 
evant in the workplace. 

The part-time MBA program requires a 
minimum of 36 credits and a maximum of 
53 credits. First, students are required to 
take the following nine courses: BAC 500, 
520, ECN 590, MBA 500, 502, 503, 504, 
505, 590. Waiver exams are available for 
BAC 500, 520, and MBA 500. The other 
courses can be waived with permission of 
the program director based on successful 
completion of recent equivalent college- 
level courses at an AACSB accredited insti- 
tution. Students then must select five out 
of the following seven courses: MBA 510, 
520, 530, 540, 550, 560, and 570. Finally, 
students are required to take four electives 
to complete their program of study. 

The one-year full-time M.B.A. program 
is a nonthesis program consisting of a 48- 
credit integrated curriculum. It contains 


much of the same course work as the part- 
time program, but requires students to 
show proficiency in computer and math 
skills before entering the program. This 
may be done through prior academic per- 
formance, waiver exams, or summer 
graduate course work. Students start in the 
fall only and continue through July by 
completing two evening courses and par- 
ticipating in an internship or elective 
course work. Completed application pack- 
age must be received by April 15; applica- 
tions received after that date are reviewed 
on a space-available basis. 

The Executive M.B.A. program is a 
nonthesis program consisting of an inte- 
grated curriculum. There are significant 
changes occurring in the program curricu- 
lum, incorporating our move to the 
Kingston campus and renovated Ballentine 
Hall, home of the College of Business Ad- 
ministration. With this move, we will be 
able to take advantage of the trading room 
and other facility improvements at the 
Kingston location. Due to the curriculum 
redesign, there will be no class starting Au- 
gust 2003. The next class will start August 
2004. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


The Ph.D. program is small and highly 
selective. Admission is competitive and 
based on academic merit, research capa- 
bilities, and the match of research interests 
between the applicant and faculty in the 
indicated area of specialization. 

Admission requirements: GMAT or GRE, 
and a master’s degree. Applicants with di- 
verse academic backgrounds are encour- 
aged to apply. 

Applicants are admitted for the fall se- 
mester only. Due to the selectivity of the 
programs, new admissions to the doctoral 
program must be limited to a small num- 
ber each year. Since applicants are evalu- 
ated for each of the four specialization 
areas independently, all applicants must 
specify a single area of specialization on 
the application form. Completed applica- 
tion package must be received by February 
15; applications received after that date 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES/CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 125 


and before May 1 are reviewed on a space- 
available basis until the programs are full, 
and are not guaranteed a full review. 

Applicants for whom English is not the 
native language will be expected to score 
233 or above on the TOEFL. The GMAT 
and GRE scores and master’s quality point 
average are not the sole criteria for admis- 
sion. However, those with master’s quality 
point averages of less than 3.20 on a 4.00 
point scale or those who score lower than 
the 60th percentile on the GMAT or GRE 
have a low probability of admission. The 
average master’s quality point average for 
current doctoral candidates is 3.60, and 
their GMAT scores average in the top 20th 
percentile. 

Program requirements: during the 
qualifying phase of the program, entering 
doctoral students must take four written 
qualifying examinations. These written ex- 
aminations are scheduled in accounting, 
financial economics, behavioral science, 
and decision science. One or more of these 
examinations may be waived for a student 
on the basis of course work taken in the 
last five years. 

The advanced study phase includes a 
minimum of 32 credit hours of advanced 
course work in the area of specialization, in 
supporting and connected areas, and in 
research methodology and techniques. 
Course work during this phase may include 
seminars, directed studies, research proj- 
ects, and field work deemed appropriate 
for the student's area of specialization. All 
Ph.D. candidates must include BUS 601 
and 602 in their programs of study. Each 
student is required to write at least three 
major papers of publishable quality. This 
phase culminates in a written comprehen- 
sive examination covering the student's 
area of specialization as well as research 
methods and statistics. 

After passing the comprehensive ex- 
amination, doctoral candidates enter the 
dissertation research phase and engage in 
significant research under the supervision 
of their major professor and the doctoral 
committee. Doctoral dissertation research 
is expected to make a major contribution 
to the state of knowledge in the candi- 


date’s field. The dissertation defense is 
a final oral examination administered 
according to procedures established by 
the Graduate School. 

The Management Information Systems 
area is also a sponsor of the Ph.D. program 
in applied mathematical sciences. 


Cell and Molecular Biology 


M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 
401-874-2205 


Faculty: Professor Sperry, chairperson and 
director of graduate studies. Professors Brad- 
ley, Cohen, Goldsmith, Hufnagel, Laux, 
and Nelson; Associate Professors Chandlee, 
Martin, Mottinger, and Norris; Assistant 
Professor Sun; Adjunct Professor Kausch; 
Adjunct Assistant Professor Mehta; Profes- 
sors Emeriti Cabelli, Hartman, Traxler, 
Tremblay, and Wood; Associate Professor 
Emeritus Krul. 


Specializations 


Cell biology, cellular development, ultra- 
structure: ciliogenesis in protozoa, electron 
microscopy, ultrastructure of electrically 
conducting systems, cell culture, cellular 
immunity. 

Medical microbiology: pathogenesis, 
immunology, mycology, virology. 

Microbial ecology, industrial microbiol- 
ogy, pollution: marine and freshwater mi- 
crobial ecology, biodeterioration, sanitary 
bacteriology, coliform ecology. 

Microbial genetics, physiology, molecular 
microbiology: genetic and molecular rela- 
tion of cellular morphogenesis and devel- 
opment, bacterial colonization of the 
mammalian intestine, messenger RNA 
metabolism in procaryotes and eucaryotes, 
virus multiplication, control of transport 
and metabolism, mechanisms of survival, 
membrane structure. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and a 
bachelor’s degree with a program of stud- 
ies that included at least two semesters 
each of biological sciences, general chem- 
istry, organic chemistry, physics, and 


aLvnavud 


126 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


mathematics including at least one semes- 
ter of calculus. Applicants may be admitted 
with deficiencies, to be corrected with ap- 
propriate course work (to be excluded 
from program credit). 

Program requirements: core courses (all 
tracks)—MIC 413/415 (5), BCH 593E, 581, 
582, BCH/MIC 695. Biochemistry track— 
core courses plus nine credits chosen from 
BCH 542, 584, BMS 641, BCH (BMS) 642, 
BMS 530, 535, 572, BCH 521, 523/524 
(max three credits for M.S. and six credits 
for Ph.D.). Microbiology track—core 
courses plus MIC 414/416 (5), 500-600- 
level elective, 695. Molecular genetics 
track—core courses plus BCH 437, MIC 
695, at least two credits of a free elective, 
MIC 552 or BIO 573. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 


Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s degree. A course in physical 
chemistry is also recommended. 

Program requirements: same as for 
master’s degree, plus all candidates must 
pass the Ph.D. qualifying exam. Of the 
credits earned beyond the master’s degree, 
18 should be in course work. Prior to the 
last semester, the candidate must pass a 
written and oral Ph.D., comprehensive 
examination in the major areas of his or 
her program. 


Chemical Engineering 


M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-2655 


Faculty: Professor Brown, chairperson; Asso- 
ciate Professor Rivero-Hudec, director of 
graduate studies. Professors Barnett, Bose, 
Greenfield, Gregory, Knickle, and Rose; As- 
sociate Professor Gray; Associate Research 
Professor Crisman; Professor Emeritus 
Rockett. 


Specializations 


Biochemical engineering: reactors, purifi- 
cation methods, degradation, and chemi- 
cal production. 


Energy engineering: analysis of energy 
systems, multiphase flow and water 
conservation. 

Environmental engineering: separation 
methods, heavy metal removal, solvent re- 
covery, hazardous waste minimization, and 
desalination. 

Materials engineering: corrosion and 
erosion, electronic materials processing, 
ceramic processing, polymer films, con- 
ducting polymers and thin film materials 
and sensors. 

Polymer process engineering: thermo- 
physical properties of polymers, polymer 
process modeling and control. 

Process simulation: process design, 
optimization and analysis; process control; 
numerical methods. 

Transport phenomena: surface, interfa- 
cial and colloidal phenomena, flow 
through porous media, multiphase fluid 
mechanics, phase equilibria, and diffusion 
through polymers. 

Unit operations: mixing, vacuum 
processes, chromatography, electrodialysis, 
ultrafiltration and microfiltration. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: bachelor’s de- 
gree in chemical engineering; candidates 
from other engineering fields or from 
mathematics, biology, chemistry, or phys- 
ics may be accepted into the program with 
possible addition of prerequisite courses. 

Program requirements: 30 credits 
including CHE 501, 502, 503, 513, 537, 
541, 599 (6-12 credits). For 12 thesis 
credits, no special problems or graduate 
seminar credit is permitted, 18-24 credits 
of course work. Nonthesis option for part- 
time students, with permission of the 
chairperson; master’s examination and 
comprehensive report with oral examina- 
tion. Attendance in CHE 501 or 502 is 
required every semester for all on-campus 
students. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: M.S. degree in 
engineering. 

Program requirements: Candidate’s pro- 
gram will be determined in consultation 


with his or her committee and will be 
based on his or her background and career 
goals, but must include CHE 501, 502, 
614, 641, 699 (24 credits). Twelve credits 
of course work in addition to the required 
courses would be needed. A comprehen- 
sive examination and an acceptable disser- 
tation are required to complete the pro- 
gram, along with CHE 501, 502. 


Chemistry 


M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-2318 


Faculty: Professor Euler, chairperson. Profes- 
sors C. Brown, Dain, Fasching, Freeman, 
Kirschenbaum, Nelson, Oxley, Rosen, 
Shimizu, Vittimberga, and Yang; Associate 
Professor Lucht; Assistant Professor Major; 
Professors Emeriti Abell, P. Brown, Cheer, 
Cruickshank, Fisher, Goodman, MacKenzie, 
Rosie, and Traficante. 


Specializations 


Analytical chemistry: vibrational spec- 
troscopy, separations science, laser spec- 
troscopy, bioanalyses, surface science, ex- 
plosives. 

Biological chemistry: enzyme inhibition, 
neurochemistry, oxidative stress, macro- 
molecular recognition. 

Inorganic chemistry: metals in high 
oxidation states, solution kinetics, coordi- 
nation complexes, electron transport, 
polymers. 

Organic chemistry: reaction mechanisms, 
synthesis, electron transfer, heterocycles, 
polymers, organometallics. 

Physical chemistry: theoretical chemis- 
try, molecular spectroscopy, polymer ar- 
rays, statistical mechanics, smart materials. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: Preference is 
given to candidates with undergraduate 
majors in chemistry or chemical engineer- 
ing with mathematics through calculus. 
GRE only for graduates of non-U.S. univer- 
sities, with advanced test strongly recom- 
mended. 


Program requirements: placement ex- 
amination to determine specific program 
requirements and successful completion of 
master’s qualifying examinations. For the- 
sis option (31 credits), 12 credits of gradu- 
ate core courses in at least three of the 
four areas of chemistry; one additional 
graduate-level course in chemistry; CHM 
642 or 643; and thesis. For nonthesis op- 
tion (30 credits), 18 credits of graduate 
core courses; six additional credits of 
graduate course work; CHM 642 (1 credit); 
CHM 551, 552 (minimum 5 credits); and a 
written comprehensive examination. 

The 30-credit nonthesis option is also 
offered on-site at Pfizer, Inc. (Groton, 
Conn.)—18 credits of graduate core 
courses; six additional credits of graduate 
course work; CHM 642 (1 credit, taken in 
Kingston), CHM 551 (minimum 5 credits); 
and a written take-home comprehensive 
exam. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s degree. 

Program requirements: successful 
completion of qualifying examination; 
15 credits of graduate core courses; one 
additional graduate-level course in chemis- 
try; and CHM 642-644 (3 credits). Com- 
prehensive examination and dissertation. 


Civil and Environmental 
Engineering 


M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-2692 


Faculty: Professor Veyera, chairperson; 
Associate Professor Karamanlidis, director of 
graduate studies, Professors Kovacs, Lee, 
Silva, Tsiatas, Urish, and Distinguished Pro- 
fessor R. Wright; Associate Professors 
Marcus and Thiem; Assistant Professors 
Baxter, Hunter, and Thomas; Adjunct Pro- 
fessors Harr and T. Wright; Adjunct Associ- 
ate Professor Apostal; Adjunct Assistant 
Professor Badorek; Professor Emeritus 
Poon. 


CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY/CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE 127 


Specializations 


Environmental engineering: water supply 
and treatment facilities, municipal and in- 
dustrial waste treatment, flocculation and 
coagulation of wastes, solid waste and haz- 
ardous waste management, modeling of 
environmental systems, groundwater pol- 
lution, groundwater exploration, coastal 
groundwater, nonpoint source pollution, 
stormwater management, river and estuary 
hydrology, hydraulics and water quality. 

Geotechnical engineering: geoacoustic 
modeling and properties of marine sedi- 
ments, sediment sampling, in-situ testing, 
deep-sea sedimentary processes, sediment 
transport, creep processes, environmental 
geotechnology, dredge material disposal, 
experimental geomechanics, soil-structure 
interaction, constitutive modeling of geo- 
logical materials, particulate mechanics, 
applications of nonlinear finite element 
and discrete element methods to geo- 
mechanics problems, earthquake engineer- 
ing, wave propagation in granular media, 
dynamic soil properties, liquefaction, 
geosynthetics. 

Structural engineering: matrix and finite 
element analysis, computer and numerical 
methods, deterministic and stochastic 
structural dynamics, earthquakes, vibration 
control of buildings, system identification, 
structural reliability, hysteretic structures, 
fatigue, design of steel and concrete struc- 
tures, marine structures, structural stability, 
thin-walled structures, coastal structures, 
vibration control, soil-structure interaction, 
condition assessment and rehabilitation of 
bridges. 

Transportation engineering: properties of 
pavement materials, pavement theory and 
design, pavement management system, 
highway location, and geometric design. 
For master’s level only: traffic operation 
and control, transportation cost, transpor- 
tation supply and demand analysis, and 
transportation system analysis. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: bachelor’s de- 
gree in civil or environmental engineering. 
Candidates in other engineering fields or in 
mathematics, biology, chemistry, or phys- 
ics may be accepted with the possibility of 
additional undergraduate prerequisite 
courses being required. 

Program requirements: thesis or non- 
thesis option. Thirty credits plus CVE 601, 
602 except for part-time students. For the 
thesis option, the thesis counts as six to 
nine of the required credits. The nonthesis 
option requires a comprehensive technical 
report and a written comprehensive exam. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: master’s degree 
in civil or environmental engineering or a 
related field. 

Program requirements: a minimum of 42 
credits plus CVE 601 and 602 except for 
part-time students beyond the M.S. de- 
gree. Students take between 18 and 24 
dissertation credits, including the two- 
course minor outside of the candidate’s 
area of specialization, where required by 
the candidate’s committee; a comprehen- 
sive examination; and a dissertation. Al- 
though there is no formal departmental 
language requirement, the committee may 
require proficiency with a research tool or 
in a foreign language. 


Clinical Laboratory Science 


M.S. 
401-874-2315 


Faculty: Professor Sperry, chairperson; 
Adjunct Professor Paquette, director of 
graduate studies. Professors Boulmetis, 
Goldsmith, and Laux; Associate Professors 
Norris and Rivero-Hudec; Adjunct Profes- 
sors Hutchinson, Mello, and Sheff; Adjunct 
Associate Professors Barker, Canick, Opal, 
and Tantravahi; Adjunct Assistant Profes- 
sors Aucoin, Balkovic, Blazek-D’Arezzo, 
Heelan, Kenney, LaFazia, Mayer, Meglio, 
and Metheny; Professor Emeritus 
Campbell. 


aLvnavud 


128 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Specializations 


Major specializations in biotechnology, 
clinical chemistry, cytopathology, clinical 
microbiology, hematology, immunohema- 
tology; minor specializations in adult edu- 
cation and management. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE recom- 
mended; bachelor’s degree in clinical 
laboratory sciences, life sciences, physical 
sciences, or health sciences (for cytopa- 
thology, must include 20 semester hours 
of biological science [anatomy and physiol- 
ogy are recommended] and eight semester 
hours of chemistry); certification, or certifi- 
cation eligibility, by a nationally recog- 
nized certifying agency, or a minimum of 
one year’s postbaccalaureate laboratory 
experience. One course in statistics is re- 
quired. Applicants with deficiencies in 
background courses may be required to 
complete appropriate course work without 
graduate credit. Acceptance into the cyto- 
pathology specialization is contingent 
upon acceptance into the Rhode Island 
School of Cytotechnology, sponsored by 
Our Lady of Fatima and Women and In- 
fants hospitals. 

Program requirements: BCH 551, EDC 
505, 582, 583 or 584 (or MIC 534 or MTC 
591 for cytopathology, MIC 534 for bio- 
technology), MTC 510, 512, 513, and nine 
to 24 credits in the area of specialization 
(BIO 437, CHE 574 and MTC/APS 571 for 
biotechnology; MIC 534, BIO 437 and 
MTC 502 for clinical chemistry; MIC 534, 
BIO 437 and MTC 501 for clinical microbi- 
ology; MIC 534, MTC 520 and 530 for 
hematology and immunohematology; 
MTC 561 through 566 for cytopathology). 
The remainder of courses are to be se- 
lected from education, management, or 
other specializations for a total of 33 cred- 
its (39 credits for cytopathology). Compre- 
hensive written examination. Major re- 
search paper. 

The following are recommended for a 
minor specialization in health care man- 
agement: APS 651, 652, and 680. The fol- 
lowing are recommended for a minor spe- 


cialization in adult education: four courses 
selected from EDC 505, 529, 582, 583, 
and 584. 


Communication Studies 


M.A. 
401-874-2552 


Faculty: Professor Wood, chairperson; 
Professor Ketrow, director of graduate 
studies. Professors Brownell, Chen, Devlin, 
Grubman-Black, Mundorf, Salazar, Silvia, 
and Swift; Associate Professors Derbyshire, 
Leatham, McClure, and Quainoo; Assistant 
Professor Reed; Professors Emeritus 
Anderson and Doody. 


Specializations 


Specializations are offered in interper- 
sonal communication, media studies, orga- 
nizational communication, and public dis- 
course. In consultation with advisors, stu- 
dents prepare for careers in public and 
private industry, government, or academic 
areas. Students are encouraged to develop 
their course plans to foster their evolving 
academic and career needs. Thus, one 
might advance specific interests and com- 
petencies in areas such as college teaching, 
communication technology, conflict man- 
agement, political media, organizational 
communication training and development, 
or public relations. Individual specialties 
can be developed within each of the spe- 
cialization areas. 

For students’ convenience, most 
courses are offered in late afternoon or 
evening in Providence; some may be 
offered in Kingston. Full- and part-time 
programs of study are available. 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: generally, GRE, 
General Test not older than five years, and 
bachelor’s degree with undergraduate 
credit in communication studies. Appli- 
cants should submit a paper with a re- 
search focus written for an undergraduate 
course. Students from other academic 
backgrounds are encouraged to apply and 


may be admitted with the permission of 
the director of graduate studies, although 
some basic courses may have to be taken 
for no program credit. Nonnative speakers 
of English are expected to demonstrate 
proficiency in written and oral English 
communication (TOEFL score of 575 for 
admission; minimum of 630 for consider- 
ation for teaching assistantships). Applica- 
tions should be completed on-line (http:// 
www.uri.edu/gsadmis); all remaining sup- 
porting materials should be sent in one 
package directly to the Director of Gradu- 
ate Studies, Communication Studies De- 
partment, 60 Upper College Road, Suite 1, 
URI, Kingston, RI 02881-0812. Applicants 
will be accepted for Fall semester admis- 
sion only; all completed applications must 
be received by February 1. Applications re- 
ceived after that deadline but before July 
15 will be reviewed on a space-available 
basis until the program is filled. 

Program requirements: an approved pro- 
gram will include a minimum of 30 credits 
for either the thesis or nonthesis options. 
COM 501 and COM 502 are required for 
all students, and expected to be com- 
pleted prior to seminar or other course 
work. A research or data analysis course is 
strongly recommended. For the thesis op- 
tion, the requirements are 24 course cred- 
its plus thesis (6 credits) and its oral de- 
fense. For the nonthesis option (admission 
with approval of the director of graduate 
studies in Communication Studies), re- 
quirements are 30 credits of coursework 
that includes a course requiring a substan- 
tial paper based on significant indepen- 
dent study, plus a comprehensive exami- 
nation. The comprehensive consists of two 
sections: the written section, which exam- 
ines the student’s proficiency and knowl- 
edge in each of the four focus areas; and 
the oral section, which allows for the stu- 
dent to strengthen written answers, and to 
address material related to the written 
questions. Up to 12 credits of free electives 
for the nonthesis plan, including indepen- 
dent study in COM 591 and/or 592, sub- 
ject to approval by the director of graduate 
studies are permitted. Thesis option stu- 


dents take at least six elective credits be- 
yond their 18 specified credits. No more 
than six elective credits may be in inde- 
pendent studies. Elective credits may also 
be taken in plans outside Communication 
Studies, with permission of the director of 
the graduate plan. Students who take six 
credits per semester, plus one summer, 
may complete their studies in two years. 


Community Planning 


M.C.P., M.C.P.-].D. (with RWU) 
401-874-2248/2249 


Faculty: Professor Atash, chairperson. Pro- 
fessors Feld and Simeoni; Associate Profes- 
sors Feldman, Foster, Gordon, Jensen, and 
Krausse; Assistant Professor Thompson; 
Adjunct Professors Hamilton and Thomas; 
Adjunct Associate Professors Abedon, 
Deller, Payne, Ruggiero, Shamoon, and 
Westcott; Adjunct Assistant Professors 
Bryant, Flynn, Manheim, Motte, Parella, 
Schatz, Tigan, and Winsor; Professor 
Emeritus Kumekawa. 


Specializations 


The graduate curriculum educates and 
trains planners for professional positions in 
community planning and development 
agencies in both the public and the private 
sectors. A core of study in theory and 
substantive methods relating to urban or 
urbanizing communities is required. In 
addition, four specializations are offered: 
environmental and land use planning, urban 
design and physical planning, housing and 
community development, and social policy 
planning. 

The specialization in environmental and 
land use planning focuses both on planning 
of the built environment and on concern 
for the impact of development on the 
natural environment. The specialization in 
urban design and physical planning 
emphasizes the significant role urban 
(community) design plays in the overall 
planning process and the relation of that 
design to other functional areas in compre- 
hensive planning, i.e., land use, transporta- 


CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE/COMMUNITY PLANNING 129 


tion, and economic development. The 
specialization in housing and community 
development integrates economic, social, 
and political theories of development with 
methods and policies to improve living 
conditions in communities through hous- 
ing and economic development. The social 
policy planning specialization emphasizes 
the elements of social structure and social 
characteristics that form the imperatives 
for policy in city planning. 


Master of Community Planning 


Admission requirements: GRE; the under- 
graduate background areas preferred are 
the social sciences, architecture, landscape 
architecture, natural resources, engineer- 
ing, and geography. Undergraduate 
courses in computer science and micro- 
economics are recommended but not 
required for admission to the program. 
The degree is accredited by the Planning 
Accreditation Board and is offered through 
the New England Regional Program. 

Program requirements: the 50-credit 
program consists of 32 credits of required 
core courses, six credits of CPL 589 or 599, 
and 12 credits of courses in the specializa- 
tion area. (Read on for information on the 
31-credit program for eligible URI land- 
scape architecture undergraduates.) 

Students must select a specialization 
area by the end of their first semester of 
study, and must complete a four-course se- 
quence in the area of specialization and a 
comprehensive examination covering the 
core and the area of specialization. CPL 
510, 512, 522, 523, 526, and 631 are 
required. CPL 501, 511, and 525 will also 
be required unless proficiency has been 
demonstrated by previous course work. A 
summer internship or equivalent experi- 
ence is required. The following courses are 
required in the specialization areas. Envi- 
ronmental and land use planning: CPL 545 
and three courses from CPL 537, 538, 539, 
549, REN 534, MAF 521, and NRS 410. 
Urban design and physical planning: CPL 
530 and three courses from CPL 516, 536, 
538, 545, 546, 555, and CVE 442 and 
446. Housing and community development: 
CPL 624 and three courses from CPL 540, 


541, 542, 554, 555, and 625. Social policy 
planning: CPL 624 and three courses from 
CPL 543, 625, LRS 546, and ECN 404. 
Other acceptable courses may be substi- 
tuted for the electives where appropriate. 
Students normally take 13-15 credits per 
semester to complete degree requirements 
in two years. Some community planning 
courses are offered at URI’s Providence 
Campus to add the urban experience to 
the curriculum. 


Dual-Degree Program: Master of 
Community Planning (URI) and 
Juris Doctorate (Roger Williams 
University of Law) 


A cooperative dual-degree program 
offered at URI and Roger Williams School 
of Law permits joint enrollment leading to 
an M.C.P. and J.D. The integrated program 
of the two degrees allows a student to 
complete both programs in four years in- 
stead of the five required if both degrees 
were pursued separately. 

Admission requirements: GRE and other 
requirements listed for URI Graduate 
School and requirements listed for Roger 
Williams School of Law. Applicant must ap- 
ply and be accepted to both programs and 
must indicate the M.C.P./].D. as the field 
of specialization. 

Program requirements: each student 
must complete the core requirements of 
each program. Roger Williams’ School of 
Law will accept 15 M.C.P. credits as trans- 
fers toward the total of 90 required credit 
hours in law. URI’s Department of Commu- 
nity Planning will accept 10 law credits as 
transfers toward the total of 50 credits. A 
total of 115 credits is required to complete 
the dual-degree program. Each student 
must file separate programs of study and 
pass the exit requirements of each degree. 


Accelerated Degree for Landscape 
Architecture Undergraduates at URI 


URI undergraduate landscape architec- 
ture majors interested in an accelerated 
program to achieve the M.C.P. degree 
may follow a special sequence of graduate- 
level course work during their junior and 


aLvnavud 


130 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


senior years, including CPL 410, 511, 525, 
530, 538, and 545. If eligible, following 
award of the B.L.A., students then com- 
plete a 31-semester-hour master’s degree, 
specializing in urban design and physical 
planning, in one year of full-time graduate 
study (the regular master’s degree is 50 se- 
mester-hours). This option requires careful 
sequencing of course work, and is not 
available to students from other under- 
graduate institutions or to students elect- 
ing part-time study prior to admission. 

Admission requirements: GRE; URI senior 
standing in landscape architecture with all 
major requirements completed; a 3.00 
cumulative grade point average; and two 
letters of recommendation from URI com- 
munity planning and landscape architec- 
ture faculty. 

Program requirements: For students who 
have taken the specified 19 credits of com- 
munity planning course work in the junior 
and senior years to complete the B.L.A., 31 
credits of course work in the fifth year in 
the graduate program. Internship require- 
ments will be fulfilled during the summer 
prior to entering the graduate program. 
Specific course requirements are as stated 
in the regular master’s program except 
CPL 410, 511 and 525 will be applied to- 
ward the master’s required core courses; 
CPL 410 will satisfy the CPL 501 course re- 
quirement; and CPL 530, 538 and 545 will 
be applied toward the specialization 
courses. 


Computer Science 


M.S. 
401-874-2701 


Faculty: Associate Professor Kowalski, 
chairperson; Assistant Professor Hervé, 
director of graduate studies. Professors 
Carrano, Fay-Wolfe, Lamagna, and 
Peckham; Associate Professor Baudet; Assis- 
tant Professor DiPippo; Adjunct Associate 
Professor Strauss; Adjunct Assistant Profes- 
sors Encarnação, Hamel, Ravenscroft, and 
Stephenson. 


Specializations 


Analysis of algorithms, artificial intelli- 
gence, computer architecture, parallel 
computing, theory of computation, data- 
bases, operating systems, distributed com- 
puting, real time systems, expert systems, 
computer graphics, software engineering, 
computer algebra, VLSI systems, numerical 
analysis, statistical computation, simula- 
tion, computer-aided education. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: bachelor’s 
degree in computer science or a closely 
related field. Applicants with a bachelor’s 
degree in an unrelated field will be consid- 
ered provided they have completed course 
work covering the material in CSC 211, 
212, 301, 305, 340 and MTH 141, 142, 
215, 243. Students may be admitted who 
have completed only a part of the above 
course work but they will be required to 
complete the deficiencies before taking 
more advanced classes. 
The GRE General test is required. A sub- 
ject test in computer science or a related 
field is not required but may be considered 
by the admissions committee. 
Program requirements: The M.S. curricu- 
lum in computer science has three tracks: 
thesis, nonthesis, and applied nonthesis. 
For the purpose of describing degree re- 
quirements, computer science courses are 
organized into the following groups: 
Algorithms: CSC 440, 541, 542 
Programming Languages: CSC 402, 
501, 502 

Computer Architecture: CSC 411, 415, 
511 

Computer Systems: CSC 412, 512, 
517, 519 

Theory of Computation: CSC 445, 544 

Software Design: CSC 505, 509 

Applications: CSC 406, 436, 481, 536, 

550, 581 


A program of study can include at most 
three courses at the 400-level. Students 
who have undergraduate credits for a par- 
ticular 400-level course (or equivalent) 
cannot repeat the course for graduate 
credit. 


Program requirements for thesis op- 
tion: 1) at least one course from each of 
the following groups: algorithms, pro- 
gramming languages, computer architec- 
ture, computer systems, and theory of 
computation; 2) at least three additional 
courses chosen with the approval of the 
major professor; 3) eight credits of thesis. 

Program requirements for nonthesis 
option: 1) at least one course from each of 
the following groups: algorithms, pro- 
gramming languages, computer architec- 
ture, computer systems, theory of compu- 
tation, and software design; 2) at least two 
courses from the applications group; 3) at 
least two more courses chosen with the 
approval of the advisor; 4) at least one of 
the ten courses listed above should include 
writing a substantial paper based on sig- 
nificant independent research; 5) passing a 
written comprehensive examination. 

Program requirements for applied non- 
thesis option: 1) at least one course from 
each of the following course groups: algo- 
rithms, programming languages, com- 
puter architecture, computer systems, and 
software design; 2) at least two courses 
from the applications group; 3) at least 
one course should include writing a sub- 
stantial paper based on significant inde- 
pendent research; 4) an approved concen- 
tration in another discipline consisting of a 
minimum of four graduate courses in the 
area of concentration; 5) passing a written 
comprehensive examination; 6) minimum 
of 40 credits required. Approved concen- 
trations for the applied nonthesis option: 


Computers and Business Management: 
Students in this track take ACC 610 610 
(4); FIN 601 (4), MGT 630 (4); MGT 681 
(3); and two of the following courses—MSI 
600 (2), 620 (2), 640 (2), and 684 (3). 


Computers and Operations Research: 
Students in this track take IME 432 (3), 
540 (3), 555 (3), and 565 (3). 


Computers and Statistics: Students in this 

track take MTH 451 (3), 452 (3); and three 
of the following—STA 502 (3), 513 (3), 535 
(3), 541 (3), 584 (3) or MTH 551 (3). 


The department encourages other applica- 
tion areas in the physical, biological, math- 
ematical, and social sciences. Students in 
the applied track will have an advisor in 
computer science and an advisor in their 
application area. Together, these advisors 
will approve the student’s program of 
study. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
See Applied Mathematical Sciences. 


Dietetic Internship 
Certificate Program 
See Nutrition and Food Sciences. 


Economics 


See Environmental and Natural 
Resource Economics. 


Education 


M.A. 401-874-2564 
Ph.D. 401-874-4165 


Faculty for the M.A.: Professor Boulmetis, 
interim director of the School of Education 
and director of graduate studies. Professors 
Brand, Byrd, Croasdale, Eichinger, Favazza, 
Heifetz, Kellogg, McKinney, Purnell, Willis, 
and Young; Associate Professor Hicks; As- 
sistant Professors Adamy, Guglielmi, 
Seitsinger, and Shim; Professors Emeriti 
Bumpus, MacMillan, and Russo; Associate 
Professor Emeritus Nelson. 


Faculty for the Joint Ph.D. (URI-RIC): Pro- 
fessor Heifetz, URI co-director of graduate 
studies; Professor Wollman-Bonilla, RIC 
co-director of graduate studies. Professors 
Boulmetis, Brady, Byrd, Eichinger, 

Feld, Felner, Horm, Marshall, McKinney, 
Purnell, Trostle Brand, G. Willis, W. Willis, 
and Young; Associate Professor Kovarsky; 
Assistant Professor Shim. 


COMMUNITY PLANNING/EDUCATION 131 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: A faculty inter- 
view is required. Individuals seeking to un- 
dertake the initial certification options in 
elementary and secondary education are 
expected to have a substantial academic 
background in the field of interest. In 
addition, these students should contact 
the department regarding the required 
admissions portfolio, interview process, 
and yearly admission deadline (or visit 
the Web page for these deadlines at 
www.soe.uri.edu). For foreign students, a 
TOEFL score of 600 is required. 

Program requirements: Individuals may 
choose the thesis or nonthesis option. Re- 
quired are 30 credits for the elementary 
and secondary specialization; 33 credits for 
the adult education specialization; and a 
minimum of 34 credits for reading educa- 
tion; including a required core of at least 
six credits (a foundation and a research 
methodology course); two electives (six 
credits), and an academic specialization 
(18-24 credits). The nonthesis option re- 
quires a written comprehensive examina- 
tion and at least one designated course 
with a substantial paper involving signifi- 
cant independent research. 

Teacher certification option: students 
who wish to pursue the initial teacher cer- 
tification option of the elementary or sec- 
ondary specializations take 19-34 addi- 
tional credits. Students may obtain 
certification prior to completing the re- 
quirements for the M.A. See Teacher Certi- 
fication on page 154. 

Specializations: Students seeking the 
Master of Arts degree must declare an area 
of specialization. A specialization may be 
one predefined by the department or de- 
signed in accordance with the student's 
background and interest. Defined special- 
izations include: 

Elementary education—advanced study 
for elementary teachers; an option for stu- 
dents seeking initial certification in elemen- 
tary teaching is also available. 

Secondary education—advanced study 
for secondary teachers of English; history, 
languages, mathematics, science, and 


social studies; an option for students seek- 
ing initial certification in these areas is also 
available. 

Reading education—program leading 
to advanced certification as reading spe- 
cialist/consultant. Applicants must hold ini- 
tial teaching certification in early child- 
hood, elementary, or secondary education. 
Application materials can be obtained from 
the URI Graduate Admissions Office, Quinn 
204, Kingston, RI 02881; 401-874-5930. A 
resume of experience must be submitted 
with an application. 

Adult education—administration; adult 
literacy; education, training, and manage- 
ment (ETMS); gerontology; training and 
development; and vocational education. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Joint with Rhode Island College) 


Rhode Island College and the University 
of Rhode Island offer a Ph.D. in education 
which prepares scholar practitioners for 
new professional roles as educational lead- 
ers, mentors, and scholars. The program 
is grounded in the knowledge bases of 
school teaching and learning. The pro- 
gram’s four objectives provide a framework 
for the preparation of scholar practitioners 
to: 1) develop and employ collegial rela- 
tionships through professional collabora- 
tion; 2) acquire and apply the skills and 
processes of scholarly inquiry; 3) demon- 
strate expertise in an area of specialization 
that advances the mission of the American 
school; and 4) implement professional 
practices that promote progress in school 
settings. 

Designed for professionals involved in 
prekindergarten to twelfth-grade educa- 
tion, the doctoral program admits 12 to 15 
students per year. This cohort-based re- 
search program is for students who previ- 
ously earned a master’s degree from a re- 
gionally accredited institution. A major 
segment of each student cohort will be 
made up of teachers and administrators 
from Rhode Island committed to develop- 
ing advanced teaching, leadership, and 
research skills. 


aLvnavud 


132 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Admission requirements: GRE general 
test, official transcripts, curriculum vitae, 
and letters of recommendation are re- 
quired. Finalists in the application process 
must participate in a personal interview. 
Applicants are admitted for the fall semes- 
ter only. The completed application pack- 
age must be received by February 2. The 
program is offered jointly by the two insti- 
tutions with single admissions and admin- 
istrative processes. Prospective applicants 
should address inquiries concerning the 
program to one of the co-directors at 
either Rhode Island College or URI. Formal 
application materials can be obtained from 
either of the co-directors. 

Program requirements: the program re- 
quires a minimum of 56 credits beyond 
the master’s degree. Three year-long core 
seminars emphasize a clinically-based case 
study approach (EDP 610, 611; 620, 621; 
630, 631, for a total of 18 credits). Field 
research seminars (EDP 641, taken six 
times for a total of six credits) are taken in 
parallel with the core seminars. Field-based 
research (EDP 622, two credits, taken in 
the second year) explores community ser- 
vice and service learning in the context of 
schools. Students gain research expertise 
to help their development as school lead- 
ers through course work (EDP 615, 625, 
for a total of six credits) and the field re- 
search seminars. Scholarly expertise in a 
professional area is acquired through spe- 
cialization courses (12 credits). 

All students must complete a doctoral 
dissertation (12 credits). To progress 
through this program, students must: 1) 
receive positive recommendations from 
core seminar professors; 2) pass a qualify- 
ing examination upon completion of the 
first core seminar (EDP 610, 611) and the 
course in research methodology (EDP 615) 
if they have not previously completed a 
master’s degree in education or a closely 
related field); 3) pass a comprehensive ex- 
amination after completion of all core 
seminars and research courses; and 4) 
complete a successful dissertation and 
defense. 


Electrical Engineering 


M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-2506 


Faculty: Professor Vaccaro, chairperson; Pro- 
fessor Mitra, director of graduate studies. 
Professors Boudreaux-Bartels, Daly, Fischer, 
Jackson, Kay, Kumaresan, Lo, Mardix, 
Ohley, Sun, Sunak, Swaszek, Tufts, and 
Yang; Adjunct Professor Banerjee; Adjunct 
Assistant Professor Williams; Professors 
Emeriti Lengyel, Lindgren, Sadasiv, and 
Spence. 


Specializations 


Acoustics and underwater acoustics: 
communication, detection, classification, 
and matched-field localization for under- 
water acoustic channels, speech 
processing. 

Biomedical engineering: physiologic sys- 
tems modeling and control; medical in- 
strumentation employing digital computer 
techniques, pattern recognition and image 
processing in medicine (texture analysis, 
image classification, and segmentation); 
biological effects of electric and magnetic 
fields at the cellular level. 

Computer engineering and VLSI: micro- 
programming systems, multiprocessing, 
high-speed signal processing; processor 
realization using VLSI; MOS layout and 
microchip design; data structures and 
computer architectures, fault-tolerant 
computing. 

Communication theory: statistical and 
computer communications; vector quanti- 
zation; noise modeling and detection; data 
compression and coding; local area net- 
works, reliable and secure communication. 

Digital signal processing: detection and 
parameter estimation; prediction and filter- 
ing; spectrum analysis; array processing; 
digital filter synthesis; adaptive filtering, 
algorithm design. 

Electrical and optical properties of materi- 
als: optical properties of nonmetallic solids, 
laser-matter interaction, photocathodes; 
crystallographic techniques for submicron 
X-ray lithography; radiation damage in 
nonmetallic solids; semiconductor physics. 


Electromagnetic fields and optical com- 
munication: numerical and approximate 
methods for calculation of electromagnetic 
fields in inhomogeneous and anisotropic 
structures (related to biological effects of 
electromagnetic fields); evaluation of 
mode characteristics in optical and infrared 
fiber waveguides; fiber optic sensors; fiber 
optical amplifiers; electro-optic modula- 
tors; radiation effects. 

Systems theory: control and estimation 
theory, intelligent systems; multivariable 
systems; nonlinear systems, modeling of 
deterministic and stochastic systems; 
model order reduction; optimal smooth- 
ing, filtering and prediction; pattern recog- 
nition, classification, computer vision; 
computerized imaging systems and image 
analysis. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and B.S. 
degree in electrical, computer, or biomedi- 
cal engineering, physics, mathematics, or 
computer science. Preparation in related 
fields such as mechanical engineering or in 
the life sciences may be acceptable. 

Program requirements: thesis or non- 
thesis option—minimum of 30 credits in 
science and engineering with a minimum 
of 16 credits in graduate-level electrical 
engineering courses. One credit of the 
departmental seminar (ELE 601 and/or 
602) is required of all students. Up to two 
credits of seminar may be used toward the 
30-credit master’s requirement. Individual 
programs are designed in accordance with 
the students’ backgrounds and interests, 
but require departmental and Graduate 
School approval. For the thesis option, the 
thesis counts as six to nine credits. For the 
nonthesis option, a written master’s exami- 
nation and one course involving significant 
independent research and a substantial 
paper are required. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: GRE and M.S. 
degree or equivalent in electrical, com- 
puter, or biomedical engineering, physics, 
mathematics, or computer science, or a re- 


lated field. Exceptional candidates may be 
admitted directly from the B.S. degree. 
Program requirements: a minimum of 72 
credits beyond the B.S. degree. The M.S. 
degree may count up to 30 of these cred- 
its; the remaining credits are split between 
course work and dissertation research. Stu- 
dents with an M.S. in an appropriate field 
complete between 18-24 dissertation 
credits; students without the M.S. may 
take between 18 and 30 (in either case ad- 
ditional dissertation credits may be taken 
for no program credit). A qualifying exami- 
nation is required. A comprehensive ex- 
amination is required after all formal 
course work is completed. Two credits 
of the departmental seminar (ELE 601 
and/or 602) are required of all students. 
These credits may not be counted as part 
of the 42 credits required beyond the 
master’s degree. 


English 
M.A., M.A./M.L.I.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-5931 


Faculty: Professor Donnelly, chairperson; 
Professor Stein, director of graduate studies. 
Professors Arakelian, Campbell, Cappello, 
Dvorak, Kunz, Leo, Neuse, Okeke-Ezigbo, 
Pearlman, Schwegler, and Shamoon; Asso- 
ciate Professors Cook, Gititi, Martin, 
Reaves, Reynolds, Vaughn, and Walton; As- 
sistant Professors Barber, Karno, Mandel, 
Mensel, Miles, Scheil, and Trimm; Profes- 
sors Emeriti Barker and Cuddy; Associate 
Professor Emeritus Burke and Cane. 


Specializations 


American and British literature and cul- 
ture; critical and cultural theories; rhetoric 
and composition studies. 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: a B.A. in En- 
glish or the equivalent, with a quality point 
average of B (3.00 on a 4.00 scale) or bet- 
ter in all English courses. Completed appli- 
cation packages are to be sent directly to 
the Director of Graduate Studies, English 


Department, Independence Hall, University 
of Rhode Island, and must be received by 
February 1. Applications received after that 
deadline but before July 15 will be re- 
viewed on a space-available basis until the 
program is filled. Applicants will be 
accepted for September admission only. 
GREs (both general and subject) are re- 
quested but not required. Nonnative 
speakers of English must have a minimum 
score of 630 on the TOEFL in order to be 
considered for admission. 

Program requirements: there are three 
options for fulfilling requirements—24 
credits plus thesis (six credits); or 30 credits 
including a course requiring a 
substantial paper involving significant 
independent study plus a comprehensive 
examination based on a departmental 
reading list; or 30 credits (including 
ENG 595) plus a portfolio and a related 
oral examination. ENG 510 and 514 are 
required. The specialization in rhetoric and 
composition studies requires ENG/WRT 
512 and 524. 


M.A. in English and M.L.I.S. 
Cooperative Program 


By proper selection of course work, a 
student may simultaneously earn the de- 
gree of Master of Arts in English and Mas- 
ter of Library and Information Studies. 

Admission requirements: GRE and other 
requirements listed for English and library 
science. Applicant must apply and be ac- 
cepted in both programs. The application 
for each program must indicate English/ 
library and information studies as the field 
of specialization. 

Program requirements: Students must 
submit individual programs of study for 
the 42-credit M.L.I.S. program and the 30- 
credit M.A. in English. The integrated pur- 
suit of the two degrees makes it possible 
for six credits of appropriately selected 
course work from one program to serve as 
electives in the other, and for six credits of 
course work to be applied in the opposite 
direction. ENG 510 and 514 are required. 
Thus, when planned and taken jointly, 
the two programs can be completed 
with a total of 60 credits rather than 72. 


EDUCATION/ENGLISH 133 


Students must complete at least 36 credits 
in librarianship and at least 24 credits 
in English. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


The Ph.D. program stresses faculty/ 
student mentoring. Admission is competi- 
tive and based mainly on academic merit, 
demonstrated capability to do research, 
and the match of research interests be- 
tween the applicant and faculty in indi- 
cated or developing areas of specialization. 

Admission requirements: M.A. in English 
or equivalent. Although grades are not the 
only criterion, applicants having less than 
a 3.50 quality point average (on a 4.00 
scale) have a low probability for admission. 
Completed application packages should be 
sent to the Director of Graduate Studies, 
English Department, Independence Hall, 
University of Rhode Island, and must be re- 
ceived by February 1. Applications received 
after that deadline but before July 15 will 
be reviewed on a space-available basis un- 
til the program is filled. Applicants will be 
accepted for September admission only. 
GREs (both general and subject) are re- 
quested but not required; a writing sample 
of 15 pages maximum is required. Non- 
native speakers of English must have a 
minimum score of 630 on the TOEFL in 
order to be considered for admission. 

Program requirements: 72 credits—30 
credits approved for M.A. work; 24 credits 
of course work plus 18 credits of disserta- 
tion research. ENG 510 and 514 are re- 
quired. Two written comprehensive exami- 
nations, one publishable article, and an 
oral examination. A dissertation and an 
oral defense. For specialization in rhetoric 
and composition studies, ENG/WRT 512, 
645, and 647 are required. A limited num- 
ber of 500- and 600-level courses in other 
departments and programs may be used 
for program credit if approved as part of 
the student’s program of study before the 
courses are taken. (In some cases, a re- 
search tool may be required by a student's 
doctoral committee in consultation with 
the director of graduate studies.) 


aLvnavud 


134 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Financial Aid 


All requests for assistantships must be 
sent to the director of graduate studies 
with the application packet. In addition to 
teaching assistantships, there are diversity 
assistantships and an editorial graduate as- 
sistantship for the journal ATQ: A Journal of 
19th Century American Literature and Cul- 
ture. Priority will be given to Ph.D. applica- 
tions received by February 1; thereafter, 
assistantships will be awarded on a space- 
available basis. 


Environmental and Natural 
Resource Economics 


M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-2471 


Faculty: Professor J.L. Anderson, chairper- 
son; Professor Sutinen, director of graduate 
studies. Professors Gates, Grigalunas, 
Opaluch, Roheim, Swallow, and Tyrrell; 
Assistant Professor C. Anderson; Adjunct 
Professors Holland, Mazzotta, Miranda, 
and Shogren. 


Specializations 


Environmental economics, renewable 
and nonrenewable natural resource eco- 
nomics, fisheries management, interna- 
tional fisheries development, international 
trade, fisheries marketing, coastal zone 
land use and management, quality of the 
marine environment, aquaculture econom- 
ics, offshore oil and gas management, and 
natural resource pricing policies. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: the GRE is re- 
quired. A strong undergraduate record in 
economics, statistics, and mathematics is 
highly desirable. 

Program requirements: for the thesis 
option, 24 credits including REN 501, 502, 
528, 534, 535, 576, and 599, in addition 
to a written comprehensive examination, 
and at least six M.S. thesis credits. For the 
nonthesis option, 34 credits including 501, 
502, 528, 534, 535, 576, and 598, in addi- 
tion to a written comprehensive exam- 
ination, and at least one REN 598 credit 


given for a substantial paper requiring sig- 
nificant independent research. REN 501 
must be taken each semester by full-time 
graduate students in residence, but only 
one credit may count toward the program. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: GRE, six credits 
in statistics, and the following courses or 
their equivalents—ECN 327, 328, and 375. 

Program requirements: the Ph.D. qualify- 
ing exam is required of students admitted 
without the master’s degree. REN 501, 
502, 527, 528, 534, 535, 576, 602, 624, 
628, 630, 634, 676, and 699 are required. 
REN 501 must be taken each semester by 
full-time graduate students in residence, 
but only one credit may count toward the 
program. Students with a master’s degree 
in a closely related field may transfer up to 
30 credits toward their Ph.D. Additional 
courses may be elected from appropriate 
offerings in economics, resource econom- 
ics, engineering, geography, oceanog- 
raphy, mathematics, natural resources sci- 
ence, political science, statistics, computer 
science, finance, marine affairs, and man- 
agement science. The Ph.D. dissertation 
will be written on a problem involving 
marine resources, coastal issues or an 
associated industry, such as minerals, 
petroleum, fisheries, water, transportation, 
recreation, or waste disposal. 


Environmental Science and 
Management 
(Interdepartmental) 


M.E.S.M. 
401-874-2957 


Steering Committee: Professor LeBrun 
(chairperson), Bengston, Boothroyd, 
Burroughs, Golet, Swallow, Thompson, 
and Y.Q. Wang. 


Faculty: Professors Alm, Amador, J.L. 
Anderson, August, Bengtson, Boothroyd, 
Buckley, Burroughs, Cain, Casagrande, 
Fastovsky, Gates, Ginsberg, Gold, Golet, 
Grigalunas, Hennessey, Hermes, Husband, 


Juda, LeBrun, Logan, Marti, T. Mather, B. 
Maynard, Murray, D. Nixon, Opaluch, 
Pollnac, Rice, Roheim, Sutinen, Swallow, 
and Tyrrell; Associate Professors Frohlich, 
Gomez-Chiarri, Gordon, McWilliams, 
Paton, Stolt, Veeger, and Y. Wang; Assis- 
tant Professors Boving, Macinko, 
Mitkowski, T.J. Morin, and Thompson. 


The Master of Environmental Science 
and Management (M.E.S.M.) is an interdis- 
ciplinary, interdepartmental, professional 
degree program designed for students 
who seek professional environmental posi- 
tions in areas other than research. It is con- 
sidered to be a terminal degree; students 
who plan to pursue a Ph.D. should enroll 
in the the Master of Science in Environ- 
mental Sciences degree program. The 
M.E.S.M. degree program serves graduate 
students from seven departments within 
URI's College of Environment and Life Sci- 
ences (CELS): Community Planning and 
Landscape Architecture; Environmental 
and Natural Resource Economics; Fisheries, 
Animal, and Veterinary Science; Geo- 
sciences; Marine Affairs; Natural Resources 
Science; and Plant Sciences. It is adminis- 
tered by a steering committee selected 
from the graduate faculty. 


Specializations 


Conservation biology; earth and hydro- 
logic science; environmental policy and 
management; remote sensing and spatial 
analysis; sustainable systems; and wetland, 
watershed, and ecosystem science. 


Master of Environmental Science and 
Management 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
bachelor’s degree in biological science, 
physical science, environmental science, 
natural resources, or engineering. Appli- 
cants with course deficiencies may be re- 
quired to take appropriate undergraduate 
courses for no program credit and to dem- 
onstrate, by their performance in such 
coursework or through a qualifying exam, 
basic knowledge of the subject matter in 
the area(s) of deficiency. Application must 
be made to one of the six specializations. 


Program requirements: A minimum of 
36 credits of course work consisting of: 21- 
25 credits of core courses, including at 
least 9 credits in natural sciences, at least 6 
credits in social sciences, and at least 3 
credits in numerical methods; 6-10 credits 
of electives, up to 3 credits of which might 
be an internship (EVS 597) with an envi- 
ronmental agency, nongovernmental 
agency, or private firm; an independent 
research project (EVS 598) that culminates 
in a substantial, high-quality, written re- 
port; and at least 2 credits of graduate 
seminar, including a terminal oral presen- 
tation. Written comprehensive examina- 
tion on coursework. There are more spe- 
cific course requirements and an approved 
course list for each of the six specializa- 
tions. Course requirements that are unique 
to each of the specializations are as fol- 
lows. Conservation biology: 12-16 credits in 
natural sciences, including at least 3 credits 
in plant and animal biology, at least 3 
credits in ecology, and at least 3 credits in 
biodiversity analysis and management; and 
at least 2 credits of graduate seminar from 
NRS, PLS, or REN. Earth and hydrologic sci- 
ence: 12-16 credits in natural sciences from 
any or all of the following categories: earth 
surface processes, hydrology, solid earth 
materials and processes, or spatial analysis 
and remote sensing; and at least 2 credits 
of graduate seminar from GEO, MAF, or 
NRS. Environmental policy and manage- 
ment: 12-16 credits in social sciences, in- 
cluding at least 6 credits in policy, plan- 
ning, and law and at least 6 credits in 
economic theory and methods; 9 credits in 
natural sciences from any or all of the fol- 
lowing categories or from numerical meth- 
ods: geology, hydrology, and soil science; 
ecology and management; or remote sens- 
ing and spatial analysis; and at least 2 
credits of graduate seminar from CPL, 
GEO, MAF, NRS, or REN. Remote sensing 
and spatial analysis: 12-16 credits in natu- 
ral sciences, including at least 9 credits in 
remote sensing and spatial analysis, and 0- 
7 credits in earth and ecosystem science; 
and at least 2 credits of graduate seminar 


ENGLISH/ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES 135 


from GEO or NRS. Sustainable systems: 12- 
16 credits in natural sciences, including at 
least 3 credits in natural ecosystems and at 
least 3 credits in managed ecosystems; and 
at least 2 credits of graduate seminar from 
ASP, NRS, PLS, or REN. Wetland, watershed, 
and ecosystem science: 12-16 credits in 
natural sciences, including at least 6 credits 
in ecosystem science and management 
and at least 3 credits in earth science, soils, 
and spatial analysis; and at least 2 credits 
of graduate seminar from GEO, MAF, NRS, 
or REN. 


Environmental Sciences 
M.S., Ph.D. 


Entomology 
401-874-2791, www.uri.edu/cels/pls/ 


Faculty: Professor Casagrande, chairperson; 
Professor LeBrun, director of graduate stud- 
ies. Professors Alm, Casagrande, LeBrun, 
Logan, and Mather; Professor in Residence 
Ginsberg; Adjunct Assistant Professor 
Gettman. 


Fisheries, Animal, and Veterinary Science 
401-874-2477, www.uri.edu/cels/favs/ 


Faculty: Professor Rice, chairperson; Profes- 
sor Bengtson, director of graduate studies. 
Professors Bradley, DeAlteris, Mallilo, 
Nippo, Recksiek, and Rhodes; Assistant 
Professors Gomez-Chiarri and Whitworth; 
Adjunct Professors Klein-MacPhee, Kocik, 
Musick, Pechenik, and Smolowitz; Adjunct 
Associate Professor Bodammer; Adjunct As- 
sistant Professors Berlinsky, Rheault, and 
Wetherbee; Professor Emeritus Chang. 


Geosciences 
401-874-2265, www.uri.edu/cels/geo/ 


Faculty: Professor Murray, chairperson; 
Assistant Professor Boving, director of 
graduate studies. Professor and State 
Geologist Boothroyd; Professors Cain, 
Fastovsky, and Hermes; Associate Professor 
Veeger; Adjunct Professors Burks, Fischer, 
and Spiegelman. 


Natural Resources Science 
401-874-2495, http://nrs.uri.edu/ 


Faculty: Professor Husband, chairperson; 
Professor Golet, director of graduate studies. 
Professors Amador, August and Gold; 
Associate Professors Forrester, McWilliams, 
Paton, Stolt, and Wang; Adjunct Professors 
Lashomb, Paul, and Perez; Adjunct Associ- 
ate Professors Gorres and Groffman; Ad- 
junct Assistant Professors Dabek and 
Rubenstein; Adjunct Research Professor 
Buckley; Professor Emeritus Brown. 


Plant Sciences 
401-874-2791, www.uri.edu/cels/pls/ 


Faculty: Professor Casagrande, chairperson; 
Professor LeBrun, director of graduate stud- 
ies. Professors Jackson, Maynard, and 
Sullivan; Associate Professors Englander 
and Ruemmele; Assistant Professor 
Mitkowski; Adjunct Professor Taylorson; 
Professors Emeriti Beckman and Hull. 


Specializations 


Entomology: insect ecology, pest man- 
agement, aquatic entomology, plant-insect 
interactions, biological control, and biol- 
ogy and ecology of disease-transmitting 
arthropods. The entomology program has 
a biological quarantine laboratory, the only 
university-affiliated facility in the North- 
east. Faculty and students search abroad 
for natural enemies of pest species and 
study them in the laboratory under secure 
conditions. The laboratory, certified by 
the U.S. Department of Agriculture as an 
insect-quarantine facility, is an important 
component of a long-standing program on 
insect ecology and the development of 
environmentally sensitive pest-control 
measures. 

Fisheries, Animal, and Veterinary Science: 
aquacultural production of finfish and 
shellfish, production of terrestrial livestock, 
physiological and endocrinological aspects 
of stress in animals, genetics of cultured 
and wild populations of fish and shellfish, 
fish population dynamics, physiological 
ecology of economically important fish 
and invertebrates, the pathology of aquatic 
animals, and the effects of environmental 
pollution on marine organisms. 


aLvnavud 


136 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Geosciences: sedimentology, stratigra- 
phy-paleontology, coastal geology, 
geoarchaeology, glacial geology, hydro- 
geology, applied geophysics, GIS map- 
ping, petrology, and structure and 
tectonics. 

Natural Resources Science: ecosystem 
ecology, biogeochemistry, soil genesis and 
classification, soil ecology and microbiol- 
ogy, biodegradation and bioremediation, 
hydrology and watershed science, wetland 
science and management, restoration ecol- 
ogy, landscape ecology, GIS and spatial 
analysis, wildlife and conservation biology, 
and avian ecology. 

Plant Sciences: plant ecology and physi- 
ology, plant molecular biology and genet- 
ics, plant pathology, environmental horti- 
culture, environmental plant biology, 
sustainable agriculture, and golf and sports 
turf management. The department oper- 
ates 50 acres of turfgrass, horticulture and 
plant science research and education farm 
centers. URI’s Turfgrass Center is the oldest 
research and teaching program in the U.S. 


Master of Science (All departments or 
programs above except for Fisheries, Animal, 
and Veterinary Science. See separate listing 
in following section.) 


Admission requirements: GRE and bach- 
elor’s degree in a biological or physical 
science, or engineering. Applicants with 
course deficiencies may be required to take 
appropriate undergraduate courses for no 
program credit, and to demonstrate, by 
their performance in such course work or 
through a qualifying exam, basic knowl- 
edge of the subject matter in the area(s) of 
deficiency. 

Program requirements: six credits of the- 
sis and a minimum of 24 credits of course 
work, including graduate seminar. An oral 
preliminary examination and advanced 
seminars may be required in certain fields 
of study. 


Doctor of Philosophy (All departments or 
programs above) 


Admission requirements: GRE and bach- 
elor’s degree in a biological, physical 
science, natural resources science, or engi- 


neering; specific undergraduate majors or 
course work may be required for certain 
fields of study. Master's degree with thesis 
in biological science, physical science, or 
natural resources science is highly recom- 
mended. 

Program requirements: a minimum of 72 
credits of advanced course work beyond 
the bachelor’s degree (a master’s degree 
may count for up to 30 credits), 18 of 
which are dissertation credits and at least 
two of which are graduate seminar credits; 
comprehensive examination; and disserta- 
tion. A qualifying examination will be re- 
quired for students who are admitted with- 
out a master’s degree and may be required 
for students whose prior degrees are out- 
side of the proposed Ph.D. field of study. 


Fisheries, Animal and 
Veterinary Science 
M.S. 

401-874-2477 


See Environmental Sciences for the Ph.D. 


Faculty: Professor Rice, chairperson; Profes- 
sor Bengtson, director of graduate studies. 
Professors Bradley, DeAlteris, Mallilo, 
Nippo, Recksiek, and Rhodes; Assistant 
Professors Gomez-Chiarri and Whitworth; 
Adjunct Professors Klein-MacPhee, Kocik, 
Musick, Pechenik, and Smolowitz; Adjunct 
Associate Professor Bodammer; Adjunct 
Assistant Professors Berlinsky, Gleason, 
Rheault, and Wetherbee; Professor 
Emeritus Chang. 


Specializations 


In the specialization animal science, re- 
gional, national, and global problems are 
studied in the areas of animal behavior, en- 
docrinology, nutrition, physiology, and re- 
productive biology. Both domestic live- 
stock and laboratory animals are used in a 
research context. In the specialization ani- 
mal health and disease, animal health prob- 
lems of regional, national, and global sig- 
nificance are studied. Bacterial and viral 
diseases are characterized, and the contri- 
butions of stress and pathologic conditions 
to disease are considered. 


The aquaculture specialization includes 
the study of aquaculture of finfish and 
shellfish and the genetics, nutrition, and 
physiology of fishes. The specialization in 
fisheries includes the study of fisheries sci- 
ence and technology. Aquatic pathology 
deals with the pathology of aquatic 
animals and the effects of environmental 
pollution on aquatic organisms. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and an 
undergraduate major in the biological sci- 
ences with a concentration in animal sci- 
ence, fisheries technology, marine biology, 
microbiology, preveterinary medicine, or 
zoology, or postgraduate professional 
degrees (M.D., D.V.M., V.M.D.); one year 
of organic chemistry and physics. Courses 
in statistics, histology, and physiology are 
strongly recommended. 

Program requirements: for animal 
science, thesis and 24 credits of course 
work to include two credits of AFS 501 
and/or 502; AVS 412, 472; STA 532. Thesis 
topic and additional course work will be 
selected by the student after consultation 
with, and approval of, the major professor. 
For animal health and disease, thesis and 
24 credits of course work to include two 
semesters of graduate seminar, AFS 501 
and/or 502; AFS 401, 534; STA 532. Thesis 
topic and additional course work will be 
selected by the student after consultation 
with, and approval of, the major professor. 

For fisheries, thesis and 24 credits of 
course work to include two semesters of 
graduate seminar, AFS 501 and/or 502; 
two courses in statistics (at least one at the 
500 level); AFS 415, 421. A total of 14 
credits of AFS course work must be in- 
cluded in the program of study. Thesis 
topic and additional course work will be 
selected by the student after consultation 
with, and approval of, the major professor. 
For aquaculture, thesis and 24 credits of 
course work to include two semesters of 
graduate seminar, AFS 501 and/or 502; 
AFS 400, 483, 581, 586. Thesis topic and 
additional course work will be selected by 
the student after consultation with, and 


approval of, the major professor. For 
aquatic pathology, thesis and 24 credits of 
course work to include two semesters of 
graduate seminar, AFS 501 and/or 502; 
AFS 400, 401, 486; MIC 533. Thesis topic 
and additional course work will be selected 
by the student after consultation with, and 
approval of, the major professor. 


History 


M.A., M.A./M.L.LS. 
401-874-2528 


Faculty: Associate Professor Honhart, 
chairperson; Professor Strom, director of 
graduate studies. Professors Cohen, Klein, 
Thurston, and Weisbord; Associate Profes- 
sors George, Mather, Pegueros, Rollo- 
Koster and Schwartz; Assistant Professors 
Ferguson, Joseph, Rusnock, and Sterne; 
Adjunct Associate Professor Klyberg; Pro- 
fessors Emeriti Briggs, Findlay, Gutchen, 
and Kim; Assistant Professor Emeritus 
Silvestri. 


Specializations 


United States and Europe, with an em- 
phasis on social, cultural, and political his- 
tory. Students may complement their work 
in these fields with courses in Latin Ameri- 
can or Asian history or with courses taken 
outside the department, particularly in 
political science, education, English, and 
languages. 

The master’s program in history in- 
cludes both class work and individual in- 
struction in the form of 500-level seminars; 
small 400-level courses that include under- 
graduates; tutorials; and directed study 
courses, as well as master’s thesis research 
for those who choose the thesis option. All 
graduate work stresses independent re- 
search and is designed to promote critical 
reading and writing. The diversified pro- 
gram—with its requirement for work in 
more than one field of history and the op- 
portunity it offers of work in another disci- 
pline—should be of service both to stu- 
dents who wish to continue their graduate 
education at the doctoral level and to 


ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES/HISTORY 137 


those who are interested in secondary 
teaching. Students are required to develop 
a systematic program of studies with the 
director of graduate studies during their 
first semester as a master’s degree candi- 
date. 

For tutorials (HIS 502, 503, 536, 537, 
588, and 589), students participate in 300- 
level courses and complete additional 
projects assigned by the instructors. Tuto- 
rial arrangements are made with the in- 
structor at the beginning of the semester. 
To be eligible, a graduate student must 
not have taken the 300-level course or one 
closely resembling it as an undergraduate. 

Students may also take up to six credits 
from the graduate offerings at Rhode 
Island College (in Providence); available 
courses will be posted in the department 
each semester. These courses must be ap- 
proved for program credit prior to registra- 
tion and must be included in the six-credit 
maximum for transfer credit and the 12- 
credit maximum for advanced standing. 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: GRE and bach- 
elor’s degree. While 24 credits of history 
are usually required, majors in related 
fields may be admitted with the permission 
of the director of graduate studies and the 
department chairperson. 

Program requirements: there are thesis 
and nonthesis options. In both options, 
the student must declare a primary con- 
centration in European or United States 
history, and a secondary concentration in 
another area of history or in a related field 
outside the department. An approved pro- 
gram will require 30 credits, including at 
least three credits from HIS 401, 441, or 
481 and at least nine credits from HIS 506, 
507, and 508. Three of these nine credits 
may be filled by a 500- or 600-level semi- 
nar in another department. The nonthesis 
option will require completion of a re- 
search paper in HIS 495, or in exceptional 
circumstances, in another graduate-level 
course with the permission of the instruc- 
tor and the graduate director or depart- 
ment chair. Admission to the thesis option 
will be granted after evaluation, by the di- 


rector of graduate studies and two faculty 
members who are familiar with the 
student's first year of graduate work. 

In the nonthesis option, the student 
may earn no more than 12 credits in tuto- 
rials (502, 503, 536, 537, 588, and 589) 
and directed studies (591). Nine credits 
will normally be taken in the secondary 
concentration. A four-hour written com- 
prehensive examination in the student's 
primary and secondary concentrations and 
a follow-up oral examination are required. 
The examining committee will normally 
consist of two faculty members from the 
student's primary concentration and one 
from the secondary concentration. In the 
thesis option, the student may earn a 
maximum of nine credits of HIS 599, a 
maximum of three credits of Directed 
Study (HIS 591), and a maximum of nine 
credits of tutorials (HIS 502, 503, 536, 
537, 588, 589). Work in the secondary 
concentration may be limited to six 
credits. 


M.A. in History and M.L.I.S. 
Cooperative Program 


By proper selection of course work, a 
student may simultaneously earn the 
degrees of Master of Arts in history and 
Master of Library and Information Studies. 

Admission requirements: GRE and other 
requirements listed for history and library 
science. Applicant must apply and be ac- 
cepted in both programs. The application 
for each program must indicate history/ 
library and information studies as the field 
of specialization. 

Program requirements: students must 
submit individual programs of study for 
the 42-credit M.L.I.S. program and the 
30-credit program for the M.A. in history. 
The integrated pursuit of the two degrees 
makes it possible for six credits of appro- 
priately selected course work from one 
program to serve as electives in the other, 
and for six credits of course work to be 
applied in the opposite direction. Thus, 
when planned and taken jointly, the two 
programs can be completed with a total of 
60 credits rather than 72 credits. 


aLvnavud 


138 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Human Development and 
Family Studies 


M.S. (specializations listed below) 
401-874-2150 


Faculty: Professor Newman, chairperson. 


Human Development and Family Studies 
Professor McCurdy, director. Professors 
Anderson, Clark, Cohen, Horm, and Xiao; 
Associate Professor Kalymun; Adjunct Pro- 
fessor Newman; Professor Emerita Rae. 


Marriage and Family Therapy 
Professor Adams, director. Professor 
Maynard; Professor Emerita Rae. 


College Student Personnel 
Professor Schaffran, director. 
Associate Professors Knott and Branch. 


Human Development and Family Studies 


Admission requirements: GRE or MAT, 
and 18 undergraduate credits distributed 
among at least three of the following 
areas: human development and family 
studies, psychology, sociology, biology, 
and education. Subspecializations are avail- 
able in child development, early childhood 
education, adult development/gerontol- 
ogy, public policy/administration, family 
studies, and family financial counseling/ 
education. Application deadline for fall ad- 
mission is March 30. There is no spring or 
summer admission. 

Program requirements: a minimum of 
41 credits of approved graduate courses, 
including 17 of core courses required for 
all students: HDF 500, 530, 570, 533 or 
560 or 562, 580/581, and one additional 
course in statistics. In addition to the core, 
students will select a minimum of 12 cred- 
its in a specialization including at least one 
developmental seminar. Also required are a 
comprehensive examination and master’s 
thesis. Students will have the option of in- 
cluding a policy or administrative intern- 
ship as part of the program of study. 

Early Childhood Education (ECE): If you 
wish to pursue early childhood education 
teacher certification (nursery to grade 2) 
and do not have a human development 
and family studies background, you will 


need to take certain courses from the HDF 
undergraduate curriculum and should con- 
sult an HDF advisor. Students apply to 
URI’s Teacher Certification Program 
(nondegree status) administered through 
the Graduate School and must submit a 
candidate's statement, official transcripts 
of all previous course work, and two letters 
of recommendation. Applicants must also 
complete the same ECE admissions process 
as undergraduate students including the 
portfolio, admission tests, and interview 
coordinated through the University’s Office 
of Teacher Education. 


Marriage and Family Therapy 


Admission requirements: GRE or MAT; at 
least 12 credits of relevant preparation 
courses, including family relations, devel- 
opmental theory, abnormal psychology, 
and introduction to counseling or equiva- 
lent courses. Two letters of recommenda- 
tion should be from supervisors in a related 
field attesting to observed experience, 
emotional stability, and maturity. After ini- 
tial screening, qualified applicants will be 
required to come to campus for a personal 
interview. The goal of the personal inter- 
view is to determine whether the applicant 
possesses the full range of academic quali- 
fications, experiential background, clinical 
competency, and readiness to undertake 
the rigors of an academically and emotion- 
ally demanding clinical preparation pro- 
gram. Program faculty members will 
conduct the interviews. Selection for ad- 
mission to this program is competitive and 
enrollment is limited. Diversity among the 
students in the program is a major pro- 
gram goal. The program is accredited by 
the Commission on Accreditation for Mar- 
riage and Family Therapy Education. Re- 
view of applications begins February 1. 

Program requirements: a minimum of 
45 credits of approved graduate courses, 
including 12 credits of pratica and intern- 
ship, a comprehensive examination, and a 
research project. This program involves 
intense clinical practice and requires a 
year-long clinical placement at approved 
agencies or the department's Family 
Therapy Clinic. 


College Student Personnel 


The mission of URI’s College Student 
Personnel program is to prepare reflective 
practitioners for professional careers in stu- 
dent affairs. Graduates seek entry-level po- 
sitions such as advisors, coordinators, di- 
rectors and deans at institutions of higher 
education. Our vision is to engage one an- 
other in an extended community of co- 
learning relationships that inspire optimal 
development and promote growth in lead- 
ership, all based on creating and sustaining 
the best practices in college student per- 
sonnel preparation and professional work. 

Admission requirements: At least two let- 
ters of recommendation (one faculty mem- 
ber and one practitioner), GRE or MAT 
scores, interview; preference is given to ap- 
plicants with experience in college student 
affairs. Personal statement should indicate 
reasons for pursuing graduate work in col- 
lege student personnel and future profes- 
sional interests in the field. Application 
deadline for summer and fall admission is 
April 1; for spring admission, November 1. 

Program requirements: 42-credit pro- 
gram consisting of 26 credits in core HDF 
courses (550 [1], 551, 560, 562, 567, 568, 
570, 573 [1], 574, 575 [1], 576 [2)), six 
elective credits, a multi-part comprehen- 
sive examination, plus one of the following 
capstone options—nonthesis internship 
(HDF 580 [2], 581 [2], 583, 584), non- 
thesis action research project (HDF 595 
[6], HDF 580 [1], HDF 553), or thesis (HDF 
599 [6], HDF 580 [1], HDF 553). 


Labor Relations and 
Human Resources 


M.S., M.S./J.D. 
401-874-2239 


Faculty: Professor Scholl, director, Schmidt 
Labor Research Center. Professors Beauvais, 
Burkett, Cooper, Croasdale, Lardaro, 
McIntyre, Miller, Molloy, Overton, Poggie, 
Rothstein; Associate Professor Bodah; 
Adjunct Professors Birt, Keating, and 
Taylor; Professors Emeriti Gersuny, Rayack, 
and Schmidt. 


HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY STUDIES/LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES 139 


This program is designed for union, 
government, neutral, or human resource 
management, labor, and industrial rela- 
tions professionals, or for those students 
who aspire to such positions. Students in 
other graduate programs may find it re- 
warding and professionally desirable to en- 
roll in one or more of the labor relations 
and human resource courses. All courses 
are offered in the very late afternoon or in 
the evening in Providence and Kingston so 
that they are convenient for working stu- 
dents. Full-time and part-time programs 
are also available. 


Specializations 


Areas of specialization include labor re- 
lations and human resources, both with 
elective and required courses. Substitutions 
may be made with permission of the direc- 
tor of the Schmidt Labor Research Center 
and approval of the Graduate School. Ex- 
ceptional students who come into the pro- 
gram with a well-defined interest, as well 
as a proposed plan of study, may choose 
to create their own specializations by 
choosing four courses in an area that satis- 
fies their professional needs, e.g., com- 
puter science or statistics, economics or 
social policy, law and legal processes, 
or workplace issues such as alcohol and 
drug abuse, sexual or age discrimination, 
or racism. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE or MAT or 
GMAT. Undergraduate majors in any field 
are considered for admission; those with 
majors in social science, history, manage- 
ment, and labor studies are especially en- 
couraged to apply, as are those with engi- 
neering, nursing, education, urban affairs, 
black studies, and women’s studies back- 
grounds. Professional experience in labor 
and industrial relations will carry additional 
weight in admission decisions. 

Program requirements: minimum of 39 
credits, including 27 credits in core courses 
and 12 credits of specialization. The re- 
quired courses are: LRS/HIS 544, LRS/PSC 
521, LRS/ECN 526, LRS/MGT 500,551, LRS 
531, 541, 542, and 580. For a specializa- 


tion in labor relations, select two courses 
from LRS 520, 543, and 545; and two 
courses from LRS 432, 503, 532, 533, 546, 
579, 581, 591, and MGT 640 and 641. For 
a specialization in human resources, re- 
quired courses include MGT 640 and 641 
and two courses from LRS 432, 503, 520, 
532, 533, 543, 545, 546, 579, 581, 591, 
and MBA 502. Students are advised that 
many of the core required courses and 
electives in the program assume compe- 
tence in basic statistics and economics as 
well as a working knowledge of comput- 
ers. Students should remedy any deficien- 
cies in these areas either prior to or during 
enrollment in the program. Please contact 
the director of the Schmidt Labor Research 
Center for further advice. 


Joint Program: Master of Science in 
Labor Relations and Human Resources 
(URI) and Juris Doctorate (Roger 
Williams University School of Law) 


A cooperative dual degree program of- 
fered at URI and Roger Williams University 
School of Law permits dual enrollment 
leading to an M.S. in labor relations and 
human resources and a J.D. The integrated 
program of the two degrees allows a stu- 
dent to complete both programs in four 
years instead of the five required if both 
degrees are pursued separately. 

Admission requirements: students must 
apply and be accepted into each program 
under the separate admissions require- 
ments currently in effect at each school. 
Applicants must indicate the M.S./J.D. on 
the “Degree Sought” section of the URI 
application form. 

Program requirements: at Roger Williams 
University, the J.D. program requires 90 
credits, which can be completed on a full- 
time basis in three years. The M.S. degree 
in labor relations and human resources at 
URI requires 39 credits, which can be com- 
pleted on a full-time basis in two years. A 
student matriculated in the joint program 
will take some credits in one program that 
will help satisfy the overall credit require- 
ments of the other degree program as 
well. Students in the joint program must 
complete the following core required 


courses as part of their 30-credit require- 
ment at URI in addition to nine credits 
taken at Roger Williams: LRS 542, 551, and 
580; LRS/MGT 500; LRS/PSC 521; LRS/ 
ECN 526; and LRS/HIS 544. Students who 
specialize in human resources must also 
take MGT 640 and 641, while students 
specializing in labor relations must take 
LRS 520 and 545. Students must complete 
the required law school curriculum at 
Roger Williams. For students matriculated 
in the joint program, Roger Williams will 
accept the following 15 URI credits to sat- 
isfy the requirements for the J.D. degree: 
LRS 542 and 580; LRS/ECN 526, LRS/PSC 
521, and LRS/MGT 500. 


Languages 
See Spanish. 


Library and 
Information Studies 


M.L.I.S., Cooperative Programs 
401-874-2947 


Faculty: Professor Havener, director, 
Graduate School of Library and Information 
Studies; Associate Professor Carson, assis- 
tant director and coordinator of distance 
learning. Professors Gandel and Tryon; 
Associate Professor Eaton, Gilton, Ma, 
and McCarthy. 


Specializations 


In support of the University of Rhode 
Island’s mission, the Graduate School of 
Library and Information Studies exercises 
leadership in the global information age 
through research, service, and the prepara- 
tion of knowledgeable and ethical profes- 
sionals who can serve the library and infor- 
mation needs of a diverse society. The 
school prepares students for professional 
service and leadership in libraries and in- 
formation agencies by offering an 
ALA-accredited program leading to the 
Master of Library and Information Studies 
(M.L.I.S.) degree. It also provides an 
opportunity for students to pursue simul- 
taneously master’s degrees in library and 


aLvnavud 


140 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


information studies and in history or public 
administration. The school library media 
specialization is accredited by NASDTEC 
and NCATE. 

The MLIS program prepares students 
for careers in academic, school, public 
or special libraries, or other organizations. 
If they wish, students may specialize in 
children’s and young adult's services, refer- 
ence and bibliography, cataloging, special 
collections and rare books, automation, or 
information science. There are increasing 
opportunities for employment in nontradi- 
tional information positions in business 
and government. 


Master of Library 
and Information Studies 


Admission requirements: bachelor’s de- 
gree (B average) and GRE or MAT at the 
50th percentile or above. GRE or MAT 
waived for applicants with a master’s 
degree. The completed application pack- 
age should be received by October 15 for 
spring admission, March 15 for summer 
admission, and June 15 for fall admission. 

Program requirements: 42 credits, 18 in 
required core courses (LSC 502, 503, 504, 
505, 508, and 557) and 24 in electives, six 
of which may be taken in courses outside 
library science when relevant to the stu- 
dent's specialization; one course with 
major paper requiring significant indepen- 
dent research; and a written comprehen- 
sive examination. Students in the school 
library media program or students plan- 
ning to take both LSC 530 and 531 may 
substitute both courses for LSC 503. Up to 
36 hours may be taken at the regional cen- 
ters in Massachusetts and at the University 
of New Hampshire at Durham. No more 
than six credits or two courses may be 
taken in nonmatriculating status for trans- 
fer into the degree program. Students in 
the school library media track must meet 
particular state requirements. 

Requirements for the M.L.I.S. must be 
completed within a period of four calendar 
years. A one-year extension, to five calen- 
dar years, may be granted for good cause 


by the G.S.L.I.S. faculty with notice to the 
dean of the Graduate School in response 
to a student's petition. Further extensions, 
to a maximum of seven calendar years, are 
possible under Graduate School policy, but 
are generally undesirable because of the 
rapid change in library and information 
services. If such extensions are granted, 
courses completed more than five calendar 
years prior to graduation will no longer be 
valid, and must be replaced by new 
courses or reinstated by examination to 
ensure that the graduate’s knowledge of 
the field is current. 


M.A. in History and M.L.I.S. 
Cooperative Program 


By proper selection of course work, a 
student may simultaneously earn the de- 
grees of Master of Arts in history and Mas- 
ter of Library and Information Studies. 

Admission requirements: GRE (subject 
test desirable) and other requirements 
listed for history and library science. Appli- 
cant must apply and be accepted in both 
programs. The application to each pro- 
gram must indicate history/library and 
information studies as the field of special- 
ization. 

Program requirements: students must 
submit individual programs of study for 
the 42-credit M.L.I.S. program and the 
30-credit program for the M.A. in history. 
The integrated pursuit of the two degrees 
makes it possible for six credits of appro- 
priately selected course work from one 
program to serve as electives in the other, 
and for six credits of course work to be ap- 
plied in the opposite direction. Thus, when 
planned and taken jointly, the two pro- 
grams can be completed with a total of 
60 credits rather than 72 credits. 


M.P.A. and M.L.LS. 
Cooperative Program 


A second cooperative program permits 
joint enrollment in the Master of Library 
and Information Studies and Master of 
Public Administration programs. The inte- 
grated pursuit of the two degrees makes it 


possible for nine credits of appropriately 
selected course work from one program to 
serve as electives in the other, and for six 
credits to be applied in the opposite direc- 
tion. Thus, when planned and taken 
jointly, the two programs can be com- 
pleted with a total of 63 credits. 

Admission requirements: GRE and other 
requirements listed for M.L.I.S. and M.P.A. 
Applicant must apply and be accepted in 
both programs. The application to each 
program must indicate M.L.I.S./M.P.A. as 
the field of specialization. 

Program requirements: each student 
must complete the required core courses 
for both programs plus three credits of 
PSC 590 for the M.P.A. After consultation 
with, and approval of, both departments, 
students must file separate programs of 
study for each degree, indicating the 
courses to be jointly counted. Each student 
must pass the separate comprehensive ex- 
amination for each degree. A student who 
fails to complete one of the programs may, 
of course, complete the other in accor- 
dance with the separate program of study. 


M.A. in English and M.L.I.S. 
Cooperative Program 


By proper selection of course work, a 
student may simultaneously earn the de- 
gree of Master of Library and Information 
Studies and Master of Arts in English. 

Admission requirements: GRE and all 
other requirements listed for M.L.I.S. and 
M.A. in English. Applicant must apply to 
both programs and be accepted by both. 
The application to each program must in- 
dicate English/library and information 
studies as the field of specialization. 

Program requirements: Students must 
submit individual programs of study for 
the 42-credit M.L.I.S. program and the 30- 
credit M.A. in English. The integrated pur- 
suit of the two degrees makes it possible 
for six credits of appropriately selected 
course work from one program to serve as 
electives in the other, and for six credits of 
course work to be applied in the opposite 
direction. ENG 510 and 514 are required. 
Thus, when planned and taken jointly, the 


LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES/MANUFACTURING AND INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 141 


two programs can be completed with a 
total of 60 credits rather than 72. Students 
must complete at least 36 credits in 
librarianship and at least 24 credits in 
English. 


Other Cooperative Programs 


Under existing University policy, stu- 
dents may be able to establish cooperative 
programs with other master’s degree pro- 
grams within the University. Interested 
persons should consult with the director. 


Manufacturing and Industrial 

Engineering 

M.S. (Manufacturing Engineering) 

Ph.D. (Industrial and Manufacturing 
Engineering) 

401-874-2455 


Faculty: Professor Knight, chairperson; Pro- 
fessor Sodhi, director of graduate studies. 
Professor Dewhurst; Associate Professors 
Shao and Wang; Assistant Professor Studar; 
Professor Emeritus Boothroyd. 


Specializations 


Fundamentals of manufacturing pro- 
cesses and manufacturing automation; 
computer systems in manufacturing, in- 
cluding applications for inspection, rapid 
prototyping, and control. 

Product design for manufacture and 
assembly, and design evaluation for reli- 
ability, maintenance, and recycling. 

Engineering optimization with applica- 
tions to manufacturing systems. 

Facilities planning and analyses of 
material handling in manufacturing organi- 
zations. 

Quality and process control of 
production. 


Financial Aid 


A number of graduate and research assis- 
tantships are available for qualifed graduate 
students. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: B.S. degree in 
industrial, manufacturing or mechanical 
engineering; applicants with a B.S. in an- 
other field of engineering, mathematics, 
physics, chemistry, or computer science 
will be considered, but will be required 
to complete some deficiency courses. 

GRE required for graduates of non-U.S. 
universities only. 

Program requirements: the thesis option 
requires 30 credits including thesis (six to 
nine credits); IME 549 or 550 or 591/592, 
542 and 545; at least three elective courses 
from at least two of the following areas— 
fundamentals of manufacturing processes 
and manufacturing properties of materials, 
design for manufacture and assembly, 
quality engineering, simulation, and con- 
trol and optimization of manufacturing 
systems. 

The nonthesis option (for part-time 
students with department permission) 
requires 30 credits of course work includ- 
ing IME 542, 545 and 549 or 550 or 591/ 
592, plus at least 12 credits from at least 
three of the following areas: fundamentals 
of manufacturing, processes and manufac- 
turing properties of materials, design for 
manufacture and assembly, quality engi- 
neering, simulation, and control and opti- 
mization of manufacturing systems. A 
comprehensive examination must also be 
taken on three of the above areas. IME 240 
or equivalent is a prerequisite. 

Program mission statement: Consistent 
with the department's mission, the M.S. 
program will enhance the technical skills 
and professional competence of graduate 
engineers, positioning them to improve 
manufacturing competitiveness. Program 
graduates will have: 

1) Proficiency in a broad range of basic 
engineering skills including manufacturing 
properties of materials and manufacturing 
process, consistent with an ABET-accred- 
ited graduate engineering program; 

2) Understanding of the application of 
methods to increase the competitiveness 
of products and processes; 


3) Understanding of the relationships 
between product design decisions and the 
development of competitive products, 
through reduced cost and improved 
manufacturing efficiency; 

4) Advanced proficiency in selected 
topics in manufacturing processes and 
manufacturing properties of materials, 
manufacturing systems engineering, and 
computer applications related to manufac- 
turing; 

5) The ability to carry out an indepen- 
dent research study in a selected area or 
demonstrated knowledge of a broad range 
related topics; and 

6) Advanced proficiency in student- 
selected topics in manufacturing engineer- 
ing, manufacturing properties of materials, 
industrial engineering, and related disci- 
plines. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: B.S. degree in 
industrial, manufacturing, or mechanical 
engineering; an applicant with a B.S. de- 
gree in another field of engineering or in 
mathematics, physics, chemistry, or com- 
puter science will be considered; such ap- 
plicants will be required to complete some 
deficiency courses. Although a person with 
a bachelor’s degree may be admitted, this 
program is designed principally for people 
who have a master’s degree. GRE required 
for graduates of non-U.S. universities only. 

Program requirements: qualifying exami- 
nation may be waived for students with a 
master’s degree. A minimum of 72 credits 
beyond the B.S. degree, 18 of which are 
dissertation credits (a master’s degree may 
count for up to 30 credits). A total of 54 
credits of course work is required, includ- 
ing IME 542, 545, 549 or IME 550 or 591/ 
592 and 24 credits from at least three of 
the following areas: fundamentals of 
manufacturing processes and manufactur- 
ing properties of materials, design for 
manufacture and assembly, quality engi- 
neering, simulation, and control and 
optimization of manufacturing systems. 
Eighteen credits of IME 699. Reading pro- 
ficiency in a foreign language may be re- 


aLvnavud 


142 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


quired by the student’s committee. A com- 
prehensive examination must be taken af- 
ter all formal course work is completed. All 
Ph.D. candidates must register full-time for 
two consecutive semesters prior to taking 
the Ph.D. comprehensive examination. 
Dissertation research makes use of major 
modern laboratories in the listed areas of 
specialization. 


Also see Applied Mathematical Sciences. 


Marine Affairs 


M.A., M.M.A., M.M.A./].D.-RWU, Ph.D. 
401-874-2596 


Faculty: Professor Juda, chairperson; Profes- 
sor Burroughs, director of master’s studies; 
Assistant Professor Macinko, director of 
Ph.D. studies. Professors Hennessey, Marti, 
Nixon, and Pollnac; Associate Professor 
Gordon; Assistant Professor Morin; Profes- 
sors Emeriti Alexander, Knauss, and West; 
Associate Professor Emeritus Krausse. 


Specializations 


Coastal zone management, marine 
transportation and port planning, fisheries 
law and management, international 
marine policy and law. 


Master of Arts (M.A.) 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
bachelor’s degree in related science or 
social science. For international students, 
minimum paper TOEFL score of 550 or 
computer score of 213. Full-time appli- 
cants are admitted for the fall semester 
only. 

Program requirements: thesis and MAF 
482, 502, 577, 651; MAF 511 or appropri- 
ate oceanography substitute; REN 514 or 
appropriate resource economics substitute; 
plus a minimum of 21 elective credits for a 
total of 45 credits. 


Master of Marine Affairs (M.M.A.) 


Admission requirements: prior graduate 
degree or five years of equivalent experi- 
ence in marine areas. For international stu- 
dents, minimum paper TOEFL score of 550 


or computer score of 213. Full-time appli- 
cants are admitted for the fall semester 
only. 

Program requirements: nonthesis pro- 
gram; REN 514; MAF 577, 589, 651, 511 
or appropriate oceanography substitute; 
plus 15 elective credits for a total of 
30 credits; written comprehensive 
examination. 


M.M.A./J.D. Joint Program between 
URI and Roger Williams University 
Law School 


Admission requirements: students will 
have to apply and be accepted into each 
program under the separate admissions 
requirements currently in effect at each 
school. 

Program requirements: The Roger Will- 
iams University ].D. program requires 90 
credits which can be completed on a full- 
time basis in three years. The M.M.A. de- 
gree at URI requires 30 credits which can 
be completed on a full-time basis in one 
year. A student matriculated in the joint 
program will take some credits in one pro- 
gram which will also help satisfy the overall 
credit requirements of the other degree 
program. The effect of these credit trans- 
fers would be to reduce the total time 
needed to complete both degrees from 
four to three and one-half years. Students 
in the joint program must complete MAF 
511, 577, 589, 651, and REN 514 or their 
equivalent as part of their 24-credit re- 
quirement at URI in addition to six credits 
at Roger Williams. As is the case with other 
M.M.A. students, students in the Joint Pro- 
gram take a written comprehensive exami- 
nation. Roger Williams students must com- 
plete the required law school curriculum 
and may apply nine marine affairs credits 
toward the J.D. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: the Ph.D. pro- 
gram is small and selective. Admission is 
based on academic merit, research capabil- 
ity, availability of faculty, and match of 
interests between applicant and faculty. 
Applicants must have completed work for 


the master’s degree in some related area. 
GRE, letters of recommendation, writing 
samples including master’s thesis or major 
research paper, statement of purpose, and 
interview required. 

The statement of purpose shall include 
a description of the intended research 
topic and the names of the professors most 
suited to direct the research. Consult the 
department Web pages (www.uri.edu/cels/ 
maf) for current research interests of the 
faculty. 

Program requirements: students must 
complete the following required courses or 
their equivalents (18 credits)—MAF 482, 
502, 511, 577, 651; REN 514. Beyond the 
courses indicated above, Ph.D. candidates 
are required to complete a minimum of 
48 additional credits, of which 24 will be 
awarded for dissertation research. The 
course credits earned to meet this require- 
ment will be selected by the student from 
among 500- and 600-level courses with 
the approval of the student’s Ph.D. com- 
mittee. Students will have to demonstrate 
proficiency in research tools, foreign 
language(s), and/or statistics as appropri- 
ate for the proposed course of study and 
dissertation. Required capabilities will be 
determined by the Ph.D. committee. 

Upon completion of course work, stu- 
dents will have to pass written and oral 
comprehensive examinations in major and 
minor fields of marine affairs. Each student 
is to write and successfully defend a disser- 
tation of high quality. 


Mathematics 


M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-2709 


Faculty: Professor Pakula, chairperson; Pro- 
fessor Lewis, director of graduate studies. 
Professors Beauregard, Clark, Datta, 
Finizio, Grove, Kaskosz, Ladas, and Mont- 
gomery; Associate Professors Eaton and 
Merino; Assistant Professors Kulenovic and 
Wu; Professors Emeriti Driver, Fraleigh, 
Roxin, Schwartzman, Suryanarayan, and 
Verma. 


MANUFACTURING AND INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING/MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED MECHANICS 143 


Specializations 


Ordinary, functional, partial differential 
equations, abstract differential equations, 
difference equations, functional analysis, 
approximation theory, probability, fluid 
mechanics, and control theory. 


General Information 


Programs of study can be designed for 
individuals who are employed on a full- 
time basis. However, all Ph.D. candidates 
must register full-time for two consecutive 
semesters prior to taking the doctoral com- 
prehensive examination. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: bachelor’s 
degree with strong undergraduate back- 
ground in mathematics. Applicants with 
deficiencies in mathematics may be 
accepted subject to taking certain under- 
graduate courses in addition to the gradu- 
ate program requirements. 

Program requirements: 30 credits (or 24 
plus thesis), including at least 18 credits in 
mathematics of which at least 12 must be 
at the 500 level or above. A course requir- 
ing a substantial paper involving significant 
independent study and a written compre- 
hensive examination are required for the 
nonthesis option. MTH 435 and 513 must 
be completed with a grade of A or B. Rec- 
ommended courses include MTH 515, 
525, 535, 536, and 562. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: same as for 
master’s program. 

Program requirements: MTH 513, 515, 
525, 535, 536, and 562, plus specialized 
courses and electives. Reading ability (in 
candidate’s specialty and with a dictionary) 
in one language chosen from French, Ger- 
man, or Russian. A Ph.D. qualifying exami- 
nation is required of all students admitted 
without a master’s degree in mathematics. 

Also see the listing under Applied 
Mathematical Sciences. 


Mechanical Engineering and 
Applied Mechanics 


M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-2524 


Faculty: Professor Shukla, chairperson and 
Simon Ostrach professor; Professor Sadd, 
director of graduate studies. Professors 
Datseris, Faghri, Ghonem (distinguished 
engineering professor), Kim, Lessmann, 
Palm, Taggart, and Zhang; Associate Pro- 
fessor Jouaneh; Assistant Professors 
Chelidze, Meyer, and Rousseau; Adjunct 
Associate Professor Tucker; Adjunct Assis- 
tant Professor Gomez; Professor Emeritus 
White. 


Specializations 


Fluid mechanics: boundary layers, sepa- 
rated flows, turbulence, particle-flow inter- 
actions, flow measurement, computational 
fluid dynamics, flow in human airways, 
flow in microgeometrics, biotribology (lu- 
brication, friction, wear), ferrography, flow 
of drug delivery in human body. 

Robotics and design: robotics, automa- 
tion, automated assembly, expert systems, 
plasma welding and fusion, design optimi- 
zation, computer-aided design, precision 
engineering, manufacturing. 

Solid mechanics: elasticity, plasticity, 
continuum mechanics, fracture mechanics, 
photomechanics, impact mechanics, wave 
propagation and dynamic geomechanics, 
computational methods, composite and 
ceramic materials, micromechanics, non- 
linear mechanics, waterjet processing, fiber 
optic sensors, tribology (lubrication, fric- 
tion, wear). 

Systems and control: robotics, control 
systems, microprocessor and digital con- 
trol, system dynamics, precision engineer- 
ing, advanced dynamics, vibrations. 

Thermal science: phase change prob- 
lems, ice making, microscale convection 
heat transfer, direct contact heat transfer, 
direct energy conversion, solar energy, 
new engine designs, thermal pollution, 
computational heat transfer. 


General Information and Financial Aid 


Programs of study can be designed for 
individuals who are employed full-time. 
However, all Ph.D. candidates must regis- 
ter full-time for two consecutive semesters 
prior to taking the comprehensive exam. 

Anumber of graduate and research as- 
sistantships are also available for qualified 
M.S. and Ph.D. students. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: B.S. degree in 
mechanical engineering, applied mechan- 
ics, aerospace engineering, or a related 
field such as engineering science, civil en- 
gineering, applied mathematics, or applied 
physics. Students admitted to the program 
will be expected to have the equivalent of 
MCE 372. Students without this back- 
ground may be required to make up this 
deficiency with no program credit. GRE re- 
quired of foreign applicants only. 

Program requirements: for thesis option, 
30 credits exclusive of seminar including 
six to nine credits of thesis (required of all 
full-time students) and 21-24 credits of 
course work; one course in each of the 
three department core areas from the fol- 
lowing selections: fluid mechanics/thermal 
sciences—MCE 545, 551; solid mechan- 
ics—MCE 561, 571; mechanical systems— 
MCE 563, 564, 566; and MCE 501, 502, 
graduate seminar (required of all on- 
campus students). For nonthesis option 
for part-time students only, 30 credits, one 
course in each of the department core 
areas; one course requiring a substantial 
paper involving significant independent 
study; and a comprehensive examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: master’s 
degree. Exceptional students with a 
bachelor’s degree and superior master’s 
candidates will also be considered. GRE re- 
quired of foreign applicants only. 

Program requirements: Ph.D. candidacy 
review after completion of first year of full- 
time study (or 9 credits for part-time stu- 
dents). The purpose of this review is to de- 
termine the candidate’s initial progress 


aLvnavud 


144 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


toward the doctorate, and it is conducted 
jointly by the department's graduate com- 
mittee and student’s doctoral committee, 
evaluating both the student’s course 

work and any beginning research activity. 
Completion of a minimum of 24 credits of 
course work beyond the master’s degree, 
exclusive of seminar (48 credits of course 
work after bachelor’s degree); MCE 501, 
502, graduate seminar (required of all on- 
campus students). Comprehensive exami- 
nation and dissertation. 


Medicinal Chemistry 


M.S., Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) 
401-874-2776/2362 


Faculty: Professor Shaikh, chairperson. 
Associate Professor Cho; Assistant Profes- 
sors King and Parang. 


Specializations 


Research activities are focused on the 
molecular mechanisms of chemical car- 
cinogenesis. Research projects address 
such questions as how interindividual 
variation affects the metabolism of hetero- 
cyclic amine carcinogens, and how car- 
cinogen-DNA adducts affect DNA replica- 
tion, ultimately leading to cancer. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: bachelor’s de- 
gree in pharmacy, chemistry, biochemistry, 
or allied sciences. GRE for graduates of 
non-U.S. universities only. 

Program requirements: ACS placement 
exam (organic) to determine specific pro- 
gram requirements; one seminar presenta- 
tion per year; thesis; demonstrated profi- 
ciency in physical chemistry or successful 
completion of BCH 435 with a grade of 
C or better; 30 credits including six to nine 
research credits (BMS 599), two credits of 
BMS 523 or 524, BMS 525, and BMS 530 
or 535, BCH 581; three or four of the fol- 
lowing courses in consultation with major 
professor: CHM 427, 520, 521, 522, BMS 
597, 598, 691, 697, 698. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Pharmaceutical Sciences) 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
master’s degree in pharmacy, chemistry, 
biochemistry, or allied sciences, or bache- 
lor's degree in one of these with evidence 
of superior ability. 

Program requirements: all Ph.D. candi- 
dates, whether admitted with a bachelor’s 
or master’s degree, must pass the Ph.D. 
qualifying examination. Dissertation; ACS 
placement examination (organic) to deter- 
mine specific program requirements; same 
as master’s degree plus the following: both 
BMS 535 and BMS 530 required; one addi- 
tional seminar credit; two additional 
graduate-level courses from BMS or BCH 
582; research credits as required; 72 cred- 
its total; comprehensive examination, writ- 
ten and oral. 

Qualifying examination is required for 
candidates accepted without the M.S. 
degree. 


Microbiology 
See Cell and Molecular Biology. 


Music 


M.M. 
401-874-2431 


Faculty: Professor Lee, chairperson; Profes- 
sor Livingston, director of graduate studies. 
Professors Dempsey, Kent, Ladewig, and 
Pollart; Associate Professor Danis; Assistant 
Professor Conley; Professors Emeriti Gibbs 
and Rankin. 


Specializations 


Performance: 12 credits of performance 
in MUS 510 (minimum of three in a semes- 
ter) plus MUS 548, 550, 567, 580 (not re- 
quired for students whose bachelor’s de- 
gree is from URI), 581, and three credits 
distributed according to the major perfor- 
mance subject, as follows. For vocalists, 
two credits in MUS 598 and music elective. 
Vocalists are also tested in foreign lan- 


guage diction and reading. For pianists, 
two credits in MUS 590 or 598 and music 
elective. For organists and guitarists, two 
credits in MUS 598 and music elective. For 
other instrumentalists, MUS 512 and en- 
semble elective. All performance candi- 
dates must also take a minimum of nine 
credits of electives from music history and 
theory/composition (no more than six 
credits in any one of these two areas), and 
pass a written comprehensive examination 
in music history, theory, and the perfor- 
mance major after 15 hours of study have 
been completed. 

Music education: MUS 540, 545, 548, 
579, 580 (not required for students whose 
bachelor’s degree is from URI), 581, and 
nine credits in one of the following subject 
areas. For performance/essay, six credits of 
MUS 510 (2 +2 + 2 or 3 + 3 credits), 550, 
and 570. For conducting, MUS 511, 512, 
and 513. For composition (classical or stu- 
dio), six credits of MUS 510V (2+ 2 +2 or 
3 + 3), 511 or 512 and 552. Credits rec- 
ommended for studio composition are 
MUS 510V in jazz arranging and composi- 
tion, MUS 579 in the jazz/studio area, 
(e.g., a professional recording studio), 596, 
or 598}. For thesis, at least six credits in 
MUS 599 and three elective credits. All 
music education candidates must also take 
a minimum of nine credits of electives 
from music history, theory/composition, 
and performance (no more than six credits 
in any one of these three areas, and perfor- 
mance only if it is not already part of the 
specialization). Students in a thesis pro- 
gram must pass a written qualifying exami- 
nation before thesis work is begun and de- 
fend the thesis in a final oral examination. 
All other music education candidates must 
pass a written comprehensive examination 
in music history, theory, and music educa- 
tion after 15 hours of study have been 
completed. 

The graduate teacher certification pro- 
gram may be taken at the graduate level, 
alone or in conjunction with the Master of 
Music degree. It presumes that a candidate 
has completed the equivalent of the URI 
Bachelor of Music degree program with 


courses in music theory, form and analysis, 
music history, performance, and vocal and 
instrumental ensembles. Requirements in- 
clude the MUS 169-179 Performance 
Classes; MUS 311 and 312 Conducting; 
MUS 416 Form or MUS 417 Instrumenta- 
tion and Choral Arranging; MUS 238, MUS 
339, 340 Methods, PSY 113, EDC 102, 
250, and 312; EDC 484 Student Teaching; 
MUS 480 Graduate Portfolio in Music (in- 
cludes Student Teaching Seminar), and the 
piano proficiency examination. Advanced 
standing by examination in the above 
areas is possible. Certain 500-level music 
education courses may be used as substi- 
tutes with permission of the department. 

Completion of the teacher certification 
program can require as many as 36 credits 
(or more, if remedial studies in music are 
needed) in addition to what is required for 
the M.M. degree alone. 


Master of Music 


Admission requirements: undergraduate 
major, or the equivalent, in music with a 
quality point average of 2.50 or above. 
Applicants for performance as a special- 
ization, or for the performance/essay sub- 
specialization under music education, 
must pass an audition in their major per- 
formance subject on tape or, preferably, in 
person, before acceptance into a program. 
Applicants for conducting as a specializa- 
tion must pass an audition in choral or in- 
strumental conducting, on videotape or, 
preferably, in person. Applicants for com- 
position as a subspecialization must submit 
a portfolio of scores and/or tapes of origi- 
nal works. 

Program requirements: post-admission 
placement examinations in appropriate 
areas (music history, theory, composition, 
and/or music education) determine 
whether background deficiencies must be 
made up with no program credit. A mini- 
mum of 30 credits is required for gradua- 
tion. One-half of the program credits must 
be at the 500 level. (Teacher certification 
requires additional courses in education at 
the undergraduate level.) 


MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED MECHANICS/NURSING 145 


Students may also take up to six credits 
from the graduate offerings at Rhode Is- 
land College (in Providence). The available 
courses will be posted in the department 
each semester. These courses must be ap- 
proved for program credit prior to registra- 
tion and must be included in the six-credit 
maximum for transfer credit and the 12- 
credit maximum for advanced standing. 


Nursing 


M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-2766 


Faculty: Associate Professor Joseph, dean; 
Professor Schwartz-Barcott, director of 
graduate studies. Professors Burbank, 
Dufault, Kim, McGrath, Miller, 
Schmieding, and Yeaw; Associate Professor 
Padula; Assistant Professors Carley, Ferszt, 
Sullivan, and Viau; Clinical Associate Pro- 
fessor Coppa. 


Specializations 


For the M.S.: primary health care, nurse- 
midwifery, mental health care, education, 
administration, and advanced clinical 
practice (with emphasis on critical care, 
gerontological nursing, or parent-child 
nursing). Note: Applications for advanced 
clinical practice with concentration in 
critical care and parent-child nursing 
will not be accepted for the 2003-2004 
academic year. 

For the Ph.D.: clinical nursing research 
in the domains of client, client-nurse 
interactions, and nursing practice. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: AACN or MAT 
or GRE; a bachelor’s degree from an NLN- 
accredited program with an upper-division 
major in nursing and an undergraduate 
course in statistics. For specialization in pri- 
mary health care, two years of professional 
nursing practice. Students are required to 
pass an elementary pathophysiology 
course with a grade of C or better prior to 
entering the program. There is a challenge 
exam established for those incoming stu- 


dents who have not taken a pathophysiol- 
ogy course within five years prior to enroll- 
ing in the nurse practitioner program. For 
specialization in nurse midwifery, two 
years of professional nursing practice, pref- 
erably in maternal-infant health nursing, 
and completion of a course in expanded 
assessment skills in nursing, equivalent of 
NUR 503. Students who have not com- 
pleted upper-division undergraduate nurs- 
ing course work will be required to make 
up this deficiency prior to admission. Com- 
pleted application package with profes- 
sional letters of references and a vita must 
be received by November 15 for spring ad- 
mission and April 15 for summer and fall 
admission. Acceptance is based on a full 
review of the applicant's record and not on 
any one single component. 

Program requirements: 41 credits for 
education, administration, mental health, 
and clinical practice specializations; 42 
credits for primary health care specializa- 
tion; 46 credits for nurse-midwifery con- 
centration, including 14 credits in core 
courses (NUR 500, 505, 507, 510, and 
520); 9 to 32 credits in the area of special- 
ization (NUR 538, 539, 541, 542 for edu- 
cation; NUR 551, 552 for administration; 
NUR 511, 512, 515, 516, 517 for mental 
health care; NUR 503, 504, 531, 532, 533, 
534, 535, 582, and 590 for primary health 
care; NUR 521, 522, 569, and 562 or 564 
for clinical practice in critical care and 
parent-child nursing; NUR 555, 556, 557, 
and 558 for clinical practice in gerontol- 
ogy; and NUR 571, 572, 573, 574, 575, 
576, 577, 535, and 582 for nurse-mid- 
wifery); 18 credits of restricted electives for 
administration, 12 credits for all other 
areas of specialization, except for primary 
health care and nurse-midwifery; a major 
paper involving significant independent 
study; and a written comprehensive 
examination. 

R.N. to M.S program with an intermedi- 
ate B.S. degree: This option allows the 
completion of three to nine credits of 500- 
level courses in nursing (NUR 510, 503, 
560) during the senior year of the bacca- 
laureate degree. This is contingent upon 


aLvnavud 


146 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


the concentration in nursing and upon 
meeting other grade and admission re- 
quirements. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: GRE (scores at 
60th percentile or above are desirable); a 
bachelor’s degree from an NLN-accredited 
program or its equivalent in nursing and a 
master’s degree in nursing or its equivalent 
(cumulative averages of 3.00 and 3.30, 
respectively, desired); two scholarly papers 
(one theoretical and one empirical) or a 
master’s thesis or equivalent; three profes- 
sional recommendations for doctoral study 
including one by a doctorally prepared 
person; a statement of purpose indicating 
goals congruent with those of the program 
and institution; a vita and a course in 
statistics including inferential statistics. 
Acceptance is based on a full review of the 
applicant's record and not on any one 
single component. 

Program requirements: a minimum of 
43 credits of course work, including core 
courses in nursing (19 credits) and cog- 
nates (six credits); electives in nursing 
(nine credits) and in research methods (six 
credits); free electives (three credits); and 
18 credits of doctoral dissertation research, 
plus written and oral comprehensive ex- 
aminations in nursing theory, research 
methods, and one substantive area. 


Nutrition and Food Sciences 
M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 


Dietetic Internship Certificate Program 
401-874-2253/2467 


Faculty: Professor Caldwell, chairperson; 
Professor Greene, director of graduate 
studies. Professor Lee; Associate Professors 
English, Fey-Yensan, and Gerber; Assistant 
Professor Melanson; Adjunct Associate Pro- 
fessor Sebelia; Adjunct Assistant Professor 
Pivarnik; Professors Emeriti Constantinides 
and Rand. 


Food Science 


URI’s food science graduate program is 
an interdepartmental program. Admission 
is based on academic merit, capability to 
do research and the match of research in- 
terests between the applicant and faculty 
in the areas of specialization listed: marine 
food product and process development, 
physical properties, and rheology; fish 
mince and surimi technology; bioconver- 
sion technology; seafood flavor, food 
safety and quality assessment. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and bache- 
lor’s degree in food science or closely re- 
lated field. Candidates lacking adequate 
courses in biological sciences, general 
chemistry, organic chemistry, biochemis- 
try, physics, statistics, and calculus may be 
required to make up deficiencies without 
graduate credit. 

Program requirements: thesis; two cred- 
its of NFS 511; a minimum of three credits 
in biochemistry, chemistry, or microbiol- 
ogy; NFS 431, 432, 435 and 502; STA 409, 
412 or equivalent. Additional course work 
will be selected as appropriate for the 
student's area of specialization in consulta- 
tion with, and approval of, the major pro- 
fessor. All resident students are required to 
be continuously registered in NFS 511 or 
512, but no more than two credits of NFS 
511 can be used for program credit. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
master’s degree in food science or related 
physical or biological science. Either the 
undergraduate or M.S. degree must be in 
food science. 

Program requirements: dissertation; BCH 
521, 542, 581, or CHE 574; same as 
master’s degree plus BCH 581 and either 
BCH 521 or 542; a total of three credits in 
NFS 511, STA 532, or equivalent, and a re- 
search problem (NFS 691, 692) under the 
supervision of an advisor other than the 
major professor. All resident students are 
expected to be continuously registered in 


NFS 511 or 512, but no more than three 
credits of NFS 511 can be used for pro- 
gram credit. 


Nutrition 


Specializations: nutritional status and 
food behavior of high risk population 
groups; dietary behavior change to reduce 
chronic disease risk; nutrition issues related 
to aging and weight management; diet 
and exercise; energy and macronutrient 
metabolism; metabolic regulation and 
energy balance. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and bache- 
lor's degree. All applicants must have com- 
pleted a miniumum of two semesters of 
chemistry, and one each of biochemistry, 
anatomy or biology, human physiology, 
nutrition or dietetics including a course in 
statistics. Students from other academic 
areas are encouraged to apply but must 
have physiology, biochemistry, nutrition, 
and statistics prior to admission. 

Program requirements: thesis; two cred- 
its of NFS 511; a minimum of three credits 
in biochemistry, chemistry, microbiology, 
or physiology; NFS 505, 551, and 552; 
three credits in statistics. All resident stu- 
dents are required to be continuously reg- 
istered in NFS 511 or 512, but no more 
than two credits of NFS 511 can be used 
for program credit. Applicants without un- 
dergraduate training in nutrition may be 
required to make up background courses 
without graduate credit. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Biological Sciences) 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
master’s degree in nutrition. Students from 
other academic areas are encouraged to 
apply, but must meet entrance require- 
ments for the M.S. program. 

Program requirements: dissertation, two 
500- or 600-level courses in statistics/ex- 
perimental design; a total of three credits 
in NFS 511, and a research problem (NFS 
691/692) under the supervision of an advi- 
sor other than the major professor. Stu- 


dents who have not taken the courses re- 
quired for the M.S. must do so as part of 
the Ph.D. program. All resident students 
are expected to be continuously registered 
in NFS 511 or 512, but no more than three 
credits of NFS 511 can be used for pro- 
gram credit. 


Dietetic Internship Certificate Program 


Admission requirements: students wish- 
ing to complete URIs Dietetic Internship 
Certificate Program (DICP) must be admit- 
ted to a graduate degree program at URI. 
Students may either be admitted to a de- 
gree program prior to application to the 
DICP or may apply to the Department of 
Nutrition and Food Sciences master’s de- 
gree program with the internship option. 
Applicants must have an earned bachelor’s 
degree with completion of the American 
Dietetic Association (ADA) Didactic Pro- 
gram in Dietetics (DPD) requirements. Ap- 
plicants must submit an ADA verification 
form or declaration of intent form signed 
by their DPD director. In addition, appli- 
cants must submit two official transcripts 
of all academic work, an internship appli- 
cation form, three letters of recommenda- 
tion using internship recommendation 
forms, and a personal statement of objec- 
tives. Admission is highly competitive and 
for the fall term only. Final selection of 
qualified applicants is determined by the 
national computer matching process. Cri- 
teria used for admission include: academic 
achievement, relevant work experience, 
personal statement of objectives, and rec- 
ommendation letters. Enrollment is ex- 
pected to be limited to eight students. Pro- 
gram information, application forms, and 
application deadlines can be obtained by 
calling 401-874-2253. 

Program requirements: the DICP is an 
ADA-accredited internship administered 
by the Department of Nutrition and Food 
Sciences. DICP students are governed by 
the same academic standards as other 
graduate students. The program consists 
of nine courses including more than 1,200 
hours of supervised practice experience in 
health care facilities. Students satisfactorily 


completing the program will receive a 
certificate qualifying them to take the 
Dietetic Registration Examination as well as 
to apply for licensure to practice dietetics 
in Rhode Island. 


Ocean Engineering 


M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-6139 


Faculty: Professor Grilli, chairperson; Profes- 
sor Stepanishen, director of graduate stud- 
ies. Distinguished Engineering Professor 
Wright; Professors Brown, Hu, Miller, 
Spaulding, and Tyce; Associate Professor 
Moran; Assistant Professor Baxter; Research 
Professor Silva; Adjunct Professors 
Shonting and Sullivan; Adjunct Associate 
Professor Uhlman; Adjunct Assistant Profes- 
sor Vincent. 


Specializations 


Ocean instrumentation and seafloor 
mapping, underwater acoustics and data 
analysis, marine hydrodynamics and water- 
wave mechanics, coastal and nearshore 
processes, marine geomechanics, and 
coastal and offshore structures. 


General Information and Financial Aid 


Programs of study can be designed for 
individuals employed full-time. Graduate 
and research assistantships are available for 
highly qualified students; some industrial 
and other fellowships are also available. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: B.S. degree in 
engineering, physics, applied mathematics 
or other technical disciplines. Students 
with a non-engineering background may 
be required to take undergraduate courses 
in thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, 
strength of materials, electrical circuits, 
and applied mathematics. 

Program requirements: the thesis option 
requires 30 credits with a minimum of 12 
credits of course work in ocean engineer- 
ing and nine credits for thesis research. 
The nonthesis option requires permission 


NURSING/OCEANOGRAPHY 147 


of the chairperson and a total of 30 credits 
with a minimum of 18 credits of course 
work in ocean engineering, with one 
course requiring a paper involving signifi- 
cant independent study and a written 
comprehensive examination. OCE 605 and 
606 are required of all full-time students. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: M.S. degree in 
engineering or equivalent; exceptional stu- 
dents with a Bachelor of Science in engi- 
neering will also be considered. All stu- 
dents will be required to complete courses 
equivalent to those for the M.S. degree in 
ocean engineering if not included in their 
master’s degree. 

Program requirements: a total of 42 
credits beyond the M.S. degree (or 72 
credits beyond the B.S. degree), composed 
of at least 18 credits of course work and 24 
credits of dissertation research. Courses 
must include one in advanced applied 
mathematics, one in engineering or ocean- 
ography, and a minimum of two in ocean 
engineering. Qualifying, written, and oral 
comprehensive examinations are required. 
OCE 605 and 606 are required of all full- 
time students. 


Oceanography 


M.O., M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-6246 


Faculty: Professor Farmer, dean; Professor 
Wimbush, associate dean. Professors Carey, 
Cornillon, Durbin, D'Hondt, Hargraves, 
Kester, King, Larson, Leinen, Merrill, 
Nixon, Oviatt, Quinn, Rahn, Rossby, 
Rothstein, Schilling, Sigurdsson, Specker, 
Swift, Tyce, Watts, Wishner, and Yoder; 
Associate Professors Collie, Ginis, Hara, 
Hebert, Heikes, Kincaid, Moran, and 
Spivack; Assistant Professors McNeil, Shen, 
and D. Smith; Research Professor Smayda; 
Adjunct Professors Buckley, Donaghay, 
Gifford, Kenney, Olsen, Roman, and 
Sullivan-Watts; Professors Emeriti Jeffries, 
Knauss, Pilson, Saila, and Sieburth; Associ- 
ate Professor Emeritus Napora. 


aLvnavud 


148 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Specializations 


Biological, chemical, geological, and 
physical oceanography. 


Financial Aid 


There is a limited number of assistant- 
ships for master’s and doctoral candidates. 


Master of Oceanography 


Admission requirements: GRE (aptitude 
required) and bachelor’s degree in natural 
sciences or engineering. Most applicants 
are admitted for the fall semester, but ad- 
mission for the start of the second semes- 
ter is possible. Approximately 20 students 
are admitted to the program each aca- 
demic year. Due to the limited number of 
students that can be accepted as degree 
candidates, no application will be consid- 
ered which shows an undergraduate aver- 
age of less than B unless there is post bac- 
calaureate work indicating outstanding 
ability. To ensure full consideration for ad- 
mission, the complete application packet 
should be received by January 15. 

Program requirements (total of 30 
credits): OCG 695 (two credits); written 
comprehensive examination; major paper 
(three credits); OCG 501, 521, 540, 561; 
six credits in oceanography or other sci- 
ence departments; three credits in policy, 
management, economics, or a related 
field; three credits in statistics, data analy- 
sis, or scientific writing. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE (aptitude 
required, advanced in the applicant’s un- 
dergraduate major recommended) and 
bachelor’s degree in natural sciences or 
engineering. Most applicants are admitted 
for the fall semester, but admission for the 
start of the second semester is possible. 
Due to the limited number of students that 
can be accepted as degree candidates, no 
application will be considered which shows 
an undergraduate average of less than B 
unless there is postbaccalaureate work in- 
dicating outstanding ability. To ensure full 
consideration for admission and financial 
support, the completed application packet 


should be received by January 15. 

Program requirements: thesis, OCG 695, 
and participation in a regular ocean re- 
search cruise. For specialization in biologi- 
cal and chemical oceanography, OCG 501, 
521, 540, and 561; for specialization in 
geological oceanography, six credits of 
500- and 600-level OCG courses outside 
the geological oceanography discipline 
(not including OCG 695); for specialization 
in physical oceanography, OCG 501, 510, 
and any two of OCG 605, 610, and 613. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: GRE (aptitude 
required, advanced in the applicant's 
undergraduate major recommended); 
bachelor’s degree in natural sciences or 
engineering. Most applicants are admitted 
for the fall semester, but admission for the 
start of the second semester is possible. 
Due to the limited number of students that 
can be accepted as degree candidates, no 
application will be considered which shows 
an undergraduate average of less than B 
unless there is postbaccalaureate work in- 
dicating outstanding ability. To ensure full 
consideration for admission and financial 
support, the completed application packet 
should be received by January 15. 

Program requirements: comprehensive 
examination, dissertation, OCG 695, 
participation in a regular ocean research 
cruise, six credits of 600-level OCG courses 
(excluding problems and research courses 
and OCG 695). For specialization in bio- 
logical or chemical oceanography, OCG 
501, 521, 540, and 561; for specialization 
in geological oceanography, OCG 540 and 
any two of OCG 501, 521, and 561; for 
specialization in physical oceanography, 
OCG 501, 510, 605, and 613 and any six 
credits of 500- and 600-level OCG courses 
outside the physical oceanography disci- 
pline. A Ph.D. qualifying examination is 
required of all doctoral students. This re- 
quirement is satisfied by completing, with 
a grade of B or better, the courses speci- 
fied for the appropriate discipline. 


Pharmacognosy 


M.S., Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) 
401-874-2362/2776 


Faculty: Professor Shaikh, chairperson. 
Professor Shimizu; Assistant Professor 
Rowley; Adjunct Assistant Professor Omar. 


Specializations 


Drug plants, herbal medicine, bio- 
organic chemistry, combinatorial chemis- 
try, solid phase synthesis, and peptide 
chemistry. Biosynthesis of drug plant con- 
stituents, natural product chemistry includ- 
ing the isolation and structural elucidation 
of materials of potential medicinal interest, 
screening of natural products for physi- 
ologically active agents including materials 
from both land and marine sources. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and bache- 
lor's degree in pharmacy, chemistry, or 
biology. 

Program requirements: ACS placement 
examination (organic) to determine spe- 
cific program requirements; one seminar 
presentation per year; thesis; 30 credits 
including six to nine research credits 
(BMS 599), two credits of BMS 523 or 524, 
BMS 525 and BMS 530 or BMS 535, BMS 
551, BCH 581; two or three additional 
graduate courses in consultation with 
major professor. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Pharmaceutical Sciences) 


Admission requirements: GRE and mas- 
ter’s degree in pharmacy, chemistry, or bi- 
ology, or bachelor’s degree in one of these 
with evidence of superior ability. Qualify- 
ing examination is required for candidates 
accepted without the master’s degree. 

Program requirements: same as M.S. 
plus the following—one additional seminar 
credit; two additional graduate-level BMS 
courses including BMS 633; research cred- 
its as required; 72 credits total; compre- 
hensive examination, written and oral. 


Pharmacology and Toxicology 


M.S., Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) 
401-874-2362/2776 


Faculty: Professor Shaikh, chairperson. Pro- 
fessors Chichester, Rodgers and Swonger; 
Associate Professors Babson, Yan, and 
Zawia; Assistant Professor King; Adjunct 
Professors Boekelheide, Kodavanti, and 
Nagata; Adjunct Associate Professors 
Fisher, Ku, and Munns; Adjunct Assistant 
Professors Hilliard and Schuler. 


Specializations 


This program’s research projects ex- 
plore the mechanisms involved in various 
disease states and their pharmacological 
intervention, and mechanisms of toxicol- 
ogy of various environmental agents. On- 
going topics include: effects of hormonal 
imbalances and antihypertensive agents on 
cardiac function and metabolism in hyper- 
tension; diagnosis and treatment of rheu- 
matoid arthritis; effect of septic shock on 
drug metabolism; developmental neuro- 
toxicity of environmental agents; hepato- 
toxicity and nephrotoxicity of heavy met- 
als; interindividual variation in metabolism 
of heterocyclic amine carcinogens; regula- 
tion and genetic heterogeneity of enzymes 
involved in drug and xenobiotic metabo- 
lism; and calcium- and non-calcium medi- 
ated pathways of cell death. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and bach- 
elor’s degree in pharmacy, biological sci- 
ences, or chemistry. 

Program requirements: one seminar pre- 
sentation per year; thesis; demonstrated 
proficiency in statistics either by course 
work or examination; 30 credits including 
six to nine research credits (BMS 599), two 
credits of BMS 523 or 524, BMS 525 and 
BMS 530 or BMS 535, BMS 581; three or 
four courses from the following in consul- 
tation with major professor: BMS 544, 546, 
572, 641, 642, 644; BCH 582. 


OCEANOGRAPHY/PHYSICAL THERAPY 149 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Pharmaceutical Sciences) 


Admission requirements: GRE and bach- 
elor’s or master’s degree in pharmacy or 
science. 

Program requirements: same as M.S. 
plus the following—both BMS 535 and 
BMS 530 required; one additional seminar 
credit; research credits as required; two ad- 
ditional graduate-level courses from BMS 
or BCH 582; 72 credits total; comprehen- 
sive examination, written and oral. Qualify- 
ing examination is required of candidates 
accepted without an M.S. degree. 


Pharmacy Administration 
See Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences. 


Physical Education and 
Exercise Science 


M.S. 
401-874-2976 


Faculty: Professor Lamont, director of gradu- 
ate studies. Professor Manfredi; Associate 
Professors Ballinger, O’Donnell, and Riebe; 
Assistant Professors Blissmer; Ciccomascolo, 
Ellis; Professor Emerita Bloomquist. 


Specializations 


Exercise science—experimental and 
clinical tracks; teaching and administra- 
tion; psychosocial perspectives. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: MAT or GRE 
with B.S. degree in physical education, ex- 
ercise science or related discipline. An ap- 
plicant with a degree in an unrelated field 
who possesses a strong emphasis in the 
sport sciences may be considered. Com- 
pleted application packages should be sent 
to the Director of Graduate Studies, URI 
Department of Physical Education and Ex- 
ercise Science, 126 Tootell, and must be 
received by April 15 for September admis- 
sion, or October 15 for January admission. 


Applications received after April 15 but be- 
fore July 15 will be reviewed on a space- 
available basis. 

Program requirements: for thesis option, 
30 credits, including core courses PEX 530, 
and 599. For nonthesis option, 33 credits, 
including core courses PEX 530, 591, and 
a written master’s comprehensive exami- 
nation. Required courses for each concen- 
tration include the following—exercise sci- 
ence experimental track: EXS 531, 559, and 
562; exercise science clinical track: EXS 559, 
565, 581, and PEX 592; teaching and 
administration: PEX 510, 520, 550 and 
552; psychosocial perspectives: PEX 578 or 
EXS 581. Additionally, recommended 
electives exist for each program 
concentration. 


Physical Therapy 


M.S. 
401-874-5001 


Faculty: Professor Rowinski, director. Associ- 
ate Professors Agostinucci, Blanpied, and 
Roush; Adjunct Professor Romeo; Clinical 
Assistant Professor Katzanek. 


URI's physical therapy program is an 
entry-level Master of Science program that 
prepares students for the state professional 
licensure examination. There is an empha- 
sis on the development of clinical skill and 
research capability through the three-year 
graduate study plan. 

The physical therapy program is lo- 
cated in the Independence Square II facility 
and has a clinical service and research unit 
that includes a computerized anatomical 
study center, BIODEX and KINCOM 
muscle performance dynamometry, 
METRECOM postural analysis, electromyo- 
graphy, and kinetic and kinematic analysis 
systems. SwimEx and Aqua Arc aquatic 
therapy devices are available for thera- 
peutic and research activities. Research is 
currently conducted in the treatment and 
prevention of spine problems, muscular 
stiffness, and neuromuscular control 
mechanisms. Also in Independence Square, 


aLvnavud 


150 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


the Department of Physical Education and 
Exercise Science has a weight management 
clinic; an exercise testing laboratory with 
treadmill, ECG monitoring and metabolic 
testing equipment; a biochemistry labora- 
tory; and an electronmicroscopy lab. A fit- 
ness and wellness laboratory is located in 
the Tootell Physical Education Complex. 


Specializations 


Research activities are focused on bio- 
mechanics, neuromuscular control, muscle 
performance, neuromuscular rehabilita- 
tion, and disability, and patient satisfac- 
tion. Clinical speciality skills are enhanced 
through faculty clinical practice and re- 
gional internships. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE (aptitude 
test scores at the 50th percentile or above 
are desired) and a bachelor’s degree with 
12 credits of biological sciences (including 
a minimum of six credits of human anat- 
omy and human physiology); physical 
sciences (preferably 16 credits, eight in 
chemistry and eight in physics); six credits 
of social sciences (including general and 
developmental psychology); three credits 
in mathematics (precalculus or higher); 
three credits in communications (prefer- 
ably writing or speech); and three credits 
in statistics. Courses in abnormal psychol- 
ogy, computer science, exercise physiol- 
ogy, and research design are strongly rec- 
ommended but not required. 

A clinical experience with a physical 
therapist is required. The experience 
should include observing and aiding a 
physical therapist in treatment or evalua- 
tion procedures. The minimum number of 
hours recommended for the clinical experi- 
ence is 30-40 hours of voluntary or paid 
time. Most successful applicants demon- 
strate a diversity of clinical experience and 
a number of hours exceeding the mini- 
mum required in a physical therapy set- 
ting. The experience may be part of field 
work study for credit in a health-related 
discipline. Evidence of such experience 


should be documented by a recommenda- 
tion from the physical therapist addressing 
the nature and duration of the experience, 
which should be submitted as part of the 
application process. Special recommenda- 
tion forms and a form for the listing 

of completed prerequisites should be 
obtained by contacting the physical 
therapy program. Baccalaureate require- 
ments must be completed prior to final ac- 
ceptance into the master’s program. The 
completed application package must be 
received by the second Friday in January. 
While applications will be reviewed as early 
as December 15, applicants will be admit- 
ted for the fall semester only. 

Program requirements: a minimum of 
83 credits of specified physical therapy 
course work, including 15 credits of intern- 
ship. This program is a three-year plan of 
required course work, with the first two 
semesters at the 400 and 500 levels (29 
credits), followed by four semesters and a 
summer session of graduate-level course 
work, including an internship at an affili- 
ated institution between the second and 
third years. As for all internships, the stu- 
dent may have to pay living expenses for 
summer internships. Internships and clini- 
cal course work of the first year also re- 
quire immunization for the hepatitis B virus 
and instruction in HIV precautions, as re- 
quired by OSHA standards. Immunization 
is at the student’s expense. 

Though essentially a nonthesis pro- 
gram, a substantial paper involving signifi- 
cant independent research is required. A 
course in statistical methods is required 
prior to entry into the program. All courses 
involving clinical skill development require 
skill competency testing via practical ex- 
amination. All clinical competencies deter- 
mined necessary by the faculty of the re- 
spective course must be demonstrated as 
adequately learned by the student in these 
courses for achievement of an adequate 
scholastic course grade. (See “Scholastic 
Standing,” page 118.) Master’s compre- 
hensive examination is also required. 
Courses required during the first two se- 


mesters may be waived, with an equivalent 
reduction in credits required for the de- 
gree, if acceptable grades have been 
earned in the course(s) prior to final accep- 
tance into graduate status, and if approved 
by the program faculty. 


Physics 
M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-2633 


Faculty: Professor Muller, chairperson. Pro- 
fessors Heskett, Kahn, Kaufman, Letcher, 
Malik, Meyerovich, Nightingale, Northby, 
Nunes, and Steyerl; Assistant Professor 
Yoon; Adjunct Professor McCorkle; Adjunct 
Associate Professors Bozyan, Karbach, and 
Ruffa; Adjunct Assistant Professor Briere; 
Professors Emeriti Desjardins, Hartt, and 
Pickart. 


Specializations 


Acoustics and optics: underwater acous- 
tics, optical and piezo-electric biosensors. 

Astronomy: astrometry, low-frequency 
radio sources and optical counterparts. 

Computational physics: classical and 
quantum Monte Carlo methods, large- 
scale parallel computations, optimization, 
many-body interactions and invariants, 
finite-size scaling, recursion method. 

Experimental condensed matter physics: 
electronic and structural properties of sur- 
faces and thin films studied via low-energy 
electron diffraction, Auger electron spec- 
troscopy, X-ray standing wave and photo- 
emission techniques (in-house and at the 
Brookhaven National Laboratory synchro- 
tron facility); surfaces and interfaces in thin 
films and multilayers studied via X-ray and 
neutron reflection and diffraction (in-house 
and at the National Institute of Standards 
and Technology reactor facility); epitaxial 
growth, magnetism in nanoparticles and 
on surfaces via via neutron and X-ray scat- 
tering; characterization of electromigration 
by electrical and optical techniques, Ruth- 
erford backscattering, and scanning tun- 
neling microscopy. 


Experimental low-temperature physics: 
atomic cluster beams, quantum liquids. 

Experimental neutron physics: ultracold 
neutrons used to study beta-deacy, neu- 
tron optics (at the Institut Laue-Langevin, 
Grenoble). 

Nonlinear dynamics and chaos: turbu- 
lence, Hamiltonian chaos, integrability in 
quantum mechanics. 

Theoretical condensed matter physics: 
surface physics, phase transitions and criti- 
cal phenomena, critical dynamics, super- 
conductivity, quantum transport, nano- 
scale films and clusters, disordered 
systems, low-dimensional systems, spin 
dynamics, Bethe ansatz. 

Theoretical low-temperature physics: 
Fermi and Bose quantum liquids, solids 
and gases; spin-polarized quantum 
systems. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
advanced test recommended; bachelor’s 
degree with major in physics preferred. 

Program requirements: PHY 510, 520, 
525, 530, 560, 570, and 580 are required 
of all students. For both the thesis and the 
nonthesis options, the student will com- 
plete 30 credits, of which no more than 
six may be below the 500 level. For the 
nonthesis option, at least one course will 
require a substantial paper involving 
significant independent study, and the 
student must pass a final written and oral 
examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


Admission requirements: GRE and 
advanced test recommended; bachelor’s 
degree with major in physics preferred. 
Master's degree is not required. 

Program requirements: PHY 510, 520, 
525, 530, 570, 580, 610, 625 (or 626), 
630, 670, and 680. There is no formal de- 
partmental language requirement, al- 
though the candidate’s committee may 
require demonstration of language profi- 
ciency. Successful completion of a qualify- 
ing examination is required of all students. 


PHYSICAL THERAPY/POLITICAL SCIENCE 151 


Political Science 


M.A., M.P.A., M.P.A./M.L.I.S. 
401-874-2183; 401-277-5200 


Faculty: Professor Moakley, chairperson. 
Professors Hamilton, Hennessey, Juda, 
Killilea, Petro, Rothstein, Stein, Tyler, and 
Zucker; Associate Professor Genest; Ad- 
junct Professor Profughi; Adjunct Associate 
Professor Leazes; Professor Emeritus Leduc. 


Specializations 


International relations, comparative 
politics, American politics, public policy, 
and public administration. 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: generally, GRE, 
GMAT, or MAT, and undergraduate credit 
in basic political science and political 
theory. 

Program requirements: a minimum of 30 
credits including PSC 553 and either 580 
or 583 for both thesis and nonthesis op- 
tions depending on area of specialization; 
nonthesis option requires one course in- 
cluding a substantial paper requiring sig- 
nificant independent research and an oral 
examination in addition to the compre- 
hensive examination. 


Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.) 


The Rhode Island Master of Public Ad- 
ministration Program (RIMPA) leads to the 
M.P.A. degree conferred by the University 
of Rhode Island. It is a collaborative under- 
taking, governed and offered by a commit- 
tee of University faculty that includes ad- 
junct faculty from Rhode Island College. 
The RIMPA is offered at URI’s Providence 
campus and provides federal, state, city, 
and nonprofit officials and agencies easy 
access to its instructional programs and re- 
search expertise. In addition to delivering 
its degree and certificate programs, intern- 
ships, and workshops, the RIMPA faculty 
conducts research into the formation and 
implementation of public policy and the 
administration of public and nonprofit 
agencies. Current research areas include 
public professional ethics, the training of 


public managers, water resource manage- 
ment, the governance and financing of 
nonprofits, state prison administration, the 
public administration of technology, indus- 
trial policy at the state and national levels, 
and case management in mental health 
agencies. 

Admission requirements: generally, 
based on the applicant’s undergraduate 
academic record; current scores for one of 
the following exams—GRE, MAT, GMAT. 
Exam requirement waived for applicants 
holding an advanced degree from an 
accredited institution of higher education. 

Program requirements: nonthesis pro- 
gram; one course including a substantial 
paper requiring significant independent 
research; comprehensive examination; 
internship (may be waived); minimum 
total of 36 credits including PSC 501, 503, 
504, 505, 506, 524, and 573. Competency 
in computer science and statistics is re- 
quired and may be demonstrated by 
completion of a basic course at the under- 
graduate level. Competence in basic com- 
puting skills may be demonstrated by 
completion of a basic course at the under- 
graduate level, or, after review by the 
M.P.A. program director, by professional, 
worksite training completed by the candi- 
date, or by virtue of the professional 
responsiblilities of an M.P.A. candidate. 

Students in the RIMPA program taking 
elective courses at the participating institu- 
tions will be governed by the same regula- 
tions effective for courses taken at URI. Un- 
der this rule, grades (including failures) for 
all graduate courses taken at a participat- 
ing institution will be included in the grade 
point average and will become part of the 
student's record. 


aLvnavud 


M.P.A. and M.L.I.S. 
Cooperative Program 


A cooperative program permits joint 
enrollment in URI’s Master of Public 
Administration and Master of Library and 
Information Studies programs. The inte- 
grated pursuit of the two degrees makes it 
possible for nine credits of appropriately 
selected course work from one program to 
serve as electives in the other, and for six 


152 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


credits of such course work to be applied 
in the opposite direction. Thus, when 
planned and taken jointly, the two pro- 
grams can be completed with a total of 
63 credits. 

Admission requirements: GRE and other 
requirements listed for M.P.A. and M.L.I.S. 
Applicant must apply and be accepted in 
both programs. Applications to both pro- 
grams must indicate M.P.A./M.L.I.S. as the 
field of specialization. 

Program requirements: each student 
must complete the required core courses 
for both programs plus three credits of 
PSC 590 for the M.P.A. After consultation 
with, and approval of, both departments, 
students must file separate programs of 
study for each degree, indicating the 
courses to be jointly counted. Each student 
must pass the separate comprehensive ex- 
amination for each degree. A student who 
fails to complete one of the programs may, 
of course, complete the other in accor- 
dance with the separate program of study. 


Psychology 


M.S., Ph.D. 
401-874-2193 


Faculty: Professor Valentino, chairperson. 
Professors Berman, Biller, Brady, Cohen, 
Collyer, Faust, Florin, Grebstein, Harlow, 
Kulberg, LaForge, Morokoff, Prochaska, 
Quina, Rossi, Silverstein, Stevenson, and 
Velicer; Associate Professors deMesquita, 
Harris, Rogers, and Wood; Assistant Profes- 
sors Boatright-Horowitz, Bowleg, Koonce, 
and Park; Adjunct Professors Abrams, 
Colby, and Gelles; Adjunct Associate Pro- 
fessors Bernon, Fava, Fowler, Johnson, 
Lobato, Meyer, Mitchell, Monti, and 
Redding; Adjunct Assistant Professors 
Arruda, Brown, Erickson, Fitts, Frenzel, 
Haspel, Johnson, Kirschenbaum, Kotula, 
Maxwell, Plummer, and Samuels; Profes- 
sors Emeriti Gross, A. Lott, B. Lott, 
Merenda, Smith, Vosburgh, and 
Willoughby. 


Specializations 


Programs are offered in clinical, experi- 
mental, and school psychology. Specializa- 
tions are offered within each program. The 
clinical program encourages students to 
develop a focus in one of the following 
areas: health psychology, children and 
families, community psychology, diversity 
and multicultural issues, neuropsychology, 
and applied methodology. Students in the 
school psychology program focus their in- 
terests in one or more of the roles and 
functions of school psychologists empha- 
sized in the program such as assessment, 
intervention, consultation, prevention, 
reading and literacy, decision making, 
early intervention and school readiness, 
cross-cultural development, and multicul- 
tural competence. Students in the experi- 
mental program tailor their own program 
but tend to emphasize one or more of the 
following areas: research methodology, 
gender/multicultural issues, health/preven- 
tion, child/family/community, and physi- 
ological psychology. Additional individual 
specialties can be developed within each of 
the program areas. 


Master of Science 
(School Psychology Only) 


Admission requirements: GRE (verbal and 
quantitative), advanced test recom- 
mended. Undergraduate major in psychol- 
ogy recommended. Applicants are admit- 
ted for the fall semester only. The 
completed application package must be 
postmarked by January 10. 

Program requirements: nonthesis— 
internship; total of 60 credits with a mini- 
mum of 30 for the master’s degree plus 
additional credits for certification as a 
school psychologist; one course with a 
major paper involving significant indepen- 
dent research; and a written comprehen- 
sive examination. 

This program is recognized by NASP as 
a 60-credit “specialist-level” program, is 
accredited by NCATE/NASP, and meets the 
requirements for certification in Rhode 
Island. 


Doctor of Philosophy 
(Clinical, Experimental, and School 
Psychology) 


Admission requirements: GRE (verbal and 
quantitative), advanced test recom- 
mended; evidence of research compe- 
tency; personal statement addressing re- 
search and clinical experience and 
interests; curriculum vitae. Applicants are 
admitted for the fall semester only. The 
completed application package must be 
received by December 15 for clinical, Feb- 
ruary 1 for experimental and postmarked 
by January 10 for school. Prospective appli- 
cants are asked to address initial inquiries 
concerning the desired specialization to 
the department. The formal application 
materials can be obtained from the Gradu- 
ate School Office, but the completed appli- 
cation package must be sent to the depart- 
ment. Applicants to the clinical and school 
programs are evaluated on the basis of 
previous academic achievement, GRE 
scores, previous life experience, previous 
applied clinical and research experience, 
letters of recommendation (three re- 
quired), personal interview, and match 
between applicant and program needs. 

Due to limited facilities, new admis- 
sions to the doctoral programs are limited 
to a small number per year. Finalists in the 
school and clinical specialization must par- 
ticipate in a personal interview to complete 
the evaluation process. Although test 
scores and cumulative averages are not the 
sole criteria for admission to the clinical 
program, those with overall quality point 
averages of less than 3.00 (on a 4.00 scale) 
are advised that there is little chance for 
admission. 

Program requirements: completion of a 
minimum of 90 credits (72 plus 18 for dis- 
sertation). Research course requirements: a 
minimum of two courses in statistics (STA/ 
PSY 532, PSY 533) and a research methods 
course (PSY 611). In addition, all students 
must complete a multicultural competency 
requirement, and four courses from among 
those numbered 600-609. Each of the 
three program areas (i.e., clinical, experi- 
mental, and school) also include specific 


research, content, and application require- 
ments that are specified on their individual 
Web sites. The research competency re- 
quirement may be met by successfully de- 
fending a master’s thesis or by successfully 
completing a research competency project 
under the direction of the major professor. 
The research competency project option is 
limited to those who have nonthesis 
master’s degrees in psychology. Students 
who successfully complete the thesis op- 
tion will earn a Master of Arts degree in 
psychology. A Ph.D. qualifying examina- 
tion is required of all doctoral students en- 
tering without the master’s degree. This 
requirement is met by completing four 
courses from STA/PSY 532, PSY 533, 611, 
and those numbered 600-609, with a 
grade of B or better. These courses are 
usually completed prior to earning 24-30 
credits. For students in the applied areas 
(clinical and school), course work must be 
completed in each of the following con- 
tent areas of psychology: biological bases 
of behavior; cognitive and affective bases; 
social bases; individual differences; and his- 
tory and systems of psychology. Students 
in the clinical program are required to take 
a course in ethics. 

Both the clinical and the school psy- 
chology programs are accredited by the 
American Psychological Association. Both 
programs subscribe to the scientist-practi- 
tioner model, and thus course require- 
ments are consistent with maintaining 
such accreditation. These requirements 
generally include courses in foundations of 
psychological science, professional prac- 
tices, research, and completion of an ap- 
proved supervised internship. Practicum 
and individual research projects can be 
specifically tailored to help the student 
prepare for the professional role of his or 
her choice. These programs also have a 
strong experiential base, including field ac- 
tivity in each year. Students are expected 
to be involved in research for a substantial 
portion of their program. 

The department emphasizes a close 
working relationship between faculty and 
students. No single theoretical or philo- 
sophical model is espoused. 


POLITICAL SCIENCE/SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY 153 


Spanish 
M.A. 
401-874-5911 


Faculty: Professor Morello, chairperson; 
Associate Professor White, director of gradu- 
ate studies. Professors Gitlitz, Grandin, 
Manteiga, and Trubiano; Associate Profes- 
sor Morin; Assistant Professor de los Heros. 


Specializations 


The Master of Arts in Spanish is de- 
signed for those who wish to perfect their 
undergraduate achievement in the general 
area of Hispanic studies, including lan- 
guage mastery and understanding of lit- 
erature in the total context of civilization 
and culture. The literary production of 
Spain, Spanish America, and the Spanish- 
speaking peoples of the United States will 
be studied. Any one of these areas could 
provide a field for specialization. 


Master of Arts 


Admission requirements: undergraduate 
major in Spanish or equivalent, including 
12 credits in Spanish or Hispanic-American 
literature. Qualified students may be ad- 
mitted with less than 12 credits but must 
make them up without graduate credit. 

Program requirements: all work carried 
out in Spanish. For thesis option, 30 credits 
including six thesis research credits. For 
nonthesis option, 30 credits. All candidates 
must pass a written comprehensive exami- 
nation and an oral comprehensive exami- 
nation. Course work may be completed on 
campus or through the URI summer study 
program in Salamanca, Spain, or a combi- 
nation of both. 


Speech-Language Pathology 
and Audiology 


M.S. 
401-874-5969 


Faculty: Professor Singer, chairperson. 
Associate Professors Kovarsky and Preece; 
Assistant Professors Karow and Kim. 


Specializations 


Audiology and speech-language 
pathology programs, accredited by the 
American Speech Language Hearing 
Association. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE or 
MAT scores are required for admission. 
Strong consideration will be given to the 
cumulative GPA. In addition, performance 
within a communicative disorders major or 
prerequisite courses will be viewed as a 
particularly important criteria for admis- 
sion. The completed application package 
must be received by October 15 for spring 
admission and March 1 for fall admission. 

Program requirements: M.S. in speech- 
language pathology with thesis and 
nonthesis options (54 credits), Required 
courses consist of the following: CMD 454, 
493, 504, 551, 560, 561, 564, 569, 570, 
582, 584, 585, and 592. Nonthesis option 
(54 credits): written comprehensive exami- 
nation; CMD 504; 40 credits in speech- 
language pathology and eight credits in 
audiology. Thesis option (54 credits): 
thesis; CMD 504; 34 credits in speech- 
language pathology and eight credits in 
audiology. 

M.S. in audiology with thesis and non- 
thesis options (54 credits). Required courses 
consist of the following: CMD 454, 493, 
504, 551, 552, 553, 555, 556, 557, 570, 
and 572. Nonthesis option (54 credits): 
written comprehensive examination; CMD 
504; 40 credits in audiology and eight 
credits in speech-language pathology. 
Thesis option (54 credits): thesis; CMD 
504; 34 credits in audiology and eight 
credits in speech-language pathology. 

Although course work in communica- 
tive disorders is not a requirement for 
graduate admissions, students who have 
not taken the undergraduate requirements 
must take 21 credits in communicative dis- 
orders (CMD 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 
377, and 465, or their equivalents) before 
beginning graduate-level courses. Any 
required undergraduate courses not com- 
pleted prior to admission would be added 
to the 54-credit graduate program. 


aLvnavud 


154 GRADUATE PROGRAMS 


Students who have not taken the un- 
dergraduate courses may enroll as a post- 
baccalaureate (nonmatriculating) student 
to begin fulfilling these requirements prior 
to admission. Completion of these courses 
does not assure admission into the gradu- 
ate program. 

For either the M.S. program in speech- 
language pathology or audiology, students 
must also complete sufficient directed ob- 
servations and supervised clock hours of 
practicum to satisfy the requirements of 
the American Speech-Language Hearing 
Association. These practicum experiences 
are offered through both the Kingston and 
Providence campuses. Because program 
requirements in both speech-language pa- 
thology and audiology include clinical re- 
sponsibilities, the average length of time to 
complete any of the programs is two aca- 
demic years and one summer. 


Accelerated Bachelor’s-Master’s Degree 
Program in Speech-Language Pathology 
or Audiology 


URI undergraduate communicative 
disorders majors who have met require- 
ments for early acceptance in the graduate 
program of either speech-language pathol- 
ogy or audiology may follow a special 
sequence of graduate-level course work 
and clinical practicum during their senior 
year (see page 103 for more information). 
If eligible, following the award of the Bach- 
elor of Science degree in communicative 
disorders, students may complete a 30- 
semester-hour master’s degree (rather 
than the usual 54-semester-hour master’s 
degree) in one year and a summer of full- 
time graduate study. This option, which 
requires careful sequencing of senior and 
graduate course work, is not available to 
students from other undergraduate institu- 
tions nor to students who elect part-time 
graduate study prior to completion of the 
fifth year. 

Admission requirements: GRE or MAT, 
URI sixth-semester standing in communica- 
tive disorders with all major requirements 
completed and 28 elective credits remain- 
ing; a 3.00 cumulative quality point aver- 


age and 3.20 in the major through the 
fifth semester; and two letters of recom- 
mendation from URI communicative disor- 
ders faculty. 

Program requirements: for students who 
have taken the specified 25 credits (16 of 
which must be at the 500 level) of com- 
municative disorders course work in the 
senior year to complete the bachelor’s 
degree in communicative disorders, 30 
credits of course work in the fifth year 
(postbaccalaureate) at the 400 or 500 
level. Specific course requirements are as 
stated in the regular two-year master’s 
program. 


Statistics 


M.S. 
401-874-2701 


Faculty: Associate Professor Kowalski, chair- 
person; Professor Hanumara, section head. 
Professor Heltshe; Assistant Professor 
Gonzalez; Adjunct Professor Ting; Professor 
Emeritus Carney. 


Specializations 


Experimental design, sampling, eco- 
logical statistics and biostatistics, statistical 
computation, simulation, multivariate 
analysis, nonparametric methods, classifi- 
cation and discrimination, analysis of vari- 
ance, bootstrap and jackknife estimation, 
sequential methods, spatial statistics. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: bachelor’s de- 
gree including the equivalent of MTH 141, 
142; MTH 243; MTH 215; CSC 201; STA 
409, 412. GRE; advanced test in math- 
ematics or undergraduate field is desirable. 

Programs of study can be designed for 
individuals who are employed full-time. 

Thesis option program requirements: a 
minimum of 24 credits (exclusive of thesis) 
including MTH 451, 452, either STA 501 
or 502, and at least nine additional credits 
selected from STA 500, 501, 502, 520, 
535, 541, 542, 550, 592, 611. 


Nonthesis option program requirements: 
33 credits distributed as follows—1) MTH 
451, 452, and either STA 501 or 502; 2) at 
least nine credits selected from STA 500, 
501, 502, 520, 535, 541, 550, 592, 611; 
3) at least six of the remaining credits must 
be at the 500 level or above (exclusive of 
STA 591); 4) the above course work must 
include at least one course that requires a 
substantial paper involving significant in- 
dependent study; and 5) written compre- 
hensive examination. 


Doctor of Philosophy 


See Applied Mathematical Sciences. 


Teacher Certification 
401-874-4068 


Students who did not obtain Rhode Is- 
land teacher certification as part of their 
undergraduate studies may do so by being 
admitted to a certification program or a 
master’s degree program with a certifica- 
tion option and satisfactorily completing a 
prescribed set of courses in the appropriate 
fields. Applicants for elementary or one of 
the secondary fields described below must 
apply as master’s degree students. Appli- 
cants for early childhood education, music 
education, or school library media certifi- 
cation may indicate the specific TCP pro- 
gram code on the application forms and 
submit two official transcripts of all prior 
academic work, showing receipt of the 
bachelor’s degree, plus a personal state- 
ment of objectives and two letters of 
recommendation. 

Applications for the education depart- 
ment programs are reviewed by each 
individual specialization (see below); ad- 
mission is competitive. Admissions into the 
elementary and secondary education pro- 
gram occur once a year. Typically the 
deadline for admission is early February. 
Interested students should contact the 
Office of Teacher Education, or the contact 
person in their area, for information on 
admission deadlines; they may also visit 


SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY/TEXTILES, FASHION MERCHANDISING, AND DESIGN 155 


the School of Education’s Web site at 
www.soe.uri.edu/. If space becomes avail- 
able for any particular program, completed 
applications for that program may be re- 
viewed subsequently. 

A test of basic skills is required prior to 
action on the application. For all other 
teacher education programs, the basic 
skills requirement consists of a mathemat- 
ics test administered by the School of Edu- 
cation each spring. Please contact the ap- 
propriate department(s) in the following 
list for additional information relative to 
this requirement. An interview is also re- 
quired of all applicants. Students admitted 
to the TCP program are governed by the 
same academic standards as matriculated 
graduate students. 

Further information can be obtained 
from the Office of Teacher Education at 
401-874-5930 or from the following areas 
of specialization: 


Early Childhood Education (510): Professor 
Diane Horm, Chairperson, Department of 
Human Development and Family Studies, 401- 
874-2150 


Elementary Education (525): Assistant Professor 
Sandy Jean Hicks, School of Education, 401- 
874-5976 


Secondary Education (525) 

English: School of Education, 401-874-7418 

Mathematics: Assistant Professor Francine Roy, 
School of Education, 401-874-4149 

Science: Professor William Croasdale, School of 
Education, 401-874-4161 

Social Studies: Professor David Byrd, School of 
Education, 401-874-5484 

Languages: Associate Professor JoAnne 
Hammadou, Department of Modern 
and Classical Languages and Literatures, 
401-874-4712 


Music Education (070): Professor Carolyn 
Livingston, Department of Music, 401-874-2763 


School Library Media (940): Associate Professor 
Cheryl McCarthy, Graduate School of Library 
and Information Studies, 401-874-2878 


Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, 
and Design 


M.S. 
401-874-4574 


Faculty: Professor Bide, chairperson. 
Professor Welters; Associate Professors 
Harps-Logan and Ordoñez; Assistant Pro- 
fessors Hannel and Lillethun; Adjunct Asso- 
ciate Professor Warner; Adjunct Assistant 
Professors Mohanty, Moreno, and 
Warburton; Professors Emeriti Emery and 
Higa; Associate Professor Emerita Helms. 


The department offers a wide variety of 
individualized programs in close associa- 
tion with other departments (Art, Chemis- 
try, Education, History, Human Develop- 
ment and Family Studies, Marketing) and 
with various social science fields. 


Specializations 


Textile science, historic textiles and 
costume, textile conservation, cultural 
analysis, and fashion merchandising. 


Master of Science 


Admission requirements: GRE and a 
bachelor’s degree with adequate prepara- 
tion for the proposed area of study. 

Program requirements: for thesis option, 
completion of a minimum of 30 credits, 
including six credits of thesis research. For 
nonthesis option, completion of a mini- 
mum of 33 credits, half of which must be 
TMD courses numbered 500 or above, in- 
cluding at least one course that requires a 
substantial paper or practicum involving 
significant independent study, and written 
comprehensive examinations. TMD 510 is 
a requirement for all students. For the tex- 
tile science specialization, TMD 503 and 
510; a statistics course. For the specializa- 
tions focusing on historic textiles and cos- 
tume, textile conservation, and cultural 
analysis, TMD 510, 520, 500 or 524, anda 


supervised internship (TMD 530, two to 
four credits); half of the remaining elective 
credits must be from TMD courses num- 
bered 500 or above. A minimum of nine 
credits is required to achieve a competency 
level in an allied field such as art history, 
history, or anthropology; this may result in 
a program of more than 30 credits. The 
committee may elect to waive this require- 
ment if the candidate has adequate prepa- 
ration in the allied field as an undergradu- 
ate. Candidates lacking undergraduate 
courses in textile science and historic cos- 
tume may be required to make up defi- 
ciencies without graduate credit. For the 
fashion merchandising specialization, TMD 
510 and 524; six credits to be selected 
from TMD 432, 442, or 452; a statistics 
course. Candidates lacking undergraduate 
courses in textile science and fashion mer- 
chandising may be required to make up 
deficiencies without graduate credit. 


aLvnavud 


COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


U ndergraduate and graduate courses offered at the University 
of Rhode Island are listed on the following pages by subject 


in alphabetical order. If any subject cannot be located readily, refer 


to the index. 


Courses numbered 001-099 are pre- 
freshman and special undergraduate 
courses, and do not carry bachelor’s 
degree credit. Those numbered 100-299 
are lower-division undergraduate courses, 
and those numbered 300-399 are upper- 
division undergraduate courses. The 400- 
level courses are generally limited to 
juniors and seniors majoring in that field, 
but are open to other advanced under- 
graduates and graduate students with 
permission. 

The 500-level courses are graduate 
courses with a bachelor’s degree usually a 
prerequisite, but qualified seniors and hon- 
ors students are admitted with permission. 
These courses should make up the majority 
of course work for students working 
toward a master’s degree. Courses at the 
600 level are advanced graduate courses. 
The 900-level courses are special types of 
graduate courses for which no degree 
credit is given. They include courses 
offered to remedy deficiencies as well as 
workshops, institutes, and courses offered 
one time only by visiting faculty. 

Courses with two numbers—e.g., ACC 
201, 202—indicate a year’s sequence; the 
first course is either a prerequisite for the 
second, or at least the two cannot be 
taken in reverse order without special per- 
mission. Parentheses after a course number 
enclose either the old course number or, in 
cases of multiple listings, the departments 
and numbers under which the course is 
also offered. The Arabic numeral indicates 
the credit hours, and distribution of class 
hours each week is in parentheses. S/U 
credit signifies a course in which only satis- 
factory or unsatisfactory grades are given. 


For information on semester offerings or 
instructors, see the Schedule of Courses or 
contact the department. The Schedule is 
issued by Registration and Records imme- 
diately before the early registration period 
for each semester and again at least two 
weeks before the first week of classes. It 
lists the specific courses to be offered that 
semester with the meeting time, location, 
and instructor assigned for the section. 
Courses that meet general education 
requirements are designated with a letter 
in parentheses indicating the appropriate 
group, as follows: 
(A) Fine Arts and Literature 
(F) Foreign Language and Culture 
(L) Letters 
(C) English Communication (General) 
(Cw) English Communication (Written) 
(M) Mathematics 
(N) Natural Sciences 
(S) Social Sciences 


Accounting (ACC) 
Dean: Professor Mazze 


201 Financial Accounting (3) 
Basic concepts and systems used in financial ac- 
counting for business organizations. (Lec. 3) 


202 Managerial Accounting (3) 

Basic techniques and systems used by management 
accountants in budgeting, cost accounting, cost 
analysis, and control. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or permis- 
sion of instructor, 


311 Intermediate Accounting | (3) 

Theoretical aspects of accounting principles, em- 
phasis on current and fixed assets and the corpo- 
rate structure. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or permission of 

instructor. 


312 Intermediate Accounting II (3) 

Equity investments, liabilities, financial statements, 
cash flow, and disclosure issues within each of 
these topics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 311 or permission of 
instructor. 


321 Cost Accounting (3) 

Cost and managerial accounting systems and con- 
cepts including cost allocation, actual and standard 
cost systems, cost and profit planning, and control 
systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 202 or permission of 
instructor. 


371, 372 Directed Study in Accounting (1-3 each) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


415 Accounting Computer Systems (3) 
Accounting information systems and use of the 
computer for decision making; emphasis on 
sources of information and employment of analyti- 
cal tools in solving accounting problems. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 312, 321, or permission of instructor. 


431 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Accounting principles and policies for governmen- 
tal and nonprofit organizations, multinational and 
multidivisional organizations, partnerships, and 
other complex organizational structures. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 312 or permission of instructor. 


443 Federal Tax Accounting (3) 

Federal laws, regulations, and other authorities af- 
fecting taxation of individuals. (Lec. 3) Pre: 202 or 
permission of instructor. 


461 Auditing (3) 
Auditing standards, procedures, programs, working 
papers, and internal control. (Lec. 3) Pre: 312. 


493 Internship in Accounting (3) 

Approved, supervised work experience with partici- 
pation in accounting and problem solving related 
to accounting. Fifteen working days (or 120 hours). 
(Practicum) Pre: junior standing and proposal ap- 
proved by the Department of Accounting. May 

be repeated for credit. Not for graduate credit. S/U 


only. 


518 (618) Current Accounting Theory (3) 
Critical examination of accounting theory and 
practice to develop research techniques with em- 
phasis on financial accounting. (Lec. 3) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing in accounting or permission of MS in 
Accounting Director 


519 (619) Current Accounting Theory (3) 
Critical examination of accounting theory and 
practice with respect to cost and managerial ac- 
counting. (Lec. 3) Pre: Pre: graduate standing in 
accounting or permission of MS in Accounting 


Director 


531 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Accounting principles and policies for multinational 
and multidivisional organizations and non profit 
organizations with a financial research emphasis. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 312 or permission of instructor. 


532 (631) International Accounting (3) 

Covers interpretation of international financial 
statements, focusing on foreign currency ex- 
change, comparative accounting principles and 
disclosures, and audit reports. Uses actual financial 
statements in case analyses. (Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 503 
or permission of instructor. 


535 Advanced Problems in Accounting (3) 
Integrative and specialized accounting problems. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 431. 


541 (643) Federal Taxes and Business Decisions (3) 
The course focuses on tax law and its effect on 
business decisions. Cases are employed and pri- 
mary emphasis is on income tax planning, al- 
though estate and gift taxes are explored. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: MBA 503. 


ACCOUNTING 157 


542 (646) Seminar in Tax Research, Policy, and 
Planning (3) 
Examination of the methodology of tax research, 


the principles and procedures involved in tax plan- 


ning, and the procedures involved in dealing with 
the IRS. (Seminar) Pre: 443 or 543 or equivalent. 


543 (641) Federal Taxation Seminar (3) 
Examination and discussion of the laws and ratio- 
nale affecting the federal taxation of individuals as 
well as an introduction to research in taxation. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 311 and graduate standing in 
accounting. 


544 Taxation of Corporations and Shareholders (3) 


Examination of the tax laws affecting corporations 
and shareholders. Includes law governing corpo- 
rate formation, liquidating and nonliquidating dis- 
tributions, reorganizations, taxes on corporation 


accumulations, and planning of transactions for tax 


compliance and minimization. (Lec. 3) Pre: 443 or 
permission of instructor. 


ACC 


Course Codes 


Accounting 

Adult and Extension Education 
African and African-American Studies 
Aquaculture and Fisheries Science 
Animal and Veterinary Science 
Anthropology 

Applied Mathematical Sciences 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences 
Art 

Art History 

Astronomy 

Bachelor of General Studies 
Biochemistry 

Biological Sciences 

Biomedical Sciences 

Business 

Business Analysis and Computing 
Business Law 

Chemical Engineering 
Chemistry 

Chinese 

Civil and Environmental 
Engineering 

Classics 

Communication Studies 
Communicative Disorders 
Community Planning 
Community Service 
Comparative Literature Studies 
Computer Science 

Dental Hygiene 

Economics 

Education 

Ph.D. in Education 

Electrical Engineering 
Engineering 

English 

English Language Studies 
Entomology 


EVS Environmental Sciences 

EXS Exercise Science 

FLM Film Studies 

FIN Finance 

FOS Forensic Science 

FRN French 

GEG Geography 

GEO Geosciences 

GER German 

GRK Greek 

HSA Health Services Administration 

HBW Hebrew 

HIS History 

HPR Honors Program 

HDF Human Development and Family 
Studies 

HSS Human Science and Services 

IME Industrial and Manufacturing 
Engineering 

INS Insurance 

ITR Internships and Experiential Education 

ITL Italian 

JPN Japanese 

JOR Journalism 

LRS Labor Relations and Human Resources 

LAR Landscape Architecture 

LAN Languages 

LAT Latin 

LAS Latin American Studies 

LET Letters 

LIB Library 

LSC Library and Information Studies 

LIN Linguistics 

MBA Master’s in Business Administration 

MGT Management 

MIS Management Information Systems 

MSI Management Science 

MAF Marine Affairs 

MKT Marketing 


MTH Mathematics 

MCE Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics 

MTC Medical Technology 

MIC Microbiology 

MSC Military Science 

MUS Music 

NRS Natural Resources Science 

NES New England Studies 

NUR Nursing 

NFS Nutrition and Food Sciences 

OCE Ocean Engineering 

OCG Oceanography 

PHC Pharmacy 

PHP Pharmacy Practice 

PHL Philosophy 

PEX Physical Education and Exercise 
Science 

PHT Physical Therapy 

PHY Physics 

PLS Plant Sciences 

PSC Political Science 

POR Portuguese 

PLA Prior Learning Assessment 

PSY Psychology 

PRS Public Relations 

RLS Religious Studies 

RDE Resource Development Education 

REN Resource Economics 

RUS Russian 

SOC Sociology 

SPA Spanish 

STA Statistics 

TMD Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, 
and Design 

THE Theatre 

URI University of Rhode Island Freshman 
Seminar 

WMS Women’s Studies 

WRT Writing 


S3SYNOD 


158 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


545 (644) Taxation of Flow Through Entities (3) 
Examines the federal income tax laws applicable to 
the flow through entities of partnerships and S cor- 
porations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 543. 


561 (661) Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Readings and discussions on auditing standards, 
fraud detection, ethical situations, programs, work- 
ing papers, internal control, and current auditing 
topics. (Seminar) Pre: 311 and graduate standing 
in accounting. 


562 Advanced Auditing (3) 

Statements on auditing standards, auditing elec- 
tronic systems, auditor's reports, statistical sam- 
pling in auditing, regulations of SEC, and cases in 
auditing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 461. 


581 (681) Financial Statement Analysis and 
Reporting (3) 

Development of accounting policy with respect to 
analysis of financial statements and the use of 
evaluation techniques, managerial planning and 
control. Emphasis on analytical evaluation of cases 
with major research project. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing in accounting or permission of MS in Ac- 
counting Director. 


591, 592 (691, 692) Directed Study in Accounting 
(1-3 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
and arranged to suit the individual requirements of 
the student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission 
of instructor. 


593 (693) Internship in Accounting (3) 
Participation in management and/or problem solv- 
ing under the supervision and guidance of a spon- 
soring agency with evaluation by the College of 
Business Administration. (Practicum) Pre: proposal 
acceptance by the College of Business Administra- 
tion, no previous internship credit, graduate stand- 
ing. S/U credit. 


Adult and Extension Education 
(ADE) 


491, 492 Special Problems in Adult Education 
(1-3 each) 

Specialized problems in adult and extension educa- 
tion. Seminars or supervised individual projects. 
(Independent Study) 491 topics: A, B, C are service 
learning. Pre: permission of instructor. 


African and African-American 
Studies (AAF) 


Director: Professor Hamilton 


150 Introduction to Afro-American History 
See History 150. 


201 Introduction to African American Studies (3) 
Interdisciplinary exploration of some of the pivotal 
themes and issues in the study of peoples of Afri- 
can descent. (Lec. 3) 


202 Introduction to Afro-American Culture (3) 
Interdisciplinary survey of the social origins of Afro- 
American culture. (Lec. 3) 


247 Introduction to Literature of the African 
Diaspora 
See English 247. 


248 African American Literature from 1900 to 
Present 
See English 248. 


290 African American Women: Service, 
Community and Self (3) 

Introductory course on African American women. 
Focuses on the idea of African American women’s 
service which has been a constant theme and ne- 
cessity for the African American community in 
North America. (Lec. 3) 


300 Special Topics in African and Afro-American 
Studies (3) 

Selected contemporary topics, problems, issues, 
and individuals from the field of African and Afro- 
American studies. The topical format allows in- 
depth analysis of some significant aspect of the 
African and Afro-American experience. (Lec. 3) 
Topic: Conditions for Community Service is service 
learning. Pre: 201 or 202 or permission of instruc- 
tor. May be repeated with different topic. 


330 (or ARH 330) African American Art in 
Context: A Cultural and Historical Survey | (3) 
Examines African American art and artifacts of the 
17th, 18th, and 19th centuries, highlighting the 
dominant attitudes as well as the political and 
social realities of the times. (Lec. 3) 


331 (or ARH 331) The African American Artist in 
Context: A Cultural and Historical Survey II (3) 
Examines art and artists, the trends, philosophical 
attitudes, political realities, social influences, and 
artistic styles of 20th century African American art- 
ists. (Lec. 3) 


333 Oral Interpretation of Black Literature 
See Communication Studies 333. 


352 Black Images in Film (3) 

Exploration of the cultural, economic, political, and 
ideological motivations behind the standard repre- 
sentation of people of the African Diaspora in cin- 
ema in the U.S. and other areas of the world, while 
examining film as a genre with a vocabulary and 
idiom of its own. (Lec. 3) 


359 History of Slavery in America 
See History 359. 


360 (or ENG 360) Africana Folk Life (3) 
Examination of the process of creativity, context, 
and form in the oral literary tradition of peoples of 
African descent throughout the world. (Lec. 3) In 
alternate years. Next offered fall 2003. 


362 African American Literary Genres other than 
the Short Story and Novel 
See English 362. 


363 African American Fiction 
See English 363. 


364 Contemporary African Literature 
See English 364. 


366 Black Political Thought During the Age of 
Civil Rights and Black Power 
See History 366. 


367 Contemporary African-American Political 
Thought 
See History 367. 


380 (or PSC 380) Civil Rights Movement (3) 
Major transformations in American life brought 
about by the civil rights movement in law, in social 
relations, in the role of government. Focus on the 
period between 1954 and 1968 in an effort to 
identify and evaluate the changes in government 
and civil society which occurred during this period. 
(Lec. 3) 


372 African Americans and the Legal System (3) 
Focus on constitutional changes designed to influ- 
ence the political status of African Americans in the 
United States. (Lec. 3) 


388 History of Sub-Saharan Africa 
See History 388. 


390 Directed Study or Research (3) 

Directed study arranged to meet the needs of indi- 
vidual students who desire independent work and 
to promote collective research efforts in African 
and Afro-American Studies. (Independent Study) 
Pre: permission of director. 


399 Introduction to Multicultural Psychology 
See Psychology 399. 


408 African Government and Politics 
See Political Science 408. 


410 (or PSC 410) Issues in African Development (3) 
A seminar focusing on the dynamics of African de- 
velopment, including political and social change, 
economic development, education, urbanization, 
rural development, environmental management, 
labor and business, industrialization, and technol- 
ogy transfer. (Seminar) Pre: APG 313 or PSC 201 or 
HIS 388 or permission of instructor. 


415 (or PSC 415) Dynamics of Social Change in 
the Caribbean (3) 

Exploration of the slave trade and the origins of 
Africans and people of African descent in the Carib- 


bean. Emphasis on political and economic relations 
with the U.S. and the impact of modernization. 
(Lec. 3) Not for graduate credit. 


466 Urban Problems 
See Political Science 466. 


474 Literature of the African Diaspora 
See English 474. 


498 Senior Seminar in African and Afro- 
American Studies (3) 

Study of a particular issue of the experience of 
Blacks in the diaspora from an interdisciplinary per- 
spective. Subject or theme will change yearly. Pre: 
150, 201, 202, senior standing, or permission of 
instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


Animal and Veterinary Science 
(AVS) 


Chairperson: Professor Rice 


101 Introduction to Animal Science (3) 

Animal industry's role in world and national 
economy; inheritance, growth, physiology, nutri- 
tion, and diseases of domestic animals and poultry; 
geographic distribution and marketing of animal 
products. (Lec. 3) (N) 


102 Introduction to Animal Science Laboratory (1) 
Laboratory and demonstrations of principles of the 
animal industries. (Lab. 2) Pre: credit or concurrent 
enrollment in 101. 


104 Animal Management Techniques (2) 
Lecture and laboratory in the handling skills 
needed to maintain animal comfort and productiv- 
ity. (Lec. 1, Lab. 2) Pre: 101 and 102. 


110 Freshman Seminar in Animal and 
Veterinary Science (1) 

Overview of the animal and veterinary sciences and 
the fields they encompass. Student projects, pre- 
sentations, and field trips. (Seminar) Pre: 101. 
Open only to freshmen. 


201 Companion Animal Management (3) 
Nutrition, reproduction, behavior, and manage- 
ment of companion animals. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101. 


212 Feeds and Feeding (3) 

Principles and practices of feeding farm animals, 
nutrient requirements, physiology of digestion, 
identification and comparative value of feeds, com- 
puter calculation of rations for livestock. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 2) 


301, 302 Seminar in Animal and Veterinary 
Science (1 each) 

Readings, reports, lectures, and discussions on sci- 
entific topics in animal and veterinary science. Sub- 
ject matter adapted to student and faculty interest. 
(Seminar) Pre: junior or senior standing. 


323 Animal Management | (3) 

Principles of care and management of domesti- 
cated ruminant animals including dairy cattle, beef 
cattle, sheep, and goats. Emphasis on the produc- 
tion methods of the animal industries. Participation 
in field trips required. (Lec. 3) 


324 Animal Management II (3) 

Principles of the care and management of domesti- 
cated monogastric animals including swine, horses, 
and poultry. Emphasis will be given to modern pro- 
duction methods. Participation in field trips re- 
quired. (Lec. 3) 


331 Anatomy and Physiology (3) 
Fundamentals of anatomy and physiology of 
domesticated animals. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 113 and 
junior standing. 


332 Animal Diseases (3) 
Specific diseases of avian and mammalian species; 
etiology, symptoms, and control. (Lec. 3) Pre: 331. 


333 Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory (1) 

The fundamental anatomy of domestic animals is 
examined. Demonstrations of physiological prin- 
ciples are performed. Laboratory techniques for 
screening physiological function in vivo and in vitro 
are covered. (Lab. 2) Pre: credit or concurrent en- 
rollment in 331. 


343 Behavior of Domestic Animals (3) 
Examination of the basis for, and exhibition and 
control of, behavioral patterns of domestic animals. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 101. 


365 Laboratory Animal Technology (3) 
Management of laboratory animals with emphasis 
on animal biology, breeding, care, health, research 
use, and animal welfare. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 

BIO 113. 


372 Introductory Endocrinology (3) 

Morphology and physiology of endocrine glands. 
Roles of hormones in regulation of body processes. 
Discussion of all endocrine organs and relationship 
of endocrine and nervous systems. Emphasis on 
domesticated animals and fowl. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 
104B or 113. 


390 Wildlife and Human Disease 
See Entomology 390. 


399 Animal Science Internship (1-6) 

Options in various professional experience pro- 
grams involving the animal and veterinary sciences. 
(Practicum) Pre: permission of chairperson. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. S/U credit. 


412 Animal Nutrition (3) 

Principles of animal nutrition, metabolism of carbo- 
hydrates, proteins, and fats; mineral and vitamin 
requirements; nutritive requirements for mainte- 
nance, growth, reproduction, lactation, and work. 


ACCOUNTING/ANTHROPOLOGY 159 


(Lec. 3) Pre: 212, organic chemistry, and junior 
standing. 


420 Animal Breeding and Genetics (3) 

Scientific methods for the genetic improvement of 
domesticated animals. Genetic variation and ex- 
pected results of different types of selection and 
mating systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: ASP 352 or equiva- 
lent. In alternate years. 


462 Laboratory Animal Techniques (3) 
Laboratory animal applications in clinical studies; 
research in nutrition, endocrinology, and other se- 
lected topics. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 365. 


463 Animal Veterinary Technology (3) 

Theory and application of animal health practices 
required of paraprofessionals in a veterinary prac- 
tice. The role of the veterinary assistant in a mod- 
ern clinical practice will be emphasized. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: 331. 


472 Physiology of Reproduction (3) 

Anatomy and physiology of reproduction, with em- 
phasis on domestic animals. Current experimenta- 
tion in endocrinology of reproduction is surveyed. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: BIO 113. 


491, 492 Special Projects (1-3 each) 
Work that meets the individual needs of students in 
animal and veterinary science. (Independent Study) 


500 Instructional Methods in Life Sciences (2) 
Organization and development of instructional ma- 
terial and teaching methods for graduate teaching 
assistants in the life sciences. Emphasis on practice 
presentation in classroom/lab setting. (Lec. 2) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor for 
senior undergraduate. 


508 Seminar in Biological Literature 
See Biological Sciences 508. 


591, 592 Research Problems (3 each) 

Research problems to meet individual needs of 
graduate and honors students in the fields of ani- 
mal breeding, nutrition, or physiology and food 
science. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Anthropology (APG) 


Chairperson: Professor Mederer 


200 (or LIN 200) Language and Culture (3) 
Cross-cultural survey of the interaction of culture 
and language. Introduction to various fields of lin- 
guistic research emphasizing descriptive and se- 
mantic investigations. Linguistic studies used as il- 
lustrative material. (Lec. 3) (S) 


S3aSYNOD 


160 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


201 Human Origins (3) 
The biocultural evolution of humans; review of the 
fossil record. (Lec. 3) (N) 


202 The Prehistoric Ages (3) 

Archaeological perspectives on human biological 
and cultural development from the Old Stone Age 
to the Iron Age. Emphasizes prehistoric lifeways, 
emergence of food production, earliest Old and 
New World civilizations. (Lec. 3) (S) [D] 


203 Cultural Anthropology (3) 
Anthropological approaches to the study of 
peoples and cultures around the world. (Lec. 3) (S) 


220 Introduction to the Study of Language 
See Linguistics 220. 


300 Human Fossil Record (4) 

Investigation into the biocultural evolution of 
hominids over the last 15 million years; course 
based on evidence from fossil bones, teeth, and 
paleoecological reconstruction. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 
201 or 202 or permission of instructor. 


301 The Anthropology of Nutrition (3) 
Exploration of the cultural and biological relation- 
ships of food, diet and nutrition among human 
populations. The evolutionary history of food pro- 
duction, distribution, preparation and selection will 
be considered. (Lec. 3) Pre: sophomore standing. 


302 Methods of Anthropological Inquiry (3) 
Logic, techniques, and problems in obtaining true 
information in anthropological inquiry. Problems 
from anthropological field work and use of cross- 
cultural data. (Lec. 3) Pre: 203 or permission of 
instructor. 


303 New World Prehistory (3) 

Reconstruction of American Indian cultural history 
from earliest times to the period of European dis- 
covery and colonization, using archaeological evi- 
dence and perspectives. (Lec. 3) (F) 


309 Anthropology of Religion (3) 

Religious systems of selected peoples around the 
world; examination of theories concerning the 
origins, functions, and natures of these religions. 
(Lec. 3) 


310 Topics in Anthropology (1-3) 

Analytical study of selected topics in anthropology. 
Subjects will vary according to the expertise and 
availability of instructors. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: one an- 
thropology course or permission of instructor. May 
be repeated with different topic. 


311 Native North Americans (3) 

Survey of selected North American Indian groups 
from before European contact to the present. Mod- 
ern reservation life; influence of the federal govern- 
ment on Indian life. (Lec. 3) (F) 


313 Peoples of Africa (3) 
Studies of Africa’s peoples and cultures from pre- 
historic times to the present. (Lec. 3) (F) 


315 Cultures and Societies of Latin America (3) 
Contemporary cultures and societies; emphasis on 
adjustment of the people to modern social and 
economic changes. (Lec. 3) Pre: 203 or permission 
of instructor. (F) 


317 Archaeological Method and Theory (3) 
Problems of collection and interpretation of data, 
emphasizing nature of archaeological investigation, 
classification, dating, reconstruction of social con- 
texts. Laboratory demonstrations. (Lec. 3) In alter- 
nate years. Next offered 2004-05. 


319 Cultural Behavior and Environment (3) 
Cultural adaptations made by traditional and in- 
dustrial societies to natural and human environ- 
ments using examples from prehistory and ethnog- 
raphy. (Lec. 3) In alternate years. Next offered 
2003-04. (S) 


320 Sociolinguistics 
See Linguistics 320. 


322 Anthropology of Modernization (3) 
Patterns and processes of contemporary social and 
cultural change among traditional people. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 203 or permission of instructor. 


325 The Irish (3) 

An examination of the beliefs, customs, and social 
institutions which comprise Irish life, at home and 
abroad. (Lec. 3) (F) 


327 History of Physical Anthropology (3) 

An examination of some classic works in human 
evolution and physical anthropology. Designed to 
provide an understanding of the philosophical and 
historical development of biological anthropology. 
(Lec. 3) (L) 


350 Human Variation (3) 

Anthropological investigation into the nature and 
causes of human biological diversity with emphasis 
on living populations. Students enrolled in this 
course will serve as a sample for measuring human 
variation. (Lec. 3) Pre: any 200-level anthropology 
course or permission of instructor. 


400 Evolution, Culture, and Human Disease (3) 
Investigation of the dynamic interrelationships be- 
tween culture, human disease, and evolution. En- 
compasses study of living peoples as well as our 
fossil and prehistoric ancestors, and includes infec- 
tious and chronic diseases. (Lec. 3) Pre: introduc- 
tory physical anthropology, biology, or zoology, or 
permission of instructor. 


401 History of Anthropological Theory (3) 
Theory from the sixteenth century to the present; 
readings from Tylor, Morgan, Boas, Sapir, Kroeber, 


Benedict, Malinowski, and Radcliffe-Brown. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: 203 or permission of instructor. 


405 (or PSY 405) Psychological Anthropology (3) 
Study of human behavior in different cultures em- 
ploying psychological concepts and theories. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 203 or permission of instructor. 


412 Primate Behavior and Organization (3) 
Investigation of the naturalistic behavior and orga- 
nization of nonhuman primates, and the relation- 
ship of primate data to anthropology. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
201 or permission of instructor. 


413 (or MAF 413) Peoples of the Sea (3) 
Examination of human sociocultural adaptation to 
the seas. (Lec. 3) Pre: 203 or MAF 100. Open only 
to juniors, seniors, and graduate students. 


427 Unity of Anthropology (3) 

Survey of recent advances in the subfields of an- 
thropology. Designed to help majors appreciate 
the unity of anthropology in an age of specializa- 
tion. (Seminar) Pre: junior or senior standing. 


470 Problems in Anthropology (3) 

Self-guided study and research, seminar, or indi- 
vidual program. (Independent Study) Pre: permis- 
sion of chairperson. 


Applied Mathematical Sciences 
(AMS) 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences 
(APS) 


Chairperson: Professor Needham 


314 Physical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical 
Calculations (3) 

Physicochemical properties of drug molecules and 
their effect on formulation and manufacturing of 
various dosage forms. An emphasis on necessary 
pharmaceutical calculations. (Lec. 3) Pre: third-year 
standing or permission of instructor. 


315 Biopharmaceutics (2) 

Applications of kinetics to dissolution, absorption, 
and other biopharmaceutical processes. 
Bioavailability and generic equivalence. Regulatory 
aspects of biopharmaceutics including special 
populations. (Lec. 2) Pre: third-year standing or 
permission of instructor. 


316 Pharmacy Law and Ethics (3) 
Basic principles of law and ethics as applied to fed- 
eral, state and local acts, regulation, and practices 


encountered in professional practice. Specific 
attention to liabilities of pharmacists in decisions; 
actions involving sale of medicinals, poisons, nar- 
cotics. (Lec. 2. Rec. 1) Pre: third-year standing or 
permission of instructor. 


318 Pharmacy Technology Laboratory (1) 
Prescription processing and compounding tech- 
niques for pharmaceutical dosage forms. (Lab. 3) 
Pre: third-year standing or permission of instructor. 


324 Pharmaceutical Technology (3) 

A review of the methods of manufacture and evalu- 
ation of drug delivery systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: third- 
year standing or permission of instructor. 


352 Personal Cosmetics (3) 

Formulation and manufacture of various types of 
personal cosmetics and toilet preparations. Ex- 
amples of types studied are prepared in laboratory. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 350. 


403 Pharmacokinetics | (3) 

Pharmacokinetics of drug distribution, metabolism, 
and elimination. Compartmental models, pharma- 
cokinetic modeling, development of dosage regi- 
mens. (Lec. 3) Pre: fifth-year standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


404 (or PHP 404) Pharmacokinetics II (3) 
Applied pharmacokinetics; therapeutic drug moni- 
toring, individualization of doses. (Lec. 3) Pre: fifth- 
year standing or permission of instructor. 


406 Pharmacy Retailing (3) 

Effect of economic trends and marketing changes 
on the retail distribution of pharmaceuticals and 
allied products, particularly as they affect the pro- 
fessional practice of pharmacy. (Lec. 3) Pre: permis- 
sion of chairperson. Not for graduate credit. 


411 (or PHP 411 or STA 411) Biostatistics II (3) 
An overview of statistical methods used in perform- 
ing research in pharmacotherapeutics and 
pharmaco-epidemiology. Emphasis on understand- 
ing both common study designs and the output 
from statistical analysis of data obtained from these 
studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: fourth-year standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


440 Public Health Practicum in Infectious 
Disease Control 
See Microbiology 440. 


453 Drug Marketing Principles (2) 

Modern methods of merchandising, agencies in- 
volved in marketing drug products; their functions, 
particularly as they affect the community pharmacy 
phase of professional practice. (Lec. 2) Pre: fifth- 
year standing, ECN 201, or permission of chairper- 
son. Not for graduate credit. 


ANTHROPOLOGY/APPLIED PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 


480 Prepaid Drug Plans (3) 

Institutional relationships involved in the prescrib- 
ing, dispensing, and prepayment of drugs. Prob- 
lems of interference with pharmaceutical or medi- 
cal practice arising from different types of 
prepayment plans. Actual experience, laws, and 
court decisions, abuse and controls. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
349 and 453, or equivalent. Not for graduate 
credit. 


497, 498 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Method of carrying out a specific research project. 
Literature search, planning, laboratory work, writ- 

ing an acceptable report. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. 


503 Health Systems I (2) 

Introduction to the principles of financial analysis, 
personal management, pharmaceutical marketing, 
organizational behavior, inventory control, and 
health policy. Principles as they relate to health 
care delivery with an emphasis on planning sys- 
tems. (Lec. 2) Pre: fifth-year standing or permission 
of instructor. 


504 Health Systems II (3) 

Analysis and interpretation of the health care deliv- 
ery system from the perspectives of organizational 
structure and program analysis. Emphasis on 
pharmacoeconomic aspects of quality of life issues, 
outcome measurements, reimbursement systems, 
and drug utilization evaluation. (Lec. 3) Pre: fifth- 
year standing or permission of instructor. 


515 (or PHP 515) Pharmacy Practice 

Laboratory I (1) 

Simulated practice sessions designed to develop 
the delivery of pharmaceutical care, including pre- 
scription processing, use of patient profiles, com- 
munication with patients and health care profes- 
sionals, pharmaco-epidemiology, and physical 
assessment. (Lab. 3) Pre: fifth-year standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


516 (or PHP 516) Pharmacy Practice 

Laboratory Il (1) 

Simulated practice sessions designed to develop 
the delivery of pharmaceutical care, including pre- 
scription processing, use of patient profiles, com- 
munication with patients and health care profes- 
sionals, pharmaco-epidemiology, and physical 
assessment. (Lab. 3) Pre: fifth-year standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


530 Fundamentals of Cosmetic Science (3) 
Study of the fundamentals of the function and be- 
havior of skin, hair, and nails and their reactivity to 
cosmetic raw materials. Properties of cosmetic in- 
gredients will also be addressed. (Lec. 3) Pre: per- 
mission of instructor. 


161 


531 Basic Research in Cosmetic Science (2) 
Laboratory exercises in the form of individual 
projects designed to provide an understanding of 
the basic properties and behavior of skin, hair, and 
nails. Assessment of cosmetic product performance 
and the basic properties of cosmetic ingredients. 
(Lab.) Pre: permission of instructor. 


532 Cosmetic Product Formulation (2) 

Provides a basic understanding of cosmetic prod- 
ucts, technology, and quality control; improves for- 
mulation skills with a particular emphasis on the 
application of new technological developments in 
cosmetic preparation. (Lab. 2) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


533 Behavioral Skills in Pharmacy (3) 
Communication skills, behavioral aspects of illness, 
and the social and ethical considerations of clinical 
pharmacy. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


535 Pharmacokinetics (3) 

The principles and application of clinical pharma- 
cokinetics for advanced pharmacy students. Devel- 
oping, modifying, and evaluating dosage regimens. 
(Lec. 3) 


540 Principles, Methods, and Applications of 
Epidemiology (3) 

An introduction to epidemiology, the study of 
health and disease in populations. Epidemiologic 
methods and research design for conducting and 
interpreting health research. (Lec. 3) Pre: STA 307 
or permission of instructor. 


550 Pharmacoepidemiology (3) 

The application of epidemiologic principles to the 
study of drug effects in human populations. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 540 or permission of instructor. 


570 Case Studies in Pharmacy Law (3) 

Case studies and a detailed analysis of the FDC, 
Controlled Substances Act, and health insurance 
laws. (Lec. 3) Pre: 351. 


571 Biotechnology Product Evaluation and 
Development 
See Medical Technology 571. 


580 Pharmacoeconomic Analysis (3) 

Introduction to methodologic approaches utilized 
in economic evaluation of drug use and therapy in 
community and managed care settings, and clinical 
trials, including the FDA approval process and li- 
ability issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: STA 307 of equivalent, or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


S3aSYNOD 


162 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


621 Manufacturing Pharmacy | (2) 

Theory and practice in the manufacture of pharma- 
ceuticals and the principles of operation of the 
equipment used for their production. (Lec. 2) In 
alternate years. 


622 Manufacturing Pharmacy II (3) 

Theories applied to the manufacture of pharmaceu- 
ticals with an emphasis on formulation consider- 
ations and principles of operation of equipment 
used for their production. (Lec. 3) Pre: 621. In al- 
ternate years. 


623 Manufacturing Pharmacy Laboratory (2) 
Practical application of the principles of all aspects 
of dose-form manufacture, including an emphasis 
on good manufacturing practices. (Lab.) Pre: credit 
or concurrent enrollment in 622. 


631 Advanced Physical Pharmacy (4) 

Theory and application of physical chemical prin- 
ciples to problems in pharmaceutical research, with 
emphasis on methods by which properties of new 
medicinal agents are determined. (Lec. 4) Pre: per- 
mission of instructor. 


633 Advanced Physical Pharmacy Laboratory (1) 
Laboratory exercises dealing with the physical- 
chemical principles used in the evaluation of phar- 
maceutical substances. (Lab. 4) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


640 Epidemiologic Methods for the Health 
Sciences (2) 

A focus on quantitative methods used in epidemio- 
logic and health-related research. Students will 
learn to analyze and interpret data from large-scale 
observational studies and will be exposed to prob- 
lematic situations in research design and data 
analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 540, STA 412, or permission 
of instructor. 


651, 652 Health Care Systems I, II (3 each) 
Arrangements for utilizing pharmaceutical re- 
sources in public and private systems of health care 
in the United States and other countries. Variations 
in quality and distribution of care among socioeco- 
nomic groups. (Lec. 3) Pre: 480 and STA 308 or 
409, or equivalent. In alternate years. 


660 Industrial Project (Pharmaceutics) (3) 

A research project directed by the major professor 
on a topic in industrial pharmacy. A report must be 
submitted to the department faculty. The project 
will normally be conducted off campus. (Lab.) Pre: 
graduate standing in pharmaceutics. 


670 Advanced Pharmacokinetics (2) 
Application of classical compartmental and 
noncompartmental analyses to drug absorption 
and disposition in linear and nonlinear systems. 
(Lec. 2) Pre: 535 or permission of instructor. 


680 The Legal Environment in Health 
Administration (3) 

Application of specialized statutory and regulatory 
provisions in federal and state law to the delivery of 
health care. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing. 


693, 694 Seminar (1 each) 

Seminar discussions including presentation of pa- 
pers on selected topics in pharmacy. (Seminar) Re- 
quired of all graduate students, with a maximum of 
1 credit allowed per year. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 2 credits for M.S. candidates. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 5 credits for Ph.D. can- 
didates. 


697, 698 Research in Applied Pharmaceutical 
Sciences (1-3 each) 

Literature survey, laboratory work, and a detailed 
research report on one or more assigned topics in 
pharmacy. (Independent Study) 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Aquaculture and Fisheries 
Science (AFS) 


Chairperson: Professor Rice 


101 Freshman Inquiry into Fisheries and 
Aquaculture (1) 

Introduction for freshmen to the opportunities, ca- 
reers, research activities, applied outreach, and 
educational programs in fisheries and aquaculture. 
Interact weekly with faculty. Explore hands-on 
modules. (Lec. 1) S/U credit. 


102 Introductory Aquaculture (3) 

Aquaculture and its historical development world- 
wide, its contribution to food supply, non-food 
species, methods of production, environmental and 
ecological considerations, culture practices em- 
ployed for selected species, selective breeding, 
feeding, disease, processing and marketing. (Lec 3) 


120 Introduction to Fisheries (2) 

Introduction to international fishery issues, prac- 
tices, patterns, and public policy based on readings 
and discussion in a tutorial setting. Concurrent reg- 
istration in 121 required. (Lec. 2) 


121 Introduction to Fisheries Laboratory (1) 
Introduction to local fisheries and selected 
nearshore fishery ecosystems; exposure to use and 
operation of exemplary fishing and sampling gears 
in local fresh waters and estuaries. Concurrent reg- 
istration in 120 required. (Lab. 3) 


190 (or BCH, MIC, NRS, PLS 190) Issues in 
Biotechnology (3) 

Introduction to modern biotechnology in medical, 
pharmaceutical, forensic, agricultural, marine, and 


environmental applications. Consideration of 
ethical, environmental, health and social issues. 
(Lec. 3) 


201 Shellfish Aquaculture (3) 

Culture of marine and freshwater mollusks. Empha- 
sis on life history, biological requirements, culture 
practices, and economic importance of major spe- 
cies used for human food or shell products. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: 102 and one semester of general 
chemistry. 


210 Introduction to the Marine Environment (3) 
Introduction to estuarine, coastal, and oceanic en- 
vironments; physical and biological processes af- 
fecting basins, bottoms, water properties, marine 
life, and the atmosphere. (Lec. 3) 


211 Introduction to the Marine Environment 
Laboratory (3) 

Laboratory exercises on the marine environment. 
Unit conversions, measuring physical features and 
times, chart work and positioning problems, mea- 
suring and processing physical marine parameters, 
beach and submerged landscape profiling. (Lab. 2) 


270 Basic Scuba Diving in Science and 
Technology (3) 

Rigorous introduction to scuba diving including 
equipment, diving physics, no-decompression and 
decompression diving, basic skills, and safety. Em- 
phasis on development of basic knowledge and 
skills appropriate for a diving scientist or techni- 
cian. Open Water Diver Certification by the Na- 
tional Association of Underwater Instructors is pro- 
vided. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: scuba diving physical 
examination and demonstration of strong swim- 
ming skills. 


290 Small Boats: Their Equipment and 
Operation (3) 

Principles and practices of vessel operation, from 
outboard skiffs to small trawlers. Basic nomencla- 
ture, navigation, and shiphandling. Rigging and 
working gear used in marine resource develop- 
ment. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 


315 Living Aquatic Resources (3) 

Survey of major aquatic resource groups; life histo- 
ries, distribution, and exploitation of representative 
finfishes, mollusks, and crustacea in major fisheries 
ecosystems; management practices and patterns of 
fisheries development. (Lec. 3) Pre: 210 and BIO 
113 or 101 or at least one semester of general ani- 
mal biology. 


316 Living Aquatic Resources Laboratory (1) 
Study of representative organisms of major re- 
source groups; finfish taxonomy, anatomy, and os- 
teology; exemplary mollusks and crustacea; intro- 
duction to larval fishes and fish age estimation; 
character analysis. (Lab. 3) Pre: concurrent registra- 
tion in 315. Offered in fall of odd-numbered years. 


321 World Fishing Methods (3) 

Survey of the fish-catching methods of the world; 
methods of fish detection; development of the ba- 
sic techniques used in fishing gear construction 
and maintenance. (Lec. 3) Pre: 210 or permission 
of instructor. 


341 Marine Propulsion Systems (4) 

Detailed study of marine propulsion systems in- 
cluding gasoline, diesel, and steam. Emphasis on 
the principles and practices of construction, opera- 
tion, maintenance, and testing. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) 


342 Marine Auxiliary Systems (4) 

Detailed study of ship’s auxiliary systems, including 
AC and DC electrical generating and distribution 
systems, the application of hydraulics to operate 
deck machinery and steering systems, and refrig- 
eration systems used aboard ship. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) 


343 Vessel Repair and Maintenance (3) 
In-depth study of the design, construction, and re- 


pair of vessels made of wood, fiberglass, and metal. 


Emphasis on the use of each material, its compara- 
tive cost, and good maintenance techniques. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 3) 


352 General Genetics 
See Plant Sciences 352. 


355 Genetics Laboratory 
See Plant Sciences 355. 


362 Crustacean Aquaculture (3) 

Reproductive biology, breeding, culture systems, 
nutrition, genetics and ecology of selected species 
of cultured crustaceans. Representative species of 
penaeid shrimp, freshwater prawns, crayfish, crabs, 
lobsters, and brine shrimp will be discussed. Of- 
fered spring of odd numbered years. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
201 and 202. 


390 Vessel Operations (3) 

Vessel operations in commercial applications in- 
cluding commercial fishing, dive boat, and recre- 
ational fishing. Preparation for U.S. Coast Guard 
license examination. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 290 or 
permission of instructor. 


391, 392 Special Problems and Independent 
Study (1-3 each) 

Special work to meet individual needs of students 
in various fields of fisheries and marine technology. 
(Independent Study) 


400 Diseases of Cultured Fish (3) 

Nature, causes, diagnosis, and spread of diseases 
limiting piscine freshwater and marine aquaculture 
projects. Emphasis on prevention, control, and 
treatment of more common diseases affecting 
hatchery management. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102; BIO 201 
or AVS 331. 


APPLIED PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES/AQUACULTURE AND FISHERIES SCIENCE 163 


401 Pathobiology (3) 

Mechanisms and causes of disease in homeother- 
mic and poikilothermic vertebrates. Cell death, in- 
flammation, infection, metabolic disorders, and 
neoplasis in relation to fish, reptiles, birds, and 
mammals. Effects of disease at the cellular, tissue, 
organ, and organismal levels with a medical orien- 
tation. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 201 or AVS 331. 


415 Fishery Science (3) 

Biology of aquatic resource animals, fisheries men- 
suration and assessment, fisheries ecology, fishing 
methods, aquatic resource management and con- 
servation, fish and shellfish farming. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
315 and college mathematics; concurrent registra- 
tion in 416. 


416 Fishery Science Laboratory (1) 

Practices and techniques of fisheries science. Field 
exercises in local model estuary and lake ecosys- 
tems; sampling methods; enumerating and docu- 
menting collections; measuring and reporting envi- 
ronmental attributes; estimating population 
parameters. (Lab. 2) Pre: concurrent registration in 
415. 


421 Design of Fish Capture Systems (3) 
Detailed study of the design considerations and 
methods of construction of specific representative 
commercial and scientific sampling fish capture 
gear. Full-scale and model nets are designed, con- 
structed, and tested. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 321 or 
permission of instructor. 


425 Aquaculture and the Environment (3) 
Impacts of aquaculture practices on the environ- 
ment, including habitat alteration, release of drugs 
and chemicals, and interaction of cultured and wild 
organisms. Methods to reduce or eliminate those 
impacts: modeling, siting and monitoring of 
aquaculture facilities; use of polyculture and water 
reuse systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102. 


432 Marine Finfish Aquaculture (3) 

Culture of non-salmonid marine fish worldwide, 
with emphasis on the hatchery phase. Broodstock, 
larval rearing, live and formulated feeds, grow-out 
systems, stock enhancement. Requires student 
project on facility design. Pre: 102. 


433 Research Diving Methods (3) 

Underwater methods used to assess biological, 
physical, chemical, and geological characteristics of 
estuarine and coastal environments are presented 
and used to investigate seasonal changes in these 
parameters in the Narragansett Bay environment. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: scuba certification and permis- 
sion of instructor. 


434 Aquatic Food Quality and Processing (4) 
See Nutrition and Food Sciences 434 


476 Genetics of Fish (3) 

Modes of inheritance found in fish including chro- 
mosome number, polyploidy, sex determination, 
and hybridization. Heritabilities, methods of selec- 
tion, and mating systems used in the development 
of fish suited for intensive culture. (Lec. 3) Pre: 352. 


481 Shellfish Aquaculture Laboratory (2) 
Detailed study of hatchery, nursery, and grow-out 
techniques for the production of bivalve mollusks. 
Culture of phytoplankton, conditioning of 
broodstock, spawning, larviculture, settlement, 
metamorphosis, nursery and grow-out methods. 
(Lab. 6) Pre: 201 or permission of instructor. Of- 
fered fall of odd-numbered years. 


483 Salmonid Aquaculture (3) 

Principles of salmonid aquaculture, including cul- 
turing, spawning, incubation, feed formulation and 
feeding, disease control, genetics, systems man- 
agement, harvesting, and transport. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
2) Pre: 102 or equivalent. 


486 Applied Physiology of Fish (3) 

Functions of the organ systems of fish, regulation 
of physiological functions and environmental inter- 
actions. Emphasis on the teleosts. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 
341 or equivalent. 


491, 492 Special Projects (1-3 each) 
Work that meets the individual needs of students in 
aquaculture. (Independent Study) 


501, 502 Seminar (1 each) 

Preparation and presentation of scientific papers on 
selected subjects in animal pathology and virology. 
(Seminar) 


508 Seminar in Biological Literature 
See Biological Sciences 508. 


516 Early Life History of Aquatic Resource 
Animals (3) 

Biology and ecology of juvenile and planktonic 
commercially important species; dynamics of re- 
production, fecundity, growth, distribution, and 
behavior as modulated by the physical environ- 
ment; identification, enumeration, and sampling. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 415 and STA 308. 


521 Evaluation of Fish Capture System (3) 
Evaluation of fish capture system behavior and per- 
formance using empirical, theoretical, model scal- 
ing, and statistical analysis techniques. Field and 
laboratory measurement procedures. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
3) Pre: 421 or permission of instructor. 


531 Fisheries Stock Assessment (3) 

A quantitative approach to describing the pro- 
cesses of fish growth and mortality, the estimation 
of stock size, the prediction of stock yield and man- 
agement practices. Spreadsheets and other micro- 
computer applications will be used for analysis and 
modeling. (Lec 2, Lab 3) Pre: 415, STA 409 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


S3aSYNOD 


164 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


532 Experimental Design 
See Statistics 532. 


534 (or MIC 534) Animal Virology (3) 

Basic properties, classification, and evolution of ani- 
mal viruses. Individual agents are studied in detail. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: MIC 432, 533, or permission of chair- 
person. 


536 (or MIC 536) Virology Laboratory (2) 
Methods employed in diagnosis and for the investi- 
gation of the biological, physical, and chemical 
properties of animal viruses. (Lab. 6) Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 534. 


538 (or MIC 538) Epidemiology of Viral and 
Rickettsial Diseases (2) 

Principles of epidemiology. Interrelationships of 
host, environment, and agent in viral and rickettsial 
diseases. (Lec. 2) Pre: credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 534. In alternate years. 


555, 556 Pathology Rotation (3 each) 

Applied anatomical and clinical pathology of 
aquatic animals including necropsy duty and/or 
clinical hematology, chemistry, microbiology, para- 
sitology. Attendance at weekly histopathology 
seminar and research/case report required. (Lab. 6) 
Pre: one course in histology or BIO 327, MIC 432, 
or permission of instructor. In alternate years. 


581 Current Topics in Molluscan Aquaculture (3) 
Review and critical analysis of recent literature 
within the field of molluscan biology with emphasis 
on application to mariculture techniques. Student 
presentation of selected topics and field trips to 
state-of-the-art mariculture facilities. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or senior standing with permis- 
sion of instructor. 


584 Advanced Aquaculture Systems (3) 
Development of design criteria, operational analy- 
sis, and management of selected species in water 
reuse systems. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) In alternate years. 


586 Fish Nutrition (3) 

Digestion and metabolism of carbohydrate, pro- 
tein, and lipids by fish. Role of vitamins and miner- 
als in metabolism and associative nutritional dis- 
eases resulting from deficiencies. Inadvertent toxic 
factors in fish feeds. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412 and CHM 
228 or equivalent. In alternate years. 


591, 592 Special Projects (1-3 each) 

Research projects in animal pathology, virology, 
and aquaculture. (Independent Study) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of chairperson. 


930 Workshop in Aquaculture Topics for 
Teachers (0-3) 

Designed especially for teachers of science. Basic 
topics in aquaculture from an advanced or peda- 
gogical perspective. Pre: teacher certification. 


Art (ART) 
Chairperson: Professor Roworth 


002 Sophomore Review (0) 

Presentation by majors of a broad selection of their 
previous college-level work for review by faculty. 
(Studio) Pre: 101, 103, 207, and ARH 120. 


101 Two-Dimensional Studio (3) 

Exploration of principles of visual organization re- 
lating primarily to formulations on the two-dimen- 
sional surface by means of fundamental studies and 
assignments in studio techniques. (Studio 6) (A) 


103 Three-Dimensional Studio (3) 

Introduction to problems in three-dimensional or- 
ganization. Observations from objects with discus- 
sion and application to simple mold and casting 
techniques. Introduction to the use of basic materi- 
als, clay, plaster, and wood. (Studio 6) (A) 


203 Color (3) 

Visual perception of color and manipulation of light 
as they pertain to two- or three-dimensional formu- 
lations. (Studio 6) (A) 


204 Digital Art and Design I (3) 

Introduction to various digital technologies used in 
the production of fine art and applied design. Stu- 
dents gain the basic technical skills and theoretical 
knowledge of digital still imaging, animation and 
interactivity information design. (Studio 6) 


207 Drawing | (3) 

Visual perception and observation, using nature 
structures, drawing from models, still life, and land- 
scape; exercises in basic drawing techniques and 
principles. (Studio 6) (A) 


208 Drawing II (3) 

Advanced practice in graphic conceptions; exer- 
cises in spatial problems, organizing relationships 
of abstract forms and structures; advanced drawing 
media. (Studio 6) Pre: 207. 


213 Photography I (3) 

Introduction to photography, exploration of re- 
lated techniques using light-sensitive materials. 
(Studio 6) 


215 Video and Filmmaking | (3) 

Introduction to basic filmmaking and video tech- 
niques and theories of moving images. Emphasis 
on film and video as artistic media. Required 
projects and readings. (Studio 6) May be repeated 
for a maximum of 6 credits with permission of in- 
structor. May be taken once for General Education 
credit (A) 


221 Painting | (3) 

Techniques of painting, utilizing as reference the 
natural and man-made environments. Traditional 
and contemporary materials. (Studio 6) Pre: 101 

and 207. 


231 Printmaking | (3) 

Introduction to intaglio and lithographic processes, 
with an emphasis on image development and 
workshop procedures. (Studio 6) Pre: 101 or 207 
or permission of instructor. (A) 


233 Relief Printing and Typography | (3) 
Introduction to basic elements of graphic design; 
letter forms, their relationship to the page and to 
the image. Various traditional and modern repro- 
duction techniques, workshop practice in typeset- 
ting and layout. (Studio 6) Pre: 101 or permission 
of chairperson. (A) 


243 Sculpture | (3) 

Formation of three-dimensional forms employing 
basic sculptural materials and techniques. Basic 
media, emphasis on form, material, and structural 
means in studio practice. (Studio 6) Pre: 103 or 
permission of instructor. 


300 Art Gallery Internship (3) 

Curatorial responsibilities taught through hands-on 
experience in exhibition programs including: exhi- 
bition research, production of interpretive texts 
and lectures, art object preparation, registration, 
and installation. (Practicum) Pre: junior standing 
and permission of instructor and chairperson. S/U 
only. 


301 Projects in Studio (3) 

Studio projects under guidance of instructor se- 
lected by student (Independent Study) Pre: permis- 
sion of chairperson and instructor. 


303 Topics in Studio (3) 

Selected topics based on particular materials, tech- 
niques, or thematic premises. Topics and semesters 
to be announced. (Studio 6) Pre: art major status, 
or permission of instructor or chairperson. May be 
repeated for credit with permission of instructor 
and chairperson. Fall 2003: Collage; Spring 2004: 
figure drawing and painting. 


304 Digital Art and Design II (3) 

Continuation of 204 with an emphasis on the de- 
velopment of professional quality resources, con- 
tent and output. Assignments cover the fundamen- 
tal elements of graphic design in the digital 
environment and the cross influences between fine 
art, mass media and new media. (Studio 6) Pre: 204. 


305 Photographic Alternatives (3) 

Topics emphasize possibilities in photographic 
themes and techniques, including alternative pro- 
cesses, collotype, and studio practice. (Studio 6) 
Pre: 213 and permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated with permission of instructor and chairperson. 


306 Digital Art and Design III (3) 

Continuation of 304 with an emphasis on contem- 
porary issues related to art, information technol- 
ogy, and social influence. Students are required to 
develop web-based projects. (Studio 6) Pre: 304. 


307 Art Studio Internship (3 or 6) 

Work in an institution, agency, or organization su- 
pervised by an art professional and a studio faculty 
member. Activities, expectations, performance as- 
sessments, hours, and credits determined through 
prior consultation. (Practicum) Limit of 6 credits 
toward graduation. Pre: junior standing in the B.A. 
or B.F.A. studio program and permission of chair- 
person. S/U only. 


309 Drawing III (3) 

Further problems in drawing with emphasis on in- 
dependent work. (Studio 6) Pre: 208 or permission 
of instructor. 


314 Photography II (3) 
Continuation of 213. (Studio 6) Pre: 213. May be 
repeated for credit with permission of instructor. 


316 Video and Filmmaking II (3) 

Continuation of 215 with added emphasis on 
sound. Required projects and reading. (Studio 6) 
Pre: 215. May be repeated once for credit with per- 
mission of instructor. 


322 Painting II (3) 
Continuation of 221. (Studio 6) Pre: 221. May be 
repeated for credit with permission of instructor. 


332 Printmaking II (3) 

Continuation of 231 with introduction to color li- 
thography. Contemporary viewpoints and their re- 
lationship to traditional printmaking, with empha- 
sis on individual image development. (Studio 6) 
Pre: 231. 


334 Relief Printing and Typography II (3) 
Continuation of 233. Applications of previous stud- 
ies to experimental workshop assignments leading 
to production of book pages, folders, posters, and 
other visual material incorporating type and print 
in a contemporary idiom. (Studio 6) Pre: 233 or 
permission of chairperson. May be repeated for 
credit with permission of instructor. 


337 Printmaking III (3) 
Semi-independent work in printmaking media. In- 
troduction of aluminum plate and photo-lithogra- 
phy. (Studio 6) Pre: 332. 


344 Sculpture II (3) 

Continuation of 243. (Studio 6) Pre: 243 or permis- 
sion of instructor. May be repeated for a maximum 
of 6 credits with permission of instructor. 


404 Digital Art and Design IV (3) 

Independent work in digital art and design under 
the supervision of instructor. Students present 
project proposals and are guided in the develop- 
ment of a professional multimedia portfolio. (Stu- 
dio 6) Pre: 306 and permission of instructor and 
department chair. 


AQUACULTURE AND FISHERIES SCIENCE/ART HISTORY 165 


405, 406 Studio Seminar (3 each) 

Intensive self-directed work under guidance of in- 
structor. Periodic critiques and discussion of work 
of all participants. (Studio 6) Pre: Limited to senior 
B.A. and B.F.A. Studio Art Majors with 3.0 or above 
as studio course average and permission of 
instructor. 


410 Drawing IV (3) 

Independent work in drawing under the supervi- 
sion of instructor. (Studio 6) Pre: 309 and permis- 
sion of instructor. May be repeated for credit with 
permission of instructor and department chair. 


415 Photography III (3) 

Independent work in photography under the su- 
pervision of instructor. (Studio 6) Pre: 314 and per- 
mission of instructor. May be repeated for credit 
with permission of instructor and department 
chair. 


417 Video and Filmmaking III (3) 

Independent work in video and filmmaking under 
the supervision of instructor. (Studio 6) Pre: 316 
and permission of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit with permission of instructor and depart- 
ment chair. 


423 Painting III (3) 

Independent work in painting under the supervi- 
sion of the instructor. (Studio 6) Pre: 322 and per- 
mission of instructor. May be repeated for credit 
with permission of instructor and department 
chair. 


435 Relief Printing and Typography III (3) 
Independent work in relief printing and typogra- 
phy under the supervision of instructor. (Studio 6) 
Pre: 334 and permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated for credit with permission of instructor and 
department chair. 


438 Printmaking IV (3) 

Independent work in printmaking media under su- 
pervision of instructor. (Studio 6) Pre: 337 and per- 
mission of instructor. May be repeated for credit 
with permission of instructor and department 
chair. 


445 Sculpture III (3) 

Independent work in sculpture under the supervi- 
sion of instructor. (Studio 6) Pre: 344 and permis- 
sion of instructor. May be repeated for credit with 
permission of instructor and department chair. 


501 Graduate Studio Seminar (3) 

Intensive independent studio work under guidance 
of instructors. Periodic critiques and discussions re- 
lated to work of all participants in the course. (Stu- 
dio 6) Pre: 48 credits in studio. 


Art History (ARH) 


Chairperson: Professor Roworth 


120 Introduction to Art (3) 

Fundamental principles of the visual arts, evolution 
of styles and conceptions through the ages in dif- 
ferent forms of creative expression. (Lec. 3) (A) [D] 


184 Architecture: An Introduction (3) 

An introduction to the theory and history of archi- 
tecture, considering aesthetic issues, social func- 
tion, and the impact of technological change. Ma- 
terial will be presented in slide lectures and field 
visits to architectural sites. (Lec. 3) (A) 


251 Introduction to History of Art (3) 

The development of architecture, sculpture, and 
painting from prehistory through the Middle Ages. 
(Lec. 3) (A) 


252 Introduction to History of Art (3) 

The development of architecture, sculpture, and 
painting from the early Renaissance to the present. 
(Lec. 3) (A) 


284 Introductory Topics in Architectural History (3) 
Consideration of the history of architecture and 
city planning through surveys of selected periods 
and themes. (Lec. 3) May be repeated for a maxi- 
mum of 6 credits with permission of instructor. 
May be taken once for General Education 

credit. (A) 


285 Women in Art (3) 

Survey of images of women throughout the history 
of art in Europe and America; investigation of the 
roles of women as patrons and artists in art history. 
(Lec. 3) (A) 


300 Art History Internship (3-6) 

Internship in an approved professional organization 
(such as museum, gallery, preservation society, 
auction house). Specific details determined in con- 
sultation with faculty supervisor and off-campus 
liaison, and approved by chairperson. (Practicum) 
May be taken in one semester or repeated for a 
maximum of 6 credits. S/U only. 


330 African American Art in Context: A Cultural 
and Historical Survey | 

See African and African American Studies 330. Next 
offered spring 2003. 


331 The African American Artist in Context: A 
Cultural and Historical Survey II 
See African and African American Studies 331. 


354 The Art of Greece and Rome (3) 
Developments in architecture, painting, and sculp- 
ture in Greece and Rome from 800 B.C. to 400 
A.D. Brief analysis of the art of the Aegean from 
2500 to 1500 B.C. (Lec. 3) Pre: 251 or permission 
of chairperson. (F) 


SaSYNOD 


166 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


356 Medieval Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture, architecture, and minor arts of 
the Middle Ages from 500 to 1400 in Western 
Europe. (Lec. 3) Pre: 251 or permission of chair- 
person. (F) 


359 Baroque Art (3) 

Developments in painting, sculpture, and architec- 
ture in Italy and northern Europe from 1600 to 
1750. (Lec. 3) Pre: 251 or 252 or permission of in- 
structor. (A) (F) 


363 Modern Art: Nineteenth and Twentieth 
Centuries (3) 

A survey of trends in the visual arts over the last 
two centuries with emphasis on defining a “mod- 
ern” aesthetic. Painting, sculpture, performance, 
conceptual, and related arts will be discussed. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 251 or 252 or permission of instructor. (F) 


364 American Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture, and architecture from their ori- 
gins in the seventeenth century to the present; em- 
phasis on the nineteenth century. (Lec. 3) Pre: 251 

or 252. (A) 


365 Renaissance Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture, and architecture of Italy and 
northern Europe from 1400 to 1600. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
251 or 252 or permission of instructor. (F) 


371, 372 Projects in Art History |, Il (3 each) 
Directed study in art history under guidance of in- 
structor selected by student. The student may se- 
lect a different instructor for 371 and 372. (Inde- 
pendent Study) Pre: permission of chairperson and 
instructor. 


374 Topics in Film (3) 

Explores the social, historical, and aesthetic devel- 
opment of the cinema from 1895 to the present. 
Lectures (3 hours) and required film screenings. 
(Lec. 3) May be repeated for a maximum of 6 cred- 
its with permission of instructor. (A) 


375 Topics in the History of Photography (3) 
Explores the social, historical, and aesthetic devel- 
opment of photography from 1826 to the present. 
(Lec. 3) May be repeated for a maximum of 6 cred- 
its with permission of instructor. 


376 History of Animation (3) 

Traces the development of animation from the pre- 
history of animation to the present. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
251, 252, or permission of instructor. Next offered 
fall 2003. 


377 The History of Experimental Film (3) 

Traces the development of experimental cinema in 
the context of modern art. (Lec. 3) Pre: 251, 252, 

or permission of instructor. Next offered fall 2004. 


380 Topics in Art and Architectural History (3) 
Selected topics, themes, and issues in the history of 
the visual arts. (Lec. 3) Pre: 251 or 252 or permis- 


sion of instructor. May be repeated with a different 
topic for maximum of 6 credits. Fall 2003: Contem- 
porary Sculpture-Public and Private Monuments. 


461 Topics in Methods, Theory, and Criticism (3) 
Art history methods or selected topics in the theory 
and criticism of art. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated for credit with per- 
mission of instructor. Next offered spring 2004. 


462 Contemporary Art Seminar: Art Since 1945 (3) 
Analysis of contemporary work and its relation to 
earlier movements. (Seminar) Pre: 363. May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 6 credits with permission 
of instructor. 


469, 470 Art History: Senior Projects (3-6 each) 
Intensive, independent work on a project deter- 
mined by consultation with the student's project 
advisor. (469, Independent Study; 470, Tutorial) 
Pre: senior standing, art history major, permission 
of chairperson. 


480 Advanced Topics in European and American 
Art (3) 

Consideration of the history of European and 
American art through analysis of selected periods 
or themes. (Seminar) Pre: permission of instructor. 
May be repeated for credit with a different topic. 
Fall 2003: Artemisia Gentileschi-Art, Biography, 
Gender 


Astronomy (AST) 
Chairperson: Professor Northby 


108 Introductory Astronomy (3) 

Celestial sphere, earth as an astronomical body, 
sun, motions and characteristics of members of so- 
lar system, constellations, constitution of stars and 
nebulae. Planetarium used freely for lectures and 
demonstration. (Lec. 3) (N) 


334 Optics 
See Physics 334. 


483, 484 Laboratory and Research Problems in 
Physics 
See Physics 483, 484. 


491, 492 Special Problems 
See Physics 491, 492. 


Bachelor of General Studies 
(BGS) 


Coordinator: A. Hubbard 


100 Pro-Seminar (3) 

Introduction to critical approaches to learning with 
emphasis on reading and rhetorical skills appropri- 

ate to college students. Must be taken concurrently 
with URI 101. S/U credit. (Cw) 


350 Directed Study or Research (1-6) 

Directed research or study designed to meet the 
particular needs of individual students. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: permission of the academic depart- 
ment chairperson and the BGS Program Coordinator. 
May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 


390 Social Science Seminar (6) 

Exploration of the social sciences for BGS students 
who have completed the Pro-Seminar, started their 
major, and have the consent of their advisor. 
(Seminar) Required of BGS students. (S) [D] 


391 Natural Science Seminar (6) 

Exploration of the natural sciences for BGS students 
who have completed the Pro-Seminar, started their 
major, and have the consent of their advisor. 
(Seminar) Required of BGS students. (N) 


392 Humanities Seminar (6) 

Exploration of the humanities for BGS students 
who have completed their Pro-Seminar, started 
their major, and have the consent of their advisor. 
(Seminar) Required of BGS students. (L) [D] 


397 Human Studies Major Seminar (3) 
Capstone course of human studies major. Review 
and assessment of students’ major education 
through intensive exploration of issues central to 
human studies. (Seminar) Pre: completion of 30 
credits of major. Required of BGS human studies 
majors. 


398 Applied Communication Major Seminar (3) 
Capstone course of applied communications major. 
Review and assessment of students’ major educa- 
tion through intensive exploration of issues central 
to professional communications. (Seminar) Pre: 
completion of 30 credits of major courses. Re- 
quired of all applied communication majors. 


399 Supervised Senior Project (3) 

A project chosen by the student with faculty guid- 
ance on a topic relevant to the student's major, re- 
sulting in a paper or other demonstration of aca- 
demic achievement. (Independent Study) Pre: 
senior standing in B.G.S. program and approval of 
advisor and B.G.S. coordinator. Required of B.G.S. 
students. 


Biochemistry (BCH) 


Chairperson: Professor Sperry 


BCH 190 Issues in Biotechnology (3) 
See Aquaculture and Fisheries Science 190. 


282 The Nature of Biochemistry (3) 

A few topics will be selected for historical develop- 
ment on the basis of their significance in the emer- 
gence of biochemistry as a scientific discipline, 
their importance in revealing fundamental prin- 
ciples of biochemistry, and their continual promi- 
nence in contemporary research. (This is not a sur- 
vey course in biochemistry.) Pre: CHM 124 or 227. 


311 Introductory Biochemistry (3) 

Chemistry of biological transformations in the cell. 
Chemistry of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, nucleic 
acids, enzymes, vitamins, and hormones integrated 
into a general discussion of the energy-yielding 
and biosynthetic reactions in the cell. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
CHM 124 or equivalent. 


312 Introductory Biochemistry Laboratory (2) 
Laboratory exercises illustrate chemical and physi- 
cal properties of biomolecules, separation tech- 
niques, enzyme catalysis, symptoms of nutritional 
deficiency, quantification of metabolic end-prod- 
ucts, and drug detoxification. (Lab. 4) Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 311. 


342 Human Genetics and Human Affairs (3) 
Basic principles of genetics including patterns of 
inheritance, mitosis and meiosis, sex determination 
and sex linkage. Genetic diseases, their cause and 
cures. Recombinant DNA and genetic engineering. 
Human diversity and evolution. (Lec. 3) (N) 


352 Genetics 
See Biological Sciences 352. 


401 (or MIC 401) Quantitative Cell Culture (3) 
Methods of mammalian cell culture used for quan- 
titative studies of normal and abnormal cells. Basic 
techniques for propagation and manipulation of 
cells in culture. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: MIC 211 or 
BCH 311. In alternate years. Next offered fall 2003. 


403 (or MIC 403) Introduction to Electron 
Microscopy (2) 

Survey of techniques in electron microscopy. Dis- 
cussion of advantages and limitations. Thin section- 
ing, negative staining, shadow-casting, freezing- 
etching, histochemical procedures, autoradiology, 
darkroom procedures, scanning electron micros- 
copy, interpretation of electron micrographs. (Lec. 
2) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


405 Electron Microscopy Laboratory 
See Microbiology 405. 


412 Biochemistry Laboratory (3) 

Same as 312 plus an individual supervised labora- 
tory project selected in consultation with the stu- 
dent. Projects may include enzyme action, enzyme 
induction, drug action, use of radioisotopes, and 
plant metabolism. (Lab. 6) Pre: credit or concurrent 
enrollment in 311. 


421 (or MIC 421) Cell Biology and Cancer (3) 
Methods of study of the cancer cell and compari- 
son to normal cell. Emphasis on cell culture experi- 
ments. (Lec. 3) Pre: MIC 211 or BCH 311. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered fall 2004. 


435 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences (3) 
Gases, solution, thermodynamics, equilibrium, ki- 
netics, quantum theory, and photochemistry. (Lec. 


3) Pre: one semester each of organic chemistry, 
physics, and calculus (two semesters of each rec- 
ommended). Not open to chemistry majors. 


437 Fundamentals of Molecular Biology 
See Biological Sciences 437. 


451 Laboratory in Cell Biology 
See Biological Sciences 451. 


452 (or PLS 452) Advanced Topics in Genetics (3) 
More detailed treatment of topics introduced in 
the general genetics course (352) including aspects 
of transmission genetics, molecular genetics, cyto- 
genetics, biotechnology, developmental genetics 
and the impact of genetics on society. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
AFS, BCH, BIO or PLS 352. 


453 Cell Biology 
See Biological Sciences 453. 


454 Genetics Laboratory 
See Biological Sciences 454. 


464 Biochemistry of Metabolic Disease (3) 

A study of the primary and secondary molecular 
changes in human metabolic diseases. Topics in- 
clude aging, alcoholism, arteriolosclerosis, diabe- 
tes, depression, and genetic diseases. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
311 or 481. 


481 Principles of Biochemistry | (4) 

Principles of biochemistry including bioenergetics, 
proteins and enzymology, carbohydrate metabo- 

lism, and oxidative phosphorylation. (Lec. 3, Rec. 

1) Pre: CHM 228, 229. Not for graduate credit in 

biochemistry. 


482 Principles of Biochemistry II (4) 

Principles of biochemistry including membranes, 
photosynthesis, lipid and nitrogen metabolism, 
hormones, and biosynthesis of DNA, RNA, and pro- 
teins. (Lec. 3, Rec. 1) Pre: CHM 228, 229 and BCH 
481. Not for graduate credit in biochemistry. 


484 Physical Methods in Biochemistry (3) 
Experimental methods including spectroscopy, 
spectrofluorimetry, optical rotation, chromatogra- 
phy, and electrophoresis are applied to biochemi- 
cal compounds and reactions. Physical principles 
and the calculation of important properties are 
stressed. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 435, 481, and permis- 
sion of chairperson. 


491, 492 Research in Biochemistry (1-6 each) 
Special problems. Student outlines the problem, 
carries on experimental work, presents the conclu- 
sions in a report. (Independent Study) Pre: permis- 
sion of instructor. Not for graduate credit in bio- 
chemistry. 


495, 496 Biochemistry Seminar (1 each) 
Discussion and presentation of research papers on 
selected subjects in biohemistry. (Lec. 1) Pre: 311, 
482, or 582. 


ART HISTORY/BIOCHEMISTRY 167 


502 Techniques of Molecular Biology 
See Microbiology 502. 


503 Electron Microscopy 
See Microbiology 503. 


505 Laboratory in Electron Microscopy 
See Microbiology 505. 


508 Seminar in Biological Literature 
See Biological Sciences 508. 


521 Physical Biochemistry (3) 

The use of diffusion, sedimentation, viscosity, elec- 
trophoresis, isoelectric focusing, chromatography, 
and spectroscopy (Including linear and circular 
dichroism) to determine the size, shape, structure, 
interactions, and molecular weight of biological 
macromolecules. (Lec. 3) Pre: 435 or equivalent. In 
alternate years. Next offered fall 2003. 


522 Plant Molecular Biology 
See Biological Sciences 522. 


523, 524 Special Topics in Biochemistry 

(1-3 each) 

Advanced work arranged to suit the individual 
needs of the student. Lecture and/or laboratory ac- 
cording to the nature of the problem. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: permission of chairperson. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. $/U credit 
for 524. 


542 Proteins: Purification and Characterization (3) 
Use of techniques for protein purification and activ- 
ity studies. Laboratories involve enzymology, chro- 
matography, investigation of soluble and mem- 
brane-bound receptors, gel electrophoresis and 
silver staining, thin-layer electrophoresis and auto- 
radiography. (Lab. 9) Pre: 311 or 581 and permis- 
sion of instructor. 


551 (or MTC 551) Topics in Biochemistry for the 
Clinical Scientist (3) 

Description of the major components of biochemis- 
try as it relates to the medical sciences. Major con- 
cepts include molecular genetics, regulatory bio- 
chemistry, and medically related applied 
biochemistry. (Lec. 3) Offered every third year. 


552 Microbial Genetics 
See Microbiology 552. 


572 Plant Biochemistry 
See Plant Sciences 572. 


573 Developmental Genetics 
See Biological Sciences 573. 


579 Advanced Genetics Seminar 
See Biological Sciences 579. 


S3aSYNOD 


168 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


581 General Biochemistry | (3) 

First semester of a two-semester course on the 
principles of biochemistry. Topics include: bioener- 
getics, protein structure, enzymology, glycolysis, 
the tricarboxylic acid cycle, and oxidative phospho- 
rylation. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 228 and 229. 


582 General Biochemistry II (3) 

Second semester of a two-semester course on the 
principles of biochemistry. Topics include: photo- 
synthesis, membranes, hormones, metabolism, the 
biosynthesis of DNA, RNA, and proteins. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 581 or permission of instructor. 


583 Metabolism (3) 

Intensive study of metabolic pathways of carbohy- 
drates, lipids, and nitrogenous compounds; their 
interrelationships. Effects of hormonal and nutri- 
tional status on activity of these pathways. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 581, 582, and/or permission of chairperson. In 
alternate years. 


584 Membrane Biochemistry (3) 

Review of model systems for biochemical, physical, 
and chemical studies of cell membranes. Discussion 
of current research directed at a molecular under- 
standing of membrane structure and function. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 582 
or permission of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered 2003-04. 


585 Recent Advances in Receptor Research (1) 
Discussion of current research literature about re- 
ceptors for hormones, pheromones, neurotransmit- 
ters, and other biological signals. Consequences of 
receptor activation will also be discussed. (Lec. 1) 
Pre: 311 and permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


622 Advanced Electron Microscopy (2) 

The physical functioning of electron microscopes, 
high-resolution microscopy of macromolecules, 
newly available EM histochemical procedures, and 
computer processing of electron images. (Lec. 2) 
Pre: 403, 405, or permission of chairperson. 


624 Advanced Electron Microscopy Laboratory (2) 
Cleaning and aligning the electron microscope, de- 
velopment of independent project using advanced 
techniques, and formal presentation of results of 
individual projects to the class. (Lab. 6) Pre: credit 
or concurrent enrollment in 622 or permission of 
chairperson. 


642 Biochemical Toxicology 
See Biomedical Sciences 642. 


651, 652 Research in Biochemistry (3 each) 
Students are required to outline a research prob- 
lem, conduct necessary literature survey and ex- 
perimental work, and present the observations and 
conclusions in a substantial written report. (Inde- 
pendent Study) Pre: graduate standing. 


695, 696 Graduate Seminar 
See Microbiology 695, 696. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Biological Sciences (BIO) 
Chairperson: Professor Heppner 


100 Topics in Biology (3) 

Introduction to major concepts in biology through 
in-depth study of individual topics. Topics will vary 
by semester and instructor. Designed for 
nonmajors. Topics listed in registration catalog. 
(Lec. 3) May not be repeated. Not open to stu- 
dents with credit in 103 or 104. 


101 Principles of Biology | (4) 
Chemistry, structure, metabolism, and reproduc- 


tion of cells. Principles of genetics. Structure, devel- 


opment, and physiology of animals. Survey of the 
animal kingdom. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) (N) 


102 Principles of Biology II (4) 

Structure, physiology, and reproduction of plants. 
Diversity of plants, fungi, and algae. Principles of 
ecology and evolution. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 101. 
(N) 


103 Topics in Biology with Recitation (3) 
Introduction to major concepts in biology through 
in-depth study of individual topics. Designed for 
nonmajors. Recitation illustrates or extends lecture. 
Topics listed in registration catalog. (Lec. 2, Rec. 1) 
May not be repeated. Not open to students with 
credit in 100 or 104. 


104 Topics in Biology with Laboratory (3) 
Introduction to major concepts in biology through 
in-depth study of individual topics. Designed for 
nonmajors. Laboratory illustrates or extends lec- 
ture. Topics listed in registration catalog. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 2) May not be repeated. Not open to students 
with credit in 100 or 103. 


A Biology of Plants 
B General Animal Biology 


105 Biology for Daily Life with Laboratory (3) 
Basic biological principles needed to understand 


contemporary issues in biology, for example, foren- 


sic biology, cloning, genetic engineering, repro- 


ductive technologies, “alternative” medicine, 
biodiversity, habitat alteration, and endangered 
species. Designed for nonmajors. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


(N) 


106 Biology for Daily Life with Recitation (3) 
Basic biological principles needed to understand 
contemporary issues in biology, for example, foren- 
sic biology, cloning, genetic engineering, repro- 
ductive technologies, “alternative” medicine, 
biodiversity, habitat alteration, and endangered 
species. Designed for nonmajors. (Lec. 2, Rec. 1) 


(N) 


107 Plant Biology Seminar (1) 

A seminar series offered by faculty, graduate stu- 
dents, and visiting professionals for the purpose of 
acquainting students with career opportunities pro- 
vided by the plant biology program. (Seminar) 


121 Human Anatomy (4) 

Elementary anatomy of the organ systems, studied 
with the aid of charts, models, and dissection of 
the cat. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Open to B.A. biology, B.S. 
biological sciences, physical education, dental hy- 
giene, nursing, pharmacy, pre-physical therapy, 
and dietetics majors only. 


130 Topics in Marine Biology (1) 

Current and classical issues considered in small 
classes. Designed for students interested in marine 
biology. (Seminar) Pre: Limited to marine biology 
majors. Required of all freshmen marine biology 
majors and students entering the major with fewer 
than 24 credits. May not be repeated. 


141 Introduction to the Biology of Marine 
Animals (3) 

Environmental adaptations, physiology, and behav- 
ior of marine animals. Description of methods of 
study of marine animals. (Lec. 3) Pre: open to 
freshmen only or by permission of instructor. Not 
for major credit for B.A. Biology, B.S. Biological Sci- 
ences, or B.S. Marine Biology. In alternate years. 


201 General Animal Physiology (3) 

Basic principles of physiology with emphasis on cel- 
lular and membrane mechanisms. Topics include 
bioenergetics and metabolism, enzymes, respira- 
tory functions of blood cells, osmoregulation, bio- 
electricity and motility, cellular responses to hu- 
moral stimuli. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: two semesters of 
biological sciences and one semester of chemistry 
recommended. 


203 Introduction to Evolutionary Genetics (3) 
The genetic basis of evolutionary change. Topics of 
the origin, maintenance, and significance of ge- 
netic variation. The Darwinian revolution. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: two semesters of biological sciences. 


205 Animal Diversity (3) 

Survey of animal groups with emphasis on inverte- 
brate forms, laboratory dissections, observations, 
and experiments. Occasional field trips. Lectures 
stress progressive specialization of structures and 
their functions. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 


206 Population and Community Dynamics (3) 
Principles of population and community dynamics 
from mathematical perspective. Topics include 
population growth, species interactions, optimal 
foraging strategy, niche theory, natural selection. 
Laboratory sessions incorporate use of natural se- 
lection, use of computers, problem solving, and 
population growth in Tribolium and Daphnia, com- 
petition and predation. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 


242 Introductory Human Physiology (3) 
Functions of the organ systems of the human body 
and their coordination in the whole human organ- 
ism. Attention is given to the needs of students 
preparing for health-related professions. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 121. Not open to students with credit in 442. 


244 Introductory Human Physiology Laboratory (1) 
Mechansms of physiological processes are illus- 
trated by experiments on vertebrate animals. (Lab. 
3) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 242. 


262 Introductory Ecology (3) 

Structure and function of ecosystems, limiting fac- 
tors, population dynamics, population interactions, 
and community relationships. Selected habitats 
and general ecological effects of humans. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 104A, 104B, 101, 102 or equivalent. 


286 Humans, Insects, and Disease (3) 

Role of insects, ticks, and mites as vectors and as 
direct agents of diseases in humans; factors affect- 
ing the spread of these diseases and their role in 
our cultural development. (Lec. 3) Not for major 
credit for B.S. in biological sciences. (N) 


301 Physiological Experiments (3) 

Methods of investigating physiological problems in 
the laboratory. Topics and techniques will be pre- 
sented briefly, then employed in an individual labo- 
ratory project. (Lab. 6) Pre: any four of 201, 203, 
204, 205, 206, 302. 


302 Animal Development (3) 

Descriptions and analyses of developmental 
changes in animals based on experimentally de- 
rived principles. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 101,102, and 
two additional semesters of biological sciences; ge- 
netics recommended. 


304 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) 
Anatomy of chordates emphasizing functional and 
evolutionary diversity. Lecture focuses on morpho- 
logical variation and evolution. Laboratory focuses 
on comparative anatomy through dissections and 
models. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 101 and 102 or 
equivalent. 


BIOCHEMISTRY/BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


311 Plant Structure and Development (4) 
Structure of vascular plant cells, tissues and organs. 
cellular and molecular mechanisms controlling de- 
velopmental processes including cell division, leaf 
initiation, epidermal patterning and vascular differ- 
entiation. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 102 or permission of 
instructor. 


321 Plant Diversity (3) 

Representative forms of prokaryotes, algae, fungi, 
bryophytes, and vascular plants with emphasis on 
evolution, ecology, and life cycle. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: 102 or permission of instructor. 


323 Field Botany and Taxonomy (4) 

Collection, identification, and study of vascular 
flora of Rhode Island, including use of manuals and 
herbarium specimens. Field trips throughout Rhode 
Island. Discussion of principles, methods, and data 
used in classification. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: 104A or 
102. 


327 Vertebrate Histology (3) 

A study of the normal microscopic organization of 
the cells and tissues that compose the organ sys- 
tems of vertebrates. An introduction to histochemi- 
cal and cytochemical methods is included. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: one year of biological sciences and one semes- 
ter of organic chemistry. 


329 Vertebrate Histology Laboratory (1) 

A detailed study in the laboratory of prepared mi- 
croscope slides of cells and tissues of vertebrates. 
(Lab. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 
327. 


331 Parasitology (3) 

Structure, life cycles, ecology, and economic rela- 
tionships of the parasitic protozoa, helminths, and 
arthropods. Origin and biological significance of 
parasitism and host-parasite relationships. Encom- 
passes experimental laboratory work on life cycles 
of selected species and collection and identification 
of local parasitic forms including those from the 
marine fauna. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: two semesters of 
biological sciences. 


332 (or PLS 332) Plant Pathology (4) 

Nature, cause, and control of plant diseases. Use of 
basic techniques for identification of major types of 
plant diseases and their causal agents. (Lec. 4) Pre: 
102 or permission of instructor. 


334 Physiology of Exercise 
See Physical Education and Exercise Science 334. 


335 Physiology of Exercise Laboratory 
See Physical Education and Exercise Science 335. 


341 Principles of Cell Biology (3) 

An introduction to the structure and organization 
of eukaryotic cells. Topics include membranes and 
organelles, gene expression, protein synthesis and 
secretion, energy utilization, the cytoskeleton and 


169 


signal transduction. (Lec. 3) Pre: one semester of 
biological sciences and one semester organic 
chemistry. 


345 Marine Environmental Physiology (3) 

The physiological basis of adaptation to the marine 
environment. Physiological methods adapted to 
marine plants and animals. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 
Two semesters of biological sciences. 


346 Plant Physiology (3) 

Development and function of vascular plants, in- 
cluding energy and nutrient assimilation, growth, 
reproduction, and interactions with other organ- 
isms and the physical environment. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
102, one semester of chemistry, or permission of 
instructor. 


348 Plant Physiology Laboratory (1) 

Laboratory methods in plant physiology, including 
experimental design and reporting. Techniques in- 
clude water potential measurement, chromatogra- 
phy, spectrophoto-metry, enzyme assay, tissue cul- 
ture, bioassay, protein extraction, and gel 
electrophoresis. (Lab. 3) Pre: 346, may be taken 
concurrently. 


350 (or GEO 350) Evolution (4) 

Introduction to evolution as the unifying thread in 
the biosphere. Processes and patterns discussed, 
including microevolution and macroevolution. So- 
cial impact of evolution discussed from a biological 
perspective. Pre: GEO 102 or one semester of bio- 
logical sciences, or permission of instructors. 


352 (or BCH 352) Genetics (3) 

Fundamental concepts of inheritance and variation 
in plants, animals, bacteria, and viruses. Methods 
of recombination, the process of mutation, gene 
structure, and function. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 and102 
or permission of instructor. Not open to students 
with credit in AFS 352 (or PLS 352). 


354 Invertebrate Zoology (4) 

Study of the origin and evolutionary relationship of 
the invertebrate animals. Emphasis on marine 
forms. Laboratory sessions include comparative 
study of selected examples and field trips to local 
environments. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: 101 and 102. 


355 Marine Invertebrates of Southern New 
England (3) 

Collection and identification of marine inverte- 
brates of southern New England. Emphasis on field 
and laboratory studies. Student collection will in- 
corporate video photography. (Lab. 6) Pre: 101 
and 102 or permission of instructor. 


360 Marine Biology (4) 

The nature of plants and animals of the sea. Diver- 

sity of species and adaptations to habitats from the 
sea surface to the depths of the ocean. (Lec. 3, Lab. 
3) Pre: 101, 102. 


S3aSYNOD 


170 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


381 Introductory Entomology 
See Entomology 385. 


382 Introductory Entomology Lab 
See Entomology 386. 


396 Biology and Society (2) 

A seminar course dealing with the impact of bio- 
logical discoveries on societal questions and with 
the social influences that affect biological discov- 
ery. Discussion of original papers, magazines, 
newspaper articles, and books about various dis- 
coveries. (Seminar) Pre: three courses in biology 
(including current enrollment) or permission of 
instructor. 


397, 398 Colloquium in Biological Sciences 

(0 each) 

Introduction to modern scholarly work in biology. 
Lectures by visiting and resident scholars, with 
questions from the audience. Expected of students 
enrolled in the biology honors program. (Lec.) Pre: 
Open to biological sciences majors only. S/U only. 


418 Marine Botany (3) 

Field and laboratory study of ecology and tax- 
onomy of various communities of marine plants, 
primarily seaweeds and seagrasses. Methods of col- 
lecting, fixation, herbarium processing, and identi- 
fication. Individual projects required. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
3) Pre: two courses in biological sciences including 
102 or equivalent. 


432 Mycology: Introduction to the Fungi (4) 
Structure, development, cytology, distribution, and 
identification of fungi, with consideration of their 
importance in industry, medicine, plant disease, 
and organic decomposition. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: 
104A or 102; 321 recommended. 


437 (or BCH 437) Fundamentals of Molecular 
Biology (3) 

Biochemical basis of heredity as seen through the 
structure and function of nucleic acids. Includes 
DNA replication, transcription, translation, gene 
regulation, and gene organization in prokaryotes 
and eukaryotes. Current methods emphasized. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: MIC 211, BIO 352, and BCH 311, or 
permission of instructor. 


441 Environmental Physiology of Animals (3) 
The dynamics of the interaction of animal functions 
with the environment. Emphasis on quantitative 
study of physiological adaptations to environmen- 
tal fluctuations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or equivalent. 


442 Mammalian Physiology (3) 

Intensive study of the physiological mechanisms 
that regulate the animal body and its organ sys- 
tems. Emphasis on knowledge obtained from ex- 
perimental physiology. Class discussion of applied 
physiology. (Lec. 2, Rec. 1) Pre: one semester each 
of anatomy and physiology courses or permission 
of instructor. 


444 Experimental Physiology (1) 

Introduction to non-invasive research methods in 
physiology. Emphasis on experimental design, re- 
cording and analyzing data, and use of laboratory 
notebooks in writing for publication. (Lab. 3) Pre: 
one semester each of anatomy and physiology 
courses or permission of instructor. 


445 Endocrinology | (3) 

Comparative approach to the endocrine regulation 
of the organism and to the molecular basis for hor- 
mone action. (Lec. 3) Pre: BCH 311 or equivalent 
and BIO 201 or 242 or equivalent. In alternate 
years. 


446 Introduction to Cellular and Behavioral 
Neurobiology (3) 

Basic principles of excitable cell function. Emphasis 
will be on cellular and membrane mechanisms as 
they relate to behavior (Lec. 3) Pre: an animal 
physiology course; one semester of calculus, phys- 
ics, or biochemistry is strongly recommended or 
permission of instructor. Next offered spring 2004. 
Not for graduate credit. 


451 (or BCH 451 or MIC 451) Laboratory in Cell 
Biology (1) 

Analysis of subcellular processes, structures, and 
molecules using techniques including gel electro- 
phoresis, spectrophotometry ultracentrifugation, 
and protein purification. Topics range from analysis 
of gene expression to subcellular localization of en- 
zymatic activity. (Lab. 2) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 453 (or MIC 453) or permission of instruc- 
tor. 


453 (or BCH 453 or MIC 453) Cell Biology (3) 
Structure, replication, and function of eukaryotic 
cells at subcellular level. Topics considered include 
cell membranes, cytoplasmic organelles and nuclei, 
cell division, cellular differentiation, and methods. 
Emphasis on recent publications. (Lec. 3) Pre: two 
semesters of biological sciences, BCH 311, junior 
standing, or permission of instructor. 


454 (or BCH 454) Genetics Laboratory (3) 
Principles of classical and molecular genetics using 
microorganisms as well as higher plants and ani- 
mals. Experimental techniques include human 
chromosome preparations, screening for growth 
requirements in microorganisms, mutagenesis, gel 
electrophoresis, and nucleic acid hybridization. 
(Lab. 6) Pre: 352. In alternate years. 


455 Marine Ecology (3) 

Investigation of the structure and dynamics of vari- 
ous marine ecosystems. Includes mineral cycling, 
energy flow, community and population organiza- 
tion, and behavioral ecology in selected marine en- 
vironments. (Lec. 3) Pre: 262 or permission of in- 
structor. 


457 Marine Ecology Laboratory (1) 
Field and laboratory work on community relation- 
ships of dominant organisms in Rhode Island ma- 
rine environments. (Lab. 3) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 455. Limited to 15 students. 


458 Freshwater Ecology (4) 

Interactions among physical, chemical and biologi- 
cal processes that affect distribution and abun- 
dance of freshwater organisms (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 
206 or 262 and one semester of chemistry. 


460 Advanced Population Biology (3) 

An extension of the seminal views of Fisher, 
Wright, Haldane, Volterra, and Lotka on the biol- 
ogy of populations, especially in the areas of genet- 
ics, ecology, and demography. (Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 
131 and 132 or 141 and 142. 


465 Biology of Algae (3) 

Taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of algae. 
Use of ultrastructure in modern taxonomy; various 
systems of classification. Field trips to different 
communities. Labs on the taxa discussed and tech- 
niques for axenic culture. (Lec. 1, Lab. 3) Pre: 102, 
321 recommended. 


466 Vertebrate Biology (3) 

Life histories, adaptations, ecology, classifications, 
and distribution of vertebrate animals. Laboratory 
and extensive field work on local vertebrates. (Lec. 
2, Lab 3) Pre: 206 or 262 recommended. 


467 Animal Behavior (3) 

Ethology and sociobiology of animals. Topics in the 
control and development of behavior patterns, ori- 
entation in time and space, social behavior, and 
behavioral ecology. (Lec. 3) Pre: two semesters of 
zoology; 206 or 262 recommended. 


469 Tropical Marine Invertebrates (5) 

Systematic survey of tropical invertebrates. Empha- 
sis on examples from Bermuda's marine environ- 
ment. Laboratory includes field collections, identifi- 
cation and preparatory techniques for taxonomic 
studies. (Practicum, Lab. 8) Taught in Bermuda. 
Pre: 101 and 102, junior standing, snorkeling expe- 
rience. 


475 Coral Reef Ecology (5) 

Structure and function of coral reef ecosystems 
with emphasis on the biology of corals. Laboratory 
sessions focus on field surveys and research tech- 
niques. (Practicum, Lab. 8) Taught in Bermuda. 
Pre: 262 and junior standing; SCUBA certification 
required. 


491, 492 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Selected areas pertinent to needs of individuals or 

small groups. Class, seminar, or tutorial situations. 

(Independent Study) Open only to undergraduates 
on arrangement with. S/U only. 


495 Tropical Marine Biology Research (6) 
Independent marine research in Bermuda. Topics 
may include marine ecology, physiology, systemat- 
ics, etc. Proposal, oral report and project paper re- 
quired. (Practicum, Lab. 12). Taught in Bermuda. 
Pre: Junior standing 475, 469. 


501 Systematic Zoology (3) 

Study of animal diversity, including theories of bio- 
logical classification with special focus on phyloge- 
netic systematics, species concepts, and interpreta- 
tion of taxonomic publications. (Lec. 3) Pre: 262 
and 352. In alternate years. 


505 Biological Photography (3) 

Application of scientific photography to biological 
subjects, living and prepared. Photomacrography. 
Principles of photography as applied to the special- 
ized needs of biological research and publication. 
(Lec. 1, Lab. 5) Pre: permission of instructor. 


508 (or BCH/MIC/AFS/AVS/NRS/PLS 508) 
Seminar in Biological Literature (1) 

Survey of biological literature including traditional 
methods of bibliographic control, contemporary 
information retrieval services, and the development 
of a personalized information system. (Lec. 1) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of the instructor. 


511 Special Readings in Developmental Plant 
Anatomy (3) 

Intensive tutorial work, research, and reading on 
ontogeny of plant structures and morphogenetic 
mechanisms. (Independent Study) Pre: graduate 
standing and permission of instructor. Concurrent 
audit of 311 required. Offered on demand. 


515 Light Microscopy Research Methods (4) 
Introduction to optical techniques and biological 
specimen preparation for light microscopy with 
emphasis on application of these methods in bio- 
logical research. Topics include: optics, embedding 
and sectioning, fluorescence and immunocy- 
tochemistry, and computer image analysis. (Lec. 1, 
Lab. 6) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


521 Recent Advances in Cell Biology 
See Microbiology 521. 


522 (or BCH 522) Plant Molecular Biology (4) 
Analysis of gene expression in plants including top- 
ics such as choloroplast DNA, mitochondrial DNA, 
transgenic plants, and symbiotic genes. Laboratory 
includes cloning, restriction mapping, and hybrid- 
ization. Emphasis on research literature. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 4) Pre: 352, BCH 311, or permission of in- 
structor. In alternate years. 


524 Methods in Plant Ecology (3) 

Methods in analysis of vegetation and microenvi- 
ronments. Emphasis on quantitative techniques in 
analysis of vegetation, soil, and microclimate; tech- 


niques in physiological ecology. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: 102 and 262 or equivalent; STA 412 recom- 
mended. In alternate years. 


531 Advanced Parasitology Seminar (2) 
Advanced topics in the host-parasite relationships 
of protozoan and metazoan parasites. Reading 
knowledge of one foreign language assumed. Top- 
ics vary from year to year. (Lec. 2) Pre: 331 or 
equivalent. 


536 Seminar in Plant Stress Physiology (1-2) 
Readings, discussion, and analysis of current litera- 
ture with emphasis on biochemical and genetic as- 
pects of responses. Students electing two credits 
will write review papers. (Seminar) Pre: one course 
in plant physiology and one course in biochemis- 
try. In alternate years. 


541 Comparative Physiology of Marine Animals (3) 
Comparison of physiological mechanisms by which 
animals maintain life with emphasis on marine in- 
vertebrates. Responses to external environment 
mediated by receptors, nervous systems, effectors. 
Living control systems for muscular activity and cir- 
culation. (Lec. 3) Pre: one physiology course. In 
alternate years. 


545 Endocrinology II (3) 

Molecular basis of hormone action and evolution of 
regulatory systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing 
and one course in physiology and one course in 
biochemistry at the college level. In alternate years. 


546 Introduction to Neurobiology (2) 
Fundamental processes in neurobiology with em- 
phasis on cellular and membrane mechanisms of 
nerve functioning. (Lec. 2) Pre: 201 and MTH 141. 
In alternate years. 


547 Laboratory in Electrophysiological 
Techniques (2) 

Introduction to methods of extracellular and intrac- 
ellular electrophysiology of excitable tissues. (Lab. 
4) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 546. In 
alternate years. 


549, 550 Advanced Topics in Neurobiology 

(3 each) 

Published papers in selected aspects of neurobiol- 
ogy will be discussed. Representative topics include 
role of Ca++, c-AMP in the nervous system, gating 
currents learning at the cellular level, cellular rhyth- 
micity. (Seminar) In alternate years. 


551 Seminar in Aquatic Botany (1) 

Readings and discussion on current research involv- 
ing algae and other aquatic plants. (Seminar) Pre: 
permission of instructor. May be repeated. 


560 Seminar in Plant Ecology (2) 
Recent topics and investigations pertinent to plant 
ecology. Library research, oral presentation of re- 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 171 


ports, and group discussions. (Seminar) Pre: 262 or 
equivalent or permission of instructor. May be 
repeated. 


561 Behavioral Ecology (3) 

The interaction of animal behavior, ecology, and 
evolution. Topics include predator-prey relation- 
ships, resource partitioning, competition, territori- 
ality, and reproductive behavior. Term project re- 
quired. (Lec. 3) Pre: a course in animal behavior 
and a course in ecology. In alternate years. 


562 Seminar in Behavioral Ecology (1) 

Special topics in the relationships between animal 
behavior and ecology, such as social organization 
of animals, evolution of behavior, competition, and 
habitat selection. Discussion and presentation of 
individual reports. (Seminar) S/U only. 


563 Ichthyology (3) 

Fishes of the world. Their structure, evolution, clas- 
sification, ecology, and physiology. Emphasis on 
local marine and freshwater fauna. Several field 
trips. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 202 or 204 and 466. 


564 Elasmobranch Biology (3) 

Sharks, skates, rays and chimeras of the world. 
Their structure, evolution, classification, ecology 
and physiology. (Lec. 3) Pre 204 or 466. Graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. 


566 Herpetology (3) 

Biology of recent orders of amphibians and reptiles; 
emphasis on adaptations and evolution, world fau- 
nal relationships past and present, current system- 
atic problems. Selected herpetological material in 
laboratory, field trips. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 202 or 
204 or permission of instructor. 


567 Natural Selection (3) 

Ideas and controversies concerning the action of 
natural selection. Maintenance of genetic variabil- 
ity, neutral mutation, levels of selection, recombi- 
nation and sexual reproduction, and rates of evolu- 
tion. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 262 and 352 or 206 or 
permission of instructor. 


568 Ornithology (2) 

Biology of birds with emphasis on the role of birds 
in biological research. Areas covered include sys- 
tematics, evolution, physiology, ecology, and be- 
havior. Discussion of current topics in ornithology. 
(Lec. 2) Pre: 466 or permission of instructor. 


570 Field Biology of Fishes (3) 

Selected field problems in fish biology, including 
distribution and diversity, habitat segregation, re- 
production, and natural movements. Emphasis on 
freshwater and diadromous populations. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 563 or permission of instructor. Limited to 10 
students, with preference given to graduate stu- 
dents and senior biological sciences majors. 


S3aSYNOD 


172 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


572 (or ENT 586) Medical and Veterinary 
Entomology (3) 

Life history, classification, habits, and control of in- 
sects and other arthropods affecting human and 
animal health. Topics will include public health sig- 
nificance, vector-parasite interactions, and survey 
and research methodologies. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 
331 or 381 or equivalent. In alternate years. 


573 (or BCH 573) Developmental Genetics (3) 
An examination of animal and plant model systems 
incorporating concepts of cell biology, physiology, 
molecular biology, and genetics to understand fun- 
damental mechanisms regulating patterns of 
organismal development. (Lec. 3) Pre: introductory 
courses in genetics development, biochemistry, or 
molecular biology preferred. 


579 (or BCH 579) Advanced Genetics Seminar (1) 
Current topics in genetics, including cytological, 
ecological, molecular, physiological, population, 
quantitative, and radiation genetics. (Seminar) Pre: 
352 and permission of instructor. 


581, 582 Biological Sciences Seminar (1 each) 
Preparation and presentation of papers on subjects 
in selected areas relating to biology. Required of 
graduate students majoring in biological sciences. 
(Seminar) S/U credit. 


587 Seminar in Neurobiology (1) 

Current literature in the neurosciences will be sur- 
veyed. Topics include molecular and behavioral 
electrophysiology, ultrastructure of excitable cells, 
receptor and pharmacological neurobiology of in- 
vertebrates and vertebrates. (Seminar) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or one advanced neuroscience course. 


591, 592 Biological Problems (1-3 each) 

Special work arranged to meet the needs of indi- 
vidual students who are prepared for and desire 
advanced work in biological sciences. (Independent 
Study) Offered only by arrangement with staff. 


593 Special Topics in Botany (1-3) 

Covers the following specialized areas of botany: a) 
recent advances in mycology, b) physiological ecol- 
ogy of marine macroalgae, c) nutrient ecology of 
plants, and d) ecology of fungi. (Independent 
Study) Pre: permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 9 credits. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


641, 642 Seminar in Physiology (1-3 each) 
Reports and discussions on topics of current re- 
search in physiology. Subject matter adapted to 
meet interests of and students. (Seminar) Pre: per- 
mission of instructor. 


654 Seminar in Ichthyology (2) 

Reading, library research, reports, and class discus- 
sion on problems of current research interest in the 
biology of fishes. (Seminar) Pre: 563 or permission 
of instructor. In alternate years. 


661 Phytoplankton Taxonomy 
See Oceanography 661. 


663 Phytoplankton Physiology 
See Oceanography 663. 


664 Phytoplankton Ecology 
See Oceanography 664. 


666 Biology of Metamorphosis (3) 

The evolutionary, ecological, and physiological 
regulation of metamorphosis and related life-his- 
tory events in diverse taxa. (Seminar) Pre: graduate 
standing and 541 or 545 or 567 or 573. 


668 Biology of Reproduction in Animals (3) 
Evolution of sexual reproduction, neuroendocrine 
signals, and behavioral controlling mechanisms in 
diverse phyla. (Lec. 3) Pre: 545, 561, or 567. 


675 Advanced Ecology Seminars (2 each) 
Specialized and advanced areas of ecological re- 
search and theory, including biogeography, Pleis- 
tocene ecology, population dynamics, energy flow 
in ecosystems, and radiation ecology. (Seminar) 
Pre: permission of instructor. 


679 Animal Communication 
See Oceanography 679. 


691 Biological Problems (1-6) 

Special work to meet the needs of individual stu- 
dents who are prepared to undertake special prob- 
lems. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of chair- 
person. Open only to doctoral students. 


695 Graduate Seminar (1) 

Students to give seminar reports on their thesis re- 
search. Attendance and registration required of all 
graduate students in residence, but only 2 credits 
may be applied to the program of study. (Seminar) 
Pre: graduate standing. S/U credit. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Biology Topics for Teachers (0-3) 
Especially designed for secondary school science 
teachers. Basic topics in biology from an advanced 
or pedagogical perspective. (Workshop) Pre: 
teacher certification. 


Biomedical Sciences (BMS) 
Chairperson: Professor Chichester 


202 Maintaining Health in the Age of 
Chemicals (2) 

Introduction for the general student to the poten- 
tial hazards posed by drugs, food additives, and 
pollutants to the maintenance of health. (Lec. 2) 
Not for program credit for nursing or pharmacy 
majors in the third year or beyond. 


311 (or PHP 311) Foundations of Human 

Disease |: Immunoinflammatory Disease (2) 

The pathogenesis, etiology, epidemiology, symp- 
tomatology, and diagnosis of immunoinflammatory 
and musculo-skeletal diseases. The pharmacology 
and medicinal chemistry of anti-inflammatory 
medications, immunosuppressives, and anti-rheu- 
matic drugs. (Lec. 2) Pre: third-year standing or 
permission of instructor. Next offered fall 2004. 


312 (or PHP 312) Foundations of Human 
Disease Il: Central Nervous System Disease (2) 
The etiology, pathogenesis, epidemiology, symp- 
tomatology, and diagnosis of diseases of the cen- 
tral nervous system. (Lec. 2) Next offered spring 
2005. 


313 Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry and 
Drug Metabolism (2) 

Basic chemical knowledge for understanding drug- 
receptor interaction, biotransformation of drugs 
(Phase | [oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis] and 
Phase II [conjugation, addition] metabolism), and 
prodrug concept. (Lec. 2) Pre: third-year standing 
or permission of instructor. Next offered fall 2004. 


321 Principles of Pharmacology and Autonomic 
Pharmacology (2) 

Fundamental principles of drug action with empha- 
sis on drug/receptor interactions. Mechanisms of 
action and medicinal chemistry of drugs that affect 
the autonomic nervous system. (Lec. 2) Pre: third- 
year standing or permission of instructor. Next of- 
fered fall 2004. 


322 Pharmacology and Medicinal Chemistry of 
Drugs Acting on the Central Nervous System (2) 
Neurologic agents in the brain; antidepressants, 
antipsychotics, sedative hypnotics, analgesics, anti- 
seizure medications, anti-dementia therapy, and 
anti-anxiety medications. (Lec. 2) Pre: third-year 
standing or permission of instructor. Next offered 
spring 2005. 


325 Principles of Drug Analysis (2) 

Competency in understanding the molecular basis 
of drug analysis: neutralization, oxidation/reduc- 
tion, enzymatic reactions, clinically relevant spec- 
troscopic and chromatographic techniques. (Lec. 
2) Pre: third-year standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Next offered spring 2005. 


326 Pharmacology and Medicinal Chemistry 
Laboratory | (1) 

Effects of drugs on physiological functions. Identifi- 
cation and quantification of drugs and their ac- 
tions. (Lab. 3) Pre: third-year standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. Next offered spring 2005. 


333 Nursing Pharmacology (3) 

Comprehensive course in nursing pharmacology 
that forms the basis for therapeutics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
junior status and permission of instructor 


409 (or PHP 409) Foundations of Human Disease 
Ill: Infectious and Pulmonary Processes (2) 

The etiology, pathogenesis, epidemiology, symp- 
tomatology, and diagnosis of infections and pul- 
monary diseases. (Lec. 2) Pre: fourth-year standing 
or permission of instructor. Next offered fall 2004. 


410 (or PHP 410) Foundations for Human 
Disease IV: Endocrinology, Gastroenterology, 
Hematology-Oncology, Molecular Genetics (4) 
The etiology, pathogenesis, symptomatology, and 
diagnosis of diseases of endocrine, gastrointestinal, 
hematologic-oncologic, and genetic origin. (Lec. 4) 
Pre: fourth-year standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Next offered spring 2005. 


416 Pharmacology and Medicinal Chemistry 
Laboratory II (1) 

Pharmacologic principles relating to the modifica- 
tion of drug activity and toxicity. Clinical assays rel- 
evant to assessing drug effects. (Lab. 3) Pre: fourth- 
year standing or permission of instructor. Next 
offered fall 2004. 


420 (or PHP 420) Biotechnology Products in 
Pharmacy (2) 

Clinical, pharmaceutical, and economic impact of 
biotechnology products in pharmacy, including 
monoclonal antibodies, interleukins, human 
growth factors, antigens oligonucleotides, DNase, 
and interferons. (Lec. 2) 


421 Pharmacology and Medicinal Chemistry of 
Anti-infective and Respiratory Agents (2) 
Chemistry, mechanism of action, sensitivity, resis- 
tance and toxicity of anti-infections drugs, and an 
overview of antibacterial, antifungal, antiviral, 
antiprotozoal, respiratory drugs, and vaccines in 
current use. (Lec. 2) Pre: fourth-year standing or 
permission of instructor. Next offered fall 2004. 


422 Endocrine, Gastrointestinal and 
Biotechnologic Drugs (2) 

Mechanisms of action of drugs used to treat endo- 
crine and gastrointestinal disorders. Biological and 
biotechnologic sources, isolation, design, and me- 
dicinal chemistry of biopolymer drugs. (Lec. 2) Pre: 
fourth-year standing or permission of instructor. 
Next offered spring 2005. 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES/BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES 


436 (or PSY 436) Psychotropic Drugs and 
Therapy (3) 

Interaction of drug and nondrug therapy and of 
physiological and psychological origins of psycho- 
pathology. Intended for advanced undergraduate 
and graduate students interested in clinical psy- 
chology. (Lec. 3) Pre:any one of the following—BlO 
101, 104B, 113, 121, PSY 381, or permission of 
instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


445 Natural Products and Biotechnological 
Drugs (3) 

Natural drug products of biological or biotechno- 
logical origin. Sources, process of isolation or pro- 
duction, and general fundamental properties. (Lec. 
3) Pre: CHM 228; MIC 201 or equivalent. 


497, 498 Special Problems (1-5 each) 

Methods of carrying out a specific research project. 
Literature search, planning, laboratory work, writ- 
ing an acceptable report. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. Not for graduate credit. 


510 (or PHP 510) Foundations of Human Disease 
V: Renal and Cardiovascular Diseases (2) 

The etiology, pathogenesis, epidemiology, and 
symptomatology, and diagnosis of renal and car- 
diovascular diseases. (Lec. 2) Pre: fifth-year stand- 
ing or permission of instructor. Next offered spring 
2005. 


518 (or PHP 518) Self-Care | (3) 

An overview of alternative therapies with an em- 
phasis on self-care and natural medicine alterna- 
tives. Basic information as well as case studies. (Lec. 
3) Pre: fifth-year standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Next offered fall 2004. 


519 Self-Care II 
See Pharmacy Practice 519. 


520 Biomedical Sciences Journal Club (2) 
Critical reviews of current research reports in the 
field of biomedical sciences. The students will be 
evaluated on the basis of their effectiveness in or- 
ganization, interpretation, and oral presentation, 
according to criteria already established in the de- 
partment. (Lec. 3) Pre: good standing in the basic 
research track of the Pharm.D. program. Not for 
graduate credit. 


521 Cancer Chemotherapy and Toxicology (2) 
Pharmacology and medicinal chemistry of oncol- 
ogy drugs. Principles of toxicology. (Lec. 2) Pre: 
fifth-year standing or permission of instructor. Next 
offered fall 2004. 


522 Pharmacology and Medicinal Chemistry of 
Cardiovascular and Renal Drugs (2) 

Mechanism of action, adverse effects, and thera- 
peutic applications of drugs affecting cardiovascu- 
lar and renal function. (Lec. 2) Pre: fifth-year stand- 
ing or permission of instructor. Next offered spring 
2005. 


173 


523, 524 Seminar (1 each) 

Seminar presentation of scientific literature on a 
selected topic in the biomedical sciences or on the 
status of students’ research work. (Seminar) Re- 
quired of all graduate students in the department, 
with a maximum of 1 credit allowed per year. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 1 credit per degree. 
S/U only. 


525 Experimental Techniques in Biomedical 
Sciences (4) 

Provides experience with a variety of techniques 
used in biomedical science research, including 
HPLC, NMR, polarimetry, biotransformations, solid- 
phase synthesis, cell fractionation, and isolation 
and purification of proteins. (Lab. 4) 


530 Drug Metabolism (3) 

Mechanisms of Phase 1 (oxidation, reduction, hy- 
drolysis) and Phase 2 (conjugations and synthesis) 
of drug metabolism. (Lec. 3) Pre: BCH 581 or per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. Next of- 
fered spring 2005. 


533 Medicinal Plants (3) 

Problems in drug plant chemotaxonomy with field 
work in the drug plant gardens. Emphasis is placed 
on certain alkaloid, glycoside and oil-yielding 
plants, weedicides and insecticides as related to 
measures for control. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 446 or 
equivalent. 


535 Pharmaceutical Biotechnology (3) 
Introduction to pharmaceutical biotechnology, in- 
cluding drug design, DNA sequencing, cloning, 
recombinant proteins, monoclonal antibodies, and 
drug-screening techniques. (Lec. 3) Pre: BCH 581 
or permission of instructor. Next offered spring 
2004. 


544 Forensic Toxicology (3) 

Theoretical and practical aspects of poisoning in- 
cluding the isolation and identification of toxic ma- 
terials from pharmaceuticals, body fluids, and tis- 
sues. Isolation and identification of physiological 
fluids from stains, hairs, and tissue with application 
to forensic medicine. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: permis- 
sion of instructor. 


545 Applied Toxicology (2) 

A two-credit lecture course dealing with cases of 
common toxic syndromes caused by drug overdose 
or exposure to environmental agents. Antidotes/ 
patient decontamination measures will be sur- 
veyed. Patient case studies will be discussed. (Lec. 
2) Pre: 322, 455, 521 or permission of instructor. 


546 Advanced Toxicology (3) 

Toxic effects of selected drugs and other 
xenobiotics on physiological and biochemical pro- 
cesses. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Of- 
fered every third year. Next offered fall 2003. 


SaSYNOD 


174 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


551 Chemistry of Natural Products (3) 
Introduction to chemistry of certain groups of 
natural products especially in relation to their 
chemotaxonomic position in plant classification. 
Topics limited to secondary metabolites; e.g., ter- 
penoids, phenolic compounds, aromatic com- 
pounds, phytosterols, alkaloids. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 
228 and 230. In alternate years. Next offered fall 
2004. 


572 Neural Bases of Drug Action (3) 

Review of neuroanatomy, neurochemistry, and 
neurophysiology as they relate to drug action. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 446 or equivalent or permission of instruc- 
tor. Offered every third year. Next offered spring 
2005. 


587 General Pharmacology (3) 

An introduction to principles of pharmacology and 
major drug categories, for graduate students and 
advanced undergraduate students in biological sci- 
ences. (Lec. 3) Pre: Permission of instructor. 


597, 598 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Special graduate student project assignments in 
research under the supervision of faculty. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: graduate standing. May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 6 credits. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


633 Biosynthesis (3) 

Biogenesis of medicinally active principles of bio- 
logical origin. Emphasis given to organic acids, 
polysaccharides, glycosides, steroids, and certain 
nitrogenous compounds. (Lec. 3) In alternate 
years. Next offered spring 2005. 


635, 636 Pharmacognosy Techniques (3-4 each) 
Physical and chemical factors influencing growth 
and development of active principles of drug 
plants. Certain biological analyses of results are 
performed. (Lec. 1, Lab. 6-9) 


641 Biochemical Pharmacology (3) 

Theory and application of pharmacological studies 
at the cellular and subcellular levels and their sig- 
nificance to drug action in the intact organism. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Of- 
fered every third year. Next offered fall 2004. 


642 (or BCH 642) Biochemical Toxicology (3) 
Biochemical and molecular aspects of chemically 
induced cell injury and chemical carcinogenesis. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Offered every 
third year. Next offered fall 2003. 


644 Cardiovascular Pharmacology (3) 

Cellular mechanisms of drug action as a basis for 
understanding therapeutic effects. Emphasis on 
current developments in antihypertensive, antiar- 
rhythmic, antianginal, and cardiotonic drug re- 


search. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Of- 
fered every third year. Next offered spring 2004. 


691 Selected Topics in Medicinal Science (3) 
Covers the following special research topics of in- 
terest: (a) heterocyclic chemistry, (b) nucleoside 
antibiotics, (c) prodrugs and isosteres, (d) nucleo- 
sides and nucleotides—synthesis and biological 
function, and (e) nucleic acid targeted drug design. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 9 credits. 


697, 698 Research in Biomedical Sciences (1-3 
each) 

Literature survey, laboratory work, and a detailed 
research report on one or more assigned topics. 
(Independent Study) 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Business (BUS) 


Dean: Professor Mazze 


354 (or COM 354) International Business 
Communications Exchange (3) 

Examination of effective international business 
communication. Use of worldwide e-mail network 
to exchange views on business topics with counter- 
parts abroad. (Lec. 3, Lab. 1) Pre: junior or senior 
standing or permission of instructor. 


493 Internship in Business Administration (3) 
Approved, supervised work experience with partici- 
pation in management and problem solving related 
to the student's major field. Internships with ap- 
proximately 120 hours of field experience and 20 
hours of class work are provided by the college’s 
internship program. (Practicum) Pre: senior stand- 
ing, admission into internship program, and per- 
mission of instructor. Not for graduate credit. S/U 
only. 


601 Practicum in Business (1) 

Course involves training and experience in teach- 
ing undergraduate business courses under the su- 
pervision of a full-time faculty member. Participa- 
tion in the instructional development program is 
an essential component of the class. (Practicum) 
Pre: enrollment in Ph.D. program in business ad- 
ministration and permission of Ph.D. program 
director. 


602 Doctoral Colloquium in Business 
Administration (1) 

Course involves presenting the results of at least 
one piece of original research to faculty and other 
Ph.D. candidates. When not presenting, students 
are expected to play an active role in critiquing the 
presented research. (Lec. 1) Pre: permission of 
Ph.D. program director. 


603 Special Problems in Business Research (1-6) 
Advanced research and writing of theoretical and 
empirical papers in business administration in the 
student's area of specialization under the supervi- 
sion of the faculty advisor. Pre: permission of in- 
structor. S/U only. 


685 Knowledge Systems in Managerial 
Disciplines (3) 

Examination of knowledge production and dissemi- 
nation systems in management disciplines. Discus- 
sion of various paradigms and philosophy of sci- 
ence perspectives. Metascientific and research 
program issues are examined. (Seminar) Pre: Ph.D. 
candidate. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) Pre: enrollment in 
Phase Ill of the Ph.D. program in business adminis- 
tration. S/U credit. 


Business Analysis and Computing 
(BAC) 


Dean: Professor Mazze 


110 Business Computing Applications (3) 
Applications and concepts relevant to computers 
and management information systems, including 
communication, spreadsheet, word processing, 
and Internet software. (Lec. 3) Pre: open only to 
students with BU code or permission of instructor. 


120 Introduction to Business Analysis and 
Applications (3) 

Selected mathematical tools and techniques for 
analysis of business and economic problems and as 
aids in decision making. Topics from finite and 
modern mathematics and applied calculus. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: open only to students with BU code or permis- 
sion of instructor. Algebra proficiency test required. 


(M) 


201, 202 Managerial Statistics I, II (3 each) 

201: General statistical methods used in the collec- 
tion, presentation, analysis, and interpretation of 
statistical data. Includes frequency distribution, 
measures of central tendency and dispersion, prob- 
ability theory, sampling distribution, central limit 
theorem, law of large numbers, estimation, and 
tests of hypothesis. Pre: 120 or equivalent. 202: 
Additional data analysis techniques, including tests 
of independence and goodness of fit, regression, 
correlation, analysis of variance, time series, and 
index numbers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201. 


500 Computing for Management (2-3) 
Computer concepts and programming using 
spreadsheet, database, presentation, communica- 
tion, and other software packages. Emphasis on PC 
computing as an administrative and analytic tool 
for applications in management. (Lec. 2-3) 


520 Mathematical Methods for Management (3) 
Fundamental mathematical methods applied to the 
understanding and solution of managerial prob- 
lems. Topics include the solution of systems of lin- 
ear equations, differential calculus, and related ar- 
eas. (Lec. 3) Graduate credit for students 
matriculated in the M.B.A. and M.S. in accounting 
programs only. 


Business Law (BSL) 
Dean: Professor Mazze 


333 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business | 
(3) 

An introduction to the origins, framework, and 
concepts of the legal and ethical environment of 
business with emphasis on contractual relations. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing. Open to nonbusiness 
students with permission of chairperson. 


334 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business II 
(3) 

Operations of the U.S. system of jurisprudence and 
ethics as it affects the law of contracts, sales, 
debtor-creditor rights, and business organizations. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 333. Open to nonbusiness students 
with permission of chairperson. 


460 Law and the Entrepreneur (3) 

Study of legal issues of concern to the entrepre- 
neur: business organizations; limited partnership 
syndications, bankruptcy, SEC regulations, and 
patent and trademark protection. (Lec. 3) Pre: 333. 


501 Law and Accounting (3) 

Introduction to C.P.A. law exam, question and an- 
swer techniques, coverage of most accounting- 
related legal subjects currently included on the C.P.A. 
exam. (Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 530 or permission of chairperson. 


691 Directed Study in Business Law (1-3) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


Chemical Engineering (CHE) 
Chairperson: Professor Brown 


212 Chemical Process Calculations (3) 
Orientation to chemical engineering, material-bal- 
ance computations on chemical processes, use of 
gas laws, vapor pressure, humidity, solubility, and 
crystallization. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 112 or 192. 


272 Introduction to Chemical Engineering 
Calculations (3) 

Introduction to the use of computers and numeri- 
cal methods, including numerical solution of differ- 
ential equations as applied to chemical engineer- 
ing. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 212 and MTH 243. 


BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES/CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 175 


313 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics | (3) 
Applications of the first, second, and third laws of 
thermodynamics involving thermophysics, thermo- 
chemistry, energy balances, combustion, and prop- 
erties of fluids. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 212 or CHM 
431 and MTH 243. 


314 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics II (3) 
Continuation of 313 with applications to compres- 
sion, refrigeration, phase and chemical equilibria. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 313. 


322 Chemical Engineering Microlaboratory (2) 
Use of microprocessors, A/D and D/A converters, 
sensors, and control hardware to analyze and con- 
trol laboratory-scale processes. (Lab. 6) Pre: credit 
or concurrent enrollment in 348. 


328 Industrial Plants (1) 

Field trips to nearby plants demonstrating various 
phases of chemical engineering. Written reports are 
required. (Lab. 3) Pre: 348. 


332 Physical Metallurgy (3) 

Fundamentals of physical metallurgy as they apply 
particularly to the engineering metals and their al- 
loys. Properties, characteristics, and structure of 
metals, theory of alloys, thermal processing, and 
studies in corrosion. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Not open to 
students with credit in 333 or 437. Pre: CHM 101, 
103, or 191. 


333 Engineering Materials (3) 

First course in engineering materials devoted 
largely, but not exclusively, to physical metallurgy. 
Includes structure and properties of pure sub- 
stances and binary systems at equilibrium and, 
when used intentionally, at nonequilibrium. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 3) Pre: junior standing or permission of in- 
structor. Not open to students with credit in 332 
or 437. 


340 Materials Processing and Metrology | 
See Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering 340. 


345, 346 Chemical Engineering Laboratory 

(2 each) 

Quantitative studies illustrating chemical engineer- 
ing principles. Emphasis on report writing and the 
interpretation of experimental data. (Lab. 6) Pre: 
348. 


347 Transfer Operations | (3) 

Dimensional analysis; fluid statics; mass, energy, 
and momentum balances for fluid systems, bound- 
ary layers, turbulence, incompressible flow; flow 
through fixed beds of solids and fluidized beds; fil- 
tration. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 313 or MCE 341. 


348 Transfer Operations II (3) 
Heat transfer: conduction, convection, radiation. 
Mass transfer: distillation, liquid extraction, gas ab- 


sorption; staged and differential contact. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: 347. 


349 Transfer Operations III (2) 

Diffusion and mass transfer, humidification and de- 
humidification, water cooling, absorption and ion 
exchange, drying, leaching. (Lec. 2) Pre: 348. 


351, 352 Plant Design and Economics (3 each) 
Elements of plant design integrating the principles 
learned in previous courses. Emphasis is on opti- 
mum economic design and the writing of reports. 
(Lec. 1, Lab. 6) Pre: 314 and 348. 


391, 392 Honors Work (1-3 each) 

Independent study under close faculty supervision. 
Discussion of advanced topics in chemical engi- 
neering in preparation for graduate work. (Inde- 
pendent Study) Pre: junior standing and permission 
of chairperson. 


403, 404 Introduction to Ocean Engineering 
Processes I, Il (3 each) 

Theory and basic principles directly applicable to 
ocean-related processes. Desalinization, mining, 
combating oil spills, seawater as a coolant, seawa- 
ter as a waste dilutant, food processing, sulfur and 
petroleum production, recovery minerals. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 4) Pre: permission of instructor. 


425 Process Dynamics and Control (3) 

Principles involved in automatic control of process- 
ing plants. Modeling and responses of dynamic 
systems, feedback control. (Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 243, 
ELE 220, CHE 464 and credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 347 or MCE 354. 


437 Materials Engineering (3) 

Introduction to engineering aspects of the funda- 
mentals of the solid state. Structural, chemical, and 
physical properties of engineering materials with 
emphasis on ceramics, polymers, and composite 
materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 101, 103, or 191, or 
permission of chairperson. 


438 Failure Analysis and Prevention (3) 

Failure analysis of engineering components. 
Examples of overload, fatigue, creep, corrosion, 
and electrical failures in metals, glasses, ceramics, 
composites, polymers, concrete, and semiconduc- 
tors. Case studies, microscopic techniques, and 
prevention are emphasized. (Lec. 3) Pre: 332, 333, 
or 437. 


447 Food Engineering (4) 

Basic principles underlying unit operations of 
chemical engineering applied to food industries. 
Topics covered include heat transfer, fluid flow, 
extraction, and drying. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: CHM 
124, PHY 112, MTH 132 or 142, and permission of 
instructor. Not for major credit in chemical engi- 
neering. 


S3aSuNOD 


176 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


464 Industrial Reaction Kinetics (3) 

Modeling of simple chemical-reacting systems; 
computation of design parameters to satisfy system 
constraints and typical restraints (e.g., product rate 
and distribution) and conditions of optimality. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 314 and CHM 432. 


491, 492 Special Problems (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated for a maximum of 
12 credits. Not for graduate credit in chemical 
engineering. 


501, 502 Graduate Seminar (1 each) 

Seminar discussions including the presentation of 
papers based on research or detailed literature sur- 
veys. (Seminar) Required of all graduate students, 
with a maximum of 1 credit per year allowed. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 2 credits. S/U 
credit. 


503 Dynamics of Chemical Engineering 
Applications (3) 

Emphasizes analytical and/or numerical techniques 
commonly used in analysis arising from classical 
chemical engineering applications; necessary for 
understanding more complex problems. 


513 Advanced Chemical Engineering 
Thermodynamics (3) 

Applications of the first, second, and third laws of 
thermodynamics and their relation to chemical en- 
gineering processes. Emphasis on properties of flu- 
ids, chemical and physical equilibria, and refrigera- 
tion. (Lec. 3) Pre: 313, 314 or equivalent, graduate 
standing, or permission of chairperson. In alternate 
years. 


530 Polymer Chemistry (3) 

Polymer structure, molecular forces, glass and crys- 
talline transitions, solution properties, polymeriza- 
tion kinetics, molecular weight distribution, frac- 
tionation, viscoelastic properties, and transport 
processes. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 228 and CHE 332 or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 


531 Polymer Engineering (3) 

Polymer processing and mechanical properties of 
plastics, fibers, and elastomers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 348 or 
MCE 448 or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. 


532 Ceramic Engineering (3) 

Properties of ceramic materials as related to start- 
ing materials and forming, densification, and finish- 
ing processes. Emphasis on resulting phases and 
microstructure. Application of physical and chemi- 
cal principles to tailor properties to engineering 
needs. (Lec. 3) Pre: 437 or equivalent. In alternate 
years. 


533 Engineering Metallurgy (3) 

Structures and properties of metals and alloys re- 
quired to meet typical engineering problems; 
proper selection of tool materials; properties of 
stainless steels; materials of special importance in 
nuclear fields, etc. (Lec. 3) Pre: 333 or permission 
of instructor. 


534 (or OCE 534) Corrosion and Corrosion 
Control (3) 

Chemical nature of metals, electrochemical nature 
of corrosion. Types of corrosion, influence of envi- 
ronment, methods of corrosion control. Behavior of 
engineering materials in corrosion with emphasis 
on industrial and ocean environments. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
permission of instructor. 


535 (or OCE 535) Advanced Course in Corrosion 
(3) 

High-temperature corrosion, oxidation by gaseous 
environments, industrial problems with high-tem- 
perature corrosion. Materials selection and tech- 
niques to combat high-temperature corrosion. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 534 (or OCE 534) or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


537 (or OCE 537) Advanced Materials 
Engineering (3) 

Engineering properties, molecular design, and ap- 
plications of materials. Synthesis, fabrication, and 
processing of materials. Effects of environment on 
materials, materials products, devices, and systems. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 437 and PHY 341. 


539 Electron and Light Microscopy of Solids (3) 
Theory and physical principles governing the de- 
sign and use of light and electron optical systems 
in identification, analysis, and structural character- 
ization of metals, ceramics, polymers, glasses, and 
composites. Emphasis on polarized light and scan- 
ning electron microscopy. (Lec. 3) 


541 Transport Phenomena | (3) 

Analysis of transport processes in fluids with em- 
phasis on diffusion of matter. (Lec. 3) Pre: 347, 348 
or equivalent, graduate standing, or permission of 
chairperson. In alternate years. 


542 Advances in Interfacial Phenomena (3) 
Topics will include capillarity, surface tension; sur- 
face thermodynamics, electrical aspects of surface 
chemistry; contact angles and wettability; emul- 
sions and foams; adsorption from solutions; hydro- 
dynamic stability of interfaces. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 
431, 432 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. 


548 Separations for Biotechnology (3) 

A study of methods of concentration used in the 
biotechnology industries for production and isola- 
tion of products. (Lec. 3) Pre: 348 or 447. In alter- 
nate years. 


560 Chemical and Physical Processes of 
Integrated Circuit Fabrication (3) 

Chemical and physical processes used in the fabri- 
cation of integrated circuits and devices. Emphasis 
on crystal growth, oxidation, CVD, plasma pro- 
cesses, photochemical processes, solid-state diffu- 
sion, lithography, and their relation to device per- 
formance. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 431, CHE 349, or 
equivalent. In alternate years. 


574 Biochemical Engineering | (3) 

Introduction to biotechnology. Includes properties 
of biological materials, dynamics, control, and op- 
eration of biological systems and processing of bio- 
logical materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instruc- 
tor. In alternate years. 


576 Process Engineering for Pollution 
Prevention (3) 

Management of processes and development of 
techniques for waste minimization in the chemical 
process, machine tool coating, plating, plastics and 
other industries. (Lec/Workshop) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


577, 578 Seminar in Sensors and Surface 
Technology (1) 

Students, faculty, and invited outside speakers 
present and discuss selected topics related to re- 
search interests of the Sensors and Surface Tech- 
nology Partnership. (Seminar) Pre: permission of 
instructor. May be repeated. S/U only. 


591, 592 Special Problems (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated for a maximum of 
12 credits. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (1-9) 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor. (Indepen- 
dent Study) S/U credit. 


614 Advanced Chemical Engineering 
Thermodynamics (3) 

Continuation of 513. (Lec. 3) Pre: 513. In alternate 
years. 


641 Transport Phenomena II (3) 

Steady, unsteady, and multidimensional heat con- 
duction; convection. Mass transport at low and 
high fluxes; diffusion and chemitheory; approxi- 
mate methods for heat and mass transfer prob- 
lems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 541 or permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. 


643 Fluid Dynamics (3) 

Advanced problem course dealing with isothermal 
and non-isothermal flow of compressible and in- 
compressible fluids. (Lec. 3) In alternate years. 


691, 692 Special Problems (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated for a maximum of 
12 credits. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Chemistry (CHM) 


Chairperson: Professor Euler 


099 Basic Chemistry Lecture (3) 

Part one of a two-semester 101 sequence designed 
for students who need additional work in problem- 
solving skills. Successful completion of part one 
leads to a special section of 101 in the second se- 
mester. (Lec. 3) Not for general education or pro- 
gram credit. S/U credit. 


100 Chemistry of Our Environment (3) 
Elementary chemistry for nonscience majors, em- 
phasizing chemical aspects of the human environ- 
ment. Chemistry of the biosphere, pollution, and 
aspects of industrial chemistry. (Lec. 3) (N) 


101 General Chemistry Lecture | (3) 
Fundamental chemical concepts and principles. 


Topics include states of matter, stoichiometry, reac- 


tivity, atomic structure, thermochemisry, bonding, 
molecular structure and solutions. Not open to stu- 
dents with credit in 103 or 191. (N) 


102 Laboratory for Chemistry 101 (1) 
Experimental applications of chemical concepts 
and reactivity emphasizing safety and technique. 
Experiments follow the content of 101. (N) 


103 Introductory Chemistry Lecture (3) 
One-semester general chemistry course designed 
for students whose curriculums require the one- 
semester organic chemistry course, 124. (Lec. 3) 
Not open to students with credit in 101 or 191. 
(N) 


105 Laboratory for Chemistry 103 (1) 
Fits course content of 103. (Lab. 3) Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 103. (N) 


112 General Chemistry Lecture II (3) 

Chemical kinetics, equilibrium, elementary thermo- 
dynamics and electrochemistry integrated with de- 
scriptive chemistry and practical applications. (N) 


114 Laboratory for Chemistry 112 (1) 
Experiments follow the content of 112. (N) 


124 Introduction to Organic Chemistry (3) 
Elementary principles of organic chemistry with 
emphasis on aliphatic compounds, especially those 


CHEMICAL ENGINEERING/CHEMISTRY 177 


of physiological significance such as amino acids 
and proteins, carbohydrates, fats, and waxes. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 3) Pre: 101, 102 or 103, 105, and concur- 
rent enrollment in 126 required when curriculum 
specifies laboratory. Not open to chemistry or 
chemical engineering majors. (N) 


126 Laboratory for Chemistry 124 (1) 
Introduction to chemistry procedures, with empha- 
sis on properties of substances of physiological sig- 
nificance. (Lab. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 124. Not open to chemistry or chemical 
engineering majors. 


191 General Chemistry (5) 

Atomic theory and structure, stoichiometry, chemi- 
cal reactions, thermo-chemistry, bonding and 
states of matter. Laboratory experiments illustrate 
basic procedures, concepts, and principles. Recom- 
mended for chemistry majors. (Lec. 4, Lab. 3) Not 
open to students with credit in 101. (N) 


192 General Chemistry (5) 

Continuation of 191. Principles of kinetics, equilib- 
rium, and thermo-dynamic integrated with descrip- 
tive chemistry and qualitative analysis. Laboratory 
experiments parallel lecture topics. (Lec. 4, Lab. 3) 
Not open to students with credit in 112. (N) 


212 Quantitative Analysis (4) 

Principles of gravimetric and volumetric analysis 
with detailed attention to solution of stoichiometric 
problems. Laboratory analysis of representative 
substances by gravimetric or volumetric proce- 
dures. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 112 and 114. 


226 Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Common techniques and typical preparative meth- 
ods in both aliphatic and aromatic series. (Lab. 6) 
Pre: concurrent enrollment in 228. Not open to 
students with credit in 229 or 230. 


227 Organic Chemistry Lecture | (3) 

General principles and theories with emphasis on 
classification, nomenclature, methods of prepara- 
tion, and characteristic reactions of organic com- 
pounds in aliphatic series. (Lec. 3) Pre: 112 and 
114 or 192. 


228 Organic Chemistry Lecture II (3) 
Continuation of 227 with emphasis on the aro- 
matic series. (Lec. 3) Pre: 227. 


229 Organic Chemistry Laboratory | (1) 
Common techniques and typical preparative meth- 
ods in aliphatic series. (Lab. 3) Pre: credit or con- 
current enrollment in 227. 


230 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) 
Continuation of 229 with emphasis on the 
aromatic series. (Lab. 3) Pre: 229 or equivalent 
and credit or concurrent enrollment in 228. Only 
for students requiring a second credit of organic 
laboratory. 


291 Organic Chemistry (4) 

Development of principles and theory through an 
examination of structure, nomenclature, and reac- 
tions of organic compounds. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 
192 or permission of instructor. Not open to stu- 
dents with credit in 227. 


292 Organic Chemistry (4) 

Continuation of 291 with extension to several addi- 
tional families of compounds. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 
291. Not open to students with credit in 228. 


335 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Physical chemical properties of gases, liquids, and 
solutions; electrochemical cells; phase diagrams of 
binary and ternary systems; and chemical kinetics. 
Designed for chemistry majors. (Lab. 4) Pre: 431. 

May be taken concurrently with 431. 


353, 354 Undergraduate Research (1-6 each) 
Methods of approach to a research problem. Lit- 
erature, laboratory work, and a report of an origi- 
nal problem or problems. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of instructor. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 12 credits. 


391 Forensic Science Overview (1) 

A seminar/ discussion group designed to introduce 
students to the areas and issues in Forensic Sci- 
ence. Students seeking a forensic science minor 
should attend this weekly seminar two semesters. 
(Lec. 1) May be repeated for a total of 3 credits. 


392 (or FOS 392) Introduction to Criminalistics (3) 
A class designed to introduce students to the basic 
areas and issues in forensic science in criminalistics. 
It is required for students seeking a forensic science 
minor. (Lec. 3)May not be repeated for credit. May 
not be taken in the same semester as 391. 


401 Intermediate Inorganic Chemistry (3) 
Principles of inorganic chemistry broadly related to 
structure and reactivity. Many-electron atoms 
bonding theories, acid-base concepts, coordination 
chemistry, reaction mechanisms. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432. 


402 Physical Inorganic Laboratory (2) 
Synthesis of inorganic compounds emphasizing 
inert atmosphere and vacuum line techniques; 
characterization by spectroscopic and electrome- 
chanical techniques. (Lab. 6) Pre: 401. 


412 Instrumental Methods of Analysis (3) 
Theory and application of optical and electrical in- 
struments to solution of chemical problems: flame 
photometry, emission spectroscopy, ultraviolet, vis- 
ible, and infrared spectrophotometry, colorimetry, 
turbidimetry, nephelometry, fluorometry, 
potentiometry, voltametric titration methods. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 228 and credit or concurrent enrollment in 
432. 


S3aSYNOD 


178 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


414 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 
Laboratory (2) 

Applications of instrumental methods to the solu- 
tion of problems in analytical chemistry. (Lab. 6) 
Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 412. 


425 Advanced Organic Laboratory (2) 
Techniques in organic chemical research, including 
handling air sensitive chemicals, flash chromatogra- 
phy, and instrumental methods of structure deter- 
mination. Separation of mixtures and identification 
of components by infrared and nuclear magnetic 
spectroscopies. (Lab. 6) Pre: 292 or 226 and 228 
and credit or concurrent enrollment in 427. 


427 Intermediate Organic Chemistry (3) 
Intermediate organic chemistry with emphasis on 
organic reaction mechanism, stereochemistry, 
spectroscopic characterization, and newer synthetic 
methods. (Lec. 3) Pre: 226, 228, or 292. 


431 Physical Chemistry | (3) 

Gas laws, laws of thermodynamics, chemical equi- 
librium, phase equilibria, and electrochemistry. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 112 or 192; MTH 142; and PHY 111 
and 112 or PHY 213, 214, 285, 286. May be taken 
for graduate credit by graduate students whose 
undergraduate programs do not require physical 
chemistry. 


432 Physical Chemistry II (3) 

Atomic theory, quantum chemistry, bonding, mo- 
lecular interactions, chemical kinetics, kinetic 
theory, and spectroscopy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 431. May 
be taken for graduate credit by graduate students 
whose undergraduate programs do not require 
physical chemistry. 


441 The Chemistry of Biological Systems (3) 
Chemical biology, molecular aspects of biological 
structures, equilibria, energetics, reactions, and 
metabolism. (Lec. 3) Pre: 228, 432. 


492 Seminar in Chemistry (1) 

Preparation and presentation of papers on selected 
topics in chemistry. Required of seniors in chemis- 
try. (Seminar) Pre: prior or concurrent enrollment 

in 432. Not for graduate credit. 


501 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry | (3) 
Systematic analysis of bonding schemes and struc- 
tural aspects of molecular systems encountered in 
inorganic chemistry. Special emphasis on electron 
density distributions, physical methods of analysis, 
and practical applications of quantum mechanics. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 401. 


502 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II (3) 

Modern inorganic chemistry approached from ex- 
perimental, theoretical, and descriptive points of 
view. Includes electronic structure and bonding in 
coordination chemistry, topology, thermodynamics 
of complex formation, mechanisms, lanthanides, 
and actinides. (Lec. 3) Pre: 401 or equivalent. 


504 Physical Methods of Inorganic Chemistry (3) 
Theory and application of numerous experimental 
techniques used for the elucidation of molecular 
and electronic structure of inorganic molecules. 
Primary emphasis is on nuclear magnetic reso- 
nance, optical, infrared, Raman, and electron para- 
magnetic resonance spectroscopies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
401 or permission of instructor. 


511 Advanced Analytical Chemistry | (3) 
Fundamentals of electrochemistry, including a re- 
view of electricity and how it passes through con- 
ductors, electrochemical cells, electrode reactions, 
ionic solutions, polarization, transport mechanisms, 
voltammetry. Statistical treatment of experimental 
data. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412 or permission of instructor. 


512 Advanced Analytical Chemistry II (3) 
Fundamentals of chromatographic and electro- 
phoretic separations and major spectroscopic tech- 
niques. Basic theory, instrumentation, advantages, 
limitations, and applications of these techniques as 
well as new instrumental developments are dis- 
cussed. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412 and MTH 243. 


519 Theoretical Concepts in NMR (3) 

The physical concepts of NMR phenomena are pre- 
sented, beginning with signals generated in the 
probe, carried through the spectrometer console, 
into the computer, and finally represented as a 
spectrum. (Lec. 3) Pre: 292, PHY 112, and MTH 
141, or equivalents, or permission of instructor. 


520 Interpretation of On-Dimensional and Two- 
Dimensional NMR Spectra (3) 

Uses of chemical shifts and coupling constants are 
presented for interpreting one-dimensional (1D) 
and two-dimensional (2D) proton and carbon 
spectra. Includes relaxation time measurements, 
decoupling, and simple 2D interpretation. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 292, PHY 112, and MTH 141, or equivalents, 
or CHM 519 or permission of instructor. 


521 Advanced Organic Chemistry | (3) 

Emphasis on fundamental organic structure theory 
and reaction mechanisms. (Lec. 3) Pre: 226 and 
228 or equivalent. 


522 Advanced Organic Chemistry II (3) 

Modern synthetic reactions and their application to 
such areas as natural products. (Lec. 3) Pre: 521 or 
permission of instructor. 


524 Interpretation of Two-Dimensional NMR 
Spectra (3) 

Covers the theoretical and practical aspects of two- 
dimensional (2D) NMR. Includes pulse sequences, 
instrument setup, and chemical applications. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 519 and 520 or permission of instructor. 


531 Advanced Physical Chemistry | (3) 

Principles and applications of chemical thermody- 
namics and chemical statistical thermodynamics. 
Includes the three laws of thermodynamics, statisti- 


cal distributions, statistical thermodynamic en- 
sembles and fluctuations. Applications to ideal 
gases and crystals, real fluid, and chemical equilib- 
rium. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432 or permission of instructor. 


532 Advanced Physical Chemistry II (3) 
Principles and applications of quantum chemistry. 
Includes the formal development of quantum 
theory and applications to electronic structure as 
well as other problems of chemical interest. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 432 or permission of instructor. 


551 Nonthesis Master’s Research (3) 

Research on original problem for fulfillment of re- 
search requirement of nonthesis master’s degree. 
Literature survey, laboratory work, and detailed re- 
port required. (Independent Study) Pre: permission 
of chairperson. 


552 Nonthesis Master's Research (2-3) 

Research on original problem for fulfillment of re- 
search requirement of nonthesis master’s degree. 
Literature survey, laboratory work, and detailed re- 
port required. (Independent Study) Pre: permission 
of chairperson. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. A minimum of 6 credits is required of 
students who have chosen the thesis option for the 
master’s degree. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


608 Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms (3) 

Kinetics and mechanisms of reactions in aqueous 
solution: techniques, results, and theoretical inter- 
pretation. Instrumentation for studying rapid reac- 
tions in solution, relaxation methods, electron 
transfer rates, hydrolytic and solvolytic reactions, 
metal ion complexation, reactions of biochemical 
significance. (Lec. 3) Pre: 502 or permission of in- 
structor. 


616 Applied Analytical Techniques (3) 
Application of analytical instrumentation and tech- 
niques to practical problems. Limitations and spe- 
cific difficulties of analyzing complex matrices in 
practical research. Problem-oriented presentation. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 511 and 512 or permission of 
instructor. 


618 Theory of Separations (3) 

Companion to 616. In-depth presentation of 
theory of separation processes. Emphasis on meth- 
ods development, advanced topics, and current 
advances using gas and liquid chromatography. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 511 or permission of instructor. 


621 Advanced Topics in Physical Organic 
Chemistry (3) 

Mechanistic aspects of organic chemistry: molecu- 
lar orbital theory, thermal and photochemical cy- 
cloadditions and rearrangements. Consideration of 


carbenes, nitrenes, and free radicals. Evaluation of 
steric, stereoelectronic, and secondary orbital ef- 
fects. (Lec. 3) Pre: 521 and 522 or permission of 
instructor. 


623 Advanced Topics in Synthetic Organic 
Chemistry (3) 

Advanced topics in the synthetic aspects of organic 
chemistry. Synthetic reactions and techniques, 
strategies, and design. Conformational and stere- 
ochemical analyses, asymmetric synthesis, and 
natural product syntheses. (Lec. 3) Pre: 521 and 
522 or permission of instructor. 


642, 643, 644 Graduate Seminar (1 each) 
Results of detailed literature surveys are presented 
orally and in writing. Required for candidates for 
advanced degrees in chemistry. (Seminar) S/U 
credit. 


691 Special Topics (1-3) 


Covers special research topics of interest. (Indepen- 


dent Study) Pre: permission of instructor. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Chemistry Topics for Teachers 
(0-3) 

Especially designed for teachers of physical sci- 
ences. Basic topics of chemistry from an advanced 
or pedagogical perspective. (Workshop) Pre: 
teacher certification. 


Chinese (CHN) 


Chairperson: Professor Morello 


101 Beginning Chinese | (3) 

Fundamentals of grammar and pronunciation, ex- 
ercises in reading, writing, and conversation. (Lec. 
3) Pre: no prior Chinese is required. (FC) [D] 


102 Beginning Chinese II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


103 Intermediate Chinese | (3) 

Development of facility in reading narrative and 
expository prose; exercise in grammar, listening 
comprehension, and speaking. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102 or 
equivalent. (FC) [D] 


104 Intermediate Chinese II (3) 
Continuation of 103. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


CHEMISTRY/CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 179 


Civil and Environmental 
Engineering (CVE) 


Chairperson: Professor G. Veyera 


220 Mechanics of Materials (3) 

Theory of stresses and strains, thin-walled cylinders, 
beam deflections, columns, combined bending and 
direct stresses, joints, and indeterminate beams. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 262 or concurrent enrollment. 


221 Mechanics of Materials Laboratory (1) 
Introduction to the physical and mechanical prop- 
erties of civil engineering construction materials 
including steel, wood, Portland cement concrete, 
bituminous asphalt concrete, and polymers. Experi- 
mental evaluation of fundamental material proper- 
ties and behavior under a variety of controlled 
laboratory conditions. (Lab. 3) Pre: credit or con- 
current enrollment in 220. Required for civil engi- 
neering students only. 


240 Geomatics (2) 

Science and technology of obtaining and utilizing 
earth measurement data, including the description 
and purpose of field surveying equipment, includ- 
ing the automatic level, transit, EDM instrument, 
electronic total station and GPS instrument. In- 
cludes the collection, sorting, storage, analysis and 
presentation of data for engineering purposes. 
(Lec. 2) Pre: MTH 141. 


241 Geomatics Lab (1) 

Field and laboratory experience in the operation 
and care of surveying equipment, (including the 
automatic level, transit, EDM instrument, electronic 
total station and GPS instrument), and the applica- 
tion of electronically collected field data for engi- 
neering planning and design, using a CADD pro- 
gram. (Lab. 3) Credit or concurrent enrollment in 
240 and 250 required. 


250 CADD for Civil Engineers (3) 

Operating system issues, basic elements of Com- 
puter-Aided Design and Drafting (CADD): creation 
of 2-D and 3-D models, solid modeling, rendering 
and animation, applications of CADD in civil engi- 
neering design. (Lec. 3) Pre: EGR 106. Preference 
given to students enrolled in the CVE undergradu- 
ate degree program. 


315 Surveying | (3) 

Theory and practice of plane surveying including 
use, care, and adjustment of surveying instruments, 
boundary surveys, horizontal and vertical curves, 
earthwork, and topography. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 
MTH 141. 


334 Construction Planning and Specifications (3) 
Introduction to construction planning; procedures 
involved in construction activities with major em- 
phasis on heavy construction. (Lec. 3) Pre: 220. 


346 Transportation Engineering (3) 

Concepts of transportation planning and design as 
well as traffic analysis techniques are covered with 
respect to Multi-Mode travel within transportation 
systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 220. 


347 Highway Engineering (3) 

Design of modern highways and streets including 
plannings, location, geometric layout, drainage 
structures, bituminous materials, pavement struc- 
ture, construction, operation, maintenance and re- 
habilitation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 346. 


348 Highway Engineering Laboratory (1) 
Highway capacity analysis, computer applications 
of geometric design, soil resilient modulous test, L. 
A. abrasion test, asphalt viscosity test, Marshall and 
SuperPave mix-design, pavement management lab, 
and field trip. (Lab. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent en- 
rollment in 347. 


354 Structural Engineering (4) 

Introduction to structural analysis and design, stati- 
cally determinate systems, trusses, beams, frames, 
influence lines, deflections, conjugate beam, en- 
ergy methods, statically indeterminate systems, 
force method, slope deflection, moment distribu- 
tion, introduction to stiffness method. (Lec. 4) Pre: 
220. 


370 Hydraulic Engineering (3) 

Applied hydraulics of flow in closed conduits and 
open channels: river and groundwater hydraulics. 
Analysis of hydraulic structures. Reservoir design. 
Principles of hydrology. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 354. 


371 Hydraulic Engineering Laboratory (1) 
Closed conduit flow measurements, pipe networks, 
evaluation of centrifugal pumps and characteristics, 
open channel flow measurements, development of 
gradually varying and rapidly varying flow profiles, 
computer implementation for design. (Lab. 3) 

Pre: MCE 354 and credit or concurrent enrollment 
in 370. 


374 Environmental Engineering (3) 

Water supply and treatment systems, sewerage 
treatment of municipal and industrial waste waters, 
stream pollution, groundwater analysis, air pollu- 
tion and disposal of solid waste materials. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: MTH 243 or permission of chairperson. 


375 Environmental Engineering Laboratory (1) 
Laboratory studies including measurement of envi- 
ronmental contaminants as well as various treat- 
ment processes such as granular media filtration. 
Interpretation, evaluation, and engineering applica- 
tions of test data. (Lab. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent 
enrollment in 374. 


SaSYNOD 


180 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


381 Geotechnical Engineering (3) 

Engineering properties of soils, seepage, consolida- 
tion theory, calculation of stresses, failure theories, 
shear strength of sand, shear strength of clay. In- 
troduction to foundation engineering and 
geosynthetics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 220 and credit or con- 
current enrollment in MCE 354. 


382 Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory (1) 
Laboratory studies of physical properties and be- 
havior of soils: index properties, compaction, con- 
solidation, and shear strength. Interpretation, 
evaluation, and engineering applications of test 
data. Introduction to foundation engineering and 
geosynthetics. (Lab. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent 
enrollment in 381. Professor Kovacs’ section is 
Writing Intensive [WI]. 


391 Honors Work (3) 

Independent study under close faculty supervision. 
Discussion of advanced topics in civil engineering 
in preparation for graduate work. (Independent 
Study) Pre: junior standing or permission of chair- 
person. 


422 Offshore Structure and Foundation Design 
See Ocean Engineering 422 


442 Traffic Engineering (3) 

Highway traffic characteristics and methods of pro- 
viding for an effective, free, and rapid flow of traf- 
fic. Types of studies, regulations, control devices 
and aids, planning and administration. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
3) Pre: 347 or permission of instructor. 


443 Intelligent Transportation Systems (3) 
Traffic systems operations/planning strategies; Ad- 
vanced Transportation Management Systems; De- 
tection Devices; Benefits and Evaluation; In-Vehicle 
Navigation Theory; Real-Time Dynamic Routing 
Issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: 346 or permission of instructor. 


450 Simulation Based Design for Civil Engineers (4) 
Advanced concepts of Computer-Aided Design and 
Drafting (CADD) as they pertain to a) Digital 
Prototyping, b) Concurrent Engineering, and 

c) Continuous Acquisition and Lifecycle Support, 
Global standards, and file exchange formats. 

(Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 220 and 250. 


453 Computer Analysis of Structures (3) 
Introduction to matrix methods of structural analy- 
sis. Solutions of planar structures using a digital 
computer. (Lec. 3) Pre: 354 or equivalent. 


460 Analysis and Design of Metal Structures (3) 
Properties of metal; current design codes; practice 
for the design of steel structural components; sim- 
plified and computer-oriented methods of analysis 
and design. Nonlinearities. Comprehensive design 
problems. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 354. Not for gradu- 
ate credit in civil engineering. 


465 Analysis and Design of Concrete Structures (3) 
Current criteria and practice for design of rein- 
forced and prestressed concrete structures. Elastic 
and ultimate strength analysis of beams, slabs, col- 
umns, and frames. Comprehensive design prob- 
lems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 354. Not for graduate credit in 
civil engineering. 


466 Structural Concrete Laboratory (1) 
Laboratory on structural concrete and construction 
technology involved in the materials aspects of the 
use of concrete. Cement properties, mix design, 
testing of fresh and hardened concrete, admix- 
tures, reinforcement, concrete failure. (Lab. 3) Pre: 
465 or concurrent enrollment in 465. Not for 
graduate credit in civil engineering. 


470 Water and Wastewater Transport Systems (3) 
Computer analysis of water storage and transmis- 
sion. Design of water distribution and wastewater 
collection systems. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 370 or 374 
or permission of instructor. 


471 Water and Wastewater Treatment Systems (3) 
Development of water quality standards. Design 
and analysis of physical, chemical, and biological 
treatment processes and their application to water 
and wastewater purification systems. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
3) Pre: 374 or permission of instructor. 


472 Industrial Air Pollution (3) 

Sources and characteristics of urban-industrial air 
pollution, allowable concentrations and control, 
stack sampling, chemical supplements in air pollu- 
tion control, diffusion of pollutants, site selection 
and abatement programs. Air resources manage- 
ment programs. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chair- 
person. 


474 Water Quality Sampling and Analysis (3) 
Laboratory and field work including sampling of 
surface and groundwater, chemical and biological 
analyses for water, monitoring, treated effluent 
quality control, and detection of hazardous con- 
taminants. (Lec. 1, Lab. 6) Pre: 374 or permission 
of instructor. 


475 Water in the Environment (3) 

Evaluation of water as a resource and its relation to 
the environment: hydrologic cycle, water budgets, 
water uses, drought, flood, current water prob- 
lems. (Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 243 and CVE 374 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


478 Hazardous Waste Disposal and Solid Waste 
Management (3) 

Sources, collection, treatment, and disposal of haz- 
ardous wastes and solid wastes. Conservation, re- 
covery, and reuse of material. Economics of waste 
treatment, disposal, and reuse. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior 
standing or permission of chairperson. 


483 (or OCE 483) Foundation Engineering (3) 
Applications of geotechnical engineering principles 
to analysis and design of shallow foundations. 
Topics include foundation types, bearing capacity, 
settlement analysis, shallow foundations, earth 
pressures, retaining walls, introduction to deep 
foundations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 381 or equivalent. 


485 Engineering Geophysics 
See Geosciences 485. 


491, 492 Special Problems (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under supervision of a faculty 
member arranged to suit the individual require- 
ments of the student. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 12 credits. Not for graduate credit in 
civil engineering. 


495 Civil and Environmental Engineering 
Systems (3) 

Civil and environmental engineering projects are 
studied, analyzed, designed, and discussed in areas 
of water resources, pollution control, geotechnics, 
structures, and transportation using systems tech- 
niques. (Lec. 3) Pre: senior or graduate standing in 
civil engineering. 


497 Civil Engineering Design | (2) 

Detailed project planning, conceptual design and 
layout, and environmental impact for the civil engi- 
neering integrated capstone design project. Speak- 
ers on ethics, professionalism, and professional 
practice. (Lab. 4) Pre: senior standing. Must be 
taken immediately prior to 498. Required of all se- 
niors in civil and environmental engineering. Not 
for graduate credit in civil engineering. 


498 Civil Engineering Design II (3) 

Elements of planning, analysis and design of a civil 
engineering project integrating the principles 
learned in previous courses; a group integrated 
capstone design project involving all major aspects 
of civil engineering design. (Lec. 1, Lab. 6) Pre: 497 
and senior standing. Not for graduate credit in civil 
engineering. 


545 Pavement Design (3) 

Pavement types; pavement system components; 
stresses in the pavement structure. Design factors 
and criteria, pavement stabilization, structural de- 
sign of flexible and rigid pavements for highways 
and airports, pavement maintenance and overlay 
design. (Lec. 3) Pre: 347 or equivalent. 


546 Urban and Rural Transportation 
See Community Planning 546. 


547 Geometric Design of Highways (3) 
Evaluation of alternative designs. Criteria and prac- 
tices of geometric design; at grade intersections, 
interchanges, channelization, weaving parking fa- 
cilities, and road appurtenances; safety consider- 


ations, lane balancing, ramps, and terminals. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 347 or equivalent. 


548 Bituminous Materials and Mix-Design (3) 
Asphalt binder, bituminous mixtures, conventional 
and SuperPave mix-design methods, material char- 
acterization and testing, fracture, fatigue, and per- 
manent deformation, novel pavement materials 
and additives, and pavement recyling. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
3) Pre: 347 or equivalent. 


549 Nonbituminous Transportation Materials 
and Mix-Design (3) 

Surficial and subgrade soils, mineral aggregates, 
Portland cement concretes, mix-design methods, 
material characterization and testing, fracture, fa- 
tigue, new nonbituminous pavement materials and 
additives, and pavement recycling. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: 347 or equivalent. Offered in odd-numbered 
years. Next offered fall 2003. 


551 Finite Element Analysis in Civil Engineering | (3) 
Direct stiffness method. Rayleigh-Ritz and Galerkin 
methods. Isoparametric elements. Frames, trusses, 
plane stress and strain. Bending of thin plates. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 453 or permission of instructor. 


552 Structural Timber Design (3) 

Study of wood properties and design consider- 
ations. Design and behavior of beams, columns, 
beam-columns, and wood fasteners. Analysis and 
design of structural diaphragms, shear walls, and 
box beams. (Lec. 3) Pre: 354 or equivalent. 


560 Structural Design (3) 

Behavior and design of structural systems; selected 
topics in steel, reinforced concrete, and prestressed 
concrete. (Lec. 3) Pre: 460 and 465. 


561 Advanced Steel Design (3) 

Selected topics in structural steel design following 
the LRFD specification, including plate buckling 
and postbuckling, torsion, plate girders, plastic de- 
sign, frame stability, tall buildings, composite de- 
sign, and earthquake-resistant design. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
460 or permission of instructor. 


562 Management of Highway Bridges (3) 
Comprehensive systems approach to management 
of highway bridges. Needs assessment, in-service 
monitoring and evaluation of bridges. Condition 
forecasting models and failure analysis. Life-cycle 
cost and benefit analysis, prioritization and optimi- 
zation. (Lec) Pre: Permission of instructor 


565 Structural Dynamics (3) 

Simplified models and their equations of motion; 
analytical solution methods; Fourier analysis; 
Duhamel integral; nonlinearities; computer-ori- 
ented solution algorithms and their implementa- 
tion. Applications. (Lec. 3) Pre: 453. 


568 (or MCE 568) Theory of Plates (3) 
Development of basic plate equations. Classical so- 
lution examples of rectangular and circular plates. 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 181 


Additional topics selected from: orthotropic plates, 
large deflections, finite element, and numerical 
solutions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 220 and MTH 244. 


570 Sanitary Chemistry (3) 

Application of analytical chemistry to analysis of 
natural waters; physical chemistry and organic 
chemistry of aqueous media; chemical principles 
applicable to operations of sanitary engineering. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


571 Sanitary Chemistry Laboratory (3) 
Applications of chemical laboratory procedures to 
control of water and wastewater treatment pro- 
cesses. (Lab. 9) Pre: 570. 


572 Biosystems in Sanitary Engineering (3) 
Microorganisms which constitute the biological 
systems in water pollution, water purification, and 
wastewater treatment. Application of principles of 
microbiology and biochemistry to analysis and de- 
sign in fields of sanitary engineering and water re- 
sources. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


573 Theory of Water Purification and 

Treatment (3) 

Principles of modern water purification and engi- 
neering practices. Aeration, deodorization, steriliza- 
tion, coagulation, filtration, water softening, iron 
removal, disinfection, and corrosion control. 

(Lec. 3) 


575 Open-Channel Hydraulics (3) 

Analysis of uniform, critical, varied, and unsteady 
flow in open channels. Principles will be applied to 
open-channel design. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 354. 


581 (or OCE 581) Experimental Geomechanics (3) 
Advanced methods and techniques of geotechnical 
testing. Behavior of granular and cohesive soils 
with determination of engineering properties. In- 
terpretation, evaluation, and engineering applica- 
tions of test data. Emphasis on shearing strength, 
consolidation, bearing capacity, earth pressures, 
seepage, and slope stability. (Lec. 3) Pre: 381 or 
equivalent. 


582 Seabed Geotechnics 
See Ocean Engineering 582. 


583 (or OCE 583) Advanced Foundation 
Engineering (3) 

Applications of soil mechanics principles to analysis 
and design of pile foundations, drilled piers, flex- 
ible retaining structures, braced excavations, cof- 
ferdams, miscellaneous advanced foundation prob- 
lems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 381 or equivalent. 


584 Designing with Geosynthetics (3) 

Overview of geosynthetic materials, properties, test 
methods, and current standards. Design methods 
involving geotextiles, geogrids, geonets, 
geomembranes, and geocomposites. Applications 
to problems in geomechanics, geo-environmental 


engineering, and transportation-related fields. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 381. 


585 Soil Dynamics (3) 

Vibration characteristics, wave propagation in soils, 
foundation vibration theory, foundation design for 
vibrating loads, vibration isolation, blast vibrations, 
dynamic soil properties, liquefaction potential, vi- 
bratory and dynamic compaction, computer appli- 
cations. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 483 or equivalent. 


586 Geotechnical Design of Waste Containment 
Systems (3) 

Engineering properties of soil waste. Design of 
waste containment cover systems, use of 
geosynthetics, liner and drainage materials, slurry 
walls, landfills, and leachate collection systems. 
Landfill design for earthquakes and stability. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 381 and credit or concurrent enrollment in 
478 or equivalent. 


587 Groundwater Flow and Seepage Pressures (3) 
Hydrodynamics of fluid flow through porous me- 
dia. Analytical methods for steady and unsteady 
seepage in aquifers; theoretical analysis with practi- 
cal modification of seepage problems involving 
foundations, drainage structures, earth dams, and 
dewatering. (Lec. 3) Pre: 381 and permission of 
instructor. 


588 Groundwater Hydrology (3) 

Quantitative methods of groundwater hydrology 
including determination of aquifer properties and 
yield. Modeling of groundwater systems for man- 
agement quantity of water, movement of contami- 
nants, and well design. Field and laboratory mea- 
surements. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 354 and CVE 381 or 
equivalent. 


591, 592 Special Problems (1-6 each) 
Advanced work under supervision of a faculty 
member arranged to suit individual requirements 
of the student. (Independent Study) Pre: permis- 
sion of chairperson. 


594 Special Topics in Civil and Environmental 
Engineering (1-3) 

Intensive inquiry into a certain important field of 
current interest in civil and environmental engi- 
neering. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


596 Numerical Methods in Structural 
Engineering (3) 

Methods of successive approximations and numeri- 
cal procedures in the solution of stress, vibration, 
and stability problems in structural members. Non- 
uniform members, elastic supports, plates, torsion. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


599 Master's Thesis Research (1-9) 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


S3aSYNOD 


182 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


601, 602 Graduate Seminar (1 each) 

Discussions and presentation of papers based on 
research or detailed literature surveys. (Seminar) 
Required of all graduate students, with a maximum 
of 1 credit per year allowed. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 2 credits. S/U credit. 


641 Pavement Evaluation and Rehabilitation (3) 
Pavement performance concepts. Criteria for pave- 
ment evaluation. Measurement of pavement dis- 
tress and structural capacity. Analysis and interpre- 
tation of pavement evaluation data. Correlation of 
data with performance ratings. Formulation and 
evaluation of maintenance and rehabilitation alter- 
natives. (Lec. 3) Pre: 545 or equivalent. Offered in 
spring of odd-numbered years. Lee 


651 Design of Highway Bridges (3) 

Design specifications and analysis methods for 

highway bridges. Loads. Design of steel |-beam 
bridges, reinforced concrete bridges, and plate 
girders. Orthotropic analysis. Bridge details and 
substructure. (Lec. 3) Pre: 561, 465, and 453. 


652 Advanced Topics in Bridge Engineering (3) 
Load and resistance factor design of prestressed 
concrete bridges. Analysis and design of segmental 
concrete bridges using the span-by-span and the 
cantilever methods of construction. Time depen- 
dent effects. Long span bridges. Bridge condition 
assessment and rating. (Lec. 3) Pre: 651 or permis- 
sion of instructor 


657 Structural Stability (3) 

Introduction; principal forms of equilibrium paths 
and their stability; conservative elastic systems; 
buckling of prismatic members; imperfections; 
plastic deformations; postbuckling of frames and 
reticulated structures; numerical methods; catastro- 
phe theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


667 Structural Reliability (3) 

Probabilistic applications in structural analysis and 
design. Statistical models for forces and material 
strengths. Component and system structural reli- 
ability. Random vibration applications in structural 
engineering. (Lec. 3) Pre: introductory course on 
probability and 565 or OCE 522, or permission of 
instructor. 


672 Water Pollution Control and Treatment of 
Wastewater (3) 

Wastewater characteristics, effects, and purification 
in natural water, government control strategies and 
impacts, cost of control, theory and mathematical 
concepts of secondary and tertiary treatment pro- 
cess, their limitations, and late developments. (Lec. 
3) Pre: one year of chemistry and biology, MTH 
243 and CVE 572 or their equivalents, and permis- 
sion of instructor. 


677 Stream and Estuarine Analysis (3) 
Fundamentals and mathematical concepts of physi- 
cal and biological factors applied to the evaluation 
of the pollution capacity of streams and estuaries. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 244. 


681 Advanced Geotechnical Engineering | (3) 
Advanced study of geotechnical engineering prin- 
ciples and theory. Physical and chemical properties 
of soils; particulate mechanics; effective stress prin- 
ciple; permeability; steady-state and transient seep- 
age; consolidation; stress distribution; miscella- 
neous topics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 381 or equivalent and 
graduate standing. 


682 Advanced Geotechnical Engineering II (3) 
Advanced study of geotechnical engineering prin- 
ciples and theory. Stress-strain behavior; constitu- 
tive relationships; failure theories; applications of 
theories of elasticity, viscoelasticity, and plasticity; 
shear strength of sands; shear strength of clays; 
slope stability analysis; miscellaneous topics. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 381 or equivalent and graduate standing. 


687 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering (3) 
Seismology and seismicity; surface faulting and 
ground motion characteristics; response spectra; 
dynamic soil properties; dynamic response of soil 
layers, embankments, and slopes; influence of local 
soil conditions on site response; evaluation of de- 
sign earthquakes; response analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
483 or equivalent, or concurrent enrollment, and 
graduate standing. 


688 Marine Geomechanics 
See Ocean Engineering 688. 


691, 692 Special Problems (1-6 each) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a faculty 
member arranged to suit the individual require- 
ments of the student. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 12 credits. 


694 Advanced Special Topics in Civil and 
Environmental Engineering (1-3) 

Intensive inquiry into a certain important field of 
current interest in civil and environmental engi- 
neering, requiring advanced sophistication of a 
600 level course. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: permission of in- 
structor. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Classics (CLA) 
Section Head: Associate Professor Suter 


391 Ancient Laughter: The Comic Tradition in 
Greece and Rome (3) 

Introduction to the comic tradition in Western lit- 
erature through its origins in Greece and Rome. 
Readings in English translation include examples of 
comic drama, novel, and satire. (Lec. 3) (A) (F) 


395 Greek Mythology: Gods, Heroes, and 
Humans (3) 

Nature and function of myth in the ancient world 
and today: ideas of divinity, relationship of divine 
to human, origins of cosmos and human society, 
male and female principles, power hierarchies, 
coming of age, the heroic experience. Theories of 
myth analysis. Readings in English translation. (Lec. 


3) (A) (F) 


396 Myths of Rome (3) 

Nature and function of myth in Roman society; ori- 
gins and influence of Romanitas as found in Roman 
literature: history, epic, lyric, novel. Roman reli- 
gion: magic, animism, anthropomorphism, gods 
and goddesses. Readings in English translation. 
(Lec. 3) (A) (F) 


397 Greek Myth and Tragedy (3) 

Relationship between Greek myth and classical 
tragedy, birth and evolution of tragedy (ancient, 
medieval, French, English, American), employment 
of the same myth for different dramatic and politi- 
cal purposes. Readings in English translation. (Lec. 


3) (A) (F) 


See also course listings under Greek and Latin. 


Communication Studies (COM) 
Chairperson: Professor S. Wood 


100 Communication Fundamentals (3) 

Integrates basic theory and experience in a variety 
of communication contexts including public speak- 
ing, small groups, and interpersonal communica- 
tion. Examines human differences in order to de- 
velop more effective communication skills. (Lec. 3) 
(EC) [D] 


101 Public Speaking (3) 

Development and improvement of fundamentals 
and attitudes essential to effective and ethical com- 
munication. Preparation, organization, and presen- 
tation of the fundamentals in various speaking en- 
vironments. Students demonstrating proficiency 
may petition for advanced placement. (Lec. 3) (C) 


103 Interpersonal Communication (3) 

Impact of perception, listening, self-acceptance, 
nonverbal messages, and language on interper- 
sonal communication. Emphasis on improving 
skills. (Lec. 3) (C) 


200 The Art of Human Communication (3) 
Selected communication theories from classical to 
contemporary times are examined. Focus on the 
relationship between cultures and communication 
theories. Emphasis on application of theoretical 
principles to contemporary communication situa- 
tions. (Lec. 3) (L) 


205 Great American Speeches (3) 

The study of historically significant ideas, issues, 
and causes through the critical analysis of selected 
American speeches. (Lec. 3) (L) 


206 Introduction to Communication Studies (3) 
Survey of the major areas within the field of speech 
communication. Emphasis on developing the 
student's ability to identify, define, formulate, in- 
vestigate, and describe problems and phenomena 
within the discipline. (Lec. 3) 


210 Persuasion: The Rhetoric of Influence (3) 
Analysis of communication influencing beliefs, atti- 
tudes, and/or behavior. Investigation of rhetorical 
elements of logical, emotional, and ethical appeals. 
Study of elements critical for effective producers 
and consumers of persuasion. (Lec. 3) (L) 


215 Argumentation and Debate (3) 

Introduces argumentation theory through the 
model of academic debate. Stresses critical-think- 
ing skills including analysis, research, organization, 
and written and oral presentations. Debates are 
conducted on important social and political issues. 
(Lec. 3) 


216 Forensic Workshop (1) 

Open to students participating in speech or debate 
activities. (Practicum) Pre: permission of the direc- 
tor of debate. May be repeated for a maximum of 
4 credits. 


220 Small Group Communication (3) 

The study of communicative functions in the small 
group setting. Includes group dynamics, leader- 
ship, problem solving, and decision making. Em- 
phasis on theory and application. (Lec. 3) (S) 


231 Oral Interpretation of Literature (3) 
Recognition and appreciation of content and com- 
munication of thought and emotion through oral 
reading. Practice in the analysis and interpretation 
of poetry and prose fiction. (Lec. 3) (A) 


300 Communication Criticism (3) 

Study of select methods in the evaluation of com- 
munication. Critical methods include but are not 
limited to rhetorical, media, cultural and various 
critical theories of race and gender. 300A Rhetori- 
cal Criticism; 300B Television Criticism. Pre: 200, 
205, 206 or 210. May not be repeated. 


302 Advanced Public Speaking (3) 
Advanced study of public speaking and speech 
writing. Speaking in television and business set- 


CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING/COMMUNICATION STUDIES 


tings. Speaking with a manuscript, writing 
speeches for others, and speech criticism. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 101. 


306 Research Methods in Communication (3) 
Basic concepts and techniques of communication 
research. Emphasis on analysis of existing commu- 
nication research and on application of research 
processes to communication problems or phenom- 
ena. (Lec. 3) Pre: 206 or permission of instructor. 


310 Contemporary Oral Communication (3) 
Analysis of contemporary rhetorical theories as they 
relate to speaking in business, civil rights, educa- 
tion, government, labor, law, and religion. Focus 
each semester on a critical contemporary issue. 
(Lec. 3) May be repeated for credit. 


314 Nonverbal Communication (3) 

Examines nonverbal communication codes, includ- 
ing their structures, usages, and interrelationships. 
Stresses student understanding, analysis, and appli- 
cation of nonverbal communication through lec- 
ture, discussion, and experiential activities. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: junior standing and 101 or 103 or permission 
of instructor. 


317 Advanced Argumentation and Debate (3) 
Analysis of the theories of argumentation through 
specialized forms of debate. Use of legislative, le- 
gal, and other situationally specific forms of debate 
to apply the theories of argumentation. (Lec. 3) 


320 Oral Communication for Business and 
Professions (3) 

Examination of business and organizational com- 
munication. Emphasis on channels of communica- 
tion, communication barriers, leadership, and the 
development of communication skills for business 
and professions. (Lec. 3) 


332 Oral Interpretation of Poetry (3) 

Practice in the oral interpretation of poetry through 
oral performance and written analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
231 or permission of instructor. 


333 (or AAF 333) Oral Interpretation of Black 
Literature (3) 

Study and oral presentation of literature by black 
American authors. Class performances, discussion, 
reports, and analysis of the literature. (Lec. 3) 


337 Intercultural Communication (3) 

Study of cultural similarities and differences as they 
affect communication within and across cultural 
boundaries. (Lec. 3) 


340 Electronic Media Programming (3) 
Overview of various aspects of the operation of ra- 
dio, television, and cable TV, including industry 
structure, audience measurement (ratings), pro- 
gramming, and promotion. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior 
standing. 


183 


341 Documentary Pre-production (3) 
Understanding the documentary form in both its 
historic and modern context. Basic camera, shoot- 
ing, and interviewing techniques are studied. Re- 
search and writing a documentary proposal re- 
quired. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing. 


342 Documentary Production (3) 

Builds on work completed in 341. Field camera op- 
eration, lighting, archival materials, writing, direct- 
ing, producing, and editing a documentary short 
on a topic researched and pre-produced in 341. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 341. 


345 Gender and Communication (3) 

Survey of theories and research on gender and 
communication. Examines interface of gender and 
human interaction in interpersonal, group (Includ- 
ing family), educational, organizational, mass me- 
dia, and social movement contexts. (Lec. 3) 


346 Social & Cultural Aspects of Media (3) 
Explores social and cultural dimensions of media. 
Includes case studies of print, television, film, 
video, and computer-mediated communication. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing or permission of in- 
structor. 


354 International Business Communications 
Exchange 
See Business 354. 


360 Audio Communication in the Media (3) 
Examination of techniques and production of audio 
communication. Explores elements of audio com- 
munication including radio drama, commercials, 
news reporting, sports commentary, monologues, 
narration and voice-over work. (Lec. 3) 


391, 392 Honors Work (1-3 each) 

Thesis work or an equivalent independent project 
under faculty supervision for honor students. (Inde- 
pendent Study) Pre: admission to departmental 
Honors Program. 


400 Rhetoric (3) 

Inquiry into standards for the evaluation and im- 
provement of instrumental discourse. Detailed con- 
siderations of invention, disposition, and style in 
oral and written communication. (Lec. 3) 


402 Leadership and Motivation 
See Management 402. 


403 Advanced Interpersonal Communication (3) 
Critical study of major issues and theories of inter- 

personal communication. Focuses on history, mod- 
els, and research, including conversation, influence, 
intimacy, language, and relationships. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
103 or permission of instructor. 


S3SYNOD 


184 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


410 Humor in Communication (3) 

Examination of genres, history, content, structure 
and performance styles of presentational comedy. 
Exploration of role of humor in society. Develop- 

ment of original materials for public performance. 
(Lec. 3) Not for graduate credit. 


415 The Ethics of Persuasion (3) 

Relation of persuasion to ethics is examined. Pur- 
poses, means, results, and contexts are considered 
in making rhetorical judgments of interpersonal, 
political, and institutional communication. (Lec. 3) 


420 Seminar in American Public Address and 
Criticism (3) 

Study of selected American speakers, speeches, 
and/or movements. Rhetorical analysis used to 
measure the impact of speakers, speeches, and so- 
cial and political movements. (Seminar) 


430 Political Communication (3) 

Analysis of political communication in campaign 
and nonelection situations. Examination of ghost 
writing; content analysis, strategies, image making 
of political speaking; TV and radio presentations; 
influences on and effects of political communica- 
tion. (Lec. 3) 


435 Directing Group Performance of 
Nondramatic Literature (3) 

Practice in Reader’s Theatre and Chamber Theatre. 
Emphasis on direction as a rhetorical device in 
group work with nondramatic literature and com- 
pilation of scripts for individual and group perfor- 
mance. (Lec. 3) Pre: 231. In alternate years. 


437 Managing Cultural Differences in 
Organizations (3) 

Exploring how to manage cultural differences in 
organization and to adapt to culturally diverse or- 
ganizations by applying the skills of intercultural 
sensitivity and intercultural competence. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 337 or permission of instructor. Not open to 
students who have credit for MGT 453, 655, or 
657. 


440 Telecommunications Processes and 
Audience Behavior (3) 

Surveys theories and research concerning role of 
electronic mass media in contemporary society. 
Focuses on interplay between mass media content 
and audience behavior; provides framework for 
analyzing current telecommunications issues. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 210 or permission of instructor. 


445 Television Advertising (3) 

Examination of theory and practice in television 
advertising. Students will acquire and analyze com- 
mercials made by professionals and create and pro- 
duce television advertisements. (Lec. 3) Not for 
graduate credit. 


446 Media Theory (3) 

Examines major theoretical approaches to the study 
of media. Includes perspectives on media institutions, me- 
dia texts, and media audiences. (Lec. 3) 


447 Communication and Global Society (3) 
Exploring various aspects of the relationship be- 
tween communication and globalization, including 
a new sense of community, cultural diversity, cul- 
tural identity, global media, and global citizenship. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: six credits in communication or per- 
mission of instructor. 


450 Organizational Communication (3) 

Surveys theory and practice of communication in 
organizations. Examines interface of organizational, 
management, and communication theories. Ex- 
plores human interaction, flows and formats in or- 
ganizations; stresses student analysis of organiza- 
tional communication. (Lec. 3) Pre: 320. 


460 Communication and Conflict Intervention (3) 
An examination of the role of communication theo- 
ries in conflict intervention in interpersonal, group, 
and organizational settings. Emphasis on applying 
theories through simulations, role plays, case stud- 
ies, and discussions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or 220. 


465 Race, Politics and Media (3) 

Exploration of the complex dynamics of race rela- 
tions and political discourse as contexted in the 
media. Rhetorical methods of analysis are used to 
study contemporary media coverage of race issues. 
(Lec. 3) 


471, 472 Internship in Communication Studies 
(1-3 each) 

Provides the student with direct supervised partici- 
pation in a variety of communication situations and 
occupations. (Practicum) Pre: 18 credits in commu- 
nication studies and permission of chairperson. S/U 
only. 


491, 492 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Selected areas of study pertinent to communica- 
tion. Instruction may be offered in class seminar or 
tutorial environments according to specific needs 
and purposes. (Independent Study) Pre: permission 
of chairperson. 


501 Communication Theory (3) 

Discusses the significance of theory to the under- 
standing of communication. Gives an overview of 
major theories applicable to the study of communi- 
cation. Explores the relationship between theory 
and research and investigates emerging theories 
and applications of theory to emerging forms of 
communication. (Seminar) 


502 Communication Methods (3) 

Exploring research methods to acquire ability to 
understand communication phenomenon, critique 
and analyze the value of communication studies, 


and to independently conduct research to answer 
communication questions and problems. (Seminar) 


510 Seminar in Interpersonal Communication (3) 
In-depth examination of a topic in interpersonal 
communication. Students will review and discuss 
appropriate literature and author a major research 
paper. (Seminar) May be repeated under a differ- 
ent topic. Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Every second or third semester. 


520 Seminar in Media Studies (3) 

In-depth examination of a topic in mass or elec- 
tronic media, or new information technologies. 
Studies will review and discuss appropriate litera- 
ture and author a major research paper. May be 
repeated under a different topic. (Seminar) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 


530 Seminar in Organizational Communication (3) 
In-depth examination of a topic in organizational 
communication. Students will review and discuss 
appropriate literature and author a major research 
paper. May be repeated once under a different 
topic. (Seminar) 


540 Seminar in Public Discourse (3) 

In-depth examination of a topic in public dis- 
course. Students will review and discuss appropri- 
ate literature and author a major research paper. 
May be repeated once under a different topic. 
(Seminar) 


591, 592 Independent Study (1-3 each) 
Students will work with faculty on independent re- 
search projects designed to enhance their research 
skills and further emphasize the content area most 
germane to the student. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Communicative Disorders (CMD) 
Chairperson: Professor Singer 


260 Introduction to Speech and Language 
Disorders (3) 

Introduction to speech and language disorders in 
children and adults; overview of symptomatology, 
assessment, and treatment; study of the professions 
of speech-language pathology and audiology. For 
students in communicative disorders, education, 
psychology, and other health-related fields. (Lec. 3) 


261 Survey of Hearing and Deafness (3) 
Introduction to the science of audiology. Patholo- 
gies of the hearing mechanism, basic methods of 
audiometry, interpretation of the audiogram, hear- 
ing aids, and rationale and methods in hearing 
conservation programs. (Lec. 3) 


372 Auditory and Speech Mechanisms (3) 
Structure and function of the organs of hearing 
and speech as they relate to normal and pathologi- 
cal communication; theories of cortical involve- 
ments, central and peripheral nervous systems rel- 
evant to rehabilitation procedures. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
junior standing. 


373 Phonetics (3) 

International Phonetic Alphabet; analysis of pho- 
netic and phonemic elements in major American 
English dialects; practice in transcription of stan- 
dard and defective speech. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior 
standing. 


374 Communication Processes (3) 

Psychological and cognitive processes basic to lan- 
guage and communication; models of language 
processing; explorations into biological and social 
bases. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing. 


375 Language Development (3) 

Development phenomena in speech and language; 
causal factors of delayed speech and language; sur- 
vey of evaluative and habilitative programs for chil- 
dren with deviant language development. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: junior standing. 


376 Hearing and Speech Science (3) 

Physical properties and speech signal, analysis of 
the physical bases of speech production and 
speech perception. (Lec. 3) Pre: 373. 


377 Functional Neuroanatomy (3) 

Examination of the brain and spinal cord, empha- 
sizing connection and functions of the neural sys- 
tem. This course is designed for communicative 
disorders majors. (Lec. 3) Pre: 372 and junior 
standing. 


440 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy 
See Dental Hygiene 440. 


454 Rehabilitative Audiology (3) 

Theoretical and methodological approaches to 
aural rehabilitation of the adult with impaired 
hearing. Topics include use of amplification, 
speechreading, assistive listening devices, auditory 
training, and case management. (Lec 3) Pre: 260, 
261 and three of the following—372, 373, 374, 
375, 376, and senior or graduate standing with 
551 as prerequisite for graduate standing. 


465 Clinical Methods in Communicative 
Disorders (4) 

Observation of diagnosis and treatment of commu- 
nicative disorders; developing interviewing, report 
writing, and counseling techniques; introduction to 
diagnostic procedures; establishing therapeutic 
goals, treatment, and remediation of various disor- 
ders. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Senior or graduate standing 
only. Pre: 260, 261, and three of the following— 
372, 373, 374, 375, 376. Not for graduate credit 
in communicative disorders. 


COMMUNICATION STUDIES/COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS 


475 Gestural Communication (3) 

Visual language systems with emphasis on the chi- 
rology and syntax of Ameslan, and levels of lan- 
guage among deaf communicators; finger spelling 
and sign language for educational, rehabilitative, 
and artistic goals studied. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: jun- 
ior or graduate standing. 


491, 492 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Selected areas of study pertinent to communicative 
disorders. Instruction may be offered in class semi- 
nar or tutorial environments according to specific 
needs and purposes. (Independent Study) 491: S/U 
credit. 


493 Cultural and Linguistic Diversity in 
Communicative Disorders (3) 

Application of concepts and information from the 
study of cultural and linguistic diversity to issues 
involving communicative incompetence and disor- 
der. (Lec. 3) 


504 Research in Communicative Disorders (3) 
Types of research in speech pathology, audiology, 
and communication science; critiques of represen- 
tative models with special emphasis on experimen- 
tal research; individual pilot projects or master’s 
thesis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, graduate 
standing, or permission of instructor. 


505 Issues in Audiology Private Practice (3) 
Issues fundamental to the development of private 
practice in audiology, including ethical, demo- 
graphic, and financial issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: permis- 
sion of instructor. Offered spring. 


551 Measurement of Hearing | (4) 

Diagnostic protocols for routine audiologic assess- 
ment including pure tone, speech, and immittance 
procedures. Discussion of etiology and symptoma- 
tology of hearing disorders. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 
372, 373, 374, 375, and 376; graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. 


552 Measurement of Hearing II (4) 

Behavioral assessment of peripheral and central au- 
ditory function, including speech recognition, im- 
mittance, site-of-lesion, otoscopy, speechreading, 
and pseudohypacusis testing. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 
551 or permission of instructor. In alternate years. 


553 Pediatric Audiology (3) 

Theoretical and methodological approaches to the 
identification and management of children with 
auditory disorders. Topics discussed include audi- 
tory development, audiometric evaluation, and 
hearing aids. (Lec. 3) Pre: 551 or permission of in- 
structor. In alternate years. 


554 Advanced Rehabilitative Processes for 
Hearing Impaired (3) 

Advanced techniques and technology in aural reha- 
bilitation including family-based management, 


185 


multidiscipline approaches and complex assistive 
devices. (Lec. 3) Pre: 454 and 551. Offered spring. 


555 Hearing Aids | (3) 

Introduction to wearable hearing aids. Topics in- 
clude: basic electronics, speech acoustics, types of 
hearing aids and their appropriateness, electroa- 
coustics and psychoacoustics, and an overview of 
electroacoustic selection. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 372, 
373, 374, 375, and 376; graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. 


556 Hearing Aids II (3) 

Application of technological and behavioral strate- 
gies in fitting hearing aids, including aid selection 
and delivery, counseling, assessment of wearer per- 
formance, marketing, and legal issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
555. In alternate years. 


557 Electrophysiological Measures in Audiology (4) 
Basic electrophysiological assessment procedures 
and instrumentation. Otoacoustic emissions, 
electrocochleography, auditory brainstem re- 
sponse, and middle, late, and steady-state auditory 
evoked potentials. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 551 or per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. 


560 Voice Disorders (3) 

Etiology and symptomatology of vocal pathology; 
intervention strategies for organic and functional 
voice disorders; emphasis on rehabilitation team 
approach to voice-resonance problems associated 
with cleft palate. (Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, 
graduate standing, or permission of instructor. 


561 Phonological Disorders (3) 

Assessment, design, and implementation of thera- 
peutic management programs for various speech 
production disorders at the articulatory and phono- 
logical levels. (Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, or 
equivalent, or permission of instructor. 


564 Language Disorders in School-Aged 
Children (4) 

Study of communication deficits in learning-dis- 
abled school-aged children; differential diagnoses; 
assessment of cognitive functioning; language pro- 
cessing and discourse; and therapeutic strategies 
for training abstract and functional language. (Lec. 
3, Lab. 2) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


569 Test and Measurement in Speech-Language 
Pathology (3) 

Procedures for evaluation and diagnosis in speech- 
language pathology. Psychometric considerations 
in testing. Implications of evaluation information 
for differential diagnosis, prognosis, referrals, and 
therapeutic programs. Multicultural considerations 
in the diagnostic process. (Lec. 4) Pre: 372, 373, 
374, 375, 465 or equivalent; graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. 


SaSYNOD 


186 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


570 Clinical Practicum in Communicative 
Disorders (1-5) 

Supervised assessment and rehabilitation proce- 
dures with persons experiencing communicative 
disorders in speech-language pathology and/or au- 
diology. Practicum sites scheduled on campus and 
within hospital, school, institutional, and private 
settings. (Practicum) Pre: graduate standing, 25 
observation hours, and appropriate course work. 


571 Medical Speech-Language Pathology (1) 
Prepares students to work as speech-language pa- 
thologists in medical settings. Focus on scope of 
practice, ethics, and the coordination, prioritizing, 
and delivery of clinical services in an interdiscipli- 
nary environment. (Seminar) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing. S/U only. 


572 Pathologies of the Auditory System (3) 
Diagnostic implications of audiometry for various 
organic disorders; supportive audiological informa- 
tion relevant to medical and surgical interventions; 
differential data associated with otosclerosis, 
Meniere’s disease, VIllth cranial nerve tumors, and 
malingering. (Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, 
graduate standing, or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. 


574 Hearing Conservation (2) 

The auditory and non-auditory effects of noise on 
human beings. Hearing conservation plan develop- 
ment and monitoring as well as legal issues will be 
reviewed. (Lec. 2) Pre: permission of instructor. Of- 
fered spring. 


575 Management of Deaf and Special 
Populations (3) 

Identification of needs related to health, communi- 
cation, and quality of life in deaf and special popu- 
lations. Management strategies and the 
audiologist’s role will be described. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
454 and 551. Offered spring 


576 Cochlear Implants (2) 

Concepts and issues related to cochlear implanta- 
tion as a remediation for deafness in adults and 
children. Hardware, programming, rehabilitative, 
and surgical issues will be addressed. (Lec. 2) Pre: 
graduate standing in Audiology or permission of 
instructor. Offered fall every third year. 


577 Vestibular Rehabilitation and Tinnitus 
Management (2) 

Management of the vertiginous patient to reduce 
symptoms and restore function. Tinnitus assess- 
ment and therapeutic strategies are reviewed. (Lec. 
2) Pre: 454, 551 and 572. Offered spring. 


580 Augmentative and Alternative 
Communication (2) 

Review of unaided (manual) approches to commu- 
nication. Discussion of aided methods using com- 
munication boards or other mechanical electronic 
devices. (Lec. 2) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


581 Dysphagia (3) 

Basic introduction to the knowledge and skills 
needed by speech-language pathologists providing 
clinical services to dysphagic patients in medical 
settings. (Lec. 1) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


582 Motor Speech Disorders (3) 

Neurosystem pathologies and mechanisms affect- 

ing speech. Prepares students to diagnose, assess, 

and treat adults with acquired motor speech disor- 
ders. (Lec. 4) Pre: graduate standing or permission 
of instructor. 


584 Language Disorders in Developmentally 
Young Children (4) 

Study of communication deficits in developmen- 
tally young and multi-handicapped children; types 
of language problems; differential diagnoses; as- 
sessment of conceptual requisites and concrete lan- 
guage skills; and interactive therapeutic strategies. 
(Lec. 4) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


585 Language Disorders in Adults (3) 

Provides basic information on the characteristics, 
assessment, and treatment of adults with acquired 
language disorders secondary to stroke, head in- 
jury, and progressive neurological diseases. (Lec. 4) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instructor. 


592 Disorders of Fluency (3) 

Study of nature and causes of stuttering; analyses 
of current theories and research concerning stutter- 
ing and cluttering; development of a rationale for 
diagnosis, case selection, and intervention. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing and/or permission of in- 
structor. 


593 Multicultural Issues in Communicative 
Disorders (1) 

Exposure to state-of-the art clinical practices with 
individuals from diverse backgrounds. Attention 
paid to developing “cultural sensitivity” and an 
awareness of the cultural and bilingual influences 
on assessment and intervention decisions. (Lec. 1) 


594 Counseling in Communicative Disorders (1) 
Considerations in counseling in speech-language 
pathology and audiology. Multiple factors influenc- 
ing communication between client/family and pro- 
fessionals. Study of clinical skills in counseling. Ethi- 
cal and professional issues. (Lec. 1) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. 


595 Instrumentation and Computer Use in 
Communicative Disorders (1) 

Topics in applied instrumentation and computer 
use for students in speech-language pathology and 
audiology. Practical experience in calibration of in- 
struments and the use of current professional soft- 
ware. (Lab. 2) Pre: graduate standing or permission 
of instructor. In alternate years. 


598 Special Problems (1-3) 

Selected areas of study pertinent to communicative 
disorders. Instruction may be offered in class semi- 
nar or tutorial environments according to specific 
needs and purposes. (Independent Study) Pre: 
graduate standing. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


658 Advanced Electrophysiological Assessment 
of Hearing (4) 

Study of the most current research regarding elec- 
trophysiological assessment of hearing. Detailed 
consideration of such issues as stimulus variables, 
age, sex, sleep state, etc. Consideration of the neu- 
rophysiology underlying the measured electrical 
potentials. Must be taken concurrently with 659. 
(Lec. 4) Pre: graduate standing in Audiology or per- 
mission of instructor. Offered fall every third year. 


670 Audiology Residency (6) 

Full-time equivalent off-campus clinical residency in 
Audiology. Direct clinical experience with on-site 
supervision plus oversight by URI faculty. Place- 
ments may vary and combine more than one site. 
(Externship) May be repeated for a total of 12 
credits. Pre: graduate standing in Audiology and 
completion of 570. 


691 Independent Study in Audiology (1-3) 
Selected areas of study pertinent to Audiology. In- 
struction may be offered in class seminar or tutorial 
environments according to specific needs and pur- 
poses. (Independent Study) Pre: graduate standing 
in Audiology. 


698 Capstone Project in Audiology (3) 

This registration purposes to tie together classroom 
and clinical experiences. Discussions will be based 
on externship experiences. A major paper on one 
clinical problem chosen by the student will be pre- 
sented to students and faculty in Audiology. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: graduate standing in Audiology. 


Community Planning (CPL) 
Chairperson: Professor Atash 


200 Understanding Cities (3) 

Introduction to the city, emphasizing the urban 
process and its planning understood as actions in- 
tended to shape the futures of human settlements. 
(Lec. 3) (S) [D] 


210 Introduction to Planning and Community (3) 
Introductory course for community planning mi- 
nor. History of urban development, management 
and planning of cities and towns in the United 
States. Discussion of contemporary planning issues 
in urban areas. (Lec. 3) 


300 Introduction to Global Issues in Sustainable 
Development (3) 

Role of the United States in development assistance 
to foreign nations. Topics include foreign aid, sus- 
tainable development, transfer of technology, and 
international career opportunities. (Lec. 3) (FC) [D] 


391, 392 Directed Study in Community Planning 
(1-3) 

Independent work in planning for individual stu- 
dents or groups. (Independent Study) Pre: 210 or 
410 or permission of instructor. 


397 Field Work in Community Planning (1-3) 
Field work as arranged. The student works as a 
part-time intern in a planning agency under the 
supervision of a faculty advisor. (Practicum) Pre: 
210 or 410 or permission of instructor. 


410 Fundamentals of Community Planning 
Practice (3) 

The development of the planning profession in the 
United States, and the elements of planning prac- 
tice. The application of planning principles, meth- 
ods, and techniques pertinent to contemporary ur- 
ban problems. (Lec. 3) Not for graduate credit. 


434 (or MAF 434) Introduction to Environmental 
Law (3) 

Surveys issues arising out of laws designed to pro- 
tect the environment and manage resources: right 
to a decent environment, government regulation 
versus private property rights, citizen participation 
in planning environmental controls. (Lec. 3) 
Primarily for students not enrolled in the graduate 
curriculum in community planning and area 
development. 


487 International Development Internship (1-6) 
Supervised participation in programs related to sus- 
tainable international development. Minimum 35 
hours of internship per credit. (Practicum) Pre: 300 
and/or permission of instructor. Not for graduate 
credit. S/U only. 


COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS/COMMUNITY PLANNING 187 


495 International Development Seminar (3) 
Seminar in sustainable international development 
for advanced-level students interested in interna- 
tional development. (Seminar) Pre: 300 and/or per- 
mission of instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


498 Community Planning Seminar (3) 

Seminar in community planning from an interdisci- 
plinary perspective. (Seminar) Pre: 210 or 410 or 
permission of instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


501 Introduction to Community Planning 
Practice (3) 

The development of community planning in the 
United States, history of governmental planning 
and evaluation of the planning profession, and the 
elements of planning practice. (Lec. 3) 


510 Community Planning and Political and 
Social Change (3) 

Introduction to systems and central theories of de- 
terminants for social and planned change in urban 
and urbanizing communities. Focus on methodolo- 
gies for political and social assessments. (Seminar) 
Service learning. Pre: 523 or permission of 
instructor. 


511 Planning and Natural Environmental 
Systems (3) 

Introduction to theories, methodologies, and sub- 
stantive concerns of environmental resource analy- 
sis with attention given to coastal environmental 
issues. Focus on land, soils, watersheds, water qual- 
ity, vegetation, air quality, wildlife, noise pollution. 
(Lec. 3) 


512 Development of Human Settlements (3) 
Structure, functions, and development of human 
settlements. Classical and contemporary urban 
theory. Emphasizes political economy of urbaniza- 
tion as a historical process tied to our other social 
processes. (Seminar) 


516 Seminar on the Urban Waterfront 
See Marine Affairs 516. 


522 Planning Law (3) 

General review and discussion of legal principles 
and thought concerned with property rights, politi- 
cal power, and the legal aspects pertinent to the 
planning and development of public and private 
activities. (Lec. 3) Pre: second-year graduate stand- 
ing or permission of instructor. 


523 Planning Theory (3) 

Critical survey of planning theories and contempo- 
rary planning concepts. Values, assumptions, and 
processes of various planning paradigms as related 
to decisions in community planning. Specific em- 
phasis on values and ethics in planning theory. 
(Seminar) 


525 Introduction to Planning Methods (4) 
Application of basic quantitative methods in plan- 
ning: collection, analysis, and presentation of de- 
mographic, housing, and economic data. Introduc- 
tory survey techniques. Introduction to computer 
applications in planning. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: one 
course in statistics or permission of instructor. 


526 Techniques and Methodologies of Planning 
Research (4) 

Elementary social science research methods. Intro- 
duction to methodological approaches, research 
design, quantitative and qualitative data collection, 
and computerized data analysis in community 
planning and related urban social science. (Lec. 3, 
Lab. 2) Pre: 525. 


530 Urban Design and Public Policy (3) 
Significant concepts of historical and contemporary 
urban form ranging from entire cities to architec- 
tural details. Emphasis on urban design methods, 
process, and elements. Alternatives for implemen- 
tation of urban design projects. (Lec. 3) 


536 International Comparisons in Urban and 
Regional Planning (3) 

Urban and regional development issues and poli- 
cies in advanced and developing countries. Empha- 
sis on population growth, urbanization, and spatial 
development. (Seminar) In alternate years. 


537 (or REN 532) Land Resources Economics (3) 
The study of economic relationships of man and 
scarce natural and man-made resources. Supply 
and demand, rent theory, resources conservation, 
and the impact of public policy and law. (Lec. 3) 


538 Site Planning (3) 

Site analysis and planning, including street design, 
principles of house grouping, and residential subdi- 
vision layout. Site planning standards for office de- 
velopment and shopping centers. (Lec. 3) 


539 Environmental Law (3) 

Analysis of specific environmental issues and poli- 
cies including facility siting, land use and constitu- 
tional issues, comprehensive planning, public trust 
doctrine, concurrence and state impact assess- 
ments. Independent research and presentation re- 
quired. (Lec. 3) 


540 Community-Based Housing (3) 

Analysis of local housing needs; issues and perspec- 
tives in the context of federal and nonfederal pro- 
gram activities. Review of public-purpose strategies 
to provide housing that meets community needs. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


S3aSYNOD 


188 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


542 Housing and Community Development 

Law (3) 

Examination of housing and community develop- 
ment laws through cases and readings. Focuses on 
the laws and programs that have been developed 
to address the problem of providing affordable 
housing in the United States. (Seminar) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of instructor. 


543 Methods of Social Policy Analysis (3) 
Methods and techniques of social public policy 
analysis as applied to social problems and the 
evaluation of policy options, programs, and quality 
of life. (Seminar) Pre: 624 or permission of instruc- 
tor. In alternate years. 


545 Land Development Seminar (3) 

A study of land management techniques including 
zoning, subdivision regulation, and land suitability 
and analysis; their use and environmental implica- 
tions in land and water development. (Seminar) 
Pre: 511 or permission of instructor. 


546 (or CVE 546) Urban and Rural 
Transportation (3) 

Issues confronting planning for urban and rural 
transportation systems; the variety of policies that 
governments pursue in addressing issues and prob- 
lems; technical and political constraints, transporta- 
tion studies, and demand analysis techniques. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 410 or 501 or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. 


549 Seminar in Ecological Planning (3) 
Advanced seminar in ecological planning. Topics 
include hazardous waste, power plant siting, major 
transportation facilities, solid waste, aquifer protec- 
tion, among others. Particular emphasis on wet- 
lands and marine and coastal settings. (Seminar) 
Pre: 511 or permission of instructor. 


554 Community Development Funding and 
Subsidies (3) 

Analysis of strategies to access capital markets, pro- 
tect the public good and induce public benefits. 
Financial planning and feasibility analysis for gov- 
ernment-subsidized development projects. Not for 
graduate credit in the College of Business. In alter- 
nate years. (Seminar) 


555 Introduction to Economic Development 
Planning (3) 

Overview of economic development planning 
theory and practice. Emphasis on state and local 
planning in industrialized countries. The planning 
process and analytical techniques. Business, human 
resource, and community development strategies. 
(Seminar) Pre: 512 or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. 


589 Master's Project Research (1-6) 

A substantial, self-directed planning project, by one 
or several students, under guidance of a major pro- 
fessor. Number of credits to be determined each 
semester. S/U credit. 


591, 592 Special Problems in Planning (1-6 each) 
Individual investigation of special problems in plan- 
ning. (Independent Study) 


593-596 Special Problems in Planning (1-6 each) 
Group investigation of special problems in plan- 
ning. (Independent Study) 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (1-6) 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. S/U credit. 


624 Planning Policy and Management in Urban 
Areas (3) 

City planning as applied to urban policy in cities 
and metropolitan areas. Includes social, economic, 
and physical planning in the context of community 
development programs and management pro- 
cesses. (Seminar) Pre: 501, 511, 525, or permission 
of instructor. 


625 Central City Revitalization and 
Implementation (3) 

Advanced concentration course in central city plan- 
ning. Focus on the problems of central cities and 
the causes of these problems. Emphasis on govern- 
ment policies to deal with the problems of the in- 
ner city. (Seminar) Pre: 624 or permission of in- 
structor. 


631 Community Planning Studio (6) 

Team projects in planning and design; research 
and program development; field studies and prob- 
lem analysis in local and state contexts. Develop- 
ment and evaluation of alternative solutions. (Stu- 
dio 6) Pre: 525 and 526 or permission of instructor. 


691 Special Problems in Planning (1-6) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) 


Community Service (CSV) 
Coordinator: Dean Richmond 


Note: The total number of credits in community ser- 
vice that may be earned toward graduation may not 
exceed 12. 


101 Introduction to Cultural Competence (3) 
Basic principles for students identifying their beliefs 
and clarifying their values about people who ap- 
pear different in ways that provoke negative atti- 
tudes and behaviors. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Required ser- 
vice learning. 


102 Cultural Competence Experiences (3) 
Continuation and elaboration to foster cultural 
competence for students. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Required 
service learning. 


301 Course-Based Community Service (1-3) 
Learning through a community service experience 
related to course content. Experience defined by a 
job description and learning contract; includes ori- 
entation and reflection. (Practicum) Service learn- 
ing. Pre: junior standing or above, or permission of 
instructor. Concurrent enrollment in a course that 
offers community service experience. May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 6 credits. S/U only. 


302 Community Service at URI (2-4) 

Learning through a community service project that 
addresses a specific community need at the Univer- 
sity. Project proposed and supervised by an instruc- 
tor, and varies each semester. Includes mandatory 
seminar. (Practicum) Service learning. Pre: junior 
standing or above, or permission of instructor. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 8 credits. 


303 Service in the Community (2-4) 

Learning through a community service project that 
addresses a specific need in the off-campus com- 
munity. Project proposed and supervised by an in- 
structor, and varies each semester. (Practicum) Ser- 
vice learning. Pre: junior standing or above, or 
permission of instructor. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 8 credits. S/U only. 


Comparative Literature Studies 
(CLS) 


Coordinator: Professor Manteiga 


160 Masterpieces of Literature 
See English 160. 


235 (or PHL 235) Modern Thought: Philosophy 
and Literature (3) 

Introduction to recent thought in philosophy and 
literature. Emphasis on Kierkegaard, Marx, Nietzsche, 
Freud, Sartre, and complementary literary texts. 
(Lec. 3) (L) 


250 Themes and Myths (3) 

Study of the evolution and transformation of a 
myth or theme in several national literatures. An 
introduction to a comparative and interdisciplinary 
approach. (Lec. 3) May be repeated for credit as 
often as topic changes. May be taken once for 
General Education credit. (A) 


335 (or ENG 335) Interdisciplinary Studies in 
Comparative Literature (3) 

Study of the interrelationships of two or more na- 
tional literatures (In translation) with another disci- 
pline. (Lec. 3) May be repeated for credit as often 
as topic changes. (A) 


350 (or ENG 350) Literary Theory and Criticism (3) 
Introduction to theories of literature and their ap- 
plication in the analysis of selected texts. (Lec. 3) 
May be repeated for credit as often as topic 
changes. 


450 Studies in Comparative Literature (3) 
Detailed study of a literary movement, genre, or an 
aspect of literature as seen in two or more litera- 
tures. (Lec. 3) Pre: 6 credits in literature or permis- 
sion of instructor. May be repeated for credit as 
often as topic changes. 


520 Literary Theory and Criticism (3) 
Metacriticism: literary criticism as theory and prac- 
tice and the relationship between literary and criti- 
cal discourse. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of chairperson. May be repeated once 
with change of topic. 


530 Approaches in Comparative Literature (3) 
Study of theme/myth, movement/era, genre/forms 
in two or more literatures, or interrelations with 
other disciplines. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing 
or permission of chairperson. May be repeated 
once with change of topic. 


597 Special Problems (1-6) 

Group and/or individual investigation of special 
problems in comparative literature studies. (Inde- 
pendent Study) 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (1-6) 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor and the 
Comparative Literature Studies Advisory Commit- 
tee. (Independent Study) 


See other listings under English. 


Computer Science (CSC) 
Chairperson: Professor Kowalski 


101 Computing Concepts (4) 

Capabilities and limitations of computers. Applica- 
tions of computers in today’s society. Overview of 
computing systems and programs. Students will 
complete several projects using a computer. (Lec. 
3, Lab. 2) Not open to students who have credit in 
any college-level computer science course, or to 
computer science majors. 


110 Survey of Computer Science (4) 

How computers work. Design of a simple com- 
puter. Computer software, programming, and lan- 
guages. Capabilities and limitations of computers. 
Artificial intelligence. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Open only to 
computer science majors with 4 or fewer credits in 
CSC courses. 


200 Computer Problem Solving for Science and 
Engineering (4) 

An integrated symbolic, numerical, and graphical 
approach to computer problem solving. Structured 


COMMUNITY PLANNING/COMPUTER SCIENCE 


design; fundamental programming techniques. 
Computer algebra systems. Scientific, engineering, 
and mathematical applications. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 
credit or concurrent enrollment in MTH 131 or 
141. Not for major credit in computer science. May 
not be taken for credit by students with credit in 
201 or 211. 


201 Introduction to Computer Programming (4) 
Computer characteristics, algorithms, data repre- 
sentation, program development. Students will 
write several programs to solve numerical and 
nonnumerical problems. (Lec.3, Lab. 2) Pre: MTH 
111 or equivalent. May not be taken for credit by 
students with credit in 200 or 211. (M) 


211 Introductory Programming and Design (4) 
Problem specification, solution design, and algo- 
rithm development. Object-oriented programming 
and program structure. Functions, selection, itera- 
tion, recursion, classes, arrays, and files. Required 
programs will solve numerical and nonnumerical 
problems. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: prior experience 
with computers and programming and MTH 111 
or equivalent. Intended for computer science and 
computer engineering majors. 


212 Data Structures and Abstractions (4) 
Abstract data types and data structures. Pointers, 
linked lists, stacks, queues, binary trees, and tables. 
Fundamentals of software engineering. Develop- 
ment of object-oriented programming techniques. 
(Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 211 and MTH 141. Intended 
for computer science and computer engineering 
majors. 


301 Fundamentals of Programming Languages (4) 
Organization of programming languages, data and 
control structures, syntax and semantics, compilers 
and interpreters. Block structured languages, recur- 
sion, parameter passing, run-time storage manage- 
ment. Procedural, functional, object-oriented, and 
logical languages. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 212. 


305 Software Engineering (4) 

Programming environments and methodologies for 
the design, development, testing, and mainte- 
nance of large software systems. Student teams will 
develop a substantial software product from re- 
quirements to delivery using disciplined tech- 
niques. (Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 301. 


320 Social Issues in Computing (4) 

Discussion of the social and ethical issues created 
by the use of computers. The problems that com- 
puters solve and those that they produce. Ethics 
and responsibilities of the computer professional. 
(Lec. 4) Pre: 212, junior standing, or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. 


189 


340 Mathematical Foundations of Computer 
Science (4) 

Combinatorial techniques used in non-numerical 
computation and analysis of algorithms. Logic, 
proofs, enumerations, recurrence relations, graphs 
and networks, finite automata. Complexity analysis 
of several representative problems and algorithms 
for their solutions. (Lec. 4) Pre: 212 and credit or 
concurrent enrollment in MTH 215. 


350 Fundamentals of Mathematical 
Computation (4) 

Symbolic, numerical, and graphical approaches to 
mathematical computation. Pitfalls in numerical 
computation. Root finding. Numerical integration 
and differentiation. Approximation of functions. 
Interpolation and curve fitting. Linear systems. Or- 
dinary differential equations. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 
212 and MTH 215 and 243. 


402 Compiler Design (4) 

Grammars and languages; lexical analysis, parsing 
and translation, symbol tables, run-time storage 
administration, object code generation. Students 
will construct a compiler for a small programming 
language. (Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 301. 


406 Computer Graphics (4) 

Interactive raster graphics; hardware, software, and 
algorithms. Point plotting, line drawing, geometri- 
cal transformations, clipping and windowing. 
Three-dimensional graphics including curves, sur- 
faces, perspective, hidden objects, shading. User 
interfaces; graphical programming environments. 
(Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 305, MTH 215 and 243. 


411 Computer Organization (4) 

Logical structure of computer systems viewed as a 
hierarchy of levels. Assembly language program- 
ming, assemblers, linkers, loaders. Computer archi- 
tecture including digital logic, processor organiza- 
tion, instruction sets, addressing techniques, virtual 
memory, microprogramming. (Lec. 3, Project 3) 
Pre: 212, junior standing or permission of 
instructor. 


412 Operating Systems and Networks (4) 
General concepts underlying operating systems 
and computer networks. Topics include process 
management, concurrency, scheduling, memory 
management, information management, protec- 
tion and security, modeling and performance, net- 
working and communication. (Lec. 3, Project 3) 
Pre: 212, junior standing or permission of 
instructor. 


415 Introduction to Parallel Computing (4) 
Programming techniques to engage a collection of 
autonomous processors to solve large-scale numeri- 
cal and non-numerical problems. Processor inter- 
connections. Parallel programming languages and 
models. Performance measures. (Lec. 3, Project 3) 
Pre: 301. In alternate years. 


SaSYNOD 


190 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


436 Database Management Systems (4) 
Construction and management of large data sys- 
tems. Data modeling, relational and object-ori- 
ented systems, main memory databases, query lan- 
guages, query optimization, concurrency control, 
transaction management, distributed systems, disk 
organization, indexes, emerging technologies. 
(Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 301 or 412 or permission of 
instructor. 


440 Algorithms and Data Structures (4) 
Algorithm design and analysis, advanced data 
structures, computational complexity. Sorting, 
searching including hashing and balanced trees, 
string pattern matching, polynomial and matrix 
calculations, graph and network algorithms, NP- 
completeness and intractability. (Lec. 3, Project 3) 
Pre: 340. 


445 Models of Computation (4) 

Abstract models of computational systems. Classi- 
cal models for uniprocessor, sequential, and stored 
program computers. New models based on recent 
advances in hardware, software, and communica- 
tions and their implications in practice. (Lec. 3, 
Project 3) Pre: 340. In alternate years. 


447 Discrete Mathematical Structures 
See Mathematics 447. 


481 Artificial Intelligence (4) 

Theories, formalisms, techniques to emulate intelli- 
gent behavior using information processing mod- 
els. Symbolic programming, search, problem solv- 
ing, knowledge-based techniques, logic, theorem 
proving. Optional topics: natural language process- 
ing, machine learning, computer vision. (Lec. 3, 
Project 3) Pre: 301 or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. 


491 Directed Study in Computer Science (1-4) 
Advanced work in computer science. Conducted as 
supervised individual projects. (Independent Study) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. S/U credit. 


492 Special Topics in Computer Science (1-4) 
Advanced topics of current interest in computer 
science. (Lec.1-4, Project 1-3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


499 Project in Computer Science (4) 

Supervised work on a capstone project in computer 
science that prepares students for careers in indus- 
try and graduate study. (Practicum) Pre: advanced 
standing in computer science and departmental 
approval. Normally taken twice in two consecutive 
semesters. May be repeated for a maximum of 8 
credits. Not for graduate credit. S/U credit. 


501 Programming Language Semantics (4) 
Design, analysis, implementation, and comparative 
study of major programming language families. 
Topics include procedural and block-structured lan- 


guages, interpretive languages, concurrency, func- 
tional languages, object-oriented programming, 
logic programming, dataflow languages and ma- 
chines. (Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 301. 


502 Theory of Compilers (4) 

An advanced course in compiler construction cov- 
ering advanced parsing techniques, compiler-writ- 
ing tools, type checking and type inference, code 
optimization, and compiling nonstandard language 
features. (Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 402. In alternate 
years. 


505 Advanced Topics in Software Engineering (4) 
Lifecycle models; software development environ- 
ments; project management. Metrics, perfor- 
mance, and testing. Paradigms for software design 
and architecture. Legal and ethical issues. (Lec. 3, 
Project 3) Pre: 305. In alternate years. 


509 Object-Oriented System Design (4) 
Object-oriented design and programming, the soft- 
ware engineering process. Traditional and current 
object-oriented design methods. Software reuse. 
Design tools. Impact of the technology on tradi- 
tional software engineering. (Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 
305 and working knowledge of an object-oriented 
language. In alternate years. 


511 Advanced Computer Organization (4) 
Evaluation of high-performance computer systems 
with respect to architectures, operating systems, 
and algorithms. High-speed conventional ma- 
chines; array processors; multiprocessors; data flow 
machines; RISC architectures; VLSI-based machines. 
(Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 411. In alternate years. 


512 Topics in Distributed Systems (4) 

Advanced topics in distributed systems. Network- 
ing; standard distributed computing environments. 
Distributed computing algorithms. Concurrency 
and threading. Real-time computing, scheduling, 
concurrency control, load allocation. (Lec. 3, 
Project 3) Pre: 412. In alternate years. 


517 Design and Analysis of VLSI Systems (4) 
Illustration and analysis of VLSI algorithms and ar- 
chitecture. Emphasis on design of very large-scale 
integrated circuits, related methodologies, and 
theoretical foundations. VLSI technologies, fabrica- 
tion, automated design tools for various problems. 
(Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 411 and either 340 or 447. 
In alternate years. 


519 Computer Networks 
See Electrical Engineering 543. 


525 (or IME 525) Simulation (3) 

Discrete simulation models. Comparison of discrete 
change simulation languages. Methodology includ- 
ing generation of random variates, design of simu- 
lation experiments for optimization and validation 
of models and results. Selected applications. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 212 and 6 credits of statistics. 


536 Topics in Data Management Systems (4) 
Current research and developments in database 
management systems. Relational, semantic, object- 
oriented, real-time, distributed, heterogeneous, 
and logic databases. Concurrency control, security, 
active rules, recovery, and integrity subsystems. 
(Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 436 or permission of instruc- 
tor. In alternate years. 


541 Advanced Topics in Algorithms (4) 
Algorithm design techniques such as dynamic pro- 
gramming, greedy method, branch and bound. 
Linear programming; NP-completeness; graph al- 
gorithms; number theoretic algorithms; approxi- 
mation algorithms for NP-complete problems; 
probabilistic and parallel algorithms. (Lec. 3, 
Project 3) Pre: 440 or 445. In alternate years. 


542 Mathematical Analysis of Algorithms (4) 
Mathematical techniques for the analysis of algo- 
rithms. Sums and products; finite difference calcu- 
lus; properties of binomial coefficients; Stirling, har- 
monic, and Fibonacci numbers; recurrence 
relations; generating functions; asymptotic ap- 
proximation. Case studies. (Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 
440. In alternate years. 


544 Theory of Computation (4) 

Finite automata, pushdown automata, formal gram- 
mars and Chomsky hierarchy, Turing machines, com- 
putability, basics of complexity theory. Advanced 
topics including some of the following: cryptography, 
interactive proofs, circuit complexity, completeness 
for various complexity classes, relations among com- 
plexity classes, new models of computation. (Lec. 3, 
Project 3) Pre: 440 or 445. In alternate years. 


547 Combinatorics and Graph Theory 
See Mathematics 547. 


548 Topics in Combinatorics 
See Mathematics 548. 


550 Computer Algebra (4) 

Symbolic mathematical computation; history, use, 
representation of information, algorithms and heu- 
ristics. Big number arithmetic, manipulation of 
polynomials and rational expressions; algebraic 
simplification; factoring; symbolic integration. 
Organization and implementation of computer al- 
gebra systems. (Lec. 3, Project 3) Pre: 350, 440. In 
alternate years. 


581 (or ELE 581) Special Topics in Artificial 
Intelligence (3) 

Topics of specialized or current interest, which may 
change. Topics may include expert systems, natural 
language processing, neural network models, ma- 
chine learning. Al applications in remote sensing. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 481 or permission of instructor. May 
be repeated with permission. In alternate years. 


583 Computer Vision 
See Electrical Engineering 583. 


591 Directed Study in Computer Science (1-4) 
Advanced work in computer science conducted as 
supervised individual projects. (Independent Study) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. S/U credit. 


592 Special Topics in Computer Science (1-4) 
Advanced topics of current interest in computer 
science. (Lec. 1-4, Project 1-3) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Dental Hygiene (DHY) 
Director: Assistant Professor Saunders 


100 Introduction to Dental Hygiene (2) 

An overview of the dental hygiene profession in- 
cluding basic dental anatomy, dental terminology, 
current infection control protocols, and preventive 
dentistry concepts. (Lec. 2) 


350 Dental Health Education (3) 

Educational philosophy, teaching methods, and 
acquisition of skills in methods of research. Investi- 
gation, review, interpretation, and critical evalua- 
tion of scientific literature as the basis for dental 
health education. (Lec. 3) For dental hygiene ma- 
jors only. 


440 (or CMD 440 or PHT 440) Advanced Head 
and Neck Anatomy (3) 

Study of structure and function of human head and 
neck anatomy, supplemented by dissection labora- 
tory. Emphasis on the musculoskeletal, visceral, 
nervous, and vascular systems related to dental hy- 
giene and communicative disorders. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
2) Pre: BIO 121 or equivalent. 


462 Oral Care of the Aged and Medically 
Compromised (3) 

Practical approach for the health-related profes- 
sional. Emphasis on recognition of oral disorders, 
oral health care strategies, and principles of pre- 
vention for the aged and chronically ill. (Lec. / 
Practicum 3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


464 Field Experience in Community Oral 

Health (3) 

Directed field experience in dental health educa- 
tion in cooperation with community-based agen- 
cies. Weekly seminar. The experience will be de- 
fined by a job description and learning contract or 
letter of intent arranged by the instructor with the 
student and the agency supervisor. (Practicum) 
Pre: permission of instructor. 


Economics (ECN) 
Chairperson: Professor Ramstad 


100 Introduction to Economics (3) 

General overview of concepts economists employ 
to address issues of public policy. Description of 
major institutions of present-day American 
economy. Historical approach to subject matter. 
(Lec. 3) (S) 


201 Principles of Economics: Microeconomics (3) 
Principles underlying resource allocation, produc- 
tion, and income distribution in a market economy. 
Topics include demand and supply, consumer be- 
havior, firm behavior, market structure, and el- 
ementary welfare analysis. Institutional foundations 
explored. (Lec. 3) (S) 


202 Principles of Economics: Macroeconomics (3) 
Principles underlying aggregate demand and ag- 
gregate supply in a market economy. Topics in- 
clude national income determination, inflation, un- 
employment, economic growth, and international 
trade. Institutional foundations explored. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 201 or equivalent. (S) 


305 Competing Traditions in Economics (3) 
Introductory exposure to the history of economic 
thought and also to competing schools of thought 
within modern economics. Connections between 
present-day controversies and competing traditions 
are explored. Pre: 201, 202. May be taken concur- 
rently with 202. 


306 Introduction to Economic Research 
Methods (3) 

Development of supplementary skills needed to 
carry out economic research. Topics include: 1) 
widely used computer operating systems, 2) eco- 
nomic data sources, 3) elementary mathematical 
and statistical techniques, and 4) library research 
methods. Pre: 201, 202. May be taken concur- 
rently with 202. 


310 Economics of Sports (3) 

Economic analysis of professional sports. Topics in- 
clude sports and television, the collegiate founda- 
tion, franchise finance, athletes’ compensation, and 
impact upon local public finance. (Lec. 3) Pre: 100, 
201, an equivalent course, or permission of 
instructor. 


323 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) 

Theory of consumer behavior, the firm, market 
equilibrium, general equilibrium, imperfect compe- 
tition, optimization over time, and linear models. 
Models of microeconomics are developed using 
calculus and linear algebra. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201, 202 
and MTH 131 or 141. 


COMPUTER SCIENCE/ECONOMICS 191 


324 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) 

Theory of consumption, investment, monetary and 
fiscal policy, static and dynamic models, economic 
growth, unemployment, and inflation. Macroeco- 
nomics developed using calculus and linear alge- 
bra. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201, 202 and MTH 131 or 141. 


327 Intermediate Economic Theory: Income and 
Employment (3) 

Measurement of national income. Theory of the 
determination of the general level of income, em- 
ployment, and prices. Business fluctuations. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 202 or 590 or permission of instructor. 


328 Intermediate Economic Theory: Pricing and 
Distribution (3) 

Market conditions and forces affecting the pricing 
and production of goods and services, the alloca- 
tion of resources, and the distribution of income. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or permission of instructor. 


334 Money and Banking (3) 

Structure and functioning of monetary institutions. 
Analyses of monetary theories. The role of mon- 
etary policy. U.S. banking structure: its operations 
and functioning. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or permission of 
instructor. 


337 Industrial Organization and Public Policy (3) 
Historical and present attitudes and policies of vari- 
ous levels of government toward the changing 
structure of American business. Emphasis on legal 
and economic concepts of business activity. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 201 or 202 or permission of instructor. Next 
offered 2003-04. 


338 International Economics (3) 

Theory and evidence on international trade and 
finance. Includes determinants and welfare effects 
of foreign trade, international investment, migra- 
tion, exchange rates, and the balance of payments. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 202 or permission of instructor. 


342 Public Finance (3) 

Examination of the theory and practice of public 
expenditures, revenues, and fiscal policy with ma- 
jor emphasis on federal fiscal affairs. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
201 or 202 or permission of instructor. 


344 (or PSC 344) International Financial 
Economics (3) 

History, theory, and politics of the international financial 
system. Topics include the foreign exchange market, inter- 
national banking, macroeconomic stabilization under 
fixed and floating exchange rates, exchange rate 
reform, and the global debt crisis. (Lec. 3) 


351, 352 Assigned Work (3 each) 

Special work in economics when it can be arranged 
to meet the needs of individual students who de- 
sire independent work. (Independent Study) Pre: 
201 or 202 or permission of instructor. S/U credit. 


S3aSYNOD 


192 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


360 Health Economics (3) 

Economic analysis of health services. Topics include 
demand and supply in markets for health care and 
insurance, government regulation, and perfor- 
mance of national health systems. (Lec.3) Pre: 201. 


363 Economic Growth and Development (3) 
Basic problems in economic growth and develop- 
ment of so-called backward or preindustrial coun- 
tries. Emphasis on population trends, agrarian re- 
forms, capital formation, international aid 
programs, respective roles of private and public 
enterprise. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or 202 or permission 
of instructor. 


368 Labor Economics (3) 

Impact of industrialization on workers; survey of 
the basic principles of labor market organization 
and operation; unemployment and remedies; wage 
determination under union and nonunion condi- 
tions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 and 202. 


371 Economics in Islamic Societies (3) 
Principles of Islamic economic systems, private 
property and the market. Freedom of enterprise 
and role of the state. Comparison with capitalism 
and socialism. Pre: 201, 202 or permission of in- 
structor. 


375 Introduction to Quantitative Methods | (3) 
Mathematical techniques used in modern eco- 
nomic theory. Linear algebra, the calculus of sev- 
eral variables, constrained maximization, and dif- 
ferential equations. Application to economic 
problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 and 202 and MTH 131 
or141, or permission of instructor. Next offered 
2004-05 


376 Introduction to Econometrics (4) 
Application of econometric methods to economic 
problems. Econometric tools applied to micro- and 
macroeconomic problems. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 201 
or permission of instructor. 


381 Radical Critiques of Contemporary Political 
Economy (3) 

Radical right and radical left critiques. Radical views 
on values, methodology, production planning, in- 
come distribution, economic power, the military- 
industrial complex, imperialism, and racial and 
sexual discrimination. (Lec. 3) Pre: 202 or permis- 
sion of instructor. (S) 


385 Economic Development of the United 

States (3) 

Developmental factors in American economic life 
introduce students to the past and present business 
environment. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or permission of 
chairperson. 


386 The Economics of Race, Gender, and Class (3) 
An economic examination of the historical interre- 
lations of race, class, and gender issues in the 


United States. (Lec. 3) Pre: 100 or 201 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


402 Urban Economics (3) 

Analysis of selected economic problems of urban 
areas. Development of methodological approaches 
through discussion of policy issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
201 or 202 or permission of instructor. 


415 Environmental Harms and Sanctions (3) 
Political economic analysis of criminal, civil, and 
administrative regulation and law in an ecological 
context. Topics include hazardous waste, environ- 
mental justice, wilderness preservation, and global 
issues. Pre: junior or senior standing. 


444 Applied Research in Economics (3) 

The application of economic theory, econometrics, 
and computing to specific problems. Emphasis on 
formulation of hypotheses in mathematical form, 
transformation into forms suitable for empirical 
testing, testing using the computer, report writing, 
and oral presentation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 323, 324, and 
376. 


445 Senior Research Project (3) 

Collaborative group research under guidance of 
department member. Topic jointly selected by 
members of group, subject to faculty approval. 
Written report required. (Independent Study) Pre: 
final semester for majors in the economics B.A .and 
B.S. Applied programs. Not for graduate credit. 


480 Seminar in Labor Studies 
See Labor Studies 480. 


515, 516 Economic Research (1-3 each) 
Independent research. (Independent Study) S/U 
credit. 


526 Economics of Labor Markets 
See Labor and Industrial Relations 526. 


527 Macroeconomic Theory 
See Resource Economics 527. 


528 Microeconomic Theory 
See Resource Economics 528. 


534 Information Sources and Uses in Labor 
Relations and Labor Economics 
See Labor and Industrial Relations 534. 


576 Econometrics 
See Resource Economics 576. 


590 Principles of Economics (3) 

Survey of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Lec. 
3) Pre: graduate standing in accounting, labor and 
industrial relations, or M.B.A. program. 


628 Advanced Microeconomic Theory | 
See Resource Economics 628. 


676 Advanced Econometrics 
See Resource Economics 676. 


Education (EDC) 
Director: Professor Felner 


102 Introduction to American Education (3) 
Introduction to the fundamental structure, func- 
tions, and problems of American education. Em- 
phasis on education as both a sociocultural phe- 
nomenon and an embodiment of philosophical 
commitments. (Lec. 2, Rec. 1) Not for major credit 
in elementary or secondary education. (S) 


250 Supervised Preprofessional Field Experience (1) 
Supervised early field experience and seminar for 
students wishing to explore one or more possible 
career choices in education. (Practicum) May be 
repeated for credit. S/U only. 


279 Career Development Seminar (1) 
Individualized approach to career concerns, skill 
identification, self-awareness, career development 
theory, decision making. Emphasis on understand- 
ing long- and short-term goals. (Seminar) 


302 Topics in Educational Studies (3) 
Consideration of basic purposes, values, and 
changes in American education as a means of ana- 
lyzing selected topics drawn from foundational 
studies in education. Topics vary. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 


312 The Psychology of Learning (3) 

An analysis of learning with emphasis on principles 
and procedures applicable to any human teaching 
and learning situation. (Lec. 3) Pre: PSY 113. (S) 


329 Music for the Elementary School Teacher 
See Music 329. 


350 Primary School Practicum (1) 

Students apply methodology in a public school set- 
ting for grades K-2 for three hours each week for 
10 weeks. Lessons are taught and principles of 
classroom management, individualized instruction, 
and integrated curriculum are applied. (Practicum) 
Pre: HDF 200 and acceptance into the early child- 
hood education program. S/U only. 


360 Foundations of American Education (3) 

An analysis of historical, social, and philosophical 
foundations of American education, emphasizing 
theory and practice in contemporary schools and 
the relevance and appropriateness of the educa- 
tional values schools reflect. (Lec. 3) Pre: open to 
students admitted to concentrations in elementary 
or secondary education. Students must be ac- 
cepted into the education program. 


371 Educational Measurements (3) 

An analysis of concepts and procedures involved in 
creating, selecting, summarizing, and using tests 
and other measurement devices in educational set- 
tings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 312. 


400 Middle School Curriculum (3) 

Examination of contemporary middle school cur- 
riculum including trends, issues, and models. At- 
tention focused on middle school children, middle 
school teachers, integrated and interdisciplinary 
instruction, standards-based curriculum and assess- 
ment. Undergraduates seeking Middle Level En- 
dorsement are required to take this course, prefer- 
ably the semester prior to student teaching. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 424 or 448 or permission of instructor. 


401 Development and Utilization of 
Instructional Materials (3) 

Methods of developing and making classroom ap- 
plication of selected materials: nonprojected, pro- 
jected, and audio. Specific attention to utilization 
in the social sciences, English, reading, the natural 
sciences, the humanities, arithmetic, and math- 
ematics. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: senior standing and 6 
hours of education. 


402 The Education of Special Needs Students (3) 
Legislative, judicial, social, and psychological issues 
related to the assessment, identification, and 
remediation of special needs students’ problems in 
the regular and special education classroom. (Lec. 
3) Pre: PSY 232 or HDF 200 and EDC 312. 


415 Adolescents and Classroom Management (3) 
Issues pertaining to adolescent development as 
manifested in the classroom. Emphasis upon class- 
room management strategies for the learning and 
developmental needs of adolescents. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
in- or pre-service major in secondary education or 
permission of instructor. 


424 Teaching Literacy in the Elementary School (3) 
Fundamental knowledge base in literacy develop- 
ment and instruction. Bridges theory and practice 
through exposure to a variety of methods and ma- 
terials used to create a comprehensive literacy cur- 
riculum. (Lec) Pre: Prior or concurrent enrollment 
in 312, 512, graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. Service learning optional. 


425 Using Trade Books in the Reading and 
Writing Program (3) 

Instructional strategies for using trade books to de- 
velop skilled reading and comprehension, foster 
literary appreciation, connect literature to personal 
experience, and promote integration throughout 
the curriculum. (Lec. 3) Pre: 424, graduate stand- 
ing or permission of instructor or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 424. 


426 Integrated Primary School Curriculum (4) 
Principles and practices of developing knowledge, 
skills and activities in Language Arts/Reading, 
Math, Science, Social Studies, Music, Art and Physi- 
cal Education/Health. (Lec) Pre: Portfolio interview/ 
Acceptance into ECE Teaching Program. Concur- 
rent enrollment in 350.. Not for graduate credit in 
education. 


427 Methods and Materials in Elementary 
Teaching | (3) 

Language arts and reading principles and practices 
of guiding children in skillful use of basic means of 
communication (speaking, listening, writing, and 
reading). (Lec. 3) Pre: PSY 113 and 232, EDC 312, 
concurrent enrollment in EDC 428, and permission 
of director. Open only to elementary education 
majors. Not for graduate credit in education. 


428 Methods and Materials in Elementary 
Teaching II (3) 

Principles and practices of developing skills and 
knowledge in social studies, math, and science 
with elementary school children. (Lec. 3) Pre: PSY 
113 and 232, EDC 312, concurrent enrollment in 
EDC 427, and permission of director. Open only to 
elementary education majors. Not for graduate 
credit in education. 


429 Emergent Literacy and Storytelling (2) 
Theoretical foundations and practical applications 
of emergent reading, writing and language devel- 
opment including field-based storytelling experi- 
ences at Early Childhood Sites. Focuses on children 
birth-six years. (Lec. 2) Pre: Portfolio interview/ ac- 
ceptance into ECE Teaching program, (except sum- 
mer). Prior or concurrent enrollment in 424 (ex- 
cept summer). Spring enrollment limited to 
students admitted to ECE teaching program and 
scheduled to student teach the following fall. Not 
for graduate credit. Optional service learning. 


430 Methods and Materials in Secondary 
Teaching (3) 

Principles of education and human sciences as re- 
lated to curricular materials and classroom situa- 
tions. Sectioned by academic major: business, En- 
glish, mathematics, modern language, science, 
social studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102, 312, PSY 232, se- 
nior standing, and permission of instructor. Con- 
current enrollment in 250 required. Open only to 
secondary education majors. Spring semester only 
for students in the College of Business Administra- 
tion. Not for graduate credit in education. 


431 Clinical Experiences for Secondary 
Education (1) 

Secondary school clinical experience, taken concur- 
rently with secondary methods course (430) during 
semester prior to student teaching. Student applies 
content learned in methods course and prior 
course work to peer teaching and classroom set- 
tings. Restricted to majors. (Practicum) Not for 
graduate credit. S/U only. 


435 The Teaching of Composition 
See Writing 435. 


448 Literacy Practices for Content Subjects (3) 
Emphasis on the development of specialized vo- 
cabulary, textbook reading techniques, and other 


ECONOMICS/EDUCATION 193 


study skills needed to read math, science, social 
studies, business, and other content area materials. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 312, 512 or graduate standing. 


449 Teaching Adolescent Literature (3) 

The current canon of adolescent literature will be 
reviewed and expanded, and methodologies for 
literature instruction will be explored. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
acceptance into the English education program or 
permission of instructor. Not open to students who 
have taken LSC 531. 


452 Evaluation of Elementary Students (2) 
Purposes and means of evaluating elementary 
school children will be critically analyzed. Types of 
tests and measurement tools will be examined, 
such as observation checklists, sociograms, rating 
scales, and portfolios. (Seminar) Pre: 453, 454, ac- 
ceptance into the elementary education program 
or permission of director;. Not for graduate credit. 


453 Individual Differences (3) 

Analyzing the needs of various student populations 
with attention given to the concomitant values, 
resources, and curriculum modifications necessary 
for success in learning. (Lec. 3) Pre: acceptance in 
the elementary education program or permission 
of director. Not for graduate credit. 


454 Individual Differences Field Component (1) 
Supervised field experience related to 453 consist- 
ing of special education, language minority, com- 
pensatory education, gifted and talented, and at- 
risk students. (Practicum) Pre: acceptance into the 
elementary education program or permission of 
director. Not for graduate credit. 


455 Language Arts Methods in Elementary 
Teaching (2) 

Language arts and reading principles and practices 
of guiding children in the skillful use of basic 
means of communication (speaking, listening, writ- 
ing, and reading). (Lec. 2) Pre: 452, 456 and 457; 
acceptance into the elementary education program 
or permission of director. Concurrent enrollment in 
458 and 459. Not for graduate credit. 


456 Mathematics Methods in Elementary 
Teaching (2) 

Principles and practices of developing knowledge 
and skills in mathematics with elementary school 
children. Service learning. (Lec. 2) Pre: 453, 454; 
acceptance into the elementary education program 
or permission of director. Concurrent enrollment in 
452 and 457. Not for graduate credit. 


457 Science Methods in Elementary Teaching (2) 
Principles and practices of developing knowledge 
and skills in science with elementary school chil- 
dren. (Lec. 2) Pre: 453, 454; acceptance into the 
elementary education program or permission of 
director. Concurrent enrollment in 452 and 456. 
Not for graduate credit. 


S3aSYNOD 


194 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


458 Social Studies Methods in Elementary 
Teaching (2) 

Principles and practices of developing knowledge 
and skills in social studies with elementary school 
children. (Lec. 2) Pre: 452, 456 and 457; accep- 
tance into the elementary education program or 
permission of director. Concurrent enrollment in 
452 and 459. Not for graduate credit. 


459 Supervised Elementary Methods Practicum 
1(1) 

Supervised field experience related to evaluation of 
elementary students and methods courses: assess- 
ment, mathematics, and science. Students will ob- 
serve and teach. (Practicum) Pre: admission into 
the elementary education program; 102, 250, 312, 
and 424. Concurrent enrollment in 425, 452, 456, 
and 457. Not for graduate credit. 


460 Supervised Elementary Methods Practicum 
Il (2) 

Supervised field experience related to evaluation of 
elementary students and methods courses: teach- 
ing special needs students, social studies and lan- 
guage arts. Students will observe and teach. Stu- 
dents meet periodically throughout the semester to 
focus on issues of classroom management. 
(Practicum) Pre: admission into the elementary 
education program; 102, 250, 312, and 424. Con- 
current enrollment in 402, 455, and 458. Not for 
graduate credit. 


470 Advanced Methods in Elementary 
Mathematics (3) 

Advanced study of elementary mathematics topics 
and methods. Math activities that promote under- 
standing in the elementary student in areas such as 
geometry, number theory, and probability/statis- 
tics. Emphasizes utilization of NCTM Mathematics 
Standards. (Lec. 3) Pre: 484 or permission of in- 
structor. 


478, 479 Problems in Education (0-3 each) 
Advanced work in education conducted as semi- 
nars, supervised individual projects, or supervised 
field experiences. (Independent Study) Students in 
seminars and supervised individual projects will be 
graded using standard grades (A-F); students in 
supervised field experiences will be graded using S/ 
U only. 


484 Supervised Student Teaching 

Under selected and approved critic teachers, stu- 
dents participate in classroom teaching and other 
school activities for a period determined by credit 
to be earned. Areas include: secondary nonvoc- 
ational, S/U credit; elementary education, S/U 
credit; home economics, S/U credit; resource de- 
velopment; business; music; theatre. (Practicum) 
Pre: methods course(s) of department involved. 
Not for graduate credit in education. 


485 Seminar in Teaching (3) 

Seminar associated with student teaching. Class- 
room issues, resource materials, and teaching mod- 
els are addressed. Course work from throughout 
the undergraduate program and student teaching 
is integrated into a professional portfolio. 
Capstone. Areas include: secondary nonvocational, 
elementary early childhood education, home eco- 
nomics, resource development, business, music, 
physical education (S/U only), theatre. (Seminar) 
Pre: concurrent enrollment in 484 and permission 
of director. Not for graduate credit in education. 


486 Student Teaching in Elementary Physical 
Education (6) 

Under selected and approved critic teachers, 
students participate in classroom teaching and 
other school activities. (Practicum) Pre: methods 
courses of department. Not for graduate credit in 
education. 


487 Student Teaching in Secondary Physical 
Education (6) 
See 486. 


488 Student Teaching in Special Physical 
Education (6) 
See 486. 


489 Student Teaching in Health Education (6) 
See 486. 


500 Foundations of Adult Education (3) 
Examination of fundamental structure, functions, 
problems, and history of adult education in 
America. Focus on socioeconomic factors and 
philosophical commitments that have shaped vari- 
ous programs. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate or senior 
standing and permission of instructor. 


502 Foundations of Curriculum (3) 

History and analysis of foundational ideas and 
schools of thought about curriculum and how they 
shape modern practices in curriculum develop- 
ment, implementation, evaluation, and change in 
the United States. (Lec. 3) 


503 Education in Contemporary Society (3) 
Leading educators’ responses to issues and chal- 
lenges confronting American education. Emphasis 
on identification and analysis of contemporary 
theories and practices reflecting the relationship 
between characteristics of society and educational 
values. (Lec. 3) 


504 Adult Basic Education (3) 

Teaching of adults whose educational level is below 
high school completion. Physical, social, and psy- 
chological characteristics of disadvantaged adults 
and various techniques and materials useful in mo- 
tivating and teaching them. (Lec. 3) Pre: permis- 
sion of instructor. 


505 Leadership Development in Adult Programs (3) 
Discussion of leadership concepts, styles, and impli- 
cations. Discussion and practice in the use of sev- 
eral adult education methods and techniques for 
increasing the effectiveness of groups and organi- 
zations. (Lec. 3) Pre: Permission of instructor. 


506 Foundations of Education: Teaching and 
Learning (7) 

Philosophical, cultural, and psychological founda- 
tions of American education. Focus on ideological 
beliefs, cultural factors, and psychological prin- 
ciples and practices that shape teaching and learn- 
ing. Field work integrated with classroom assign- 
ments. Pre: permission of director. 


508 Interdisciplinary Curriculum Development (3) 
Curriculum development of interdisciplinary units 
for schools. Focus is on grade-level units, which in- 
corporate multiple subject areas. Both individual 
and group projects required. (Lec. 3) Pre: Permis- 
sion of instructor. 


512 Educational Psychology/Classroom 

Learning (3) 

Survey and analysis of classroom learning literature. 
Particular attention paid to interaction of theory 
and research for instructional practice. Introduces 
relevant measurement, statistical, and research 
concepts. (Seminar) Pre: previous course in psy- 
chology, or permission of instructor. 


514 Current Trends in Elementary Education (3) 
For teachers and administrators, the most effective 
use of instructional materials, media of communi- 
cation, and personnel in elementary school. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 529 or permission of director. In alternate 
years. Next offered 2003-04. 


515 Job Embedded Professional Development (3) 

Job embedded professional development focuses 
on assisting educators in the reflection and data 
analyses required to design and implement profes- 
sional development activities within schools. The 
central purpose of these professional development 
activities is to improve teaching and student learn- 
ing. The literature on job embedded professional 
development will be analyzed and participants will 
design proposals for job embedded professional 
development in their schools/districts. 


516 Teaching English as a Second Language to 
Adults (3) 

Methods and materials for educators who teach 
English as a second language to adults. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of instructor. 


517 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary 
School (3) 

Intensive research in various cross-subject topics 
within the social studies. Systematic analyses of 
learning theories and methods as they relate to the 
teaching of social studies in the elementary grades. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate or postgraduate standing. 


518 Teaching Science in the Elementary School (3) 
Emphasis on methods and materials for use in the 
teaching of science in technology, life, earth, space 
and physical science topics. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission 
of instructor. 


520 Teaching of Mathematics (3) 

For the experienced teacher, examination of the 
principles underlying the teaching of mathematics 
in the elementary school; comprehensive survey of 
materials and methods available for the classroom 
teacher of mathematics. (Lec. 3) Pre: senior or 
graduate standing. In alternate years. Next offered 
2004-05. 


521 Teaching Basic Reading to Adults (3) 
Techniques for teaching basic reading skills to illit- 
erate adults; diagnosis, methods, and materials. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 504 or permission of instructor. 


522 Microcomputer Applications in the 
Classroom (3) 

Introduction to the use of microcomputers in el- 
ementary and secondary classrooms. History, cur- 
rent use, techniques for evaluating hardware and 
software, implementation issues, future develop- 
ments. (Lec. 3) Pre: senior or graduate standing. 


528 Teaching Language Arts (3) 

Preparation, presentation, use and evaluation of 
methods and materials for teaching reading, writ- 
ing, speaking and listening in the language arts 
classroom and throughout the curriculum for K-6 
grades. Pre: graduate standing. 


529 Foundations of Educational Research (3) 
Analysis of the current major research approaches 
to educational problems with emphasis on inter- 
preting published research involving the language 
of statistics. Functional skills in basic descriptive sta- 
tistics needed prior to enrolling. (Lec. 3) 


530 Qualitative Research and Evaluation (3) 
Qualitative methods, including ethnography, for 
obtaining and using data in describing, interpret- 
ing, and reaching warranted judgments, particu- 
larly about educational and social problems. Em- 
phasis on developing individual projects and 
writing formal reports. (Lec. 3) 


539 Evaluation and Monitoring of Occupational 
Training Programs (3) 

Evaluation and monitoring theory and practice for 
occupational training programs. Focus on develop- 
ment of systems for job training such as CETA, Vo- 
cational Education, and private sector programs. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 529 or permission of instructor. 


540 Learning Disabilities: Assessment and 
Intervention 
See Psychology 540. 


544 Reading Acquisition and Reading Disability: 
Research and Implications for Practice 
See Psychology 544. 


555 Quantitative Thinking and Applications for 
Education (3) 

Basic logic and techniques of quantitative data 
analysis. For Education Ph.D. students planning to 
conduct applied research in educational settings, 
this course provides foundations of receptive and 
expressive literacy. This course satisfies the prereq- 
uisite for EDP 625, but cannot be used for program 
credit. (Lec. 3) Pre: admission to joint URI-RIC 
Ph.D. in Education program. (Spans both summer 
sessions.) 


563 Teaching Reading to Multicultural 
Populations (3) 

Identification of the strengths of learners whose 
cultural and socioeconomic backgrounds vary, and 
the implications for teaching reading. Special em- 
phasis on the selection and development of appro- 
priate materials and teaching strategies. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 424 or permission of instructor. 


564 Diagnosis of Literacy Difficulties (4) 

Use informal and formal techniques to assess stu- 
dents’ reading and writing skills, evaluate contex- 
tual factors, evaluate the match between learner 
and context. Culminates in case report and plan for 
instruction. (Lec/Lab 4) Pre: admission to reading 
master’s program or permission of reading pro- 
gram. 


565 Advanced Literacy Research Seminar (3) 
In-depth review of literacy research and theory 
from a variety of perspectives. Analysis of the rela- 
tionship between research, theory, and political/ 
instructional decisions. Includes development of a 
proposal to conduct literacy research. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
acceptance into reading master’s program or per- 
mission of reading program. 


566 Intervention in Reading and Writing 
Difficulties (4) 

Supervised clinical experience in reading and writ- 
ing difficulties. Students work directly with strug- 
gling readers and writers to diagnose reading/writ- 
ing difficulties and plan and implement an 
appropriate program of instruction. (Lec/Lab 4) 
Pre: 564 and 565. 


567 Field Study in Literacy (4) 

Supervised clinical experience in reading and writ- 
ing difficulties. Students work directly with strug- 
gling readers and writers to diagnose reading/writ- 
ing difficulties and plan and implement an 
appropriate program of instruction. (Lec/Lab 4) 
Pre: 565. 


568 Teaching Diverse Learners in Standards 
Based Classrooms (3) 
Theory and strategies for differentiating instruction 


EDUCATION 195 


for learners to meet the needs of a diverse popula- 
tion in a regular heterogeneously grouped stan- 
dards based classroom. Development and refine- 
ment of integrated units using differentiated 
instructional strategies and adapting standards 
based instruction for diverse learners is emphasized 
as well as evaluating results. (Lec. 3) Pre: 400 or 
424 or 448 or permission of instructor. 


569 Best Practices in the Middle Level 
Classroom (3) 

Examination of research, data, and practices for 
middle level curriculum, instruction, and assess- 
ment practices. Emphasizes student-teacher rela- 
tionship, classroom management, standards-based 
instruction and accountability for school improve- 
ment and integrated instruction. (Lec. 3) Pre: 400 
or permission of instructor. 


570 Elementary School Curriculum (3) 

Modern curriculum in the elementary school with 
emphasis on the needs of children. Covers lan- 
guage arts, social studies, science, arithmetic, and 
special subjects. (Lec. 3) Pre: 529 or equivalent. In 
alternate years. Next offered 2003-04. 


574 Current Trends in Secondary Education (3) 
Effective use of instructional materials, media of 
communication, and organization of personnel and 
current research. (Lec. 3) Pre: 529 or permission of 
director. 


575 Supervised Field Study/Practicum and 
Seminar in Education (3) 

For nonthesis candidates. Lectures, seminars, and 
field work. Candidates plan and conduct a field 
study/practicum project approved by the instructor 
and the student’s professor. A formal proposal is 
developed, submitted, and approved, the project 
completed, and a formal paper defended. 
(Practicum) Pre: admission to a master’s program 
in education and permission of instructor. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 


579 Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining in 
Education 
See Labor and Industrial Relations 579. 


581 Administering Adult Programs (3) 
Administration, personnel management, resource 
management, recruitment, development, and supervi- 
sion within programs dealing with adults as learn- 
ers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 505 or permission of instructor. 


582 Instructional Systems Development for 
Adult Programs (3) 

Designing and implementing instructional systems. 
Discussion of the basic tenets underlying theories 
of instructional technology, curriculum develop- 
ment, and curriculum change as they apply to 
adult learners in a variety of settings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
581 or permission of instructor. 


S3aSYNOD 


196 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


583 Planning, Design, and Development of 
Adult Learning Systems (3) 

Overview of the program planning process includ- 
ing goal setting, needs analysis, program planning, 
and implementing change strategies. Discussion of 
effective functioning in the role of change agent 
within an organization. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


584 The Adult and the Learning Process (3) 
Examination of the adult as a learner with emphasis 
on the factors that affect adult learning and learn- 
ing processes related to instruction. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
581 or permission of instructor. 


586, 587 Problems in Education (0-3 each) 
Advanced work for graduate students in education. 
Courses conducted as seminars or as supervised 
individual projects. (Independent Study) Pre: per- 
mission of director. May be repeated for credit with 
different topic. 


594 Organization and Supervision of Literacy 
Programs (3) 

Field experience in the roles/responsibilities of a 
reading specialist. Requires shadowing reading pro- 
fessionals, visiting schools, involvement in profes- 
sional groups, developing action plans, and devel- 
oping and presenting professional development 
sessions. (Lec/Lab 3) Pre: 565 or permission of 
reading program. In alternate years. Next offered 
2003-04. 


596 Organization Development in Education 
See Human Development and Family Studies 562. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


683 Psychology of the Exceptional Child 
See Psychology 683. 


687 Seminar: Topics in the Psychology of the 
Exceptional Individual 
See Psychology 687. 


920 Workshop for Teachers (1-3) 

Current issues in education. Specific topics offered 
for inservice teachers and administrators. May be 
repeated with different topic. (Workshop) Pre: 
teacher certification. 


921, 922, 923 Workshop for Teachers (1-3 each) 
Current issues in education. Specific topics offered 
for inservice teachers and administrators. (Work- 
shop) Pre: certified teacher. 


Ph.D. in Education (EDP) 
Co-Director: Professor Heifetz 


610 Core Seminar I: Issues and Problems in 
Educational Inquiry and Foundations (3) 
Examination of issues and problems related to 
philosophical and historical aspects of educational 
thought and the role of society. Empirical analysis 
of classroom settings is emphasized. (Seminar) Pre: 
admission to the Ph.D. program in education. 


611 Core Seminar I: Issues and Problems in 
Educational Inquiry and Foundations (3) 
Examination of issues and problems related to 
philosophical and historical aspects of educational 
thought and the role of society. Empirical analysis 
of classroom setting is emphasized. (Seminar) 
Pre: 610. 


615 Research Methodologies (3) 

Four educational research methodologies (histori- 
cal, qualitative, quantitative, and philosophical) are 
reviewed. Each methodology is examined for its 
contribution to knowledge and understanding of 
teaching and learning in an educational setting. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 611 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


620, 621 Core Seminar II: Issues and Problems 
in Human Development, Learning, and Teaching 
(3 each) 

Issues and problems related to human develop- 
ment, curriculum, teaching, and learning are ex- 
amined. Ways of gathering and evaluating evi- 
dence about school and curriculum effectiveness 
are emphasized. (Seminar) Pre 620: 610, 611, 615. 
Pre 621: 620. 


625 Quantitative Analysis in Educational 
Research (3) 

Educational research data is quantitatively ana- 
lyzed. Data collected during Core Seminar | are 
analyzed and interpreted. Applications of the Gen- 
eral Linear Model to a variety of research designs 
and analytic strategies are emphasized. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 610, 611, 615 and a course in introductory 
statistics, or permission of instructor. 


630, 631 Core Seminar Ill: Issues and Problems 
in Organizational Theory, Leadership, and Policy 
Analysis (3 each) 

Issues and problems related to applications of orga- 
nizational theory, leadership theory, and policy 
analysis are studied. Core seminar examines cases 
related to district, state, and/or regional educa- 
tional offices and agencies. (Seminar) Pre 630: 

620, 621. 


641 Field Research Seminar (1) 

Bi-weekly forums present first-, second-, and third- 
year students’ evolving research questions and 
empirical designs. Discussion and feedback refine 
individuals’ research plan, enhancing the method- 


ological perspectives and tools of all participants. 
(Seminar) Pre: admission to joint (URI-RIC) Ph.D. in 
Education. May be repeated up to a maximum of 
six semesters (a total of six credits). 


692, 693 Directed Readings and Research Prob- 
lems (3-6 each) Directed readings and advanced 
research work under the supervision of a member 
of the Graduate Faculty, arranged to suit the indi- 
vidual requirements of the students. (Independent 
Study) May be repeated for a maximum of 12 
credits. Pre: 610-611, 615, two credits of 641, and 
permission of instructor. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U only. 


Electrical Engineering (ELE) 
Chairperson: Professor Vaccaro 


201 Digital Circuit Design (3) 

Logic gates, Boolean algebra, combinatorial and 
sequential circuits, analysis and design of sequen- 
tial systems, multi-input system controllers, asyn- 
chronous finite state machines. (Lec. 3) Pre: sopho- 
more standing. 


202 Digital Circuit Design Laboratory (1) 
Laboratory experience in digital electronics; logic 
design projects using standard integrated circuits. 
(Lab. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment 

in 201. 


205 Microprocessor Laboratory (3) 

Hands-on familiarization with computer and micro- 
processor software and hardware. Computer archi- 
tecture and interfacing with input and output de- 
vices. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent 
enrollment in MTH 141. 


212 Linear Circuit Theory (3) 

Kirchoff’s Laws, DC-resistive networks, dependent 
sources, natural and forced response of first- and 
second-order circuits, sinusoidal steady-state re- 
sponse, phasors, AC power. (Lec. 3) Pre: PHY 204 
and credit or concurrent enrollment in MTH 362. 


215 Linear Circuits Laboratory (2) 

DC measurements, natural and step response of 
first- and second-order circuits, AC measurements, 
impulse and frequency response, operational am- 
plifier circuits. (Lec. 1, Lab. 3) Pre: credit or concur- 
rent enrollment in 212. 


220 Passive and Active Circuits (3) 

Electrical circuit laws and theorems, transient and 
steady-state response, phasors, frequency response, 
resonance. Diode and transistor circuits, digital 
logic devices. (Lec. 3) Pre: PHY 204 or 214. Not 
open to electrical engineering majors. 


221 Electronic Instruments and 
Electromechanical Devices (3) 

Amplifiers, frequency response, feedback, field ef- 
fect transistors, operational amplifier applications, 
electrical measurements. Magnetic circuits, trans- 
formers, electromechanical transducers, and sys- 
tems, DC and AC machines. (Lec. 3) Pre: 220. Not 
open to electrical engineering majors. 


282 Biomedical Engineering Seminar I (1) 
Seminar series given by instructor, invited experts, 
and students with focus on biomedical electronics, 
medical devices, rehabilitation engineering, and 
microprocessor-based medical instrumentation. 
(Seminar) Pre: sophomore standing in biomedical 
engineering or permission of instructor. 


Admission to all 300-level courses in electrical engi- 

neering is limited to students formally transferred to 
the College of Engineering. Prerequisites for all 300- 
level ELE courses include mathematics through MTH 
243, or PHY 214, ELE 212 and 215. Additional pre- 
requisites are indicated with each course. Exceptions 
are possible, with permission of the chairperson, for 

advanced students in other disciplines. 


305 Introduction to Computer Architecture (3) 
Architecture of digital computers. CPU 
microarchitecture. Instruction execution cycle. 
Instruction sets. The memory hierarchy. Pipelining, 
instruction level parallelism, parllel computing. 
Networks. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201, 202, 205; and one of 
CSC 200, 201 or 211. 


306 Computer Engineering Laboratory (2) 


Computer hardware design, simulation and synthe- 


sis using electronic design automation (EDA) tools. 
Introduction to IEEE VHDL (VHSIC Hardware De- 
scription Language). (Lec. 1, Lab. 3) Pre: 201, 101, 
205 credit or concurrent enrollment in 305 and 
one of CSC 200, 201, or 211. 


313 Linear Systems (3) 

Fourier series, Fourier transforms, transfer functions 
of continuous and discrete-time systems, transient 
and steady-state response, natural response and 
stability, convolution. (Lec. 3) Pre: 212. 


314 Linear Systems and Signals (3) 
Continuous-time and discrete-time systems, fre- 
quency response, stability criteria, Laplace trans- 
forms, z-transforms, filters, sampling, feedback, 
and applications. (Lec. 3) Pre: 313. 


322 Electromagnetic Fields | (3) 

Electrostatics and magnetostatics, forces on 
charged particles. Analysis employs vector algebra 
and vector calculus in orthogonal coordinates. 
Simple applications to engineering problems. (Lec. 
3) Pre: MTH 243 and either PHY 204 or 214. 


325 Electrical Power Distribution Systems (3) 
Theory of 3-phase power systems, introduction to 
per unit system of analysis, distribution system 


EDUCATION/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 197 


components (transformers, lines, switch-gear, 
loads), system layout, analysis of unbalanced sys- 
tems with symmetrical components. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
212, PHY 204. 


331 Introduction to Solid State Devices (3) 
Electrical and optical properties of semiconductors. 
Characteristics of p-n and metal-semiconductor 
junctions. Application to diodes, transistors and 
light emitting and absorbing devices. Fabrication 
technology is introduced. (Lec. 3) Pre: PHY 306 or 
341 or equivalent. 


342 Electronics | (4) 

Review of linear circuit theory, operational amplifi- 
ers, diode and transistor circuits, computer-aided 
design, linear and nonlinear circuit applications, 
CMOS logic (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 212 and 215. 


343 Electronics II (5) 

Bipolar and MOS transistor biasing, small signal 
amplifiers, amplifier frequency response, opera- 
tional amplifiers, SPICE, nonlinear circuits, statisti- 
cal circuit simulation. (Lec. 3, Lab. 5) Pre: 342. 


382 Biomedical Engineering Seminar II (1) 
Seminar series given by instructor, invited experts, 
and students with focus on physiological system 
modeling, biomechanics, biomaterials, tissue engi- 
neering, artificial organs, and biosensors. (Seminar) 
Pre: junior standing in biomedical engineering or 
permission of instructor. 


391 Honors Work (1-3) 

Independent study and seminar-type work under 
close faculty supervision. Discussion of advanced 
topics in electrical engineering in preparation for 
graduate work. (Independent Study) Pre: junior 
standing and permission of chairperson. 


Prerequisites for all 400-, 500-, and 600-level electri- 
cal engineering courses include mathematics through 
calculus (MTH 243), at least 6 credits in circuit 
theory, and 3 credits in electromagnetic fields. Addi- 
tional prerequisites are indicated with each course. 
Some circuits and fields prerequisites may be waived 
for 482, 545, 588, and 589 for students with suitable 
backgrounds. 


400 Introduction to Professional Practice (1) 
Engineering Ethics. Discussions with faculty, visiting 
engineers, and invited speakers on ethical, social, 
economic, and safety considerations in engineering 
practice; career planning; graduate study. (Lec. 1) 
Pre: junior or senior standing in electrical, com- 
puter, or biomedical engineering. Not for graduate 
credit. 


401 Lasers, Optical Fibers, and Communication 

Systems (4) 

Introduction to lasers, LEDs, optical fibers and de- 

tectors. Properties of Gaussian beams, optical reso- 
nators, and diffraction of Gaussian beams. Proper- 


ties of Fabry-Perot cavities. Introduction to fiber 
optical communications systems. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) 
Pre: 322. 


405 Digital Computer Design (4) 

Hardware implementation of digital computers. 
Arithmetic circuits, memory types and uses, control 
logic, basic computer organization, microprogram- 
ming, input/output circuits, microcomputers. (Lec. 
3, Lab. 3) Pre: 306. 


408 Computer Organization Laboratory (4) 
Engineering design problems involving modern mi- 
croprocessor systems, operation of ALUs, data 
paths, control units, input and output, memory, 
and networks. Computer engineering majors inte- 
grate their computers and compilers; others per- 
form another significant project. (Lec. 2, Lab. 5) 
Pre: 305. 


423 Electromagnetic Fields II (4) 

Transmission lines, Maxwell’s equations, wave 
equation, reflection and refraction phenomena, po- 
larization effects waveguides and antennas. Design 
project requiring application of electromagnetic 
theory and use of numerical methods. (Lec. 4) Not 
for graduate credit. 


427 Electromechanical Systems Laboratory (4) 

State-variable models. Electromechanical devices 

and systems in translation and rotation. Design of 
sensors, actuators, and systems as used in control 
applications. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 313 and 322. 


432 Electrical Engineering Materials (4) 
Continuation of 331. Electronic and optical proper- 
ties of materials, mainly semiconductors, applied to 
the performance and design of electronic devices. 
Measurements and analysis of these properties will 
be performed in the laboratory. (Lec. 4) Pre: 331 or 
equivalent. 


436 Communication Systems (4) 

Representation of signals and noise. Basic principles 
of modulation and demodulation. Waveform and 
digital transmission systems. Design of a compo- 
nent of a communication system. (Lec. 3, Lab 3) 
Pre: 313 and 314. 


437 Computer Communications (3) 

Computer networks, layering standards, communi- 
cation fundamentals, error detection and recovery, 
queuing theory, delay versus throughput trade-offs 
in networks, multiple-access channels, design issues 
in wide and local area networks. (Lec. 3) Pre: 436 
or MTH 451 or IME 411. 


444 Advanced Electronic Design (4) 

Design of advanced digital circuits, distributed cir- 
cuits, circuit and logic simulation, interfacing, de- 
signs based on MSI and LSI components, EPROMS, 
and PALS. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 342. 


SaSuNoD 


198 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


447 Digital Integrated Circuit Design | (4) 
Introduction to full custom digital integrated circuit 
design. Analysis of logic functions and timing at 
the transistor level. Realization of logic functions 
via hand crafted transistor layout. Design project. 
(Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 342. 


457 Feedback Control Systems (3) 

Fundamental techniques for the analysis and de- 
sign of linear feedback systems. Stability, sensitiv- 
ity, performance criteria, steady-state error, 
Nyquist criterion, root locus techniques, and com- 
pensation methods. (Lec. 3) Pre: 314. 


458 Digital Controls Laboratory (4) 

Design of digital control systems using state-space 
techniques. State feedback and observers. Labora- 
tory includes computer simulation and hardware 
implementation of control laws for electromechani- 
cal systems. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 457 or permission 
of instructor. 


482 Biomedical Engineering Seminar III (1) 
Seminar series given by instructor, invited experts, 
and students with focus on biomedical signals and 
systems, computers in medicine, technologies for 
health care, and biomedical ethics. (Seminar) Pre: 
junior standing in biomedical engineering or per- 
mission of instructor. 


488 Biomedical Engineering | (4) 

Medical imaging: X-rays, tomographic reconstruc- 
tion techniques, angiography, radio-nuclide imag- 
ing, diagnostic ultrasound, magnetic resonance im- 
aging, picture archiving and communication 
system. Modeling of physiological systems: nerve 
system, cardiopulmonary circulation. Design 
project. Pre: senior standing in biomedical engi- 
neering or permission of instructor. Not for gradu- 
ate credit. May not be taken by students who have 
credit in 588. 


489 Biomedical Engineering II (4) 

Medical instrumentation: patient safety, isolation 
and noise-rejection techniques, pacemaker, car- 
diac-assist devices. Physiological measurements: 
pressure, flow, biosensors. Biomedical signal pro- 
cessing: electrocardiography, 
electroencephalography. Medical instrumentation 
laboratories. Design project. Pre: 488 or 588 or 
permission of instructor. Not for graduate credit. 
Not open to students who have credit in 589. 


491, 492, 493 Special Problems (1-3 each) 
Special engineering problems assigned to student 
according to his or her interests and capabilities. 
(Independent Study) Pre: permission of instructor. 
Not for graduate credit. 


501 Linear Transform Analysis (3) 

Fourier and Laplace transform analysis of continu- 
ous-time systems, causality and spectral factoriza- 
tion, evaluation of inverse transforms, z-transform 


analysis of discrete-time systems, Hilbert trans- 
forms, discrete Fourier transforms, generalized 
transforms. (Lec. 3) 


502 Nonlinear Control Systems (3) 

Analysis of nonlinear systems: phase-plane analysis, 
Lyapunov theory, advanced stability theory, de- 
scribing functions. Design of nonlinear control sys- 
tems: feedback linearization, sliding control. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 503 or permission of instructor. 


503 (or MCE 503) Linear Control Systems (4) 
State-variable description of continuous-time and 
discrete-time systems, matrices and linear spaces, 
controllability and observability, pole-placement 
methods, observer theory and state reconstruction, 
MATLAB exercises for simulation and design. (Lec. 
4) Pre: 314 or MCE 366 or equivalent and MTH 
215 or equivalent. 


504 (or MCE 504) Optimal Control Theory (3) 
Quadratic performance indices and optimal linear 
control, frequency response properties of optimal 
feedback regulators, state estimation, separation 
theorem, optimal control of nonlinear systems, 
Pontryagin’s minimum principle. (Lec. 3) Pre: 503. 


506 Digital Signal Processing (4) 

Digital representations of signals and noise; sam- 
pling and aliasing; design of digital-processing sys- 
tems for signal parameter estimation and signal 
detection; digital filter structures; discrete Fourier 
transform and FFT algorithm, periodogram. (Lec. 
4) Pre: 501 and 509. May be taken concurrently. 


509 Introduction to Random Processes (4) 
Probability and random variables; random process 
characterizations and techniques. Useful models. 
Discrete and continuous systems with random in- 
puts. Applications to detection, and filtering prob- 
lems. (Lec. 4) Pre: MTH 451 or equivalent and 
knowledge of calculus, linear systems, and trans- 
form methods. 


510 Communication Theory (4) 

Communication theory for discrete and continuous 
channels. Optimum-receiver principles and signal 
design. Fundamentals of information theory. Chan- 
nel models, modulation techniques, source encod- 
ing, error control coding, the decoding of algo- 
rithms. (Lec. 4) Pre: 509. 


511 Engineering Electromagnetics (3) 

Review of electrostatics and magnetostatics. 
Maxwell’s equations, wave propagation in dielec- 
tric and conducing media. Boundary phenomena. 
Radiation from simple structures. Relations be- 
tween circuit and field theory. (Lec. 3) 


525 Fiber Optic Communication Systems (3) 
Survey of important topics in optical communica- 
tion devices and systems. The physical principles 
and operation of lasers, LEDs, fibers, and detectors 


are covered. (Lec. 3) Pre: 423, 331, 401 or 
equivalent. 


526 Fiber Optic Sensors (3) 

Theory and performance of different types of inten- 
sity-, phase-, and polarization-modulated fiber op- 
tic sensors (FOS) and their application areas. Prop- 
erties of various active and passive devices used in 
building FOS. (Lec. 3) Pre: 401 or equivalent. 


527 Current Topics in Lightwave Technology (3) 
Current topics of importance in lightwave technol- 
ogy including coherent fiber optical communica- 
tion systems, optical amplifiers, active and passive 
single-mode devices, infrared optical fibers. Mate- 
rial will be taken from recent literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
525 or equivalent. 


531 Solid State Engineering | (3) 

Review of quantum mechanics, crystal properties, 
energy-band theory, introduction to scattering, 
generation-recombination processes, Boltzmann's 
transport equation, semiconductor junctions, de- 
vices. (Lec. 3) Pre: 331 or equivalent. 


532 Solid State Engineering II (3) 

Properties of insulators, semiconductors, conduc- 
tors and superconductors from quantum mechani- 
cal principles. Semiconductor physics and band 
theory of solids as applied to current semiconduc- 
tor and optoelectronic devices. (Lec. 3) Pre: 531 or 
equivalent. 


533 Bipolar Devices (3) 

Device physics and computer modeling of bipolar 
junction devices, p-n junctions, metal semiconduc- 
tor contacts, heterojunctions, bipolar junction tran- 
sistors, BJT modeling, small signal equivalent cir- 
cuits. (Lec. 3) Pre: 331 or permission of instructor. 


534 MOS Devices (3) 

Device physics and computer modeling of MOS 
devices, capacitors, metal semiconductor contacts, 
PMOS, NMOS, and DMOS transistors, short chan- 
nel effects, modeling, small signal equivalent cir- 
cuits. (Lec. 3) Pre: 331 or permission of instructor. 


535 BICMOS Integrated Circuit Design (4) 
Bipolar and MOS device models, process variations 
and circuit performance, temperature effects, cur- 
rent sources, opamps, oscillators, logic, memory 
circuits, A to D converters, switched capacitor cir- 
cuits. Student designs are fabricated and tested. 
(Lec 3, Lab 2) Pre: 331 and 342. 


537 VLSI System Design (4) 

Very large scale digital integrated circuit design. 
Computer simulation and testing. Large system de- 
sign using hardware description languages. In lab, 
students participate in the design of a chip. (Lec. 3, 
Lab. 3) Pre: graduate or senior standing. 


539 Analog VLSI (3) 

Theory and techniques of analog NMOS and 
CMOS integrated circuits. Device modeling, circuit 
simulation, and chip design are studied using am- 
plifiers, A/Ds, and switched-capacitor circuits as ex- 
amples. (Lec. 3) Pre: 537. 


540 Theory of Integrated Circuit Testing (3) 
Introduction to product testing of digital, analog 
and mixed-signal integrated circuits. Defect and 
fault modeling, test vector generation, design-for- 
testability and IEEE 1149.X (boundary scan). (Lec. 
3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


541 Semiconductor Test Engineering 
Instrumentation (4) 

Low level measurements, noise, analog integrated 
circuit design, testing case studies, automatic test 
equipment (ATE). Design and demonstrate a semi- 
conductor production test using ATE. (Lec 3, Lab 
3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


542 Fault-Tolerant Computing (3) 

Fault and error modeling, reliability modeling and 
evaluation, fault-tolerant computer systems, digital 
and mixed analog/digital VLSI testing, concurrent 
error detection, and design for VLSI yield enhance- 
ment. (Lec. 3) Pre: 405 or equivalent or permission 
of instructor. 


543 (or CSC 519) Computer Networks (4) 
Computer network architectures, data link control 
and access protocols for LANs, internet protocols 
and applications, software and hardware issues in 
computer communication, delay analysis, and cur- 
rent research in computer networking. (Lec. 4) Pre: 
437 or equivalent or CSC 412 or equivalent. 


544 Computer Arithmetic for VLSI (4) 

Hardware algorithms and implementation of fixed 
and floating-point adders, multipliers and dividers. 
Error analysis and time/gauge complexity of arith- 
metic operations. Design simulation and evaluation 
with hardware description language. (Lec. 4) Pre: 
405 or equivalent. 


545 Design of Digital Circuits (4) 

Design techniques for digital systems. Combina- 
tional circuits and synthesis and evaluation of fi- 
nite-state machines. Test generation and design for 
testability for large digital systems. Hardware de- 
scription language, exercises in the design and 
simulation of complex digital systems. (Lec. 4) Pre: 
405 or equivalent. 


546 Design of Computer-Based Instrumentation (3) 
Design of memory systems, input-output tech- 
niques, direct memory access controllers, instru- 
ment buses, video displays, multi- and co-proces- 
sors, real-time operations, device handler 


integration into high-level language and mass stor- 
age. (Lec 2, Lab 3) Pre: 408 or permission of 
instructor. 


548 Computer Architecture (4) 

Classification and taxonomy of computer architec- 
tures. RISC vs. CISC. Cache and virtual memory 
systems. Pipeline and vector processors. Multi-pro- 
cessor and multi-computer systems. Interprocessor 
communication networks. Dataflow machines. Par- 
allel processing languages. (Lec. 4) Pre: 405 or 
equivalent or permission of instructor. 


549 Computer System Modeling (4) 

Basic techniques used in computer system model- 
ing, queuing theory, stochastic processes, Petri net, 
product form networks, approximation techniques, 
solution algorithms and complexity, computer 
simulation, performance studies of modern com- 
puter systems. (Lec. 4) Pre: 548 and 509 or MTH 
451. 


571 Underwater Acoustics | 
See Ocean Engineering 571. 


575 (or MTH 575) Approximation Theory and 
Applications to Signal Processing (3) 
Interpolation; uniform approximation; least squares 
approximation; Hilbert space; the projection theo- 
rem; computation of best approximations; applica- 
tions to the design of filters and beamformers, po- 
sition location and tracking, signal parameter 
estimation. (Lec. 3) Pre: advanced calculus, ele- 
ments of the theory of functions of a complex vari- 
able, and elements of linear algebra. 


577, 578 Seminar in Sensors and Surface 
Technology (1 each) 

Students, faculty, and invited outside speakers 
present and discuss selected topics related to re- 
search interests of the Sensors and Surface Tech- 
nology Partnership. (Seminar) Pre: permission of 
instructor. May be repeated. S/U credit. 


581 Special Topics in Artificial Intelligence 
See Computer Science 581. 


583 (or CSC 583) Computer Vision (3) 
Algorithms used to extract information from two- 
dimensional images. Picture functions. Template 
matching. Region analysis. Contour following. Line 
and shape descriptions. Perspective transforma- 
tions. Three-dimensional reconstruction. Image 
sensors. Interfacing. Applications. (Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 
362 or equivalent. 


584 (or STA 584) Pattern Recognition (3) 
Random variables, vectors, transformations, hy- 
pothesis testing, and errors. Classifier design: lin- 
ear, nonparametric, approximation procedures. 
Feature selection and extraction: dimensionality 
reduction, linear and nonlinear mappings, cluster- 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 199 


ing, and unsupervised classification. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
509 or introductory probability and statistics, and 
knowledge of computer programming. 


585 Digital Image Processing (3) 

Digital representation of images. Image improve- 
ment techniques: restoration models and spatial, 
point, spectral, and geometric operators. Image 
analysis: morphological operators, edge detection, 
feature extraction, segmentation, and shape analy- 
sis. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 501 and 509. 


588 Biomedical Engineering | (4) 

Medical imaging: x-rays, tomographic reconstruc- 
tion techniques, angiography, radionuclide imag- 
ing, diagnostic ultrasound, magnetic resonance im- 
aging, picture archiving and communication 
system. Modeling of physiological systems: the 
nerve system and cardiopulmonary circulation. De- 
sign project. (Lec. 3) Pre: senior standing in bio- 
medical engineering or permission of instructor. 
May not be taken by students who have credit 

in 488. 


589 Biomedical Engineering II (4) 

Medical instrumentation: patient safety, isolation 
and noise-rejection techniques, pacemaker, car- 
diac-assist devices. Physiological measurements: 
pressure, flow; biosensors. Biomedical signal pro- 
cessing: electrocardiography and 
electroencephalography. Medical instrumentation 
laboratories. Design project. Pre: 588 or permission 
of instructor. May not be taken by students who 
have credit in 489. 


591, 592 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Advanced work under supervision of a member ar- 
ranged to suit individual requirements of student. 
(Independent Study) Pre: graduate standing. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 592: S/U 
credit. 


594 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering (1-3) 
Intensive inquiry into a certain important field of 
current interest in electrical engineering. (Lec. 1-3) 
Pre: permission of instructor. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research (1-9) 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


601 Graduate Seminar (1) 

Seminar discussions presented by faculty and out- 
side speakers on topics of current research interest. 
(Seminar) May be repeated for a total of 2 credits. 
May be taken concurrently with 602. S/U credit. 


602 Graduate Seminar (1) 

Student seminars including the presentation of re- 
search results and detailed literature surveys. May 
be repeated for a total of 2 credits. S/U credit. 


S3aSYNOD 


200 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


606 Digital Filter Synthesis (3) 

Review of z-transforms and discrete-time systems, 
properties of digital-filter networks, design of finite 
and infinite-impulse-response filters, accuracy con- 
siderations for coefficients and data, hardware 
implementation, system examples. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
506 or equivalent. 


610 Applications of Information Theory (3) 
Information theoretic underpinnings and practical 
techniques for data compression, channel coding 
for error control, and encryption and cryptography 
for secure information transmission. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
509 or permission of instructor 


625 Guided Waves in Optical and IR Fibers (3) 
Guided electromagnetic wave aspects of optical 
and IR fibers, novel approximation methods for so- 
lution of vectorial and scalar wave equations in op- 
tical fibers, theory of transparency and nonlinear 
optical interactions in solids as applied to design of 
optical fibers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 511 and 525. 


648 Advanced Topics in Computer Architectures 
(3) 

Modern high-performance computer structures, 
parallel and distributed hardwares and softwares, 
instruction level parallelism, memory hierarchy, 
fault tolerant computing, and future generation 
computers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 548. 


658 Instruction Level Parallelism (4) 

Advanced architectural methods for improving mi- 
croprocessor performance. Branch effect reduction 
techniques based on both hardware and software. 
Reduced control dependencies, branch prediction, 
speculative execution, eager execution, disjoint ea- 
ger execution. (Lec. 3) Pre: 548 or equivalent. 


661 Estimation Theory (3) 

Extraction of information from discrete and con- 
tinuous data, best linear estimation, recursive esti- 
mation, optimal linear filtering, smoothing and 
prediction, nonlinear state and parameter estima- 
tion, design and evaluation of practical estimators. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 503 and 509. 


665 Modulation and Detection (3) 

Advanced treatment of modulation and detection 
theory. Minimum meansquare error, maximum 
likelihood, and maximum posterior probability esti- 
mators. Applications to communications systems 
and to radar and sonar systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 510. 


670 Advanced Topics in Signal Processing (3) 
Seminar for advanced students. Selected topics of 
current research interest. Material will be drawn 
primarily from recent literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: 506 
and 606. 


672 Underwater Acoustics II 
See Ocean Engineering 672. 


677 (or OCE 677) Statistical Sonar Signal 
Processing (3) 

Basic results in probability and statistics, signal pro- 
cessing, and underwater acoustics are applied to 
the design of detection, estimation, and tracking in 
active sonar, passive sonar, and underwater acous- 
tic communication. (Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 451 or ELE 
509, ELE 506, and ELE 571 (or OCE 571), or 
equivalents. ELE 510 is useful and closely related, 
but not required. 


691, 692 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Advanced work under supervision of a member ar- 
ranged to suit individual requirements of a student. 
(Independent Study) Pre: permission of chairper- 
son. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 
S/U credit. 


694 Advanced Special Topics in Electrical 
Engineering (1-3) 

Intensive inquiry into a certain important field of 
current interest in electrical engineering, requiring 
advanced sophistication of a 600-level course. (Lec. 
1-3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Engineering (EGR) 


091 Cooperative Education Internship: Part- 
Time (0) 

Educational work experience in a selected engi- 
neering field. Ten to 20 hours per week at the 
employer's facility. (Practicum) Pre: matriculating 
status with at least junior standing and 2.50 quality 
point average. 


092 Cooperative Education Internship: Full- 
Time (0) 

Educational work experience in a selected engi- 
neering field. Students will work full-time as deter- 
mined by the employer. (Practicum) Pre: matricu- 
lating status with at least junior standing and 2.50 
quality point average. 


105 Foundations of Engineering | (1) 
Introduction to engineering. Problem solving. 
(Lec. 1) 


106 Foundations of Engineering II (2) 
Engineering problem solving. (Lec. 1, Lab. 2) Pre: 
MTH 141 or concurrent registration in MTH 141. 


316 (or PHL 316) Engineering Ethics (3) 

A broad introduction to moral theory and its appli- 
cation to engineering, professionalism, and moral 
responsibility as an engineer. An understanding of 
engineering in a societal context. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
sophomore standing. (L) 


411 (or GER 411) Advanced Technical German (3) 
Seminar on advanced scientific and engineering 
topics in an international context. All reading, dis- 
cussion, and associated writing is conducted in 
German. (Lec. 3) Pre: any 400-level course in 
German and senior standing in an approved engi- 
neering program. Not for graduate credit. 


412 (or SPA 412) Advanced Technical Spanish (3) 
Seminar on advanced scientific and engineering 
topics in an international context. All reading, writ- 
ing and discussion will be conducted in Spanish. 
(Seminar) Pre: any 400-level course in Spanish and 
senior standing in an approved engineering pro- 
gram. Not for graduate credit. 


English (ENG) 
Chairperson: Professor Walton 


110 Introduction to Literature (3) 

Analysis of literature through reading and discus- 
sion of a number of genres derived from a variety 
of literary cultures. (Lec. 3) Not available for En- 
glish major credit. 


160 (or CLS 160) Literatures of the World (3) 
Introduction to significant works of world litera- 
ture. (Lec. 3) (A) 


201 Principles of Literary Study (3) 
Introduction to the study of literature through 
reading and discussion of major theories, philoso- 
phies, and approaches in the discipline. (Lec. 3) 
Restricted to English majors. Must be taken in 
freshman or sophomore year. 


202 Critical Methods in Literary Study (3) 
Introduction to critical analysis through reading 
and discussion of major methodologies, analytical 
approaches, and perspectives in literary study. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 201. Restricted to English majors. Must be 
taken in freshman or sophomore year. 


205 Creative Writing (3) 

Writing and analysis of works written by class 
members and professional writers. 205A Poetry; 
205B Fiction; 205C Nonfiction. In 205C, type of 
writing varies with instructor. (Lec. 3) 


241, 242 U.S. Literature I, II (3 each) 

241: Selections from U.S. literature, beginnings to 
the mid-19th century. 242: Selections from U.S. 
literature, mid-19th century to the present. 241 
not required for 242. (Lec. 3) (A) 


243 The Short Story (3) 

Critical study of the short story from the early 19th 
century to the present (Lec. 3) (A) Professor Kunz’ 
section is Writing Intensive [WI] 


247 (or AAF 247) Introduction to Literature of 
the African Diaspora (3) 

Major themes, genres, and motifs of the literatures 
of Africa and the Americas. Focus on one or more 
of these regions. Study of black oral and written 
literatures with emphasis on cultural, historical, po- 
litical, and socioeconomic contexts. (Lec. 3) (A) 


248 (or AAF 248) African American Literature 
from 1900 to the Present (3) 

Twentieth-century African American literature, with 
emphasis on major issues, movements, and trends, 
including the study of W.E.B. DuBois, the Harlem 
Renaissance, the civil rights movement, and the 
black arts movement. (Lec. 3) (A) 


251, 252 British Literature |, II (3 each) 

251: Selections from British literature, beginnings 
to 1798. 252: Selections from British literature, 
1798 to the present. (Lec. 3) 251 not required for 
252. (A) for 251; (A) (F) for 252 


260 Women and Literature (3) 
Critical study of selected topics. (Lec. 3) (A) 


262 Introduction to Literary Genres: 
Nonfiction (3) 

Introduction to the study of various types of non- 
fiction prose. (Lec. 3) 


263 Introduction to Literary Genres: The 

Poem (3) 

Introduction to the study of the poem. (Lec. 3) (A) 
Professor Stein’s section is Writing Intensive [WI] 


264 Introduction to Literary Genres: The 
Drama (3) 
Introduction to the study of the drama. (Lec. 3) (A) 


265 Introduction to Literary Genres: The Novel (3) 
Introduction to the study of the novel. (Lec. 3) (A) 


280 Introduction to Shakespeare (3) 
Introduction to the major plays and poetry of 
Shakespeare. (Lec. 3) (A) 


300 Literature into Film (3) 
Analysis of themes, techniques, printed and film 
narratives. 300A Drama; 300B Narrative. (Lec. 3) 


302 Topics in Film Theory and Criticism (3) 
Introduction to film theory and criticism. Emphasis 
on semiotics, auteur theory, psycho-analysis, genre 
studies, feminist theory, materialist critique, or cul- 
tural studies, with focus on range of popular, ex- 
perimental, and documentary film traditions. May 
be repeated for credit when taken with different 
emphasis. (Lec. 3) 


303 Cinematic Auteurs (3) 

Literary study of one or more major directors with 
a substantial body of work exhibiting recurrent 
themes and distinctive style (e.g. Hitchcock, 
Kubrick, Kurasawa). Emphasis will vary. May be re- 
peated once with different director. (Lec. 3) 


304 Film Genres (3) 

Literary study of the particular conventions and 
evolution of one or more film genres (e.g Romantic 
Comedy, Science Fiction, Western). Emphasis will 
vary. (Lec. 3) May be repeated once with a differ- 
ent genre. 


305 Advanced Creative Writing (3) 

For students with talent and experience in creative 
writing and a good reading background in the 
genre(s) they wish to write in, whether short fic- 
tion, drama, or poetry. (Lec. 3) May be repeated. 


330 The Structure of American English (3) 
Introduction to the phonology, morphology, and 
syntax of American English. Emphasis on skills 
needed to understand the prescriptive rules of 
grammarians and the descriptive rules of critics and 
teachers. (Lec. 3) (S) 


332 The Evolution of the English Language (3) 
History of English from a minor dialect of the North 
Sea to a major language of the Renaissance. Focus 
on the languages and cultures of Beowulf, 
Chaucer, and Shakespeare. (Lec. 3) (S) 


335 Interdisciplinary Studies in Comparative 
Literature 
See Comparative Literature Studies 335. 


336 The Language of Children’s Literature (3) 
Introduction to stylistic analysis using children’s 
literature. Focus on sound patterns, word choice, 
and sentence structure to discuss appropriateness, 
interpretation, and evaluation. Emphasis on one 
writer or work. (Lec. 3) 


337 Varieties of American English (3) 

Study of regional and social dialects of American 
English. Emphasis on variations in pronunciation 
and word choice and on New England varieties. 
Includes independent or group field projects. 
Course contains language that may be offensive to 
some students. (Lec. 3) 


338 Native American Literature (3) 

Study of the literature of Native America. Considers 
early texts including mythology, legends, and tra- 
ditions as well as contemporary works. (Lec. 3) 


(A) (F) 


339 Literary Nonfiction (3) 

Intensive study in one or more forms of nonfiction 
narrative (memoir, nature meditation, medical nar- 
rative, extended journalistic account, true crime, 
science narrative, historical account). (Lec. 3) May 
be repeated once for a total of 6 credits when 
taken with different emphasis. 


347 Antebellum U.S. Literature and Culture (3) 
Study of pre-Civil War poetry and prose (the period 
formerly known as the American Renaissance/ 
American Romantic movement). Readings may in- 
clude Emerson, Douglass, Hawthorne, Melville, 
Stowe, Fern, Whitman, and others. (Lec. 3) 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING/ENGLISH 201 


348 U.S. Literature and Culture from 1865 to 
1914 (3) 

Study of post-Civil War poetry and prose. Readings 
may include Chesnutt, Chopin, Crane, DuBois, 
James, Twain, Wharton, and others. (Lec. 3) 


350 Literary Theory and Criticism 
See Comparative Literature Studies 350. 


351 History of Literary Theory and Criticism (3) 
Intensive study of the problematization of repre- 
sentation in works selected from classical to con- 
temporary thought. (Lec. 3) 


355 Literature and the Sciences (3) 

Study of the representation of scientific themes in 
literature and/or the relationship between literature 
and the sciences. (Lec. 3) Pre: Junior or senior 
standing. Enrollment priority given to students 
majoring in the sciences. (A) 


356 Literature and the Law (3) 

Study of the representation of legal themes in lit- 
erature and/or the relationship between literature 
and the law. (Lec. 3) Pre: Junior or senior standing. 
Enrollment priority given to students with career 
interests in law. (A) 


357 Literature and Medicine (3) 

Study of the representation of medical themes in 
literature and/or the relationship between literature 
and medicine. (Lec. 3) Pre: Junior or senior stand- 
ing. Enrollment priority given to students with in- 
terest in medical careers. (A) 


358 Literature and Business (3) 

Study of the representation of business themes in 
literature and/or the relationship between literature 
and business. (Lec. 3) Pre: Junior or senior stand- 
ing. Enrollment priority given to students majoring 
in business. (A) 


360 Africana Folk Life 
See African and African American Studies 360. 


362 (or AAF 362) African American Literary 
Genres (Other than Short Story and Novel) (3) 
Study of drama and poetry in the continued oral 
and written heritage of Africa and America. Focus 
on Baraka, Bullins, Dunbar, Giovanni, Hughes, and 
Walker. (Lec. 3) 


363 (or AAF 363) African American Fiction (3) 
Study of formal and thematic developments in the 
African American novel and short story. Focus on 
Baldwin, Chesnutt, Ellison, Gaines, Hurston, Jacobs, 
Marshall, Morrison, Naylor, Reed, Walker, 
Wideman, Wilson, and Wright. (Lec. 3) 


364 (or AAF 364) Contemporary African 
Literature (3) 

Study of contemporary African literature by genre, 
region, or theme, with emphasis on literary tradi- 
tions, issues, and socio-cultural contexts. (Lec. 3) 


S3aSYNOD 


202 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


366 Greek and Roman Drama (3) 

Survey of Greek and Roman drama with special 
emphasis on art and achievement of major drama- 
tists: Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Aristophanes, 
Plautus, Terence, and Seneca. (Lec. 3) (A) (F) 


367 The Epic (3) 

Studies in epic literature from Homer to the mod- 
ern period. Historical emphasis will vary with in- 
structor. (Lec. 3) (A) 


368 The Bible (3) 

Introduction to poetry and narrative in the Old Tes- 
tament and the Apocrypha, primarily in the Autho- 
rized (King James) Version. (Lec. 3) (A) 


373 British Literature of the Renaissance (3) 
Study of the works of major Renaissance writers 
such as Wyatt, Sidney, Daniel, Spenser, Marlowe, 
Hobbes, and others. (Lec. 3) (A) (F) 


374 British Literature: 1660-1800 (3) 

Study of major trends in late 17th- and 18th- 
century verse, prose, drama, and fiction by such 
writers as Dryden, Behn, Congreve, Pope, Swift, 
and Johnson (Lec. 3) 


375 British Literature of the 19th Century (3) 
Poetry, drama, fiction, and onfiction selected from 
Romantic and/or Victorian writers such as Blake, 
Wordsworth, Coleridge, the Shelleys, Byron, Keats, 
the Brownings, Eliot, the Brontes, Dickens, Pater, 
and Wilde. (Lec. 3) 


378 Postmodern and Contemporary Literature (3) 
Poetry, drama, fiction, and nonfiction of the mid- 
to late 20th-century. Works selected from such 
writers as Acker, Bellow, Dove, Morrison, Rich, 
Rushdie, and Walcott. (Lec. 3) 


381 Topics in Medieval and Renaissance 
Literature (3) 

Emphasis on cultural and interdisciplinary issues 
and the relationship between these periods and the 
contemporary one. (Lec. 3) May be repeated once 
with a different topic. (A) 


382 Medieval and Renaissance Authors (3) 
Studies in works by one or two major Medieval or 
Renaissance authors (excepting Shakespeare). Em- 
phasis on work of Chaucer, Dante, Milton, or 
Spenser. (Lec. 3) May be repeated once, barring 
duplication of writers. (A) 


383 Modernist Literature, 1900-1945 (3) 

Poetry, drama, fiction, and/or nonfiction prose 
with an emphasis on writers such as Eliot, Faulkner, 
Hurston, Joyce, Stevens, Yeats, Woolf, and Wright. 
(Lec. 3) 


385 Women Writers (3) 

Analysis of the poetry, drama, or fiction of women 
writers. Emphasis on 19th-century, 20th-century, 
or contemporary authors. Course may be repeated 


for credit when taken with different emphasis. 
(Lec. 3) 


387 Foundational Texts in Modern Gay and 
Lesbian Culture (3) 

Study of literary works that trace the origins and 
on-going definitions of modern homo/heterosexual 
identities. Selections from writers such as Whitman, 
Wilde, Proust, Woolf, Lawrence, Gide, Mann, 
Cather, and Baldwin. (Lec. 3) 


394, 395 Independent Study (1-3 each) 
Extensive individual study and research, culminat- 
ing in a substantial essay. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 6 credits. 


396 Literature of the Sea: The Rumowicz 
Seminar (3) 

Poetry and prose of the sea. Guest lecturers and 
field trips. (Lec. 3) 


397 The Literary Landscape of Britain (3) 

Taught in England, second summer session. Exam- 
ines impact of English social and natural landscapes 
on, and their treatment in, selected literary works. 
(Lec. 3) Usually taught in conjunction with HIS 
397. (F) 


399 Special Topics in Literature (3) 
Specialized topics in the study of literature offered 
by specialists in the field. (Lec. 3) 


446 Modern Drama (3) 
Studies in major works by modern playwrights. 
(Lec. 3) 


447 Modern Poetry (3) 
Study of major contributions and movements in 
poetry from 1900 to the present. (Lec. 3) 


448 Traditions of the Novel in the Americas (3) 
Studies in the North, South, and/or Central Ameri- 
can novel. (Lec. 3) 


469 The Modern Novel (3) 
Studies in the novel from 1900 to the present. 
(Lec. 3) 


472 Shakespeare (3) 
Studies in Shakespeare’s drama and poetry. (Lec. 3) 


474 (or AAF 474) Literature of the African 
Diaspora (3) 

Study of specific authors, literary movements, or 
comparative themes in the literatures of Africa and 
the Americas, with a focus on one or more of these 
regions. (Lec. 3) May be repeated once for a total 
of 6 credits, barring duplication of writers. 


480 British Restoration and Enlightenment 
Authors (3) 

Studies in works by one or two major Restoration 
and Enlightenment authors. (Lec 3.) May be re- 
peated once for a total of six credits, barring dupli- 
cation of writers. 


482 American Enlightenment Authors (3) 
Studies in works by one or two major Enlighten- 
ment authors. (Lec. 3) May be repeated once for a 
total of six credits, barring duplication of writers. 


485 U.S. Authors (3) 

Studies in works by one or two major United States 
authors. (Lec. 3) May be repeated once for a total 
of 6 credits barring duplication of writers. 


486 British Authors (3) 

Studies in works by one or two major British au- 
thors. (Lec. 3) May be repeated once for a total of 
6 credits, barring duplication of writers. 


487 World Authors (3) 

Studies in works by one or two major world au- 
thors (excepting U.S. or British authors). (Lec. 3) 
May be repeated once for a total of 6 credits, bar- 
ring duplication of writers. 


493, 494 Internship in English (3) 

Exploration of career goals and job opportunities. 
Participate in a variety of work situations, super- 
vised by both faculty member and on-site person- 
nel. 120 hours per 3 credits, weekly one-hour class 
meeting. (Practicum) Pre: 18 credits in English and 
permission of chairperson. May be taken for a total 
of 6 credits, only 3 of which may be used as credit 
toward the English major. Not for graduate credit. 
S/U only. 


495 Identity Studies Capstone (3) 

Topics in U.S. ethnic identity. Study of the repre- 
sentation of the major theories of ethnic and cul- 
tural identity in the United States (Lec. 3) Pre: 6 

credits in this focus area. Open only to junior or 

senior English majors enrolled in identity studies 

focus area. Not for graduate credit. 


496 Genre Studies Capstone (3) 

Study of the development of and central issues in- 
volved in the contemporary debate regarding the 
significance of genre studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 6 credits 
in this focus area. Open only to junior or senior En- 
glish majors enrolled in genre studies focus area. 
Not for graduate credit. 


497 Creative Writing and Publishing Capstone 
(3) 

Creative writing and publishing capstone. (Lec.3) ) 
Pre: 6 credits in this focus area. Open only to junior 
or senior English majors enrolled in creative writing 
or publishing focus area. Nor for graduate credit. 


498 Cultural Studies with Period Emphasis 
Capstone (3) 

Study of debates and issues in cultural studies. 
(Lec. 3) Open only to junior and senior English ma- 
jors enrolled in cultural studies focus area. Pre: 6 
credits in this focus area. Not for graduate credit. 


All 500-level courses require graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. All courses except ENG 510 
and 512 may be repeated once if emphasis changes. 


501 Workshop in Creative Writing (3) 

Close supervision and discussion of creative writ- 
ing, including poetry, nonfiction, short prose 
forms, scripts, and novels. (Lec. 3) 


510 Introduction to Professional Study (3) 
Orientation to the major discourses, critical frame- 
works, and databases constituting graduate re- 
search in language and literary studies, including 
computer-assisted research methodologies. (Lec. 3) 


514 Studies in Critical Theories (3) 

Introduction to historical or contemporary studies 
in critical theory; e.g., modernity and post- 
modernity, aesthetics, politics, interpretative tradi- 
tions, audiences. May explore semiotic, psychoana- 
lytic, materialist, feminist, postcolonial, and cultural 
theories. (Lec. 3) 


535 Old English (3) 
Introduction to the language and literature. 
(Lec. 3) 


540 Studies in American Texts Before 1815 (3) 
Cultural texts and topics of the Western Hemi- 
sphere before 1815: literary and nonliterary writ- 
ings and genres; exploration and captivity narra- 
tive; African transmissions; critical theory; culture, 
gender, race, and class. (Lec. 3) 


543 Studies in 19th-Century American Texts (3) 
Literary and nonliterary cultural texts, genres, and 
topics of the Western Hemisphere. May include 
media; oral, industrial, and popular cultures; critical 
theory and the analysis of discourses; issues of 
class, gender, and race. (Lec. 3) 


545 Studies in American Texts After 1900 (3) 
Modern, contemporary, and postmodern cultural 
texts, genres, and topics of the Western Hemi- 
sphere; e.g., literary and nonliterary writings, per- 
formance modes, media, theory, and cultural stud- 
ies of race, genre, and class. (Lec. 3) 


550 Studies in British Texts Before 1700 (3) 
Literary and nonliterary cultural texts and genres of 
the medieval, Renaissance, and Restoration periods. 
May include oral and written forms; the roles of 
audience, gender, class, and other social relations. 
(Lec. 3) 


553 Studies in British Texts 1700-1832 (3) 
Literary and nonliterary cultural texts and genres 
during the Restoration, Augustan, Enlightenment, 
and Romantic periods; e.g., drama, media, rheto- 
ric, theory, and discourse analysis of gender, class, 
race, and other social relations. (Lec. 3) 


555 Studies in 19th-Century British Texts (3) 
Literary and cultural texts and genres during the 
nineteenth century. May include drama and other 


ENGLISH/ENGLISH LANGUAGE STUDIES 203 


performance modes; critical theory and the analysis 
of discourses; representations of class, gender, and 
race. (Lec. 3) 


557 Studies in British Texts After 1900 (3) 
Modern, contemporary, and postmodern cultural 
texts; e.g., literary and nonliterary writings, drama, 
colonial and European cultural relations, film, 
theory, and cultural studies of institutional life and 
other social relations. (Lec. 3) 


560 Studies in European Texts (3) 

Introduction to the study of European texts in 
translation. May include different historical periods; 
literary and nonliterary writings; theory; film; rheto- 
tic; and issues of culture, gender, race, class, and 
sexuality. (Lec. 3) 


570 Studies in Postcolonial Texts (3) 
Investigation of similarities and differences between 
nonoccidental and occidental genres; traditions 
and practices of postcolonial oral, written, and 
visual cultural forms from Africa, Australia, New 
Zealand, the Americas, India, Ireland, and Scot- 
land. (Lec. 3) 


590 Selected Topics (1-3) 

Selected topics in American and British literature 
and topics of special interest not covered by tradi- 
tional department offerings. (Independent Study) 


595 Master’s Project (1-6) 

Number of credits to be determined each semester 
in consultation with the major professor or director 
of graduate studies. S/U only. 


All 600-level (seminar) courses require graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. Courses include 
specialized topics, intensive readings, occasional lec- 
tures, and frequent presentation of ongoing research 
by students. A substantial research project is required. 
May be repeated once if emphasis changes. 


601 Seminar in Creative Writing (3) 

Seminar for advanced students under supervision 
of a member arranged to suit individual project re- 
quirements of students. (Seminar) 


605 Seminar in Genres (3) 

In-depth study of a single or several genres and/or 
subgenres, such as epic, drama, or horror film. 
(Seminar) 


610 Seminar in Historical Periods (3) 

Selected topics of relevance for historical periods. 
Periods emphasized are medieval, sixteenth- and 
seventeenth-century British, eighteenth- and nine- 
teenth-century British, North American, and 
postcolonial. (Seminar) 


615 Seminar in Authors (3) 

In-depth and critical study of selected works of one 
or two authors from any historical period, genre, or 
medium; theories and traditions of authorship; au- 

thorship and gender. (Seminar) 


620 Seminar in Culture and Discourse (3) 
Contrasting theoretical conceptions of culture, dis- 
cursive practices, hegemony, the public and private 
spheres, and related concerns; may cross any his- 
torical formation or period. (Seminar) 


625 Seminar in Media (3) 

Critical and theoretical conceptions of one or more 
media across any historical formation or period. 
(Seminar) 


630 Seminar in Canons (3) 

Critical and theoretical conceptions of canons and 
canonicity, including emerging or revisionist can- 
ons. (Seminar) 


635 Seminar in Subjectivities (3) 

Critically investigates class, race, gender, sexuality, 
and/or other subject positions as they are con- 
structed by literary or other media. Might empha- 
size reading and writing communities, form and 
ideology, or identity politics. (Seminar) 


650 Seminar in Critical Theory (3) 

In-depth study of one or several critical theories 
such as psychoanalytic, feminist, postcolonial, and 
cultural studies. (Seminar) 


660 Seminar in Special Topics (3) 
Topics of special interest not covered by other of- 
ferings. (Seminar) 


690 Independent Graduate Study (1-6) 
Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor, director of 
graduate studies, and chairperson. 


691, 692 Independent Graduate Study (3 each) 
Advanced study of an approved topic under the 
supervision of a member. (Independent Study) 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


999 Methods of Teaching Literature (0) 
Materials and various methods of teaching litera- 
ture on the college level. Required of teaching as- 
sistants who will teach English department litera- 
ture courses as part of their TA assignment. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate standing. 


English Language Studies (ELS) 
Director: L. Ronesi 


112 English as a Second Language | (3) 
Equivalent to WRT 101, but restricted to students 
whose first language is not English. Designed to 
enhance students’ speaking and oral presentation 
skills as well as writing. (Lec. 3) (Cw) 


122 English as a Second Language II (3) 
Companion course of 112. (Lec. 3) (Cw) 


S3aSYNOD 


204 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


200 English Language Fellows Training Course (3) 
Introduction to cross-cultural issues, social and aca- 
demic barriers facing U.S. newcomers, content- 
based second language learning, and the social 
and academic aspects of peer collaboration. A 
training course for proficient speakers of English 
who have been admitted to the English Language 
Fellows Project. (Lec. 3) Service learning. Pre: ad- 
mission to the English Language Fellows Project. 


201 Content-Based English Language Studies (1) 
Small tutorial sections, taken concurrently with 
other courses through the English Language Fel- 
lows Project, for nonnative speakers who wish to 
continue studying English while taking other 
courses. (Lab. 2) Service learning. Pre: permission 
of English Language Fellows Project director. Maxi- 
mum of 3 credits each semester; may be repeated 
for a total of 12 credits. S/U only. 


512 Oral Communication Skills for International 
Teaching Assistants (3) 

Intensive focus on pronunciation, listening and 
speaking skills, and awareness of colloquial Ameri- 
can speech. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing and 
permission of instructor. May be repeated until oral 
proficiency requirement is met. 


612 Advanced Communication Skills for 
International Teaching Assistants (3) 

Focus on pronunciation, teaching skills, and cross- 
cultural differences in education. Priority given to 
international teaching assistants. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing. May be repeated until oral pro- 
ficiency requirement is met. 


Entomology (ENT) 
Chairperson: Professor Casagrande 


385 (or BIO 381) Introductory Entomology (3) 
Introduction to the diverse components of ento- 
mology, emphasizing basic principles of insect 
morphology, physiology, behavior, and ecology. 
Current topics in insect biodiversity and manage- 
ment strategies. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 104A or 102 and 
BIO 104B or 101, or equivalent. 


386 (or BIO 382) Introductory Entomology 
Laboratory (1) 

Insect structure, function, and systematics with 
field studies in ecology, survey, and collection of 
beneficial and pest insects in their natural environ- 
ment. (Lab. 3) Pre: 385 or concurrent enrollment 
in 385. 


387 Insects of Turf and Ornamentals (3) 

Biology, ecology, and management of insects af- 
fecting turfgrasses, trees, and ornamental plants. 
(Lab. 3) Pre: PLS 200 or permission of instructor. 


390 (or AVS 390) Wildlife and Human Disease (3) 
Introduction to the important diseases of humans 
carried by wildlife, including surveillance, epidemi- 
ology, transmission, public health impact, and pre- 
vention. Interdisciplinary approach with emphasis 
on problem solving using real-life examples. (Lec. 
3) Pre: BIO 104B or 101; BIO 262 or ENT 385 or 
equivalent. 


411, 511 Pesticides and the Environment (3 each) 
Review of the historical issues regarding pesticides, 
regulation, how they work, and costs/benefits asso- 
ciated with their use. Pre: BIO 102, CHM 103, 105; 
PLS 200, or permission of instructor. 411: not for 
graduate credit. 


519 Insect Biological Control (3) 

Natural regulation of pest abundance. Theoretical 
issues and practical experience in the use of bio- 
logical controls for managing insect and weed 
problems. (Lec. 2, Lab. 1) Pre: 385 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. Next offered spring 
2004. 


520 Insect Morphology and Physiology (3) 

An introduction to the structure and function of 
the insects and related arthropods. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 
Pre: 385 or permission of instructor 


529 Systems Science for Ecologists (3) 

Concepts and techniques for computer analysis 
and simulation of complex biological systems. (Lec. 
3) Pre: MTH 141, BIO 262, or permission of 
instructor. 


544 Insect Ecology (2) 

Ecology of insects and other terrestrial arthropods 
at the physiological, individual, population, com- 
munity, and ecosystem levels. Pre: permission 

of instructor. In alternate years. Next offered fall 
2003. 


550 Insect Taxonomy and Systematics (3) 
External morphology of insects and taxonomy of 
major families. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 385. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered fall 2003. 


555 Insect Pest Management (3) 

Evaluation of past and present pest-control strate- 
gies in light of insect ecology. Development of 
pest-management systems emphasizing biological 
control, resistant plants, and ecosystem redesign. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: PLS 200 or ENT 385 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years, next offered spring 
2005. 


561 Aquatic Entomology (3) 

Biology of insects in aquatic environments, includ- 
ing systematics, morphology, and ecology. Field 
trips emphasize relations between species and 
habitat and the role of insects in aquatic manage- 
ment programs. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 385 or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 
fall 2004. 


571 (or MIC 571) Insect Microbiology (3) 

A two-part investigation of insect-microbe associa- 
tions, concentrating on the comparative 
pathobiology of microbial agents in the insect host 
and the transmission of disease organisms by the 
insect vectors. (Lec. 3) Pre: 385 and MIC 211, or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years, next 
offered spring 2005. 


586 Medical and Veterinary Entomology 
See Biological Sciences 572. 


591, 592 Special Problems in Entomology (1-3 
each) 

Advanced independent research projects super- 
vised by members of the research and unrelated to 
thesis research. Projects developed to meet indi- 
vidual needs. (Independent Study) Pre: permission 
of instructor by override only. 


Environmental Sciences (EVS) 
Dean: Professor Seemann 


101 Freshman Inquiry into the Environment and 
Life Sciences (1) 

Introduction for freshmen to the opportunities, 
careers, research activities, applied outreach, and 
educational programs in the College of the Envi- 
ronment and Life Sciences. Interact weekly with 
faculty. Explore hands-on modules. (Lec. 1) S/U 
credit. 


366 Communicating Environmental Research 
and Outreach (2) 

Value and techniques of communicating scientific 
research and outreach efforts. Focus on technical 
and communication skill development. Student 
must be engaged in a personal research or out- 
reach experience. (Seminar) Pre: permission of in- 
structor; by override only. 


482 Innovative Subsurface Remediation 
Technologies 
See Geosciences 482. 


484 Environmental Hydrogeology 
See Geosciences 484. 


533 (ENT) Graduate Writing in Life Sciences (3) 
Graduate writing skills for the life and environmen- 
tal sciences; writing and editing journal articles, 
proposals; rhetorical analysis of scientific writing. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: WRT 101 or equivalent or per- 
mission of instructor. Graduate standing or senior 
status. Next offered spring 2005. 


582 Innovative Subsurface Remediation 
Technologies 
See Geosciences 582. 


584 Environmental Hydrogeology 
See Geosciences 584. 


597 Professional Internship in Environmental 
Science and Management (3) 

Supervised work performed with an environmental 
agency, nongovernmental organization, or private 
firm as part of the requirements of the Master of 
Environmental Science and Management degree. 
(Practicum) S/U credit. 


598 Professional Master’s Research (3) 
Independent investigation to satisfy the research 
requirement for the Master of Environmental Sci- 
ence and Management degree. Substantial paper 
required. (Independent Study). Pre: enrollment in 
MESM degree program. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

To be taken by students in the Master of Science in 
environmental sciences degree program. Number 

of credits is determined each semester in consulta- 
tion with the major professor or program commit- 
tee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


601 Environmental Sciences Seminar 
See Geosciences 601. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

To be taken by students in the Ph.D. in environ- 
mental sciences degree program. Number of cred- 
its is determined each semester in consultation 
with the major professor or program committee. 
(Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Exercise Science (EXS) 
Chairperson: Associate Professor Blanpied 


524 Obesity: Causes, Consequences and Care (3) 
Overview of the obesity epidemic and implications 
for morbidity and mortality. Consideration of en- 
ergy balance issues and metabolism. Emphasis on 
the role of physical activity in preventing and treat- 
ing obesity. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


530 Research Methods and Design in Physical 
Education and Exercise Science 
See Physical Education and Exercise Science 530. 


531 Advanced Experimental Techniques in 
Exercise Science (3) 

Instruction in using the computer for research pur- 
poses with an emphasis on data analysis (i.e., sta- 
tistical techniques). (Lec. 3) Pre: 530 or permission 
of instructor. 


559 Principles of Exercise Testing and 
Interpretation (3) 

Theory and practical application of the graded ex- 
ercise test including oxygen consumption measure- 
ments. Special emphasis on writing a safe exercise 
prescription based on the interpretation of the ex- 
ercise test data. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 343 or permission 
of instructor. 


ENGLISH LANGUAGE STUDIES/FILM STUDIES 205 


562 Advanced Exercise Physiology (3) 

Advanced study of the physiological factors limit- 
ing physical performance and work capacity with 
emphasis on the effects of physical conditioning on 
health and fitness. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


563 Fitness Programs for the Middle-Aged and 
Elderly (3) 

Presentation of exercise epidemiology and the ef- 
fects of exercise on health. Scientific principles of 
exercise prescription with emphasis on adults with 
common health problems such as obesity, diabe- 
tes, and osteoporosis. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing or permission of instructor. 


564 Physiology of Aging (3) 

Library searches, reports, and discussion of topics 
of current research on the physiology of aging. 
Subject matter adapted to meet interests of and 
students. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 242 or permission of in- 
structor. 


565 Cardiovascular Rehabilitation (3) 

Focus on cardiac rehabilitation, underlying pathol- 

ogy and pathophysiology, diagnostic and prognos- 
tic testing, and principles of rehabilitation. Special 

emphasis on electrocardiographic analysis and ex- 

ercise intervention. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


581 (or PSY 581) Psychological Aspects of a 
Healthy Lifestyle (3) 

Considers the psychological processes and behav- 
iors related to exercise participation and the adop- 
tion of a healthy lifestyle. Analysis of models and 
theories used in exercise psychology, associated 
research, and the implications for practitioners. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing, PSY 113 and 232, 
or permission of instructor. 


582 Sport Psychology 
See Physical Education and Exercise Science 582. 


591 Special Problems 
See Physical Education and Exercise Science 591. 


592 Internship in Physical Education and 
Exercise Science 
See Physical Education and Exercise Science 592. 


595 Independent Study 
See Physical Education and Exercise Science 595. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 
See Physical Education and Exercise Science 599. 


Film Studies (FLM) 


Coordinator: Adjunct Professor DeSchepper 


101 Introduction to Film and Screen Studies (3) 
Introduction to techniques of film practice, film his- 
tory, genres, analysis of film texts, and reading of 
film images in their aesthetic, cultural, and literary 
context. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) (A) 


203 Film Theory (3) 

An introductory survey of classical and contempo- 
rary approaches to film theory and criticism (Lec. 
3) Pre: 101 or permission of instructor. (A) 


204 (201) History of Film I (3) 

A survey of world cinema from its invention in the 
1890's to the early 1950's, examining the produc- 
tion, distribution and exhibition of narrative, docu- 
mentary and experimental, among other forms of 
film. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 101 or permission of in- 
structor. 


205 (201) History of Film II (3) 

A survey of world cinema from the 1950’s to the 
present time, examining the production, distribu- 
tion and exhibition of narrative, documentary and 
experimental among other forms of film. (Lec. 2, 


Lab. 2) Pre 101 or permission of instructor. 


401 Field Experience in Film Studies (1-6) 
Structured academic work in a business, industry, 
educational or agency setting under the supervi- 
sion of a faculty advisor. (Practicum) Pre: permis- 
sion of faculty advisor. 


495 Seminar in Film Studies (3) 

An intensive, interdisciplinary capstone course; ex- 
ploring writings and ideas about film across two or 
more fields of study; or examining cross-cultural 
themes and issues in world cinema. Topic to be an- 
nounced. (Seminar) Pre: 201 and 203 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


Following are related courses offered in African and 
African-American Studies, Art, Art History, Communi- 
cation Studies, English, French, History, and Italian. 


African and African-American Studies 
352 Black Images in Film 

Art 

215 Video and Filmmaking | 

316 Video and Filmmaking II 

Art History 

374 Topics in Film 

376 History of Animation 

377 History of Experimental Film 
Communication Studies 

341 Documentary Pre-production 
342 Documentary Production 
English 

300A Literature into Film: Drama 
300B Literature into Film: Narrative 


S3aSYNOD 


206 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


302 Topics in Film Theory and Criticism 
303 Cinematic Auteurs 

304 Film Genres 

French 

320 Studies in French Cinema 

History 

358 Recent America in Film 

Italian 

315 Italian Cinema 


In addition, special topics in film studies such as HPR 
105F The Feature Film and WMS 350F Women in Film 
are also offered. 


Finance (FIN) 
Dean: Professor Mazze 


301 Financial Management (3) 

An analysis of the investment and financing issues 
facing domestic and multinational business firms. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: ECN 201, ACC 202, and BAC 202, or 
permission of instructor. Proficiency test available. 


322 Security Analysis (3) 

Problems in investing funds from the point of view 
of individual and institutional investors. Particular 
attention is given to analysis of current investment 
theories and international implications. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 301. 


331 Financial Institutions and Markets (3) 
Comprehensive analysis of financial institutions and 
the markets in which they operate. Emphasis on 
the internal operations of the institutions. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: ECN 201, ACC 202, and BAC 202, or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


341 Fundamentals of Real Estate (3) 

Analysis of real estate principles. An examination of 
land utilization, valuation, financing techniques, 
urban development, property rights, markets, and 
government regulation. (Lec. 3) Pre: ECN 201. 


401 Advanced Financial Management (3) 
Intensive research on selected current topics relat- 
ing to the financial management of the firm. Exten- 
sive use of the case method. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or 
permission of instructor. Not for MBA credit. 


420 Speculative Markets (3) 

Examination of the concepts of forward pricing and 
its applications to the area of commodity and fi- 
nancial futures and options. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or 
permission of instructor. 


425 Portfolio Theory and Management (3) 
Examination of portfolio theory and current portfo- 
lio management practices from the individual and 
institutional view. Techniques for portfolio build- 
ing, management, and performance evaluation are 
discussed. (Lec. 3) Pre: 322 or permission of in- 
structor. Not for MBA credit. 


433 Bank Financial Management (3) 

Nature of the financial decisions facing the man- 
agement of an individual bank. Current bank finan- 
cial practices, research, and appropriate banking 
models considered. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301, 331, or per- 
mission of instructor. Not for graduate credit for 
students in the College of Business Administration. 


441 Financial Theory and Policy Implications (3) 
Examination of the determinants of long-run finan- 
cial success of the firm. Includes a study of how the 
capital budgeting process is linked to capital struc- 
ture management. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301. Not for MBA 
credit. 


452 Multinational Finance (3) 

Methods of financing multinational corporations. 
Foreign exchange, translation of financial state- 
ments, multinational funds flow and international 
liquidity, international financial reporting and tax 
policy, international money, stock, and bond mar- 
kets. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or permission of instructor. 
Not for MBA credit. 


455 Global Investment Management (3) 

Detailed analysis of the problems encountered in 
the process of investing funds in international capi- 
tal markets. Particular attention is devoted to multi- 
currency dimensions, foreign information sources, 
and foreign regulations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301, 322. 


460 Basic Managerial Economics (3) 

Introduction to the classic theories of demand, pro- 
duction, and cost management in the context of 
modern financial theory. Includes empirical model 
building using microcomputers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301. 
Not for graduate credit. 


491, 492 Directed Study (1-3 each) 

Directed readings and research work involving fi- 
nancial problems under the supervision of mem- 
bers of the. Plan of study required. (Independent 
Study) Pre: permission of instructor. Not for gradu- 
ate credit for students in the College of Business 
Administration. 


493 Internship in Finance (3) 

Approved, supervised work experience with partici- 
pation in management and problem solving related 
to finance. Fifteen working days (or 120 hours). 
(Practicum) Pre: junior standing and proposal ap- 
proved by the College of Business Administration. 
May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. Not 
for graduate credit. S/U only. 


622 Security and Investment Analysis (3) 
Analysis of the problems of investing funds and 
managing investments. Use of the latest invest- 
ment theories and their implementation via quanti- 
tative techniques will be explored. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
MBA 540 or equivalent. 


625 Advanced Portfolio Theory and Security 
Analysis (3) 

An examination of advanced theories and practices 
in portfolio building and maintenance. Issues re- 
lated to security price behavior are also examined. 
(Seminar) MBA 540 or equivalent. 


633 Depository Institutions and Financial 
Management (3) 

Study of the financial decisions facing the manage- 
ment of depository institutions. Current financial 
practices and problems explored. Models for bank 
managers will be considered. (Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 
540 or equivalent. 


641 Advanced Financial Theory (3) 

Analysis of the theoretical framework for corporate 
decision making related to financial planning, capi- 
tal budgeting decisions, dividend policy, and capi- 
tal structure decisions. Emphasis on current re- 
search developments. (Seminar) Pre: MBA 540 or 
equivalent. 


652 Advanced International Financial 
Management (3) 

Analysis of issues relevant to the international fi- 
nancial manager. The financial operations of multi- 
national enterprises are examined through both 
the theoretical and the case approach. (Seminar) 
Pre: MBA 540 or equivalent. 


671 Seminar in Finance (3) 

Independent research. Individual topics based on 
readings and research interests of the students. 
(Seminar) Pre: MBA 540 or equivalent. 


691, 692 Directed Study in Finance (1-3 each) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


697 Doctoral Research Seminar (3) 

Provides a rigorous analysis of current research 
questions and research techniques used to address 
those questions in the academic discipline. Recent 
developments and current issues addressed. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: enrollment in Phase II of the Ph.D. pro- 
gram in business administration. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) Pre: enrollment in 
Phase Ill of the Ph.D. program in business adminis- 
tration. S/U credit. 


Forensic Science (FOS) 
Chairperson: Professor Euler (Chemistry) 


392 Introduction to Criminalistics (3) 
See Chemistry 392. 


French (FRN) 


Section Head: Professor Morello 


101 Beginning French | (3) 

Fundamentals of grammar and pronunciation; ex- 
ercises in reading, writing, and conversation. (Lec. 
3) Pre: no prior French is required. Will not count 
toward the language requirement if the student 
has studied French for more than one year within 
the last six years. (FC) [D] 


102 Beginning French II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


103 Intermediate French | (3) 

Development of facility in reading texts of moder- 
ate difficulty; supplemented by further work in 
grammar, conversation, and composition. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 102 or equivalent. (FC) [D] 


104 Intermediate French II (3) 
Continuation of 103. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


105 Basic Conversation (1) 

Practice in basic French conversational skills. (Lec. 
1) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 103 or 
104. May be repeated once for a maximum of 2 
credits. (FC) [D] 


201 French Pronunciation (1) 

The sounds of French; relationship between spell- 
ing and pronunciation; regional variation. Practice 
in pronouncing French prose and poetry. (Lab. 2) 
Pre: 104 or equivalent or permission of instructor. 
(FC) [D] 


204 French Composition | (3) 

Practice in writing French; topics selected from ev- 
eryday events and readings in French; emphasis on 
vocabulary building; some grammar study, fre- 
quent compositions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 104 or equivalent 
or permission of instructor. (FC) [D] 


207 French Oral Expression | (3) 

Training in the spontaneous use of oral French. 
Students will extend the quantity and quality of 
spoken French that they are able to produce. Spe- 
cial focus on narration or story-telling in French. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 104 or equivalent or permission of in- 
structor. (FC) [D] 


303 The French in North America (3) 

Surveys the background and current status of the 
French diaspora in North America, including 
Acadians, Quebecers, French Canadians, and 
French Americans, with special emphasis on the 
literary, artistic, and other contributions of these 
groups to the civilization(s) of the continent. 
Taught in French. (Lec. 3) Pre: 204 or 207 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


304 French Composition II (3) 

Writing of literary French. Frequent compositions 
and critiques with emphasis on the stylistic devices. 
Recommended for those concentrating in French. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 204. 


307 Oral Expression II (3) 

Discussion, short speech making, pronunciation, 
everyday vocabulary, and improvement of conver- 
sation. Matters of current interest in French se- 
lected by instructor and students. (Lec. 3) Pre: 207. 


309 French Culture and Literature to 1789 (3) 
Survey of the significant developments in the arts, 
society, and literature in France from the Middle 
Ages to the French Revolution. (Lec. 3) Pre: 204 or 
permission of instructor. 


310 Modern French Culture and Literature (3) 
Survey of the significant developments in the arts, 
history, and literature in France from the French 
revolution to the present. (Lec. 3) Pre: 204 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


315, 316 French Internship Abroad (3) 
Supervised work experience in a French-speaking 
country for advanced language students. 
(Practicum) Pre: 200-level French course or equiva- 
lent or permission of instructor. 


318 French Across the Curriculum (1) 

Reading and discussion of original French texts in 
conjunction with courses throughout the university 
curriculum. Designed to maintain and improve 
French language skills and to enrich study through 
exposure to texts in the original language. (Lec. 1) 
Pre: permission of instructor. May be repeated. 


320 Studies in French Cinema (3) 

Study of major French/Francophone film genres 
and of prominent French/Francophone directors. 
Emphasis will vary. (Lec. 3) Pre: 204 and 207 or 
permission of instructor. May be repeated with dif- 
ferent topics. 


391 Literature to 1789 in Translation (3) 

Major developments in French literature from the 
Middle Ages through 1789. Reading in translation 
of selected literary works from representative au- 
thors. (Lec. 3) Not for major credit in French. (A) 


392 Nineteenth-Century Literature in 
Translation (3) 

Reading in translation of selected literary works 
from representative nineteenth-century authors. 
(Lec. 3) Not for major credit in French. (A) (F) 


393 Twentieth-Century Literature in 
Translation (3) 

Reading in translation of selected literary works 
from representative twentieth-century authors. 
(Lec. 3) Not for major credit in French. (A) (F) 


FILM STUDIES/GENETICS 207 


402 French Phonetics (3) 

Introduction to articulatory phonetics, phonetic 
notation, and phonetic transcription. Rudiments of 
recognizing and reproducing French intonation 
patterns. Laboratory in phonetics and intonation. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or permission of instructor. 


408 The French Language: Past, Present, and 
Future (3) 

Introduction to the history and present state of 
French. Study of standard and colloquial French, 
dialects, regional variations, language of youth and 
professions. Current tendencies; the Francophone 
movement. (Lec. 3) Pre: 304 or permission of in- 
structor. 


412 Topics in French Culture and Literature (3) 
Topics in French literature and culture. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
309 or 310 or permission of instructor. May be 
taken more than once for credit on different topics. 


473 French Canadian Literature (3) 

Early historical and biographical works, but prima- 
rily the novel, poetry, and theatre of the 20th cen- 
tury. (Lec. 3) Pre: 309 or 310 or permission of in- 
structor. 


474 African Literature in French (3) 

Authors of Africa and the Diaspora; includes 
Camara, Cesaire, Dadie, Senghor. (Lec. 3) Pre: 309 
or 310 or permission of instructor. 


480 Business French (3) 

Study of concepts and terminology relating to the 
French business world. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior stand- 
ing, credit or concurrent enrollment in at least one 
300-level French language course. 


497, 498 Directed Study (3 each) 

For the advanced student. Individual research and 
reports on problems of special interest. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: acceptance of a project by a mem- 
ber and approval of section head. 


Genetics 
Coordinator: Associate Professor Mottinger 


Aquaculture and Fisheries Science 
476 The Genetics of Fish 

Biochemistry 

342 Human Genetics and Human Affairs 
452 Advanced Topics in Genetics 
Biological Sciences 

203 Introduction to Evolutionary Genetics 
352 Genetics 

454 Genetics Laboratory 

554 Cytogenetics 

573 Developmental Genetics 

579 Advanced Genetics Seminar 
Microbiology 

502 Techniques of Molecular Biology 


S3aSuNoD 


208 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


552 Microbial Genetics 

561 Recent Advances in Molecular Cloning 
Plant Sciences 

250 Plant Breeding and Genetics 

352 General Genetics 

355 Genetics Laboratory 

471 Plant Improvement 


Geography (GEG) 
Chairperson: Professor Juda 


101 World Geography (3) 

An examination of major world regions. Basic geo- 
graphic concepts are presented. Physiographic, po- 
litical, economic, social, and cultural influences are 
addressed in a spatial context. (Lec. 3) (S) 


104 Political Geography (3) 

Pattern of political units throughout the world; spe- 
cial emphasis on boundaries, newly independent 
nations, and other aspects of political control over 
territory. (Lec. 3) (S) 


200 The Geography of Human Ecosystems (3) 
The evolution of human environments from the 
Stone Age to the contemporary megalopolis and 
the emergent world city in terms of man-earth- 
space-resource relationships. (Lec. 3) (S) 


203 Economic Geography (3) 

Surveys the geographic backgrounds of economic 
activities. Populations and the resources of agricul- 
ture, industry, and commerce in terms of their 
world and regional distribution. (Lec. 3) 


350 (or MAF 350) Caribbean Geography (3) 
Exploration of the physical, political, economic, 
and cultural environment of the Caribbean region, 
with emphasis on small island states from the colo- 
nial era to the present. (Lec. 3) 


511 Geography for Life: Educational Strategies (3) 
Knowledge of geography and its importance for 
effective citizenship. Classroom teachers integrate 
geographic concepts for lesson plan development 
using National Geographic Standards and other 
source materials. (Lec. 3) 


Geosciences (GEO) 
Chairperson: Professor Murray 


100 Environmental Geology (3) 

Geologic processes, how they affect people and 
vice versa; geologic hazards, earthquake impact, 
shoreline development, offshore oil, waste disposal, 
water, energy and other resources, climate change. 
(Lec. 3) (N) 


101 Freshman Inquiry into the Geosciences (1) 
Introduction for freshmen to the opportunities, ca- 
reers, research activities, applied outreach, and 
educational programs in the Department of Geo- 


sciences. Interact weekly with faculty. Explore 
hands-on modules. (Lec. 1) S/U credit. 


102 Evolution and Extinction of the Dinosaurs (3) 
General introduction to the dinosaurs. Variety, hab- 
its, warm-bloodedness, and extinction discussed. 
Pterosaurs and bird origins presented. (Lec. 3) (N) 


103 Understanding the Earth (4) 

Processes operating within and upon the earth. Re- 
lationship of plate tectonics to volcanism, earth- 
quakes, and mountain building. Development and 
modification of landscapes by rivers, glaciers, wind, 
waves, and ground water. Environmental implica- 
tions of geologic processes. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) (N) 


107 Geological Field Trips (1) 

Field trips to coastal, glacial, and bedrock terrains. 
The relation of structures and materials to the his- 
tory of the earth, mineral resources, and our envi- 
ronment. (Lab. 2) In alternate years. Next offered 
2003-04. 


110 The Ocean Planet 
See Oceanography 110. 


120 Geology of U.S. National Parks (3) 

Selected parks are used to illustrate geologic pro- 
cesses and age relationships to understand earth 
history. Includes plate tectonics, volcanic and plu- 
tonic activity, glaciation, cave formation, stream 
and coastal processes, landscape formation. (Lec. 


3) (N) 


203 Field Geology (3) 

Emphasis on the development of skills in geologic 
mapping and the construction of geologic maps. 
Field trips required. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 100, 103, 
or permission of instructor. 


210 Landforms: Origin and Evolution (4) 
Development, distribution, and geologic signifi- 
cance of landforms produced by rivers, glaciers, 
coastal processes, weathering, and other geomor- 
phic agents. Interpretation of landforms through 
field studies, topographic maps, and aerial photo- 
graphs. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 103 or permission of 
instructor. 


240 Prehistoric Life (4) 

The history of life, from its origins to the first multi- 
cellular animals, to humans. Special emphasis on 
the origin of fishes, birds, mammals, and humans. 
(Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 102 or 103 or BIO 104B or 113 
or 101 or permission of the instructor. Offered in 
even-numbered years. 


277 Coastal Geologic Environments (3) 

Geologic processes in coastal environments such as 
barriers, lagoons, estuaries, bays, and rocky head- 
lands; impact of coastal geologic hazards such as 
hurricanes, winter storms, and sea-level rise. Re- 
sponse of people to hazards. Field trips, small- 
group project required. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103. 


301 Earth’s Depleting Resources (3) 

Origin, distribution, extraction, and importance of 
various non-renewable resources: energy sources, 
metals, building and industrial materials, water. 
Strategic materials, their world distribution and 
role in world affairs. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or permission 
of instructor. 


320 Earth Materials (4) 

Hand-sample identification and characterization of 
minerals and rocks, including crystallography, com- 
position, classification, origin, and relationship to 
geological occurrence; also includes aspects of soil- 
forming minerals, ore deposits, and other mineral 
resources. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 103, credit or con- 
current enrollment in CHM 101 or 103. 


321 Rocks and Geologic Processes (4) 

The study of igneous and metamorphic processes 
related to plate tectonics, and the interpretation of 
Earth history and events from features preserved in 
rocks. Application of the polarizing microscope to 
the study of rocks in thin section, combined with 
geochemical and phase equilibria approaches. In- 
troduction to computer modeling of igneous and 
metamorphic processes. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 320. 


350 Evolution 
See Biological Sciences 350. 


370 Structure of the Earth (4) 

Stress and strain relationships as they pertain to 
rocks. Manifestations of these phenomena in geo- 
logic structures and criteria for recognizing them. 
(Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: PHY 213 and 285 or 111 and 
185 or permission of instructor. 


421 Geochemistry (3) 

Introduction to thermodynamics of rock and min- 
erals, stable isotopes, geochronology, and 
cosmogeochemistry. Emphasis on the geochemis- 
try of igneous and metamorphic rocks. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
CHM 112, GEL 321, and MTH 132 or 142, or per- 
mission of instructor. 


450 Introduction to Sedimentary Geology (4) 
Principles underlying formation and composition of 
lithofacies and sedimentary environments. Meth- 
ods, procedures, and techniques used to study 
sedimentary processes, depositional environments, 
sediment and rock sequences, and paleogeogra- 
phy. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: graduate or advanced un- 
dergraduate standing in environmental, resource, 
or engineering major. 


465 Introduction to Geophysics (3) 

Physical properties of earth and the application of 
geophysical methods to explore the earth’s interior 
for natural resources. Introductory interpretation of 
gravity, magnetic, seismic, and radiometric surveys. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 103, PHY 112, MTH 132. 


468 Ground-Water Chemistry (4) 

Introduction to the chemical processes controlling 
water chemistry in low-temperature environments. 
Chemical weathering, ion exchange, redox, min- 
eral equilibrium, isotopes, and chemical modeling 
of aqueous systems. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: CHM 101, 
102, 112, 114; GEO 103, 320. Offered in odd- 
numbered years. Next offered fall 2003. 


480 Summer Field Camp (4-8) 

Geologic field mapping and principles. (Practicum) 
Pre: 210, 240, 321, 370, 450 recommended. 
Course not offered through URI; prior approval of 
selected camp required by the Department of Ge- 
ology. Recommended between junior and senior 
years. Not for graduate credit in geology. 


482 (or NRS 482 or EVS 482) Innovative Sub- 
surface Remediation Technologies (4) 
Innovative remediation technologies for treating 
contaminated groundwater and sediments: theory, 
applications, and limitations of selected methods. 
Discussion of case studies. (Lec. 4) Pre: Permission 
of instructor. In alternate years. Not for graduate 
credit 


483 Hydrogeology (4) 

Study and interpretation of ground-water flow sys- 
tems and the interaction between ground-water 
and the geologic framework, including: ground- 
water flow, aqueous geochemistry, ground-water 
resource evaluation, and ground-water in geologic 
processes. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 103, 210, and MTH 
131 or 141, or permission of instructor. 


484 (or NRS 484 or EVS 484) Environmental 
Hydrogeology (4) 

physico-chemical principles and fundamental rela- 
tionships that describe the fate and transport of 
contaminants in the hydrologic system. (Lec. 3, 
Lab. 2) Pre: 483 or CVE 588 or NRS 510, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Not for graduate credit. Offered 
every other year. 


485 (or CVE 485) Environmental Engineering 
Geophysics (3) 

Field and lab methods of determining physical rock 
constants such as density, porosity, permeability, 
electrical conductivity, and seismic velocity, with 
applications in geology and environmental engi- 
neering. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 103, MTH 132 or 142, 
PHY 111 and 185 or 213 and 285, and junior 
standing, or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. 


488 Geological Evolution of North America (4) 
The evolution of the major sedimentary basins in 
North America is presented within a tectonic 
framework. Regional paleoenvironments and paleo- 
geography through time are reconstructed from 
faunas and facies. Ten-day field trip. (Lec. 3, Lab. 
2) Pre: 450 or permission of instructor. 


491 Special Topics (1-3) 

Advanced work for undergraduates under the su- 

pervision of a faculty member arranged to suit the 
individual requirements of the student. (Indepen- 

dent Study) Pre: permission of instructor. Not for 

graduate credit in geology. 


499 Senior Thesis (3) 

Independent research. Student selects an area of 
study and works in close conjunction with a faculty 
member of his or her choice. (Independent Study) 
Pre: senior standing and permission of instructor. 
Not for graduate credit in geology. 


515 Glacial Geology (3) 

Investigation of glacial environments and processes 
including areas with presently existing glaciers. Em- 
phasis on the development of glacial landscapes 
and deposits. Field trips in New England area. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 3) Pre: graduate or advanced undergradu- 
ate standing in environmental, resource, or engi- 
neering major. 


530 Petrogenetic Igneous Processes (4) 
Examination of key physico-chemical processes re- 
sponsible for the diversity of igneous rocks and ig- 
neous activity. Emphasis on geochemistry, petrog- 
raphy, field relationships, and tectonic setting. 
(Lec. 3, Lab 2) Pre: 321 or permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. Next offered spring 2005. 


531 Metamorphic Petrology (3) 

Facies concept and other methods of interpreting 
metamorphic mineral assemblages. Chemical and 
abric changes during metamorphism, including 
principles of structural petrology. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: 321 or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Next offered spring 2005. 


550 Sedimentary Processes and Environments (3) 
Physical processes of sedimentation with emphasis 
on river, shoreline, estuarine, and lagoon environ- 
ments. Emphasis on field study including 9-day 
ield trip. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate or advanced under- 
graduate standing in environmental, resource, or 
engineering major. Offered in spring of odd-num- 
bered years. 


554 Sedimentary Petrology (3) 

The detailed interpretation of siliciclastic and car- 
bonate fabrics and textures in thin section and 
hand sample. Emphasizes aspects of diagenesis, 
including cementation, replacement, recrystalliza- 
tion, pedogenesis, and porosity evolution. Skeletal 
elements and paleoenvironmental context pre- 
sented. (Lec. 3) Pre: 240 and 450 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. 


565 Geophysical Models (3) 

Model interpretation of gravity, magnetic, and 
geoelectric field surveys with geologic constraints. 
Conversion of quantitative geophysical models into 
geologic/hydrologic structures. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 


GENETICS/GEOSCIENCES 209 


MTH 132, PHY 112 or equivalent. Offered in spring 
of odd-numbered years. 


568 Isotopes in Hydrogeology (3) 

Use of environmental isotopes in groundwater 
studies; dating groundwater, delineating flow 
paths and identifying recharge areas; geochemical 
evolution of groundwater and assessment of con- 
tamination. (Lec. 3) Pre: 483 and 468 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Offered in even-numbered years. 


577 Coastal Geologic Hazards (3) 

Geologic hazards in the coastal zone and their im- 
pact on people. Includes waves, storm-surge, mass- 
wasting, and sea-level rise. Geologic effectiveness 
of engineering structures and management tech- 
niques. Emphasis on field study. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: graduate or advanced undergraduate standing 
in environmental, resource, or engineering major. 


580 New England Geology (3) 

Review of the bedrock geology of New England, 
and its applications for the Appalachian/ 
Caledonides mountain chain and theories of oro- 
genesis. Mandatory field trips. (Lec. 3) Pre: 321, 
370, or permission of instructor. Offered in fall of 
odd-numbered years. 


581 Topics in Tectonic Geology (3) 

Review of selected topics in continental and oce- 
anic tectonics. (Seminar) Pre: permission of instruc- 
tor. Offered in fall of even-numbered years. 


582 (or NRS 583, or EVS 582) Innovative 
Subsurface Remediation Technologies (4) 
Innovative remediation technologies for treating 
contaminated groundwater and sediments: theory, 
applications, and limitations of selected methods. 
Discussion of case studies. Offered alternate years 
(Lec. 4) Pre: permission of instructor. 


583 Ground-Water Modeling (3) 

Numerical modeling of ground-water flow and sol- 
ute transport. Numerical methods, model 
conceptualization, assumptions, boundary condi- 
tions, and complex aquifer systems. Modeling ex- 
ercises including full-scale modeling project using 
MODFLOW. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 483, or NRS 461 
or CVE 588, or permission of instructor. Offered in 
odd-numbered years. 


584 (or NRS 584, or EVS 584) Environmental 
Hydrogeology (4) 

Develop an understanding of the physico-chemical 
principles and fundamental relationships that de- 
scribe the fate and transport of contaminants in the 
hydrologic system. (Lec. 3, Lab 2) Pre: 483 or CVE 
588 or NRS 510 or permission of instructor. 


590, 591 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
instructor. S/U credit for 591. 


SaSYNOD 


210 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


601 (or EVS 601) Environmental Sciences 
Seminar (1) 

Guest speakers present the results of research in 
the field of environmental sciences with special fo- 
cus on hydrologic environments. (Seminar) 


930 Workshop in Geology Topics for Teachers 
(0-3 each) 

Especially designed for teachers of physical sci- 
ences. Basic topics of geology from an advanced or 
pedagogical perspective. (Workshop) Pre: teacher 
certification. 


Note: For other related courses, see OCG 540, 625, 
628, 643, 644, 645, 646, 649, 651, 652, 678, 681; 
OCE 582, 688; and CVE 581, 585, 587, 588, 677, 
681, 682, 687. 


German (GER) 
Section Head: Associate Professor Hedderich 


101 Beginning German | (3) 

Fundamentals of grammar and pronunciation; 
exercises in reading, writing, and conversation. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: no prior German is required. Will not 
count toward the language requirement if the stu- 
dent has studied German for more than one year 
within the last six years. (FC) [D] 


102 Beginning German II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or 
equivalent. (FC) [D] 


103 Intermediate German | (3) 

Development of facility in reading narrative and 
expository prose; exercise in grammar, listening 
comprehension, and speaking. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102 or 
equivalent. (FC) [D] 


104 Intermediate German II (3) 
Continuation of 103. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


105, 106 Basic Conversation I, II (1 each) 

105: Practice in conversational skills. (Lec. 1) Pre: 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 103. 106: Con- 
tinued practice in conversational skills. (Lec. 1) Pre: 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 104. (FC) [D] 


111, 112 Intensive Beginning German (4 each) 
Study of the fundamentals of German with special 
emphasis on listening and speaking skills. (Lec. 4) 
Pre: 111 or equivalent for 112. Not for major credit 
in German. (FC) [D] 


113, 114 Intensive Intermediate German (4 each) 
Practice in listening and speaking. Development of 
basic reading and writing skills. Review of gram- 
matical structure. (Lec. 4) Pre: 112 or equivalent 
for 113; 113 or equivalent for 114. (FC) [D] 


201, 202 Intermediate Conversation I, Il (1 each) 
Conversation skills for students who have com- 
pleted intermediate German. 202: Continuation of 
201. (Lec. 3) Pre: 104 or permission of instructor. 
(FC) [D] 


205, 206 Conversation and Composition (3 each) 
Development of facility in spoken and written 
German using contemporary writings and topics; 
special emphasis on general classroom discussion. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 104 or equivalent. (FC) [D] 


215, 216 Advanced Conversational German (4 
each) 

Intensive practice in speaking and listening, with 
some attention to writing skills. (Lec. 4) Pre: 114 or 
equivalent. (FC) [D] 


221 Introduction to Business German (1) 
Conversational practice in German with emphasis 
on the acquisition of vocabulary pertinent to inter- 
national business. (Lec. 1) Pre: 112 or equivalent. 
(FC) [D] 


305 Advanced Conversation (3) 

Intensive practice in spoken German based on mat- 
ters of current interest in German-speaking coun- 
tries. (Lec. 3) Pre: 206 or equivalent. In alternate 
years. 


306 Advanced Composition (3) 

Training in various forms of writing by means of 
frequent compositions and critiques. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
206 or equivalent. In alternate years. 


315, 316 Language Study Abroad (3-5 each) 
Credit for advanced language study in a German- 
speaking country. (Practicum) Pre: 206 or equiva- 
lent and permission of section head. 


327 Introduction to German Studies and 
Literature (3) 

Major developments and figures in German cul- 
ture, literature, art, and society of the twentieth 
century. (Lec. 3) Pre: 206 or permission of 
instructor. 


328 Introduction to German Cultural History 
and Literature (3) 

Overview of major German cultural developments 
starting with the “Germany” of the Romans and 
ending with unification. Significant figures and de- 
velopments in literature, art, and society. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 206 (or equivalent) or permission of instructor. 


392 Masterpieces of German Literature (3) 
Literary works in English translation from 1800 to 
the present. (Lec. 3) Not for major credit in 
German. (A) (F) 


408 (or LIN 408) The German Language: Past 
and Present (3) 

Introduction to the history and present state of the 
German languages. Study of standard and collo- 


quial German, dialects, Swiss and Austrian varia- 
tions, language of youth and professions. Analysis 
of various test types. Tendencies in present-day 
German. (Lec. 3) Pre: 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. Not for graduate credit. 


411 Advanced Technical German 
See Engineering 411. 


421 Business German (3) 

Study of the concepts and terminology of the Ger- 
man language common to the realm of interna- 
tional business. Intended for advanced students of 
business and German. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing, 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 305 and 306. 
Next offered fall 2004. 


485, 486 Special Studies (1-3 each) 

Special topics in German literature not emphasized 
in other courses. (Seminar) Pre: one semester of 
German at the 300 level or permission of section 
head. May be repeated with a change in topic. In 
alternate years. Next offered 2004-05. 


497, 498 Directed Study (1-3 each) 

Designed particularly for the advanced student. 
Individual research and reports on problems of spe- 
cial interest. (Independent Study) Pre: acceptance 
of project by a member and permission of section 
head. 


585, 586 Seminar in German Studies (1-3 each) 
Topics in German literature and civilization. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: graduate standing or permission of in- 
structor. May be repeated with different topics. 


598 Directed Studies (1-3) 

Individual research on problems of special interest. 
(Independent Study) Pre: graduate standing, 
acceptance of project by a member, and permis- 
sion of chairperson. May be repeated with different 
topics. 


987, 988 German Play Production (1 each) 
Study and production of a German play or plays. 
(Workshop) Pre: 215 and 216 or equivalent. Stu- 
dents may enroll concurrently in 485, 486. S/U 
only. 


Gerontology 
Director: Professor P. Clark 


Dental Hygiene 

462 Oral Care of the Aged and Medically 
Compromised 

Exercise Science 

563 Fitness Programs for the Middle-Aged 
and Elderly 

564 Physiology of Aging 

Human Development and Family Studies 
312 Adult Development 

314 Introduction to Gerontology 


421 Death, Dying, and Bereavement 

431 Family and the Elderly 

440 Environmental Context of Aging 
513 Seminar in Adult Development 

514 Seminar in Older Adulthood 

527 Health Care Policy and the Elderly 
555 Gerontological Counseling 

Human Science and Services 

530 Multidisciplinary Health Seminars for 
the Elderly 

Nursing 

349 Aging and Health 

Nutrition and Food Science 

395 Nutrition in the Life Cycle Il 

Physical Education and Exercise Science 
416 Aging and Leisure 

Sociology 

438 Aging in Society 


Greek (GRK) 


Section Head: Associate Professor Suter 
For Modern Greek, see LAN 191, 192. 


101 Ancient Greek I (3) 

Grammar and syntax of Attic Greek, reading prac- 
tice. (Lec. 3) Pre: no previous Greek is required. 
Will not count toward the language requirement if 
the student has studied Greek for more than one 
year within the last six years. (F) 


102 Ancient Greek II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or equiva- 
lent. (F) 


301 Intermediate Greek | (3) 
Grammar review; readings such as Lysias’ Against 
Eratosthenes. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102 or equivalent. (F) 


302 Intermediate Greek II (3) 

Readings selected in accordance with interests of 
students. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or permission of instruc- 
tor. May be repeated for credit with a different 
topic. (F) 


310 Greek Across the Curriculum (1) 

Reading of original Greek texts and discussion in 
conjunction with courses throughout the University 
curriculum. Designed to maintain language skills 
and to enrich the study of different subjects by 
texts in the original language. (Lec. 1) Pre: 301 or 
permission of instructor. 


497, 498 Directed Study (1-6 each) 

Individual readings and research. (Independent 
Study) Pre: acceptance of project by member and 
approval of chairperson. May be repeated for credit 
with a different topic. 


Health Services Administration 
(HSA) 


Coordinator: A. Hubbard 


360 Health Services Administration (3) 
Introduction to key concepts and principles in 
health services administration through both 
didactic and experiential means. (Seminar) Pre: ad- 
mission to the B.G.S. program as a health 

services administration major and a minimum of 60 
credits. 


380 Introductory Practicum in Health Services 
Administration (3) 

Didactic and experiential introduction to the deliv- 
ery of health services including acute care, long- 
term care, nursing homes, and special services 
problems such as hepatitis, tuberculosis, and HIV. 
(Practicum) Pre: admission to the B.G.S. program 
as a health services administration major and a 
minimum of 75 credits. 


480 Advanced Practicum in Health Services 
Administration (6) 

An intensive experience in a health care setting se- 
lected by the student, combined with class meet- 
ings. (Practicum) Pre: admission to the B.G.S. pro- 
gram as a health services administration major and 
a minimum of 90 credits. Not for graduate credit. 


Hebrew (HBW) 


Chairperson: Professor Morello 


101 Beginning Hebrew | (3) 

Fundamentals of grammar and pronunciation; ex- 
ercises in reading, writing, and conversation. (Lec. 
3) Pre: no prior Hebrew is required. Will not count 
toward the language requirement if the student 
has studied Hebrew for more than one year within 
the last six years. (FC) [D] 


102 Beginning Hebrew II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


103 Intermediate Hebrew | (3) 

Development of facility in reading narrative and 
expository prose; exercise in grammar, listening 
comprehension, and speaking. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102 or 
equivalent. (FC) [D] 


104 Intermediate Hebrew II (3) 
Continuation of 103. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


GEOSCIENCES/HISTORY 211 


History (HIS) 
Chairperson: Professor Strom 


111 History of Ancient Greece and Rome (3) 
From the Greek and Latin settlements to the Ger- 
manic invasions with emphasis on political, social, 
economic, and aesthetic developments. Includes 
rise of the Christian church. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


112 History of Medieval Europe (3) 

Primarily western Europe. Continuation of 111. 
Medieval church, feudalism, revival of town life, 
commerce, industry, and money economy, rise of 
national states, and development in the arts. (Lec. 


3) (F) (L) 


113 History of Western Civilization from the 
Late Middle Ages to 1789 (3) 

Introductory course treating Western civilization in 
its broadest sense from the late Middle Ages to the 
French Revolution and the beginnings of industrial- 
ization. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


114 History of Western Civilization Since 1789 (3) 
Continuation of 113. Western civilization of the 
present time. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) [D] 


116 History of Western Science (3) 
Development of western science from ancient 
Greece and Rme until the present. Topics include 
relations of science and religion, emergence of sci- 
ence-based industry, and interaction between sci- 
ence and politics, especially during war. (Lec. 3). 


(0) 


117 History of Medicine (3) 

Professionalization of medicine, status of healers in 
different cultures, creation of scientific medicine, 
alternative medical practice, effect of changing dis- 
ease patterns on medical theory/practice. Focus on 
the U.S. in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Lec. 3) (L) 


118 Women in European History (3) 

Attitudes toward women, their role in society, 
women’s work, and the feminist movement. Em- 
phasis on nineteenth and twentieth centuries with 
background material from earlier periods. 

(Lec. 3) (L) 


123 Modern British Civilization (3) 

An introduction to British culture in the 19th and 
20th centuries. Surveys of the impact of the Indus- 
trial Revolution, political developments, and social 
change; also Britain’s role in the world, Ireland, and 
the world wars. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


130 History and the Sea (3) 

The history of seafaring from ancient times to the 
20th century. The course considers the political, 
military, economic, and social history of the mari- 
time world. (Lec. 3) (L) 


s3sYNn09 


212 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


132 Introduction to Russian and Soviet History (3) 
Selected topics in the development of Russian civili- 
zation since the ninth century. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


141 History of the United States to 1877 (3) 
Colonial and Revolutionary periods, and economic, 
social, and political development of the United 
States through the Civil War and Reconstruction. 
(Lec. 2, Rec. 1) (L) [D] 


142 History of the United States Since 1877 (3) 
General social, economic, and political develop- 
ment from 1877 to the present. (Lec. 2, Rec. 1) (L) 
[D] 


145 Women in the North American Colonies and 
the United States, 1500-1890 (3) 

Legacies of Native-American, Hispanic, and Anglo- 
American culture; slavery and abolition; women’s 
work and sexuality; women’s rights movements; 
ethnic and regional diversity, with emphasis on 
women in the West, the South, and Northeast. 
(Lec. 3) (L) [D] 


146 Women in the United States, 1890-Present (3) 
Impact of immigration and industrialization; legacy 
of slavery and segregation; changes in sexuality, 
reproduction, and work; images of women in 
popular culture; women’s political movements. 
(Lec. 3) (L) 


150 (or AAF 150) Introduction to Afro-American 
History (3) 

Survey of Afro-American history from African ori- 
gins to the current racial confrontation. (Lec. 3) (L) 


160 Technology and American Life: 1800- 
Present (3) 

Surveys the development and social impact of 
technology on American life during the past two 
centuries. (Lec. 3) 160 (L) 


171 East Asian Culture and History (3) 
Introduction to the culture and history of East Asia. 
Emphasis on the literary, artistic, and philosophical 
traditions of East Asia, especially those aspects 
which relate to and influence contemporary devel- 
opments. (Lec. 3) (FC) or (L) [D] 


172 Southeast Asian Culture and History (3) 
Broad overview of the culture and history of South- 
east Asia. Emphasis on society, culture, and religion 
and their influence on contemporary develop- 
ments. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


177 The Islamic Middle East: From the Mongols 
to Modern Times (3) 

History of the Islamic Middle East from the Mongol 
invasions of the 13th century to the present. In- 
cludes the Ottoman Empire, the impact of Euro- 
pean colonialism, the rise of nationalism, the 
Arab-Israeli conflict, and the Iranian revolution. 
(Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


180 Introduction to Latin American Civilization (3) 
Social, cultural, and political history of the Latin 
American region from the preconquest era to the 
present time. (Lec. 3) (FC) or (L) [D] 


300 Ancient Greece: Hellenic and Hellenistic 
Period from the Trojan Wars to Alexander the 
Great, 800 B.C.-300 B.C. (3) 

Social, economic, political and intellectual develop- 
ment of Greece from the Archaic to Hellenistic pe- 
riod. (Lec. 3) Pre: 111 or GRK 110 or permission of 
instructor. 


303 From Republic to Empire: Ancient Rome (3) 
Social, economic, political, and intellectual history 
of Ancient Rome, covering the foundation of the 
city, the Roman Republic and Empire, and the 
spread of Christianity. From about 750 B.C. to 
about 300 A.D. (Lec. 3) Pre: 111 or 112 or permis- 
sion of instructor. (F) 


304 Western Europe in the High Middle Ages (3) 
Primarily France and England in the 12th and 13th 
centuries. Emphasis on the Medieval Gothic-Catho- 
lic culture, the rise of towns, and the development 
of a money economy. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


305 The Renaissance (3) 

Europe in transition during the 14th through the 
early 16th centuries. The economic, social, and reli- 
gious backgrounds of the Renaissance. Emphasis 
on culture and artistic developments. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


306 The Protestant and Catholic Reformation | (3) 
Change of European society resulting from the 
Protestant Reformation and Catholic Reaction; rise 
of secular states and emerging national states; ef- 
fects of religious crises upon culture and society. 


(Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


307 The Protestant and Catholic Reformation Il (3) 
Catholic and Counter Reformation, Northern Re- 
naissance, wars of religion, social and cultural 
manifestations of the early Baroque. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


308 Between Eve and Mary: Women in the 
Middle Ages (3) 

History of women in western Europe from about 
500 A.D. to about 1500 A.D. Understanding the 
variety of medieval women’s experiences (rich or 
poor, secular or religious, urban or rural) and how 
women were perceived by their society. (Lec. 3) 


309 The French Revolution and Napoleon (3) 
Examination of the Revolution and Napoleonic eras 
with emphasis on the connections among eco- 
nomic, social, and political developments. Special 
attention to problems in interpretation. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: junior standing. (L) 


310 History of Europe: 1815-1914 (3) 

Major political, economic, and intellectual develop- 
ments in Europe from the defeat of Napoleon | to 
the outbreak of World War |; emphasis on the 


Revolutions of 1848, unification of Italy and Ger- 
many, impact of the Industrial Revolution, national- 
ism and imperialism, background of World War I. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing. (F) (L) [D] 


311 History of Europe Since 1914 (3) 

Detailed study of developments from 1914 to 
present: wars, postwar adjustments, communist 
and fascist ideologies, history of individual states, 
and social and intellectual trends. (Lec. 3) Pre: jun- 
ior standing. (F) (L) [D] 


314 Seventeenth- and Eighteenth-Century 
European Cultural History (3) 

Intellectual and social movements of the Age of 
Reason and the Age of Enlightenment. (Lec. 3) 
(F) (L) 


323 History of England: 1815-1896 (3) 

Impact of industrialization and urbanization on po- 
litical, economic, religious, and cultural forces in 
the Victorian age. (Lec. 3) (L) 


327 German History Since 1914 (3) 

Topics in German social and political history from 
the first world war to the present. Emphasis on the 
history of National Socialism. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) [D] 


328 The Holocaust (3) 

Study of Nazi efforts to exterminate Jews and oth- 
ers in Europe. Focuses on Nazi programs and poli- 
cies; Jewish experiences; and the responses of the 
outside world. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing. (L) 


332 History of Imperial Russia (3) 

Russian society, politics, and world view from the 
modernizing reforms of Peter the Great to the in- 
stallation of parliamentary government in 1905. 
Emphasis on student writing, analysis of docu- 
ments, trends, interconnections. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


333 Twentieth Century Russia (3) 

From Imperial Russia’s progress toward moderniza- 
tion to society, economy and politics in the 1990s. 
The Soviet experiment is studied from domestic 
and international angles. Close attention given to 
the Stalin Revolution, Cold War and attempts to 
revitalize the one party state. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


335 American Colonial History to 1763 (3) 
American history from the founding of the colonies 
to the end of the French and Indian War, including 
developments within the colonies as well as their 
relationship with England. (Lec. 3) Pre: 141 or 
equivalent. 


336 The American Revolution and 
Confederation: 1763-1789 (3) 

Social, political, and economic aspects of the Revo- 
lution and Confederation periods. (Lec. 3) Pre: 141 
or permission of instructor. 


337 Creation of the Union: America from 1789- 
1848 (3) 

The development of the new nation through the 
Jacksonian years, with emphasis on the transforma- 
tion of society and politics. (Lec. 3) 


339 Emergence of Industrial America: 1877- 
1914 (3) 

Growth and consolidation of business, urbaniza- 
tion, and the Populist and Progressive movements. 
America’s emergence as a world power. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 142 or permission of instructor. 


340 United States History from 1914 to 1941 (3) 
Social, political and economic developments in the 
U.S. from the onset of WW | through the end of 
the Great Depression. (Lec. 3) (L) [D] 


341 United States History from 1941 to 1974 (3) 
U.S. Involvement in WW II. Social, political and 
economic developments in the postwar era. Equal 
emphasis on the domestic sphere and America’s 
role in world affairs. (Lec. 3) (L) 


344 History of the North American Indian (3) 
Native North Americans from pre-Columbian times 
to present. Emphasis on ideological conflict be- 
tween Indians and whites. (Lec. 3) (F) 


346 Immigration, Ethnicity and Race in America (3) 
History of immigration to the U.S. from the colonial 
period to the present, with emphasis on the 19th 
and 20th centuries. Compares different waves, ex- 
plores shifting attitudes toward immigrants, and 
discusses how race and ethnicity shaped immi- 
grants’ experiences. (Lec. 3) (L) [D] 


349 History of American Labor (3) 

Changes in work, lifestyle, and political conscious- 
ness of American workers in the 19th and 20th 
centuries; conflicts between labor and capital, and 
relationship to emergence of labor movements. 
(Lec. 3) 


350 Family Matters: History of Family Life in the 
United States (3) 

The experiences of America’s families from Euro- 
pean settlement to the present. Emphasis how fam- 
ily life has varied over time, from place to place, 
and among different ethnic and social groups and 
according to gender. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing 
or permission of instructor. 


351 History of Women in Medicine (3) 
Examines the history of women healers, including 
midwives, nurses, and physicians. Topics in 
women’s healthcare, especially concerning repro- 
duction and childbirth, will also be addressed. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing or permission of the 
instructor. 


352 Topics in the History of Women and 
Gender (3) 

Themes in women’s history, sexual identities, and 
the construction of gender roles. Primarily deals 
with United States since 1800. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior 
standing or permission of instructor. May be 
repeated. 


353 United States Diplomatic History to 1914 (3) 
Analysis of the people, ideas, and institutions which 
shaped the rise of the United States from thirteen 
colonies to the most powerful nation in the world. 
(Lec. 3) (L) 


354 United States Diplomacy in the Twentieth 
Century (3) 

Analysis of people, ideas, and institutions which 
have shaped American relations with the rest of the 
world from World War | to the present. (Lec. 3) (L) 


357 History of Religion in the United States (3) 
Diversity of religious traditions in the U.S. especially 
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Empha- 
sis on political, cultural and ethic/racial dimensions 
of religion. (Lec. 3) 


358 Recent America in Film (3) 

An investigation of American culture and history 
since 1930 using films as the major resource for 
study, with emphasis on the Great Depression, 
World War Il, sexual interaction, and race relations. 
(Lec. 1, Lab. 4) 


359 (or AAF 359) History of Slavery in America (3) 
Origins, development, and demise of slavery, with 
emphasis on the area that currently constitutes the 
United States. (Lec. 3) 


360 American Culture 1865-1940 (3) 

Explores the nature and sources of American cul- 
ture with emphasis on the diversity of its origins 
and forms of expression. (Lec. 3) (L) 


362 History of Rhode Island (3) 

History of Rhode Island from the first English settle- 
ment to the present day. Social, political, and eco- 
nomic aspects of internal development and the re- 
lation of the state to the region and the nation. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 141 and 142. 


365 Civil War and Reconstruction (3) 
American history during the period 1850-1877, 
giving equal emphasis to the background of the 
Civil War, the war itself, and the social, political, 
and economic aspects of Reconstruction. (Lec. 3) 


366 (or AAF 366) Black Political Thought During 
the Age of Civil Rights and Black Power (3) 
Examines black social and political thought during 
the Civil Rights and Black Power eras. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
Junior standing or permission of instructor. 


HISTORY 213 


367 (or AAF 367) Contemporary African- 
American Political Thought (3) 

Examines the contradictions of American social and 
public policy over the past quarter-century and 
analyzes black responses to a shifting domestic and 
international terrain. (Lec. 3) Pre: Junior standing 
or permission of instructor. 


374 History of Modern China (3) 

Political, social, economic, and cultural develop- 
ment of China since 1800 with emphasis on the 
development of Chinese nationalism and on the 
rise, theory, and practice of Chinese communism. 
(Lec. 3) (F) 


375 History of Modern Japan (3) 

Background and significance of the Meiji restora- 
tion (1868) and modernization; the development 
of Japanese militarism, the fall of the Japanese Em- 
pire, and the emergence of the “New Japan.” (Lec. 


3) (F) 


376 Women in Muslim Societies (3) 

Examines gender relations in the modern Middle 
East through novels, poetry, and oral histories, as 
well as through historical and anthropological stud- 
ies. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


377 Revolution in Islam (3) 

Examines the history of revolutionary ideology in 
Islamic thought and places modern revolutions— 
such as the Iranian revolution of 1978—within a 
broader context of both Sunni and Shi’i radical ac- 
tivism. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


378 Arab-Israeli Conflict (3) 

An examination of the roots of Arab nationalism 
and modern political Zionism; conflict between the 
World Wars; the creation of the state of Israel and 
the causes of continuing conflict since its creation. 
(Lec. 3) (F) 


381 History of Colonial Latin America (3) 

The interaction of American-Indian civilizations 
with European and African elements in the Spanish 
and Portuguese empires of the New World, con- 
cluding with the wars for independence. (Lec. 3) 


(F) (L) 


382 History of Modern Latin America (3) 
Historical analysis of the political, cultural, and so- 
cial-economic dimensions of tradition, reform, and 
revolution in Latin America since 1810. (Lec. 3) 


(F) (L) 


384 The Caribbean: New World/Third World (3) 
Historical and contemporary development of the 
Caribbean world, emphasizing efforts by the re- 
gions’ peoples to achieve political, economic, and 
cultural independence from external domination. 
(Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


S3aSYNOD 


214 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


385 Revolution and Unrest in Central America 
and the Caribbean (3) 

Historical origins of social unrest in Central America 
and the Spanish-speaking Caribbean. Cuban and 
Nicaraguan revolutions, civil conflict in Guatemala 
and El Salvador, U.S. policy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 180, 381, 
or 382 are recommended, but are not prerequi- 
sites. (F) 


388 (or AAF 388) History of Sub-Saharan Africa (3) 
Ancient and medieval Africa, and the impact of Is- 
lam; the “Glorious Age” of the Sudanic empires; 
the slave trade and the age of exploration; the pe- 
riod of European partition and the rise of African 
nationalism. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing. (F) 


389 Exploration, Commerce and Conflict in the 
Atlantic World, 1415-1815 (3) 

The Atlantic world from the 15th to early 19th cen- 
turies. Voyages of exploration, cultural contact, At- 
lantic economy, piracy, smuggling, fishing, naval 
warfare, imperialism, migration, and life at sea in 
the Age of Sail. (Lec. 3) 


390 The Atlantic World in the Age of Iron, 
Steam, and Steel (3) 

The Atlantic world in the 19th and early 20th cen- 
turies. Maritime technology, seaborne commerce, 
naval warfare, imperialism, migration, whaling, the 
slave trade, piracy, and life at sea. (Lec. 3) 


391 Directed Study or Research (3) 

Special work arranged to meet the needs of indi- 
vidual students who desire advanced work. (Inde- 
pendent Study) Pre: permission of chairperson. 
May be repeated for a total of 6 credits with per- 
mission of instructor and chairperson. 


393 Topics in History (1-3) 

Subject, course content, and years offered will vary 
according to expertise and availability of instruc- 
tors. (Lec. 1-3) May be repeated for credit with 
permission of chairperson. 


396 Maritime History and Underwater 
Archaeology Field School (3) 

Usually, but not exclusively taught in Bermuda. 
Students may select an archaeological diving op- 
tion, an archaeological non-diving option, or an 
archival research option. Pre: junior standing and 
those students who select the archaeological diving 
option will be required to go through the URI 
research diving certification process prior to 
departure. 


397 The Historical Landscape of Britain (3) 
Taught in England. Examines the impact of politi- 
cal, military, religious, economic, and social change 
in the past six or seven centuries on the landscape 
of village and field and town and country. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Usually taught in conjunction with ENG 
397. (F) 


398 History Through Science Fiction (3) 
Ideas about history in popular culture as seen in 
the literary genre of science fiction. (Lec. 3) (L) 


401 Advanced Topics in European History (3) 
Subject and course content will vary from semester 
to semester. Student work will emphasize historio- 
graphical analysis and the use of specialized re- 
search materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior, senior, or 
graduate standing in history or permission of in- 
structor. May be repeated for credit with permis- 
sion of chairperson. 


441 Advanced Topics in American History (3) 
Subject and course content will vary from semester 
to semester. Student work will emphasize historio- 
graphical analysis and the use of specialized re- 
search materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior, senior, or 
graduate standing in history or permission of in- 
structor. May be repeated for credit with permis- 
sion of chairperson. 


481 Advanced Topics in Asian or Latin American 
History (3) 

Subject and course content will vary from semester 
to semester. Student work will emphasize historio- 
graphical analysis and the use of specialized re- 
search materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior, senior, or 
graduate standing in history or permission of in- 
structor. May be repeated for credit with permis- 
sion of chairperson. 


495 Seminar in History (3) 

Development of skills in historical research and 
writing and in the critical analysis of historical 
works. Topics vary. (Seminar) Pre: completion of 
401, 441, or 481, with the same instructor, or per- 
mission of the department. This course is required 
of undergraduate history majors. May be repeated 
for credit with different topic with permission of 
instructor. 


502, 503 Special Readings in European History 
(3 each) 

Intensive tutorial work, research, and readings in 
European history. (Independent Study) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing, permission of instructor, and concur- 
rent audit of parallel 300-level course. May be re- 
peated. 


506 Seminar in European History (3) 

Selected topics in European history, with intensive 
reading of important secondary and/or primary 
sources; critical written analysis of historical 
method, research, and modes of interpretation. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


507 Seminar in United States History (3) 
Selected topics in United States history, with inten- 
sive reading of important secondary and/or pri- 
mary sources; critical written analysis of historical 


method, research, and modes of interpretation. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


508 Seminar in Asian or Latin American History (3) 
Selected topics in Asian or Latin American history, 
with intensive reading of important secondary and/ 
or primary sources; critical written analysis of his- 
torical method, research, and modes of interpreta- 
tion. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


536, 537 Special Readings in American History 
(3 each) 

Intensive tutorial work, research, and readings in 
American history. (Independent Study) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing, permission of instructor, and concur- 
rent audit of parallel 300-level course. May be re- 
peated. 


544 Colloquium in Worker History 
See Labor and Industrial Relations 544. 


588, 589 Special Readings in Asian or Latin 
American History (3 each) 

Intensive tutorial work, research, and readings in 
Asian or Latin American history. (Independent 
Study) Pre: graduate standing and permission of 
instructor. Concurrent audit of parallel 300-level 
course required. May be repeated. 


591 Directed Study or Research (3) 

Directed readings, research, or study designed to 
meet the particular needs of individuals or small 
groups of graduate students. (Independent Study) 


599 Master's Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Honors Program (HPR) 
Director: Professor G. Johnson 


Honors courses (HPR) are open only to eligible stu- 
dents. See page 41 of this catalog or the Honors Pro- 
gram brochure for requirements. Sections of honors 
courses that have been approved for general educa- 
tion credit are marked. 


101 Analytical Thinking in the Humanities (3) 
Identification and comparison of analytical and 
critical methods employed by humanistic disci- 
plines. Practice in their application. (Seminar) (A) 


102 Analytical Thinking in the Social Sciences (3) 
Identification and comparison of the analytical and 
critical methods employed in the social sciences. 
Practice in their application. (Seminar) (S) 


103 Analytical Thinking in the Natural Sciences (3) 
General themes in science as the basis for studying 
the “scientific method” and methods of analytical 
thinking common to problem solving in the sci- 


ences. (Seminar) Spring 2004: Thinking and Work- 
ing Like a Scientist. (N) Professor Heppner’s section 
is Writing Intensive [WI]. 


104 Analytical Thinking in Letters (3) 
Identification and comparison of analytical and 
critical methods employed by historians and phi- 
losophers. Practice in their application. (Seminar) 


() 


105 Honors Study in Fine Arts and Literature (3) 
Exploration of themes, topics, and techniques in 
the fine arts and in literature. (Seminar) Fall 2003: 
Visions of the Future in Books and Films (A). Spring 
2004: Understanding the Feature Film. (A) 


106 Honors Study in Foreign Language and 
Culture (3) 

Exploration of themes and topics relating to for- 
eign languages and cultures. (Seminar) (F) 


107 Honors Study in Letters (3) 

Exploration of themes and topics in the field of let- 
ters. (Seminar) Fall 2003: Special Honors Section of 
LET 151Spain, the Jews, and the Inquisition (L). 


108 Honors Study in Mathematics (3) 
Exploration of topics and creative use of problem 
solving in mathematics. (Seminar) Fall 2003: Com- 
puter Forensics. (M) 


109 Honors Study in Natural Sciences (3) 
Exploration of themes and topics in the natural sci- 
ences. (Seminar) Fall 2003: Biology for the Citizen 
(N); Inquiry in Soil Science (N). 


110 Honors Study in Social Sciences (3) 
Exploration of themes and topics in the social sci- 
ences. (Seminar) Fall 2003: Psychology of Violence 
and Nonviolence (S) 


111 Honors Study in English Communication (3) 
Exploration of the elements of English communica- 
tion. (Seminar) (C) 


112 Honors Study in Writing (3) 

Exploration of the elements of writing. (Seminar) ) 
Fall 2003: Special Honors section of WRT 101. Part 
of a learning community - first semester freshmen 
only. (Cw) 


113 Honors Course in Philosophy (1-4) 
(Seminar) 


114 Honors Course in History (1-4) 
(Seminar) Spring 2004: Special Honors Section of 
HIS 150 (or AAF 150) (L) 


115 Honors Course in Political Science or 
Economics (1-4) 

(Seminar) Fall 2003: Special Honors section of ECN 
100 (S) 


116 Honors Course in Sociology or 
Anthropology (1-4) 
(Seminar) 


117 Honors Course in Psychology (1-4) 
(Seminar) 


118 Honors Course in Speech Communication or 
Journalism (1-4) 

(Seminar) Fall 2003 and Spring 2004: Special Hon- 
ors Sections of COM 100 (C). 


119 Honors Course in Interdisciplinary Studies 
(1-4) 

Seminar) Spring 2004: Loss in the Lives of Chil- 
dren and Adolescents. 


121 Honors Course in Mathematics (1-4) 
Seminar) Fall 2003: Special Honors Section of 
MTH 108 (M) 


122 Honors Course in Physical Sciences (1-4) 
Seminar) Fall 2003: Special Honors Section of PHY 
203 (N); Special Honors Section of PHY 273 (N). 
Spring 2004: Special Honors Section of PHY 204 
N) Special Honors Section of PHY 274 (N) 


123 Honors Course in Biological Sciences (1-4) 
Seminar) 


124 Honors Course in Fine Arts (1-4) 
Seminar) 


125 Honors Course in Language or Literature 
(1-4) 

Seminar) 

201, 202 Honors Colloquium (3 each) 


Lec. 2, Rec. 1) Fall 2003: The Futures of Globaliza- 
ion (L) or (S) 


203 The Prepared Mind: Critical and Analytical 
Problem Solving (3) 

Introduction to problem solving through the devel- 
opment of creativity, critical thinking, and commu- 
nication skills. Focus on individual development in 
these areas. (Seminar) (L) 


301, 302 Honors Tutorial (3 each) 
(Practicum) Fall 2003 and Spring 2004: Administra- 
tive Internship. 


311 Honors Tutorial in Fine Arts (1-3) 
(Seminar) Fall 2003: Rebel Images in American 
Film. 


312 Honors Tutorial in Language or Literature 
(1-3) 

(Seminar) Fall 2003: Utopia & Apocalypse in the 
Western World. 


313 Honors Tutorial in Philosophy (I and II, 1-3) 
(Seminar) 


314 Honors Tutorial in History (1-3) 
(Seminar) Spring 2004: Special Honors Section of 
HIS 328 (L) 


315 Honors Tutorial in Political Science or 
Economics (1-3) 
(Seminar) 


HISTORY/HONORS PROGRAM 215 


316 Honors Tutorial in Sociology or 
Anthropology (1-3) 
(Seminar) 


317 Honors Tutorial in Psychology (1-3) 
(Seminar) 


318 Honors Tutorial in Speech Communication 
or Journalism (1-3) 

(Seminar) Spring: 2004: Special Honors Section of 
COM 345. 


319 Honors Tutorial in Interdisciplinary 

Studies (1-3) 

(Seminar) Fall 2003: Special Honors Section of NUR 
360 (L) [Not accepted for BLS credit]; Special Hon- 
ors Section of PHY 205; The Wisdom Traditions of 
the World’s Religions; From Tin Pan Alley to Swing: 
The Poetry of American Music and the Emergence 
of Mass Culture in the 1920s, 1930s, & 1940s. 
Spring 2004: Money and Misery; The Darwins and 
Victorian England; Land Use and Abuse, Spirituality 
and Mysticism; Law and Literature. 


321 Honors Tutorial in Mathematics (1-3) 
(Seminar) Spring 2004: Problem Solving. 


322 Honors Tutorial in Physical Sciences (1-3) 
(Seminar) 


323 Honors Tutorial in Biological Sciences (1-3) 
(Seminar) 


331, 332 Honors Tutorial in Human Science and 
Services (1-3 each) 
(Seminar) 


341, 342 Honors Tutorial in Business (1-3 each) 
(Seminar) 


351, 352 Honors Tutorial in Nursing (1-3 each) 
(Seminar) 


361, 362 Honors Tutorial in Engineering 
(1-3 each) 
(Seminar) 


371, 372 Honors Tutorial in Resource 
Development (1-3 each) 
(Seminar) 


381, 382 Honors Tutorial in Pharmacy (1-3 each) 
(Seminar) 


401, 402 Honors Project (3 each) 
(Independent Study) Fall 2003 and Spring 2004: 
Senior Honors Project. 


411, 412 Honors Seminar (3 each) 

(Seminar) 411—Fall 2003: War Stories; Imagining 
Sustainability: Literature, the Environment and the 
Social in American Culture. 412—Spring 2004: Ex- 
treme Literatures Compared; Special Honors Sec- 
tion of PSC 303; Presidential Primary Campaign 
Communication; Special Honors Section of ENG 
469. 


S3aSYNOD 


216 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


Human Development and Family 
Studies (HDF) 


Chairperson: Professor Newman 


180 Personal and Career Development in 
Human Services (1) 

Exploration of skills and interests related to career 
development. Seminar for human service career 
opportunities. Understanding of short- and long- 
term goal process emphasized. (Seminar) HDF stu- 
dents only. S/U only. 


190 First Year Leaders Inspired to Excellence (2) 
Leadership development course focusing on leader- 
ship theories, personal and academic adjustment 
issues, civic leadership and community service and 
basic communication skills. Core requirement for 
the minor in leadership studies (Lec. 2) Concurrent 
enrollment in URI 101. 


200 Life-Span Development I (3) 

Physical, social, cognitive, and emotional growth 
and development of young children within the 
family and varied cultural settings. Review of con- 
temporary issues and their relevance for social 
policy. (Lec. 3) 


201 Life-Span Development II (3) 

Physical, social, cognitive, and emotional growth 
and development from adolescence to senescence. 
Attention to varied cultural settings and relevant 
social policy. (Lec. 3) 


202 Research Perspectives in Human 
Development and Family Studies (3) 
Introduction to research processes in human devel- 
opment and family studies. Emphasis on reading 
and evaluating the research literature and prepar- 
ing and presenting literature reviews. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
admission to the human development and family 
studies program. 


203 Introduction to Work with Children (4) 
Theory and practice in care, teaching, and guid- 
ance of preschool children. Lectures, discussion, 
and participation in a field setting with concurrent 
enrollment in 204. (Lec. 3, Lab 3) Pre: 200. 


205 Family Financial Issues Across the Life Span (3) 
Introduction to financial issues faced by families 
and individuals at each stage of the life cycle from 
different income levels, family types and cultural 
backgrounds. (Lec. 3) 


210 Family Resource Management (3) 

Interaction of resources, goals, and managerial pro- 
cesses in the home seen in the context of the larger 
community. Applications primarily in the area of 
human resources. (Lec. 3) Pre: 205 or permission of 
chairperson. 


225 Consumer in the Economy (3) 

Application of basic economic principles to con- 
sumer problems in a complex marketplace, buyer- 
seller relationships, effective consumer decision 
making, effects of government policies on consum- 
ers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 205 or course in economics. (S) 


230 Marriage and Family Relationships (3) 
Male-female and other close relationships in court- 
ship and family systems as influenced by personal- 
ity and culture in a changing society. Professional 
and functional orientation. (Lec. 3) 


290 Modern Leadership Issues (3) 

Introductory leadership class. Topics include basic 
leadership theories, international governance/eco- 
nomic systems, critical thinking, and leadership in: 
US education; community service organizations; 
families; diverse workplaces. Core option for the 
leadership studies minor. (Lec. 3) 


297 Contemporary Issues in Student 
Development (1-3) 

Student orientation, leadership, and training prac- 
tices presented by various Student Affairs and other 
University programs, such as Student Life, Residen- 
tial Life, Health Services, University College, and 
Affirmative Action. (Seminar) May be repeated for 
up to 6 credits. S/U only. 


298 Contemporary Issues in Student 
Development (1-3) 

Student leadership models and practices in various 
student development settings, such as Student Af- 
fairs, Student Life, Residential Life, University Col- 
lege, and Health Services. (Seminar) Topic A: FLITE 
is service learning. 


301 Curriculum in Early Childhood (3) 

Program planning and teaching techniques that 
foster development of the young child in all cur- 
riculum areas. Includes Piagetian assessment and 
three hours per week in a local child care setting. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 203 and admission to the early 
childhood education program, or permission of 
instructor. 


302 Literature for Children (3) 

Literary heritage of American children from all sub- 
cultures and criteria for the selection and presenta- 
tion of literature to children. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior 
standing. 


303 Early Childhood Practicum (4) 

Early childhood curriculum design and assessment 
supervised teaching for three hours a week in the 
Child Development Center with preschool and kin- 
dergarten age children. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 
301and admission to the early childhood education 
program or permission of instructor. 


306 Infant Development (4) 

Study of development in the first three years in- 
cluding family interaction and early education. Em- 
phasis is on cultural differences in parenting. Su- 
pervised observation/participation working with 
infants and toddlers three hours a week included. 
(Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 200. 


310 Adolescent Growth and Development (3) 
Physical, psychological, social, and emotional 
growth and development of the individual during 
adolescent years. Lecture, discussion and participa- 
tion in a field setting with concurrent enrollment in 
311. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201. 


311 Early Field Experience With Adolescents (1) 
Supervised observation and participation experi- 
ence working with adolescents. Pre: concurrent 
with 310. S/U only. 


312 Adult Development (3) 

Identification of influences, processes, and forces 
shaping adult development to late life. Environ- 
mental and lifetime theoretical approaches empha- 
sized and stage theories reviewed. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
concurrent enrollment in 313. 


314 Introduction to Gerontology (4) 
Introduction to the study of aging processes: Bio- 
logical, psychological, and social theories. Health, 
social, and other age-related problems. Lecture, 
discussion, and participation in a field setting. (Lec. 
3, Lab. 3) Pre: 201. 


357 Family and Community Health (3) 

Specific health and maintenance concerns through- 
out the life span. Community ad world health 
needs and related agencies. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior 
standing. 


400 Child Development: Advanced Course (3) 
Review and critique of major theories of child de- 
velopment. Examination of research studies and 

issues associated with the first decade of life. Em- 
phasis on cultural contexts. (Lec. 3) 


418 Personal Finance (3) 

Personal financial planning and decisions for attain- 
ing individual and family goals. Factors that affect, 
protect, and enhance financial security. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 205 or permission of instructor. 


421 Death, Dying and Bereavement (3) 
Exploration of human death, dying and bereave- 
ment. Focus on biomedical, psychological, social 
and multicultural dimensions. Implications for so- 
cial policy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 202. 


424 Personal Finance Applications (3) 
Application of principles of family financial plan- 
ning and decision making. Emphasis on math- 
ematical and analytical evaluation and analysis in- 
cluding the use of computer software. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
418 or permission of instructor. 


426 Retirement Planning (3) 

Explanation and evaluation of financial information 
needed for effective retirement planning, including 
defining goals, estimating expenses, and analyzing 
resources. Pre: 418 or permission of instructor. 


428 Consumer Protection (3) 

Effectiveness of diverse approaches to consumer 
protection. Analysis of techniques such as informa- 
tion disclosure, standards for products and services, 
government and private agencies, redress chan- 
nels, and legislation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 205 or 220 or 
permission of instructor. 


430 Family Interaction (3) 

Interdisciplinary approach to the dynamics of 
intrafamily relationships, interactions of family units 
and family members within the sociocultural envi- 
ronment. Implications for social policy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
202 and 230. 


431 Family and the Elderly (3) 

Emphasis on the elderly in analysis of 
intergenerational organization and relationships. 
Cultural values, psychosocial factors, economic 
considerations, and societal trends relative to fam- 
ily life. (Lec. 3) 


432 Perspectives on Parenting (3) 

Historic examination of childhood and parenting 
philosophies and comparison of practices among 
different cultures. Attention to contemporary social 
policy and practices surrounding parenting. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 200, 201 and 202. 


433 Family Life Education (3) 

History, philosophy and goals of Family Life Educa- 
tion including requirements for certification. Pro- 
gram planning, implementation and evaluation. 
Current issues, trends, research and theory. Empha- 
sis on diversity of clientele and settings. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 202 and 230. 


434 Children and Families in Poverty (3) 
Interdisciplinary approach to understanding the 
effects of poverty with attention to cultural, politi- 
cal and policy issues and implications. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
senior standing in the major of permission or in- 
structor and 202. Service learning. 


437 (or SOC 437) Law and Families in the United 
States (3) 

Seminar to investigate family roles, relationships, 
rights, and responsibilities as defined by the law. 
Emphasis on explicit and implicit family policy re- 
vealed in the various branches of law. (Seminar) 
Pre: 200 and 230 or SOC 212. 


440 Environmental Context of Aging (3) 

Study of normal aging related changes as design 
determinants of the physical environment. Identi- 
fies theories and models of person-environment 


HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY STUDIES 217 


interaction and environment-behavior issues and 
procedures for post-occupancy evaluation studies. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 202 and 314. 


450 Introduction to Counseling (3) 

Introduces students in human sciences to inter- 
viewing and counseling skills in both professional 
and paraprofessional settings. Integrates theory, 
practice, and application by didactic and experi- 
mental learning. (Lec. 3) Pre: senior standing in 
HDF, graduate standing, or permission of instruc- 
tor. 


451 Financial Counseling and Debt Management (3) 
Examination of debt and budgeting problems af- 
fecting families. Utilization of a problem-solving 
approach and inclusion of financial counseling 
strategies for coping with financial issues and be- 
coming proactive in family financial management. 
(Lec) Pre: 418 and 450. 


455 Assessment in Early Childhood (3) 

An overview of cognitive, affective, and psychomo- 
tor assessments used by early assessment tech- 
niques, and examination of current trends and 
practices. (Lec. 3) Pre: student teaching or equiva- 
lent and permission of instructor. In alternate years. 
Next offered spring 2004. 


456 Assessment Practicum (3) 

Supervised experience in completing cognitive, af- 
fective, and psychomotor assessments of young 
children. (Practicum) Pre: credit or concurrent en- 
rollment in 455. In alternate years. Next offered 
spring 2004. 


477, 478 Field Experience in Family Financial 
Counseling and Planning (3) 

Approved, supervised work experience related to 
consumer well-being. Examples include research, 
advocacy, education, and dissemination of infor- 
mation, or provision of service. (Practicum) Pre: 
senior standing or permission of instructor. S/U 
credit. Not for graduate credit. 


480 Senior Field Experiences in Community 
Agencies (6-12) 

Senior field experience in community agencies 
(Practicum) Service learning. Pre: concurrent en- 
rollment in 481; senior standing and permission of 
instructor. Application must be made on or before 
Feb. 1 in the year preceding internship. Orientation 
and learning contract occurs semester before field 
work. Not for graduate credit. S/U only. 


481 Field Experience Seminar and Reflections (1) 
Group discussions of field experiences in commu- 
nity agencies and related academic assignments. 
Includes senior reflections and portfolio. (Seminar) 
Service learning. Not for graduate credit. 


492 Leadership Minor Portfolio (1) 

Preparation of portfolios required for graduation 
with minor in leadership studies. (Seminar) pre: en- 
rollment in leadership studies minor. 


497 Special Problems (1-3) 

Open to qualified seniors who wish to do advanced 
work primarily consisting of lab or field experi- 
ences. Students must obtain written approval from 
proposed faculty supervisor prior to registration. 
Pre: senior standing and permission of chairperson. 
May be repeated for no more than 9 credits. Not 
for graduate credit. S/U only. 


498 Special Problems (1-3) 

Open to qualified seniors who wish to do advanced 
work. Conducted as a seminar or supervised indi- 
vidual project. Students must obtain written ap- 
proval from proposed faculty supervisor prior to 
registration. Pre: senior standing and permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated for no more than 9 
credits. Not for graduate credit. 


500 Human Development Seminar (3) 
Contemporary research issues emerging in the hu- 
man development literature at five stages of 
development(Infancy, childhood, adolescence, 
adulthood, and old age), with emphasis placed on 
continuity and transition across the life span. 
(Seminar) Pre: 400 or 420 or equivalent, or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


505 Human Sexuality and Counseling (3) 
Historical, cultural, and developmental issues in hu- 
man sexuality and counseling. Implications for self 
and client understanding through personal explo- 
ration and desensitization to sensitive topics. (Lec. 
3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


506 Rhode Island Early Childhood Institute (1-3) 
Intensive institute focused on contemporary issues 
in early childhood education in Rhode Island and 
the nation. Topics vary, with discussion of theoreti- 
cal, empirical, and practical issues. (Seminar) Pre: 
Enrollment in Early Childhood Institute program 

or permission of instructor. May be repeated as 
topics vary. 


507 Seminar in Early Childhood Education 
Seminar in trends and model programs in early 
childhood education. Special attention to substan- 
tive evaluation and program design issues for the 
professional early childhood educator. (Seminar) 
Pre: student teaching or equivalent classroom ex- 
perience or permission of instructor. 


511 Seminar in Infancy and Early Childhood (3) 
Survey and critical examination of research from 
infancy and early childhood. Implications for di- 
verse populations and human service settings will 
be drawn. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor 


S3aSYNOD 


218 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


512 Seminar in Middle Childhood and 
Adolescence (3) 

Survey and critical examination of research from 
middle childhood through adolescence. Implica- 
tions for diverse populations and human service 
settings will be drawn. (Seminar) Pre: 500 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


513 Seminar in Adult Development (3) 

Critical examination of research on development 
from the onset of legal adulthood to the beginning 
of late life. Highlights multicultural nature of adult 
experience in U.S. and implications for social 
policy. (Seminar) Pre: 500 or permission of 
instructor. 


514 Seminar in Older Adulthood (3) 

Review of major theories of aging and application 
in clinical and policy contexts. Emphasis on current 
research and practice issues. Interdisciplinary focus 
on biopsychosocial aspects of growing older. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


518 Seminar in Life-Span Financial Issues (3) 
Survey and critical examination of research on life- 
span financial issues. Implications for diverse popu- 
lations and human service settings will be drawn. 
(Independent Study) Pre: 418 or permission of in- 
structor. 


527 Health Care Policy and the Elderly (3) 
Present and future problems in policy development 
to meet health care needs of the elderly. Consider- 
ation of historical aspects, demographic change, 
policy models. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing. 


530 Advanced Family Studies (3) 

Intensive study of theories in the family field, inte- 
grated with contemporary family issues and family 
intervention. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or 

permission of the instructor. 


533 Family Policy and Program Evaluation (3) 
Seminar examining the political, socio-economic 
and cultural forces influencing development and 
implementation of national and local family poli- 


cies with emphasis on evaluations of child and fam- 


ily programs. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor 


535 Families Under Stress: Coping and 
Adaptation (3) 

Theoretical models of family interaction, develop- 
ment, and stress as applied to understanding of 
family behavior in managing stress or events. Con- 
cepts of stress, vulnerability, adaptability, coping, 
regenerative power, social supports, and related 
research. (Seminar) Pre: 430, 570, or equivalent 
graduate course work in family development or 
family sociology and permission of instructor. 


550 Vocational Information and Career 
Development (1-3) 

Classification and description of jobs and indus- 
tries; study of occupational trends; needs of special 
groups entering the labor market; vocational devel- 
opment theories and counseling for long-range ca- 
reer planning. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. 


551 Counseling Theory and Techniques (3) 
Theoretical foundation and practice of counseling 
with diverse adult populations. (Lec. 3) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of instructor. 


553 Higher Education Practicum (3) 

Supervised practicum in higher education place- 
ments. Emphasis on applied assignments in the ini- 
tial stages of college student personnel program. 
(Practicum) Pre: prior or concurrent enrollment in 
567, permission of instructor. S/U only. 


559 Gender Issues in Therapy (3) 

Systemic integration of the issues and therapeutic 
dilemmas growing out of society's changing views 
of women and men. Emphasis on research, thera- 
pist self-awareness, and evaluation of current thera- 
pies. (Seminar) Pre: 450 or equivalent and gradu- 
ate standing or permission of instructor. 


560 Group Procedures and Leadership (3) 
Approaches and processes for conducting a range 
of group interventions from small group meetings 
to psychoeducational techniques. A practical and 
theoretical approach to facilitation skills, team lead- 
ership and group dynamics in higher education 
and other adult settings. Enrollment is limited. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Service learning. Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. 


562 Organization Development in Human 
Services (3) 

Conceptual and technical components of organiza- 
tion development (OD) and consultation to various 
types of organizations, with emphasis on human 
service arenas. Approaches to the different phases 
of intervention in planned change efforts using 
theoretical frameworks, case, and client applica- 
tions. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Service learning. Pre: gradu- 
ate standing or permission of instructor 


563 Marital and Family Therapy | (3) 

Major theoretical perspectives, including system 
theory as related to therapy. Communication and 
relationship skills, negotiation and behavioral con- 
tracting, treating specific relationship problems, 
therapy evaluation. (Seminar) Pre: permission of 
instructor.. 


564 Marital and Family Therapy II (3) 

Major contemporary theories of family therapy and 
the development of family therapy as a unique in- 
tervention strategy; special consideration of issues 


and problems commonly confronted in conducting 
family therapy. (Seminar) Pre: permission of in- 
structor. 


565 Family Therapy Practicum (3) 

Supervised clinical experience in marriage and fam- 
ily therapy. Case materials will be presented by stu- 
dents, and taped segments of actual counseling 
sessions will be reviewed. (Lec. 1, Lab. 5) Pre: ad- 
mission to MFT program or permission of instruc- 
tor. May be repeated for a maximum of 18 credits. 


566 Theoretical and Clinical Problems (3) 
Examination of major ongoing and emerging theo- 
retical issues in family therapy. The implications of 
these problems in clinical practice with families. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 564 and graduate standing. 


567 Principles and Practices of College Student 
Personnel (3) 

Survey of the historical, philosophical, sociological, 
and cultural influences on college student person- 
nel work as a profession and exploration of se- 
lected functional areas within student affairs. (Lec. 
3) Pre: graduate standing in CSP and permission of 
instructor. 


568 College Student Development and Learning 
(3) 

Examination of human development and learning 

of students in higher education. Emphasis on psy- 

chosocial, intellectual and moral development in a 
sociohistorical context. (Lec. 3) Pre: 567. 


569 Assessment in Family Therapy (3) 
Administration and interpretation of assessment 
instruments for treatment, planning, and evalua- 
tion. Ethical, legal, and theoretical issues related to 
family systems assessment are discussed. (Seminar) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instructor. 


570 Research in Human Development and 
Family Studies (3) 

Historical, philosophical, and procedural founda- 
tions of scientific inquiries into individuals and 
families. Explores the various ways to acquire infor- 
mation about human development and family rela- 
tionships. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


573 Legal Issues in Higher Education (1-3) 

An overview of the effect of federal and state legal 
systems on university administration and service 
delivery. Reviews authorities and agencies, major 
court decisions, and the application of substantive 
and procedural law principles. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. In 
alternate years. 


574 Environmental Theory and Assessment in 
Higher Education (3) 

Overview of selected person-environmental interac- 
tion theories and assessment frameworks applicable 
in higher education settings. Emphasis on campus 


ecology, cultural, perceptual, human aggregate, 
physical/architectural, and behavior setting ap- 
proaches. (Seminar) Pre: 568 and 570. 


575 Cultural Competence in Human Services (1) 
Exploration of skills needed to enhance a diverse 
work environment and other human service set- 
tings. (Seminar) Pre: permission of instructor. 


576 Diversity in Higher Education (2) 

Survey of the historical and current demographical 
profile of students in higher education. Emphasis 
on implications for programs, policies, and leader- 
ship. (Lec. 2) 


577 Seminar: Topics in Higher Education (1-3) 
Recent developments and current issues in higher 
education. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 

credits. (Seminar) 


578 Ethical, Legal, and Professional Concerns in 
Family Therapy (3) 

Ethical, legal, and professional issues encountered 
by family therapists in the delivery of services. 
These aspects of therapy practice along with sys- 
temic theory are cornerstones of competent prac- 
tice. (Seminar) Pre: 563 and 565, 530 and 535, 
and concurrent enrollment in 583. Pre: permission 
of instructor. 


580 Professional Seminar (1-3) 

Emphasizes initial implementation phases of 
master’s research requirement as well as legal, ethi- 
cal, and professional issues. (Seminar) Pre: ad- 
vanced standing and permission of instructor. 


581 Professional Seminar (1-3) 

Emphasizes research applications, completion of 
master’s research requirement, and making a tran- 
sition to a professional position. (Seminar) Pre: 
concurrent enrollment in 584 and permission of 
instructor. 


583, 584 Master's Internship (3 or 6 each) 
Supervised field experience in various settings. Cul- 
minating experience integrates program theory 
and skills. (Practicum) Service learning Pre: ad- 
vanced standing and permission of instructor. For 
College Student Personnel only. Concurrent enroll- 
ment 580 for 583, and 581 for 584. S/U credit. 


595 Master’s Project: Action Research (1-6) 
Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor. Minimum of 
6 credits is required of students who have chosen 
the action-thesis option. (Independent Study) S/U 
credit. 


597, 598 Advanced Study (1-3 each) 
Survey of important research contributions signifi- 
cant to the understanding of human development 
and relationships.(Independent Study) 


HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY STUDIES/HUMAN SCIENCE AND SERVICES 219 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. Minimum of 6 credits is required of 
students who have chosen the thesis option. (Inde- 
pendent Study) S/U credit. 


Human Science and Services 
(HSS) 


Dean: Professor McKinney 


120 Introduction to Human Science and 

Services (3) 

Survey of contemporary human service needs and 
delivery systems with emphasis on historical devel- 
opment, values, ethics, agency structures and func- 
tions, and consumers. (Lec. 3) Pre: any one of the 
following—ECN 100, PSC 113, SOC 100, PSY 113, 
HDF 200 or 201. 


130 Introduction to Hunger Studies (3) 

Survey exploring the nature and extent of hunger 
in the United States, food and dietetics, public 
policy, food production and distribution, and pro- 
grams to provide food to hungry people. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 2) 


140 Ways of Knowing in Human Science and 
Services | (1) 

Examination of the human service field; exploration 
and identification of educational and career goals. 
(Seminar) Service learning. Pre: 120 or concurrent 
registration. 


141 Ways of Knowing in Human Science and 
Services II (2) 

Exploration and identification of education and ca- 
reer goals; documentation of learning experiences; 
development of program of study. (Seminar) Ser- 
vice learning. Pre: 120 or concurrent registration, 
140. 


170 Field Experience in Human Science and 
Services | (2-6) 

Didactic and experiential learning in student-se- 
lected settings. Emphasis on achievement of pre- 
established learning goals leading to selected com- 
petencies. Goals established by the students, 
instructor, and site supervisor. (Practicum) Pre: 
admission to the human science and services pro- 
gram and permission of instructor. 


270 Field Experience in Human Science and 
Services II (2-6) 

Didactic and experiential learning in student-se- 
lected settings. Emphasis on achievement of pre- 
established learning goals leading to selected com- 
petencies. Goals established by the students, 
instructor, and site supervisor. (Practicum) Pre: ad- 
mission to the human science and services pro- 
gram and permission of instructor. 


320 Introduction to Research in Human Science 
and Services (3) 

Consideration of the philosophy, principles, meth- 
ods, and materials involved in research in the hu- 

man sciences. Emphasis also on research reading, 

writing, and presentation skills. (Lec. 3) 


350 Foundations of Public Policy in Human 
Services (3) 

The analysis of recent public policy proposals in 
various areas of human services through differing 
ideological assumptions of traditional and contem- 
porary views of helping professionals. (Lec. 3) (S) 


370 Field Experience in Human Science and 
Services (6-12) 

Supervised field experience in human service agen- 
cies. Prior to placement, the student must develop 
a learning contract in consultation with the agency 
and his or her faculty advisor. (Practicum) Pre: jun- 
ior standing in human science and services and 
permission of instructor. S/U only. 


399 Senior Project in Human Science and 
Services (3) 

Supervised project conducting research or creating 
a product for a human services agency. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: senior standing in human science 
and services. 


470 Fourth-Year Field Experience in Human 
Science and Services (2-6) 

Didactic and experiential learning in student-se- 
lected settings. Emphasis on achievement of pre- 
established learning goals leading to selected com- 
petencies. Goals established by the students, 
instructor, and site supervisor. (Practicum) Pre: ad- 
mission to the human science and services pro- 
gram and permission of instructor. Not for gradu- 
ate credit. 


480 Senior Seminar in Human Science and 
Services (3) 

Interdisciplinary capstone seminar, with content 
developed to fit learning goals and programs of 
study of the students. Portfolio development and 
assessment as culminating experience. (Seminar) 
Pre: senior standing in human science and services 
and permission of instructor. Not for graduate 
credit. 


491, 492 Special Problems (1-3 each) 
Advanced work in the human services under the 
supervision of a faculty member. (Independent 
Study) Pre: permission of instructor and the Divi- 
sion of Interdisciplinary Studies. Not for graduate 
credit in human development and family studies. 


S3aSYNOD 


220 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


530 Multidisciplinary Health Seminars for the 
Elderly (3) 

Field experience for students in various health disci- 
plines. Development of assessment techniques, cur- 
ricular materials, and team delivery of health semi- 
nars to the elderly at community sites. (Seminar) 
Service learning. Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. Clark and 


590 Seminar in Human Science (3) 

Investigation of human science as lived experience, 
reflective inquiry, and reflective practice. Develop- 
ment and presentation of individual projects em- 
bodying these characteristics of human science. 
(Seminar) 


Industrial and Manufacturing 
Engineering (IME) 


Chairperson: Professor Knight 


220 Introduction to Industrial Engineering (3) 
Role of industrial engineers, productivity and qual- 
ity in production systems, optimization, work mea- 
surement, micromotion study and standard data, 
job evaluation, human factors and ergonomics. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 141. 


240 Manufacturing Processes (3) 

Introduction to manufacturing processes. Pro- 
cesses, measurement, accuracy, and precision as 
they relate to deformation, structure, and material 
properties. Includes laboratory demonstrations and 
experiments in machining, casting, and metrology. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: CHM 101, PHY 204 or 214, 
credit or concurrent enrollment in CVE 220. 


325 Computer Tools for Engineers (3) 

Visual basic programming, applications and case 
study, engineering design and drafting, computer- 
aided drawing, AutoCAD drawing tools, create 
templates and other commands. (Lec. 3) Pre: EGR 
106, MTH 141. 


340 (or CHE 340) Materials Processing and 
Metrology | (3) 

An introduction to the fundamentals of materials 
processing and the relationship to material proper- 
ties. Manufacturing properties of materials. Charac- 
teristics and basic analysis of forming processes, 
material removal processes and joining processes. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: CHE 333 or 437 and CVE 220. 


391, 392 Special Problems in Industrial 
Engineering (1-3 each) 

Independent study and seminar work under close 
faculty supervision. Discussion of advanced topics 
in preparation for graduate work. (Independent 
Study) Pre: junior standing and permission of chair- 
person. 


404 Engineering Economy and Project Planning (3) 
Effects of economics on engineering decisions in 
design, selection, and product or project proposals, 
project planning, resource allocation and schedul- 
ing using computer based tools. (Lec. 3) Pre: 411. 
Not for graduate credit in industrial and manufac- 
turing engineering. 


411 Probability and Statistics for Engineers (3) 
Introduction to probability and statistics in engi- 
neering applications including data analysis, prob- 
ability theory, random variables, probability distri- 
butions, moment-generating functions, sampling 
and sampling distributions, statistical estimation, 
and hypothesis testing. (Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 243 or 
permission of instructor. 


412 Statistical Methods and Quality Control (3) 
Study of statistical methods and quality control in 
engineering applications including sampling and 
sampling distributions, statistical inference, quality 
improvement tools, control charts, process capabil- 
ity, design of experiments, and acceptance sam- 
pling. (Lec. 3) Pre: 411 or STA 409 or permission of 
instructor. 


432 Operations Research: Deterministic Systems (3) 
Introduction to major areas of operations research 
and their application to systems analysis. Linear 
programming, transportation and transshipment 
models, elementary network analysis, and related 
topics. (Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 342, 362 or equivalent. 


433 Operations Research: Stochastic Systems (3) 
Markov chains, dynamic programming, queuing 
theory, simulation, forecasting, inventory models, 
simple stochastic models, and their relation to se- 
lected problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 411 and MTH 342 or 
permission of instructor. 


443 Machining and Machine Tools (3) 

Machine tool motions, power requirements, and 
machining times. Mechanics and economics of 
metal machining. Introduction to numerical control 
and computer-aided programming of CNC 
machine tools. (Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 220 and IME 240 
or 340. 


444 Assembly and Handling Automation (3) 
Types and economics of automatic assembly sys- 
tems. Analyses of automatic feeding and orienting 
techniques for small parts. Application of robots in 
assembly. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 263 and IME 240 or 
340. 


446 (or MCE 446) Metal Deformation Processes (3) 
Study of the characteristics of metal flow under dif- 
ferent loading conditions. Theories, capabilities, 
and limitations of a wide range of deformation pro- 
cesses applied to industrial metalworking. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 240 or 340, CVE 220, and CHE 333. 


449 (or MCE 449) Product Design for 
Manufacture (3) 

Techniques for analyzing product structures for 
ease of assembly and manufacture. Manual, robot, 
and high-speed mechanized assembly systems con- 
sidered for mechanical and electronic products. 
Covers choice of material and processes in early 
design. (Lec. 3) Pre: 240 or 340, 443, or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


451 Industrial Engineering Design | (3) 
Stochastic and deterministic models of production 
and inventory systems. Aggregate planning, push 
and pull production control systems. Lean manu- 
facturing, scheduling. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432, 433 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


452 Industrial Engineering Design II (3) 

A team project approach to industrial engineering 
design including assembly lines, transfer lines, cel- 
lular manufacturing, flexible manufacturing facili- 
ties, operation and material flow design; facilities 

design and operation; production systems design. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 451 or permission of instructor. 


460 Product Design for Environment (3) 
Principles and practices of designing more environ- 
mentally beneficial products. Environmental effects. 
Life cycle analysis, recycling and remanufacturing. 
Design for disassembly and environment. Group 
projects on product and process design using LCA 
and DFE analysis tools. (Lec. 3) Pre: 240 or 340, 
CHE 333 or 437. 


491, 492 Special Problems (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
of the and arranged to suit the individual require- 
ments of the student. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 12 credits. 


500 Network Application in Industrial 
Engineering (3) 

Industrial systems problems that can be formulated 
in terms of network. Critical path method/PERT ap- 
plications, maximum flow in network, network 
analysis and synthesis, max-flow and min-cost net- 
work. GERT stochastic network modeling and ap- 
plications. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432 or permission of in- 
structor. In alternate years. 


513 (or STA 513) Statistical Quality Assurance (3) 
Topics in statistical quality control systems. Single, 
multiple, and sequential sampling. Design and 
analysis of a wide variety of statistical control sys- 
tems used in conjunction with discrete and con- 
tinuous data, for several kinds of data emission. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 412 or equivalent. 


525 Simulation 
See Computer Science 525. 


533 Advanced Statistical Methods for Research 
and Industry (3) 

Describing and analyzing data, design of experi- 
ments, analysis of variance, regression analysis, 
and applications in industry and applied science 
research. (Lec. 3) Pre: 411 or permission of 
instructor. 


540 Production Control and Inventory Systems (3) 
Theory and practice of industrial production con- 
trol and inventory systems. A broad spectrum of 
mathematical models for static, dynamic, per- 
petual, and periodic inventory systems as they af- 
fect and relate to production. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432 or 
permission of instructor. 


541 Advanced Materials Processing (3) 
Engineering analyses in the processing of materials. 
Rapid manufacturing fundamentals. Non tradi- 
tional manufacturing techniques. Dynamic cou- 
pling, tool-work-piece interaction, energy and ther- 
mal analysis; mechanics of material removal and 
displacements. (Lec. 3) Pre: 240 or 340, or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


542 Introduction to Computer-Aided 
Manufacturing (3) 

Use of computers in manufacturing. Solid model- 
ing principles and applications. Numerical and 
adaptive control. CNC programming. Introduction 
to rapid manufacturing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 240 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


543 Fundamentals of Machining (3) 
Fundamental treatment of the mechanics and eco- 
nomics of metal machining and grinding. Includes 
an introduction to numerical control and com- 
puter-aided programming of CNC machine tools. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 220 and IME 240 or 340 or per- 
mission of instructor. Not for graduate credit for 
students with credit in 443. 


544 Automatic Assembly (3) 

Types and economics of automatic assembly sys- 
tems. Analysis of automatic feeding and orienting 
techniques for small parts. Application of robots in 
assembly. Economics of assembly systems for 
printed circuit boards. (Lec. 3) Pre: 240 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Not for graduate credit for stu- 
dents with credit in 444. 


545 Manufacturing Systems: Analysis, Design, 
Simulation (3) 

Problems in manufacturing system analysis and de- 
sign. Quantitative models and simulation methods 
applied to manufacturing planning, control, sched- 
uling, resource allocation, and decision making in 
various types of manufacturing systems. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: MTH 363 or permission of instructor. 


HUMAN SCIENCE AND SERVICES/INSURANCE 221 


546 Advanced Metal Deformation Processes (3) 
Theory of metal flow under different loading condi- 
tions. Prediction of metal forming process capabili- 
ties. Advanced topics include effects of anisotropy 
and mechanics of powder forming. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
340 or permission of instructor. Not for graduate 
credit for students with credit in 446. 


549 (or MCE 549) Advanced Product Design for 
Manufacture (3) 

Techniques for analyzing product structures for 
ease of assembly and manufacture. Considers me- 
chanical and electronic products and choice of ma- 
terials and processes. A design project and term 
paper are required. (Lec. 3) Pre: 240 or 340 and 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 444 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Not for graduate credit for stu- 
dents with credit in 449. 


550 Design for Producibility (3) 

Project work on product development, collabora- 
tion with industry, and submission of design 
project report. Concentration on effect of design 
decisions on manufacturing efficiency and cost. (In- 
dependent Study) Pre: 449 or 549. 


555 Engineering Applications of Mathematical 
Programming (3) 

Sensitivity analysis and pricing problems, practical 
problems in degeneracy and duality, decomposi- 
tion methods for large-scale systems, applied con- 
vex, integer, nonlinear, and quadratic program- 
ming methods. An introduction to stochastic 
programming. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. 


591, 592 Special Problems (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under supervision of a member ar- 
ranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated for a maximum of 
12 credits. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


634 Design and Analysis of Industrial 
Experiments (3) 

Further development of topics in analysis of vari- 
ance. Randomized blocks, Latin squares and related 
designs, factorial experiments, confounding and 
fractional replications, and split-plot designs. 
Design and analyses of engineering experiments. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 533. 


660 Methods of Optimization (3) 

Methods of optimization: indirect, direct elimina- 
tion, climbing. Geometric programming. Problems 
and other topics in applied optimization. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: CSC 550 or permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered 2003-04. 


691, 692 Advanced Special Problems in 
Industrial Engineering (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated for a maximum of 
12 credits. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U only. 


Insurance (INS) 
Dean: Professor Mazze 


301 Fundamentals of Risk Management and 
Insurance (3) 

Basic course in risk management and insurance. 
Emphasis on personal risk management and the 
personal lines coverages: homeowner's insurance, 
personal automobile insurance, and basic life insur- 
ance policies. (Lec. 3) Proficiency test available. 


414 Commercial Property and Liability 
Insurance (3) 

Analysis of commercial property and liability risk 
exposures and their related coverages. Coverages 
includes general property and liability insurance 
and specialized topics for marine, fidelity, surety, 
and professional liability exposure. (Lec. 3) Not for 
graduate credit. 


425 Life Insurance (3) 

Analysis of the many types of life insurance and 
health insurance contracts, computation of premi- 
ums and reserves, and contract interpretation. In- 
cluded is an analysis of the uses of life insurance 
contracts. (Lec. 3) Note: This course is preparation 
for the Rhode Island state licensing examination in 
life and accident and health insurance and for Part 
| of the charter life underwriter examination. Not 
for graduate credit. 


433 Social Insurance (3) 

Analysis of the network of state and federal eco- 
nomic security programs including the OASDHI 
system, unemployment compensation, temporary 
disability programs, and the workers’ compensa- 
tion system. (Lec. 3) Pre: ECN 201 and 202, or per- 
mission of instructor. 


471 Topics in Insurance (3) 

Analysis of selected topics and current issues in the 
insurance marketplace. Topics will vary from se- 
mester to semester. (Seminar) Pre: FIN 331, INS 
301 and 425, or permission of instructor. 


491, 492 Directed Study (3 each) 

Directed readings and research work including in- 
surance problems under the supervision of a mem- 
ber. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of in- 
structor and junior or senior standing. 


S3aSuYNOD 


222 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


493 Internship in Insurance (3) 

Approved, supervised work experience with partici- 
pation in management and problem solving related 
to insurance. Fifteen working days (or 120 hours). 
(Practicum) Pre: junior standing and proposal ap- 
proved by the College of Business Administration. 
May be repeated for credit. Not for graduate credit 
in insurance. S/U only. 


692 Directed Study in Insurance (1-3) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) Pre: enrollment in 
Phase Ill of the Ph.D. program in business adminis- 
tration. S/U credit. 


Internships and Experiential 
Education (ITR) 


301, 302 Field Experience I, II (3-12 each) 

Field experience gained at placement site through 
participation in the ITR program. The experience 
will be defined by a job description and learning 
contract arranged by the ITR director between the 
student intern, the intern’s faculty advisor, and the 
relevant agency supervisor. (Practicum) Pre: junior 
or senior standing, a minimum quality point aver- 
age of 2.50, participation in the ITR program, and 
permission of faculty advisor. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 24 credits. S/U credit. 


303, 304 Colloquium I, II (3 each) 

Seminar format. Discussions of issues and problems 
raised by internship experiences in public service 
agencies. (Seminar) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 
301 for 303, and in 302 for 304. Required for and 
open only to students enrolled in the ITR program. 


Italian (ITL) 
Section Head: Professor Trivelli 


101 Beginning Italian | (3) 

Elements of the language, pronunciation, gram- 
mar, inductive reading; exercises in reading, writ- 
ing, and conversation. (Lec. 3) Pre: no prior Italian 
is required. Will not count toward the language re- 
quirement if the student has studied Italian for 
more than one year within the last six years. (FC) 
[D] 


102 Beginning Italian II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


103 Intermediate Italian | (3) 

Development of facility in reading texts of moder- 
ate difficulty, supplemented by further work in 
grammar, conversation, and composition. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 102 or equivalent. (FC) [D] 


104 Intermediate Italian II (3) 
Continuation of 103. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


105 Basic Conversation (1) 

Practice in basic Italian conversation skills. (Lec. 1) 
Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 103 or 104. 
May be repeated once for maximum of 2 credits. 
(FC) [D] 


205, 206 Conversation and Composition (3 each) 
Intensive course in conversation and composition. 
Promotes facility in speaking and understanding 
idiomatic Italian. (Lec. 3) Pre: 104 or permission of 
chairperson. (FC) [D] 


301, 302 Civilization of Italy (3 each) 

The most important aspects of Italian civilization. 
301: From the Middle Ages to the end of the Re- 
naissance. 302: From the seventeenth century to 
the present. (Lec. 3) Pre: 205 or 206 or permission 
of chairperson. 


305 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 
Intensive practice in spoken and written Italian. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 205 or 206 or permission of chairper- 
son. 


309 Techniques of Translation (3) 

Principles and techniques of translating written Ital- 
ian into English and vice versa. Text materials of 
different types used in practical work: scientific, 
journalistic, business, and literary language. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 205 or 206 or permission of chairperson. 


315 Italian Cinema (3) 

Representative Italian films and their directors 
through viewing and discussions of films, lectures, 
and readings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 205 or 206 or permis- 
sion of chairperson. 


325, 326 Introduction to Italian Literature (3 each) 
Appreciation of literature. Representative texts of 
Italian narrative, drama, and lyric poetry. Elements 
of the methods of criticism. (Lec. 3) Pre: 205 or 
206 or permission of chairperson. (A) 


391, 392 Masterpieces of Italian Literature (3 each) 
Reading in English translation of selected Italian 
authors of greatest significance. 391: Medieval and 
Renaissance. 392: Post-Renaissance to twentieth 
century. (Lec. 3) Not for major credit in Italian. (A) 
(F) for 391; (A) for 392. 


395 Dante’s Divine Comedy (3) 
Reading in English translation of Dante’s chief 
work. (Lec. 3) Not for major credit in Italian. (A) (F) 


408 The Italian Language (3) 

Advanced study of the structure of the Italian lan- 
guage. Analysis of linguistic elements as found in 
representative authors from the thirteenth to twen- 
tieth century. (Lec. 3) Pre: one 300-level course or 
permission of instructor. 


455 Selected Italian Authors (3) 

Works of one or more major authors of Italian lit- 
erature. Specific author(s) are designated the se- 
mester before the course is given. (Lec. 3) Pre: one 
300-level course or permission of instructor. 


465 Topics in Italian Literature (3) 

Special topics or themes in Italian literature not 
treated or emphasized in other courses. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: one 300-level course or permission of 
instructor. 


480 Business Italian (3) 

Study of concepts and terminology relating to the 
Italian business world. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing, 
credit or concurrent enrollment in at least one 300- 
level Italian course, or permission of instructor. 


481 The Works of Dante Alighieri (3) 

Dante’s works with special attention given to analy- 
sis and interpretation of the Divine Comedy from 
the social, religious, philosophical, and political 
viewpoints of the Middle Ages. (Lec. 3) Pre: one 
300-level course or permission of instructor. 


497, 498 Directed Study (3 each) 

Designed particularly for the advanced student. 
Individual research and reports on problems of 
special interest. (Independent Study) Pre: accep- 
tance of project by a member and approval of 
chairperson. 


Japanese (JPN) 
Chairperson: Professor Morello 


101 Beginning Japanese | (3) 

Fundamentals of grammar and pronunciation, 
exercises in reading, writing, and conversation. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: no prior Japanese is required. Will not 
count toward the language requirement if the stu- 
dent has studied Japanese for more than one year 
within the last six years. (FC) [D] 


102 Beginning Japanese II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


103 Intermediate Japanese | (3) 

Development of facility in reading narrative and 
expository prose; exercise in grammar, listening 
comprehension, and speaking. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102 or 
equivalent. (FC) [D] 


104 Intermediate Japanese II (3) 
Continuation of 103. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


Journalism (JOR) 


Interim Chairperson: Professor Levin 


110 Introduction to the Mass Media (3) 

Surveys newspapers, magazines, radio, movies, 
television, advertising, and emerging technologies. 
Examines economic and news functions of each. 
Considers First Amendment, legal and ethical prob- 
lems, restrictions, and social consequences of me- 
dia. (Lec. 3) Recommended for nonmajors. Not for 
major credit in journalism. (L) 


115 Foundations of American Journalism (3) 
Introduction to basic theories and principles of 
American journalism, and some of the major issues 
journalists confront. Examines news media audi- 
ences, effects, freedom, and responsibility. (Lec. 3) 
For journalism majors only. 


210 History of American Journalism (3) 
Development of American newspapers, magazines, 
and broadcast industry with analysis of the ideas 
that have changed American journalism. Explora- 
tion of the journalists’ experience at periods in 
American history; the effects of economic and so- 
cial changes on the press. (Lec. 3) Pre: 110 or 115 
or permission of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 2003. 


211 History of Broadcasting (3) 

Survey of broadcasting. Examines its pioneers and 
the impact of significant historical events as cov- 
ered by radio and television. Considers the origins 
of modern news shows, talk-show formats, maga- 
zine broadcasts, and quiz shows. (Lec. 3) Pre: 110 
or 115. In alternate years. Next offered fall 2004. 


215 Free Speech and American Society (3) 

Legal and social parameters of freedom of speech 
in the United States. The legal and social history of 
freedom of speech will be examined and applied to 
discussions of recent free-speech controversies. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 110 or 115. 


220 Media Writing (3) 

An introduction to writing for newspapers, maga- 
zines, broadcasting, and public relations. Includes 
consideration of objectivity, information gathering, 
language use, clarity and style, legal and ethical 
concerns. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: WRT course with a 
grade of C or better, passing a departmentally ad- 
ministered entrance exam, ability to type. 


230 Introduction to Radio and Television News (3) 
Beginning course in the principles and techniques 
of radio and television news gathering and writing. 
Stress is placed on copy formats, broadcast style, 
and basic production techniques. Frequent out-of- 
class and off-campus assignments. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 
Pre: 220 with a grade of C or better. 


310 Mass Media Law (3) 

Role of government and the law in the communi- 
cation of news, including basic laws affecting free- 
dom of the press, journalists’ privileges and respon- 
sibilities, privacy, broadcasting, and advertising. 
Case studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing and 110 
or 115 and one 300-level journalism skills course or 
permission of instructor. 


311 Media Criticism in America (3) 

Examines news media performance in the United 
States by studying the works of media critics, both 
historical and contemporary. Practice in media 
monitoring and writing media criticism. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 110 or 115 or permission of instructor. Next 
offered spring 2005. 


313 Other Voices: Alternative Media in the 
United States (3) 

Critical analysis of nontraditional media in the 
United States, including black, religious, feminist, 
gay and lesbian press, as well as broadcast stations 
operated by and for minority groups. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
110 or 115. In alternate years. Next offered spring 
2004. 


320 Public Affairs Reporting and Writing (3) 
Practice in gathering and writing news of public 
affairs, including local and state government, 
courts, law enforcement. Introduces public records, 
alternatives to straight news story, interviewing 
techniques, rewriting. Frequent out-of-class and 
off-campus assignments. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 220 
with a grade of C or better. 


321 Magazine Article and Feature Writing (3) 
Planning, researching, and writing articles and fea- 
ture stories for magazines and newspapers. Discus- 
sion of markets, freelance and job opportunities. 
Articles written and submitted to publications. 
(Seminar) Pre: 220 with a grade of C or better, or 
permission of instructor. 


330 Television News (3) 

Intermediate course in news gathering and writing 
for television. Emphasizes reporting, writing, an- 
choring, and producing. Group work leads to pro- 
duction of a half-hour studio newscast. Frequent 
out-of-class and off-campus assignments. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 2) Pre: 230 with a grade of C or better. 


331 Electronic News Gathering (3) 

Skill development in the visual technology of televi- 
sion news. Techniques of single-camera field pro- 
duction are stressed. Introduction to fundamentals 
of video tape editing; practice in ENG photography 
and editing. Frequent out-of-class and off-campus 
assignments. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 230 with a grade 
of C or better. 


340 Public Relations 
See Public Relations 340. 


INSURANCE/JOURNALISM 223 


341 Editing for Publication | (3) 

An introduction to editing for the print media, in- 
cluding newspapers, magazines, and public rela- 
tions. Focuses on taking work written by others 
and preparing it for publication. Includes consider- 
ation of legal and ethical issues. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 
Pre: 220 with a grade of C or better. 


345 Journalism Internship (3 or 6) 

Supervised experience in: (a) reporting and writ- 
ing; (b) editing; (c) radio news; (d) television news; 
(e) public relations. Requires a minimum of 120 
hours (3 credits) or 240 hours (6 credits). Weekly 
one-hour class meeting. Maximum of 6 credits al- 
lowed toward graduation. (Practicum) Pre: journal- 
ism majors and minors and public relations minors 
only. Prerequisite courses depend on internship. 
Permission of instructor and application required. 


410 Mass Media Issues (3) 

Critical analysis of current issues affecting journal- 
ists and society in general, based on readings, vid- 
eotapes, case studies, and discussion. Emphasis on 
ethics and decision making. (Lec. 3) Pre: 110 or 
115 and senior standing or permission of instruc- 
tor. Not for graduate credit. 


415 Perspectives on Reporting (3) 

Critical assessment of reporting through the read- 
ing and analysis of various types of reporting, in- 
cluding literary journalism, muckraking, investiga- 
tive reporting, and New Journalism. (Seminar) Pre: 
110 or 115 and junior standing. Not for graduate 
credit. 


420 Advanced Reporting and Writing (3) 
Planning, developing, and writing complex news 
stories for publication. Emphasizes story-idea gen- 
eration, information gathering from multiple 
sources, using public records and documents, and 
advanced interviewing techniques. Frequent out- 
of-class and off-campus assignments. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
2) Pre: junior standing and 320 with a grade of C 
or better. Not for graduate credit. 


430 Advanced Television News (3) 

Practical experience in longer, more specialized 
news formats. Students report, write, videotape in- 
depth television news pieces. (Lec. 3) 


440 Independent Study (1-3) 

Individual reading programs, research, or project in 
journalism or mass media. (Independent Study) 
Pre: junior standing and submission to chairperson 
of proposal signed by supervising faculty member. 
Not for graduate credit. 


441 Public Relations Practices 
See Public Relations 441. 


S3aSYNOD 


224 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


442 Editing for Publication II (3) 

An introduction to designing and producing for the 
print media, including newspapers, magazines, and 
newsletters. Extensive use of computers and desk- 
top-publishing technology. Includes consideration 
of legal and ethical issues. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 341 
with a grade of C or better. Not for graduate 
credit. 


445 Special Topics in Journalism (3) 

Subject, course content, and years offered will vary 
according to expertise and availability of instruc- 
tors. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of in- 
structor. May be repeated for credit with different 
topic. Not for graduate credit. 


Labor Relations and Human 
Resources (LRS) 


Director: Professor Scholl 


432 Industrial Sociology 
See Sociology 432. 


480 (or ECN 480) Seminar in Labor Studies (3) 
Intensive studies examining various important top- 
ics in labor studies. Class discussion of assigned 
readings and student reports.(Lec. 3) Pre: Permis- 
sion of instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


500 (or MGT 500) Labor Relations and Human 
Resources (3) 

Introduction to labor relations and human re- 
sources, including employment practices in union- 
ized and non-union organizations; also issues re- 
lated to data sources and research methodology. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


503 Problems in Public Personnel Administration 
See Political Science 503. 


520 Developments in Worker Representation (3) 
Structure, functions, responsibilities, and programs 
of unions and union leadership. Emphasis on poli- 
cies and decision making. Evaluation of labor and 
management performance. Consideration of ad- 
ministrative problems associated with growth of 
white collar unions. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing 
or permission of instructor. 


521 (or PSC 521) Comparative Labor Relations 
Systems (3) 

Comparative labor and industrial relations systems, 
including union, management, and government 
functions and roles; also the functions of interna- 
tional organizations in labor relations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
permission of instructor. 


526 (or ECN 526) Economics of Labor Markets (3) 
The theory of labor market behavior, and applica- 
tion of theory for public policy analysis in areas 
such as discrimination, unemployment, and educa- 
tion. (Lec. 3) Pre: ECN 201and 202 or 590 or 
equivalent. 


531 Employment Law (3) 

Analysis of legislation protecting worker health, 
employment, income security, including OSHA, 
workers’ compensation, equal opportunity, fair la- 
bor standards, Walsh-Healy and Davis-Bacon, pen- 
sion funds, unemployment compensation, and so- 
cial security. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of Labor 
Research Center director. 


532 Seminar in Employment Law (3 ) 

Advanced seminar to review and evaluate current 
issues and changing trends in selected aspects of 
employment law. May be repeated for credit with 
different topic, for maximum of six credits. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: permission of instructor. 


533 Pension, Health Care, and Employee Benefit 
Programs (3) 

An analysis of employee assistance plans (EAPs), 
health fringe benefits, and pension plans and their 
negotiation within both private and public sectors. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor and Labor Re- 
search Center director. 


534 (or ECN 534) Information Sources and Uses 
in Labor Relations and Labor Economics (3) 
Analysis and use of data and information sources 
specific to the professional fields of labor and in- 
dustrial relations and labor economics. A major 
project utilizing personal computer software is re- 
quired. (Lec. 3) Pre: 526 and BAC 500 and 530 or 
permission of instructor. Not for graduate credit for 
M.B.A. or M.S. in accounting students. 


541 Labor Relations Law (3) 

Legal framework for private and public sector col- 
lective bargaining. Regulation of activities with em- 
phasis on individual rights, collective rights, and 
policy considerations of federal and state courts, 
the NLRB, and state labor boards in determining 
society's rights. Case studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. 


542 Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3) 
Collective bargaining literature, theories, and prac- 
tice. Emphasis on the institutional features of bar- 
gaining in both public and private sectors as well 
as techniques, and dynamics of the bargaining pro- 
cess. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission 
of instructor. 


543 (or PSC 543) Public Sector Labor Relations (3) 
Public sector (state, municipal, federal, police, fire, 
K-12 education, and higher education) collective 
bargaining theory, practice, and legal foundations. 
Comprehensive case studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 542 or permission of La- 
bor Research Center director. 


544 (or HIS 544) Colloquium in Worker History (3) 
Selected topics in American worker history with an 
emphasis on the most recent literature in the field. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


545 Arbitration and Mediation of Labor and 
Employment Disputes (3) 

Students prepare, present, and analyze labor and 
employment arbitration/mediations. The course 
also covers interest arbitration, and innovative 
methods for resolving disputes. Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. 


546 Negotiation and Alternative Dispute 
Resolution (3) 

Examination of the interpersonal dynamics of ne- 
gotiations and conflict resolution processes, includ- 
ing interest-based or collaborative bargaining in a 
variety of contexts; e.g. labor relations, commu- 
nity, environmental, divorce, racial, commercial. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


551 (or MGT 551) Human Resource Strategy (3) 
Human resource issues addressed in context of 
changing product and labor markets, including re- 
lationship between human resource policies; the 
economic, social, and political environment; and 
firm’s strategic objectives. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission 
of instructor. 


579 (or EDC 579) Labor Relations and Collective 
Bargaining in Education 

Collective bargaining in public and private educa- 
tional sectors, K-12, higher education; literature, 
theory, practice, and legal foundations in educa- 
tion. Comprehensive case studies will be used. 
(Lec. 3) 


580 Professional Seminar in Labor Relations and 
Human Resources (3) 

Advanced labor relations seminar of variable cover- 
age and focus; adjusted yearly to consider most 
recent labor relations developments. Major re- 
search paper required. (Seminar) Pre: final semester 
graduate standing in labor relations and human 
resources and permission of Labor Research Center 
director. 


581 Internship: Labor Relations and Human 
Resources (3-6) 

Variable length internship with a trade union, a 
public or private sector personnel or industrial rela- 
tions department, or a governmental administra- 
tive or regulatory agency, under the supervision of 
both a URI Labor Research Center faculty member 
and a member of the affiliated organization. May 
be taken as one 6-credit unit or two 3-credit units. 
(Practicum) Pre: graduate standing in labor rela- 
tions and human resources and permission of La- 
bor Research Center director. $/U only. 


590, 591 Directed Readings and Research in 
Labor Relations and Human Resources (3 each) 
Readings and research under the direction of LRC- 
associated faculty to meet individual student re- 
quirements. (Independent Study) Pre: graduate 
standing in labor relations and human resources 
and permission of Labor Research Center director 
and instructor. 


Landscape Architecture (LAR) 
Program Director: Professor Simeoni 


201 Survey of Landscape Architecture (3) 
Introduction to landscape design theory and com- 
position as an applied art form. (Lec. 3) (A) 


202 Origins of Landscape Development (3) 
Examines the impact of environment, social history, 
philosophy, art, and literature on architecture and 
landscape development from ancient to modern 
times. Emphasis on European Renaissance through 
contemporary United States. (Lec. 3) (L) 


243 Landscape Architecture Graphics (4) 
Introduction to landscape graphic communication 
techniques with emphasis on design and construc- 
tion drawing and perspective illustration. (Lec. 2, 
Studio 4) 


244 Basic Landscape Architectural Design (4) 
Introduction to the development of outdoor space 
with emphasis on the design process and the ma- 
nipulation of spatial volumes. (Lec. 2, Studio 4) 
Service learning. Pre: 243. 


300 Computers in Landscape Architecture (4) 
Intensive course in computer usage for landscape 
architects. Focus on the application of landscape 
architecture computer-aided design software to 
project development applications. (Lec. 2, Studio 
4) Pre: sophomore standing in landscape architec- 
ture. 


301 Landform Expression (2) 

Examines the three-dimensional relief of the Earth’s 
surface as a physical design element. Introduction 
to methods of land measurement, graphic depic- 
tion, and sculptural interpretation. (Lec. 1, Lab. 2) 
Pre: 244 and MTH 111. Intended for landscape ar- 
chitecture majors only. 


343 Landscape Architecture Studio | (4) 
Landscape concepts in graphic form. Emphasis on 
preparing landscape plans for small- to intermedi- 
ate-scale properties. Students study in a profes- 
sional studio environment. (Lec. 2, Studio 4) Pre: 
201, 202, and 244. Intended for landscape archi- 
tecture majors only. 


344 Landscape Architecture Studio Il (4) 
Continuation of landscape concepts and graphics. 
Emphasis on drawing landscape plans for interme- 
diate- to larger-scale properties. Advanced render- 
ing. (Lec. 2, Studio 4) Pre: 301, 343, and 345. 
Concurrent or prior enrollment in 346. Intended 
for landscape architecture majors only. 


345 Landscape Construction | (4) 

A comprehensive survey of construction materials 
and their uses in landscape construction. (Lec. 2, 
Studio 4) Pre: 244 and 300. Intended for landscape 
architecture majors only. 


346 Landscape Construction II (4) 

The study of soil adjustment; grading, drainage, 
cut and fill, reshaping of earth surfaces. (Lec. 2, 
Studio 4) Pre: 300, 301 and 345. Intended for 
landscape architecture majors only. 


353 (or PLS 353) Landscape Plants | (3) 
dentification and description under fall conditions; 
classification and adaptation of the important trees 
and shrubs including broadleaf evergreens and 
their value in ornamental plantings. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) 
Pre: BIO 104A or112 or 102. 


354 (or PLS 354) Landscape Plants II (3) 
dentification and description under winter and 
spring conditions; classification and adaptation of 
the coniferous evergreens, vines, and groundcovers 
and their value in ornamental plantings. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 2) Pre: 353. 


399 Landscape Architecture Internship (1-6) 
Directed work experience program at landscape 
architecture offices, contracting firms and related 
industries. (Practicum) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


443 Planting Design (4) 

The use of plant materials in landscape composi- 
tion. Combines spatial definition of various land 
uses with plant selection. Preparation of plans, de- 
tails, and specifications. (Lec. 2, Studio 4) Pre: 344 
and 354. Intended for landscape architecture ma- 
jors only. Not for graduate credit. 


444 Landscape Architecture Studio III (4) 
Relationships between principles of landscape de- 
sign and elements of the environment that contrib- 
ute to development of ecologically based plans. 
Client conferences and specifications for woody 
ornamental plants. (Lec. 2, Studio 4) Service learn- 
ing. Pre: 344 and 346. Intended for landscape ar- 
chitecture majors only. Not for graduate credit. 


445 Landscape Architecture Studio IV (4) 

Study of comprehensive landscape architectural 
projects. Coordination of research, preparation of 
contract documents, and office procedures. (Lec. 
2, Studio 4) Service learning. Pre: 443 and 444. In- 
tended for landscape architecture majors only. Not 
for graduate credit. 


447 Professional Landscape Architectural 
Practice (3) 

Professional practice, ethics, marketing design ser- 
vices, preparation of contract documents, and ef- 
fective time management. (Lec. 3) Pre: senior 
standing in landscape architecture. Not for gradu- 
ate credit. 


JOURNALISM/LATIN 225 


491, 492 Special Projects and Independent 
Study (1-3 each) 

Special work to meet specialized needs in the land- 
scape architecture profession. (Independent Study) 
Pre: permission of instructor. Not for graduate 
credit. 


Languages (LAN) 
Chairperson: Professor Morello 


191 Beginning Foreign Language | (3) 
Fundamentals of grammar and pronunciation; ex- 
ercises in reading, writing, and conversation in a 
foreign language not included in regular depart- 
mental offerings. (Lec. 3) Pre: no prior experience 
in a specific language is required. May be repeated 
for credit for different languages. Choice of specific 
language to be taught subject to availability of and 
student demand. (FC) [D] 


192 Beginning Foreign Language II (3) 
Continuation of 191. (Lec. 3) Pre: 191 or equiva- 
lent in same language as 191. May be repeated for 
credit for different languages. Choice of specific 
language to be taught subject to availability of and 
student demand. (FC) [D] 


193 Intermediate Foreign Language | (3) 
Development of facility in speaking, listening com- 
prehension, writing, and reading texts of moderate 
difficulty in a language not included in regular de- 
partmental offerings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 192 or equiva- 
lent in the same language as 192. Choice of spe- 
cific language to be taught subject to availability of 
and student demand. (FC) [D] 


194 Intermediate Foreign Language II (3) 
Continuation of 193. (Lec. 3) Pre: 193 or equiva- 
lent in the same language as 193. Choice of spe- 
cific language to be taught subject to availability of 
and student demand. (FC) [D] 


205, 206 Advanced Foreign Language | and II (3) 

205: Further development of all language skills 
with emphasis on writing and reading. 206: Con- 
tinuation of 205 (Lec. 3) Pre: for 205—HBW 104 or 
JPN 104 or LAN 194 or permission of instructor; for 
206—205 or permission of instructor. (FC) [D] 


Latin (LAT) 
Section Head: Associate Professor Suter 


101 Beginning Latin | (3) 

Latin grammar and syntax. Exercises in reading 
prose. (Lec. 3) Pre: no previous Latin is required. 
Will not count toward the language requirement if 
the student has studied Latin for more than one 
year within the last six years. (F) 


S3aSYNOD 


226 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


102 Beginning Latin II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or equiva- 
lent. (F) 


301 Intermediate Latin (3) 
Grammar review; readings such as Petronius’ 
Satyricon. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102 or equivalent. (F) 


302 Intermediate-Advanced Latin (3) 

Study of Latin texts from different time periods and 
different genres; syllabus changes on a four-year 
rotational basis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or permission of 
instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 
credits with different topics. (F) 


310 Latin Across the Curriculum (1) 

Reading of original Latin texts and discussion in 
conjunction with courses throughout the University 
curriculum. Designed to maintain language skills 
and to enrich study of different subjects by using 
texts in the original language. (Lec. 1) Pre: 301 or 
permission of instructor. 


497, 498 Directed Study (1-6 each) 

Individual readings and research. (Independent 
Study) Pre: acceptance of a project by a member; 
approval of section head. May be repeated for 
credit with different topic. 


Latin American Studies (LAS) 


Committee Chair: Associate Professor Morin 


390 The Hispanic Caribbean: Study Abroad in 
the Dominican Republic (3) 

Emphasis on the Dominican Republic, Cuba, and 
Puerto Rico. Topics will include colonization and 
slavery, race, gender, religion, European and U.S. 
interventionism, migration, and development. (Lec. 
3) Pre: SPA 104; HIS 180 is suggested. 


397 Directed Study for Senior Research Project (3) 
Research in a particular area of Latin American 
studies. Project must be approved by the LAS Com- 
mittee. (Independent Study) Pre: approval of LAS 
Committee and instructor. 


The following are related courses offered by various 
departments of the University. 


Anthropology 

303 New World Prehistory 

315 Cultures and Societies of Latin America 
470 Problems in Anthropology 
Communication Studies 

337 Intercultural Communication 
Economics 

338 International Economics 

363 Economic Growth and Development 
History 

180 Introduction to Latin American Civilization 
382 History of Modern Latin America 

391 Directed Study or Research 


508 Seminar in Asian or Latin American History 
Political Science 

201 Introduction to Comparative Politics 

431 International Relations 

432 International Government 

Portuguese 

335, 336 Topics in the Literature of the 
Portuguese-Speaking World 

497, 498 Directed Study 

Spanish 

305 Early Spanish-American Literature and Culture 
306 Modern Spanish-American Literature and 
Culture 

393 Modern Hispanic-American Literature in 
Translation 

470 Topics in Hispanic Literature 

488 Spanish-American Poetry and Drama 

489 The Spanish-American Narrative 

497, 498 Directed Study 

570 Topics in Hispanic Literature and Culture 
572 Evolution of Spanish-American Culture and 
Thought 

574 Interpretations of Modern Spanish-American 
Thought 

590 The Hispanic Presence in the United States 


Letters (LET) 


Coordinator: Associate Dean Dvorak 


151 Topics in Letters (3) 

Study of the history of thought, of the search for 
values, of the attempt to define the human condi- 
tion, as reflected in written texts, both past and 
present. (Seminar) May be repeated for credit with 
different topic. (L) 


351 Topics in Letters (3) 

Study of the history of thought, of the search for 
values, of the attempt to define the human condi- 
tion, as reflected in written texts, both past and 
present, at an advanced level. (Seminar) Pre: junior 
standing. May be repeated for credit as often as 
the topic changes. (L) 


Library (LIB) 
Dean: Professor Gandel 


120 Introduction to Information Literacy (3) 
In-depth exploration and practice of information 
literacy skills designed to support college-level re- 
search and lifelong learning. (EC) 


140 Special Topics in Information Literacy (1) 
Introduction to core concepts of information lit- 
eracy and essential skills in finding, analyzing, orga- 
nizing, and presenting information. (Lec. 1) Must 
be taken concurrently with a course that requires 
information literacy skills. 


Library and Information Studies 
(LSC) 


Director: Professor Havener 


Students in good standing may take up to six hours of 
graduate-level Library and Information Studies 
courses in their senior year with the permission of the 
director of the Graduate School of Library and Infor- 
mation Studies. 


502 Management of Library and Information (3) 
Introduction to the process, principles, practices, 
theories and case studies in the administration, 
management, and supervision of libraries and in- 
formation services. Focus on management func- 
tions: planning, organizing, directing, and control- 
ling. (Lec. 3) 


503 Collection Development (3) 

Introduction to process, practices, and problems of 
collection building, maintenance, and evaluation 
regardless of format or subject of material, type of 
institutional setting, or community or client group 
served. (Lec. 3) 


504 Reference and Information Services (3) 
Practical experience in the use of basic electronic 
and print information sources with readings and 
discussion on the philosophy and administrative 
aspects of reference work. (Lec. 3) 


505 Organization of Information (3) 

Theory and practice of organizing information fol- 
lowing national and international standards; focus 
on bibliographic information. Emphasizes the un- 
derstanding and application of cataloging and clas- 
sification principles, standards, tools, bibliographic 
utilities and networks. (Lec. 3) 


506 Technical Services (3) 

Principles and policies in the acquisition, organiza- 
tion, conservation, and circulation of materials in 
libraries and information centers. Includes exami- 
nation of automation of library processes. (Lec. 3) 


508 Introduction to Information Science and 
Technology (3) 

Introduction to the organization, retrieval, and 
analysis of information, and the technologies used 
to control the manipulation and dissemination of 
information in library and information settings. 


510 History of Books and Printing (3) 

The art and craft of book production through the 
ages; printers, methods, and materials with consid- 
eration given to the role of the book in cultural de- 
velopment. (Lec. 3) 


512 History of Libraries and Librarianship (3) 
The development of libraries and librarianship 
within a cultural, social, and economic context 
from antiquity to the present. (Lec. 3) 


513 Intellectual Freedom and Censorship (3) 
Historical development and current status of the 
concept of intellectual freedom and the restraints 
that past and present societies have imposed on it. 
Special attention given to the librarian’s role in de- 
fense of intellectual freedom. (Lec. 3) 


514 Information Policy (3) 

This course provides an opportunity to examine the 
large world of information policy and how chang- 
ing technology, specifically the Internet, has af- 
fected our information policies. (Lec. 3) 


515 Information Ethics (3) 

This course deals with the decisions librarians and 
information managers are forced to make on a 
daily basis and the norms a society constructs con- 
cerning how information should be handled. (Lec. 
3) 


520 School Library Media Services (3) 

The role of the library media specialist as teacher, 
information specialist, instructional partner, and 
program manager, with emphasis on creating in- 
structional programs in schools. Summer or fall se- 
mester prior to practicum. (Lec. 3) Pre: completion 
of 21 hours including core courses 502, 504, 505 
and 508 or permission of instructor. 


521 Public Library Service (3) 

Planning, evaluation, and programming in public 
libraries, with an emphasis on community analysis 
and responsive services. Development of a grant 
proposal or equivalent project required. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 502 or permission of instructor. 


522 College and University Library Service (3) 
Study of the functions, organization, management, 
and services of college and university libraries. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 502. 


523 Special Library Service (3) 

A survey of some of the major categories of special 
libraries in academia, corporations, foundations, 
government agencies and the military, typically in- 
cluding museums, conservatories, divinity schools, 
legal institutions, businesses, laboratories, indus- 
tries, and healthcare organizations. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: 502. 


524 Library Instruction: Philosophy, 
Methodology, and Materials (3) 

An introduction to all aspects of instructing a di- 
verse clientele in effective library use. Philosophy, 
cognition aspects, methodologies, media and ad- 
ministration, and coordination and evaluation of 
library instruction will be considered. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
504 or permission of instructor. 


525 Multiculturalism in Libraries (3) 
Determining information needs and planning li- 
brary collections, services, and programs for a di- 


LATIN/LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES 227 


verse population. Historical, philosophical, and 
comparative aspects of multiculturalism in libraries 
will also be considered. (Lec. 3) Pre: Six graduate 
credits in library and information studies or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


528 Media in the Library (3) 

The role of multimedia materials in library and in- 
formation settings, including the selection, evalua- 
tion, organization, and utilization of audiovisual 
hardware and software, and an introduction to 
emerging communication technologies. (Lec. 3) 


529 Theory and Production of Library Media 
Communications (3) 

Introduction to the design and production of 
graphic, photographic, audio, video, and com- 
puter-based materials for library and information 
environments through the application of basic 
communication, perception, and learning theories. 
(Lec. 3) 


530 Reading Interests of Children (3) 

Building, maintaining, evaluating, and promoting 
collections for children in public libraries and el- 
ementary school media centers. Fiction and nonfic- 
tion books emphasized; digital and other resources 
also discussed. (Lec. 3) 


531 Reading Interests of Young Adults (3) 
Building, maintaining, evaluating and promoting 
collections to serve the special interests and infor- 
mation needs of adolescents in public and second- 
ary school libraries. Focus on books; graphic nov- 
els, Internet, etc. included. (Lec. 3) 


533 Digital Resources for Children and Teens (3) 
Investigate informational, educational, and recre- 
ational resources, primarily on the Internet. Empha- 
sis on selection, evaluation, promotion, and the 
development of information literacy. (Lec.3) Pre: 
530 or 531 or permission of instructor 


535 Public Library Youth Services (3) 

Public library services to children and young adults, 
with emphasis on the development of programs to 
meet library goals and objectives. (Lec. 3) Pre: 502 
or permission of instructor. 


537 Health Sciences Librarianship (3) 

Serves as an introduction to the field. Covers the 
literature, vocabulary, computer applications, refer- 
ence tools, information retrieval, and environments 
relating to health sciences libraries. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
502 and 504 or permission of instructor. 


538 Law Librarianship (3) 

Introduction to legal bibliography and research 
and to a broad range of problems involved in the 
administration and operation of various kinds of 
law libraries. (Lec. 3) Pre: 502 and 504 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


539 Business Reference (3) 

An introduction to all aspects of business reference 
sources and information services, including unique 
statistical and investment information on compa- 
nies and industries. (Lec. 3) Pre: 504. 


540 Library Materials in the Humanities (3) 
Library resources in the humanities, including the 
major works, serial publications, and reference and 
bibliographical materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: 504 


541 Library Materials in the Social Sciences (3) 
Library resources in the social sciences, including 

the major works, serial publications, and reference 
and bibliographical materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: 504. 


542 Library Materials in Science and Technology (3) 
Library resources in science and technology, in- 
cluding the major works, serial publications, and 
reference and bibliographical materials. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 503 and 504. 


543 Government Publications (3) 

Survey of the publishing activities and publications 

of national, state, and local governments with em- 

phasis on the publications of the United States gov- 
ernment. (Lec. 3) Pre: 504. 


544 Visual Information Science (3) 

An introduction to the interdisciplinary study of 
visual information science related to visual informa- 
tion (data) collection, analysis, processing, trans- 
mission, utilization and communication in modern 
and digital libraries and information centers. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 508 or permission of instructor 


545 Indexing and Abstracting (3) 

Principles and techniques of indexing for the pur- 
pose of information storage and retrieval. Includes 
periodical indexing, book indexing, automatic in- 
dexing, abstracting, and thesaurus construction. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 504. 


546 Computer Systems in Library Automation (3) 
Introduction to principles of systems analysis and 
the tools of analysis. Study of library automation 
systems and networks and the application of new 
technologies to library operations and services. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


547 Online Searching and Services (3) 
Introduction to computerized information retrieval 
and the provision of computerized information ser- 
vices in libraries, including hands-on experience. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 504. 


548 Internet for Librarians (3) 

Introduction to tools, protocols and search utilities 
used to access information on the Internet. Hands- 
on experience integrating the Internet into tradi- 
tional library and information services will be pro- 
vided. Pre: 508 or permission of instructor. 


SaSYNOD 


228 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


549 Information Storage and Retrieval (3) 
Theory, methods, evaluation, and research of ana- 
lyzing, storing, indexing languages, information 
storage media, information storage and retrieval 
systems, and information seeking and retrieving in 
libraries and information services. (Lec. 3) Pre: 504, 
505. 


550 Organization of Digital and Nonbook 
Resources (3) 

Using the most current international and national 
standards for organization of digital and nonbook 
resources, the course emphasizes not only biblio- 
graphic control of these resources for retrieval but 
also issues relating to subject analysis, standards, 
access, and other mark-up languages for better re- 
trieval. (Lec. 3) Pre: 505. 


557 Research and Evaluation in Library and 
Information Services (3) 

Introduction to research methods for community 
analysis, information needs assessment, and evalua- 
tion of library and information services; critique of 
published research. Includes substantial paper in- 
volving significant independent study. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
completion of 15 hours or permission of instructor. 


562 Administration of Special Collections, 
Archives, and Manuscripts (3) 

Principles and techniques for administering manu- 
script and archival repositories, including acquisi- 
tion police, appraisal criteria, methodology, and 
preservation practices. (Lec. 3) Pre: core courses, 
502-508, or permission of instructor. 


564 Introduction to Library Preservation (3) 
Organization, management, principles, and tech- 
niques as they apply to the development and ad- 
ministration of a library preservation program. In- 
cludes causes of deterioration of materials, 
deacidification, and reformatting and selecting for 
preservation. (Lec. 3) 


565 Rare Book Librarianship (3) 

Organization, management, principles, and tech- 
niques as they apply to the development and ad- 
ministration of rare book collections. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
510 or permission of instructor. 


593 Independent Work (1-6) 

Supervised reading or investigation in areas of spe- 
cial interest. Student must obtain written approval 
prior to registration for the semester for which the 
study is proposed. (Independent Study) Pre: 18 
hours of library science with B average, and 557 or 
permission of instructor. 593 and 595 may be re- 
peated for a combined total of 6 credits. 


595 Professional Field Experience (1-6) 
Directed field experience applying theory to prac- 
tice in libraries, information centers, and related 
organizations. Jointly supervised by a member of 
the faculty and a professional in the cooperating 


institution. (Practicum) Pre: 18 hours of library sci- 
ence with a B average, 45 hours per credit. 593 
and 595 may be repeated for a combined total of 6 
credits. 


596 Professional Field Experience: School Library 
Media Practicum and Seminar (9) 

Directed field experience in two school library me- 
dia centers (150 hours in elementary and 150 
hours in secondary). Perform roles and demon- 
strate competencies of a library media specialist. Bi- 
weekly seminars. (Lec./Lab. 9) Pre: 520 with a B or 
better and 30 hours of library science with a B av- 
erage or permission of the instructor. 


597 Selected Topics (3) 

Selected topics in library and information studies of 
current and special interest not covered in existing 
course offerings. Topics announced prior to each 
offering. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


Linguistics (LIN) 
Section Head: Professor Rogers 


100 Language in Society (3) 

Topical approach to the study of language, varying 
from semester to semester and including, but not 
restricted to, such topics as the relationship of lan- 
guage to culture, society, behavior, geography, 
computers, and other languages. (Lec. 3) 


200 Language and Culture 
See Anthropology 200. 


202 Introduction to the Study of Language 
Evolution (3) 

The construction of theoretical models; the recon- 
struction of earlier stages of language, based on 
the structure of modern languages and their fami- 
lies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 200, 220, or ENG 330. (S) 


220 (or APG 220) Introduction to the Study of 
Language (3) 

Introduction to the analysis and description of a 
language’s sounds, forms, syntax, and meaning; 
the relationship of linguistics to other disciplines; 
and a survey of major schools of linguistic thought. 
(Lec. 3) (S) 


320 (or APG 320) Sociolinguistics (3) 
Presentation of the major areas of micro- and 
macro-sociolinguistics: speech acts, registers, reper- 
toires, language attitudes, social correlates of pho- 
nological and syntactic features and changes. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 200 or 220. 


330 Dynamics of Language Distribution (3) 
Geolinguistic survey of present-day distribution of 
languages and of factors affecting their spread and 
decline. Minority and colonial languages; language 
maintenance efforts; language contact phenom- 
ena. (Lec. 3) Pre: 220. 


408 The German Language: Past and Present 
See German 408. 


414 Romance Linguistics (3) 

Evolution of the major literary Romance languages 
from late Latin with emphasis on phonology and 
morphology. The diffusion and dialectal fragmenta- 
tion of Romance. (Lec. 3) Pre: 202 or FRN 205, SPA 
205, ITL 205, or permission of section head. Some 
knowledge of Latin recommended but not re- 
quired. Not for graduate credit. 


420 Second Language Acquisition (3) 

An evaluation of current trends and developments 
in the understanding of second language learning; 
analysis of second language acquisition research 
and its practical implications. (Seminar) Pre: 200 or 
EDC 312 or 3 credits of language courses num- 
bered 300 or above, or permission of section head. 
Next offered spring 2004. 


431 Applied Linguistics in the Language 
Laboratory (1) 

Principles of contrastive phonology and syntax and 
their application to the preparation, use, and evalu- 
ation of tape drills. Use of language laboratory 
equipment monitoring student exercises. Recom- 
mended for prospective teachers of language. (Lab. 
2) Pre: 9 credit hours of language courses at the 
300 level or above, or permission of section head. 


497, 498 Directed Study (3 each) 

Individual research and reports on problems of spe- 
cial interest. (Independent Study) Pre: 220 and ac- 
ceptance of project by member and approval of 
section head. 


The following are related courses offered in the de- 
partments of Communicative Disorders, English, M od- 
ern and Classical Languages and Literatures, Philoso- 
phy, and Psychology. 


CMD 373 Phonetics 

CMD 375 Language Development 

ENG 330 The Structure of American English 
ENG 332 The Evolution of the English Language 
ENG 336 The Language of Children’s Literature 
ENG 337 Varieties of American English 

ENG 530 Studies in Language and Linguistics 
FRN 503 History of the French Language 
ITL408 The Italian Language 

PHL 440 Philosophy of Language 

PSY 388 The Psychology of Language 


Literature in English Translation 
Coordinator: Professor Robert Manteiga 


The following courses are offered in the Department 
of Modern and Classical Languages and Literatures 
and may be used for major credit in comparative lit- 
erature studies. They may not be used for major credit 
in English or languages. (CLA 391, 395, 396, 397 
may be used for major credit in classics.) 


Classics 

391 Ancient Laughter: The Comic Tradition in 
Greece and Rome 

395 Greek Mythology: Gods, Heroes, and Humans 

396 Myths of Rome 

397 Greek Myth and Tragedy 

Comparative Literature Studies 

235 Modern Thought: Philosophy and Literature 

250 Themes and Myths 

335 Interdisciplinary Studies in Comparative 
Literature 

350 Literary Theory and Criticism 

450 Studies in Comparative Literature 

French 

391 Literature to 1789 in Translation 

392 Nineteenth-Century Literature in Translation 

393 Twentieth-Century Literature in Translation 

German 

392 Masterpieces of German Literature 

Italian 

391, 392 Masterpieces of Italian Literature 

395 Dante’s Divine Comedy 

Russian 

391, 392 Masterpieces of Russian Literature 

Spanish 

391, 392 Spanish Literature in Translation 

393 Modern Hispanic-American Literature in 
Translation 

The following courses are offered in the English De- 

partment and may be used for major credit in com- 

parative literature studies and in English. They may 

not be used for major credit in languages. 


English 

160 Literatures of the World 

335 Interdisciplinary Studies in Comparative 
Literature 

350 Literary Theory and Criticism 

366 Greek and Roman Drama 

367 The Epic 

468 Traditions of the Continental Novel 

560 Studies in European Texts 

Literature in English translation courses and literature 

courses are offered in the Department of English and 

the Department of Modern and Classical Languages 

and Literatures, and constitute part of the offerings 

for a major in comparative literature studies. 


Management (MGT) 
Dean: Professor Mazze 


110 Introduction to Business (3) 

Nature, philosophy, objectives, and scope of the 
American business system. Emphasis on the interre- 
lations of the functional areas. (Lec. 3) Not open to 
juniors and seniors in the College of Business Ad- 
ministration. (S) Professor Sink’s section is Writing 
Intensive [WI] 


LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES /MANAGEMENT 229 


300 Introduction to Management and 
Supervision (3) 

Functions of human resources management includ- 
ing group behavior, interpersonal relations, recruit- 
ment, and justice determination. Emphasis on 
developing analytical skills applied to personnel- 
related problems in organizational settings. (Lec. 3) 
Not open to business administration majors; no 
credit if 303 has been taken. 


301 Organization and Management Theory | (3) 
Management processes, organizational theory and 
behavior, organizational structure, international 
business, ethics, and environmental analysis. Em- 
phasis on developing conceptual and analytical 
skills. (Lec. 3) 


302 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Introduction to organizational behavior; theory of 
human relations in industry; individual and group 
dynamics as well as motivational theories applied 
to current business issues, international business, 

and technological changes. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301. 


303 Human Resources Management (3) 

Role of the personnel department in an organiza- 
tion. Employer-employee problems at various inter- 
nal levels and their impact on the organization and 
its environment. Covers such areas as manpower 
planning, the recruitment process, training, em- 
ployee relations, pension planning, and occupa- 
tional safety in the public and private sectors. Cases 
and lectures. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 recommended. 


306 Skills Development in Organizational 
Behavior (3) 

Developing the managerial skills and competencies 
of leadership, motivation, conflict resolution, and 
interpersonal relations through dynamic cases, 
experiential exercises, and personal development 
sessions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301, 302, or permission of 
instructor. 


321 Labor Problems (3) 

Historical development of labor unions, changing 
composition of the labor force. Factors determining 
wage levels and employment in the firm and mar- 
ket. Analysis of mobility and occupational and re- 
gional wage differentials; the power of unions to 
raise wages; the role of investments in the human 
agent as a factor in economic growth. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
ECN 201 or permission of instructor. 


380 Business and Society (3) 

Contemporary environmental issues confronting 
domestic and international management—pollu- 
tion, government regulation, insider trading, equal 
opportunity, business ethics—are investigated. 
(Lec. 3) 


401 Women in Business and Management (3) 
Analysis of sex-role behavior in the workplace. The 
history, current status, and future prospects of 
women and men in business and the organiza- 
tional response to the changing work force. (Lec. 


3) Pre: 301 recommended. Not for graduate credit. 


402 (or COM 402) Leadership and Motivation (3) 
Examination of theory and research in the areas of 
leadership and motivation in organizational set- 
tings. Emphasis on application of theory in devel- 
oping essential leadership skills within individuals 
and in creating effective motivational programs 
within organizations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301, 302 or 
COM 220 or permission of instructor. 


407 Organization and Management Theory II (3) 
Analysis of complex organizational situations em- 
phasizing managerial problems dealing with struc- 
ture, coordination, control, and integration. Con- 
ceptual skills for organizational analysis, including 
model and systems approaches. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 
or permission of instructor. 


408 Organization Development and Change (3) 
Behavioral science applications to the planning of 
systematic organizational change and develop- 
ment. Theory, concepts, techniques, and cases for 
change agents and managers of change. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 301, 407, or permission of instructor. 


410 Business Policy (3) 

Case analysis is used to study strategic issues and 
problems of mission and goal setting, planning, 
implementing, and controlling in domestic and 
multinational firms. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301, ACC 202, 
FIN 301, MSI 309, MKT 301, BSL 333, senior 
standing in the College of Business Administration, 


or permission of instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


423 Labor Relations (3) 

Public interest in labor relations and problems in- 
volved in collective bargaining. Major adjustments 
of public and private management to changes in 
labor policy of federal and state governments, 
community, and labor unions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 303. 
Not for graduate credit. 


426 Training and Development Theory and 
Practice (3) 

Development of education programs in industry. 
Teaching and learning strategies. Needs assess- 
ment. Evaluation. (Lec. 3) Pre: PSY 113 and senior 
standing. Not for graduate credit. 


431 Advanced Management Seminar (3) 
Integrated approach to problems in major areas of 
business management with emphasis on adminis- 
trative and executive viewpoint. (Seminar) Pre: 
301. 


SaSYNOD 


230 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


435 Compensation Administration (3) 

Concepts, models, theories, and legislation related 
to the employee compensation process. Discussion 
and skill acquisition in job analysis, job evaluation, 

wage surveys, and performance appraisal. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: 303 or permission of instructor. Not for gradu- 
ate credit. 


437 Human Resource Planning, Selection, and 
Placement (3) 

Recruitment, selection, and placement of human 
resources. Integration of human resource plans 
with organizational strategic plans. Career planning 
and development. Affirmative action and equal op- 
portunity aspects of selection and placement. (Lec. 
3) Pre: ECN 368, MGT 303, or permission of in- 
structor. Not for graduate credit. 


453 International Dimensions of Business (3) 
Introduction to the international aspects of busi- 
ness, including the cultural, legal, and political en- 
vironment faced by the multinational corporation. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: senior standing or permission of chair- 
person. Not for MBA credit. 


480 Small Business Management (3) 
Investigation and evaluation of the small business 
enterprise. Current literature studied and projects 
completed to enable students to understand and 
appreciate the operations of small businesses. (Lec. 
3) Pre: senior standing in the College of Business 
Administration or permission of instructor. 


482 Entrepreneurship (3) 

Procedure for starting one’s own business including 
the following topics: the business idea, personality 
traits, feasibility analysis, business plan, and func- 
tional area basics. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior, senior or 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. Not 
open to students with credit in REN 325. 


491, 492 Special Problems (3 each) 

Lectures, seminars, and instruction in research 
techniques, literature, and other sources of data in 
organizational management, industrial relations, 
and law with application to specific individual 
projects. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. Not for graduate credit. 


493 Internship in Management (3) 

Approved, supervised work experience with partici- 
pation in management and problem solving related 
to management. Fifteen working days (or 120 
hours). (Practicum) Pre: junior standing and pro- 
posal approved by the College of Business Adminis- 
tration. May be repeated for credit. Not for gradu- 
ate credit. S/U only. 


500 Labor Relations and Human Resources 
See Labor Studies 500. 


551 Human Resource Strategy 
See Labor Studies 551 


626 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Incorporates the insights gleaned from the disci- 
plines of psychology, sociology, anthropology, and 
the social sciences of politics, economics, and his- 
tory in the study of the behavior of organizations 
and of their principal actors. (Lec. 3) Pre: 630 or 
equivalent. 


627 Advanced Organizational Theory and 
Behavior (3) 

Previous knowledge of classical and traditional 
management thought used to provide concepts, 
analytical approaches, and skills for understanding 
how behavioral sciences influence complex organi- 
zational systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 626. 


635 Consulting and Management Practice (3) 
Review of the theory and practice of effective con- 
sulting and development of consultation skills. 
(Practicum) Pre: MBA 502 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 


638 Seminar in Management (3) 

Class discussion of typical cases, original research 
work in the field of management with discussion of 
data collected and analyzed by individual students. 
(Seminar) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


639 Advanced Topics in Management (3) 
Integrated approach to problems in major areas of 
business management with emphasis on adminis- 
trative and executive viewpoint. (Seminar) Pre: per- 
mission of chairperson. 


640 Compensation Administration (3) 
Compensation and performance appraisal systems. 
Theory and techniques used to determine job 
worth. Special issues in compensation manage- 
ment, such as relating pay to performance through 
appraisal techniques and pay compression. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: MBA 502 or permission of instructor. 


641 Human Resource Development (3) 
Techniques used in procurement and development 
of human resource. Planning through recruitment, 
selection, and placement to training and develop- 
ment. Integration of HRD process with organiza- 
tional strategic plans. (Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 502 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


655 International Business Management (3) 
Examines the problems and characteristics of inter- 
national management by focusing on the role of 
the multinational corporation in a cross-cultural 
setting. (Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 502 or permission of in- 
structor. 


657 International Comparative Management 
and Culture (3) 

An interdisciplinary course which examines the ef- 
fects of culture on managerial behavior and deci- 
sion making. (Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 502. 


691, 692 Directed Study in Management 

(1-3 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


697 Doctoral Research Seminar (3) 

Provides a rigorous analysis of current research 
questions and research techniques used to address 
those questions in the academic discipline. Recent 
developments and current issues addressed. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: enrollment in Phase II of the Ph.D. pro- 
gram in business administration. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) Pre: enrollment in 
Phase Ill of the Ph.D. program in business adminis- 
tration. S/U credit 


Management Information 
Systems (MIS) 


Dean: Professor Mazze 


310 Applications of Microcomputer Software in 
Business (3) 

In-depth study of microcomputer software used in 
business applications. Emphasis on spreadsheets, 
data management, presentation graphics, and 
communication software. Student projects and mi- 
crocomputer lab assignments required. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: BAC 110. 


320 Business Applications Programming (3) 
Techniques for the development of business soft- 
ware applications using appropriate hardware plat- 
forms and software environments. Emphasis on 
creation and manipulation of data structures used 
in business systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 110. 


410 Information Technology in Business 
Organizations (3) 

An overview of existing and developing informa- 
tion technologies used in business organizations. 
Topics include computer hardware and software, 
business information systems, operating systems, 
data communications, and local- and wide-area 
networks. (Lec. 3) Pre: 320 may be taken concur- 
rently. Not for graduate credit for students in the 
College of Business Administration. 


420 Business Data Communications and 
Networking (3) 

Introduction to data communications and com- 
puter networks within the context of modern busi- 
ness organizations. Emphasis on current technolo- 
gies and their impact on management information 
systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 310 or 320. Not for graduate 
credit. 


425 Business Applications Programming II (3) 
Intermediate concepts for developing software so- 
lutions to business applications using appropriate 
hardware platforms and software environments. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 320. Not for graduate credit. 


430 Management Systems Analysis (3) 

Analysis, concepts, methods, and techniques used 
in the evaluation of business processes leading to 
the design strategies for developing management 
information systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 320. Not for 
graduate credit. 


435 Structured Programming for Business 
Operations (3) 

Intermediate and advanced programming concepts 
for use in business organization language(s) and 
platform(s). Will reflect current needs and practices 
in business environments. (Lec. 3) Pre: 320. Not for 
graduate credit. 


440 Management of Databases (3) 

Concepts and methods in management of data: 
creation, design, and implementation; data mod- 
els; integrity; and security. Use of database man- 
agement systems software. (Lec. 3) Pre: 320. 


445 Design for Management Information 
Systems (3) 

Concepts, methods and techniques used in the de- 
sign of management information systems. Field 
work required. (Lec. 3) Pre: 430, 440. Not for 
graduate credit. 


491, 492 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Lectures, seminars, and instruction in management 
information systems with emphasis on student re- 
search projects. (Independent Study) Pre: permis- 
sion of instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


493 Internship in Management Information 
Systems (3) 

Approved supervised work experience with partici- 
pation in management and problem solving related 
to information systems. Fifteen working days (or 
120 hours). (Practicum) Pre: junior standing and 
proposal approved by the College of Business Ad- 
ministration. May be repeated for credit. Not for 
graduate credit. S/U only. 


495 Seminar in Management Information 
Systems (3) 

Preparation and presentation of papers on selected 
topics. (Seminar) Pre: 320. Not for MBA credit. 


630 Management Systems Analysis and Design (3) 
An overview of Systems Analysis and Design, and 
its role in the development of information systems. 
Major focus is on the methodologies, techniques 
and tools used to create successful information sys- 
tems. (Lec.3) Pre: MBA 550 or permission of in- 
structor. 


MANAGEMENT/MANAGEMENT SCIENCE 231 


635 Database Management Systems (3) 

Design and analysis of complex multi-user data- 
bases used in real time business transaction pro- 
cessing. The class will contain discussion and ex- 
amination of databases for strategic and tactical 
purposes. (Lec.3) Pre: 440 or equivalent or permis- 
sion of instructor 


691, 692 Directed Study in Management 
Information Systems (1-3) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a faculty 
member arranged to suit the individual require- 
ments of the student. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of instructor 


695 Seminar in Management Information 
Systems (3) 

Preparation and presentation of papers on selected 
topics in Management Information Systems. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: permission of instructor 


697 Doctoral Research Seminar (3) 

Provides a rigorous analysis of current research 
questions and the research techniques used to ad- 
dress those questions pertinent to Management 
Information Systems. Recent developments and 
current issues are addressed. (Seminar) Pre: enroll- 
ment in Phase Il of the Ph.D. program in business 
administration 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) Pre: enrollment in 
Phase Ill of the Ph.D. program in business adminis- 
tration. S/U credit 


Management Science (MSI) 
Dean: Professor Mazze 


301 Foundations of Computer Technology in 
Business (3) 

Applied computer techniques used to solve busi- 
ness problems. Computers, various software pro- 
grams, and case studies will be used to facilitate 
intelligent and informed decision making. (Lec. 3) 
Restricted to nonbusiness majors. 


309 Operations Management (3) 

Operations management problems in global and 
domestic environments. Operations strategy, ser- 
vice, and manufacturing; forecasting; inventory 
management; production and material require- 
ments planning; scheduling; just-in-time; and qual- 
ity management. (Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 110 and 202 or 
permission of instructor. 


350 Managerial Decision Support Systems (3) 
Methodologies and information technologies that 
support decision making. Emphasis on the use of 
PC-based analytical software for solving managerial 
problems; case studies and group problem solving. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 202 and MIS 310. 


450 Forecasting (3) 

Forecasting for advanced students in all areas of 
business administration. Introduction to time series 
analysis including decomposition of the multiplica- 
tive model, exponential smoothing, and ARIMA 
processes. A variety of software systems are em- 
ployed, with special emphasis on microcomputer 
systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 110 and 202 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


455 Analysis of Managerial Data (3) 

Theory and application of selected statistical meth- 
ods, including linear models, sampling, and analy- 
sis of surveys. Emphasis will be placed on the ex- 
traction of information from large data sets and the 
utilization of statistical information in the decision- 
making process. (Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 110 and 202 or 
permission of instructor. Not for graduate credit for 
students in the College of Business Administration. 


460 Management of Quality Control and 
Improvement (3) 

Principles of quality management including control 
charts, process management, and other tech- 
niques, with emphasis on the effect of these prin- 
ciples on decision making in various organizations. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 110 and 202 or permission of 
instructor. 


465 Advanced Operations Management (3) 
Advanced topics in operations management such 
as demand management; multi-item, multi-loca- 
tion inventories; capacity planning and control; 
theory of constraints; and time-based competition 
in manufacturing and service operations. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 309 or permission of instructor. 


470 Advanced Managerial Decision Support 
Systems (3) 

Development and presentation of decision support, 
executive information, and expert systems. Empha- 
sis on the collaborative solution and the presenta- 
tion of cases. (Lec. 3) Pre: 350. 


480 Managerial Application of Simulation (3) 
Evaluation and design of computer simulation 
models for operational and strategic decision mak- 
ing. (Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 110 and 202 or permission of 
instructor. 


491, 492 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Lectures, seminars, and instruction in operations 
research techniques, with emphasis on student re- 
search projects. (Independent Study) Pre: permis- 
sion of instructor. 


493 Internship in Management Science (3) 
Approved supervised work experience with partici- 
pation in management and problem solving related 
to management science. Fifteen working days (or 
120 hours). (Practicum) Pre: junior standing and 
proposal approved by the College of Business Ad- 


S3aSuNoD 


232 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


ministration. May be repeated for credit. Not for 
graduate credit in management science. S/U only. 


495 Seminar in Management Science (3) 
Preparation and presentation of papers on selected 
topics. (Seminar) Pre: 350. Not for graduate credit 
in management science. 


601 Business Research Methods: Linear 

Models (3) 

Theory and application of regression and correla- 
tion analysis, analysis of variance, and experimental 
design. (Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 500, 520, MBA 550 or 
permission of instructor. 


675 Applied Time Series Methods and Business 
Forecasting (3) 

Study of time series methods. Construction and use 
of autoregressive integrated moving averages 
(ARIMA) forecasting models. Applications to strate- 
gic decision actions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 601. 


691, 692 Directed Study in Management Science 
(1-3 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


695 Seminar in Management Science (3) 
Preparation and presentation of papers on selected 
topics in management science. (Seminar) Pre: MBA 
500, BAC 500 and 520. 


697 Doctoral Research Seminar (3) 

Provides a rigorous analysis of current research 
questions and the research techniques used to ad- 
dress those questions in the academic discipline. 
Recent developments and current issues addressed. 
(Seminar) Pre: enrollment in Phase II of the Ph.D. 
program in business administration. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) Pre: enrollment in 
Phase Ill of the Ph.D. program in business adminis- 
tration. S/U credit. 


Marine Affairs (MAF) 
Chairperson: Professor Juda 


100 Human Use and Management of the Marine 
Environment (3) 

Examination of uses and management efforts in the 
coastal and ocean environment. Assessment of 
problems arising from those uses and attempts to 
conserve resources, protect the environment, and 
minimize use conflicts in the context of changing 
technological capabilities, knowledge, and values. 
(Lec. 3) 


120 New England and the Sea (3) 

An examination of the human and environmental 
impacts of the sea and its uses on the New England 
and Gulf of Maine region. Considers marine re- 
source use and management from colonial to mod- 
ern times. (Lec. 3) 


220 Introduction to Marine and Coastal Law (3) 
Basic principles of marine and coastal law in the 
United States. An integration of coastal zone, outer 
continental shelf, fisheries, marine pollution, and 
admiralty laws. (Lec. 3) 


312 The Politics of the Ocean (3) 

Survey of decision making with respect to the ma- 
rine environment at the international, national, and 
local levels. Special emphasis on laws and treaties 
of the United States and the United Nations. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 100. 


320 Shipping and Ports (3) 

An introduction to waterborne movement of cargo. 
An examination of shipping and port operations, 
innovations in maritime transportation systems, 
and the interplay of the operators, shipping, and 
ports. (Lec. 3) Pre: 100. 


330 World Fishing (3) 

The role of marine fisheries and aquaculture in 
world food production. Social, economic, legal, 
and scientific issues in fisheries management. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 100. 


350 Caribbean Geography 
See Geography 350. 


410 Senior Seminar in Marine Affairs (3) 
Advanced work in the management of the coastal 
and marine environment, with special emphasis on 
case studies and student projects. Seniors only. 
(Seminar) Required for seniors in marine affairs. 
Not for graduate credit in marine affairs. 


413 Peoples of the Sea 
See Anthropology 413. 


415 Marine Pollution Policy (3) 

Introduction to management techniques for marine 
pollutants (biodegradable materials, nutrients, pe- 
troleum, metals, synthetic organics, radioactive 
materials, plastics, heat, and dredge spoils) with 
emphasis on strategies to limit environmental im- 
pacts. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing or above. Not 
for graduate credit. 


434 Introduction to Environmental Law 
See Community Planning 434. 


456 Polar Resources and Policy (3) 

Description of Arctic and Antarctic natural re- 
sources and examination of current issues associ- 
ated with their development. Analysis of alternative 
management regimes with reference to treaties 
and continuing international negotiations. (Lec. 3) 


461 Coastal Zone Management (3) 

Examination of activities and management efforts 
in the coastal zone of both developed and develop- 
ing countries and their impacts on the environ- 
ment. Resolution of use conflicts. (Lec. 3) 


465 GIS Applications in Coastal and Marine 
Management (3) 

The use of geographical information systems (GIS) 
technology in coastal and marine settings. Data- 
base acquisition and management are emphasized. 
Case application in coastal zone management, arti- 
ficial habitat, and fisheries management. (Lec. 3) 


471 Island Ecosystem Management (3) 

An ecosystem approach to the sustainable develop- 
ment and environmental management of mid- 
oceanic islands in the Caribbean and the Pacific 
Ocean. Topics include tourism, reef fishery, cultural 
heritage, and marine conservation. Simulation 
game on island-wide management process. (Lec. 
3) 


472 Marine Recreation and Tourism 
Management Seminar (3) 

Analysis of domestic and international case studies 
emphasizing identification of and solutions to 
problems of coastal recreation and tourism. Use of 
experiential learning. Emphasis placed on presenta- 
tion, leadership, and negotiation skills. (Seminar) 


475 Human Responses to Coastal Hazards and 
Disasters (3) 

Examines the impact of hazards and disasters on 
human population inhabiting the coastal zone. Sets 
human adaptations to coastal hazards and disasters 
in an historical context. Extracts lessons learned for 
comparative analysis. (Lec. 3) 


482 Quantitative Methods in Marine Affairs (3) 
Introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics 
in geography and marine affairs. Emphasis on the 
spatial application of statistical tests with particular 
utility to the geographer and marine affairs stu- 
dent. (Lec. 3) Pre: STA 220 or equivalent for under- 
graduate students. 


484 Environmental Analysis and Policy in Coastal 
Management (3) 

Analysis of environmental policy strategies as ap- 
plied in federal and state coastal management pro- 
grams. Emphasis on coastal environmental assess- 
ment and program evaluation techniques, hazards 
management, regulatory frameworks, and environ- 
mental ethics. (Lec. 3) 


490 Field Experience in Marine Affairs (3-6) 
Supervised undergraduate internship within an ap- 
proved work setting designed to provide students 
with on-the-job experience relevant to their aca- 
demic training and career goals. Students are re- 
sponsible for securing internship positions and 


learning contract. (Practicum) Pre: permission of 
instructor, senior standing recommended. Not for 
graduate credit. 


491, 492 Special Problems (3 each) 

Individual guidance in major readings and methods 
of research. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


493 International Field Course in Coastal 
Management (1-2) 

Project-oriented course in coastal management. 
Students will collect field data overseas during the 
fall/spring intersession, with report writing com- 
pleted during the following spring semester. 
(Practicum) Pre: permission of instructor. May be 
repeated for up to 3 credits. 


499 Directed Study (1-3) 

Individual research and reports on problems of spe- 
cial interest, including honors thesis research. (In- 
dependent Study) Pre: permission of instructor. 


502 Research Methods in Marine Affairs (3) 
Emphasis on the application of alternative research 
methods utilized in a typical interdisciplinary study. 
Development of specific research projects. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 482 or permission of chairperson. 


511 Ocean Uses and Marine Sciences (3) 
Introduction to selected ocean uses focusing on the 
interplay of public policy and marine science. Em- 
phasis on policy implications of uses such as re- 
source and energy extraction. (Lec. 3) 


512 (or PSC 512) Marine Science and Policy 
Analysis (3) 

The role of ocean science in initiation, forecasting, 
implementation, and evaluation of public policy is 
examined through waste disposal, protected areas, 
and oil development, among other topics. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: 511 or permission of instructor. For 
graduate standing only. 


515 Marine Pollution Policy (3) 

Introduction to management techniques for marine 
pollutants (biodegradable materials, nutrients, pe- 
troleum, metals, synthetic organics, radioactive 
materials, plastics, heat, and dredge spoils) with 
emphasis on strategies to limit environmental im- 
pacts. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing only. 


516 (or CPL 516) Seminar on the Urban 
Waterfront (3) 

The urban environment and its evolution, struc- 
ture, and function as it pertains to metropolitan 
waterfronts and small recreational harbors. Empha- 
sis on the permitting process, public participation, 
marine recreation, and management issues. Field 
trip and student project required. (Seminar) 


MANAGEMENT SCIENCE/MARINE AFFAIRS 233 


520 Seminar in Coastal Margin Management (3) 
Nature of oil, mineral, and fishery resources on the 
continental shelf and environmental issues are re- 
viewed. Emphasis on the utility of data for policy 
development. (Seminar) 


521 Coastal Zone Law (3) 

Examination of the authority of different levels and 
agencies of government to make decisions affect- 
ing coastal regions. Survey of existing and pro- 
posed state and national legislation affecting 
coastal regions. (Lec. 3) 


523 Fisheries Law and Management (3) 
Examination of the relationship between law and 
fisheries policy on the international and national 
levels, law relating to fisheries, jurisdictional levels, 
function of law in implementing fisheries manage- 
ment policy. (Lec. 3) 


526 Management of Marine Protected Areas (3) 
Examination of ecological, political, legal and social 
factors in establishing and managing marine pro- 
tected areas. Case studies of MPA efforts highlight 
interrelationships among interest groups, institu- 
tions, and legislation. (Lec. 3) 


530 International and Domestic Coastal Area 
Management Seminar (3) 

Using international and national coastal manage- 
ment case studies, this seminar focuses on coastal 
management problems using an interdisciplinary 
project-orientated approach to problem solving. 
Emphasis is placed on development of leadership, 
presentation, and negotiation skills. (Seminar) 


544 Water Resources Law (3) 

A comprehensive examination of key legal con- 
cepts within surface and groundwater law. Legal 
issues are framed within local, state, regional, fed- 
eral, and international management and adminis- 
trative settings. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
approval of instructor. 


562 Admiralty Law (3) 

Fundamentals of admiralty law: collisions at sea, 
bills of lading, marine insurance, and rights of sea- 
men. Case studies of marine transportation prob- 
lems and their resolution by law. (Lec. 3) 


563 Maritime Transportation (3) 

Passenger and commodity transportation. Analysis 
of the relationship between transportation services 
and the spatial distribution of activities. Emphasis 
on multimodel transport and bulk commodities. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: senior or graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


564 Port Operations and Policy (3) 

Analysis of coastal and international trade routes 
and the response of ports. Special emphasis on the 
container revolution, liquid natural gas transporta- 
tion, and deep-water ports for supertankers. (Lec. 
3) 


565 Cruise Ship Operations, Marketing, and 
Ports (3) 

Explores the many facets of the cruise ship industry 
from the points of view of social, management, 
and policy science. Designed to familiarize the stu- 
dent, utilizing an interdisciplinary approach, with 
the genesis, current status, and future roles of this 
dynamic industry. (Seminar) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing, or seniors with permission of instructor. 


571 Marine Geography (3) 

The marine region as a unique complex of physical 
and cultural elements. The purpose is to analyze 
functional relationships within the region and to 
assess forms of regional organization and control. 
(Lec. 3) 


577 (or PSC 577) International Ocean Law (3) 
Principles of international law as they relate to 
ocean management problems. Jurisdiction in 
zones, such as territorial seas, exclusive economic 
zones, and the high seas will be examined, as well 
as the problems posed by zonal approaches to 
ocean-use management. 


578 International Ocean Organizations (3) 
International organizations involved in marine- 
related activities, including their planning, manage- 
ment, regulatory, and assistance functions. Atten- 
tion to the impact of organizations on ocean 
management efforts in the developed and develop- 
ing world. (Lec. 3) Pre: 577 or permission of 
instructor. 


582 Coastal Ecosystem Governance (3) 

This course links human impacts on coastal envi- 
ronments with existing or proposed governance 
solutions. Management regimes for individual sec- 
tors, coastal regions, and land/estuarine ecosys- 
tems are introduced and compared. (Seminar) 


586 Environmental Impact Assessment and 
Analysis (3) 

Focuses on environmental impact assessment and 
auditing methods for public and private projects. 
Emphasis on mitigation and mediation of project 
alternatives, public hearing processes, and develop- 
ing project reports. (Lec. 3) 


589 Master’s Project Research (3) 

Preparation of a major research paper for M.M.A. 
students under the guidance of a graduate faculty 
member. (Independent Study) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing in the M.M.A. program. S/U credit. 


591, 592 Directed Study or Research (3 each) 
Areas of special research interest of graduate stu- 
dents. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


S3aSYNOD 


234 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


595 Problems of Modernization in Developing 
Nations 
See Resource Economics 595. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


602 Federal Ocean Policy and Organization (3) 
Ocean policy development and implementation by 
the executive and legislative branches of govern- 
ment. Allocation of powers and analysis of the de- 
cision-making process for the oceans. (Lec. 3) 


651, 652 Marine Affairs Seminar (3 each) 
Interdisciplinary seminar conducted by marine af- 
fairs program faculty supplemented by guest 
speakers from industry and government. Focuses 
on problems of marine resources development and 
management at the local, state, national, and inter- 
national policy levels. (Seminar) 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. Maximum of 6 credits of 699 may be 
taken prior to completing approved dissertation 
proposal. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Marine and Environmental Topics 


Animal and Veterinary Science (AVS) 

101 Introduction to Animal Science 

323, 324 Animal Management |, II 

331 Anatomy and Physiology 

333 Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory 

412 Animal Nutrition 

472 Physiology of Reproduction 

Anthropology (APG) 

413 Peoples of the Sea 

Aquaculture and Fisheries Science (AFS) 

101 Freshman Inquiry into Fisheries and 
Aquaculture 

102 Introductory Aquaculture 

201 Shellfish Aquaculture 

202 Finfish Aquaculture 

211 Introduction to the Marine Environment 
Laboratory 

270 Basic Scuba Diving in Science and Technology 

290 Small Boats: Their Equipment and Operation 

315 Living Aquatic Resources 

316 Living Aquatic Resources Laboratory 

321 World Fishing Methods 

341 Marine Propulsion Systems 

342 Marine Auxiliary Systems 

343 Vessel Repair and Maintenance 

352 General Genetics 

355 Genetics Laboratory 

362 Crustacean Aquaculture 

380 Inshore and Coastal Navigation 

381 Mid-Ocean Navigation 


390 Vessel Operations 

400 Diseases of Cultured Fish 

401 Pathobiology 

415 Fishery Science 

416 Fishery Science Laboratory 

421 Design of Fish Capture Systems 

425 Aquaculture and the Environment 

432 Marine Finfish Aquaculture 

433 Research Diving Methods 

434 Aquatic Food Quality and Processing 

476 Genetics of Fish 

481 Shellfish Aquaculture Laboratory 

483 Salmonid Aquaculture 

486 Applied Physiology of Fish 

501, 502 Seminar 

510 Applied Problems in Marine Fisheries Ecology 

508 Seminar in Biological Literature 

516 Early Life History of Aquatic Animals 

521 Evaluation of Fish Capture Systems 

531 Fish Stock Assessment 

532 Experimental Design 

534 Animal Virology 

536 Virology Laboratory 

555, 556 Pathology Rotation 

581 Current Topics in Molluscan Aquaculture 

584 Advanced Aquaculture Systems 

586 Fish Nutrition 

Biological Sciences (BIO) 

101, 102 Principles of Biology |, Il 

130 Topics in Marine Biology 

141 Introduction to the Biology of Marine Animals 

262 Introductory Ecology 

286 Humans, Insects, and Disease 

345 Marine Environmental Physiology 

355 Marine Invertebrates of Southern New 
England 

360 Marine Biology 

418 Marine Botany 

441 Environmental Physiology of Animals 

442 Mammalian Physiology 

445, 545 Endocrinology |, Il 

455 Marine Ecology 

457 Marine Ecology Laboratory 

458 Freshwater Ecology 

460 Advanced Population Biology 

465 Biology of Algae 

466 Vertebrate Biology 

467 Animal Behavior 

469 Tropical Marine Invertebrates 

475 Coral Reef Ecology 

495 Tropical Marine Biology Research 

501 Systematic Zoology 

524 Methods in Plant Ecology 

541 Comparative Physiology of Marine Animals 

560 Seminar in Plant Ecology 

561 Behavioral Ecology 

562 Seminar in Behavioral Ecology 

563 Ichthyology 

567 Natural Selection 

568 Ornithology 


570 Field Biology of Fishes 

664 Phytoplankton Ecology 

675 Advanced Ecology Seminars 

Chemical Engineering (CHE) 

212 Chemical Process Calculations 

403, 404 Introduction to Ocean Engineering 
Processes |, II 

534 Corrosion and Corrosion Control 

535 Advanced Course in Corrosion 

548 Separations for Biotechnology 

Civil and Environmental Engineering (CVE) 

374 Environmental Engineering 

375 Environmental Engineering Laboratory 

470, 471 Water and Wastewater Transport 
Systems |, Il 

474 Water Quality Sampling and Analysis 

475 Water in the Environment 

478 Hazardous Waste Disposal and Solid Waste 
Management 

485 Environmental Engineering Geophysics 

570 Sanitary Chemistry 

572 Biosystems in Sanitary Engineering 

573 Theory of Water Purification and Treatment 

581 Experimental Geomechanics 

583 Advanced Foundation Engineering 

587 Groundwater Flow and Seepage Pressures 

588 Groundwater Hydrology 

672 Water Pollution Control and Treatment of 
Wastewater 

677 Stream and Estuarine Analysis 

681, 682 Advanced Geotechnical Engineering |, II 

Community Planning (CPL) 

300 Introduction to Global Issues in Sustainable 
Development 

434 Introduction to Environmental Law 

487 International Development Internships 

495 International Development Seminar 

511 Planning and Natural Environmental Systems 

538 Site Planning 

539 Environmental Law 

545 Land Development Seminar 

549 Seminar in Ecological Planning 

Economics (ECN) 

415 Environmental Harms and Sanctions 

Entomology (ENT) 

390 Wildlife and Human Disease 

411, 511 Pesticides and the Environment 

529 Systems Science for Ecologists 

544 Insect Pest Management 

561 Aquatic Entomology 

Environmental Sciences (EVS) 

101 Freshman Inquiry into Environment and Life 
Sciences 

366 Communicating Environmental Research and 
Outreach (2) 

Geosciences (GEO) 

100 Environmental Geology 

103 Understanding the Earth 

210 Landforms: Origin and Evolution 

277 Coastal Geologic Environments 


301 Earth’s Depleting Resources 

450 Introduction to Sedimentary Geology 

482 Innovative Subsurface Remediation 
Technologies 

483 Hydrogeology 

484 Environmental Hydrogeology 

485 Environmental Engineering Geophysics 

515 Glacial Geology 

550 Sedimentary Processes and Environments 

568 Isotopes in Hydrogeology 

577 Coastal Geologic Hazards 

582 Innovative Subsurface Remediation 
Technologies 

583 Ground-Water Modeling 

584 Environmental Hydrogeology 

History (HIS) 

389 Exploration, Commerce, Conflict in Atlantic 
World, 1415-1815 

390 The Atlantic World in the Age of Iron, Steam 
and Steel 

396 Maritime History/Underwater Archaeology 
Field School 

Landscape Architecture (LAR) 

343, 344 Landscape Architecture Studio |, II 

443 Planting Design 

445 Landscape Architecture Studio IV 

Marine Affairs (MAF) 

100 Human Use and Management of the Marine 
Environment 

120 New England and the Sea 

220 Introduction to Marine and Coastal Law 

312 The Politics of the Ocean 

320 Shipping and Ports 

330 World Fishing 

410 Senior Seminar in Marine Affairs 

413 Peoples of the Sea 

415, 515 Marine Pollution Policy 

461 Coastal Zone Management 

465 Island Ecosystem Management 

472 Marine Recreation and Tourism Management 
Seminar 

475 Human Responses to Coastal Hazards and 
Disasters 

482 Quantitative Methods in Marine Affairs 

484 Environmental Analysis and Policy in Coastal 
Management 

490 Field Experience in Marine Affairs 

502 Research Methods in Marine Affairs 

511 Ocean Uses and Marine Sciences 

512 Marine Science and Policy Analysis 

516 Seminar on the Urban Waterfront 

521 Coastal Zone Law 

523 Fisheries Law and Management 

526 Management of Marine Protected Areas 

530 International and Domestic Coastal Area 
Management Seminar 

544 Water Resources Law 

562 Admiralty Law 

563 Maritime Transportation 

564 Port Operations and Policy 


MARINE AFFAIRS/MARINE AND ENVIRONMENTAL TOPICS 235 


565 Cruise Ship Operations, Marketing, and Ports 

577 International Ocean Law 

578 International Ocean Organizations 

582 Coastal Ecosystem Governance 

586 Environmental Impact Assessment and 
Analysis 

602 Federal Ocean Policy and Organization 

651, 652 Marine Affairs Seminar 

Mechanical Engineering and Applied Mechanics 

(MCE) 

354 Fluid Mechanics 

415 Experimentation in Fluid Mechanics and 
Thermal Science 

551 Fluid Mechanics | 

Microbiology (MIC) 

102 Exploring the Microbial World 

201 Introductory Medical Microbiology 

211 Introductory Microbiology 

306 Eukaryotic Microbiology/Protistology 

413-16 Advanced Microbiology 

Natural Resources Science (NRS) 

100 Natural Resource Conservation 

101 Freshman Inquiry into Natural Resources 

186 Analysis and Presentation of Environmental 
Data 

200 Seminar in Natural Resources 

212 Introduction to Soil Science 

301 Introduction to Forest Science 

302 Fundamentals of Forest Management 

304 Field Ornithology 

305 Principles of Wildlife Ecology and 
Management 

309 Wildlife Management Techniques Laboratory 

312 Methods in Soil and Water Analysis 

324 Biology of Mammals 

351 Soil Morphology Practicum 

361 Watershed Hydrology and Management 

395 Research Apprenticeship in Natural Resources 
Science 

397 Natural Resources Internship 

402 Wildlife Biometrics 

403 Wildlife Biometrics Field Investigations 

406 Wetland Wildlife 

407 Nongame and Endangered Species 
Management 

408 Environmental Education: Theory and 
Experiential Learning 

409 Concepts in GIS 

410 Fundamentals of GIS 

412 Soil-Water Chemistry 

415 Remote Sensing of the Environment 

423 Wetland Ecology 

424 Wetlands and Land Use 

425, 525 Wetland Field Investigations 

426 Soil Microbiology 

430 Forest Resource Management 

440 Ecosystem Processes in Land and Water 
Management 

441 Methods in Ecosystem Analysis 

450 Soil Conservation and Land Use Investigations 


451 Soil and Water Conservation Technology 

452 Soil, Water and Land Investigations 

471 Soil Morphology and Mapping 

475 Plant Nutrition and Soil Fertility 

495 Advanced Natural Resources Apprenticeship 

497 Natural Resources Cooperative Internship 

498 Teaching Practicum in Natural Resources 
Science 

499 Senior Thesis in Natural Resources Science 

503 Wildlife Biometrics Field Investigations 

505 Biology and Management of Migratory Birds 

509 Concepts of GIS and Applications in 
Environmental Science 

510 Soil-Water Relations 

516 Advanced Remote Sensing 

520 Quantitative Techniques in Natural Resource 
Research 

522 Advanced GIS Analysis of Environmental Data 

524 Application of Advanced Spatial Analysis 

526 Microbial Ecology of Soils and Sediments 

532 Conservation Biology and Resource Economics 

533 Landscape Pattern and Change 

534 Ecology of Fragmented Landscapes 

538 Physiological Ecology of Wild Terrestrial 
Vertebrates 

555 Applied Coastal Ecology 

567 Soil Genesis and Classification 

568 Recent Advances in Natural Resources Science 

582 Seminar in Soil Ecology and Biochemistry 

600 Graduate Seminar in Natural Resources 

Ocean Engineering (OCE) 

101 Introduction to Ocean Engineering 

215, 216 Ocean Engineering Design |, II 

301 Fundamentals of Ocean Mechanics 

307 Intro. to Eng. Wave Mechanics and Littoral 
Processes 

310 Basic Ocean Measurement 

311 Coastal Measurements and Applications 

416 Ocean Engineering Professional Practice 

421 Marine Structure Design 

422 Offshhore Structure and Foundation 

425 Coastal Experiments 

471 Underwater Acoustics 

472 Sonar Systems Design 

495, 496 Ocean Systems Design Project |, II 

510 Engineering Ocean Mechanics 

514 Engineering Wave Mechanics and Nearshore 
Processes 

515 Marine and Vehicle Hydrodynamics 

522 Dynamics of Waves and Structures 

560 Introduction to Data Collection Systems 

561 Introduction to the Analysis of 
Oceanographic Data 

565 Ocean Laboratory | 

571, 672 Underwater Acoustics |, II 

572 Underwater Acoustic Transducers 

575 Marine Bioacoustics 

582 Seabed Geotechnics 

605, 606 Ocean Engineering Seminar 

661 Analysis of Oceanographic Data Systems 


SaSYNOD 


236 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


673 


Advanced Course in Underwater Acoustic 
Propagation 


Oceanography (OCG) 


110 
123 
131 
401 
451 
480 
491 
501 
505 
510 
517 
521 
523 
531 
533 


540 
561 
574 
576 
580 
605 
610, 
613 
614 
620 
623 
625 
628 
631 


640 
643 
645 
652 
661 
663 
664 
665 
666 
668 
669 
670 
671 
679 
689 
695 


The Ocean Planet 

Oceans, Atmospheres, and Global Change 
Volcanoes and the Environment 
General Oceanography 
Oceanographic Science 
Introduction to Marine Pollution 
Ocean Studies 

Physical Oceanography 

Marine Analytical Chemistry 
Descriptive Physical Oceanography 
Foundations in Earth System Dynamics 
Chemical Oceanography 

Organic Geochemistry of Natural Waters 
Synoptic and Dynamic Meteorology 
Graduate Writing in Marine and 
Environmental Sciences 

Geological Oceanography 
Biological Oceanography 

Biology of Marine Mammals 

Marine Microbiology 

Introduction to Marine Pollution 
Dynamical Oceanography 

611 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics |, II 
Waves 

Tides 

Chemical Distributions 

Physical Chemistry of Seawater 
Organic Geochemistry of Sediments 
High-Temperature Geochemistry 
Seminar in Marine and Atmospheric 
Chemistry 

Marine Particles 

Subduction Zones 

Petrology of the Ocean Crust 
Marine Geophysics 

Phytoplankton Taxonomy 
Phytoplankton Physiology 
Phytoplankton Ecology 

Marine Bio-Optics and Remote Sensing 
Zooplankton 

Productivity of Ocean Margins 
Marine Fish Ecology and Production 
Fish Population Dynamics 

Marine Zooplankton Ecology 
Animal Communication 

Coastal Marine Ecosystems 

Seminar in Oceanography 


Physical Education and Exercise Science (PEX) 


346 
347 


Skin and Scuba Diving, Beginners 
Skin and Scuba Diving, Advanced 


Philosophy (PHL) 


454 


Philosophy of the Natural Environment 


Physics (PHY) 


425 
483, 


Acoustics 
484 Laboratory and Research Problems in 
Physics 


Plant Sciences (PLS) 

150 Plant Biology for Gardners 

200 Introduction to Plant Protection 

205, 305 Population, Environment, and Plant 
Biology |, Il 

222 Ecology of the Home Landscape 

306 Landscape Management and Arboriculture 

361 Weed Science 

401, 402 Plant Sciences Seminar 

405 Propagation of Plant Materials 

407 Environmental Education: Theory/Experiential 
Learning 

436 Floriculture and Greenhouse Crop Production 

440 Diseases of Turfgrasses, Trees, Shrubs, and 
Ornamental Shrubs 

441 Plant Disease Laboratory 

442 Advanced Turf Management 

475 Plant Nutrition and Soil Fertility 

476 Environmental Plant Physiology 

501, 502 Graduate Seminar in Plant Sciences 

512 Plant Growth and Development 

572 Plant Biochemistry 

576 Environmental Plant Physiology 

Political Science (PSC) 

402 Environmental Policy and Politics 

Resource Economics (REN) 

105 Introduction to Resource Economics 

310 Economics for Environmental Resource 
Management and Policy 

345 International Trade and the Environment 

410 Fish and Wildlife Economics 

432 Environmental Economics and Policy 

435 Aquacultural Economics 

440 Benefit-Cost Analysis 

441 Markets, Trade and natural Resources 

501 Graduate Seminar in Natural Resources 
Economics 

502 Research Methodology in Environmental and 
Natural Resource Economics 

514 Economics of Marine Resources 

528 Microeconomic Theory 

529 Game Theory 

534 Economics of Natural Resources 

535 Environmental Economics 

543 Economic Structure of the Fishing Industry 

576 Econometrics 

602 Research Methodology 

624 Dynamic Economic Models 

628 Advanced Microeconomic Theory | 

630 Resource Analysis 

634 Economics of Resource Development 

676 Advanced Econometrics 

677 Econometric Applications in Resource 
Economics 

Statistics (STA) 

413 Data Analysis 

550 Ecological Statistics 


Special Problems, Directed Study, Independent Study, 
Workshop, and/or Internships are also offered by 
most Marine and Environmental departments. 


Marketing (MKT) 


Dean: Professor Mazze 


301 Marketing Principles (3) 

An introduction to marketing from a managerial 
viewpoint. Examines social, economic, technologi- 
cal, legal, ethical, and other environmental factors 
and their impact on product, price, promotion, 
and distribution decisions in a worldwide market. 
(Lec. 3) Proficiency test available if course was 
taken at a non-AACSB program prior to transfer to 
the University. 


311 Consumer Behavior (3) 

A review of the consumer decision-making process 
and factors that influence consumers, including 
ethical issues. Implications for cross-cultural mar- 
keting are examined. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or concur- 
rent enrollment. 


315 Marketing Research (3) 

Describes the nature and scope of marketing re- 
search activities. Reviews research designs, sam- 
pling, measurement, analysis, and other issues with 
focus on providing marketing information to man- 
agement. (Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 202 or equivalent and 
MKT 301 or concurrent enrollment. 


321 Social Issues in Marketing (3) 

Functioning of the market in an affluent society. 
Effect of marketing decisions by firms placed in the 
perspective of the collective interest of all partici- 
pants in society. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or permission of 
instructor. 


331 Fundamentals of Advertising (3) 
Condensed but comprehensive introduction to 
advertising. Basic for advanced study of specific 
phases of advertising. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


341 Professional Selling (3) 

Fundamentals of the selling process with emphasis 

on sales theory, selling techniques, ethics of selling, 
and the salesperson’s role in the marketing process. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or permission of instructor. 


405 Marketing Communications (3) 

The “communications mix” is explored in terms 
of a total promotional program. Characteristics of 
advertising media, sales promotion, public rela- 
tions, and publicity are surveyed. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 
or permission of instructor. Not for M.B.A. gradu- 
ate credit. 


406 Product Innovation and Strategy (3) 
Development and management of new and exist- 
ing products and services from a decision making 
perspective. Emphasis on value creation through 
the development of innovative products and ser- 
vices. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301. Not for M.B.A. graduate 
credit. 


MARINE AND ENVIRONMENTAL TOPICS/MASTER’S IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 237 


407 Channels of Distribution (3) 

Functions of distribution channels in society with 
emphasis on forces which shape their configuration 
and efficiency. Study of channel management with 
focus on channel development, control, policy, and 
practice. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or permission of instruc- 
tor. Not for M.B.A. graduate credit. 


409 Marketing Policy and Problems (3) 
Summary course, with emphasis on decision mak- 
ing in all marketing areas and on use of the case 
method. (Seminar) Pre: 301, 315, and one 400- 
level marketing course. Not for graduate credit. 


434 Advertising Strategy and Management (3) 
Analysis and development of advertising strategies 
and campaigns. Uses skills from advertising, con- 
sumer behavior, marketing research, and other 
marketing courses. (Lec. 3) Pre: 331, 415, or per- 
mission of instructor. Not for M.B.A. graduate 
credit. 


442 Customer Relationship Management (3) 
Planning, organization, and control relationship 
activities, including sales techniques and strategies, 
development and management of sales organiza- 
tions and distribution channels, and emerging 
technologies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301. Not for M.B.A. 
graduate credit. 


445 Direct Marketing (3) 

An introduction to direct marketing strategy and 
techniques. Topics include databases, electronic 
media, direct mail, catalogs, direct response adver- 
tising, telemarketing, and the role of direct market- 
ing in the marketing mix. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301. Not for 
M.B.A. graduate credit. 


451 Global Marketing (3) 

Focus on understanding how cultural, political, 
economic, legal and other macrofactors affect mar- 
ket strategies. Application of these factors in deal- 
ing with planning and organizing for global mar- 
keting operations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 or equivalent. 
Not for M.B.A. graduate credit. 


461 Special Topics in Marketing (3) 
Selected topics of current interest in marketing. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 301. Not for graduate credit. 


491, 492 Directed Study (1-3 each) 
Independent study supervised by department fac- 
ulty. Seminar meetings concerned with specific 
marketing topics. (Independent Study) Pre: 301 
and one 400-level marketing course. Not for 
graduate credit. 


493 Internship in Marketing (3) 

Approved, supervised work experience with partici- 
pation in management and problem solving related 
to marketing. Fifteen working days (or 120 hours). 


(Practicum) Pre: junior standing and proposal ap- 
proved by the College of Business Administration. 
May be repeated for credit. Not for graduate credit 
in marketing. S/U only. 


611 Buyer Behavior (3) 

Analysis of major factors influencing the behavior 
and demand of consumers. Emphasis on using 
these factors to identify and segment target mar- 
kets and to assess the effects of these factors 

on markets. (Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 505 or permission of 
instructor. 


615 Marketing Research (3) 

Marketing information needs and appropriate 
means of providing the requisite information are 
analyzed. Several major marketing decision areas 
and their research implications are examined in 
depth. (Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 500, 505, BAC 520, ECN 
590, or permission of instructor. 


651 International Marketing Management (3) 
Marketing policy making for the multinational firm; 
organizing for international marketing; its opportu- 
nities, pricing, channels, promotion, and research. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 505 or permission of instructor. 


661 Product Management (3) 

Development of product policies and strategies. 
Emphasis on organizing the marketing function to 
deal with various product-related activities includ- 
ing new product development, life cycle strategies, 
and product deletion. (Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 505 or 
permission of instructor. 


691, 692 Directed Study in Marketing (1-3 each) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


695 Seminar in Marketing (3) 

Preparation and presentation of papers on selected 
topics in marketing. (Seminar) Pre: MBA 505 or 
permission of instructor.. 


697 Doctoral Research Seminar (3) 

Provides a rigorous analysis of current research 
questions and research techniques used to address 
those questions in the academic discipline. Recent 
developments and current issues addressed. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: enrollment in Phase II of the Ph.D. pro- 
gram in business administration. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) Pre: enrollment in 
Phase Ill of the Ph.D. program in business adminis- 
tration. S/U credit. 


Master’s in Business 
Administration (MBA) 


Dean: Professor Mazze 


500 Statistical Methods for Management (3) 
Introductory statistical methods applied to business 
problems. Topics include descriptive statistics, 
probability, distributions, inference, regression 
analysis, chi-square analysis, and introduction to 
time series. (Lec. 3) Graduate credit for students 
matriculated in the M.B.A. and M.S. in accounting 
programs only. Pre: BAC 520 or permission of in- 
structor. 


502 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Examination of the theory, research, and practice 
of organizational behavior in work settings, focus- 
ing on individual differences, communications, 
group dynamics, motivation, and leadership in the 
workplace. (Lec. 3) 


503 Financial Accounting (3) 

Covers basic accounting principles, accounting sys- 
tems design, and financial reporting issues. Focus- 
ing on financial statement analysis techniques nec- 
essary to accurately assess a company’s financial 
position and results of operations. (Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 
520, MBA 500 


504 Financial Management (3) 

Functions and responsibilities of financial manag- 
ers. Examination of: Financial statement analysis, 
cost of capital, capital structure, valuation, markets, 
capital budgeting, working capital, mergers, bank- 
ruptcy multinational finance. (Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 520 
(or equivalent), MBA 500, 503, ECN 590. 


505 Managerial Marketing (3) 

Analysis of marketing problems and determination 
of marketing policies in product development, pro- 
motion, pricing, channel selection; legal aspects. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 520, MBA 500, or permission of 
instructor. 


510 Managerial Accounting (3) 

Determination of accounting information for the 
purposes of decision making, control, and evalua- 
tion with emphasis on decision models using ac- 
counting information. (Lec. 3) Pre: 500, 503, BAC 
520. 


520 Quantitative Methods for Management (3) 
Survey of principal operations research/manage- 
ment science models. Linear programming, net- 
work, and other mathematical programming mod- 
els; simulation, decision analysis, and other 
probabilistic models. (Lec. 3) Pre: BAC 500, 520, 
and MBA 500 or waiver examinations. 


S3aSYNOD 


238 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


530 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

Coverage includes both substantive and procedural 
rules of law in the civil and administrative law field 
with emphasis on business, regulation, societal, 
and ethical issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing. 


540 Organizational Decision Making and 
Design (3) 

Theory and skills development in strategic thinking 
and organizational design; use of critical analysis in 
the diagnosis of organizational and management 
problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing 


550 Managing with Information Resources (3) 
Concepts of information technologies and systems 
as they relate to the information-age organization. 
Major focus is on how the various information re- 
sources can be managed to facilitate organizational 
effectiveness. Topics include information and com- 
munication technologies, decision support and in- 
formation systems, technology-enabled process re- 
engineering, and information architecture. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: BAC 500 or permission of instructor 


560 Operations Management (3) 

The management of manufacturing and service op- 
erations. Topics include flow processes, inventories, 
scheduling, capacity, and operations strategy. (Lec. 
3) Pre: BAC 500, 520, MBA 500. 


570 Managerial Economics (3) 

The applications of economic theory and method- 
ology to business problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: MBA 504, 
520, 550, and 560 or permission of instructor. 


590 Strategic Management (3) 

Case studies of management problems and evalua- 
tion of alternative solutions by integrating func- 
tional areas of business. Discussion of ethical, so- 
cial, and regulatory environments in domestic and 
multinational firms. Includes the M.B.A. written 
comprehensive examination. (Lec. 3) Service learn- 
ing. Pre: all MBA 500 first level courses or equiva- 
lent and a minimum of 21 MBA credits which must 
include MBA 502, 503, 504, 505 or permission of 
instructor 


593, 594 Internship in Business Administration (3) 
Participation in business administration under the 
field supervision of a sponsoring organization with 
evaluation by the College of Business Administra- 
tion. (Independent Study) Pre: proposal approved 
by the College of Business Administration. S/U 
credit 


Mathematics (MTH) 


Chairperson: Professor Pakula 


010 Basic Math (3) 

Real numbers; operation with fractions and deci- 
mals. Proportions and related problems. Basic alge- 
bra: solving first-degree equations and systems of 
equations. Applications. (Lec. 3) S/U only. Credits 
may not be used toward the minimum credits 
required for graduation or for general education. 


099 Basic Algebra and Trigonometry (3) 

Review of basic algebra and trigonometry: opera- 
tions of real numbers and algebraic expressions, 
negative and fractional exponents, polynomials 
and fractional expressions, equations and systems 
of equations, inequalities, right triangle trigonom- 
etry and applications. (Lec. 3) For students not suf- 
ficiently prepared to take other mathematics 
courses. Credits may not be used toward the mini- 
mum credits required for graduation or for General 
Education. S/U only. 


107 Introduction to Finite Mathematics (3) 
Concepts and processes of modern mathematics 
concerned with sets, the theory of probability, and 
statistics. Role of these concepts in today’s social 
and physical sciences. (Lec. 3) Pre: passing a place- 
ment test. Not open to mathematics majors. (M) 


108 Topics in Mathematics (3) 

Introduces the nonmathematics student to the 
spirit of mathematics and its applications. Presup- 
poses no mathematical background beyond Uni- 
versity admission requirements. Emphasis is on 
development of reasoning ability as well as ma- 
nipulative techniques. (Lec. 3) Pre: passing a place- 
ment test. Not open to mathematics majors. (M) 


111 Precalculus (3) 

Equations of first and second degree, systems of 
equations. Inequalities. Functions and graphs. Ex- 
ponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric func- 
tions. Applications. Introduction to analytic geom- 
etry. Complex numbers. Designed for students 
who need to strengthen their background in math- 
ematics below calculus. (Lec. 3) Pre: passing a 
placement test. Not for credit for mathematics 
majors. (M) 


131 Applied Calculus | (3) 

Basic topics in calculus for students who do not 
need all the topics in 141. Limits, derivatives, and 
integrals of algebraic, logarithmic, and exponential 
functions. Applications including graphing, 
maxima and minima problems, etc. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
passing a placement test. Not for major credit in 
mathematics. Not open to students with credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 141. (M) 


132 Applied Calculus II (3) 

Continuation of 131. Topics related to trigonomet- 
ric functions, integration by parts and partial frac- 
tions, partial derivatives, infinite series. Applications 
to problems such as optimization, probability 
theory, simple differential equations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
131 or 141 or permission of chairperson. Not for 
major credit in mathematics. Not open to students 
with credit or concurrent enrollment in 142. (M) 


141 Introductory Calculus with Analytic 
Geometry (4) 

Topics in analytic geometry, functions and their 
graphs, limits, the derivative, applications to find- 
ing rates of change and extrema and to graphing, 
the integral, and applications. (Lec. 3, Rec. 1) 
Completion of four units of high school mathemat- 
ics, including trigonometry, recommended. Pre: 
passing a placement test. Not open to students 
with credit or concurrent enrollment in 131. (M) 


142 Intermediate Calculus with Analytic 
Geometry (4) 

Continues the study of calculus for the elementary 
algebraic and transcendental functions of one vari- 
able. Topics include the technique of integration, 
improper integrals, indeterminate forms, and calcu- 
lus using polar coordinates. (Lec. 3, Rec. 1) Pre: 141 or 
permission of chairperson. Not open to students 
with credit or concurrent enrollment in 132. (M) 


208 Mathematics for Elementary School 
Teachers (3) 

Selected topics in mathematics central to the el- 
ementary school curriculum, including: problem 
solving; number systems; functions and relations; 
probability and statistics; geometry. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
admission to elementary education program and 
prior completion of General Education mathemat- 
ics requirement. Not open to mathematics majors 
or mathematics education majors. 


215 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) 

Detailed study of finite dimensional vector spaces, 
linear transformations, matrices, determinants and 
systems of linear equations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 131, 141, 
or equivalent. 


243 Calculus for Functions of Several Variables (3) 
Topics include coordinates for space, vector geom- 
etry, partial derivatives, directional derivatives, ex- 
trema, Lagrange multipliers, and multiple integrals. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 142. 


244 Differential Equations (3) 

Classification and solution of differential equations 

involving one independent variable. Applications to 
the physical sciences. Basic for further study in ap- 

plied mathematics and for advanced work in phys- 

ics and engineering. (Lec. 3) Pre: 243. 


307 Introduction to Mathematical Rigor (3) 
Introduction to the language of rigorous math- 
ematics: logic, set theory, functions and relations, 
cardinality, induction, methods of proof. Emphasis 
on precise written and oral presentation of math- 
ematical arguments. (Lec. 3) Pre: 141. 


316 Algebra (3) 

Theory and structure of groups. Topics from ring 
theory, principal ideal domains, unique factoriza- 
tion domains, polynomial rings, field extensions, 
and Galois theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 215. 


322 Concepts of Geometry (3) 

Survey of geometrical systems including non-Eu- 
clidean, affine, and projective spaces and finite ge- 
ometries. A modern view of Euclidean geometry 
using both synthetic and analytic methods. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 215 or permission of instructor. 


362 Advanced Engineering Mathematics | (3) 
Algebra of complex numbers, matrices, determi- 
nants, quadratic forms. Linear differential equations 
with constant coefficients. Partial differential equa- 
tions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 142. Not for major credit in 
mathematics. 


363 Advanced Engineering Mathematics II (3) 
Laplace and Fourier transforms. Analytic functions. 
Cauchy's theorem and integral formula. Power se- 
ries in the complex domain. Laplace and Fourier 
inverse integrals. Introduction to probability. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 362 or equivalent. Not for major credit in 
mathematics. 


381 History of Mathematics (3) 

General survey course in development and philoso- 
phy of mathematics. Provides a cultural back- 
ground and foundation for advanced study in vari- 
ous branches of the subject. (Lec. 3) Pre: 142 or 
equivalent. 


382 Number Theory (3) 

Some of the arithmetic properties of the integers 
including number theoretic functions, 
congruences, diophantine equations, quadratic 
residues, and classically important problems. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 141 or permission of instructor. 


391 Special Problems (1-3) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
of the and arranged to suit the individual require- 
ments of the student. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. 


393 Undergraduate Seminar (1) 

Preparation and presentation of selected topics in 
oral and written form. (Seminar) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


418 Matrix Analysis (3) 

Canonical forms, functions of matrices, characteris- 
tic roots, applications to problems in physics and 
engineering. (Lec. 3) Pre: 215 or 362 or permission 
of instructor. 


MASTER’S IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION/MATHEMATICS 239 


420 Topics in Foundations (3) 

Especially designed for teachers of mathematics. 
Basic topics of mathematics from an advanced 
viewpoint, selected from sets, logic, mathematical 
structures, number theory, geometry. Coordinated 
with EDC 520 for students taking both concur- 
rently. (Lec. 3) Pre: 142 or permission of instructor. 
Not for major or minor credit in mathematics. 


425 Topology (3) 

Abstract topological spaces and continuous func- 
tions. Generalizations of some classical theorems of 
analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 243. 


435 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis | (3) 
Sets and functions, real topology, continuity and 
uniform continuity, derivatives, the Riemann inte- 
gral, improper integrals. Detailed proofs empha- 
sized. (Lec. 3) Pre: 243. 


436 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis II (3) 
Sequences and series of functions, implicit and in- 
verse function theorems, topology of Euclidean 
space, transformation of multiple integrals. De- 
tailed proofs emphasized. (Lec. 3) Pre: 435. 


437, 438 Advanced Calculus and Application |, Il 
(3 each) 

Sequences, limits, continuity, differentiability, Ri- 
emann integrals, functions of several variables, 
multiple integrals, space curves, line integrals, sur- 
face integrals, Green’s theorem, Stokes’ theorem, 
series, improper integrals, uniform convergence, 
Fourier series, Laplace transforms. Applications to 
physics and engineering emphasized. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
243 for 437, 437 for 438. 


441 Introduction to Partial Differential 
Equations (3) 

One-dimensional wave equation. Linear second or- 
der partial differential equations in two variables. 
Separation of variables and Fourier series. 
Nonhomogeneous boundary value problems. 
Green's functions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 244 or 442. 


442 Introduction to Difference Equations (3) 
Introduction to linear and nonlinear difference 
equations; basic theory, z-transforms, stability 

analysis, and applications. (Lec. 3) Pre: 243. 


444 Ordinary Differential Equations (3) 
Introduction to fundamental theory of ordinary and 
functional-differential equations. Series and nu- 
merical methods. Topics from stability, periodic 
solutions, or boundary-value problems. Applica- 
tions to physics, engineering, biology. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
244 or 362 or 442. 


447 (or CSC 447) Discrete Mathematical 
Structures (3) 

Concepts and techniques in discrete mathematics. 
Finite and infinite sets, graphs, techniques of 
counting, Boolean algebra and applied logic, recur- 
sion equations. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing or bet- 


ter in physical or mathematical sciences, or in engi- 
neering, or permission of instructor. 


451 Introduction to Probability and Statistics (3) 
Theoretical basis and fundamental tools of prob- 
ability and statistics. Probability spaces, properties 
of probability, distributions, expectations, some 
common distributions and elementary limit theo- 
rems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 243 or equivalent. 


452 Mathematical Statistics (3) 

Continuation of 451 in the direction of statistics. 
Basic principles of statistical testing and estimation, 
linear regression and correlation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 451. 


456 Introduction to Random Processes (3) 
Conditional probability and expectation. Mean and 
covariance functions. Calculus of random pro- 
cesses. Introduction to Gaussian processes, Poisson 
processes, stationary processes, and Markov chains 
with applications. (Lec. 3) Pre: 451 or equivalent. 


461 Methods of Applied Mathematics (3) 
Topics selected from vector analysis, elementary 
complex analysis, Fourier series, Laplace trans- 
forms, special functions, elementary partial differ- 
ential equations. Emphasis on development of 
techniques rather than mathematical theory. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 244 or 362 or 442. 


462 Functions of a Complex Variable (3) 

First course in the theory of functions of a single 
complex variable, including analytic functions, 
power series, residues and poles, complex integra- 
tion, conformal mapping and applications. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 243 or equivalent. 


464 Advanced Engineering Mathematics III (3) 
Topics from Fourier series and integrals. Partial dif- 
ferential equations and boundary value problems. 
Bessel functions and Legendre polynomials. Con- 
formal mappings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 362 and 363 or per- 
mission of instructor. Not for graduate credit in 
mathematics. 


471 Introduction to Numerical Analysis | (3) 
Interpolation, solution of nonlinear equations, nu- 
merical evaluation of integrals, special topics. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 243, CSC 201 or equivalent, or permission 
of instructor. 


472 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II (3) 
Numerical solution of ordinary differential equa- 
tions, systems of linear equations, least squares, 
approximation, special topics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 243, 
CSC 201 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. 


492 Special Problems (1-3) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


S3aSYNOD 


240 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


513 Linear Algebra (3) 

Linear spaces and transformations, linear 
functionals, adjoints, projections, diagonalization, 
Jordan form of matrices, inner products; positive, 
normal, self-adjoint, and unitary operators; spectral 
theorem, bilinear and quadratic forms. (Lec. 3) 


515, 516 Algebra I, II (3 each) 
Groups, rings, modules, commutative algebra. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 316. In alternate years. 


525 Topology (3) 

Topological spaces, separation properties, connect- 
edness, compactness, uniformities. Function 
spaces, spaces of continuous functions, and com- 
plete spaces. (Lec. 3) Pre: 425 or equivalent. In al- 
ternate years. 


535, 536 Measure Theory and Integration (3 
each) 

Elements of topology and linear analysis. Lebesgue 
measure and integration in R, in R, and in abstract 
spaces. Convergence theorems. Bounded variation, 
absolute continuity, and differentiation. Lebesgue- 
Stieltjes integral. Fubini and Tonelli theorems. The 
classical Banach spaces. (Lec. 3) Pre: 435. 


545, 546 Ordinary Differential Equations |, II (3 
each) 

Existence and uniqueness theorems. Continuous 
dependence on parameters and initial conditions. 
Singularities of the first and second kinds, self-ad- 
joint eigenvalue problems on a finite interval. Oscil- 
lation and comparison theorems. Introduction to 
delay and difference equations. Elements of stabil- 
ity theory of Lyapunov’s second method. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 435. In alternate years. 


547 (or CSC 547) Combinatorics and Graph 
Theory (3) 

Enumeration: generating functions, recurrence re- 
lations, classical counting numbers, inclusion-exclu- 
sion, combinatorial designs. Graphs and their ap- 
plications: Euler tours, Hamilton cycles, matchings 
and coverings in bipartite graphs, the four-color 
problem. (Lec. 3) Pre: 215 or equivalent. In alter- 
nate years. 


548 (or CSC 548) Topics in Combinatorics (3) 
Topics such as Ramsey theory, Polya theory, net- 
work flows and the max-flow-mincut variations, 
applications in operations research; finite fields and 
algebraic methods; block designs, coding theory, 
other topics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 547 or permission of in- 
structor. In alternate years. 


550 Probability and Stochastic Processes (3) 
Review of probability theory. Generating functions, 
renewal theory, Markov chains and processes, 
Brownian motions, stationary processes. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 437 or 435 and 451, or permission of instruc- 
tor. In alternate years. 


551 Mathematical Statistics (3) 

Theory of estimation and hypothesis testing. Large 
sample methods. Regression and analysis of vari- 
ance. (Lec. 3) Pre: 437 or 435 and 451, or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. 


561 Advanced Applied Mathematics (3) 

Linear spaces, theory of operators. Green’s func- 
tions, eigenvalue problems of ordinary differential 
equations. Application to partial differential equa- 
tions. (Lec. 3) 


562 Complex Function Theory (3) 

Rigorous development of theory of functions. To- 
pology of plane, complex integration, singularities, 
conformal mapping. (Lec. 3) Pre: 435 and 436 or 
437 and 438 and permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. 


572 Numerical Analysis (3) 

Further numerical methods of solution of simulta- 
neous equations, partial differential equations, inte- 
gral equations. Error analysis. (Lec. 3) 


575 Approximation Theory and Applications to 
Signal Processing 
See Electrical Engineering 575. 


591, 592 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
of the department arranged to suit the individual 
requirements of the student. (Independent Study) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


629, 630 Functional Analysis I, II (3 each) 
Banach and Hilbert spaces, basic theory. Bounded 
linear operators, spectral theory. Applications to 
analysis. Application to a special topic such as 
differential operators, semigroups and abstract 
differential equations, theory of distributions, or 
ergodic theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 536 or permission of 
instructor. 


641 Partial Differential Equations | (3) 

First order systems. The Cauchy-Kowalewsky theo- 
rem. The Cauchy problem. Classification of partial 
differential equations. Hyperbolic equations. Mainly 
the theory of the subject. Students interested in 
techniques for the solution of standard equations 
should take 441. (Lec. 3) Pre: 215, 435, and 462. 
In alternate years. 


642 Partial Differential Equations II (3) 

Elements of potential theory. Elliptic equations. 
Green’s function. Parabolic equations. Introduction 
to the theory of distributions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 641. In 
alternate years. 


691, 692 Special Topics I, Il (3 each) 
Advanced topics of current research in mathemat- 
ics will be presented with a view to expose the stu- 
dents to the frontiers of the subject. (Independent 
Study) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Mathematics Topics for 
Teachers (0-3) 

Especially designed for teachers of mathematics. 
Basic topics of mathematics from an advanced or 
pedagogical perspective. (Workshop) Pre: teacher 
certification. Not for degree credit. 


Mechanical Engineering and 
Applied Mechanics (MCE) 


Chairperson: Professor Shukla 


201 Graphics for Mechanical Engineering (3) 
Introduction to the principles of graphic represen- 
tation in mechanical design, with emphasis on 
computer-aided drafting, orthographic projection, 
isometric and auxiliary views, sections, dimension- 
ing. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 


262 Statics (3) 

Newton’s laws of force systems in equilibrium and 
their effects on particles, systems of particles, and 
rigid bodies. Both scalar and vector methods of 
analysis are developed. (Lec. 3) Pre: EGR 105 and 
MTH 141. 


263 Dynamics (3) 

Kinematic and kinetic study of motion of particles, 
systems of particles, and rigid bodies, acted upon 
by unbalanced force systems, using both scalar and 
vector methods; development of methods of analy- 
sis based on the direct application of Newton’s 
laws, work-energy and impulse-momentum prin- 
ciples. (Lec. 3) Pre: 262. 


301 Application of Mechanics in Design (3) 
Concepts of engineering design, material selec- 
tions, two- and three-dimensional stress analysis, 
failure theories, reliability concepts, fracture and 
fatigue, finite-element applications, and case stud- 
ies. (Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 220 and concurrent registra- 
tion in CHE 333. 


302 Design of Machinery (3) 

Analysis of mechanisms including linkages, gear 
trains, and cam-follower systems. Graphical and 
analytical synthesis techniques, computer-aided 
linkage design, and detailed design of linkages in- 
cluding bearing and material selection and sizing. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 263 and 301. 


313 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering 
Experimentation (3) 

Report writing, computer-assisted data acquisition 
and control, statistical and other measures of data 
uncertainty, propagation of uncertainty, curve fit- 
ting. Introduces basic instrumentation for measur- 
ing pressure, temperature, velocity and strain. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 3) Pre: EGR 106, PHY 205, CVE 220, 341 
and concurrent registration in 354. 


341 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics (3) 

Basic principles and laws of thermodynamics and 
their relation to pure substances, ideal gases, and 
real gases. Use of thermodynamic property tables. 
Development of concepts of reversibility and avail- 
ability. First and Second Law application to engi- 
neering systems; power and refrigeration cycles. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 263, MTH 243, and credit or concur- 
rent enrollment in PHY 205. 


354 Fluid Mechanics (3) 

Physical properties of fluids, development of conti- 
nuity, energy, and momentum concepts using vec- 
tor methods; application to problems involving vis- 
cous and nonviscous fluids including boundary 
layer flows, flows in closed conduits and around 
immersed bodies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 263, EGR 106, and 
MTH 244 or 461. 


366 System Dynamics (3) 

Systems analysis emphasizing control and vibra- 
tion. Time and frequency domain techniques. 
Modeling of typical mechanical, hydraulic, pneu- 
matic, and thermal systems. Transfer functions and 
block diagram methods. Elementary control laws. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 372. 


372 Engineering Analysis | (3) 

Application of advanced mathematical methods 
and computer software to solution of mechanical 
engineering problems with emphasis on the tech- 
niques of engineering analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: EGR 
106, MTH 244, and junior standing. 


401 Mechanical System Design (3) 
Comprehensive design of mechanical systems 
ranging from consumer products to production 
machinery, addressing issues such as economic fea- 
sibility, and reliability. Utilization of CAD software, 
design problem formulation, and structure of the 
open-ended solution process. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 
301, 302. 


402 Thermal Systems Design (3) 

Comprehensive projects using applied thermody- 
namics, including psychometrics, combustion, and 
chemical and phase equilibrium. Economic and en- 
vironmental evaluation, simulation, and optimiza- 
tion of components such as heat exchangers, pip- 
ing systems, and prime movers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 448. 


MATHEMATICS/MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED MECHANICS 241 


414 Mechanical Engineering Experimentation (3) 
Course aims to build on foundation from 313 and 
to apply experimental tools to topics from the two 
main emphasis areas in the undergraduate curricu- 
lum, mechanical systems and thermal systems. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 313 and concurrent registra- 
tion in 448. Not for graduate credit. 


426 Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3) 
Introduction to continuum mechanics: stress, strain 
and deformation, constitutive equations. Theories 
of failure. Shear center and unsymmetrical bending 
of beam. Curved beams. Energy method. Torsion. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 301. 


431 Computer Control of Mechanical Systems (3) 
Use of computers to control mechanical systems. 
Advanced control algorithms. Computer-aided de- 
sign methods. Digital control algorithms and soft- 
ware implementation. Interfacing and digital con- 
troller hardware. (Lec. 3) Pre: 366. 


434 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (3) 
Application of the principles of thermodynamics 
and heat transfer to environmental problems. Top- 
ics will include thermal control of living spaces, so- 
lar heating and cooling, heat pumps, minimum en- 
ergy consumption. (Lec. 3) Pre: 354 and 448. 


437 Turbomachinery Design (3) 

Application of the principles of thermodynamics 
and fluid mechanics to the design of rotating ma- 
chinery such as turbines, compressors, centrifugal 
and axial flow pumps. (Lec. 3) Pre: 341 and 354. 


438 Internal Combustion Engines (3) 

Principles, design, and operation of internal com- 
bustion engines, including cycles, combustion, fu- 
els, detonation, carburetion, cooling, supercharg- 
ing, ignition, friction, and lubrication. Gasoline and 
diesel, two- and four-stroke cycles, and perfor- 
mance of various engines including the Wankel ro- 
tary. (Lec. 3) Pre: 341. 


439 Applied Energy Conversion (3) 

Modern power systems including steam and gas 
turbines, nuclear power stations, fuel cells, and 
thermionic and thermoelectric devices. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
448 or permission of instructor. 


440 Mechanics of Composite Materials (3) 
Introduction to the basic concepts of the mechani- 
cal behavior of composite materials. Analysis and 
performance of fiber-reinforced composites. Special 
design considerations and experimental character- 
ization of composites. (Lec. 3) Pre: 314 and CVE 
220, or permission of instructor. 


446 Metal Deformation Processes 
See Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering 446. 


448 Heat and Mass Transfer (3) 

Transfer of heat by conduction, convection, and 
radiation in steady and unsteady states. Theory and 
application of dimensional analysis; heat and mass 


transfer in equipment such as heat exchangers and 
steam condensers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 341 and 372. Not 
for graduate credit. 


449 Product Design for Manufacture 
See Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering 449. 


454 Tribology (3) 

Introductory course on the basic principles of tri- 
bology (friction, wear, lubrication); fundamentals 
of surface contact; friction theories; wear mecha- 
nisms; temperature considerations in sliding con- 
tacts; lubrication regimes; materials selection; de- 
sign of bearings; advanced applications; 
experimental analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 220 and 
MCE 354. 


455 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) 
Continuation of 354. Selected topics in advanced 
fluid mechanics including potential flows, com- 
pressible flow, fluid machinery, and electric and 
magnetic field effects. (Lec. 3) Pre: 354. 


464 Vibrations (3) 

Elementary theory of mechanical vibrations, includ- 
ing the one-degree-of-freedom system, multimass 
systems, vibration isolation, torsional vibration, 
beam vibration, critical speeds, and vibration in- 
struments. (Lec. 3) Pre: 366 or permission of in- 
structor. 


465 Experimental Mechanics (3) 

Theory and application of various experimental 
techniques used in solid mechanics such as acous- 
tic emission, holography, interferometry, strain 
gauges, brittle coatings, and photoelasticity. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 3) Pre: 314 and CVE 220. 


466 Introduction to Finite Element Method (3) 
Application of the finite element method to prob- 
lems in mechanical engineering including plane 
elasticity, heat transfer, and fluid mechanics. Basic 
concepts, matrix formulation, interpolation func- 
tions, basic element types, and implementation to 
problem solution. (Lec. 3) Pre: 301 and 372. 


491, 492 Special Problems (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated for a maximum of 
12 credits. Not for graduate credit. 


501, 502 Graduate Seminar (1 each) 
Discussions, presentation of papers based on re- 
search, or detailed literature surveys. Attendance is 
required of all students in graduate residence. 
(Seminar) S/U credit. 


503 Linear Control Systems 
See Electrical Engineering 503. 


504 Optimal Control Theory 
See Electrical Engineering 504. 


S3aSYNOD 


242 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


506 Expert Systems for Mechanical Design and 
Manufacturing (3) 

Expert systems structure; knowledge bases, infer- 
ence engines, and artificial intelligence languages. 
Applications to mechanical design and manufactur- 
ing problems. Graph theory and expert systems for 
mechanism design; features for design and manu- 
facturing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 401 or equivalent. 


523 Advanced Kinematics | (3) 

Analytical kinematic and dynamic analysis of planar 
mechanisms, graph theory, topological synthesis, 
topological analysis, Burmester theory, mechanism 
design software. (Lec. 3) Pre: 302 or equivalent. 


530 Real-Time Monitoring and Control (3) 
Fundamentals of the development of real-time soft- 
ware for monitoring and control. Synchronous pro- 
gramming, timing, interrupt programming, 
operator's console control, and scheduling. Labora- 
tory exercises. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. 


532 Precision Machine Design (3) 

Fundamentals of design and the integration of pre- 
cision mechanical components and machines. 
Quasi-static and dynamic errors, sensors, contact 
and noncontact bearings, power generation de- 
vices, and system integration. (Lec. 3) Pre: 401 or 
graduate standing. 


541 Advanced Thermodynamics | (3) 

Advanced study of classical thermodynamics with 
emphasis on basic concepts, laws, and thermody- 
namic relationships. Selected topics of current in- 
terest including areas of irreversible thermodynam- 
ics, statistical mechanics, and the thermodynamics 
of solids. (Lec. 3) Pre: 341 or permission of 
instructor. 


545 Heat Transfer (3) 

Conduction in two and three dimensions and con- 
ducting systems with radiation and fluid motion. 
Solutions obtained by mathematics, computer-nu- 
merical methods, and analog devices. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: 448. 


546 Convection Heat Transfer (3) 

Relationship between heat transfer and fluid flow 
with emphasis on the solution of governing equa- 
tions by exact methods, integral methods, and 
similarity techniques. (Lec. 3) Pre: 448. 


549 Advanced Product Design for Manufacture 
See Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering 549. 


550 Theory of Continuous Media (3) 

Basic course for first-year graduate students which 
develops and unifies the laws of mechanics as ap- 
plied to the behavior of continua. Application to 
solids and fluids. (Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 220, MCE 354, 
372, or permission of instructor. 


551 Fluid Mechanics | (3) 

Basic treatment of real fluid flows using the con- 
tinuum mechanics approach. Exact solutions of the 
governing equations. Laminar shear flows and 
boundary layer theory, turbulent transition. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 354 or equivalent. 


561 Computational Methods in Solid Mechanics (3) 
Finite and boundary element methods based on 
variational and weighted residual concepts; practi- 
cal implementation to field problems in elasticity, 
plasticity, and heat conduction. (Lec. 3) Pre: 372 
and one graduate course in elasticity or heat 
conduction. 


562 Computational Methods in Fluid Flow and 
Heat Transfer (3) 

Computational techniques and applications for 
practical problems concerning multidimensional 
fluid flow, heat and mass transfer, and chemical 
reactions. (Lec. 3) Pre: undergraduate work in fluid 
mechanics and heat transfer or permission of 
instructor. 


563 Advanced Dynamics (3) 

Dynamics of a system of particles, Lagrange’s equa- 
tions from an advanced point of view. Variational 
methods, nonconservative and nonholonomic sys- 
tems; matrix-tensor specifications of rigid body 
motions, normal coordinates. Hamilton's equation 
of motion, canonical transformation, Hamilton- 
Jacobi theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 366 and 372 or 
equivalent. 


564 Advanced Vibrations (3) 

Theory of vibration of systems with concentrated 
masses and stiffness; systems with one degree of 
freedom, vibration isolation systems with many de- 
grees of freedom, matrix methods, dynamic vibra- 
tion absorbers, torsional vibration, approximate 
numerical methods. Experimental methods and 
design procedures. (Lec. 3) Pre: 464. 


565 Wave Motion and Vibration of Continuous 
Media (3) 

Wave motion and vibrations of strings, rods, 
beams, plates, and membranes; dynamic elasticity 
theory; Rayleigh surface waves; solutions using 
separation of variables and integral transforms. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 372, 464, or equivalent. 


566 The Mechanics of Robot Manipulators (3) 
Detailed analysis of the kinematics, dynamics, and 
control of industrial-type robot manipulator sys- 
tems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 302, 366, or permission of in- 
structor. 


568 Theory of Plates 
See Civil Engineering 568. 


571 Theory of Elasticity | (3) 
Development of the basic field equations; general- 
ized Hooke’s law; general concepts of stress and 


strain; plane problems; stress functions; Saint 
Venant torsion and flexure; introduction to three- 
dimensional problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 220 or 
equivalent. 


576 Fracture Mechanics (3) 

Fundamentals of linear elastic fracture mechanics, 
stress analysis viewpoint, energy viewpoint, two- 
dimensional and three-dimensional problems, 
elastic-plastic considerations, and crack extension 
behaviors. (Lec. 3) Pre: 426 or permission of 
instructor. 


577, 578 Seminar in Sensors and Surface 
Technology (1) 

Students, faculty, and invited outside speakers 
present and discuss selected topics related to re- 
search interests of the Sensors and Surface Tech- 
nology Partnership. (Seminar) Pre: permission of 
instructor. May be repeated. S/U credit. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


653 Fluid Mechanics II (3) 

Continuation of 551, including turbulent model- 
ing, turbulent shear flows and boundary layers, in- 
compressible irrotational flows, and selected topics 
such as an introduction to non-Newtonian fluid 
behavior, geophysical flows, or numerical methods. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 551. 


666 Nonlinear Mechanics (3) 

Dynamics of nonlinear systems, free and forced os- 
cillations; graphical methods, integral curves, sin- 
gular points, limit cycles and stability. Van der Pol 
equation, perturbation methods, approximate 
methods, application to ecological systems. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 564. 


671 Theory of Elasticity II (3) 

Continuation of 571, including advanced topics 
selected from: complex variable methods; displace- 
ment potentials and stress functions for three-di- 
mensional problems; thermoelasticity; variational, 
approximate, and numerical methods; anisotropic 
solutions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 571. 


678 Micromechanics (3) 

Mechanics of material behavior from the micro- 
structural viewpoint; mathematical modeling of 
inclusions, inhomogeneities, dislocations, granular 
and porous structures; constitutive equation devel- 
opment. Applications to metals, composites, ce- 
ramics, and other materials with microstructure. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 571, materials background of CHE 333 
or higher. 


679 Theory of Plasticity (3) 
Formulation and solution of inelastic material be- 
havior, physical phenomena of yielding plastic 


MECHANICAL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED MECHANICS/MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 243 


flow, plastic stress-strain laws, yield criteria, plane 
problems, torsion, slip lines, limit analysis, creep. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 571 or permission of instructor. 


680 Advanced Topics in Solid Mechanics (3) 
Advanced studies in the mechanics of solids with 
specific topics determined by current department 
interests. Designed for students with at least one 
year of previous graduate studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: per- 
mission of instructor. May not be repeated. 


691, 692 Special Problems (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. May be repeated for a maximum of 
12 credits. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Medical Technology (MTC) 


Director: Adjunct Professor Paquette 


102 Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Science (1) 
An introduction to the health care and medical 
laboratory fields including specialty areas of medi- 
cal laboratory science, professional organizations, 
credentialing, and the health care team approach. 
(Lec. 1) 


195 Biotechnology Manufacturing Methods (3) 
Introduction to biotechnology Manufacturing 
methods including cell culture separation, purifica- 
tion. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: enrollment in biotechnol- 
ogy manufacturing option. 


199 Biotechnology Manufacturing Internship (12) 
Professional field experience in biotechnology 
manufacturing. The experience will be defined by a 
job description and learning contract arranged by 
the internship coordinator, student intern and rel- 
evant agency. (Practicum) Pre: enrollment in the 
biotechnology 


The clinical courses in medical technology (MTC 405- 
416) require senior standing and are open only to 
students who have been accepted into an affiliated 
hospital school of medical technology. 


405 Pathophysiology (2) 

An introduction to pathology. The correlation be- 
tween pathological processes and clinical symp- 
toms and the course of disease is studied. 
(Practicum) 


406 Clinical Immunology (2) 

Formation, structure, and action of antigens and 
antibodies. Methods of immunization. The labora- 
tory emphasizes serological procedures in the diag- 
nosis of disease. (Practicum) 


407 Clinical Microscopy (2) 
Lectures and laboratory practice in the analyses of 
body fluids. (Practicum) 


409 Clinical Microbiology | (4) 

The relationship of bacteria and bacterial diseases 
of man, with emphasis on the application of proce- 
dures to medical diagnosis. Fungi, viruses, the rick- 
ettsias, and human parasites are also studied. 
(Practicum) 


410 Clinical Microbiology II (4) 
Continuation of 409. (Practicum) 


411 Clinical Chemistry | (4) 

The chemistry of body constituents and their relationship 
to diagnosis of human disease. Principles and meth- 
ods of analysis are emphasized. (Practicum) 


412 Clinical Chemistry II (4) 
Continuation of 411. (Practicum) 


413 Immunohematology | (2) 

Instruction in drawing and processing blood and in 
ascertaining compatibility. Donor-recipient blood 
and tissue reactions are studied in detail. 
(Practicum) 


414 Immunohematology II (2) 
Continuation of 413. (Practicum) 


415 Hematology | (3) 

Morphology of the blood and blood-forming or- 
gans and the study of abnormalities associated 
with disease. The dynamics and diagnostic tests of 
hemostasis are also discussed. (Practicum) 


416 Hematology II (3) 
Continuation of 415. (Practicum) 


483 Introductory Diagnostic Microbiology 
See Microbiology 483. 


501 (or MIC 501) Advanced Clinical 
Microbiology | (3) 

Current methodology employed in the processing 
of clinical microbiology specimens, isolation and 
identification of pathogenic microorganisms, and 
determination of antimicrobial susceptibility. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 409 or MIC 432 or equivalent. 


502 Advanced Clinical Chemistry | (3) 

The pathophysiologic mechanisms as they correlate 
to clinical chemistry data. Topics include mecha- 
nisms of pathology and analytical techniques. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 411 or equivalent. 


510 Clinical Laboratory Management (3) 
Supervisory management principles applicable to 
the clinical laboratory. Includes the processes of 
supervision, decision making, job performance and 
evaluation, communications, organizational behav- 
ior, and labor relations in the modern laboratory. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 400-level medical technology intern- 
ship or equivalent. 


512 Special Problems in Clinical Laboratory 
Science (3) 

Assigned research on an advanced level. Students 
required to outline problem, conduct the necessary 
research or experimental work, and present obser- 
vations and conclusions in a written and oral re- 
port. (Independent Study) Pre: 400-level medical 
technology internship or equivalent. 


513 (or MIC 513) Advanced Clinical Immunology (3) 
Theory, application, and techniques used in clinical 
immunology: immunochemistry, serology, immu- 
nohematology, immunopathology. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
406 or MIC 533 or equivalent. 


520 Advanced Hematology (3) 

Special problems, advanced techniques, and meth- 
odology in hematology; laboratory approach em- 
phasized. (Lec. 3) Pre: 415 or equivalent. 


530 Recent Advances in Blood Banking and 
Transfusion Medicine (3) 

Immunohematology, blood banking, and transfu- 
sion medicine with emphasis on recent advances. 
Techniques used for tissue typing and organ trans- 
plantation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 413 or equivalent. 


541 Advanced Clinical Microbiology II (3) 
Current research and clinical methodology in clini- 
cal mycology, parasitology, mycobacteriology, epi- 
demiology, and infectious disease serology. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 409 or MIC 432 or equivalent. 


543 Advanced Clinical Chemistry II (3) 

A comprehensive study of pathophysiologic 
mechanisms as they relate to clinical chemistry. 
Topics include immunochemistry, automation, en- 
zymology, pharmacology, and endocrinology. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 411 or equivalent. 


551 Topics in Biochemistry for the Clinical 
Scientist 
See Biochemistry 551. 


The clinical courses in cytopathology (MTC 561-566) 
require graduate standing and are open only to stu- 
dents who have been accepted into the Rhode Island 
School of Cytotechnology. 


561 Introduction to Cytotechnology (3) 

A review of cell and tissue structure, principles of 
microscopy, and cytological staining methods; 
overview of organization and management of cy- 
tology labs. (Practicum) 


562 Special Topics in Cytotechnology (3) 
Special projects in cytology, cytopathology, or cy- 
totechnology. Students will investigate or review a 
topic and present a written and oral report. 
(Practicum) 


S3aSYNOD 


244 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


563 Cytopathology (3) 

Cytopathology and clinical aspects of cervical dys- 
plasia, carcinoma in situ, and invasive squamous 
cell carcinoma. Endometrial and endocervical carci- 
noma and other genital tract cancers will be con- 
sidered. (Practicum) 


564 Medical Cytology (3) 

Benign and malignant cytology of the gastrointesti- 
nal, respiratory, and urinary tracts; study of exfolia- 
tive cells in urine, serious effusions, cerebrospinal 
fluid, and breast secretions. (Practicum) 


565 Cytology Practicum I (6) 

Microscopic evaluation and screening of benign 
cytological smears from cervical dysplasia, carci- 
noma in situ, and invasive malignant tumors of the 
female genital tract. (Practicum) 


566 Cytology Practicum II (6) 

Microscopic evaluation and screening of cytologi- 
cal smears from the gastrointestinal, urinary, respi- 
ratory, and central nervous systems and from other 
body fluids. (Practicum) 


571 (or APS 571) Biotechnology Product 
Evaluation and Development (3) 

The process through which candidate products 
produced using recombinant DNA technology are 
evaluated for safety and efficacy, including conduc- 
tance of clinical trials, economic issues, and regula- 
tory affairs. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing and 
permission of chairperson. 


590 Special Problems in Clinical Chemistry (1-6) 
Intensive tutorial work, research, and readings in 
clinical chemistry. (Independent Study) Pre: gradu- 
ate standing and permission of chairperson. 


591 Special Problems in Clinical Microbiology 
(1-6) 

Intensive tutorial work, research, and readings in 
clinical microbiology. (Independent Study) Pre: 
graduate standing and permission of chairperson. 


592 Special Problems in Hematology (1-6) 
Intensive tutorial work, research, and readings in 
hematology. (Independent Study) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of chairperson. 


593 Special Problems in Immunohematology 
(1-6) 

Intensive tutorial work, research, and readings in 
immunohematology. (Independent Study) Pre: 
graduate standing and permission of chairperson. 


594 Special Problems in Biotechnology (3) 
Intensive tutorial work, research, and readings in 
biotechnology. (Independent Study) Pre: graduate 
standing and permission of chairperson. 


Microbiology (MIC) 


Chairperson: Professor Sperry 


102 Exploring the Microbial World (3) 

A guided tour of aquatic and disease-causing mi- 
croorganisms, emphasizing their impact on hu- 
mans. The role of microorganisms in evolution, en- 
vironmental and human health, biotechnology, 
and natural product prospecting. (Lec. 3) (N) 


190 Issues in Biotechnology (3) 
See Aquaculture and Fisheries Science 190. 


201 Introductory Medical Microbiology (4) 
Required of all students in nursing, dental hygiene, 
and pharmacy. Lecture and laboratory designed to 
illustrate microbiological principles and techniques. 
For students in allied health professions. (Lec. 3, 
Lab. 3) Pre: one semester of biology and one year 
of chemistry. Not open to students with credit in 
211. 


211 Introductory Microbiology (4) 

Introduction to microorganisms. Morphology, 
structure, metabolism, genetics, growth, popula- 
tions in natural habitats, and their effects on the 
environment. For biological sciences majors. (Lec. 
3, Lab. 3) Pre: two semesters of biology, one se- 
mester of organic chemistry, which can be taken 
concurrently. Not open to students with credit 

in 201. 


306 Eukaryotic Microbiology/Protistology (3) 
Free-living and disease-causing eukaryotic microor- 
ganisms are examined in depth, with a focus on 
those causing human and animal diseases, inhabit- 
ing coastal/marine habitats, or used in research. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: two semesters of biology. 


333 Immunology and Serology (3) 

Introduction to the immune response; host resis- 
tance to infection; immunopathology; antibodies, 
antigens, and use of serological techniques. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 201 or 211. 


334 Virology (3) 

An introduction to the basic aspects of virus struc- 
ture, classification, and replication as these relate to 
viruses as agents of infectious disease. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
201 or 211. 


401 Quantitative Cell Culture 
See Biochemistry 401. 


403 Introduction to Electron Microscopy 
See Biochemistry 403. 


405 (or BCH 405) Electron Microscopy 
Laboratory (2) 

Introduction to the practical aspects of electron mi- 
croscopy. Emphasis on acquisition of the following 
skills: tissue preparation, ultramicrotomy, opera- 
tions of the electron microscope, and darkroom 
procedures. (Lab. 6) Pre: credit or concurrent en- 
rollment in 403. 


409 Marine Micrograzers (2) 

Practical experience with collection, cultivation and 
identification of diverse marine and coastal het- 
erotrophic protists of the Phylum Ciliophora, using 
phase, fluorescence and electron microscopy, digi- 
tal still micrography, videomicroscopy, genetic fin- 
gerprinting. (Lab. 4) Pre: two semesters of biology 
laboratory courses. 


412 Food Microbiology (3) 

Analysis of water and milk; examination of dairy 
and other food products. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: 201 
or 211 and one semester of biochemistry, which 
may be taken concurrently. 


413 Advanced Microbiology Lecture | (3) 

The physiology, genetics, developmental, and mo- 
lecular biology of microorganisms. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
211, credit or concurrent enrollment in BCH 311 
and BIO 352, or permission of instructor. 


414 Advanced Microbiology Lecture II (3) 

The structural, developmental, and physiological 
diversity of microorganisms; symbiotic relation- 
ships, molecular basis of ecology, and the role of 
microorganisms in the soil and water environment. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 211, credit or concurrent enrollment 
in BCH 311, or permission of instructor. 


415 Advanced Microbiology Laboratory | (2) 
Introduction to techniques and methods for ad- 
vanced study of microbial genetics, physiology, 
molecular, and developmental biology of microor- 
ganisms. (Lab. 6) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 
413 or permission of instructor. 


416 Advanced Microbiology Laboratory II (2) 
Techniques and methods for the advanced study of 
microorganisms with emphasis on the study of rep- 
resentative groups of microorganisms and the ap- 
plication of these techniques to soil and aquatic 
environments. (Lab. 6) Pre: concurrent enrollment 
in 414 or permission of instructor. 


421 Cell Biology and Cancer 
See Biochemistry 421. 


422 Biotechnology of Industrial Microorganisms (3) 
Application of microorganisms to industrial pro- 
cesses. Culture handling and strain development. 
Regulation and control of fermentation products. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: BCH 311 and an advanced course in 
microbiology, or permission of instructor. 


432 Pathogenic Bacteriology (3) 

The more important microbial diseases, their etiol- 
ogy, transmission, diagnosis, and control. Labora- 
tory, emphasis on methods of diagnosis. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: 201 or 211 or one semester of organic 
chemistry. 


440 (or APS 440 or NUR 440) Public Health 
Practicum in Infectious Disease Control (3) 
Principles of and practical experience in prevention 
and control of emerging infectious diseases. 
(Practicum) Pre: BIO 101 or equivalent or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


447 Experimental Cell Biology (2) 

Use of eukayotic microorganisms as humane ex- 
perimental models to analyze cell physiological 
processes such as endocytosis, motility, and secre- 
tion, using immunocytochemistry, biological as- 
says, fluorescent probes, digital still and video im- 
aging. (Lab. 4) Pre: two semesters of biology 
laboratory courses. 


451 Laboratory in Cell Biology 
See Biological Sciences 451. 


453 Cell Biology 
See Biological Sciences 453. 


483 (or MTC 483) Introductory Diagnostic 
Microbiology (3) 

Diagnosis of infectious diseases by use of microbiol- 
ogy, immunology, and hemotologic and clinical 
chemical methods; organisms covered include 
viruses, bacteria, fungi, and parasites. (Lec. 2, Lab 
2) Pre: 201 or 211. Open only to clinical laboratory 
science or microbiology majors or permission of 
instructor. 


491, 492 Research in Microbiology (1-6 each) 
Special problems in microbiology. Student required 
to outline a problem, carry on experimental work, 
and present conclusions in a report. (Independent 
Study) Open only to seniors in microbiology. A 
maximum of 6 credits can be taken for major 
credit. 


495 Seminar in Microbiology (1) 
Preparation and presentation of papers on selected 
subject in microbiology. (Seminar) S/U credit. 


499 Biotechnology Internship (3-12) 
Professional field experience in biotechnology. The 
experience will be defined by a job description and 
learning contract arranged by the MIC internship 
coordinator, student intern, and relevant agency. 
(Practicum) Pre: junior or senior standing and ap- 
proval by the MIC internship coordinator and de- 
partment chairperson. A maximum of 12 credits 
can be taken as major credit. Not for graduate 
credit. 


501 Advanced Clinical Microbiology | 
See Medical Technology 501. 


502 (or BCH 502) Techniques of Molecular 
Biology (2) 

Basic techniques of molecular biology used in the 
study of gene structure and function including 
DNA/RNA and plasmid isolation, northern and 


MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY/MICROBIOLOGY 245 


southern blotting, PCR and gene cloning, among 
others. (Lab. 6) Pre: BIO 437 or permission of in- 
structor. 


503 (or BCH 503) Electron Microscopy (2) 
Biological specimen preparation techniques for 
transmission and scanning electron microscopy. 
Includes thin sectioning, negative staining, 
shadow-casting, freeze-etching, cytochemistry, 
principles of electron microscope operation. Final 
written and oral reports. (Lec. 2) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. Not open to 
students with credit in 403. 


505 (or BCH 505) Laboratory in Electron 
Microscopy (3) 

Introduction to biological sample preparation for 
transmission and scanning electron microscopy. 
Tissue preparation, ultramicrotomy, operation of 
the electron microscope, darkroom procedures, 
particulate and molecular sample preparation, criti- 
cal point drying, sputtercoating. Not open to stu- 
dents who have taken 405. (Lab. 6) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. 


506 Biology of Eukaryotic Microorganisms/ 
Protists (3) 

The biology of free-living and parasitic eukaryotic 
microorganisms is explored, with an emphasis on 
systematics, evolution, cell physiology, develop- 
ment, reproduction and molecular biology of those 
species most commonly used in research at the 
present time. (Lec. 3) Pre: two semesters of 
biology. 


508 Seminar in Biological Literature 
See Biological Sciences 508. 


513 Advanced Clinical Immunology 
See Medical Technology 513. 


514 The Electron Microscope in Molecular and 
Cellular Biology (2) 

Use of the electron microscope to analyze structure 
and function of biological molecules. Applications 
in food science, pathology, pharmacology, ecol- 
ogy, gene engineering, and basic research. (Lec. 2) 
Pre: BCH 311 and BIO 352 or permission of instruc- 
tor. In alternate years. Next offered spring 2004. 


521 (or BIO 521) Recent Advances in Cell 
Biology (2) 

Reading of current papers in the area of cell biol- 
ogy and preparation of written and oral reports. 
Emphasis on animal cells. (Lec. 2) Pre: at least one 
of the following courses or an equivalent course 
emphasizing cell structure and function—BIO 327, 
432, 445, 453, and MIC 421; graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 4 credits. 


523 (or NRS 523) Water Pollution Microbiology (3) 
The microbiological aspects of water pollution, in- 
cluding the potential for infectious diseases, pollu- 
tion effects on microbial ecosystems, and the mi- 
crobial degradation of pollutants. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 
or 211, BCH 311, or permission of instructor. 
Credit or concurrent enrollment in 525. 


525 Water Pollution Microbiology Laboratory (1) 
Experimental method for pollution analysis, micro- 
bial indicator assay methods, microbial assays, 
sample collection and statistical treatment of data. 
(Lab. 3) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 523 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


533 Immunology (3) 

Introduction to the cellular, molecular, and genetic 
basis of the immune system, and the role of the 
immune system in immunity to infection, tumor 
and transplantation immunobiology, and immuno- 
pathology. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or 211. 


534 Animal Virology 
See Aquaculture and Fisheries Science 534. 


536 Virology Laboratory 
See Aquaculture and Fisheries Science 536. 


538 Epidemiology of Viral and Rickettsial 
Diseases 
See Aquaculture and Fisheries Science 538. 


552 (or BCH 552) Microbial Genetics (3) 

Recent research on the mechanism of mutation, 
genetic recombination, the genetic code, 
transposons, regulations, genetic engineering and 
regulation of DNA, RNA, and protein synthesis in 
microbial systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 201, BIO 352, and 
BCH 311. 


561 Recent Advances in Molecular Cloning (1) 
Reports of readings concerning the latest develop- 
ments in techniques of molecular cloning and their 
applications in the study of various biological sys- 
tems. (Lec. 1) Pre: 552 or permission of instructor. 
May be repeated. 


571 Insect Microbiology 
See Entomology 571. 


576 Marine Microbiology 
See Oceanography 576. 


593, 594 The Literature of Bacteriology (1 each) 
Thorough study of original literature of some phase 
of bacteriology. Written abstracts or papers on as- 
signed topics are discussed in weekly conferences 
with instructor. (Independent Study) 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


S3aSYNOD 


246 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


654 Advances in Immunology (2) 

Reports on assigned readings concerning latest de- 
velopments in the field of cellular and humoral im- 
munity presented and discussed by students. Re- 
search paper and critical review of a scientific paper 
required. (Lec. 2) Pre: 533, BCH 311, or permission 
of instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of 4 
credits. In alternate years. Next offered 2004. 


656 Mechanisms of Bacterial Pathogenesis (3) 
Study of recent research on the molecular mecha- 
nisms of pathogenesis. Students expected to par- 
ticipate in roundtable discussions of recent perti- 
nent literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: 432, 552, and BCH 
311. In alternate years. Next offered fall 2004. 


691, 692 Special Problems in Microbiology 

(3 each) 

Assigned research on an advanced level. Student 
required to outline problem, conduct the necessary 
literature and experimental work, and present ob- 
servations and conclusions in a report. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: graduate standing. 


695, 696 (or BCH 695, 696) Graduate Research 
Seminar (1 each) 

Reports of research in progress or completed. 
(Seminar) Required of all graduate students in mi- 
crobiology. S/U credit. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Microbiology Topics for 
Teachers (0-3 each) 

Especially designed for teachers of biology. Basic 
topics of microbiology from an advanced or peda- 
gogical perspective. (Workshop) 


Note: For Virology, see Aquaculture and Fisheries Sci- 
ence and also Plant Sciences. For Mycology, see Bio- 
logical Sciences. 


Military Science (MSC) 
Chairperson: Professor Krajeski 


000 Leadership Laboratory (0) 

Hands-on, performance-oriented training such as 
rappelling, land navigation, and drill and cer- 
emony. (Lab.) Required every semester for all 
ROTC cadets. 


101 Introduction to ROTC and the U.S. Army I (1) 
Organization and role of ROTC and the U.S. Army. 
Customs and traditions, leadership dimensions, 
officer traits, and basic military skills. (Lec. 1) Con- 
current enrollment in 000 required of all ROTC 
cadets. 


102 Introduction to ROTC and the U.S. Army II (1) 
Branches of the Army, leadership, the U.S. Consti- 
tution, first aid, and general military skills. Expand- 


ing upon skills acquired in 101. (Lec. 1) Pre: 101. 
Concurrent enrollment in 000 required of all ROTC 
cadets. 


105 (or PEX 105) Aerobic Fitness and Muscular 
Endurance (1) 

See Physical Education and Exercise Science 105. 
(Practicum) Conditioning and exercise geared to- 
ward improving performance on the Army Physical 
Fitness Test. Required for all cadets enrolled in 301. 


201 Military Skills and History of Warfare (3) 
Introduction to basic military skills and the history 
of modern warfare focusing on the Army. Role of 
the U.S. Emphasis on the principles of war, soldier 
skills, and selected battles. 


202 Land Navigation and Military Skills (3) 

Map reading, land navigation, terrain association, 
communications, first aid, and tactics. (Lec. 3) 
Concurrent enrollment in 000 required of all ROTC 
cadets. 


205 (or PEX 205) Aerobic Fitness and Muscular 
Endurance (1) 

See Physical Education and Exercise Science 205. 
(Practicum) Conditioning and exercise geared to- 
ward improving performance on the Army Physical 
Fitness Test. Required for all cadets enrolled in 302. 


300 Executive Level Field Experience in 
Leadership (6) 

A small group instruction based leadership camp 
focusing on the development of military skills and 
fundamental physical fitness principles. Pre: junior 
standing. 


301, 302 Leadership and Management |, II 

(3 each) 

Advanced courses: application of the principles of 
war, small unit tactics, leadership development, 
planning and execution of tactical problems. (Lec. 
3) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 105 for 301; 205 
for 302. Concurrent enrollment in 000 required of 
all ROTC cadets. 


401, 402 Organizational Management and Law 
l, II (3 each) 

Advanced courses: military law, the profession of 
arms, obligations and responsibilities of an officer, 
Army readiness program, administrative manage- 
ment, world change and military implications, lo- 
gistics, the military team, internal defense and de- 
velopment. (Lec. 3) Pre: 302 for 401; 401 for 402. 
Concurrent enrollment in 000 required of all ROTC 
cadets. Not for graduate credit. 


403 Directed Study (3) 

Experiential learning through field work in a mili- 
tary-type unit on an individual basis. Written analy- 
sis required on a topic selected by the chairperson. 
(Independent Study) Pre: 301, 302, and permission 
of chairperson. Not for graduate credit. 


Music (MUS) 
Chairperson: Professor R. Lee 


Note: Applied music courses with an asterisk— MUS 
110, 210, 310, 410, and 510 (except Composi- 
tion)— require a supplementary fee: $95 for 1 credit; 
$190 for 2, 3, 4, or 6 credits. 


101 Introduction to Music (3) 

Fosters a better understanding and appreciation of 
the world’s great music. Consideration of musical 
styles, techniques, and forms from the listener's 
standpoint. (Lec. 3) (A) 


106 History of Jazz (3) 

The nature and origin of jazz and its development 
as an American folk idiom: European and African 
heritages, blues, ragtime, dixieland, boogie- 
woogie, swing, bop, cool, funky, gospel, jazz-rock, 
free-form, and progressive. (Lec. 3) (A) 


109 Basics of Singing (1) 

Basic singing technique, tone production, interpre- 
tation and introduction to song literature for those 
not enrolled in 110 - 510 Applied Music. (Lab. 2) 
Pre: Must not be registered for 110, 210, 310, 410 
or 510. 


*110 Applied Music (1-3) 

Private instruction in performance at the freshman 
level. One credit equals a half-hour lesson per 
week. Two or three credits equal an hour lesson 
per week and require additional preparation time, 
higher levels of performance, and recital perfor- 
mances. Music convocation performance is encour- 
aged but not required. (Studio) Pre: audition and 
permission of chairperson. May be repeated for 
credit. 


A Voice | Flute Q Euphonium/ 
B Piano | Oboe Baritone 

C Organ K Clarinet R Tuba 

D Harpsichord L Bassoon S Percussion 

E Violin M Saxophone T Guitar 

F Viola N Trumpet U Harp 

G Violoncello O French Horn V Composition 
H Contra Bass P Trombone W Jazz 


111 Basic Musicianship (3) 
Use of folk, classical, and popular music to learn 
essentials of music reading and music theory. (Lec. 


3) (A) 


119 Introduction to the Music Profession (1) 
Overview of the music profession. Development of 
an individualized plan for music study including 
articulation of learning and career goals. Introduc- 
tion to skill areas including research and writing 
about music, basic musicianship, and appreciation 
of music literature. (Lec. 1) For music majors and 
minors. May be substituted for URI 101. Service 
learning. 


120 Basic Music Theory (2) 

Development of basic music theory concepts as 
well as basic sightsinging, rhythmic and ear train- 
ing skills. (Lec. 2) Pre: Taken concurrently with 
119. Permission of instructor or chairperson re- 
quired if not taken concurrently with 119. For mu- 
sic majors and minors. 


121 Music Theory | (2) 

Rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic elements of mu- 
sic. Scales, modes, intervals, rhythmic notation, 
and triads. Part writing, analysis, and keyboard 
work involving primary triads. (Lec. 1.5, Lab. 1) 
Pre: 119 and 120 or permission of instructor. Con- 
current or previous keyboard experience. 


122 Ear Training and Sightsinging | (2) 
Sightsinging in major and minor keys, including 
outlines of tonic and dominant harmonies. Rhyth- 
mic reading, aural recognition, with notation of 
material of 121. (Lec. 1.5, Lab. 1) Pre: 121. May be 
taken concurrently. 


169 Percussion Class (1-2) 

Basic principles in performance and pedagogy of 
percussion instruments. (Lab. 2) Open to music 
majors and other students who demonstrate ability 
to read music. Offered every third semester. Next 
offered spring 2004. 


170 Guitar Class (1-2) 

Basic principles in performance and pedagogy of 
the guitar. (Lab. 2) Open to music majors and 
other students who demonstrate ability to read 
music. Offered every third semester. Next offered 
spring 2004. 


171 Piano Class I (1) 

Development of basic techniques and musicianship 
for effective use of the piano. This course will em- 
phasize Proficiency |. (Lab. 2) Pre: Credit or concur- 
rent enrollment in 121 and 122. 


172 Piano Class II (1) 

Further development of basic techniques and musi- 
cianship for effective use of the piano. Basic key- 
board skills in transposition, sight reading accom- 
paniments and melody harmonization with 
improvised accompaniment. This course will em- 
phasize proficiencies 2 and 3. (Lab. 2) Pre: 171 or 
equivalent. 


173 Voice Class (1-2) 

Basic principles and pedagogy of singing, physiol- 
ogy, breathing, tone production, diction. (Lab. 2) 
Open to music majors and other students who 
demonstrate ability to read music. Offered every 
third semester. Next offered fall 2004. 


175 String Class (1-2) 

Basic principles in performance and pedagogy of 
string instruments. (Lab. 2) Open to music majors 
and other students who demonstrate ability to read 
music. Offered every third semester. Offered fall 
2003. 


177 Woodwind Class (1-2) 

Basic principles in performance and pedagogy of 
woodwind instruments. (Lab. 2) Open to music 
majors and other students who demonstrate ability 
to read music. Next offered fall 2003. 


179 Brass Class (1-2) 

Basic principles in performance and pedagogy of 
brass instruments. (Lab. 2) Open to music majors 
and other students who demonstrate ability to read 
music. Offered every third semester. Next offered 
fall 2004. 


*210 Applied Music (1-3) 

Private instruction in performance at the sopho- 
more level. One credit equals a half-hour lesson per 
week. Two or three credits equal an hour lesson 
per week and require additional preparation time, 
higher levels of performance, and music convoca- 
tion performance. (Studio) Pre: 110 or equivalent. 
See 110 for areas of study (A-W). May be repeated 
for credit. 


221 History of Music | (1-3) 

Historical development of classical and popular 
music in European and non-European cultures: 
world music, Medieval, and Renaissance eras. (Lec. 
1-3) Pre: 121 or equivalent competency. May be 
taken for 1 or 2 credits only with permission of in- 
structor prior to registration. 


222 History of Music II (1-3) 

Continuation of 221: Baroque, Classical, and Ro- 
mantic eras. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: 225 or equivalent com- 
petency and 221 or consent of instructor. May be 
taken for 1 or 2 credits only with permission of in- 
structor prior to registration. 


225 Music Theory II (2) 

Continuation of 121, covering all diatonic triads, 
dominant and supertonic seventh chords, and 
modulation to closely related keys. (Lec. 1.5, Lab. 
1) Pre: 121 and 122. 


226 Ear Training and Sightsinging II (2) 
Continuation of 122. Covering all diatonic triads, 
dominant and supertonic seventh chords, and 
modulation to closely related keys. (Lec. 1.5, Lab. 
1) Pre: 122 and 225; 225 may be taken concur- 
rently. 


227 Music Theory III (2) 

Advanced rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic prac- 
tice approached through analysis, keyboard, and 
part writing, including original work. Covers sev- 
enth, ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth chords, chro- 
matic alteration, chromatic progression, and for- 
eign modulation. (Lec. 1.5, Lab. 1) Pre: 225 or 
equivalent. 


228 Ear Training and Sightsinging III (2) 
Advanced rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic prac- 
tice approached through sightsinging and dictation 
including computer-aided instruction. (Lec. 1.5, 
Lab. 1) Pre: 226 or equivalent. 


MICROBIOLOGY/MUSIC 247 


235 Introduction to Music Teaching (3) 
Overview of music teaching in schools and studios. 
History, philosophy, curriculum, learning theory, 
and current topics in music teaching as they relate 
to the broader field of education. (Lec. 3) Pre: 110 
or 119 or permission of instructor. 


238 General Music Methods and Materials (3) 
Teaching methods, instructional materials, and 
evaluation procedures for general music, grades K- 
12. Learner characteristics and development of 
children and adolescents. (Lec. 3) Pre: sophomore 
standing in music. 


271 Piano Class III (1) 

Further development of basic keyboard perfor- 
mance skills in sight-reading and harmonization. 
This course will emphasize proficiencies 4 and 5. 
(Lab. 2) Pre: 172 or equivalent. Open only to music 
majors. 


272 Piano Class IV (1) 

Continuation of 271. Further development of key- 
board performance skills in sight-reading and har- 
monization. This course will emphasize 
proficiencies 6 and 7. (Lab. 2) Pre: 271 or equiva- 
lent. Open to music majors only. 


280 Mid-Program Portfolio in Music (0) 
Individual accomplishment of activities and experi- 
ences, demonstrating interest and competency in 
music at the midpoint in the student's program of 
studies as a music major. (Portfolio) Pre: sopho- 
more standing in music. 


283 Vocal Diction (3) 

Basic phonetics (International Phonetic Alphabet). 
Enunciation in the foreign languages most fre- 
quently encountered in vocal and choral literature 
(Italian, French, German, and Latin). English dic- 
tion in singing. In alternate years. Next offered 
spring 2005. 


290 University Pep Band (0-1) 

Rehearsal and performance of a wide variety of 
rock, jazz, rhythm and blues, marches, popular and 
other contemporary music for home and away URI 
basketball games. (Rehearsal 2) May be repeated 
for credit. Pre: Audition and permission of 
instructor. 


291 University Marching Band (0-2) 

Rehearsal and performance of music, drill, and 
shows for URI football games. (Rehearsal 8) May be 
repeated for credit. S/U only for 0 credit. 


292 Concert Band (0-1) 

Study and performance of concert band music. 
Open to all students. (Rehearsal 3) May be re- 
peated for credit. S/U only for 0 credit. 


293 University Chorus (0-1) 
(Rehearsal 3) May be repeated for credit. S/U only 
for 0 credit. 


S3aSYNOD 


248 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


300 Music Convocation (0-1) 

Study of repertory and techniques of concert pre- 
sentation through attendance of student recitals 
and presentations by faculty and visiting artists. 
(Lab.) Attendance at 75 percent of events required. 
May be repeated. 


*310 Applied Music (2-4) 

Private instruction in performance at junior level. 
Two, three, or four credits equal an hour lesson per 
week. More credit requires additional preparation 
time, higher levels of performance, and junior re- 
cital or music convocation performance. (Studio) 
Pre: 210 or equivalent. See 110 for areas of study 
(A-W). May be repeated for credit. 


311 Basic Conducting (2) 

A course in elementary conducting techniques in- 
cluding baton techniques and score study as well 
as the organization of instrumental and choral re- 
hearsals. Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 
225 and 226. 


312 Advanced Conducting (3) 

A study of problems and approaches to instrumen- 
tal and choral conducting based on advanced ba- 
ton techniques. Principles of interpretation and the 
art of communication through practical experience 
with departmental organizations. Pre: 311. 


322 History of Music III (1-3) 

Continuation of 221 and 222: European, African- 
American, Hispanic, and other contributions to the 
classical and popular music of the twentieth cen- 
tury. (Lec.1-3) Pre: 121 or equivalent competency 
and 221 or consent of instructor. May be taken for 
1 or 2 credits only with permission of instructor 
prior to registration. 


329 (or EDC 329) Music for the Elementary 
School Teacher (3) 

Fundamentals of music and methods employed in 
teaching music and making it a more meaningful 
and integral part of the curriculum in the elemen- 
tary school. (Lec. 3) Open only to elementary and 
early childhood education majors. 


339 Choral Methods and Materials (3) 
Organization and administration of choral music 
programs in elementary and secondary schools, 
focusing on materials, procedures, policies, and 
teaching methods. (Lec. 3) Pre: EDC 250 or the 
equivalent. 


340 Instrumental Methods and Materials (3) 
Organization and administration of the instrumen- 
tal music program in elementary and secondary 
schools, focusing on materials, procedures, poli- 
cies, and teaching methods. (Lec. 3) Pre: EDC 250. 


350 Junior Recital (0-1) 

Performance of a public program at least 20 min- 
utes in duration after faculty examination. (Studio) 
Pre: concurrent enrollment in 310. 


371 Piano Accompanying (1) 

Development of sight-reading skills. Preparation 
and performance of accompaniments. (Lec. 1) Pre: 
permission of piano faculty. May be repeated. 


391 Jazz Studio Laboratory (1) 

Studies in jazz performance practices, pedagogy 
and literature. Historical perspectives, stylistic con- 
cepts and repertoire from 1917 to the present de- 
veloped in the ensemble setting. (Lab. 3) Pre: 121, 
122, 171. 


394 Symphonic Wind Ensemble (0-1) 

(Rehearsal 3) Pre: audition and permission of in- 
structor. May be repeated for credit. S/U only for 0 
credit. 


395 Concert Chorus (0-1) 

(Rehearsal 3) Pre: audition and permission of in- 
structor. May be repeated for credit. S/U only for 0 
credit. 


396 Jazz Studio Ensemble (0-1) 

Performance and study of jazz and studio music as 
related to professional experience. (Rehearsal 3) 
Pre: audition and permission of instructor. S/U only 
for 0 credit. 


397 University Symphony Orchestra (0-1) 

Study and performance of standard and modern 
repertoire for the orchestra. (Rehearsal 3) Pre: audi- 
tion and permission of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. S/U only for 0 credit. 


398 Chamber Music Ensembles (0-1) 

Chamber music ensembles are small performance 
ensembles normally restricted to one performer per 
part. Study and perform repertoire in the following 
areas, or combinations of these areas: keyboard, 
string, woodwind, brass, percussion, vocal, guitar, 
jazz, etc. (Rehearsal 2) Pre: audition and/or permis- 
sion of chamber music coach. 


407 The Symphony (3) 

Study of the development of orchestration and of 
formal procedures such as the sonata, rondo, and 
variations. Includes works by composers such as 
Haydn, Beethoven, Brahms, and Tchaikovsky. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 222. Offered every seventh semester. Next 
offered fall 2003. 


408 The Opera (3) 

History of opera from its beginnings in Italy in the 
seventeenth century to the present, including 
works by composers such as Monteverdi, Purcell, 
Mozart, Wagner, Verdi, and Puccini. Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 222 or the ability to read 
music. Offered every seventh semester. Next of- 
fered fall 2005. 


*410 Applied Music (2-4) 
Private instruction in performance at the senior 
level. Two, three, or four credits equal an hour les- 


son per week. More credit requires additional 
preparation time, higher levels of performance, and 
senior recital or music convocation performance. 
(Studio) Pre: 310 or equivalent. See 110 for areas 
of study (A-W). May be repeated for credit. Not for 
graduate credit, except 410V (Composition). 


416 Form and Analysis (3) 

Critical study of the structure of tonal music. Works 
of various composers are analyzed with reference 
to motive and phrase as generative elements in de- 
sign. (Lec. 3) Pre: 227 or equivalent. In alternate 
years. Next offered fall 2004. 


417 Instrumentation and Choral Arranging (3) 
Range, timbre, transpositions, and other character- 
istics of instruments, singly and in combination. 
Elements of choral arranging. Exercises with atten- 
tion to part writing, harmony, and form. Setting of 
a small piece of music for orchestra, band, or cho- 
rus required. Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment 
in 227 or equivalent. In alternate years. Next of- 
fered fall 2003. 


420 Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (3) 

Tonal polyphony in the style of J.S. Bach. Includes 
creative exercises in writing counterpoint in Ba- 
roque style and the study of representative compo- 
sitions such as the inventions and fugues of Bach. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 227 and 228. In alternate years. Next 
offered spring 2004. 


421 Electronic and Computer Music Research (3) 
Study and application of technology for music re- 
search in music education, theory/composition, 
music history, and performance, culminating in a 
major project in the student's area of specializa- 
tion. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 235 or equivalent. In al- 
ternate years. Next offered spring 2005. 


424 Jazz Theory and Improvisation (3) 

An intensive study and practice of the formal ele- 
ments of jazz improvisation. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 
225, 226 and acceptance into 210. In alternate 
years. Next offered spring 2004. 


430 The Renaissance Era (3) 

Music at European courts and cathedrals (1400- 
1600), including vocal masses, motets, madrigals, 
and chansons, and instrumental canzonas, 
ricercars, toccatas, and variations of Dufay, Josquin, 
Palestrina, Gabrieli, et al. (Lec. 3) Pre: 221 or the 
ability to read music. Offered every seventh semes- 
ter. Next offered fall 2006. 


431 The Baroque Era (3) 

Music of 1600-1750, from the rise in Italy of opera, 
oratorio, idiomatic instrumental music, the sonata, 
and the concerto, through the works of German 
masters Bach and Handel. (Lec. 3) Pre: 222 or the 
ability to read music. Offered every seventh semes- 
ter. Next offered spring 2004. 


432 The Classic Era (3) 

Music of 1750-1825, beginning with the founders 
of the Classical style, including D. Scarlatti, Gluck, 
and the sons of Bach, and culminating in the works 
of Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
222. Offered every seventh semester. Next offered 
fall 2004. 


433 The Romantic Era (3) 

Music of 1825-1900, with emphasis on topics cen- 
tral to the era, including program music, national- 
ism, piano virtuosity, opera, lieder, the cyclic 
symphony, and turn-of-the century Viennese post- 
Romanticism. (Lec. 3) Pre: 222 or the ability to 
read music. Offered every seventh semester. Next 
offered spring 2006. 


434 The Modern Era (3) 

Music of the modern era, with emphasis on chang- 
ing aesthetics as revealed through the analysis of 
selected compositions. (Lec. 3) Pre: 227 or the abil- 
ity to read music. Offered every seventh semester. 
Next offered spring 2005. 


442 Directed Study in Applied Music Pedagogy (2) 
Research in materials and approaches for studio 
teaching. Pre: 4 credits in 210. In alternate years. 
Next offered fall 2004. 


450 Senior Recital (0-1) 

Performance of a public program at least 20 min- 
utes in duration after faculty examination. Pre: con- 
current enrollment in 410. Not for graduate credit. 


470 Special Topics in Music (1-3) 

Exploration of advanced topics not covered by the 
standard curriculum but of interest to faculty and 
students in a particular semester. Topics in perfor- 
mance, music history, music theory or composi- 
tion, music education. May be repeated for credit 
with a different topic. 


480 Graduation Portfolio (0-2) 

Seminar covering topics and the development of a 
graduation portfolio appropriate to the student's 
degree program. The portfolio shows accomplish- 
ments from throughout the degree program and 
achievement of competencies indicating potential 
success as a graduate. (Portfolio) Pre: 280 or per- 
mission of chairperson and senior standing in mu- 
sic. For music education majors, concurrent enroll- 
ment in EDC 484 required. To be taken during the 
last semester of coursework in the major. May be 
repeated. Not for graduate credit. 


485 Opera Workshop (0-1) 

Coordination of music and drama. Singing, per- 
forming, and acting techniques on stage. Possible 
experience in conducting, coaching, directing, and 
stage management. Development of professional 
standards and attitudes. Preparation and presenta- 
tion of scenes from various operas. Primarily for 


students in voice. (Rehearsal 2) Pre: audition and/ 
or permission of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit. 


490 Independent Study (1-3) 

Preparation of a project under the guidance of a 
member of the appropriate faculty. (Independent 
Study) Pre: acceptance by faculty member who will 
be the project advisor and approval of chairperson. 
May be repeated for credit. 


*510 Applied Music (2, 3, 4, or 6) 

Private instruction. One 60-minute lesson each 
week. Levels, master classes, and recital perfor- 
mance as prescribed in the applied music syllabi. 
(Studio 60 minutes) Pre: audition demonstrating 
proficiency appropriate to the selected M.M. de- 
gree. See 110 for areas of study. May be repeated. 


511 Advanced Choral Conducting (3) 

Critical study of choral music scores with reference 
to interpretation and performance. Development of 
technical command and expressive skills includes 
supervised rehearsal and conducting of University 
ensembles. (Lec. 3) Pre: knowledge of conducting 
technique as evidenced in audition or 311. 


512 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (3) 
Critical study of orchestral and chamber music 
scores with reference to interpretation and perfor- 
mance. Development of technical command and 
expressive skill includes supervised rehearsal and 
conducting of University ensembles. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
knowledge of basic baton as evidenced in audition 
or credit in 312. 


513 Graduate Conducting Project (3) 

Preparation and conducting of a program of cham- 
ber music and/or a major ensemble with documen- 
tation. (Studio 3) Pre: 511, 512, and 548 and per- 
mission of chairperson. 


540 Foundations of Music Education (3) 
Examination of the broad influences upon music 
education. Historical, philosophical, sociological, 
psychological, and curricular foundations. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing in music. Offered every 
third semester. Next offered fall 2004. 


545 Musical Learning, Evaluation, and 
Assessment (3) 

A study of cognitive, psychomotor, and affective 
learning in music. The ways in which musical learn- 
ing may be evaluated and assessed. The needs of 
special populations will be included. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing in music. Offered every third se- 
mester. Next offered fall 2003. 


548 Research in Music (3) 

Study of research techniques as applied to the art 
of music. Major project procedures and data collec- 
tion and examination in the following research cat- 


MUSIC 249 


egories: historical, philosophical, and empirical. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing in music. Offered 
every third semester. Next offered spring 2004. 


550 Graduate Performance Recital (0-1) 
Performance of advanced repertoire of various 
styles in a public program at least 55 minutes in 
duration for the M.M. in performance and 45 min- 
utes in duration for the M.M. in music education 
after faculty acceptance. (Studio) Pre: concurrent 
enrollment in 510 and 6 or more credits in 510 for 
the M.M. in performance or 4 or more credits in 
510 for the M.M. in music education. 


552 Graduate Composition Recital (0-1) 

A juried recital of at least 40 minutes of original 
compositions prepared by the composer. (Studio) 
Pre: concurrent enrollment in 510V and 3 or more 
credits in 510V. 


567 Seminar in Performance and Pedagogy (2) 
Study of performance literature, practice, and 
pedagogy. Research projects and supervised teach- 
ing experience appropriate to the major perfor- 
mance area. (Lec. 2) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 
550. In alternate years. Next offered fall 2004. 


570 Graduate Project (3) 

Independent study resulting in a major essay, com- 
position, or orchestration. (Independent Study) 
Pre: 548 and permission of chairperson. 


571 Special Topics in Music (1-3) 

Exploration of advanced topics not covered by the 
standard graduate curriculum but of interest to fac- 
ulty and students in a particular semester. Possible 
topics include performance, music history, music 
theory, composition, and music education (Lec. 1- 
3) May be repeated for credit with a different 
topic. 


579 Experiential Learning in Music (2) 
Developing competence through an individual 
and/or collaborative experiential activity involving 
music research, performance, service, and/or 
teaching in university and community settings. 
May include professional music studio or computer 
lab work. Student will work with his or her major 
professor or with the director of graduate studies. 
(Practicum) Pre: graduate standing and previous or 
concurrent enrollment in 580. 


580 Master of Music Portfolio | (0) 

Planning individual activities and experiences dem- 
onstrating competence in music at the graduate 
level. Should be taken in the first semester of ma- 
triculation. Student will work with his or her major 
professor or with the director of graduate studies. 
(3 common Seminars) Pre: graduate standing in 
music. Not required for students whose bachelor’s 
degree is from URI. S/U only. 


S3aSYNOD 


250 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


581 Master of Music Portfolio II (1) 

Individual accomplishment of activities and experi- 
ences demonstrating competence at the graduate 
level of music. Achievement of professional behav- 
iors indicating significant growth in areas of spe- 
cialization. Oral presentation required. Should be 
taken in final semester of study. Student will work 
with his or her major professor or with the director 
of graduate studies. (3 common Seminars) Pre: 
graduate standing in music. S/U only. 


583 Vocal Diction (3) 

Phonetics (International Phonetic Alphabet). Enun- 
ciation in the foreign languages most encountered 
in vocal literature (French, Italian, and German). 
English diction in singing. (Lec. 3) In alternate 
years. Next offered spring 2005. 


590 Piano Accompanying (1) 

Development of sightreading skills. Preparation and 
performance of accompaniments of major works. 
(Studio 1) Pre: permission of piano faculty. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 3 credits. 


593 University Chorus (0-1) 
(Rehearsal 3) Pre: audition at graduate level of per- 
formance. May be repeated. 


594 Symphonic Wind Ensemble (0-1) 
(Rehearsal 3) Pre: audition at graduate level of per- 
formance. 


595 Concert Choir (0-1) 
(Rehearsal 3) Pre: audition at graduate level of per- 
formance. 


596 Jazz and Studio Ensemble (0-1) 

Study and performance of jazz and studio music, 
with leadership roles in improvisation and perfor- 
mance. (Rehearsal 3) Pre: audition at graduate level 
of performance. 


597 University Symphony (0-1) 
(Rehearsal 3) Pre: audition at graduate level of per- 
formance. May be repeated. 


598 Chamber Music Ensembles (0-1) 

Chamber music ensembles are small performance 
ensembles normally restricted to one performer per 
part. Chamber music ensembles study and perform 
repertoire in the following areas, or combinations 
of areas: keyboard, string, woodwind, brass percus- 
sion, vocal, guitar, jazz, etc. (Rehearsal 2) Pre: audi- 
tion and/or permission of chamber music coach. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 

consultation with the major professor or program 

committee. (Independent Study) Pre: 548. May be 
repeated. S/U credit. 


Natural Resources Science (NRS) 
Chairperson: Professor Husband 


100 Natural Resource Conservation (3) 
Introduction to man’s use and management of 
natural resources: land, food, forest, wildlife, water, 
minerals, and air, with a survey of contemporary 
resource-use problems in environmental pollution. 
(Lec. 3) (S) 


101 Freshman Inquiry into Natural Resources 
Science (1) 

Introduction for freshmen to the opportunities, 
careers, research activities, applied outreach, and 
educational programs in the Department of Natu- 
ral Resources Science. Interact weekly with faculty. 
Explore hands-on modules. (Lec. 1) S/U credit. 


186 Analysis and Presentation of Environmental 
Data (3) 

The scientific method, summarizing and reporting 
of numerical data, unique properties of environ- 
mental data, method of unit conversion, graphic 
visualization of environmental data. (Lec. 1, Lab. 2) 
Pre: 100 or permission of instructor. Open to natu- 
ral resources science majors only. 


190 Issues in Biotechnology (3) 
See Aquaculture and Fisheries Science 190. 


200 Seminar in Natural Resources (1) 

Review and discussion of research, management, 
and other topics in natural resources. Speakers ex- 
pose students to issues that natural resources pro- 
fessionals are concerned with and the work that 
they do. Pre: 100. 


212 Introduction to Soil Science (3) 

Physical, biological, and chemical properties of soils 
and their practical application to environmental 
science. Introduction to soil genesis, classification, 
and land-use and conservation issues. (Lec. 3) (N) 


223 Conservation of Populations and 
Ecosystems (3) 

Conservation of biological diversity in a world 
dominated by humans. Conservation biology 
theory, application; ecosystem conservation; land- 
scape ecology principles. (Lec. 3) Pre: 100, BIO 
101, 102, 112 or 113. 


301 Introduction to Forest Science (3) 
Development and importance of forestry; forest 
regions; tree characteristics and identification with 
emphasis on Northeastern species; forest environ- 
ment; tree growth and site productivity. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 2) Pre: BIO 112 or 102. 


302 Fundamentals of Forest Management (3) 
Wood properties, timber harvesting, measurement 
and utilization of forest products; establishment, 
tending, and protection of forest stands; silvicul- 
tural systems; forest inventory procedures and 
management plans. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 301. 


304 Field Ornithology (3) 

Identification, field study techniques, habitats, and 
basic biology of birds. Emphasis on field identifica- 
tion of local species. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: BIO 113 
or 101. 


305 Principles of Wildlife Ecology and 
Management (3) 

Application of ecological knowledge to the man- 
agement of wild vertebrate populations and the 
habitat upon which they depend. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 
112, 113 or 101, 102, and 262. 


309 Wildlife Management Techniques 
Laboratory (3) 

Application of practical field techniques for quanti- 
fication and evaluation of wildlife and habitats. 
Methods of field identification, sampling, and data 
analysis. (Lab. 4, Project 3) Service learning. Pre: 
186, and 305 or concurrent enrollment. 


312 Methods in Soil and Water Analysis (3) 
Principles and exercises in the collection, analysis, 
and interpretation of soil and water data. Sampling 
and experimental design, chemical analysis tech- 
niques, data processing, and spatial analysis. (Lec. 
1, Lab. 4) Pre: 212 and CHM 101 or 103 or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 
fall 2004. 


324 Biology of Mammals (3) 

Classification, distribution, field study techniques, 
and basic biology of mammals. Emphasis on New 
England species. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: BIO 113 or 
101. In alternate years. Next offered in spring 
2005. 


351 Soil Morphology Practicum (1) 

Six weeks of practical experience in the description 
of soil profiles under field conditions. Field trips to 
observe, describe, and interpret morphological 
properties as utilized in soil judging. (Practicum) 
Pre: 212 or permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated for credit with permission of chairperson. 


361 Watershed Hydrology and Management (4) 
Study of the processes that govern the hydrology 
and quality of surface runoff and groundwater. Em- 
phasis on watershed management and the impact 
of land use on water quality. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 
212 or permission of instructor. 


395 Research Apprenticeship in Natural 
Resources Science (1-3) 

Supervised experience for qualified undergraduates 
who assist NRS faculty and graduate students in 
departmental research projects. Tasks may include 
literature review, research design, installation of 
sampling plots and equipment, laboratory analyses, 
data collection, and data analysis. (Practicum) Pre: 
sophomore to senior standing and permission of 
instructor. Limited to NRS majors. May be repeated 
for a maximum of 6 credits. S/U credit. 


397 Natural Resources Internship (1-6) 
Supervised work experience in forestry, wildlife 
management, soil science, water resources, envi- 
ronmental education, or related areas of natural 
resources management. (Practicum) Pre: 100, 212, 
and approval of chairperson. Open only to NRS 
majors. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 cred- 
its. S/U credit. 


402 Wildlife Biometrics (3) 

Presentation of statistical design and analysis of 
ecological field measurements. Emphasis on quan- 
titative measurements and data analyses used in 
wildlife population research. Capstone. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: BIO 262 and STA 308 or 409 or per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. Next of- 
fered in spring 2004. 


403 Wildlife Biometrics Field Investigations (1) 
Independent field study of wildlife populations us- 
ing modern quantitative measurements and data 
analyses. Emphasis on experimental design, data 
collection and recording, statistical analysis, data 
interpretation, and reporting. (Practicum) 
Capstone course. Pre: concurrent enrollment in 
402. Not for graduate credit. 


406 Wetland Wildlife (3) 

Introduction to management of wetland wildlife. 
Emphasis on management techniques used for ma- 
jor wetland types, waterfowl, furbearers, and non- 
game wildlife. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: BIO 262 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


407 Nongame and Endangered Species 
Management (3) 

Management programs for nonhunted species, ba- 
sic conservation biology, and techniques used for 
management of endangered species. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
305 or concurrent enrollment in 305. 


409 Concepts in GIS (3) 

Discussion of the unique properties of spatial data, 
GIS data structures, accessing existing spatial data, 
and applications of GIS in the environmental sci- 
ences. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 262 or permission of in- 
structor. Not for graduate credit. 


410 Fundamentals of GIS (3) 

Emphasis on using a geographic information sys- 
tem (GIS) to create a geographically referenced 
spatial database, spatial topology, data visualiza- 
tion, computer-assisted map making, and spatial 
data query and analysis. (Lab. 6) Pre: past or simul- 
taneous enrollment in 409 or 509. 


412 Soil-Water Chemistry (3) 

Biogeochemistry of soil-water interactions. Soil 
composition, the exchange and sorption of ele- 
ments, trace element behavior, redox reactions and 
control of these factors on availability and loss. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 212 and CHM 124 and 126 or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 
fall 2003. 


MUSIC/NATURAL RESOURCES SCIENCE 251 


415 Remote Sensing of the Environment (3) 
Introduction to fundamentals of air-borne and 
space-borne remote sensing. Emphasis on remote 
sensing applications in terrestrial environmental 
and natural resources studies. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


423 Wetland Ecology (4) 

Formation, development, and distinguishing fea- 
tures of inland and coastal wetlands. Topics include 
classification, geology, hydrology, soils, plant ecol- 
ogy, vegetation dynamics. Primary emphasis on 
wetlands of the glaciated Northeast. Capstone. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: BIO 262, GEO 103, and con- 
current enrollment in NRS 425 or 525. 


424 Wetlands and Land Use (4) 

Survey of wetland values, exploitation, current sta- 
tus, and legal protection. Emphasis on critical is- 
sues including wetland evaluation, impact assess- 
ment, mitigation procedures. Field trips provide 
examples of wetland use conflicts. Capstone. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 4) Pre: 423 or permission of instructor. 


425 Wetland Field Investigations (1) 
Independent field study of a diverse freshwater 
wetland ecosystem, with emphasis on aerial photo- 
interpretation, wetland classification, and in-depth 
examination of glacial geology, hydrology, plant 
ecology, and soils. (Practicum) Capstone course. 
Pre: concurrent enrollment in 423. Not for gradu- 
ate credit. 


426 Soil Microbiology (3) 

Occurrence, metabolism and ecology of soil micro- 
organisms, with emphasis on nutrient cycling, soil 
pathogens, transformation of organic and inor- 
ganic pollutants, and soil biotechnology. (Lec 3) 
Pre: 212 or permission of instructor. 


430 Forest Resource Management (4) 
Silvicultural systems, timber harvesting, forest 
products, protection and health of forest stands, 
orest inventory; emphasis on integrating knowl- 
edge to create feasible forest management plan 
based on landowner objectives. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) 
Pre: 301 and permission of instructor. 


440 Ecosystem Processes in Land and Water 
Management (3) 

Processes affecting the flows of energy, water, 
mass, and nutrients in terrestrial and aquatic 
ecosystems, with emphasis on linkages between 
ecosystems and management implications. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: BIO 262 and NRS 212 and CHM 101 or 103 or 
permission of instructor. 


441 Methods in Ecosystem Analysis (2) 
Measurement of processes affecting the flow of en- 
ergy, water, mass, and nutrients in terrestrial eco- 
systems of southern New England. Comparison of 
ecosystems and assessment of management im- 
pacts. (Lab. 4) Pre: 212 and BIO 262 and CHM 101 
or 103 or permission of instructor. 


450 Soil Conservation and Land Use (3) 
Application of soil survey interpretation as a tool in 
soil and water conservation and land use planning. 
Implications of soil properties and problems for 
land use considered with emphasis on urbanizing 
situations. Capstone. (Lec. 3) Pre: 212 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


451 Soil and Water Conservation Technology (3) 
Principles and practices involved in mechanical 
protection, improvement, and development of soil 
and water resources. Design of conservation fea- 
tures and structures. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: MTH 111 
or equivalent. 


452 Soil, Water, and Land Use Investigations (1) 
Independent field and laboratory study of soil and 
water topics related to land use issues. (Practicum) 
Capstone course. Pre: concurrent enrollment in 
450. 


471 Soil Morphology and Mapping (3) 

A detailed study of the morphological properties of 
soils and their distribution on the landscape. Practi- 
cal experience in describing soil profiles and pre- 
paring soil maps. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 212 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


475 Plant Nutrition and Soil Fertility 
See Plant Sciences 475. 


482 Innovative Subsurface Remediation 
Technologies 
See Geosciences 482. 


484 Environmental Hydrogeology 
See Geosciences 484. 


491, 492 Special Projects (1-3 each) 

Special work to meet the needs of individual stu- 
dents in natural resources. (Independent Study) 
Pre: permission of chairperson. 


495 Advanced Natural Resources Apprenticeship (3) 
Collaboration with faculty and graduate students in 
departmental research, including supervision and 
mentoring of students enrolled in 395. Emphasis 
on independent decision-making and leadership of 
undergraduate research teams. Limited to majors. 
May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 
(Practicum) Pre: 395 and permission of instructor. 
S/U only. Not for graduate credit. 


497 Natural Resources Cooperative Internship 
(6-12) 

Supervised work experience with a governmental 
agency, nongovernmental organization, or private 
company in the environmental field. (Practicum) 
Capstone. Pre: senior standing and permission of 
department. Not for graduate credit. 


S3aSYNOD 


252 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


498 Teaching Practicum in Natural Resources 
Science (1-3) 

Teaching experience for qualified undergraduates 
through actual involvement in planning and assist- 
ing in NRS courses. May include supervised partici- 
pation in a discussion group, assisting in a labora- 
tory or field course, or tutoring. (Practicum) Pre: 
senior standing, previous enrollment in the course 
to be taught, and permission of instructor. Limited 
to NRS majors. May be repeated for a maximum of 
3 credits. Not for graduate credit. S/U only. 


499 Senior Thesis in Natural Resources Science (6) 
In-depth research or outreach effort reviewed by a 
faculty committee and culminating in a thesis writ- 
ten in scientific journal format. Oral presentation to 
the committee required. Capstone. (Independent 
Study) Pre: GPA of at least 3.25, successful comple- 
tion of 491 or 492 and permission of department 
chairperson. Not for graduate credit. 


503 Wildlife Biometrics Field Investigations (1) 
Independent field study of wildlife populations us- 
ing modern quantitative measurements and data 
analyses. Emphasis on experimental design, data 
collection and recording, statistical analysis, data 
interpretation, and reporting. (Practicum) Pre: con- 
current enrollment in 402. 


505 Biology and Management of Migratory 
Birds (2) 

Current programs, problems, and techniques for 
managing migratory game and nongame birds. 
Emphasis on basic biology of the species, habitat 
management, and harvest management. (Seminar) 
Pre: 305 or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Next offered spring 2004. 


508 Seminar in Biological Literature 
See Biological Sciences 508. 


509 Concepts of GIS and Applications in 
Environmental Science (3) 

Unique properties of spatial data, geographic infor- 
mation system (GIS) data structures, accessing ex- 
isting spatial data, and applications of GIS in the 
environmental sciences. Uses in ecology, conserva- 
tion, soil science, geohydrology, and wildlife man- 
agement. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 262 or permission of 
instructor. 


510 Soil-Water Relations (3) 

Processes governing water flow and availability in 
unsaturated and saturated soil. Emphasis on soil- 
water-plant relationships with applications to 
watershed management and hydrology. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: 212, 461, or permission of instructor. 


516 Advanced Remote Sensing (3) 

Digital remote sensing in environmental and natu- 
ral resource studies. Emphasis on satellite remote 
sensing image rectification, georeferencing, classifi- 
cation, and integration with GIS. (Lec. 2, Lab 2) 
Pre: 415 or permission of instructor. 


520 Quantitative Techniques in Natural 
Resource Research (3) 

Research design, database management, and 
analysis and interpretation of natural resource data. 
Emphasis on hands-on experience of quantitative 
and computerized techniques commonly used by 
natural resource scientists. (Lec. 2, Lab 2) Pre: STA 
308 and permission of instructor. 


522 Advanced GIS Analysis of Environmental 
Data (3) 

Discussion and application of terrain modeling, 
spatial statistics, proximity analysis, remote sens- 
ing/GIS linkages, and environmental data integra- 
tion. Emphasis on ecological data at watershed/ 
landscape scales. (Lec. 1, Lab. 6) Capstone. Pre: 
410 or permission of instructor. 


524 Application of Advanced Spatial Analysis (1) 
Independent application of spatial data analysis to 
derive solutions to environmental problems, with 
emphasis on GIS data integration, vector and raster 
modeling, and visualization of analytical and quan- 
titative results. (Practicum) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 522. Capstone course. 


525 Wetland Field Investigations (1) 
Independent field study of a diverse freshwater 
wetland ecosystem, with emphasis on aerial photo- 
interpretation, wetland classification, and in-depth 
examination of glacial geology, hydrology, plant 
ecology and soils. (Practicum) Pre: concurrent en- 
rollment in 423. 


526 Microbial Ecology of Soils and Sediments (3) 
Occurrence and activity of microorganisms in soils 
and sediments, including wetlands. Environmental 
physiology of microbes; habitat interactions; meth- 
ods of study; importance of microbial processes to 
ecosystem productivity, pollutant degradation, and 
atmospheric chemistry. (Lec. 3) Pre: 212, MIC 211, 
or permission of instructor. 


532 (or REN 542) Conservation Biology and 
Resource Economics (2) 

Examination of different components of conserva- 
tion of biological diversity. Topics include mini- 
mum viable populations, ecology and economics of 
reserve design, reintroductions, causes of extinc- 
tion, and the ecosystem conservation strategies. 
(Seminar) Pre: BIO 262, REN 105 or permission of 
instructor. 


533 Landscape Pattern and Change (3) 

Remote sensing perspective of landscape character- 
ization; landscape dynamics; spatiotemporal land- 
use and land-cover change; modeling and analysis 
of landscape by integration of remote sensing, GIS, 
GPS, and in situ data. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 415 or 
permission of instructor. 


534 Ecology of Fragmented Landscapes (2) 
Presentation of the concepts of landscape ecology 
with emphasis on populations of plants and ani- 
mals in fragmented habitats. Topics discussed in- 
clude: habitat corridors, fluxes of energy and spe- 
cies along habitat edges, shape analysis, and 
stability of populations in habitat patches. (Lec. 2) 
Pre: BIO 262 or permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered spring 2005. 


538 Physiological Ecology of Wild Terrestrial 
Vertebrates (3) 

Relationships between animal physiology and the 
ecology and dynamics of wild vertebrate popula- 
tions, including birds, mammals, reptiles, and 
amphibians. (Lec. 3) Pre: 305 or permission of 
instructor. 


555 Applied Coastal Ecology (2) 

Resource management problems in coastal national 
parks. Topics include air and water pollution, bar- 
rier island erosion, deer overpopulation, Lyme dis- 
ease, and ecosystem restoration. Examples of con- 
flicting land-management mandates and research 
needs discussed. Optional field trips. (Lec. 2) Pre: 
advanced course work or experience in topical 
fields or permission of instructor. Offered in even- 
numbered years. 


567 Soil Genesis and Classification (3) 
Development of soils as influenced by physical, 
chemical, biological, and climatic factors. Processes 
of soil formation presented relative to soil tax- 
onomy and geographic distribution. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
471 or permission of instructor. 


568 Recent Advances in Natural Resources 
Science (3) 

Critical analysis and presentation of technical re- 
ports on recent advances in natural resources sci- 
ence. Topics will vary according to instructor and 
background of students. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. 


582 Seminar in Soil Ecology and Biochemistry (1) 
Discussion of current topics in special areas of soil 
ecology and biochemistry based on primary scien- 
tific literature. (Lec. 1) Pre: senior or graduate 
standing, 212, and permission of instructor. 


583 Innovative Subsurface Remediation 
Technologies 
See Geosciences 582. 


584 Environmental Hydrogeology 
See Geosciences 584 


591, 592 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Advanced independent research projects super- 
vised by members of the research staff and unre- 
lated to Master’s or Doctoral research. Projects de- 
veloped to meet individual needs (Independent 
Study) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


600 Graduate Seminar in Natural Resources (1) 
Presentation of proposed, ongoing, or completed 
research by NRS graduate students. Discussion 
among graduate students, faculty, and staff, with 
emphasis on research design, methods and inter- 
pretation of results. (Seminar) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing in NRS. All graduate students must enroll at 
least twice; full time students are expected to enroll 
each spring. S/U credit. 


New England Studies (NES) 


300 The New England Experience (3) 

Life in New England, past and present, through 
varying disciplines focusing on a new topic each 
semester. (Lec. 3) May be repeated for credit with 
different emphasis. 


400 Special Topics in New England Studies (1-3) 
Specialized topics in the study of New England 
offered by specialists in the field. (Seminar) May 
be repeated for credit with different topics. 


Nursing (NUR) 
Dean: Associate Professor Joseph 


103 Professional Practice in Health and Illness (3) 
Introduction to the concept of professional helping 
including problem management, communication, 
the teaching process, and critical decision making. 
Analysis of ecosystem influences and cultural vari- 
ability in health, illness, and health care. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) 


150 Human Sexuality (3) 

Interdisciplinary approach to the study of individual 
and societal determinants in the development, in- 
tegration, and expression of human sexuality and a 
code of sexual behavior. (Lec. 3) (S) 


203 Comprehensive Health Assessment (3) 
Introduces the techniques of history taking and sys- 
tematic health assessment of individuals across the 
life span. Recognition of normal findings is empha- 
sized. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: BIO 242 and 244; NUR 
103. 


213 Pathophysiology (3) 

Examination of basic concepts of pathophysiology 
and the related levels of prevention, etiology, 
pathogenesis, and clinical manifestations underly- 
ing alterations according to biological processes 
across the lifespan. (Lec. 3) Pre: MIC 201, NUR 
203. 


233 Foundations of Nursing Practice with Older 
Adults (3) 

Foundational concepts of professional nursing 
practice emphasizing levels of prevention and nurs- 
ing care focusing on the older adult in wellness and 
illness. (Lec. 3) Pre: 203. 


NATURAL RESOURCES SCIENCE/NURSING 253 


234 Practicum in Foundations of Nursing with 

Older Adults (3) 

Practicum emphasizing foundational concepts of 

basic nursing and levels of prevention focusing on 
the older adult client in wellness and illness. (Lab. 
9) Pre: previous or concurrent enrollment in 233. 


246 Conceptual Bases of Professional Nursing (3) 
Overview and synthesis of concepts essential to de- 
velopment of the professional nursing role. Primary 
emphasis on expanding and refining the theoreti- 
cal bases for decision making and nursing strate- 
gies in client care. (Lec. 3) For R.N. students only. 


273 Critical Thinking and Research in Nursing (3) 
Introduction to the principles of scientific inquiry 
and the research process, including identification 
of forms of analytical thinking common to problem 
solving in nursing. Opportunity for evaluating and 
applying research findings. (Lec. 3) Pre: PSY 300 or 
STA 220 or MTH 107. (For RN’s only) 


323 Medical-Surgical Nursing (6) 

Concepts of medical-surgical nursing with empha- 
sis on nursing strategies, and utilizing levels of pre- 
vention in management of adults with acute and 
chronic illness, including the impact of illness on 
their families. (Lec. 6) Pre: 213, 234; previous or 
concurrent enrollment in BMS 333. 


324 Medical-Surgical Nursing Practicum (6) 
Application of medical-surgical nursing strategies in 
the management of adults with acute and chronic 
illness, and the impact on their families. (Lab. 18) ) 
Service learning. Pre: credit or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 323. 


333 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing (3) 
Nursing strategies to support and care for persons 
with limitations in psychosocial functioning in the 
context of family and community; psychiatric and/ 
or mental health. (Lec. 3) Pre: 324; credit or con- 
current enrollment in BMS 333. 


334 Practicum in Psychiatric Mental Health 
Nursing (3) 

Application of the nursing process and the use of 
self as the therapeutic agent with individuals and 
groups of clients. Emphasis on developing nursing 
strategies for psychiatric and/or mental health care. 
(Lab. 9) Service learning. Pre: credit or concurrent 
enrollment in 333. 


343 Nursing in Childbearing and Reproductive 
Health (3) 

Emphasis on the nursing management of child- 
bearing families and reproductive health issues 
across the life span. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or concur- 
rent enrollment in BMS 333 and NUR 334. 


344 Practicum in Childbearing and Reproductive 
Health Nursing (3) 

Application of the nursing process in the care of 
individuals and families with childbearing and re- 
productive experiences. (Lab. 9) Service learning. 
Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 343. 


346 Practicum in Nursing Management of 
Clients (3) 

Practicum in development of leadership and man- 
agement strategies for registered nurses in selected 
clinical settings. Emphasis on role development and 
analysis of issues related to client care and nursing 
practice. (Practicum) Service learning. Pre: 246, 
273, and prior faculty approval. 


349 Aging and Health (3) 

Examines normal age changes, effects on health, 
health problems, and interventions to achieve opti- 
mal wellness. Utilizes a systems perspective empha- 
sizing healthy, positive aging and incorporates an 
interdisciplinary approach to care. (Lec. 3) 


360 Impact of Death on Behavior (3) 

Seminar to explore the human experience of dying 
and the issue of quality of life. Group discussion 
focuses on the effect that individual and social val- 
ues and medical and social structures have on 
one’s grief response and bereavement process. 
(Lec. 3) (L) 


390 Directed Study (1-3) 

Research study or individual scholarly project relat- 
ing to the nursing major. Faculty guidance in prob- 
lem delineation and in development, implementa- 
tion, and evaluation of the project. (Independent 
Study) Pre: admission to the College of Nursing. S/ 
U credit. 


433 Nursing of Children (3) 

Examines theories and strategies which promote or 
restore health and prevent or manage illness in in- 
fants, children and adolescents; includes family- 
centered concepts and supportive management 
during end-of-life care. (Lec. 3) 


434 Practicum in Nursing of Children (3) 
Synthesis of pediatric knowledge and the applica- 
tion of the nursing process in the care of children 
and their families. (Lab. 9) Pre: Previous on concur- 
rent enrollment in 433. 


443 Community Health Nursing (3) 

Analysis of concepts related to public health and 
nursing care of clients in the home and the com- 
munity with emphasis on vulnerable and high-risk 
populations. (Lec. 3) Pre: Previous or concurrent 
enrollment in 434 and 453 (246 for RN students). 


S3SYNOD 


254 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


444 Practicum in Community Health Nursing (3) 
Application of the nursing process in the home and 
community with emphasis on vulnerable and high 
risk populations. In-depth analysis of a selected 
population, including utilization of epidemiological 
and public health principles. (Lab. 9) Pre: Previous 
or concurrent enrollment in 434 and 443 (246 for 
RN students) 


446 Directed Study for Registered Nurse 
Students (1-4) 

Clinical advanced study or individual scholarly 
project related to the nursing major. Faculty guid- 
ance in problem delineation and in development, 
implementation, and evaluation of the project. (In- 
dependent Study) Pre: 246, 273, and approval of 
faculty. Not for graduate credit. 


453 (273) Nursing Research (3) 

Introduction to principles of scientific inquiry and 
analytical thinking common to problem solving in 
nursing. Research process and implications to know 
ledge development, utilization and evidence based 
practice are explored. (Lec. 3) Pre: PSY 300, STA 
220 or equivalent, 324. 


459 Perspectives on Male and Female Sexuality (3) 
Examination of the multifaceted perspectives (so- 
matic, emotional, ethical, cultural) on male and 
female sexuality. Topics include history and recent 
developments in sexology research, therapy, role 
and gender issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: 150 or permission 
of instructor. 


463 (423) Advanced Medical-Surgical Nursing (3) 
Study of nursing care problems and nursing man- 
agement of adults with acute and chronic complex 
illnesses, including the impact on their families. 
(Lec. 3) Pre:444. 


464 (424) Practicum in Advanced Medical- 
Surgical Nursing (3) 

Application of the nursing process to adults across 
the lifespan with acute and chronic complex ill- 
nesses including the impact on their families in se- 
lected clinical situations. (Lab. 9) Pre: Previous or 
concurrent enrollment in 463. 


467 Independent Study in Human Sexuality (2-6) 
A specifically designed learning experience for the 
theoretical study of human sexuality and related 
practice strategies. (Independent Study) Pre: 150 
or equivalent; permission of instructor. 


468 Practicum in Theories of Human 

Sexuality (2-6) 

A specifically designed practicum involving the 
application of theory and development of practice 
strategies in specific areas within the field of 
human sexuality. (Practicum) Pre: 150 and 467 or 
equivalent; permission of instructor. 


474 (454) Leadership in Contemporary Nursing 
Practice (3) 

Examination of theories, issues, and concepts re- 
lated to contemporary nursing practice. Emphasis 
on the application of principles of leadership and 
professionalism in a clinical experience. (Lec. 1, 
Lab. 6) Pre: 453. Previous or concurrent enrollment 
in 464. 


500 General Study of Nursing Knowledge for 
Nursing Practice (4) 

Introduction to the essential features of nursing 
knowledge and its development in relation to nurs- 
ing practice. Study of approaches to nursing 
knowledge development, and major conceptual/ 
theoretical knowledge in nursing. (Lec. 3, Lab 2) 
Pre: graduate standing. 


503 Expanded Nursing Assessment Skills (3) 
Expansion of nursing assessment skills including 
health history taking and physical, psychological, 
and social assessment skills. Specific physical assess- 
ment skills included are inspection, auscultation, 
percussion, and palpation. (Lec. 2, Lab. 1) Pre: en- 
rollment in the M.S. program in nursing. 


504 Expanded Nursing Assessment Skills: 
Pediatrics (1) 

Application of expanded nursing assessment skills 
to children. Includes assessment of growth and de- 
velopment, psychosocial, cognitive, and physical 
well-being of children of all age groups. (Lec. 1) 
Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 503 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


505 Nursing Research (3) 

An overview and analysis of current research in 
nursing with special focus on patient care. Students 
will design a research project. (Seminar) Pre: a 
course in statistics, credit or concurrent enrollment 
in 500, or permission of instructor. 


506 Independent Study in Nursing (2-6) 
Intensive study of a specific area of interest, a prob- 
lem or issue in nursing under guidance of the fac- 
ulty. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of gradu- 
ate faculty. 


507 Theories of Practice for Nursing (3) 
Analysis of general theories of practice for nursing 
and their applicability to various areas of clinical 
practice. (Seminar) Pre: 500 or permission of 
instructor. 


510 Nursing Leadership in the Health Policy 
Process (3) 

Study of nurses’ participation in the health policy 
process. Focus on theories for the development of 
nursing leaders. Analysis and application of creative 
nursing strategies for the enhancement of health 
care. (Seminar) Pre: enrollment in the M.S. pro- 
gram in nursing. 


511 Advanced Mental Health Nursing | (3) 
Investigation of theories of healthy and psycho- 
pathological patterns of individual behavior from a 
mental health perspective. (Seminar) Pre: 500 and 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 512. 


512 Practicum in Advanced Mental Health 
Nursing I (3) 

Field experience to develop competence in the 
practice of advanced mental health nursing. Em- 
phasis on application of relevant theories in solving 
individuals’ mental health problems. (Practicum) 
Pre: 500 and concurrent enrollment in 511. 


515 Practicum in Advanced Psychiatric Mental 
Health Nursing (3) 

Field experience to further develop clinical compe- 
tence in the practice of mental health nursing. Em- 
phasis is placed on the utilization of intervention 
strategies based on knowledge of psychiatric ill- 
ness. (Practicum ) Pre: 511, 512. 


516 Advanced Mental Health Nursing II (3) 
Theoretical analysis of current modes of advanced 
mental health intervention in order to explain strat- 
egies for solution of family, group, and community 
problems. (Seminar) Pre: 511, 512, and concurrent 
enrollment in 514. 


517 Practicum in Advanced Psychiatric Mental 
Health Nursing III (3) 

Field experience to develop clinical competence in 
the practice of advanced mental health nursing in 
providing client care, consultation, education, and 
research. (Practicum) Pre: 515. 


519 Psychophamacotherapeutics for Advanced 
Practice Nursing (3) 

Integration of psychopharmacotherapeutics and 
decision making with human pathophysiology uti- 
lizing case management approach to prescription 
of medications. Discussion of legal, ethical and pro- 
fessional issues related to advanced practice role. 
(Seminar) Pre: Graduate standing in nursing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


520 Graduate Study Seminar (1) 

A seminar designed to facilitate the synthesis and 
examination of information learned in the master’s 
program about nursing knowledge development, 
advancement of nursing practice, and leadership 
role development. (Seminar) Pre: completion of 30 
graduate program credits and concurrent enroll- 
ment in the final sequence of concentration 
courses. 


521 Theoretical Study of Major Problems in 
Nursing Practice (3) 

Major theories and concepts for developing strate- 
gies in nursing practice. Emphasis on developing 
nursing strategies through theoretical analysis of 
problems viewed in the context of organizational 
and societal systems. (Seminar) Pre: 500 and con- 
current enrollment in 522. 


522 Practicum in the Study of Major Problems in 
Nursing Practice (3) 

Field study of major nursing problems with empha- 
sis on examination, evaluation, and revision of 
nursing strategies for problems in the context of 
organizational and societal systems. (Practicum) 
Pre: 500 and concurrent enrollment in 521. 


523 Contemporary Thanatology (3) 
Interdisciplinary approach to trends, problems, 
theories, and strategies in thanatology. Explores 
effects of professional’s personal beliefs and atti- 
tudes on care provided to dying clients across the 
lifepsan and their families. (Seminar) Pre: baccalau- 
reate degree or senior standing with permission of 
instructor. 


524 Exploring Loss Through Creative Arts 
Therapy (3) 

Exploration and assessment of the merits of incor- 
porating creative arts processes (imagery, story, 
metaphor, music, and movement) with individuals 
who are experiencing loss, grief and dying. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: baccalaureate degree or senior standing 
with permission of instructor. 


525 Spirituality of Loss and Death for the 
Helping Professions (3) 

Examination of major belief systems and spirituality 
during loss, death and grief. Emphasis on spiritual 
issues and ethnicity, culture, gender and develop- 
mental stage. Role of professional dealing with 
spiritual concerns. (Seminar) Pre: baccalaureate de- 
gree or senior standing with permission of instruc- 
tor. 


526 Loss Across the Lifespan (3) 

Content provides a basis both for personal devel- 
opment and professional growth. Personal experi- 
ence, selected readings, and personal reflections 
will provide direction for examining the multidi- 
mensional aspects of loss. (Seminar) Pre: baccalau- 
reate degree or senior standing with permission of 
instructor. 


527 Symptom Management in End-of-Life 

Care (3) 

Principles of nursing care at the end-of-life. Strate- 
gies for assessing and managing symptoms along 
with complementary therapies across age groups. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: senior standing in nursing or regis- 
tered nurse (others by permission of instructor). 


529 Topics in Thanatology (1-3) 

Selected areas of study pertinent to loss, dying and 
grief. Instruction may be offered in class seminar or 
clinical settings according to specific needs and 
purposes. May be repeated for credit with a 
change in topic. (Seminar) Pre: baccalaureate 
degree or senior standing with permission of 
instructor. 


531 Primary Health Care Nursing | (3) 
Theoretical knowledge and skills for the develop- 
ment of nursing strategies in analyzing, managing, 
and preventing health-related problems common 
to primary health care clients. (Seminar) Pre: 500; 
503 and 504. 


532 Practicum in Primary Health Care Nursing | (3) 
Clinical application of theoretical knowledge and 
skills as presented in 531. Service learning. 
(Practicum) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 531. 


533 Primary Health Care Nursing II (3) 
Theoretical study for the development of increased 
nursing competency in primary care practice. Em- 
phasis on health care strategies to assist individuals 
and families in coping with health-related prob- 
lems. (Seminar) Pre: 531, 532, and concurrent en- 
rollment in 534. 


534 Practicum in Primary Health Care Nursing II (6) 
Application of theoretical knowledge and skills for 
the development of nursing strategies for health 
promotion and management of health-related 
problems common to families. (Practicum) Service 
learning. Pre: 531, 532, and concurrent enrollment 
in 533. 


535 Pathophysiology for Advanced Practice 
Nurses (3) 

An in-depth study of pathophysiological phenom- 
ena across the life span from the biological life pro- 
cesses perspective. Clinical decision making based 
on the synthesis of this knowledge and current re- 
search findings will be explored. (Lec. 3) Pre: ad- 
mission to graduate program in nursing or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


538 Learning Theories and Strategies for Health 
Professionals (3) 

The study of selected learning theories and strate- 
gies and their application in health professions. Em- 
phasis will be on expanding the scope of teaching 
as professionals. (Lec 3) Pre: 500 or permission of 
instructor. 


539 Application of Learning Theories in 
Professional Practice (3) 

Field project in the application of learning theories 
and strategies in professional practice. Emphasis on 
gaining knowledge of the application of strategies 
and outcome evaluation in practice and educa- 
tional settings. (Practicum) Pre: Previous or concur- 
rent enrollment in 538 or permission of instructor. 


541 Advanced Study of Teaching in Nursing 
Education and Practice (3) 

Advanced study of educational theories and strate- 
gies having application in nursing education and 
practice. Emphasis will be on role development, 
instructional design, methods, and evaluation. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 507, 539, or permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. Next offered 2003-04. 


NURSING 255 


542 Practicum in Nursing Education and 
Practice (6) 

A field experience designed to develop compe- 
tence in teaching. Emphasis is placed on the in- 
structional design component and the utilization of 
strategies based on theoretical knowledge. 
(Practicum) Pre: permission of instructor or previ- 
ous or concurrent enrollment in 541. In alternate 
years. Next offered 2003-04 


551 Theoretical Study of Nursing Administration (3) 
Study of relation of nursing philosophy, organiza- 
tional theories, and practice environment to nurs- 
ing administration. Emphasis on theories, concepts, 
and issues that explain and advance strategies in 
nursing administration. (Seminar) Pre: 505, 507, 
two restricted electives, or permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. Next offered 2003-04. 


552 Practicum in Nursing Administration (6) 
Field experience in nursing administration. Empha- 
sis on role development and the examination, de- 
velopment, and implementation of strategies in 
nursing administration. (Practicum) Pre: Previous or 
concurrent enrollment in 551. In alternate years. 
Next offered 2003-04. 


555 Advanced Gerontological Nursing | (3) 
Study of the theories of aging, age-related 
changes, and health needs of healthy older adults 
and those with minimal functional limitations using 
problem-strategy-theory approaches to nursing 
knowledge. (Seminar) Pre: 500 or permission 

of instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 
2003-04. 


556 Practicum in Advanced Gerontological 
Nursing | (3) 

Study of major problems and issues in advanced 
gerontological nursing through provision of nurs- 
ing care to healthy older adults and those with 
minimal functional limitations. (Practicum) Pre: 
Concurrent or previous enrollment in 555. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered 2003-04. 


557 Advanced Gerontological Nursing II (3) 
Analysis of theoretical and empirical knowledge 
necessary for care of frail older adults and those 
with complex health problems and functional limi- 
tations within acute and long-term care settings. 
(Seminar) Pre: 505, 507, 556. In alternate years. 
Next offered 2004-05. 


558 Practicum in Advanced Gerontological 
Nursing II (6) 

Development, evaluation, and revision of theory- 
based strategies for selected nursing problems 
through provision of nursing care to older adults 
with multiple chronic and acute illnesses and func- 
tional limitations. (Practicum) Pre: Previous or con- 
current enrollment in 557. In alternate years. Next 
offered 2004-05. 


S3aSuYNOD 


256 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


560 Ethical Theories, Nursing Practice, and 
Health Care (3) 

Analysis of philosophic positions, ethical theories, 
and moral principles important to professional 
nurses in their clinical, educative, and administra- 
tive practice. (Seminar) Pre: B.S. or B.A. in a health- 
related field, one course in philosophy and ethics, 
or permission of instructor. 


562 Advanced Clinical Study of Nursing Practice 
in Critical Care (6) 

Study and application of the theories of practice 
and of biopsychosocial interaction in advanced 
critical care nursing. Analysis of patient problems 
and nursing strategies relevant to critical care pa- 
tients. (Practicum) Pre: 500 and concurrent enroll- 
ment in 569. In alternate years. Next offered 
2004-05. 


569 Theoretical Study of Advanced Nursing (3) 
Theoretical foundations of advanced nursing prac- 
tice. Emphasis is on the reciprocal nature of the re- 
lationship between theories, client problems, and 
nursing strategies in the areas of advanced prac- 
tice. (Seminar) Pre: 507, 521, 522, and concurrent 
enrollment in 562 or 564, or permission of instruc- 
tor. Next offered fall 2004. 


571 Theoretical Study of Well Women’s Health 
Care (3) 

A study of major theories, client issues, and nurse- 
midwifery strategies used in the care of well 
women seeking gynecological health care. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: 500. 


572 Practicum: Theoretical Study of Well 
Women’s Health Care (3) 

Clinical application of the theoretical knowledge 
and interventions in the care of well women in am- 
bulatory health care settings. (Practicum) Pre: prior 
or concurrent enrollment in 571. 


573 Theoretical Study of the Childbearing 
Woman and Her Family (3) 

Within a systems perspective, theories are utilized 
to examine client issues related to the normal 
childbirth experience. Knowledge and skills rel- 
evant to nurse-midwifery strategies of normal 
childbirth are emphasized. (Seminar) Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in 571, 572; concurrent en- 
rollment in 574. 


574 Practicum: Theoretical Study of the 
Childbearing Woman and Her Family (3) 
Theoretical application of nurse-midwifery strate- 
gies during the normal childbirth experience. 
Knowledge and skills relevant to patient care are 
emphasized. (Practicum) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 573. 


575 Advanced Practice: Collaborative Nurse- 
Midwifery (3) 

Within a systems perspective, theories are utilized 
to examine client issues of the at-risk childbirth ex- 
perience. Expanded nurse-midwifery strategies re- 
lated to collaborative practice within the commu- 
nity are emphasized. (Seminar) Pre: concurrent 
enrollment in 576. 


576 Advanced Practice: Collaborative Nurse- 
Midwifery Practicum (6) 

Field study of the clinical application of theoretical 
knowledge and skills in the at-risk childbirth experi- 
ence. Use of collaborative practice and the man- 
agement process within communities is empha- 
sized. (Practicum) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 
575. 


577 Practice and Integration of Nurse- 
Midwifery (5) 

Comprehensive and practical application of clinical 
skills and theoretical knowledge in nurse-mid- 
wifery. Complete integration of the nurse-mid- 
wifery role with the client, family, and community. 
(Practicum) Pre: 575 and 576. 


582 Pharmacotherapeutics in Advanced Practice 
Nursing (3) 

Integration of pharmacotherapeutic and decision- 
making theories with human pathophysiology. 
Case management approach to the prescription of 
medications in primary health care across the life 
span. (Lec. 3) Pre: matriculation into master’s pro- 
gram in nursing or permission of instructor. 


590 Directed Study and Practice in Advanced 
Clinical Nursing (3) 

In-depth and supervised clinical practice in a spe- 
cialized area of nursing. (Independent Study) Ser- 
vice learning. Pre: graduate standing and permis- 
sion of graduate faculty. 


601 Foundations of Nursing Science (3) 

Analysis of the nature of nursing knowledge from 
the historical and epistemological perspectives. Fo- 
cus on examination of theoretical, ethical, and 
methodological foundations of the development of 
nursing science. (Seminar) Pre: enrollment in the 
Ph.D. program in nursing. 


602 Construction of Nursing Theory I: Inductive 
Process (4) 

Study of inductive approaches to generating theory 
relevant to nursing science. Examination of 
multidisciplinary strategies for generation of theory 
from field data. (Seminar) Pre: enrollment in the 
Ph.D. program in nursing, 601, or permission of 
instructor. 


603 Construction of Nursing Theory II: 
Deductive Process (3) 

Study of deductive theory-building as applied to 
nursing science. Focus on the nature of deductive 


theories and the application of deductive process 
to nursing theory construction. (Seminar) Pre: en- 
rollment in the Ph.D. program in nursing, 601, or 
permission of instructor. 


621 Nursing Theory and Research in the Client 
Domain (3) 

In-depth, comparative analysis of existing nursing 
theories and research relevant to the client domain. 
Development of a research proposal for validation 
of a selected nursing theory. (Seminar) Pre: doc- 
toral standing in nursing and completion of core 
courses in nursing. 


631 Nursing Theory and Research in the Client- 
Nurse Domain (3) 

Study of theoretical and research work in the cli- 
ent-nurse domain. Formulation and testing of hy- 
potheses dealing with client-nurse phenomena. 
(Seminar) Pre: doctoral standing in nursing and 
completion of core courses in nursing. 


641 Nursing Theory and Research in the Practice 
Domain (3) 

In-depth analysis of theoretical and research work 
in the nursing domain of practice. The expansion 
and refinement of knowledge for nurse-system 
phenomena of the practice domain. (Seminar) Pre: 
doctoral standing in nursing and completion of 
core courses in nursing. 


651 Advanced Methods in Nursing Research I (3) 
In-depth study of theories and methods in sam- 
pling, research design, data collection, and data 
analysis, and their application to qualitative re- 
search in nursing. Emphasis on qualitative data col- 
lection methods. (Seminar) Pre: enrollment in the 
Ph.D. program in nursing, advanced statistics 
course, or permission of instructor. 


652 Advanced Methods in Nursing Research II (3) 
In-depth study of application of theories and meth- 
ods in sampling, research design, data collection, 
data analysis for quantitative and evaluative re- 
search in nursing. (Seminar) Pre: enrollment in the 
Ph.D. program in nursing, 651, or permission of 
instructor. 


653 Measurement and Instrument Development 
in Nursing Research (3) 

In-depth study of theories and methods relevant to 
measurement and instrument development for 
nursing and health sciences. Emphasis on measure- 
ment as an ongoing process of successive approxi- 
mation, refinement, and validation. (Seminar) Pre: 
completion of 652 or permission of instructor. 


660 Philosophical Foundations for Health Care 
Research (3) 

Presentation of the historical and philosophical ba- 
sis of contemporary health care research. (Seminar) 
Pre: enrollment in the Ph.D. program in nursing. 


671 Role Development in Nursing Research (3) 
In-depth examination of the role of the nurse re- 
searcher as a member of a multidisciplinary team 
and in academia. Emphasis on theories and issues 
related to researcher role development. (Seminar) 
Pre: doctoral standing in nursing, 601, 602 or 603, 
and 660. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


995 Reading and Research in Nursing (1-6) 
Advanced work by individual student on a selected 
issue in nursing under the direction of a faculty 
member. (Independent Study) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing. S/U credit. 


Nutrition and Food Sciences 
(NFS) 


Chairperson: Professor Caldwell 


110 Introduction to Nutrition and Dietetics (1) 
Description of the educational and experiential re- 
quirements of a registered dietitian and a nutrition- 
ist. Career opportunities discussed. Designed for 
students entering the nutrition and dietetics major. 
(Lec. 1) 


207 General Nutrition (3) 

Fundamental concepts of the science of nutrition 
with application to the individual, community, and 
world. Proficiency test available. (Lec. 3) (N) 


227 Introduction to Food (3) 

Relationship of food to nutrition and organic chem- 
istry. Use of nutrition guides to plan menus for 
populations of different ages and/or cultural back- 
grounds. (Lec. 2, Lab 3) Pre: 207. 


236 Computer Applications in Nutrition and 
Food Science (1) 

Basic computer operation and the use and com- 
parison of microcomputer software programs in 
food science and nutrition. (Lab. 2) Pre: 207. 


276 Food, Nutrition, and People (3) 

Practical applications of nutrition policy. Current 
issues in the socioeconomic, cultural, and psycho- 
logical influences on food and nutrition behavior. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 207. 


337 Applied Food Science (3) 

Application of the basic principles of food science. 
Physical and chemical changes in foods during pro- 
cessing, storage, and preparation. Laboratory appli- 
cation including assessment of food quality. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 3) Pre: 227, CHM 124 and 126. 


375 Food-Service Management I (3) 
Administrative responsibilities in planning, organiz- 


NURSING/NUTRITION AND FOOD SCIENCES 257 


ing, staffing, leading, and evaluating food-service 
systems. Emphasis on menu planning, purchasing, 
and food cost control. (Lec. 3) Pre: 207, 227 or 
permission of instructor. 


376 Food-Service Management II (4) 
Administrative responsibilities in planning, organiz- 
ing, staffing, leading, and evaluating food-service 
systems. Emphasis on food production and labor 
cost control. Experience in a food-service facility. 
(Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 375. 


386 Food Sanitation (3) 

Principles of sanitation as applied to the 
foodservice and food-processing industry. Emphasis 
on bacteria and other organisms causing food- 
borne illness, pest control, sanitation, and safe food 
handling. (Lec. 3) Pre: MIC 201, or permission of 
instructor. 


394 Nutrition in the Life Cycle | (3) 

Current issues in maternal, child and adolescent 
nutrition with emphasis on nutrient requirements 
and food habit development; delivery of cost-effec- 
tive nutrition services and the application of the 
principles of menu planning. (Lec. 3) Pre: 276. 


395 Nutrition in the Life Cycle Il (3) 

Current issues in nutrition for the adult and older 
adult with emphasis on nutrient requirements re- 
lated to physiological changes; screening initia- 
tives; program development to reduce risk of nutri- 
tion-related diseases. (Lec.3) Pre: 276, 394. 


410 Professional Issues in Nutrition and 
Dietetics (1) 

Professional issues in the field of nutrition and di- 
etetics. Topics include career choices; evaluation of 
journal articles; and registration, licensing, and cer- 
tification. (Lec. 1) Pre: 395 and senior standing. 
Not for graduate credit. 


431 Biochemistry of Food (3) 

Introduction to the chemistry and biochemistry of 
the essential components common to foods of 
plant and animal origin. (Lec. 3) Pre: BCH 311 or 
equivalent. 


432 Food Processing (3) 

Changes involved in behavior of foods in unit op- 
erations such as fermentation, canning, chilling, 
freezing, dehydration, and concentration for pro- 
cessing and preservation. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 431 
and MIC 211. 


434 (or AFS 434) Aquatic Food Quality and 
Processing (4) 

Physicochemical and nutritional characteristics of 
aquatic fish and shellfish; quality assessment and 
control; principles and applications in handling and 
processing fish from harvesting to production; and 
discussion of current issues. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 


342 or permission of instructor. 


435 Food Product Development (4) 
Fundamentals of food product development from 
concept to production. Product design, formula- 
tion, basics of ingredient functions, manufacturing 
product evaluation, and safety and regulation. Indi- 
vidual product development project assignment. 
(Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 337 or 431 or permission of 
instructor. 


441 Advanced Human Nutrition (3) 
Comprehensive study of principles of nutrition. 
Physiological and metabolic processes and interre- 
lationships involving nutrients. Factors affecting 
nutritional health status and requirements during 
life span. (Lec. 3) Pre: 207, BIO 242, BCH 311, or 
permission of instructor. 


443 Nutrition Assessment (3) 

Evaluation of nutritional status by dietary assess- 
ment, anthropometric measures, and nutrition- 
related health indicators. Practice in body composi- 
tion assessment, interpreting dietary and laboratory 
data, and nutrition counseling. (Lec. 2, Lab 2) Pre: 
207, 394, 395 or permission of instructor. 


444 Nutrition and Disease (3) 

Effect of disease on metabolism and nutritional re- 
quirements; implications for dietary change, and 
factors affecting acceptance of such change. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 441, 443 or permission of instructor. 


451, 452 Field Experience in Nutrition and Food 
Science (1-3 each) 

Individual supervised field experience and seminar 
in community, educational, government, health- 
oriented, and commercial activities and services 
related to food science and nutrition. (Practicum) 
Pre: 394, 395 or permission of instructor. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. Not for 
graduate credit in food science and nutrition. 


458 Nutrition Education (3) 

Principles and practices of teaching individuals 
and groups to translate nutrition knowledge into 
action. Emphasis on research in and evaluation of 
nutrition education. (Lec. 3) Pre: 395, 441, or per- 
mission of instructor. 


491, 492 Special Projects (1-3 each) 

Advanced work under supervision of a staff mem- 
ber. Arranged to suit individual requirements of 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: senior standing 
and permission of chairperson. 


502 Physical Chemistry and Properties of Food (3) 
Principles of physical chemistry and properties of 
food material. Analysis of changes in physical prop- 
erties and interaction of food components during 
physical processing. Application of underlying prin- 
ciples in food formulation and processing. (Lec. 2, 


S3aSYNOD 


258 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


Lab. 2) Pre: 431 or permission of instructor. 


505 Methods in Nutrition Research (3) 

Theory and laboratory experience in research 
methodology related to nutrition. Critical review of 
articles, completion of laboratory projects, and 
preparation of a research proposal. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 
Pre: 444 and STA 308 or permission of instructor. 


506 Nutrition in the Community (3) 

Exploration of the role of the nutrition professional 
in community needs assessment, intervention de- 
velopment and evaluation, and in forming domes- 
tic nutrition policy. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing 
or permission of instructor. 


507 Applied Nutrition | (1) 

Selected topics in applied nutrition with an empha- 
sis on medical nutrition therapy. (Lec. 1) Pre: 444 
or permission of instructor. 


508 Applied Nutrition II (1) 

Selected topics in applied nutrition with an 
emphasis on community nutrition and foodservice 
management. (Lec. 1) Pre: 506 or permission of 
instructor. 


511 Seminar in Nutrition and Food Science | (1) 
Reports and discussions of current topics in food 
science and nutrition, as well as oral reports of the- 
ses and dissertation research topics in progress. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
chairperson. 


512 Seminar in Nutrition and Food Science II (1) 
Critical review of oral presentations given in 511. 
Provides student with experience in communicative 
skills necessary to evaluate and critique scientific 
presentations. Attendance is required of all gradu- 
ate students in residence when not enrolled in 511. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate standing. S/U credit. 


551 Topics in Human Nutrition | (3) 

Digestion, absorption, and metabolic role of ma- 
cronutrients and their interrelationships. Influence 
of environmental and physiological factors on nu- 
trient use and energy balance. Critical review of the 
literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: 441, BIO 242, and BCH 

311, or permission of instructor. 


552 Topics in Human Nutrition II (3) 

Absorption, metabolism, and role of micronutrients 
and their interrelationships. Critical review of the 
literature and implications for public policy. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 441, BIO 242, and BCH 311, or permission 
of instructor. 


581 Internship in General Medical Nutrition 
Therapy (1-3) 

Supervised practice in medical nutrition therapy in 
a hospital setting. (Practicum) Pre: Acceptance into 


the Dietetic Internship Option. 


582 Internship in Advanced Medical Nutrition 
Therapy (1-3) 

Supervised advanced practice in medical nutrition 
therapy in a hospital setting. (Practicum) Pre: Ac- 
ceptance into the Dietetic Internship Option. 


583 Internship in Foodservice Management (1-3) 
Supervised practice in foodservice management in 
a hospital setting. (Practicum) Pre: Acceptance into 
the Dietetic Internship Option. 


584 Internship in Community Nutrition (1-3) 
Supervised practice in community nutrition in a 
variety of community settings. (Practicum) Pre: Ac- 
ceptance into the Dietetic Internship Option. 


585 Internship in Specialty Dietetic Practice (1-3) 
Supervised practice in specialty areas of dietetic 
practice in a variety of settings. (Practicum) Pre: 
Acceptance into the Dietetic Internship Option. 


591, 592 Research Problems (1-4 each) 
Advanced work under supervision of a staff mem- 
ber. Arranged to suit individual requirements of 
students. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


691, 692 Research in Nutrition and Food 
Sciences (1-3 each) 

Assigned research on an advanced level. Students 
are required to outline the problem, conduct the 
necessary literature survey and experimental work, 
and present their observations and conclusions in a 
report. (Independent Study) 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Ocean Engineering (OCE) 
Chairperson: Professor Grilli 


101 Introduction to Ocean Engineering (1) 
Overview of ocean engineering topics pointing out 
the common areas with other engineering 
branches but emphasizing specific ocean applica- 
tions. (Seminar) S/U only. 


215 Ocean Engineering Design | (1) 

Introduction to the design of systems in ocean en- 

gineering featuring team-based, hands-on projects. 
Integrated approach includes socioeconomic, envi- 
ronmental, operational, and professional develop- 


ment aspects. (Lec. 1) 


216 Ocean Engineering Design II (1) 
Continuation of 215 with increased project com- 
plexity and team independence. (Lec. 1) Pre: 215. 


301 Fundamentals of Ocean Mechanics (3) 
Mathematical methods for the analysis of ocean 
phenomena . Conservation laws for ocean systems. 
Theory and applications in ocean mechanics. (Lec. 
3) Pre: MTH 243, MCE 263, ELE 220, CVE 220. 


307 Introduction to Engineering Wave 
Mechanics and Littoral Processes (3) 

Description of coastal area and the study of beach 
dynamics and coastal protection methods. Linear- 
ized water waves, velocity, pressure, and wave 
group sound energy. Wave refraction: diffraction, 
shoaling, and breaking. Waves and water-level pre- 
diction. Nearshore waves and current. Littoral 
transport. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 354 or permission of 
instructor. 


310 Basic Ocean Measurement (3) 

Basic ocean measurement and instrumentation ex- 
ercises using boats and laboratories. Includes cruise 
design, navigation and mapping systems, sonar 
systems, water quality sensors, wave spectra, com- 
puter data acquisition, and signal processing. (Lec. 
1, Lab. 2) Pre: ELE 220 or permission of instructor. 


311 Coastal Measurements and Applications (4) 
Exercises in basic coastal measurement from ves- 
sels, in situ, and in the laboratory. Experiments in 
measuring currents, surface elevation, wave and 
wave forces, geotechnical properties and applica- 
tions, and acoustic propagation. (Lec. 2, Lab. 4) 


416 Ocean Engineering Professional Practice (2) 
Introduction to professional practice in Ocean Engi- 
neering, including contemporary issues in the field, 
career planning and placement, life long learning 
strategies, professional licensure process, publica- 
tion and presentation, and project management. 
(Lec. 2) S/U only. 


421 Marine Structure Design (3) 

Review of wave mechanics; selection of design 
waves and water levels; design of rubble mound 
breakwaters; design of vertical breakwaters/sea- 
walls; wave forces on vertical piles. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
307. 


422 (or CVE 422) Offshore Structure and 
Foundation Design (3) 

Introduction to offshore structures and founda- 
tions, dynamic analysis, structural design for 
storms, design against fatigue failure, geotechnical 
site investigations, offshore foundation analysis and 
design. (Lec. 3) Pre: 421 and CVE 381 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


425 Coastal Experiments (4) 
Basic coastal measurement techniques for coastal 
management. Experimental (field and laboratory) 


measurements of physical and geological param- 
eters. Major student designed, operated, and re- 
ported experiment addressing a practical problem. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 4) Not for credit in ocean engineer- 
ing. Pre: MTH 107 or 108 or equivalent. 


471 Underwater Acoustics (3) 

Vibrations, the acoustic wave equation, duct acous- 
tics, and sound pressure levels and spectra. Under- 
water acoustics including transducers, arrays, sur- 
face and bottom scattering, and ray propagation. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 301. Not for graduate credit. 


472 Sonar Systems Design (3) 

Fundamentals of design of sonar systems. Effects of 
sound propagation in deep and shallow oceans, 
Noise, scattering on system performance. Array, 
transducer, and signal design. Passive and active 
sonar applications. (Lec. 3) Pre: 471. 


483 Foundation Engineering 
See Civil and Environmental Engineering 483. 


491, 492 Special Problems I, II (1-6 each) 
Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. Not for graduate credit. 


495 Ocean Systems Design Project | (3) 
Capstone design of an ocean system under the di- 
rection of a faculty advisor. Project must include 
engineering, economic, environmental, safety, and 
societal considerations. This is first of a two-course 
ocean engineering design sequence. Pre: senior 
standing. Not for graduate credit. 


496 Ocean Systems Design Project Il (3) 
Capstone design of an ocean system under the di- 
rection of a faculty advisor. Project must include 
engineering, economic, environmental, safety, and 
societal considerations. This is second of a two- 
course ocean engineering design sequence. Pre: 
495. Not for graduate credit. 


510 Engineering Ocean Mechanics (3) 
Fundamental equations of estuarine and coastal 
hydrodynamics. Scaling of governing equations. 
Long period waves including seiches, tides, storm 
surges, and tsunamis. Wind- and estuarine-induced 
circulation. Pollutant and sediment transport. (Lec. 
3) Pre: MCE 354 or equivalent. 


514 Engineering Wave Mechanics and 
Nearshore Processes (3) 

Linear water wave boundary value problem. Engi- 
neering wave properties. Nonlinear waves (long 
waves, Stokes waves, stream function waves). 
Nearshore hydrodynamics and wave breaking. Fully 
nonlinear transient waves. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 455 or 
equivalent. 


515 Marine and Vehicle Hydrodynamics (3) 
Hydrodynamics of fixed and floating ocean struc- 


NUTRITION AND FOOD SCIENCES/OCEAN ENGINEERING 259 


tures (vehicles). Viscous, inviscid, and ideal fluid 
flows; and linear water waves involving bodies in 
unbounded fluid, floating bodies (In still water and 
in waves); ship waves; lifting surfaces. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
MCE 354 or equivalent or OCE 510 or 514; 307, 
514 or equivalent. 


522 Dynamics of Waves and Structures (3) 
Deterministic analysis for SADOF structures; MDOF 
dynamic analysis; distributed-parameter systems; 
linear and second-order Stokes wave theories; wave 
forces on cylinders; chaotic vibration of marine 
structures. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 464 or permission of 
instructor. 


534 Corrosion and Corrosion Control 
See Chemical Engineering 534. 


535 Advanced Course in Corrosion 
See Chemical Engineering 535. 


560 Introduction to Data Collection Systems (3) 
Practical problems of data collection. Probes and 
sensors, interfaces, signal conditioning, and stor- 
age. Examples found among the current research 
areas within ocean engineering will be emphasized. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing in engineering or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 2003. 


561 Introduction to the Analysis of 
Oceanographic Data (3) 

Design of oceanic experiments to determine spatial 
and temporal sampling rate, precision, accuracy, 
signal-to-noise ratio, etc. Description of typical 
ocean data collection and analysis systems. Devel- 
opment of relevant techniques. (Lec. 3) Pre: IME 
411, MTH 451, or equivalent. 


565 Ocean Laboratory | (3) 

Measurements, experiments, operation of appara- 
tus in the ocean and in the laboratory. Statistical 
theory, planning multivariable experiments, check- 
ing of data, etc. (Lec. 1, Lab. 6) Pre: graduate 
standing in engineering or oceanography, or per- 
mission of instructor. 


571 (or ELE 571) Underwater Acoustics | (3) 
Introduction to sound generation, transmission, 
and reception, including vibration of mechanical 
systems, acoustic waves in fluids, acoustic trans- 
ducers and arrays, acoustic propagation in the 
ocean, and sonar systems. (Lec. 3) 


572 Underwater Acoustic Transducers (3) 
Theory, design, and calibration of electroacoustical 
transducers including: dynamical analogies and 
equivalent circuits, piezoelectric and magnetostric- 
tive materials, transmitting and receiving re- 
sponses, reciprocity and acoustic measurements. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 471 or equivalent. 


575 Marine Bioacoustics (3) 
Introduction to marine mammal hearing, sound 


production, and the uses of sound for communica- 
tion and echolocation; dolphin sonars; analysis and 
processing of marine mammal signals including 
passive tracking; the effects of noise on marine 
mammals. (Lec. 3) Pre: 471 or permission of in- 
structor. 


581 Experimental Geomechanics 
See Civil and Environmental Engineering 581. 


582 (or CVE 582) Seabed Geotechnics (3) 
Geotechnical engineering principles as applied to 
submarine slope stability, bearing capacity, anchor- 
ing; emphasis on effective stress principle, com- 
pressibility, and shear strength of marine sedi- 
ments. (Lec. 3) Pre: CVE 381 or equivalent or OCE 
311, or permission of instructor. 


583 Advanced Foundation Engineering 
See Civil and Environmental Engineering 583. 


591, 592 Special Problems (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


599 Master's Thesis Research (1-9) 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


605, 606 Ocean Engineering Seminar (1 each) 
Seminar discussions including presentation of pa- 
pers based on research or literature survey. (Semi- 
nar) Required of all resident graduate students. 
May be repeated for a maximum of 2 nonprogram 
credits. S/U credit. 


661 Analysis of Oceanographic Data Systems (3) 
Design of systems for deep-ocean and estuarine 
data collection and processing. Space-time sam- 
pling, multivariate analysis, and convergence of 
moments as applied to ocean data estimation and 
system design. Current topics in ocean data sys- 
tems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 560 or ELE 506 or equivalent. 


672 (or ELE 672) Underwater Acoustics II (3) 
Sound transmission in ocean, transducers, active 
signal design for range and Doppler resolution, 
ambient and platform noise, classical and wave 
vector-frequency methods of beamforming, adap- 
tive beamforming, characteristics of targets, and 
active/passive sonar systems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 571. 


673 Advanced Course in Underwater Acoustic 
Propagation (3) 

Analysis of propagation from a concentrated acous- 
tic source in the ocean by methods such as ad- 
vanced normal mode theory, numerical integra- 
tion, and Fast Fourier Transforms. Applications to 
ocean features such as surface ducts, shadow 
zones, deep-sound channel, etc. (Lec. 3) Pre: 571 


S3aSYNOD 


260 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


or equivalent. 


676 Acoustic Radiation from Underwater 
Vibrators (3) 

Fundamentals of acoustic radiation from sub- 
merged structures. Radiation from planar, cylindri- 
cal, and spherical surfaces. In-vacuo and in-fluid 
vibration of elastic bodies. Acoustic coincidence 
and fluid-loading effects on radiation from elastic 
bodies. (Lec. 3) Pre: 571 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 


677 Statistical Sonar Signal Processing 
See Electrical Engineering 677. 


688 (or CVE 688) Marine Geomechanics (3) 
Integrated study of marine geotechnics and marine 
geology. Topics include sedimentary processes, 
acoustic characteristics, slope stability, consolida- 
tion and stress history, engineering properties and 
other subjects related to seabed utilization. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: CVE 381 or permission of instructor. 


691, 692 Special Problems (1-6 each) 

Advanced work under supervision of a member ar- 
ranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Oceanography (OCG) 


Dean: Professor Farmer 


110 (or GEO 110) The Ocean Planet (3) 
Introduces the origin and structure of the solar sys- 
tem; interaction of earth’s solid interior, oceans’ 
atmosphere and biosphere with emphasis on earth 
science; energy resources and present environment 
on Earth. (Lec. 3) (N) 


123 Oceans, Atmospheres, and Global Change (4) 
The impact of human activities on the oceans, 
atmospheric composition, and climate set against a 
background of natural processes in and history of 
global changes in climate and ecosystems. (Lec. 3, 
Lab. 3) (N) 


131 Volcanoes and the Environment (3) 

General introduction to volcanic eruptions and 
their impact on the global environment and on hu- 
man activity. Basic principles of the generation of 
magmas and their eruption at the earth’s surface. 
(Lec. 3) (N) 


401 General Oceanography (3) 

General survey in the major disciplines including 
geological, physical, chemical, and biological 
ocean sciences integrated into a conceptual ap- 
proach to the coastal ocean. (Lec. 3) Pre: at least 
one laboratory course in a physical or biological 


science and junior standing or above. (N) 


420 Deep-Sea Biology (3) 

Overview of the biology and ecology of the deep 
sea, including organisms and habitats, spatial and 
temporal patterns, physiology and adaptations, en- 
ergetics, evolution and hydrothermal vent ecology. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: one semester general biology (BIO 
100, 103, 104) and one semester general chemis- 
try (CHM 101, 103) required. One semester ecol- 
ogy or oceanography recommended (OCG 123, 
401, 451, BIO 455) Offered in alternate years. 


451 Oceanographic Science (3) 

Oceanography for undergraduate science majors. 
The approach used is to present and apply basic 
physical, chemical, geological, and biological prin- 
ciples to the integrated study of the world ocean 
system. (Lec. 3) Pre: two semesters of MTH 131 
and 132 or 141 and 142, one semester of CHM 
101 and 102 or 191, one semester of PHY 111 and 
185 or 203 and 273 or 213 and 285. A second se- 
mester of CHM 112 and 114 or 192 is recom- 
mended. Not for graduate credit in oceanography. 


480 Introduction to Marine Pollution (3) 

An introductory course in marine pollution empha- 
sizing geochemical aspects of the sources, trans- 
port, and fate of pollutants in the coastal marine 
environment. (Lec. 3) Pre: one semester of general 
chemistry (CHM 101 or 103). One semester of 
general geosciences (GEO 100 or 103) is recom- 
mended. Not for graduate credit. 


483, 484 Laboratory and Research Problems in 
Physics 
See Physics 483, 484. 


491 Ocean Studies (15) 

Full-time intensive work experience with Graduate 
School of Oceanography research at Narragansett 
Bay Campus. Student expected to participate in 
research program, seminars, and other activities of 
Bay Campus. (Independent Study) Pre: junior 
standing in natural sciences, natural resources, or 
engineering, and permission of staff. Not for 
graduate credit in oceanography. S/U only. 


493, 494 Special Problems and Independent 
Study in Oceanography (1-6 each) 

Research in oceanography conducted as supervised 
individual study. (Independent Study) Pre: junior or 
senior standing in natural science, natural re- 
sources, or engineering, and permission of instruc- 
tor. S/U only. 


501 Physical Oceanography (3) 

Basic course covering physical properties of seawa- 
ter, heat budget, distribution of variables, dynam- 
ics, water masses and general circulation, waves 
and tides. (Lec. 3) Pre: PHY 213 and MTH 141. 


505 Marine Analytical Chemistry (3) 
Application of analytical methods to marine prob- 


lems with emphasis on understanding basic meth- 
ods and instruments. Combines general principles 
with practical experience. Students conduct ana- 
lytical projects in the laboratory. (Lec. 1, Lab. 2) 
Offered every fall. 


507 Oceanography for Educators (3) 

Survey of ocean science concepts. Investigation of 
marine issues that affect the environment. Ten 
hours in the field. Integration of national science 
education standards and inquiry based pedagogy. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 100 and BIO 113 (or equiva- 
lent). A semester of general geology (GEO 100 or 
103) and at least one college level math course are 
recommended. 


508 Global Environmental Change Education (3) 
Survey of global environmental change issues fo- 
cusing on environmental systems, related ocean 
science topics, and local marine and coastal envi- 
ronments. Integration of national science educa- 
tion standards and inquiry based pedagogy. (Lec. 
3) Pre: CHM 100 and BIO 113 (or equivalent). A 
semester of general geology (GEO 100 or 103) is 
recommended. 


510 Descriptive Physical Oceanography (3) 
Observed distributions of temperature, salinity, cur- 
rents; methods of deducing deep flow; physical 
properties of seawater; flow in estuaries; practical 
work in the analysis of oceanographic data; study 
of recent literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501. 


517 Foundations of Earth System Dynamics (3) 
Introduction to the fundamental principals underly- 
ing fluid dynamics as applied to the study of spe- 
cific problems and processes in earth, marine and 
environmental sciences. Basics of numerical model- 
ing are covered. (Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 141 and 142, or 
equivalent. 


521 Chemical Oceanography (3) 

Processes regulating the composition of seawater 
and the distribution of chemical species. The inter- 
action of marine chemistry with the ocean floor, 
atmosphere, and marine organisms. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 
Pre: CHM 101 and 112 and PHY 213. 


523 Organic Geochemistry of Natural Waters (3) 
Chemistry of organic matter in natural waters with 
emphasis on the marine environment. Topics in- 
clude a consideration of the origin, nature, and 
biogeochemical reactions of organic matter in 
aquatic environments. (Lec. 3) Pre: CHM 228 or 
permission of instructor. Offered in odd-numbered 
years. 


524 Atmospheric Pollution and the Upper 
Ocean (3) 

Gas and aerosol chemistry and physics; land-air-sea 
transfer of N, S, C, halogen, and metal com- 
pounds; effects of air pollution on the marine at- 
mosphere and upper ocean. (Lec. 3) Pre: BCH 435 
or CHE 313 or CHM 431or MCE 341 or PHY 420 or 


permission of instructor. Offered in odd-numbered 
years. 


531 Synoptic and Dynamic Meteorology (3) 
Observed structure of atmosphere; principles of 
balanced flows, waves, and disturbances. Observa- 
tions and models of storm formation, semiperma- 
nent features, and general circulation. Relationship 
between weather and climate. (Lec. 3) Pre: PHY 
203 or permission of instructor. Offered in odd- 
numbered years. 


533 Graduate Writing in Marine and 
Environmental Sciences (3) 

Graduate writing in marine and environmental sci- 
ences; writing and editing journal articles and ab- 
stracts; principles and practice in scientific writing. 
Pre: graduate standing and WRT 101, or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


540 Geological Oceanography (3) 

Origin and evolution of the ocean basin and its 
margin: morphology, structure, plate tectonics, 
volcanism, geochemistry, stratigraphy, sedimenta- 
tion, and paleoceanography. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 
GEO 103 or permission of instructor. 


545 Volcaniclastic Sedimentation (3) 

Generation of volcanic particles by explosive volca- 
nism, the processes by which they are dispersed on 
land and in the sea, and physical characteristics of 
their deposits in different volcanic environments. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 540 or permission of instructor. 


552 Marine Geophysics (3) 

Survey of basic subdisciplines of marine geophysics 
including plate tectonics, gravity, magnetics, heat 
flow, reflection and refraction seismology. Basic 
theory and methods of data collection and inter- 
pretation emphasized. (Lec. 3) Pre: 540 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Offered in odd-numbered years. 


561 Biological Oceanography (4) 

Dynamics of marine ecosystems; patterns of pro- 
duction and distribution of plankton, benthos, and 
nekton in relationship to their environment. (Lec. 
3, Lab. 2) Pre: general ecology. 


574 Biology of Marine Mammals (3) 

Migration, reproduction, social organization, classi- 
fication, anatomy, populations, physiology, and 
communications of cetaceans and pinnipeds. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 2) Pre: permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Next offered spring 2004. 


576 (or MIC 576) Marine Microbiology (4) 

The role of bacteria, fungi, apochlorotic algae, 
flagellates, sarcodines, and ciliates in the cycling of 
organic matter is discussed in the context of their 
structure, habitats, trophic modes, ecology, pro- 
cesses, and taxonomy. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: CHM 
112 and MIC 201 or 211 or permission of instruc- 
tor. Offered in odd-numbered years. 


OCEAN ENGINEERING/OCEANOGRAPHY 261 


580 Introduction to Marine Pollution (3) 

An introductory course in marine pollution empha- 
sizing geochemical aspects of the sources, trans- 
port and fate of pollutants in the coastal marine 
environment. Review papers or research proposals 
will be required. (Lec. 3) Pre: one semester of gen- 
eral chemistry (CHM 101 or 103). One semester of 
general geosciences (GEO 100 or 103) is recom- 
mended. 


591, 592 Individual Study (1-6) 

Individual study of assigned topics or special prob- 
lems involving literature search and/or original in- 
vestigation under one or more members of the 
staff. (Independent Study) 


593, 594 Special Studies (1-4 each) 
Studies of specialized topics in the marine sciences. 
(Independent Study) 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


605 Dynamical Oceanography (3) 

Simple steady-state theories applied to ocean 
motion. Review of well-known force balances in 
oceanography, wind-driven circulation, thermoha- 
line circulation, the thermocline, oceanic boundary 
layers, nearshore circulation, diffusion. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 501. 


610 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics | (3) 

Natural world fluid dynamics emphasizing ocean 
circulation. Classical fluid dynamics; GFD funda- 
mentals (rotation and stratification); Taylor- 
Proudman theorem; potential vorticity; planetary 
waves; geostrophic contours; shallow water quasi- 
geostrophic theory; frictional layers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
605 or permission of instructor. 


611 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics II (3) 
Continuously stratified quasi-geostrophic theory; 
classical and modern theories of the wind-driven 
ocean circulation; stability theory; oceanic convec- 
tion; wave-mean flow interactions; ageostrophic 
dynamics; topographical effects. (Lec. 3) Pre: 610 
or permission of instructor. 


613 Waves (3) 

Generation, propagation, and decay of surface 
waves, internal waves, and Rossby waves in the 
ocean. (Lec. 3) Pre: MCE 550 or permission of 

instructor. 


614 Tides (2) 

Generation, propagation, and dissipation of ocean 
tides. Earth tides. Relation between theory and ob- 
servation. Tidal analysis. (Lec. 2) Pre: 501. 


620 Chemical Distributions (3) 

Interdisciplinary study of the processes responsible 
for oceanic chemical distributions with emphasis 
on conservative properties, biologically active con- 


stituents, and radionuclides. Includes projects in- 
volving data-processing analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501, 
521, 540, and 561 or permission of instructor. 


623 Physical Chemistry of Seawater (3) 
Characterization of dissociation, solubility, and re- 
dox equilibria in seawater. Partial molar volumes, 
conductivity, and diffusion of ions in seawater. Ki- 
netic studies in seawater; effect of temperature, sa- 
linity, and pressure on physiochemical properties in 
seawater. (Lec. 3) Pre: 521 and CHM 432 or per- 
mission of instructor. Offered in odd-numbered 
years. 


625 Organic Geochemistry of Sediments (3) 
Chemistry of organic matter in recent to ancient 
sediments. Topics include the source, characteriza- 
tion, significance, and fate of sedimentary organic 
compounds with emphasis on the marine environ- 
ment. (Lec. 3) Pre: 523 or permission of instructor. 
Offered in even-numbered years. 


628 High-Temperature Geochemistry (3) 
Principles and factors governing the distribution of 
trace elements in volcanic processes. Applications 
to the study of rock genesis, mantle dynamics, oce- 
anic crust formation, and hotspots. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
CHM 431 or equivalent, or permission of instruc- 
tor. Offered in even-numbered years. 


631 Seminar in Marine and Atmospheric 
Chemistry (1) 

Discussion of problems of current interest in marine 
chemistry. (Seminar) Pre: 521 or permission of in- 
structor. S/U credit. 


640 Marine Particles (3) 

Discussion of the chemical, biological, and physical 
processes that control particle formation, transfor- 
mation, and sedimentation in the oceans. Pre: per- 
mission of instructor. 


643 Subduction Zones (3) 

Structure, petrology, and geochemistry of subduc- 
tion zones, island arcs, and other magmatic arcs at 
convergent plate margins. Petrogenesis of andes- 
ites and related magmas. (Lec. 3) Pre: 540 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


645 Petrology of the Oceanic Crust (3) 

Nature and origin of igneous and metamorphic 
rocks of the oceanic crust of the earth; mineralogy, 
petrology, and petrogenesis of seafloor rocks; 
metamorphism of the ocean crust. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 


649 Plankton Paleoecology (3) 

Concepts of paleoecology. Interaction between 
planktonic marine organisms and their environ- 
ment over evolutionary time scales. The use of fos- 
sil plankton in reconstructing paleoenvironmental 
conditions and paleoecological systems. Patterns, 
causal hypotheses, and geological consequences of 


S3aSYNOD 


262 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


temporal and geographic variation in Cretaceous 
and Cenozoic plankton assemblages. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
2) Pre: permission of instructor. 


651 Marine Stratigraphy (3) 

Concepts and methods of biostratigraphy, 
lithostratigraphy, and chronostratigraphy. Strati- 
graphic nomenclature. Stratigraphic correlation 
and completeness. Special focus will be placed on 
the integration of multiple stratigraphic techniques 
and their application to the Cretaceous and Ceno- 
zoic marine record. Class discussion of advances 
and problems in recent research articles. (Seminar) 
Pre: permission of instructor. Offered in odd-num- 
bered years. 


655 Paleomagnetism and Geomagnetism (3) 
Earth’s magnetic field, origin and dynamo theory, 
rock magnetism and paleomagnetism, field direc- 
tions in rocks and sediments, and temporal varia- 
tion. Magnetic recording by ridges and seamounts; 
forward/inverse modeling, skewness analysis. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 540 or permission of instructor. Offered in 
even-numbered years. 


661 (or BIO 661) Phytoplankton Taxonomy (3) 
Classical and modern systems and techniques for 
the identification, nomenclature, and classification 
of planktonic algae, with emphasis on marine 
forms. Phylogeny will be briefly considered. (Lec. 1, 
Lab. 4) Pre: permission of instructor. Offered in 
even-numbered years. 


663 (or BIO 663) Phytoplankton Physiology (3) 
Metabolic processes and methods of their investi- 
gation in phytoplankton with primary emphasis on 
functions pertinent to their ecology. Includes adap- 
tation, uptake of nutrients, excretion, rhythms, pig- 
ments, and photosynthesis. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. 


664 (or BIO 664) Phytoplankton Ecology (3) 
Biology and ecology of the pelagic marine micro- 
scopic algae with emphasis on their adaptations, 
physiological ecology, distribution, succession, pro- 
duction, and regional and seasonal dynamics. (Lec. 
3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


665 Marine Bio-Optics and Remote Sensing (3) 
Bio-optical properties of ocean waters. Major focus 
is on basic principles of visible-band ocean remote 
sensing and its application to determining phy- 
toplankton pigment and production at regional to 
global scales. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 561. Offered in 
odd-numbered years. 


666 Zooplankton (3) 
Biology of marine zooplankton, dealing with mor- 
phology, adaptation, distribution, physiology, pro- 


duction, and interrelationships with other members 
of the marine biota. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: permission 
of instructor. 


668 Productivity of Ocean Margins (3) 

Processes affecting biological productivity of ocean 
margin waters. Major focus on dynamics of pro- 
duction in mid to outer shelf waters and adjacent 
boundary currents. (Lec. 3) Pre: 501, 561. Offered 
in even-numbered years. 


669 Marine Fish Ecology and Production (3) 
Functioning of fishes in major world ecosystems is 
explored through comparison of feeding ecology, 
bioenergetics, and production rates. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
2) Pre: 561 or permission of instructor. 


670 Fish Population Dynamics (3) 

Methods for estimating vital statistics of fish popu- 
lations, stock assessment theory and methods, ana- 
lytical and empirical model development, and fish- 
eries forecasting. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. 


671 Marine Zooplankton Ecology (3) 

Marine zooplankton community structure and 
function including the relation of spatial and tem- 
poral distribution patterns to the oceanic environ- 
ment, organism interactions, secondary produc- 
tion, feeding, and reproduction. Emphasis on 
open-ocean communities. (Lec. 3) Pre: 561 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


673 Fisheries Oceanography (3) 

Physical and biological processes acting at the egg, 
larval, juvenile, and adult stages of commercially 
important fish and shellfish. Topics include: 
growth, survival, and recruitment dynamics; larval 
dispersal and fish distributions; changes in long- 
term abundance in relation to climate. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 501, 
561 recommended. Offered in odd-numbered 
years. Next offered fall 2003. 


678 Low-Temperature Geochemistry and 
Isotope Geology (3) 

A study of processes important in determining the 
chemical and isotopic mass balance of the oceans 
and the geochemistry of deep-sea sediments. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 521. 


679 (or BIO 679) Animal Communication (2) 
Visual, chemical, and auditory communication in 
animals, including receptor systems, feedback, and 
redundancy. Functional aspects and organization 
of communication. Discussion of readings. Re- 
search problem can be taken under 691 or BIO 
691. (Lec. 2) Pre: BIO 467 or equivalent and per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. 


689 Coastal Marine Ecosystems (3) 
Basic principles of estuarine and coastal ecology. 
Offered spring semester only. Two 1-hour lecture- 


discussion sessions per week. (Lec. 3) Pre: under- 
graduate or graduate science major, basic ecology 
course. 


691, 692 Individual Study (1-6 each) 

Individual study of assigned topics or special prob- 
lems involving literature search and/or original in- 
vestigation under one or more members of the 
staff. (Independent Study) 


693, 694 Special Studies (1-4 each) 
Studies of specialized topics in the marine sciences. 
(Independent Study) 


695 Seminar in Oceanography (1 each) 

Students give seminar reports on problems and 
current research in various areas of oceanography. 
(Seminar) Attendance and registration are required 
of all graduate students in residence, but no more 
than 2 credits are allowed for a program of study. 
S/U credit. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Oceanography Topics for 
Teachers (0-3) 

Especially designed for teachers of physical sci- 
ences. Basic topics in oceanography from an ad- 
vanced or pedagogical perspective. (Workshop) 
Pre: teacher certification. 


Note: Graduate students in oceanography may 
choose from supporting courses in other departments. 


Pharmacy (PHC) 
Dean: Professor Letendre 


305 Introduction to Information Technology in 
Pharmacy (3) 

Introduction to and use of drug information data- 
bases in pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences. 
(Lec. 3) 


317 Interactive Learning Session I (1) 

Small group active learning sessions designed to 
reinforce progressively the basic science curricu- 
lum, promote communication and problem-solving 
skills, and enhance patient assessment and the de- 
livery of pharmaceutical care. (Seminar) Pre: third- 
year standing or permission of instructor. 


327 Interactive Learning Session II (1) 

Small group active learning designed to reinforce 
progressively the basic science curriculum, pro- 
mote communication and problem-solving skills, 


and enhance patient assessment and the delivery 
of pharmaceutical care. (Seminar) Pre: third-year 
standing permission of instructor. 


417 Interactive Learning Session III (1) 

Small group active learning designed to reinforce 
progressively the basic science curriculum, pro- 
mote communication and problem-solving skills, 
and enhance patient assessment and the delivery 
of pharmaceutical care. (Seminar) Pre: fourth-year 
standing or permission of instructor. 


427 Interactive Learning Session IV (1) 

Small group active learning designed to reinforce 
progressively the basic science curriculum, pro- 
mote communication and problem-solving skills, 
enhance patient assessment and the delivery of 
pharmaceutical care. (Seminar) Pre: fourth-year 
standing or permission of instructor. 


517 Interactive Learning Session V (1) 

Small group active learning designed to reinforce 
progressively the basic science curriculum, pro- 
mote problem-solving skills, and enhance patient 
assessment and the delivery of pharmaceutical 
care. (Seminar) Pre: fifth-year standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


527 Interactive Learning Session VI (1) 

Small group active learning designed to reinforce 
progressively the basic science curriculum, pro- 
mote communication and problem-solving skills, 
and enhance patient assessment and the delivery 
of pharmaceutical care. (Seminar) Pre: fifth-year 
standing or permission of instructor. 


594 Advanced Experiential Tracking Experience (5) 
Students will select one area to provide hands-on 
experience in acquiring, interpreting, and applying 
information to a specific practice field. This will be 
accomplished by collaborative work with a spon- 
sor. Students should select one related topic area 
that will complete their tracking requirements. 
(Practicum) Pre: sixth-year standing in the Doctor 
of Pharmacy Program and completion of all re- 
quired courses in the first 5 years of the program. 


. Community Practice 

. Pharmacotherapy 

. Hospital Drug Information 

. Community Practice Drug Information 
. Clinical Database Development 

. Drug Development and Regulation 

. Cosmetics and Personal Care 


Pharmacy Practice (PHP) 


Chairperson: Professor Hume 


Omm Or 


311 Foundations of Human Disease |: 
Immunoinflammatory Disease 
See Biomedical Sciences 311. 


OCEANOGRAPHY/PHARMACY PRACTICE 263 


312 Foundations of Human Disease II: 
Central Nervous System Disease 
See Biomedical Sciences 312. 


324 Pharmacotherapy of CNS and Musculo- 
skeletal Disorders—Therapeutics | (2) 

The appropriate use of medications in the treat- 
ment of human disease. Interpretation of data to 
design, monitor, and modify drug therapy in psy- 


chiatric, neurologic, and musculo-skeletal diseases. 


(Lec. 2) Pre: third-year standing or permission of 
instructor. 


350, 351 Introductory Practice Experience | and 
Il (1 each) 

Structured practical experience in institutional and 
community pharmacy settings. (Practicum) Pre: 
third-year standing. 


360 Hospital Pharmacy (3) 

Introduction to practice of pharmacy in hospitals, 
including both professional and administrative ac- 
tivities. Field trips to representative hospital phar- 
macies. (Lec. 3) Pre: third-year standing. 


404 Pharmacokinetics II 
See Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences 404. 


409 Foundations of Human Disease III: 
Infectious and Pulmonary Processes 
See Biomedical Sciences 409. 


410 Foundations of Human Disease IV: 
Endocrinology, Oncology, Medicinal 
Genetics, Gl 

See Biomedical Sciences 410. 


411 Biostatistics II 
See Statistics 411. 


413 Pharmacotherapy of Infectious Diseases— 
Therapeutics II (2) 

The appropriate use of medications in the treat- 
ment of human disease. Interpretation of clinical 
data to design, monitor, and modify drug therapy 
in infections and pulmonary diseases. (Lec. 2) Pre: 
fourth-year standing or permission of instructor. 


414 Pharmacotherapy of Endocrine and GI 
Disorders—Therapeutics III (2) 

The appropriate use of medications in the treat- 
ment of human disease. Interpretation of clinical 
data to design, monitor, and modify drug therapy 
in endocrine and gastrointestinal disease. (Lec. 2) 
Pre: fourth-year standing or permission of 
instructor. 


420 Biotechnology Products in Pharmacy 
See Biomedical Sciences 420. 


430 Advanced Infectious Diseases and 
Pulmonary Pharmacotherapy (3) 

Advanced topics in infectious diseases and pulmo- 
nary pharmacotherapy through literature review, 
data interpretation, and case scenarios. Content 


will be delivered through the perspective of clinical 
pharmacists. (Lec. 3) Pre: 413. Not for graduate 
credit. 


440 Pharmaceutical Care for Special 

Populations (3) 

Pharmacotherapy needs of infants, children, ado- 
lescents, and the elderly with a focus on pharmaco- 
kinetic, pharmacodynamic, and other age-associ- 
ated changes will be addressed. (Lec.3) Pre: 
fourth-year standing in the Doctor of Pharmacy 
program; enrollment in the community pharmacy 
track, or permission of the instructor. 


450, 451 Introductory Practice Experience III 
and IV (1 each) 

Structured practical experience in institutional and 
community pharmacy settings. (Practicum) Pre: 
fourth-year standing. Not for graduate credit. 


460 Palliative Care (3) 

Principles of palliative care including control of 
pain and other symptoms, and psychological, so- 
cial, and spiritual issues. (Lec.3) Pre: fourth or fifth- 
year standing in Pharm.D. program or permission 
of instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


486 Specialty Externship (3-6) 

Structured practical experience in institutional, 
community, and nontraditional pharmacy settings. 
(Practicum) Pre: permission of chairperson. May 
not be taken concurrently with 484, 485, or 490. 
May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Not 
for graduate credit. 


497, 498 Special Problems (1-3 each) 

Methods of carrying out a specific research project. 
Literature search, planning, laboratory work, writ- 
ing an acceptable report. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. 


499 Specialty Clerkship (3-6) 

Faculty-supervised clinical pharmacy experience in 
affiliated institutional and ambulatory health care 
settings. Development of pharmaceutical care skills 
in various specialty areas. (Practicum) Pre: permis- 
sion of chairperson. May not be taken concurrently 
with 485 or 490. May be repeated for a maximum 
of 12 credits. Not for graduate credit. 


510 Foundations of Human Disease V: Renal and 
Cardiovascular Diseases 
See Biomedical Sciences 510. 


513 Pharmacotherapy of Oncology and 
Toxicology—Therapeutics IV (2) 

The appropriate use of medications in the treat- 
ment of human disease. Interpretation of clinical 
data to design, monitor, and modify drug therapy 


S3aSYNOD 


264 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


in cancer, blood disorders, and overdose condi- 
tions. (Lec. 2) Pre: fifth-year standing or permission 
of instructor. 


514 Pharmacotherapy of Renal and 
Cardiovascular Disorders—Therapeutics V (2) 
The appropriate use of medications in the treat- 
ment of human disease. Interpretation of clinical 
data to design, monitor, and modify drug therapy 
in renal and cardiovascular disease. (Lec. 2) Pre: 
fifth-year standing or permission of instructor. 


515 Pharmacy Practice Laboratory | 
See Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences 515. 


516 Pharmacy Practice Laboratory II 
See Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences 516. 


518 Self-Care | 
See Biomedical Sciences 518. 


519 (or BMS 519) Self-Care II (3) 

Expansion of nonprescription and complementary 
medicine therapeutics. Explore the implementation 
of pharmaceutical care programs in community 
pharmacy practice. (Lec. 3) Pre: 518 (or BMS 518) 
fifth-year standing. Next offered spring 2005. 


520 Advanced Gastrointestinal and Endocrine 
Pharmacotherapy (3) 

Provides students with an expanded knowledge 
base in the area of GI and endocrine pharmaco- 
therapy, emphasizing active learning, literature 
evaluation, data interpretation. (Lec. 3) Pre: fifth- 
year standing in the Doctor of Pharmacy Program; 
enrollment in the pharmacotherapy track, or per- 
mission of instructor. Not for graduate credit. Next 
offered spring 2005. 


542 Evaluation of Controversies in Drug 
Literature (3) 

Through critical review of literature, controversies 
in drug therapy and drug-associated illness will be 
evaluated to improve students knowledge and ana- 
lytical skills. (Lec. 3) Pre: fourth-year standing in the 
College of Pharmacy, or permission of instructor. 


555 Advanced Neuropsychiatric 
Pharmacotherapy (3) 

Comprehensive and advanced course on the phar- 
macotherapy of psychiatric and neurological dis- 
eases. Use of clinical case studies, evaluation of the 
primary literature, and other forms of interactive 
teaching will be emphasized. (Lec) Pre: 324, 312 or 
BMS 312, BMS 322 or permission of the instructor 


560 Advanced Cardiovascular and Renal 
Pharmacotherapy (3) 

Advanced assessment and pharmacotherapeutic 
management of patients with cardiovascular and 
renal disease through the application of evidence- 
based medicine and critical evaluation of literature. 


(Lec. 3) Pre: fifth-year standing in the Doctor of 
Pharmacy Program; enrollment in the pharmaco- 
therapy track, or permission of instructor. Not for 
graduate credit. 


581, 582 Clinical Pharmacy Seminar (1 each) 
Presentations made by students on appropriate ad- 
vanced clinical pharmacy topics. (Seminar) Pre: 
fifth- or sixth- year standing in the Doctor of Phar- 
macy program or permission of instructor. 


590 Advanced Clinical Pharmacy Clerkship (5) 
Clinical practice in providing optimal pharmaceutical care 
for patients through designing, recommending, 
implementing and modifying patient-specific phar- 
macotherapy in collaboration with other health 
professionals. (Five credits taken five times for a to- 
tal of 25 credits.) (Practicum) Pre: sixth-year stand- 
ing in the Doctor of Pharmacy program. 


591 Advanced Outpatient Practice Experience (5) 
Students will develop and learn clinical skills to pro- 
vide pharmaceutical care for patients in either the 
community or outpatient setting through direct 
patient contact, use of physical assessment findings 
and the design, and implementation of patient- 
specific pharmacotherapy. (Practicum) Pre: sixth- 
year standing in the Doctor of Pharmacy Program 
and completion of all required courses in the first 5 
years of the program. 


592 Advanced Inpatient Practice Experience (5) 
Through collaboration with other health care pro- 
fessionals, daily rounding with the medical team 
and application of evidence-based medicine, stu- 
dents will develop clinical skills to provide pharma- 
ceutical care for patients in the inpatient setting. 
(Practicum) Pre: sixth-year standing in the Doctor 
of Pharmacy Program and completion of all re- 
quired courses in the first 5 years of the program. 


593 Advanced Practice Experience Elective (5) 
Students will collect and interpret data to design, 
recommend, and modify patient-specific pharma- 
cotherapy or pharmaceutical problems in special- 
ized settings in collaboration with other health care 
professionals. (Practicum) Pre: sixth-year standing 
in the Doctor of Pharmacy Program and comple- 
tion of all required courses in the first 5 years of the 
program. 


A Pediatrics K Drug Information 

B Geriatrics L Psychiatry 

C Pharmacokinetics M Elective | 

D Medication Outreach N Managed Care 

E Nuclear Pharmacy © International Clerkship 
F Nephrology P Oncology 


G Diabetes Q Hospice 
H Anticoagulation R Industry 
| Critical Care | S Cardiovascular 
] Infectious Disease| T Research 


900 Physical Assessment (0) 

Provides students with an introduction to core pa- 
tient assessment skills. Further develops students’ 
patient interviewing and documentation skills. 
(Workshop) Pre: Fifth-year standing in the Doctor 
of Pharmacy Program. S/U only. 


Philosophy (PHL) 
Chairperson: Professor Zeyl 


101 Logic: The Principles of Reasoning (3) 
Introduction to logic, presentation of evidence in 
basic valid argument forms. Emphasis on effective 
communication by considering such topics as defi- 
nitions and avoidance of fallacies. (Lec. 3) (C) 


103 Introduction to Philosophy (3) 

Pursues such basic questions as: What is a person? 
What is knowledge? Are we free? What is moral 
right and wrong? Does God exist? What is the 
meaning of death? (Lec. 3) Not open to students 
with 9 or more credits in philosophy. (L) 


204 Theories of Human Nature (3) 

An introduction to philosophical inquiry by critical 
examination of some major traditional and con- 
temporary views of human nature as expressed in a 
variety of religious, literary, scientific, and philo- 
sophical writings. (Lec. 3) (L) 


205 Philosophical Topics (3) 

An intensive study of one or more problems, issues 
or topics of classical or current interest in philoso- 

phy. Emphasis on the analysis and construction of 

arguments relevant to the topic(s). Small class for- 
mat. (Lec. 3) 


210 Women and Moral Rights (3) 

An introduction to the philosophical problems 
raised by reproduction, affirmative action, pornog- 
raphy, gender roles, and sexism in language 
through a critical examination of these issues. (Lec. 


3) (L) 


212 Ethics (3) 

Evaluation of major ethical theories. Application of 
moral reasoning to topics such as virtues and vices, 
human dignity, conscience, responsibility, moral 
dilemmas, and reasons to be moral. (Lec. 3) (L) 


215 Science and Inquiry (3) 

The objective is to survey both the influence of phi- 
losophy on science and the influence of science on 
philosophy, all from a western historical perspec- 
tive. (Lec. 3) (L) 


217 Social Philosophy (3) 

A systematic introduction to the philosophical 
problems of contemporary social relations: models 
of community, sources of alienation, property and 
ownership, the meaning of work and technology, 
human rights and freedom. (Lec. 3) (L) 


235 Modern Thought: Philosophy and Literature 
See Comparative Literature Studies 235.(L) 


314 Ethical Problems in Society and Medicine (3) 
Ethical analysis of topics such as war, capital pun- 
ishment, sexual morality, suicide, animal rights, 
honesty and deception, world hunger, discrimina- 
tion, abortion. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or 103 or one 200- 
level course or permission of instructor. (L) 


316 Engineering Ethics 
See Engineering 316. (L) 


318 Power/Justice: Contemporary Critical 
Philosophies (3) 

Study of contemporary critical philosophies in the 
traditions of Marxism, existentialism, post-modern- 
ism, and feminism, with emphasis on philosophers 
such as Habermas and Foucault. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 
or 103 or one 200-level course or permission of in- 
structor. (L) 


321 Ancient Philosophy (3) 

Survey of major thinkers and schools of thought in 
Ancient Greece, including selected pre-Socratics, 
Plato, and Aristotle. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


322 Medieval Philosophy (3) 

Survey of major thinkers and schools of thought in 
the Middle Ages, including Augustine, Anselm, 
Aquinas, and Ockham. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


323 Modern Philosophy: Descartes to Kant (3) 
Survey of 17th- and 18th-century European phi- 
losophy. Includes, but is not limited to, empiricism, 
rationalism, and Kant’s critical philosophy. (Lec. 3) 


(L) 


324 Recent European Philosophy (3) 

Nineteenth- and twentieth-century British and Eu- 
ropean continental developments. Discussion of 
movements such as idealism, utilitarianism, existen- 
tialism, and phenomenology and of philosophers 
such as Hegel, Kierkegaard, Mill, Husserl, Sartre, 
and Heidegger. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or 103 or one 
200-level course or permission of instructor. (L) 


325 American Philosophy (3) 
A study of American philosophy including such 


movements as puritanism, transcendentalism, 
pragmatism, naturalism, process-philosophy, real- 
ism, and philosophical analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or 
103 or one 200-level course or permission of in- 
structor. (L) 


328 The Philosophy of Religion (3) 

A systematic and critical consideration of such top- 
ics as the existence and nature of God, the prob- 
lem of evil, the relation of faith to reason, religious 
language, miracles, and immortality. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
101 or 103 or one 200-level course or permission 
of instructor. (L) 


331 East Asian Thought (3) 

A study of the important philosophical and reli- 
gious systems of China, Korea, and Japan; empha- 
sis on Chinese traditions. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


341 Introduction to Metaphysics (3) 

Analyzes topics such as person, mind-body, human 
action, freedom and determinism, causation, time, 
space, essence and existence, universals, and types 
of beings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or 103 or one 200-level 
course or permission of instructor. 


342 Knowledge, Belief, and Truth (3) 

Analysis of topics such as knowledge, belief, cer- 
tainty, doubt, skepticism, faith, the ethics of belief, 
truth, error, perception, a priori knowledge, subjec- 
tivity and objectivity, and memory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
101 or 103 or one 200-level course or permission 
of instructor. 


346 Existential Problems in Human Life (3) 
Discussion of ultimate questions of human exist- 
ence such as meaning in life, personal commit- 
ment, human relations, suffering, despair, hope, 
freedom, authenticity, self-deception, death, God, 
and immortality. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or 103 or one 
200-level course or permission of instructor. (L) 


355 Philosophy of Art (3) 

Systematic problems arising from reflection on the 
creation and perception of works of art. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 101 or 103 or one 200-level course or permis- 
sion of instructor. (L) 


401, 402 Special Problems (3 each) 

Course may vary from year to year, allowing one or 
more advanced students to pursue problems of 
special interest with guidance of instructor in con- 
ferences. One or more written papers. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: 3 credits in philosophy and per- 
mission of instructor. May be repeated for credit. 


430 Philosophy of Law (3) 


PHARMACY PRACTICE/PHILOSOPHY 265 


Critical evaluation of the basis of legal authority 
and legal decision making, covering topics in the 
areas of analytic and ethical jurisprudence as well 
as professional ethics for lawyers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 
or 103 or one 200-level PHL course, and one 300- 
level PHL course, or permission of instructor. 


451 Symbolic Logic (3) 

Selected topics in modern symbolic logic including 
calculus of propositions, predicate calculus, and 
modal logics. Philosophical and mathematical as- 
pects of the subject. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or MTH 131 
or higher or permission of instructor. 


452 Philosophy of Science (3) 

Analysis of the nature and structure of scientific 
thought. Consideration of issues such as structure 
and types of scientific explanation, verification and 
falsification, and unity of the sciences. (Seminar) 
Pre: 101, 215, or 451, one 300-level PHL course, 
and 6 credits of natural science; or permission of 
instructor. 


453 Philosophy of the Social Sciences (3) 
Examination of philosophical problems raised by 
contemporary social sciences: the meaning of sci- 
entific knowledge, the nature of understanding of 
other persons and cultures, the relation of theory 
and practice. (Seminar) Pre: 101 or 103 or 204 or 
permission of instructor. 


454 Philosophy of the Natural Environment (3) 
An exploration of our problematic relationship to 
the natural environment: nature's ontological sta- 
tus, the epistemological encounter with nature 
through science and art, and the ethical obliga- 
tions emerging from these considerations. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: 101 or 103 or one 200-level course and 
one 300-level course in philosophy, or permission 
of instructor. 


490 Senior Seminar in Philosophy (3) 

In-depth study of the major works of a significant 
Western philosopher or of a major philosophical 
topic. (Seminar) Pre: senior standing in philosophy 
or permission of instructor. May be repeated for 
credit. 


499 Senior Thesis (3) 

Independent research. Student works in close con- 
junction with a faculty member on a mutually 
agreeable topic. Written thesis required. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: senior standing and permission of 
instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


502, 503 Tutorial in Philosophy (3 each) 
Discussion by the staff and advanced students of 
research problems in philosophy. Presentation and 
criticism of original papers. (Independent Study) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instructor. 


SaSuNOD 


266 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


May be repeated for a maximum of 9 credits. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Physical Education and Exercise 
Science (PEX) 


Chairperson: Associate Professor Blanpied 


105 Beginner Elective Activity |: Individual and 
Dual Sports (1) 

Beginning level of instruction for students with 
little or no previous experience in the activities 
offered. Select appropriate letter for activity 
desired; e.g., 105A Beginning Archery. (Studio 3) 


A Archery M Tennis 

B Badminton N Track and Field 

C Biking and Hiking P Marksmanship 

D Bowling S Activities for Children 
E Canoeing T Handball 

F Fencing W (or MSC) Aerobic 

G Golf Fitness and Muscular 
H Gymnastics Endurance 

| Sailing Y Modern Gymnastics 
K Skiing Z Paddleball 

L Aerobics 


106 Activity II: Team Sports and Group 
Activities (1) 

Beginning level of instruction for students with 
little or no previous experience in the activities of- 
fered. Select appropriate letter for activity desired. 
(Studio 3) 


A Folk and Square Dance L Soccer 

H Basketball M Softbal 

| Flag Football N Volleyball 
| Field Hockey P Campcraft 
K Lacrosse 


The above activities may be offered in combination or 
as a single activity for the entire semester. 


115 Team Sports (0.5) 

Emphasis on analysis of skills, strategies, class orga- 
nization, and teaching techniques. Select appropri- 
ate letter for activity desired. (Studio 3) Open to 
physical education majors only. 


A Basketball E Lacrosse 
B Field Hockey F Soccer 
C Flag Football G Softball 
D Recreational Sports H Volleyball 


120 Weight Training and Physical Conditioning (1) 
Principles of weight training and conditioning with 
emphasis on constructing individual and group ex- 
ercise programs. (Studio 3) Open to physical edu- 
cation majors only. 


123 Foundations of Health (3) 


Development of attitudes and practices that lead to 
more healthful living. Personal and community 
health problems studied. (Lec. 3) (S) 


130 Beginning Swimming (1) 
Beginning level of instruction for students with 
little or no previous experience. (Studio 3) 


172 Basic First Aid and CPR (0.5) 

Instruction and practice in basic level of injury pre- 
vention and first aid and CPR procedures. Students 
successfully meeting requirements will receive Basic 
First Aid and CPR certifications (Lec./Lab. 1) 


205 Intermediate Elective, Activity | (1) 
ntermediate level of instruction for those students 
who have acquired the basic skills and have per- 
orming experience in the activity. All activities 
listed under 105. (Studio 3) 


206 Intermediate Elective, Activity II (1) 
ntermediate level of instruction for those students 
who have acquired the basic skills and have per- 
orming experience in the activity. All activities 
listed under106. (Studio 3) 


215 Individual Sports (0.5) 

Emphasis on analysis of skills, strategies, class orga- 
nization, and teaching techniques. Select appropri- 
ate letter for activity desired. (Studio 3) Open to 
physical education majors only. 


A Archery E Golf 

B Badminton F Tennis 

C Bowling G Wrestling 

D Fencing H Track and Field 


217 Field Experience in Physical Education, 
Health, and Recreation (1) 

Students assist in one of the following: community 
agency, public or private school program, summer 
camp or recreation program, special education 
program. (Practicum) Pre: permission of chairper- 
son. May be repeated but with different agency. S/ 
U credit. 


222 Basic Movements and Gymnastics (1) 
Techniques and acquisition of basic skills. Includes 
theory and analysis of basic through advanced skills 
of apparatus and tumbling with special emphasis 
on teaching and safety procedures. (Studio 3) 
Open to physical education majors only. 


230 Intermediate Swimming (1) 

Intermediate level of instruction for those students 
who have acquired the basic skills and have per- 
forming experience in swimming. (Studio 3) 


243 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries and 
First Aid (3) 

Conditioning, use of physiotherapy equipment, 
massaging, taping and bandaging technique. Lat- 
est American Red Cross procedures with the oppor- 


tunity to receive standard certification. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
2) Open to physical education majors only. 


251 Folk and Square Dance (1) 

Techniques and acquisition of basic skills. Includes 
theory and analysis of basic through advanced 
skills. (Studio 3) Open to physical education majors 
only. 


263 Principles of Athletic Coaching (3) 
Principles of exercise physiology, leadership, and 
psychology applied to athletic coaching. Includes 
materials on administration of athletics. (Lec. 3) 


270 Introduction to the History and Philosophy 
of Physical Education (3) 

Historical development of physical education as an 
integral part of education and as a profession from 
ancient times to the present. Emphasis on develop- 
ment of educational philosophies within physical 
education and basic to current interpretations of 
the theory and practice of physical education. 
(Lec. 3) 


272 Basic First Aid and CPR Instructor (1) 
Instruction and practice in performance and teach- 
ing the basic level of injury prevention and first aid 
and CPR procedures. Students successfully meeting 
requirements will receive First Aid and CPR Instruc- 
tor certifications. (Lec./Lab. 2) 


275 Introduction to Exercise Science (3) 
Principles of exercise, components of health-related 
fitness, weight control, and stress management. 
Basic exercise prescription for cardiorespiratory en- 
durance, muscular strength, and endurance and 
flexibility. (Lec. 3) 


280 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure 
Studies (3) 

Development of recreation from a historical and 
cross-cultural perspective. Emphasis on the role of 
leisure in a community setting through study of the 
relationships of play, recreation, and leisure. (Lec. 3) 


304 Methods of Teaching Physical Education in 
Elementary Schools (3) 

Instruction in contemporary techniques used in a 
program of physical education for elementary 
school children. Types of activities found in basic 
programs and in planned progressions for various 
age groups. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 305, admission to the teacher education 
program by the start of semester; or permission of 
chairperson. 


305 Supervised Experience—Physical Education 
in the Elementary School (1) 

Students participate in supervised experience labo- 
ratory for methods learned in 304. (Practicum) Pre: 
concurrent enrollment in 304, admission to the 
teacher education program by the start of semester 
or permission of chairperson. 


310 Principles of Human Motor Development (3) 
Overview of the principles of motor development 
for the physical education teacher. Examines 
human motor development across the life span 
with emphasis on assessment and program devel- 
opment. Includes basic principles of motor learn- 
ing. (Lec. 3) Pre: admission to the teacher educa- 
tion program and PSY 232 or HDF 200; or 
permission of chairperson. 


314 Methods of Teaching Physical Education in 
Secondary Schools (3) 

Instruction in contemporary techniques used in a 
program of physical education for secondary 
school children. Types of activities found in basic 
programs and in planned progressions for various 
age groups. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 304, 305, concur- 
rent enrollment in 315, admission to the teacher 
education program; or permission of chairperson. 


315 Supervised Experience—Physical Education 
in the Secondary School (1) 

Students participate in supervised experience labo- 
ratory for methods learned in 314. (Practicum) Pre: 
304, 305, concurrent enrollment in 314, admission 
to the teacher education program; or permission of 
chairperson. 


322 Outdoor Leisure Pursuits (1) 

Principal philosophical foundations of adventure 
theory and wilderness leadership are examined 
while the student learns to teach outdoor leisure 
activities. Concepts of judgment, decision-making, 
leadership and environmentally sensitive practices 
are introduced. (Lec. 1) Pre: 130 or 230, physical 
education teaching majors only; or permission of 
chairperson. 


324 Rhythms and Dance (3) 

Instruction in the fundamental skills of folk, square, 
ballroom, and social dances, emphasizing personal 
skill acquisition and the skills necessary for teaching 
dances in the public/private school physical educa- 
tion environment. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: admission to 
the teacher education program by the start of se- 
mester, or permission of chairperson. 


325 Physical Fitness Appraisal and Guidance (3) 
Theory and application of physical fitness assess- 
ments with focus on appropriate test selection and 
performance. Emphasis on practical skills of test 
administration. Preparation for ACSM-HFI certifica- 
tion. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 275. 


330 Life Saving (1) 
(Studio 3) 


334 (or BIO 334) Physiology of Exercise (3) 
Applied human physiology, with applications to 
work, health, physical education, and athletic 
sports. Particular attention to adjustments of the 
circulatory and respiratory systems during physical 
activity. Application of latest technology in the field 


PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 267 


of fitness and health. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 201 or 242. 


335 (or BIO 335) Physiology of Exercise 
Laboratory (1) 

Student participation in laboratory sessions de- 
signed to understand the physiology of exercise 
relating to body composition, EKG, pulmonary, 
and metabolic functions. (Lab. 3) Pre: 201 or 242 
and concurrent enrollment in 334. 


340 Water Safety Instructor (2) 
(Lec. 1, Lab. 2 


341 Techniques of Officiating | (3) 

Presentation of current methods and techniques of 
officiating selected fall team sports. Provides neces- 
sary training and practical experience for students. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2 


342 Techniques of Officiating II (3) 

Presentation of current methods and techniques of 
officiating selected spring team sports. Provides 
necessary training and practical experience for stu- 
dents. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


343 Advanced Athletic Training: Recognition of 
Athletic Injuries (3) 

Development of advanced diagnostic techniques 
for recognizing and evaluating athletic injuries. De- 
velopment of advanced techniques for protection 
of athletic injuries. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 243. 


344, 345 Field Experience in Athletic 

Training I, Il (3 each) 

Laboratory participation under training room con- 
ditions involving specific techniques in the preven- 
tion, protection, and emergency care of athletes 
participating in intercollegiate and intramural ath- 
letics. Supervised field practicum, 150 hours. 
(Practicum) Pre: 243 or permission of chairperson 
for 344; 343 and 344 or permission of chairperson 
for 345. 


346 Skin and Scuba Diving, Beginners (2) 
Emphasis on basic physical principles, hazards, se- 
lection of equipment, and techniques. (Note: This 
course requires a physical examination at the 
student's expense administered by a physician with 
special expertise in this area. Please contact Health 
Services for a reference to an approved physician 
prior to July 1 for enrollment in the fall semester 
and November 1 for enrollment in the spring se- 
mester. (Lec. 1, Lab. 2) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


347 Skin and Scuba Diving, Advanced (2) 
Emphasis on the skill needed for advanced scuba 
activities as related to deep dives, salvage. (Note: 
This course requires a physical examination at the 
student's expense administered by a physician with 
special expertise in this area. Please contact Health 
Services for a reference to an approved physician 
prior to July 1 for enrollment in the fall semester 


and November 1 for enrollment in the spring se- 
mester.) (Lec. 1, Lab. 2) Pre: 346. 


355 Coaching of Soccer (2) 

Techniques and acquisition of fundamental skills. 
Includes advanced tactics and strategy, analysis of 
individual and team play, officiating, and planning 
of training schedules. (Lec. 1, Lab. 2) Pre: 263 or 
permission of instructor. 


362 Coaching of Track and Field (2) 

Theory, techniques, and practice in coaching of 
track and field. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 263 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


364 Coaching of Baseball (2) 

Theory, techniques, and practice in coaching base- 
ball. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 263 or permission of 
instructor. 


369 Tests and Measurements (3) 

The place of testing in the physical education 
curriculum. Includes analysis of data, marking sys- 
tems, and overview of existing tests and measures. 
(Lec. 3) 


370 Kinesiology (3) 

The study of human movement based on anatomi- 
cal, physiological, and mechanical principles. Em- 
phasis on application of these principles to funda- 
mental movement and physical education activity. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 121 and 242. 


375 Women in Sport: Contemporary 
Perspectives (3) 

Survey of issues relating to gender, herstory, gover- 
nance, physiology, psychology, economics, diver- 
sity, and the institutionalization of women involved 
in sport. (Lec. 3) 


380 Organization and Administration of 

Physical Education (3) 

Techniques, methods, and systems used in organiz- 
ing and administering physical education programs 
in public and private institutions. (Lec. 3) 


382 Psycho-Social Aspects of Physical Education 
and Sport (3) 

The scientific study of the behavior of individuals 
and groups within sport and physical activity. (Lec. 
3) Pre: admission to the teacher education pro- 
gram and PSY 113, or permission of chairperson. 


384 Coaching of Football (2) 
Theory, techniques, and practice in coaching foot- 
ball. (Lec. 2) Pre: 263 or permission of instructor. 


386 Coaching of Basketball (2) 

Theory, techniques, and practice in coaching bas- 
ketball. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 263 or permission of 
instructor. 


391 Directed Study (1-3) 

Development of an approved project supervised by 
a member of the department faculty. (Independent 
Study) Pre: junior standing and permission of chair- 


S3aSYNOD 


268 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


person and instructor. 


410 Adapted Physical Education (3) 

Planning and evaluation of physical education pro- 
grams for individuals with special needs. Includes 
issues regarding disability laws and various mental, 
psychological, and physical conditions. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 2) Pre: 370, completion or concurrent enroll- 
ment in 304 or 314 or permission of chairperson. 


PEX 411 Assessment of Special Populations (3) 
Assessment and programming of fitness, motor, 
and functional skill behaviors for individuals with 
special needs. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 410, 369 or per- 
mission of chairperson. 


415 Classroom Management, Communication, 
and Discipline Skills for Teaching Physical 
Education (3) 

Psycho-social bases of elementary and secondary 
student behaviors related to the physical education 
environment. Recognition of cultural differences 
and diverse communication styles, and techniques 
to decrease management episodes and increase 
student motivation. (Lec. 3) Pre: PSY 113, and PSY 
232; 304 and 314, and admission to the teacher 
education program; or permission of department 
chairperson. Not for graduate credit. 


416 Aging and Leisure (3) 

The aging process and its impact on leisure pur- 
suits and recreation programming for older adults. 
Assessments of researching needs; program adap- 
tation; fitness benefits; and retirement planning. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: junior or senior standing. In alternate 
years. 


420 Fitness Programs for Individuals with 
Chronic Diseases (3) 

Theory and application of physical fitness programs 
and testing of individuals with cardiovascular and 
metabolic diseases. (Lec. 3) Pre: 325, 334 and 335. 
Not for graduate credit. 


425 Fitness and Wellness Program Development (3) 
Development and administration of fitness and 
wellness programs. Includes program leadership 
and managerial skills for corporate, commercial, 
community, and clinical settings. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: 275. 


430 Adapted Aquatics (3) 

Planning, administering, and teaching adapted 
aquatics. Application of kinesiological concepts, 
characteristics, and methods of teaching aquatics 
to people with disabilities. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 410, 
intermediate level swimming ability, or permission 
of instructor. 


443 Advanced Athletic Training: Rehabilitation 
of Athletic Injuries (3) 

Advanced learning in reconditioning of athletic in- 
juries. Includes learning the use of mechanical, 
electrical, cryo-, hydro-, and drug therapy. Athletic 


training administration included. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) 
Pre: 343 or permission of chairperson. Not for 
graduate credit in physical education. 


484 Supervised Field Work (6-12) 

Supervised field work in health, physical education, 
or recreation in community and/or commercial 
agencies. (Practicum) Not for teacher certification 
or graduate credit. 


486 Field Experience Seminar (3) 

Seminar for students completing field work in 
health, physical education, or recreation. Topics 
include identification of problems, resource materi- 
als, and discussions of future career concerns. 
(Seminar) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 484. Not 
for graduate credit in physical education. 


Note: Student teaching includes practicum in both 
elementary and secondary schools under the supervi- 
sion of the department. See EDC 485, 486, 487, 488, 
and 489. 


510 Current Issues in Physical Education, Health, 
and Recreation (3) 

Designed to develop student awareness of contem- 
porary situations that are of concern to the above 
professions. Extensive review of contemporary lit- 
erature. Critical analysis of selected issues, their 
components and effects. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


520 Curriculum Construction in Physical 
Education (3) 

Analysis of criteria and procedures for curriculum 
construction in physical education. Standards for 
the evaluation and revision of elementary and sec- 
ondary school physical education courses. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: permission of instructor. 


525 Comparative Physical Education and Sport (3) 
Examination of the status and practice of sport and 
physical education in selected countries. Emphasis 
on comparative analyses in developed and third 
world countries. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. 


526 Sport and International Relations (3) 

An examination of the role that sport plays in pro- 
moting international relations. Special lectures, 
readings, library research on topics relating to sport 
and international relations. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. 


530 (or EXS 530) Research Methods and Design 
in Physical Education and Exercise Science (3) 
An introduction to the basic aspects of research, 
including problem selection, literature review, in- 
strumentation, methodology, and the writing of 
research reports and articles. (Lec. 3) Pre: compe- 
tence in basic statistics and permission of 
instructor. 


540 Planning and Supervision of Recreational 


and Athletic Facilities (3) 

Examination of the factors involved in the construc- 
tion and/or renovation of facilities for most efficient 
multipurpose use and maintenance. Course in- 
cludes field trips. (Lec. 3) Pre: junior standing and 
permission of chairperson. 


550 Administration of Physical Education (3) 
Problems and procedures for administering a physi- 
cal education program studied from the viewpoint 
of the physical education administrator, the school 
administrator, and the faculty. Emphasis is placed 
on the study of administrative cases. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
380 or permission of instructor. 


551 Sport and Recreation Operations (3) 
Analysis of operational problems and policies asso- 
ciated with interscholastic, intercollegiate, profes- 
sional, community, and commercial sports enter- 
prises. (Lec. 3) Pre: 380 or graduate standing. 


552 Supervision of Physical Education and 
Health Instruction (3) 

Principles, techniques, and procedures involved in 
effective supervision of physical education and 
health instruction, with emphasis on the leadership 
role of the supervisor in the improvement of in- 
struction. Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. (Lec. 3) 


555 Women in Sport: Issues and Controversies (3) 
Critical analysis of women’s sports using contem- 
porary feminist perspectives. Emphasis on psycho- 
social and political-economic constructs that regu- 
late women’s emergence into sport. (Lec. 3) 


560 Seminar in Health, Physical Education, and 
Recreation (3) 

Selected topics within the three areas, depending 
on availability of specialized instruction including 
visiting professorship. (Seminar) Pre: permission of 
instructor. 


578 Sport in American Culture (3) 

Survey course focusing on the social impact of 
sport on society. Emphasis on critical analyses of 
sport phenomenon, sport and cultural ideology, 
and political and economic impact on society. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. 


580 Physical Education: Mentally Retarded and 
Learning Disabled (3) 

Contributions of physical education to the growth 
and development of the mentally retarded and 
learning disabled. Theoretical and practical aspects 
of programs to best serve their individual needs. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. 


582 (or EXS 582) Applied Sport Psychology (3) 
Focus on performance enhancement techniques 
(Le., imagery, goal-setting, etc.) designed to im- 
prove individual and team performance. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing, PSY 113 and 232 or per- 


mission of instructor. 


585 Adapted Physical Activities for Special 
Populations (3) 

Characteristics and needs for special populations: 
retarded, emotionally disturbed, learning disabled, 
sensory impaired, and obese. Adapted activities 
based on individual needs. Effects of federal legisla- 
tion on programs discussed. (Lec. 3) Pre: permis- 
sion of instructor. 


591 (or EXS 591) Special Problems (3) 

Written paper reporting an in-depth investigation 
of a pertinent problem in the field, including a re- 
view of relevant literature, analysis, and solution of 
the problem based on scientific methodology, with 
recommendations for improved practices. (Inde- 
pendent Study) Limited to and required of all 
graduate students in physical education who elect 
the nonthesis option. 


592 (or EXS 592) Internship in Physical 
Education and Exercise Science (3) 

Directed field experience under the supervision of a 
faculty member and a professional member of the 
cooperating institution. Application of knowledge, 
synthesis of practical experiences. Paper required. 
(Practicum) Pre: a minimum of 12 graduate credits 
in physical education and permission of major pro- 
fessor and chairperson. 


595 (or EXS 595) Independent Study (3) 
Development of an approved project supervised by 
a member of the graduate faculty. (Independent 
Study) Pre: permission of chairperson and instruc- 
tor. May not be substituted for 591 or 599. 


599 (or EXS 599) Master's Thesis Research 
Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Physical Therapy (PHT) 
Director: Professor Rowinski 


Note: Following are upper-level undergraduate 
courses that are required for students admitted to the 
master’s degree program in physical therapy. Physical 
therapy is not offered at the undergraduate level; stu- 
dents must have a bachelor’s degree to gain admis- 
sion to this program. 


410 Human Anatomy (4) 

Structure and function of human anatomy as re- 
lated to physical therapy. Emphasis on musculosk- 
eletal, visceral, nervous and vascular systems and 
tissue histology. (Lec. 4) Pre: BIO 121, 242, admis- 
sion to physical therapy program, or permission of 
instructor. Concurrent enrollment in 411 required. 


411 Applied Human Anatomy Laboratory (2) 
Dissection of a cadaver to demonstrate structure 


PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE/PHYSICAL THERAPY 269 


and function of human anatomy. Accurate palpa- 
tion of anatomic structures in parallel with dissec- 
tion. (Lab. 4) Pre: admission to physical therapy 
program or permission of instructor. Concurrent 
enrollment in 410 required. 


412 Basic Physical Evaluation, Therapeutic 
Exercise, and Care (3) 

Surface anatomy, range of motion, reflex, and 
manual muscle testing methods of the physical ex- 
amination are presented. Soft tissue evaluation and 
introduction to therapeutic exercise prescription 
are provided to initiate the student’s experience of 
therapeutic care provision. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: ad- 
mission to physical therapy program or permission 
of instructor. 


417 Psychosocial Needs of the Disabled (2) 

The physical therapist's role in addressing the psy- 
chosocial needs of the patient and family resulting 
from movement disorders. Reaction to illness and 
disability and the need to consider particular reli- 
gious, cultural, social, and economic differences. 
(Lec. 2) Pre: admission to physical therapy program 
or permission of instructor. 


418 Professional and Community Practices in 
Physical Therapy (1) 

Introduction to relation of physical therapy practice 
to the community health care delivery systems. Or- 
ganization of hospital departments, private prac- 
tices, and other specific clinical settings is eluci- 
dated to initiate student's professional socialization. 
(Practicum) Pre: admission to physical therapy pro- 
gram or permission of instructor. 


420 Physiological Basis of Physical Therapy (3) 

A comprehensive study of the physiological mecha- 
nisms, adaptations, and measurement principles 
which guide therapeutic evaluation and treatment. 
Laboratory demonstrations and experiences intro- 
duce the student to quantification of physiological 
change in humans. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 410 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


422 Pathophysiology and Medical Management 
of Movement Disorders (3) 

Exploration of physiological regulation in disease 
states, with an emphasis on total medical manage- 
ment of disorders affecting human movement. Role 
of the therapist in interacting with various other 
medical and paramedical professionals is pre- 
sented. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 242, admission to physical 
therapy program, or permission of instructor. 


430 Human Neurosciences and Neurology (4) 
Anatomy, physiology, dysfunction, and evaluation 
of the human nervous system as a basis of thera- 
peutic intervention. Gross and microscopic struc- 
ture of the nervous system and the neurological 
examination. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: BIO 121, 242, 
admission to physical therapy program, or permis- 


sion of instructor. 


440 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy 
See Dental Hygiene 440. 


510 Biomechanics and Pathokinesiology (3) 
Principles, theories, and recent investigations of the 
biomechanics of human motion and posture are 
presented to develop analytical skills for normal 
and abnormal movement evaluation. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
3) Pre: 410, 412, 420, or permission of instructor. 


513 Directed Study in Physical Therapy (1-3) 
Subject matter arranged to meet the individual 
needs of graduate students in physical therapy un- 
der the supervision of. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of instructor. 


515 Research Methods in Physical Therapy (3) 
Research design and methods in current physical 
therapy theory development and scientific litera- 
ture. Preparation of a research proposal through 
review of literature and pilot study of selected re- 
search methods are required. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or 
concurrent enrollment in STA 307 or equivalent 
and second-year standing in physical therapy or 
permission of instructor. 


518 Ethical, Legal, and Interdisciplinary Issues of 
Clinical Practice (2) 

Standards, ethical considerations, and legal impli- 
cations of physical therapy practice. Communica- 
tion with other health care disciplines and govern- 
mental agencies for the provision, progression, and 
implementation of physical therapy services. (Lec. 
2) Pre: second-year standing in physical therapy or 
permission of instructor. 


525 Research Projects in Physical Therapy | (3) 
Development of an investigation into some prob- 
lem of basic or applied physical therapy science. 
Case studies, preliminary data, or survey instru- 
ments are compiled, and a review of related litera- 
ture is accomplished under guidance of faculty. (In- 
dependent Study) Pre: 515, third-year standing in 
physical therapy, or permission of instructor. 


528 Professional Practice and Administration (3) 
Responsibilities of the physical therapist in supervis- 
ing personnel and establishing therapeutic practice 
in hospital, out-patient, and private settings. De- 
partment planning, personnel development, cost 
accounting and billing, standards of practice, and 
quality assurance are discussed. (Lec. 3) Pre: sec- 
ond-year standing in physical therapy or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


532 Physical Agents and Instrumentation in 
Physical Therapy (4) 

Theory, clinical investigations, and current research 
regarding the application of physical therapeutic 
energies and agents. Direct treatment techniques 
and supervision of support personnel in the admin- 


SaSuYNOD 


270 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


istration of mechano-, electro-, thermo-, hydro-, 
ionto-, and phototherapy. (Lec. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: 420, 
second-semester standing in physical therapy, or 
permission of instructor. 


535 Research Project in Physical Therapy II (3) 
Completion of investigation into some problem of 
basic or applied physical therapy science. Data 
gathering is completed, results are summarized, 
and conclusions relating findings to previous stud- 
ies are formulated. (Independent Study) Pre: 525 
or permission of instructor. 


538 Professional Problems and Public Relations (2) 
Current problems in professional practice including 
legislative, educational, and interdisciplinary topics. 
Issues relating to consumers of physical therapy 
services and methods of marketing the services of 
physical therapists are elaborated. (Lec. 2) Pre: 
third-year standing in physical therapy or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


540 Human Motor Development and Learning (3) 
Development and maturation of the human ner- 
vous system forms the basis for clinical consider- 
ations of developmental disabilities and motor 
learning. Theories of motor skill acquisition and 
therapeutic interventions for neuromuscular prob- 
lems of the infant, child, adolescent, and adult. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 410, 430, second-year stand- 
ing in physical therapy, or permission of instructor. 


542 Clinical Diagnosis (2) 

Modern medical and therapeutic diagnostic meth- 
ods are presented to develop competencies in re- 
ferral and evaluation of disorders. Medical and 
pharmacological science topics pertaining to physi- 
cal therapy diagnoses are presented by invited lec- 
turers. (Lec. 2) Pre: second-year standing in physi- 
cal therapy or permission of instructor. 


550 Orthopaedic Physical Therapy (3) 

Physical evaluation and treatment techniques of 
the human muscular, articular, and skeletal systems 
related to orthopaedic conditions. Rehabilitation of 
injured, congenitally dysfunctioning, surgically in- 
tervened patients, and patients with conditions at 
risk for dysfunction. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 410, 412, 
420, 510; second-year standing in physical therapy 
or permission of instructor. 


552 Functional Rehabilitation and Advanced 
Therapeutic Exercise (3) 

Patient care techniques and programs related to 
the restoration of functional motor activities are 
provided through specification of treatment proto- 
cols, assistive devices, therapeutic apparatus, and 
therapeutic exercise programs. Competency is de- 
veloped by simulating actual clinical conditions. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 550 or permission of 


instructor. 


560 Neurological Physical Therapy (3) 

Physical therapy for the neurologically disabled pa- 
tient. Proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation, 
neurodevelopmental, sensory-motor integration, 
other patterned stimulation and evaluation tech- 
niques with emphasis on stroke, spinal cord injury, 
and other disabling conditions of the nervous sys- 
tem. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 430, BIO 242, second- 
year standing in physical therapy, or permission of 
instructor. 


570 Cardiopulmonary Physical Therapy (3) 
Physiological basis, testing and evaluation, treat- 
ment, and administration of programs for cardiac 
and pulmonary-diseased patients requiring physical 
therapy. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 420, 422, second-year 
standing in physical therapy, or permission of in- 
structor. 


574 Sports Physical Therapy (2) 

Advanced knowledge and competency in sports 
injury evaluation and treatment are developed. Ad- 
ditional coverage of sports injury prevention, ath- 
letic screening, medical intervention, interdiscipli- 
nary coordination, and patient or public education 
is provided. (Lec. 1, Lab. 3) Pre: 550 or permission 
of instructor. 


575 Physical Therapy Internship | (5) 
Assignment to various clinical settings which pro- 
vide supervised experiences with practicing physi- 
cal therapists and support personnel. Specific set- 
ting and rotational time schedule is determined by 
the academic clinical coordinator and clinical. 
(Practicum) Pre: permission of instructor. 


580 Pediatric and Geriatric Physical Therapy (3) 
Specific problems of the maturing and aging pa- 
tient population in physical therapy practice. De- 
velopmental disability programs and treatment 
programs in nursing facilities, treatment centers, 
and home programs for the aged patient popula- 
tion. (Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 430, 540, third-year 
standing in physical therapy. 


585 Physical Therapy Internship II (5) 
Assignment to various clinical settings which pro- 
vide supervised experiences with practicing physi- 
cal therapists and support personnel. Specific set- 
ting and rotational time schedule is determined by 
the academic clinical coordinator and clinical. 
(Practicum) Pre: permission of instructor. 


590 General Practice Physical Therapy (3) 
Problems and benefits associated with the business 
and conduct of different types of physical therapy 
private practice. Integration of the art and science 


of physical therapy with the delivery of services. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 418, 528, third-year standing in physi- 
cal therapy. 


595 Physical Therapy Internship III (5) 
Assignment to various clinical settings which pro- 
vide supervised experiences with practicing physi- 
cal therapists and support personnel. Selection of 
clinical specialty area of student's interest is consid- 
ered in determination of the setting. (Practicum) 
Pre: permission of instructor. 


Physics (PHY) 
Chairperson: Professor Northby 


101 Physics and Physicists (1) 

Survey course spotlighting current developments in 
physics and examining the way scientific research 
is carried out. (Lec. 1) 


109 Introduction to Physics (3) 

Appreciation of the physical environment and an 

introduction to the principles and theories of con- 
temporary physics. Recommended for elementary 
education majors. (Lec. 3) Pre: concurrent enroll- 

ment in 110. Not open to students with credit in 

111, 112, 203, 204, 205, 213, or 214. (N) 


110 Laboratory for Introduction to Physics (1) 
Demonstrations and laboratory exercises related to 
109. (Lab. 2) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 109. 


(N) 


111, 112 General Physics I, II (3 each) 

111: Mechanics, heat, and sound. 112: Optics, 
electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. 
Noncalculus presentation of fundamental physics. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: concurrent enrollment in 185 and 
186. (N) 


140 The Ideas of Physics (3) 

A nonmathematical presentation of classical and 
modern physics illustrated by lecture demonstra- 
tions. (Lec. 3) Of particular interest to liberal arts 
students. (N) 


185, 186 Laboratory for General Physics I, II 

(1 each) 

Selected laboratory exercises applicable to materi- 
als in 111, 112. (Lab. 2) Pre: concurrent enrollment 
in 111 and 112. (N) 


203 Elementary Physics | (3) 

Introduction to Newtonian mechanics. Kinematics 
and dynamics of particles and systems of particles. 
Motion of rigid bodies and oscillatory motion. Con- 
servation principles. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or concur- 
rent enrollment in MTH 141 and concurrent enroll- 
ment in 273. Intended for science or engineering 
majors. Not open to students with credit in 213. 


(N) 


204 Elementary Physics II (3) 

Introduction to electricity and magnetism, leading 
to Maxwell’s equations. Electric fields and Gauss’ 
law; magnetic fields and Ampere’s law. Capaci- 
tance and inductance, DC and AC circuits. Electro- 
magnetic waves. (Lec. 3) Pre: 203, credit or con- 
current enrollment in MTH 142, and concurrent 
enrollment in 274. Intended for science or engi- 
neering majors. Not open to students with credit in 
214. (N) 


205 Elementary Physics III (3) 

Introduction to topics of thermodynamics, kinetic 
theory, wave motion, acoustics, and optics. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 203, credit or concurrent enrollment in MTH 
243, and concurrent enrollment in 275. Intended 
for science or engineering majors. Not open to stu- 
dents with credit in 213, 214. (N) 


213, 214 Elementary Physics I, II (3 each) 

213: Mechanics and elements of thermodynamics. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 141 and 142. 142 may be taken 
concurrently. For students planning to major in 
one of the sciences. 214: Electricity, magnetism, 
and elements of wave phenomena. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
concurrent enrollment in 285 and 286, MTH 142, 
and credit or concurrent enrollment in MTH 243. 
Intended for science or engineering majors. (N) 


273, 274, 275 Elementary Physics Laboratory |, 
Il, II (1 each) 

Laboratory exercises and recitation sessions related 
to topics in 203, 204, and 205. (Lab. 3) Pre: con- 
current enrollment in 203, 204, and 205. (N) 


285, 286 Physics Laboratory I, II (1 each) 
Laboratory exercises and recitation sessions related 
to topics in 213 and 214. (Lab. 3) Pre: concurrent 
enrollment in 213 and 214. (N) 


306 Elementary Modern Physics (3) 
Introduction to relativistic and quantum physics: 
special relativity theory, structure of atoms, mol- 
ecules, nuclei, and solids including semiconductor 
devices; wave and particle properties (Lec. 3) Pre: 
204, 205, or ELE 210. Not open to students with 
credit in 341. 


322 Mechanics (3) 

Introduction to Newtonian statics and dynamics 
using vector analysis; particle motion, Lagrange’s 
equations; rigid body motion. Application to vari- 
ous topics in physical mechanics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 204 
and MTH 244. 


331 Electricity and Magnetism (3) 

Electrostatic fields and dielectric materials; mag- 
netic fields, magnetic induction and magnetic ma- 
terials; introduction to Maxwell’s equations. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 204 and MTH 243. 


334 (or AST 334) Optics (3) 


Geometrical and physical optics; thick lens optics, 
interference, diffraction, polarization. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
112, 214, or 205. 


341 Introductory Modern Physics (3) 
The development and current status of major ad- 
vances in 20th-century physics, such as special rela- 
tivity, kinetic theory, structure of atoms, molecules 
and nuclei, wave and particle properties of matter, 
thermionic and photoelectric effects. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
213, 214, and MTH 142. MTH 243 and ELE 210 
can be substituted for 214. Not open to students 
with credit in 306. 


381, 382 Advanced Laboratory Physics (3 each) 
Key experiments covering a wide range of disci- 
plines including nuclear physics, properties of the 
electron, magnetism thermodynamics, and optics. 
Quantitative analysis is stressed, including statistics 
and curve fitting. Technical skills are developed. 
(Lab. 6) Pre: 204 and 205. 


401, 402 Seminar in Physics (1 each) 

Preparation and presentation of papers on selected 
topics in physics. (Seminar) Required of all under- 
graduate and graduate students in physics; one se- 
mester required for all senior physics majors. 


410 Computational Physics (3) 

Development and application of computer tech- 
niques to classical and quantum physics problems. 
Emphasis will be on approximation techniques and 
numerical methods for solving matrix, integral, and 
differential equations arising in physics. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 3) Pre: MTH 215, CSC 211, credit or concur- 
rent enrollment in MTH 244 and 306. 


420 Introduction to Thermodynamics and 
Statistical Mechanics (3) 

Emphasis on laws of thermodynamics and proper- 
ties of thermodynamic systems, kinetic theory of 
gases, molecular velocity distributions, transport 
phenomena, Maxwell-Boltzmann statistics. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 205 and MTH 243. 


425 Acoustics (3) 

Mathematical theory of vibrating systems; har- 
monic wave motion. Topics include: transmission 
and absorption of sound waves, microphones, psy- 
choacoustics, underwater acoustics, and ultrason- 
ics. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


451 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3) 
Particle-wave duality, uncertainty principle; 
Schrödinger equation: eigenvalues, wavefunctions, 
time dependence; Dirac notation; Heisenberg rep- 
resentation: operators, matrices, eigenvectors; an- 
gular momentum: spin and polarization, Pauli ma- 
trices, hydrogen atom, application to quantum 


PHYSICAL THERAPY/PHYSICS 271 


computation; symmetries: conservation laws, fer- 
mions and bosons. (Lec. 3) Pre: 306, 322, MTH 
215 and 244. 


452 Quantum Mechanics: Techniques and 
Applications (3) 

Approximation techniques including time-depen- 
dent and time-independent perturbation theory, 
WKB, variational method, Born, Hartree, and com- 
putational techniques. Applications to atomic and 
molecular structure, model potentials, radiative 
transitions, and scattering. (Lec. 3) Pre: 451 and 
MTH 461. 


455 Introduction to Solid-State Physics (3) 
Crystal structure, thermal, electrical, and magnetic 
properties of solids. Electron gas theory of metals, 
band theory of solids. Semiconductors. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
451 and MTH 243. 


483, 484 (or AST 483, 484 or OCG 483, 484) 
Laboratory and Research Problems in 

Physics (3 each) 

Research in current areas of physics. Students per- 
form research projects with individual faculty mem- 
bers. Students in physics and physical oceanogra- 
phy may coordinate their research project with a 
faculty member of the Graduate School of Ocean- 
ography. (Lec. 1, Lab. 6) Pre: 381 and 382. 


491, 492 (or AST 491, 492) Special Problems 
(1-6 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of a member 
arranged to suit the individual requirements of the 
student. (Independent Study) 


510 Mathematical Methods of Physics | (3) 
Topics designed to include applications in physics. 
Vector and tensor analysis; linear algebra; coordi- 
nate systems. Determinants, matrices; introductory 
group theory. Infinite series, complex analysis, ana- 
lytic properties, conformal mapping, calculus of 
residues. Fourier analysis and Laplace transforms. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


520 Classical Dynamics (3) 

Newton's laws. Conservation theorems and sym- 
metry properties. Lagrangian mechanics. Central 
force motion. Dynamics of rigid bodies. Hamilto- 
nian mechanics. Canonical transformations. Action- 
angle coordinates. Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Deter- 
ministic chaos. Relativistic mechanics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 510. 


525 Statistical Physics | (3) 

Equilibrium thermodynamics. Thermodynamics of 
phase transitions. Elements of kinetic theory. Statis- 
tical ensembles and partition functions. Classical 
and quantum equilibrium statistical mechanics. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 420 or equivalent, 510. 


530 Electromagnetism | (3) 
Electrostatics, including boundary value problem. 


S3aSYNOD 


272 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


Multipoles, electrostatics of macroscopic media, 
dielectrics. Magnetostatics. Time-varying fields, 
Maxwell equations, conservation laws. Plane elec- 
tromagnetic waves, wave propagation. Wave 
guides, resonant cavities. Magnetic materials. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 
510 and 520. 


560 Experimental Methods in Condensed Matter 
Science (3) 

Fundamental experiments on topics related to de- 
partmental research. Experimental methodology. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 484 or equivalent. 


570 Quantum Mechanics | (3) 

Dirac notation. Matrix representations, 
observables, uncertainty relations. Time evolution; 
Schroedinger and Heisenberg pictures. Schroedinger 
equation applications. Propagators and Feynman 
path integrals. Aharonov-Bohm effect. Angular 
momentum; Wigner-Eckart theorem. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
credit or concurrent enrollment in 510 and 520. 


577, 578 Seminar in Sensors and Surface 
Technology (1) 

Students, faculty, and invited outside speakers 
present and discuss selected topics related to re- 
search interests of the Sensors and Surface Tech- 
nology Partnership. (Seminar) Pre: permission of 
instructor. May be repeated. S/U credit. 


580 Condensed Matter Physics | (3) 

Drude and Sommerfiled theories. Crystal lattices 
and symmetries. Bragg scattering. Properties and 
calculation of electron spectra. Fermi surfaces of 
metals. Electrons in magnetic field. De Haas - van 
Alphen effect and Phonons. Electron-phonon inter- 
action. Defects in solids. (Lec. 3) Pre: 525, 570 or 
permission of chair. 


590 Faculty Project (1-6) 

A special project directly related to the research 

program of an individual faculty member. (Inde- 
pendent Study). Pre: permission of chairperson. 

Not to exceed 6 credits. 


591 Special Problems (1-6) 

Advanced study under the supervision of a faculty 
member arranged to suit the individual needs of 
the student. (Independent Study) Pre: permission 
of chairperson. Not to exceed 6 credits. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


610 Mathematical Methods of Physics II (3) 
Topics designed to include applications in physics. 
Ordinary and partial differential equations; Sturm- 


Liouville theory. Numerical methods and computa- 
tional techniques. Probability and statistics. Integral 
transforms. Integral equations; Green's functions. 
Special functions of mathematical physics. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 510. 


625 Statistical Physics Il (3) 

Equilibrium critical phenomena (critical exponents, 
scaling relations, multicritical phenomena). Exact 
solutions. Renormalization group theory and other 
approximate methods. Critical behavior of mag- 
nets, fluids, and surfaces. (Lec. 3) Pre: 525 and 
670. 


626 Statistical Physics III (3) 

Stochastic processes. Markov condition. Master 
equation. Fokker-Planck equation. Brownian mo- 
tion. Langevin equation. Transport phenomena. 
Onsager theory of irreversible processes near equi- 
librium. Boltzmann equation. Linear response 
theory, fluctuation dissipation theorem. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 525. 


630 Electromagnetism II (3) 

Radiating systems, scattering, and diffraction. 
Special theory of relativity. Dynamics of relativistic 
particles and electromagnetic fields. Collisions be- 
tween charged particles, energy loss and scatter- 
ing. Radiation by moving charges. Multipole fields. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 530. 


660 Nuclear and Particle Physics (3) 

Weak, strong, and electromagnetic interactions. 
Nucleon-nucleon potential, shell model, optical 
model. Isospin, unitary symmetry, quark model of 
hadrons. Scattering and reaction theory of few- 
body systems. Deuteron. Relativistic nuclear and 
particle phenomena. (Lec. 3) Pre: 570 and 670. 


670 Quantum Mechanics II (3) 

Symmetry (parity, translation, time-reversal). Time- 
independent (dependent) perturbation theory, 
variational methods. Identical particles. Scattering 
theory (Lippman-Schwinger equation, Born series, 
partial waves, resonances, optical theorem, inelas- 
tic scattering). Applications. Relativistic quantum 
mechanics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 570 or permission of 
chairperson. 


672 Quantum Mechanics III (3) 

Atomic systems (structure, semiclassical radiation 
theory, collisions). Quantum fields (scalar, spin-1/2, 
electromagnetic). Applications: quantum field 
theory (Feynman diagrams in QED and weak inter- 
actions, renormalization). Fock space. Many-body 
theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 670. In alternate years. Next 
offered spring 2005. 


680 Condensed Matter Physics II (3) 

Interacting systems. Green’s functions. Diagram- 
matic methods. Applications to superconductivity. 
Fluctuations. Functional integration Generalized 
susceptibility and dielectric response. Fluctuation- 
dissipation theorem. Structure function. (Lec. 3) 


Pre: 530, 580 or permission of chair. 


690 Topics in Physics (3) 

Advanced topics in areas of research specializa- 
tions: a) neutron physics; b) quantum fluids; c) 
magnetism; d) surface physics; e) nonlinear phe- 
nomena; f) advanced quantum physics; g) nuclear 
physics; h) low-temperature physics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. 


691 Advanced Special Topics (1-6) 

Special topics related to current developments by 
visiting or permanent faculty. (Lec. 1-6) Pre: per- 
mission of instructor. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


930 Workshop in Physics Topics for Teachers 
(0-3 each) 

Especially designed for teachers of physical sci- 
ences. Basic topics in physics from an advanced or 
pedagogical perspective. (Workshop) Pre: teacher 
certification. 


Plant Sciences (PLS) 
Chairperson: Professor Casagrande 


101 Freshman Inquiry into Plant Sciences (1) 
Introduction for freshmen to the opportunities, 
careers, research activities, applied outreach, and 
educational programs in the Department of Plant 
Sciences. Interact weekly with faculty. Explore 
hands-on modules. (Lec. 1) S/U credit. 


107 (or BIO 107) Plant Biology Seminar (1) 

A seminar series offered by faculty, graduate stu- 
dents, and visiting professionals for the purpose of 
acquainting students with career opportunities pro- 
vided by the plant biology program. (Seminar) 


150 Plant Biology for Gardeners (3) 
Fundamentals of plant biology, emphasizing the 
structure, physiology, and ecology of vascular 
plants common to gardens and landscaped envi- 
ronments. (Lec. 3) (N) 


190 Issues in Biotechnology (3) 
See Aquaculture and Fisheries Science 190. 


200 Introduction to Plant Protection (4) 

Basic study of weeds, insects, and disease agents, 
and the problems they cause. Recognition of im- 
portant plant pests and application of integrated 
cultural, chemical, and biological pest manage- 
ment procedures. (Lec. 4) Pre: BIO 104A or 112 or 
102, or permission of instructor. 


205 Population, Environment, and Plant 
Biology | (4) 


Solving problems related to the interaction of 
population growth, environment, cell behavior, 
and plant productivity, as seen from the perspec- 
tive of competitive evolution. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) 


210 Plant Protection Practicum (1) 

Introduction to practical aspects of plant protec- 
tion, concentrating on field diagnostic techniques 
and development of analytical and observation 
skills. Diagnostics are primarily an interactive field 
activity, supplemented by microscopy, report writ- 
ing, and oral presentations. (Practicum) Pre: prior 
or concurrent enrollment in 200 or permission of 
instructor. 


222 Ecology of the Home Landscape (3) 

Basics of home gardening with minimal environ- 
mental impact including maintenance of the trees, 
shrubs, lawns, flowers, vegetables, native and inva- 
sive plants, composting, water quality, and wildlife 
and pest management. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


233 Floral Art (3) 

Theory and practice in the art of flower and plant 
arrangement for the home, show, and special occa- 
sions. History, elements, and principles of design 
and color. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) (A) 


250 Plant Breeding and Genetics (4) 
Introduction to the general principles of plant 
breeding, with emphasis on the application of ge- 
netic principles in plant improvement strategies. 
(Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: BIO 112 or 102. 


255 Horticultural Plant Physiology (3) 
Fundamental concepts underlying life functions in 
plants and their horticultural implications and rel- 
evancy. Emphasis on energy relations and material 
transport. Special consideration of photosynthesis, 
water use, nitrogen utilization, dormancy, and 
photomorphogenesis. (Lec. 3) Pre: BIO 112 or 102, 
CHM 101; PLS 205 recommended. 


301 Nursery Crop Production and Management (3) 
Foundation of nursery management and woody 
plant production practices. History and organiza- 
tion of the nursery industry, land selection and 
management, plant culture, growing structures 
and equipment, and recent innovations. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 2) Pre: BIO 112 or 102 and PLS 205 or permis- 
sion of instructor. In alternate years. Next offered 
spring 2005. 


306 Landscape Management and Arboriculture (3) 
Culture of new and established trees, shrubs, and 
vines in the landscape. Practical exposure to plant- 
ing, pruning, fertilization, and plant protection. 
Prepares the student for Arborist’s Certification Ex- 
amination. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: BIO 112 or 102 or 
permission of instructor. 


311 Fruit Culture (3) 

Principles of fruit production with emphasis on 
home gardens. Topics include propagation, plant- 
ing, soils, fertilization, cultural practices, pruning 
and storage of tree and small fruits and dwarfs or 
semi-dwarf stocks. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 205. In al- 
ternate years. 


320 Landscape Design (3) 

Examination of landscape design principles and 
practices including introduction to landscape 
graphics, preliminary design, and planting design. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: LAR 201 or permission of instructor. 
Not open to landscape architecture majors. 


322 Power Units (3) 

Principles of operation, maintenance, and adjust- 
ment of power units including gasoline and diesel 
engines and electric motors. Emphasis on tractors 
and other power units important in farm, nursery, 
greenhouse, and grounds maintenance operations. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2) In alternate years. 


331 Floriculture and Greenhouse Management (3) 
The greenhouse environment and its relation to the 
culture of specific plants. Principles governing the 
production and culture of plants under controlled 
temperature, humidity, light, and modified atmo- 
spheres. Greenhouse construction and environ- 
mental control. (Lec. 3) Pre: 205 or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years, next offered spring 
2004. 


332 Plant Pathology: Introduction to Plant 
Diseases 
See Biological Sciences 332. 


335 Commercial Floral Design and Flower Shop 
Practices (3) 

Advanced floral design including wedding, funeral, 
church, and holiday arrangements. Flower shop 
practices, buying, selling, and handling cut flowers 
and potted plants. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 233 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


341 Introduction to Turf Management (3) 
Fundamental aspects of turfgrass science including 
identification, propagation, fertilization, pest con- 
trol, and other soil-plant relationships. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
2) Pre: 205 and NRS 212. 


350 Herbaceous Garden Plants (3) 

Identification and use of annual and perennial her- 
baceous ornamental plants in the landscape. Em- 
phasis on sustainable landscaping and the use of 
native plants. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 150 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


352 (or ASP 352) General Genetics (3) 
Introduction to basic genetic principles and concepts 
leading to an understanding of genes, heredity and 
the expression of inherited variation. Applications 
and implications of these concepts to animals, 
plants, fungi, and bacteria are discussed. (Lec. 3) 


PHYSICS/PLANT SCIENCES 273 


Pre: BIO 104A or 104B, or 112 or 113 or 101 or 
102. Not open to students with credit in BIO 352. 


353 Landscape Plants | 
See Landscape Architecture 353. 


354 Landscape Plants II 
See Landscape Architecture 354. 


355 (or ASP 355) Genetics Laboratory (2) 

Basic principles and concepts of genetics demon- 
strated with microorganisms, plants, and animals. 
(Lab. 4) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 352 
or BIO 352. Not open to students with credit in 
BIO 454. 


361 Weed Science (3) 

Ecological and cultural aspects of weed problems, 
physiology of herbicide action, selected problem 
areas in weed control and plant identification. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 2) Pre: NRS 212, organic chemistry recom- 
mended. In alternate years. Next offered fall 2003. 


390 Irrigation Technology (3) 

A study of the science and technology of obtain- 
ing, applying, and managing water as it relates to 
the culture of field, forage, vegetable, turf, and or- 
namental crops. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Service learning. 
Pre: NRS 212 and MTH 111. In alternate years. 


393, 394 Plant Protection Clinic (3 each) 
Practical experience in plant pest detection and 
identification, pest management techniques and 
equipment. (Lec. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: ENT 385, PLS 332 
or 440, and permission of instructor. 


399 Plant Sciences Internship (1-6) 

Directed work experience programs at nurseries, 
turf farms, greenhouses, plant breeding farms, ar- 
boreta, research farms, or laboratories. (Practicum) 
Pre: 205 and permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 6 credits. S/U credit. 


401, 402 Plant Sciences Seminar (1 each) 
Presentations and discussions of current topics of 
concern to producers and consumers of plants and 
plant products, including plant protection. 
(Seminar) 


405 Propagation of Plant Materials (3) 
Theoretical and practical study of propagation in- 
cluding grafting, budding, cuttage, and seedage. 
(Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 205. 


406 Senior Thesis Research (3-6) 

Seniors conduct research approved by a faculty 
mentor. Research results are written and orally pre- 
sented to a group of faculty for a grade. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: permission of instructor. May be 
repeated for up to 6 credits. Not for graduate 
credit. 


436 Floriculture and Greenhouse Crop 
Production (4) 


S3aSYNOD 


274 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


Status of floriculture industry and commercial pro- 
duction of greenhouse crops including scheduling, 
marketing, and postharvest handling. Student 
project required. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 331. 


440 Diseases of Turf and Ornamentals (3) 
Diagnosis, epidemiology and control measures of 
common turf and ornamental plant diseases found 
in the Northeast United States. (Lec. 3) Pre: 332. 
Not for graduate credit. 


441 Plant Disease Laboratory (1) 

Laboratory and field diagnosis of turf diseases and 
diseases of trees and ornamental shrubs. (Lab. 2) 
Pre: concurrent enrollment in 440. 


442 Advanced Turf Management (3) 
Establishment and maintenance practices for spe- 
cialty turfgrass areas (golf courses, athletic fields 
and parks) including design and construction speci- 
fications and budget management. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
341, 440. Not for graduate credit. 


452 Advanced Topics in Genetics 
See Biochemistry 452. 


471 Plant Improvement (4) 

Traditional breeding, techniques and methodolo- 
gies used for germ plasm development and en- 
hancement. Plant cell and tissue culture method- 
ologies as they relate to the improvement of plant 
varieties through biotechnology. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) 
Pre: 352. Not for graduate credit. Offered in alter- 
nate years. 


475 (or NRS 475) Plant Nutrition and Soil 
Fertility (4) 

The plant-soil system. Availability and mobility of 
mineral nutrients in soil and their uptake, distribu- 
tion, and function in plants. Plant energy relations 
and organic nutrition. Laboratory: hydroponic 
plant culture, ion interactions, radioisotopes, and 
deficiency symptoms. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 205, 
NRS 212, BIO 112 or 102, and organic chemistry. 


491, 492 Special Projects and Independent 
Study (1-3 each) 

Special work to meet individual needs of students 
in various fields of plant nutrition, propagation, 
growth and development, garden design, site plan- 
ning, plant pathology, entomology, and related 
subjects. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
instructor by override only. 


501, 502 Graduate Seminar in Plant Sciences (1 
each) 

Presentation of technical reports and discussion of 
current research papers in crop science, landscape 
ecology, growth and development of economic 
plants, and production, protection, and manage- 
ment of economic crops. (Seminar) 


508 Seminar in Biological Literature 
See Biological Sciences 508. 


540 Diseases of Turf and Ornamentals (3) 
Disease diagnosis, epidemiology and control mea- 
sures of common turf and ornamental diseases 
found in the Northeast United States. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
332. 


542 Advanced Turf Management (3) 
Establishment and maintenance practices for spe- 
cialty turfgrass areas (golf course, athletic fields and 
parks) including design and construction specifica- 
tions and budget management. (Lec.3) Pre:341, 
440. 


571 Plant Improvement (4) 

Traditional breeding techniques and methodolo- 
gies used for germplasm development and en- 
hancement. Plant cell and tissue culture method- 
ologies as they relate to the improvement of plant 
varieties through biotechnology. (Lec. 3, Lab. 1) 
Offered alternate years. Pre: 352. 


591, 592 Nonthesis Research in Plant Sciences 
(1-3 each) 

Advanced work under the supervision of research 
to expand research experience into areas other 
than those related to thesis research. Arranged to 
suit individual requirements. (Independent Study) 
Pre: permission of instructor. 


Note: For other related courses, see BIO 311, 321, 
323, 432, 437, 447, 453, 515, 521, 522, 524, 534, 
536, 554,571, 572 and MIC 521, 552. 


Political Science (PSC) 


Chairperson: Professor Moakley 


113 American Politics (3) 

Basic principles of the government of the United 
States: constitutionalism, separation of powers, fed- 
eralism, civil liberties; politics; legislative, executive, 
and judicial organization; functions of government. 
(Lec. 2, Rec. 1) (S) 


116 International Politics (3) 

Nature of the state system, foundations of national 
power, means of exercising power in the interac- 
tion of states. Current international problems. (Lec. 
2, Rec. 1) (S) 


201 Introduction to Comparative Politics (3) 

An examination of different governmental systems 
and political institutions. Illustrations and compari- 
sons from the Americas, Europe, and the develop- 
ing nations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 116. (S) 


221 State and Local Government (3) 
Survey of institutional framework of American state 


and local governments. Consideration of current 
events and controversies at state and local levels. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 113. (S) 


240 Major Political Ideologies (3) 

Introduction to and analysis of fascism, commu- 
nism, socialism, and capitalism. An examination of 
the contemporary meaning of liberalism, radical- 
ism, and conservatism. (Lec. 3) (L) 


261 The President and Public Policy (3) 
Examines the role of the president within the 
American political process. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113 and 
freshman or sophomore standing. Students may 
not take both 261 and 461 for credit. 


274 (or SOC 274) Criminal Justice System (3) 
The American system of criminal justice, general 
processing of cases, principal actors, study of theo- 
ries of criminal law, and pretrial detention and sen- 
tencing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. 


288 The American Legal System (3) 

Political and social analysis of the American legal 
system, particularly at trial court and street levels, 
and roles of participants in that system with obser- 
vation of local courts. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. (S) 


300 Challenge of Nuclear Arms (3) 

Nuclear weapons addressed from a range of per- 
spectives. Emphasis on the strategic, political, so- 
cial, and moral issues and controversies raised by 
the potential for nuclear war. (Lec. 3) Pre: 3 credits 
in the social sciences recommended or permission 
of instructor. 


301 Comparative Politics (3) 

An exploration of the theoretical concepts underly- 
ing the study of different political systems; in par- 
ticular, issues of modernization, political culture, 
and relative economic and political performance. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 201 or permission of instructor. 


303 The Politics of the Vietnam War (3) 

The politics of the Vietnam War addressed from a 
range of perspectives. Emphasis on the political, 
social, strategic, legal, and moral issues raised by 
the Vietnam War and its aftermath. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
113 or 116 or permission of instructor. 


304 Introduction to Public Administration (3) 

An overview of the field of public administration. 
Consideration will be given to the relationship of 
public organizations with society. Examination of 
major administrative theories and their influence 
upon contemporary organizational environment. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 113 or permission of instructor. 


305 Politics in Rhode Island (3) 

Exploration of politics and policy process in an age 
of New Federalism in Rhode Island. Examination of 
the political development of the state and the con- 


temporary character of state politics. Pre: six credits 
in social sciences. (Lec. 3) 


321 Politics and Problems of Israel (3) 

Analysis of the evolution of political institutions and 
the dynamics of public policy in Israel. Emphasis on 
contemporary political problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113 
or 116 or permission of instructor. Professor 
Zucker’s section is writing intensive. [WI] 


341 Political Theory: Plato to Machiavelli (3) 
Major political philosophies from Plato to 
Machiavelli and their influence on such key con- 
cepts as justice, equality, and political obligation. 
(Lec. 3) (L) 


342 Political Theory: Modern and Contemporary (3) 
Continuation of 341. Machiavelli to Marx and 
Freud. (Lec. 3) (L) 


344 International Financial Economics 
See Economics 344. 


350 From Cold War to Cold Peace (3) 

Provides essential political and historical back- 
ground to understanding the evolution of U.S. 

and Soviet relations over the past 50 years. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 116. 


365 Political Parties and Practical Politics (3) 
Analysis of the American party process with some 
attention to comparative party systems. History, 
organization, functions, methods, problems, and 
prospects for reform. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. Professor 
Zucker’s section is writing intensive. [WI] 


368 Public Opinion (3) 

Examination of public opinion and formative influ- 
ences upon it. Role and implications of public opin- 
ion in governmental process. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. 


369 Legislative Process and Public Policy (3) 
Analysis of American legislative bodies, particularly 
Congress, some attention to comparative legisla- 
tures. Structure, organization, functions of Con- 
gress analyzed in relation to its role in determining 
public policy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. Professor Zucker’s 
section is writing intensive. [WI] 


370 Politics and Media (3) 

Analysis of the relationship between the mass me- 
dia in the United States and the political process. 
Emphasis on the impact of the media on both do- 
mestic and foreign policy processes. Pre: 113 or 
116, or permission of instructor. 


375, 376 Field Experience in Practical Politics 
(1-3 each) 

Supervised experience in local, state, and national 
units of government, political organizations, pri- 
vate and public community agencies. Students 
must have placement description, faculty supervi- 
sor, and outline of academic component of experi- 
ence prior to registration. (Practicum) Pre: 12 cred- 


PLANT SCIENCES/POLITICAL SCIENCE 275 


its in the social sciences including 6 credits in po- 
litical science and permission of instructor. 

S/U credit. May be repeated for a maximum of 

6 credits. 


377 Politics of China (3) 

Institutions of the Chinese system including the 
Communist Party, the state system, the bureau- 
cracy, and the army. Emphasis on China’s eco- 
nomic and social progress and relations with other 
nations. (Lec. 3) Pre: 116 or equivalent recom- 
mended. 


380 Civil Rights Movement 
See African and African American Studies 380. 


401 Comparative European Politics (3) 
Concepts and methodologies relative to the study 
of comparative politics. Structural-functional ap- 
proach to survey of the formal and informal fea- 
tures of the political systems of Great Britain, 
France, Germany, Soviet Union, and one other 
country. (Lec. 3) (F) 


402 Environmental Policy and Politics (3) 
Seminar in the politics and public policy associated 
with environmental pollution. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113 and 
junior or senior standing. 


403 Global Ecopolitics (3) 

Seminar focuses on the international politics of glo- 
bal pollution, marine pollution, atmospheric pollu- 
tion, tropical deforestation, and conservation. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 116 or 402. 


404 The Assassination of John F. Kennedy (3) 

A rigorous examination of the JFK assassination, the 
political climate in which it occurred, the evidence 
surrounding it, and the theoretical explanations of 
who was responsible and why. (Lec. 3) Pre: Six 
hours of PSC beyond 113. Not for graduate credit. 


406 Russian Foreign Policy (3) 

An upper-level introduction to the issues of Russian 
foreign policy, including relations with newly 
formed states of the CIS. (Lec. 3) Pre: six credits in 
the social sciences recommended or permission of 
instructor. Offered in alternate years. 


407 Politics of the Russian Commonwealth (3) 
An upper-level introduction to the politics and soci- 
ety of Russia and the newly created states of the 
CIS. (Lec. 3) Pre: six credits in the social sciences 
recommended or permission of instructor. Offered 
in alternate years. (F) 


408 (or AAF 408) African Governments and 
Politics (3) 

Political developments in the new nations of sub- 
Saharan Africa. Main stress is functional: role of 
parties as integrative forces, democratic centralism, 
one-party states, African political thought, and 
common developmental problems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 


113 and 116. (F) 


410 Issues in African Development 
See African and Afro-American Studies 410. 


415 Dynamics of Social Change in the Caribbean 
See African and African American Studies 415. 


420 Nonviolence and Change in the Nuclear 
Age (3) 

Focuses on the philosophies and political participa- 
tion of individuals and movements working nonvio- 
lently for social change and conflict resolution from 
M. Gandhi and M.L. King to the present within 
America and globally. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113 or 116. 


422 Comparative American State Politics (3) 
Comparative study of American state politics and 
government, focusing on public policy formation 
and execution. Emphasis on contemporary issues. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 221 and STA 308 or equivalents, or 
permission of instructor. 


426 Issues in Corrections 
See Sociology 426. 


431 International Relations (3) 

Analysis of the various theories of international rela- 
tions and study of the major forces and events 
shaping the politics of the Great Powers. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 116. 


432 International Government (3) 

General development of international government, 
with particular attention to structure, methods, and 
operations of the League of Nations, the United 
Nations, and related agencies. Problems of secu- 
rity, conflict resolution, and social and economic 
issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: 116. 


434 American Foreign Policy (3) 

Analysis of the institutions, techniques, and instru- 
ments of policy making and the execution of for- 
eign policy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 116. 


440 The Politics of Being Mortal (3) 

Seminar on how attitudes toward death affect po- 
litical values and priorities, especially in regard to 

capitalism and the threat of nuclear war. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: 341, 342, or permission of instructor. 


441 Women and Politics (3) 

Explores the role of women in the American politi- 
cal system, as voters, campaign activists, and office 
holders, and as members of organized groups in 
the policy-making process. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113 or per- 
mission of instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


443 Twenty-first Century Political Theory (3) 
Important political theorists of this century, par- 
ticularly as they interpret the basis of political obli- 
gation and weigh the question of violent political 
change. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Of- 


SaSYNOD 


276 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


fered every third year. 


455, 456 Directed Study or Research (3 each) 
Special work arranged to meet the needs of indi- 
vidual students who desire advanced work in politi- 
cal science. (Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


461 The American Presidency (3) 

Presidential leadership and decision making, with 
emphasis on growth in power and prestige of the 
presidency, exercise of presidential influence in 
conduct of government, and presidential initiative 
in formulating and developing national policies 
and priorities. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. 


466 (or AAF 466) Urban Problems (3) 
Contemporary and emerging problems of urban 
affairs. Discussion, reading, and assignments on the 
interaction among urban change, development of 
social institutions, and formation of public policy. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 113. 


471 Constitutional Law (3) 

The Supreme Court as a political institution in 
American democracy. Analysis of leading constitu- 
tional decisions exploring: adaptation of govern- 
mental powers to changed conditions of society, 
development and function of judicial review, and 
dynamics of decision making in the Supreme 
Court. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. 


472 Civil Liberties (3) 

The problem of human freedom examined in the 
context of the fundamental rights guaranteed to 
individuals by the American Constitution. Emphasis 
on religious liberty, freedom of expression, racial 
equality, fair criminal procedures, and the protec- 
tion of personality and privacy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. 


476 Policy Issues in Criminal Justice 
See Sociology 476. 


481, 482 Political Science Seminar (3 each) 
Intensive studies in various important fields in po- 
litical science. Class discussion of assigned readings 
and student reports. Emphasis on independent re- 
search. (Seminar) Pre: 6 credits in political science 
beyond 113 and 116. 


483 Political Process: Policy Formulation and 
Execution (3) 

Interrelationships of policy development and ad- 
ministration with particular attention devoted to 
participants in the process. Specific activities of the 
executive branch and government policies that af- 
fect the structure, composition, and function of the 
bureaucracy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113 or permission of in- 
structor. 


485 The Politics of Children’s Rights (3) 
Explores the political aspects and their relationship 
to socioeconomic and cultural factors of major is- 


sues that affect children’s lives. Focuses on indi- 
vidual and societal rights and responsibilities in 
America and internationally. (Seminar) Service 
learning. Pre: six credits in social sciences recom- 
mended or permission of instructor. 


487 Rebuilding Our Communities: Theory and 
Practice (3) 

Seminar examines theories and practices of partici- 
patory citizenship in contemporary America. Ex- 
plores individual and communitarian rights and re- 
sponsibilities within a democratic civic culture. 
Includes a 40-hour community service experience. 
(Seminar) Service learning. Pre: senior and gradu- 
ate level or juniors by permission. 


491 Principles of Public Administration (3) 
Principles of public administration, structure and 
organization, financial management, administrative 
responsibility, and the relation between the admin- 
istration and other branches of government. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 113. 


498 Public Administration and Policy 
Formulation (3) 

Identification and analysis of factors which affect 
formulation of public policy, including roles of the 
executive, the bureaucracy, the legislature, and 
special interest groups. Evolution of the policy pro- 
cess, particularly at the state and local levels of 
government. (Lec. 3) Pre: 491 or permission of 
chairperson. 


501 Administrative Theory (3) 

Theoretical constructs and models in fields of pub- 
lic administration; theories of Weber, Riggs, 
Dorsey, Simon, Presthus. Lower-level models in 
subfields of organization, communications, and de- 
cision making. Task-oriented subject matter such as 
personnel, budget, and program administration 
related to theoretical formulations which seek to 
explain them. (Lec. 3) Pre: 491 or permission of 
instructor. 


502 Techniques of Public Management (3) 
Principles and techniques employed in the adminis- 
tration of activities of the public service, such as 
administrative planning, project scheduling, and 
budgeting. (Lec. 3) Pre: 491 or permission of in- 
structor. 


503 (or LRS 503) Problems in Public Personnel 
Administration (3) 

Development of personnel administration, includ- 
ing problems of recruitment, examination, promo- 
tion, and staffing within public service. Emphasis 
on evaluation of employee performance and collec- 
tive bargaining in public service. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. 


504 Ethics in Public Administration (3) 
This course explores through case studies, class dis- 
cussion, films, and readings how ethical delibera- 


tion in the public sector is an essential commit- 
ment and skill for public administrators. (Seminar) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instructor. 


505 (or SOC 505) Public Program Evaluation (3) 
Research design and methodologies associated 
with the evaluation of governmental programs and 
activities. (Lec. 3) Pre: STA 308 or equivalent or 
permission of instructor. 


506 Seminar in Budgetary Politics (3) 
Examination of federal, state, and local fiscal and 
budgetary processes, focusing on the politics of the 
budgetary process and models of budgeting, with 
emphasis on contemporary issues. (Seminar) 


507 Government Financial Administration (3) 
Political, administrative, and technical elements of 
government financial management in public policy 
settings are examined. Special emphasis is placed 
on local and state governments and public authori- 
ties. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


512 Marine Science and Policy Analysis 
See Marine Affairs 512. 


521 International and Comparative Trade 
Unions and Labor Relations 
See Labor and Industrial Relations 521. 


523 Seminar in Comparative Public 
Administration (3) 

Theory, practice, and organization of selected Eu- 
ropean and developing nations’ administrative sys- 
tems. Analysis of selected policies. Influence of En- 
glish and French systems on developing systems. 
Structure-function and ecological analysis. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: 491, 501, or permission of instructor. 


524 Seminar in Public Policy Problems (3) 
In-depth exploration of selected problems of policy 
formulation: intergovernmental relations, 
regionalization, citizen participation and control, 
priority setting for public sector programs. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: 491, 501, or permission of instructor. 


543 Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining: 
Public Sector 
See Labor Studies 543 


544 Democracy and Its Critics (3) 

Seminar examining the roots of modern democracy 
in the social contract theories and analyzing the 
quality and limits of self-determination in these 
theories in the light of contemporary politics. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 341, 342, or permission of instructor. 


546 Peace and World Order Studies (3) 

This seminar explores various approaches globally 
to peacebuilding, world order, and community. 
Emphasizes conflict resolution, from local to 
transnational levels, and the search for social justice 
and human unity. (Seminar) Pre: 420 or permission 
of instructor. 


553 Scope and Methods of Political Science (3) 
Study of political science as a discipline, its devel- 
opment in relation to other social sciences, and 
survey of political theories, concepts, and analytic 
models. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing. 


555, 556 Directed Study or Research (3 each) 
Special work arranged to meet the individual needs 
of graduate students in political science. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


573 Administrative Law (3) 

Legal aspects of interaction between government 
agencies, individuals, and public interest groups. 
Systematic analysis of leading cases, evaluating the 
courts as an instrument for protecting the 
individual's rights in administrative action. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 113. 


577 International Ocean Law 
See Marine Affairs 577. 


580 Seminar in International Relations Theory (3) 
A critical treatment of major international relations 
theories beginning with an analysis of core theo- 
retical concepts. (Seminar) Pre: honors seniors with 
permission of instructor or graduate standing. 


581, 582 Special Topics Seminar (3 each) 
Master’s-level seminar on special topics in political 
science not regularly covered in other courses. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate or senior standing in politi- 
cal science or permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated up to five times for a total of 15 credits with 
different topic. 


583 Seminar in American Politics (3) 

Critical consideration of central issues in American 
political institutions, behavior, and policy making. 
(Seminar) Pre: honors seniors with permission of 
instructor or graduate standing. 


584 Seminar in Advanced Comparative Theory (3) 
A critical treatment of the major methodological 
approaches used in comparative politics beginning 
with an analysis of core theoretical concepts. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate standing; undergraduates 
only with permission of instructor. 


590 Internship in Public Administration (3-6) 
Participation at an administrative agency under su- 
pervision of agency head and a faculty member. 
Planning, personnel management, research organi- 
zation, budgeting, interdepartmental relations, in- 
formal liaisons that are the hallmark of effective ad- 
ministration. (Practicum) Pre: permission of M.P.A. 
director. May be taken as one 6-credit unit or two 
3-credit units. 


595 Problems of Modernization in 
Developing Nations 
See Resource Economics 595. 


599 Master's Thesis Research 


Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Portuguese (POR) 
Chairperson: Professor Morello 


101 Beginning Portuguese | (3) 

Fundamentals of modern European Portuguese. 
Emphasis on standard pronunciation, development 
of familiarity with most common grammar struc- 
tures, and acquisition of working vocabulary. (Lec. 
3) Pre: no prior Portuguese is required. Will not 
count toward the language requirement if the stu- 
dent has studied Portuguese for more than one 
year within the last six years. (FC) [D] 


102 Beginning Portuguese II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or equiva- 
lent or permission of instructor. (FC) [D] 


103 Intermediate Portuguese | (3) 

Intensive and extensive reading of moderately diffi- 
cult Portuguese prose, review of grammar struc- 
tures, idiomatic expressions, conversation practice 
based on readings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102 or equivalent 
or permission of instructor. (FC) [D] 


104 Intermediate Portuguese II (3) 
Continuation of 103. Readings of more difficult 
texts. Class discussion and reports on supplemen- 
tary readings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or equivalent or 
permission of instructor. (FC) [D] 


200 Portuguese for Spanish Speakers (3) 

An accelerated course in Portuguese for Spanish 
speakers. (Lec. 3) Pre: SPA 205 or the equivalent. 
Intended for students in the Spanish International 
Engineering Program. (FC) [D] 


205, 206 Advanced Portuguese (3 each) 

Practice in speaking and writing standard Portu- 
guese. Understanding varieties of Portuguese. Ma- 
terials of cultural, intellectual, and professional in- 
terest. (Lec. 3) Pre: 104 or equivalent or permission 
of instructor. (FC) [D] 


335, 336 Topics in the Literature of the 
Portuguese-Speaking World (3 each) 

Selected topics in the literatures of continental Por- 
tugal and the adjacent islands, Brazil, Cape Verde, 
Angola, Mozambique. (Lec. 3) Pre: 206 or equiva- 
lent or permission of instructor. 205 or 206 may be 
taken concurrently with permission of instructor. 
May be repeated for credit as often as topic 
changes. 


497, 498 Directed Study (3 each) 

For the advanced student. Individual study and re- 
ports on problems of special interest. (Independent 
Study) Pre: one 300-level course in Portuguese, ac- 
ceptance of project by member, and approval of 


POLITICAL SCIENCE/PSYCHOLOGY 277 


chair. Not for graduate credit. 


Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) 


100 Prior Learning Assessment Portfolio 
Development (1) 

Identification through self-assessment of student 
prior learning and appropriate methods for seeking 
credit. Analysis and application of the process for 
developing a prior learning portfolio. (Seminar) 
Pre: matriculated status and permission of the 
student's academic dean. Offered through the Alan 
Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing Education. 
S/U only. 


Psychology (PSY) 
Chairperson: Professor Valentino 


103 Towards Self-Understanding (3) 

Individual and social problems of normal persons. 
Personality development, social behavior, and ad- 
justment reactions with emphasis on increasing 
awareness of personal and interpersonal function- 
ing. (Lec. 3) (S) 


113 General Psychology (3) 

Introductory survey course of the major facts and 
principles of human behavior. Prerequisite for stu- 
dents interested in professional work in psychology 
or academic fields in which an extended knowl- 
edge of psychology is basic. (Lec. 2, Rec. 1) (S) [D] 


232 Developmental Psychology (3) 
Comprehensive understanding of human develop- 
ment and growth from birth to senescence. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 113. (S) 


235 Theories of Personality (3) 

Critical survey of the major theories of personality. 
Emphasis will be placed on the “normal” personal- 
ity. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. (S) 


254 Behavior Problems and Personality 
Disorders (3) 

Evaluation of the more serious behavioral disorders 
as found in the major forms of character disorders, 
psychoneuroses, and psychoses. Theories of causa- 
tion, development and effects of anxiety and de- 
fense mechanisms, and interpretation of symptoms 
and methods of treatment. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. (S) 
[D] 


261 The Alcohol-Troubled Person: Introductory 
Concepts (3) 

Introductory and basic concepts in alcohol trouble: 
prevention, identification, early intervention, treat- 
ment, education. (Lec. 3) 


275 Alcohol Use and Misuse (3) 

Examination of biological, psychological, and social 
determinants of alcohol use and misuse. Preven- 
tion, early intervention, and treatment approaches 


S3aSYNOD 


278 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


also covered. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. 


300 Quantitative Methods in Psychology (3) 
Basic concepts and techniques of quantification in 
psychology. Emphasis on application of certain de- 
scriptive and inferential statistical tools in the analy- 
sis of psychological measurements of behavior. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 113, at least one college-level math- 
ematics course, and sophomore standing. 


301 Introduction to Experimental Psychology (4) 
Lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory experi- 

ments introduce the student to basis methodologi- 
cal principles and experimental techniques applied 
in psychological research. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 300. 


305 Field Experience in Psychology (3) 

Direct contact with settings and populations served 
by psychologists. Emphasis on understanding mod- 
els and theories in relation to practical problems. 
Topical sections may include: a) pre-clinical, b) 
community, c) laboratory, and d) organizational 
applications. (Practicum) Pre: 113 and permission 
of instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of 

6 credits. 


310 History and Systems of Psychology (3) 
Origins of psychological inquiry and theories of 
psychology. Transformations of theories and meth- 
ods of inquiry through the history of our culture 
including contemporary systems and models of 
psychological functioning. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113. (L) 


334 Introduction to Clinical Psychology (3) 
Emphasis on scope of the field, functions of the 
clinical psychologist, methods used, and problems 
encountered, both scientific and professional. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 254. 


335 The Psychology of Social Behavior (3) 
Conceptual and empirical analyses of individual be- 
havior in social contexts; attention to social motiva- 
tion, attitude development and change, liking, 
conformity, aggression, altruism. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113 
and junior standing or permission of instructor. 


361 Learning (3) 

Learning process in humans and non-humans, fo- 
cusing on principles and methods. This course fea- 
tures operant-learning and behavior-modification 
principles and examples from real life. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
301 or permission of instructor. 


371 Laboratory in Learning (1) 

Laboratory experiments in learning (primarily ani- 
mal) designed to parallel course materials in 361. 
(Lab. 2) Pre: 301,credit or concurrent enrollment in 
361, or permission of instructor. 


381 Physiological Psychology (3) 

Physiological mechanisms operative in human be- 
havior. Sensory, neural, endocrine, and response 
systems as related to sensation, perception, atten- 


tion, emotions, motivations, and learning. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: junior standing. 


382 Research Methods in Physiological 
Psychology (3) 

An introduction to the principles and techniques of 
experimentation in physiological psychology, such 
as brain stimulation and lesions, electrophysiology, 
neuropsychological testing, and pharmacology. 
(Lab. 6) Pre: 381 and permission of instructor. 


384 Cognitive Psychology (3) 

An examination of contemporary research and 
theories on mental activities. Topics will include: 
perception, pattern recognition, attention, 
memory, problem solving, language, conscious- 
ness, and artificial intelligence. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113 
and 301 or equivalent. In alternate years. 


385 Perception (3) 

Sensory function, development of perception, per- 
ception of space, color, sound, and complex 
events. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113 and 300, or equivalent. In 
alternate years. 


388 The Psychology of Language (3) 

Study of language processes in light of contempo- 
rary theories and research. Topics include speech 
production, perception, memory, comprehension, 
language and the brain, language acquisition, 
reading, language, and thought. (Lec. 3) Pre: jun- 
ior standing. In alternate years. 


399 (or AAF 399) Introduction to Multicultural 
Psychology (3) 

Introductory course focusing on multiculturalism as 
a major paradigm. Emphasizes the meaning of 
multiculturalism and associated principles, con- 
cepts, and sociocultural factors as related to assess- 
ment, intervention, and research. (Lec. 3) Pre: 113 
or 103. 


405 Psychological Anthropology 
See Anthropology 405. 


430 Intimate Relationships 
See Sociology 430. 


432 Advanced Developmental Psychology (3) 
Major issues in developmental psychology. Empha- 
sis on research in Piaget, Erikson, Bruner, Kagan, 
and Moss. Includes effects of infant care, sex typ- 
ing, parental discipline, and developmental aspects 
of intellectual and perceptual growth. (Lec. 3) 

Pre: 232. 


434 Psychological Testing (3) 

Measurement procedures employed in the mea- 
surement of intelligence, aptitudes, abilities, atti- 
tudes, interests, and personality. Focus on psycho- 
metric principles of associated with the various 
tests. (Lec. 3) Pre: 300 or equivalent. 


436 Psychotropic Drugs and Therapy 
See Biomedical Sciences 436. 


442 Psychology of Exceptionality (3) 

Survey of the major issues underlying the classifica- 
tion, institutionalization, and treatment of persons 
with mental, physical, psychological, and educa- 
tional disabilities. Specific topics include social atti- 
tudes toward exceptionalities, past and current leg- 
islation, special education services, and transitions 
into community life and the workplace. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: junior or senior standing. 


460 The Substance-Troubled Person (3) 

Presents theoretical and applied material on alco- 
hol and other mood-altering substances of abuse. 
Relevant for alcohol and substance abuse counse- 
lors, personnel administrators, and other social ser- 
vice workers. (Lec. 3) Offered through the Alan 
Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing Education. 


464 Humanistic Psychology (3) 

Discussion of humanistic approaches to the under- 
standing and direction of behavior. Emphasis on 
contemporary writers such as Rogers, Maslow, 
May, Moustakas. Discussions of phenomenology 
and existentialism. (Lec. 3) Pre: 235 and junior 
standing. In alternate years. Not offered every year. 


465 Introduction to Crisis Intervention (3) 
Interventions for various types of emergencies in- 
cluding substance abuse and functional or organic 
disorders. (Lec. 3) Pre: 254 and permission of in- 
structor. 


466 Child Sexual Abuse (3) 

Current theorizing regarding the causes of sexual 
abuse of children will be presented, as well as the 
short- and long-term effects of such abuse. Man- 
agement of problems will be followed, from disclo- 
sure through current state-of-the-art practices in 
treatment. Issues in prevention, court cases, and 
investigation will be reviewed. (Lec. 3) Pre: senior 
status and permission of instructor. Not for gradu- 
ate credit. 


470 Topics in Social Psychology (3) 

Empirical and conceptual approaches to a major 
topic in contemporary social psychology. Topics 
will vary from semester to semester. (Seminar) Pre: 
113 and 335. 


471 Applied Behavioral Analysis and 
Remediation (3) 

Study and application of behavioral approaches 
used to analyze and remediate behavioral problems 
of children and adults in educational and human 
service settings and everyday life. (Lec. 3) Pre: 361 
or permission of instructor. Offered through the 
Alan Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing Educa- 
tion only. 


473 Practicum in Behavioral Psychology (3) 
Supervised, on-site field experience in applications 
of behavioral approaches in an educational or hu- 
man service setting. (Practicum) Pre: 471 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


479 Contemporary Problems for Modern 
Psychology (3-12) 

Central issues and recent developments in the field. 
Topics limited each semester to one of the follow- 
ing: a) personality, b) learning, c) methods and de- 
sign, d) developmental, e) motivation, f) percep- 
tion, g) clinical, h) general, and i) humanistic 
psychology. (Seminar) Pre: permission of instruc- 
tor. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. 


480 Psychology of Women (3) 

Discussion of psychological research and theories 
on the psychology of girls and women from a 
multicultural perspective. Topics include personal- 
ity theories, gender similarities and differences, bio- 
logical aspects of sex and gender, cultural images 
of women, sexuality, relationships, motherhood, 
work and achievement, physical and mental health. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 113 and at least one 200-level psy- 
chology course. 


489 Problems in Psychology (3) 

Advanced work in psychology. Course will be con- 
ducted as seminar or as supervised individual 
project. Students must obtain written approval 
from proposed faculty supervisor prior to registra- 
tion. (Independent Study) Pre: senior or graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated once. 


499 Psychology Practicum (1-6) 

Individual and group projects applying psychology 
in clinical or laboratory settings. (Practicum) Pre: 
senior standing or permission of instructor. May be 
repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. No more 
than 6 credits may be taken in one semester. Not 
for major credit in psychology. S/U only. 


505 Community Psychology (3) 

Introduction to community psychology; study and 
change of individual's interaction with community 
systems; theoretical and empirical models, inter- 
vention strategies, and research methods relevant 
to community psychology. (Lec. 3) 


517 (or STA 517) Small N Designs (3) 

A survey of Small N experimental methodology ap- 
propriate for repeated observations on a single unit 
or individual. Methods include quasi-experimental 
designs, interrupted time series, and multivariate 
time series. Applications in applied research, par- 
ticularly behavioral intervention. (Seminar) Pre: 532 
and 533. In alternate years. 


532 Experimental Design 
See Statistics 532. 


533 Advanced Quantitative Methods in 
Psychology (3) 

Advanced quantitative methods applied to psychol- 
ogy. Survey of methods such as multiple regres- 
sion, multivariate analysis of variance, discriminant 
analysis, canonical correlation, principal compo- 
nent analysis, and factor analysis. Applications in- 


volve practice with computer programs. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 2) Pre: 532. 


540 (or EDC 540) Learning Disabilities: 
Assessment and Intervention (3) 

Applications of early screening batteries; remedial 
programs for various disabilities, including behav- 
ioral programs and methods for older children and 
adolescents. Emphasis on pragmatic application of 
skills for detection and treatment. (Lec. 3) Pre: per- 
mission of instructor. May be repeated as A and B 
for a maximum of 6 credits. 


544 (or EDC544) Reading Acquisition and 
Reading Disability: Research and Implications 
for Practice (3) 

Examination of research on the language, cogni- 
tive, and reading characteristics of children who 
successfully learn to read and of those who en- 
counter difficulty. Additional focus on the implica- 
tions and use of the research for assessment and 
instruction. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


550 Operant Analysis of Behavior (3) 
Introduction to the principles of operant condition- 
ing with emphasis on the use of these principles in 
the analysis and change of behavior in real-life set- 
tings such as schools and families. (Lec. 3) In alter- 
nate years. 


554 Alternative Therapies (3) 

Theory and practice of a variety of individual and 
group techniques that can be integrated into one’s 
present style of helping. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: pro- 
fessional and/or graduate standing. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


600 Multicultural Issues in Psychology: Theory, 
Research, and Practice (3) 

Focus is on general issues and concepts relevant to 
a psychology that is concerned with multicultural 
populations as sources of enrichment for theory, 
research, and practice. Counts as a “core course” 
for graduate study in psychology and includes an 
historical perspective. (Seminar) Pre: graduate 
standing. 


601 Physiological Psychology (3) 

An advanced consideration of physiological re- 
search on neural, endocrine, and response systems 
as they relate to attention, motivation, emotion, 
memory, and psychological disorders. Counts as a 
“core course” for graduate study in psychology 
and includes an historical perspective. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
2) 


602 Learning and Motivation (3) 
Empirical and theoretical analysis of the basic prin- 


PSYCHOLOGY 279 


ciples of acquisition and loss of habits. Topically 
organized to deal with respondent and operant 
conditioning, and their relationship to reinforce- 
ment and motivation. Counts as a “core course” 
for graduate study in psychology and includes an 
historical perspective. (Lec. 3) Pre: undergraduate 
learning course. 


603 Development (3) 

Theoretical, methodological, and applied issues in 
life span development, including cognitive, percep- 
tual, psychomotor, affective, and social develop- 
ment. Topically organized. Counts as a “core 
course” for graduate study in psychology and in- 
cludes an historical perspective. (Lec. 3) 


604 Cognitive Psychology (3) 

A survey of the theoretical and methodological is- 
sues in human cognition. Topics include pattern 
recognition, attention, memory, language, prob- 
lem solving. Counts as a “core course” for graduate 
study in psychology and includes an historical per- 
spective. (Lec. 3) 


605 Personality (3) 

Reading of primary source materials from major 
personality theorists relevant to a particular topical 
emphasis. Application and comparative evaluation 
of the theories studied. Counts as a “core course” 
for graduate study in psychology and includes an 
historical perspective. (Lec. 3) 


606 Social Psychology (3) 

Intensive exploration of the methods, theory, and 
database of contemporary social psychology focus- 
ing on salient issues that clarify significant topics in 
this area. Counts as a “core course” for graduate 
study in psychology and includes an historical per- 
spective. (Lec. 3) 


607 Advanced Psychopathology (3) 

A review of the multicultural, theoretical, clinical, 
and empirical literature related to the develop- 
ment, classification, and diagnosis of psychopathol- 
ogy. Counts as a “core course” for graduate study 
in psychology and includes an historical perspec- 
tive. (Lec. 3) 


608 Theories and Systems (3) 

An in-depth analysis of the origin and logical struc- 
ture of major systematic approaches to psychology. 
Emphasis on significant recurrent controversies. 
Counts as a “core course” for graduate study in 
psychology and includes an historical perspective. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing. 


609 Perception (3) 

A survey of topics in the psychology of perception, 
including sensory function; psychophysical models, 
measurement, and scaling; visual perception; and 
methods for analyzing perceptually guided behav- 
ior. Counts as a “core course” for graduate study in 
psychology and includes an historical perspective. 


S3aSYNOD 


280 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


(Lec. 3) 


610 (or STA 610) Parsimony Methods (3) 
Multivariate procedures designed to reduce the di- 
mensionality and help in the interpretation of com- 
plex data sets. Methods include principal compo- 
nents analysis, common factor analysis, and image 
analysis. Related methods: cluster analysis and mul- 
tidimensional scaling. Applications involve the use 
of existing computer programs. (Lec. 3) Pre: 533 or 
STA 541 or equivalent. In alternate years. Next of- 
fered 2004-05. 


611 Methods of Psychological Research and 
Experimental Design (3) 

Provides the student of psychology with a knowl- 
edge of research methodology and the techniques 
of experimental designs. It prepares for the devel- 
opment of thesis problems of graduate students in 
psychology and related disciplines. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
532 and 533. 


612 (or STA 612) Structural Modeling (3) 
Theory and methodology of path analysis with la- 
tent variables. Discussion of “causation” and corre- 
lation, Confirmatory Factor Analysis, Measurement 
and Structural Equation models. Practical applica- 
tions using current computer programs (e.g. EQS). 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 533 or 610. 


613 Qualitative Research and Analysis in 
Psychology (3) 

Introduction qualitative methods and analyses with 
a focus on interviews, focus groups and visual data 
methods. Counts as a “core” methodology course 
for graduate study in psychology and includes his- 
torical and contemporary perspectives in psychol- 
ogy. (Lec. 2, Lab 2) In alternate years. Pre: gradu- 
ate standing 


615 Collaborative Research in Psychology (0-3) 
Collaborative approaches to methods of psycho- 
logical inquiry. Special emphasis on topics that can 
involve students at varying levels of research skill. 
Format includes weekly seminars and colloquia. 
(Seminar) May be repeated. S/U credit. 


625 Seminar: Social Psychology (3) 

Emphasis on a major area in contemporary social 
psychology. Empirical studies analyzed for their rel- 
evance to theoretical and applied issues; students 
will design an original investigation. (Seminar) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits with differ- 
ent topic. 


641 Introduction to Psychotherapy (3) 

An analysis of the major systems of psychotherapy. 
Developing an integrative, eclectic model through 
identifying the processes of change that are the 
core of effective therapy. (Lec. 3) 


642 Introduction to Psychotherapy Practice (3) 
Instruction and practice in the basic interviewing 


skills and clinical techniques necessary for 
practicum courses in psychotherapy. Seminar for- 
mat with some lecture material, role playing, struc- 
tured experiential exercises, case presentation, and 
discussion and videotape illustration. (Seminar) Pre: 
641. S/U credit. 


644 Family Therapy (3) 

Introduction to theories and techniques of family 
assessment and family therapy. Seminar format 
with videotape illustrations, case presentation and 
discussion, lecture, and selected experiential exer- 
cises. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Not of- 
fered every year. 


647 Child Therapy (3) 

Seminar discusses issues, techniques, and research 
related to behavior changes in children and their 
families. Aspects of therapy, the role of behavioral 
approaches, and the participation of parents will be 
explored. Direct, supervised experience is included 
in this course. (Lec. 3) Pre: participation in the Psy- 
chological Consultation Center. 


660 Clinical Assessment and Decision Making (3) 
Covers basic principles and methods for decreasing 
error and increasing accuracy in applied clinical 
work, such as clinical versus actuarial judgment and 
use of base rates. (Lec. 3) Pre: course in psychologi- 
cal testing. 


661 Psychological Services |: Administration and 
Interpretation of Cognitive Tests (3) 

Instruction and practice in administration and in- 
terpretation of contemporary cognitive tests; indi- 
vidual intelligence tests of both general and spe- 
cific abilities. Rationale, research evidence, clinical 
applications. (Lec. 3) Pre: 660. 


662 Psychological Services II: Administration 
and Interpretation of Personality Tests (3) 
Instruction and practice in the administration and 
interpretation of instruments used in the assess- 
ment of personality. Emphasis on tests such as the 
MMPI, Rorschach, TAT. Rationale, research evi- 
dence, and clinical application. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 
661. 


663 Child and Adolescent Personality 
Assessment and Intervention (3) 

Psychological assessment and intervention with 
children and adolescents, focused on personality 
functioning, behavioral, social, and emotional 
problems. Emphasis on assessment theory and 
methods as linked to empirically supported inter- 
vention approaches. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: graduate 
standing in psychology and 665, 661 or permission 
of instructor. 


665 Developmental Psychopathology (3) 

Child and adolescent psychological disorders are 
conceptualized through a developmental perspec- 
tive, and contemporary research on etiology, diag- 
nosis, course, prognosis, and treatment/manage- 


ment is examined. (Lec. 3) Pre: 603 or equivalent. 


666 Seminar: Ethical and Legal Issues in 
Psychology (3) 

Ethical, legal, and professional issues as they relate 
to the provision of psychological services and psy- 
chological research. Emphasis is on the study of 
ethical issues and the examination of the develop- 
ment of professional standards as they relate to the 
areas of clinical psychology practice, school psy- 
chology practice, and applied research practice. 
(Seminar) 


668 School Psychological Consultation (3) 
Historical and contemporary perspectives on con- 
sultation are reviewed. Theory, research, and prac- 
tice are discussed from various consultation models 
including mental-health, behavioral, and organiza- 
tional. The focus is on content and process of con- 
sultation in various clinical and educational set- 
tings. (Lec. 3) Pre: 661 and 663 or equivalent. 


670 Field Experience in Psychological Services 
(1-12) 

Practicum placements and internships are available 
in a variety of agencies clinical and school settings 
under supervision. (Practicum) S/U credit. 


672 Individual Clinical Practicum (3-9) 
Introductory experience in dealing with clinical 
problems in a variety of clinical settings under su- 
pervision. (Practicum) Pre: 661, 662. May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 9 credits. S/U credit. 


674 Clinical Practices: Therapy (1-12) 

Specialized techniques of clinical interviewing, 
counseling, and psychotherapy. Critical discussions 
of student’s own supervised therapy sessions. 
(Practicum) Pre: 607 and 641. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 12 credits. 


676 Neurological Correlates of Psychopathology (3) 
Functioning and physiology of the central nervous 
system with particular attention to determining 
how nervous-system disruption and injury are 
manifested in behavioral disorder. Techniques used 
to evaluate and interpret neuropsychological func- 
tioning. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: permission of instruc- 
tor. Not offered every year. 


681 Special Problems in School Psychology (3-9) 
Role of the psychologist in the school setting. Sev- 
eral theoretical and practical issues concerned with 
the value of psychological theory, administrative 
philosophy, and school organization are explored. 
(Seminar) May be repeated for a maximum of 9 
credits. 


683 (or EDC 683) Psychology of the Exceptional 
Child (3) 

Social, psychological, and educational factors that 
constitute the matrix of concerns with the excep- 


tional individual in the school and community. Re- 
cent innovations in public and private education 
and habilitation. Research issues and legislation dis- 
cussed evolve into student studies. (Lec. 3) 


687 (or EDC 687) Seminar: Topics in the 
Psychology of the Exceptional Individual (3) 
Survey of topics and current issues in the treat- 
ment, needs, and understanding of the psychology 
of specific exceptionalities. (Seminar) May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 9 credits with different 
topics. 


688 Developmental Neuropsychology Seminar (3) 
Conceptual overview emphasizing changing rela- 
tionships between human central nervous system 
and behavior from conception through adoles- 
cence. Normal and abnormal neurodevelopment, 
theoretical principles, assessment and intervention 
issues, and selected research methodologies. 
(Seminar) Pre: 601 or equivalent. 


690 Seminar: Contemporary Issues in 
Psychology (3-12) 

Recent developments and current issues. Rigorous 
exploration of experimental, applied, and theoreti- 
cal literature. (Seminar) May be repeated for a 
maximum of 12 credits. 


692, 693 Directed Readings and Research 
Problems (3-12 each) 

Directed readings and advanced research work un- 
der the supervision of a member arranged to suit 
the individual requirements of the students. (Inde- 
pendent Study) 


695 Seminar: Teaching Psychology (3) 

Primarily a seminar in the teaching of psychology 
at the undergraduate level. Includes a consider- 
ation of general issues in college teaching, prepara- 
tion of a course proposal, and sample presentation. 
(Seminar) 


696 Practicum: Teaching Psychology (3) 
Practicum for students teaching a college-level psy- 
chology course. Supervision of course preparation, 
presentation, and evaluation. (Practicum) S/U 
credit. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Public Relations (PRS) 


Coordinators: Professor Wood, Communication 
Studies, and Professor Levin, Journalism 


340 (or JOR 340) Public Relations (3) 
Principles and procedures in public relations: 
emphasis on role of the public relations practitioner 


PSYCHOLOGY/RESOURCE ECONOMICS 281 


as a specialist in communication; analysis of publi- 

cations produced as a part of public relations. (Lec. 
2, Lab. 2) Pre: junior standing and JOR 220 with a 

grade of C or better. 


441 (or JOR 441) Public Relations Practices (3) 
Practical application of traditional PR methods in 
solving problems in a variety of markets. Explores 
fundamental agency operations, client-agency rela- 
tionships. Combines practical experience with indi- 
vidual projects, programs, and campaigns. 
(Practicum) Pre: 340. Not for graduate credit. 


491 Public Relations Internship (3 or 6) 
Supervised experience in public relations. Requires 
a minimum of 120 hours (3 credits) or 240 hours 
(6 credits). Weekly class meeting. May be repeated; 
maximum of 6 credits allowed toward graduation. 
Pre: public relations majors only; 340, 441, COM 
306 and JOR 341. Permission of instructor and ap- 
plication required. Not for graduate credit. 


Religious Studies (RLS) 
Chairperson: Professor Zeyl (Philosophy) 


111 Judaism, Christianity, and Islam (3) 
Comparative study of the teachings, the histories, 
and the practices of the three religions of Abraham; 
emphasis on their teachings. (Lec. 3) (L) 


125 Biblical Thought (3) 

Selected portions of the Old and New Testaments 
with emphasis on their positive contribution to the 
philosophy of the Jewish and Christian religions. 
(Lec. 3) (L) 


126 The Development of Christian Thought (3) 
History of religious and philosophical ideas, devel- 
opment of the teachings of Christianity. Emphasis 
to meet needs and interests of students. Historical 
nature of material suitable for liberal education 
without regard to student's religious affiliation. 
(Lec. 3) (L) 


131 Introduction to Oriental Philosophies and 
Religions (3) 

Introductory study of the main philosophical and 
religious ideas in the Orient, with emphasis on Hin- 
duism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. (Lec. 


3) (F) (L) 


151 The Jewish Experience (3) 
Examines Judaism's history, customs, culture, and 
beliefs. (Lec. 3) 


Resource Development Education 
(RDE) 


Coordinator: Associate Professor Mallilo 


486 Internship in Agricultural and Extension 
Education (1-6) 

Provides experiential learning opportunities related 
to agricultural education and/or Cooperative Ex- 
tension education. (Practicum) May be repeated 
for a maximum of 6 credits. Not for graduate 
credit. 


Resource Economics (REN) 
Chairperson: Professor Anderson 


101 Freshman Inquiry into Environmental and 
Natural Resource Economics (1) 

Introduction for freshmen to the opportunities, 
careers, research activities, applied outreach, and 
educational programs in the Department of Envi- 
ronmental and Natural Resource Economics. Inter- 
act weekly with faculty. Explore hands-on modules. 
(Lec. 1) S/U credit. 


105 Introduction to Resource Economics (3) 
Application of microeconomic principles to se- 
lected resource problem areas. The market mecha- 
nism and its alternatives are examined as methods 
of resolving contemporary resource use problems. 
(Lec. 3) (S) 


110 Multimedia Presentation of Environmental 
Issues (3) 

Research of pressing environmental issues and cre- 
ation of multimedia presentations using computer 
technologies to combine slides, video, audio, and 
computer graphics. No technical knowledge or 
computer skills are necessary. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


310 Economics for Environmental Resource 
Management and Policy (3) 

Economic approaches to natural resource use and 
environmental policies. Exploring measures of the 
“economic value of environment.” How scientists, 
managers, and markets can affect the environmen- 
tal quality of life. (Lec. 3) Pre: 105 or ECN 201. 


325 Planning and Managing a Small Natural 
Resources Firm (3) 

Directed toward students with an interest in man- 
aging a small marine, agricultural, or other natural 
resources firm. (Lec. 3) Pre: 105 or ECN 100 or 201 
or permission of instructor. 


345 International Trade and the Environment (3) 
Analysis of the economic effects of natural resource 
and environmental management policies on inter- 


S3aSYNOD 


282 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


national trade in natural resource products, and of 
international trade policies on worldwide resource 
use and environmental quality. (Lec. 3) Pre: 105 or 
ECN 201 or permission of instructor. 


356 Tourism Economics (3) 

Application of economic principles and research 
methods to tourist and tourism industry behavior. 
Practical research methods for assessing economic, 
social and environmental benefits and costs of 
tourism development are examined. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
105 or permission of instructor. 


410 Fish and Wildlife Economics (3) 

Institutional, biological, and economic factors af- 
fecting the use of fish and wildlife resources. Eco- 
nomic analysis is applied to problems of fish and 
wildlife management in both marine and terrestrial 
ecosystems. (Lec. 3) Pre: 310 or ECN 328 or 323 or 
permission of instructor. 


415 Environmental Harms and Sanctions 
See Economics 415. 


432 Environmental Economics and Policy (3) 
Economic analysis of policies that address environ- 
mental and natural resource problems. Topics in- 
clude pollution-control policies, economic incen- 
tives, and the optimal use of renewable and 
nonrenewable natural resources. (Lec. 3) Pre: 105 
or ECN 201. 


435 Aquacultural Economics (3) 

Economics of international and domestic develop- 
ment of aquaculture, environmental and resource 
regulations on aquaculture, and management of 
and decision making in aquacultural enterprises. 
Analysis of public and private aquaculture produc- 
tion and marketing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 105 or ECN 201 
or permission of instructor. 


440 Benefit-Cost Analysis (3) 

Basic concepts in benefit-cost analysis. Measure- 
ment, comparison of benefits and costs over time, 
and criteria for evaluation of projects and public 
policies. Problems and case studies in evaluation of 
current natural resources issues. (Lec. 3) Pre: 105 
or permission of instructor. 


441 Markets, Trade and Natural Resources (3) 
Analysis of the role of markets in the valuation, 
management, and distribution of natural resources 
(esp. fish); price analysis; international trade; chan- 
nels of distribution; commodity futures and options 
markets; marketing information; regulations and 
controls; cooperative marketing. (Lec) Pre: 105 or 
ECN 201 or permission of instructor. 


491, 492 Special Projects (1-3 each) 

Workshop for advanced students where individuals 
or small groups are assigned projects requiring the 
analysis of natural resource and allocation prob- 
lems with particular emphasis on marine resources. 


(Independent Study) Pre: permission of 
chairperson. 


501 Graduate Seminar in Natural Resource 
Economics (1) 

Presentation of research and discussion of current 
issues and methodologies in environmental and 
natural resource economics. (Seminar) Enrollment 
is required of all full-time graduate students in resi- 
dence; exceptions made with permission from 
chairperson. No more than one credit may be 
taken for program credit. S/U credit. 


502 Research Methodology in Environmental 
and Natural Resource Economics (3) 

Practice and methods of applied research in envi- 
ronmental and natural resource economics. Topics 
include philosophical foundations, research project 
design, reporting research results, and criticism of 
proposals and research papers. (Lec. 3) Pre: 528 
and 576 or permission of instructor. 


514 Economics of Marine Resources (3) 

Role of economics in management of estuarine and 
marine resources. Particular attention to resource 
valuation, environmental issues, and management 
of renewable and non-renewable resources. (Lec. 
3) Not for graduate credit in resource economics. 


518 Mathematics for Economists (2 or 4) 
Introduction to mathematical methods in econom- 
ics and business. Economic applications of con- 
strained and unconstrained optimization, matrix 
algebra, primal and dual functions, eigen roots, 
with illustrations from economics, finance, and en- 
vironmental and natural resource economics. (Lec 
2 or 4) Pre: ECN 328 and MTH 131 or equivalent 
or permission of instructor. 


520 Production Economics (2) 

Production in natural resource economics. The for- 
mulation and estimation of production functions. 
Technological change in economic growth and its 
measures. New directions in production theory and 
applications. (Lec. 2) Pre: at least two credits of 
518, or MTH 131. 


522 Computer Intensive Methods in Resource 
Economics (3) 

Use of selected software packages to analyze topics 
and numerical problems in environmental and 
natural resource economics, including GAMS/ 
MINOS, spreadsheets, Crystal Ball, Matlab, GIS, 
and SAS. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 518 or equivalent 
(May be taken concurrently). 


527 (or ECN 527) Macroeconomic Theory (3) 
Static and dynamic models of aggregate economic 
behavior developed and analyzed. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
ECN 327 and 375 or equivalent, or permission of 
instructor. 


528 (or ECN 528) Microeconomic Theory (3) 
Analytic tools of optimization. Neoclassical price 


and production theory. Neoclassical theory of con- 
sumer and producer behavior, price and distribu- 
tion, partial and general equilibrium and welfare 
economics. (Lec. 3) Pre: ECN 328 and 375 or 
equivalent, or permission of instructor. 


529 Game Theory (3) 

Analysis of situations of conflict and cooperation, 
with economics and business applications. Intro- 
duction to cooperative and noncooperative games, 
including the extensive and strategic forms, Nash 
equilibrium, repeated games and bargaining. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 528 or permission of instructor. 


532 Land Resource Economics 
See Community Planning 537. 


534 Economics of Natural Resources (4) 
Microeconomic theory applied to problems of 
natural resource allocation. The rationale for gov- 
ernment intervention in the market's provision of 
natural resources and alternative techniques for op- 
timally allocated natural resources are investigated. 
(Lec. 4) Pre: 528 or permission of instructor. 


535 Environmental Economics (3) 

Theory of externalities; incentive-based and regula- 
tory policy instruments for addressing market fail- 
ure; theory and methods for valuing natural re- 
source and environmental services; other 
environmental topics. (Lec. 3) Pre: 528 or 
equivalent. 


540 Applied Resource Economics (3) 

Examines issues in agricultural and natural resource 
policy through applications of theoretical and em- 
pirical tools. Applications include pollution control, 
fisheries management, water, and agricultural 
policy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 528 or permission of instructor. 


542 Conservation Biology and Resource 
Economics 
See Natural Resources Science 532 


543 Economic Structure of the Fishing Industry (3) 
Analysis of fishing industries from the standpoint of 
activity and efficiency. Problems related to com- 
mon property resources, government policy, labor, 
and legal and institutional factors. (Lec. 3) Pre: 514 
or permission of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 2004. 


570 Experimental Economics (3) 

Controlled laboratory experiments to study eco- 
nomic theories, institutions, and policies. Provides 
an overview of experiment design and nonpara- 
metric data analysis. Applications include game 
theory, markets, public goods, and uncertainty. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 528 or permission of instructor. 


576 (or ECN 576 or STA 576) Econometrics (4) 
Application of statistics and mathematics to eco- 
nomic analysis. Implication of assumption required 
by statistical methods for testing economic hypoth- 


eses. Current econometric methods examined and 
discussed. (Lec. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: ECN 575 or equiva- 
lent, STA 308 or equivalent, or permission of in- 
structor. 


591, 592 Special Projects (1-3 each) 

Advanced work under supervision arranged to suit 
the individual requirement of the student. (Inde- 
pendent Study) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


595 (or MAF 595, PSC 595, SOC 595) Problems 
of Modernization in Developing Nations (3) 
Selected regional problems in the environmental 
complex, agricultural systems, population dynam- 
ics, distribution systems, political integration, ur- 
banization-industrialization, popular participation, 
integrated theories of modernization. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
permission of instructors. 


598 Master’s Nonthesis Research (1-3) 

Credit for completion of major paper. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: enrollment in nonthesis master’s 
program in resource economics. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


602 Research Methodology (1) 

Practice and methods of research in environmental 
and natural resource economics. Philosophical 
foundations, competing views on methodology, 
project design, execution and communication of 
results to different audiences. (Lec. 1) Pre: 528 and 
576 and concurrent registration in 502. In alternate 
years. Next offered spring 2004. S/U credit 


610 Advanced Studies (1-3) 

Advanced topics in resource economics. Math- 
ematical models in resource management. (Inde- 
pendent Study) May be repeated with different 
topics. 


624 Dynamic Economic Models (3) 
Fundamentals of dynamic economic theory. Dy- 
namic optimization techniques applied to environ- 
mental and natural resource economics. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 528 or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. Next offered spring 2005. 


628 (or ECN 628) Advanced Microeconomic 
Theory I (3) 

Neoclassical value and distribution theory. Theories 
of imperfect competition, general equilibrium 
theory, and dynamic analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 528 or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. Next 
offered fall 2004. 


630 Advanced Microeconomic Theory II (3) 
Development and application of welfare theory to 
natural resource use. Welfare concepts such as con- 
sumer surplus, producer surplus, and marginal cost 
pricing in policy decisions for agriculture and natu- 


RESOURCE ECONOMICS/SERVICE LEARNING 283 


ral resources. (Lec. 3) Pre: 628 or permission 
of instructor. In alternate years. Next offered spring 
2005. 


634 Advanced Economics of Natural and 
Environmental Resources (4) 

Concepts of economic efficiency applied to natural 
resources with emphasis on intertemporal alloca- 
tion of nonrenewable and renewable resources. Ap- 
plication of welfare and institutional economics to 
resource management and development; analysis 
of optimum allocation among users. (Lec. 4) Pre: 
534 and 624 or permission of instructor. In alter- 
nate years. Next offered fall 2003. 


635 Marine Resources Policy (3) 

Analysis of public policy problems relating to estua- 
rine and marine resources, including natural re- 
source damage assessment, environmental issues, 
coastal zone concerns, and other selected topics. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 534. In alternate years. Next offered 
spring 2004. 


676 (or ECN 676) Advanced Econometrics (4) 

A course covering the tools necessary for profes- 
sional research in resource economics. Reviews the 
general linear model, but emphasis is on simulta- 
neous equation models. Assumes a knowledge of 
introductory econometrics, statistical theory, and 
matrix algebra. (Lec. 4) Pre: 576 or its equivalent. 


677 Econometric Applications in Resource 
Economics (3) 

Special topics in econometrics as applied to agri- 
culture and natural resources. Topics include time 
series models. Bayesian analysis and dichotomous 
dependent variables. (Lec. 3) Pre: 676. In alternate 
years. Next offered fall 2003. 


699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Russian (RUS) 
Section Head: Professor Aronian 


101 Beginning Russian | (3) 

Introduction to fundamentals of grammar; exer- 
cises in speaking, reading, and writing. Emphasis 
on pronunciation, intonation, and aural compre- 
hension of contemporary spoken Russian. Lan- 
guage laboratory required. (Lec. 3) Pre: no prior 
Russian is required. Will not count toward the lan- 
guage requirement if the student has studied Rus- 
sian for more than one year within the last six 
years. (FC) [D] 


102 Beginning Russian II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


103 Intermediate Russian | (3) 

Completion of fundamentals of grammar; exercises 
in speaking and writing, reading of contemporary 
texts; emphasis on distinction between spoken and 
written language. Language laboratory required. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: 102 or equivalent. (FC) [D] 


104 Intermediate Russian II (3) 
Continuation of 103. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


205, 206 Advanced Russian (3 each) 

Oral reports, written compositions, and classroom 
discussion based on readings in Russian history and 
culture, literature, and current Soviet affairs. Listen- 
ing projects in laboratory. (Lec. 3) Pre: 104 or 
equivalent. (FC) [D] 


325, 326 Introduction to Literary Studies in 
Russian (3 each) 

Techniques of literary criticism applied to Russian 
literary works in various genres. Listening projects 
in laboratory emphasizing poetry and drama. (Lec. 
3) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 205 and 
206. In alternate years. Next offered 2003-04. (A) 


391, 392 Masterpieces of Russian Literature 

(3 each) 

Prose, poetry, and drama from late 18th through 
20th centuries in translation. Emphasis on literary 
movements through textual analysis. Authors range 
from Pushkin to Pasternak, including Dostoevsky 
and Tolstoy. (Lec. 3) (A) (F) 


460, 461 The Russian Novel (3 each) 

Major developments in themes and techniques, 
significant shifts of mode. Influences on the emer- 
gence of the novel in Russia. Laboratory required. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: credit or concurrent enrollment in 205 
and 206. In alternate years. Next offered 2003-04. 


497, 498 Directed Study (3 each) 

For the advanced student. Individual research and 
reports on problems of special interest. (Indepen- 

dent Study) Pre: acceptance of project by member 
and approval of section head. 


Service Learning 


The Feinstein Center for Service Learning recognizes 
he following courses as having a service learning 
component. Service learning is an alternative way of 
both teaching and learning about concepts or theo- 
ries. All first-year students are introduced to service 

earning through their required URI 101, Traditions 

and Transformation course. The purpose of these 
courses is to help students make meaningful connec- 
ions between academic course work and societal is- 
sues and needs within the community. The service 
work is profoundly connected to and enhanced by the 
specific course of study. Depending on the instructor, 

he service learning component may be an optional or 


S3aSYNOD 


284 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


required part of the course content. 


Community Planning (CPL) 

510 Community Planning and Community and 
Social Change 

Community Service (CSV) 

101 Introduction to Cultural Competence 

102 Cultural Competence Experiences 

301 Course-Cased Community Service 

302 Community Service at URI 

303 Community Service in the Community 

Education (EDC) 

424 Teaching of Reading (service is optional) 

429 Emergent Literacy (service is optional) 

456 Mathematics Methods in Elementary Teaching 

English Language Studies (ELS) 

200 English Language Fellows Training Course 

201 Content-Based English language Studies 

Human Development and Family 

Studies (HDF) 

380 Field Experiences in Community Agencies 

381 Field Experience Seminar 

434 Children and Families in Poverty 

560 Group Procedures and Leadership 

562 Organization Development in Human Services 

583, 584 Master’s Internship 

Human Science and Services (HSS) 

140 Ways of Knowing in Human Science and 
Services | 

141 Ways of Knowing in Human Science and 
Services II 

530 Multidisciplinary Health Seminars for the 
Elderly 

Landscape Architecture (LAR) 

244 Basic Landscape Architecture Design 

444 Landscape Architecture Studio III 
(Professor Green) 

445 Landscape Architecture Studio IV 

Management (MGT) 

681 Administrative Policy and Decision Making 

Marine Affairs (MAF) 

490 Field Experience in Marine Affairs 
(Professor Krausse) 

Music (MUS) 

119 Introduction to the Music Profession 

Natural Resources Science (NRS) 

309 Wildlife Management Techniques 
Laboratory 

Nursing (NUR) 

324 Medical-Surgical Nursing Practicum 

344 Practicum in Childbearing and Reproductive 
Health Nursing 

346 Practicum in Care of Clients and Families 

434 Practicum in Nursing of Children 

444 Practicum in Community Health Nursing 

532 Primary Health Care |: Practicum 

534 Primary Health Care Il: Practicum 

590 Directed Study and Practice in Advanced 
Clinical Nursing 


Plant Sciences (PLS) 

390 Irrigation Technology 

Political Science (PSC) 

485 Children, Community, and Human Rights 

487 Rebuilding Our Communities: Theory and 
Practice 

Sociology (SOC) 

402 Field Experience in Sociology 

Writing (WRT) 

304 Writing for Community Service 


In addition to the courses listed above, specific topics 
in other courses and some temporary courses may 
also carry the Service Learning designation. 


Sociology (SOC) 
Chairperson: Professor Mederer 


100 General Sociology (3) 

Introductory description and analysis of the struc- 
ture and dynamics of human society. Social norms, 
groups, intergroup relations, social change, stratifi- 
cation, and institutions. (Lec. 3) (S) [D] 


204 Social Psychology (3) 

Examination of the social basis of self and behavior; 
emphasis on identity, motivation, attitude, social 
role, and the symbolic in social life. (Lec. 3) (S) 


212 Families in Society (3) 

Examines the role of families in maintaining and 
changing society. Emphasis on demographic and 
historical changes in family life, the diversity of 
family structures and connections between the 
family and the political economy. (Lec. 3) (S) [D] 


214 Urban Sociology (3) 

Introduction to major theories of urbanization; ex- 
amination of the social, political, and cultural as- 
pects of urbanization and contemporary urban 
problems such as the population explosion, pollu- 
tion, class inequality and alienation; emphasis on a 
global and comparative cross-national perspective. 
(Lec. 3) (S) 


216 Deviant Behavior (3) 

Examination and analysis of major theories of devi- 
ant behavior. Application of these theories to par- 
ticular types of deviant behavior. (Lec. 3) (S) 


224 Health, Illness, and Medical Care (3) 
Introduction to social factors in the occurrence, dis- 
tribution, and treatment of illness in society; critical 
analysis of the social organization of medicine in 
contemporary American society. (Lec. 3) (S) 


230 Crime and Delinquency (3) 
Survey of the extent, distribution, trends and costs 
of delinquency and crime in the United States; ex- 


amination of selected types of crime and delin- 
quency; policy implications. (Lec. 3) (S) [D] 


238 Population Problems (3) 

Problems in the growth, decline, and composition 

of populations. Effects of fertility, mortality, migra- 
tion. Special attention to American society. (Lec. 3) 


(S) 


240 Race and Ethnic Relations (3) 

Relations among the various ethnic, religious, 
racial, and political minorities and majorities, with 
special reference to the United States. (Lec. 3) (S) 
Professor Cunnigen’s section is writing intensive 
[wi] 


242 Sex and Gender (3) 

Current research exploring issues of sex and gen- 
der. Socialization, gender role playing, and per- 
sonal relationships. Institutional costs of sexism. 
Prospects for human liberation. (Lec. 3) (S) [D] 


274 Criminal Justice System 
See Political Science 274. 


300 Topics in Sociology (1-3) 

Critical study of selected topics. Subject will vary 
according to the expertise and availability of in- 
structors. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: one 100- or 200-level 
sociology course. May be repeated for credit with 
different topic. 


301 Sociological Research Methods (3) 

Scientific method in sociological research; empha- 
sis on the development of the ability to construct 
and evaluate data-based arguments; topics include 
the nature of evidence, research design, principles 
and techniques of sampling, data collection and 
interpretation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 100. 


302 Topics in Sociological Research (3) 

An extension of 301 in which students apply prin- 
ciples and techniques in an original research expe- 
rience. Recommended for students planning to at- 
tend graduate or professional school. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
301 and permission of the instructor. 


306 Development of Human Societies (3) 
Examines social change from an historical perspec- 
tive in which whole societies are the unit of analy- 
sis. Focuses on the role of technology, political 
economy and globalization. (Lec. 3) Pre: 100 or 
214. (S) 


318 Social Movements and Social Change (3) 
Analysis of theoretical perspectives, directions, pat- 
terns, and consequences of social change in rela- 
tionship to social movements. Case studies of social 
movements with special emphasis on the civil 
rights movement. (Lec. 3) Pre: 6 credits in 
sociology. 


320 Organizations (3) 
Explores both formal and informal aspects of orga- 
nizations from a sociological perspective. Topics 


include bureaucracy and its consequences; post- 
bureaucratic and post-modern forms of organiza- 
tion; modern and contemporary theories of orga- 
nizing and organizations. (Lec. 3) Pre: One 100 or 
200 level sociology course. Offered in the spring of 
even numbered years. 


322 The Arts and Social Order (3) 

Consideration of the relationship between the arts 
and socially established meanings, social structure, 
and societal myths, with special attention to conso- 
nant and dissonant functions of the arts for social 
cohesion. (Lec. 3) Pre: 6 credits in sociology or per- 
mission of instructor. 


326 Madness and Society (3) 

Phenomenon of mental disorder considered in light 
of recent research findings and developments in 
sociological theory. Mental disorder discussed as an 
outgrowth of societal processes. (Lec. 3) Pre: 6 
credits in sociology or permission of instructor. 


331 Punishment and Corrections (3) 

An overview and analysis of societal reactions to 
crime with emphasis on American society. Purposes 
of criminal sanctions, probation and parole, jails 
and prisons, capital punishment and its effect. (Lec. 
3) Pre: one 100- or 200-level sociology course. 


336 Social Inequality (3) 

Dimensions and dynamics of inequality in society; 
concepts of class and status; processes of social 
mobility. (Lec. 3) Pre: one 100- or 200-level sociol- 
ogy course. (S) Professor Cunnigen’s section is 
writing intensive [WI] 


350 Work and Family Life (3) 

Linkages between economic and family institutions. 
Effects of work on family and of family on work. 
Historical development of the linkages. Contempo- 
rary effects due to men’s decreasing and women’s 
increasing labor force participation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
100 or 212 or HDF 230. 


370 Theories of Crime and Delinquency (3) 
Historical development of criminological theory; 
examination of the major sociological and social 
psychological theories of crime, criminality and de- 
linquency; evaluation of competing theories. (Lec. 
3) 


401 History of Sociological Thought (3) 
Examination of the basic questions and issues that 
have been the focus of sociological thought; critical 
analysis of theoretical sociology with an emphasis 
on the contributions of sociological theory to un- 
derstanding the structures and problems of mod- 
ern society. (Lec. 3) Pre: 100 and 6 credits in soci- 


ology. 


408 Individual Life and Social Order (3) 
Sociology of the individual as a creative participant 
in social order. Emphasis on cultural symbolism in 
the development of personal idiom, social struc- 


ture, and social change. (Lec. 3) Pre: 9 credits in 
sociology or permission of instructor. 


413 Gender Inequality (3) 

Development of gender inequality. Critique of vari- 
ous theories explaining inequality. Sociological in- 
terpretation of theories of gender. (Seminar) Pre: 
242 or permission of instructor. In alternate years. 


420 Family Violence (3) 

Examination and analysis of the incidence, types, 
and causes of violence between family members, 
including child abuse, wife abuse, and abuse of the 
elderly. (Seminar) Pre: 100 or 102 or permission of 
instructor. 


426 (or PSC 426) Issues in Corrections (3) 
justifications for punishment and corrections; his- 
torical development; intensive survey of current 
research on deterrence, effectiveness of treatment, 
prison, violence, and other issues. (Seminar) Pre: 
331. In alternate years. 


428 Institutional Racism (3) 

Consideration of varying models of race and ethnic 
relations; examination of recent research on issues 
such as residential segregation, school desegrega- 
tion, affirmative action, and racial disorders; com- 
parisons of United States with other societies. 
(Seminar) Pre: one 300-level sociology course or 
permission of instructor. In alternate years. 


430 (or PSY 430) Intimate Relationships (3) 
Examination of the effects of cultural, social, and 
psychological processes in the development, main- 
tenance, and dissolution of intimate relationships. 
Emphasis on friendship patterns, dating and mari- 
tal relationships, intimacy in nontraditional rela- 
tionships. Emphasis on research. (Lec. 3) Pre: any 
100- or 200-level course in sociology or PSY 113 
and permission of instructor. Not for graduate 
credit. 


432 Work, Employment and Society (3) 

Explores the workplace and employment relations 
from a sociological perspective. Topics included 
work systems, worker alienation and organization, 
occupational identity, and the impacts of immigra- 
tion, feminization, and globalization on the work- 
place. (Lec. 3) Pre: 100 or permission of the instruc- 
tor. Offered in the spring of odd numbered years. 


437 Law and Families in the United States 
See Human Development and Family Studies 437. 


438 Aging in Society (3) 

Analysis of the use of age in assigning roles, age 
changes over the life course and the implications of 
demographic changes for societies. Emphasis upon 
theories of aging, the status and power of the aged 
and relations between age groups. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
one 300-level course in sociology or permission of 


SERVICE LEARNING/SPANISH 285 


instructor. 


444 The Sociology of Religion (3) 

Sociological theory and research in the analysis of 
interrelationships among religious culture, secular 
culture, the social structure of religious groups, and 
general social structure. (Lec. 3) Pre: one 100- or 
200-level sociology course. 


446 Sociology of Knowledge (3) 

Theories and research on the social bases of ideas. 
Emphasis on the works of Durkheim, Mannheim, 
and Marx and their influences on “common sense” 
interpretations of social life. (Seminar) Pre: one 
100- or 200-level sociology course. 


452 Class and Power (3) 

Class structures and patterns of power in advanced 
societies; comparisons of inequality in capitalist 
and socialist societies; theories of the relation be- 
tween class and power; class consciousness, con- 
flict, and accommodation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 336 or per- 
mission of instructor. In alternate years. 


476 (or PSC 476) Policy Issues in Criminal 

Justice (3) 

Examination of current and proposed criminal jus- 
tice policies in light of social science theory and 
research, including capital punishment, community 
policing, gun control, intermediate sanctions, 
legalization of drugs, mandatory sentencing, 
privatization of prisons, restorative justice. (Semi- 
nar) Pre: 274 (or PSC 274). 


495 Senior Seminar in Sociology (3) 

Critical examination of selected topics in sociology. 
Particular topics for examination will be selected by 
the course instructor. Required for students in the 
B.A. program in sociology. (Seminar) Pre: senior 
standing; open only to sociology majors. Not for 
graduate credit. 


497 Field Experience in Sociology (3-6) 

Field experience in an approved government 
agency or non-profit organization; practice in ap- 
plying sociological concepts and methods to the 
analysis of problems faced by the agency and/or its 
clients, exploration of career opportunities. 
(Practicum) Junior or senior standing and 6 credits 
in sociology beyond 100. May be taken for 3 or 6 
credits. A maximum of six credits may be earned. 
Not for graduate credit 


498, 499 Independent Study (3 each) 

Areas of special research not covered in other 
courses. May be taken as honors courses. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: one 300-level sociology course 
and permission of instructor. 


505 Public Program Evaluation 
See Political Science 505. 


SaSYNOD 


286 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


Spanish (SPA) 
Section Head: Professor Gitlitz 


101 Beginning Spanish | (3) 

Introduction to Spanish for beginners. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
no prior Spanish is required. Will not count toward 
the language requirement if the student has stud- 
ied Spanish for more than one year within the last 
six years. (FC) [D] 


102 Beginning Spanish II (3) 
Continuation of 101. (Lec. 3) Pre: 101 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


103 Intermediate Spanish | (3) 

Reading and discussion of representative authors, 
grammar review, and continued practice in lan- 
guage skills to broaden understanding of Hispanic 
culture. (Lec. 3) Pre: 102 or equivalent. (FC) [D] 


104 Intermediate Spanish II (3) 
Continuation of 103. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or equiva- 
lent. (FC) [D] 


205 Spanish Language and Style | (3) 
Development and refinement of all Spanish lan- 
guage skills, with emphasis on writing, through 
structured practice using Hispanic cultural and lit- 
erary materials. (Lec. 3) Pre: 104 or equivalent. 
(FC) [D] 


206 Spanish Language and Style II (3) 
Continuation of 205. (Lec. 3) Pre: 205 or 
equivalent. (FC) [D] 


207 (201) Oral Expression in Spanish (3) 
Development of oral skills in Spanish through dis- 
cussion, interpreting, and reports on topics of per- 
sonal, practical, or cultural interest. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
205 or permission of instructor. May be taken con- 
currently with 205. (FC) [D] 


305 Early Spanish-American Literature and 
Culture (3) 

Study of the early development of Spanish-Ameri- 
can culture through its literature, from Conquest to 
Independence. (Lec. 3) Pre: 206 or permission of 
instructor. 


306 Modern Spanish-American Literature and 
Culture (3) 

Significant figures and developments in literature, 
the arts, and society, from Independence to the 
present. (Lec. 3) Pre: 206 or permission of 
instructor. (A) 


307 Hispanic Culture Through the 17th Century (3) 
Significant contributions in literature and the arts, 
from the unique period of coexistence of Chris- 
tians, Jews, and Muslims through the Golden Age 
of the 16th and 17th centuries. (Lec. 3) Pre: 206. 
(A) 


308 Literature and Culture of Modern Spain (3) 
Major figures and developments in Spanish litera- 


ture, the arts, and society from the 18th century to 
the present. (Lec. 3) Pre: 206 or permission of in- 
structor. (A) 


310 Field Workshop (1-6) 

Cultural visit to Spain or Hispanic America. Signifi- 
cant monuments and places of interest to the stu- 
dent of literature and civilization will be studied. 
Lectures supplemented by assigned readings. 
(Workshop) Pre: 104 or permission of instructor. 


312 Advanced Spanish (3) 

Problematic aspects of Spanish grammar; proper 
syntax and word usage in speaking, translation, 
and writing at sophisticated levels; correct repro- 
duction of sounds and intonation patterns. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 206 or permission of instructor. 


315 Practicum in Community Work (3) 

Practical application of Spanish in a community 
agency, school, or business. Individual project de- 
veloped by student under guidance of a Spanish 
aculty member. Requires a minimum of 120 hours. 
(Practicum) Pre: 206 and permission of instructor. 


316, 317 Spanish Internship Abroad (3-6) 
Supervised work experience in Spanish-speaking 
country for advanced language students. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: 321. For credit for the B.A. in 
Spanish only for students also completing a B.S. in 
engineering. 


321 Spanish for Business and Technology (3) 
Study of the concepts and terminology of the 
Spanish language common to the realm of interna- 
tional business and engineering. (Lec. 3) Pre: 206 
or equivalent. For credit for the B.A. in Spanish 
only for students also completing a B.S. in engi- 
neering. 


325 Introduction to Literary Genres (3) 
Presentation of the novel, poetry, drama, and essay 
as literary genres. Textual commentary and meth- 
ods of criticism. (Lec. 3) Pre: 206 or permission of 
instructor. Required for Spanish majors. (A) 


391, 392 Spanish Literature in Translation 

(3 each) 

Reading and analysis in English of Spain's most sig- 
nificant contributions to world literature: poetry, 
novel, drama, essay. Works through the seven- 
teenth century in the first semester; those of the 
nineteenth and twentieth in the second. (Lec. 3) 
Not for major credit in Spanish. (A) (F) for 391; (A) 
for 392. 


393 Modern Hispanic-American Literature in 
Translation (3) 

Introduction to the development of Latin-American 
literature in the 20th century and an examination 
of how the literary artifact has reflected the major 
social and political changes of the region. (Lec. 3) 
Not for major credit in Spanish. (A) (F) 


401 Oral and Dramatic Presentation of Hispanic 
Literature (3) 

Practice in effective oral communication in Spanish 
and appreciation of Hispanic literature through 
analysis and class presentation of drama, poetry, 
and prose. (Lec. 3) Pre: 325 or permission of in- 
structor. 


421 Business Spanish (3) 

Study of concepts and terminology in the Spanish- 
speaking business world. (Lec. 3) Pre: credit or con- 
current enrollment in a 300-level Spanish course. 
Not for graduate credit in Spanish. 


430 Castilian Prose of the 16th and 17th 
Centuries (3) 

Literary significance of the Renaissance and Ba- 
roque periods and an analysis and critical examina- 
tion of the prose works of the principal writers of 
this Golden Age of Castilian Literature. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
325 or permission of instructor. 


431 Drama and Poetry of the 16th and 17th 
Centuries (3) 

Spanish poetry and drama from the early Renais- 
sance through the Baroque. (Lec. 3) Pre: 325 or 
permission of instructor. 


450 Romanticism and Realism (3) 
Nineteenth-century Spanish literature of the ro- 
mantic and realist movements. Examples of drama, 
poetry, and prose as they reflect evolving concerns 
of the modern writer and society. (Lec. 3) Pre: 325 
or permission of instructor. 


470 Topics in Hispanic Literature (3) 

Special topics or authors not emphasized in other 
courses. (Seminar) Pre: 325 or permission of 
instructor. 


481 Don Quijote (3) 

Life and times of Miguel de Cervantes Saavedra 
and the reading and critical interpretation of his 
work. El ingenioso hildalgo Don Quijote de la 
Mancha. (Lec. 3) Pre: 325 or permission of 
instructor. 


485 Modern Spanish Narrative (3) 
Representative narrative works by Spain’s major 
authors from the Generation of 1898 to the 
present. (Lec. 3) Pre: 325 or permission of 
instructor. 


486 Modern Spanish Poetry and Drama (3) 
Selected poetry and plays from the 19th century 
through the present. (Lec. 3) Pre: 325 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


488 Spanish-American Poetry and Drama (3) 
Traces the development of poetic expression and 
drama from the 17th century to modern times as a 
reflection of the evolution of Spanish-American 
identity. (Lec. 3) Pre: 325 or permission of 


instructor. 


489 The Spanish-American Narrative (3) 

Traces the development of fictional prose in Span- 
ish America from the colonial period to modern 
times as a reflection of cultural and societal 
changes. (Lec. 3) Pre: 325 or permission of 
instructor. 


497, 498 Directed Study (1-3 each) 

For the advanced student. Individual research and 
reports on problems of special interest. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: 325, acceptance of project by 
member, and approval of section head. 


510 Contemporary Spanish Workshop (3-6) 
New developments in all areas of Hispanic studies 
including pedagogical matters and classroom tech- 
niques. (Workshop) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


511 The Spanish of the Americas (3) 

Examines linguistic dialect variation within Spanish 
and the factors that determine it. Individual and 
social bilingualism and its educational implications 
are also discussed. (Seminar) Pre: graduate stand- 
ing or permission of instructor. 


561 Seminar in Medieval Poetry and Prose (3) 
Examination and analysis of the epic, lyrical, and 
narrative medieval literature of Spain and its impact 
on subsequent literature. (Seminar) Pre: graduate 
standing or permission of instructor. 


570 Topics in Hispanic Literature and Culture (3) 
Special topics or authors not emphasized in other 
courses. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


572 Evolution of Spanish-American Culture and 
Thought (3) 

Development of Spanish-American thought and 
cultural trends, as portrayed in major works of art- 
ists and thinkers. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. 


574 Interpretations of Modern Spanish- 
American Thought (3) 

Topics of interest in the development of modern 
Spanish-American thought as represented in the 
essay from the period of independence to the 
present. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


580 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Spanish 
Literature (3) 

Selected authors and topics from the Spanish Ro- 
mantic movement through realism and naturalism. 
(Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. May be repeated with different topic 
and permission of instructor. 


584 Interpretations of Modern Spain (3) 


Development of Spanish thought particularly with 
respect to sociological and cultural problems from 
the 18th century to the contemporary period as 
seen through the writings of significant essayists. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission of 
instructor. In alternate years. 


585 Seminar in 20th-Century Spanish Literature (3) 
Topics of aesthetic, cultural, and linguistic concern 

in 20th-century peninsular literature. (Seminar) Pre: 
graduate standing or permission of instructor. May 
be repeated with different topic and permission of 

instructor. 


587 Seminar in Renaissance and Baroque 
Literature (3) 

Aesthetic analysis of works representative of the 
period and their influence on subsequent litera- 
tures. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. May be repeated with different 
topic and permission of instructor. 


588 Seminar in Colonial Spanish-American 
Literature and Culture (3) 

Topics of interest dealing with the development of 
Spanish-American cultural identity and literature 
from the period of discovery and colonization to 
independence. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. 


589 Seminar in Modern Spanish-American 
Literature and Culture (3) 

Topics of interest dealing with the development of 
Spanish-American literature and culture from the 
period of independence to the present. (Seminar) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
May be repeated with different topic. 


590 The Hispanic Presence in the United States (3) 
A study of the establishment of the Hispanic pres- 
ence and its heritage in the art, folklore, and lan- 
guage of the United States, and an analysis of the 
literature of the Spanish-speaking peoples. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instructor. 
In alternate years. 


597, 598 Directed Study (3 each) 

Individual research and reports on problems of spe- 
cial interest. (Independent Study) Pre: graduate 
standing and approval of the director of graduate 
studies. May be repeated with different topic. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Statistics (STA) 


Section Head: Professor Hanumara 


220 Statistics in Modern Society (3) 


SPANISH/STATISTICS 287 


Elementary concepts in sampling, polls, surveys, 
random samples. Foundations of statistical infer- 
ence; estimation, comparison prediction. Statistics 
for the consumer, quality of data, credibility of sta- 
tistical evidence. Environmental measurements and 
experiments. (Lec. 2, Rec. 1) (M) 


307 Introductory Biostatistics (3) 

Statistical methods applicable to health sciences. 
Data presentation. Vital statistics and life tables. 
Fitting models to health data. Testing, estimation, 
analysis of cross-classifications, regression, correla- 
tion. (Lec. 2, Rec. 1) Pre: MTH 107 or 108. Not 
open to students with credit in 308 or 409. 


308 Introductory Statistics (3) 

Descriptive statistics, presentation of data, aver- 
ages, measures of variation, skewness, kurtosis. El- 
ementary probability, binomial and normal distri- 
butions. Sampling distributions. Statistical 
inference, estimation, confidence intervals, testing 
hypotheses, linear regression, and correlation. (Lec. 
2, Rec. 1) Pre: MTH 107 or 108. Not open to stu- 
dents with credit in 307 or 409. 


409 Statistical Methods in Research | (3) 

Same as 308 but is for students who have better 
mathematical preparation. (Lec. 3) Pre: MTH 131 
or 141. Not open to students with credit in 307 or 
308. 


411 (or PHP 411 or APS 411) Biostatistics II (3) 
An overview of statistical methods used in perform- 
ing research in pharmacotherapeutics and 
pharmacoepidemiology. Emphasis will be on un- 
derstanding both common study designs and the 
output from statistical analysis of data obtained 
from these studies. (Lec. 3) Pre: an introductory 
statistics course (l.e., 307) or permission of 
instructor. 


412 Statistical Methods in Research II (3) 
Multiple linear regression and correlation analysis, 
curvilinear regression. Analysis of variance and co- 
variance. Analysis of enumerative data. Some non- 
parametric methods. (Lec. 3) Pre: 307 or 308 or 
409. 


413 Spatial Data Analysis (3) 

Analysis of point patterns: visualizing, exploring 
and modeling, space time clustering, correcting for 
spatial variation, clustering around a specific point 
source. Analysis of spatially continuous data: 
variogram analysis and Kriging methods. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: An introductory statistics course such as 307 or 
308 or 409. 


491 Directed Study in Statistics (1-3) 

Advanced work in statistics. Conducted as super- 
vised individual projects. (Independent Study) Pre: 
permission of chairperson. S/U credit. 


492 Special Topics in Statistics (3) 
Advanced topics of current interest in statistics. 
(Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


S3aSYNOD 


288 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


500 Nonparametric Statistical Methods (3) 

Rank and sign tests, permutation tests and ran- 
domization, run test, tests of goodness of fit, order 
statistics, estimation, and comparison with para- 
metric procedures. Examples illustrating the appli- 
cations of nonparametric techniques. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
409. 


501 Analysis of Variance and Variance 
Components (3) 

Analysis of variance and covariance, experimental 
design models, factorial experiments, random and 
mixed models, estimation of variance components, 
unbalanced data. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412. 


502 Applied Regression Analysis (3) 

Topics in regression analysis including subset selec- 
tion, biased estimation, ridge regression, and non- 
linear estimation. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412. 


513 Statistical Quality Assurance 
See Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering 513. 


517 Small N Designs 
See Psychology 517. 


520 Fundamentals of Sampling and Applications 
(3) 

Simple random sampling; properties of estimates, 
confidence limits. Sample size. Stratified random 
sampling; optimum allocation, effects of errors, 
and quota sampling. Regression and ratio esti- 
mates; systematic and multistage sampling. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 308 or 409. 


532 (or ASP 532 or PSY 532) Experimental 
Design (3) 

Application of statistical methods to biological and 
psychological research and experimentation. Ex- 
perimental situations for which various ANOVA and 
ANCOVA designs are most suitable. (Lec. 3) Pre: 
409 or equivalent. 


535 Statistical Methodology in Clinical Trials (3) 
Bioavailability, dose response models, crossover 
and parallel designs, group sequential designs, sur- 
vival analysis, meta analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 409, 411, 
or 412 or permission of instructor. 


541 Multivariate Statistical Methods (3) 

Review of matrix analysis. Multivariate normal dis- 
tribution. Tests of hypotheses on means, 
Hotelling’s Te, discriminate functions. Multivariate 
regression analysis. Canonical correlations. Princi- 
pal components. Factor analysis. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412. 


542 Categorical Data Analysis Methods (3) 
Analysis of multidimensional categorical data by 
use of log-linear and logit models. Discussion of 
methods to estimate and select models followed by 
examples from several areas. (Lec. 3) Pre: 412. 


550 Ecological Statistics (3) 
Application of statistical methodology to the fol- 
lowing topics: population growth, interactions of 


populations, sampling and modeling of ecological 
populations, spatial patterns, species abundance 
relations, and ecological diversity and measure- 
ment. (Lec. 3) Pre: 409 or permission of instructor. 


576 Econometrics 
See Resource Economics 576. 


584 Pattern Recognition 
See Electrical Engineering 584. 


591 Directed Study in Statistics (1-3) 

Advanced work in experimental statistics con- 
ducted as supervised individual projects. (Indepen- 
dent Study) Pre: permission of chairperson. S/U 
credit. 


592 Special Topics in Statistics (3) 
Advanced topics of current interest in experimental 
statistics. (Lec. 3) Pre: permission of chairperson. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


610 Parsimony Methods 
See Psychology 610. 


612 Structural Modeling 
See Psychology 612. 


In addition to statistics courses offered by the Depart- 
ment of Computer Science and Statistics under the 
STA code, there are a number of statistics-oriented 
courses offered by other departments: 


Business Analysis and Computing 

201, 202 Managerial Statistics | and II 
Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering 
411 Probability and Statistics for Engineers 
412 Statistical Methods for Engineers 

533 Advanced Statistical Methods for Research 
and Industry 
634 Design and Analysis of Industrial Experiments 
Management Science 

450 Forecasting 

455 Analysis of Managerial Data 

601 Business Research Methods: Linear Models 
675 Applied Time Series Methods and Business 
Forecasting 

Mathematics 

451 Introduction to Probability and Statistics 

452 Mathematical Statistics 

550 Probability and Stochastic Processes 

551 Mathematical Statistics 

Masters of Business Administration 

500 Statistical Methods for Management 
Psychology 

300 Quantitative Methods in Psychology 

533 Advanced Quantitative Methods in Psychology 


Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, 
and Design (TMD) 


Chairperson: Professor Bide 


103 Textile Products (3) 

Product knowledge in design, manufacturing, and 
merchandising within the textile complex. Empha- 
sis on domestic and international issues. Survey of 
careers in business, industry, government and re- 
search. (Lec. 3) 


113 Color Science (3) 

The science of color: light and its interaction with 
objects and color vision. Color explained, mixed, 
measured, described, and reproduced (paints, 
dyes, photography, TV). Color in the natural world. 
(Lec. 3) (N) 


222 Apparel Production (3) 

Analysis of apparel construction and production; 
current industrial and technological developments. 
Discussion of sizing and quality standards with em- 
phasis on identification of fabrics, garment styles, 
findings, and trims. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103. 


224 Clothing and Human Behavior (3) 

Clothing and appearance as a form of human be- 
havior. Analysis of social, psychological, and cul- 
tural factors in personal appearance and as a sys- 
tem of communication. Focus on cross-cultural and 
international perspectives. (Lec. 3) (S) 


226 Interior Design | (3) 

Physical, social, psychological, economic and aes- 
thetic aspects required of interiors for single and 
multiple dwellings; interactive functions of residen- 
tial and commercial spaces; elements and prin- 
ciples of design. (Lec. 3) 


232 Fashion Retailing (3) 

A comprehensive study of fashion retailing as an 
operating system. Examination of the strategies 
and the organizational structure which support the 
fashion retail system. (Lec. 3) 


240 Development of Contemporary Fashion (3) 
History of contemporary fashion from the begin- 
ning of the 20th century to the present. Influence 
of designers, buyers, consumers, and technology 
on fashion in the marketplace. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 
and sophomore standing. 


303 Textile Science (3) 

Current textiles and textile products. Scientific as- 
pects of fibers, yarns, fabrication, and finishes for 
apparel and home furnishings. Study of existing 
regulatory controls and policies as they affect the 
consumer. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 and CHM 124 or per- 
mission of instructor. 


313 Textile Science Laboratory (1) 

Laboratory exercises include fiber identification, 
fabric analysis, and fabric performance testing. A 
written project and oral presentation on fabric per- 
formance are required. Students furnish their own 


fabric for performance testing. (Lab. 2) Pre: 103, 
CHM 124, 126, and concurrent enrollment in 303. 


325 Apparel | (4) 


Principles of garment production as related to con- 


struction, fit, performance, quality, and cost. Con- 
struction techniques, sizing, material evaluation 
and assembly management. Quality analysis and 
introduction to computer-aided design. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 4) 


326 Interior Design II (3) 

Application and implementation of design con- 
cepts to interior spaces; elevations, sections, mate- 
rials selection, isometrics and perspectives, presen- 
tation boards. Introduction to computer-aided 
design (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: ART 101, 103 or 207 
and TMD 103, 226. 


327 Apparel Design (3) 

Design principles as applied to contemporary 
clothing with emphasis on various age groups and 
special populations. Laboratory experiences con- 
centrate on the creative process and development 
of illustrative techniques. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: ART 
101, 103 or 207 and TMD 222 or 325. 


332 Fashion Merchandise Buying (3) 

The theory of fashion merchandising and its appli- 
cation to basic retailing procedures, the responsi- 
bility of the buyer, and procedures used to deter- 
mine consumer demand, merchandise selection, 
and pricing. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103, 224, and 232. 


335 Apparel Il (4) 


Application of flat pattern design and draping tech- 


niques. Special emphasis on computer-aided de- 
sign application as related to sizing, sloper devel- 
opment, and pattern drafting. Creative laboratory 
processes from design to finished product. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 4) Pre: 325 or permission of instructor. 


340 Historic Costume (3) 

Sociological, economic, religious, and political fac- 
tors affecting the history of costume and resulting 
fashion changes from antiquity to the early 20th 
century. Use of department's historic costume col- 
lection. (Lec. 3) 


342 Fashion Study Tour (1) 

Students spend two weeks overseas during 
intersession studying the apparel and/or interior 
furnishings market in London and Paris. Lectures 
and tours by designers, manufacturers, and retail- 
ers. Students may register once in apparel and 
once in interior furnishings. Travel costs are extra. 
(Practicum) Pre: junior standing or permission of 
instructor. 


358 Weaving (3) 

Introduction to hand weaving including on-loom 
and off-loom techniques. Designing, drafting, 
warping, and finishing of various types of weaves. 


STATISTICS/TEXTILES, FASHION MERCHANDISING, AND DESIGN 289 


Students complete samplers and projects. (Lec. 1, 
Lab. 4) 


361, 362 Special Problems (1-4 each) 

Open to qualified juniors and seniors who wish to 
do advanced work. (Independent Study) Pre: ap- 
proval of application by instructor and chairperson. 
May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 


402 Seminar in Textiles and Clothing (1-2) 
Recent developments in manufacturing, marketing, 
and retailing of textile products. Discussion of fash- 
ion issues and impact on consumer. Lectures by 
speakers from business, industry, and government. 
(Lec. 1-2) Pre: junior or senior standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. May be repeated once 


403 Textile Performance (3) 

Analysis of textiles using test methods and stan- 
dards adopted by government, industry, and buy- 
ers to insure consumer satisfaction. Interpretation 
of test data in relation to consumer expectations 
and performance claims. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 103 
and 303 or permission of instructor. 


413 Dyeing and Finishing of Textiles (3) 

Study of chemical and physical interactions of dyes 
and finishes with textile fiber/fabric systems. Evalu- 
ation of application techniques. Detection and 
evaluation of problems resulting from dyeing and 
finishing. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 303 or permission of 
instructor. 


424 Fashion Theory and Analysis (3) 

Principles, theories, and recent investigations of the 
fashion process are presented to develop analytical 
skills for evaluating consumer behavior, as related 
to clothing and adornment. Application to contem- 
porary trends. (Lec. 3) Pre: senior or graduate 
standing. 


426 Historic and Contemporary Furniture (3) 
Review of major historical styles of furniture and 
their influence on contemporary furniture design. 
Materials, styles, and construction of contemporary 
furniture. In-depth study of upholstery fabrics. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 103, 226. 


432 Fashion Merchandising Operations 

Control (3) 

Analysis of determinants of fashion merchandising 
profitability below gross margin; expense analysis, 
classification, allocating expense center account- 
ing, and key operating ratios. Emphasis upon 
modification and control of selling cost ratios. (Lec. 
3) Pre: 232 and 332. 


433 Textile Markets (3) 

Study of social, economic, and political issues that 
affect the development, production, and marketing 
of textile products. Study of the textile needs of the 
apparel, home furnishings, industrial, and medical 
industries. (Lec. 3) Pre: 303 and ECN 201 and 202. 


440 Historic Textiles (3) 

Chronological study of textiles, emphasizing socio- 
economic, religious, and political influences. Con- 
tribution of designers, inventors, trade groups, and 
industrialists. (Lec. 3) Pre: 103 or permission of 
chairperson. 


442 Fashion Promotion (3) 

Emphasis on understanding and applying the prin- 
ciples of fashion retailing communication. Evalua- 
tion and application of effective promotional activi- 
ties such as visual merchandising and fashion 
shows to trade and retail levels of fashion merchan- 
dising. (Lec. 3) Pre: 232 and 332 or permission of 
instructor. 


452 Consumer Behavior in Fashion Retailing (3) 
Use by fashion retailing management of explana- 
tory and predictive models of consumer behavior 
relating to fashion merchandising in establishing 
retail policy and strategy. (Lec. 3) Pre: 232 and 332 
or permission of instructor. 


461, 462 Internship (1-6) 

Structured internship in textiles, apparel, or interior 
design supervised by a faculty advisor. Juniors and 
seniors work in business, industry, or other agen- 
cies under supervision of qualified personnel. (Mini- 
mum of 45 hours per semester per credit) May be 
repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. Pre: 
completion of 60 credit hours, minimum GPA of 
2.00, and permission of instructor and chairperson. 
Not for graduate credit. 


500 Ethnic Dress and Textiles (3) 

Survey of regional styles of dress and textiles from 
all areas of the world, excluding fashionable dress. 
Influence of social, economic, technological, and 
aesthetic factors. (Lec. 3) Pre: 224 or equivalent, 
340, 440, or permission of instructor. In alternate 
years. 


503 Topics in Textile Science (3) 

Advanced study in a particular area of textile sci- 
ence. One topic will be studied from a list that in- 
cludes dyeing, finishing, printing, polymer and fi- 
ber chemistry, dyestuff chemistry, and color 
science. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: graduate standing, 
303 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. May 
be repeated up to three times with different topics. 


510 Research Methods in Textiles (3) 
Application of research methodology to the study 
of textiles and clothing. Approach is 
multidisciplinary in that experimental, social sci- 
ence, and historic methods are covered. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: graduate standing or permission of instructor. 


513 Detergency (3) 

Study of chemical and mechanical interactions of 
textile fibers, fabrics, laundering products, equip- 
ment, and soils. Laboratory experience in evalua- 
tion of laundry products and fabric durability dur- 
ing laundering. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: graduate 
standing, 303 or equivalent, or permission of in- 


SaSYNOD 


290 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


structor. In alternate years. 


520 Introduction to Textile Conservation (3) 
Survey of methods used to clean, repair, store, and 
display historic textiles and costumes. Laboratory 
experience in conservation practices. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
2) Pre: a textile science course and historic textiles 
or costume course, or permission of instructor. 


521 Topics in Textile Conservation (1-3) 
Investigation of textile conservation theory and 
methodology. Some topics will include laboratory 
assignments. (Lec. 1-3) Pre: 520 or experience in 
textile conservation, and permission of instructor. 
May be repeated with different topic. 


522 Special Problems in Textile Conservation 
(1-3) 

Supervised independent studies on specific textile 
conservation projects or research. (Independent 
Study) Pre: 520 or experience in textile conserva- 
tion, and permission of instructor. May be repeated 
for a maximum of 6 credits. 


524 Cultural Aspects of Dress (3) 

Seminar in social, psychological, and cultural as- 
pects of dress. Symbolic interaction and other 
dress-relevant theories concerning individual moti- 
vation and group interaction. (Seminar) Pre: 224 or 
permission of instructor. 


530 Historic Textile Internship (2-4) 

Supervised internship designed to introduce the 
student to management of textile and costume col- 
lections in a museum or historical society setting. 
Individually designed to suit student needs: conser- 
vation, education, and research. (Practicum) Pre: 
510, 520, graduate standing in textiles, fashion 
merchandising, and design, or permission of 
chairperson. 


540 Special Problems in Textiles and Clothing (3) 
Supervised independent study in specific areas of 
textiles and clothing. (Independent Study) Pre: per- 
mission of chairperson. May be repeated once. 


570 Topics in Historic Textiles or Costume (3) 
Advanced study in a particular area of historic tex- 
tiles or costume using artifactual and documentary 
primary sources. Use of historic textile and costume 
collection. (Lec. 3) Pre: 340, 440 or equivalent. 
May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. 


580 Curatorship (3) 

Supervised experience planning and mounting an 
exhibition in URI Textile Gallery. Student identifies 
a theme, selects artifacts, writes proposal, prepares 
objects, writes labels and promotional materials, 
and helps install exhibit. (Practicum) Pre: 520 and 
permission of instructor, 521 recommended. 


599 Master’s Thesis Research 

Number of credits is determined each semester in 
consultation with the major professor or program 
committee. (Independent Study) S/U credit. 


Theatre (THE) 
Chairperson: Associate Professor McGlasson 


Courses in theatre offer theory, production, design, 
and performance training in various areas of dramatic 
arts, and many are open to nonmajors. The Theatre 
Department conducts open auditions and makes per- 
formance and production work available to all mem- 
bers of the URI community. 


100 Introduction to Theatre (3) 

Designed to provide students with a theoretical 
and practical understanding of the theatrical pro- 
cess as well as to develop critical standards and in- 
crease the enjoyment of theatre as an art. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 4) Not open to theatre majors. (A) 


111 Introduction to Acting (3) 

Designed to initiate students to theatre as a col- 
laborative art through systematic exposure to the 
principles and techniques of acting. (Studio 6) 


112 Introduction to Acting II (3) 

To expand the work of 111 (exercise for relaxation, 
concentration, imagination) with character work 
on a monologue and scene complemented by in- 
tense work on voice, text and movement. (Lec. 2, 
Lab. 2) Pre: 111. 


161 Introduction to Stagecraft (3) 

Stage carpentry, rigging, properties, scene paint- 
ing, and lighting mechanics with practical experi- 
ence working on productions. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


181 Script Analysis (3) 

Analysis of plays from varying perspectives of the 
actor, director, and designer. Course emphasizes 
theatre terminology and develops a working vo- 
cabulary. (Lec. 3) (A) 


211, 212 Basic Acting I, Il (3 each) 

Introduction to the theory and basic techniques of 
acting. Includes moment-to-moment improvisa- 
tion, the reality of doing, fantasy work, and voice 
and movement. (Studio 6) Pre for 211: 111, 112, 
and concurrent enrollment in 213. 212: Continua- 
tion of 211. Pre: 211. 


213 Acting Workshop (1) 

A voice-movement workshop to be taken concur- 
rently with 211. (Studio 2) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 211. 


214 Acting Workshop (1) 

A voice-movement workshop to be taken concur- 
rently with 212. (Studio 2) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 212. 


217 The Role of Music in Theatre (3) 


Perspectives on music and its relationship and ap- 
plication to the theatre for theatre students. Musi- 
cal vocabulary, performance techniques, and con- 
ventions related to the theatre. Emphasis on 
relationship of music and musical performance to 
all aspects of theatrical production. (Studio 6) Pre: 
permission of instructor. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 6 credits with permission of 
instructor. 


221 Stage Management (3) 

Theoretical and practical study of the basic meth- 
ods and procedures of the production with empha- 
sis on the director-stage manager relationship and 
the role of each. Participation in productions re- 
quired. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


227 Dance for Musical Theatre (3) 

Orientation and instruction in beginning dance for 
the musical stage. Dance vocabulary in jazz, ballet, 
tap; performance techniques and conventions re- 
lated to the American musical. (Studio 6) Pre: the- 
atre major or permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated once with permission of instructor. 


250 Costume Laboratory (3) 

Practical experience in the principles of costuming 
including construction and finishing techniques, 
and experience working on a theatrical production. 
(Lec. 1, Lab. 4) 


261 Introduction to Theatre Design (3) 
Introduction to theatre production design with em- 
phasis on development of capabilities for expres- 
sion in conceptual and graphic terms. Projects in 
stage scenery, costumes, and lighting. (Lec. 2, Lab. 
2) 


291 Production Laboratory (1) 

Orientation and instruction in theatre through tu- 
tored participation in crews and production assign- 
ments or projects for departmental productions. 
(Independent Study) May be repeated for credit. 


300 Individual Problems in Theatre Studies (1-3) 
Individual theatre work on an approved project un- 
der supervision of a member. (Independent Study) 
May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. 


301 Special Group Studies (1-3) 

Group theatre work in approved production 
projects under supervision of a member. (Indepen- 
dent Study) May be repeated for a maximum of 6 
credits. 


307 Creative Dramatics (3) 

Explores purposes, techniques and benefits of 
drama in the K-12 classroom. Theory and practice 
of creative dramatics, methodologies and activities. 
teaching practicum in and out of the class to de- 
velop utilization of creative drama to teach a vari- 
ety of skills. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


311, 312 Intermediate Acting |, II (3 each) 


311: Continuation of Basic Acting with emphasis 
on approaches to characterization through impro- 
visation and through the analysis and performance 
of assigned scenes. (Studio 6) Pre: 212; concurrent 
enrollment in 313. 312: Continuation of 311. (Stu- 
dio 6) Pre: 311; concurrent enrollment in 314. 


313 Acting Workshop (1) 

A voice-movement workshop to be taken concur- 
rently with 311. (Studio 2) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 311. 


314 Acting Workshop (1) 

A voice-movement workshop to be taken concur- 
rently with 312. (Studio 2) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 312. 


321 Orientation to Play Direction (3) 

Director's role in the process of theatre production. 
Emphasis on development of production concepts 
and rehearsal techniques. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


322 Play Direction (3) 

Practical course in play direction. Class functions as 
a production unit and mounts a season of one-act 
plays. (Practicum: minimum of 6 hours per week) 
Pre: 321 and permission of instructor. 


331 Playwriting (3) 

Analysis and evaluation of written material supple- 
mented by play readings and workshop tryouts of 
students’ plays. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


341 Theatre Management (3) 

Principles, terminology, and practical technique of 
theatre administration. Emphasis on stage manage- 
ment. Assignments will be made to departmental 
productions. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


350 Makeup (1) 

Principles and techniques of stage makeup. Practi- 
cal experience in application through a number of 
projects in developing character makeups with 
prosthetics, wigs and facial hair. (Studio 2) Open to 
senior theatre majors only. Others by permission of 
instructor. 


351, 352 Principles and Theories of Theatrical 
Costuming I, II (3 each) 

351: Analytical study of fashions, modes, and man- 
ners in Western civilization as required for modern 
theatrical production; Greek through the Renais- 
sance. (Lec. 3) 352: Continuation of 351; the Re- 
naissance to the present. (Lec. 3) (A) 


355 Stage Costume Design (3) 

Costume design theories and techniques for mod- 
ern and period plays in a wide variety of styles. 
(Studio 6) 


362 Scene Painting (3) 
Problems in scene painting, including use of color, 
basic techniques in scenic art such as texturing, 


TEXTILES, FASHION MERCHANDISING, AND DESIGN/THEATRE 291 


trompe l'oeil, work from design elevations, carving, 
and some work in plastics. (Studio 3) 


365 Scene Design (3) 

Theories and techniques of scenic design, empha- 
sizing conceptualization and development of stage 
setting through project designs for various stage 
forms, production styles, and periods. (Studio 6) 
Pre: 261 or permission of instructor. 


371 Stage Lighting (3) 

Theories and techniques of lighting for the stage. A 
series of design projects and lab work introduces 
students to script analysis and conceptualization for 
lighting, instrumentation, and the use of color in 
stage lighting. (Lec. 2, Lab. 2) 


381 History of Theatre to 1642 (3) 

General history of the theatre from its origins 
through the Renaissance. Introduction to non- 
Western drama of the period. Course focuses on 
the actor, staging, and the audience as they have 
influenced the development of the theatre and dra- 
matic literature. (Lec. 3) (A) 


382 History of Theatre: Neoclassical Through 
the 19th Century (3) 

Course includes non-Western drama of China, Ja- 
pan, and Korea. Continuation of 381. (Lec. 3) (A) 


383 History of the Modern Theatre (3) 

Modern theatre and drama from 1880 to the 
present. Course includes new European stagecraft 
and its influence on the development of modernist 
and post-modernist drama, and contemporary 
non-Western drama. (Lec. 3) (A) 


384 American Theatre History (3) 

Origins and development of American theatre from 
the wilderness to the contemporary Broadway and 
off-Broadway stage, including the evolution of the 
musical play. Analysis of special contributions made 
by the grassroots movement, the university the- 
atres, the Federal Theatre Project, and the regional 
theatre movement. (Lec. 3) 


391 Advanced Production Laboratory (1-2) 
Advanced instruction in theatre through tutored 
participation in crews and production assignments 
or projects for departmental productions. (Inde- 
pendent Study) May be repeated for credit. 


400 Advanced Individual Problems in Theatre 
Studies (1-3) 

Advanced individual theatre work on an approved 
project under supervision of a member. (Indepen- 
dent Study. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 
credits. Not for graduate credit. 


401 Advanced Special Group Studies (1-3) 
Advanced group theatre work in approved produc- 
tion projects under supervision of a member. (Inde- 
pendent Study) May be repeated for a maximum 
of 6 credits. Not for graduate credit. 


411, 412 Scene Study (3 each) 

Emphasis on the analysis and interpretation of as- 
signed scenes representative of the major theatrical 
genres and styles. (Studio 6) Pre: for 411, 312, and 
permission of instructor and concurrent enrollment 
in 417; for 412, 411 and concurrent enrollment in 
418. Not for graduate credit. 


413 Special Workshop in Acting (3) 

Techniques related to a specific aspect or style of 
performance; e.g., masks, puppetry, verse-speak- 
ing, and improvisation. The study is normally re- 
lated to a departmental production or special 
project. (Studio 6) Pre: permission of instructor. 
May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. Not 
for graduate credit. 


415 Professional Internship (6-12) 

Designed for junior and first-semester senior the- 
atre majors who desire a professional experience. 
This program provides instruction and practical ex- 
perience in cooperation with a faculty advisor and 
a professional theatre. (Practicum) Pre: permission 
of chairperson. Not for graduate credit. 


417 Acting Workshop (1) 

A voice-movement workshop to be taken concur- 
rently with 411. (Studio 2) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 411. Not for graduate credit. 


418 Acting Workshop (1) 

A voice-movement workshop to be taken concur- 
rently with 412. (Studio 2) Pre: concurrent enroll- 
ment in 412. Not for graduate credit. 


420 Advanced Directing Practice (1-3) 

Special projects for the advanced directing student. 
Student directors will assume production responsi- 
bilities for all aspects of their projects, including a 
critical analysis upon completion. Weekly tutorial 
required. (Independent Study) Pre: 321, 322, or 
equivalent and permission of instructor. Not for 
graduate credit. 


441 Advanced Theatre Management (3) 
Individual projects of theatre management in a ma- 
jor departmental production or project. 
(Practicum) Pre: 341. Not for graduate credit. 


451 Stage Costume Technology (3) 
Construction methods and techniques appropriate 
to stage costuming with emphasis on major theat- 
rical periods and productions. (Studio 6) Pre: 351 
or 352 or permission of instructor. May be re- 
peated for a maximum of 6 credits. Not for gradu- 
ate credit. 


455 Advanced Costuming (1-3) 
Individual projects in costume design for studio or 
major productions. Styles and theory related to 


S3aSYNOD 


292 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 


projects; costume sketches and construction. (Inde- 
pendent Study) Pre: 355 or permission of instruc- 
tor. Not for graduate credit. 


463 Special Workshop in Design and Technical 
Theatre (3) 

Techniques related to a specific aspect or style of 
production; e.g., masks, puppetry, wig making, 
sound effects, projections, properties. Normally re- 
lated to a departmental production or special 
project. (Lab. 6) May be repeated for a maximum 
of 6 credits. Not for graduate credit. 


465 Advanced Scene Design (1-3) 

Individual projects in designing scenery for studio 
and major productions. (Studio 2-6) Pre: 365 and 
permission of instructor. Not for graduate credit. 


475 Advanced Stage Lighting (1-3) 

Individual projects in lighting design and control 
for studio and major productions. (Studio 2-6) Pre: 
371 and permission of instructor. Not for graduate 
credit. 


481 Topics in Theatre (3) 
Selected topics in theatre. (Seminar) May be re- 
peated for credit with different topic. 


484 Special Research Project (3) 

An in-depth study of a single critical or historical 
aspect of theatre. The subject is normally related to 
a departmental production. (Independent Study) 
Pre: upper-division standing. May be repeated for a 
maximum of 6 credits. Not for graduate credit. 


University of Rhode Island 
Freshman Seminar (URI) 


Coordinator: Dean Richmond 


101 Traditions and Transformations: A Freshman 
Seminar (1) 

Introduces first-year students to the traditions of 
higher education and academic culture and to sig- 
nificant societal and personal issues that bear on 
developing goals for the undergraduate years. Re- 
quired of all new freshmen and new transfer stu- 
dents with less than 24 credits. May not be re- 
peated for credit. Note: The community service 
component of URI 101 is part of the Feinstein En- 
riching America Program. 


Women’s Studies (WMS) 


150 Introduction to Women’s Studies (3) 
Images of women, the theories and processes of 
socialization, historical perspectives, and implica- 
tions for social change. (Lec. 3) (S) 


210 Introduction to Feminist Theories (3) 
Historical development of feminist thought, the 
exploration of contemporary feminist theories, in- 


cluding African-American, lesbian, Western and 
non-Western perspectives, and the future role of 
feminist theories. (Lec. 3) 


220 Women and the Natural Sciences (3) 

An interdisciplinary perspective on women as prac- 
titioners and subjects of the natural sciences; his- 
tory of women in science; science as a gendered 
discourse. (Lec. 3) (L) 


300 Field Experience in Women’s Studies (3-6) 
Supervised field work allowing students to learn 
through direct personal experience about the back- 
ground, problems, and concerns of particular 
populations of women. (Practicum) Pre: 150 or 210 
or permission of instructor. May be taken or re- 
peated for a maximum of 6 credits. 


310 Race, Class, and Sexuality in Women’s 

Lives (3) 

Interconnections among race, ethnicity, class, and 
sexuality and the impact of sexism, racism, 
classism, and heterosexism on women’s lives are 
investigated. Alliance building among women is 
explored. (Lec. 3) Pre: 150 or 210 or permission of 
instructor. 


330 Feminist Methods (3) 

Distinguishing qualities of feminist methodologies 
are examined, including methods in the social sci- 
ences, humanities, and natural sciences. The inter- 
disciplinary focus of feminist research and the fu- 
ture of feminist methods are considered. (Lec. 3) 
Pre: 210 or permission of instructor. 


333 Women in Irish Society (3) 

Roles of Irish women will be examined through his- 
torical and contemporary writings. The decline of 
women’s power will be investigated and their cur- 
rent status will be assessed, especially in the Repub- 
lic. (Lec. 3) (F) (L) 


350, 351 Special Topics in Women’s Studies 
(1-3) 

Selected areas of study pertinent to women’s stud- 
ies. Instruction may be offered in class seminar or 
tutorial environments according to specific needs 
and purposes. (Lec.) May be repeated with differ- 
ent topic. 


400 Critical Issues and Feminist Scholarship (3) 
Theoretical and value questions in women’s stud- 
ies; impact of feminist scholarship on traditional 
disciplines; feminist theory and research methods 
in selected fields; the future of feminism. (Seminar) 
Pre: 210, 310, 330 and senior standing or permis- 


sion of instructor. 


450 Independent Study (3) 

Advanced work in women’s studies under the di- 
rection of a faculty member affiliated with the 
women’s studies program. (Independent Study) 
Pre: junior or senior standing. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 6 credits. 


490 Advanced Topics in Women’s Studies (1-3) 
Advanced study in topics of special interest in 
Women’s Studies. This course will be conducted as 
a seminar for juniors, seniors and graduate stu- 
dents. Pre: upper-division standing, 210, 310, 330 
or permission of the instructor. (Seminar) May be 
repeated with different topic. 


Writing (WRT) 
Director: Associate Professor Reynolds 


101 Composition (3) 

Practice in the organization of ideas and language 
skills. Emphasizes steps in the writing process and 
responses to readings to develop ability, confi- 
dence, and clarity in writing. (Lec. 3) Not open to 
students who have completed CMS 101. Not for 
major credit in English. (Cw) Last offered summer 
2004. 


104 (101) Writing to Inform and Explain (3) 
Writing emphasizing the sharing of information. 
Varieties and strategies of expository writing for 
differing audiences and situations. Genres may in- 
clude reports, proposals, letters, reviews, websites. 
(Lec. 3) First offered fall 2004. 


105 (101) Forms of College Writing (3) 

Practice in writing papers frequently assigned in 
introductory and general education courses across 
the curriculum. May include summaries, syntheses, 
annotations, reaction papers, text analysis, docu- 
mented thesis-support papers. Emphasizes disci- 
plinary conventions. (Lec. 3) First offered fall 2004. 


106 (101) Writing from Field, Print, and 
Electronic Sources (3) 

Introduction to locating and evaluating a variety of 
sources and integrating them into papers. May in- 
clude observations, interviews, surveys, key word 
and reference data base searches, and traditional 
library research (Lec. 3) First offered fall 2004. 


201 Writing Argumentative and Persuasive 
Texts (3) 

Concepts, methods, and ethics of argumentative 
and persuasive writing. Writing argumentatively to 
examine complex issues, define values, resist coer- 
cion, and seek common ground among diverse 
publics. (Lec. 3) 


227 Business Communications (3) 
Basic business communications forms, group re- 


ports and presentations, effective use of electronic 
mail systems, and design of graphic aids for suc- 
cessful visual communication. (Lec. 3) Open to 
business majors only. (Cw) 


235 Writing in Electronic Environments (3) 
Includes writing with computers; e-mail; Internet; 
text on screen, graphic- and audio-enhanced text; 
desktop publishing; study of document design and 
the history of writing as shaped by technologies. 
(Lec. 3) (Cw) 


302 (301) Writing Culture (3) 

Experience with non-canonical writings that sustain 
or reshape culture. May include profiles and biog- 
raphies, reviews, food and fashion writing, liner 
and exhibition notes. (Lec. 3) 


303 (301) Public Writing (3) 

Writing in the public sphere. Emphasizes civic lit- 
eracy, democratic discourse, and writing for social 
change. May include letters, public documents, 
electronic forums, activist publications, legislative 
texts. (Lec. 3) 


304 (301) Writing for Community Service (3) 
Study and practice of non-academic writing for 
community service organizations. Entails substan- 
tial outreach, teamwork, research, composing, de- 
signing and revision. May include brochures, rec- 
ommendation reports, websites, membership 
packets. Service Learning. (Lec. 3) 


305 (301) Travel Writing (3) 


Writing about places both new and familiar. Em- 
phasis on descriptive techniques, the use of facts, 
and different critical and cultural perspectives. May 
include place journals, book reviews, proposals, 
non-fiction essays. (Lec. 3) 


333 Scientific and Technical Writing (3) 

Practice in specific forms of writing in the scientific 
and technical fields. (Lec. 3) Competence in basic 
skills required. (Cw) 


353 Issues and Methods in Writing Consultancy (3) 
Practice and theory of one-to-one instruction em- 
phasizing varied writing situations and multiple 
learning styles. Covers approaches to collaboration, 
learning, writing and responding. Offers strategies 
for making appropriate writing choices. (Lec. 3) 


435 (or EDC 435) The Teaching of Composition (3) 
Philosophy, materials, and methods underlying the 
teaching of writing with emphasis on current ap- 
proaches including the application of linguistics. 
Offers practice in writing workshop techniques, 
marking, constructing assignment sequences, and 
individualized instruction. (Seminar) Pre: junior 
standing or permission of instructor. 


490 Writing and Rhetoric (3) 

Study emphasizing audience, composing pro- 
cesses, and rhetorical theories, including issues rel- 
evant to writing professionally. (Lec. 3) 


THEATRE/WRITING 293 


512 Studies in Rhetorical Theory (3) 

Emphasis on written discourse and the relation- 
ships among language, epistemology, and subjec- 
tivity. Readings will range from classical to contem- 
porary and will reflect the expanding canon of 
rhetorical theory. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or 
permission of instructor. 


524 Histories and Theories of Writing 

Instruction (3) 

Traces the origins and influences on current writing 
instruction, beginning with composition treatises of 
the 19th century and concluding with an analysis 
of contemporary practices. May include archival 
research. (Lec. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permis- 
sion of instructor. 


645 Seminar in Rhetoric and Composition (3) 
Critical and theoretical conceptions of rhetoric and 
rhetoricality with varying historical periods and/or 
connections to cultural studies, literature, and com- 
position studies. (Seminar) 


647 Seminar in Research Methods: Rhetoric and 
Composition Studies (3) 

Advanced practice in the theory and design of re- 
search projects, emphasizing qualitative and quan- 
titative studies. May include archival research, 
teacher-research, ethnographies, case studies, in- 
terviews, surveys, experiments, and discourse 
analyses. (Seminar) Pre: graduate standing or per- 
mission of instructor. 


999 Methods of Teaching College Writing (0) 
Materials and multiple methods of teaching writing 
on the college level. Required of teaching assistants 
who will teach in the College Writing Program un- 
less waived by the director of English graduate 
studies, the supervisor of teaching assistants, and 
the director of the College Writing Program. 
(Seminar) 


S3aSYNOD 


294 


DIRECTORIES 


Board of Governors 
for Higher Education 


Frank Caprio, Chair 

Dr. Jack R. Warner, Commissioner of 
Higher Education 

Kenneth Aurecchia 

Kenneth Carter 

Miriam Coleman 

Alison DiPetrillo 

James DiPrete 

Jose Gonzalez 

Daniel Issa 


Pierre LaPerriere 
Thomas Rockett 
Daniel Ryan 
Michael Ryan 
Michael Schuster 
Solomon Solomon 
Anne Szostak 


Administration 


President's Office 


Robert L. Carothers, Ph.D., J.D., President 
Michelle S. Curreri, M.A., Assistant to the President 
Catherine J. Sears, B.A., Executive Assistant II 
Andrea Hopkins, B.A., Assistant Vice President of 
Public Affairs 
Abu Bakr, M.S., M.B.A., Acting Assistant to the 
President and co-director Planning Services and 
Professional Development 
Ann Morrissey, M.Ed., Acting Assistant to the 
President and co-director Planning Services and 
Professional Development 
Louis J. Saccoccio, J.D., Legal Counsel 
Robert E. Gillis, M.S., Director, Affirmative Action, 
Equal Opportunity and Diversity 
Roxanne Gomes, M.A., Assistant Director, 
Affirmative Action, Equal Opportunity and 
Diversity 


Office of the Provost 


M. Beverly Swan, Ph.D., Provost and Vice President 
for Academic Affairs 

Clifford H. Katz, Ph.D., Assistant Provost 

Paul B. Gandel, Ph.D., Vice Provost for Information 
Services and Dean of University Libraries 

Janett Trubatch, Ph.D., Vice Provost for Graduate 
Studies, Research, and Outreach 

John H. McCray Jr., Ph.D., Vice Provost for Urban 
Programs 

Judith Swift, M.A., Interim Vice Provost for 
Academic Affairs 


Business and Finance 


Linda Barrett, B.S., Interim Vice President for 
Administration and Director of the Budget 

J. Vernon Wyman, B.S., Assistant Vice President for 
Business Services 

Anne Marie Coleman, J.D., Assistant Vice President 
for Human Resources 

Liliana Costa, B.A., Assistant to Vice President 

Marjorie Harten, C.P.A., M.B.A., University 
Controller 


Thomas Mitchell, M.C.P., Director, W. Alton Jones 
Campus 

Donalda Pare, B.S., Internal Auditor 

Joseph Pittle, M.S., Manager, Conference and Special 
Program Development 


Student Affairs 


Thomas R. Dougan, Ph.D., Vice President 

James Campbell, Ph.D., Director of Counseling 
Center 

Fran Cohen, M.A., Dean of Students 

Kathleen Gianquitti, R.D., M.S., Director of Dining 
Services 

Chad Henderson, M.B.A., Director of Health Services 

Bruce Hamilton, M.S., Director of Memorial Union 

d Student Involvement 

Roberta Koppel, Ph.D., Director of Career Services 

Ron Petro, M.S., Director of Intercollegiate Athletics 

d Recreation 

Melvin Wade, M.A., Director of Multicultural Center 

Paul Whitney, B.A., Director of University Bookstore 

Gerald Williams, M.A., Director of Special Programs 

d Talent Development 

Andrew Winters, M.S., Assistant to the Vice President 

for Student Affairs and Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual 

d Transgender Programs 

Chip Yensan, M.A., M.B.A., Director of Housing and 
Residential Life 


v 


o% 


@ 


o% 


University Advancement 


Robert McClellan Beagle, M.A., Vice Presiden 

Paul H. Witham, M.A., Associate Vice President for 
Development 

Linda A. Acciardo, B.A., Director of Communications 

Michele A. Nota, B.S., Executive Director of Alumni 
Relations 

Mary Patty, B.A., Director of Publications 

John Peltier, B.S., Manager of Advancement Services 

Louise D. Rosarbo, B.A., Director of Athletic 
Development 


Faculty (as of June 20, 2003) 


Faculty Emeriti 
xDenotes graduate faculty 


x Abell, Paul, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 
Abusamra, Ward, M.A., Professor of M usic 
Abushanab, Elie, Ph.D., Professor of Biomedical 

Sciences 
Albert, Luke S., Ph.D., Professor of Botany 
Alexander, Lewis M., Ph.D., Professor of 
Geography 
Allen, Anthony J., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Education 
Alton, Aaron J., Ph.D., Professor of M arketing 
Anderson, Judith L., Ph.D., Professor of 
Communication Studies and Women’s Studies 


Baer, Nadine, B.S., Associate Professor, Library 
Bailey, Richard E., Ph.D., Professor of 
Communication Studies 
Bancroft, J. Whitney, Ph.D., Assistant Professor in 
Cooperative Extension 
Barden, Martha, M.S., Assistant Professor of 
Nursing 
Barnett, Harold, Ph.D., Professor of Economics 
Barron, Robert, M.A., Assistant Professor of 
Mathematics 
Batroukha, M. Dean, Ph.D., Professor of 
Journalism 
Beckman, Carl H., Ph.D., Professor of Plant 
Sciences 
Blood, Linda L., M.S., Assistant Professor of 
Human Development and Family Studies 
xBloomquist, Lorraine E., Ed.D., Professor of 
Physical Education 
Bond, Howard W., Ph.D., Professor of Medicinal 
Chemistry 
xBoothroyd, Geoffrey, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial 
and Manufacturing Engineering 
Bowman, Beverly Hosbrook, M.S., Associate 
Professor of Marketing 
Brainard, Calvin H., Ph.D., Professor of Finance 
and Insurance 
xBriggs, Josiah Morton, Ph.D., Professor of History 
Briggs, Nathalie, B.S., Assistant Professor in the 
Library 
Bromley, James Donald, Ed.D., Professor of 
Resource Development Education 
Brown, Barbara S., M.A., Associate Professor of 
Dental Hygiene 
Brown, James Henry Jr., D.F., Professor of Natural 
Resources Science 
Brown, Phyllis R., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 
Brown, Phyllis Tucker, M.S., Associate Professor of 
Food Science and Technology, Nutrition, and 
Dietetics 
xBumpus, Marguerite J., Ed.D., Professor of 
Education 
xBurke, Sally F., Ph.D., Professor of English and 
Women’s Studies 
Burns, Donald B., M.A., Professor of M usic 
*Cabelli, Victor J., Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry, 
Microbiology, and Molecular Genetics 
Caddick, Jack W., M.S., Associate Professor of 
Plant and Soil Science 
Cain, Joseph Lambert, Professor of Art 
Cain, Matene Rachotes, Professor of Art 
Caldwell, Winifred A., M.A., Associate Professor of 
Speech Communication 
Cameron, Lucille W., M.L.S., Dean of Libraries and 
Associate Professor in the Library 
Campbell, Norman A., Ph.D., Professor of 
Pharmacy Administration 
*Cane, Walter, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English 
Carney, Edward J., Ph.D., Professor of Computer 
Science and Statistics 


Caroselli, Nestor E., Ph.D., Professor of Botany 
Carpenter, Philip Lewis, Ph.D., Professor of 


Microbiology 

Casey, James Edward, Ed.D., Professor of 
Education 

Castro, Concepcion I., Ed.D., Associate Professor 
of Nursing 


Ceo, Joseph S., D.M.A., Professor of M usic 
*Chang, Pei Wen, Ph.D., Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science 
Chartier, Armand B., Ph.D., Professor of French 
Cheer, Clair J., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 
* Coates, Norman, Ph.D., Professor of Management 
*Cohen, Greta L., Ed.D., Professor of Physical 
Education and Exercise Science and Women’s 
Studies 
*Constantinides, Spiros M., Ph.D., Professor of Food 
Science 
Costantino, Robert F., Ph.D., Professor of 
Biological Sciences 
Cooper, Constance E., M.S., Assistant Professor of 
Human Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies 
Cosgrove, Clifford J., Ph.D., Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition 
Crandall, Elizabeth, Ed.D., Dean of the College of 
Home Economics and Professor of Home 
Management 
Crocker, Walter A., Ed.D., Dean, Alan Shawn 
Feinstein College of Continuing Education 
Crooker, Jeannette E., M.S., Associate Professor of 
Physical Education 
Cruickshank, Alexander Middleton, Ph.D., 
Professor of Chemistry 
* Cuddy, Lois, Ph.D., Professor of English and 
Women’s Studies 
Cuomo, Frank, M.S., Professor of Physics 
DelSanto, Frank, Ed.D., Associate Professor of 
Physical Education, Health, and Recreation 
DeLuise, Frank, M.S., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied M echanics 
Demers, Beatrice S., M.A., Professor of French 
x Desjardins, John Scott, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 
Dillavou, George, Ph.D., Professor of Speech 
Communication 
Dirlam, Joel B., Ph.D., Professor of Economics and 
Resource Economics 
Doctor, Wilbur L., Professor of Journalism 
Donovan, Gerald A., Ph.D., Dean of the College of 
the Environment and Life Sciences and 
Professor of Animal Science 
* Doody, Agnes G., Ph.D., Professor of 
Communication Studies 
Dornberg, Otto, Ph.D., Professor of Languages 
Dowdell, Rodger B., Ph.D., Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied Mechanics 
x Driver, Rodney D., Ph.D., Professor of 
Mathematics 
*Duff, Dale Thomas, Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Plant Sciences 
Dunnington, John F., M.L.A., Associate Professor 
of Landscape Architecture 
Durfee, Wayne K., Ph.D., Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science 


BOARD OF GOVERNORS FOR HIGHER EDUCATION/FACULTY EMERITI 


Dymsza, Henry A., Ph.D., Professor of Food Science 
and Nutrition 
xEmery, Joy Spanabel, M.A., Professor of Theatre 
Eshleman, Ruth E., Ed.D., Associate Professor of 
Food Science and Nutrition 
Etchingham, John B., M.L.S., Associate Professor 
in the Library 
Feeney, Marian S., M.S., Professor of Resource 
Economics 
Felbeck, George F., Ph.D., Professor of Natural 
Resources Science 
*Ferrante, William Robert, Ph.D., Justin Smith 
Morrill University Professor, and Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied M echanics 
xFindlay, James F., Jr., Ph.D., Professor of History 
x Fisher, Harold, W., Ph.D, Professor of Chemistry 
and Microbiology 
Fitzelle, George T., Ph.D., Professor of Human 
Development 
xFortin, Jacqueline D., D.N.Sc., Associate Professor 
of Nursing 
Fraenkel, Richard O., M.F.A., Professor of Art 
xFraleigh, John Blackmon, M.A., Professor of 
Mathematics 
*Fuchs, Henry Carl, M.Mus., Professor of M usic 
Gaines, Abner, M.A., Associate Professor in the 
Library 
Garey, Marion A., Ed.D., Associate Professor of 
Nursing 
*Gersuny, Carl, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology 
Gibbs, Geoffrey D., D.M.A., Professor of M usic 
Gilbert, Roland W., M.S., Assistant Professor of 
Natural Resources Science 
Goertemiller, C. Christian, Ph.D., Professor of 
Zoology 
Goff, Robert H., M.S., Associate Dean of the 
College of Engineering, and Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied M echanics 
* Goodman, Leon, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 
*Goos, Roger D., Ph.D., Professor of Botany 
Gould, Walter Philip, Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Natural Resources Science 
Grady, Ethyl R., M.S., Associate Research Professor 
of Home Economics 
*Greene, Helen Finch, Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Human Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies 
Griffiths, Albert E., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Plant and Soil Science 
Gross, Ira, Ph.D., Professor of Psyc! 
Women’s Studies 
Gullason, Thomas Arthur, Ph.D., Professor of 
English 
Gunning, Thomas J., Ed.D., Associate Professor of 
Human Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies 
*Gutchen, Robert M., Ph.D., Professor of History 
Haas, Robert S., M.S., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering 
Hagist, Warren M., M.E., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering 
Hammen, Carl S., Ph.D., Professor of Zoology 
*Harlin, Marilyn, Ph.D., Professor of Biological 
Sciences 


ology and 


295 


Harrison, Robert W., Ph.D., Professor of Zoology 
Hartman, Karl A., Jr., Ph.D., Professor of 
Biochemistry, Microbiology, and Molecular 
Genetics 
Hartt, Kenneth L., Ph.D., Professor of Physics 
Hatch, John Palmer, M.S., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics 
Hauke, Richard L., Ph.D., Professor of Botany 
Heisler, Walter Christoff, Ed.D., Professor of 
Education 
Hellman, Richard, Ph.D., Professor of Economics 
Helms, Patricia Ann, Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design 
Hemmerle, William, Ph.D., Professor of Computer 
Science and Statistics 
Henderson, Bancroft W., Jr., M.S., Associate 
Professor of Animal and Veterinary Science 
Henni, Geza A., M.A., Assistant Professor of 
Physical Education 
x Higa, Misako, Ph.D., Professor of Textiles, Fashion 
Merchandising, and Design 
Hill, Conrad Rolph, Ph.D., Professor of M arketing 
Hills, Mathilda M., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
English and Women’s Studies 
Hindle, Robinson J., Ph.D., Professor of Plant 
Sciences 
Hirsch, Janet I., Ed.D., Professor of Nursing 
Holmsen, Andreas A., Ph.D., Professor of Resource 
Economics 
Houston, Chester W., Ph.D., Professor of 
Microbiology and Director of Medical 
Technology 
Howard, Frank, Ph.D., Professor of Plant 
Pathology— Entomology 
Hull, Richard J., Ph.D., Professor of Plant Sciences 
Humphrey, Alan B., Professor of Management 
Science and Information Systems 
Hyland, Jean S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Languages 
x Hyland, Kerwin Ellsworth, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of 
Zoology 
x Jacobs, Dorothy H., Ph.D., Professor of English 
Jagschitz, John A., M.S., Associate Professor of 
Plant Sciences 
xJeffries, Harry Perry, Ph.D., Professor of 
Oceanography 
Jensen, Patricia, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of 
Library and Information Studies 
Johnson, Karl E., M.L.S., Associate Professor, 
Library 
Kaiman, Evelyn, M.A., Associate Professor in 
Cooperative Extension 
Kellogg, Martha H., M.S.L.S., Associate Professor 
the Library 
Kellogg, Theodore M., Ph.D., Professor of 
Education 
Kelly, Patricia S., Ph.D., Professor of Home 
Economics Education 
Kelly, William F., Ed.D., Professor of Education 
Knauss, John A., Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate 
School of Oceanography and Professor of 
Oceanography 
Kossoff, Ruth Horne, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish 


296 DIRECTORIES 


Kowalski, Tadeusz, Ph.D., Professor of Ocean 
Engineering 
x*Krausse, Gerald H., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
arine Affairs 
Krausse, Sylvia C., M.L.S., Professor, Library 
* Krueger, William H., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Zoology 
*Krul, William R., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Plant 
Sciences 
Kuhn, Ira A., Ph.D., Associate Professor of French 
*Kumekawa, Glenn, M.A., Director of 
ntergovernmental Policy Analysis Program and 
Professor of Community Planning and Area 
Development 
Kupa, John J., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Area Development 
Langdon, Mary L., Associate Professor of Music 
Lapin, Sylvia, M.A., Associate Professor of Human 
Development, Counseling, and Family Studies 
Larmie, Walter Esmond, M.S., Professor of Plant 
and Soil Science 
Lawing, William D., Ph.D., Professor of Industrial 
Engineering and Statistics 
Lawton, Gussie R., M.A., Associate Cooperative 
Extension Professor 
Leathers, Roger K., D.P.E., Associate Professor of 
Physical Education 
x Leduc, Edgar Clarence, Ph.D., Professor of Political 
Science 
Leete, William W., M.F.A., Professor of Art 
xLengyel, Gabriel, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering 
Lepper, Robert, Jr., Ph.D., Dean of the College of 
Arts and Sciences and Professor of Botany 
x Letcher, Stephen Vaughan, Ph.D., Professor of 
Physics 
x Lindgren, Allen G., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering 
xLong, John V., Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Education 
xLott, Albert J., Ph.D., Professor of Psychology and 
Women’s Studies 
xLott, Bernice, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology and 
Women’s Studies 
Luzzi, Louis A., Dean of the College of Pharmacy 
and Ernest M ario Distinguished Professor of 
Pharmaceutics 
MacKenzie, Scott, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 
MacLaine, Allan H., Ph.D., Professor of English 
MacMillan, Robert W., Ph.D., Professor of 
Education 
Malina, Marilyn J., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
English 
Mandell, Barbara, M.A., Associate Professor of 
Physical Education, Health, and Recreation 
Marshall, Nelson, Ph.D., Professor of 
Oceanography and Marine Affairs 
Massey, M. Dorothy, Ed.D., Professor of Physical 
Education, Health, and Recreation 
Mathews, Francis X., Ph.D., Professor of English 
McCabe, Thomas H., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
English 
McCreight, Donald E., Ph.D., Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science 


McElravy, Olive JoAnn, M.S., Associate Professor of 
Nursing 
McEwen, Everett E., D. Eng., Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering 
McGuire, John J., Ph.D., Professor of Plant Sciences 
McGuire, Marion L., Ph.D., Professor of Education 
McKiel, Charles G., M.S., Associate Professor of 
Natural Resources Science 
*McLeavey, Dennis W., D.B.A., Professor of Finance 
and Insurance 
* McNab, Gregory R., Jr., Ph. D., Professor of 
Portuguese 
*Merenda, Peter F., Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 
Metz, William DeWitt, Ph.D., Professor of History 
Middleton, Foster H., Dr.Eng., Professor of Ocean 
Engineering 
Milburn, Josephine F., Ph.D., Professor of Political 
Science 
Millar, Richard l., M.S., Associate Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science 
Miller, Jordan, Ph.D., Professor of English 
* Miller, Robert H., Ph.D., Professor of Natural 
Resources Science 
Morse, Kenneth T., M.S.L.S., Associate Professor, 
Library 
Moultrop, Kendall, M.S., Professor of Civil 
Engineering 
Mueller, Walter C., Ph.D., Professor of Plant 
Sciences 
Murphy, Claire M., Ph.D., Professor of English 
Nagel, Wilma l., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Education 
Nally, Thomas Pomphert, Ph.D., Professor of 
Education 
*Napora, Theodore, Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Oceanography 
Nash, Charles D., Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied M echanics 
x Navascués, Michael, Ph.D., Professor of Hispanic 
Studies 
*Nedwidek, Raymond Albert, Ed.D., Professor of 
Physical Education 
* Nelson, Richard G., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Education 
Newman, Frank, Ph.D., President of the University 
Nichols, D. Edward, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial 
and Manufacturing Engineering 
Noring, Franziska Eleanor, Ph.D., Assistant 
Professor of Consumer Studies and Human 
Development and Family Studies 
Norris, John S., M.Ed., Assistant Professor of 
Physical Education 
O'Leary, John Louis, M.S., Associate Professor of 
Physical Education and Exercise Science 
Parker, Bart C., M.F.A., Professor of Art 
Parker, John, M.S., Associate Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied M echanics 
Pascale, Alfred C., Ed.D., Associate Professor of 
Human Development, Counseling, and Family 
Studies 
Patric, Earl F., Ph.D., Associate Dean of the College 
of Resource Development and Professor of 
Natural Resources Science 


Peck, Austin, J.D., Associate Professor of Business 
Law 
Penhallow, William S., M.S., Professor of Physics 
Petrie, Paul J., Ph.D., Professor of English 
Pickart, Stanley J., Ph.D., Professor of Physics 
*Pilson, Michael E.Q., Ph.D., Professor of 
Oceanography 
Pitterman, Marvin, Ph.D., Professor of Finance and 
surance 
xPolidoro, J. Richard, D.P.E., Professor of Physical 
Education and Exercise Science 
Poon, Calvin Po-Chuen, Ph.D., Professor of Civil 
d Environmental Engineering 
Potter, Nancy A., Ph.D., Professor of English 
Poulsen, Roy G., Ph.D., Professor of Finance and 
surance 
Prince, Mack J., M.S., Associate Professor of 
Electrical Engineering 
Rae, Gwenneth, Ed.D., Professor of Human 
Development and Family Studies 
*Rahn, Kenneth A., Ph.D., Professor of 
Oceanography 
Rand, Arthur Garth, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition 
Rankin, W. Donald, D.M.A., Professor of M usic 
xRayack, Elton, Ph.D., Professor of Economics 
Robinson, Claire S., M.A., Associate Professor of 
Physical Education 
Rockett, Sarah, M.S., Assistant Dean, University 
College 
Rockett, Thomas J., Ph.D., Vice Provost for 
Graduate Studies, Research, and Outreach, and 
Professor of Chemical Engineering 
Rohm, Robert, M.F.A., Professor of Art 
Rorholm, Niels, Ph.D., Professor of Resource 
Economics 
Rosengren, William R., Ph.D., Professor of 
Sociology and Anthropology 
*Rosie, Douglas M., Ph.D., Assistant Provost and 
Professor of Chemistry 
Rothschild, H. Dorothy, Ph.D., Professor of French 
xRoxin, Emilio O., Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 
Russell, Thomas G., B.S., Associate Professor of 
Physical Education for Men 
*Russo, Francis Xavier, Ph.D., Professor of Education 
xSadasiv, Angaraih Ganesan, Ph.D., Professor of 
Electrical Engineering 
xSaila, Saul B., Ph.D., Professor of Oceanography 
d Zoology 
Salomon, Milton, Ph.D., Professor of Food and 
Resource Chemistry 
Salvatore, Lucy V., M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of 
Library Science 
Schmidt, Charles T., Jr., Ph.D., Professor of 
Industrial Relations 
Schneider, Stewart P., M.S., Associate Professor of 
Library Science 
Schoonover, Eric Thomas, A.M., Associate 
Professor of English 
Schroeder, Karen A., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Human Development and Family Studies and of 
Women’s Studies 
Schultz, Beatrice, Ph.D., Professor of 
Communication Studies 


o% 


v 


Schurman, Bernard, Ph.D., Professor of Economics 
Schwartzman, Solomon, Ph.D., Professor of 
Mathematics 
xSeleen, Diane Rae, Ed.D., Associate Professor of 
Physical Education and Exercise Science 
Shaw, Richard J., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Plant Sciences 
Sheehan, James E., M.S., Associate Professor of 
Natural Resources Science 
Sheets, Herman E., Dr. Tech. Sci., Professor of 
Ocean Engineering 
Shen, Randolph, Ph.D., Professor of Management 
Sheridan, Jean, M.L.S., Associate Professor in the 
Library 
Sherman, Arthur L., Ed.D., Associate Professor of 
Physical Education 
Shilling, George David, Ph.D., Professor of 
Chemical Engineering 
Shoop, C. Robert, Ph.D., Professor of Biological 
Sciences 
Sieburth, Janice F., M.L.S., Professor, Library 
xSieburth, John M., Ph.D., Professor of 
Oceanography 
xSillanpoa, Wallace, P., Ph.D, Professor of Italian 
xSilva, Armand J., Ph.D., Professor of Civil and 
Ocean Engineering 
Silvestri, Gino, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History 
Simpson, Kenneth L., Ph.D., Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition 
Slader, Carl Vincent, M.Ed., Professor of Health 
and Physical Education for Men 
Smart, Mollie S., Ph.D., Professor of Child 
Development and Family Relations 
Smith, Charles 1., Ph.D., Professor of M edicinal 
Chemistry 
Smith, Kathleen F., Ed.D., Associate Professor of 
Management 
Smith, Lewis T., Ph.D., Professor of Fisheries, 
Aquaculture, and Pathology 
Smith, Nelson F., Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 
Soderberg, Lanny O., Ph.D., Associate Professor of 
Education 
*Sonstroem, Robert J., Ph.D., Professor of Physical 
Education 
Sorlien, Robert P., Ph.D., Professor of English 
Spaulding, Irving A., Ph.D., Professor of Resource 
Economics and Rural Sociology 
* Spence, John E., Ph.D., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering 
Stockard, Raymond H., B.S., Director of Career 
Planning and Placement 
Stone, Leslie R., M.S., Professor of Physics 
Strommer, Diane W., Ph.D., Dean, University 
College and Special Academic Programs 
Sullivan, Richard E., Associate Professor of 
Education 
xSuryanarayan, E. Ramnath, Ph.D., Professor of 
Mathematics 
x Swift, Elijiah, Ph.D., Professor of Oceanography 
and Biological Sciences 
Tate, Barbara, Ed.D., Dean of the College of 
Nursing and Professor of Nursing 
Test, Frederick L., Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering 


Thompson, Jack, M.S., Associate Professor of 
Journalism 
xTraficante, Daniel D., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 
Traxler, Richard W., Ph.D., Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition and of Biochemistry, 
Microbiology, and Molecular Genetics 
Tremblay, George C., Ph.D., Professor of 
Biochemistry, Microbiology, and Molecular 
Genetics 
xTryon, Jonathan Stedman, J.D., Professor of 
Library and Information Studies 
*Tutt, Ralph M., Jr., Ph.D., Professor of English 
Velletri, Andrew, M.S., Associate Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering 
*Verma, Ghasi Ram, Ph.D., Professor of 
Mathematics 
Viets, Hermann, Ph.D., Dean of the College of 
Engineering 
xViglionese, Paschal, Professor of Italian 
*Vosburgh, William T., Ph.D., Professor of 
Psychology 
Votta, Ferdinand, Jr., D.Engr., Professor of 
Chemical Engineering 
Wakefield, Robert C., Ph.D., Professor of Plant 
Sciences 
Warren, David, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science 
Waters, Harold A., Ph.D., Professor of French 
Weeden, Patricia J., M.S., Associate Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design 
*West, Niels, Ph.D., Professor of Marine Affairs 
Wheelock, Kimber G., M.A., Associate Professor of 
Theatre 
White, Frank Mangrem, Ph.D., Professor of 
Mechanical and Ocean Engineering 
White, Sidney H., Ph.D., Professor of English 
Willis, Jack, M.S., Professor of Physics 
Willoughby, Alan, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 
Wilson, Barbara L., Ed.M., Professor of Dental 
Hygiene 
Wilson, Mason P., Jr., Ph.D., Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering 
Wilson, Philip Hempstead, M.S., Associate 
Professor of Plant Science 
*Wolke, Richard E., Ph.D., Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science 
Wood, Norris P., Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry, 
Microbiology, and Molecular Genetics 
Wood, Porter Shelley, M.A., C.P.A., Professor of 
Accounting 
Wood, Stephen B., Ph.D., Professor of Political 
Science 
Worthen, Leonard R., Ph.D., Associate Dean of 
Pharmacy and Professor of Pharmacognosy 
Wright, William Ray, Ph.D., Professor of Natural 
Resources Science 
Yates, Vance J., Ph.D., Professor of Animal and 
Veterinary Science 
*Young, William, Th.D., Professor of Philosophy 
Zipkowitz, Fay, D.A., Professor of Library and 
Information Studies 


FACULTY EMERITI/FACULTY 297 


Faculty 
Denotes graduate faculty 


First date after title indicates appointment to present 
position; the second date, when the first fails to do so, 
indicates first appointment in the University. 


Accetta, David A., Assistant Professor of Military 
Science, 1996. B.A., 1987, University of 
Rhode Island. 

xAdams, Jerome F., Professor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 2000, 1989. 
B.A., 1968, M.A., 1970, University of 
Windsor; Ph.D., 1989, Purdue University. 

xAdamy, Peter H., Assistant Professor of Education, 
1999. B.A., 1988, Stanford Unversity; M.A., 
1994, University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., 
1999, University of Virginia. 

xAgeloff, Roy, Associate Professor of Management 
Science, 1977, 1972. B.S., 1965, University of 
New York, Buffalo; M.B.A., 1967, University of 
Connecticut; Ph.D., 1975, University of 
Massachusetts. 

xAgostinucci, James, Associate Professor of Physical 
Therapy, 1995, 1992. B.S., 1975, D.Sci., 
1988, Boston University. 

xAkhlaghi, Fatemeh, Assistant Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2000. Pharm.D., 
1990, Ferdousi University of Mashhad, Iran; 
Ph.D., 1996, University of Sydney, Australia. 

xAlbert, Alexa, Professor of Sociology and 
Anthropology, 1997, 1982. B.A., Cedar Crest 
College; M.A., 1971, Lehigh University; Ph.D., 
1978, Bryn Mawr College. 

xAlm, Steven R., Professor of Plant Sciences, 1999, 
1987. B.S., 1976, M.S., 1979, State University 
of New York College of Environmental 
Science and Forestry; Ph.D., 1985, Ohio State 
University. 

xAmador, Jose A., Professor of Natural Resources 
Science, 2001, 1992. B.S., 1982, M.S., 1986, 
Ph.D., 1990, Cornell University. 

xAnderson, Christopher M., Assistant Professor of 
Environmental and Natural Resource Economics, 
2000. B.S., 1996, Brown University; Ph.D., 
2000, California Institute of Technology. 

xAnderson, James L., Professor of Environmental and 
Natural Resource Economics, 1994, 1983. B.S., 
1976, College of William and Mary; M.S., 
1978, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 1983, 
University of California, Davis. 

xAnderson, Joan Gray, Professor of Consumer 
Studies and Human Development and Family 
Studies, 1997, 1984. B.S., 1971, University of 
Massachusetts; M.S., 1975, Cornell 
University; Ph.D., 1984, University of 
California, Davis. 

xArakelian, Paul G., Professor of English, 1993, 
1976. B.A., 1969, California State University, 
Los Angeles; Ph.D., 1975, Indiana University. 


298 DIRECTORIES 


Archambault, Raoul, Professor of Military Science, 
1995. B.S., 1979, State University of New 
York, Albany; M.A., 1980, Central Michigan 
University; M.A., 1991, Salve Regina 
University; M.A., 1991, Naval War College. 

xAriew, Andre I., Associate Professor of Philosophy, 
2003, 1997. B.A., 1990, M.A., 1993, Ph.D., 
1997, University of Arizona. 

xArmstrong, Charles P., Professor of Management 
Science and Information Systems, 1981, 1971. 
B.S., 1961, M.B.A., 1965, University of Illinois; 
Ph.D., 1973, University of Arizona 

Armstrong, Gordon S., Associate Professor of 
Theatre, 1987, 1983. B.A., 1965, University 
of Victoria; M.A., 1970, Ph.D., 1975, 
University of California, Berkeley. 

xAronian, Sona, Professor of Russian and Women’s 
Studies, 1987, 1970. A.B., 1960, Boston 
University; Ph.D., 1971, Yale University. 

xAtash, Farhad, Professor of Community Planning 
and Area Development, 1999, 1985. B.S., 
1976, M.S., 1978, Tehran University; MRCP, 
1981, Kansas State University; Ph.D., 1986, 
Rutgers-The State University. 

xAugust, Peter V., Professor of Natural Resources 
Science and Director of Coastal Institute, 1995, 
1989. B.S., 1974, University of San Diego; 
M.S., 1976, Texas Tech University; Ph.D., 
1981, Boston University. 

Babson, John R., Associate Professor of Biomedical 
Sciences and Cell and Molecular Biology, 1992, 
1988. B.A., 1975, University of 
Massachusetts; Ph.D., 1980, Oregon State 
University. 

Bajcz, William J. Jr., Assistant Professor of Military 
Science, 2000. B.A., 1989, Slippery Rock 
University. 

xBallard, Robert D., Professor of Oceanography, 
2002. B.S., 1965, University of California, 
Santa Barbara; Ph.D., 1974, University of 
Rhode Island. 

x Ballinger, Debra A., Associate Professor of Physical 
Education and Exercise Science, 2000. B.A., 
1972, Elmhurst College; M.A., 1976, 
University of South Florida; M.C., 1987, 
Ph.D., 1987, Arizona State University. 

x Barber, Stephen M., Associate Professor of English, 
2003, 1997. B.A., 1988, Trent University; 
M.A., 1990, Carleton University, Ottawa; 
Ph.D., 1995, York University. 

Barbour, Marilyn McFarland, Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1997, 1983. Pharm.D., 
1982, University of California, San Francisco. 

Barnett, Judith B., Professor, Library, 1992, 1971. 
A.B., 1959, Barnard College; M.L.S., 1962, 
Drexel University. 

x Barnett, Stanley M., Professor of Chemical 
Engineering, Food Science and Technology, and 
Pharmaceutics, 1980, 1969. B.A., 1957, 
Columbia College; B.S., 1958, Columbia 
University; M.S., 1959, Lehigh University; 
Ph.D., 1963, University of Pennsylvania. 


*Baudet, Gerard M., Associate Professor of 
Computer Science, 1987. Eng. Deg., 1970, 
Ecole Polytechnique, Doctorat, 1973, 
University of Paris VI; Ph.D., 1978, Carnegie 
Mellon University. 

x Baxter, Christopher D.P., Assistant Professor of 
Ocean Engineering and Civil Engineering, 2000. 
B.S., 1990, Tufts University; M.S., 1994, 
Purdue University; Ph.D., 1999, Virginia 
Polytechnic Institute and State University. 

x Beauregard, Raymond A., Professor of 
Mathematics, 1982, 1968. A.B., 1964, 
Providence College; M.S., 1966, Ph.D., 1968, 
University of New Hampshire. 

Beauvais, Laura, Professor of Management, 1999, 
1984. B.S., 1979, College of Charleston; 
Ph.D., 1987, University of Tennessee. 

Beckman, Judy K., Associate Professor of 
Accounting, 1998, 1992. B.S., 1981, Bentley 
College; Ph.D., 1991, Texas Tech University; 
C.P.A. 

xBengtson, David A., Professor of Fisheries, Animal 
and Veterinary Science, 2000, 1988. A.B., 
1971, Boston University; M.S., 1974, Ph.D., 
1982, University of Rhode Island. 

Berman, Allan, Professor of Psychology, 1976, 
1968. B.A., 1962, University of 
Massachusetts; M.Ed., 1963, Boston 
University; Ph.D., 1968, Louisiana State 
University. 

Bibb, Harold D., Associate Dean of the Graduate 
School and Professor of Biological Sciences, 
1995, 1978. B.A., 1962, Knox College; M.S., 
1964, Ph.D., 1969, University of lowa. 

Bide, Martin J., Professor of Textiles, Fashion 
Merchandising, and Design, 1997, 1991. 
B.Tech., 1974, Ph.D., 1979, University of 
Bradford, United Kingdom. 

Biller, Henry B., Professor of Psychology, 1975, 
1970. A.B., 1962, Brown University; Ph.D., 
1967, Duke University. 

xBlanpied, Peter R., Associate Professor of Physical 
Therapy, 1995, 1989. B.S., 1979, Ithaca 
College; M.S., 1982, University of North 
Carolina; Ph.D., 1989, University of lowa. 

xBlissmer, Bryan J., Assistant Professor of Physical 
Education and Exercise Science, 2000. B.S., 
1996, University of Illinois; M.S., 1997, Miami 
University, Ohio; Ph.D., 2000, University of 
Illinois. 

x Boatright-Horowitz, Susan L., Assistant Professor 
of Psychology, 2000, 1992. B.S., 1979, 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., 1992, 
City University of New York. 

x*Bodah, Matthew M., Associate Professor of Labor 
and Industrial Relations and Coordinator of 
Research, Labor Research Center, 2002, 1992. 
B.A., 1985, Providence College; M.S., 1988, 
University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1996, 
Michigan State University. 


xBoothroyd, Jon C., Professor of Geosciences, 1986, 
1975. B.A., 1962, University of New 
Hampshire; M.S., 1972, University of 
Massachusetts; Ph.D., 1974, University of 
South Carolina. 

xBose, Arijit, Professor of Chemical Engineering, 
1992, 1982. B.Tech., 1976, Indian Institute of 
Technology; Ph.D., 1981, University of 
Rochester. 

*Boudreaux-Bartels, Gloria F., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1993, 1983. B.S., 1974, 
University of Southwestern Louisiana; M.S., 
1980, Ph.D., 1983, Rice University. 

xBoulmetis, John, Professor of Education, 1997, 
1977. B.A., 1971, M.A., 1973, University of 
Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1982, Ohio State 
University. 

xBoving, Thomas B., Assistant Professor of 
Geosciences, 1999. B.S., 1989, Diplom., 1993, 
University of Tübingen, Germany; Ph.D., 
1999, University of Arizona. 

xBowleg, Lisa, Assistant Professor of Psychology, 
1998. B.S., 1988, Georgetown University; 
M.A., 1991, M.A., 1997, Ph.D., 1997, George 
Washington University. 

xBoyle, Edmund J., Associate Professor of 
Accounting, 1994, 1988. B.S., 1976, Boston 
College; M.B.A., 1979, Northeastern 
University; Ph.D., 1990, Pennsylvania State 
University; C.P.A. (New York). 

x Bradley, Terence M., Professor of Fisheries, Animal 
and Veterinary Science and of Cell and 
Molecular Biology, 1996, 1983. B.S., 1977, St. 
John’s University; M.S., 1979, University of 
Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Idaho. 

xBrady, Susan A., Professor of Psychology, 1995, 
1989. B.A., 1970, Miami University; M.A., 
1972, Ph.D., 1975, University of Connecticut. 

Branch, Katherine B., Associate Professor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 2003, 1997. 
B.A., 1984, M.A., 1987, Ohio State University; 
Ph.D., 1997, Indiana University. 

x Brittingham, Barbara, Professor of Education, 
1993, 1973. B.S., 1967, M.S., 1969, Ph.D., 
1973, lowa State University. 

Brown, Christopher W., Professor of Chemistry, 
1976, 1968. B.S., 1960, M.S., 1962, Xavier 
University; Ph.D., 1967, University of 
Minnesota. 

Brown, Deborah G., R.N., Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1982, 1979. B.S., 1971, Duke 
University; M.S., 1979, University of Rhode 
Island; M.A., 1985, Brown University. 

Brown, Richard, Professor of Materials and 
Chemical Engineering, 1991, 1981. B.Sc., 
1974, University of Nottingham, England; 
Ph.D., 1977, University of Cambridge, 
England. 

Brownell, Winifred E., Dean of the College of Arts 
and Sciences and Professor of Communication 
Studies, 1989, 1977. B.A., 1967, M.A., 1970, 
Ph.D., 1973, State University of New York, 
Buffalo. 


Budnick, Frank S., Professor of Management 
Science, 1982, 1971. B.S., 1966, Rutgers-The 
State University; M.B.A., 1968, D.B.A., 1973, 
University of Maryland. 

Bullock, Robert Craig, Associate Dean of the 
College of Arts and Sciences and Professor of 
Biological Sciences, 1990, 1974. B.S., 1966, 
Gordon College; M.S., 1968, University of 
Maine; A.M., 1970, Ph.D., 1972, Harvard 
University. 

Burbank, Patricia M., Professor of Nursing, 2000, 
1982. B.S., 1974, University of Rhode Island; 


M.S., 1975, D.N.Sc., 1988, Boston University. 


Burkett, John P., Professor of Economics, 1992, 
1981. B.A., 1971, Cornell University; M.A., 
1976, Ph.D., 1981, University of California, 
Berkeley. 

Burkhardt, Joanna M., Associate Professor, Library, 
1998, 1992. B.A., 1975, M.A., 1981, 
University of Wisconsin, Madison; M.L.S., 
1986, University of Rhode Island. 

x Burroughs, Richard, Professor of M arine Affairs, 
1995, 1989. B.S., 1969, Princeton University; 
Ph.D., 1975, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology and Woods Hole Oceanographic 
Institution. 

x Byrd, David M., Professor of Education, 1997, 
1989. B.S., 1972, State University of New 
York, Brockport; M.A., 1976, State University 
of New York, Cortland; Ph.D., 1980, Syracuse 
University. 

*Cain, J. Allan, Professor of Geosciences, 1971, 
1966. B.Sc., 1958, University of Durham, 
U.K.; M.S., 1960, Ph.D., 1962, Northwestern 
University. 

Calabro, Richard P., Professor of Art, 1982, 1968. 
A.A.S., 1958, State University of New York; 
B.L.A., 1961, University of Georgia; M.F.A., 
1968, Pennsylvania State University. 

* Caldwell, Marjorie J., Professor of Food Science and 
Nutrition, 1992, 1972. B.S., 1960, University 
of Washington; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1972, 
Cornell University. 

* Campbell, Josie P., Professor of English, Alan 
Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing 
Education, and Women’s Studies, 1985, 1972. 
B.A., 1965, Dickinson College; M.S., 1968, 
University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1972, 
Pennsylvania State University. 

* Cappello, Mary C., Professor of English, 2001, 
1991. B.A., 1982, Dickinson College; M.A., 
1985, Ph.D., 1988, State University of New 
York, Buffalo. 

*Carey, Steven N., Professor of Oceanography, 
2000, 1987. B.S., 1975, University of 
Massachusetts; Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Caron, Michael F., Assistant Professor of Pharmacy 
Practice, 2002. B.S., 1997, Pharm.D., 1999, 
Massachusetts College of Pharmacy. 


Carothers, Robert L., President and University 
Professor, 1991. B.S., 1965, Edinboro 
University; M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, Kent 
State University; J.D., 1980, McDowell 
School of Law, University of Akron. 

*Carrano, Frank M., Professor of Computer Science, 
1998, 1969. B.A., 1964, Harpur College; 
M.S., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, Syracuse University. 

*Carrington, Emily C., Associate Professor of 
Biological Sciences, 2003, 1996. B.A., 1985, 
Cornell University; Ph.D., 1992, Stanford 
University. 

xCarroll, Leo, Professor of Sociology, 1982, 1972. 
A.B., 1963, Providence College; M.A., 1964, 
Fordham University; Ph.D., 1974, Brown 
University. 

*Carson, C. Herbert, Associate Professor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1993, 1986. B.S., 
1968, State University College at Geneseo; 
M.S., 1973, Rochester Institute of 
Technology; M.L.S., 1976, Ph.D., 1988, 
Syracuse University. 

* Casagrande, Richard A., Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 1989, 1976. B.S., 1969, Rutgers-The 
State University; M.S., 1972, Ph.D., 1975, 
Michigan State University. 

*Chandlee, Joel M., Associate Professor of Plant 
Sciences and of Cell and Molecular Biology, 
1994, 1988. B.A., 1978, Rutgers-The State 

University; Ph.D., 1984, North Carolina State 

University. 

*Chelidze, David, Assistant Professor of Mechanical 

Engineering, 2000. M.S.E., 1992, Georgian 

Technical University; M.S., 1995, Southern 

Illinois University; Ph.D., 2000, Pennsylvania 

State University. 

*Chen, Guo-Ming, Professor of Communication 

Studies, 2000, 1989. B.A., 1977, Chinese 

Culture University, Taiwan; M.A., 1983, 

University of New Mexico; Ph.D., 1987, Kent 

State University. 

*Chen, Shaw K., Professor of Management Science 
and Information Systems, 1997, 1986. B.A., 
1974, National Chechchi University; M.A., 
1978, Taiwan University; Ph.D., 1988, 
University of Michigan. 

*Chichester, Clinton O., Ill, Professor of Biomedical 
Sciences, 2001, 1981. B.S., 1973, University of 

California, Riverside; M.S., 1977, Ph.D., 1980, 

University of Rhode Island. 

*Cho, Bongsup P., Associate Professor of Biomedical 

Sciences, 1997, 1991. B.S., 1977, M.S., 1979, 
Yonsei University; Ph.D., 1985, University of 
Illinois. 

*Ciccomascolo, Lori E., Assistant Professor of 

Physical Education and Exercise Science, 2002. 
B.S., 1992, M.S., 1995, Southern Connecticut 
State University; Ed.D., 2001, Boston 
University. 

*Clark, Dean S., Professor of Mathematics, 1995, 
1984. B.A., 1965, Franklin and Marshall 
College; M.A., 1972, Brown University; M.S., 
1974, University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 
1978, Brown University. 


FACULTY 299 


*Clark, Phillip G., Professor of Human Development 
and Family Studies, 1994, 1981. A.B., 1971, 
M.S., 1976, Sc.D., 1979, Harvard University. 

*Cobb, J. Stanley, Professor of Biological Sciences, 
1981, 1970. B.A., 1964, Harvard University; 
Ph.D., 1969, University of Rhode Island. 

*Cohen, Jerry L., Professor of Psychology, 1989, 
1980. B.S., 1968, Pennsylvania State 
University; M.A., 1971, Ph.D., 1973, 
University of Illinois. 

*Cohen, Joel A., Professor of History, 1979, 1965. 
B.A., 1960, University of Rhode Island; M.A., 
1962, Ph.D., 1967, University of Connecticut. 

*Cohen, Paul Sidney, Professor of Cell and 
Molecular Biology, 1975, 1966. A.B., 1960, 
Brandeis University; A.M., 1962, Ph.D., 1964, 
Boston University. 

*Cohen, Stewart, Professor of Human Development 
and Family Studies, 1978, 1972. B.A., 1961, 
City College of New York; M.S., 1963, 
University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., 1967, Purdue 
University. 

*Collie, Jeremy S., Professor of Oceanography, 
2001, 1993. B.Sc., 1980, University of York, 
England; Ph.D., 1985, Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology and Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution. 

*Collyer, Charles E., Professor of Psychology, 1991, 
1976. B.A., 1971, McMaster University; M.A., 
1974, Ph.D., 1976, Princeton University. 

* Comerford, Robert A., Professor of Management, 
1985, 1975. B.A., 1970, M.B.A., 1972, Ph.D., 
1976, University of Massachusetts. 

*Conley, Mark, Assistant Professor of Music, 2000, 
1997. B.M., 1987, University of Illinois; M.M. 
(choral conducting), 1991, M.M. (vocal 
performance), 1991, University of Michigan. 

*Cook, Nancy S., Associate Professor of English, 
1999, 1995. A.B., 1985, Occidental College; 
Ph.D., 1991, State University of New York, 
Buffalo. 

* Cooper, Elizabeth A., Professor of Management, 
1999, 1985. B.A., 1979, McGill University; 
M.A., 1983, Ph.D., , University of Akron. 

*Cornillon, Peter C., Professor of Oceanography, 
1990, 1981. B.S., 1968, Ph.D., 1973, Cornell 
University. 

*Costa-Pierce, Barry A., Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science and Director of 
Rhode Island Sea Grant, 2001. B.A., 1976, 
Drew University; M.S., 1980, University of 
Vermont; Ph.D., 1984, University of Hawaii. 

Costello, Barbara J., Associate Professor of 
Sociology, 2003, 1999. B.A., 1986, University 
of Rhode Island; M.A., 1989, Ph.D., 1994, 
University of Arizona. 

Creed, W.E. Douglas, Associate Professor of 
Management, 2003. B.A., 1979, Yale 
University; M.A., 1981, Yale Divinity School; 
M.B.A., 1989, Ph.D., 1994, University of 
California, Berkeley. 


300 DIRECTORIES 


x*Croasdale, William, Professor of Education, 1982, 
1965. B.S., 1959, University of Rhode Island; 
M.S., 1962, University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., 
1966, Teachers College, Columbia University. 

*Cunnigen, Donald, Associate Professor of 
Sociology, 1999, 1993. B.A., 1974, Tougaloo 
College; M.A., 1976, University of New 
Hampshire; A.M., 1979, Ph.D., 1988, Harvard 
University. 

Dain, Joel A., Professor of Chemistry, 1973, 1962. 
B.S., 1953, University of Illinois; Ph.D., 1957, 
Cornell University. 

Daly, James Caffrey, Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1983, 1969. B.S., 1960, 
University of Connecticut; M.E.E., 1962, 
Ph.D., 1967, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 

Danis, Ann, Associate Professor of Music, 2001, 
1995. B.Mus., 1969, M.Mus., 1971, New 
England Conservatory, Boston. 

Dash, Gordon H., Jr., Associate Professor of 
Finance, 1979, 1974. B.A., 1968, Coe College; 
M.B.E., 1974, D.B.A., 1978, University of 
Colorado. 

x Datseris, Philip, Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1989, 
1977. B.S., 1973, M.S., 1974, M.Phil., 1976, 
Ph.D., 1977, Columbia University. 

x Datta, Dilip K., Professor of Mathematics, 1981, 
1967. B.S., 1958, Gauhati University; M.A., 
1960, Ph.D., 1963, Delhi University. 

*DeAlteris, Joseph T., Professor of Fisheries, Animal 
and Veterinary Science, 1995, 1989. B.A., 
1968, Rutgers-The State University; M.A., 
1973, Ph.D., 1986, College of William and 
Mary. 

*Deeney, Theresa A., Assistant Professor School of 
Education, 2001. B.S., 1980, Fitchburg State 
College; M.S., 1987, University of 
Massachusetts, Boston; Ed.D., 1997, Harvard 
University Graduate School of Education. 

Della Bitta, Albert J., Professor of Marketing, 1981, 
1971. B.S., 1964, University of Connecticut; 
M.B.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1971, University of 
Massachusetts. 

xdeLodzia, George, Professor of Management, 
1975, 1970. B.A., 1956, City College of New 
York; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1969, Syracuse 
University. 

xde los Heros, Susana, Associate Professor of 
Spanish, 2002, 1997. B.A., 1988, Pontificia 
Universidad, Catolica del Peru; M.A., 1992, 
Ph.D., 1997, University of Pittsburgh. 

x deMesquita, Paul J.B., Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1996. B.S., 1970, University of 
South Florida; M.S., 1973, Indiana University; 
Ph.D., 1987 University of Texas, Austin. 

* Dempsey, John David, Professor of Music, 1982, 
1973. B.M., 1963, Baldwin-Wallace College; 
M.M., 1964, Eastman School of Music, 
University of Rochester. 


Derbyshire, Madeline (Lynne), Associate Professor 
of Communication Studies, 2003, 1997. B.A., 
1972, State University of New York College, 
Buffalo; M.A., 1976, State University of New 
York College, Buffalo; Ph.D, 1997, University 
of Maryland. 

Devin, Robin B., Professor, Library, 1997, 1980. 
B.A., 1970, M.L.S., 1971, University of 
Wisconsin; M.A., 1984, University of Rhode 
Island; Ph.D., 1995, University of 
Connecticut. 

Devlin, L. Patrick, Professor of Communication 
Studies, 1978, 1967. B.A., 1961, William 
Patterson College; M.A., 1963, Columbia 
University; Ph.D., 1968, Wayne State 
University. 

*Dewhurst, Peter, Professor of Industrial and 
Manufacturing Engineering, 1985. B.S., 1970, 
M.S., 1971, Ph.D., 1973, University of 
Manchester. 

*Dholakia, Nikhilesh, Professor of Marketing, 1984, 
1981. B.Tech., 1969, Indian Institute of 
Technology, New Delhi; M.B.A., 1971, Indian 
Institute of Management, Ahmedabad; Ph.D., 
1975, Northwestern University. 

*Dholakia, Ruby Roy, Director of Research Institute 
for Telecommunications and Information 
Marketing and Professor of Marketing, 1984, 
1981. B.S., 1967, M.B.A., 1969, University of 
California, Berkeley; Ph.D., 1976, 
Northwestern University. 

D'Hondt, Steven L., Professor of Oceanography, 
2000, 1989. B.Sc., 1984, Stanford University; 
M.A., 1986, Ph.D., 1990, Princeton 
University. 

Dilworth, Robert P., Professor of Art, 1999, 1996. 
B.A., 1973, Rhode Island School of Design; 
M.F.A., 1976, School of the Art Institute of 
Chicago. 

x DiPippo, Lisa Cingiser, Assistant Professor of 
Computer Science, 1999. B.S., 1987, Lafayette 
College; M.S., 1991, Ph.D., 1995, University 
of Rhode Island. 

Donnelly, Dorothy F., Professor of English, 1985, 
1965. B.A., 1963, University of Rhode Island; 
A.M., 1965, Brown University; Ph.D., 1979, 
Brandeis University. 

*Dufault, Marlene, Associate Professor of Nursing, 
1996, 1990. B.S., 1970, Alverno College; 
M.S., 1976, University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 
1983, University of Connecticut. 

x Dufresne, Robert L., Professor of Pharmacy 
Practice, 2003, 1990. B.S., 1980, M.S., 1985, 
Ph.D., 1989, 1990, University of Rhode 
Island. 

*Dugal, Sanjiv, Associate Professor of Management, 
1995, 1991. B.A., 1969, St. Stephen's 
College, Delhi University; M.Economics, 
1971, Delhi School of Economics; M.B.A., 
1985, Ph.D., 1991, University of 
Massachusetts. 

Dunn, John, Associate Professor of Management, 
1990, 1983. A.B., 1974, Boston College; J.D., 
1977, Boston College Law School. 


Durand, Alain-Philippe, Assistant Professor of 
French, 1999. B.A., 1992, Emporia State 
University; M.A., 1994, M.A., 1995, University 
of Kansas; Ph.D., 1999, University of North 
Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

x Durbin, Edward G., Professor of Oceanography, 
1993, 1980. B.Sc., 1968, M.Sc., 1969, 
Auckland University; Ph.D., 1976, University 
of Rhode Island. 

Dvorak, Wilfred P., Associate Dean of the College 
of Arts and Sciences and Professor of English, 
1992, 1968. B.A., 1962, Loras College; M.A., 
1964, Kansas State University; Ph.D., 1972, 
Indiana University. 

xEaton, Elizabeth Gale, Associate Professor of 

Library and Information Studies, 1994, 1990. 

A.B., 1969, Smith College; M.L.S., 1974, 

University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1990, 

University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

x Eaton, Nancy, Associate Professor of Mathematics, 

1998, 1992. B.A., 1985, State University of 

New York, New Paltz; Ph.D., 1992, Emory 

University. 

x Eichinger, Joanne, Professor of Education, 2001, 

1998. B.S., 1974, M.S., 1978, State University 

College at Buffalo; Ph.D., 1988, Syracuse 

University. 

xEllis, M. Kathleen, Assistant Professor of Physical 
Education and Exercise Science, 2002. B.A., 
1989, University of North Carolina; M.Ed., 
1991, Bowling Green State University; Ph.D., 
2001, Michigan State University. 

xEnglander, Larry, Associate Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 1981, 1972. B.S., 1964, 
Pennsylvania State University; M.S., 1967, 
Cornell University; Ph.D., 1973, Oregon State 
University. 

xEnglish, Catherine, Associate Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, 1994, 1985. B.A., 1975, 
Boston University; M.S., 1982, University of 
Vermont; Ph.D., 1993, University of 
Connecticut. 

Erickson, Lars O., Assistant Professor of French, 
2001. B.A., 1989, Hamline University; M.A., 
1994, Ph.D., 1998, University of North 
Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

xEuler, William B., Professor of Chemistry, 1993, 
1982. B.S., 1976, G.P.A., 1979, University of 
Wisconsin, LaCrosse; Ph.D., 1979, G.P.A., 
1982, Florida State University. 

*Faghri, Mohammad, Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1989, 
1983. B.S., 1969, M.S., 1970, University of 
California, Berkeley; Ph.D., 1973, Oregon 
State University. 

Farmer, David M., Dean of the Graduate School of 
Oceanography and Professor of Oceanography, 
2001. B.A., 1967, M.S., 1969, McGill 
University; Ph.D., 1972, University of British 
Columbia. 

xFasching, James L., Professor of Chemistry, 1979, 
1969. B.S., 1964, North Dakota State 
University; S.M., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 


xFastovsky, David E., Professor of Geosciences, 
1997, 1986. B.S., 1977, Reed College; M.S., 
1981, University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., 
1986, University of Wisconsin. 

xFaust, David, Professor of Psychology, 1994, 1989. 
B.A., 1974, Alfred University; M.A., 1977, 
Ph.D., 1979, Ohio University. 

*Favazza, Antoinette E., Professor of Education, 
2001, 1998. B.A., 1971, University of Miami; 
M.A., 1975, Glasboro State College; Ph.D., 
1983, Johns Hopkins University. 

xFay Wolfe, Victor, Professor of Computer Science, 
2002, 1991. B.S.E., 1983, Tufts University; 
M.S.E., 1986, Ph.D., 1991, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Feather, Roberta Brown, Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1981, 1973. B.S., 1963, M.S., 1965, 
University of North Carolina; D.Ed., 1980, 
Boston University. 

Feld, Marcia, Professor of Community Planning and 
Area Development, 1988, 1975. B.A., 1956, 
Brooklyn College, CUNY; M.C.P., 1959, 
University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., 1973, 
Harvard University. 

Feldman, Marshall M., Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Area Development, 
1993, 1987. B.S., 1968, M.Eng., 1969, 
Cornell University; Ph.D., 1981, University of 
California, Los Angeles. 

Ferguson, Earline R., Assistant Professor of 
History, 2000. B.A., 1974, M.A., 1989, Ph.D., 
1997, Indiana University. 

Ferszt, Ginette G., Associate Professor of Nursing, 
2003, 1994. B.A., 1974, Central Connecticut 
State College; M.S.N., 1978, University of 
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., 2000, University of 
Rhode Island. 

x Fey-Yensan, Nancy, AssociateProfessor of Nutrition 
and Food Science, 2002, 1996. B.S., 1978, 
M.S., 1984, Ph.D., 1995, University of 
Connecticut. 

xFinizio, Norman J., Professor of Mathematics, 
1994, 1963. B.S., 1960, M.S., 1962, 
University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1972, 
Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences, 
New York University. 

xFischer, Godi, Professor of Electrical Engineering, 
1998, 1991. M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1985, Swiss 
Federal Institute of Technology. 

xFlorin, Paul Richard, Professor of Psychology, 1993, 
1981. B.A., 1974, Villanova University; Ph.D., 
1981, George Peabody College of Vanderbilt 
University. 

Forrester, Graham E., Associate Professor of 
Biological Sciences, 2002, 1999. B.S., 1985, 
University of Wales; M.S., 1988, University of 
Sydney; Ph.D., 1992, University of New 
Hampshire. 

x Foster, Cheryl A., Professor of Philosophy, 2002, 
1992. B.A., 1983, Bowdoin College; M.A., 
1986, University of Chicago; Ph.D., 1992, 
University of Edinburgh. 


Foster, Howard H., Jr., Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Area Development, 
1973, 1963. B.A., 1959, Harvard University; 
M.C.P., 1963, Yale University; Ph.D., 1970, 
Cornell University. 

Freeman, David L., Professor of Chemistry, 1988, 
1976. B.S., 1967, University of California, 
Berkeley; Ph.D., 1972, Harvard University. 

*Gandel, Paul B., Vice Provost for Information 
Services and Dean of University Libraries and 
Professor of Library and Information Studies, 
1999, 1997. B.A., 1969, M.F.A., 1973, State 
University of New York at Buffalo; M.A., 1978, 
University of Wisconsin, Madison; Ph.D., 
1986, Syracuse University. 

*Gates, John M., Professor of Environmental and 
Natural Resource Economics, 1982, 1969. B.S., 
1962, McGill University; M.S., 1965, 
University of Connecticut; Ph.D., 1969, 
University of California, Berkeley. 

*Genest, Marc A., Associate Professor of Political 
Science, 1996, 1991. B.A., 1980, University of 
Rhode Island; M.A., 1982, Ph.D., 1992, 
Georgetown University. 

George, Timothy S., Associate Professor of History, 
2002, 1998. B.A., 1977, Stanford University; 
M.A., 1984, University of Hawaii; M.A., 1993, 
Ph.D., 1996, Harvard University. 

*Gerber, Leonard E., Associate Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, 1991, 1981. A.B., 1974, 
Columbia University; Ph.D., 1979, University 
of Illinois. 

*Ghonem, Hamouda, Distinguished Engineering 
Professor of Mechanical Engineering and 
Applied Mechanics, 1997, 1981. B.Eng., 1969, 
Alexandria University (Egypt); M.S., 1976, 
Ph.D., 1978, McGill University. 

*Gilton, Donna, Associate Professor of Library and 
Information Studies, 1998, 1992. B.A., 1972, 
M.S., 1975, Simmons College; Ph.D., 1988, 
University of Pittsburgh. 

xGinis, Isaac, Professor of Oceanography, 2003, 
1993. M.S., 1977, Kabardino-Balkar State 
University, Russia; Ph.D., 1986, Institute of 
Experimental Meteorology, Russia. 

xGititi, Gitahi, Professor of English and African and 
Afro-American Studies, 2002, 1991. B.Ed., 
1978, Kenyatta University; M.A., 1980, 
University of Nairobi, Kenya; Ph.D., 1990, 
University of Minnesota. 

xGitlitz, David M., Professor of Spanish, 1988. B.A., 
1963, Oberlin College; M.A., 1964, Ph.D., 
1968, Harvard University. 

*Gold, Arthur J., Professor of Natural Resources 
Science, 1993, 1983. B.S., 1973, M.S., 1978, 
University of Michigan; Ph.D., 1983, 
Michigan State University. 

Goldsmith, Marian R., Professor of Biological 
Sciences and of Cell and Molecular Biology, 
1995, 1983. B.A., 1964, University of 
Rochester; Ph.D., 1970, University of 
Pennsylvania. 


FACULTY 301 


*Golet, Francis C., Professor of Natural Resources 
Science, 1991, 1972. B.A., 1967, Brown 
University; M.S., 1969, Cornell University; 
Ph.D., 1973, University of Massachusetts. 

*Gomez-Chiarri, Marta, Associate Professor of 

Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 2003, 

1997. B.S., 1988, Ph.D., 1992, Universidad 

Complutense, Madrid. 

Gonzalez, M. Liliana, Assistant Professor of 

Statistics, 2000. B.S., 1977, Quindio 

University; M.S., 1981, University of Houston; 

Ph.D., 1991, University of Wyoming. 

*Gordon, William R., Jr., Associate Professor of 

arine Affairs, 1995, 1991. B.A., 1977, 
University of Maine, Portland; M.A., 1980, 
M.M.A., 1981, University of Rhode Island; 
Ph.D., 1987, Texas A&M University. 

*Gorman, Kathleen S., Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 2001, 2000. A.B., 1978, 
University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., 1987, 
University of Maryland. 

*Graham, Allan W., Assistant Professor of 
Accounting, 2000. B.A., 1978, M.B.A., 1982, 
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; 
Ph.D., 2000, Virginia Polytechnic Institute 
and State University. 

*Grandin, John M., Professor of German, 1987, 
1970. B.A., 1963, Kalamazoo College; M.A.T., 
1965, Wesleyan University; M.A., 1968, 
Ph.D., 1970, University of Michigan. 

*Gray, Donald J., Associate Professor of Chemical 
Engineering, 1987, 1980. B.S., 1970, M.S., 
1978, Ph.D., 1980, University of Rhode 
Island. 

*Grebstein, Lawrence C., Professor of Psychology 
and Director of Clinical Psychology Training, 
1975, 1964. A.B., 1958, Brown University; 
M.A., 1961, Ph.D., 1964, University of 
Kentucky. 

*Green, William A., Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Landscape 
Architecture, 1998, 1992. B.A., 1972, State 
University of New York, Albany; M.L.A., 1981, 
Cornell University. 

*Greene, Geoffrey Walker, Professor of Food Science 
and Nutrition, 2000, 1990. A.B., 1970, M.S., 
1975, Columbia University; M.P.H., 1978, 
University of Hawaii; Ph.D., 1984, 
Pennsylvania State University. 

Greenfield, Michael L., Associate Professor of 

emical Engineering and the Victor J. Baxt 

Chair in Polymer Engineering, 2002. B.S., 1990, 

Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., 1996, 

University of California, Berkeley. 

xGregory, Otto J., Distinguished Professor of 

emical Engineering, 1993, 1982. B.S., 1975, 

M.S., 1977, University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 

1982, Brown University. 

*Grigalunas, Thomas A., Professor of Environmental 

d Natural Resource Economics, 1984, 1971. 

B.S., 1965, M.S., 1967, Northeastern 

University; Ph.D., 1972, University of 

Maryland. 


a 


(ap) 


o% 


302 DIRECTORIES 


*Grilli, Stephan, Distinguished Engineering Professor 
of Ocean Engineering, 1998, 1991. M.Sc.C.E., 
1980, M.Sc.Oc., 1983, Ph.D., 1985, 
University of Liege (Belgium). 

Grove, Edward A., Professor of Mathematics, 1988, 
1968. B.S., 1962, University of Arizona; Ph.D., 
1969, Brown University. 

*Grubman-Black, Stephen David, Professor of 
Women’s Studies and Communication Studies, 
1993, 1972. B.S., 1967, M.A., 1969, Temple 
University; Ph.D., 1972, State University of 
New York, Buffalo. 

* Guglielmi, Kathleen A., Assistant Professor of 
Education, 2000. B.S., 1993, Rhode Island 
College; M.A., 1996, Ph.D., 2000, University 
of Connecticut. 

Hamel, Lutz H., Assistant Professor of Computer 
Science and Statistics, 2003. B.S., 1985, 
University of Rhode Island; M.S., 1990, 
University of New Hampshire; Doctorate, 
1997, Oxford University, United Kingdom. 

Hames, Carolyn C., R.N., Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 2003, 1972. B.S.N., 1969, M.N., 
1971, University of Florida. 

x Hamilton, Cynthia, Professor of Political Science 
and Director of African and Afro-American 
Studies Program, 1999, 1992. B.A., 1970, 
Stanford University; Ph.D., 1980, Boston 
University. 

Hamilton, Mary, Assistant Professor of 
Management, 2003. B.S., 1985, Loyola 
University; M.S., 1990, Northwestern 
University; Ph.D, 2003, University of Virginia. 

*Hammadou, JoAnn, Professor of French, 2002, 
1988. B.A., 1974, American University; M.A., 
1980, University of New Hampshire; Ph.D., 
1988, Ohio State University. 

xHannel, Susan L., Assistant Professor of Textiles, 
Fashion Merchandising and Design, 2001, 
2000. B.S., 1985, M.S., 1994, Ph.D., 2001, 
The Ohio State University. 

Hanson, Richard E., Professor of Community 
Planning and Landscape Architecture, 1998, 
1984. B.S., 1963, Washington State 
University; M.L.A., 1966, lowa State 
University. 

x Hanumara, R. Choudary, Professor of Statistics, 
1988, 1968. B.A., 1956, Madras University; 
M.S., 1958, Gujarat University; M.S., 1962, 
Michigan State University; Ph.D., 1968, 
Florida State University. 

Hara, Tetsu, Professor of Oceanography, 2003, 
1994. B.Eng., 1983, M.Eng., 1986, University 
of Tokyo; Ph.D., 1990, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. 

x Hargraves, Paul E., Professor of Oceanography and 
Biological Sciences, 1987, 1968. B.S., 1963, 
M.S., 1965, University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 
1968, College of William and Mary. 

x Harlow, Lisa L., Professor of Psychology, 1996, 
1985. B.A., 1979, California State University; 
M.A., 1981, California State University, 
Fullerton; Ph.D., 1985, University of 
California, Los Angeles. 


xHarps-Logan, Yvette, Associate Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
1997, 1989. B.S., 1973, Radford College; 
M.S., 1976, Ph.D., 1990, Virginia Polytechnic 
Institute and State University. 

Harris, Shanette M., Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1998, 1994. B.S., 1982, Howard 
University; M.A., 1984, Western Carolina 
University; Ph.D., 1989, Virginia Polytechnic 
Institute and State University. 

x Havener, W., Michael, Professor of Library and 
Information Studies, 2001, 1999. B.A., 1971, 
Ohio Wesleyan University; A.M., 1972, 
A.M.L.S., 1975, University of Michigan; Ph.D., 
1988, University of North Carolina, Chapel 
Hill. 

x Hazera, Alejandro, Associate Professor of 
Accounting, 1995, 1990. B.S., 1980, Virginia 
Polytechnic Institute; M.S., 1983, D.B.A., 
1989, University of Kentucky; C.P.A. 
(Virginia). 

x Hebert, David L., Professor of Oceanography, 

2003, 1992. B.Sc., 1980, Dalhousie 

University; M.Sc., 1982, University of Victoria; 

Ph.D., 1988, Dalhousie University. 

Hedderich, Norbert, Associate Professor of 

German, 1997, 1991. M.A., 1982, Catholic 

University of America; Ph.D., 1991, Purdue 

University. 

xHeifetz, Louis J., Professor of Education, 1998. 

B.A., 1969, Yale University; Ph.D., 1974, 

Harvard University. 

xHeikes, Brian G., Professor of Oceanography, 2003, 

1988. B.S., 1976, M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1984, 

University of Michigan. 

xHeltshe, James F., Professor of Statistics, 1985, 
1973. B.A., 1968, Millersville State College; 
M.S., 1970, Ph.D., 1973, Kansas State 
University. 

x Hennessey, Timothy M., Professor of Political 
Science and Marine Affairs, 1978, 1976. A.B., 
1962, Brown University; Ph.D., 1968, 
University of North Carolina. 

x Heppner, Frank H., Professor of Biological Sciences, 
1979, 1969. B.A., 1962, University of 
California, Berkeley; M.A., 1964, San 
Francisco State College; Ph.D., 1967, 
University of California, Davis. 

Hermes, O. Don, Professor of Geosciences, 1978, 
1968. A.B., 1961, Washington University; 
M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1967, University of North 
Carolina. 

Hervé, Jean-Yves, Assistant Professor of Computer 
Science, 2001. B.S., 1985, Ecole Centrale de 
Lyon (France); Ph.D., 1993, University of 
Maryland. 

Heskett, David, Professor of Physics, 1998, 1988. 
B.S., 1978, Brown University; Ph.D., 1985, 
University of Pennsylvania. 

Hickox, Charles, Professor of Management, 1996, 
1984. B.A., 1974, Colby College; J.D., 1979, 
Washington University; M.S., 1984, University 
of Rhode Island; L.L.M., 1994, Boston 
University. 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


Hicks, Sandy J., Associate Professor of Education, 
1999, 1993. B.A., 1987, University of 
California; Ph.D., 1993, University of Arizona. 

x Higgins, Mark, Professor of Accounting, 2000, 
1988. B.S., 1979, M.A., 1981, University of 
South Carolina; Ph.D., 1989, University of 
Tennessee; C.P.A. (South Carolina). 

*Hollinshead, Mary B., Associate Professor of Art, 
1998, 1992. A.B., 1969, Bryn Mawr; M.A., 
1973, Harvard University; Ph.D., 1979, Bryn 
Mawr. 

Holmes, Wendy B., Professor of Art, 1990, 1974. 
B.S., 1963, M.F.A., 1965, Pratt Institute; 
Ph.D., 1976, Ohio University. 

xHonhart, Michael W., Associate Professor of 
History, 1991, 1971. B.A., 1966, Carleton 
College; M.A., 1968, Ph.D., 1972, Duke 
University. 

Horm, Diane M., Professor of Human Development 
and Family Studies, 1998, 1987. B.S., 1978, 
Slippery Rock State College; M.S., 1981, 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 
University; Ed.S., 1983, Radford University; 
Ph.D., 1985, Virginia Polytechnic Institute 
and State University. 

Howard, David T., Assistant Professor of Theatre, 
2001. B.F.A., 1990, State University of New 
York, Fredonia; M.F.A., 1998, University of 
Connecticut, Storrs. 

Hu, Sau-Lon James, Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1999, 1984. B.S., 1978, National 
Taiwan University; M.S., 1982, Ph.D., 1984, 
Rice University. 

x Hufnagel, Linda A., Professor of Cell and Molecular 
Biology, 1986, 1973. B.A., 1961, M.S., 1963, 
University of Vermont; Ph.D., 1967, University 
of Pennsylvania. 

Hughes, Donna M., Professor of Women’s Studies 
and Eleanor M. and Oscar M. Carlson Endowed 
Chair in Women’s Studies, 2001, 1996. B.S., 
1975, M.S., 1977, Ph.D., 1990, Pennsylvania 
State University. 

Hume, Anne L., Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 
1996, 1985. B.S., 1977, University of 
Pittsburgh; Pharm.D., 1982, Medical College 
of Virginia. 

x Hunter, Christopher, Assistant Professor of Civil 
and Environmental Engineering, 2001, 1998. 
B.S., 1989, Morehouse College; M.S., 1993, 
Ph.D., 2000, University of Washington. 

Husband, Thomas P., Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1991, 1977. A.B., 1972, 
University of Michigan; M.S., 1974, Ph.D., 
1977, Michigan State University. 

Hutt, Ron, Assistant Professor of Art, 2002. B.A., 
1983, University of Kentucky; M.A., 1986, 
University of Louisville; M.F.A., 1995, The 
School of the Art Institute of Chicago. 

xlIrvine, Steven, Assistant Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 2002. B.S., 1979 University of 
Illinois; M.A., 1983, Harvard University; Ph.D., 
1998, University of Chicago. 


xJackson, Leland B., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1979, 1974. S.B., S.M., 1963, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Sc.D., 
1970, Stevens Institute of Technology. 

Jarrett, Jeffrey E., Professor of Management 
Science, 1974, 1971. B.B.A., 1962, University 
of Michigan; M.B.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1967, New 
York University. 

x Jensen, Marjorie E. (Munafo), Associate Professor 
of Community Planning and Area Development, 
1992, 1980. B.S., 1961, Michigan State 
University; M.S., 1978, University of Rhode 
Island. 

x Johnson, Eugene M., Professor of Marketing, 1975, 
1971. B.S., 1962, M.B.A., 1964, University of 
Delaware; D.B.A., 1969, Washington 
University. 

xJohnson, Galen A., Director of the Honors Program 
and Professor of Philosophy, 1987, 1976. B.A., 
1971, Wheaton College; M.A., 1973, 
Northern Illinois University; Ph.D., 1977, 
Boston University. 

x Joseph, Dayle Hunt, R.N., Dean of the College of 
Nursing and Associate Professor of Nursing, 
1991, 1973. B.S., 1969, M.Ed., 1973, Rhode 
Island College; M.S., 1975, University of 
Rhode Island; Ed.D., 1982, Boston University. 

x Joseph, Peniel E., Assistant Professor of History, 
2000. B.A., 1993, State University of New 
York, Stony Brook; Ph.D., 2000, Temple 
University. 

xJouaneh, Musa K., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering, 2003, 1990. B.S., 1984, 
University of Southwestern Louisiana; M.Eng., 
1986, Ph.D., 1989, University of California, 
Berkeley. 

Juda, Lawrence, Professor of Marine Affairs and 
Political Science, 1984, 1977. B.A., 1966, City 
College of New York; Ph.D., 1973, Columbia 
University. 

Kahn, Leonard M., Professor of Physics, 1992, 
1980. B.S., 1971, Harvey Mudd College; 
M.S., 1973, Ph.D., 1976, Brown University. 

*Kalymun, Mary, Associate Professor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 1996, 1974. 
B.S., 1967, Mansfield State College; M.S., 
1973, Drexel University; Ph.D., 1982, 
University of Pennsylvania. 

x*Karamanlidis, Dimitrios, Associate Professor of Civil 
and Environmental Engineering, 1990, 1983. 
D.Eng., 1979, Technical University of Berlin. 

xKarno, Valerie A., Assistant Professor of English, 
2000. B.A., 1987, University of California, 
Berkeley; J.D., 1991, Hastings College of the 
Law; M.A., 1992, University of Michigan; 
Ph.D., 2000, University of Southern 
California. 

*Karow, Colleen M., Assistant Professor of 
Communicative Disorders, 1997. B.S., 1983, 
M.A., 1985, Western Illinois University; Ph.D., 
1997, University of Texas, Austin. 


*Kaskosz, Barbara, Professor of Mathematics, 1994, 
1984. M.S., 1973, University of Warsaw; 
Ph.D., 1977, Polish Academy of Sciences. 

x Kass-Simon, Gabriele, Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 1990, 1973. B.A., 1956, University 
of Michigan; M.A., 1959, Columbia 
University; D.Phil., 1967, University of Zurich. 

Kaufman, Charles, Professor of Physics, 1983, 
1964. B.S., 1956, University of Wisconsin; 
M.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1963, Pennsylvania State 
University. 

xKay, Steven M., Professor of Electrical Engineering, 
1990, 1980. B.S., 1972, Stevens Institute of 
Technology; M.S., 1973, Columbia University; 
Ph.D., 1980, Georgia Institute of Technology. 

Keefe, Margaret, Associate Professor, Library, 
1975, 1964. B.A., 1963, Albertus Magnus 
College; M.L.S., 1964, Rutgers-The State 
University. 

Kelland, J. Laurence, Professor, Library, 1997, 
1984. B.A., 1960, Rutgers-The State 
University; M.L.S., 1976, Queens College; 
M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1964, Princeton 
University. 

xKent, George Edgar, Professor of Music, 1980, 
1969. B.S., 1958, University of Rhode Island; 
M.M., 1960, New England Conservatory of 
Music. 

*Ketrow, Sandra M., Professor of Communication 
Studies, 1998, 1986. A.B., 1971, M.S., 1978, 
Ph.D., 1982, Indiana University. 

xKillilea, Alfred G., Professor of Political Science, 
1980, 1969. B.A., 1963, University of Notre 
Dame; M.A., 1965, Ph.D., 1969, University of 
Chicago. 

Killingbeck, Keith T., Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 1990, 1979. B.S., 1972, Purdue 
University; Ph.D., 1976, University of North 
Dakota. 

*Kim, Chai, Director of Institute for International 
Business and Professor of Management Science 
and Information Systems, 1981. B.A., 1959, 
Yonsei University; M.A., 1963, Southern 
Illinois University; Ph.D., 1973, University of 
Pittsburgh. 

*Kim, Hesook Susie (Mrs. Park), R.N., Professor of 
Nursing, 1983, 1973. B.S., 1962, M.S., 1963, 
Indiana University; M.A., 1972, Ph.D., 1977, 
Brown University. 

Kim, Mikyong, Assistant Professor of 
Communicative Disorders, 2002. B.A., 1986, 
M.A., 1988, Yonsei University; M.A., 1991, 
Pennsylvania State University; M.A., 1996, 
Ph.D., 2001, Northwestern University. 

Kim, Thomas J., Vincent and Estelle M urphy 
Professor of Mechanical Engineering and 
Applied Mechanics and Dean Emeritus, 1979, 
1968. B.S., 1959, M.S., 1963, Seoul National 
University; M.A., 1964, Villanova University; 
Ph.D., 1967, University of Illinois-Urbana. 


FACULTY 303 


æ% 


im, Yong Choon, Professor of Philosophy, 1979, 
1971. B.A., 1960, Belhaven College; B.D., 
1963, Th.M., 1964, Westminster Theological 
Seminary; Ph.D., 1969, Temple University. 

incaid, Christopher R., Associate Professor of 

Oceanography, 1997, 1991. B.S., 1983, 

Wesleyan University; M.S., 1987, Ph.D., 1989, 

Johns Hopkins University. 

ing, John W., Professor of Oceanography, 2001, 
1992, 1984. B.A., 1975, Franklin and Marshall 
College; Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Minnesota. 

x*King, Roberta S., Assistant Professor of Biomedical 
Sciences, 1999. B.S., 1989, University of 
Kansas; Ph.D., 1995, University of lowa. 

Kinnie, James F., Assistant Professor, Library, 2001, 
2000. B.A., 1972, Providence College; MEd., 
1981, C.A.G.S., 1995, Rhode Island College; 
M.L.I.S., 2000, University of Rhode Island. 

Kirchner, Doris, Associate Professor of German, 
1999, 1993. M.A., 1982, Karl-Eberhards- 
Universitat Tübingen (FRG); Ph.D., 1989, 
University of Pennsylvania. 

xKirschenbaum, Louis J., Professor of Chemistry, 
1983, 1970. B.S., 1965, Howard University; 
M.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1968, Brandeis University. 

xKislalioglu, Serpil, Professor of Pharmaceutics, 
1994, 1988. B.S., 1967, Ankara University; 
Ph.D., 1973, University of London. 

Klein, Maurice Nickell, Professor of History, 1973, 
1964. B.A., 1960, Knox College; M.A., 1961, 
Ph.D., 1965, Emory University. 

Klenk, William Charles, Professor of Art, 1976, 
1960. B.F.A., 1952, Miami University; M.A., 
1958, Ph.D., 1960, Ohio State University. 

xKnickle, Harold Norman, Associate Dean and 
Professor of Chemical Engineering, 1982, 1969. 
B.S., 1962, University of Massachusetts; M.S., 
1965, Ph.D., 1969, Rensselaer Polytechnic 

nstitute. 

x Knight, Winston A., Professor of Industrial and 

anufacturing Engineering, 1985. B.S., 1963, 

Ph.D., 1967, Birmingham University. 

x Knott, J. Eugene, Associate Professor of Human 

Development and Family Studies, 1999, 1975. 

B.S., 1966, Xavier University; M.A., 1969; 

Ph.D., 1975, University of Maryland. 

xKogut, Steven, Assistant Professor of Applied 

Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2001. B.S., 1991, 

University of Rhode Island; M.B.A. , 1997, 

Bryant College; Ph.D., 2001, University of 

Rhofr Island. 

Kook, Woong, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 
2001. B.A., 1991, Princeton University; M.A., 
1993, Ph.D., 1997, Stanford University. 

Koonce, Danel A., Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 2000. B.A., 1993, S.S.P., 1996, 
Eastern Illinois University; Ph.D., 2000, 
Oklahoma State University. 

xKoske, Richard E., Professor of Biological Sciences, 

1990, 1978. B.S., 1967, California State 

Polytechnic University; Ph.D., 1971, 

University of British Columbia. 


æ% 


æ% 


304 DIRECTORIES 


Kovacs, William D., Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1984. B.C.E., 
1961, Cornell University; M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 
1968, University of California, Berkeley; P.E. 

x Kovarsky, Dana, Associate Professor of 
Communicative Disorders, 2000, 1996. B.A., 
1976, University of lowa; M.A., 1979, Kent 
State University; Ph.D., 1989, University of 
Texas, Austin. 

Kowalski, James G., Professor of Philosophy and 
Computer Science, 2003, 1971. B.S., 1966, 
M.A., 1970, Ph.D., 1975, University of Notre 
Dame. 

*Koza, Russell C., Professor of Management Science, 
1979, 1977. B.S., 1962, Northeastern 
University; M.S., 1966, Ph.D., 1968, 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 

*Krajeski, Paul C., Professor of Military Science, 
2003. B.S., 1985, United States Military 
Academy, West Point; M.A., 1995, Ph.D., 
1998, Florida State University. 

Krueger, Brian S., Assistant Professor of Political 
Science, 2001. B.A., 1996, State University of 
New York at Binghamton; Ph.D., 2002, 
University of Notre Dame. 

*Kulberg, Janet M., Associate Dean of the Graduate 
School and Professor of Psychology, 1998, 
1974. B.S., 1955, lowa State University; M.A., 
1957, Teachers College, Columbia University; 
Ph.D., 1967, George Peabody College. 

x*Kulenovic, Mustafa R., Associate Professor of 
Mathematics, 2002, 2000. B.S., 1974, M.S., 
1977, Ph.D., 1981, University of Sarajevo. 

%Kumaresan, Ramdas, Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1992, 1983. B.E. (HONS), 1971, 
University of Madras; M.S., 1979, Ph.D., 
1982, University of Rhode Island. 

*Kunz, Don R., Professor of English, 1982, 1968. 
B.A., 1964, Kansas State University; M.A., 
1965, University of Texas; Ph.D., 1968, 
University of Washington. 

Kusz, Kyle W., Assistant Professor of Physical 
Education and Exercise Science, 2003. B.S., 
1994, Ithaca College; M.S., 1996, Ph.D., 
2002, University of Illinois. 

Kwak, Chanyeong L., Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001, 2000. B.S.N., 1982, Seoul 
National University; M.S.N., 1996, Yale 
University; Ph.D., 2001, University of 
Massachusetts, Boston. 

xLadas, Gerasimos, Professor of Mathematics, 1975, 
1969. B.S., 1961, University of Athens; M.S., 
1966, Ph.D., 1968, New York University. 


x Ladewig, James L., Professor of Music, 1994, 1985. 


B.Mus., 1971, Northwestern University; M.A., 
1973; Ph.D., 1978, University of California, 
Berkeley. 

Lahiri, Amar K., Professor, Library, 1987, 1970. 
B.Com., 1954, Dip.Lang., 1958, 1960, 
Dip.Lib., 1961, M.A., 1963, University of 
Calcutta; M.A., 1972, University of Rhode 
Island. 


LaLuna, Michelangelo, Assistant Professor of 
Italian, 2003. B.A., 1991, Ph.D., 1997, 
University of Calabria, Italy; M. A., 1994, 
Ph.D., 2001, Harvard University. 

x Lamagna, Edmund A., Professor of Computer 
Science, 1994, 1976. A.B., Sc.B., 1970, Sc.M., 
1971, Ph.D., 1975, Brown University. 

Lamont, Linda S., Associate Professor of Physical 
Education and Exercise Science, 1997, 1993. 
B.S., 1975, Slippery Rock University; M.Ed., 
1979, Cleveland State University; Ph.D., 
1984, Kent State University. 

xLardaro, Leonard P., Professor of Economics, 1996, 
1981. B.A., 1973, University of Rhode Island; 
Ph.D., 1979, Indiana University. 

xLarrat, E. Paul, Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences 2002, 1984. B.S., 
1982, M.B.A., 1984, M.S., 1988, University of 
Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1992, Brown University. 

xLarson, Roger L., Professor of Oceanography, 
1980. B.S., 1965, lowa State University; 
Ph.D., 1970, Scripps Institution of 
Oceanography, University of California, San 
Diego. 

xLausier, Joan M., Associate Dean of the College of 
Pharmacy and Professor of Pharmaceutics, 
1987, 1971. B.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Laux, David Charles, Professor of Cell and 
Molecular Biology, 1984, 1973. B.A., 1966, 
Washington and Jefferson College; M.S., 
1968, Miami University; Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Arizona. 

LaVelle, Marquisa, Professor of Anthropology, 

2002, 1989. B.A., 1963, University of 

California, Santa Barbara; M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 

1981, University of Michigan. 

Laviano, Andrew, Professor of Business Law, 1991, 

1978. B.S., 1962, Fordham College; J.D., 

1965, New York University School of Law. 

Leatham, Geoffrey B., Associate Professor of 

Communication Studies, 2000, 1997. B.A., 

1985, University of Washington; M.A., 1990, 

Ph.D., 1994, University of lowa. 

LeBrun, Roger A., Professor of Plant Sciences, 

1993, 1977. A.B., 1968, Providence College; 

M.S., 1973, Ph.D., 1977, Cornell University. 

Lee, Chong Min, Professor of Food Science and 

Nutrition, 1988, 1980. B.S., 1968, Don-Guk 

University; M.S., 1970, University of Georgia; 

Ph.D., 1974, University of Rhode Island. 

xLee, Kang Wayne, Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1993, 1985. B.S., 
1974, Seoul National University; M.S., 1978, 
Rutgers-The State University; Ph.D., 1982, 
University of Texas, Austin. 

xLee, Ronald T., Professor of Music, 1992. B.A., 
1962, Luther College; M.M., 1966, Ph.D., 
1970, University of Michigan. 

xLee, Yul W., Associate Professor of Finance and 
Insurance, 1996, 1992. B.A., 1974, Yonsei 
University; M.A., 1985, Ph.D., 1986, 
University of Texas, Austin. 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


+ 


Lehrer, Mark A., Assistant Professor of 
Management, 1998. B.S., 1980, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.A., 
1982, Ph.D., 1986, University of California, 
Berkeley; Ph.D., 1997, INSEAD 
(Fontainebleau, France). 

xLeinen, Margaret S., Professor of Oceanography, 
1989, 1982. B.S., 1969, University of Illinois; 
M.S., 1975, Oregon State University; Ph.D., 
1980, University of Rhode Island. 

xLeo, John R., Professor of English, 1990, 1973. 
B.A., 1965, Yale University; M.A., 1967, 
Ph.D., 1972, Northwestern University. 

*Lessmann, Richard C., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1983, 
1969. B.S.M.E., 1964, Syracuse University; 
Sc.M., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, Brown University. 

Letendre, Donald E., Dean of the College of 
Pharmacy and Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2001. B.S., 1976, 
Massachusetts College of Pharmacy; 
Pharm.D., 1979, University of Kentucky. 

Levin, Linda, Professor of Journalism, 2000, 1987. 
B.A., 1962, Michigan State University; M.S., 
1986, Boston University. 

x Lewis, James T., Professor of Mathematics, 1981, 
1969. B.S., 1963, University of Notre Dame; 
M.S., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, Brown University. 

xLillethun, Abby G., Assistant Professor of Textiles, 
Merchandising and Design, 2002. B.F.A.,1974, 
University of Georgia; M.F.A.,1980, Florida 
State University. 

xLin, Bing-xuan, Assistant Professor of Finance, 
2001. B.A., 1994, Hua-Qiao University; 
M.B.A., 1996, University of South Alabama; 
Ph.D., 2001, Georgia State University. 

xLivingston, Carolyn, Professor of Music, 1999, 
1989. B.S., 1959, Tennessee Technological 
University; M.Ed., 1981, Ph.D., 1986, 
University of Florida. 

xLloyd, Scott J., Assistant Professor of Management 
Science and Information Systems, 1999. B.S., 
1985, M.S., 1987, Virginia Commonwealth 
University; Ph.D., 1995, Kent State University. 

xLo, Jien-Chung, Professor of Electrical Engineering, 
1999, 1989. B.E., 1981, National Taipei 
Institute of Technology, Taiwan; M.S., 1987, 
Ph.D., 1989, University of Southwestern 
Louisiana. 

xLogan, Patrick A., Professor of Plant Sciences, 
1994, 1977. B.A., 1970, M.S., 1974, Ph.D., 
1978, Michigan State University. 

xLoy, James D., Professor of Anthropology, 1984, 
1974. B.S., 1965, University of Tennessee; 
M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, Northwestern 
University. 

xLucht, Brett L., Associate Professor of Chemistry, 
2002, 1998. B.S., 1991, University of Puget 
Sound; Ph.D., 1996, Cornell University. 

xLucia, Angelo, Chester H. Kirk Professor of Chemical 
Engineering, 1995. B.S., 1974, University of 
Rhode Island; M.S., 1977, Ph.D., 1981, 
University of Connecticut. 


xLuebke, Barbara F., Professor of Journalism and 
Women’s Studies, 1993, 1989. B.A., 1971, 
Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.S., 
1972, University of Oregon; Ph.D., 1981, 
University of Missouri. 

*Ma, Yan, Associate Professor of Library and 
Information Studies, 1999, 1997. B.A., 1982, 
Hangzhou University; M.L.S., 1988, Kent 
State University; Ph.D., 1993, University of 
Wisconsin, Madison. 

MacDonald, Mary C., Assistant Professor, Library, 
1999, 1997. B.A., 1982, M.L.I.S., 1997, 
University of Rhode Island. 

x*Macinko, Seth S., Assistant Professor of Marine 
Affairs, 2002. B.Sc., 1986, Plymouth 
University, United Kingdom; M.A., 1988, 
University of Miami; Ph.D., 1996, University 
of California, Berkeley. 

Major, Jaycoda S. Assistant Professor of Chemistry, 
2002. B.S., 1997, University of Nebraska, 
Kearney; Ph.D., 2002, Michigan State 
University. 

Malik, Surendra S., Professor of Physics, 1974, 
1962. B.S., 1953, M.S., 1956, Ph.D., 1960, 
Agra University. 

*Mallilo, Anthony T., Professor of Fisheries, Animal 
and Veterinary Science, 2000, 1982. B.S., 
1976, M.S., 1979, West Virginia University; 
Ph.D., 1982, Pennsylvania State University. 

Mandel, Naomi, Assistant Professor of English, 
2000. B.A., 1993, B.M., 1993, Tel Aviv 
University; M.A., 1995, Ph.D., 2000, 
University of California, Irvine. 

Manfredi, Thomas G., Professor of Physical 
Education and Exercise Science, 1988, 1982. 
B.S., 1965, M.A., 1966, University of 
Maryland; Ph.D., 1976, University of 
Massachusetts. 

*Mangiameli, Paul M., Professor of Management 
Science and Information Systems, 1992, 1977. 
B.S., 1972, M.B.A., 1974, New York 
University; Ph.D., 1979, Ohio State University. 

*Manteiga, Robert, Professor of Hispanic Studies, 
1988, 1976. B.A., 1969, University of Virginia; 
M.A., 1971, New York University; Ph.D., 
1977, University of Virginia. 

*Marcus, Alan Samuel, Associate Professor of Civil 
and Environmental Engineering, 1977, 1969. 
B.S., 1955, M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1969, 
University of Massachusetts. 

*Mardix, Shmuel, Professor of Electrical Engineering, 
1978, 1970. M.S., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, 
University of Jerusalem. 

Marti, Bruce E., Professor of Marine Affairs, 1994, 
1980. B.S., 1967, New Mexico State 
University; M.A., 1975, Florida Atlantic 
University; Ph.D., 1982, University of Florida. 

Martin, Celest A., Associate Professor of Writing 
and Rhetoric, 1984, 1979. B.A., 1973, 
Rutgers-The State University; Ph.D., 1979, 
University of Southern California. 


*Martin, Lenore M., Associate Professor of Cell and 
Molecular Biology, 2002, 1994. B.A., 1983, 
Northeastern University; C.Phil., 1986, Ph.D., 
1989, University of California, Los Angeles. 

Martin, Spencer J., Professor of Accounting, 1980, 
1970. B.S., 1965, Bryant College; M.S., 1967, 
University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1970, 
University of Illinois; C.P.A. 

Maslyn, David C., University Archivist, Special 
Collections Librarian, and Professor, Library, 
1983, 1974. B.A., 1960, St. Bonaventure 
University; M.A., 1963, M.S.L.S., 1968, 
Syracuse University. 

* Mather, |. Roderick, Associate Professor of History, 
2002, 1997. B.A., 1986, Leeds University, 
England; M.A., 1990, East Carolina University; 
D.Phil., 1996, New College, Oxford. 

*Mather, Thomas N., Professor of Plant Sciences, 
1999, 1993. B.S., 1977, Muhlenberg College; 
M.S., 1980, University of Delaware; Ph.D., 
1983, University of Wisconsin, Madison. 

Matthew, Annu P., Assistant Professor of Art, 
1999. B.S., 1986, Women’s Christian 
College, India; M.F.A., 1997, University of 
Delaware. 

*Matoney, Joseph P., Jr., Professor of Accounting, 
1983, 1973. B.S., 1967, M.B.A., 1968, 
Duquesne University; Ph.D., 1973, 
Pennsylvania State University; M.S.T., 1984, 
Bryant College; C.P.A. (Rhode Island). 

Maynard, Brian K., Professor of Plant Sciences, 
2002, 1992. B.S., 1983, University of 
Delaware; M.S., 1986, Ph.D., 1990, Cornell 
University. 

* Maynard, Peter E., Professor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 1981, 1971. 
A.B., 1961, Our Lady of Providence Seminary; 
Ed.M., 1966, Ph.D., 1969, State University of 
New York, Buffalo. 

*Mazze, Edward, Dean of the College of Business 
Administration, Professor of Marketing and the 
Alfred J. Verrecchia-Hasbro Inc. Leadership 
Chair in Business, 1998. B.B.A., 1961, M.B.A., 
1962, City University of New York; Ph.D., 
1966, The Pennsylvania State University. 

* McCarthy, Cheryl, Associate Professor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1998, 1992. B.A., 
1971, Rhode Island College; M.L.S., 1973, 
University of Rhode Island; D.A., 1990, 
Simmons College. 

*McClure, Kevin R., Associate Professor of 
Communication Studies, 2002, 1996. B.S., 
1982, State University of New York, 
Brockport; M.A., 1987, University of Maine; 
Ph.D., 1992, Pennsylvania State University. 

* McCurdy, Karen P., Assistant Professor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 1999. A.B., 
1982, Stanford University; M.A., 1989, Ph.D., 
1997, Northwestern University. 

McGlasson, Paula, Associate Professor of Theatre, 
1991, 1985. B.S., 1974, Illinois Wesleyan 
University; M.S., 1980, Illinois State 
University. 


FACULTY 305 


* McGrath, Margaret, R.N., Professor of Nursing, 
1995, 1989. B.S.N., 1973, Northeastern 
University; M.S.N., 1976, Yale University; 
D.N.Sc., 1988, Boston University. 

* Mcintyre, Richard, Professor of Economics, 1997, 
1989. B.A., 1979, University of Rhode Island; 
Ph.D., 1989, University of Massachusetts. 

* McKinney, William Lynn, Dean of the College of 
Human Science and Services and Professor of 
Education, 1993, 1972. B.A., 1965, Cornell 
College; M.A., 1968, University of Denver; 
Ph.D., 1973, University of Chicago. 

* McNeil, Craig L., Assistant Professor of 
Oceanography, 2000. B.S., 1989, Herlot-Watt 
University, Scotland; Ph.D., 1995, University 
of Victoria, Canada. 

*McWilliams, Scott, Associate Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 2003, 1998. B.S., 1980, 
Hiram College; M.S., 1986, lowa State 
University; Ph.D., 1993, University of 
California, Davis. 

Mead, Arthur C., Professor of Economics, 1996, 
1976. B.A., 1971, Ph.D., 1978, Boston 
College. 

Meagher, Barbara J., Assistant Professor of 
Journalism, 2003. B.A., 1974, Boston College; 
M.S., 1980, Boston University. 

*Mederer, Helen J., Professor of Sociology, 2001, 
1986. B.A., 1976, Muhlenberg College; 
Ph.D., 1982, University of Minnesota. 

Melanson, Kathleen J., Assistant Professor of 
Nutrition and Food Sciences, 2001. B.S., 1987, 
University of New Hampshire; M.S., 1990, 
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., 1996, 
Tufts University. 

*Mensel, William Langley, Jr., Assistant Professor of 
English, 1973, 1969. A.B., 1964, Williams 
College; M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1974, University 
of Washington. 

Merino, Orlando, Associate Professor of 

athematics, 1998, 1993. B.A., 1980, 

Universidad de Costa Rica; Ph.D., 1988, 

University of California, San Diego. 

Merrill, John T., Associate Dean of the Graduate 

School of Oceanography and Professor of 

Oceanography, 1995, 1987. B.A., 1968, 

University of California; M.S., 1970, University 

of Illinois; Ph.D., 1976, University of 

Colorado. 

Meyer, Donna M., Assistant Professor of 

echanical Engineering, 2002. B.S., 1993, 

University of Hartford; M.S., 1995, Ph.D., 
1999, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 

xMeyerovich, Alexander E., Professor of Physics, 
1992, 1989. Diploma, 1973, Moscow 
Physics-Technical Institute; Ph.D., 1977, 
D.Sc., 1985, Institute for Physical Problems, 
Academy of Sciences, Moscow. 

xMichayluk, David, Assistant Professor of Finance, 
2002. B.Commerce, 1989, Queen's 
University, Canada; Ph.D., 1998, Louisiana 
State University; Chartered Accountant. 


306 DIRECTORIES 


Miles, Elizabeth A., Assistant Professor of Writing 
and Rhetoric, 1999, 1998. B.A., 1986, 
Williams College; M.A., 1995, Purdue 
University; Ph.D., 1999, Purdue University. 

Miller, Carole F., Professor of Economics, 1999, 
1986. B.A., 1977, State University of New 
York, Brockport; M.A., 1983, Ph.D., 1988, 
Syracuse University. 

Miller, James H., Professor of Ocean Engineering, 
2000, 1995. B.S., 1979, Worcester 
Polytechnic Institute; M.S., 1981, Stanford 
University; D.Sc., 1987, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology and Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution. 

Miller, Jean R., Professor of Nursing and Weyker 
Endowed Chair of Thanatology, 1988. A.A., 
1959, Bethel College; B.S., 1962, University 
of Minnesota; M.N., 1964, M.A., 1971, Ph.D., 
1975, University of Washington. 

*Mitkowski, Nathaniel A., Assistant Professor of 
Plant Sciences, 2001. B.S., 1997, University of 
Massachusetts; Ph.D., 2001, Cornell 
University. 

Mitra, Shashanka S., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1965. B.S., 1951, M.S., 1953, 
University of Allahabad, India; Ph.D., 1957, 
University of Michigan. 

*Moakley, Maureen F., Professor of Political Science, 
1999, 1992. B.A., 1962, Immaculata College; 
M.A., 1973, State University of New York, 
Stony Brook; Ph.D., 1984, Rutgers-The State 
University. 

Moffitt, Colleen, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. M.S., 
1994, University of Rhode Island. 

%* Mojena, Richard, Professor of Management Science 
and Information Systems, 1981, 1971. B.S., 
1966, M.B.A., 1967, Ph.D., 1971, University 
of Cincinnati. 

Molloy, D. Scott, Professor of Labor and Industrial 
Relations, 2002, 1986. B.A., 1970, Rhode 
Island College; M.A., 1972, University of New 
Hampshire; Ph.D., 1991, Providence College. 

Mongeau, Deborah, Associate Professor, Library, 
1993, 1987. B.A., 1973, University of Rhode 
Island; M.S.L.S., 1975, Rutgers-The State 
University. 

Montgomery, John T., Professor of Mathematics, 
1984, 1973. B.S., 1966, University of Notre 
Dame; Ph.D., 1971, University of Wisconsin. 

Moore, Kendall M., Assistant Professor of 
Journalism, 2003. B.A., 1992, Syracuse 
University; M.A. , 1996, New School for 
Social Research. 

* Moran, Katheryn, Associate Professor of 
Oceanography and Ocean Engineering, 2001. 
B.Sc., 1977, University of Pittsburgh; M.S., 
1981, University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 
1995, Technical University of Nova Scotia 
(Dalhousie University). 

Moran, S. Bradley, Professor of Oceanography, 
2003, 1993. B.Sc., 1985, Concordia 
University; Ph.D., 1991, Dalhousie University. 


Morello, Joseph G., Professor of French, 1997, 
1968. B.S., 1963, Kutztown State College; 
M.A., 1964, Ph.D., 1968, University of 
Missouri. 

Morin, Thomas D., Associate Professor of Hispanic 
Studies, 1980, 1975. B.A., 1960, Rutgers-The 
State University; M.A., 1968, Ph.D., 1975, 
Columbia University. 

Morin, Tracey J., Assistant Professor of Marine 
Affairs, 2002. B.S., 1996, Boston College; 
Ph.D., 2002, University of Massachusetts, 
Boston. 

*Morokoff, Patricia J., Professor of Psychology, 
1995, 1987. B.A., 1971, Indiana University; 
Ph.D., 1980, State University of New York, 
Stony Brook. 

*Mottinger, John P., Associate Professor of Biological 
Sciences and of Cell and Molecular Biology, 
1974, 1968. B.A., 1961, Ohio Wesleyan 
University; Ph.D., 1968, Indiana University. 

Muller, Gerhard, Professor of Physics, 1991, 1984. 
B.S., 1974, M.S., 1977, Ph.D., 1980, 
University of Basel, Institute for Theoretical 
Physics, Switzerland. 

*Mundorf, Norbert, Professor of Communication 
Studies, 1998, 1987. M.A., 1982, Ph.D., 1987, 
Indiana University. 

* Murray, Daniel P., Professor of Geosciences, 1997, 
1983. A.B., 1966, Dartmouth College; M.Sc., 
1968, Ph.D., 1976, Brown University. 

Narasimhan, Seetharama, Professor of 
Management Science, 1984, 1979. B.S., 1959, 
University of Madras, India; M.S., 1963, 
University of Tennessee; Ph.D., 1973, Ohio 
State University. 

Nassarsharif, Bahram, Dean of the College of 
Engineering and Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 2003. 
B.S., 1980, Ph.D., 1983, Oregon State 
University. 

Needham, Thomas E., Director, Drug Delivery 
Research and Development Laboratory, and 
Professor of Pharmaceutics, 1989. B.S, 1965, 
M.S., 1967, Ph.D., 1970, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Nelson, David R., Professor of Cell and Molecular 
Biology, 1995, 1988. A.B., 1972, University of 
California, Los Angeles; M.S., 1974, University 
of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 1979, University of 
California, Los Angeles. 

Nelson, Wilfred H., Professor of Chemistry, 1977, 

1964. B.S., M.S., 1959, University of Chicago; 

Ph.D., 1962, University of Minnesota. 

Neuse, Richard Thomas, Professor of English, 

1970, 1956. B.A., 1950, Saint Lawrence 

University; M.A., 1952, Ph.D., 1959, Yale 

University. 

*Newman, Barbara M., Professor of Human 

Development and Family Studies, 2000. A.B., 

1966, Ph.D., 1971, University of Michigan. 

x Nightingale, M. Peter, Professor of Physics, 1991, 
1983. Doktoraal, 1973, Ph.D., 1978, 
University of Amsterdam. 


xNippo, Murn M., Professor of Fisheries, Animal and 
Veterinary Science, 1994, 1972. B.S., 1965, 
M.S., 1968, University of Maine; Ph.D., 1976, 
University of Rhode Island. 

* Nixon, Dennis W., Professor of M arine Affairs, 
1995, 1987. A.B., 1972, Xavier University; 
J.D., 1975, University of Cincinnati; M.M.A., 
1976, University of Rhode Island. 

Nixon, Scott W., Professor of Oceanography, 
1980, 1970. B.A., 1965, University of 
Delaware; Ph.D., 1969, University of North 
Carolina. 

x Norris, Joanna Hanks, Associate Professor of 
Biological Sciences and of Cell and Molecular 
Biology, 1996, 1987. B.A., 1976, Ph.D., 1982, 
Michigan State University. 

xNorthby, Jan A., Professor of Physics, 1979, 1970. 
B.S., 1959, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology; M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1966, 
University of Minnesota. 

Nunes, Anthony C., Professor of Physics, 1982, 
1976. Sc.B., 1964, Ph.D., 1969, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

*O'Donnell, Leo E., Associate Professor of Physical 
Education, 1976, 1972. B.S., 1963, University 
of Rhode Island; M.Ed., 1964, University of 
Pittsburgh; Ed.D., 1970, Temple University. 

*Ohley, William J., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1991, 1976. B.S., 1970, M.S., 
1972, University of Massachusetts; Ph.D., 
1976, State University of New York, Stony 
Brook. 

* Okeke-Ezigbo, F.E., Professor of English, 1995, 
1992. B.A., 1972, University of Nigeria, 
Nsukka; Ph.D., 1979, State University of New 
York, Buffalo. 

O'Malley, William, Professor, Library, 1990, 1966. 
A.B., 1965, Boston College; M.L.S., 1967, 
University of Rhode Island. 

x Onorato, Ronald J., Professor of Art, 1990, 1977. 
B.A., 1970, Rutgers College; M.A., 1973, 
Ph.D., 1977, Brown University. 

* Opaluch, James J., Professor of Environmental and 
Natural Resource Economics, 1990, 1979. B.A., 
1975, University of Rhode Island; M.A., 1977, 
Ph.D., 1979, University of California. 

x Oppenheimer, Henry R., Associate Professor of 

Finance and Insurance, 1987. B.A., 1972, 

University of Rochester; M.S., 1974, Ph.D., 

1979, Purdue University. 

* Ordofiez, Margaret, Professor of Textiles, Fashion 

erchandising, and Design 2003, 1988. B.S., 

1961, M.S., 1968, University of Tennessee; 

Ph.D., 1978, Florida State University. 

* Overton, Craig E., Professor of Management, 

1981, 1969. B.S., 1965, M.B.A., 1967, 

Northeastern University; Ph.D., 1971, 

University of Massachusetts. 

x Oviatt, Candace A., Professor of Oceanography, 
1982, 1970. B.S., 1961, Bates College; Ph.D., 
1967, University of Rhode Island. 


Owens, Norma J., Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 
1996, 1982. B.S., 1977, University of Arizona; 
Pharm.D., 1979, Philadelphia College of 
Pharmacy and Science. 

* Oxley, Jimmie Carol, Professor of Chemistry, 2002, 
1995. B.A., 1970, University of California, San 
Diego; M.S., 1978, California State, 
Northridge; Ph.D., 1983, University of British 
Columbia. 

*Padula, Cynthia, R.N., Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1997, 1985. B.S., 1978, Salve Regina 
University; M.S., 1980, Boston University; 
Ph.D., 1994, University of Connecticut. 

Pagh, Barbara, Professor of Art, 1998, 1985. B.A., 
1972, Mount Holyoke College; M.A., 1975, 
New York University. 

Pakula, Lewis l., Professor of Mathematics, 1993, 
1973. B.S., 1967, City College of New York; 
M.S., 1969, Ph.D., 1972, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. 

*Palm, William J., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1987, 
1970. B.S., 1966, Loyola College; Ph.D., 
1971, Northwestern University. 

Papadopoulos, Michael, Professor of Military 
Science, 2000. B.S., 1982, Siena College; 
M.S., 1990, Florida Institute of Technology. 

xParang, Keykavous, Assistant Professor of 
Biomedical Sciences, 2000. Pharm.D., 1989, 
University of Tehran; Ph.D., 1997, University 
of Alberta. 

Parillo, Joseph M., Associate Professor of M usic, 
2002, 1997. B.S., 1975, Rhode Island 
College; M.M., 1989, New England 
Conservatory of Music. 

Park, Nan-Sook, Assistant Professor of Psychology, 
2000. B.A., 1990, M.A., 1992, Yonsei 
University; Ph.D., 2000, University of South 
Carolina. 

*Pasquerella, Lynn, Professor of Philosophy, 1996, 
1986. B.A., 1980, Mount Holyoke College; 
Ph.D., 1985, Brown University. 

Patnoad, Martha S., Professor of Nutrition and 
Food Science, Cooperative Extension, 2002, 
1972. B.S., 1968, M.S., 1976, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Paton, Peter W.C., Associate Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 2001, 1995. B.S., 1978, 
Lewis and Clark College; M.S., 1985, 
Colorado State University; Ph.D., 1994, Utah 
State University. 

Pearlman, Daniel D., Professor of English, 1980. 
B.A., 1957, Brooklyn College; M.A., 1958, 

Ph.D., 1968, Columbia University. 

Peckham, Joan M., Professor of Computer Science, 

2002, 1990. B.S., 1970, State University of 

New York, Albany; M.S., 1976, M.S., 1985, 

Ph.D., 1990, University of Connecticut. 

*Pegueros, Rosa Maria, Associate Professor of 

History, 2002, 1993. B.A., 1976, University of 

San Francisco; J.D., 1984, People’s College of 

Law, Los Angeles; M.A., 1989, Ph.D., 1998, 

University of California, Los Angeles. 


x Peters, Calvin B., Professor of Sociology, 1991, 
1978. B.A., 1971, Westmont College; M.A., 
1973, Ph.D., 1977, University of Kentucky. 

* Peterson, John F., Jr., Professor of Philosophy, 
1979, 1964. A.B., 1959, Boston College; 
Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. 

*Petro, Nicolai N., Professor of Political Science, 
2001, 1991. B.A., 1980, M.A., 1982, Ph.D., 
1984, University of Virginia. 

Pintane, Maria Paz, Instructor of Spanish, 2000. 
Diplomado en Magisterio, Philology, 1989, 
Licenciado en Filosofia y Letras, Philology, 

1993, University of Santiago de Compostela, 

Spain; M.A., 1995, University of Rhode 

Island. 

xPoggie, John J., Jr., Professor of Anthropology and 

arine Affairs, 1975, 1969. B.A., 1959, 

University of Connecticut; M.A., 1962, 

Louisiana State University; Ph.D., 1968, 

University of Minnesota. 

*Pollart, Gene John, Professor of Music, 1983, 

1976. B.M.E., 1963, M.M., 1967, University 

of Colorado; Ph.D., 1989, Columbia Pacific 

University. 

*Pollnac, Richard B., Professor of Anthropology and 

arine Affairs, 1982, 1973. B.A., 1968, 

Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., 1972, 

University of Missouri. 

Preece, John P., Associate Professor of 
Communicative Disorders, 1994, 1992. B.S., 
1975, M.A., 1976, Northwestern University; 
Ph.D., 1985, University of lowa. 

Prochaska, James Otto, Professor of Psychology, 
1977, 1969. B.A., 1964, M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 
1969, Wayne State University. 

*Prouty, Anne M., Assistant Professor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 2001. B.S., 
1987, University of South Carolina; M.S., 
1993, East Carolina University; Ph.D., 1996, 
Purdue University. 

*Purnell, Richard F., Professor of Education, 1977, 
1970. B.A., 1963, City College of New York; 
Ph.D., 1966, University of Texas. 

*Quainoo, Vanessa Wynder, Associate Professor of 
Communication Studies, 1999, 1990. B.A., 
1981, Wheaton College; M.A., 1983, Western 
Illinois University; Ph.D., 1993, University of 
Massachusetts, Amherst. 

*Quina, Kathryn K., Professor of Psychology and 
Women's Studies, 1991, 1973. B.A., 1969, 
Stetson University; M.A., 1971, Ph.D., 1973, 
University of Georgia. 

Quinn, James G., Professor of Oceanography, 
1978, 1968. B.S., 1960, Providence College; 
M.S., 1964, University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 
1967, University of Connecticut. 

Ramsay, Glenworth A., Professor of Economics, 
1993, 1973. B.A., 1967, Brown University; 
M.S., 1968, Ph.D., 1974, Boston College. 

Ramsay, Karen M., Assistant Professor, Library, 
2001. B.A., 1974, M.L.S., 1977, University of 
Rhode Island. 


FACULTY 307 


xRamstad, Yngve, Professor of Economics, 1994, 
1982. B.S., 1963, Purdue University; M.A., 
1971, Washington State University; Ph.D., 
1981, University of California, Berkeley. 

Rathemacher, Andrée J., Assistant Professor, 
Library, 1999, 1995. A.B., 1992, Brown 
University; M.L.I.S., 1995, M.B.A., 2000, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Ravikumar, Bala, Associate Professor of Computer 
Science, 1992, 1989. B.S., 1981, Indian 
Institute of Science, Bangalore, India; M.S., 
1983, Indian Institute of Technology, Madras, 
India; Ph.D., 1987, University of Minnesota. 

Reaves, RB, Jr., Associate Professor of English, 
1975, 1968. B.A., 1961, M.A., 1962, Texas 
Christian University; Ph.D., 1971, University 
of Wisconsin. 

xRecksiek, Conrad W., Professor of Fisheries, Animal 
and Veterinary Science, 1980. A.B., 1966, San 
Jose State University; M.A., 1969, California 
State University, Humboldt; Ph.D., 1972, 
University of Maine. 

Reed, Lori, Assistant Professor of Communication 
Studies, 2000. B.A., 1988, University of 
California, San Diego; M.A., 1992, Ohio State 
University; Ph.D., 2000, University of Illinois, 
Urbana-Champaign. 

*Reilly, Mary Ellen, Professor of Sociology and 
Women's Studies, 1987, 1973. B.A., 1962, 
College of Our Lady of the Elms; M.A., 1971, 
Ph.D., 1973, University of Massachusetts. 

Reynolds, Nedra, Professor of Writing and Rhetoric, 
2003, 1991. B.A., 1981, M.A., 1984, Emporia 
State University; Ph.D., 1991, Miami 
University, Ohio. 

Rhodes, Christopher T., Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1975. B.Pharm., 1961, Ph.D., 
1964, Chelsea College, University of London. 

Rhodes, Richard C., Ill, Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science, 1994, 1982. 
B.S., 1974, University of Delaware; M.S., 
1977, Ph.D., 1980, Texas A & M University. 

Rice, Michael A., Professor of Fisheries, Animal and 
Veterinary Science, 2000, 1987. B.S., 1977, 
University of San Francisco; M.S., 1981, 
Ph.D., 1987, University of California, Irvine. 

Richman, Gary, Professor of Art, 1987, 1967. B.A., 
1964, Brooklyn College; M.F.A., 1966, 
Indiana University. 

Richmond, Jayne E., Dean of University College 
and Associate Professor of Human Development 
and Family Studies, 2001, 1986. B.A., 1978, 
M.Ed., 1980, Ed.S., 1980, Ph.D., 1982, 
University of Florida, Gainesville. 

xRiebe, Deborah, Associate Professor of Physical 
Education and Exercise Science, 2000, 1995. 
B.S., 1980, Springfield College; M.S., 1990, 
University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1995, 
University of Connecticut, Storrs. 

¥Rivero-Hudec, Mercedes A., Associate Professor of 
Chemical Engineering, 1997, 1991. B.S., 1977, 
Universidad Simon Bolivar; M.S., 1981, Ph.D, 
1986, University of Pennsylvania. 


308 DIRECTORIES 


Roberts, Alison Wille, Associate Professor of 
Biological Sciences, 1997, 1991. B.S., 1980, 
M.S, 1983, University of California, Davis; 
Ph.D., 1990, Texas Tech University. 

Rodgers, Robert L., Professor of Biomedical 
Sciences, 1995, 1987. A.B., 1969, University 
of California, Berkeley; M.S., 1972, Oregon 
State University; Ph.D., 1977, University of 
Oklahoma. 

Rogers, Kenneth H., Professor of French and 
Linguistics, 1984, 1968. B.A., 1961, Boston 
University; M.A., 1963, Ph.D., 1970, 
Columbia University. 

Rogers, Margaret R., Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 2002, 1999. B.A., 1981, C.A.S., 
1984, M.S., 1985, State University of New 
York, Albany; Ph.D., 1989, University of 
Nebraska-Lincoln. 

*Roheim, Cathy R., Professor of Environmental and 
Natural Resource Economics, 2000, 1989. B.S., 
1982, M.S., 1984, Montana State University; 
Ph.D., 1990, University of California, Davis. 

*Rollo-Koster, Joelle, Associate Professor of History, 
2001, 1996. D.E.U.G., 1979, License, 1980, 
M.A. 1982, University of Nice, France; Ph.D., 
1992, State University of New York, 
Binghamton. 

Rose, Vincent C., Professor of Nuclear and 
Chemical Engineering, 1983, 1963. B.S., 1952, 
M.S., 1958, University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 
1964, University of Missouri. 

Rosen, Deborah E., Associate Professor of 
Marketing, 1999, 1992. B.A., 1971, University 
of Wisconsin, Madison; M.B.A., 1982, Ph.D., 
1992, University of Tennessee, Knoxville. 

Rosen, William M., Professor of Chemistry, 1982, 
1970. B.S., 1963, University of California, Los 
Angeles; Ph.D., 1967, University of California, 
Riverside. 

Rosenbaum, Sarah, Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1998, 1987. 
B.Pharm., University of London; Ph.D., 1980, 
University of Liverpool. 

Rossby, Hans Thomas, Professor of Oceanography, 
1975. B.S., 1962, Royal Institute of 
Technology, Sweden; Ph.D., 1966, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

x Rossi, Joseph S., Professor of Psychology, 1997, 
1985. B.A., 1975, Rhode Island College; 
M.A.,1980, Ph.D., 1984, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Rothstein, Lawrence, Professor of Political Science, 
1985, 1976. B.A., 1966, Carleton College; 
J.D., 1969, University of Illinois Law School; 
Ph.D., 1976, University of Massachusetts. 

Rothstein, Lewis M., Professor of Oceanography, 
2000, 1989. B.S., 1973, University of 
Bridgeport; M.A., M.S., 1975, University of 
Massachusetts, Amherst; M.S., 1979, Ph.D., 
1983, University of Hawaii. 

Roush, Susan E., Associate Professor of Physical 
Therapy, 1997, 1991. B.S., 1979, Ohio State 
University; M.S., 1983, Auburn University; 
Ph.D., 1990, University of Washington. 


x Rowinski, Mark J., Professor of Physical Therapy 
and Director of Physical Therapy Program, 
1996, 1987. B.A., 1971, Marist College; 
Ph.D., 1976, Medical College of Georgia. 

Rowley, David C., Assistant Professor of Biomedical 
Sciences, 2001. B.S., 1990, Pennsylvania State 
University; Ph.D., 2001, University of 
Calfornia, San Diego. 

*Roworth, Wendy W., Professor of Art History and 
Women's Studies, 1988, 1976. B.A., 1967, 
Bryn Mawr College; M.A., 1968, Harvard 
University; Ph.D., 1977, Bryn Mawr College. 

x Roy, Francine, Assistant Professor of Education, 
2001. B.S., 1989, University of Massachusetts; 
M.A., 1993, Rhode Island College; Ph.D., 
2000, University of Wisconsin. 

xRuemmele, Bridget A., Associate Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 1997, 1991. B.S., 1980, University of 
Wisconsin, River Falls; M.S., 1984, Ph.D., 
1989, University of Minnesota. 

*Rusnock, Andrea A., Associate Professor of History, 
2003, 2000. B.A., 1982, Brown University; 
M.A., 1985, Ph.D., 1990, Princeton 
University. 

x Sabherwal, Sanjiv, Assistant Professor of Finance 
and Insurance, 2000. B.Tech., 1987, Indian 
Institute of Technology, New Delhi; M.B.A., 
1990, University of Miami; Ph.D., 2001, 
Georgia Institute of Technology. 

*Sadd, Martin H., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1984, 
1979. B.S., 1966, M.S., 1967, University of 
Illinois; Ph.D., 1971, Illinois Institute of 
Technology. 

x Salazar, Abran J., Professor of Communication 
Studies, 2003, 1999. B.S., 1986, M.A., 1987, 
Eastern New Mexico University; Ph.D., 1991, 
University of lowa. 

*Sama, Catherine, Associate Professor of Italian, 
2003, 1997. B.A., 1985, University of Virginia; 
Ph.D., 1995, Brown University. 

Saunders, Sandra D., Assistant Professor of Human 
Develpment and Family Studies, 1981, 1977. 
A.S., 1962, B.S., 1977, M.S., 1980, University 
of Rhode Island; M.P.H., 1999, University of 
Connecticut. 

*Schaffran, Jerome A., Professor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 2002, 1977. 
B.A., 1964, St. Cloud State College; M.A., 
1970, Ph.D., 1971, University of lowa. 

*Scheil, Katherine West, Associate Professor of 
English, 2003, 1999. B.A., 1989, The Florida 
State University; M.A., 1990, Ph.D., 1995, 
University of Toronto. 

x Schilling, Jean-Guy, Professor of Oceanography, 
1974, 1966. Ingenieur, 1956, Ecole 
Superieure Technique de Geneve; B.Sc., 
P.Eng., 1961, Ecole Polytechnic de Montreal; 
Ph.D., 1966, Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology. 

*Schmieding, Norma Jean, Professor of Nursing, 
1993, 1990. B.S., 1958, Nebraska Wesleyan 
College; M.S., 1966, Ed.D., 1983, Boston 
University. 


Schnier, Kurt E., Assistant Professor of 
Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics, 2003. B.S., 1995, University of 
California, San Diego; M.A., 1999, University 
of Pennsylvania; M.A., 2000, Ph.D., 2003, 
University of Arizona 

Scholl, Richard W., Professor of Management, 
1990, 1979. B.A., 1972, United States Naval 
Academy; M.B.A., 1975, San Diego State 
University; Ph.D., 1979, University of 
California, Irvine. 

Schwartz, Marie J., Associate Professor of History, 
2000, 1995. B.A., 1984, M.A., 1987, George 
Mason University; Ph.D., 1994, University of 
Maryland. 

x Schwartz-Barcott, Donna, R.N., Professor of 
Nursing, 1992, 1975. B.S., 1966, University of 
Washington; M.S., 1970, M.A., 1972, Ph.D., 
1978, University of North Carolina. 

* Schwarz, Stephen D., Professor of Philosophy, 
1979, 1963. B.A., 1955, Fordham University; 
M.A., 1958, Ph.D., 1966, Harvard University. 

%* Schwarzbach, Henry R., Professor of Accounting, 
1988, 1976. A.B., 1968, University of 
California; M.B.A., 1972, University of Hawaii; 
D.B.A., 1976, University of Colorado; C.P.A. 

*Schwegler, Robert A., Professor of Writing and 
Rhetoric, 1991, 1978. B.A., 1968, Hope 
College; M.A., 1970, Ph.D., 1978, University 
of Chicago. 

Scimeca, Sandra, Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 
2003, 1990. Pharm.D., 1988, University of 
the Pacific School of Pharmacy. 

Seemann, Jeffrey R., Dean of the College of the 
Environment and Life Sciences and Professor of 
Cell and Molecular Biology, 2001. B.A., 1977, 
Oberlin College; Ph.D., 1982, Stanford 
University. 

xSeibel, Brad A., Assistant Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 2003. B.A., 1992, Ph.D., 1998, 
University of California, Santa Barbara. 

Seigel, Jules P., Professor of English, 1976, 1965. 
B.S., 1959, State University of New York, 
Cortland; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1965, 
University of Maryland. 

xSeitsinger, Anne M., Assistant Professor of 
Education, 1999. B.S., 1976, Bridgewater 
State College; M.Ed., 1993, Rhode Island 
College; Ph.D., 1999, University of Rhode 
Island and Rhode Island College. 

Shaikh, Zahir A., Professor of Biomedical Sciences, 
1986, 1982. B.Sc., 1965, M.Sc., 1967, 
University of Karachi; Ph.D., 1972, Dalhousie 
University. 

*Shamoon, Linda Kaplan, Professor of Writing and 

Rhetoric, and Director of the Faculty Institute on 

Writing, 1995, 1967. B.S., 1964, Purdue 

University; M.A., 1967, Tufts University. 

Shao, David M., Associate Professor of Industrial 

Engineering, 1976, 1969. B.S., 1960, Cheng- 

Kung University; M.S., 1966, University of 

Houston; Ph.D., 1970, State University of 

New York, Buffalo. 


Sharif, Mohammed, Professor of Economics, 1996, 
1984. B.A., 1966, M.A., 1967, Dacca 
University; Ph.D., 1983, Boston University. 

xShaw, Richard J., Associate Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 1976, 1970. B.S., 1961, University of 
Rhode Island; M.S., 1963, Ph.D., 1966, 
University of Missouri. 

xSheinin, Daniel A., Assistant Professor of Business 
Administration, 2002. B.A., 1983, Amherst 
College; M.M.Mkt., 1988, Northwestern 
University; Ph.D., 1994, Columbia University. 

Shen, Yang, Associate Professor of Oceanography, 
2003, 1998. B.S., 1984, Nanjing University, 
China; M.Sc., 1992, Ph.D., 1995, Brown 
University. 

Shim, Minsuk, Assistant Professor of Education, 
1999, 1997. B.A., 1982, Seoul National 
University; M.A., 1990, Ph.D., 1995, 
University of British Columbia. 

Shimizu, Yuzuru, Professor of Biomedical Sciences 
and of Chemistry and Omar-Youngken 
Distinguished Chair in Natural Product 
Chemistry, 1977, 1969. B.Sc., 1958, M.Sc., 
1960, Ph.D., 1963, Hokkaido University. 

*Shin, Seung Kyoon, Assistant Professor of 
Management Information Systems, 2002. B.S., 
1992, Kyung-Hee University, Seoul Korea; 
M.LS., 1998, Ph.D., 2002, State University of 
New York at Buffalo. 

Shukla, Arun, Simon Ostrach Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 
1997, 1981. B.S., 1976, Indian Institute of 
Technology; M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1981, 
University of Maryland. 

Shuurman, Henk, Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. Ph.D., 1977, 
University of Utrecht, The Netherlands. 

Sienkiewicz, George, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 
1995, University of Rhode Island. 

* Sigurdsson, Haraldur, Professor of Oceanography, 
1980, 1974. B.Sc., 1965, Queen’s University 
of Belfast; Ph.D., 1970, Durham University. 

xSilverstein, Albert, Professor of Psychology, 1974, 
1963. B.A., 1957, Cornell University; M.S., 
1958, Yale University; Ph.D., 1963, University 
of California. 

xSilvia, Antone J., Professor of Communication 
Studies, 1999, 1988. B.A., 1974, University of 
Rhode Island; M.A., 1976, Ph.D., 1993, 
University of Birmingham, England. 

*Simeoni, Angelo E., Jr., Professor of Community 
Planning and Landscape Architecture, 1999, 
1987. B.S., 1976, University of Rhode Island; 
M.L.A., 1979, Cornell University. 

x Singer, Jay Professor of Communicative Disorders, 
2001, 1977. B.A., 1971, Brooklyn College; 
M.A., 1972, University of Florida; Ph.D., 
1976, Case Western Reserve University. 

x Sink, Clay V., Professor of Management, 1982, 
1969. B.S., 1958, Pfeiffer College; M.S., 1964, 
University of Tennessee; Ph.D., 1968, Ohio 
State University; C.A.M., 1989. 


Smith, David C., Associate Professor, Graduate 
School of Oceanography, 2003, 1997. B.S., 
1984, California State University, Long Beach; 
Ph.D., 1994, Scripps Institution of 
Oceanography, University of California, San 
Diego. 

Smith, James Lewis, Professor of Chemistry, 2002, 
1995. B.Sc., 1971, M.Sc., 1974, University of 
Puget Sound; Ph.D., 1980, University of 
British Columbia. 

x*Sodhi, Manbir S., Professor of Industrial and 
Manufacturing Engineering, 2001, 1991. 
B.Prod.Eng., 1983; Jadaupur University; M.S., 
1988, Ph.D., 1991, University of Arizona. 

Solis, Jon, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2001. M.D., 1990, 
Walter Reed Army Medical Center. 

* Spaulding, Malcolm L., Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1983, 1973. B.S., 1969, 
University of Rhode Island; M.S., 1970, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 
1972, University of Rhode Island. 

xSpecker, Jennifer L., Professor of Oceanography 
and Biological Sciences, 1993, 1984. B.A., 
1973, Miami University; M.A., 1977, Ph.D., 
1980, Oregon State University. 

x Sperry, Jay F., Professor of Cell and Molecular 
Biology, 1997, 1977. B.S., 1968, M.S., 1971, 
University of Nebraska; Ph.D., 1974, 
University of Kansas. 

*Spivack, Arthur J., Professor of Oceanography, 
2002, 2000. B.S., 1980, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 1986, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology and 


Woods Hole Ocean 
Squillante Emilio, Adju 
Applied Pharmaceu 
1993, University o 


ographic Institution. 

ct Assistant Professor of 
ical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 
Rhode Island. 


x Starkey, James L., Professor of Economics, 1992, 


1967. B.S., 1964, P 
College. 

Stauffer, John H., Assisi 
Science, 2000. B.A. 
University, Pennsy! 

Stein, Arthur, Professor 


h.D., 1971, Boston 


ant Professor of Military 
, 1980, Millersville 
vania. 

of Political Science, 1974, 


1965. B.A., 1958, Pennsylvania State 
University; M.A., 1962, Ph.D., 1965, 
University of Pennsylvania. 

*Stein, Karen F., Professor of English and Women’s 
Studies, 1992, 1968. B.A., 1962, Brooklyn 
College; M.A., 1966, Pennsylvania State 


University; Ph.D., 1 
Connecticut. 


982, University of 


*Stepanishen, Peter R., Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1982, 1974. B.S., 1963, 


Michigan State Uni 


versity; M.S., 1966, 


University of Connecticut; Ph.D., 1969, 


Pennsylvania State 


*Sterne, Evelyn, Assistant Professor of History, 1999. 


University. 


B.A., 1989, Yale University; M.A., 1994, 


Ph.D., 1999, Duke 
Stevenson, John F., Pro 


University. 
fessor of Psychology, 1989, 


1973. B.A., 1965, University of Rochester; 


Ph.D., 1974, Unive 


rsity of Michigan. 


FACULTY 309 


xSteyerl, Albert, Professor of Physics, 1987. D.Sc., 
1966, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; 
Ph.D., 1971, Technische Universitat, Munich. 

xStolt, Mark H., Associate Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 2002, 1997. B.S., 1982, 
M.S., 1986, University of Maryland; Ph.D., 
1990, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 
University. 

Strom, Sharon Hartman, Professor of History and 
Women’s Studies, 1982, 1969. B.A., 1962, 
Whittier College; M.A., 1968, Ph.D., 1969, 
Cornell University. 

Stuerke, Pamela S., Assistant Professor of 
Accounting, 2003. B.Mus., 1977, University of 
Northern Colorado; M.S., 1992, University of 
Missouri; Ph.D, 1998, Indiana University 

xSullivan, Mary C., Associate Professor of Nursing, 
2002, 1998. B.S.N., 1975, Salve Regina 
College; M.S.N., 1981, University of 
Nebraska; Ph.D., 1994, University of Rhode 
Island. 

*Sullivan, William Michael, Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 2000, 1981. B.S., 1975, University of 
Rhode Island; M.S., 1978, University of 
Vermont; Ph.D., 1981, University of 
Nebraska. 

*Sun, Gonggin, Assistant Professor of Cell and 
Molecular Biology, 2000. B.S., 1983, Nankai 
University, Tianjin, PRC; M.S., 1988, Ph.D., 
1992, University of Nebraska, Lincoln. 

*Sun, Ying, Professor of Electrical Engineering, 2000, 
1985. B.S., 1978, National Taiwan University; 
M.S., 1982, University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 
1985, Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 

x*Sunak, Harish R.B., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1991, 1985. B.E., 1969, 
University of Liverpool; Ph.D., 1974, 
University of Southhampton. 

*Surprenant, Carol F., Associate Professor of 
Marketing, 1988. B.A., 1974, Northland 
College; M.B.A., 1976, Ph.D., 1981, 
University of Wisconsin, Madison. 

xSuter, Ann C., Associate Professor of Classics, 
1993, 1987. A.B., 1959, Radcliffe College; 
M.A., 1979, Ph.D., 1984, Princeton 
University. 

xSutinen, Jon G., Professor of Environmental and 
Natural Resource Economics, 1988, 1973. A.A., 
1962, Lower Columbia College; B.S., 1964, 
San Francisco State College; Ph.D., 1973, 
University of Washington. 

Suzawa, Gilbert S., Professor of Economics, 2002, 
1971. B.A., 1965, M.A., 1967, University of 
Hawaii; Ph.D., 1973, Brown University. 

Swallow, Stephen K., Professor of Environmental 
and Natural Resource Economics, 1999, 1994, 
1988. B.S., 1982, Cornell University; M.S., 
1986, Ph.D., 1988, Duke University. 

Swan, M. Beverly, Provost and Vice President for 
Academic Affairs and Associate Professor of 
English, 1981, 1974. B.A., 1963, M.A., 1966, 
University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1977, 
Boston University. 


310 DIRECTORIES 


x Swaszek, Peter F., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 2001, 1984. B.S.E.E., 1978, New 
Jersey Institute of Technology; Ph.D., 1982, 
Princeton University. 

x Swift, Judith M., Professor of Theatre and 
Communication Studies, 1986, 1971. B.A., 
1968, M.A., 1971, University of Rhode Island. 

* Swonger, Alvin K., Professor of Biomedical Sciences, 
1985, 1971. B.A., 1967, Boston University; 
Ph.D., 1971, Dartmouth College. 

Szymanski, Dennis J., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Appplied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. 
Ph.D., 1978, Wayne State University. 

xTaggart, David G., Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 2002, 
1989. B.S., 1978, University of Delaware; 
M.S., 1981, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; 
Ph.D., 1988, University of Pennsylvania. 

Teliha, James K., Assistant Professor, Library, 2000. 
B.A., 1982, M.A., 1993, University of 
Colorado; M.L.I.S., 1997, University of 
Oklahoma. 

xThiem, Leon T., Associate Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1989, 1983. B.S., 
1973, University of Massachusetts; M.S., 
1974, University of Illinois, Urbana; Ph.D., 
1982, University of Missouri, Columbia. 

x*Thoma, Lubos, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 
2001. M.S., 1988, Czech Technical University; 
Ph.D., 1996, Emory University. 

Thompson, Robert Hugh, Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning and Landscape 
Architecture, 2000. B.A., 1982, Saint Mary's 
College; J.D., 1987, M.C.P., 1992, Ph.D., 
1997, University of California, Berkeley. 

xThurston, Gary, Professor of History, 1984, 1966. 
B.A., 1962, Grinnell College; M.A., 1965, 
Ph.D., 1973, Columbia University. 

xTravisano, Richard Vito, Professor of Sociology and 
Anthropology, 1998, 1969. B.A., 1961, 
University of Connecticut; M.A., 1967, Ph.D., 
1973, University of Minnesota. 

xTrimm, Ryan S. Assistant Professor of English, 
2001. B.A., 1991, University of Alabama; 
M.A., 1994, Ph.D., 2001, University of North 
Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

xTrivelli, Remo J., Professor of Italian, 1984, 1969. 
A.B., 1956, St. Peter’s College; M.A., 1957, 
D.M.L., 1972, Middlebury College. 

xTrostle Brand, Susan L., Professor of Education, 
2001, 1985. B.S., 1973, Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania; M.Ed., 1975, West Virginia 
University; D.Ed., 1984, Pennsylvania State 
University. 

xTrubiano, Mario F., Professor of Spanish, 1995, 
1979. B.A., 1968, University of 
Massachusetts; M.Ed., 1969, Boston College; 
M.A., 1974, Ph.D., 1979, University of 
Massachusetts. 

xTsiatas, George, Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1998, 1988. B.S., 
1979, National Technical University of 
Athens, Greece; M.S., 1982, Ph.D., 1984, 
Case Western Reserve University. 


Tufts, Donald W., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1967. B.A., 1955, Williams 
College; S.M., 1958, Sc.D., 1960, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
xTurnbaugh, William A., Professor of Anthropology, 
1983, 1974. A.B., 1970, Lycoming College; 
Ph.D., 1973, Harvard University. 

Twombly, Saran, Professor of Biological Sciences, 

2001, 1987. B.Sc., 1973, St. Lawrence 

University; M.A., 1975, Johns Hopkins 

University; Ph.D., 1983, Yale University. 

xTyce, Robert C., Professor of Ocean Engineering 
and Oceanography, 1992, 1983. B.A., 1969, 
University of California, San Diego; Ph.D., 
1976, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, 
University of California, San Diego. 

Tyle, Praveen, Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1984, 
Ohio State University. 

xTyler, Gerry Ruth Sack, Professor of Political 
Science, 1993, 1966. B.A., 1960, University of 
Pittsburgh; M.A., 1961, Ph.D., 1972, Yale 
University. 

xTyrrell, Timothy J., Professor of Environmental and 
Natural Resource Economics, 1994, 1978. B.A., 
1969, University of South Florida; M.A., 1977, 
University of Tennessee; Ph.D., 1978, Cornell 
University. 

Urbani, Lynne A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. M.S., 
1990, Salve Regina College. 

x Urish, Daniel W., Professor of Civil Engineering, 
1991, 1978. B.S., 1954, University of Illinois; 
M.S., 1965, University of Washington; Ph.D., 
1978, University of Rhode Island. 

Vaccaro, Richard J., Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1993, 1983. B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., 
1979, Drexel University; Ph.D., 1983, 
Princeton University. 

Valentino, Dominic, Professor of Psychology, 1991, 
1973. B.A., 1963, California State University; 
M.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1971, University of 
California. 

*Vangermeersch, Richard, Professor of Accounting, 
1979, 1971. B.S.A., 1959, Bryant College; 
L.A.C., 1962, M.S., 1964, University of Rhode 
Island; Ph.D., 1970, University of Florida; 
C.P.A. (Rhode Island); C.M.A. 

*Van Wyk, Judy A., Assistant Professor of Sociology 
and Anthropology, 2000. B.A., 1993, 
University of Oklahoma; M.A., 1995, Ph.D., 
1999, University of Tennessee. 

xVarki, Sajeev, Associate Professor of M arketing, 
2002, 1998. B.Tech., 1984, Indian Institute of 
Technology; M.B.A., 1986, Indian Institute of 
Management; Ph.D., 1996, Vanderbilt 
University. 

Vaughn, Sue Fisher, Associate Professor of English 
and of Writing and Rhetoric, 1995, 1966. B.S., 
1964, Kutztown State College; M.A., 1966, 
Miami University, Ohio. 


+ 


xVeeger, Anne, Associate Professor of Geosciences, 
1997, 1989. B.S., 1983, University of 
Pittsburgh; M.S., 1986, Syracuse University; 
Ph.D., 1991, University of Arizona. 

xVelicer, Wayne F., Professor of Psychology, 1982, 
1973. B.S., 1966, University of Wisconsin; 
M.S., 1969, Ph.D., 1972, Purdue University. 

Venkatesan, M., Professor of Marketing, 1988. 
M.S., 1962, Ph.D., 1965, University of 
Minnesota. 

xVetter, Frederick J., Assistant Professor of Electrical 
and Computer Engineering, 2002. B.S., 1984, 
M.S., 1988, M.B.A., 1989, University of 
California, Davis; M.S., 1994, Ph.D., 

1999, University of California, San Diego. 
xVeyera, George E., Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 2002, 1988. B.S., 
1978, University of Rhode Island; M.S., 1980, 
Ph.D., 1985, Colorado State University. 

*Viau, Paula A., Assistant Professor of Nursing, 
1992. B.S., 1969, M.S., 1983, University of 
Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1991, University of 
Connecticut. 

*Vittimberga, Bruno M., Professor of Chemistry, 
1971, 1961. B.S., 1952, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology; M.S., 1954, 
University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 1957, 
University of Illinois. 

Vocino, Michael, Jr., Professor, Library and Political 
Science, 1993, 1980. B.S., 1968, Boston 
University; M.L.S., 1973, M.A., 1981, 
University of Rhode Island; C.G.S., 1999, 
Universiteit van Amsterdam. 

Vogenberg, Randy, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences. 2003. Ph.D., 
1997, Century University. 

von Reinhart, Walter, Associate Professor of 
German, 2002, 1990. B.A., 1983, Universitat 
Mannheim; M.A., 1986, University of 
Michigan; Ph.D., 1996, Brown University. 

Waldman, Ruth Chadwick, R.N., Assistant 
Professor and Assistant Dean of Nursing,1975, 
1974. B.S., 1962, University of 
Massachusetts; M.S., 1974, University of 
Rhode Island. 

xWalton, Jean, Professor of English, 2003, 1993. 
B.A., 1980, Simon Fraser University; M.A., 
1983, Ph.D., 1988, State University of New 
York, Buffalo. 

Wang, Jyh-Hone, Associate Professor of Industrial 
and Manufacturing Engineering, 2001, 1995. 
B.S., 1980, Tunghai University; M.S., 1986, 
Ph.D., 1988, University of lowa. 

* Wang, Mulong, Assistant Professor of Insurance, 
2001. B.S., 1996, University of Science and 
Technology of China; Ph.D., 2001, University 
of Texas at Austin. 

Wang, Yeqiao, Associate Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 2001, 1999. B.S., 1982, 
Northeast Normal University, China; M.S., 
1987, Changchun Institute of Geography, 
Chinese Academy of Sciences; M.S., 1992, 
Ph.D., 1995, University of Connecticut. 


FACULTY/ADJUNCT FACULTY 311 


*Watts, D. Randolph, Professor of Oceanography, 
1988, 1974. B.A., 1966, University of 
California; Ph.D., 1973, Cornell University. 

xWeisbord, Robert G., Professor of History, 1973, 
1966. B.A., 1955, New York University; M.A., 
1960, Ph.D., 1966, New York University 
Graduate School. 

x*Welters, Linda M., Professor of Textiles, Fashion 
Merchandising, and Design, 1994, 1981. B.S., 
1971, College of St. Catherine; M.A., 1973, 
Colorado State University; Ph.D., 1981, 
University of Minnesota. 

xWenisch, Fritz, Professor of Philosophy, 1980, 
1971. L.B.A., 1964, Salzburg, Austria; Ph.D., 
1968, University of Salzburg. 

xWestin, Stuart A., Professor of Management 
Science, 1996, 1983. B.B.A., 1977, M.S.B.A., 
1978, Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Massachusetts. 

Westrick, Edward, Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1999, 
University of Rhode Island. 

White, Clement A., Associate Professor of Spanish, 
1994, 1988. A.A., 1966, University of the 
Virgin Islands; B.A., 1968, M.A., 1976, Kent 
State University; Ph.D., 1987, Brown 
University. 

Whitworth, Ulysses G., Jr., Assistant Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 1997, 
1992. B.S., 1974, D.V.M., 1976, Tuskegee 
Institute; M.P.H., 1983, University of North 
Carolina. 

*Wilga, Cheryl D., Assistant Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 2000. B.Sc., 1992, Ph.D., 1997, 
University of South Florida. 

Willey Temkin, Cynthia, Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2001, 1987. B.A., 
1977, Wellesley College; M.A., 1979, M.S., 
1981, Ph.D., 1985, University of North 
Carolina. 

xWillis, George H., Professor of Education, 1981, 
1971. A.B., 1964, Hamilton College; M.A.T., 
1965, Harvard University; Ph.D., 1971, Johns 
Hopkins University. 

xWillis, W. Grant, Professor of Psychology, 1995, 
1987. A.B., 1977, M.A., 1980, Ohio 


University; Ph.D., 1984, University of Georgia. 


Wills, V. Sheri, Associate Professor of Art, 2002, 
1996. B.A., 1987, University of California, 
San Diego; M.F.A., 1992, M.A., 1995, School 
of the Art Institute of Chicago. 

*Wimbush, Mark, Professor of Oceanography, 1990, 
1977. B.A., 1957, Oxford University; M.A., 
1963, University of Hawaii; M.A., 1964, 
Oxford University; Ph.D., 1969, Scripps 
Institution of Oceanography, University of 
California, San Diego. 

xWishner, Karen, Professor of Oceanography, 1993, 
1980. B.A., 1972, University of Chicago; 
Ph.D., 1979, Scripps Institution of 
Oceanography, University of California, San 
Diego. 


Wittwer, Christian, Associate Professor of Theatre, 
1988, 1982. B.A., 1969, Emory and Henry 
College; M.F.A., 1973, University of Georgia, 
Athens. 

Wood, Mark D., Associate Professor of Psychology, 
2002, 1998. B.A., 1990, Arizona State 

University; M.A., 1993, Ph.D., 1996, 

University of Missouri, Columbia. 

Wood, Stephen C., Professor of Communication 

Studies, 1995, 1982. B.S., 1969, California 

State Polytechnic University; M.A., 1978, 

University of Maine, Orono; Ph.D., 1984, 

University of Maryland. 

Wortman, Bryna M., Assistant Professor of 

Theatre, 1999. B.A., Barnard College, 
Columbia University; M.F.A., 1997, Brooklyn 
College, City University of New York. 

Wright, Raymond M., Distinguished Engineering 
Professor of Civil and Environmental 
Engineering, 1997, 1981. B.S., 1973, Tufts 
University; M.Eng., 1978, Ph.D., 1981, 
Pennsylvania State University. 

*Wu, Li, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 2000. 
B.S., 1988, Nankai University; M.S., 1995, 
Chinese Academy of Sciences; Ph.D., 1998, 
University of Wyoming. 

Wyant, Sarina Rodrigues, Assistant Professor, 
Library, 2002. B.S., 1983, Texas A&M; 
M.S.L.I.S., 1999, University of Rhode Island. 

Xiao, Jingjian, Professor of Human Development 
and Family Studies, 2001, 1992. B.S., 1982, 
M.S., 1986, Zhongnan University of Finance 
and Economics; Ph.D., 1991, Oregon State 
University. 

xYan, Bingfang, Associate Professor of Biomedical 
Sciences, 2001, 1997. D.V.M., 1982, 
Huazhong Agricultural University School of 
Veterinary Medicine; M.S., 1985, Nanjing 
Agricultural University School of Veterinary 
Medicine; Ph.D., 1994, University of Kansas 
Medical Center. 

xYang, Qing, Professor of Electrical Engineering, 
1997, 1988. B.S., 1982, Huazhong University 
of Science and Technology; M.A.Sc., 1985, 
University of Toronto; Ph.D., 1988, University 
of Southwestern Louisiana. 

xYang, Sze Cheng, Professor of Chemistry, 1990, 
1980. B.S., 1967, National Taiwan University; 
M.S., 1970, Ph.D., 1973, Columbia 
University. 

xYeaw, Evelyn, R.N., Professor of Nursing, 2003, 
1985. B.S., 1968, University of Rhode Island; 
M.S., 1970, Ph.D., 1983, Boston College. 

Yoder, James A., Professor of Oceanography, 1992, 
1989. B.A., 1970, DePauw University; M.S., 
1974, Ph.D., 1979, University of Rhode 
Island. 

xYoon, Mirang, Assistant Professor of Physics, 2000. 
A.B., 1992, Cornell University; Ph.D., 1998, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

*Young, Betty, Professor of Education, 2001, 1989. 
B.S., 1969, Northern Illinois University; M.Ed., 
1982, Ph.D., 1988, University of California, 
Los Angeles. 


xYu, Tong, Assistant Professor of Finance, 2002. 
B.S., 1990 Fudan University, Shanghai, China; 
M.B.A.,1996, Georgia State University; Ph.D., 
2001, University of South Carolina. 

x*Zawia, Nasser H., Associate Professor of Biomedical 
Sciences, 1999. B.S., 1984, University of 
Massachusetts; M.S., 1986, Loma Linda 
University; Ph.D., 1989, University of 
California. 

xZeyl, Donald J., Professor of Philosophy, 1984, 
1971. B.A., 1966, University of Toronto; 
Ph.D., 1972, Harvard University. 

Zhang, Zongqin, Professor of Mechanical 
Engineering, 2000, 1991. B.S., 1982, 
Huashong University of Science and 
Technology; M.S., 1987, Ph.D., 1990, Duke 
University. 

Zia, Hossein, Professor of Pharmaceutics, 1995, 
1986. Pharm.D., 1963, University of Isfahan; 
M.S., 1966, University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., 
1969, University of Georgia. 

Zucker, Norman L., Professor of Political Science, 
1969, 1966. B.A., 1954, M.A., 1956, Ph.D., 
1960, Rutgers-The State University. 


Adjunct Faculty 
Denotes graduate faculty 


Denotes professors in residence (graduate faculty 
able to serve as major professors) 


Abbott, Ann A., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2000. M.S., 1986, University of Kansas. 
xAbedon, David H., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Landscape 
Architecture, 1995. M.A., 1972, University of 
Rhode Island. 
xAbrams, David B., Adjunct Professor of Psychology, 
1986. Ph.D., 1981, Brown University. 

Aguero, Max F., Adjunct Professor of 
Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics, 1989. Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Alario, Anthony J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1997. M.D., 1979, University of 
Massachusetts School of Medicine. 

Aldrich, Dianne J., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1995. M.S., 1992, University of Florida, 
Gainesville. 

Aldrovani, Andrea, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1998. M.S.N., 1982, Boston College. 

Alfano, David, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1995. Ph.D., 1982, University of 
Notre Dame. 

Alkatib, Eid A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Civil 
and Environmental Engineering, 1991. Ph.D., 
1986, University of Rhode Island. 

Allen, Melody, Adjunct Instructor of Library and 
Information Studies, 1983. M.S., 1975, 
Simmons College. 

Almeida, Pamela G., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1998. M.S., 1993, Northeastern University. 


312 DIRECTORIES 


xAloia, Mark, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1999. Ph.D., 1996, University of 
Mississippi. 

Amos, Duncan, Adjunct Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science, 1982. 

Andersen, Peder, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics, 1981. Cand. Ocean., 1979, 
University of Aarhus, Denmark. 

Anderson, Bradley, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Sociology, 2002. Ph.D., 1984, lowa State 
University. 

Anderson, Jean, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1981, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Anderson, Peter D., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2003. Pharm.D., 1998, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Angelini, Diane J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1991. Ed.D., 1992, Boston 
University School of Education. 

xApostal, Michael C., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Civil and Environmental Engineering, 1978. 
Ph.D., 1974, State University of New York, 
Buffalo. 
Archer, Janice E., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 


1989. M.S., 1981, University of Rhode Island. 


Arieta, Jacqueline M., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1992. M.S., 1989, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Arpin, Ronald N., Ill, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1999. B.S., 1989, 
Providence College. 

xArruda, James, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1995. Ph.D., 1994, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Ascoli, Charlene, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1990. B.S., 1986, 
Rhode Island College. 

Asselin, Marilyn E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2002. Ph.D., 1998, University of 
Rhode Island. 

xAucoin, Wayne J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1995. M.S., 1984, 
Salve Regina University. 

August, Mark R., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Communication Studies, 1998. M.A., 1992, 
Emerson College. 

Auld, Dianne B., Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1993. B.S., 1983, 
Rhode Island College. 

Avery, Ann Z., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 1993. 
M.S., 1984, Syracuse University. 

Aziz, Shewan M., Adjunct Clinical Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2003. Ph.D., 1991, 
University of Kentucky. 

Badger, James M., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2002. M.S., 1998, University of Rhode Island. 

xBadorek, Diane L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Civil and Environmental Engineering, 1985. 
Ph.D., 1982, University of Missouri. 

Baker, Brydie Jo, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2002. M.N., 1970, University of 

California, Los Angeles. 


x Balkovic, Edward, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1990. Ph.D., 1984, 
Baylor College of Medicine. 

Balmforth, Maxon G., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
1984. D.V.M., 1972, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

xBanerjee, Pranab K., Adjunct Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1980. Ph.D., 1971, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Barber, Norman L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
African and African-American Studies, 2003. 
Ed.D., 2002, University of Massachusetts, 
Amherst. 

Barbour, Paul, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2003, 1997. M.S., 1985, 
Northeastern University. 

Barker, Barbara E., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1988. Ph.D., 1965, 
University of Rhode Island. 

x Barnett, Nancy, Adjunct Assistant Research 
Professor of Psychology, 2001. Ph.D., 1997, 
University of Washington. 

Barnett, Stanley, Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmaceutics, 1992. Ph.D., 1963, University 
of Pennsylvania. 

x Barrach, Hans-Jurgen, Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Biomedical Sciences, 1990. M.D., 1971, 
Ph.D., 1973, Free University of Berlin, West 
Germany. 

x Bartels, William, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Philosophy, 2000. Ph.D., 1985, Rice 
University. 

Basch, Ethan M., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. M.D., 
1998, Harvard Medical School. 

Bascom, David D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Plant Sciences, 1983. B.S., 1965, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Bauer, Michele, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1999, University of Rhode Island. 

Beauchesne, Karen S., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1992. M.S.N., 1980, University of 
Washington. 

Beckert, Thomas E. , Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2001. Ph.D., 
1995, Eberhard-Karls-University, Tubingen. 

Belazi, Dea, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. Pharm.D., 
2001, University of Rhode Island. 

Bellinger, Christina, Adjunct Instructor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1991. M.L.S., 1978, 
Simmons College. 

Benoit, David, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1993. M.H.P., 
1990, Northeastern University. 

Bennett, Pamela J., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 

2001. M.S., 1994, University of Rhode Island. 

xBerg, Marie, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing, 
2002. Ph.D., 2002, University of Uppsala, 
Sweden. 

Berner, Paul J., Adjunct Professor of Chemistry, 
1987. Ph.D., 1964, Stevens Institute of 

Technology. 


xBernon, Douglas B., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1992. Ph.D., 1987, California 
School of Professional Psychology. 

xBicki, Thomas J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Plant Sciences, 1998. Ph.D., 1981, lowa State 
University. 

Bielecki, Cynthia A., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1991. M.S., 1977, Boston University. 

Binkley, Marian, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Sociology and Anthropology, 1985. Ph.D., 
1981, University of Toronto. 

Binns, Linda, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1980. M.S., 1979, 
Northeastern University. 

Birmingham, Bruce K., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Pharmacy, 2002. Ph.D, 1980, University of 
Rhode Island. 

xBirt, Kathleen M., Adjunct Professor of Labor and 
Industrial Relations, 2000. J.D., 1989, Boston 
College Law School. 

x Blazek-D’Arezzo, Julia E., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Clinical Laboratory Science, 1988. 
Ph.D., 1982, University of Rhode Island. 

Block, Pamela, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Anthropology. Ph.D., 1997, Duke University. 

Blott, Alan J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 1986. 
B.S., 1968, University of Illinois. 

Blumen, Dale, Adjunct Instructor of Human 
Development & Family Studies, 1999. M.S., 
1985, University of Rhode Island. 

x*Bodammer, Joel E., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 1990. 
Ph.D., 1974, University of Wisconsin. 

*Boekelheide, Kim, Adjunct Professor of Biomedical 
Sciences, 1992. M.D., Ph.D., 1980, Duke 
University. 

Bonaventura, Elisa F., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Psychology, 1984. Ph.D., 1978, University 
of Connecticut. 

Boni, Cathy E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2000. Ph.D., 2001, University of 
Massachusetts. 

Borgerson, Janet, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Philosophy, 2000. Ph.D., 1996, University of 
Wisconsin, Madison. 

Bourbonnais, Richard J., Il, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Plant Sciences, 1998. M.L.A., 
1994, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 
University. 

Bowen, Craig, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1997. Pharm.D., 1987, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Bowman, Tracey A., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1996. M.S.N., 1986, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Bozkurt, Bedri, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Chemical Engineering, 1999. Ph.D., 1980, Ege 
University, Ismir, Turkey. 


x Bozyan, Elizabeth Pike, Adjunct Associate Professor 


of Physics, 1993. Ph.D., 1985, University of 
Texas, Austin. 

Breece, Connie, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2000. M.S.N., 1986, Yale University. 


Brehany, James J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. J.D., 

1986, Western State University. 

Brennan, Noel-Anne G., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Sociology and Anthropology and 
Women’s Studies, 1988. M.A., 1982, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Brenneman, Betsey J., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Library and Information Studies, 1976. 
M.A.T., 1978, Fitchburg State College. 

xBreur, Miklos, Adjunct Professor of Pharmaceutics, 
1992. Ph.D., 1958, Weizmann Institute of 
Science, Rehovot, Israel. 

xBriere, Michael, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Physics, 1995. Ph.D., 1993, Technical 
University of Berlin. 

Brown, David William, Adjunct Professor of 
Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics, 1995. Ph.D., 1956, lowa State 
University. 

Brown, Jody, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1997. Ph.D., 1990, City University 
of New York. 

Brown, Lawrence J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1982. Ph.D., 1973, University of 
Wyoming. 

Brown, Lynne J., Adjunct Instructor of English, 
1991. M.A., 1978, Rhode Island College. 

Brown, Richard Allen, Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Psychology, 1998. Ph.D., 1981, University 
of Oregon. 

Brown-Collins, Alice, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1985. Ph.D., 1982, University of 
Colorado. 

Browning, Lynne C., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1996, Case Western 
Reserve University. 

x Bryant, Elizabeth Burke, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Community Planning, 1992. J.D., 1985, 
George Washington University. 

t*Buckley, Lawrence J., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1991. Ph.D., University of 
New Hampshire 

Bundy, William F., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Civil and Environmental Engineering, 1996. 
M.A., 1993, United States Naval War 
College. 

Burchard, Barbara E., Adjunct Instructor of 

Nursing, 2000. M.S., 1987, University of 

Rhode Island. 

Burke, Rebecca L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

ursing, 2002. M.S., 1988, Yale University. 

Burks, Rachel J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Geosciences, 1997. Ph.D., 1985, University of 

Texas, Austin. 

Burlingame, Pamela A., Adjunct Instructor of 

Nursing, 1999. M.S., 1999, University of 

Rhode Island. 

Burrill, James D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

ursing, 1995. M.D., 1984, Ross University 

School of Medicine. 

Burton, Nancy, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

ursing, 2000. M.S., 1976, Columbia 

University. 


Cabral, Robert M., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Gerontology, 1982. Ph.D., 1971, University of 
Massachusetts, Amherst. 

Cady-Webster, Kathleen, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Psychology, 2003. Ph.D., 2001, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Cahn, Glenn, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1985. Ph.D., 1980, California 
School of Professional Psychology. 

Caldarone, Ronald L., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1985. M.S.W., 1977, Boston 
University. 

Calvert, Patricia, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2002. M.S.N., 1996, Duquesne University. 

Camara, Paul, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1997. M.S., 1995, 
University of Rhode Island. 

*Campbell, Daniel E., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1999. Ph.D., 1984, University 
of Florida. 

Campbell, James F., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Human Development and Family Studies, 1992. 
Ph.D., 1987, Syracuse University. 

Campbell, Judith, Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Clinical Laboratory Science, 1983. 
M.S., 1986, Southeastern Massachusetts 
University. 

Campos, Edmo J., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 2000. Ph.D., 1990, University 
of Brasilia - Brazil. 

*Canick, Jacob A., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1988. Ph.D., 1972, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Capuano, Sharon Q., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1992. M.S., 1988, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Carl, Robert L., Jr., Adjunct Professor of Human 
Science and Services, 1997. Ph.D., 1971, 
University of Michigan. 

Carlton, James T., Adjunct Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1979 University of 
California, Davis. 

Carnevale, Robert A., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1998. M.D., 1975, New York 
Medical College. 

Carr, Marylou, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2000. M.S., 1991, Emory University. 

* Caruso, David A., Adjunct Professor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 2000. Ph.D., 
1985, Cornell University. 

Cashore, William J., Adjunct Professor of Nursing, 
1997. M.D., 1966, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Catalano, Carmen J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1990. M.Ed., 1978, 
Providence College. 

Cataldo, Diane, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1980. B.S., 1976, 
Barrington College. 

Celebuki, Carol, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 2001. Ph.D., 1994. University of 
Rhode Island. 


ADJUNCT FACULTY 313 


Cerbo, Louis A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1998. Ed.D., 1990, Boston 
University. 

Chabot, Russell, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Sociology, 2000. Ph.D., 1992, State University 
of New York, Buffalo. 

Champagne, Gerald P., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Psychology, 1985. Ph.D., 1979, University 
of Rhode Island. 

Charpentier, Margaret M., Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. Pharm., 
D., 1993, University of Rhode Island. 

Cheek, Dennis W., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Education, 1997. Ph.D., 1989, Pennsylvania 
State University. 

Chen, Lisa, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Library, 
2002. M.S., 1993, University of Illinois, 
Urbana-Champaign. 

Cheng, Yung-Sung, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics, 1999. Ph.D., 1976, Syracuse 
University. 

Chiaramida, Salvatore, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Electrical and Computer Engineering 
(Biomedical Engineering), 1998. M.D., 1974, 
New York Medical College. 

*Chomet, Paul S., Adjunct Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 1993, and Biochemistry, Microbiology, 
and Molecular Genetics, 1997. Ph.D., 1988, 
State University of New York, Stony Brook. 

Churchill, Martha E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001, 1996. M.S.N., 1980, 
University of Pennsylvania. 

Cioe, Patricia A., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2000. M.S., 1995, University of Rhode Island. 

Clapham, Andrew J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Chemistry, 2001. M.S., 1966, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Clay, Patricia Mary, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Anthropology, 1994. Ph.D., 1992, Indiana 
University. 

Clement, Fiona B., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2000. M.P.H., 1999, Boston University 
School of Public Health. 

Closson, Sylvia P., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1994. M.S.N., 1985, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Coffey, William J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Marine Affairs, 2000. J.D., 1969, Georgetown 
University Law Center. 

Cohen, Lisa, Adjunct Clinical Associate Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2003, 1998. Pharm.D., 
1996, University of Rhode Island. 


*Cohen, Ronald A., Adjunct Professor of Astronomy, 


1996. Ph.D., 1982, Louisiana State University. 


*Colby, John J., Adjunct Professor of Psychology, 


1986. Ph.D., 1974, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Coletta, Elise, Adjunct Clinical Associate Professor 
of Pharmacy Practice, 1998. M.D., 1981, 
University of Chicago, Pritzher School of 
Medicine. 


314 DIRECTORIES 


Collins, Elinor, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1992. M.S., 1987, Boston University. 

Common, Pierre, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Electrical Engineering, 1987. Ph.D., 1985, 
University of Grenoble INPG. 

* Compton, Jana E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Natural Resources Science, 1996. Ph.D., 1994, 
University of Washington. 

Connerney, Patricia A., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1996. M.S., 1992, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Connolly, Walter C., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Physics, 1985. Ph.D., 1954, Catholic 
University of America. 

Constantine, Herbert P., Adjunct Professor of 
Nursing, 1978. M.D., 1953, University of 
Buffalo. 

Cook, Margaret Wilson, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1999. M.S., 1998, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Cooley, James W., Adjunct Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1996. Ph.D., 1961, Columbia 
University. 

Corriveau, Pierre, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics, 1999. Ph.D., 1991, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Corsetti, Maria, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1995. M.S., 1991, University of Rhode Island. 

*Corvese, David, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1994. M.S., 
1985, Salve Regina University. 

Costa, Armenio S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1999. Ph.D., 1990, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Coupchiak, Christine, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 2000. M.S., 1986, University of 
Portland. 

Creely, Mary Jane, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1998. M.S., 1998, University of Rhode Island. 

*Crisman, Everett E., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Chemical Engineering, 2002, 1989. Ph.D., 
1984, Brown University. 

* Cromarty, Stuart l., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Biological Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1995, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Crossley, Susan, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S.N., 1986, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Crowell, Sheryl, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 

Clinical Laboratory Science, 1987. B.S., 1979, 

University of Rhode Island. 

Curran, James P., Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Psychology, 1984. Ph.D., 1970, University of 

Illinois. 

Curtin, Alicia, Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1998. M.S.N., MGH 
Institute of Health Professions. 

Dabek, Carol A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1986. M.S., 1976, University of 
Rhode Island. 

*Dabek, Lisa, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1999. Ph.D., 1994, 
University of Washington. 


Danish, Michele A., Clinical Associate Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. 
Pharm.D., 1974, State University of New 
York. 

Dannenfelser, Richard, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1997. Ph.D., 1963, Yale 
University. 

Danner, Sarah Coulter, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 2000. M.S.N., 1986, Case 
Western Reserve University. 

x Davis, Alan J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Electrical and Computer Engineering, 2001. 
Ph.D., 2000, University of Rhode Island. 

Davis, Richard J., Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2001. B.S., 1961, 
Arkansas State University. 

Davis, Wayne R., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Marine Affairs, 1990. Ph.D., 1978, University 
of South Carolina. 

*Deacutis, Christopher, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Biological Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1982, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Deery, Brian E. Wolf, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1985. Ph.D., 1982, Boston College. 

Dedhiya, Mahendra, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. 
M.B.A., 1982, University of Bridgeport. 

DeFedele, Susanne G., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 2002. M.S., 2001, University of 
Rhode Island. 

DeJoy, Susan A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1998. M.S.N., 1982, University of 
Pennsylvania School of Nursing. 

*Dellaporta, Stephen, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Plant Sciences, 1985. Ph.D., 1983, Worcester 

Polytechnic Institute. 

Dellefratte, Louise M., Adjunct Assistant Professor 

of Nursing, 2002, 1993. M.S., 1989, 

University of Rhode Island. 

* Deller, Thomas E., Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Community Planning and Urban Affairs, 1995. 

M.C.P., 1979, University of Rhode Island. 

DelMonico, Michael J., Adjunct Assistant Professor 

of Nursing, 1993. M.B.A., 1988, University of 

Rhode Island. 

DelSanto-Ravenscroft, Anne F., Adjunct Assistant 

Professor of Nursing, 1999, 1996. M.S.N., 

1990, Yale University. 

Deltano, Kim, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S.N., 1988, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

DeLuca, Sharon L., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1998. M.S.N., 1995, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Demick, Jonathan (Jack), Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Psychology, 1982. Ph.D., 1980, 
Clark University. 

Derrezza, Anita J., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 1999, University of Rhode Island. 

*DeSchepper, Gerald, Adjunct Professor of Art, 
1999. Ph.D., 1974, Ohio University. 


DeSimone, Russell, Adjunct Assistant Professor, 
University Library, 2003. B.A., 1967, 
Providence College. 

Dewey, James, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Health and Physical Education, 1986. Ph.D., 
1984, Purdue University. 

Diaz, Elizabeth R., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S.N., 1993, Yale University. 

DiBiase, Paul J., Jr., Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1998. B.S., 1993, 
University of Rhode Island. 

DiCanzio, Karen S., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1986. M.S., 1983, University of Rhode Island. 

Dick, Karen L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. Ph.D., 1998, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Dickson, Mary-Lynn, Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1999. Ph.D., 1994, Oregon 
State University. 

DiNapoli, Frederick R., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Mathematics, 1979. Ph.D., 1969, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Dluhy, Nancy M., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1996. Ph.D., 1993, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Dodge, Ann Morgan, Adjunct Instructor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1991. M.L.S., 1981, 
M.A., 1982, University of Michigan. 

t*xDonaghay, Percy L., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 2000. Ph.D., 1979 Oregon 
State University 

Downing, Antoinette F., Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Textiles, Fashion M erchandising, 
and Design, 1987. B.S., 1925, University of 
Chicago. 

Dudley, Michael, Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1997. Pharm.D., 
1980, University of California School of 
Pharmacy. 

Durand, Linda, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1993. M.S., 1982, University of 
Rhode Island. 

*Durfee, David A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Computer Science, 1999. Ph.D., 1992, Brown 
University. 

Durham, Juanita S., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2000. M.S., 1999, University of Rhode Island. 

Dwyer, Mary F., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1997, University of Rhode Island. 

Ead, Neil F., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing, 
1999. M.S.N., 1990, Yale University School 
of Nursing. 

xEbrahimpour, Maling, Adjunct Professor of Business 
Administration, 2002. Ph.D., 1986, University 
of Nebraska, Kearney. 

Edwards, Steven F., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics, 1993. Ph.D., 1984, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Eklund, Claire, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1997. M.S., 1988, 
Lesley College. 


Emard, Esther, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 


1994. M.S., 1982, University of Rhode Island. 


Emery, Michelle M., Adjunct Instructor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1994. Pharm.D., 2000, 
University of Rhode Island. 

x Encarnacao, L. Miguel, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Computer Science, 1999. Ph.D., 1997, 
University of Tübingen. 

Englander, Carol, Adjunct Instructor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 2001. M.S., 
1970, Oregon State University. 

Enright, Karen, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1997. Ph.D., 1990, University of 
Connecticut. 

xErickson, Bette LaSere, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Psychology, 1981. Ed.D., 1976, University 
of Massachusetts. 

Esparza, Alfredo, Adjunct Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1997. M.D., 1957, 
University of Puebla. 

Ette, Ene, Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1997. Ph.D., 1990, 
Glasgow University. 

Evans, Barbara, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2002. M.S., 1990, University of Michigan. 

Evans, N. Adria, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Women's Studies, 1990. M.A., 1985, 
University of Rhode Island. 

x Evers, Kerry, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1998. Ph.D., 1998, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Ewan, Jean, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing, 
2001. M.P.H., 1989, Boston University 
School of Public Health. 

Fava, Joseph, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1989. Ph.D., 1990, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Feder, Susan, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of Physical 
Education, 1995. M.S., 1989, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Feeley, Barbara A., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 


1995. M.S., 1992, University of Rhode Island. 


Feeney, David P., Adjunct Clinical Associate 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003, 1998. 
M.S., 1998, University of Rhode Island. 

*Femino, John, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 2001. M.D., 1976, Brown 
University. 

Feole, Betsy, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1990. B.S., 1982, Rhode 
Island College. 

Ferdinandi, Melissa Taylor, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 2001. J.D. 1984, Seattle University 
School of Law, M.S., 1995, Vanderbilt 
University. 

Ferguson, Cynthia T., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 2000. M.S.N., 1998, Case Western 
Reserve University. 

Ferland, Robert, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1995. B.A., 1966, 
Rhode Island College. 

Ferrante, Richard J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1997. Ph.D., 1985, University of 
Rhode Island. 


xFilardo, Edward, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Biological Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1989, 
University of Texas Health Science Center. 

x Fischer, Karen M., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Geosciences, 1996. Ph.D., 1988, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

xFisher, Douglas O., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Biomedical Sciences, 1986. Ph.D., 1979, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Flanagan, Patricia J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1997. M.D., 1983, State University 
of New York, Buffalo. 

Fleming, Michael W., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
1993. Ph.D., 1980, Ohio State University. 

xFlynn, Kevin, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning and Area Development, 
1992. M.C.P., 1980, University of Rhode 
Island. 

xFogarty Michael J., Adjunct Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 2003. Ph.D. 1986, University of 
Rhode Island 

Fowler, Anne E., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1997. Ph.D., 1984, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Frazier, Robert S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 2002. Ph.D., 1975, University of 
Rhode Island. 

x Frenzel, E. Grace, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1980. Ph.D., 1979, Colorado 
State University. 

Fried, David L., Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor 
of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. M.D., 1989, 
Emory University. 

Friedman, Joseph, Adjunct Clinical Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1995. M.D., 1978, 
Columbia University College of Physicians. 

Friedman, Laurie Ann, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 2000. M.S.N., 1985, Yale 
University. 

Fulton, Anna Faucher, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1993. M.S., 1984, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Gagnon, Rosemarie O., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1997. M.S., 1995, Northeastern 
University. 

Gallagher, Patricia, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 2002. Ph.D., 1992, University of 
Rhode Island. 

*Gann, Kathryn, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1993. Ph.D., 
1977, Wesleyan University. 

Ganz, Arthur R., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 1986. 
M.S., 1973, University of Rhode Island. 

Garber, Carol Ewing, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Physical Education and Exercise Science, 1998. 
Ph.D., 1990, University of Connecticut. 

Garrido, Maria, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Clinical Psychology, 1995. Psy.D., 1988, 
Rutgers-The State University. 

Gauthier, Chris R., Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2003. B.S., 1994, 
University of Rhode Island. 


ADJUNCT FACULTY 315 


*Gemma, Jane N., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Plant Sciences and of Biological Sciences, 2001, 
1992. Ph.D., 1987, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Gentile, John H., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 1982. 
Ph.D., 1966, University of New Hampshire. 

George, Bernard, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 

Clinical Laboratory Science, 1980. M.S., 1976, 

Southeastern Massachusetts University. 

George, Hoell R., Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 

Pharmacy Practice, 1998. Pharm.D., 1996, 

Massachusetts College of Pharmacy. 

Gerraughty, Robert J., Adjunct Professor of Applied 

Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. Ph.D., 1958, 

University of Connecticut. 

*Gettman, Alan D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Entomology, 1992. Ph.D., 1989, University of 
Florida, Gainesville. 

Ghazal, Maria, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1997. M.S., 1982, Boston University. 

Gianquitti, Kathleen B., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Food Science and Nutrition, 1986. M.S., 
1981, University of Rhode Island. 

Gibbes, Bertram S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1998. Ph.D., 1992, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Gibson, Pamela R., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Women's Studies, 1992. Ph.D., 1991, 
University of Rhode Island. 

+x*Gifford, Dian J., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1992. Ph.D., 1986 Dalhousie 
University 

+*Ginsberg, Howard S., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Plant Sciences, 1990. Ph.D., 1979, Cornell 
University. 

Gleason Timothy Ross, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
2001. Ph.D., 1995, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Gmuer, Cecilia, Adjunct Assistant Clinical Professor 
of Clinical Laboratory Science, 1983. M.D., 
1977, Albany Medical College. 

Goetz, Cynthia A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2000. M.S., 1986, Yale University. 

*Gomez, Jason, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering, 2002. Ph.D., 2001. 
Ph.D., 2001, University of Rhode Isand. 

Goldman, Ralph F., Adjunct Professor of Textiles, 
Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 1982. 
Ph.D., 1954, Boston University. 


Goldstein, Elaina K., 
Relations & Hum 


Adjunct Professor of Labor 
an Resources, 2001. J.D., 


1989, Temple U 


niversity, School of Law. 


Gonzales, Elena V., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1991. Ph.D., 1979, University of 


Washington. 


Gordon, Susan H., Adjunct Assistant Instructor of 


Plant Sciences, 1 
of Rhode Island. 


996. Ph.D., 1995, University 


xGorres, Josef H., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Natural Resources Science, 1999, 1993. Ph.D., 


1983, University 


of Manchester. 


316 DIRECTORIES 


Grabauskas, Patricia A., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 2001, 1996. M.S.N, 1988, 
Georgetown University. 

Graham, Cleo, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2000. M.S., 1980, Columbia University. 

*Grant, John, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1983. M.B.A., 1976, 
Bryant College. 

Graves, Amy, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1989. M.S., 1985, 
Southeastern Massachusetts University. 

Graves, Barbara Wingate, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Nursing, 1998. M.S.N., 1986, 
Emory University. 

Graziano, Catherine E., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Nursing, 1993. Ph.D., 1988, Pacific 
Western University. 

Greaney, Mary L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 2003. Ph.D., 2002, University of 
South Carolina 

Greenspan, Ruth L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Anthropology, 1988. Ph.D., 1985, University 
of Oregon. 

Groden, Gerald, Adjunct Professor of Psychology, 
1995. Ph.D., 1963, Purdue University. 

Groden, June, Adjunct Professor of Psychology, 
1995. Ph.D., 1982, Boston College. 

*Groffman, Peter M., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Natural Resources Science, 1993. Ph.D., 1984, 
University of Georgia. 

Grossomanides, John, Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 2000, University of Rhode Island. 

Guenette, Simone, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1992. M.S.N., 1972, University of 
Massachusetts. 

*Guilmette, Thomas J., Adjunct Professor of 
Astronomy. Ph.D., 1982, University of 
Missouri. 

Hackett, Linda Atherton, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1996. M.S., 1978, University of 
North Florida. 

Hale, Lynne Z., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Marine Affairs, 1992. M.S., 1975, University 
of Rhode Island. 

Hall, Diane Pallante, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 


1994. M.S., 1992, University of Rhode Island. 


Hall, John K., Adjunct Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1997. Ph.D., 1970, Columbia 
University. 

Hamel, Lutz, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Computer Science, 2000. Ph.D., 1997, Oxford 
University. 

x Hamilton, Cynthia M., Adjunct Professor of 
Community Planning and Urban Affairs, 1995. 
Ph.D., 1980, Boston University. 

*Hammen-Winn, Susan L., Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Biological Sciences, 1992. Ph.D., 
1989, University of Rhode Island. 

Hanson, Alfred K., Jr., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1993. Ph.D., 1981, University 
of Rhode Island. 


Harbar, Olga, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 1997. 
M.S., 1983, Simmons College. 

Harr, Milton E., Adjunct Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1995. Ph.D., 1958, 
Purdue University. 

Harrison, M. Jane, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 

1995. M.S., 1973, Boston College. 

Harritos, Nancy L., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 

1993. M.S., 1990, University of Rhode Island. 

x Haspel, Katherine C., Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Psychology, 2003, 1985. Ph.D., 1981, 

University of Rhode Island. 

Hassett, Lynn M., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.P.H., 1993, Boston University 
School of Public Health. 

Haytaian, Charles L., R.Ph., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 1990. B.S., 
1977, Massachusetts College of Pharmacy. 

ald, Emerson F., Adjunct Visiting Professor of 

Chemistry, 1995. Ph.D., 1961, University of 

Hawaii. 

Healey, James E., Adjunct Professor of 

Communicative Disorders, 1987. M.S., 1975, 

Purdue University. 

Healey, Mary M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Communication Studies, 1998. M.A., 1994, 

Emerson College. 

Healey, Michael Charles, Adjunct Professor of 

Political Science, 1995. Ph.D., 1969, 

University of Aberdeen. 

Heelan, Judith S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1988. Ph.D., 1982, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Heimendinger, Jerianne, Adjunct Assistant 

Professor of Food Science and Nutrition, 1983. 

D.Sci., 1981, Harvard University. 

Helm-Estabrooks, Nancy, Adjunct Professor of 

Communicative Disorders, 2002. Sc.D., 1979, 

Boston University. 

Hennessey, Barry J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Library and Information Studies, 1985. Ph.D., 

1972, Harvard University. 

Hertfelt-Wahn, Inger Elisabeth, Adunct Instructor 
of Nursing, 2002. M.S., 1999, University of 
Goéteberg, Sweden. 

Hesser, Jana Earl, Adjunct Professor of Psychology, 
1993. Ph.D., 1974, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Higa, Katashi, Adjunct Visiting Professor of 
Economics, 1985. M.A., 1972, Meijigakuin 
University, Japan. 

Hilliard, Dennis C., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Biomedical Sciences, 1992, 1980. M.S., 1980, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Himmel, Peter B., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Applied Pharmacetuical Sciences, 1997. M.D., 
1972, State University of New York, 
Downstate Medical Center. 

Hindle, Marguerita C., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
1987. B.S., 1949, University of Rhode Island. 

Ho, Kay T., Adjunct Professor of Oceanography, 
2000. Ph.D., 1992, University of Rhode 
Island. 


H 


D 


Hobden, Diana L., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 

1998. M.S., 1982, Pace University. 

xHobbs, N. Thompson, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Biological Sciences, 2003. Ph.D., 1979, 
Colorado State University. 

Hodgman, Diane, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1996. M.S., 1974, Columbia 
University. 

Hoell, George R., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 2000, Massachusetts College of 
Pharmacy. 

Hoffman, H. Rainer, Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmacetuical Sciences, 1992. Ph.D., 1979, 
Phipps University, Marburg, Switzerland. 

Hoffmann, Philip, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1980. B.S., 1973, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Holdredge, Ann, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2000. M.S., 1995, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Holler, Karen A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 2002. Ph.D., 1996, University of 
Florida. 

xHolm, Alison L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1982. J.D., 
1982, Suffolk University Law School; M.P.H., 
1985, Harvard University School of Public 
Health. 

xHubbell, Richard F., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 
1990. Ph.D., 1989, University of Rhode 
Island. 

xHudson, William E., Adjunct Professor of Political 
Science, 1991. Ph.D., 1976, Brown University. 

Hunter, Linda A., Adjunct Instructor of N ursing, 
1998. M.S.N., 1995, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Hurley, Daniel J., Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1981. Ph.D., 1976, University of 
Maryland. 

Hurley, Marianne, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1991, University of Rhode Island. 

Huston, Milton T., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Civil and Environmental Engineering, 1985. 
M.S., 1963, University of Rhode Island; P.E. 

xHutchinson, Martha, Adjunct Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1997. Ph.D., M.D., 1974, 
Case Western University. 

xHyde, Mark S., Adjunct Professor of Political 
Science, 1991. Ph.D., 1972, Michigan State 
University. 

Imig, David Gregg, Adjunct Associate Professor, 
Institute of Human Science and Services, 1981. 
Ph.D., 1969, University of Illinois. 

Immonen, Delight Lewis, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1999. M.M.E., 1962, New England 
Conservatory of Music. 

Ingersoll, Frances H., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Clinical Laboratory Science, 1986. 
M.S., 1981, Southeastern Massachusetts 
University. 


xJackson, Donald C., Adjunct Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 2000. Ph.D., 1963, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Jackson-Kohlin, Donna, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1998. M.S.N., 1990, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Jandik, Petr, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Chemistry, 1991. Ph.D., 1982, Technical 
University, Munich, Germany. 

xJantrania, Anish R., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Natural Resources Science, 1995. Ph.D., 1989, 
Clemson University. 

Jaworski, Norbert J., Adjunct Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1995. Ph.D., 1968, 
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 

x Jay, Gregory D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy, 2002. M.D., Ph.D., 1990, State 
University of New York at Stony Brook. 

Johnson, Benjamin, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 2003. Ph.D., 1997, Yale 
University. 

Johnson, Douglas, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning and Area Development, 
1980. M.C.P., 1971, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Johnson, Elizabeth, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Natural Resources Science, 2000. M.S., 1979, 
Cornell University. 

xJohnson, Janet L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 2002. Ph.D., 2001, University of 
Rhode Island. 

xJohnson, Sara S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1999. Ph.D., 1998, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Jordan, Arthur K., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Electrical Engineering, 1987. Ph.D., 1972, 
University of Pennsylvania. 

Jordan, Linda S., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 


1993. M.S., 1987, University of Rhode Island. 


Joshi, Yatindra, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph. D., 
1979, Dalhousie University. 

Julian, Ernest M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Food Science and Nutrition, 1992. Ph.D., 
1992, University of Connecticut. 

Kaiser, Edward A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 1984. 
Ph.D., 1992, University of Rhode Island. 

Kaplan, Arthur M., Adjunct Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 1969. Ph.D., 1948, University of 
Massachusetts. 

Kaplan, Gary B., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Biochemistry, Microbiology, and Molecular 
Genetics, 1996. M.D., 1983, Hahnemann 
University School of Medicine. 

*Karbach, Michael, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Physics, 2002. Ph.D., 1994, University of 
Wuppertal, Germany. 

Katz, Clifford H., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Biological Sciences, 1991. Ph.D., 1982, 
University of Connecticut. 

Kaul, Alan F., Adjunct Professor of Pharmacy 
Practice, 1998. M.B.A., 1980, Suffolk 
Univerity. 


*Kausch, Albert P., Adjunct Professor of 
Biochemistry, Microbiology, and Molecular 
Genetics, 1993, and Plant Sciences, 2000. 
Ph.D., 1983, lowa State University. 

Kavarnos, George J., Adjunct Professor of 
Chemistry, 1978. Ph.D., 1968, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Kaw, Yao Tek, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1997. M.D., 1983, 
Memorial Medical College. 

Kearns, Christine L., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1999. M.S., 1997, University of Rhode Island. 

xKeating, J. Michael, Adjunct Professor of Labor and 
Industrial Relations, 1987. J.D., 1973, 
Georgetown University Law School. 

Keefe-Canetti, Marjorie, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1991. M.S.N., 1982, Pace 
University. 

Keene, Corinne C., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1989. M.S., 1982, University of Rhode Island. 

Keleher, Kathleen Carrigan, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Nursing, 2001. M.P.H., 1979, 
Johns Hopkins University. 

xKeller, Stefan, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1999. Dr.rer.nat., 1998, Philipps 
University, Germany. 

Kellerman, Frank, Adjunct Instructor of Library and 
Information Studies, 1983. M.S.L.S., 1977, 
Case Western Reserve University. 

Kemp, Kenneth A., Adjunct Professor of Physics, 
2000. Ph.D., 1974, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Kempner, Steven M., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. M.D., 
1978, State University of New York, 
Downstate Medical Center. 

Kennedy, Evelyn D., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 


1987. M.S., 1971, University of Rhode Island. 


Kennedy, Patricia, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 


2000. M.S., 1982, University of Rhode Island. 


Kenney, Margaret, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1988. M.S., 1983, 
Southeastern Massachusetts University. 

+*Kenney, Robert D., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1996. Ph.D., 1984 University 
of Rhode Island 

Kerbel, Claudia M., Adjunct Instructor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 1996. M.S., 
1974, Cornell University. 

Kessimian, Novbar, Adjunct Clinical Associate 
Professor of Clinical Laboratory Science, 1986. 
M.D., 1972, University of Buenos Aires 
School of Medicine. 


Kight, Denise, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 2001. 


M.S., 1996, University of Rhode Island 
Killian, Martin, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1992. M.B.A., 1990, 
Bryant College. 
Kilpatrick, Robert W., Adjunct Professor of Textiles, 
Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 1982. 
M.S., 1954, Springfield College. 


ADJUNCT FACULTY 317 


Kimpton, John, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 2003. Ph.D., 1997, University of 
Rhode Island. 

*Kirschenbaum, Susan S., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Psychology, 1987. Ph.D., 1985, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Kitsos, Thomas R., Adjunct Professor of Marine 
Affairs, 1991. Ph.D., 1972, University of 
Illinois. 

*Klein-MacPhee, Grace, Adjunct Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 1999. 
Ph.D., 1979, University of Rhode Island. 

*Klyberg, Albert T., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
History, 1976. Ph.D., 1967, University of 
Michigan. 

Knowlton, Kathleen A., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1991, University of 
Rhode Island. 

*Kocik, John Francis, Adjunct Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science, 2000. Ph.D., 
1992, Michigan State University. 

*Kodavanti, Prasada S., Adjunct Professor of 
Toxicology, 2000. Ph.D., 1981, Sri 
Venkateswara University, Tirupati, India. 

Koehler, Melanie, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2002. M.S., 2001, University of Rhode Island. 

Kozol, Andrea J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Plant Sciences, 2000. Ph. D., 1995, Boston 
University 

Krause, Susan Agard, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1998. M.S.N., 1990, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Krupp, Brandon H., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1998. M.D., 1989, University of 
Louisville Health Sciences Center. 

*Ku, Warren W., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Biomedical Sciences, 2001. Ph.D., 1987, 
University of Michigan. 

Kulman, Ira R., Adjunct Professor of Psychology, 
1988. Ph.D., 1985, Kent University. 

Kumari, Anjana, Adjunct Visiting Assistant Professor 
of Chemistry, 1994. Ph.D., 1987, Punjab 
Agricultural University. 

L'Italien, Gilbert J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. ScD., 
1973, Northeastern University. 

Labyak, Susan Elizabeth, Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Nursing, 1997. Ph.D., 1993, 
University of Michigan. 

xLaFazia, Leonard M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1990. M.S., 1984, 
Salve Regina University. 

xLaForge, Robert G., Adjunct Professor of 
Psychology, 2000, 1995. Sc.D., 1987, Johns 
Hopkins University. 

Lagasse, Linda L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2003. Ph.D., 1990, Brown 
University. 

Landes, Stephen C., Adjunct Instructor of 
Communication Studies, 1985. B.A., 1971, 
University of Rhode Island. 

xLapane, Kate, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1997. Ph.D., 1995, 
Brown University. 


318 DIRECTORIES 


LaRoche, Edward J., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1997. M.S., 1996, University of Rhode Island. 

Lasater, Thomas M., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1985. Ph.D., 1969, University of 
Houston. 

xLashomb, James H., Adjunct Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1999. Ph.D., 1975, 
University of Maryland. 

Lauchlan, Stuart, Adjunct Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1997. M.D., Ch.E., 1954, 
University of Edinburgh. 

Lavallee, Andrea M., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1999. M.S., 1977, University of Rhode Island. 

xLeavitt, Dale, F., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 2003. 
Ph.D., 1987, University of Maine. 

xLeazes, Francis J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Political Science, 1991. Ph.D., 1984, University 
of Connecticut. 

LeClair, Emily, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 1996. 
M.S., 1992, Yale University. 

Lee, Sang B., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, 1983. Ph.D., 1982, 
Rutgers-The State University. 

Leibman, Michael, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1999. M.D., 1993, Albert Einstein 
College of Medicine. 

Leinhaas, Marie-Anne M., Adjunct Instructor of 
Human Development and Family Studies, 
1999. M.S.W., 1981, Virginia 
Commonwealth University. 

Lemay, Virginia A., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 2000, University of Rhode Island. 

xLester, Barry, Adjunct Professor of Psychology, 
1998. Ph.D., 1973, Michigan State University. 

Leveillee, Mary F., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 

1995. M.S., 1991, University of Rhode Island. 

x Levesque, Deborah A., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Psychology, 1999. Ph.D., 1998, University 
of Rhode Island. 

Levy, Sandra B., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1997. Ph.D., 1984, University of 
Massachusetts. 

Lewis, John, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1997. M.S., 1996, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Link, Kenneth J., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1997. M.S.W., 1994, Boston College. 

Linn, Audrey, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1974, University of 
Utah. 

Litherland, Kay, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1992. M.S., 1973, University of 
lowa. 

xLiu, Betty (Biyue), Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Mathematics, 2000. Ph.D., 1993, University of 
Maryland. 

Lloyd, Richard D., Adjunct Instructor in 
Psychology, 1985. M.S., 1975, University of 
Rhode Island. 

xLobato, Debra, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1997. Ph.D., 1981, University of 
Massachusetts. 


Logan, Philip N., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics, 1993. Ph.D., 1984, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Lopez, Gustavo E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Chemistry, 1991. Ph.D., 1991, University of 

Massachusetts. 

Lourie, Kevin J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Anthropology, 2000. Ph.D., 1990, Brown 

University. 

Lowinger, Lori Shulkin, Adjunct Instructor of 

Nursing, 1999. M.A., 1985, New York 

University. 

Loy, John W., Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Sociology, 2001. Ph.D., 1967, University of 

Wisconsin, Madison. 

Lubiner, Judith, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Psychology, 1995. Ph.D., 1989, University of 

Rhode Island. 

Lucariello, Richard, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Electrical and Computer Engineering 

(Biomedical Engineering), 1998. M.D., 1984, 

New York Medical College. 

Lukatela, Katarina, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Psychology, 2002. Ph.D., 1989, University of 

Connecticut. 

x Luo, Hong, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Plant 

Sciences, 2000. Ph.D., 1995, Catholic 

University of Louvain. 

xLusardi, Paula, Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Nursing, 1998. Ph.D., 1993, University of 

Rhode Island. 

Lyle, Heidi E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Nursing, 2001. M.P.H., 1995, Boston 

University School of Public Health. 

Lynden, Irina L., Adjunct Assistant Professor, 

Library, 2002. Ph.D., 1980, St. Petersburg 

State University of Culture and Arts (Russia). 

Lysaght, Carmen B., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 

1995. M.S.N., 1980, The Catholic University 
of America. 

Maar, Kirsten, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Communication Studies, 1999. M.A., 1999, 
University of Rhode Island. 

MacDonald, Shelley A., Adjunct Assistant Professor 

of Nursing, 1998. M.S., 1989, Lesley College. 

MacKenzie, Dolores, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 

Clinical Laboratory Science, 1989. B.S., 1976, 
Rhode Island College. 

* MacKinnon, John Ross, Adjunct Professor of 
Astronomy, 1996. Ph.D., 1965, University of 
Toronto. 

MacLean, Elizabeth A., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 1999, University of Rhode Island. 

Mahoney, Charles D., Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1991. M.S., 1972, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Malick, Waseem, Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1992. Ph.D., 1976, 
University of Michigan. 

Mallon, Kathleen, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Plant Sciences, 1986. M.A., 1976, University 
of Rhode Island. 


Malloy, Paul F., Adjunct Professor of Astronomy, 
1996. Ph.D., 1981, State University of New 
York, Binghamton. 

Mandanis, Perry Nicholas, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Nursing, 1997. M.D., 1986, 
Medical University of South Carolina. 

Manheim, Patt, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning and Area Development, 
1988. Ph.D., 1984, Cornell University. 

Manocchia, Michael, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Sociology and Anthropology, 2001. Ph.D., 
2000, Northeastern University. 

MarcAurele, Katharine R., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Nursing, 1989. M.S., 1984, 
Boston University. 

Marchese, Christine R., Adjunct Clinical Instructor 
of Pharmacy Practice, 1998. B.S., 1985, 
Massachusetts College of Pharmacy. 

Marchese, Teresa, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1998. Ph.D., 1994, George Mason 
University. 

*Marcoux, Rita, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1990. M.B.A., 
1987, University of Rhode Island. 

Markin, Karen M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Journalism, 2003. Ph.D., 1993, University of 
North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

Marshall, Robert J., Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Gerontology, 1982. Ph.D., 1981, Brown 
University. 

Martensson, Lena, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1997, Goteborg University, 
Sweden. 

Martin, Oanh H., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 1998, University of Washington. 

Martineau, Leslie, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1986. B.S., 1977, 
Rhode Island College. 

Marzilli, Lisa, Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2003. Pharm.D., 1999, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Massaro, Marilyn, Adjunct Instructor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1992. M.A., 1976, State 
University of New York, Buffa 

Massotti, Elaine M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1999. M.S., 1989, Salve Regina 
University. 

Matrone, Jeannette S., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1997. Ph.D., 1990, Boston 
College. 

Maxwell, Christopher J., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 2002, University of Rhode Island. 

* Maxwell, Joseph A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1992. Ph.D., 1986, University of 
Chicago. 

Mayer, Kenneth H., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1988. M.D., 1977, 
Northwestern University Medical School. 

Mayer, Larry A., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Ocean Engineering, 1985. Ph.D., 1979, 
University of California. 


p. 


Maynard-Agnew, Maureen M., Adjunct Instructor 
of English, 1994. M.A., 1973, Rhode Island 
College. 

* Mayo Ill, Charles A., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 2003. Ph.D., 1973, University 
of Miami. 

McBride, Linda M., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1995. M.S., 1994, University of Rhode Island. 

McCarron, Marie, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1993. M.S., 1987, University of Rhode Island. 

McClain, Walter J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2003. Pharm.D., 1986, St. 
John’s University. 

McClellan, Nancy Jeanne, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1985, 
University of Minnesota. 

McConaughy, Edie Furia, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1995, 
University of Rhode Island. 

xMcCorkle, Richard A., Adjunct Professor of Physics, 
1993. Ph.D., 1970, North Carolina State 
University. 

McCue, Pamela L., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1999. M.S., 1994, University of Rhode Island. 

McCullough, William V., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Electrical Engineering, 1977. 
Ph.D., 1976, University of Rhode Island. 

McDonough, Kimberly, Adjunct Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1992. Pharm.D., 1982, 
Purdue University. 

McGillivray, Carolyn Ann, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 2000. M.S., 1992, University of 
Rhode Island. 

McGrath, Shannon M., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 1998, University of Rhode Island. 

McIntyre, Maryann, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1992. B.S., 1984, 
Rhode Island College. 

McKeeff, Diane, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.A., 1998, New York University. 

McKeefrey Sue P., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1989, University of Washington. 

McMahon, Louise H., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1992. M.H.A., 1988, Clark 

University. 

McWalters, Peter, Adjunct Professor of Human 

Science and Services, 1999. M.S., 1979, State 

University of New York, Brockport. 

Medbery, Russell S., Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor 

of Nursing, 2001. M.S.N., 1986, Columbia 

University. 

* Meglio, Franklin, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Clinical Laboratory Science, 1980. M.S., 1980, 

Northeastern University. 

Mehta, Shashikant R., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Microbiology, 1990. Ph.D., 1984, University 
of Texas, Houston. 

Mello, David, Adjunct Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1983. M.S., 1978, 
University of Massachusetts, Dartmouth. 

Mello, Paul M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Physics, 1985. M.A., 1980, University of 
Rhode Island. 


*Methot, Robert L., Adju 


Meyer, Elaine C., Adjunc 


Mohanty, Gail F., Adju 


Mellor, Barbara, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2000. M.S., 1994, Case Western Reserve 
University. 

Mendes, Shirley A., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1995. M.S., 1985, Pace University; F.N.P., 
1992, University of Rhode Island. 

Menihan, Cydney A., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1991. M.S.N., 1986, California 
State University. 

Menihan, Suzan J., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1997, University of Rhode Island. 

Messier, Richard H., Adjunct Associate Professor of 

echanical Engineering and Applied 

echanics, 1977. Ph.D., 1975, Brown 

University. 


Metheny, William, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 


Clinical Laboratory Science, 1997. Ph.D., 1985, 
Michigan State University. 

ct Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1995. Ph.D., 1972, Kansas State 
University. 


Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1997. Ph.D., 1990, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Meyers, Irene M., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1996. M.S.N., 1989, Yale University. 

Middleton, David, Adjunct Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1966. Ph.D., 1947, Harvard 
University. 

Milhaven, Annie Lally, Adjunct Assistant Professor 

of Women’s Studies, 1994. M.T.S., 1989, 

Harvard University. 

Miller, David L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Psychology, 2003. Ph.D., 1993, Brown 

University. 

Miller, James A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Nursing, 2000. Ph.D., 1999, University of 

Rhode Island. 

Miller, Peter, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1985. M.S., 1978, Boston 
University. 

Mioni, Jacques, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Gerontology, 1983. M.D., 1940, Faculty of 
Medicine of Paris, France. 

Moellentin, Daniel, Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 1984, University of Arkansas. 

Moffitt, Colleen, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. M.S., 
1994, University of Rhode Island 

Mogawer, Walaa S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Civil and Environmental Engineering, 1991. 
Ph.D., 1989, University of Rhode Island. 

ct Assistant Professor of 

Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
1995. Ph.D., 1984, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Mojaverian, Parviz, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 
1980, Philadelph ia College of Pharmacy and 
Science. 

Mollan, Matthew J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 
1993, Rutgers University. 


ADJUNCT FACULTY 319 


Molloy, Patricia, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1992. M.S., 1978, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Molyneaux, Ronald Dale, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1995. M.S., 1982, Illinois State 
University. 

Molzon, Justina, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1997. J.D., 
1985, IIT Chicago-Kent College of Law. 

Monkhouse, Donald C., Adjunct Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1992. Ph.D., 
1970, University of lowa. 

Monnens, Helen L., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1995. M.S.N., 1989, University of Wyoming. 

Monti, Peter, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1977. Ph.D., 1974, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Moore, Anthony, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1980. B.S., 1980, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Moran, Noreen, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1991, Case Western Reserve 
University. 

* Moreno, Josephine, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
2001, 1996. Ph.D., 1995, lowa State 
University. 

Moretti, Jill S., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 2001. 
M.S., 1991, University of Rhode Island. 

Morisseau, Clarisse S., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1995. M.S., 1990, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Morrow, Alison, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1990, University of 
California, San Francisco. 

Most, Albert S., Adjunct Professor of Electrical 
Engineering, 1974. M.D., 1962, Johns 
Hopkins University. 

Motte, Mark, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning, 1990. Ph.D., 1995, 
Rutgers-The State University. 

Muddiman, Laurie R., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1995. M.S., 1993, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Mullaney, Jeanne L., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1999. M.A., 1997, Rhode Island College. 

Mullaney, Joan K., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1985. M.S., 1979, University of Rhode Island. 

Mulvey, Trudy C., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1994. M.S.N., 1991, Yale University School 
of Nursing. 

*Munns, Wayne R., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Biomedical Sciences, 1998. Ph.D., 1984, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Murray, Sharon, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1999. M.S., 1997, University of Rhode Island. 

Musick, John A., Adjunct Professor of Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science, 2000. Ph.D., 

1969, Harvard University. 

Myers, Deborah L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1998. M.D., 1981, State University 
of New York, Stony Brook. 


320 DIRECTORIES 


x Nagata, Ryoichi, Adjunct Professor of Biomedical 
Sciences, 1995. M.D., 1983, St. Marianna 
University; Ph.D., 1991, Kagoshima 
University. 

Najarian, Dean M., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 2000, University of Rhode Island. 

Nanni, Linda, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001, 1991. M.S., 1983, 
Georgetown University. 

Naylor, Dean, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1993. B.S., 1980, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Nelson, James H., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Physics, 1985. M.S., 1968, Clarkson College 
of Technology. 

Neuhauser, Andrew P., Adjunct Assistant Professor 

of Nursing, 1999. M.D., 1983, George 

Washington University. 

%* Newman, Philip R., Adjunct Professor of Human 

Development and Family Studies, 2000. Ph.D., 

1971, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 

xNigg, Claudio R., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Psychology, 1999. Ph.D., 1999, University of 

Rhode Island. 

Nilsson, Agneta, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Nursing, 2002. Ph.D., 2001, University of 

Göteberg, Sweden. 

Noll, Jill, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing, 

2001. M.S., 1995, Case Western Reserve 

University. 

Nugent, Patrick J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Nursing, 1998. M.D., 1985, Pennsylvania 

State University, Milton Hershey Medical 

Center. 

Nuger, Christine N., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1998. M.S.N., 1973, Yale University 
School of Nursing. 

O'Connell, Patricia, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1992. M.S., 1987, Boston College. 

* Olsen, Stephen, Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1997 and Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Natural Resources Science, 1987,. 
M.S., 1970, University of Rhode Island. 

Olson, David G., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Industrial Engineering, 1980. Ph.D., 1971, 
Northwestern University. 

* Omar, Mostafa M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Biomedical Sciences, 1985. Ph.D., 1981, 
University of Rhode Island. 

O'Neill, Eileen S., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1996. Ph.D., 1992, University of 
Rhode Island. 

O'Neill, William D., Adjunct Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 2000. M.B.A., 
1968, University of Connecticut. 

* Opal, Steven M., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1988. M.D., 1976, 
Albany Medical College of Union University. 

Ortiz, Carlos R., Adjunct Instructor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1990. B.S., 1966, 
Wayne State University. 


Osborne, Elaine M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1985. M.S., 1977, Boston College. 

Osgood, Charles F., Adjunct Professor of 
Mathematics, 1980. Ph.D., 1964, University 
of California, Berkeley. 

Owen, Patricia M., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1991. M.S., 1980, Boston University. 

Oyer, Calvin, Adjunct Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1997. M.D., 1952, 
Indiana University School of Medicine. 

Page, Dore, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Library, 

2002. (Printer in Residence) 

Paine, Donna, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. 

M.B.A., 1993, University of Rhode Island. 

Palmer, Judy A., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 

1988. M.S.N., 1982, Boston College. 

Palmer, Lois, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 1998. 

M.S.N., 1991, Yale Graduate School of 

Nursing. 

Palyszek, Christine V., Adjunct Assistant Professor 

of Nursing, 1995. M.S., 1982, The Catholic 

University of America. 

Paolino, Ronald M., Adjunct Clinical Professor of 

Pharmacy Practice, 2003, 1998. Ph.D., 1963, 

Purdue University. 

Papazian, Donna A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1987, Columbia 

University. 

Paquette, Gregory E., Adjunct Professor of Clinical 

Laboratory Science, 2001, 1995. Ph.D., 1992, 

University of Rhode Island. 

*Parella, Mary A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Community Planning, 1992. M.C.P., 1989, 

University of Rhode Island. 

Parsons, John P., Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Nursing, 1995. Ph.D., 1976, Kent State 

University. 

Patton, Alexander J., Adjunct Professor of 

Mechanical Engineering and Applied M echanics, 

1989. Ph.D., 1972, University of Rhode 

Island. 

Pavlow, Rose, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 1999. 

M.A., 1976, Goddard College. 

Paxson, MaryAnn Araujo, Adjunct Assistant 

Professor of Psychology, 1991. Ph.D., 1988, 

University of Rhode Island. 

Payne, Kenneth F., Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Community Planning and Urban Affairs, 1995. 

M.C.P., 1973, University of Rhode Island. 

Pedro, Henrique T., R.Ph., Adjunct Instructor of 

Pharmacy Practice, 1990. B.S., 1977, 

University of Rhode Island. 

Peigelbeck, W. Gary, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Communication Studies, 1998. D.A., 1997, 

Audiology Foundation of America 

Pence, Deborah V., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Mechanical Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 

1998. Ph.D., 1995, Clemson University. 

Pereira, Gary L., Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1993. B.S., 1976, 
Southeastern Massachusetts University. 


Perez, Kenneth T., Adjunct Professor of Natural 
Resources Science, 1996. Ph.D., 1971, State 
University of North Carolina, Raleigh. 

Perfetto, Eleanor M., Adjunct Assistant Professor 

of Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. 

Ph.D., 1992, University of North Carolina. 

Perry, Barbara Miller, Adjunct Assistant Professor 

of Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. 

M.P.H., 1983, Boston University School of 

Medicine. 

Petropoulos, Peter, Adjunct Clinical Assistant 

Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. M.D., 

1985, Massachusetts College of Pharmacy. 

Pfeiffer, Margaret, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1997. M.S., 1981, Boston College. 

Phillips, J. Christopher, Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Chemistry, 1997. Ph.D., 1969, Ohio State 
University. 

Pinar, Hallit, Adjunct Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1997. M.D., 1974, 
Amcara University. 

Pingitore, Francine R.B., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 2000. M.S., 1996, University of San 
Francisco. 

*Pivarnik, Lori F., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, 2000. Ph.D., 1990, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Plante, Susan L., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 1998, University of Rhode Island. 

Pleau, Annette, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2002. B.S., 1993, Colorado State University. 

Pomfret, Denise Duplessis, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1994. M.S., 1986, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Pouillon, Amy S., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 1999, Ohio Northern University. 

Powell, Candace E., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1998, Salve Regina University. 

Prochaska, Janice M., Adjunct Professor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 2002. Ph.D., 
1998, Boston College. 

*Profughi, Victor L., Adjunct Professor of Political 
Science, 1991. Ph.D., 1967, University of 
Pittsburgh. 

Putnam, Ellen Cay, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1998. M.S.N., 1990, Yale University. 

Quadros Dianne H., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1990, University of 
Miami. 

Radka, Linda H., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1992. M.N., 1984, University of Washington. 

Rajagopalan, Prabhu, Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. 
Ph.D., 1996, University of Georgia. 

Rana, Khurram A., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2003. Pharm.D., 1993, 
University of Michigan. 

Ravenscroft, Robert A., Jr., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Computer Science, 1994. Ph.D., 
1991, Brown University. 


Raymond, Patricia M., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Gerontology, 1982, and Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Psychology, 1986. Ph.D., 1981, 


University of Rhode 


Island. 


Ready, Robert W., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1999. M.S., 1988, University of 


Washington. 
Redding, Colleen, Adjun 


ct Associate Professor of 


Psychology, 1999. Ph.D., 1993, University of 


Rhode Island. 
Reynolds, Dianne T., Ad 


junct Assistant Professor of 


Nursing, 1998. M.S.N., 1986, University of 


California, San Fran 


cisco; Certificate in 


Nurse-Midwifery, 1986, University of 


California, San Diego. 


*Rheault, Robert B., Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor 


of Fisheries, Animal a 


nd Veterinary Science, 


1999. Ph.D., 1995, University of Rhode 


Island. 
Rhodes, Jean M.R., Adju 


nct Assistant Professor of 


Nursing, 1995. Ph.D., 1990, University of 


South Carolina. 


Ricci, Elizabeth S., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S.N., 1985, Boston College. 


Rich, Beverly Waldman, 


Adjunct Instructor of 


Nursing, 1993. M.S., 1988, Boston 


University. 
Richardson, Roger, Adju 

Psychology, 1979. P 

State University. 
Ricks, Lynn, Adjunct Inst 


M.S.N., 1995, Boston College. 


nct Associate Professor of 
h.D., 1967, Louisiana 


ructor of Nursing, 1998. 


Riggs, Matthew M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 


Applied Pharmaceuti 
2000, University of 
Riggs, Suzanne G., Adju 


cal Sciences, 2003. Ph.D., 
Connecticut. 
nct Associate Professor of 


Nursing, 1999, 1987. M.D., 1972, Harvard 


University. 

Rippey, Scott R., Adjunci 
Microbiology, 1984. 
of Rhode Island. 


t Assistant Professor of 
Ph.D., 1979, University 


Rizk, Yvonne, Adjunct Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1997. M.D., 1978, 
University of Khartoum. 

Robbins, Mark L., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 2003, 1999. Ph.D., 1993, 
Rutgers—The State University. 

Roberti, Ann Marie, Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Clinical Laboratory Science, 1986. 


M.S., 1980, Southe 
University. 
Roberts, Diane L., Adju 


1999. M.S., 1996, University of Rhode Island. 


Roberts, Eric M., Adjunc 
Biological Sciences a 


astern Massachusetts 
ct Instructor of Nursing, 


Assistant Professor of 
d Plant Sciences, 1991. 


Ph.D., 1991, University of Texas, Austin. 


Rochon, Therese E., Ad 


2002. M.S., 2000, University of Rhode Island. 


junct Instructor of Nursing 


Rodman, Clarke A., Adjunct Research Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics, 1991. A.B., 1946, Harvard 


University. 


Rogers, Beverly B., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 


Microbiology, 1990 
Texas, Austin. 


. M.D., 1982, University of 


t*Roman, Charles T., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 1990. Ph.D., 1981, University 


of Delaware 
Romeo, Thomas, Adjun 


Therapy and Applied 


2003, 1999. M.Ed., 
University. 
Ronesi, Lynne M., Adju 


Acting Director of the Englis 
Project, 1994. Ph.D., 2000, 


Connecticut. 


Rooks, Susan Marie, Adjunct Ins 


2000. M.S., 1994, 


ct Professor of Physical 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 
1969, Northeastern 


ct Instructor of English and 
Language Fellows 
University of 


ructor of Nursing, 
University of Washington. 


Rose, Susan C., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 


1996. M.S.N., 198 


7, Yale University. 


Rosenbloom, Mindy Sharon, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Nursing, 1997. M.D., 1985, 


Rutgers-The State 


University. 


Rosenzweig, Susan, Adjunct Instructor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1991. M.L.S., 1975, 


Drexel University. 
Ross, William, Adjunct | 


nstructor of Library and 


Information Studies, 1991. M.L.S., 1980, 
University of Maryland. 
x Rossi, Susan R., Adjunct Associate Professor of 


Nursing, 2000, 199 
of Rhode Island. 


7. Ph.D., 1993, University 


Rousseau, Amy Levi, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 


Nursing, 2001. Ph. 
Pennsylvania. 


D., 1999, University of 


Rowe-Varone Linda J., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D., 2001, University of Rhode Island 


Rubin, Alvin F., Adjunc 
Gerontology, 1980. 
University. 

Rubin, Robert V., Adju 
Computer Science, 1 
University. 

Rudnic, Edward M., Ad 

Applied Pharmaceu 


Assistant Professor of 
M.S., 1958, Yeshiva 


ct Assistant Professor of 
989. Ph.D., 1988, Brown 


junct Assistant Professor of 
ical Sciences, 1993. 


M.C.P., 1981, University of Rhode Island. 
*Ruffa, Anthony A., Adjunct Associate Professor of 


Physics, 2001. Ph.D 
xRuggiero, Laurie, Adju 
Applied Pharmaceu 
Ph.D., 1988, Louis 
xRuggiero, Peter D., Ad 
Community Planni 


., 1990, Yale University. 
ct Assistant Professor of 
ical Sciences, 2001, 1992. 
iana State University. 
junct Associate Professor of 
g and Urban Affairs, 1995. 


M.C.P., 1981, University of Rhode Island. 


Rumowicz, Edmund S 
of Textiles, Fashio 
1987. B.S., 1957, 

Russell, Lynette K., Ad 


1996. M.S., 1973, 


., Adjunct Associate Professor 
Merchandising, and Design, 
University of Rhode Island. 
unct Instructor of Nursing, 
Columbia University. 


Rutherford, Scott, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 


Geosciences, 2001. 

Rhode Island. 
Ryan, Thomas M., Adj 

Pharmaceutical Sci 


Ph.D., 1999, University of 


unct Professor of Applied 
ences, 1990. B.S., 1975, 


University of Rhode Island. 


ADJUNCT FACULTY 321 


Sado, Pierre A., Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1992. Sc.D., 1978, 
University of Rennes, France. 

*Salomone, Kandice L., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Journalism and Communication Studies, 
1999. Ph.D., 1992, Syracuse University. 

Sawtelle, Suzanne, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1996. M.S., 1991, University of Rhode Island. 

x Schatz, Daniel J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning and Area Development, 
1982. J.D., 1978, University of Maine. 

Schatz, Natalie, Adjunct Instructor of Library and 
formation Studies, 1991. M.S., 1967, 
Simmons College; M.A., 1971, Harvard 
University. 
Schock, Steven G., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Ocean Engineering, 1990. Ph.D., 1989, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Schoman, Lynne, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Nursing, 1992. M.S., 1982, Adelphi 

University. 

Schottland, Edward M., Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Nursing, 2001, 1995. M.P.S., 
1973, Cornell University, Sloan Institute of 
Hospital Administration. 

x Schroeder, Jonathan E., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Marketing, 2001. Ph.D., 1990, University of 
California, Berkeley. 

x Schuler, Maik, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Biomedical Sciences, 2001. Ph.D., 1994, 
University of Kaiserslautern, Germany. 

Schwartz, Stanley, Adjunct Clinical Associate 
Professor of Clinical Laboratory Science, 1986. 
M.D., 1974, University of Connecticut School 
of Medicine. 

Scorpio, Ralph, Adjunct Professor of Biochemistry, 
Microbiology and Molecular Genetics, 1999. 
Ph.D., 1966, University of Rhode Island. 

Scott, H. Denman, Adjunct Professor of Public 
Health, 1987. M.D., 1966, Columbia 
University. 

xSebelia, Linda, Adjunct Associate Professor of Food 
Science and Nutrition, 1989. M.S., 1974, Ohio 
State University. 

xSebens, Kenneth P., Adjunct Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 1998. Ph.D., 1977, University of 
Washington. 

Seibel, Brad A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Biological Sciences, 2003. Ph.D., 1998, 
University of California, Santa Barbara. 

Seidler, Susan S., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1989. M.S., 1986, University of Rhode Island. 

xSeifer, Ronald, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1990. Ph.D., 1981, University of 
Rochester. 

Seifert, Gerald, Adjunct Professor of Marine Affairs, 
1982. J.D., 1964, Indiana University. 

Sepe, Raymond, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Electrical Engineering, 1996. Ph.D., 1990, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

Serabian, Beverly, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Gerontology, 1983. Ph.D., 1981, California 
School of Professional Psychology. 


322 DIRECTORIES 


Serdakowski, Joseph A., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Chemical Engineering, 1992. Ph.D., 1990, 
Brown University. 

Serra, David A., Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor 
of Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
1997. V.M.D., 1983, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Sesin, Paul, Adjunct Clinical Professor of Pharmacy 
Practice, 2003. Pharm.D., 1975, Duquesne 
University 

Shah, Navnit, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1993. Ph.D., 
1981, St. John’s University. 

Shah, Ajit K., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 
1989, University of Minnesota. 

*Shamoon, Samuel J., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Urban Affairs, 1995. 
M.C.P., 1970, University of Rhode Island. 

Shankweiler, Donald P., Adjunct Professor of 
Psychology, 1984. Ph.D., 1960, University of 
lowa. 

Sharron, Amy Marie, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2000. M.S., 1993, University of 
Arizona. 

Shea, Alexandra M., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1998. M.S.N., 1990, Yale University. 

Shea, Nancy M., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1993. M.A., 1980, University of lowa. 

Sheehan, Judy L., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1994. M.S., 1984, University of Rhode Island. 

x Sheff, Michael, Adjunct Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1988. Ph.D., 1957, 
University of Sheffield, England. 

Shepp, Bryan E., Adjunct Professor of 
Communicative Disorders, 1985. Ph.D., 1959, 
University of Maryland. 

Sheridan, Richard E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Landscape Architecture, 1995. M.L.A./M.R.P., 
1973, University of Massachusetts. 

Sherman, Jeanne D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1997. M.S., 1974, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Shirley, Thomas C., Adjunct Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1982, Louisiana State 
University. 

*Shogren, Jason F., Adjunct Professor of 
Environmental and Natural Resource Economics, 
1995. Ph.D., 1986, University of Wyoming. 

*Shonting, David H., Adjunct Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1987. Sc.D., 1966, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. 

Shuurman, Henk, Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. Ph.D., 1977, 
University of Utrecht, The Netherlands. 

Siegel, Cynthia, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1997, Yale University. 

Sienkiewicz, George, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 
1995, University of Rhode Island. 

Silva, Barbara, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 1992. 
M.S., 1990, University of Rhode Island. 


Simeone, Michael L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1990. M.B.A., 1987, 
Bryant College. 

Simkowski, Paul J., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1994, MGH Institute of Health 
Professions. 

Singer, Roberta N., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Communicative Disorders, 1986. M.S., 1978, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Singer, Steven, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.D., 1992, Rush Medical 
College. 

Sitkin, Ann Girona, Adjunct Instructor of Library 
Science and Information Studies, 1991. M.L.S., 

1970, Columbia University. 

*SjOstrom, Björn Alvar, Adjunct Associate Professor 

of Nursing, 2001. DNSc. 2000, Goteborg 

University, Sweden. 

Skeffington, Patrick J., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 

Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 

Pharm.D., 2000, University of Rhode Island. 

Slonka, Dennis J., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 

Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 1998. 

Pharm.D., 1997, University of Rhode Island. 

Small, Robert W., Jr., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Nursing, 1999. M.D., 1988, Loyola 
University, Stritch School of Medicine. 

Smeal, Steven, Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1980. B.S., 1978, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Smith, Carol J., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 

1991. M.S., 1987, University of Rhode Island. 

Smith, David C., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Biological Sciences, 2001. Ph.D., 1994, 

University of California, San Diego. 

Smith, Peter J. S., Adjunct Professor of Biological 

Sciences, 2001. Ph.D., 1979, Aberdeen 

University, Scotland. 

Smith, Richard D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Nursing, 1991. M.D., 1971, Georgetown 

University School of Medicine. 

Smokler, Herbert J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Nursing, 1997. M.D., 1959, State University 

of New York, College of Medicine, New York 

City. 

*Smolowitz, Roxanna M., Adjunct Professor of 

Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 2000. 

D.V.M., 1981, Purdue University. 

Soja, Walter D., Adjunct Clinical Associate Professor 

of Pharmacy Practice, 2003, 1981. Pharm.D., 

1999, University of Rhode Island. 

Solis, Jon, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. M.D., 1990, 
Walter Reed Army Medical Center. 

Solomon, Elizabeth Anne, Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1989. M.S., 1986, University of 
Hawaii, Manoa. 

Sorensen, Jens C., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Marine Affairs, 1985. Ph.D., 1978, University 
of California, Berkeley. 

Sosa, Mary Ellen Burke, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1997. M.S., 1983, Boston 
University. 


Sparadeo, Francis R., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1984. Ph.D., 1981, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Spearman, Amy L., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1995. M.S.N., 1990, University of California, 
San Francisco. 

Spellun, Wendy B., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1998. M.S.N., 1982, Adelphi University. 

Spiegelman, Marc W., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Geosciences, 2000. Ph.D., 1989, University 
of Cambridge, United Kingdom. 

Spindell Lentz, Marcia D., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1999. M.A., 1977, New York 
University School of Education, Nursing and 
Allied Health Professionals. 

Spink, June T., Adjunct Clinical Assistant Professor 
of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. B.S., 1976, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Splittgerber, Judy, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1992, Yale University. 

Squillante, Emilio, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 
1993, University of Rhode Island. 

Stamoulis, Chrysanthe C., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Nursing, 1992. M.B.A., 1983, 
Bryant College. 

Stankus, Tony, Adjunct Instructor of Library and 
Information Studies, 1982. M.L.S., 1976, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Steinhoff, Margaret, Adjunct Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1997. M.D., 1983, 
Washington University. 

Steele, Mark, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Biological Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1995, 
University of California, Santa Barbara. 

x Stephenson, Peter, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Computer Science, 2001. Ph.D., 1998, James 
Cook University of North Queensland. 

Sterling, Harry S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Human Development and Family Studies, 
1986. Ph.D., 1979, Cornell University. 

x Stern, Robert Andrew, Adjunct Professor of 
Psychology, 1996. Ph.D., 1988, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Stevens, Robert C., Adjunct Professor of Pharmacy 
Practice, 2003. Pharm.D., 1985, University of 
Texas, Austin. 

Stevenson, Susan, Adjunct Instructor of 
Psychology, 1995. M.Ed., 1979, Kent State 
University. 

Stimson, Debra, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1996. M.S., 1985, University of Colorado. 

Stone-Godena, Marianne Terisa, Adjunct 
Instructor of Nursing, 1996. M.S., 1977, St. 
Louis University. 

Stoukides, Cheryl A., Adjunct Clinical Associate 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 1998. 
Pharm.D., 1987, Northeastern University. 

Stoukides, John Aristotle, Adjunct Associate 
Professor of Nursing, 1998. M.D., 1989, Tufts 
University. 

x Strauss, Charles M., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Computer Science, 1992. Ph.D., 1969, Brown 
University. 


* Streit, Roy L., Adjunct Professor of Mathematics, 
1996. Ph.D., 1978, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Stringer, Sharon E., Adjunct Clinical Instructor of 
Clinical Laboratory Science, 1993. B.S., 1979, 
Framingham State College. 

xStucker, Brent, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering, 
2002. Ph.D., 1997, Texas A&M University. 

Stulik, Anne A., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1992. M.S.N., 1985, State University of New 
York, Buffalo. 

x Sullivan, Edmund J., Adjunct Professor of Ocean 
Engineering, 1997. Ph.D., 1970, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Sullivan, Elaine D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1997. M.S., 1986, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Sullivan, Susan C., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1995. M.S., 1994, Salve Regina University. 

+Sullivan-Watts, Barbara K., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 2000. Ph.D., 1977, Oregon 
State University 

Sullman, Stephen, Adjunct Instructor of Pharmacy, 
1987. B.S., 1981, University of Connecticut. 

Sung, C. James, Adjunct Professor of Clinical 
Laboratory Science, 1997. M.D., 1984, Chung 
Shan Medical and Dental College. 

Sutyrin, Georgi G., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 2003. Ph.D., 1974, Russian 
Academy of Sciences. 

Sylvia, J. Gerin, Adjunct Special Lecturer in 
Industrial Engineering, 1980. M.Ed., 1969, 
Northeastern University. 

Szymanski, Dennis J., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. 
Ph.D., 1978, Wayne State University. 

Tapley, Ronald, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 1997. Pharm.D., 1996, 
Idaho State University. 

Tarlov, Elizabeth C., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1989. M.S., 1983, Pace University, Lienhard 
School of Nursing. 

xTavtravahi, Umadevi, Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Clinical Laboratory Science, 1997. Ph.D., 
1980, Columbia University. 

xTaylor, Suzanne, Adjunct Professor of Labor and 
Industrial Relations, 1987. Ph.D., 1970, 
University of Connecticut. 

xTaylorson, Raymond B., Adjunct Professor of Plant 
Sciences, 1990. Ph.D., 1960, University of 
Wisconsin, Madison. 

Tebbetts, Diane, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Library and Information Studies, 1985. D.A., 
1985, Simmons College. 

Tegan, Elizabeth A., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1999. M.S., 1965, University of California. 

*Thomas, Carol J., Adjunct Professor of Community 
Planning and Area Development, 1971. M.S., 
1948, University of Connecticut. 

Thompson, Kenneth P., Adjunct Instructor of 
Journalism, 1990. B.A., 1989, University of 
Rhode Island. 


Thompson, William, Adjunct Instructor of Library 
and Information Studies, 1992. M.S.L.S., 
1964, Louisiana State University. 

xThursby, Glen D., Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Biological Sciences, 1987. Ph.D., 1983, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Tierney, Timothy, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Education, 1981. M.A., 1976, University of 
Rhode Island. 

xTigan, Mark, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Community Planning and Urban Affairs, 1995. 
M.P.A., 1972, San Jose State University. 

Tillotson, Mary Ellen K., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Psychology, 2003. Ph.D., 1998, 
University of Rhode Island. 

xTing, Naitee, Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Computer Science and Statistics, 1998. Ph.D., 
1987, Colorado State University. 

Titlebaum, Edward L., Adjunct Professor of 

Electrical Engineering, 1992. Ph.D., 1965, 

Cornell University. 

Tobias, Jerry V., Adjunct Professor of 

Communicative Disorders, 1985. Ph.D., 1950, 

Western Reserve University. 

Tordoff Dumas, Michelle L., Adjunct Assistant 

Professor of Clinical Laboratory Science, 1999. 

B.S., 1993, Siena College. 

Torres, Carlota, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 

1996. M.S., 1975, Boston University. 

Toscani, Michael R., Adjunct Clinical Associate 

Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 

Pharm.D., 1982, St. John’s University. 

Traines, Mark L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Nursing, 1989. M.D., 1981, Baylor University. 

Trevino, Belzahet, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 

Chemical Engineering, 1994. Ph.D., 1993, 

University of Rhode Island. 

Tryon, Julia, Adjunct Instructor of Library and 
Information Studies, 1994. M.L.I.S., 1987, 
University of Rhode Island. 

xTucker, Wayne, Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Mechanical Engineering and Applied M echanics, 
1991. Ph.D., 1987, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Turnbaugh, Sarah R. Peabody, Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Sociology and Anthropology, 1985. 
M.S., 1977, University of Rhode Island. 

Twardowski, Michael S., Adjunct Professor of 
Oceanography, 2003. Ph.D., 1998, University 
of Rhode Island. 

Tyle, Praveen, Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1984, 
Ohio State University. 

xUhiman, James S., Adjunct Associate Professor of 

Ocean Engineering, 1993. Ph.D., 1983, 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 

Ulbricht, Catherine E., Adjunct Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. 
Pharm.D, 2001, Massachusetts College of 
Pharmacy. 

Ullman, David S., Adjunct Professor of 

Oceanography, 2002. Ph.D., 1996, State 
University of New York at Stony Brook. 


ADJUNCT FACULTY 323 


Urbani, Lynne A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. M.S., 
1990, Salve Regina College. 

Uustall, Diann B., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1996. Ed.D., 1983, University of 
Massachusetts. 

Vallee, Glenn E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics, 1995. Ph.D., 1995, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Valliant, Anne, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2001. M.S., 1997, Massachusetts General 
Hospital. 

*Varna-Garis, Ann M., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1997. Ph.D., 1977, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Veri, Albert R., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Area Development, 
1984. M.L.A., 1969, Harvard University. 

Vocino, Michael C., Jr., Adjunct Professor of Library 
and Information Studies and Political Science, 
1992. M.A., 1981, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Vogenberg, Randy, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2003. Ph.D., 
1997, Century University. 

Vohr, Fred H., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1997. M.D., 1964, Albany Medical 
College. 

Vouros, Paul, Adjunct Professor of Biochemistry and 
Biophysics, 1988. Ph.D., 1965, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology. 

Wachtel, Tom J., Adjunct Professor of Nursing, 
1997. M.D., 1973, Faculte de Medecine de 
Strasbourg, France. 

Wacker, Margaret S., Adjunct Associate Professor 
of Nursing, 1997. Ph..D., 1987, New York 
University. 

Wagner, Richard L., Adjunct Professor of Pharmacy 
Practice, 1985. M.D., 1975, Yale Medical 
School. 

Wallace, Mark C., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Natural Resources Science, 1993. Ph.D., 1991, 
University of Arizona. 

Walser, Karen, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 

1996. M.S., 1988, Georgetown University. 

Walsh, Catherine D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1997. M.A., 1982, Seton Hall 
University. 

*Wang, Richard Y., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice and of Toxicology, 2001, 
1995. D.O., 1986, New York College of 
Osteopathic Medicine. 

+*Wang, Yong, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Natural Resources Science, 2000. Ph.D., 1993, 
University of Southern Mississippi. 

Ward, Morris A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Journalism, 2002. M.A., 1971, Pennsylvania 
State University. 

Ward, Pamela J., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2000. M.P.H., 1994, Boston University 
School of Public Health. 


324 DIRECTORIES 


Warford, Susan D.G., Adjunct Instructor of Human 
Development and Family Studies, 1999. M.Ed., 
1983, University of Massachusetts, Amherst. 

Wardwell, Douglas O., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Communication Studies, 1998. Ed.D., 1975, 
Nova University. 

x Warner, Patricia C., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising and Design, 
1999. Ph.D., 1986, University of Minnesota. 

Waters, William J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1985. Ph.D., 1974, Ohio State 
University. 

Watkins, William D., Adjunct Professor of 
Microbiology, 1987. Ph.D., 1979, University 
of Rhode Island. 

Webster, Pamela, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Sociology, 2002. Ph.D., 1991, University of 
Michigan. 

Weinberg, Henry, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Mathematics, 1983. Ph.D., 1974, New York 
University. 

Weinstein-Farson, Laurie L., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Sociology and Anthropology, 1988. 
Ph.D., 1983, Southern Methodist University. 

Weisberg, Naida, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
1999. M.A., 1972, Goddard College. 

Welch, Frankie, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
1987. B.A., 1948, Furman University. 

Welsh, Oliver L., Adjunct Professor of 
Communicative Disorders, 1979. Ed.D., 1964, 
Boston University. 

West, Lucia Marie, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 
2000. M.S., 1995, University of Rhode Island. 

Westrick, Edward, Adjunct Professor of Applied 
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1999, 
University of Rhode Island. 

x Westcott, David, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Community Planning and Area Development, 
1995. M.C.P., 1979, University of Rhode 
Island. 

*Wetherbee, Bradley M., Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
1999. Ph.D., 1998, University of Hawaii. 

Weygand, Robert A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Landscape Architecture, 1989. B.F.A., 1971, 
B.S.C.E., 1976, University of Rhode Island. 

Weyhing, Mary, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1985. Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Whelen-Knapp, Christine M., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 1991. M.S., 1975, Boston 
University. 

White, Deborah L., Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 


1996. M.S., 1986, University of Pennsylvania. 


White, Harvey J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Electrical Engineering, 1987. M.D., 1978, 
Wayne State University. 

White, William Taylor, Adjunct Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1993. M.S., 1983, University of 
Rhode Island. 


Wiberg, Donna J., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1988, Pharmacy Practice, 1993. 
M.S.N., 1980, University of Rhode Island. 

Wild, Eugenia, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Women's Studies, 1990. M.A., 1983, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Wilk, Jacqueline B., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 1988. Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Williams, David O., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Biomedical Engineering, 1977. M.D., 1969, 
Hahnemann Medical College. 

Winsor, David S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Community Planning and Area Development, 
1985. M.C.P., 1980, University of Rhode 
Island. 


Winthrop, Elizabeth F., Adjunct Associate Professor 


of Food Science and Nutrition, 1994. M.S., 
1983, Tufts University. 

Wolinski, Mary E., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Music, 1992. Ph.D., 1988, Brandeis 
University. 


Womack, Julie Anne, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2000. M.S.N., 1994, Yale University. 


* Wood, David H., Adjunct Associate Professor of 


Mathematics, 1988. Ph.D., 1972, University of 


Rhode Island. 

Wood, Sandra G., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1989, University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Wright, Thomas E., Adjunct Professor of Civil and 
Environmental Engineering, 1983. M.S.E., 
1975, West Virginia University. 


Wriston, Sara, Adjunct Instructor of Nursing, 1993. 


M.S., 1980, University of Pennsylvania. 


Wyman, Cynthia M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 


Pharmacy Practice, 1992. M.B.A., 1986, 
Bryant College. 

xYen, Shirley, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Psychology, 2002. Ph.D., 1998, Duke 
University. 

Young, John R., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Human Science and Services, 2003. 

B.A., 1972, Clark University. 

Young, Michael A., Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1985. Ph.D., 1974, Adelphi 
University, Institute of Advanced 
Psychological Studies. 

Zakewicz, Helen, Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1998. M.S., 1984, University of 
Illinois. 

Zannieri, Christina L., Adjunct Instructor of 
Nursing, 2001. M.S., 1997, Boston 
University. 


xZappardino, Pamela H., Adjunct Assistant Professor 


of Psychology, 1999. Ph.D., 1989, University 
of Rhode Isalnd. 
Zartler, Ann S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 


Psychology, 1986. Ph.D., 1978, University of 


Rhode Island. 


Zorabedian, Thomas R., Adjunct Assistant 
Professor of Communication Studies, 1998. 
Ed.D., 1991, Boston University. 

ZuWallack Alicia R., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2003. Pharm.D., 2000, 
University of Rhod Island. 

Zwick, William, Adjunct Associate Professor of 
Psychology, 1998. Ph.D., 1983, University of 
Rhode Island. 


Clinical Appointments 


Denotes graduate faculty 


Bratberg, Jeffrey P., Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2002. Pharm.D., 2000, 
North Dakota State University. 

*Carley, Rebecca, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 
1991, 1990. M.S., 1982, Boston University. 

Congdon, Karen S., R.N., E.M.T., Clinical 
Coordinator of Cardiac Rehabilitation, 1986. 
B.S., 1973, M.S., 1986, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Connors, Elizabeth C., Coordinator of the Speech 
and Hearing Center and Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Communicative Disorders, 1998, 
1986. M.A., 1981, Northern Michigan 
University. 

Coppa, Denise, Clinical Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 2003, 1985. M.S., 1979, University 
of Colorado. 

Erickson-Owens, Deborah, Assistant Clinical 
Professor of Nursing, 1998. M.S. 1988, 
University of Utah. 

Evans, Marylee, R.N., Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1974, 1971. M.S., 1974, University 
of Rhode Island. 

Gerzevitz, Diane R., Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1994. M.S., 1987, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Guthrie, James R., Clinical Professor of Health 
Sciences, 1977. M.D., 1948, New York 
University College of Medicine. 

Haggerty, Margaret R., R.N., Clinical Assistant 
Professor of Nursing, 1975, 1973. M.S., 1972, 
Boston University; Certificate, Nurse 
Practitioner, 1979, University of Rhode 
Island. 

*Katzanek, Robin J., Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Physical Therapy, 1996. M.A., 1987, University 
of Denver. 

Leone, Marion T., Clinical Instructor of Respiratory 
Therapy, 1978. R.N., 1959, Cambridge City 
Hospital. 

Lin, Sonia, Clinical Assistant Professor of Pharmacy 
Practice, 2000. Pharm.D., 1998, University of 
Colorado Health Sciences Center, School of 
Pharmacy. 

MacDonnell, Celia, P., Clinical Assiatant Professor 
of Pharmacy Practice, 2003. Pharm.D., 2000, 
University of Rhode Island. 


Martins, Diane C., R.N., Clinical Assistant Professor 
of Nursing, 1985, 1981. M.Ed. 1981, 
Teachers College, Columbia University. 

Matson, Kelly L., Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2002. Pharm.D., 2001, 
Purdue University. 

McLinden, John P., Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Physical Therapy, 1996. M.S., 1993, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Melbourne, Kathleen, Clinical Associate Professor 
of Pharmacy Practice, 2003, 1998. Pharm.D., 
1995, University of Rhode Island. 

Mercer, Judith, Clinical Associate Professor of 
Nursing, 1998. D.N.Sc., 1989, Catholic 
University of America. 

Orr, K. Kelly, Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Pharmacy Practice, 2002. Pharm.D., 2001, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Palm, Mary Louise, Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Nursing, 1982. M.S., 1975, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Pawasauskas, Jayne E., Clinical Assistant Professor 
of Pharmacy Practice, 1999. Pharm.D., 1998, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Robinson, Deirdre E., Clinical Assistant Professor of 
Physical Therapy, 1995. M.S., 1975, Long 
Island University; M.S., 1989, Northeastern 
University. 

Ruggieri-Jones, Celeste, Clinical Assistant Professor 
of Physical Therapy, 1997. M.S., 1994, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Theadore, Geraldine L., Clinical Assistant Professor 
of Communicative Disorders, 1998. M.S., 
1987, University of Rhode Island. 


Research Appointments 
Denotes graduate faculty 


+Denotes professors in residence (graduate faculty 
able to serve as major professors) 


Baboian, Robert, Adjunct Research Professor of 
Chemical Engineering, 1993. Ph.D., 1964, 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 

Buckley, Francine G., Adjunct Associate Research 
Professor of Natural Resources Science, 1995, 
1993. M.S., 1966, Cornell University. 

t*Buckley, P.A., Adjunct Research Professor of 
Natural Resources Science and National Park 
Service Research Professor of Ecology, 1990. 
Ph.D., 1966, Cornell University. 

Cioffi, Eugene A., Assistant Research Professor of 
Chemistry, 1995. Ph.D., 1985, University of 
Connecticut. 

Crisman, Everett A., Assistant Research Professor of 
Chemical Engineering, 1991. Ph.D., 1984, 
Brown University. 


ADJUNCT FACULTY/VISITING AND ADVISORY COMMITTEES 325 


DeRagon, William R., Adjunct Assistant Research 
Wildlife Biologist, 1991. M.S., 1988, University 
of Rhode Island. 

Gould, Lisa Lofland, Adjunct Research Scientist, 
1998. M.S., 1972, University of Rhode Island. 

Gow, Arthur S., Adjunct Research Professor of 
Chemical Engineering, 1997. Ph.D., 1991, 
Pennsylvania State University. 

XHill, Robert B., Research Professor of Biological 
Sciences, 2002. Ph.D., 1957, Harvard 
University. 

Hutchinson, Mary F., Adjunct Research Scientist, 
1995. M.S., 1990, University of Rhode Island. 

x Jiang, Zhongchun, Assistant Research Professor of 
Plant Sciences, 2001. Ph.D., 1998, University 
of Rhode Island. 

xJohnston, Robert J., Assistant Research Professor of 
Environmental and Natural Resource Economics, 
1999. Ph.D., 1996, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Kellogg, Dorothy Q.N., Adjunct Assistant Research 
Hydrologist, 1995. M.S., 1993, University of 
Rhode Island. 

Kim, Chong S., Adjunct Research Professor of 
History, 1998. Ph.D., 1965, University of 
Washington. 

Li, Jie-Fang, Adjunct Assistant Research Professor of 
Physics, 1999. Ph.D., 1992, Pennsylvania 
State University. 

*Maranda, Lucie, Assistant Research Professor of 
Biomedical Sciences and Environmental Health, 
1990. Ph.D., 1987, University of Rhode 
Island. 

Park, Eugene, Associate Research Professor of 
Chemical Engineering, 2001, 1994. Ph.D., 
1993, University of Rhode Island. 

Pockalny, Robert A., Adjunct Associate Marine 
Research Scientist, 2003. Ph.D., 1991, 
University of Rhode Island. 

Rodman, Clarke A., Adjunct Research Professor of 
Mechanical Engineering and Applied 
Mechanics, 1991. A.B., 1946, Harvard 
University. 

*Smayda, Theodore John, Research Professor of 
Oceanography and Botany, 1970, 1959. Dr. 
Philos., 1967, University of Oslo, Sweden. 

Tefft, Brian C., Adjunct Assistant Research Professor 
of Natural Resources Science, 1996, 1995. 
M.S., 1981, University of Maryland/Frostburg 
State University. 

xUht, Augustus K., Research Professor of Electrical 
and Computer Engineering, 2001. Ph.D., 1985, 
Carnegie Mellon University. 

x Zhioua, Elyes, Assistant Research Professor of 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 
1998. Ph.D., 1992, University of Neuchatel. 


Visiting and Advisory 
Committees 


College of Arts and Sciences 


Michael K. Andreozzi, Vice President, Community 
Hearing Aids, Inc. 

Richard Beaupre, President, Chemart Company 

Bruce D. Campbell, Foster, R.I. 

Henry Guido Caniglia, President, Chef-a-Roni, 
Eastern Food Industries, Inc. 

Robbin A. Chaber-Morshuk, Newtown, Conn. 

Shannon Chandley, Amherst, N.H. 

Rep. Paul Crowley, LaForge Casino Restaurant 

Stephen M. Cunningham, Managing Director, 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. 

Jon Dodd, Senior Vice President, Tuition 
Management Systems 

Judge Stephen Erickson, 6th Division District Court, 
Providence, R.I. 

Alan Fine, New Canaan, Conn. 

Peter Furness, Esq., Nixon Peabody 

Elia Germani, Chairperson, Public Utilities 
Commission 

Rep. Nicholas Gorham, Esq,, Gorham & Gorham 

Howard Gurvitch, Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. 

Richard J. Jurczak, President, Buchanan Marine, L.P. 

Frederick C. Kilguss Jr., Esq., Attorney at Law 

Bruce M. Kleinman, Esq., Brach Eichler, et al. 

Stephen C. Landes, Prism Marketing 

Nancy McKinstry, President/CEO, Wolters 

luwer-U.S. 

Lori Merola, Communications Manager, Fidelity 

nvestments 

Robert S. Messinger Jr., Braman & White LLC 

Kathy O'Donnell, Vice President, Director of Public 

Relations, Citizens Bank 

. Palumbo, President & Publisher, Rhode 

sland Monthly 

Anthony Perrotti, President, R.I. Analytical 

Laboratories, Inc. 

B. Michael Rauh, Senior Vice President, The 
Washington Trust Company 

Mark Ross, Vice President, Ross Simons, Inc. 

Larry Rubin, Managing Director, Bear Stearns 
& Co. 

Gregory Sabatino, Chief Technology Officer, 
Advance Interactive Management, Naval 
Undersea Warfare Center 

Dr. Christopher J. Savoie, Chairman and CEO, 
Gene Networks, Inc. 

Robert Terino, R. Terino & Associates 

Lonny F. Unger, Managing Director, Manning 
Selvage & Lee, Inc. 

Edward F. Wachowicz Jr., Senior Specialist-Video 
Engineering, Verizon 

Bruce Wolpert, Esq., Wolpert & Gerstenblatt 

Kwok K. Yeung, Vice President, Research and 
Development, Bayer Corporation, Diagnostics 


John 


326 DIRECTORIES 


College of Business Administration 


Lorne Adrain, Northwestern Mutual Financial 
Network 

Barry Barovick, Former President and Chief 
Executive Officer, Grubb & Ellis 

Donald B. Bibeault, Ph.D., President and Chief 
Executive Officer, Bibeault & Associates, Inc. 

Donald Breen Jr., Senior Vice President, John 
Morrell & Co. 

John J. Brough Jr., CPA/ABV, MST, DiSanto, Priest 
& Company 

David J. Buckanavage, President, Sovereign Pacific 
Equity, Inc. 

Deborah A. Ciolfi, President, Gravestar, Inc. 

Sid Cohen, President, Domestic Television 
Distribution, Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, Inc. 
(Retired) 

Margo L. Cook, CFA, Senior Vice President 
Institutional Fixed Income Division Head, 

BNY Asset Management, The Bank of New York 

Robert L. Crandall, Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer, AMR Corporation (Retired) 

Mark E. Crevier, Senior Vice President, Chief 
Financial Officer, Care New England 

Cynthia M. Deysher, President, Deysher Advisory 
Services 

Michael D. Fascitelli, President, Vornado Realty 
Trust 

Frank J. Feraco, Solutions On Site 

Wendy P. Field, Executive Director,UBS Warburg 
LLC 

Howard S. Frank, Vice Chairman and Chief 
Operations Officer, Carnival Corporation 

Joseph E. Gatley, Former Sr. Vice President, 
GiantLoop Network 

Marianne Gattinella, International Vice President, 
Human Resources, New York Life 
International 

George Graboys, Chief Executive Officer, Citizens 
Bank (Retired) 

Richard J. Harrington, Chief Executive Officer, The 
Thomson Corporation 

Peter Kirn, Partner, Accenture 

Lance F. Klima, Senior Managing Director, Bear, 
Stearns & Co. 

Kenneth Knox, Regional Director, Penn Mutual 

Gary Kullberg, Chief Executive Officer, Kullberg 
Consulting Group 

Phillip Kydd, Assistant Director, Administrative 
Services Division, State of Rhode Island 

Joseph E. LaPlume, Washington Trust Bank 

David B. Lea Jr., Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer, Brokers’ Service Marketing Group 

Robert E. Liguori, Esq., Managing Partner, Adler, 
Pollock & Sheehan 

Michael N. Matone, Northwestern Mutual Financial 
Network 

Randy M. Miller, President and Chief Executive 
Officer, ReadyMinds, Inc. 

Keith Moore, President, Jupiter Capital 

Robert J. Petisi, Tween Waters Marketing Alliance 


Angela V. Piacitelli, Senior Vice President, Bay Bank 
Systems, Inc. (Retired) 

Alfred K. Potter Il, Senior Vice President, Gilbane 
Building Company 

Robert S. Russell, Chief Executive Officer, Rusco 
Steel Co., Inc. 

Vincent A. Sarni, Chairman and Chief Executive 

Officer, PPG Industries, Inc. (Retired) 

Alan Senter, Chief Executive Officer, Senter 
Associates 

Robert Urciuoli, President and Chief Executive 

Officer, Roger Williams Medical Center 

Alfred Verrecchia, President and Chief Operating 

Officer, Hasbro, Inc. 

Alan Wasserman, Attorney 

Kenneth Weber, Former Chief Administrative 

Officer, Fess Parker Winery, Vineyard & 
Resorts 

David J. Weiner, Executive Vice President Finance 
and Distribution, The Marmaxx Group 


College of Engineering 


Robert C. Ayotte, President and Chief Executive 
Officer, Saint-Gobain Advanced Materials 
Corp. (Retired) 

Philip A. Ayoub, P.E., Ayoub Engineering Inc. 

Charles Billmyer, Chairman, VanZelm, Heywood & 
Shadford, Inc. (Retired) 

David Brook, Partner, Hamilton, Brook, Smith & 
Reynolds, P.C. 

Ralph W. Browning, Vice President, Gilbane 
Building Co. (Retired) 

Alfred Budnick, President, Cherry Semiconductor 
Corp. (Retired) 

Albert E. Carlotti, Chairman, Board of Governors 
for Higher Education (Retired) 

Rodger Dowdell Jr., Chairman, President, and Chief 
Executive Officer, American Power 
Conversion Company 

Millard S. Firebaugh, Vice President, Electric Boat 
Corporation 

Alicia M. Good, Chief, Division of Water Resources, 
R.I. Department of Environmental 
Management 

Daniel Harple Jr., Chairman and CEO, Context 
Media 

L. James Hubbard, Chairman, Precision Handling 
Devices 

Russell Ide, President, RIDE Inc. 

Heidi Kirk Duffy, Chair, International Engineering 
Program Board 

Phillip Kydd, Assistant Director, Rhode Island 
Department of Transportation, Administrative 
Division 

Aurelio Lucci, President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Promptus Communications, Inc. (Retired) 

Ralph Lux, President, Lux Associates, Inc. 

Leone Mainelli, Regional Manager for Customer 
Service (Europe, the Middle East, and Africa), 
Pratt & Whitney (Retired) 


Edmund V. Marshall, Group Vice President, 
Textron, Inc. (Retired) 

Raymond Marshall, Deputy Director, Narragansett 
Bay Commission 

Charles T. Martin, Director, Engineering Education 
and College Liaison Programs, Raytheon 
Company (Retired) 

Earl Messere, Technical Director, Naval Undersea 
Warfare Center (Retired) 

William J. Murray, Senior Vice President of 
Manufacturing, Teknor Apex Company 

Henry J. Nardone, Trident Program Manager, 
General Dynamics Corp. (Retired) 

Paul J. Nordquist, Senior Staff Engineer, GTE 
Laboratories (Retired) 

Dr. John Nystrom, Vice President, Manufacturing, 
Millenium Pharmaceuticals 

Albert W. Ondis, Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer, Astro-Med, Inc. 

Simon Ostrach, Walter J. Austin Distinguished 
Professor, Case Western Reserve University 

Robert E. Piacitelli, President, Miniature Casting 
Corp. 

Lois Roberts, P.E., Lois Roberts Consulting 
Engineers 

Madelyn Geisser Rumowicz, Director of Capital 
Management, New Jersey DOT (Retired) 

Frank Schora, P.E., MC Power, Inc. (Retired) 

Raymond B. Sepe, President, Electro-Standards Lab 

William F. Silvia, President, Catalysts and Services 
Division, Union Carbide Corp. (Retired) 

John Slocum, President, Maguire Group, Inc. 
(Retired) 

Dennis Sleister, President, Niche Medical Inc. 

H. Winfield Tucker Jr., Chairman, Tuckahoe, Inc. 

Thomas Wroe Jr., Senior Vice President Texas 
Instruments, Inc. President, Sensors and 
Controls 


College of Nursing 


Fred Allard, Vice President, Information Systems, 
Transpro, Inc. 

Barbara Colt, Community Leader, Former Director 
of Neighborhood Health Centers 

Teresa Chopoorian, Administrator, Mansion House 

Kelly Cummings, Assistant Vice President and Trust 
Officer, Washington Trust Bank 

Catherine Cummins, Child Care Coordinator, 
Newport Hospital 

Joanne Dalton, Assistant Professor, University of 
Massachusetts-Boston 

Mary Jane Fitzsimmons, Nursing Consultant 

Lynne Francis, Vice President of Nursing and 
Patient Care, Newport Hospital 

Janet Hirsch, Professor Emerita, URI College of 
Nursing 

Dayle Joseph, Dean, URI College of Nursing 

Sue Kermes, Community Leader 

Jeanne Moore, Assistant Vice President, 
Government Relations, URI (Retired) 


Kenneth Owens, Consultant, Public Relations 

Edward Quinlan, President, Hospital Association of 
Rhode Island (HARI) 

Cynthia Sculco, Associate Professor, Hunter College 

Judith Serra, Former Vice President for Nursing, 
Westerly Hospital 

Christine Sokoloff, Vice President for Therapeutic 
Services, Kent County Visiting Nurses 
Association 

Barbara L. Tate, Dean Emerita, URI College of 
Nursing 

Ruth Waldman, Associate Dean, URI College of 
Nursing 

Maureen Wood, Graduate Student, URI College of 
Nursing 

Sandra Zion, Vice President for Nursing, Rhode 
Island Hospital; Vice President, Delta Upsilon 
Chapter-at-Large, Sigma Theta Tau Honor 
Society (Retired) 


College of Pharmacy 


Leadership Council: 

Michael Coutu, President and CEO, Brooks 
Pharmacy 

Douglas Durand 

Barbara R. Heller, Dean and Professor, University of 
Maryland School of Nursing 

Ronald P. Jordan, President, HCaliber Consulting 
Corporation 

Philip J. Keough IV, Senior Vice President, 
Pharmacy Operations, Rite Aid Corporation 

Lois Vars Mason 

Anthony R. Masso, President, Strong Castle, LLC, 
and Regional Vice President, RxHub, LLC 

Mostafa M. Omar, President, Phytoceuticals, Inc. 

Paul Pierpaoli, Senior Vice President Pharmacy 
Practice, McKesson Medication Management 

Edward M. Rudnic, President and CEO, Advancis 
Pharmaceutical Corp. 

Thomas M. Ryan, Chairman, President, and CEO, 
CVS 

Gordon Wilcox, Vice President, Roche Laboratories, 
Inc. 


VISITING AND ADVISORY COMMITTEES 327 


Graduate School of Library and 
Information Studies 


Alan J. Axelrod, Assistant Director, Development, 
URI 

Melvoid J. Benson, House Deputy Majority Leader, 
R.I. House of Representatives 

Margaret Bierden, Library Media Specialist, Kevin 
K. Coleman Elementary School 

Shirley Cherry, Librarian-Teacher, Portsmouth High 
School 

Isabel Espinal, Outreach Specialist/Reference 
Librarian, W.E.B. DuBois Library, University of 
Massachusetts-Amherst 

Donna Gilton, Associate Professor, URI Graduate 
School of Library and Information Studies 

W. Michael Havener, Director, URI Graduate School 
of Library and Information Studies 

Arnold Hirshon, Executive Director, NELINET 

Anne Parent, Regional Administrator, Central 
Massachusetts Regional Library System 

Joan Ress Reeves, Chair, Library Board of Rhode 
Island 

Helena Rodrigues, Dean of University Libraries, 
Johnson & Wales University 

Pamel J. Scott, Information Coordinator, Pfizer, 
Incorporated 

Lauri Stevenson, Systems Specialist, Atlantic Data 
Services 

Diane R. Tebbetts, Associate Librarian, University of 
New Hampshire 

Dale Thompson, Director, Providence Public Library 

Barbara Weaver, Chief Information Officer, Rhode 
Island Office of Library and Information 
Services 

Linda Wood, Hope Valley 


Metcalf Institute for Marine and Environmental 

Reporting 

Monica Allen, Editor of the Editorial Page, The 
Standard-Times (New Bedford) 

David Baron, Journalist and Author 

Lincoln Chafee, U.S. Senator, R.I. 

Hannah Metcalf Childs 

Trudy Coxe, CEO, Preservation Society of Newport 
County 

Cornelia Dean, Science Editor, New York Times 


Denise Dilanni, Executive Producer, WGBH 
Television 

Stephen Hamblett, The Providence Journal 

George C. Homsy, Independent Producer, National 
Public Radio 

Richard Kerr, Senior Writer, Science 

Kathryn Kilguss, Attorney/Mediator 

John Knauss, Dean Emeritus, URI Graduate School 
of Oceanography 

Danielle Luttenberg, Marine Conservation Analyst, 
Environmental Defense 

James J. McCarthy, Professor of Biological 
Oceanography, Harvard University 

Alan McGowan, President, The Gene Forum 

Walter Middlebrook, Associate Editor for 
Recruitment, Newsday 

Beth Parke, Executive Director, Society of 
Environmental Journalists 

Bari Scott, Radio Producer, SoundVision 
Productions 

Robert Vanderslice, Chief, R.I. Department of 
Health 

Sandra Whitehouse, Environmental Consultant, 
Rhode Island 


Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design 


Elizabeth Ann Coleman, Curator of Textiles and 
Costumes, Museum of Fine Arts, Boston 

David DaPonte, Assistant Manager of Product 
Research and Testing, L.L. Bean 

Anne Garland, Contract Specialist, BASF 
Corporation 

Clare King, Textile Marketing Consultant 

Christine Laudon, President, Griffin Manufacturing 

Paul Miller, Newport Preservation Society 

Nancy Olson, Product Manager, Kenyon Consumer 
Products 

Glenn Palmer, President and Chief Executive 
Officer, Best Manufacturing 

Leslie Regenbogen, President, Darlington Fabrics 
Corporation (Retired) 

Doug Systrom, Vice President for Staffing, TJX 
Corporation 

Andrew Weisbrot, Account Executive, Joseph 
Abboud 


328 


APPENDIX 


he University of Rhode 

Island offers students a 
number of privately contrib- 
uted loan and scholarship 
funds, as well as federal pro- 
grams and general student aid 
information (see page 23). 


Loan Funds, Scholarships, and 
Special Awards 

This information is posted on 
the URI catalog site at 
www.uri.edu/catalog/. 

For more information, contact 
Student Financial Assistance 
and Employment Services in 
Roosevelt Hall. 


Summary of Enrollment 
Fall Term 2002 
(Nonduplicated) 


Undergraduate Students (by College) 


Arts and Sciences 2,121 
Business Administration 816 
Engineering 539 
Environment and Life Sciences 318 
Human Science and Services 972 
Nursing 286 
Pharmacy 302 
University College 5,091 


Continuing Education (B.G.S.) 585 
Nondegree (Credit) 382 
Total (Male 4,970; Female 6,442) 11,412 


Graduate Students 

Degree 1,997 
Degree (Continuous Registration) 41 
Nondegree (Continuing) 22 
Postbaccalaureate (Temporary) 843 
Total (Male 1,167; Female 1,736) 2,903 


TOTAL ENROLLMENT 14,315* 


*includes 136 off-campus study students 


URI Timeline 


1888 


1889 


1890 
1891 


1892 


1894 


1895 


1897 


1898 
1902 
1903 
1904 
1906 


1907 
1908 


1909 


1910 
1912 
1913 


1918 


1919 
1921 
1924 
1928 


1930 
1931 


State Agricultural School established 

Agricultural Experiment Station 
established 

Watson farm purchased as site 

Taft Laboratory 

John H. Washburn appointed principal 

South Hall 

College Hall 

Ladd Laboratory 

Rhode Island College of Agriculture 
and Mechanic Arts founded 
May 19 

John H. Washburn, President 

First class graduated 

Alumni Association formed 

College Hall burned and rebuilt as 
Davis Hall 

Lippitt Hall 

First Grist yearbook published 

Preparatory school established 

Homer J. Wheeler, Acting President 

Kenyon L. Butterfield, President 

Extension Department organized 

Howard Edwards, President 

Greenhouse and Horticultural Building 

Master’s degree awarded for first time 

Preparatory school discontinued 

The Beacon (student newspaper) 
established as a monthly 

Rho lota Kappa (first fraternity) 

East Hall 

By charter amendment, name changed 
to Rhode Island State College 

Theta Chi (first national fraternity) 

First fraternity house (Beta Phi) 

Ranger Hall 

Chapter of Phi Kappa Phi, national 
honor society 

Academic work suspended April 28 

Student Army Training Corps 

Academic work resumed January 2 

Washburn Hall 

Home Management House 

Memorial Gateway 

Bliss Hall 

Edwards Hall 

Rodman Hall 

East Farm acquired 

John Barlow, Acting President 

Raymond G. Bressler, President 

President’s House 


1932 


1934 


1936 


1937 
1938 
1939 
1940 


1941 
1942 


1943 


1944 


1945 


1946 


1948 


1949 


1950 
1951 


1952 
1953 


1954 
1957 


Reorganization of college: Schools of 
Engineering, of Science and 
Business, and of Agriculture and 
Home Economics 

Asa Sweet and Edward Sweet lands 
purchased 

Narragansett Marine Laboratory 

Animal Husbandry Building 

Eleanor Roosevelt Hall 

Quinn Hall 

Central Heating Plant 

Peckham farm purchased 

Green Hall 

Meade Field 

Board of Trustees of State Colleges 
created 

John Barlow, Acting President 

Carl R. Woodward, President 

War-accelerated program with summer 
term initiated 

Reorganization of School of Science 
and Business into separate schools 
of Science and of Business 
Administration 

Engineering Experiment Station 
established 

Industrial Extension Division established 

Army Specialized Training Unit 
assigned to college 

Second Peckham farm purchased 

Industrial Extension Division replaced 
by Division of General College 
Extension 

War-accelerated program ended in 
September 

Degree program in nursing established 

Sherman farm acquired 

Quonset hut colony erected as 
emergency housing project 

School of Home Economics established 

School of Arts and Sciences established 

Bachelor of Arts degree authorized by 
Board of Trustees 

Bachelor of Arts degree awarded for 
first time at June commencement 

Butterfield and Bressler Halls 

Name changed to University of Rhode 
Island by act of General Assembly 

Pastore Chemical Laboratory 

Chapter of Sigma Xi, national scientific 
honor society 

Frank W. Keaney Gymnasium 

Laboratories for Scientific Criminal 
Investigation established 

Rhode Island Memorial Union 

College of Pharmacy established 

URI Foundation established 


1958 


1959 


1960 


1961 


1962 


1963 


1964 


1965 


1966 


1967 


1968 


Francis H. Horn, President 

Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 
authorized by Board of Trustees 

Child Development Center 

Hutchinson, Peck, and Adams 
Residence Halls 

Hope Dining Hall 

Woodward Hall 

Administration Building 

Computer Laboratory established 

Potter Infirmary 

Wales and Kelley Halls 

Fish Oceanographic Laboratory 

Independence Hall 

Davis Hall and East Hall remodeled 

Bureau of Government Research 
established 

Faculty Senate established 

Graduate School of Oceanography 

Tucker, Merrow, and Browning Halls 

Gilbreth Hall 

Crawford Hall 

W. Alton Jones Campus acquired 

Research ship Trident commissioned 

Tyler Hall 

Graduate Library School established 

Weldin and Barlow Halls 

Fogarty Health Science Building 

Watson House restored 

Addition to the Memorial Union 

University Library 

Law of the Sea Institute established 

Sherman Maintenance Building 

Bachelor of Fine Arts and Bachelor of 
Music degrees authorized 

Research Center in Business and 
Economics established 

Water Resources Research Center 
established 

Aldrich, Burnside, Coddington, Dorr, 
Ellery, and Hopkins Halls, and 
Roger Williams Center 

Justin S. Morrill Science Building 

Fine Arts Center (Phase 1) 

Institute of Environmental Biology 
established 

Ballentine Hall 

F. Don James, Acting President 

Kelley Hall Research Annex 

Pell Marine Science Library 

Horn Laboratory 

First Sea Grant received 

Werner A. Baum, President 

New England Marine Resources 
Information Program established 


1969 


1970 


1971 


1972 


1973 


1974 


1975 
1976 
1977 


1978 


1979 
1980 


APPENDIX 329 


Home Management Center 

Curriculum Research and Development 
Center established 

Heathman Hall 

Faculty Center 

International Center for Marine 
Resource Development established 

Fayerweather Hall 

Gorham Hall 

Consortium for the Development of 
Technology established 

Marine Advisory Service established 

Tootell Physical Education Center 

Fine Arts Center (Phase II) 

Conference Center, Jones Campus 

Administrative Services Center 

Board of Regents for Education 
(Education Act of 1969) takes over 
direction of higher education 

URI named one of first four Sea Grant 
Colleges and designated National 
Sea Grant Depository 

Biological Sciences Building 

Chafee Social Science Building 

University College established 

Coastal Resources Center established 

Graduate apartment complex 

William R. Ferrante, Acting President 

Research Aquarium 

Science Research and Nature Preserve 
Buildings, Jones Campus 

Community Planning Building 

Frank Newman, President 

Laboratory for the Study of Information 
Science founded 

Addition to the University Library 

Research ship Endeavor commissioned 

Bachelor of General Studies established 

White Hall 

Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa, national 
liberal arts honor society 

Center for Ocean Management Studies 
established 

Center for Energy Study established 

Regional Coastal Information Center 
established 

College of Human Science and Services 
succeeds College of Home 
Economics 

Norman D. Watkins Laboratory 

Information Center 

Institute for Human Science and 
Services established 

Robotics Research Center 


330 


1981 


1983 


1984 


1985 


1986 


1988 


1989 


URI TIMELINE 


Center for Atmospheric Chemistry 
established 

Division of University Extension name 
changed to College of Continuing 
Education 

Board of Governors for Higher 
Education established by act of 
General Assembly 

Marine Resources Building 

Small Business Development Center 
established 

Edward D. Eddy, President 

Labor Research Center established 

Food Science and Nutrition Research 
Center 

Addition to Pastore Chemical 
Laboratory 

Applied Engineering Laboratory 

Anatomy Laboratory 

Biotechnology Center established 

Division of Marine Resources name 
changed to Office of Marine 
Programs 

Institute for International Business 
established 

Fisheries and Marine Technology 
Building 

Pacific-Basin Capital Markets Research 
Center established 

Research Institute for 
Telecommunications and 
Information Marketing established 


1990 


1991 


1992 


1993 


1995 


1996 


W. Alton Jones Campus Environmental 
Education Center designated a 
National Center for Environmental 
Education 

Robert L. Carothers, President 

Mackal Field House 

Library addition 

Social Sciences Research Center 

Engineering Building and addition to 
Kirk Laboratory 

Atmospheric Chemistry Center, 
Narragansett Bay Campus 

URI Centennial Celebration 

New Sailing Pavilion, Point Judith Pond 

Renovation/addition to Memorial 
Union 

Restructuring of Keaney Gymnasium 

Sycamore Residential and Conference 
Lodge, W. Alton Jones Campus 

Dining Services Distribution Center 

Century Walk installed on the 
Quadrangle 

URI designated an Urban Grant 
Institution 

College of Continuing Education’s 
Shepard Building restored 

Coastal Institute, Narragansett Bay 
Campus 


1998 


1999 


2001 


2002 


2003 


New Multicultural Center 

CCE renamed the Alan Shawn Feinstein 
College of Continuing Education 

College of Resource Development 
renamed the College of the 
Environment and Life Sciences 

Ocean Technology Center opens 

IEP House opens 

Vietnam War Memorial dedicated 

Ann Gall Durbin Aquarium Building 
dedicated 

Coastal Institute, Kingston Campus 

Schmidt Labor Research Center named 

URI Foundation Building 

Thomas M. Ryan Center 

Niles Farmstead Cemetery dedicated 

Keaney Gymnasium becomes 
headquarters of the women’s 
volleyball team, and the Institute 
for International Sport’s New 
England Basketball Hall of Fame 

Bradford R. Boss Ice Arena 

Ballentine Hall Renovation/addition 

Green Hall Restoration 

Newman Hall dedicated 

Biomedical Research Infrastructure 
Network (BRIN) Laboratory opens 


Ad West Alumni “ee 
26 


Soccer 


Lacrosse 


o 
5 
ATOR. RTE. 2 AND INTERSTATE 9 E 


Academic and 
Service Buildings 


4 West Alumni Ave., Emergency 
Medical Services Headquarters— 
interim location, 56 (B1) 

* 210 Flagg Rd., 141 (A2) 
** Adams Hall 1 (D3) 
* Adams House 112 (C6) 
** Administrative Services, campus 
mail, printing services 109 (B2) 
Agronomy Field House 
(Plains Rd.) 
Agronomy Greenhouse 
(Plains Rd.) 
Alumni Center 87 (C6) 
Animal Care Facility 
(off Rte. 138 W.) 
Athletic Maintenance 
Facility 10 (B1) 
Automotive Garage 3 (A2) 
Ballentine Hall, business 
administration 11 (B5) 
Biological Sciences 
Building 14 (A4) 
***Bliss Hall, engineering 
15 (B5) 
Bradford R. Boss Arena 142 (E1) 
* Carlotti Administration 
Building 2 (C4) 
* Catholic Center 21 (B6) 
** Central Receiving and 
Property 108 (A1) 
* Chafee Social Science 
Center 22 (A4) 
* Cherry Auditorium, engineering 
124 (B5) 
* Child Development 
Center 25 (E4) 


— 


* 


* 


KINGSTON CAMPUS MAP/ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF BUILDINGS 331 


QUADRANGLE 


ait] 
70 
uü {ke Ranger Rd. 


e 


Campus Ave. 


French Rd. 


Bayberry Rd. 


RI. RTE. 138 


Christopher House, 
Hillel Center, fraternity 
managers 126 (D4) 


** Coastal Institute 13 (A5) 


* 


* 


* 


Cooperative Extension 
Education Center 135 (A5) 
Crawford Hall, chemical 
engineering 29 (B5) 
Davis Hall 31 (C4) 
DeWolf Anatomy 
Laboratory 127 (A4) 
Dining Services Distribution 
Center, purchasing 103 (A1) 
East Farm, aquaculture and 
pathology (off Rte. 108) 


** East Hall, physics 34 (B5) 


* 


* 


Edwards Hall 35 (C5) 
Episcopal Center 37 (E5) 


***Fernwood Apartments, 


* 


communicative disorders (Rte. 
138 W.) 119 (E1) 
Fine Arts Center 41 (A6) 


* Fire Station 42 (B7) 
* Fogarty Health Science 


* 


Building, pharmacy 43 (D5) 

Food Science and Nutrition 
Research Center (Liberty Lane, 
off Rte. 138 W.) 

Gilbreth Hall, industrial 
engineering 44 (B5) 

Green Hall, enrollment services 
46 (C5) 


** Greenhouses, insect quarantine 


* 


lab 47 (A5) 
Hart House, labor research 
program 28 (D6) 
Housing Maintenance 122 (B2) 
Housing Storage 123 (B2) 


** 


* 


* 


* 


** 


* 


* 


** 


Lower College Rd. 


Human Resource 
Administration 70 (C4) 

Independence Hall 54 (C5) 

Independence Square Il, 
physical therapy, speech and 
hearing clinic 138 (E1) 

Institute for International Sports 
Hall of Fame 118 (E1) 

International Center 121 (D5) 

IEP House, international 
engineering 86 (C6) 

Keaney Gymnasium 57 (C2) 

Kelley Hall, electrical 
engineering 58 (B5) 

Kirk Center for Advanced 
Technology 128 (B5) 

Landscape and Grounds 114 
(A2) 

Library 60 (B4) 

Lippitt Hall, administrative 
computer center 62 (B5) 

Mackal Field House 134 (D2) 

Meade Stadium 63 (B2) 

Memorial Union 64 (C4) 

MHRH Special Care Facility 
(Rte. 138 W.) 139 (E1) 

Morrill Science Building, 
life sciences 66 (D5) 

Multicultural Center 96 (C4) 

Newman Hall, undergraduate 
admissions 61 (E6) 

Niles Farmstead Cemetery 143 
(C2) 

Pastore Chemical Laboratory 
and Annex 68 (D5) 

Peckham Farm Animal 
Center, animal science 
(off Rte. 138 W.) 


Old North Rd. 


Ru. 
RTE. 108 


Pharmacy Conference Center 
(Weldin House) 125 (D4) 
Planetarium 76 (B5) 

** Police and Traffic 
Division 55 (D4) 

* Potter Building, health 
services 77 (C3) 

* Quinn Hall, human science and 
services, graduate admissions 
79 (C5) 

***Ranger Hall, botany 80 (C5) 

Research and Grant 
Accounting 20 (C4) 

* Resource Development 
Laboratory, plant science, 
natural resources 27 (A5) 

** Rodman Hall, community 


planning, library school 83 (B4) 


* Roosevelt Hall, University 
College 84 (C4) 
Ruggles House 67 (E6) 
* Safety and Risk Management 
(177 Plains Rd.) 140 (B1) 
* Sherman Building, capital 
projects 85 (B1) 
Social Sciences Research 
Center 136 (A4) 
Storage 81 (B1) 
** Taft Hall 92 (B4) 
* Thomas M. Ryan Center 120 
(C2) 
* Tootell Physical Education 
Center 98 (C2) 
* Transition Center 49 (E4) 
* Transportation Center 74 (D6) 
Tucker House 113 (C6) 
* Tyler Hall, information services 
100 (A5) 


* University Club 39 (B6) 

* URI Foundation 88 (C6) 

* Visitors Center 107 (D6) 

** Wales Hall, mechanical 
engineering 101 (B5) 

***Washburn Hall 102 (C5) 

Watson House 104 (B4) 

* White Hall, nursing 9 (A3) 

** Women’s Center 75 (E6) 

* Woodward Hall, environment 
and life sciences 106 (A4) 


Residence and Dining Halls 


** Adams Hall 1 (D3) 
Aldrich Hall 4 (B3) 
* Barlow Hall 12 (D3) 
***Bressler Hall 16 (D4) 
* Browning Hall 17 (C3) 
** Burnside Hall 18 (B3) 
* Butterfield Hall, residence and 
dining 19 (C4) 
Coddington Hall 26 (C3) 
** Dorr Hall 33 (C3) 
Ellery Hall 36 (C3) 
** Faculty Apartments 38 (E5) 
** Fayerweather Hall 40 (C3) 
** Gorham Hall 45 (C3) 
Heathman Hall 48 (A3) 
** Hope Hall, dining 50 (B3) 
** Hopkins Hall 51 (C3) 
** Hutchinson Hall 53 (C4) 
** IEP House 86 (C6) 
** Merrow Hall 65 (B3) 
** Peck Hall 69 (C3) 
** President's House 78 (D5) 
** Roger Williams Commons, 
residential life, dining 82 (C3) 
** Tucker Hall 99 (B3) 
** University Terrace Apartments 
91 (D4) 
** University Village Apartments 
(Rte. 138 W.) 
* Weldin Hall 105 (D3) 
** Women’s Center, women in 
science and technology 
residence 75 (E6) 


Fraternities and Sororities 


** Alpha Chi Omega 5 (E4) 
Alpha Delta Pi 6 (E4) 
Alpha Phi 94 (D5) 

** Alpha Xi Delta 8 (E3) 
Chi Omega 23 (E3) 
Delta Zeta 32 (E3) 

Phi Kappa Psi 72 (E3) 
Phi Sigma Sigma 71 (B4) 
Lambda Chi Alpha 95 (E7) 

** Sigma Delta Tau 89 (E3) 
Sigma Kappa 90 (E3) 
Tau Epsilon Phi 93 (D5) 

** Sigma Pi 73 (E3) 


* Accessible to disabled 

** Partially accessible to disabled 

**Very limited access to disabled 

+ Under construction or renovation 

x Visitor Parking— Stop at Visitors 
Center 107 (D6) for visitor's 
pass. 


LOAN FUNDS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS 


Loan Funds, Scholarships, and 
Awards 


The following are privately contributed loan 
and scholarship funds. For federal programs and 
general student aid information, see the Enrollment 
Services section of the URI Catalog. 


LOAN FUNDS 


Short-term loans of up to $200 are available to 
full-time students who can demonstrate a means of 
repayment. These are interest-free loans that may 
be used only for education-related expenses and 
must be repaid within 90 days. 

Short-term loan funds have been contributed 
by private donors. In addition to an unrestricted 
fund for undergraduates, loans are available to 
graduate and international students. 

Included among the many donors to the Short- 
Term Loan Fund are: Leroy F. Burroughs, Dean 
Mason Campbell Memorial, Norman M. Fain, 
Barney M. Goldberg, Robert W. Krovitz and Bella S. 
Krovitz Memorial, Ernest T. Michie Education Loan 
Fund, Patrons Association, Providence Engineering 
Society, Providence Wholesale Drug Company, 
University of Rhode Island Alumni Association, John 
H. Washburn Memorial, and Louisa White Fund. A 
separate short-term loan fund has been established 
in the name of Peter M. and Mildred J. Galanti. 

Also, individual loan funds have been estab- 
lished in the name of the late Dr. J. Louis Jack in 
memory of his brother, Dr. Gabriel J. Jack, and his 
wife, Gladys E. Jack. These funds are available to 
any qualified URI students with financial need and 
good scholastic standing. Interest rate is one-half of 
prevailing rate. 

Applications for short-term loans are available 
at Student Financial Assistance and Employment 
Services. 


SCHOLARSHIPS 


“Denotes scholarships available to 
graduate students 


If not otherwise stated in the following 
descriptions, selection of recipient is made by Stu- 
dent Financial Assistance and Employment Services. 


Any College of the University 


George and Violet Ajootian Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to students with financial need. 


* American Screw Company Foundation Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment awarded annually 
to worthy undergraduate or graduate students, 
with preference to children of former employees of 
the American Screw Company. 


Anthony Athletic Association Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to a 
graduate of Coventry High School with financial 
need. 


George E. Arnold ‘30 Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for scholarships awarded 
annually on the basis of financial need. 


Aurora Civic Association Scholarship: Income 
from endowment to support the University’s gen- 
eral scholarship fund. 


“John F. Bannon Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded to deserving undergraduate or 
graduate students on the basis of financial need. 


* Ann and Albert Barker Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a married student currently 
enrolled at the University with a GPA of 2.5 or 
better. 


Carlton and Olive Barton Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to an under- 
graduate student with an above-average academic 
record and genuine financial need. 


John M. Baxter Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship in men’s basketball or men’s 
track awarded annually to a student competing in 
one of these sports. Recipient selected by the direc- 
tor of athletics in consultation with basketball and 
track coaches. The funds were donated by the late 
John M. Baxter ’52, Sun Life Assurance Company of 
Canada, and numerous others. 


Walter Beaupre Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment to be used at the discretion of 
the swimming coach with approval of the URI ath- 
letic director. 


Ralph S. Belmont, M.D., ‘31 Scholarship: Income 
from endowment available to undergraduate stu- 
dents with financial need. First consideration given 
to graduates of Rogers High School in Newport. 


Artacky and Elese Berberian Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to students 
with financial need, with preference to Armenian 
students. 


William Bingham Foundation Undergraduate 
Scholarship: Income from endowment for scholar- 
ships awarded annually to supplement student fi- 
nancial aid, in instances where other available 
scholarship support is insufficient to meet student 
needs. 


Hank Blay Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to a student em- 
ployed by, or whose parent is employed by, the 
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, on the basis 
of academic performance and genuine financial 
need. 


Alice Bliss Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded to students with financial 
need. 


Patrick K. Bolger Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to a 
student in the Special Programs for Talent Develop- 
ment program. Preference given to graduates of 
the community preparatory school program in 
South Providence. Selection made by Talent Devel- 
opment program. 


Brittingham/Pezzullo Scholarship: Fund estab- 
lished to honor Mrs. Eva Stuebe, Tom Pezzullo Jr., 
and Ines Rose Longo. Income from endowment for 
a scholarship awarded annually to an incoming, 
first-year student who is a Rhode Island resident 
and a first-generation college attendee with dem- 
onstrated financial need. 


Gustin Buonaiuto Family Endowment: Income 
from endowment added to the Harold Kopp Schol- 
arship fund awarded annually to a football player. 
Selection made by the football coach and the 
director of athletics. 


Leroy F. Burroughs Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to a stu- 
dent with financial need. 


Ernie Calverley Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship in athletics with preference to 
men’s basketball. If there is no men’s basketball 
player with financial need, then the scholarship will 
be made available to a male or female student who is 
academically qualified (over a 2.00 grade point aver- 
age) and who is participating in a varsity sport that is 
not fully funded by the Athletics Department. Recipi- 
ents selected by the director of athletics. 


E. Doris Carney Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to the member 
of Phi Sigma Kappa having the highest grade point 
average. Phi Sigma National will match the award. 
Recipient selected by Student Financial Assistance 
and Employment Services and Phi Sigma Kappa. 


Carothers Centennial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually through the Cen- 
tennial Scholarship Program. 


Robert L. Carothers and Patricia Ruane Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment for scholarships to 
minority students. 


Castellucci and Galli, Inc. Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to a student 
with financial need. 


Castrovillari Family Athletic Scholarship: Income 
from endowment to support URI basketball. Recipi- 
ent selected by the Athletics Department. 


2 LOAN FUNDS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS 


Hazel Ruth Cavnor Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to stu- 
dents on the basis of financial need and the 
student's application in studies. 


Centreville Savings Bank Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships to undergradu- 
ate students who live in the Centreville Bank ser- 
vice area on the basis of merit (3.00 minimum av- 
erage) and financial need. 


Harry C. Chandler ‘24 Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded to students with 
financial need. 


Chi Omega ‘60s Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually. Pref- 
erence to a Chi Omega or to a son or daughter of a 
Chi Omega who is in good academic standing and 
displays leadership in the community. Recipient 
will be chosen by a Chi Omega committee led by 
Roberta Anderson. 


Citizens Bank Women’s Athletic Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to a de- 
serving woman who is loyal and ethical and who 
shows leadership and discipline, a Rhode Island 
high school graduate with outstanding athletic tal- 
ent who maintains a 2.50 grade point average. Re- 
cipient may qualify for the scholarship in future 
years if she continues to meet the criteria. Selection 
made by a committee comprised of the senior 
women’s athletics administrator at URI, a Citizens 
Bank representative, the director of athletics, and 
the director of student financial aid. 


*George P. and Vera J. Clark Memorial Scholar- 

ship: Income from endowment awarded annually 

to needy and worthy students with first preference 
to graduates of Chariho High School. 


Philip H. Clark Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded to deserving undergraduates. 


Theodore S. and Elizabeth S. Clarke Endow- 
ment: Income from endowment for athletic schol- 
arships. Selection made by the athletic director. 


Barbara Marie Colavecchio Memorial Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually on the basis of genuine financial 
need and academic achievement. First preference 
to Rhode Island high school graduates. 


Commercial Management Service, Inc., Endow- 
ment: Income from endowment for scholarships 
awarded annually to students demonstrating need 
with satisfactory academic standing. 


Kenneth L. and Bertha T. Coombs 4-H Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment awarded annually 
based on a combination of genuine financial need 
and academic performance. First preference to an 
entering student currently or formerly a 4-H mem- 
ber who is a resident of Rhode Island. Application 
to include a summary of student’s 4-H experience. 


Jennifer Corbett Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to the children of firefighters, policemen, and/ 
or enlisted military personnel. 


Corner Kick Scholarship Fund: Scholarship 
awarded to a male soccer player recommended by 
the head coach of the URI men’s soccer team and 
the director of athletics, as approved by Student 
Financial Assistance and Employment Services. 


Cranston Print Works Company Scholarships: 
Awarded to dependent children of employees. 
Available to qualified applicants for a maximum of 
two years at up to $1,500 annually. Applications 
available at the office of the director of human re- 
sources, Cranston Print Works, Cranston, R.I. 


A.T. Cross Company Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded to deserving students with 
financial need. 


Dr. Donald and Amelia Davidson Scholarship: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to stu- 
dents in good academic standing with genuine 
financial need. 


Henry E. Davis Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships to deserving 
students. 


Frances B. DeFrance Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to a 
woman student who is a Rhode Island resident on 
the basis of scholastic ability and financial need. 
Contributed by Chapter B, P.E.O., Kingston, R.I., in 
memory of one of its founders. 


Anna and Gregory Demetrakas Fund: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to Rhode Island students enrolled in the 
Feinstein College of Continuing Education who are 
majoring in mathematics or a related area on the 
basis of financial need and academic merit. Recipi- 
ents selected by the Alan Shawn Feinstein College 
of Continuing Education Scholarship Committee. 


Ronald Denelle Endowment: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to 
students in good standing at URI. Preference to 
South County residents. 


Paul DePace Scholarship Endowment: Income 
from endowment, established by PARI in honor of 
Paul DePace, director of URI Capital Projects, for 
scholarships awarded to students who are perma- 
nently disabled. 


Colonel Joseph DeRita Football Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to a 

football player. Recipient selected by the Athletic 
Department. 


Leo F. DiMaio Jr. Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for scholarships for students in the Talent 
Development program with a met financial need 
who exemplifies the Talent Development philoso- 
phy of hard work, program commitment, and aca- 
demic achievement. Selection made by the Talent 
Development Program. 


Henry and Jane Donnell Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a student with financial need. Recipient cho- 
sen by the Student Financial Aid Office. 


Dubee Family Scholarship Fund: Income from en- 
dowment awarded annually to an undergraduate 
student, preferably African-American, with a good 
academic record and genuine financial need. 


Daniel R. Dye Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to a graduate 
of East Providence High School with financial need. 


Frances R. and James W. Eastwood '37 
Scholarship: Income from endowment awarded 
annually to a deserving student with demonstrated 
academic promise. Selection made by the Admis- 
sions Office. 


“Dr. Edward and Polly Eddy Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded to an 
international student. Scholarship was initiated in 
honor of Dr. and Mrs. Eddy’s retirement from URI. 


James J. Federico Sr. ‘35 and James J. Federico Jr. 
Scholarship: Endowment established as a perma- 
nent memorial in honor of James J. Federico and in 
recognition of his outstanding contributions, guid- 
ance, and example to youths at all levels of educa- 
tion and athletic participation. Income from en- 
dowment provides a scholarship awarded annually 
to a student-athlete graduating from Westerly High 
School. 


Ferland Corporation Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to students with fi- 
nancial need. Preference given to employees or 
children of employees of the Ferland Corporation, 
citizens of Pawtucket, and graduates of St. 
Raphael's Academy. 


Frank and Arthur Fiorenzano Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually on the 
basis of financial need, with consideration given to 
academic excellence. Preference given to Rhode 
Island residents, or F.A.F., Inc. employees and their 
children. 


Michael J. Fitzgerald Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship(s) in the amount of 
$500 awarded annually to a junior or senior mem- 
ber of the Lambda Chi Alpha fraternity on the basis 
of financial need, involvement in community ser- 
vice, and with a preference to a student wishing to 
work in a human service vocation. 


William N. ‘17 and Anita Fritsch Memorial Schol- 
arship: Income from endowment awarded to a stu- 
dent with financial need. 


Thomas A. Gamon Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to students from Aquidneck Island. 


Beatrice and Tom Garrick Sr. Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to a minority student with financial need. 
The fund was established with proceeds from the 
1988 NCAA basketball tournament. 


General Dynamics Electric Boat Division Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment for scholarships of 
$350 awarded, with preference to children of full- 
time employees of the Quonset Point facility. The 
students must have financial need and must be 
studying business, engineering, or the sciences. 


Olive Z. Godfrey Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally on the basis of financial need. 


Morton and Ruth Grossman Scholarship: Income 
from endowment shared among the College of 
Nursing, turf research, and general need-based 
scholarships. 


George Hadfield III Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded annually primarily to graduates 
of Tolman High School in Pawtucket. 


Carlisle Hall ‘15 Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded to students with financial need, with 
preference to the Kappa Rho chapter of Phi 
Gamma Delta fraternity members and ROTC 
cadets. 


Louis Raymond Hampton ‘42 Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually on the basis of genuine financial need and 
academic performance. First preference given to 
engineering students who are dependent children 
of Providence Gas Company employees. 


Vasilios S. and Aphrodite Haseotes Scholarship: 
Scholarship for an undergraduate student enrolled 
at URI whose home residence is any one of the 
New England states. While there is no academic 
programmatic criteria associated with the scholar- 
ship, the awardee must have a 3.00 or above qual- 
ity point average, as well as having a demonstrated 
financial need. Students receiving the scholarship 
may be entering freshmen or upperclassmen. Final 
scholarship decisions are made by Student Finan- 
cial Assistance and Employment Services. 


James H. Higgins Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded to students with finan- 
cial need. Gift is from the estate of Mrs. James H. 
(Ellen F.) Higgins. 


James H. Higgins Jr. Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded to students with 
financial need. 


High School Model Legislature: Amount of gen- 
eral fee awarded to an incoming freshman who has 
given an outstanding performance in the Model 
Legislature. Application must be made for this 
award. Recipients selected by the program director 
of the high school. 


Conrad R. Hill Memorial: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a male 
or female ice hockey player who is in good 
academic standing (2.5 minimum grade point 
average) and making good progress towards 
graduation. 


Hoder Family Endowment: Income from endow- 
ment added to the Harold Kopp Scholarship fund 
awarded annually to a football player. Selection 
made by the football coach and the director of 
athletics. 


Dr. Percy Hodgson Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded annually to students with finan- 
cial need, with preference to students from foreign 
countries. 


Hope Lodge #25 Masonic Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a student who is a member or a close rela- 
tion to a member of Hope Lodge #25 A.F. & A.M. 
Wakefield, on the basis of academic achievement 
and financial need. 


Hopkins Family Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for support of Centennial Scholars at the Uni- 
versity. 


Fran and Billie Horn International Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually, with special consideration to 
students from foreign countries, on the basis of 
academic standing and financial need. 


International Grant: A limited number of partial 
out-of-state tuition grants awarded by the Office of 
International Students and Scholars on the basis of 
financial need. Grants are not available to first-year 
students. 


Michael Jones Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to an East 

Greenwich high school student who will attend 
URI. 


Stephen M. Kaufman Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually based on financial need. 


A. Livingston Kelley Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment, established by the will of 
A. Livingston Kelley, awarded annually to a worthy 
student with financial need who is a resident of 
Rhode Island. 


Sylvia C. and Frederick Kenner ‘38 Scholarship: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to a 
URI freshman with genuine financial need who 
graduated from high school with an A- grade aver- 
age or better. 


Kenyon Piece Dyeworks, Inc., Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to stu- 
dents with financial need, with preference to em- 
ployees or children of employees of Kenyon Piece 
Dyeworks. 


Paul J. Kervick Family Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to deserving stu- 
dents from middle-income families, with prefer- 
ence to children of employees of Providence Steel 
and Iron Company with financial need. 


SCHOLARSHIPS 3 


Key Container Corporation Scholarship: Scholar- 
ship of $4,000 awarded annually to a full-time un- 
dergraduate student on the basis of financial need 
and academic record. First priority to children of 
Key Container Corporation employees. If no chil- 
dren of employees apply, then award goes to a 
Rhode Island high school graduate. Recipient must 
be a Rhode Island resident and U.S. citizen. Schol- 
arship will be continued on to other years if recipi- 
ent maintains a 2.50 grade point average. 


Chester H. Kirk Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to children of AMTROL, 
Inc. employees. Students without financial need 
will receive $100; for other children of AMTROL 
employees, financial need and the amount of 
award will be determined by Student Financial As- 
sistance and Employment Services. 


Kenneth L. and Marie V. Kirk Endowment: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to a student being served by URI’s pro- 
gramming for the physically challenged who is in 
good academic and social standing. First prefer- 
ence to a student from Rhode Island. Recipient se- 
lected by Student Financial Assistance and Employ- 
ment Services in consultation with Disability 
Services. 


Harry Knowles Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment, established by the will of Harry 
Knowles, awarded annually to students with finan- 
cial need. 


Irving Kopech Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship based on financial need. 


Harold Kopp Football Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship in football awarded 
annually. Recipients selected by the football coach 
and the director of athletics. See also: the Hoder 
Family, Gustin Buonaiuto Family, Pezzelli, John F. 
Quinn Fifth Quarter Club, and Rose Family endow- 
ments. 


June J. and Habib Koussa Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded to a 
full-time undergraduate in engineering, business 
administration, resource development, or physical 
education with a minimum 2.75 average at URI, 

or a 3.00 if a freshman, who is a native-born citizen 
of the United States and demonstrates financial 
need. Preference to graduates of Central Falls or 
South Kingstown High School. 


Jack Kraft Endowment for Basketball: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship in basketball 
established in honor of Jack Kraft, URI basketball 
coach and director of athletic giving, upon his 
retirement. Selection made by the director of 
athletics. 


Eleanor Lemaire Women’s Athletic Scholarship: 
Awarded to female student-athletes in any college. 
Selection made by the Lemaire Committee. 


4 LOAN FUNDS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS 


Leviton Foundation, Inc., Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to children and grandchildren of employees of 
American Insulated Wire, Atlas Wire & Cable, Cable 
Electric Products, Leviton Manufacturing, Rhode 
Island Insulated Wire, and other affiliated compa- 
nies. Preference given to applicants who are under- 
graduates with financial need and high scholastic 
standing. 


Austin T. Levy Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to students 
with financial need, with preference to graduates 
of Burrillville High School. 


Rich Ligi Scholarship: Award winner must be a full 
time NCAA/URI eligible baseball student athlete. It 
is to be a one year award which may be awarded 
to the same person in subsequent years. 


Lions Club of Westerly Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to graduates of 
Westerly High School with financial need, with 
preference given to upperclassmen. 


* Little Family Foundation: Junior Achievement 
Fellowships for full-time graduate business study. 
Recipients must have been Junior Achievement par- 
ticipants or advisors. Preference given to Rhode Is- 
land residents with two or more years of work ex- 
perience, chosen by the graduate business faculty. 
If no Rhode Island residents are eligible, out-of- 
state students may be chosen. 


Thomas A. Macari Ice Hockey Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship in ice 
hockey awarded annually to a student who emu- 
lates the positive ideals of Tom Macari. Recipient 
selected by the hockey coaches and the URI recre- 
ational services director. 


Henry H. Mackal Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded to students with financial need 
majoring in engineering, mathematics, natural sci- 
ences, or physical education. 


“Edward Marth Scholarship: A $500 annual grant 
to a graduate student enrolled in the labor rela- 
tions and industrial management program. Selec- 
tion made by the Labor and Industrial Relations 
Program. 


Mary Matzinger Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually on the basis of 
academic excellence. 


* Sandra McCreight Scholarship: Scholarship for 
women athletes. Selected by the Athletics Depart- 
ment. 


Messinger Family Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded annually to a Rhode Island resi- 
dent with financial need and at least a B average. 
The award will be made to an incoming freshman 
student and continue to the same student for the 
four years, assuming the criteria are continually 
met. Selection made by the dean of the College of 
Engineering. 


Minorities Scholarship Endowment: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to a minority stu- 
dent with financial need. Recipient selected by Stu- 
dent Financial Assistance and Employment Services. 
Funds donated by the URI Alumni Association. 


Moore Company Scholarship: Awarded annually 
to students with financial need, with preference to 
children of employees of the George C. Moore 
Company, in Westerly, Carr-Fulflex, Inc., in Bristol, 
and Darlington Fabrics, in Westerly. 


Richard B. Morrison Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to 
Rhode Island residents with financial need. 


Daniel J. and Blanche R. Murray Family Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment awarded annually 
to a student with financial need. 


Carl Myllymaki Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for three equal scholarships to 
Westerly High School seniors who participate in 
sports, student government, or scouting. Carl 
Myllymaki was a URI student who was killed in ac- 
tion in Vietnam. 


Native American Scholarship: Annual grant 
awarded to a student with financial need who is a 
Native American. (Tribal documentation must be 
provided.) 


Frank Navarro Scholarship: Scholarship for the 
tuition of an incoming freshman who is in the top 
third of his/her high school graduating class and 
whose SAT scores make him/her eligible for a cen- 
tennial scholarship. The same student may receive 
the scholarship for four years as long as he/she 
maintains a grade point average of at least 3.0. The 
student must be a business major, a Rhode Island 
resident, with preference to those from Westerly/ 
Chariho, and from a single-parent home or the first 
generation in the family to attend college. 


Keith Nester Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to a member of a fraternity 
or a sorority in honor of Keith Nester, who retired 
after 23 years as director of the Fraternity Manag- 
ers Association. 


Andrew J. Newman-John W. Chapman Scholar- 

ship: Income from endowment awarded annually 

to a worthy male student in need of financial assis- 
tance, preferably to a member of the Lambda Chi 

Alpha fraternity. 


Dorothy M. Noble Awards: Income from endow- 
ment for two $150 book awards presented each 
spring to members of the Kappa Rho chapter of Phi 
Gamma Delta. Selection made by the Kappa Rho 
chapter. 


North Family Trust: Annual grant to an entering 
student from Newport County. 


William E. O'Hara ‘81 Memorial Crew Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a member of URI Crew who 
demonstrates leadership and academic excellence 


and who best exemplifies the spirit of URI Crew. 
Recipient selected by the University’s recreational 
services director. 


Michelle Ohley Endowment: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually in 
women’s athletics to a female student athlete in a 
varsity sport that is not fully funded by the Athletic 
Department. This endowment was established in 
the memory of Michelle Ohley, who was an avid 
basketball fan and sports enthusiast. 


Palmer Family Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to an undergraduate stu- 
dent. 


Peltier Family Endowment: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a stu- 
dent with high academic achievements and finan- 
cial need. 


Petroleum Trust Fund: Scholarship awarded to a 
member of the senior class. 


Pezzelli Endowment: Income from endowment 
added to the Harold Kopp Scholarship fund 
awarded annually to a football player. Selection 
made by the football coach and the director of 
athletics. 


Edward E. and Ida Fisher Pierce Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually on the basis of financial need. 


Brinton C. Piez Golf Endowment: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship in men’s golf 
awarded annually to a qualified student. Selection 
made by committee. 


Howard E. Possner, M.D., ‘37 and Dorothy 
Babcock Possner ‘37 Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to a premed student 
in good academic standing with genuine financial 
need. 


Providence Journal-Bulletin Scholarship: Scholar- 
ship awarded annually with preference given to 
qualified sons and daughters of employees of the 
Providence Journal Company and its subsidiaries. 


Col. John Joseph ‘35 and Mary Drew Prybyla 
Rhode Island National Guard Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to stu- 
dents on any URI campus who is a member of the 
R.I. Army or Air Force National Guard. Awards will 
be made in $100 or $500 increments by the Adju- 
tant General of the State of Rhode Island. Applica- 
tions are available at the Office of the Adjutant 
General, Armory of Mounted Commands, 1051 
North Main St., Providence, RI 02904-5717. 


John F. Quinn Fifth Quarter Club Endowment: 
Income from endowment added to the Kopp 
Scholarship fund awarded annually to a football 
player. Recipient selected by the football coach and 
the director of athletics. 


John F. Quinn Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally on the basis of financial need. 


A. Robert Rainville Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for scholarships awarded 
annually to current URI students who are winners 
of the annual A. Robert Rainville Leadership and 
Service Awards. 


Ram Club Scholarship: Income from endowment 
for support of the general athletic scholarship pro- 
gram. Recipients selected by the Department of 
Athletics. 


Herbert D. and L. Marcella Randall Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for scholarships divided 
equally between men’s crew and men’s tennis on 
the basis of financial need and academic ability. 


Rau Fastener Company Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to students, with 
preference to children of Rau Fastener employees. 


Elton Rayack Scholarship: Scholarship awarded 
annually to a junior demonstrating financial need 
and scholastic achievement. 


Louis M. Ream Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to students 
with financial need. 


Mary Ellen Reilly Scholarship: $500 awarded an- 
nually to a woman student (sophomore or above) 
on the basis of academic excellence and financial 
need. 


Richard and Linda J. Rendine Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship to a stu- 
dent who is a graduate of Pittsfield (Mass.) High 
School with second preference to a Classical High 
School (Providence) graduate on the basis of a 
minimum 3.00 academic average and demon- 
strated financial need. 


Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) Army 
Scholarship Program: Two-, three-, and four-year 
scholarships are available to outstanding young 
students who are seeking not only a commission as 
an Army officer but a path of dynamic career op- 
portunities. Selection is based on applicant's 
achievement, not financial status. Includes full tu- 
ition and fees, and up to $1,200 for the school 
year, paid directly to the student. Contact the De- 
partment of Military Science. 


Rhode Island Women’s Club of Providence 
Scholarship: Income from endowment for a schol- 
arship awarded annually to a woman who is a full- 
time meritorious student at URI (or women). Schol- 
arship restricted to worthy and needy students. 
Recipients selected from among nominations from 
the academic deans by the Office of the Provost. 


Pasquale and Rosaria Rizzi Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to two or more 
junior or senior students who are members of the 
Beta Psi Alpha chapter of Theta Delta Chi fraternity 
on the basis of scholarship, achievement, and with 
a preference for financial need. 


Mary L. Robinson Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment, established by the will of Anna D. 
Robinson in memory of her mother, awarded annu- 
ally to a worthy and needy female student. 


Rose Family Endowment: Income from endow- 
ment added to the Harold Kopp Scholarship fund 
awarded annually to a football player. Selection 
made by the football coach and the director of ath- 
letics. 


Samuel and Gertrude J. Rosen Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to students with financial need. 


N. Edward Rosenhirsch Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to stu- 
dents with financial need. 


Dr. Joseph L.C. and Mary P. Ruisi Scholarship: 
Awarded to undergraduates who are enrolled full- 
time on the basis of need and academic merit (a 
minimum grade point average of 2.5 in core 
courses). Recipient must be a graduate of Westerly 
or Chariho Regional High School. 


Sarni Family Endowment: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually for up to one-half of tu- 
ition costs. First preference to needy, qualified first- 
generation students of at least one Italian parent. 
Scholarships to be distributed equally among the 
colleges. 


A.A. Savastano '32 Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a $500 scholarship in athletics 
awarded annually to a high school athlete letter 
winner with financial need. Student Financial Assis- 
tance and Employment Services or URI coaches 
may propose the recipient. 


Joseph J. Scussell ‘31 Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually on the basis of aca- 
demic performance and financial need. 


John Shepard II Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to students in the Alan Shawn Feinstein College 
of Continuing Education on the basis of both aca- 
demic record and financial need, with preference 
given to students with an interest in retailing or a 
related field. Selection made by the dean of this 
college and a scholarship committee created for 
this purpose. 


Barbara K. Simmons Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
to a student from Aquidneck Island with genuine 
financial need and an above-average academic 
record. Order of preference: a student in animal 
science, a student working for a B.S. degree in sci- 
ence in the College of Arts and Sciences, a student 
in the College of Nursing, or a student in the Col- 
lege of the Environment and Life Sciences. 


Sinclair Family Endowment: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a stu- 
dent from Rhode Island with financial need and a 
minimum grade point average of 3.0. 


SCHOLARSHIPS 5 


Aleck Slade Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship in athletics awarded annu- 
ally to an incoming freshman or fully matriculated 
student. Recipient selected by the director of 
athletics. 


Richard A. and Carolyn Soderberg Endowed 
Scholarship: Income from endowment for a schol- 
arship awarded annually on the basis of need to a 
South Kingstown High School graduate. 


Edwin S. Soforenko Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded annually to deserving students, 
with first preference to employees of Insurance Un- 
derwriters, Inc., and their families. 


Harold B. Soloveitzik '35 Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to worthy stu- 
dents with financial need. First preference to stu- 
dents from the South County and Pawcatuck areas. 


Michael Spero ‘34 Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded annually to American-born un- 
dergraduate students on the basis of financial need 
and normal progress toward completion of the 
baccalaureate degree. 


Ann Spruill Endowment: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship based on academic excel- 
lence. 


“Harold Stanzler Endowment: In memory of 
Harold Stanzler, income from endowment for a 
scholarship awarded annualy to a student attend- 
ing the Alan Shawn Feinstein College of Continu- 
ing Education with preference to a student major- 
ing in industrial relations. 


Albert Stone Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment scholarships awarded annually to stu- 
dents with good academic records and financial 
need. 


Student Senate Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a stu- 
dent working with the Student Senate. 


Student-to-Student Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded annually to a student with fi- 
nancial need. 


Stan Stutz Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for an athletic scholarship awarded 
annually to students with financial need, with pref- 
erence given to residents of Westchester County, 
N.Y. Selection made by the director of athletics. 


Alice M. Talbot Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment established by a $10,000 gift 
from the Salvation Army in appreciation of Miss 
Talbot's past philanthropy to the organization, and 
added to by the Ted Clarke family and the URI 
Century Club. Awarded annually to a student se- 
lected in accordance with guidelines of the URI 
Century Club for scholarship recipients and with 
approval of the director of athletics. 


6 LOAN FUNDS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS 


Frederick C. Tanner Memorial Fund: Several 
awards available annually to students with financial 
need, with preference given to sons and daughters 
of Federal Products Corporation employees. 


Jacob and Baye Temkin Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship awarded annually 
based on academic achievement and financial 
need. 


Maurice and Valerie Tetreault Scholarship for 
Academic Integrity: Income from endowment for 
a scholarship awarded annually to a deserving jun- 
ior or senior based on academic performance. 


Frederick D. Tootell Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to members of the track team on the basis 
of athletic ability. Selection made by the scholar- 
ship committee of the track team. 


Triangle Club of Kingston Award: Minimum of 
$500 awarded annually to a female student from 
Rhode Island with financial need. 


Cecilia T. Trubiano Memorial Scholarship: 
Awarded to incoming freshman students in the Tal- 
ent Development program who graduated from 
the Providence public school system, in recognition 
of Cecilia Trubiano’s commitment and dedication 
to the children of the Providence public schools. 
Recipient selected by Talent Development and Stu- 
dent Financial Assistance and Employment Services. 


* Anna Tucker Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for scholarships awarded annually to women 
athletes on the basis of financial need, membership 
in a varsity sport, and a minimum 2.5 average. 
Women with the greatest need who meet the other 
qualifications should receive the scholarships. 


Francesco and Mariannina Ucci Family Scholar- 
ship Endowment: Income from endowment 
awarded annually to students who have completed 
their sophomore year and are majoring in a scien- 
tific discipline including, but not limited to, chem- 
istry, engineering, biological or physical science, 
pharmacy, computer science, or premedical stud- 
ies; with preference given to graduates of West 
Warwick High School. This fund was established by 
Pompelio A. Ucci, Class of 1943. 


University Grant: The Board of Regents has made 
available a sum of money to be used for scholar- 
ships. While it is expected that in any year the 
great majority of these scholarships will be 
awarded to residents of Rhode Island, in certain 
exceptional cases out-of-state students may qualify. 


URI Alumni Association Presidential Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a $1,000 award for 
the senior year to a son or daughter of a URI 
alumnus(a) who has the highest cumulative quality 
point average for three consecutive years at URI. In 
the event of a tie, the award is to be divided. Appli- 
cation to be made through the Alumni Association 
Office. 


URI Alumni Association Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for scholarships awarded annually on 
the basis of financial need. 


URI Alumni Association Scholarship for Children 
of Alumni: Six $500 awards given annually to two 
sophomores, two juniors, and two seniors who are 
children of URI alumni. Awards based on highest 
quality point average for the previous academic 
year among the pool of applicants in each cat- 
egory. Awards will be given only to those who sub- 
mit formal application. Selection made by the URI 
Alumni Association. 


URI Alumni Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship based on financial 
need. 


URI Alumni Ram Club Memorial: Offered in honor 
of Rhode Island alumni who sacrificed their lives in 

two world wars. Recipients selected on the basis of 
financial need, campus citizenship, scholastic abil- 

ity, and leadership as evidenced by participation in 
sports and other extracurricular activities. Selection 
made by Alumni Ram Club. 


URI Alumni Rhode Island High School Scholastic 
Scholarships: Ten $1,000 awards to incoming URI 
freshmen based on scholastic achievement, SAT 
scores, and overall record in humanities, psychology 
and sciences, the performing and studio arts, pure 
and applied sciences, and professional and human 
services. Open to all Rhode Island high school se- 
niors. Selection made by the Alumni Association. 


URI Citizen Scholar: Income from endowment for 
a scholarship awarded annually to support seniors 
who have given the University exceptional service 
and support during their first three years at URI. 
Examples of the types of service and support eli- 
gible for the award are: orientation leaders, resi- 
dence assistants, tour guides, peer tutors, student 
alumni association members, etc. 


URI Class of 1899 Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to students on the basis of financial need. 


“URI Class of 1930 Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for two scholarships awarded annually to 
undergraduate or graduate students on the basis of 
financial need and academic ability. Undergraduate 
recipients selected by Student Financial Assistance 
and Employment Services; graduate recipients se- 
lected by the Graduate School. 


URI Class of 1931 Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded 
annually to students on the basis of financial need. 


“URI Class of 1933 Graduate Fellowship: Income 
from endowment for a graduate fellowship. 


URI Class of 1935 Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally on the basis of financial need. 


URI Class of 1936 Scholarship Endowment: 
Income from endowment for scholarships awarded 
annually to undergraduate students on the basis of 
financial need with preference given to lineal de- 
scendants of members of the Class of 1936. If no 
relatives of the Class of 1936 apply, the awards will 
go to any applicants the University selects based on 
financial need and academic performance. 


URI Class of 1937 Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally on the basis of financial need. 


URI Class of 1938 Raymond G. Bressler Memorial 
Scholarship: Established by the Class of 1938 on 
their 50th anniversary. Income from endowment 
or scholarships awarded annually on the basis of 
inancial need. 


URI Class of 1939 Memorial Scholarship: Income 
rom endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally on the basis of financial need. 


URI Class of 1940 Memorial Scholarship: Income 
rom endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally on the basis of financial need. 


URI Class of 1941 Memorial Scholarship: Income 
rom endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally on the basis of financial need. 


URI Class of 1942 Memorial Scholarship: Income 
rom endowment for scholarships awarded on the 
basis of financial need. 


URI Class of 1943 Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for scholarships awarded annually on the 
basis of financial need. 


URI Classes of 1944-46 Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for scholarships awarded annually on 
the basis of financial need. 


URI Class of 1947 Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for scholarships awarded annually on the 
basis of financial need. 


URI Class of 1948 Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually on 
the basis of financial need. 


URI Foundation Academic Excellence Endow- 
ment: Income from endowment for scholarships to 
undergraduate students on the basis of academic 
excellence. 


URI Foundation Best and Brightest Scholarship: 
Annual grants to incoming students who are resi- 
dents of Rhode Island and have achieved academic 
excellence in high school. 


URI Foundation Boat Program Scholarship: 
Scholarship support for a marine-related major or a 
crew or sailing team member. Awards based on a 
combination of superior academic performance 
and demonstrated need. Selection made by Stu- 
dent Financial Assistance and Employment Services. 
Award to be presented by the Boat Committee 
chair. 


*URI Foundation Fellowship: Income from en- 
dowment for a graduate student fellowship. Recipi- 
ent selected by the dean of the Graduate School 
from University-wide recommendations. 


URI Foundation Trustees Scholarships: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally on the basis of financial need. 


URI Men’s Tennis Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship to a student on the URI 
men’s tennis team. Selection made by the Athletics 
Department. 


URI Parents Fund Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded to students 
with financial need from a fund established by par- 
ents of URI students and the URI Patrons 
Association. 


Daniel Urish Books Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment will be used for “book scholarships” 
awarded annually at the discretion of the women’s 
gymnastics team for members of URI’s team. 


Wal-Mart Competitive Edge Scholarship Fund: 
Awarded to an incoming freshman student major- 
ing in a technology-related field. Recipient must be 
a Rhode Island resident; have applied for financial 
aid; demonstrated high academic achievement, 
community service, and leadership in high school; 
and be registered for at least six credits. This award 
is renewable each year providing the student main- 
tains a 3.00 grade point average, is enrolled full- 
time each semester, and continues in a technologi- 
cal area. 


Wardwell Braiding Machine Company Endow- 
ment: Income from endowment for scholarships 
awarded annually on the basis of merit. 


Washington Trust Company Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to an undergraduate student from Rhode 
Island on the basis of merit and financial need. 


Washington Trust Scholarship: This Washington 
Trust scholarship will be current (non-endowment) 
income, to be distributed to two URI students. 
Each student will receive a $2,500 award. First 
preference will be given to students from South 
County, with a second preference to students from 
the Washington Trust service area (including rel- 
evant parts of Connecticut). Preference should also 
be given to incoming freshman students, but one 
award may be given to an upper class student. Re- 
cipients must have at least a 3.0 grade point average. 


Paul L. Watelet ‘34 Athletic Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for athletic scholarships, with first 
preference given to a participant in URI men’s bas- 
ketball. Selection made by the director of athletics. 


George F. Weston Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from a fund established by the Providence Techni- 
cal High School Athletic Field Association awarded 
annually to graduates of Rhode Island high schools 
and college preparatory schools who demonstrate 
financial need. Preference is given to former stu- 
dents and descendants of former students and 
teachers of Technical High School of Providence. 


Weygand Family Fund: Income from endowment 
for a scholarship awarded when the following crite- 
ria are met. The recipient will be a Rhode Island 
resident who is non-traditional (in the sense of an 
adult student attending college for the first time or 
returning after an absence), has financial need, is in 
satisfactory academic standing, and is enrolled in a 
baccalaureate degree program that will lead to a 
career in public service to the people of Rhode 
Island. This individual must be involved in a univer- 
sity sponsored and/or University sanctioned com- 
munity service program. 


Francis J. Wilcox ‘51 Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually on the 
basis of financial need. 


David R. Wilkes Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to a student with financial 

need, with preference given to a resident of Rhode 
Island. 


Frank and Natalie Williams ‘40 Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for scholarships to under- 
graduate students in good academic standing with 
genuine financial need. First preference to students 
from Rhode Island. 


Ruth A. Williams Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for scholarships awarded annually to stu- 
dents from the Westerly area. 


“Woman’s Seamen’s Friend Society of Connecti- 
cut: Awards to undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents from Connecticut who are in marine-ori- 
ented programs and have financial need. 


Carl R. Woodward Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment, a gift from the Alumni Associa- 
tion, available annually to students with financial 
need. 


Lt. Charles Yaghoobian Jr. ‘65 Memorial Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment available to a stu- 
dent with financial need, with first preference to 
residents of Blackstone Valley, R.I., majoring in 
physical education, and second preference to resi- 
dents of Blackstone Valley regardless of major. 


Heber W. Youngken Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to students employed by the URI Univer- 
sity Club. 


SCHOLARSHIPS 7 


Arts and Sciences 


*Ward Abusamra Scholarship in Music and 
Voice: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
in music awarded annually to a graduate or under- 
graduate music major on the basis of merit. Prefer- 
ence given to students concentrating in voice or 
chorus. Recipient to be selected by the Department 
of Music Recruitment and Awards Committee dur- 
ing annual spring auditions. 


Heidi Allen Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment, established by parents and friends of 
Heidi Allen, awarded to a student with financial 
need who is a political science major. 


*Robert Allen Memorial Endowment: In memory 
of Robert W. Allen, Ph.D. ’72. Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a sci- 
ence major, either undergraduate or graduate, 
with a GPA of 3.0 or better. 


Lee Armstrong Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to one or two undergraduate women in the 
College of Arts and Sciences on the basis of merit 
and financial need. 


Sonia Aronian and Geoffrey Gibbs Scholarship in 
Music Composition: Income from endowment for 
a scholarship awarded annually to a music major 
who demonstrates artistic achievement in music 
composition. Selection by the Music Department. 


Balmforth Family Endowed Scholarship in Pre- 
Med Studies: Income from endowment for a 
scholarship awarded annually on the basis of merit 
and need to support a student majoring in the bio- 
logical sciences, chemistry, or any other program 
in the College of Arts and Sciences who has ex- 
pressed an interest in medicine, veterinary medi- 
cine, or another health-related field. 


Victor J. Baxt Chemistry Scholarship Endow- 
ment: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to graduate students in chemis- 
try based on merit. Preference given for summer 
study and research. Selection made by the Depart- 
ment of Chemistry. 


Beaupre Family Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a 
chemistry major with junior standing. Recipient 
should be a married student (preference given to a 
married student with at least one child) with finan- 
cial need and a 2.80 grade point average or higher 
who is a resident of Rhode Island. The student 
may, in addition, receive the award in the senior 
year as long as criteria are still being met. If a 
chemistry major does not meet all of the above cri- 
teria, the award may be given to a qualified stu- 
dent in any of the other sciences. 


8 LOAN FUNDS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS 


Bessie D. Belmont Memorial Scholarship: Gift of 
Dr. and Mrs. Ralph S. Belmont in memory of his 
mother. Income from endowment awarded annu- 
ally to an undergraduate majoring in natural sci- 
ences on the basis of scholarship and/or diligent 
application and financial need. 


* Stanley Berger Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to a graduate 
student in clinical psychology. Recipient selected 
by the Department of Psychology. 


Mary Braga Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship to a female undergraduate 
in the College of Arts and Sciences of Portuguese 
descent. Preference will be given to a Rhode Island 
resident and to the older student. The dean of the 
College of Arts and Sciences will determine the re- 
cipient. 


* Bertran M. Brown ‘36 Endowment: Income from 
endowment for graduate student support in the 
Department of Chemistry. 


Phyllis R. Brown Chemistry Endowment: Income 
from endowment for fellowship stipends awarded 
annually to graduate students who are in the 
graduate chemistry program. Selection made by 
the Chemistry Department. 


Norma Bugbee Memorial Scholarship Fund: In- 
come from endowment for scholarships for deserv- 
ing upperclass students in the University’s food sci- 
ences and nutrition, textiles, and music programs 
in loving memory of Norma Bugbee Starr, Class of 
1944. Award of scholarships to be based upon 
candidate's scholastic achievements and ability 
without reference to financial resources of the can- 
didate or his or her parents. 


R. Craig Caldwell Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a student majoring in computer science on 
the basis of scholastic ability alone. Recipient se- 
lected by the College of Arts and Sciences. 


Roderick Caldwell Endowment Scholarship in 
Mathematics: Income from endowment awarded 
annually to an undergraduate student majoring in 
mathematics who has demonstrated above-average 
academic promise and genuine financial need. Re- 
cipient selected by Student Financial Assistance and 
Employment Services and the Department of Math- 
ematics. 


Bruce D. Campbell Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to an 
undergraduate student in the Physics Department 
on the basis of academic merit with preference 
given to Rhode Island residents. Recipient selected 
by the chairperson of the Physics Department. 


Eleanor M. Carlson Trust Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to students in the women’s studies program. 
Recipient selected by the director of the women’s 
studies program. 


Eleanor M. and Oscar M. Carlson Scholarship 
Fund: Income from endowment for scholarships 
awarded annually to women students who are 
single-parent heads of household and who have 
one or more dependent children. Preference will be 
given to students who meet one or more of the 
following criteria: 1) choice of a nontraditional 
education track, 2) financial need, 3) good aca- 
demic standing, 4) Rhode Island resident, and 5) a 
major or minor in women’s studies. Recipients se- 
lected, in consultation with Student Financial Assis- 
tance and Employment Services, by a committee 
comprised of the head of the women’s studies pro- 
gram, URI faculty members (three women and one 
man) associated with the women’s studies pro- 
gram, and, if it exists, one member of the Women’s 
Studies Council. One scholarship will generally be 
equal to in-state tuition plus a book allowance. 


College of Arts and Sciences Scholarship: Income 
from endowment used for the benefit of under- 
graduate and graduate students in the College of 
Arts and Sciences. Awards will be made by the 
dean of the college based on financial need and 
academic qualifications. 


Paul H. Conway ‘84 Memorial Scholarship: Schol- 
arship providing tuition support for an in-state stu- 
dent, selected by an essay competition in the Col- 
lege of Arts & Sciences. Applicants should be 
Rhode Island residents majoring in any under- 
graduate degree program offered by the college, 
full-time students in good academic standing, in 
their sophomore or junior years. Students who may 
have had a challenging first semester at URI, but 
who have improved their subsequent academic 
performance, are encouraged to apply. Applica- 
tions available in the dean’s office. 


“Department of Theatre Scholarship Endow- 
ment: Income from endowment to be used for the 
benefit of the undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents in the Department of Theatre. Scholarships 
will be awarded by the chair of the department, in 
consultation with Student Financial Assistance and 
Employment Services, and will be based on finan- 
cial need and/or academic qualifications. 


Robert A. DeWolf Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship in zoology awarded an- 
nually. Recipient selected by the Department of 
Zoology. 


Dodd Family Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to a student with junior 

standing majoring in biology or an ocean-related 
field. The recipient should be from Rhode Island, 
have demonstrated financial need and at least a 

3.00 grade point average. 


Carrie G. and Daniel M. Doody Memorial Schol- 
arship: Income from endowment for an award to 
the student(s) that best exemplifies the philosophy 
and spirit of the Department of Communication 
Studies. 


Otto Dornberg Study Abroad Endowment: In- 
come from endowment for awards to promote 
study abroad for students of German. Selection 
made by the German section of the Languages De- 
partment. 


Duffy Endowed Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a junior 
or senior majoring in economics, journalism, his- 
tory or political science on the basis of academic 
average (3.8 or better) and demonstrated financial 
need. Recipient selected by the dean of the College 
of Arts and Sciences in consultation with the stu- 
dent financial aid office. 


“Catharine and Walter Eckman Memorial Schol- 
arship: Income from endowment awarded annu- 
ally to a graduate student in the humanities (in- 
cluding English, comparative literature, languages, 
history, philosophy, music, and political science). 
Recipient selected by the Graduate School Com- 
mittee on Scholarships and Fellowships. 


Gardener, Ralph, Robert and England Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment for a scholarship in 
sociology for deserving students on basis of merit. 
Recipient selected by the chair of the Department 
of Sociology and Anthropology or designee. 


Thomas V. Falciglia Honorary Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to a mu- 
sic major concentrating in piano, organ, orchestral 
instrument, or voice on the basis of musical 
achievement or contribution to the music program, 
or to a musically talented freshman, with prefer- 
ence to students with financial need. Selection 
made by the Department of Music. 


*Robert H. ’35 and Marjorie P. Fillmore '36 Me- 
morial Scholarship: Income from endowment, es- 
tablished by Judith Ann Fillmore in memory of her 
mother and father, awarded annually to an under- 
graduate or graduate student on the basis of good 
scholastic standing who demonstrates financial 
need and is enrolled in an ocean science program. 
First consideration is given to sons and daughters 
of the URI Washington Alumni Club, Washington, 
D.C. 


Fine Arts Scholarship: Scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a music major demonstrating financial need. 


Lillian and Benjamin Fine Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to an 
undergraduate in journalism with financial need. 


*R. Ken Force Graduate Fellowship in Analytical 
Chemistry: Income from endowment for a fellow- 
ship awarded annually to a graduate student study- 
ing analytical chemistry. Recipient selected by the 
Department of Chemistry. 


* Alex V. and Elli A. Fricke Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for scholarships awarded 
annually to students majoring in ecology-related 
programs on the basis of good academic standing 
and financial need. First preference to students 
from Cranston and/or Rhode Island. 


“Elizabeth D. Futas Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to a 
student in the Graduate School of Library and In- 
formation Studies. Recipient selected by the GSLIS. 


Madelyn Grady Geisser Endowed Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a female student enrolled in 
the College of Arts and Sciences who demonstrates 
financial need and is a single parent, head of 
household. The scholarship will be in the form of 
either a tuition waiver, textbook waiver at the URI 
Bookstore, or day care waiver at the on-campus 
day care facility. Recipient selected by the dean of 
Arts and Sciences and Student Financial Assistance 
and Employment Services. 


Elia and Roberto Germani Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to an undergraduate in the College of Arts and 
Sciences on the basis of academic merit with pref- 
erence given to Rhode Island residents. Recipient 
selected by the dean of the college. 


*Graduate Library School Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to a student 
enrolled in the Graduate School of Library and In- 
formation Studies. Recipient selected by the GSLIS. 


Rox-Ellene Greenlaw English Scholarship: Income 
for endowment for a scholarship awarded annually 
to a female English major in her third year at URI 
who is a Rhode Island resident. The award is based 
on academic excellence and achievement, dedica- 
tion to studies, personal integrity, willingness to 
assist others, and love of the literary arts. Selection 
made by the Department of English. 


Cynthia Grinnell Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to 
women students majoring in mathematics or sci- 
ence based on financial need and academic merit. 


Dr. Adolphus C. Hailstork III Music Scholarship 
for Minority Students: Income from endowment 
for a scholarship awarded annually on the basis of 
merit to minority students entering the Depart- 
ment of Music. Selection made by the Department 
of Music. 


Mona Zacaria Hamer Memorial Fellowship: In- 
come from endowment for a fellowship awarded 
annually in chemistry with preference to a student 
doing cancer-related research. Selection made by 
the Chemistry Department. 


John I. Hardy Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a stu- 
dent majoring in biology. 


Hutton Senior Prize in Hispanic Studies: Income 
from endowment for an award made annually to a 
senior specializing in Spanish or Hispanic studies 
who has taken a course devoted to the works of 
Cervantes or a course devoted to his classic Don 
Quixote, and has a 3.0 overall average and a 3.0 
average in Spanish. Selection made by the Spanish 
section of the Languages Department. 


Frederick and Katherine Jackson Scholarship En- 
dowment: Income from endowment for a scholar- 
ship awarded annually to a student with financial 
need in the College of Arts and Sciences who is en- 
rolled in the physical, biological, or social sciences, 
or in the humanities. 


Jazz Studies Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a student pursuing the study of jazz. Se- 
lection made by the Department of Music. 


*G. Dickinson Kenney and Virginia Stiles Chem- 
istry Scholarship: Income from endowment for a 
scholarship awarded to an undergraduate chemis- 
try major for summer study or research. If there is 
no qualified summer recipient, a scholarship will be 
awarded to an incoming or current undergraduate 
or graduate majoring in chemistry. 


Mary Langdon Memorial Scholarship in Voice: 
Income from endowment awarded annually for a 
scholarship to a music major studying voice. Selec- 
tion made by the Music Department. 


Lee Family Endowed Scholarship in Music: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to in- 
coming students (freshmen or transfer) in music 
with preference to those concentrating in composi- 
tion, piano or saxophone. A returning music major 
may be eligible. Recipient selected by the Depart- 
ment of Music along with the department's Schol- 
arship Committee. 


June Rockwell Levy Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to music students with financial need. 


John T. McCarthy ‘36 Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship in zool- 
ogy awarded annually to a deserving junior or se- 
nior, with preference to a student planning to 
attend a veterinary school. 


McKee Family Scholarship: Scholarship in the 
College of Arts and Sciences awarded annually to a 
student with a B- to B+ average and demonstrated 
financial need who comes from the Blackstone 
Valley. 


Nancy McKinstry Endowed Scholarship in Eco- 
nomics: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to students majoring in econom- 
ics. The scholarship is based on merit and need. 


William D. and Clarice Metz Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for an award annually to a gradu- 
ating senior for excellence and a scholarship 
awarded annually to a graduate student in history 
who shows great promise in advancing the under- 
standing of historical issues. Recipient selected 
from recommendations by history department 
faculty. 


Thomas W. Miller Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to 
students from New Jersey, preferably majoring in 
the sciences, with both financial need and aca- 
demic achievement. 


SCHOLARSHIPS 9 


Ryan Mone Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to graduating se- 
niors at Martha’s Vineyard Regional High School 
and then to graduating seniors of Cape Cod or 
Nantucket high schools who are planning to attend 
URI. Recipient selected by dean of Arts and Sci- 
ences and principal of Martha’s Vineyard Regional 
High School. 


Mother Jones Endowed Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a $500 scholarship in 
women’s studies awarded annually on the primary 
basis of financial need and the secondary basis of 
scholarly excellence. Selection made by the 
Women’s Studies Program Committee. 


Sebastian P. and Marybelle Musco Voice Schol- 
arship: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to assist undergraduate and 
graduate music majors who are studying voice and 
are interested in pursuing careers in opera and vo- 
cal performance. 


E.A. Palmetier Memorial Award in Biological Sci- 
ences: Income from endowment for an award 
given annually to an undergraduate student in the 
Department of Biological Sciences who demon- 
strates academic excellence. Recipient selected by 
the chairperson of the department of biological 
sciences. 


Pardee Memorial Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment will be awarded 50 percent to under- 
graduates majoring in, or incoming students in- 
tending to major in, economics or philosophy, and 
50 percent to students studying at Richmond Col- 
lege in London, under the sponsorship of the 
American Institute for Foreign Study Program. Stu- 
dents must demonstrate financial need, be in good 
academic standing, and demonstrate motivation. 
Preference given to students from Maine. 


Colonel Alden E. Peterson Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually in the field of languages or busi- 
ness based on students’ academic average and fi- 
nancial need. 


Thomas R. Pezzullo Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded to an under- 
graduate student on the basis of talent in theatre 
and on financial need. Recipient selected by the 
Theatre Department and Student Financial Assis- 
tance and Employment Services. 


Nancy Potter Endowment: Income from endow- 
ment awarded to a high-ranking junior majoring in 
English. Recipients selected by the Department of 
English. 


Presser Scholarship: Award given to an outstand- 
ing music major at or after the end of his or her 
junior year. Recipient selected by the Department 
of Music. 


10 


W. Donald and Jane Rankin Scholarship in Mu- 
sic: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to an undergraduate music stu- 
dent. Preference given to a student with financial 
need. Recipient selected by the chairperson of the 
Department of Music and Student Financial Assis- 
tance and Employment Services. 


Mary A. Silverman Ravin, M.D., ’44 Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a $250 scholarship 
given annually to the highest-ranking female pre- 
medical student at the close of her junior year. 


Elton Rayack Scholarship in Economics: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to an economics major. Preference is given to 
those with financial need who have demonstrated 
a strong commitment to social justice and a strong 
academic record, based on GPA. 


Harold A. Riemenschneider Award: Income from 
endowment for an award given annually to a stu- 

dent pursuing studies in radiation either in the De- 
partment of Biological Sciences or the Department 
of Chemistry. Recipient selected by Student Finan- 
cial Assistance and Employment Services in consul- 
tation with these departments. 


Max Rosen Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to a student with 
financial need, preferably a junior, majoring in his- 
tory with emphasis on American history. Selection 
made by the Department of History. 


Mark Ross Endowed Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for annual awards to undergraduate 
Arts and Sciences students. Recipients selected by 
the College of Arts and Sciences. 


Brett Santoro Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally, on the basis of need, to a student majoring in 
the biological sciences. 


Dana Shugar Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship to alternate between 
the English and Women’s Studies departments. Se- 
lection made by the two departments. 


Warren Smith Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to an 
English major. 


South County Center for the Arts Music Talent 
Scholarship: Income from endowment for a schol- 
arship awarded annually to full-time undergraduate 
music majors who are graduating from a South 
County high school (North Kingstown, South 
Kingstown, Chariho, Westerly or Narragansett) 
based on musical talent. If no entering freshmen 
from these schools is a music major, the scholar- 
ship can be awarded to a former graduate of South 
County high school. Recipient selected by an audi- 
tor before the scholarship and recruitment commit- 
tee of the Department of Music. 


LOAN FUNDS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS 


Edna L. Steeves Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to an English major with high academic 
achievement. Recipient selected by the Depart- 
ment of English. 


John Stitely Memorial Scholarship: In memory of 
Professor John O. Stitley, Hon ‘71, income from 
endowment for a scholarship in political science. 


Donald Strauss Legislative Internship Endow- 
ment: Income from endowment given preferably 
to a member of the junior class to finance a sum- 
mer at the Rhode Island Legislature, serving either 
a state senator or state representative. Recipient 
selected by Department of Political Science 
designee. 


Mildred C. Thelen Scholarship in Spanish: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually on the basis of meritorious performance 
and financial need, to students majoring in Span- 
ish. 


Daniel Thomas Scholarship in History: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to undergraduate history majors based on need 
and merit. Selection made by the Department of 
History and Student Financial Assistance and Em- 
ployment Services. 


Ruth E. Trexler Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship in music. Recipient selected 
by the Department of Music. 


URI-Fleet Scholarship: Annual scholarship awards 
of $2,000 for academically talented Rhode Island 
high school students with demonstrated financial 
need. The recipients must major either in econom- 
ics or in business administration and maintain an 
overall 3.00 grade point average to retain the 
scholarship. Recipients selected by a committee of 
faculty from the Department of Economics and the 
College of Business Administration. 


* Milton Waltcher ‘41 Memorial Endowment: In- 
come from endowment for annual awards to go to 
a deserving chemistry graduate student during 
summer months and to a deserving undergraduate 
student in mechanical engineering. 


Wardwell Braiding Machine Company Scholar- 
ship: Students majoring in computer science or 
engineering are eligible for $1,000 awards each 
year until graduation, provided they maintain a 
grade point average of 3.0 starting in their fresh- 
man year. First preference to URI students from im- 
mediate families employed by Wardwell, second 
preference to students enrolled from Pawtucket or 
Central Falls, and third preference to students from 
the Blackstone Valley. 


David Warren Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to a student majoring in 
political science. Recipient selected by the Depart- 
ment of Political Science. 


George Wiley Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to an African- 
American student in the College of Arts and Sci- 
ences who shows an interest in community service, 
government or issues of social concern. Recipient 
selected based on merit, by the dean with recom- 
mendations from interested faculty. 


*Norris Wood Microbiology Award: Income from 
endowment for an annual award in the field of mi- 
crobiology. Recipient selected by the Department 
of Biochemistry, Microbiology and Molecular 
Genetics. 


Frank L. Woods Memorial Scholarship: Estab- 
lished by family and friends as a permanent memo- 
rial in honor of Dr. Woods, URI professor of Ger- 
man and linguistics, the scholarship provides for 
support for a junior or senior majoring in German 
or German linguistics. Recipients will be chosen by 
members of the German faculty. Awards for tu- 
ition, fees, and other University expenses will be 
made by Student Financial Assistance and Employ- 
ment Services. 


Wrigley Memorial Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to a 
student majoring in Italian who wishes to study 
abroad. Recipients selected by Professors Trivelli 
and Viglionese or their designees. 


Business Administration 


American Production and Inventory Control So- 
ciety, Providence Chapter (APICS) Award: 
Awarded annually to a senior with a major or minor 
in production and operations management who is 
also a member of APICS. 


AMICA Mutual Insurance Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships to students in 
the College of Business Administration. Recipients 
selected by Student Financial Assistance and Em- 
ployment Services and the college. 


Anderson Family Trust: Income from endowment 
for a scholarship awarded to a student majoring in 
insurance. 


“David Beretta ‘49 Endowment: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to 
provide support for either a student enrolled in the 
College of Engineering with a minor in business or 
for a graduate in engineering who wishes to pursue 
full-time study for a master’s degree in the College 
of Business Administration. Recipient selected by a 
joint decision of the deans of both colleges. 


Dr. Winfield S. Briggs Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment available to students in ac- 
counting with financial need. 


Frederick J. and Karen F. Buchsbaum Accounting 
Award: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually with preference to a third-year 
accounting major from New Jersey on the basis of 
merit and financial need. Selection made by the 
Department of Accounting and Student Financial 
Assistance and Employment Services. 


Robert Stetson Butler and Charlene Klatt Butler 
Scholarship: Income from endowment for a 
scholarship(s) awarded annually to a resident(s) of 
West Greenwich who is a graduate of Exeter-West 
Greenwich High School on the basis of financial 
need with preference to an incoming freshman. 


Anthony DiPetrillo Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to an 
undergraduate in the College of Business on the 
basis of financial need. 


Saul Fern Marketing Scholarship: Income from 
endowment to a junior majoring in advertising 
and/or marketing with preference to members of 
the Rho lota Chapter of Zeta Beta Tau Fraternity. 


Warren Ferriter Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to majors in 
the College of Business Administration with out- 
standing academic records and demonstrated fi- 
nancial need. 


James ‘76 and Nancy ‘77 Forte Scholarship in 
Business and Nursing: Income from endowment 
for a scholarship awarded annually in the College 
of Business Administration and the College of 
Nursing. 


Jack Fradin Scholarship: Income from endowment 
awarded annually to a junior-year accounting ma- 
jor based on academic performance and financial 
need. 


Peter M. and Mildred J. Galanti Business Award 
in Accounting: Income from this endowment will 
be given to a student based on financial need and 
academic performance. 


Peter M. and Mildred J. Galanti Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to a stu- 
dent from New Jersey enrolled in the College of 
Business Administration. 


Francis S. Goff Jr. ’35 Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to undergraduate 
students majoring in business on the basis of good 
academic standing and genuine financial need. 
First preference to employees or children of em- 
ployees of Providence Mutual Fire Insurance Com- 
pany. Second preference to students from Rhode 
Island. 


Saul and Alfred Goldstein Scholarship: Income 
from endowment available to a student with finan- 
cial need, with preference to College of Business 
Administration students. 


*George and Lois Graboys Minority Student En- 
dowment: Awarded annually to minority students 
with financial need wishing to pursue a business 
degree. First preference to undergraduates, but 
graduate students will be considered. The mini- 
mum grade point average for an undergraduate 
recipient is 2.70 and for a graduate student 3.00. 
Scholarships will be awarded to eligible students 
with the highest grade point average. 


David H. Gulvin Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a graduate or undergraduate student in the 
College of Business Administration who displays 
leadership in the community, has financial need, 
and is in good academic standing. 


Hospital Trust Minority Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for four-year scholarships awarded an- 
nually to one male and one female minority stu- 
dent enrolled in the College of Business Administra- 
tion who are graduates of a Rhode Island high 
school and are Rhode Island residents. Candidates 
must demonstrate academic and leadership poten- 
tial, as well as financial need, as determined by Stu- 
dent Financial Assistance and Employment Services. 
Recipients may retain the scholarship for four years 
if they maintain a 2.50 grade point average. Recipi- 
ent selected by the dean of the College of Business 
Administration. 


Independent Insurance Agents of Rhode Island 
Scholarship: $2,500 awarded annually to deserv- 
ing students in risk management and insurance. 
Selection made by the Department of Finance and 
Insurance. 


Carl W. Kaiser Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a senior majoring in management with fi- 
nancial need. 


George B. and Mildred L. McKowen Scholarship: 
Income from endowment to a student from New 
Jersey who is enrolled in the College of Business 
Administration. 


Anne O'Connell ‘60 and John D. Stich ‘76, M.S. 
‘80 Memorial Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for the support of an undergraduate business 
student studying in a German-speaking country, or 
if there is no such student, an undergraduate stu- 
dent attending the German Summer School of the 
Atlantic at URI. Recipient selected by the College of 
Business and the German Department. 


Colonel Alden E. Peterson Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually in the field of languages or busi- 
ness based on students’ academic average and fi- 
nancial need. 


Everett Picchione Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship in accounting 
awarded annually to a deserving student from 
Rhode Island. Recipient selected by Student Finan- 
cial Assistance and Employment Services and the 
Department of Accounting. 


Ralph C. Potter Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment available to a student in the College of 
Business Administration with financial need. 


Rhode Island Association of Insurance and Fi- 
nancial Advisors Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to an 
outstanding student in finance who is a Rhode Is- 
land resident. Selection made by the Department 
of Finance. 


SCHOLARSHIPS 11 


Rhode Island Society of Certified Public Accoun- 
tants Scholarship: An annual scholarship award of 
$200 to a sophomore or junior majoring in ac- 
counting who has a good scholastic record. Selec- 
tion made by the Department of Accounting. 


Brooksby A. Sanderson Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a worthy student with finan- 
cial need who is majoring in accounting. 


Timothy J. and Mary English Sullivan Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment for scholarships 
awarded annually to students majoring in account- 
ing with preference given to children of employees 
of Sullivan and Company. 


URI-Fleet Scholarship: Annual scholarship awards 
of $2,000 for academically talented Rhode Island 
high school students with demonstrated financial 
need. The recipients must major either in business 
administration or in economics and maintain an 
overall 3.00 grade point average to retain the 
scholarship. Recipients selected by a committee of 
faculty from the College of Business Administration 
and the Department of Economics. 


Continuing Education 


Dr. Richard M. Bianco Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for scholarships awarded annually to 
“women in transition” enrolled in the BGS Program 
of the Alan Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing 
Education for tuition and/or books on the basis of 
merit. Recipient selected by the ASFCCE Scholar- 
ship Committee. 


Walter A. Crocker Endowment Fund: Income 
from endowment to provide grants to students in 
the Alan Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing 
Education, for expenses related to enrollment in 
the college. Recipients selected by the Crocker 
Scholarship Selection Committee. 


Lillian Feinstein Scholarships: Income from en- 
dowment for scholarships to Alan Shawn Feinstein 
College of Continuing Education undergraduate 
students. The Feinstein Foundation and ASFCCE 
participate in selecting the recipients. 


*NACM RISEN Endowed Scholarship: Income 
from endowment will be divided 50/50 with 50 
percent returning annually and the other 50 per- 
cent for a scholarship awarded annually, with pref- 
erence to NACM RISEN members on the basis of 
need to students enrolled in the Alan Shawn 
Feinstein College of Continuing Education’s busi- 
ness education program. 


Suzanna Anstine Norbeck Endowed Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a woman with minor children 
and financial need who is attending the Alan 
Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing Education 
with the goal of attaining a B.A or B.S. 


12 


Janice Paff Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded to a student in the Alan 
Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing Education, 
enabling him or her to take an initial course at 
AFSCCE and purchase books. Recipients selected by 
the vice provost of AFSCCE. 


Thomas A. and Dorothy M. Verrechia Endow- 
ment: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to undergraduate students in the 
Alan Shawn Feinstein College of Continuing Educa- 
tion on the basis of good academic standing and 
genuine financial need. 


Engineering 


Robert Allen Memorial Endowment: In memory 
of Robert W. Allen, Ph.D. ’72. Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a sci- 
ence major, either undergraduate or graduate, 
with a GPA of 3.0 or better. 


Philip A. and Bette A. Ayoub Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a student majoring in civil engineering 
based on academic excellence. Selection made by 
the College of Engineering. 


James L. Baldwin Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a civil engineering student. 


A.J. Beaudoin Memorial Scholarship (Electrical 
League of Rhode Island): Two $1,000 grants 
awarded annually to Rhode Island residents who 
are majoring in electrical engineering and who 
have financial need. 


* David Beretta '49 Endowment: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to 
provide support for either a student enrolled in the 
College of Engineering with a minor in business or 
for a graduate in engineering who wishes to pursue 
full-time study for a master’s degree in the College 
of Business Administration. Recipient selected by a 
joint decision of the deans of both colleges. 


William R. Bisson Family Endowment: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to students majoring in electrical engineering 
who demonstrate academic excellence and finan- 
cial need. Preference to students who are Rhode 
Island residents. 


Norman H. Borden Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment established in the 
memory of Norman H. Borden awarded annually 
to a student majoring in chemical engineering with 
genuine financial need. 


Ronald and Lillie Bowden Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship to a stu- 
dent enrolled in the College of Engineering. 


George A. Brown Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to a student majoring in mechanical 
engineering. 


LOAN FUNDS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS 


Gene Bucci Family Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded at the direc- 
tion of the chair of the Civil Engineering Depart- 
ment to a female student studying civil 
enginerering who is a Rhode Island resident. 


Alfred S. Budnick Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to 
undergraduate students in engineering who have 
financial need and the ability to succeed in the pro- 
gram. 


Joseph L. Campanella Memorial Endowed Schol- 
arship: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a student who is a Bristol 
County resident, who maintains good grades, and 
is pursuing a degree in the Department of Chemi- 
cal Engineering. 


Daniel O. Cargill Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to a 
student in civil engineering. 


Peter M. Carley ‘79 Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually on the basis of financial need, academic 
performance, or a combination of both, with pref- 
erence to civil engineering students. 


“Albert E. Carlotti Endowment: Income from en- 
dowment for undergraduate and graduate students 
enrolled in the College of Engineering. 


Chemical Engineering Freshman Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for scholarships for fresh- 
men majoring in chemical engineering. Funded 
through the generous contribitions of Harold N. 
Knickle. Selection made by the Department of 
Chemical Engineering. 


Cherry Semiconductor Scholarship Endowment: 
Income from endowment for scholarships awarded 
annually in engineering. Preference to students 
who are Rhode Island residents with financial need 
and of high academic caliber. Recipients selected 
by the Dean of the College of Engineering. 


Dr. David J. Chronley Fund in Chemical Engi- 
neering: Income from endowment for annual cre- 
ativity awards for junior or senior undergraduate 
students in chemical engineering and need-based 
undergraduate scholarships in chemical engineer- 
ing. Awards and scholarships awarded at the dis- 
cretion of the department chairperson. 


Francis J. Connell ‘49 Memorial Endowment: In- 

come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 

annually to a junior or senior majoring in civil engi- 
neering on the basis of genuine financial need and 
acceptable academic performance. First preference 
to a student from Newport; second preference to a 
student from Rhode Island. 


Day Family Scholarship: Annual scholarship 
awarded to a minority student entering as a full- 
time freshman who shows academic promise in the 
field of engineering and has demonstrated financial 
need. This scholarship will be renewed annually if a 


grade point average of 3.00 or higher is main- 
tained and other criteria are met, as outlined by 
the donor. Preference will be given to (in the fol- 
lowing order): graduates of Middletown High 
School, residents of Newport County, and Rhode 
Island residents. 


Kenneth A. Epstein Engineering Scholarship: An- 
nual grant for a scholarship to a student enrolled in 
the College of Engineering. 


Kam Esmail Endowed Scholarship Fund: Income 
from endowment for annual, recurring scholarship 
awards for undergraduate students majoring in one 
of the traditional civil engineering areas of concen- 
tration. Criteria includes evidenced financial need, 
a Rhode Island resident, a graduate of a Rhode 
Island high school, and a U.S. citizen. Recipient 
selected by the College of Engineering. 


* Matthew Flores Memorial Fund: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship for an junior or senior 
majoring in mechanical, with an interest in robotics 
and/or biomedical research preferred, based on 
high academic achievement. Recipient selected by 
the College of Engineering. 


George Geisser Sr. Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded annually to civil engineering 
student(s) in good standing and with financial 
need. 


George and Virginia Geisser Civil Engineering 
Scholarship: Income from endowment for a schol- 
arship awarded annually to a Rhode Island high 
school graduate planning to major in civil engi- 
neering who has financial need and a good aca- 
demic record. Selection made by the Department 
of Civil Engineering and Student Financial Assis- 
tance and Employment Services. 


Geisser Engineering Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship awarded annually to 
an undergraduate student pursuing a degree in 
civil engineering on the basis of academic merit 
and financial need. 


Gertz Family Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship in engineering. 


Gray Family Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to one or 
more Rhode Island resident undergraduate stu- 
dents in the College of Engineering. Recipient 
selected by the College of Engineering. 


Louis Raymond Hampton ‘42 Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually on the basis of genuine financial need and 
academic performance. First preference given to 
engineering students who are dependent children 
of Providence Gas Company employees. 


International Engineering Program Scholarship: 
Scholarships awarded annually to students in the 
International Engineering Program. Recipients 
selected by the College of Engineering. 


Ronald C. Jalbert Scholarship Endowment: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship for a de- 
clared undergraduate civil engineering major and a 
Rhode Island resident. Preference to be given to 
qualifying children from the Maguire Group, Inc. 
Scholarship award to be determined by the chair of 
the Civil Engineering Department. 


Amos Kent, P.E., Memorial Scholarship: Income 

rom endowment created by the National Council 
of Engineering Examiners. Awarded to a student in 
engineering who is entering the junior year on the 
basis of financial need. Selection made by the Col- 
ege of Engineering. 


Dean Thomas Kim Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment to be awarded to the most noteworthy 
reshman in the College of Engineering who has 
inancial need. Recipient selected by the college 
along with Student Financial Assistance and 
Employment Services. 


Mason B. Kingsbury Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship in engi- 
neering awarded annually. Recipient selected by 
the College of Engineering. 


Leonard ‘43 and Elena Lanni Family Endowment: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to a 
major in mechanical or chemical engineering. Pref- 
erence to a first-generation American who gradu- 
ated from a Rhode Island high school and has 
genuine financial need and an acceptable aca- 
demic performance. Recipient selected jointly by 
Student Financial Assistance and Employment 
Services and the College of Engineering. 


James M. Lenehan Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a student in the College of Engineering with 
academic ability and financial need. First prefer- 
ence given to a student majoring in mechanical 
engineering whose practical experience or school- 
ing and activities demonstrate that the student is a 
self-starter likely to become a manager of engi- 
neers. 


‘Gabriel Lengyel Fellowship in Electrical Engi- 
neering: Income from endowment established by 
the late Ruth Braun for a fellowship awarded annu- 
ally to the graduate student in electrical engineer- 
ing with the most outstanding scholastic achieve- 
ment. 


Rosario J. Lombardo Scholarship in Engineering: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a female student in the Col- 
lege of Engineering on the basis of financial need. 


Robert A. Lusi Engineering Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to undergraduate engineering students on the 
basis of merit. Students may receive the award for 
all four years contingent upon satisfactory progress 
toward graduation. Selection made by the College 
of Engineering. 


Rudolph and Dorothy Nolan Lux '49 Scholarship 
for Academic Excellence: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to students in the sopho- 
more, junior, or senior year, majoring in one of the 
engineering disciplines, on the basis of high aca- 
demic achievement and financial need. Recipients 
selected by the dean of the College of Engineering. 


Charles A. Maguire and Associates Scholarship: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to stu- 
dents in the field of engineering with financial 
need. 


Carleton Maine Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a de- 
serving student in environmental, civil, or related 
engineering specialties who is in need of financial 
assistance. 


Angelo A. Marcello Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship in civil 
engineering awarded annually to a junior or senior 
based on financial need with consideration given 
to academic excellence. Minimum award $350; 
maximum, 50 percent of tuition. Selection made 
by the Department of Civil and Environmental 
Engineering. 


Arthur J. Minor Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship in engineering 
awarded annually to students with financial need. 


Joseph A. Morrone III Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship awarded annually in 
mechanical engineering on the basis of merit and/ 
or financial need. 


Vincent E. and Estelle E. Murphy Scholarship: 
Income from endowment established in the 
memory of Vincent E. Murphy for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a student in the College of 
Engineering with financial need. 


John J. Murray Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally in the College of Engineering based on aca- 
demic merit. 


Vito A. Nacci Civil Engineering Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually to a stu- 
dent in civil engineering. 


Henry J. Nardone Family Endowment: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to a student in 
mechanical engineering. Preference will be given 
to an incoming freshman who graduated from a 
Rhode Island high school and has demonstrated 
financial need. 


Narragansett Improvement Company Scholar- 
ships: Income from endowment for scholarships 
awarded annually to majors in civil and environ- 
mental engineering who are from Rhode Island. 
Recipients selected by the College of Engineering. 
Any specific criteria will be determined by the Col- 
lege of Engineering in conjunction with the Depart- 
ment of Civil and Environmental Engineering. 


SCHOLARSHIPS 13 


Osram Sylvania Scholarship: Annual award for a 
scholarship to assist students whose courses of study 
are in technical fields related to manufacturing. 


Charles Pagella Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for an annual scholarship to en- 
gineering students. 


Piacitelli Family Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to provide in-state tuition 
and fees to a sophomore engineering major who is 
a Rhode Island resident. The Dean of the College of 
Engineering, in cooperation with the college’s aca- 
demic advisor, will work in concert with the donors 
to honor and fulfill the scholarship award and the 
donors’ intentions on an annual basis. 


Grant H. Potter Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment, a bequest of Warren L. Offer, for 
scholarships to engineering students with financial 
need, with preference to residents of Rhode Island 
specializing in the field of electronics or aero- 
nautics. 


Rhode Island Builders Association Scholarship: 
Scholarship awarded on a three-year rotational 
basis to civil or environmental engineering stu- 
dents. Preference given to immediate family of R.I. 
Builders Association members. Recipients must be 
from Rhode Island, southeastern Massachusetts, or 
eastern Connecticut. 


Rhode Island Public Works Association Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment for a $500 scholar- 
ship awarded annually to a junior who is a resident 
of Rhode Island with financial need and good aca- 
demic standing who is majoring in civil engineer- 
ing. 

Joseph G.A. Riccio Civil Engineering Scholarship: 
Income from endowment awarded annually in civil 
engineering. Preference given to Bristol, R.I., resi- 
dents who are members of Theta Delta Chi frater- 
nity. Student must have good academic record and 
genuine financial need. 


Vincent Rose Family Endowment: Income from 
endowment for awards to students preferably with 
financial need who are obtaining practical experi- 
ence in pollution prevention in the Department of 
Chemical Engineering. 


“Rose Family Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for work study type awards to students who 
are obtaining practical experience in pollution pre- 
vention in the Department of Chemical Engineer- 
ing. Recipient selected by the chair of the depart- 
ment. 


Halkey K. Ross ‘33 Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded annually to a student in engi- 
neering on the basis of financial need and/or aca- 
demic achievement. 


14 


“Dr. Herman E. Sheets Endowment for Ocean 
Engineering: Income from endowment for scholar- 
ships and fellowships awarded annually to under- 
graduate and graduate students in the ocean engi- 
neering program. Recipients selected by the 
chairperson of the Department of Ocean Engineer- 
ing. 

William F. and Pauline T. Silvia Endowment: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to a student in the International Engineer- 
ing Program in Spanish. Recipient selected by the 
faculty of the program. 


John L. Slocum Scholarship in Civil Engineering: 
Income from endowment awarded to a deserving 
and worthy student in civil engineering. 


Dr. Malcolm L. Spaulding and Nicole Cornillon 
Scholarship in Ocean Engineering: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to an undergradu- 
ate student in the ocean engineering program. Pri- 
ority and preference given to students of outstand- 
ing scholastic merit and achievement, at the 
discretion of the chairperson of the Department of 
Ocean Engineering. 


Toray Plastics America, Inc., Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for eight scholarships to students 
in engineering; specifically, in electrical, mechani- 
cal, or chemical engineering. Two scholarships will 
be awarded to children of Toray employees based 
on need and scholastic achievement. Two scholar- 
ships will be awarded to graduating seniors of 
North Kingstown High School, one based on need 
and the other on scholastic achievement. Two 
scholarships will be available to minority and 
women students who reside in Rhode Island, one 
based on need and the other on scholastic achieve- 
ment. And two scholarships will be given to stu- 
dents who have demonstrated high scholastic 
achievement, one based on need and achievement 
and the other based solely on achievement. 


H. Winfield Tucker Jr. ‘43 Engineering Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment awarded annually 
to an undergraduate engineering student. Prefer- 
ence given to graduates of Washington County, 
R.I., high schools. Based on genuine financial need 
and academic performance. 


Royal Wales Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to a graduate of South 
Kingstown High School, in Wakefield, R.I., who is a 
full-time student at URI, meets minimum academic 
requirements, demonstrates satisfactory effort, and 
has demonstrated financial need. Preference given 
to a student enrolled in the College of Engineering. 
If there is no candidate from South Kingstown High 
School, the award will be given to a graduating 
senior from Rhode Island who meets, in order of 
preference, the above requirements. 


*Milton Waltcher '41 Memorial Endowment: In- 
come from endowment for annual awards to go to 
a deserving chemistry graduate student during 
summer months and to a deserving undergraduate 
student in mechanical engineering. 


LOAN FUNDS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS 


Wardwell Braiding Machine Company Scholar- 
ship: Students majoring in engineering or com- 
puter science are eligible for $1,000 awards each 
year until graduation, provided they maintain a 
grade point average of 3.0 starting in their fresh- 
man year. First preference to URI students from im- 
mediate families employed by Wardwell, second 
preference to students enrolled from Pawtucket or 
Central Falls, and third preference to students from 
the Blackstone Valley. 


Environment and Life Sciences 


Robert Allen Memorial Endowment: In memory 
of Robert W. Allen, Ph.D. ‘72. Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship awarded annually to a sci- 
ence major, either undergraduate or graduate, 
with a GPA of 3.0 or better. 


Ruth E. Atkinson Endowed Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to undergraduate students majoring in food 
science, textiles, or other substantially similar fields 
of study on the basis of academic merit and finan- 
cial need. 


John W. Atwood Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to a junior or 
senior in an animal science program; students to 
be selected by a committee on the basis of finan- 
cial need, academic performance, and interest. Se- 
lection made by the Department of Fisheries, Ani- 
mal and Veterinary Science. 


Harriet G. Bird Memorial Scholarship (Merwin 
Memorial Free Clinic for Animals, Inc.): $1,000 
awarded annually to Massachusetts residents with 
financial need who are majoring in animal science 
and technology and are interested in the welfare of 
animals. 


Barbara Bradford Brand ‘30 Scholarship: Income 
from bequest awarded annually to an undergradu- 
ate student in the College of the Environment and 
Life Sciences interested in researching ways to ac- 

celerate protection of the environment. 


W. Berkley Carter Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for scholarships awarded annually to stu- 
dents majoring in urban horticulture and turfgrass 
management. 


John Samuel Clapper Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment established by Orville O. 
Clapper in honor of his father, who pioneered the 
development of modern turf. Awards to outstand- 
ing juniors or seniors showing marked and abiding 
interest in turf culture. Selection made by the Col- 
lege of the Environment and Life Sciences. 


Dr. James W. and Mildred L. Cobble Memorial 
Scholarship: Income from endowment awarded 
annually to a sophomore, junior, or senior in the 
College of the Environment and Life Sciences, 
based primarily on financial need accompanied by 
evidence of satisfactory progress toward a degree. 


College of the Environment and Life Sciences 
Scholarship for Academic Excellence: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship in the College 
of the Environment and Life Sciences awarded an- 
nually on the basis of merit. 


Lloyd Robert Crandall Memorial Scholarship 
(Ashaway Line and Twine Manufacturing Com- 
pany): Income from endowment awarded annually 
to students in the aquaculture and fishery technol- 
ogy program with financial need. Selection made 
by the College of the Environment and Life Sci- 
ences. 


Alexander D. Daunis Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to students of the fisheries and aquacul- 
ture technology program who are specializing in 
marine fisheries. Preference to upper-class students 
from the Northeast who are maintaining a 3.00 
grade point average or better. Selection made by 
the Department of Fisheries and Animal Veterinary 
Sciences. 


Wayne King Durfee and Bernice Anderson 
Durfee Aquaculture Scholarships for Academic 
Excellence: Income from endowment for a $500 
scholarship awarded annually to a junior or senior 
who has majored in aquaculture for at least one 
year; the recipient is selected on the basis of merit, 
as evidenced in the past academic year, with first 
preference given to a student with special interest 
in shellfish. Also, up to $2,000 awarded to a gradu- 
ate student based on merit, with special interest in 
shellfish. 


* Marjorie Ellis Endowed Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarship to graduate or 
undergraduate students on the basis of financial 
need. Preference to students with an interest in nu- 
trition and dietetics. 


Golf Course Superintendents Association of 
America Scholarships: These $500 competitive 
scholarships are awarded nationally on the basis of 
scholastic ability, professed interest in golf turf 
management, and recommendation of advisors. 
Selection made by the turf section of the Depart- 
ment of Plant Sciences. 


Mabel B. Goshdigian Memorial Scholarship for 
Academic Excellence in Dietetics: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to a dietetics major 
on the basis of merit. 


Morton and Ruth Grossman Endowment: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to students 
studying for the profession of turfgrass manage- 
ment. Recipient will be selected by faculty in the 
Department of Plant Sciences who serve as advisors 
to students majoring in urban horticulture and 
turfgrass management. 


Hardee's Scholarship for Academic Excellence: 
Income from endowment for two scholarships 
awarded annually to students in the College of the 
Environment and Life Sciences on the basis of 
merit. Recipients selected by a committee of faculty 
representing all academic departments in the col- 
lege and the director of Student Financial Assis- 
tance and Employment Services. 


“arthur D. Jeffrey Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded to a graduate student in 
community planning with financial need. 


Cedric C. Jennings ‘37 Memorial Endowment: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to stu- 
dents with financial need who are studying ento- 
mology or plant pathology. Selection made by the 
plant pathology and entomology section of the De- 
partment of Plant Sciences. 


Kingston Hill Gardeners Endowment: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to a junior or 
senior majoring in the area of plant studies on the 
basis of academic merit and interest. 


John M. Lawrence III Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment will be used for a scholar- 
ship awarded annually in the Department of Natu- 
ral Resources Science. Recipient selected by the 
department. 


Alice P. Mayer Scholarship: Two annual scholar- 
ships of $1,500 each to students interested in agri- 
culture, horticulture, or fishery technology who re- 
side in Newport County. Preference to juniors and 
seniors. Selection made by the College of the Envi- 
ronment and Life Sciences. 


William S. Moody III Memorial Endowment: In- 
come from endowment awarded for four years to 
an undergraduate in the College of the Environ- 
ment and Life Sciences. The recipient(s) will be se- 
lected by the dean of the college on the basis of 
academic merit and interest in environmental is- 
sues and studies. Established in the memory of Wil- 
liam S. Moody Ill, this endowment was donated by 
Mr. and Mrs. William S. Moody Jr., his parents, and 
Mrs. William S. Moody, his widow. 


Charles E. Olney Food Science Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually on the basis of merit and need to an un- 
dergraduate student majoring in food science and 
nutrition and committed to a career in food sci- 
ence. Recipient selected by a committee headed by 
Dr. Chong Lee from the Department of Food Sci- 
ence and Nutrition. 


Al Owens Scholarship: Income from endowment 
for a scholarship awarded annually to a student in 
the College of the Environment and Life Sciences 
on the basis of merit. 


Jean Louise Pimental ‘70 Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a deserving student in animal 
science with preference to a woman from Rhode 
Island. Selection made by the College of the Envi- 
ronment and Life Sciences. 


John E. Powell Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to juniors or 
seniors in resource development on the basis of 
worthiness and need. Selection made by the Col- 
lege of the Environment and Life Sciences. 


Providence Gas Environmental Scholarship: 
Awarded to students preparing for careers in envi- 
ronmental management and residing in the house- 
hold of a Providence Gas customer. 


Anna and Silvio Quattrini Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to an undergraduate student in 
the College of the Environment and Life Sciences. 
Preference given to a native Rhode Islander with 
financial need. 


Ralston-Purina Award: A $650 award to an out- 
standing student with professional interest in food 
science. Selection is based on scholarship, leader- 
ship, character, citizenship, potential, and need. 
Selection by Ralston-Purina from applications rec- 
ommended by the college. 


Rhode Island Dietetic Association Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for scholarships awarded 
annually to seniors majoring in nutrition and di- 
etetics who are Rhode Island residents, on the basis 
of financial need, academic performance, and in- 
terest, effort, and commitment to pursuing a career 
in dietetics. 


Rhode Island Golf Course Superintendents Asso- 
ciation Scholarship: $200 awarded annually to a 
student studying for the profession of turfgrass 
management who has an expressed interest in golf 
course maintenance. Selection made by the turf 
section of the Department of Plant Sciences. 


Rhode Island Nurserymen’s Association Scholar- 
ship: $150 awarded annually to a student who has 
completed at least five of the eight professional 
courses specified in ornamental horticulture and 
has attained the highest cumulative quality point 
average. Recipient selected by associate dean for 
instruction. Award presented at the association’s 
spring meeting. 


Betty and Tom Shreve ’42 Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually for a food sci- 
ence and nutrition major on the basis of financial 
need. 


Dr. Richard S. Skogley Scholarship Endowment: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship in the 
area of turfgrass management in the Department 
of Plant Sciences. Recipient selected by the Depart- 
ment of Plant Sciences. 


Society of Soil Scientists of Southern New En- 
gland Scholarship: Awarded to a student majoring 
in soil science on the basis of scholarship, extracur- 
ricular activities, character, and need. The recipient 
must have completed six credits in soil science. 


Southern Rhode Island Soil Conservation District 
Scholarship: $500 awarded to a junior or senior 
with professional interest in soil conservation or a 


SCHOLARSHIPS 15 


related area. Selection made by a committee of 
soils faculty and district representatives, based on 
scholarship, experience in soil science, extracurricu- 
lar activities, character, and attitude. 


Karen Volk and Richard Volk Jr. Memorial Schol- 
arship: Income from endowment awarded annu- 
ally on the basis of need and merit to a freshman 
majoring in animal science. 


Wantaknowhow Garden Club: Scholarship 
awarded annually to a student in resource develop- 
ment. 


Watershed Watch Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to 
students in the Department of Natural Resources 
Science. Recipient must be in good academic 
standing, have demonstrated financial need, and 
be a major in natural resources science. 


Human Science and Services 


Kathryn Beaupre Department of Communicative 
Disorders Scholarship: Income from endowment 
for a scholarship awarded annually to students in 
the Department of Communicative Disorders on 
the basis of academic qualification, with a prefer- 
ence for financial need. 


*George H. and Mary Kulik Bond Endowed 
Scholarship: Income from endowment for scholar- 
ship awarded annually on the basis of financial 
need. 


Glenn C. Brown Dental Hygiene Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment awarded annually in the 
clinical second semester to a junior or senior with 
good academic performance. Genuine financial 
need may also be considered. Selection made by 
the Department of Dental Hygiene. 


Elizabeth W. Christopher Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment awarded annually, to stu- 
dents in home economics who have completed 
their fourth semester at the University, on the basis 
of scholarship and evidence of potential service 
and concern for the welfare of others. Selection 
made by the College of Human Science and 
Services. 


Ruth E. Curran Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to a worthy student in 
home economics. Selection made by the College of 
Human Science and Services. 


Edward D. Eddy Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to junior-year students majoring in education 
who are graduates of Providence public schools 
and who want to teach in urban schools. Selection 
made by the School of Education. 


Joan ‘86, Jennifer, and Melissa Heaton Memorial 
Scholarship: Income from endowment awarded 
annually to students in the human services disci- 
plines. Selection made by the College of Human 
Science and Services. 


16 


Helen Gibbs Lea Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to an 
Alpha Chi Omega. First preference to a member 
majoring in primary education, second preference 
to a member majoring in any education major. 


*Dr. Dorothy Massey Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for women graduate and undergradu- 
ate students majoring in physical education. 


Mabel Streeter Perrin Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for scholarships awarded annually to 
Rhode Island female students majoring in human 
development and family studies on the basis of 
academic standing and financial need. 


“Dr. and Mrs. James P. Reid Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship in physical edu- 
cation awarded annually to a master’s or doctoral 
student on the basis of academic scholarship, pro- 
fessional interest, and involvement. Preference to 
second-year students. Selection made by the Reid 
Scholarship Committee of the Department of 
Physical Education. 


Andrew W. Rotelli III Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to needy students who had formerly at- 
tended Bishop Hendricken, are enrolled in the 
physical education program, and are seeking a ca- 
reer in sports-related physiology or in physical 
therapy. 


Jill Sawyer Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship in merchandising or 
fashion design awarded annually to a sophomore, 
junior, or senior on the basis of financial need. 
Preference given to members of Alpha Xi Delta 
sorority. 


Albert P. Teoli Sr. Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually to a 
major in the physical therapy program who is from 
Rhode Island on the basis of financial need and 
hard work. 


Lt. Charles Yaghoobian Jr. ‘65 Memorial Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment available to a stu- 
dent with financial need, with first preference to 
residents of Blackstone Valley, R.I., majoring in 
physical education, and second preference to resi- 
dents of Blackstone Valley regardless of major. 


Nursing 


Paul and Marcia Bigney Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a registered nurse in either the College of 
Nursing’s undergraduate or graduate program who 
shows dedication to a career in nursing. Preference 
given to students specializing in hospice, home 
care, oncology, or cardiac nursing. 


Emilie C. ‘16 and Norman H. Borden ‘15 Nursing 
Scholarship: Income from endowment awarded 
annually to a nursing student with financial need. 


LOAN FUNDS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS 


M. Adelaide Briggs Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment available to nursing stu- 
dents with financial need. 


Godfrey Brown Leadership Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for an annual award to a gradu- 
ating senior in nursing who demonstrates leader- 

ship skills and professionalism in clinical practice. 

Selection made by the College of Nursing. 


Edith F. Chappell Memorial Nursing Scholarship: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a nursing student in either the 
sophomore or junior year. 


Vera J. Clark Scholarship in Nursing: Income from 
endowment for scholarships awarded annually to 
students in the College of Nursing from Westerly or 
Richmond who are both worthy and needy. 


College of Nursing Scholarship: Awarded to un- 
dergraduate students majoring in nursing. The 
grant will be administered by Student Financial As- 
sistance and Employment Services. 


Joseph D’Anna Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for scholarships awarded annually in nursing. 


Sharon Dubois-Hall Memorial Fund: Income from 
endowment for a scholarship awarded annually in 
the College of Nursing. 


James ‘76 and Nancy ‘77 Forte Scholarship in 
Business and Nursing: Income from endowment 
for scholarships awarded annually in the College of 
Business Administration and the College of 
Nursing. 


Giuseppina and Mariano Galanti Nursing Schol- 
arship: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a student in the College of 
Nursing. Selection made by the College of Nursing. 


“Joseph Galanti Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually in 
nursing. 


Mildred J. Galanti Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship in nursing. 


Morton and Ruth Grossman Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally in the College of Nursing. Recipient selected by 
the College of Nursing. 


Kenneth and Susan Kermes Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for scholarships awarded annu- 
ally to undergraduate students in nursing on the 
basis of good academic standing and financial 
need. 


Oscar and Lauretta LaPierre Memorial Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment for a four-year 
scholarship to a student in the College of Nursing 
who is from Central Falls, R.I., and has demon- 
strated financial need. 


Gladys N. Longo Scholarship in Nursing: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded to a 
fourth-year nursing student entering the fifth year 
on the basis of financial need. 


Marie D. Radoccia Endowed Nursing Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment awarded annually 
to a student enrolled in the College of Nursing on 
the basis of academic achievement and financial 
need. First preference to a graduate of Richmond 
Elementary School. 


Roddy Charitable Trust Scholarship: Income from 
endowment available to students in the College of 
Nursing on the basis of financial need and aca- 
demic ability. 


Sigma Theta Tau, Inc., Delta Upsilon Chapter 
Scholarship: A $750 grant awarded annually to a 
full-time student in the College of Nursing who has 
completed two or more clinical nursing courses on 
the basis of grade point average, evidence of lead- 
ership, creativity, professional commitment, and 
financial need. Application forms available at the 
College of Nursing. 


Ella Soloveitzik '37 Memorial Scholarship: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to 
worthy nursing students or students pursuing a 
teaching career. First preference to students from 
the South County and Pawcatuck areas. 


Catherine H. Suda/Edward S. Pratt Memorial 
Scholarship: Income from endowment for a schol- 
arship awarded annually to a student in the Col- 
lege of Nursing. First preference to students from 
North Kingstown; second, Washington County; 
third, Rhode Island; and fourth, other qualified stu- 
dents. Recipient selected by the dean of the Col- 
lege of Nursing. 


“Barbara Tate Scholarship in Nursing: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to under- 
graduate or graduate nursing students in good 
academic standing. Award based on clinical com- 
petence. Applications available at the College of 
Nursing. 


Frederick ’22 and Doris Louise Titchener Schol- 
arship: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
awarded annually to a student in the College of 
Nursing with financial need. 


Esther A. Watson Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship in nursing 
awarded annually on the basis of good scholastic 
standing, with first preference given to graduates 
of the Memorial Hospital School of Nursing; sec- 
ond preference to relatives of such graduates. Se- 
lection made by the College of Nursing. 


Louisa White Scholarship Endowment: Income 
from endowment available for a scholarship to 
needy nursing students at the request of the dean 
of the College of Nursing. 


Oceanography 


“Davis Family Endowment for Fisheries Ocean- 
ography: Income from endowment for the Joshua 
MacMillan Graduate Fellowship in Fisheries Ocean- 
ography awarded annually on the basis of financial 
need to master’s or doctoral students at the Gradu- 
ate School of Oceanography with a marked interest 
in research related to fisheries science. Recipient 
selected by GSO. 


“Farmer Family Trust-The Pacifico A. Colicci 
Award in Oceanography Engineering: Income 
from endowment for an annual award to a student 
in the Graduate School of Oceanography who 
demonstrates exceptional vision and creativity in 
fashioning instruments for use in oceanography 
research. 


“Farmer Family Trust-The Henry S. Farmer 
Award in Biological Oceanography: Income from 
endowment for an annual award to a student in 
biological oceanography who demonstrates excep- 
tional creativity and interest in research designed 
to preserve and develop the oceans as a biological 
resource. 


*Robert H. ’35 and Marjorie P. Fillmore '36 Me- 
morial Scholarship: Income from endowment, es- 
tablished by Judith Ann Fillmore in memory of her 
mother and father, awarded annually to an under- 
graduate or graduate student on the basis of good 
scholastic standing, who demonstrates financial 
need and is enrolled in an ocean science program. 
First consideration is given to sons and daughters 
of the URI Washington Alumni Club, Washington, 
D.C. 


“Friends of Oceanography Fellowship: Awarded 
to new oceanography students on the basis of 
need and merit. 


*Graduate School of Oceanography Alumni En- 
dowment: Income from endowment awarded an- 
nually to a Graduate School of Oceanography stu- 
dent on the basis of scientific proposals. Selection 
made by the GSO Alumni Committee. 


*Graduate School of Oceanography Alumni Fel- 
lowship: Award provides fellowship support, based 
on academic record and proposed scientific re- 
search, for master’s or doctoral students in any 
field of oceanography. 


*Greenwich Bay Power Squadron and Women’s 
Auxilliary Award: Awarded annually to a graduate 
student in biological oceanography. 


*Robert L. McMaster Scholarship in Marine Ge- 
ology: Income from endowment for a scholarship 
in marine geology awarded annually to a graduate 
student on the basis of academic performance, 
dedication to teaching, and modesty. Recipient se- 
lected by the Graduate School of Oceanography. 


*Thomas and Kathy J. McNiff Endowment: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to a graduate student in the marine sci- 
ences. Selection made by the Graduate School of 
Oceanography. 


“Narragansett Electric Coastal Institute Fellow- 
ship: Award provides fellowship support for a Ph.D. 
student in oceanography whose research interest is 
in coastal studies. 


“Lance A. Ricci Fellowship: Income from endow- 
ment awarded annually to a financially deserving 
graduate student in the Graduate School of Ocean- 
ography. Recipients selected by the Graduate 
School and the Graduate School of Oceanography. 


“ada L. Sawyer Endowment for Oceanography: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to an 
M.S. or Ph.D. student in oceanography on the 
basis of financial need and/or merit. Recipient must 
be born in the United States and be in good stand- 
ing with the University. Preference given to a 
woman demonstrating the spirit and ingenuity of 
Ada L. Sawyer. 


“Webb Family Graduate Fellowship in Oceanog- 
raphy: Income from endowment awarded annually 
to a master’s or doctoral student in the Graduate 
School of Oceanography on the basis of genuine 
financial need and/or merit. The recipient is se- 
lected by the dean of the Graduate School of 
Oceanography. 


Pharmacy 


Brooks Maxi Drugs Scholarship: Grant awarded 
annually to students in the College of Pharmacy. 
Recipients selected by the dean of the college. 


Norman A. and Mary Campbell Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship awarded 
annually to pharmacy students in the professional 
curriculum who demonstrate academic proficiency 
and leadership in pharmacy student organizations. 


Dr. Herb Carlin Scholarship: Income from endow- 
ment for a scholarship in pharmacy. Selection 
made by the College of Pharmacy. 


“Dr. Young Soo Choi Scholarship in Pharmacy: 
Income from endowment for scholarship to a 
graduate student in the Department of Pharmacol- 
ogy on the basis of financial need. Preference to 
international students. Recipient selected by Stu- 
dent Financial Assistance and Employment Services 
and the College of Pharmacy . 


Harriet A.F. Claflin Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment awarded to students in pharmacy with 
financial need. 


Sidney Cohn Memorial Scholarship: Income from 
bequest awarded to a student in pharmacy with 
financial need. Selection made by the College of 
Pharmacy. 


SCHOLARSHIPS/SPECIAL AWARDS 17 


*College of Pharmacy Centennial Student En- 
dowment: Income from endowment for a scholar- 
ship awarded annually in pharmacy. Recipient se- 
lected by the College of Pharmacy. 


“College of Pharmacy Graduate and Under- 
graduate Memorial Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually in the 
field of pharmacy on the basis of merit. Recipient 
selected by the College of Pharmacy. 


College of Pharmacy Scholarship: Income from 
endowment for scholarships in pharmacy awarded 
annually on the basis of financial need and, second, 
academic achievement. Selection made by the Col- 
lege of Pharmacy. 


CVS Awards: Three $500 awards to students who 
are in their fourth or fifth year with satisfactory aca- 
demic standing, financial need, and interest in a 
career in retail (community) pharmacy, with high 
preference to children of CVS employees. Selection 
made by the College of Pharmacy. 


CVS Endowment Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for scholarships in pharmacy awarded 
annually to deserving students. Recipients selected 
by the dean of the College of Pharmacy. 


Davol Company Pharmacy Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship in pharmacy. 


David R. DeFanti Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to a student in pharmacy. 


Hyman Fradin Scholarship Endowment: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to a minority 
student from Rhode Island with financial need and 
a successful academic record (3.00 grade point av- 
erage and above). First preference will be given to 
a student wishing to major in pharmacy; if that is 
not possible, the support will go to a deserving stu- 
dent in any academic field. The recipient must also 
have demonstrated leadership in nonacademic set- 
tings. 


“William John and Joseph E. Golini Scholarship 
in Pharmacy: Income from endowment for sti- 
pends awarded annually to graduate students in 
pharmacy. Recipients selected by the dean of the 
College of Pharmacy. 


Florence Champlin Hamilton Memorial Scholar- 
ship: Income from endowment awarded annually 
to a student in pharmacy on the basis of scholastic 
ability and financial need. Selection made by the 
College of Pharmacy. 


Hannaford Brothers Co. Scholarship: Scholarship 
awarded annually to a student in pharmacy. Recipi- 
ent selected by the dean of the College of Phar- 
macy. 


Edward M. Lee Scholarship Endowment: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to pharmacy 
students from the Woonsocket and North 
Smithfield areas. Selection made by the College of 
Pharmacy. 


18 


Gladys N. Longo Scholarship in Pharmacy: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship in phar- 
macy on the basis of financial need. 


National Association of Chain Drug Stores, Inc. 
Scholarship: Annual grant for scholarships for 
pharmacy students on the basis of satisfactory aca- 
demic standing, financial need, and career interest 
in community pharmacy practice. Selection made 
by the College of Pharmacy. 


“Joseph F. and Josephine D. Navach Scholarship: 
Income from endowment awarded annually to a 
pharmacy student in good standing with genuine 
financial need. Preference to a graduate of a Rhode 
Island high school. Funded through the generous 
contribution of Josephine Delise Navach ‘34 and 
the late Joseph F. Navach ‘34. Selection by the Col- 
lege of Pharmacy in conjunction with Student Fi- 
nancial Assistance. 


Gertrude |. and Henry Nelson Jr. Memorial 
Scholarship: Income from endowment awarded 
annually to a student in pharmacy with financial 
need. 


William G. Peckham Memorial Scholarship: Es- 
tablished by the will of Mary M. Peckham (Mrs. 
William G.), the scholarship provides funds to a 
first-year student enrolled in pharmacy and contin- 
ues until graduation if merited by scholastic perfor- 
mance. Selection made by the College of Phar- 
macy. 


Rhode Island Pharmaceutical Association Award: 
$300 awarded annually to an upperclass student in 
the College of Pharmacy on the basis of scholastic 
ability and financial need. Selection made by the 
College of Pharmacy. 


Rhode Island Pharmaceutical Association Schol- 
arship Endowment: Income from endowment for 
a scholarship in pharmacy awarded annually on the 
basis of financial need to third-, fourth-, or fifth- 
year students. 


Rite Aid Corporation Scholarship: Grant awarded 
annually to students in the College of Pharmacy. 


Lionel R. Savaria Scholarship: Income from en- 
dowment for a scholarship awarded annually in 
pharmacy. 


Schwan Scholarship in Pharmacy: Annual grant 
to a pharmacy student whose interest is in re- 
search. Recipient selected by the dean of the Col- 
lege of Pharmacy. 


Southeastern Massachusetts Pharmaceutical As- 
sociation Scholarship: Income from endowment 
for a scholarship awarded annually to a third-, 
fourth-, or fifth-year pharmacy student from south- 
eastern Massachusetts. Priority to scholastic excel- 
lence above financial need. Selection made by the 
College of Pharmacy. 


Stop & Shop Company Scholarship: Scholarship 
awarded annually to a student in pharmacy. Recipi- 
ent selected by the dean of the College of Phar- 
macy. 


LOAN FUNDS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS 


Mary C. Tafuri Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to a pharmacy 
student interested in the practice of community phar- 
macy. 


Walter B. Thompson Memorial Scholarship: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship in phar- 
macy awarded annually to a deserving student. Se- 
lection made by the College of Pharmacy. 


Daniel P.N. Tsao Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment awarded annually to a pharmacy 
student. 


URI Class of 1926 Scholarship in Pharmacy: In- 
come from endowment for a scholarship in phar- 
macy. Recipient selected by the dean of the Col- 
lege of Pharmacy and Student Financial Assistance 
and Employment Services. 


Lois Vars Scholarship: Income from endowment 
for a scholarship awarded annually in the fall to a 
female pharmacy student who is a transfer in her 
third year and is at least 28 years old. 


Walgreen Award: Scholarship awarded to a de- 
serving student in or at completion of the first pro- 
fessional year. 


Wal-Mart Pharmacy Scholarship: Grant awarded 
annually to students in pharmacy. Recipient se- 
lected by the dean of the College of Pharmacy. 


Leonard R. Worthen Scholarship in Pharmacy: 
Income from endowment for a scholarship in phar- 
macy. 


Heber W. Youngken Jr. Scholarship: Income from 
endowment awarded annually to a student in the 
fourth- or fifth-year class who has demonstrated 
outstanding service in the interests of pharmacy at 
the state and/or national level. Recipient selected 
by the College of Pharmacy. 


Kevin J. Zecco Memorial Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for a scholarship awarded annu- 
ally to fourth-year students in the College of Phar- 
macy with an academic average of 2.50 to 3.50 
and demonstrated financial need. The student 
must be of good moral character and have the per- 
sistence and dedication to pursue an entry-level 
degree in pharmacy. Recipient selected by the 
dean of the College of Pharmacy and Student Fi- 
nancial Assistance and Employment Services. 


SPECIAL AWARDS 


“Academy of American Poets Prize: Income from 
the Nancy Potter Endowment for two $100 prizes 
to be awarded each year by the Academy of Ameri- 
can Poets. 


Dennis W. Callaghan Memorial Award in Man- 
agement: Income from endowment awarded an- 
nually to the outstanding senior in management. 
Selection made by the College of Business Adminis- 
tration. 


Dr. David J. Chronley Fund in Chemical Engi- 
neering: Income from endowment for annual cre- 
ativity awards for junior or senior undergraduate 
students in chemical engineering. Awarded at the 
discretion of the department chairperson. 


*James Corless Prize in Marine Chemistry: In- 
come from endowment for an award in water 
chemistry given annually if there is a worthy 
student. 


Lt. Parker D. Cramer ‘59 Memorial Endowment: 
Income from endowment for an annual award (a 

saber) to outstanding students in Reserve Officers 
Training Corps (ROTC) having leadership qualities 
and high ethical standards. Selection made by the 
Department of Military Science. 


* Ann Durbin Memorial Endowment: Income from 
endowment for an award to a graduate student, 
either master’s or Ph.D. candidate, in biological 
oceanography. Recipient selected by the Graduate 
School of Oceanography. 


*John J. Fisher Memorial Award: Income from en- 
dowment for an annual award in geology to a 
graduate assistant (either teaching or research) 
who has demonstrated superior service to the De- 
partment of Geology during the current academic 
year while maintaining a strong academic record. 


John B. Fraleigh Prizes in Mathematics: Income 
from endowment for prizes awarded annually to 
undergraduates for excellence in mathematics. Se- 
lection made by the Department of Mathematics. 


Peter M. and Mildred J. Galanti Award: Income 
from endowment for an award given annually to a 
deserving student in business administration. 


Elizabeth Holmes Outstanding Athlete Award: 
Income from endowment for two awards pre- 
sented annually to outstanding athletes, one male 
and one female, who possess good academic aver- 
ages and exemplify the character, sportsmanship, 
and distinguished qualities URI desires in its ath- 
letes. Recipients selected from recommendations 
made by coaches, with final selection made by the 
Holmes family. 


Joseph Waite Ince Prize in Chemistry: Income 
from endowment for a prize awarded annually to 
the most accomplished and promising chemistry 
student. 


David Ketner Memorial Prize: Income from en- 
dowment for prize(s) to art students established in 
the memory of David D. Ketner, former URI profes- 
sor of art. 


Dr. Nicholas Locascio Prizes in Italian: Income 
from endowment for prizes in Italian. Recipient se- 
lected by the Italian section of the Department of 
Modern and Classical Languages and Literatures. 


“Peter Merenda Prize for Excellence in Statistics 
and Research Methodology: $1,500 to a finishing 
Ph.D. student in the Department of Psychology for 
excellent academic performance. 


William D. and Clarice Metz Scholarship: Income 
from endowment for an award given annually to a 
graduating senior for excellence in history. 


*L. Douglas Nolan ‘52 Academic Achievement 
Award in Science: Income from endowment for 
awards given annually to worthy graduate students 
who excel in one of the natural, physical, biologi- 
cal, agricultural, oceanographic, veterinary, or 
medical sciences. Selection made by the dean of 
the Graduate School. 


“william C. Potter Prizes in Chemistry: Income 
from endowment for an award given annually to 
Ph.D. students in pharmacy on the basis of aca- 
demic achievement in chemistry. 


Rhode Island Association of Advertising Agen- 
cies Award: Income from endowment for an award 
to outstanding advertising and/or marketing stu- 
dents in the College of Business Administration. 


Rhode Island Nurserymen’s Association Award: 
$150 awarded annually to a student in an ad- 
vanced course in landscape design who attains the 
highest score in competitive examination in plant 
identification. Award presented at the association’s 
annual spring meeting. Selection made by the Col- 
lege of the Environment and Life Sciences. 


Rhode Island Tuberculosis and Respiratory Dis- 
ease Association Award: $1,000 awarded annually 
in honor of the association’s former president, 
Harry L. Gardner, to a senior accepted by an ac- 
credited medical school. Based on need. Apply to 
chairperson of the Premedical Advisory Committee. 


Italo and Mary Ronzio Award: Income from en- 
dowment for an award in Italian language studies. 


Dr. Grace B. Sherrer Honors Awards: Income 
from endowment for prizes awarded annually to 
outstanding undergraduates enrolled in the Honors 
Program. 


Leonard Eckerman Smith Memorial Award in 
Public Speaking: Income from endowment 
awarded to students at the University with a major 
interest in public speaking, based on excellence in 
public speaking. 


A. Ralph Thompson Award in Chemical Engi- 
neering: Income from endowment for an annual 
award to the student in chemical engineering who 
demonstrates the greatest increase in quality point 
average from the end of the freshman year to the 
end of the junior year. 


19 


*Norman Watkins Memorial Award: Income from 
endowment for an annual award in physical ocean- 
ography. Recipients selected by the Graduate 
School of Oceanography. 


Richard Dawson Wood Memorial Award for Ex- 
cellence in Biological Sciences: Income from en- 
dowment awarded on the basis of scholarship, 
character, academic integrity, and intellectual en- 
thusiasm to a senior entering graduate studies in 
biological sciences. In addition, an independent 
research paper on a project previously discussed 
with a faculty member in biological sciences must 
be submitted by April 30 of the senior year. 


Dr. Barbara Allen Woods Memorial Award for 
Excellence in German Studies: Students selected 
by faculty members in the German section of the 
Department of Modern and Classical Languages 
and Literatures. 


332 


Academic and Social Codes, 10 

Accounting, 72, 121, 156 

Accreditation, 9 

Adding Courses: See Drop and Add 

Address, Change of, 28 

Admission Requirements: Undergraduate, 29, 79; 
Graduate, 114 

Admissions Inquiry Line, 30 

Adult and Extension Education, 158 

Adult Education, 131 

Advanced Standing: for Undergraduates, 31; for 
Graduate Students, 115 

Affirmative Action, 10 

African and African-American Studies, 36, 52, 158 

AIDS: See Affirmative Action 

Animal and Veterinary Science, 159: See Fisheries, 
Animal and Veterinary Science 

Animal Science and Technology, 93 

Anthropology, 52, 159 

Application for Financial Aid, 24 

Application Procedures: for Undergraduates, 30, 
79 

Applied Communications Major, 77 

Applied Mathematical Sciences, 122, 160 

Applied Pharmaceutical Sciences, 122, 160 

Applied Sociology: See Sociology 

Aquacultural Science and Pathology: See 
Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science 

Aquaculture and Fisheries Science, 162 

Aquaculture and Fishery Technology, 93 

Army Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC), 44, 
61 

Art, 164 

Art History, 52, 165 

Art Studio, 53 

Arts and Sciences, College of, 49 

Assistantships, Graduate, 27 

Astronomy, 166 

Athletics and Recreation, 17 

Audiology: See Speech-Language Pathology and 
Audiology 

Auditing, 28 


Bachelor of Arts degrees, 6 

Bachelor of Fine Arts, 51, 53, 69 
Bachelor of General Studies, 76, 166 
Bachelor of Music, 51 

Bachelor of Sciences degrees, 6 


Basic Liberal Studies Requirements, 49, 50 

BEACON, 15 

Biochemistry, 166 

Biological Sciences, 53, 123, 168 

Biology, 36, 53: See also Biological Sciences 

Biomedical Engineering, 81 

Biomedical Sciences, 172: See also Medicinal 
Chemistry; Pharmacognosy; Pharmacology 
and Toxicology 

Business, 37, 174 

Business Administration, 124 

Business Administration, College of, 71 

Business Analysis and Computing, 174 

Business and Finance, Office of, 294 

Business Institutions Major, 78 

Business Law, 175 

Business Minor for Nonbusiness Students, 72 


Calendar, University, 3 

Calendar for Graduate Degree Candidates, 116 

Campus Map, 331 

Campus Tours, 30 

Campuses, 4 

Capstone Experiences, 36 

Career Services, 15 

Cell and Molecular Biology, 125 

Certification in Family Financial Counseling, 105 

Certification, Teacher: See Teacher Certification 

Change of Address, 28 

Chaplains, University, 15 

Chemical Engineering, 82, 126, 175 

Chemistry, 55, 126, 177 

Chemistry and Chemical Oceanography, 56 

Child Development Center, 102 

Chinese, 179 

Civil and Environmental Engineering, 84, 127, 
179 

Classical Studies, 56 

Classics, 182 

Clearinghouse for Volunteers, 43 

CLEP Examination Program, 32 

Clinical Laboratory Science, 94, 127 

Coastal and Marine Policy, 95 

College Level Examination Program (CLEP), 32 

Colleges: Arts and Sciences, 49; Business 
Administration, 71; Continuing Education, 76; 
Engineering, 80; Environment and Life 
Sciences, 92; Human Science and Services, 
102; Nursing, 109; Pharmacy, 111 


Communication Studies, 56, 128, 182 

Communications Fees, 23 

Communicative Disorders, 103, 184 

Community Planning, 129, 187 

Community Service, 188 

Comparative Literature Studies, 36, 56, 188 

Computational Services: See Information Services 

Computer Engineering, 85 

Computer Science, 57, 130, 189 

Confidentiality of Student Records, 18 

Continuing Education, Alan Shawn Feinstein 
College, 76 

Continuing Education, Feinstein College of, 5 

Continuous Registration, Graduate, 21, 116 

Cooperative Education (Co-op), 81 

Cornerstones, 11 

Counseling, 15 

Course Codes, 157 

Course Numbering System, 118, 156 

Course Sponsorship, 19 

Credit Overload Fee, 21 

Culture Cluster, 35 


Dean’s List, 45 

Degree Requirements (General): Undergraduate, 
34; Graduate, 119 

Degrees, List of, 6 

Dental Hygiene, 104, 191 

Dietetic Internship Certificate Program, 147 

Dietetics: See Nutrition and Dietetics 

Dining Services, 12, 22 

Disabilities Services, 10, 14 

Discipline System, University, 15 

Dismissal and Probation, 45 

Dissertations and Theses, 120 

Doctor of Philosophy Degree Requirements, 119 

“Down-the-Line,” Commuting from, 13 

Drop and Add, 28 


Early Childhood Education, 105, 155 

Early Enrollment for Undergraduates, 31 

Economics, 58, 191: See also Environmental and 
Natural Resource Economics; Resource 
Economics 

Education, 104, 131, 192 

Electrical Engineering, 86, 132, 196 

Elementary Education, 131, 155 

“Emancipated Students”, 19 


Employment, Student, 15 

Engineering, 80, 200 

Engineering, College of, 80 

Engineering and M.B.A., 81 

English, 58, 133, 200 

English as a Second or Foreign Language, 42 

English Language Studies, 203 

Enrollment Services, 19, 28 

Enrollment Summary, 328 

Enrollment Deposit, 21 

Entomology, 135, 204 

Entrance Tests, 30 

Environment and Life Sciences, College of, 92 

Environmental and Natural Resource Economics, 

134: See also Resource Economics 

Environmental Economics and Management, 95 

Environmental Plant Biology, 54, 96: See also 

Biological Sciences 

Environmental Science and Management, 96, 

134 

Environmental Sciences, 135, 204 

Examinations, Professional: See Counseling 

Exchange Programs, 43, 44 

Exercise Science, 205: See also Physical 
Education/Exercise Science 

Experimental Statistics: See Statistics 


Faculty Emeriti, Listing of, 294 

Faculty Senate, 9 

Failures: See Grades and Points 

Family Financial Counseling and Planning, 102, 
105 

Family Therapy Clinic, 102 

Federal Aid to Students, 25 

Fees, 20, 21 

Feinstein Center for Service Learning/OIEE, 43 

Fellowships, Graduate, 27 

Film Studies, 36, 37, 205 


Finance, 73, 206: See also Business Administration 


Financial Aid, 23 

Financial Services, 73 

Fine Arts, 51 

Fisheries, Animal and Veterinary Science, 135, 
136 

Forensic Science, 37 

Foundation, URI, 10 

Fraternities and Sororities, 13 

French, 207 

Full-Time Students, 19, 117 


General Business Administration, 37, 73 

General Education Requirements, 34 

Genetics, 207 

Geography, 208: See Marine Affairs 

Geology, 136 

Geology and Geological Oceanography, 96 

Geosciences, 97, 208 

German, 59, 210 

Gerontology, 37, 210 

Grades and Points, 44 

Graduate Council, 9 

Graduate Degrees, List of, 6 

Graduate Programs, 5, 121 

Graduate School of Oceanography, 5 

Graduate Student Association, 15 

Graduation Fee, 21 

Graduation Requirements: Undergraduates, 46; 
Graduate, 119 

Grants, 25, 26 

Greek, 211 


Health Profession Programs, 41 

Health Professions Student Loan Program, 25 

Health Questionnaire, 32 

Health Services, 16, 20 

Health Services Administration, 211 

Health Services Administration Major, 78 

Hebrew, 211 

Historic Textile and Costume Collection, 102 

History, 59, 137, 211 

History of the University, 5 

Honor Societies, 17 

Honors Program, 43, 214 

Housing: Undergraduate, 12; Graduate, 13 

Housing Fees, 22 

Human Development and Family Studies, 105, 
138, 216 

Human Science and Services, 106, 219 

Human Science and Services, College of, 102 

Human Studies Major, 78 

Hunger Studies, 37 


ID Card, 10 

Identification, Required, 10, 28 
Immunizations, Required, 32 
Incomplete: See Grades and Points 
Indebtedness to the University, 23 


INDEX 333 


Independent Students, 13 

Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering, 87, 
141, 220 

Information Services, 7 

Instructional Development Program, 10 

Insurance, 221 

Insurance, Accident/Sickness, 21 

Integrated Computer Engineering Design, 85 

Intellectual Opportunity Plan (Pass-Fail Option), 

117 

Interdepartmental Study, 36 

International Baccalaureate Degree Program, 31 

International Business, 72, 74 

International Development, 37 

International Engineering, 81 

International Students, 14, 114 

International Teaching Assistants, 14 

Internships, 15 

Internships and Experiential Education, 43, 222 

Interstate Cooperative Program: See New 

England Regional Student Program 

Interviews for Undergraduate Admission, 30 

Italian, 59, 222 


Japanese, 222 

Jones Campus, 5 

Journalism, 59, 223 

Justice, Law, and Society, Minor in, 38 


Labor Relations and Human Resources, 137, 138, 
224 

Labor Studies, 38 

Landscape Architecture, 98, 225 

Languages, 225 

Late Fees and Special Fees, 21 

Late Payment Fee, 22 

Late Registration Fee, 21 

Latin, 225 

Latin American Studies, 60, 226 

Leadership Studies, 38 

Learning Assistance Center, 16 

Leave of Absence, 46 

Letters, 226 

Libraries, University, 7 

Library, 226 

Library and Information Studies, 139, 226 

Lifestyles, 12 

Linguistics, 60, 228 

Loans, 25, 26 


334 INDEX 


Management, 74, 229: See also Business 
Administration 

Management Information Systems, 74, 230 

Management Science, 231 

Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering, 87, 
141 

Marine Affairs, 142, 232: See also Coastal and 
Marine Policy 

Marine and Environmental Topics, 234 

Marine Biology, 54: See also Biological Sciences 

Marine Resource Development, 98 

Marketing, 75, 236: See also Business Administra- 
tion 

Master's Degree Requirements (General), 119 

Masters in Business Administration, 237 

Mathematics, 60, 142, 238 

Matriculated Students, 19 

Meal Plans, 22 

Mechanical Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 
88, 143, 240 

Medical Services: See Health Services 

Medical Technology, 243: See also Clinical 
Laboratory Science 

Medicinal Chemistry, 144 

Memorial Union, 15 

Microbiology, 98, 144, 244 

Military Science, 246 

Military Science (Army ROTC), 61 

Minority Students: See Talent Development 

Mission Statement, 4 

Modern and Classical Languages and Literatures, 
61 

Monthly Payment Plan, 22 

Multicultural Students, 13 

Music, 51, 62, 144, 246 

Music Education, 63, 155 

Music Fees, Applied, 21 


Narragansett Bay Campus, 5 

National Sea Grant Depository, 7 

National Student Exchange Program, 43 

Natural Resources Science, 135, 250 

New England Land-Grant Student Exchange 
Program, 43 

New England Regional Student Program, 32 

New England Studies, 39, 253 

Nondiscrimination, 10 

Nonmatriculated Students, 19, 28, 115 

Nonresident Students, 19 


Notice of Change, 11 

Nursing, 145, 253 

Nursing, College of, 109 

Nursing Student Loan Program, 25 
Nutrition and Dietetics, 99 
Nutrition and Food Science, 257 
Nutrition and Food Sciences, 146 


Ocean Engineering, 90, 147, 258 

Ocean Studies, 44 

Oceanography, 147, 260 

Oceanography, Graduate School of, 5 

Off-Campus Study: for Undergraduates, 21, 28; 
for Graduate Students, 117 

Older Students: See Independent Students 

Ombud, 9 

Organizations, Student, 16 

Orientation, International Students, 12 

Orientation, Transfer Students, 12 

Orientation Workshops, Summer, 12 


Parent Involvement, 18 

Parents Council, 18 

Part-Time Students, 19, 117 

Pass-Fail Option: Undergraduate, 45; Graduate, 
117 

Payment of Fees, 22, 28 

Pell Marine Science Library: See National Sea 
Grant Depository 

Ph.D. in Education, 196 

Pharmacognosy, 148 

Pharmacology and Toxicology, 149 

Pharmacy, 262 

Pharmacy, College of, 111 

Pharmacy Practice, 263 

Philosophy, 65, 264 

Physical Education and Exercise Science, 106, 
149, 266 

Physical Therapy, 149, 269; Early Contingent 
Admission to the M.S. Program, 40 

Physical Therapy Clinic, 102 

Physics, 65, 150, 270 

Physics and Physical Oceanography, 66 

Plant Sciences, 135, 272 

Policy on Satisfactory Academic Progress, 26 

Political Science, 66, 151, 274 

Portuguese, 277 

Predental Programs, 41 


Prelaw Studies, 40 

Premedical Advisory Committee, 41 

Premedical Programs, 41 

Preprofessional Preparation, 40 

President’s Office, 294 

Preveterinary Programs, 41 

Prior Learning Assessment, 277 

Pro-Seminar, 77 

Probation and Dismissal, 45 

Proficiency Examinations, 31 

Program Requirements: Undergraduate, 34; 
Graduate, 118 

Programs of Study: Undergraduate, 5, 47; 
Graduate, 5, 121 

Providence Campus, 18, 76 

Provost, Office of, 294 

Psychology, 67, 152, 277 

Public Relations, 39, 67, 281 


Quality Points: See Grades and Points 
Question and Answer Sessions for Visitors, 30 


Reading Education, 131 

Readmission, 28 

Reassessment of Fees, 22 

Refund Policies, 23 

Regional Student Program, New England, 32 

Regional Students, 19 

Registration: Undergraduate, 28; Graduate, 115 

Registration and Records: See Enrollment Services 

Religious Studies, 281 

Research at University, 8 

Research Office, 8 

Research Resources, 7 

Residence Halls, 12 

Resident Students, 19 

Resource Development Education, 281 

Resource Economics, 99, 281: See also 
Environmental and Natural Resource 
Economics 

Resumés: See Career Services 

Returned Check Fee, 22 

Returning Student Deposit, 21 

Rhode Island Interinstitutional Exchange, 44 

Room and Board, 22 

ROTC: See Army Reserve Officers Training Corps 

Russian, 67, 283 


Satisfactory Academic Progress, Policy on, 26 
Schedule of Courses, 28 

Scholarships: Undergraduate, 26; Graduate, 27 
Scholastic Standing of Graduate Students, 118 
School Library Media, 155 

School of Education, 102 

Second Grade Option, 45 

Secondary Education, 131, 155 

Service Learning, 283 

Sociology, 284 

Soil Science: See Water and Soil Science 
Sororities and Fraternities, 13 

Spanish, 68, 153, 285 

Special Academic Opportunities, 42 

Special Collections, Library, 7 

Special Populations, Minor in, 39 

Special Programs for Talent Development, 33 
Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology, 153 
Sports: See Athletics and Recreation 

State Aid to Students, 26 

Statistical Science, 69 

Statistics, 154, 287 

Student Affairs, Office of, 294 

Student Discipline System, 15 

Student Employment, 15, 025, 26 

Student Exchange Programs, 43 

Student Government, 14 

Student Health Services Fee, 20 

Student Life and Services, 12 

Student Orientation, 12 

Student Records, Confidentiality of, 18 
Student-Run Businesses, 17 

Student Services, 12, 15 

Study Abroad, 44 

Summary of Enrollment, 328 

Summer Orientation Workshops, 12 
Summer Sessions, 76, 116, 117 


Talent Development, 14, 33 

Teacher Certification, 40, 154 

Teacher Education, Office of, 41 

Teacher Education Programs, 40 

Test, Professional: See Counseling 

Textile Marketing, 107 

Textiles, Fashion Merchandising, and Design, 
108, 155, 288 

Thanatology, 39, 110 

Theatre, 51, 290 

Theses and Dissertations, 120 

Time Limit (for Graduate Degrees), 116 

Timeline, URI, 328 

Tours, Campus, 30 

Traditions and Transformations, 77 

Transcripts, 21, 28 

Transfer Credit: Undergraduate, 31; Graduate, 
114 

Transfer Orientation Programs, 12 

Transfer Students, 31 

Tuition, 20 

Tuition Waivers, 22 


Undergraduate Degrees, List of, 6 

Undergraduate Programs, 5, 47 

University Advancement, 294 

University Aid to Students, 26 

University Chaplains, 15 

University College, 48 

University Community, the, 9 

University of Rhode Island Freshman Seminar, 

292 

University Ombud, 9 

University Student Discipline System, 15 

University Year for Action: See Internships and 
Experiential Education 


INDEX 335 


Urban Horticulture and Turfgrass Management, 
100 

URI 101, 34 

URI Foundation, 10 


Veterans Educational Benefits, 28 
Veterinary Science: See Fisheries, Animal and 
Veterinary Science 


W. Alton Jones Campus, 5 

Water and Soil Science, 100 

Wildlife and Conservation Biology, 101 
Withdrawal from the University, 46 
Women Students, 13 

Women’s Studies, 70, 292 
Work-Study Program, 25 

Writing, 70, 292 

Writing Center, 16 


Zoology: See Biological Sciences